Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia"

See other formats 


PROCEEDINGS 


Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 


PHILADELPHIA 


VOLUME  LX 


1908 


philadelphia  : 
The    Academy    of    Natural    Sciences 

LOGAN   SQUARE 
1908-1 909 


The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia, 

Mar(  H  3,  1909. 

I  hereby  certify  that  printed  copies  of  the  Proceedings  for  1908  have  been 
mailed  as  follows  : — 

Pages    1-32 mailed  April 


33-64 

65-112,  129-144.. 
113-128,  14o-l.=)6 

157-364 

365-412 

413-444 

445-492 

493-508  

509-540...! 

541-588 

589-624 


led  April 

21,  1908 

June 

9,  1908. 

'      -Tuly 

24,  1908 

July 

27.  1908 

'       October 

8,  1908 

October 

14,  1908 

October 

31,  1908 

January 

4,  19ti9 

January 

7,  1909 

January 

28,  1909 

February 

2,  1909 

*       March 

3,  1909 

EDWARD  J.  NOLAN,  M.D., 

Recording  Secretary. 


PUBLICATION    committee: 

Henry  Skinner,  M.D.,  Witmer  Stone, 

Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Sc.D.,  William  J.  Fox, 

Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D. 

The  President,  Samuel  G.  Dixon,  M.D.,  ex-officio. 

EDITOR:  Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D. 

7/  to 


CONTENTS, 


For  Announcements,  Reports,  etc.,  see  General  Index. 


BoYER,   Charles   S.     A  new  species   of   Cymatopleiira  (Plate 

XXVIII), " 554 

Brown,  Arthur  Erwin,  8c.D.     Generic  types  of  Nearcfic  Rep- 

tilia  and  Amphibia, 112 

Calvert,  Philip  P.,  Ph.D.     The  composition   and   ecological 

relations  of  the  Odonate  Fauna  of  ^Mexico  and  Central 

America  (Plate  XXVI), 460 

Chainiberlix,  Ralph  V.     Animal  names  and  anatomical  terms  of 

the  Goshute  Indians, 73 

Revision  of  North  American  Spiders  of  the  Family  Lycosidse 

(Plates  VIII-XXIII), 158 

Colton,   Harold   Sellers.     How  Fulgur  and   Sycotypiis  eat 

Oysters,  Mussels  and  Clams  (Plates  I-V),  ....  3 
Some  effects  of  environment  on  the  growth  of  Limna^a  colu- 
mella Say,       ' 410 

Fowler,  Henry  W.     Notes  on  Sharks, 52 

A  synopsis  of  the  Cyprinidai  of  Pennsylvania  (Plate  XX^' II),  517 
Harshberger,  John  W.,  Ph.D.     The  directive  influence  of  Fight 

on  the  growth  of  Forest  I^lants  (Plates  XXIA',  XX^') ,  .  449 
IsHiKAWA,  Chiyomatsu,  Ph.D.     Description  of  a  new  species  of 

Scjualoid  Shark  from  Japan, 71 

Montgomery,    Thomas    H.,    Jr.,\  Ph.D.     Remarks    on    Prof. 

Chamberlin's  revision  of  North  American  Lycosidse,  .  513 
^looRE,  J.  Percy.     Some  Polychsetous  Annelids  of  the  Northern 

Pacific  Coast  of  North  America. 321 

Pilsbry,  Henry  A.,  Sc.D.     Notes  on  Succinea  ovalis  Sa}-  and 

S.obliqua  Say  (Plate  VII), 45 

On  the  classification  of  Scalpelliform  Barnacles,  ....  104 
iii 


IV  J  CONTENT.S. 

A  comparison  of  the  Land-Snail  Fauna  of  Korea  with  the 

Faunas  of  Japan  and  China, 452 

On  the  teeth  of  Hawaiian  species  of  Hehces, 560 

Clausihidse  of  the  Japanese  Empire,   XII   (Plates  XXX, 

XXXI,  XXXII), 561 

PiLSBRY,  Henry  A.,  Sc.D.,  and  Y.  Hirase.     Xew  Land  and 

Fresh-water  Mollusca  of  the  Japanese  Empire,      ...       31 

New  Land  Shells  of  the  Chinese  Empire — I, 37 

New  Land  Mollusca  of  the  Japanese  Empire, 586 

PiLSBRY,  Henry  A.,  and  E.  G.  Yanatta.  Notes  on  Polinices 
didyma,  with  description  of  a  new  Australian  species 

(Plate  XXIX), 555 

Rehn,  James  A.  G.  Acrididae  (Orthoptera)  from  Sao  Paulo, 
Brazil,  with  descriptions  of  one  new  genus  and  three 

new  species, 12 

Rehn,  James  A.  G.,  and  IMorgan  Hebard.  An  Orthoptero- 
logical    Reconnoissance    of   the   Southwestern   United 

States.     Part  I :  Arizona, 365 

Snyder,  John  Otterbein.  Description  of  TrachA^^terus  sclen- 
iris,  a  new  species  of  Ribbon-Fish  from  Monterey  Bay, 

California, 319 

Stone,  Witmer.  ^lethods  of  recording  and  utilizing  Bird- 
Migration  Data,  128 

Recent  additions  to  our  knowledge  of  the  Flora  of  Southern 

New  Jersey, -157 

A  review  of  the  Genus  Piaya  Lesson, 492 

True,  Frederick  W.     Remarks  on  the  fossil  Cetacean  Rha1> 

dosteus  latiradax  Cope  (Plate  YI), 24 

Wellman,  F.  Creighton,  M.D.     On  the  Meloida?  of  Angola,  .      .     600 
Wellman,  F.  Creighton,  M.D.,  and  Walther  Horn,  M.D.     On 

the  Cicindehnpe  of  Angola, 505 

Young,  Robert  T.  Notes  on  the  distribution  of  Colorado 
Mammals,  with  description  of  a  new  species  of  Bat 
(Eptesicus  pallidus)  from  Boulder, .......     403 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF    THE 

ACADEMY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCES 

OF 

PHILADELPHIA. 


1908. 


January  7. 
The  President,  Samuel  G.  Dixox,  M.D.,  in  the  Chair. 
One  hundred  and  six  persons  present. 

The  Hayden  Memorial  Geological  ^ledaP  was  presented  to  Charles 
D.  Walcott,  LL.D.  The  presentation  address  was  made  by  Dr. 
Persifor  Frazer  and  responded  to  by  the  recipient  of  the  award.  A 
reception  was  tendered  Dr.  Walcott  at  the  close  of  the  formal  pro- 
ceedings. 

The  following  Standing  Committees  were  appointed  by  the  Council 
to  serve  during  the  ensuing  year : 

Finance. — John  Cadwalader,  Edwin  S.  Dixon,  Effingham  B. 
!\Iorris,  Horatio  C.  Wood,  M.D.,  and  George  Vaux,  Jr.,  Treasurer. 

Publications. — Henry  Skinner,  M.D.,  Hemy  A,  Pilsbry,  Sc.D,, 
Witmer  Stone,  Philip  P.  Calvert,  Ph.D.,  and  Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D., 
Editor  and  Treasurer. 

Library.— Dr.  C.  Newlin  Peirce,  Hemy  Tucker,  M.D.,  Thomas 
Biddle,  M.D.,  Benjamin  Sharp,  M.D.,  and  George  Vaux,  Jr. 

'  For  an  illvistration  of  the  remodelled  Hayden  Medal  see  Report  of  Recording 
Secretary,  Proceedings,  1907,  p.  564. 
I 


2  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

Instruction.— Benjamin  Smith  Lyman,  Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Sc.D., 
Charles  Morris,  Phihp  P.  Calvert,  Ph.D.,  and  Dr.  C.  Newlin  Peirce. 

Committee  of  Council  on  By-Laws. — Arthur  E.  Brown,  Sc.D., 
Thos.  H.  Fenton,  M.D.,  John  Cadwalader  and  Chas.  B.  Penrose,  M.D. 

The  President  is,  ex  officio,  a  member  of  all  Standing  Committees. 


January  21, 
The  President,  Samuel  G.  Dixon,  M.D.,  in  the  Chair. 

Ninety-seven  persons  present. 

The  deaths  of  Jacob  Reese,  ]\Iarch  25,  1907,  and  of  ]\Iiss  Adeline 
Try  on,  January  20,  1908,  members,  were  reported. 

Dr.  Casey  A.  Wood  made  an  illustrated  communication  on  the  eyes 
and  eyesight  of  birds.     (No  abstract.) 

Dr.  William  J.  Sinclair  was  elected  a  member. 

The  following  was  ordered  to  be  printed : 


1908.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  3 

HOW  FTJLGUR  AND  8YC0TYPUS  EAT  OYSTERS,  MUSSELS  AND  CLAMS. 
BY  HAROLD  SELLERS  COLTON. 

Since  observations  on  the  habits  of  Prosobranch  moUusks  are 
fragmentary  and  few,  I  embraced  an  opportunity  of  studying  Fulgur 
carica,  Fulgur  perversa  and  Sycotypus  canaliculatus  under  conditions 
as  nearly  natural  as  one  can  hope  to  have  in  a  laboratorj^  located 
far  from  the  sea.  j\Iost  of  the  observations  were  carried  out  in  the 
Vivarium  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania;  these  were  supplemented 
by  studies  on  fresh  material  under  more  natural  conditions  at  the 
Fisheries  Laboratory  at  Woods  Hole.^ 

The  individuals  studied  in  Philadelphia  had  been  in  captivity  a  long 
time.  All  had  been  there  a  year  and  many  several  3^ears.  The  Fulgur 
carica  had  come  from  Woods  Hole  and  the  Jersey  coast.  F.  perversa 
I  had  brought  up  from  Clearwater,  Florida,  two  years  and  a  half 
before.  Of  these  latter  none  had  died  a  natural  death  during  that 
time. 

The  salt  water  aquarium  in  which  they  were  confined  was  about  five 
feet  wide  and  eleven  feet  long.  There  was  three  feet  of  water  over  the 
greater  part,  but  a  shallow  beach  at  one  end. 

On  the  beach  I  was  accustomed  to  place  oysters  that  I  kept  as  a 
stock  to  feed  the  animals  in  this  tank.  Every  week  I  chopped  up  an 
oyster  or  two  and  distributed  the  juice  and  fragments  all  over  the  tank. 
This  stimulated  the  Fulgurs  and  Sycotypi  to  activity  and  to  make 
frequent  raids  on  the  Hving  oysters  on  the  beach.  This  led  me  to 
inquire  into  the  kind  of  food,  the  amount  of  food,  and  method  of 
feeding  of  these  gasteropods. 

There  is  but  one  actual  observation  on  the  manner  of  feeding  of  these 
mollusks  that  I  have  been  able  to  discover.  Stimpson  (1860),  in 
speaking  of  Sycotypus,  said:  "In  eating  (it)  applies  end  of  proboscis 
to  the  clam's  foot,  and  with  a  sudden  jerk  of  the  lingual  ribbon  inward 
and  sidelong  takes  a  strip  of  flesh." 

The  "impression"  that  most  persons  hold  with  reference  to  the 
manner  of  eating  and  the  habits  of  the  Sycotypus  and  Fulgur  is  expressed 
by  Herrick  (1906) :  "  Since  this  animal  is  a  great  pest  to  the  oystermen 
and  clam-diggers,  ....  it  is  of  some  interest  ....  to  know  .... 

'  I  am  deeply  indebted  to  the  ITnited  States  Commissioner  of  Fisheries  for  the 
use  of  a  table  at  the  Woods  Hole  Laboratory,  to  Dr.  F.  B.  Sumner,  the  Director, 
for  many  favors,  and  particularly  Dr.  E.  G.  Conklin  for  reading  the  manuscript 
of  this  paper  and  for  many  helpful  suggestions. 


4  raOCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

how  this  gasteropod  accomplishes  its  destructive  work  of  boring 
through  the  shells  of  oysters  and  clams  and  rasping  out  their  soft 
contents  by  means  of  the  file-like  tongue."  Although  this  is  in  the 
introduction,  he  does  not  mention  again  how  Sycotypus  bores  through 
shells  and  had  only  the  "impression"  that  they  did  bore. 

Ingersoll  (1884)  has  given  the  most  detailed  description  of  the  food 
and  the  manner  of  taking  it  that  I  have  been  able  to  discover.  "The 
food  of  the  conch  {Fulgur  or  Sycotypus),"  says  he,  "being  mainly  the 
flesh  of  other  mollusks,  its  method  of  killing  them  is  one  of  brute 
strength,  since  it  is  unprovided  with  the  silicious,  file-like  tongue  by 
means  of  which  the  small  drills  set  at  naught  the  shelly  armor  of  their 
victims.  The  conch  is  a  greater  savage  than  that.  Seizing  upon  the 
unfortunate  oyster,  unable  to  run  away,  he  envelops  its  shell  in  the 
concave  under  surface  of  his  foot,  and  by  just  such  muscular  action 
as  you  would  employ  in  grasping  an  object  in  the  palm  of  your  fist, 
crushes  the  shell  into  fragments  and  feasts  at  leisure  on  the  flesh  thvis 
exposed.  One  planter  thought  one  Winkle  {Fulgur  and  Sycotypus) 
was  capable  of  killing  a  bushel  of  oysters  in  a  single  hour.  They  do 
not  confine  themselves  to  oysters  altogether,  of  course;  any  mollusk 
or  other  animal  sluggish  or  weak  enough  to  be  broken  up  suffers  from 
their  predacity.  I  was  told  in  New  Jersey  by  an  intelligent  man  that  a 
conch  would  even  pull  a  razor  clam  out  of  its  burrow  and  devour  it.  If 
this  be  true  the  soft  shell  clam  also  falls  a  victim  to  the  same  marauder. 
The  Quahog  is  generally  safe." 

I  quote  this  because  my  observations  and  experiments  unfortu- 
nately contradict  so  many  of  these  interesting  statements. 

My  experiments  as  to  the  kind  of  food  were  restricted  to  live  Lamelli- 
branchs,  because  I  never  was  able  to  observe  them  eat  chopped  oyster 
or  chopped  meat.  Chopped  oyster  certainly  stimulates  them  and 
perhaps  they  will  eat  it.  I  cannot  tell.  Table  I  gives  the  results  of 
my  studies  at  Woods  Hole  and  Philadelphia,  (x)  indicates  that  the 
particular  bivalve  was  fed  to  the  conch  and  eaten;  (o)  indicates  that 
it  was  fed  to  the  conch  and  not  eaten ;  and  (-)  means  that  the  particular 
form  was  not  supplied  with  the  indicated  food. 

Table  I. 
Sycotypus.  F.  carica.         F.  perversa. 

Mya X  X  - 

Venus 0  x  x 

Unsis -  X  - 

Modiola 0  x  - 

Mytilus X  X  - 

Ostrea.. ..  x  x  x 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  5 

At  Woods  Hole  Sycotypus  and  F.  carica  were  found  only  at  places 
where  Ensis  (razor  clams)  were  abundant.  I  could  not  find  them 
on  any  other  beach.  Although  I  did  not  observe  Sycotypus  eating 
Ensis,  I  think  there  is  every  reason  to  suppose  that  they  do. 

The  experiments  on  the  amount  of  food  are  too  few  to  be  definite. 
The  results,  such  as  they  are,  are  expressed  in  Table  II.  (x)  indicates 
present  but  not  eaten,     (o)  indicates  not  present. 

Table  II. 

No.         Conch.            Days.         Ostrea.  Mya.         Venus.     Mytilus.     Modiola. 

4  Sycotypus 10  x  13  x  7  x 

4  F.  carica 10  x  x  2  3  1 

3  F.  perversa 42  7  0  0  0  0 

4  F.  carica 42  0  0  0  0  0 

2  Sycotypus 42  4  0  0  0  0 

1  Sycotypus 2  4  0  0  0  0 

Very  often  one  individual  would  eat  a  couple  of  clams  or  03"sters  in  a 
day,  but  as  a  rule  the  meals  were  far  apart. 

Notwithstanding  most  persons'  "impressions,"  it  is  highly  improbable 
that  these  mollusks  ever  bore  through  Lamellibranch  shells.  I  have 
never  seen  a  hole  that  would  fit  their  proboscis,  nor  does  the  wearing 
of  the  teeth  on  the  odontophore  indicate  that  they  were  worn  down 
against  a  hard  substance.  Plate  I,  figs.  3-4  show  the  median  tooth 
of  Urosalphinx  which  bores  rapidly  through  the  shells  of  mussels.  The 
former  shows  a  tooth  before  being  worn  and  the  latter  a  tooth  worn 
down.  These  teeth  compared  with  a  similar  series,  Plate  I,  figs.  1  and 
2,  showing  F.  carica,  suggest  that  there  are  two  methods  of  wear.  In 
Urosalphinx  the  teeth  are  worn  evenly  off  so  that  a  straight  line  will 
join  the  tops.  The  large  teeth  are  worn  level  with  the  short  ones.  In 
Fidgiir,  however,  the  teeth  are  broken  off  in  almost  any  way.  Exami- 
nations of  the  radulse  of  Nassa  ohsoleta,  Nassa  trivittata,  Lunatia  and 
Purpura  lapillus  seem  to  substantiate  the  view.  But  with  the  excep- 
tion of  Purpura  and  perhaps  Nassa  ohsoleta,  too  little  is  known  how 
they  take  their  food  to  render  any  general  conclusions  tenable.  In  the 
case  of  these  last  two,  Purpura,  which  has  a  radula  worn  like  Urosal- 
phinx, has  been  observed  to  bore  (Wilcox,  1905) ;  and  A^assa,  with  wear 
such  as  I  have  described  for  Fulgur,  has  never  been  seen  to  bore,  but 
will  crawl  between  the  valves  of  Mya,  wedging  the  valves  apart,  and 
devour  the  flesh  (Dimon,  1905). 

The  other  method  of  attack  (I.ngersoll,  1884)  is  by  breaking  the 
shell.     As  described  by  Ingersoll  this  is  utterly  impossible.     However, 


6  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

both  F.  perversa  and  F.  carica  do  injure  the  shell  of  Venus  mercenaria 
(Quahog);  and,  although  they  leave  marks  on  the  shell  of  Mytilus 
(mussel)  and  perhaps  Ostrea,  the  shell  of  Mya  (soft  shell  clam)  is  left 
without  a  scratch. 

In  the  case  of  Sycotypus  eating  oysters,  I  have  been  able  to  watch 
the  whole  process  from  the  beginning  to  the  end  without  interruption, 
so  I  will  take  this  as  my  first  example.  It  will  be  an  account  of  the 
behavior  of  a  single  individual. 

The  Sycotypus  had  not  been  fed  for  a  month  or  so  and  was  buried  in 
the  gravel.  To  stimulate,  I  added  some  very  finely  chopped-up  oyster 
to  the  aquarium.  When  it  started  to  crawl  out  of  the  gravel,  a  few 
minutes  after  I  added  the  oyster  juice,  I  placed  some  live  oysters  in  the 
aquarium  with  it.  It  attacked  one  of  the  oysters  five  minutes  after  I 
placed  them  with  it.  Fifty  minutes  afterward  it  left  the  empty  shell. 
Going  a  foot  to  another  oyster,  it  began  to  attack  it  twenty  minutes 
after  it  left  the  first  one. 

The  Sycotypus  crawled  on  top  of  the  oyster,  which  closed  its  valves. 
The  conch  waited  two  minutes  when  the  oyster  opened  its  valves 
(Plate  II,  fig.  7).  Rotating  its  shell  on  the  axis  of  the  columella 
through  an  angle  of  70°,  it  thrust  its  own  shell  between  the  valves  of 
the  oyster  and  introduced  its  proboscis  between  the  shells  (Plate  II, 
fig.  8).     Forty  minutes  later  it  left  the  empty  shell. 

Sycotypus  does  not  wedge  the  shells  of  Mya  apart,  because  it  can  get 
at  the  soft  parts  without  doing  so,  since  the  valves  gap  slightly  (Plates 
II  and  III,  figs.  11,  12).  To  test  this  I  introduced  an  oyster  that 
had  had  three-quarters  of  an  inch  broken  from  the  margins  of  both 
valves  on  the  end  away  from  the  hinge  so  that  the  valves  appeared  to 
gap.  I  found  that  Sycotypus  attacked  this  one  in  the  same  manner 
as  it  attacked  Mya  and  did  not  wedge  the  .shells  apart  (Plate  I,  fig.  6). 

Fulgur  eating  Venus  is  a  much  more  complicated  case.  The  conch 
{Fulgur  perversa  or  F.  carica)  grasps  the  Venus  in  the  hollow  of  its 
foot  (Plate  IV,  fig.  13),  bringing  the  margin  of  the  Veiius  shell  against 
its  own  shell  margin.  B}^  contracting  the  columellar  muscle  it  forces 
the  margins  of  the  shells  together,  which  results  in  a  small  fragment 
being  chipped  from  the  shell  of  Venus.  This  is  repeated  many  times 
and,  finally,  the  crack  between  the  valves  is  enlarged  to  a  width  of 
3  mm.  or  more  (text  fig.). 

The  proboscis  is  normally  about  5  mm.  to  8  mm.  in  diameter 
There  are  three  ways  in  which  it  may  get  at  the  animal.  First,  it  may 
flatten  out  its  proboscis  so  that  it  will  go  through  the  crack;  secondly, 
it  may  pour  in  a  secretion  between  the  valves  which  kills  the  clam. 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


and,  thirdly,  it  may  wedge  its  shell  between  the  valves  of  the  Venus. 
By  contracting  its  coliimellar  muscle  it  may  actually  wedge  the  valves 
apart.  Venus  is  much  more  sensitive  to  mechanical  stimuli  than  is 
Ostrea.  Venus  never  opens  its  valves  of  itseK  when  it  is  in  the  grasp 
of  a  Fulgur,  while  Ostrea,  after  the  first  shock,  opens  wide  its  valves  as 
if  no  danger  were  near. 

Fulgur  and  Sycotypus  often  break  their  own  shell  when  opening 
oysters  and  clams,  and  this  accounts  no  doubt  for  the  irregular  growth 
lines  seen  on  their  shells. 

This  method  of  inserting  the  margin  of  a  gasteropod  between  the 
valves,  of  a  Lamellibranch  has  been  noticed  before.     Francois  (1890) 


Quahog  shell  clipped  by  Fulgur. 

briefly  reports  that  Murex  fortispinna  has  a  special  tooth  on  the  margin 
of  its  aperture  for  the  purpose  of  inserting  between  the  valves  of  Area, 
It  may  be  that  this  manner  of  attacking  the  soft  parts  of  bivalves  is  a 
very  common  habit  of  Prosobranch  mollusks. 

All  writers  recognize  Fulgur  and  Sycotypus  as  pests  to  the  oyster  men. 
How  many  oysters  will  be  destroyed  will  depend  on  the  average  num- 
ber eaten  in  a  given  time.  Although  I  have  found  them  to  eat  two 
oysters  one  day  and  two  the  next,  there  follows  a  long  rest  period 
where  the  individual  remains  buried  in  the  sand — sometimes  for  days, 
sometimes  for  months. 

Notwithstanding  that  Ingersoll  (1884)  says,  "It  is  needless  to  say 
that  they  do  not  burrow  at  all,"- 1  find  that  they  are  buried  about  65 


8  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jail., 

per  cent,  of  the  time,  the  tip  end  of  the  black  siphon  alone  projecting 
above  the  sand — 5  mm. — a  most  inconspicuous  object. 

The  following  table  gives  the  records  of  the  activity  of  nine  individuals 
for  a  period  of  six  weeks.  It  indicates  the  periods  of  rest  and  activity 
expressed  in  days.  Plate  V  shows  these  periods  of  rest  and  activity 
distributed  in  space. 

Table  III. 

Gasteropod.               Days  active.  Days  buried.  Days  quiet.     Days  of  food. 

Sycotypus  No.    2 21  16  3  2 

No.  10 2  38  0  1 

F,  carica  No.  3 9  25  6  0 

No.  4 5  34  1  0 

No.  5 11  0  14  0 

No.  6 10  4  26  0 

F.  perversa  No.  1 7  29  4  1 

No.  7 10  30  0  2 

No.  8 7  33  0  1 

These  experiments  were  carried  on  in  Philadelphia  and  so  w^ere  not 
under  perfectly  natural  conditions.  They  show  how  far  apart  the  meal 
times  are.  During  these  experiments  F.  carica  never  ate.  If  these 
observations  reflect  at  all  the  normal  habits  of  the  individual,  they  can- 
not, I  think,  be  a  very  serious  oyster  pest. 

Sycotypus  and  Fulgur  do  not  always  react  to  their  food  in  the  same 
manner,  but  they  react  to  different  Lamellibranchs  in  a  way  best 
suited  to  getting  at  the  soft  parts  of  the  animals.  Therefore  the 
behavior  is  adaptive  (Jennings,  1906,  1907). 

Another  question  is,  are  these  organisms  intelligent?  Jennings 
(1906)  defines  intelligence  as  a  modification  of  behavior  in  accordance 
with  experience.  The  usual  way  to  test  this  is  by  habit  formation 
(Jennings,  1907).  "(1)  The  organism  must  be  presented  with  a 
problem  to  be  solved.  (2)  The  organism  must  'try'  to  solve  the 
problem  in  several  different  ways.  (3)  It  must  be  able  to  solve  the 
problem  in  but  one  or  a  few  ways." 

In  accordance  with  these  criteria  I  presented  the  mollusks  with  a 
simple  maze  problem  with  oysters  as  "bait."  Although  without  food 
for  a  week,  they  buried  themselves  in  the  sand  and  did  not  move 
again.  At  the  end  of  two  weeks  I  discontinued  the  experiment.  To 
show  the  normal  behavior  of  these  animals  I  plotted  their  movements 
for  a  period  of  six  Aveeks.  This  gave  no  results  except  those  embodied 
in  the  earlier  part  of  this  paper.  The  diagrams  show,  however,  how 
very  sluggish  these  mollusks  are.     It  is  probably  impossible  by  any  of 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  9 

the  ordinary  methods  to  determine  the  intelhgence  of  Sycotypiis  and 
Fulgur.  The  solution  of  this  problem  awaits  some  ingenious  future 
investigator. 

Summary. 

1.  Fulgur  and  Sycotypus  are  very  hardy  and  hve  well  in  caiotivity. 

2.  Fulgur  probably  attacks  any  Lamellibranch. 

3.  Sycotypus  will  attack  any  except  Venus. 

4.  Oysters  are  eaten  in  less  than  an  hour.  Clams  in  from  an  hour 
to  an  hour  and  a  half.     Quahogs  from  seven  hours  to  three  days. 

5.  They  do  not  bore  shells  with  the  radula. 

6.  They  open  shells  of  oysters  by  wedging  their  own  shell  between 
the  valves,  and  tear  out  the  flesh  with  their  radula.  They  probably 
treat  Quahogs  in  the  same  way. 

7.  Some  shells  are  injured  in  the  process,  depending  on  the  amount 
of  gap  and  the  sensitiveness  of  the  organism  to  mechanical  stimuli. 

8.  Their  meals  are  far  between. 

9.  They  spend  their  time  between  meals  buried  in  the  sand. 

10.  They  may  not  be  as  serious  a  pest  to  the  oj^stermen  as  previously 
reported. 

11.  Their  behavior  is  adaptive.  As  yet  we  have  no  proof  that  these 
animals  are  intelligent. 

Literature. 

1S95.     Cooke.     Cambridge  Xat  Hist.,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  60. 

1905.  DiMON,  A.  C.     Cold  Spring  Harbor  Monographs,  V,  pp.  31-36. 
1890.     Francois.     Arch.  E.rp.G.,  (2),  IX,p.  2-0). 

1870.     Gould.     Invertebrata  of  Mass.,  2d.  ed.,  bj'^  W.  G.  Binney. 

1906.  Herrick,  J.  C.     jMeclianism  of  the  Odontophoral  apparatus  in  Sycotypus 
canaliculatus, -tHK  .Vo^,  Vol.  XL,  p.  707. 

1884.     Ingersoll,  E.     Fisheries  Industries  of  the  U.  S.,  Section  I,  p.  694. 

1906.  Jennings,  H.  S.     Behavior  of  the  Lower  Organisms,  p.  334. 

1907.  Jennings,  H.  S.     Behavior  of  the  Starfish  Asterias  forreri,  U.  of  Cal.  Pub. 
in  Zool,  Vol.  IV,  No.  2,  p.  155. 

1860.     Stimpson.     Check  List,  p.  6. 

1882.     Tryon,  G.  W.     Structural  and  Systematic  Conchology,  p.  137. 

1905.     Wilcox,  M.  A.     Biology  of  Acmsea  testudinahs.  Am.  Nat.,  May,  1905, 

p.  325. 
r 

Description  of  Plates  I-V. 

Figs.  1  and  2  were  drawn  with  the  aid  of  a  camera  lucida  and  magnified  about  72 
diameters. 

Figs.  3  and  4  were  drawn  with  a  camera  lucida  and  magnified  about  270  times. 

The  succeeding  figures  were  drawn  free-hand  from  living  animals  with  the 
exception  of  figs.  7  and  8,  which  are  semi-diagrammatic.     They  are  f  natural  size. 


10  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jan., 

Plate  I. — Fig.  1. — Median  tooth  of  Fulgur  carica  (unused). 
Fig.  2. — ^Aledian  tooth  of  Fulgur  carica  (worn). 
Fig.  3. — Median  tooth  of  Urosaiphinx  (unworn). 
Fig.  4. — Median  tooth  of  Urosaiphinx  (worn). 
Fig.  5.     Sycolypus  eating  an  oyster  viewed  from  above. 

Fig.  6. — Sycotypus  eating  an  oyster  viewed  from  side.     Tlie  oyster  had  had 
the  end  toward  the  conch  broken  for  about  f  inch. 

Plate  II. — Fig.  7. — Sycotypus  on  top  of  oyster  (semi-diagrammatic). 

Fig.  8. — The  same  a  few  seconds  afterward,  showing  the  margin  of  the  Sycoty- 
pus shell  wedging  apart  the  shells  of  the  oyster. 
Fig.  9. — Sycotypus  wedging  apart  the  valves  of  an  oyster. 

Plate  III. — Fig.  10. — Sycotypus  in  search  of  food. 
Fig.  11. — Sycotypus  eating  Mya. 

Plate  IV. — Fig.  12. — Sycotypus  eating  Mya. 

Fig.  13. — F.  carica  eating  Venus,  showing  how  it  holds  the  shell. 

Plate  V. — Diagrams  illustrating  the  wanderings  of  F.  perversa,  F.  carica  and  S. 
canaliculatus  during  a  period  of  six  weeks.  Each  square  of  the  diagram 
represents  one  square  foot.  Each  of  the  diagrams  represent  an  aquarium 
of  salt  water  five  feet  by  eleven  feet.  The  plottings  w^ere  made  daily. 
The  Roman  numerals  indicate  the  identification  number  of  the  in- 
dividual welks.  Arabic  numerals  indicate  days  at  one  spot,  (o) 
means  an  oyster  eaten.     (B)  indicates  that  the  indiAidual  was  buried. 


1908.1  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  11 


February  4. 
Dr.  William  P.  Wilson  in  the  Chair. 

Thirty  persons  present. 

The  Pubhcation  Committee  reported  the  reception  of  a  paper 
entitled  "Acrididse  (Orthoptera)  from  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  with 
■descriptions  of  one  New  Genus  and  three  New  Species,"  by  James  A,  G. 
Rehn  (January  27). 

WiTMER  Stone  made  a  communication  on  the  geographical  distri- 
bution of  plants  and  animals  in  Southern  New  Jerse3^     (No  abstract.) 


February  18. 
Arthur  Erwin  Brow^n,  Sc.D.,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chair. 

Ninety  persons  present. 

The  reception  of  a  paper  entitled  "Remarks  on  the  Fossil  Cetacean 
Rhabdosteus  latiradix  Cope,"  by  Frederick  W.  True  (February  18), 
was  reported  by  the  Publication  Committee. 

Philip  P.  Calvert,  Ph.D.,  made  a  communication  on  the  general 
results  of  nine  years'  study  of  the  dragon-flies  of  Mexico  and  Central 
America  for  the  Biologia  Centrali  Americana.     (No  abstract.) 

Burton  Chance,  M.D.,  was  elected  a  member. 

The  following  were  ordered  to  be  published :  ^ 


12  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   ACADEMY    OF  [Feb. 


ACRIDID^  (ORTHOPTERA)  FROM  SAO  PAULO,  BRAZIL,  WITH  DESCRIPTIONS 
OF  ONE  NEW  GENUS  AND  THREE  NEW  SPECIES. 

BY   JAMES    A.    G.    REHN. 

The  material  treated  in  the  following  paper  represents  the  Pyrgoinor- 
phinse  and  Locustinae  of  a  collection  of  Orthoptera  made  at  several 
localities  in  the  State  of  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  by  Mr.  Adolph  Hempel,  and 
presented  to  the  Academy  by  the  author. 

The  Acridinse  belonging  to  this  collection  has  already  been  treated, 
in  conjunction  with  other  South  American  material  of  that  subfamily,, 
in  a  paper  in  these  Proceedings.^ 

PYRGOMORPHIN.E. 
OMMEXECHA  Serville. 
Ommexecha  servillei  Blanchard. 

18.37.     Ommexecha   Servillei  Blanchard,  Ann.   Soc.   Entom.   France,   V,   p. 
613,  PI.  XXII,  figs,  2  and  3.     [Pro\ance  of  Corriente.s,  Argentina.] 

Sao  Paulo.  September  13  and  19,  1900.  (Hempel.)  Three  c7, 
three  9 . 

Reboucas.     September  26,  1900.     (Hempel.)     One  c?,  one  9. 

Previous  records  for  this  species  are  Porto  Allegre,  Rio  Grande  do 
Sul  (Karsch),  Sierra  Geral,  Santa  Catharina  (Karsch),  Sao  Paulo 
(Bruner),  Matto  Grosso  (Karsch),  Brazil,  Asuncion  and  San  Bernardino. 
Paraguay  (Bruner). 

LOCUSTIN.E. 

<  TROPINOTUS  Serville. 

Tropinotus  affinis  Bruner. 

1906.     Tropinotus  affinis  Bruner,   Proc.   U.   S.   Nat.   Mus.,  XXX,   p.   646. 
[Sapucay,  Paraguay.] 

Jundiahy.  April  17,  1898;  September  10,  1899.  (Schrottky.) 
Two  d',  two  9. 

The  bowed  lateral  carina3  of  the  pronotum  appear  to  be  the  chief 
diagnostic  character  of  this  species,  unless  this  is  also  shared  b}^  T. 
scabripes  Stal,  which  has  not  been  examined. 

>  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  pp.  10-50. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHTA.  13 

EL^IOCHLOEA  St^l. 
Elaeochlora  arcuata  n.  sp. 

Types:  d  and  9  ;  Jundiahy,  State  of  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil.  March  1, 
1899  (d').     (Schrottky.)      [A.  N.  S.  Phila.] 

This  peculiar  species  belongs  to  the  section  of  the  genus  containing 
E.  trilineata  and  viridicata  (Serville)  and  humilis  and  pulchella  Rehn, 
as  well  as  the  rather  aberrant  picticollis  (Gerstaecker).  It  is  readily 
separated  from  any  of  these  species  by  the  well  elevated  and  longi- 
tudinally arcuate  median  carina  of  the  pronotum,  the  tubercles  of  the 
pronotum  also  being  blunter  and  fewer  than  in  the  allied  species. 
The  male  can  also  be  immediately  separated  from  the  above  species, 
except  picticollis,  by  the  short  acute  tegmina. 

Size  rather  large;  form  of  the  female  quite  robust,  of  the  male  slen- 


Fig.  \,—ElaoMora  arcuata  n.  sp.     Lateral  view  of  male  type.     (X  2h.) 

derer.  Head  with  the  occiput  rounded ;  fastigium  subhorizontal,  very 
slightly  excavated,  longer  than  broad,  the  apex  slightly  acute-angulate, 
the  apical  margins  slightly  arcuate  in  the  male;  angle  of  the  fastigium 
when  viewed  from  the  lateral  aspect  narrowly  rounded  into  the  moder- 
ately (9)  or  considerably  (d")  retreating  face;  frontal  costa  very 
much  narrowed  at  its  junction  with  the  fastigium,  slightly  but  regu- 
larly expanding  ventrad  to  the  clypeus,  sulcate  except  in  the  very 
narrow  dorsal  portion;  eyes  of  the  male  elhptical,  oval,  of  the  female 
ovate;  antennee  not  complete.  Pronotum  rugoso-punctate,  with  the 
prozona  tectate,  the  metazona  with  the  disk  flattened  and  the  carina 
considerably  elevated,  the  outline  of  the  carina  when  viewed  from 
the  lateral  aspect  being  very  slightly  arcuate  in  the  female,  very  con- 


14  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

siderably  so  in  the  male;  cephalic  margin  obtuse-angulate,  slightly 
more  marked  in  the  male  than  in  the  female;  caudal  angle  aciite- 
angulate,  the  apex  sharp  and  the  margins  slightly  arcuato-emarginate ; 
lateral  shoulders  marked  on  the  metazona,  a  continuation  descending 
obliquely  ventro-cephalad  on  the  prozonal  portion  of  the  lateral  lobes 
prozona  of  the  disk  with  accessory  lateral  shoulders,  which  are  less 
marked  than  the  primary  ones,  converging  from  the  principal  trans- 
verse sulcus  to  the  cephalic  margin,  all  the  lateral  shoulders  more 
marked  in  the  male  than  in  the  female ;  transverse  sulci  three  in  number, 
all  cutting  the  median  ridge,  but  only  the  caudal  one  doing  so  deeply; 
greatest  median  width  of  the  pronotal  disk  contained  about  twice 
in  the  length;  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  with  the  ventral  margin 
obtuse-angulate.  Tegmina  of  the  male  exceeding  the  length  of  the 
pronotum  by  about  half  the  length  of  the  head,  of  the  female  about 
equal  to  the  length  of  the  metazona  and  half  of  the  prozona ;  shape  of 
the  male  tegmina  sublanceolate,  of  the  female  tegmina  sub-rhomboid, 
the  greatest  width  of  the  male  tegmina  contained  two  and  a  half 
times  in  their  length,  that  of  the  female  tegmina  contained  once  and 
two-thirds  in  their  length.  Wings  much  smaller  than  the  tegmina, 
not  functional  in  either  sex.  Prosternal  spine  erect,  conical;  inter- 
space between  the  mesosternal  lobes  very  slightly  transverse,  the 
angles  of  the  lobes  broadly  rounded;  interspace  between  the  meta- 
sternal  lobes  distinctly  arcuate  transverse.  Abdomen  compressed 
in  both  sexes,  distinctly  carinate  dorsad  in  the  male;  supra-anal 
plate  of  the  male  acute- angulate,  distinctly  sulcate  mesad,  the  sulcus 
narrowed  meso-caudad ;  cerci  of  the  male  very  small,  simple,  styliform ; 
subgenital  plate  compressed,  produced,  rostrate,  the  apex  elevated  and 
slender.  Cephalic  and  median  Hmbs  moderately  robust  in  the  male, 
rather  weak  in  the  female.  Caudal  femora  about  one  and  one-third 
(9)  or  one  and  two-thirds  (d^)  the  length  of  the  pronotum,  rather 
slender,  tapering,  no  appreciable  pregenicular  constriction,  dorso- 
median  carina  sparsely  serrato-dentate,  pattern  of  the  pagina  rather 
irregular  and  not  deeply  impressed;  caudal  tibiae  about  equal  to  the 
femora  in  length,  armed  on  the  external  margin  with  ten  to  twelve 
spines,  on  the  internal  with  nine  to  ten  spines,  those  of  the  internal 
margin  longer  than  those  on  the  external;  tarsi  distinctly  depressed. 

General  color  olive-green  becoming  brownish  on  some  areas  and 
brighter  green  on  others,  d^.  Face  dull  oil  green,  gense  and  occiput 
of  the  general  color  aside  from  a  dull  broad  subequal  medio-longitudinal 
bar  of  russet  on  the  vertex  and  occiput,  bordered  laterad  by  poorly 
defined  blackish  areas;  eyes  burnt  umber.     Pronotum  veiy  dull  olive- 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  15 

green  dorsad,  the  median  carina  and  angles  marked  obscurely  with 
burnt  sienna;  lateral  lobes  with  considerable  parrot  green  mesad,  the 
cephalic  and  ventral  margins  narrowly  and  the  caudal  margins  rather 
broadly  margined  with  ochraceous-buff,  the  marginal  color  blending 
into  the  general  color.  Tegmina  blackish,  broadl}^  margined,  except 
toward  the  apex  where  the  paler  color  narrows  until  completely  absent 
at  the  verj^  apex,  with  ochraceous-buff,  principal  veins  of  the  median 
portion  of  the  tegmina  apple  green.  Limbs  distinctly  brownish,  the 
caudal  tibiae  and  tarsi  vinaceous-cinnamon,  tibial  spines  wholly  black 
on  the  internal  margin,  tipped  with  black  on  the  external  margin.  9  . 
Head  bice-green  with  a  very  pale  ochraceous-buff  occipital  and  f  astigial 
band  as  in  the  male,  which  band,  however,  has  the  lateral  defining 
bars  poorly  indicated;  eyes  vandyke  brown;  antennae  pansy  purple 
with  the  proximal  joint  of  the  color  of  the  head.  Pronotum  generally 
more  oil  green  than  olive-green;  median  carina  marked  with  a  bar  of 
madder  brown  which  narrows  caudad  and  is  poorly  outlined  cephalad; 
ventral  and  caudal  margins  of  the  lateral  lobes  with  very  faint  and 
poorly  defined  light  margins.  Tegmina  oil  green  with  a  pale  margin 
similar  to  the  male,  in  addition  to  which  the  green  area  is  outlined  by 
a  heavy  pencilling  of  black,  quite  distinct  on  all  but  the  ventro-caudal 
portion,  while  the  sutural  margin  has  a  very  fine  black  edging  to  its 
proximal  half;  principal  veins  of  the  green  area  apple  green.  Limbs 
oil  green  tending  toward  apple  green,  caudal  tarsi  marked  with  maroon 
purple  dorsad,  caudal  tibiae  with  the  spines  as  in  the  male. 

Measurements. 

d  ? 

Length  of  body, 29.2  mm.  52    mm. 

Length  of  pronotum, ILl     "  18.6    " 

Median  width  of  disk  of  pronotum,     ....     5.5     "  8.2   " 

Length  of  tegmen, 12.8     "  13.8   " 

Greatest  width  of  tegmen, 5.4     ''  8      " 

Length  of  caudal  femur, 17.9     "  24.2   " 

A  paratypic  female  has  also  l^een  examined.  It  differs  from  the 
female  type  only  in  the  tegmina  being  more  produced  and  nearer  to 
the  type  seen  in  the  male. 

CHROMACRIS  Walker. 
Chromacris  miles  (Drury). 

Jundiahy.     (Schrottky).     One  6^. 

This  individual  has  the  lighter  color  of  the  wings  rich  yellow. 


16  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

Chromacris  nuptialis  (Gerstaecker). 

1873.     Romalea   nuptialis    Gerstaecker,  Stett.   Entom.   Zeit.,   XXXIV,   p. 
185.     [Salto  Grande,^  Brazil.] 

Jimdiahy.     January  20,  1899  (9).     (Schrottky.)     One  d",  one  9. 

The  markings  of  the  tegminal  veins  in  this  species  remind  one  of  the 

similar  pattern  noticed  in  the  otherwise  very  different  C.  icterus. 

ZONIOPODA  St&l. 
Zoniopoda  tarsata  (Serville). 

Jmidiahy.     January  28,  1899.     (Schrottky.)     One  d^. 

This  specimen  agrees  fully  with  the  original  description  and  two 
Rio  Grande  do  Sul  specimens  determined  as  tarsata,  received  from 
the  late  Dr.  Saussure. 

LEPTYSMA  St&l. 

Leptysma  gracilis  Bruner.s 

1906.     [Leptysma]  gracilis  Bruner,   Proc.   U.   S.   Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  658. 
[Sao  Paulo,  Brazil.] 

Sao  Paulo.     September  5-19,  1900.     (Hempel.)     Six  d,  four  9  . 

This  series  shows  an  appreciable  amount  of  variation  in  the  form 

of  the  fastigium,  some  having  the  angle  more  acute  than  others. 

Leptysma  filiformis  (Serville). 

Sao  Paulo.     September  1  and  7,  1900.     (Hempel.)     Three  9  . 

PARACOKNOPS  Giglio-Tos. 

Paracornops  longipenne  (De  Geer)? 

1773.     Acrydium  longipenne  DeGeer,   Mem.  d'Hist.  Ins.,  Ill,  p.  501,  PI.  42, 
fig.  9.     [Surinam.] 

Sao  Paulo.     September  14,  1900.     (Hempel.)     Five  d^,  one  9  . 

We  have  followed  Bruner^  in  considering  this  form  the  same  as 
DeGeer's  species,  the  correctness  of  which  association  can  be  deter- 
mined definitely  only  by  the  examination  of  Surinam  material. 

The  specimens  in  hand  are  brownish  instead  of  greenish  as  described 
by  DeGeer,  but  as  far  as  can  be  determined  from  his  figure  they  do  not 
differ  structurally,  and  in  dimensions  they  fully  agree  with  those  given 
by  him. 


^  One  of  two  localities,  Salto  Grande,  Minas  Geraes  or  Salto  Grande,  Sao  Paulo, 
probablj'  tlie  latter. 

3  The  five  females  from  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  recorded  by  the  author  as  L. 
filiformis  {Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Set.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  180)  are  found  on  re-examination 
to  be  this  species.  The  absence  of  male  individuals  accounts  for  the  error  in 
>determination. 

■'Froc.  V.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  662. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  17 

OMALOTETTIX  Bruner. 
Omalotettix  signatipes  Bruner. 

Sao  Paulo.     September  1  to  14,  1900.     (Hempel.)     Nine  9  . 

These  specimens  are  uniformly,  though  slightly,  smaller  than 
Chapada,  Brazil,  and  Sapucay,  Paraguay,  females,  but  in  no  other 
respect  do  they  appear  to  differ  from  topotypes. 

H0MAL0SAPARUS6  n.  gen. 

A  member  of  the  Xiphiolce  and  related  to  Saparus  Giglio-Tos  and 
Xiphiola  Bolivar,  differing  from  the  former  in  the  less  compressed 
general  form,  in  the  form  of  the  frontal  costa,  the  less  produced  head, 
the  less  compressed  pronotum,  the  more  rounded  tegmina,  the  more 
robust  limbs  and  the  produced  subgenital  plate ;  differing  from  Xiphiola 
n  the  more  compressed  form,  in  the  absence  of  distinct  lateral  angles 
to  the  pronotum,  the  absence  of  any  costal  projection  between  the 
antennae,  in  the  broader  tegmina,  in  the  narrower  interspace  between  the 
mesosternal  lobes  and  in  the  produced  subgenital  plate  and  slender  cerci. 

Vertex  ascending;  fastigium  rectangulate ;  frontal  costa  not  project- 
ing between  the  antennae,  becoming  obsolete  ventrad  of  the  ocellus; 
face  declivent;  eyes  acute  ovoid,  hardly  projecting;  antennae  heavy, 
depressed,  very  slightly  expanded  proximad.  Pronotum  rugoso-punc- 
tate;  dorsal  transverse  sulci  three  in  number;  median  carina  distinct; 
caudal  angle  of  the  disk  subrectangulate;  lateral  angles  without 
carinas.  Tegmina  exceeding  the  apex  of  the  abdomen,  rather  broad, 
greatest  width  in  the  distal  third ;  intercalary  vein  absent.  Prosternal 
spine  erect,  slender,  apex  blunt;  interspace  between  the  mesosternal 
lobes  very  distinctly  longer  than  broad ;  interspace  between  the  meta- 
sternal  lobes  very  narrow.  Subgenital  plate  of  the  male  produced, 
acuminate,  keeled.  Caudal  femora  moderately  inflated;  caudal  tibiae 
with  nine  spines  on  the  lateral  margins. 

Type. — H.  canonicus  n.  sp. 

Homalosaparus  canonicus  n.  sp. 

Type:  6";  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil.  September  13,  1900.  (Hempel.) 
[A.  N.  S.  Phila.] 

Size  medium;  form  distinctly  compressed ;  surface  ruguloso-punctate. 
Head  with  the  occiput  regularly  ascending  to  the  interocular  region 
which,  with  the  fastigium,  is  subhorizontal;  interocular  region  slightly 
more  than  twice  the  wddth  of  the  interantennal  portion  of  the  frontal 
costa;  fastigium  broadly  trigonal,  the  apex  with  a  short,  distinct, 
median,  longitudinal  sulcus;  angle  of  the  fastigium  and  vertex,  when 
seen  from  the  lateral  aspect,  rounded  rectangulate,  the  facial  line  being 

5  'OfiaTiOQ,  resembling,  and  Saparus,  a  generic  name. 
2 


18 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Feb. 


subperpendicular  to  a  short  distance  ventrad  of  the  insertion  of  the 
antennae,  then  considerably  declivent;  lateral  foveolse  indistinct, 
punctate;  frontal  costa  slightly  constricted  dorsad  and  obsolete  from 
a  point  ventrad  of  the  ocellus  where  it  is  slightly  narrowed,  entire 
length  impresso-punctate;  eyes  acute  dorsad,  strongly  elongate-ovoid 


Fig.  2. — Homalosaparus  canonicus  n.  gen.  and  sp.     Lateral  view  of  type.     ( X  2^.) 

and  somewhat  longer  than  the  infraocular  portion  of  the  gense,  when 
viewed  from  the  dorsum  the  eyes  are  seen  to  be  very  slightly  prominent; 
antennae  about  as  long  as  the  head  and  pronotum  together,  heavy, 
distinctly  depressed,  very  slightly  expanded  proximad  and  with  a 
very  slight  expanded  distal  clavation.  Pronotum 
about  half  again  as  long  as  the  dorsal  surface  of  the 
head ;  cephalic  margin  subtruncate  with  an  extremely 
slight  median  emargination,  caudal  margin  sub- 
rectangulate,  apex  finely  angulate;  median  carina 
low,  distinct,  severed  three  times;  lateral  shoulders 
distinct  on  the  metazona,  rounded  and  descending 
ventro-cephalad  on  the  prozona;  lateral  lobes  about 
as  deep  on  their  greatest  dorsal  length,  ventral 
margin  rotundato-emarginate  cephalad,  arcuate  cau- 
dad.  Tegmina  exceeding  .the  tips  of  the  caudal 
femora  by  about  the  length  of  the  head;  greatest 
width  at  about  three-fourths  the  length  from  the 
proximal  extremity  and  contained  about  four  and  a 
half  times  in  the  tegminal  length:  costal  margin  with 
a  very  considerable  rounded  lobe,  distad  of  which 
the  margin  is  straight  to  the  point  of  greatest  width 
and  arcuate  thence  to  the  apex,  sutural  margin 
straight    except  for    a    slight   proximal  arcuation,  apical  region  ob- 


Fig.  3. — Homal- 
osaparus can- 
onicus n.  gen. 
andsp.  Dor- 
sal view  of 
head  and  pro- 
notum. (  X 
2i) 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  19 

liquely  truncate  with  the  apex  rounded  rectangulate.  Wings  fully- 
developed.  Prosternal  spine  erect,  rather  slender,  hardly  tapering, 
bluntly  pointed.  Interspace  between  the  mesosternal  lobes  broad 
cephalad,  sharply  narrowed  to  about  a  third  the  cephalic  width,  then 
slightly  and  regularly  expanded  with  the  caudal  angles  of  the  lobes 
rounded,  the  whole  shape  of  the  interspace  being  like  a  letter  X  with  the 
upper  portion  abnormally  expanded  and  the  lower  portion  drawn  out; 
interspace  between  the  metasternal  lobes  narrow,  inverted,  cuneiform. 
Abdomen  moderately  compressed ;  supra-anal  plate  produced  subequal 
in  width  in  the  proximal  half,  distinctly  narrowed  mesad  and  thence 
arcuate  to  the  rather  blunt  apex;  cerci  slender,  subequal  in  the  proximal 
half,  roundly  emarginate  on  the  dorsal  margin  in  the  distal  half,  the 
apex  blunt,  the  distal  fourth  seen  to  be  distinctly  arcuate  mesad  when 
viewed  from  the  dorsum;  subgenital  plate  acute  scaphiform,  the  apex 
acute-angulate,  and  the  lateral  portions  of  the  plate  distinctly  con- 
stricted proximad,  ventral  aspect  with  a  distinct  median  keel.  Cephalic 
and  median  hmbs  rather  slender.  Caudal  femora  about  two-thirds 
the  length  of  the  tegmina,  the  greatest  width  contained  about  foiu* 
times  in  the  length,  dorsal  carinse  serrato-dentate,  pattern  of  the 
paginae  well  impressed,  genicular  lobes  acute;  caudal  tibiae  slightly 
shorter  than  the  femora,  lateral  margin  with  nine  spines  one  of  which 
is  quite  small  and  apical,  internal  margin  with  ten  spines,  one  apical; 
caudal  tarsi  comparatively  short  and  with  the  pulvilli  large. 

General  color  prout's  brown,  tawn3''-olive  ventrad  and  tending 
toward  seal  brown  on  the  dorsum  of  the  head,  disk  of  the  pronotum 
and  proximal  portion  of  the  tegmina.  Head  with  the  face  washed  with 
walnut  brown,  several  pale  bars  crossing  between  the  labrum  and 
median  ocellus;  labrum  ochre;  sides  of  the  head  ventro-caudad  of  the 
eyes  washed  with  seal  brown;  eyes  russet;  antennae  wood  brown  dorsad, 
Vandyke  brown  ventrad  with  the  tip  blackish.  Pronotum  shghtly 
touched  laterad  with  walnut  brown.  Tegmina  sprinkled  rather 
sparingly  with  small  subquadrate  maculations  of  seal  brown;  angle  of 
the  anal  field  rather  pale.  Wings  transparent,  tinted  with  pale 
brownish.  Caudal  femora  with  an  obscm-e  pregenicular  annulus  of  seal 
brown,  tubercles  on  the  carinse  and  pattern  of  the  paginae  blackish; 
caudal  tibiae  with  the  spines  maize  yellow  with  seal  brown  tips. 

Measurernents. 

Length  of  body, 28.2  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum, 6      " 

Greatest  caudal  width  of  pronotum, 4      " 

Length  of  tegmen, 24.8   " 

Length  of  caudal  femur, 15.8   " 


20  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

A  series  of  five  paratypic  males  have  also  been  examined,  taken 
from  the  first  to  nineteenth  of  September,  1900.  In  size  they  show 
some  little  variation,  and  in  color  there  is  a  tendency  in  some  speci- 
mens to  a  more  grayish  coloration  than  in  others,  while  in  one  specimen 
the  color  pattern  is  much  more  contrasted  than  in  the  type.  Pale 
bars  on  the  lateral  angles  of  the  pronotum  are  sometimes  present,  the 
ventral  half  of  the  eye  also  being  suffused  with  seal  brown  in  some 
specimens,  while  the  small  tegminal  maculations  frequently  show  a 
tendency  to  associate  in  oblique  transverse  bars  well  defined  or  much 
interrupted  and  from  one  to  three  in  number. 

SCHISTOCEECA  St&l. 
Schistocerca  gratissima  n.  sp. 

Schistocerca  lineata  (Stoll)?  according  to  Bruner,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus., 
XXX,  pp.  675,  676  (1906) .« 

Type:  & ;  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil.  September  14,  1900.  (Hempel.) 
[Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.] 


Fig.  4. — Schistocerca  gratissima  n.  sp.     Lateral  view  of  type.     (X  H.) 

Alhed  to  S.  'pollens  (Thunberg)  but  differing  in  the  shorter,  blunter 
fastigium,  the  lesser  space  between  the  eyes,  the  broader  and  more 
truly  elliptical  eye,  the  more  arcuate  facial  outline  when  viewed 
laterad  and  the  anomalous  pink  and  green  coloration. 

Size  large ;  form  rather  slender.  Head  with  the  occiput  considerably 
elevated  and  rounded,  descending  regularly  to  the  fastigium  and 
rounding  into  the  frontal  costa;  interspace  between  the  eyes  slightly 
exceeding  the  greatest  width  of  the  fastigium;  fastigium  about  as  long 
as  broad,  considerably  excavated;  frontal  costa  slightly  constricted 

•  We  do  not  consider  the  resemblance  of  StoU's  figure  of  Gryllus  (Locusta) 
lineatus  (Natuurl.  Afbeeld.  Besch.  Springh.,  PI.  XV  [B,  fig.  57)  close  enough  to 
specimens  of  this  species  to  consider  them  the  same.  While  in  one  or  two  points 
resemblance  exists,  in  a  number  of  others  the  discrepancies  are  very  considerable. 
StoU's  figure  appears  to  us  to  be  a  true  Locusta  (Acridium  of  authors). 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


21 


'dorsad,  thence  of  a  uniform  width  to  the  clypeus,  deeply  silicate  from 
between  the  antennse  to  near  the  clypeus ;  facial  outline  when  viewed 
from  the  lateral  aspect  slightly  arcuate;  eyes  elliptical  oval,  distinctly 
longer  than  the  infraocular  sulcus;  antennae  somewhat  exceeding 
the  length  of  the  head  and  pronotum  together.  Pronotum  rounded 
dorsad,  hardly  constricted,  not  tectate,  disk  of  the  metazona  slightly 
flattened;  cephalic  margin  of  the  disk  very  slightly  angulate  with  a 
hardly  appreciable  median  emargination,  caudal  margin  of  the  disk 
nearly  rectangulate,  the  apex  very  broadly  rounded, 
median  carina  present  but  not  high,  cut  by  three 
transverse  sulci,  prozona  and  metazona  subequal  in 
length,  the  width  of  the  metazona  slightly  greater 
than  its  length,  lateral  angles  not  apparent  on  the 
prozona,  well  rounded  on  the  metazona;  lateral  lobes 
considerably  longer  than  deep,  narrowing  ventrad, 
ventral  margin  truncate  on  the  caudal  half,  obliquely 
emarginate  on  the  cephalic  half.  Tegmina  exceeding 
the  apex  of  the  abdomen  by  a  distance  about  equal 
to  the  length  of  the  pronotum;  costal  margin  con- 
siderably arcuate  in  the  distal  third;  apex  broadlj^ 
rounded.  Prosternal  spine  stout,  acute,  very  consid- 
erably retrorse ;  interspace  between  the  mesosternal 
lobes  longitudinal,  subcuneate,  the  interspace  cephalad 
being  nearly  as  wide  as  the  lobes;  metasternal  lobes 
contiguous.  Abdomen  somewhat  compressed ;  cerci  of 
moderate  length,  the  apex  somewhat  narrower  than 
the  base,  subtruncate;  subgenital  plate  moderately  produced,  the 
apex  rather  deeply  divided.  Caudal  femora  about  reaching  to  the 
apex  of  the  abdomen,  rather  slender,  medio-dorsal  carina  serrate, 
paginse  with  the  pattern  distinctly  but  not  very  deeply  impressed; 
caudal  tibise  with  the  spines  quite  long,  nine  in  number  on  the  external 
and  eleven  on  the  internal  margins. 

General  colors  oil  green,  liver  brown  and  salmon-buff.  Head  with 
the  face,  an  infraocular  bar  and  the  fastigium  and  occiput  green, 
remainder  salmon-buff;  a  poorly  defined  medio-longitudinal  occipital 
pale  band  present,  bordered  laterad  by  poorly  defined  darker  areas; 
eyes  burnt  umber;  antennae  dull  pinkish.  Pronotum  with  the  dorsum 
green  with  a  subequal  median  bar  of  vinaceous-rufous ;  lateral  lobes 
vinaceous-pink  with  a  broad  oblique  bar  of  green.  Mesothoracic  and 
metathoracic  epimera  green,  mesothoracic  and  metathoracic  episterna 
and  ventral  portions  of  the  thorax  pinkish.     Tegmina  with  a  costal 


Fig.  5. — ScJdslo- 
cerca  gratis- 
sima  n.  sp. 
Dorsal  view 
of  head  and 
pronotum  of 
type.  (X  li) 


22  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

bar  of  primrose  yellow  extending  over  almost  the  whole  of  the  costal 
half  of  the  costal  field,  the  greater  portion  of  the  margin  of  this  pale 
area  being  narrowly  edged  with  maroon,  remainder  of  the  tegmina 
liver  brown,  the  principal  veins  maroon,  several  pale  areas,  caused 
by  the  coloration  of  adventitious  veins,  distributed  over  the  median 
portion  of  the  tegmen;  anal  field  with  a  rather  broad  longitudinal 
band  of  vinaceous-cinnamon.  Wings  slightly  infuscate.  Cephalic 
and  median  limbs  buffy  washed  dorsad  with  greenish.  Caudal  femora 
with  the  dorsal  half  oil  green,  the  ventral  half  salmon-buff,  the  division 
along  the  middle  of  the  paginse  being  indicated  by  a  slightly  blackish 
area,  genicular  arches  chestnut;  caudal  tibiae  and  tarsi  pomegranate 
purple,  the  spines  maize  yellow  tipped  with  black. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body, 49.5  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum, 9.5    " 

Greatest  dorsal  width  of  pronotum, 6       " 

Length  of  tegmen, 46.2 

Length  of  caudal  femur, 25 

Two  paratypic  males  in  the  Academy  Collection  and  one  of  the  same 
sex  from  Surinam  (V-IX;  Fruhstorfer)  in  the  Hebard  Collection  have 
been  examined.  This  series  shows  a  considerable  amount  of  variation 
in  size  and  some  in  color.  One  Sao  Paulo  male  is  about  equal  to  the 
type  in  size,  the  other  two  specimens  being  appreciably  smaller.  The 
additional  Sao  Paulo  individuals  agree  fully  with  the  type  in  color,  while 
the  Surinam  male  has  the  greens  much  deeper,  almost  french  green, 
and  the  pink  shades  almost  replaced  by  yellowish-white,  sometimes 
greenish-yellow,  the  purplish  color  of  the  caudal  tibise  being  weaker  and 
replaced  on  the  ventral  surface  by  oil  greenish. 

DICHR0PLU8  St&l. 
Dichroplus  brasiliensis  Bruner. 

1906.     Dichroplus  brasiliensis  Bruner,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  pp.  678,. 
682.     [Victoria,  Brazil.] 

Espirito  Santo,  Brazil.     [Hebard  Collection.]     One  9  . 
Sao  Paulo.     September  14,  1900.     (Hempel.)     One  9  . 
The  pale  bars  mentioned  in  the  original  description  are  but  faintly 
indicated  in  these  specimens. 

SCOTTJSSA  Giglio-Tos. 
Scotussa  brasiliensis  Bruner. 

1906.     [Scotussa]  brasilie7isis  Bruner,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXX,  p.  689. 
[Sao  Paulo,  Brazil.] 

Sao  Paulo.     September  7-19,  1900.     (Hempel.)     Six  d",  four  9. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  23 

These  specimens  agree  fully  with  the  original  description  except 
in  the  number  of  external  tibial  spines.  In  three  of  the  males  both 
tibiae  bear  eight  spines,  and  another  male  has  eight  on  one  tibiae  and 
nine  on  the  other.  In  consequence  the  presence  of  nine  spines  cannot 
be  considered  diagnostic. 


24  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [Feb. 


BEMAEKS  ON  THE  FOSSIL  CETACEAN  RHABDOSTEUS  LATIRADIX  Cope. 
BY   FREDERICK    W.    TRUE. 

The  genus  and  species  Rhabdosteus  latiradix  were  first  described  by 
Cope  in  1867/  and  were  based  on  a  rostrum  from  Charles  County,  Md., 
near  the  Patuxent  River,  collected  b}^  James  T.  Thomas.  Three  teeth 
were  also  "with  much  probability"  assigned  to  the  species.  Cope 
remarked:  "Joseph  T.  Thomas,  the  discoverer  of  this  cetacean,  tells 
me  that  he  has  seen  portions  of  the  muzzle  between  two  and  three 
feet  long." 

No  fm-ther  original  information  regarding  the  species  appears  to 
have  been  published  until  1890,  when  Cope  published  figures  of  the 
type  specimen,  as  restored,  and  of  a  tooth.  He  remarked,  however, 
that  the  posterior  parts  of  the  maxillary  and  premaxillary  bones  "were 
restored  from  a  different  specimen  from  that  represented  in  the  rest 
of  the  figures."^  This  "different  specimen"  was  figured  by  Mr.  Case, 
in  1904,  together  with  still  another  rostrum^  and  the  three  teeth. 

From  an  examination  of  the  three  beaks,  which  were  ver}'-  kindly 
placed  in  my  hands  for  study  by  the  authorities  of  the  Philadelphia 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  and  Mr.  Witmer  Stone,  it  appears  prob- 
able that  three  species  are  represented.  The  rostrum  figured  by  Mr. 
Case  in  PI.  15,  fig.  1,  is  the  same  as  that  described  by  Leid}^,  in  1869, 
as  probably  belonging  to  Priscodelphinus  grandoevus}  I  have  remarked 
in  a  previous  paper  that  the  reasons  for  identifying  the  rostrum  with 
that  species  are  unsatisfactory  f  but,  however  that  may  be,  the  rostrum 
certainly  does  not  belong  to  the  same  species  as  the  one  called  Rhab- 
dosteus latiradix  by  Cope,  nor  is  it  likely  that  it  represents  the  same 
genus. 

The  "different  specimen"  mentioned  by  Cope  in  1890,  and  figured 
by  Mr.  Case  in  PI.  15,  fig.  2,  does  not,  in  my  opinion,  belong  to  the 
species  latiradix,  nor  is  it  at  all  probable  that  it  belongs  to  the  genus 
Rhabdosteus. 

1  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1867,  pp.  132  and  145. 

2  Amer.  Nat.,  1890,  p.  607,  fig.  4. 

^  Rep.  Maryland  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  1904,  PI.  15. 
*  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Ser.  2,  Vol.  7,  1869,  p.  434. 
^  Smithsonian  Misc.  Colls.,  Quart.  Issue,  50,  Pt.  4,  No.  1782,  p.  451,  January  27, 
1908. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  25 

Leaving  out  of  consideration  for  the  moment  the  rostrum  originally 
.assigned  to  Priscodelphinus  grandcevus  (Case's  PI.  15,  fig.  1),  I  would 
remark  that  the  restoration  of  neither  of  the  other  two  beaks  appears 
to  me  satisfactory,  and  that  the  figure  published  by  Cope  in  1890  is 
even  less  so.  As  regards  the  latter,  by  adding  a  portion  from  the 
second  beak  to  the  posterior  end  of  the  type,  Cope  has,  in  my  opinion, 
produced  a  figure  which  does  not  represent  any  species  which  has 
actually  existed,  and,  furthermore,  as  the  portion  added  is  itself 
incorrect,  the  erroneousness  of  the  figure  is  compounded.  It  should 
also  be  remarked  that  in  the  side  view  (Cope's  fig.  4  (la))  the  alveoli 
are  much  smaller  than  in  the  restoration  of  the  type  itself. 

Cope's  note  on  the  genus  Rhabdosteus,  published  in  1890,  is  as  follows : 

"The  muzzle  reaches  an  extraordinary  elongation,  and  for  the 
greater  part  of  its  length  forms  an  edentulous  cylinder,  which  resembles 
the  beak  of  the  sword-fishes.  The  few  teeth  which  remain  at  the  base 
of  the  muzzle  are  like  those  of  Platanista,  with  roots  compressed  so  as 
to  be  longitudinal,  and  crowns  compressed  so  as  to  be  transverse,  to 
the  axis  of  the  skull.  The  R.  latiradix^  Cope  is  not  uncommon  in  the 
Miocene  beds  of  Maryland.  Its  skeleton  is  unknown.  The  nearest 
approach  to  Rhabdosteus  is  made  by  the  genus  Stenodelphis." 

After  repeatedly  examining  the  type  specimen  (PI.  VI),  I  am 
satisfied  that  this  characterization  is  only  partially  correct. 

The  alveoli,  as  restored,  are  horizontal.  They  are  nine  in  number, 
-about  equal  in  size,  and  situated  in  advance  of  the  depression  in  the 
palate  in  which  a  lozenge-shaped  area  of  the  vomer  usually  appears. 
Hence,  they  are  hardly  likely  to  represent  the  posterior  end  of  the 
series.  That  the  alveoli  should  be  horizontal  in  the  midde  of  the 
series  is  improbable.  No  known  cetacean  has  such  a  conformation, 
and  on  anatomical  grounds  it  appears  unlikely  to  occur.  The  lower 
(or  inner)  margin  of  the  alveoli  and  the  lower  half  of  the  various  septa 
are  alone  preserved,  and  this  only  on  one  side  of  the  jaw.  No  distinct 
trace  of  the  upper  (or  outer)  margin  of  the  alveoli  and  septa  can  he 
seen  on  the  long  rod-like  superior  portions  of  the  maxillae.  The  narrow 
inferior  strip  of  the  maxilla,  which  bears  the  incomplete  alveoli  and 
septa  (already  mentioned),  has  been  placed  outside  the  larger  piece, 
which  forms  the  proximal  end  of  the  palate,  and  parallel  with  it.  Such 
a  combination  could  be  justified  only  on  the  ground  that  the  maxilla 
had  split  lengthwise,  and  that  the  outer  and  inner  pieces  represent  two 
parts  of  one  and  the  same  bone.  This  is  improbable,  as  the  inferior 
surface  of  the  larger  piece  is  convex,  while  that  of  the  smaller  piece 
is  nearly  plane.     The  smaller  piece  is,  in  my  opinion,  much  more  likely 


26  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Feb., 

to  have  been  anterior  to  the  larger  piece  originally  and  in  line  with  it, 
though  this  would  bring  the  rather  large  alveoli  farther  forward  than 
might  be  expected.  If  the  superior,  rod -like  portion  of  the  maxilla 
were  turned  outward  on  its  axis,  so  as  to  bring  the  alveoli  nearly  or 
quite  to  a  vertical  position,  a  space  would  apparently  be  left  between 
the  premaxilla  and  maxilla.  It  is  not  reasonable  to  suppose  that  any 
such  space  existed  originally. 

In  view  of  the  circumstances  mentioned  above,  I  think  it  is  unlikely 
that  the  real  form  of  the  rostrum  can  be  determined  until  additional 
specimens  have  been  collected,  or  at  least  until  the  type  specimen 
has  been  taken  to  pieces,  so  that  all  the  surfaces  of  the  component 
bones  can  be  examined. 

iMIt  should  be  remarked  that  at  the  anterior  end  of  the  small  piece  of 
the  maxilla  which  bears  the  alveoli  there  is  a  space  of  19  mm.,  in  which 
it  is  obvious  that  no  alveoli  existed,  and  between  this  and  the  first 
alveolus  which  is  traceable  is  another  space  of  about  25  mm.,  in  which 
additional  alveoli  may  or  may  not  have  existed.  In  any  case,  the 
fragment  in  question  bears  the  end  of  the  series  of  alveoli,  and,  if  it  is 
properly  oriented,  the  anterior  end.  As  the  fragment  bearing  the 
alveoli  is  much  shorter  than  the  rod-like  portions  of  the  maxillae  above 
it,  this  confirms  to  some  extent  Cope's  assertion  that  the  muzzle  "in 
the  greater  part  of  its  length  forms  an  edentulous  cylinder." 

Measurements  of  the  type-beak  of  Rhabdosteus  latiradix  Cope. 

Total  length  of  beak,  as  restored, 440  mm. 

Greatest  breadth  of  the  same,  as  restored, 39  " 

Length  of  longest  piece  of  premaxilla  preserved,  ....  330  " 

Length  of  longest  piece  of  maxilla  preserved,        ....  277  " 

Breadth  of  premaxilla  at  posterior  end, 11  " 

Breadth  of  premaxilla  at  anterior  end 7  " 

Breadth  of  portion  of  maxilla  above  the  alveoli  at  posterior 

end, 9  " 

Breadth  of  alveoli  at  anterior  end, 7  " 

Greatestbreadthof  palate  between  alveoli,  as  restored,     .      .  21  " 
Length  of  the  palatal  portion  of  the  left  maxilla,  which  con- 
tains the  alveoh,  166  " 

Breadth  of  the  same  at  the  anterior  end, 4  " 

Breadth  of  the  same  at  the  posterior  end 4  " 

Length  of  larger  palatal  fragment  (left),  which  is  internal  to 

the  preceding  in  the  restoration, 193  " 

Breadthof  the  same  at  the  anterior  end, 5  " 

Breadth  of  the  same  at  the  posterior  end, 16  " 

Length  occupied  by  nine  alveoli, 103  " 

Antero-posterior  breadth  of  largest  septum  between  alveoli,  .  5  " 

Antero-posterior  breadth  of  largest  alveolus, 7  " 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  27 

•The  "different  specimen"  mentioned  by  Cope,  and  figured  by  Mr. 
Case,®  consists  of  two  pairs  of  slender  elongated  bones,  of  which  the 
outer  pair  represents  the  superior  rostral  portion  of  the  maxillee,  and 
the  inner  pair  the  superior  rostral  portion  of  the  premaxillse.  The 
maxillae  diverge  at  both  anterior  and  posterior  ends,  while  the  pre- 
maxillse  diverge  at  the  anterior  end  and  convei'ge  at  the  posterior  end. 
At  the  latter  point,  in  the  median  hne,  is  inserted  a  piece  of  bone  which 
may  represent  a  portion  of  the  vomer  or  mesethmoid. 

After  examining  this  specimen,  I  am  of  the  opinion  that  it  is  not 
properly  put  together,  especially  as  a  space  is  left  between  the  maxillae- 
and  premaxillae  proximally.  The  small  fragment  inserted  between  the 
premaxillae  does  not  belong  in  that  position.  It  is  unsymmetrical  and 
probably  represents  some  portion  of  the  maxilla. 

Traces  of  several  alveoli  are  visible  on  the  under  side  of  the  maxillae, 
at  the  proximal  end.  That  these  bones  are  acuminate  at  this  end  is 
due  to  the  fact  that  both  the  inner  and  outer  edges  are  abraded.  The 
bones  should  be  turned  outward  somewhat  on  their  axes,  so  that  the 
lower  free  border,  which  is  now  directed  outward,  would  be  directed 
downward.  This  would  bring  the  maxillae  into  such  a  position  that 
the  upper  surface  would  be  horizontal  proximally,  very  much  as  in 
Inia. 

The  two  inner  bones  are  probably  premaxillae,  although  at  the 
anterior  end  the  inner  surface  is  plane  or.  slightly  convex  rather  than 
concave.  At  the  middle,  the  inner  wall  is  concave,  with  traces  of  a 
continuous  longitudinal  ridge.  If  they  are  really  premaxillae,  they 
should  be  transposed,  that  on  the  right  side  being  placed  on  the  left 
and  vice  versa.  At  the  same  time  they  should  be  given  a  quarter 
turn  on  their  axes,  so  as  to  make  horizontal  the  inner  surfaces  which 
are  now  vertical.  This  would  also  cause  the  bones  to  diverge  at  the 
posterior  end,  as  they  do  in /ma  and  most  other  Odontoceti,  leaving 
space  for  the  prenarial  triangle.  Their  shape  would  then  corre- 
spond closely  to  that  of  the  same  bones  in  Inia,  except  that  the 
sides  near  the  proximal  end  would  be  somew^hat  more  nearly  vertical. 

The  specimen  probably  represents  a  genus  allied  to  Inia,  but  it  is 
impossible  without  more  material  to  determine  its  relationships  accu- 
rately. It  does  not  agree  with  any  European  genus  of  which  the 
rostrum  has  been  figured,  nor  with  any  American  genus  of  which  the 
rostrum  is  available  for  comparison. 


Rep.  Maryland  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  PI.  15,  fig. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Feb., 


The  third  rostrum  (text  fig.  1),  which  is  that 
mentioned  by  Leidy  in  1869  under  Priscodeliphinv.s 
(or  Tretosphys)  grandcevus,''  and  also  figured  by 
Mr.  Case,^  has,  as  already  mentioned,  no  close 
relationship  with  the  other  two.  It  may  for  the 
present  be  considered  as  representing  a  species  of 
Priscodelphimis,  although,  as  explained  in  a  previ- 
ous paper, ^  the  reasons  for  referring  it  to  that  genus 
are  not  satisf  actor}'. 

The  principal  peculiarities  of  the  rostrum  are 
that  the  premaxillse  are  much  depressed,  but  not 
narrowed,  anteriorly,  that  the  anterior  alveoli  are 
larger  than  the  posterior  ones  and  directed  for- 
ward, and  that  the  external  free  border  of  the 
maxillae  is  rounded  (see  text  figs.  2  and  3). 


Fig.  2. — Transverse  section  of  the  s.-ime  at  the  posterior 
end.     (Nat.  size.) 


Fig.  3. — ^Transverse  section  of  the  same  at  the  anterior  end. 
(Nat.  size.)  In  figs.  2  and  3  the  maxillse  are  indicated 
by  horizontal  lines  and  the  premaxillce  bj-  oblique  lines 


Fig.  1. — Rostrum  of 
Pris  codelphinus 
sp.?  from  the  Mio- 
cene of  Shiloh ,  N .  J . 
Superior  surface. 
Q  nat.  size.) 


The  three  teeth  which  were  provisionally 
referred  to  Rhabdosteus  by  Cope  are  preserved  in 
the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia, 
and  were  examined  by  me  in  1907.  Very  good 
figures  of  the  largest  one  were  published  by  Cope 


'  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Ser.  2,  Vol.  7, 1869,  p.  434. 
8  Rep.  Maryland  Geol.  Surv.,  Miocene,  PI.  15,  fig.  1. 
^  Smithsonian  Misc.  Colls.,  Quarterlv  Issue,  50,  Pt.  4,  No. 
1782,  p.  451,  January  27,  1908. 


1938.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  29 

in  1890.^*"  This  tooth  and  one  other  are  blackish  in  color,  while 
the  third  tooth  is  yellowish.  The  last  mentioned  is  21  mm.  long,  and 
that  figured  by  Cope  23  mm. 

As  mentioned  by  Cope,  both  crown  and  root  are  compressed,  the 
former  at  right  angles  to  the  latter."  This  form  of  tooth  occurs  in 
Stenodelphis  and  in  some  genera  of  DelphinidcB.  The  crown  is  slightly 
recurved.  The  base  of  the  crown  is  somewhat  convex,  both  internally 
and  externally,  and  is  marked  off  from  the  root  by  a  distinct  con- 
striction, due  in  part,  no  doubt,  to  wear. 

Teeth  similar  to  these  in  size  and  form,  from  Baltringen,  Wiirtem- 
berg,  Germany,  were  described  and  figured  by  Dr.  J.  Probst  in  1886,^^ 
under  the  name  of  Schizodelphis  canaliculatus  H.  von  Meyer.  This 
species  is  considered  identical  with  S.  sulcatus  by  Dr.  Abel,  but  the 
teeth  of  the  latter,  figured  by  Dal  Piaz,*^  are  certainly  different,  as 
regards  the  shape  of  the  crown  and  the  direction  of  its  compression, 
from  those  figured  by  Probst.  Even  with  allowance  for  variation, 
it  seems  to  me  probable  that  they  may  represent  two  different  species 
of  the  genus  Schizodelphis.  The  principal  difference  between  the 
teeth  assigned  to  Rhabdosteus  and  those  figured  by  Probst  is  that  the 
crown  is  shorter  in  the  former. 

On  the  whole,  it  seems  probable  that  the  teeth  described  by  Cope 
belong  to  the  genus  Schizodelphis,  but  this  is  not  a  sufficient  reason 
for  considering  Rhabdosteus  synonymous  with  Schizodelphis,  especially 
in  view  of  the  fact  that  it  is  uncertain  whether  the  teeth  have  any 
direct  connection  with  the  type  rostrum  of  Rhabdosteus.  The  most  that 
can  be  said  is  that  the  alveoli  of  Rhabdosteus  indicate  that  the  teeth 
had  flattened  roots  of  the  same  size  as  those  of  the  teeth  which  Cope 
assigned  to  that  genus. 

Explanation  of  Plate  VI. 

Plate  VI. — Fig.   1. — Type  specimen  of  Rhabdosteus  latiradix  Cope.     Superior 
surface.     Scale  p;. 
Fig.  2. — The  same.     Left  side.     Scale  ^. 
Fig.  3. — The  same.     Inferior  surface.     Scale  ^j. 

1"  Amer.  Nat.,  1890,  p.  607,  fig.  4  (2,  2a,  2b). 

"  That  the  anterior  and  posterior  surfaces  of  the  crown  are  flat  is  not  due  to 
wear. 

"  Jahreshefte  Ver.  Vaterldnd.  Naturkunde  W urttemberg ,  42,  1SS6,  PL  3,  figs. 
11-14. 

"  Palceont.  Ital.,  9,  PI.  31,  figs.  6-2S. 


30  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 


March  3. 
Arthur  Erwin  Brown,  Sc.D.,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chair. 
Sixty-four  persons  present. 

The  reception  of  a  paper  entitled  ''New  Land  and  Fresh-water  Mol- 
lusca  of  the  Japanese  Empire,"  by  H.  A.  Pilsbry  and  Y.  Hirase  (Febru- 
ary 28),  was  reported. 

Dr.  John  W.  Harshberger  made  a  communication  on  his  dendro- 
logical  studies  in  Italy,  wdth  special  reference  to  the  influence  of  vegeta- 
tion on  the  building  up  of  the  islands  on  which  Venice  is  placed,  and 
on  the  condition  of  the  timber  foundations  of  the  Campanile  as  revealed 
at  the  time  of  its  fall.     (No  abstract.) 


March  17. 
Arthur  Erwin  Brown,  Sc.D.,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chair. 

Fifty-nine  persons  present. 

The  Publication  Committee  reported  the  reception  of  a  paper  entitled 
"New  Land  Shehs  from  the  Chinese  Empire — I/'  by  H.  A.  Pilsbry  and 
Y.  Hirase  (March  11). 

E.  G.  CoxKLiN,  Ph.D.,  made  a  communication  on  some  phenomena 
and  causes  of  heredity.     (No  abstract.) 

The  following  were  ordered  to  be  published : 


1908.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  31 


NEW  LAND  AND  FRESH- WATER  MOLLTISCA  OF  THE  JAPANESE  EMPIRE. 

BY  H.  A.  PILSBRY  AND  Y.  HIRASE. 

Among  other  new  forms  noticed  below,  the  first  Pisidium  from  Japan 
is  described.  It  is  from  the  island  of  Yesso,  where  the  palaearctic 
element  is  much  better  represented  than  in  other  parts  of  the  Empire. 

FoRMosAN  Species. 

Cyclophorus  formosaensis  Nevill. 

This  is  apparently  confined,  in  its  typical  form,  to  northern  Formosa. 
Numerous  specimens  from  Hoozan,  EnsuilvO,  Sammaipo  and  Hotawa 
— places  all  in  the  interior  below  the  middle  of  the  island — differ 
by  having  a  strong  keel  at  the  periphery,  and  may  be  known 
as  C.  /.  interioris  n.  subsp.,  Sammaipo  being  type  locality.  It  is 
this  form  which  we  formerly  listed  as  C.  turgidus  Pfr.  from  Hotawa 
{Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Set.  Phila.,  1905,  p.  722).  It  differs  from  C.  turgidus 
in  the  very  much  smaller  central  nipple  or  mucro  on  the  inside  of  the 
operculum.  The  shells  are  practically  indistinguishable.  Our  former 
opinion  that  C.  formosaensis  is  a  variety  of  C.  turgidus  must  be  retracted. 
We  doubt  whether  C.  turgidus  occurs  in  Formosa.  The  species  of  this 
group  of  Cyclophori  stand  very  close,  and  their  differences  are  not 
of  much  importance,  yet  the  areas  occupied  by  the  several  slightly 
differentiated  races  are  mainly  different. 
Cyclophorus  friesianus  Mlldff. 

This  species  has  been  found  at  Tapanii,  Formosa,  the  specimens 
agreeing  well  with  the  original  description  except  by  their  smaller 
size,  alt.  19,  diam.  22  mm.  It  differs  from  C.  formosaensis  interioris 
only  in  having  numerous  low  spiral  ridges  above  and  below  the  peripheral 
keels.  The  operculum  is  like  that  of  formosaensis,  evenly  convex  inside 
with  a  very  small  central  nipple. 

Species  of  Japan  and  the  Ryukyu  Islands. 

Cyclotus  tanegashimanus  n.  sp. 

Shell  very  similar  to  C.  campamdatus  Marts.,  but  if  specimens  of  the 
same  size  are  compared,  tanegashimanus  is  seen  to  have  the  umbilicus 
a  trifle  larger  and  the  aperture  just  perceptibly  smaller;  the  lip  is  less 
expanded.     The  operculum  is  distinctly  convex  externally,  and  much 


32  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEM-Y    OF  [March^ 

more  deeply  concave  inside,  than  that  of  C.  campamdatus.     The  edge 
is  bevelled  and  flat  between  projecting  outer  and  inner  laminae. 

Alt.  8.5,  diam.  12.2  mm.;  whorls  U. 
"    7.1         "    10      "  "      d. 

Tanega-shima,  Osmni.  Types  No.  94,711  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  54:b 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

The  Cycloti  of  this  group,  represented  in  Japan  by  C.  campanulatus, 
and  in  China  by  C.  stenomphcdus  and  its  allies,  are  very  similar  in  shape 
and  color.  The  form  described  above  is  well  distinguished  by  its 
externally  convex  operculum,  that  of  C.  campanulatus  being  flat  out- 
side and  much  less  concave  within. 
Spiropoma  yakushimanum  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  depressed,  very  openly  umbilicate,  solid,  yellowish- 
olivaceous,  somewhat  brownish  on  the  last  whorl,  the  cuticle  much 
paler  or  usually  wanting  on  the  inner  whorls.  Surface  glossy  where 
unworn,  marked  with  growth-lines  and  very  indistinct  traces  of  spiral 
strise.  Whorls  fully  4^,  quite  convex,  the  first  one  projecting  a  little; 
last  whorl  tubular,  very  convex  at  the  base,  deeply  descending  in  front. 
Aperture  oblique,  longer  than  wide.  Peristome  contracted,  being 
thickened  within  and  shortly  built  forward;  obtuse,  whitish.  It  is 
thickened  in  the  posterior  angle,  but  usually  has  a  small  notch  there. 
The  columellar  margin  recedes  rather  conspicuously.  The  short 
parietal  margin  is  thick  and  straight. 

Alt.  7.3,  diam.  12.5,  alt.  of  aperture  including  peristome  5.3,  width 
4.7  mm. 

Alt.  6.3,  diam.  11.5  mm. 

The  operculum  is  conic,  composed  of  7^  flat  whorls  separated  by  a 
narrow  ledge  with  raised  outer  edge,  producing  a  narrow  spiral  channel 
along  the  suture;  summit  obtuse. 

Yaku-shima,  Osumi.  Types  No.  94,716  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No. 
1,447  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

Compared  with  S.  japoniciim  (A.  Ad.),  this  form  differs  in  the  more 
descending  last  w^horl,  the  deeper  umbihcus  and  more  excised  or 
receding  columellar  lip.  The  aperture  is  longer  than  wide  in  yakii- 
shimanum,  nearly  round  in  japonicum.  It  is  perhaps  more  closeh'' 
related  to  *S.  nakadai  of  Tanega-shima,  a  smaller  shell  with  an  oper- 
culum of  fewer  whorls,  but  having  an  aperture  much  as  in  S.  yaku- 
shimanum. 
Diplommatina  gotoensis  n.  sp. 

Closely  related  to  D.  cassa,  but  with  longer  conical  spire,  rapidly 
tapering  and  conic  above  the  penultimate  whorl,  which  is  the  largest ; 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  33 

pale  reddish  or  yellowish-corneous;  very  finely  and  evenly  striate 
throughout.  Constriction  in  the  middle  in  front.  Last  whorl  smaller, 
only  moderately  ascending  to  the  aperture.  Aperture  subcircular, 
the  outer  lip  reflexed,  duplicate,  the  two  laminae  close  together,  a 
narrow  opaque  whitish  streak  just  behind  the  reflection;  indistinctly 
angular  at  the  base  of  the  columellar  lip.  Parietal  callus  thin  with 
low,  thread-like  edge,  not  very  distinct,  and  rising  to  the  middle  of  the 
front  of  the  penultimate  whorl.  Columellar  lamella  horizontal,  thin, 
rather  long.  Palatal  plica  quite  short  and  situated  wholly  to  the  left 
of  the  parietal  callus.  Inside,  the  columellar  lamella  is  evenly  high  and 
thin  throughout.     Internal  parietal  lamella  low  and  rather  long. 

Length   3,    diam.  1.5  mm.;  whorls  6^. 
"      2.7,     "       1.3      "  "       6^. 

Goto,  Hizen.  Types  No.  84,905  A.  N.  S.  P..  from  No.  6046  of  Mr. 
Hirase's  collection. 

This  species  resembles  D.  nipponensis  Mlldff.  in  shape  and  sculptm-e, 
but  differs  by  the  position  of  the  constriction,  which  is  median  in 
gotoensis,  above  the  termination  of  the  outer  lip  in  nipponensis.  In  the 
latter  species  the  palatal  plica  lies  under  the  parietal  callus.  D.  cassa 
is  a  more  cylindric  species,  the  cone  of  the  spire  shorter.  D.  kyushuen- 
sis  Pils.  and  Hir.,  a  widely  distributed  species  in  Kyushu,  is  closely 
related  to  D.  gotoensis,  but  it  has  a  palatal  plica  about  twice  as  long, 
and  the  columellar  lamella  is  much  stronger  near  its  inner  termination 
than  near  the  aperture,  while  in  D.  gotoensis  it  is  about  equally  strong 
throughout. 

Eulota  (Plectotropis)  lepidophora  soutifera  P.  and  H.,  n.  subsp. 

The  shell  closely  resembles  E.  lepidophora  tenuis  Gude,  but  differs  by 
its  more  convex  whorls  and  consequently  deeper  sutures.  The 
periphery  is  often  a  little  less  angular  than  in  tenuis.  Siu-face,  when 
unworn,  copiously  covered  wdth  triangular  cuticular  scales. 

Alt.  4.3,  diam.  8.7  mm. ;  whorls   5|-. 
"    4,  "       7.3      "  "       5i. 

Iheyajima,  Ryukyu  group.  Types  No.  94,705  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No. 
1,2906  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

Eulota  (Aegista)  celsa  P.  and  H.,  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  convexly  conic,  deeply  umbilicate,  the  umbilicus  cyhn- 
dric,  well-like,  the  periphery  obtusely  angular.  Siu-face  lusterless, 
chestnut  brown,  finely  but  not  strongly  striate  on  the  upper  surface,  the 
striae  indistinct  at  the  base ;  on  the  last  part  of  the  last  whorl  near  the 
aperture  the  striae  are  partially  interrupted  into  long  granules.     The 


34  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [March, 

spire  has  convex  oiithnes  and  an  obtuse  apex.  Whorls  6J,  convex, 
very  slowly  widening,  the  last  one  very  slowly  and  slightly  descending, 
indistinctly  angular  at  the  periphery  in  front,  becoming  rounded  on  the 
last  half.  The  aperture  is  quite  oblique,  very  much  larger  than  the 
umbilicus.  Peristome  thin ;  outer  margiji  only  very  slightly  expanded  ; 
basal  margin  deeply  arcuate,  slightly  expanded;  columellar  margin 
broadly,  triangularly  dilated.  The  terminations  of  the  lip  are  widely 
separated,  parietal  callus  very  thin. 

Alt.  10.5,  diam.  12  mm. ;  alt.  and  width  of  aperture  6  mm. ;  width  of 
umbilicus  3  mm. 

South  Nishigo,  Uzen.  Type  No.  94,740  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1,438 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  peculiar  Aegista  has  some  superficial  resemblance  to  Trish- 
oplita  hilgendorfi  Kob.  It  is  closely  related  to  E.  eminens  P.  and  H., 
but  differs  in  being  larger,  stronger,  with  less  scaly  sculpture,  and  a 
little  less  strongly  angular.  It  is  quite  possible  that  intermediate 
provinces  between  Shima  and  Uzen  will  be  found  to  have  connecting 
links  between  E.  eminens  and  E.  celsa ;  yet  at  present  they  seem  to  be 
sufficiently  distinct. 

The  type  specimen  is  higher  than  others  in  the  type  lot.  The  lower 
ones  have  less  convex  outlines,  the  spire  being  less  convexly  conic; 
the  last  two  whorls  have  sculpture  of  long  granules  in  places ;  and  the 
umbihcus  is  much  wider  than  in  the  type.  Alt.  9,  diam.  13.8  mm.; 
aperture  6x6  mm. ;  umbilicus  3.5  mm.  wide  (celsus,  lofty). 

Ena  reiniana  vasta  n.  subsp. 

Shell  very  large,  cylindric.  The  cuticle  is  glossy,  yellowish  brown, 
and  copiously  granulose  except  on  3  or  4  earliest  whorls;  but  many 
old  shells  have  lost  the  cuticle  and  sculpture  in  part  or  wholly.  Whorls 
8  to  9^. 

Length   37.5,  diam.  above  aperture  11     mm. 
"      35  "  "  "         10.8      " 

u      325       u  u  u        ^-^2     " 

S.  Nishigo,  Uzen.  Types  No.  94,686  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1,439 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  is  the  largest  of  the  Japanese  Buhmini.  It  is  larger  than 
Ena  reiniana  omiensis,  and  copiously  granular  when  unworn. 

Ena  reiniana  ugoensis  n.  subsp. 

Shell  very  short  and  obese,  reddish  on  the  spire,  whitish  on  the  last 
whorl,  under  a  thin  yellow  cuticle;  granulation  only  weakly  developed. 

Whorls  7i. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA,  35 

Length   26,  diam.  above  aperture  10,  length  of  aperture  10    mm. 
u      23,      ''         ''  "       10,      ''  "        9.2       " 

Kitaura  (Cape  of  Ojika),  Ugo.  Types  No.  94,738  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from 
No.  1,444  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

The  obese  shape,  length  about  2h  times  the  diameter,  is  the  chief 
character  of  this  local  race. 

Pythia  pachyodon  n.  sp. 

This  species  of  the  scarabceus  group  is  nearly  uniform  blackish  olive, 
but  with  a  blackish  band  below  the  suture  and  sometimes  with  more  or 
less  brown  suffusion.  The  sm-face  is  rather  finely  \vrinkle-striate,  with 
some  widely  spaced  spiral  lines.  Spire  angular  on  both  sides,  with 
whitish  streaks  in  front  of  the  angle.  Whorls  10.  Base  perforate  or 
umbilicate.  Aperture  with  two  stout  parietal  teeth  and  a  strong 
columellar  lamella.  Teeth  in  the  outer  margin  irregular,  three  larger, 
with  two  or  three  minute  ones. 

Length  30.6,  greatest  diam.  18.5,  antero-posterior  diam.  13.5  mm.; 
length  of  aperture  18.5  mm. 

Loochoo  (Okinawa)  and  Oshima,in  the  Ryukyu  Islands.  Types  No. 
87,537  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  Mr.  Hirase. 

Pythia  aegialitis  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  similar  to  P.  'pachyodon,  but  is  copiously  mottled  with  dark 
brown  on  a  pale  corneous-yellowish  ground;  the  markings  sometimes 
partially  obscured  when  the  surface  is  superficially  worn.  Teeth  of  the 
inner  margin  as  in  P.  'pachyodon;  three  teeth  in  the  outer  lip. 

Length  25.3,  greatest  diam.  15.6,  antero-posterior  diam.  11,  length 
of  aperture  16.7  mm. 

Loochoo  (Okinawa)  and  Oshima,  Ryukyu  Islands. 

The  specimens  from  Oshima  are  somewhat  longer  and  comparatively 
less  wide  than  those  from  Loochoo  Island. 

While  closely  related  to  the  P.  scarabceus  group,  which  is  composed  of 
very  poorly  characterized  species,  yet  the  two  Ryukyuan  forms  do  not 
exactly  agree  with  any  of  them,  and  it  may  be  well  to  have  definite 
designations  for  them. 

Besides  these  forms,  P.  cecillei  Phil,  has  been  found  by  Mr.  Hirase 
at  Hirado,  Hizen,  and  P.  'nana  Bavay  was  described  from  specimens 
taken  at  Loochoo. 
Pisidium  japonioum  n.  sp.    Fig.  1. 

The  shell  is  subglobose,  rounded-oval,  with  large,  very  wide,  moder- 
ately projecting  rounded  beaks;  surface  glossy,  very  finely,  irregularly 
striate;  cuticle  light  yellow;  valves  very  convex,  not  very  inequipartite, 


36 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[March, 


both  ends  rounded ,  the  posterior  shorter  and  wider.     Hinge  very  short, 
the  lateral  teeth  short  and  wide,  rather  near  together,  stout  but  low, 


Pisidium  japonicum,  lateral,  posterior  and  interior  views. 


only  the  anterior  one  projecting  above  the  level  of  the  valve.  Cardinal 
teeth  minute,  almost  obsolete,  narrow,  very  low  and  somewhat  elongate. 

Length  2.37,  alt.  2.16,  diam.  1.87  mm. 

Akkeshi,  Kushiro,  Yesso,  Types  No.  94,744  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No. 
181  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  is  the  first  Pisidium  to  be  described  from  Japan.  It  is  a  very 
small  species,  unusually  globose,  with  very  large  full  beaks. 


1908.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


37 


NEW  LAND  SHELLS  OF  THE  CHINESE  EMPIRE-I. 

BY  H.  A.  PILSBRY  AND  Y.  HIRASE. 

The  following  species  were  collected  by  Mr.  Nakada  in  the  course  of 
several  months'  work,  chiefly  in  the  north.  A  more  ample  report 
will  be  published  later.  Working  chiefly  in  the  densely  populated 
northeastern  provinces  and  not  far  from  the  coast,  the  number  of 
species  taken  was  naturally  not  great,  though  some,  such  as  Vallonia 
patens  Reinh.,  Eulota?  miinieriana  Cr.  &  Deb.,  etc.,  are  forms  hitherto 
but  little  known.  Around  Soochow  and  Hangchow  a  fauna  richer  in 
Clausilice,  Helices  and  Cydophoridce  was  encountered,  most  of  the 
species  in  this  region  being  among  those  described  by  Pere  Heude  and 
earlier  naturalists. 


DIPLOMMATINIDiE. 

Diplommatina  hangchowensis  n.  sp.     Fig.  1. 

The  shell  is  short,  cylindric,  the  summit  shortly  conic,  base  rounded ; 

corneous  or  pale  brownish,  somewhat  translucent,  the  upper  part 
whitish  or  pale  red.  Whorls  5^,  very  convex. 
The  first  whorl  is  smooth;  following  whorls  are 
very  finely  and  delicately  rib-striate ;  on  the 
penultimate  whorl  the  ribs  are  much  weaker, 
and  the  last  whorl  is  smooth.  In  back  view  the 
penultimate  whorl  is  largest,  the  last  whorl 
much  smaller  and  quite  glossy,  ascending  a 
little  near  its  end,  and  constricted  in  front, 
above  the  columella.  A  short  palatal  plica 
shows  through,  just  left  of  the  parietal  callus. 
The  aperture  is  nearly  circular.  The  peristome 
is  expanded  and  thickened,  with  a  flat  face  and 
inconspicuous  inner  rim;  at  the  base  of  the 
columella  it  is  very  indistinctly  angular;  it  is 

interrupted  above,  the  margins  joined  by  a  thin  parietal  callus,  with 

thin  adnate  edge.  Columellar  lamella  well  developed. 
Length  2.4,  diam.  1.3  mm.,  alt.  of  aperture  0.95  mm. 
Hangchow,  province  of  Che-kiang,  China.     Types  No.  94,748  A.  N. 

S.  P.,  from  No.  1,479a  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 


Fig.  1. — Diplonvnatina 

hangchoivensis . 


38 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[March, 


This  species  of  the  section  Sinica  is  smaller  than  D.  paxillus  Gredler, 
and  differs  by  its  smooth  last  whorl  and  very  short  palatal  plica.  It 
is  more  related  to  D.  hungerfordiana  of  Formosa,  which  differs  in 
shape.  D.  schmackeri  Mlldff.  is  unlike  hangchowensis  by  the  shape  of 
the  aperture. 

A  variety  also  from  Hangchow  may  be  called  D.  hangchowensis 
granum.  It  is  larger,  length  2.7,  diam.  1.5  mm.,  with  6  whorls  and 
pale  reddish-corneous  color.  The  cone  of  the  spire  is  longer  than  in 
D.  hangchowensis. 

HYDROOBNID^. 

The  genus  Georissa  is  represented  by  six  species  in  China :  G.  hach- 
manni  Gredl.,  G.  sinensis  Hde.,  G.  nivea  Hde.,  G.  sulcata  Mlldff., 
hungerfordiana  Mlldff.,  and  G.  heudei  P.  &  H.  In  all  of  these  except 
sinensis  and  heudei  the  glossy,  flat  operculum  is  retracted  some  dis- 
tance in  the  aperture.     This  is  the  normal  condition  in  Georissa. 

In  G.  sinensis  and  G.  heudei  the  thick,  calcareous  operculum  lodges  at 
the  edge  of  the  peristome,  as  in  Bithynia,  being  larger  than  in  Georissa 
proper.     We  propose  to  signalize  this  feature  by  the  erection  of  a  new 
subgenus  Georissopsis,  the  type  being  G.  heudei. 
Georissa  (Georissopsis)  heudei  n.  sp.    Fig.  2. 

The  shell  is  minutely  perforate  or  subperf orate,  conic,  higher  than 
wide,  gray,  more  or  less  reddish  in  places,  sculptured  with  very  fine, 

close   spiral   striae,    usually   in 
large    part    lost    by    erosion. 
There  are  3^  to  3f  whorls,  the 
first  corneous  and  glossy,  the 
rest  very  convex,  separated  by 
deep  sutures.     The  aperture  is 
subvertical,    broadly    semicir- 
cular, the   outer  margin  very 
convex,    inner   margin    nearly 
straight;  the  basal  margin  is 
very     broadly    rounded,     the 
upper  end  narrowly  rounded. 
The  peristome  is  thin,  acute; 
the  inner  lip  is  built  forward, 
standing  free  from  the  whorl  except  for  a  short  space  near  the  posterior 
end,  leaving  an  umbilical  area. 
Length  3.4,  diam.  2.1  mm. 
The  operculum  lodges  at  the  lip-edge.     It  is  between  triangular  and 


Fig. 


2. — G.   heudei   and  outline  of  oper- 
culum, interior  view. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  39 

semicircular  in  shape,  calcareous,  thick,  white,  with  a  dark  nuclear 
dot  nearer  the  outer  border;  around  this  it  has  concentric  growth-lines. 
The  inner  face  is  concave.  Near  the  lower  third  a  stout  rib  arises 
about  the  middle  of  the  width,  running  to  the  columellar  border 
where  it  projects  as  a  short  point. 

Hangchow,  province  Che-kiang,  China.  Types  No.  94,745  A.  N.  S. 
P.,  from  No.  1,477  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  species  is  very  similar  to  G.  sinensis  (Hde.)  in  characters  of  the 
shell,  but  it  differs  in  the  operculum,  which  is  figured  as  with  sub- 
central  nucleus  in  G.  sinensis,  while  in  G.  heudei  the  nucleus  is  near  the 
outer  border.  We  have  no  reason  to  doubt  the  accuracy  of  Heude's 
figure.  It  was  drawn  by  Rathouis,  whose  faithful  drawings  have  prob- 
ably never  been  surpassed.  Unfortunately  Pere  Heude,  who  described 
G.  sinensis  as  a  Realia,  did  not  describe  the  operculum,  merely  saying 
that  "I'opercule  est  celui  du  genre." 

Some  specimens  from  Changyang,  received  as  G.  sinensis,  are  much 
smaller  than  Pere  Heude's  type.  They  have  a  dark,  subcentral 
nuclear  dot. 

G.  heudei  occurred  at  Hangchow  with  the  much  smaller  G.  bach- 
manni  Gredl. 

HKLICID^. 
Eulota  laeva  P.  and  H.,  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  sinistral,  depressed-globose  with  conic  spire,  narrowly 
half-covered  umbilicate,  thin,  light  corneous-yellow.  Surface  glossy, 
smooth  to  the  eye,  but  under  a  lens  it  is  seen  to  have  very  weak,  faint 
growth-lines,  the  last  two  whorls  densely,  minutely  granular,  the  granu- 


front  and  dorsal  \'iew.s. 


lation  weak  on  the  upper  surface,  more  distinct  on  the  base ;  there  are 
also  some  weak  traces  of  a  few  coarse,  impressed  spirals  on  the  last 
whorl.  The  spire  is  conic  with  slightly  convex  outhnes  and  obtuse 
apex.     Whorls  5^,  slowly  increasing  convex,  the  last  descending  a  little 


40  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [March, 

to  the  aperture  and  indistinctly  angular  in  front,  the  base  very  convex. 
The  aperture  is  quite  oblique,  the  upper  and  baso-columellar  margins 
about  equally  arcuate,  the  outer  arc  more  strongly  curved.  The  peris- 
tome is  thin,  narrowly  but  well  expanded,  the  baso-columellar  margin 
reflexed,  somewhat  dilated  towards  the  columellar  insertion. 

Alt.  12.5,  diam.  13.8  mm. ;  aperture  7.5  mm.  high,  8  wide. 

Hangchow,  province  Che-kiang,  China.  Type  No.  94,739,  A.  N. 
S.  P.,  from  No.  1,475  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  is  a  more  compact  shell  than  Eulota  fortunei  and  quite  different 
in  sculpture.  The  generic  position  is  uncertain,  until  the  soft  anatomy 
can  be  examined.  It  may  belong  to  the  section  Eulotella,  or  it  may 
be  a  Ganesella.  The  minute  granulation  is  like  some  species  of  the 
G.  japonica  group.  We  do  not  know  of  any  sinistral  Ganesella,  but 
there  are  many  sinistral  species  of  Eulota. 

Dead  and  bleached  shells  which  have  lost  the  cuticle  do  not  show  the 
granulation  described  above.  The  largest  example  seen  measures, 
alt.  12,  diam.  16.5  mm.     It  is  a  dead  shell. 

Eulota  (Plectotropis)  scitula  P.  and  H.,  n.  sp.     Fig.  4. 

The  shell  is  rather  narrowly  umbilicate,  conic  above,  convex  below, 
strongly  angular  at  the  periphery;  uniform  chestnut  brown.  The  sur- 
face is  rather  dull,  finely  closely  and  rather  weakly  marked  wdth  growth- 
striae,  which  in  quite  fresh,  unworn  shells  bear  short  adnate  cuticular 
threads  on  the  base,  giving  it  a  sparsely  scaly  appearance.  The  last 
two  whorls  have  also  a  very  close,  fine  sculpture  of  beautifully  even  spiral 


Fig.  4. — Eulota  (Plectotropis)  scitula. 

strise.  The  outlines  of  the  conic  spire  are  nearly  straight.  Whorls  6|-, 
slowly  increasing,  moderately  convex,  the  last  descending  very  little  or 
not  at  all  in  front,  convex  beneath.  The  aperture  is  strongly  oblique, 
rounded  lunate.  Peristome  thin,  narrowly  but  distinctly  expanded,  the 
basocolumellar  margins  a  little  reflexed,  dilated  towards  the  columellar 
insertion;  ends  widely  separated,  joined  by  a  thin  film. 


1908.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA, 


41 


Alt.  6.5,  diam.  9.2  mm.;  aperture  alt.  4,  width  4.6  mm.;  umbilicus 
1.7  mm.  wide. 

Alt.  6.5,  diam.  9  mm. 

Hangchow,  province  Che-kiang,  China.  Types  No.  94,741  A.  N. 
S.  P.,  from  No.  1,471  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

A  small,  beautifully  sculptured  shell,  which  we  are  unable  to  identify 
with  any  of  Pere  Heude's  species  from  the  lower  Yangtse  valley.  It 
has  some  resemblance  to  E.  inornata  and  belongs  to  a  group  of 
thin,  dull  species  with  the  shell  spirally  engraved,  cuticular  scales  small 
or  wanting,  and  usually  with  no  peripheral  fringe.  Other  species  of  tJiis 
group  are  E.  osbecki,  inornata,  hachijoensis,  fulvicans,  lautsi,  micra, 
perplexa,  inrinensis,  hebes,  etc. 
Chloritis  impotens  P.  and  H.,  n.  sp.    Fig.  5. 

Shell  depressed-globose,  narrowly  umbilicate,  thin  and  fragile, 
corneous-brown.  The  surface  has  a  somewhat  silky  sheen,  and  under 
the  lens  is  seen  to  be  densely  set  with  small  granules,  which  are  long 
in  the  direction  of  growth-lines,  and  arranged  in  oblique,  forwardly 
descending  rows,  though  this  arrangement  is  not  everywhere  visible, 
being  in  part  or  wholly  lost  near  the  mouth.  This  granular  sculpture 
extends  almost  to  the  apex,  only  the  initial  half  whorl  or  less  being 
smoothish,  though  not  glossy.     On  the  last  two  whorls  the  granules 


Fig.  5. — C.  impotens,  basal,  front  and  dorsal  views,  and  sculpture  of  last  whorl 
below  suture. 


bear  short  cuticular  appendages  in  fresh,  unworn  shells,  such  as  are 
often  present  in  Mgista  and  Plectotropis.  The  spire  is  low-conic. 
Whorls  5,  convex,  at  first  slowly  increasing,  the  last  one  abruptly 
becoming  much  wider,  about  twice  the  width  of  the  preceding,  not 
noticeably  descending  in  front,  rounded  at  the  periphery.  The  aper- 
ture is  rounded -lunate,  moderately  obUque.  Peristome  thin  throughout, 
the  outer  and  basal  margins  very  slightly  expanded,  columellar  mar- 
gin broadly,  triangularly  dilated,  half  covering  the  umbilicus. 

Alt.  8.7,  diam.  12.6  mm. ;  alt.  aperture  6.5,  width  7.5  mm. 

Chifoo,  province  Pe-chih,  China.  Types  No.  94,742  A.  N.  S.  P., 
from  No.  1,468  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 


42 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[March, 


A  thin,  fragile  shell,  with  large  aperture  and  densely,  minutely 
granose-scaly  sculpture.  In  fully  adult  shells  the  granulation  is  more 
or  less  worn  from  the  apical  and  early  whorls,  and  on  the  last  whorl  the 
long  granules  appear  to  be  glossy,  but  hardly  if  at  all  raised  above  the 
dull  surface.  The  generic  position  of  this  snail  is  uncertain,  but  it  has 
the  shell  characters  of  Trichochloritis  rather  than  of  any  group  known 
anatomically  to  belong  to  Eulota. 


PaPILLID^. 
Hypselostoma  (Boysidia)  hangohowensis  P.  and  H.,  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  high-conic,  with  obtuse  apex  and  convex  base,  minutely 
perforate,  with  a  long  curved  umbilical  rimation,  dark  brown.  The 
spire  is  straightly  conic,  composed  of  5^ 
convex  whorls.  The  last  whorl  ascends 
slowly  to  the  aperture,  its  latter  part  being 
straightened  and  built  forward  to  the  level 
of  the  ventral  face  of  the  shell.  There  is  no 
crest  or  marked  constriction  behind  the  lip. 
The  aperture  is  truncate-oval,  the  upper  mar- 
gin straight.  Peristome  thin,  well  expanded, 
continuous;  with  a  shallow  dent  outside  at 
the  upper  third  of  the  outer  lip.  The  angular 
and  parietal  lamellae  are  concrescent  into  one 
stout  straight  lamella  reaching  to  the  margin, 
wider  in  the  middle  of  its  length,  where  it 
shows  traces  of  its  dual  composition.  The 
columellar  lamella  is  strong,  slopes  obliquely  downward  as  it  enters, 
and  the  outer  end  reaches  to,  but  not  upon,  the  expansion  of  the  hp. 
There  are  two  short  palatal  plicae,  the  lower  one  somewhat  more  deeply 
placed. 

Alt.  2.9,  diam.  1.8  mm.;  largest  axis  of  aperture  1.3  mm. 
Hangchow,  province  Che-kiang,  China.     Type  No.  94,743  A.  N.  S. 
P.,  from  Mr.  Hirase. 

Compared  with  H.  (Boysidia)  hunana  Gredler,  this  is  a  much  smaller 
shell,  with  only  two  palatal  plicae  instead  of  three,  and  the  angulo- 
parietal  lamella  is  less  distinctly  bifid,  as  seen  in  an  obliquely  basal 
view.     It  is  not  closely  related  to  other  described  species. 

H.  hangchowensis  was  found  with  Bifidaria  {Bensonella)  plicidens 
(Bens.),  a  species  not  before  reported  from  China,  but  found  in  the 
Ryukyu  Islands,  as  well  as  in  subhimalayan  India. 

H.  hunana  as  described  and  figured  by  Gredler  has  the  last  whorl 


H.  hangchowensis. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  43 

built  forward,  carrying  the  aperture  free  from  the  preceding  whorl. 
We  have  not  seen  this  form;  the  specimens  of  hunana  before  us,  while 
agreeing  with  Gredler's  description  in  other  characters,  do  not  have 
the  last  whorl  free  in  front,  though  the  peristome  is  continuous.  They 
are  like  Pere  Heude's  figures  of  hunana.  Dr.  von  Mollendorff  has 
unnecessarily  altered  the  name  hunana  to  hunanensis. 

We  share  with  Gredler  the  opinion  that  Boysidia  is  a  section  or  sub- 
genus of  Hypselostoma  rather  than  a  distinct  genus. 


44  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

April  7. 
Arthur  Erwin  Brown,  Sc.D.,  in  the  Chair. 
Thirty-seven  persons  present. 

The  Publication  Committee  reported  the  reception  of  papers  under 
the  following  titles : 

"Description  of  a  new  Species  of  Squaloid  Shark,"  by  Chiyomatsu 
Ishikawa,  Ph.D.  (March  18,  1908). 

"Notes  on  Succinea  ovalis  Say  and  S.  ohliqua  Say,"  by  H.  A.  Pilsbry 
(March  21). 

"Animal  Names  and  Anatomical  Terms  of  the  Goshute  Indians," 
by  Ralph  V.  Chamberlain  (March  28). 

"Notes  on  Sharks,"  by  Henry  W.  Fowler  (March  28). 

"Generic  Types  of  Nearctic  Reptilia  and  Amphibia,"  by  Arthur 
Erwin  Brown  (April  7). 

The  death  of  Henry  Clifton  Sorby,  a  correspondent,  March  9,  was 
reported. 

Dr.  Henry  W.  Cattell  made  a  communication  on  Trypanosomiasis 
in  man  and  animals.     (No  abstract.) 


April  21. 
Arthur  Erwin  Brown,  Sc.D.,  in  the  Chair. 
Twenty-eight  persons  present. 

The  Publication  Committee  reported  that  papers  under  the  following 
titles  had  been  presented  for  publication: 

"On  the  Classification  of  Scalpilliform  Barnacles,"  by  Henry  A. 
Pilsbry  (April  21). 

The  death  of  James  M.  Ridings,  a  member,  March  7,  was  announced. 

Mr.  Harold  Sellers  Colton  made  a  communication  on  Charles 
Wilson  Peale  and  the  Philadelphia  Museum.     (No  abstract.) 

Henry  H.  Donaldson,  M.D.,  was  elected  a  member. 

The  following  were  ordered  to  be  printed : 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  45 


NOTES  ON  SUCCINEA  OVALIS  Say  AND  S.  OBLIQUA  Say. 
BY  HENRY  A.  PILSBRY. 

Since  Gould's  publication  on  the  Succineas  of  Massachusetts  in  1841, 
there  has  been  more  or  less  confusion  as  to  the  identity  of  Succinea 
ovalis  Say.  The  facts  in  the  case  were  pointed  out  by  Dr.  Binney  in 
1851,  but  unfortunately  a  faulty  manner  of  correcting  Gould's  mistake 
was  adopted,  resulting  in  two  errors  of  nomenclature  in  place  of  one. 
Some  years  ago  the  writer  rectified  the  current  usage,  restoring  Say's 
name  ovalis  to  its  original  significance.  This  correction  has  been 
accepted  by  many  recent  writers,  but  there  are  a  few  conspicuous 
exceptions ;  hence  it  seems  necessary,  in  the  interest  of  uniform  nomen- 
clature, to  demonstrate  the  status  of  *S.  ovalis  by  giving  its  history 
somewhat  fully. 

Observations  on  the  mantle-markings  of  Succinea,  made  in  New 
York  several  years  ago,  also  find  place  here.  These  color  markings  are 
shown  to  be  highly  variable  among  individuals  of  a  single  colony,  yet 
the  general  pattern  differs  to  a  greater  or  less  extent  in  different  species. 
The  subject  is  worth  further  investigation,  both  from  the  standpoint  of 
variation  and  also  systematically,  as  an  aid  in  distinguishing  species  in 
this  difficult  genus. 
Succinea  ovalis  Say. 

The  actual  type  or  types  of  Succinea  ovalis  Say  are  no  longer  in 
existence ;  but  three  specimens  labelled  and  mounted  on  a  card  by  Say 
are  extant,  representing  what  he  subsequently  considered  to  be  S.  ovalis. 
The  original  description  must  have  been  drawn  from  immature  in- 
dividuals, the  measurements,  ''length  nine-twentieths  of  an  inch, 
aperture  seven-twentieths,"  being  only  about  two- thirds  to  three- 
fourths  the  ordinary  size  attained  around  Philadelphia.  The  pro- 
portion of  aperture  to  length  given  by  Say  agrees  with  specimens  I 
have  measured,  but  with  no  other  Succinea  of  this  region.  This  common 
Philadelphian  snail,  still  living  in  Fairmount  Park,  is  indistinguish- 
able from  what  Lea  subsequently  described  from  Newport,  R.  I.,  as  S. 
totteniana. 

In  the  Tableau  Systematique  de  la  Famille  des  Limagons,  p.  26  (1821), 
Ferussac  records  Succinea  ovalis  Say  as  communicated  to  him  by  Say, 
and  figured  on  plate  XIa,  fig.  1    of   the  Histoire,   etc.,   which   was 


46  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

issued  in  1822.  The  two  figures  given  represent  tlie  form  now  com- 
monly known  as  "S.  totteniana^'  (but  properly  called  S.  ovalis  Say), 
and  still  found  around  Philadelphia.  These  figures  agree  perfectly 
with  the  specimens  labelled  by  Say  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy. 
On  the  same  plate  Ferussac  figures  larger  forms  ("S.  obliqua"  of 
authors)  as  varieties  of  S.  putris  (figs.  7,  8).  He  also  figures  large 
ovalis  (totteniana)  from  "the  islands  Miquelon  and  Saint  Pierre,  near 
Newfoundland"  (fig.  9). 

The  species  S.  ovalis  was  therefore  very  well  figured  by  Ferussac, 
from  author's  specimens,  prior  to  Say's  description  of  S.  obliqua;  and 
there  was  but  scant  excuse  for  mistaking  it,  except  that  but  few 
American  workers  possessed  the  large  and  expensive  Histoire  naturelle 
generale  et  particuliere  des  Mollusques  terrestres  et  fluviaiiles. 

Beck,  1837,  and  other  early  European  writers  accepted  the  species, 
referring  to  Ferussac's  figures. 

Succinea  ovalis  was  correctly  recognized  also  by  various  early 
American  writers  for  the  form  later  known  as  totteniana.  See  DeKay's 
New  York  Fauna,  Mollusca,  p.  53,  PI.  4,  figs.  51,  52.  It  was  Gould 
who  by  error  shifted  the  names,  in  the  first  edition  of  the  Invertebrata 
of  Massachusetts  (1841).  He  recognized  three  Succineas  in  that 
State : 

S.  ovalis,  fig.  125  [=  S.  retusa  Lea]. 

S.  campestris,  fig.  126  [=  S.  ovalis  Say  =  totteniana  Lea]. 

,S.  avara,  fig.  127  [correctly  identified]. 

Gould  subsequently  recognized  his  two  mistakes,  and  finding  that 
the  names  *S.  ovalis  Say,  obliqua  Say  and  campestris  Gould,  not  Say, 
all  applied  to  one  species,  he  proposed  to  retain  the  name  obliqua  for 
it,  and  to  use  "*S.  ovalis  Gld.  not  Say"  for  *S.  retusa,  the  snail  he  had 
figured  in  error  as  Say's  ovalis. 

DeKay,  C.  B.  Adams  and  Sager,  who  used  Gould's  work,  were  in  some 
measure  misled,  especially  in  regard  to  *S.  campestris.  DeKay  (1843), 
as  mentioned  above,  correctly  identified  S.  ovalis. 

In  1851  Dr.  Amos  Binney  lucidly  discussed  the  American  Succineas 
in  Vol.  II  of  the  Terrestrial  Mollusks,  pp.  63,  64.  His  exposition  of  the 
history  of  *S.  ovalis  Say  leaves  little  to  be  desired,  and  may  well  be 
quoted  here : 

"Succinea  ovalis  Say. — This  species,  diffused  universally  in  the 
middle  and  northern  States  of  the  Union,  is  that  which  is  described  in 
the  works  of  Messrs.  Gould,  Mighels,  Kirtland  and  Sager  as  Succinea 
campestris  Say.  It  varies  much  in  size,  and  in  the  divergence  of  the 
last  whorl  from  the  axis  of  the  shell,  and  this  last  variation  when 


1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


47 


strongly  developed  constitutes  Succinea  ohliqua  Say.  Succinea 
ovalis  of  Messrs.  Gould,  Adams,  Mighels  and  Sager  is  not  the  ovalis 
of  Say,  but  a  species  which  was  unknown  to  him.  As,  however,  the 
ovalis  of  Gould  is  that  now  most  commonly  known  under  the  name 
of  Succinea  ovalis,  we  propose  to  retain  it,  and  to  appl}^  to  Mr.  Say's 
species  his  second  name,  ohliqua." 


y^ 


Fig.  1. — Tablet  bearing  Succinea 
ovalis,  mounted  -and  labelled  by 
Thomas  Say.     Nat.  size. 


Fig.    2. — Say's     tablet     of     Succinea 
ohliqua.     Nat.  size. 


The  tablet  of  three  specimens  of  S.  ovalis  labelled  by  Say  is  photo- 
graphed, fig.  1.  A  series  of  modern  specimens  from  Fairmount  Park 
is  shown,  fig.  3.  These  show  a  considerable  amount  of  variation  in 
contour,  some  being  as  long  as  Say's  types  of  S.  oUiqun,  shown  in  fig.  2. 
Philadelphian  examples  do  not  attain  a  large  size,  rarely  exceeding  16 
or  18  mm.  in  length.  It  is  a  region  of  crystalline  metamorphic  rock, 
deficient  in  lime,  where  the  land  shells  generally  run  under  the  size 
usual  in  New  York  or  the  West.  The  color  is  yellowish  green,  and  the 
shell  very  thin. 

This  type  of  shell  is  widely  distributed,  from  Ontario  to  the  mountains 
of  North  Carolina  and  west  to  Minnesota  and  Missouri. 


Fig.  3. — Succinea  ovalis  Say.     Fairmount  Park,  Pliiladelphia.     Nat.  size. 

In  the  examples  of  S.  ovalis  taken  at  Chittenango  Falls  the  upper  part 
of  the  spire  in  living  animals  is  whitish  with  a  papery  appearance,  the 
last  whorl  is  pale  buff,  becoming  olivaceous  and  dusky  over  the  lung. 
This  is  in  some  examples  more  or  less  obscured  by  a  gray  network, 


48  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

marked  with  some  black  blotches,  but  in  others  there  is  a  pattern  of 
black  streaks  very  much  like  that  of  S.  ovalis  chittenangensis.  See  PL 
VII,  figs.  9, 10, 11,  (No.  90,084,  90,085  A.  N.  S.  P.) 

Succinea  ohliqua  Say,  1824,  also  was  described  from  Philadelphia, 
two  cotypes  mounted  on  the  cards  used  by  Say,  and  inscribed  with  his 
autograph  label,  being  still  preserved.  They  are  photographed  in  fig.  2. 
These  specimens  have  the  spire  longer  than  in  ovalis,  the  suture  more 
oblique,  but  are  otherwise  very  similar.  They  are  greenish-yellow, 
though  not  quite  so  green  as  ovalis,  and  the  abundant  series  of  other 
Philadelphian  specimens  before  me  leaves  no  doubt  that  they  inter- 
grade  perfectly  with  Philadelphian  ovalis.  It  will  not,  I  think,  be 
possible  to  use  the  name  ohliqua  in  a  varietal  or  subspecific  sense, 
though  it  might  be  used  to  indicate  the  elongate  phase  or  form  which 
the  species  often  assumes,  if  a  name  for  that  be  desired.^  It  must  be 
understood,  however,  that  the  longer  phase  occurs  with  the  shorter 
typical  ovalis,  and  is  fully  connected  therewith  by  intermediate 
individuals  in  the  same  colonies. 

The  synonyms  of  S.  ovalis,  and  early  references  thereto  discussed 
above,  here  follow : 

Succinea  ovalis  Say,  Journ.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.  I,  1817,  p.  15.  Ferussac, 
Tabl.  Syst.,  1821,  p.  26;  Hist.  Nat.  MoU.  Terr.,  PI.  XIa,  fig.  1  (not  S. 
ovalis  Gould). 

Succinea  ohliqua  Say,  Major  Long's  Second  Exped.,  II,  1824,  260,  PL 
15,  fig.  7.  DeKay,  New  York  Fauna,  Moll.,  p.  53,  PL  4,  fig.  53. 
Binney,  Terrestr.  Moll.,  II,  p.  69. 

Succinea  campestris  Gould,  Invert,  of  Mass.,  1841,  p.  195,  fig.  126. 
DeKay,  New  York  Fauna,  Moll.,  p.  53,  PL  4,  fig.  54  (not  S.  campestris 
Say). 

Succinea  totteniana  Lea,  Proc.  Am.  Philos.  Soc,  II,  1841,  p.  32. 
Succinea  ovalis  optima  n.  subsp.    Fig.  4. 

In  many  localities  from  New  York  to  Minnesota  and  Iowa  a  form 
much  more  robust  than  typical  ovalis  is  found.  The  shell  has  coarser 
wrinkle  sculpture,  and  yellow  predominates  rather  than  green.  The 
contour  is  about  that  of  the  larger  examples  of  ovalis  (such  as  those  Say 
called  S.  ohliqua),  but  varies  to  nearly  or  quite  as  broad  as  typical 
ovalis.  The  suture  is  deep,  and  at  the  last  whorl  oblique.  The 
largest  specimens  I  have  seen  are  from  the  type  locality,  Crugers  Valley, 
near  Upper  Red  Hook,  Duchess  Co.,  N.  Y.,  collected  by  Mr.  W.  S. 
Teator.     Two  of  them  measure : 

^  S.  greeri  Tryon  has  been  quoted  as  a  synonym  of  aS.  ohliqua,  but  it  is  certainly 
distinct  from  that  species. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  49 

Length    26,  diam.   16,      length  of  aperture   18     mm. 
"      25       "       13.5  ''  "         17.5    " 

This  size  is  not  often  reached .  In  the  middle  West  a  length  of  20  mm, 
is  near  the  maximum,  and  the  size  of  some  individuals  which  seem  to 
be  adult  is  not  greater  than  the  largest  of  the  typical  form  of  S.  ovalis. 


Fio;.  4. — Succinea  ovalis  optima.     Xat.  size. 

This  large  race  is  what  has  commonly  been  called  S.  obliqua  Say,  but 
the  true  obliqua  is  merely  the  longer  phase  of  typical  ovalis,  and  the 
name  is  not  fairly  applicable  to  the  form  above  described.  I  have 
not  examined  the  living  animal  of  this  race. 

I  picked  up  a  single  bleached  specimen  of  S.  o.  optima  on  the  beach  at 
Galveston,  Texas,  in  1886.     It  had  probably  floated  there,  as  I  do  not 
think  it  exists  in  the  Austroriparian  zone. 
Sucoinea  ovalis  ohittenangoensis  n.  subsi..    Pl.  VII,  figs.  1  to  8. 

The  shell  is  yellow  or  pinkish-yellow,  much  lengthened,  with  a  longer 
spire  than  any  other  race  of  S.  ovalis;  suture  deep;  whorls  3^,  the  last 
rather  flattened  above,  not  so  convex  there  as  in  S.  ovalis  or  S.  o. 
optima.     Aperture  very  oblique,  relatively  small. 

Length  22.5  diam.  11.5,  length  of  aperture  14  mm.  (No.  90,087). 

"  23.3        "  11.3  "  ''  14  "  (No.  90,081). 

"  21  "  11.3  "  ''  13  "  (No.  90,079). 

''  19  "  10.5         "  "  12  "  (No.  90,083). 

Cotypes  from  a  sloping  weed-covered  talus  near  the  foot  of  Chitten- 
ango  Falls,  Madison  Co.,  N.  Y.,  No.  90,087,  90,081  and  90,079,  A.  N.  8'. 
P.,  collected  August  27,  1905,  by  Messrs.  Henderson,  Walker,  Clapp  and 
Pilsbry. 

A  very  large  series  was  taken,  associated  with  a  few  S.  ovalis,  from 
which  they  are  easily  separated  by  the  characters  given  above.     I  have 
seen  this  form  from  nowhere  else.     The  locality  is  on  the  Onondaga 
limestone  (coniferous). 
4 


50 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


In  the  living  animal  the  mantle  as  seen  through  the  shell  is  pale  yellow 
with  a  slight  olive  tint,  olive  over  the  lung;  the  apex  is  more  or  less 
ruddy.  This  ground  is  profusely  striped  and  blotched  with  black  on  the 
last  H  whorls,  as  shown  in  figs.  1  to  5.  Over  the  kidney  the  black 
blotches  are  interrupted  and  the  ground  tint  is  lighter,  making  a  light 
streak  across  the  whorl,  partially  seen  in  figs.  2  and  5  at  the  right  upper 
portion  of  the  last  whorl.  Very  exceptionally  the  black  blotches  are 
almost  absent,  as  in  figs.  6,  7,  8.  Fig.  8  represents  the  least  marked 
individual  seen,  and  probably  to  be  regarded  as  a  case  of  partial 
albinism.  The  lower  edge  (collar)  of  the  mantle  is  gray  peppered  with 
white  dots.  The  foot  is  pale  yellowish,  back  and  flanks  gray  with 
slate  tesselation,  tentacles  slate.  The  posterior  end  of  the  foot  is 
somewhat  blackish  above.  All  figures  of  plate  VII  were  drawn  from 
living  animals.     In  alcohol  the  black  and  gray  pigment  remains,  but 


S.  ovalis  chitlouuiijuciisis. 


the  yellow  tint  is  fugitive.  The  pattern  of  pigmentation  of  the  lung 
has  clearly  been  influenced  by  a  tendency  of  the  markings  to  follow 
veins;  but  in  many  specimens  this  tendency  has  been  lost  to  a  great 
extent. 

Summary.  (1)  Succinea  ovalis  Say  was  based  upon  Philadelphian 
specimens  of  the  form  subsequently  described  as  S.  totteniana  Lea.  It 
was  well  figured  by  Ferussac  from  examples  sent  by  Say,  as  early  as 
1822.  The  proportion  of  aperture  to  length  given  by  Say  applies  to  no 
other  Succinea  of  the  region  about  Philadelphia.  (2)  Succinea  ovalis 
Gould,  1841,  is  a  totally  different  species,  which  was  described  as  S. 
retusa  by  Lea  in  1837.  The  true  identity  of  S.  ovalis  was  recognized 
by  Dr.  Binney  in  1851.  (3)  Succinea  ohliqua  Say,  1824,  was  based 
upon  elongate  specimens  of  S.  ovalis  Say,  also  from  Philadelphia.     It 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  51 

is  an  absolute  synon5TTi  of  S.  ovalis.     (4)  S.  totteniana  Lea  and  Binney 
is  absolutely  identical  with  the  typical  S.  ovalis  Say. 

Explanation  of  Plate  VII. 

Figs.  1-S — Succinea  ovalis  chittenangoensis  n.  subsp.     1,  2,  No.  90,081  A.  N.  S.  P.; 

3,  No.  90,079;  4,  5,  No.  90,080;  6,  No.  90,083;  7,  8,  No.  90,082. 
Figs.  9~n— Succinea  ovalis  Say,  Chittenango  Falls.     9,  10,  No.  90,085;  11,  No. 

90,084. 


52  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [April, 


NOTES  ON  SHARKS. 
BY  HENRY  W.  FOWLER. 

The  species  included  in  this  paper  are  based  on  material  contained  in 
the  collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia, 
unless  otherwise  stated . 

HEXANOHID^. 
Hexanchus  griseus  (Gmelin). 

A  dried  skin  without  data. 
Heptrauchias  cinereus  (Gmelin). 

Head  6f  to  6^ ;  depth  10  to  lOf ;  snout  3  in  head ;  eye  4  to  4| ;  length  of 
mouth  2^  to  2 J ;  interorbital  space  3^  to  3f ;  front  margin  of  first  dorsal 
2|  to  2f ;  front  margin  of  anal  3f  to  4|-;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle 
4;  front  margin  of  lower  caudal  lobe  2  to  2^;  length  32^  to  35^  inches. 
Two  examples  from  Italy  (C.  L.  Bonaparte,  No.  245). 

Also  2  dried  skins  without  data,  the  larger  44^  inches  long. 

HETERODONTIDiE. 
Heterodontas  japonicus  (Dumeril). 

Head  5i;  depth  7j;  depth  of  head  If  in  its  length;  width  of  head  1^; 
height  of  first  dorsal  If;  height  of  second  dorsal  1^;  height  of  anal  If; 
lower  caudal  lobe  1|;  pectoral  4f ;  tail  4|-  in  length  of  body;  width  of 
pectoral  H  in  its  length.  Color  in  alcohol  deep  brown  with  obscure 
scattered  brown  spots  on  trunk,  which  are  however  rather  sparse. 
Length  28  inches.     No  data. 

Also  jaw  of  another,  from  Japan  in  1891  (Frederick  Stearns). 

SCYLIORHINIDJB. 
Foroderma  stellare  (Linnaeus). 

Head  7f  to  8^;  depth  8t  to  14 ;  snout  2^  to  2f  in  head ;  eye  3f  to  4f ; 
width  of  mouth  2  to  2f ;  interorbital  space  2^  to  2f ;  first  dorsal  1^  to 
1|;  second  dorsal  1|  to  2^;  anal  If  to  2^;  caudal  from  origin  of  lower 
lobe  3f  to  4f  in  rest  of  body;  length  6  to  18  inches.  Eleven  examples. 
Italy  (Bonaparte).  Also  2  dried  skins,  Nos.  ^  and  ^,  with  same- 
data. 

Two  other  dried  skins  without  data. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  53 

This  genus  must  now  be  known  by  the  above  name,  as  Dr.  Gill's 
specification  of  Catulus  stellaris  Smith  as  the  type  of  Catulus^  is  not 
admissible.  Under  Catulus  three  species  are  included  by  Smith,  viz.: 
Squalus  canicula  Linn.,  Scyl.  marmoratum  Bennett,  and  C.  edwardii 
Smith.  The  first  of  these  is  here  considered  as  the  type,  thus  allowing 
it  to  fall  a  synonym  of  Scyliorhinus  Blainville.  The  type  of  Poro- 
derma  Smith  may  be  considered  its  first  species,  Squalus  africanum 
Gmelin. 
Galeus  melastomus  Rafinesque. 

Head  6yV  to  7;  depth  10  to  14|;  snout  2  to  2f  in  head ;  eye  3f  to  4f  ; 
width  of  mouth  ly^o  to  2f ;  interorbital  space  2  to  2f ;  first  dorsal  If  to 
2|;  second  dorsal  If  to  2f ;  base  of  anal  1  to  If;  caudal  from  origin  of 
lower  lobe  2^  to  3f  in  rest  of  body;  length  7  to  18|-  inches.  Ten 
examples.     Italy  (Bonaparte,  No.  253). 

Also  3  dried  skins  without  data. 

The  above  generic  name  may  be  adopted  for  this  genus,  as  Rafinesque 
includes  but  two  species.  They  are  G.  melastomus  and  Squalus  uyato, 
of  which  the  first  may  be  considered  the  type.  If  his  intention  was  to 
have  made  S.  galeus  Linnaeus  his  type  he  certainly  has  missed  the 
opportunity,  as  that  species  is  not  even  mentioned,  and  the  inference 
may  be  only  surmised  by  reference  to  his  Ind.  It.  Sicil.,  1810. 
Pristiurus  Bonaparte  is  thus  superseded  by  Galeus  Rafinesque. 

HEMISOYLLIID^. 
Chilosoyllium  indicum  (Gmelin). 

Three  examples  from  Padang  (C.  H.  Harrison,  Jr.,  and  H.  M.  HiUer), 
Sumatra.  Color  when  fresh  in  arrack  more  or  less  uniform  dull  brown, 
lower  surface  of  head,  abdomen,  and  bases  of  pectorals  and  ventrals 
dirty  cream-white.  The  largest  21  inches  long.  The  youngest  with 
very  distinct  markings.  One  specimen  now  in  Stanford  University. 
Oreotolobus  japonicus  (Regan). 

One  example  without  data.  The  Japanese  material  called  0. 
harbatus  by  Jordan  and  Fowler^  is  this  species. 

GINGLYMOSTOMID^. 
Ginglymostoma  cirratum  (Gmelin). 

One  from  St.  Martin's  (R.  E.  Van  Rijgersma),  W.  I.  Three  other- 
dried  skins,  and  one  alcoholic,  may  have  the  same  data.    They  are  all 


1  Ann.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  1861,  p.  41. 

2  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XXVI,  1903,  p.  606. 


54  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

uniformly  brown  and  without  spots.  The  largest  is  but  a  little  over  2 
feet  in  length.  The  St.  Martin's  example  shows:  Head  5h;  width  of 
head  about  1  in  its  length;  snout  If;  eye  8;  width  of  mouth  about  3; 
interorbital  space  If;  buccal  cirrus  6;  front  margin  of  first  dorsal  about 
1^;  of  second  dorsal  If;  of  anal  If;  pectoral  1^;  ventral  If;  least  depth 
of  caudal  peduncle  4f;  length  about  23  inches. 

Two  other  examples,  probably  the  Squalus  punctatus  Schneider,  one 
evidently  from  St.  Martin's  (Rijgersma),  W.  I.,  and  the  other  from 
Tortugas  (James  Roosevelt),  Fla.  Both  are  rather  sparsely  spotted 
with  deep  brown.  Head  5*;  depth  7f  to  8;  snout  1|  to  2  in  head; 
width  of  mouth  2f  to  S^;  interorbital  space  If  to  If;  front  margin 
of  first  dorsal  If  to  If;  of  second  dorsal  If  to  1|;  of  anal  2;  least 
depth  of  caudal  peduncle  4^  to  5;  pectoral  1^  to  If;  ventral  1|  to  2; 
length  12 1  to  14|  inches. 

In  the  preliminary  account  of  this  genus  by  Miiller  and  Henle^  no 
species  is  mentioned,  though  Drs.  Jordan  and  Gilbert  have  designated 
Squalus  cirratus  Gmelin*  as  its  type.  Miiller  and  Henle's  next  account 
includes  species.^  Dr.  Gill  designates  "Type  Ginglymostoma  con- 
color,"^  which  may  be  assumed  to  be  congeneric  with  the  species  of  the 
present  group,  though  somewhat  confusing  as  Nebrius  Riippell  (its 
type  N.  concolor  Riippell)  was  admitted  to  Ginglymostoma  by  Dr.  Gill 
himself. 

CAROHARIID^. 
Carcharias  littoralis  (Mitchill). 

Head  5;  depth  8f ;  length  of  first  dorsal  2  in  head ;  of  second  dorsal 
2\;  of  anal  2f ;  of  lower  caudal  lobe  2^;  pectoral  If;  tail  12^-  in  length  of 
body;  entire  length  44^  inches.     Nantucket  (B.  Sharp),  Mass. 

Head  of  a  large  example  from  Sea  Isle  City  (W.  J.  Fox),  and  jaws 
from  Townsend's  Inlet  (J.  D.  Casey),  N.  J.,  latter  wrongly  confused 
by  me  with  Lamna  cornuhica''  Also  3  other  pairs  of  jaws  without 
data. 

ALOPIID^. 

Alopias  vulpes  (Gmelin). 

Head  8f ;  depth  8f ;  width  of  head  If  in  its  length;  depth  of  head  1-J; 
snout  about  3^;  eye  about  6;  width  of  mouth  3;  interorbital  space  2f ; 


3  Wiegm.  Arch.,  1837,  p.  396. 

*  Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  16,  1882,  p.  18. 

«  Syst.  Besch.  Flag.,  1838,  p.  23. 

«  Ann.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  1861,  p.  40. 

">  Rep.  N.  J.  State  Mus.,  1905,  p.  56. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  55 

front  margin  of  first  dorsal  If;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  2f ; 
ventral  lyV;  about  38  series  of  teeth  in  upper  jaw  and  28  in  lower; 
pectoral  reaching  +  to  ventral,  and  its  greatest  width  2  in  its  length. 
Color  in  alcohol  dull  gray-brown,  more  or  less  uniform,  lower  surface 
of  trunk  and  head,  also  of  pectoral  and  ventral,  a  little  paler.  Dorsals 
and  caudal  like  back.  Iris  pale  slaty-gray.  Length  49  inches.  New- 
port, R.  I.    J.  C.  Dunn. 

Also  a  large  dried  skin  (Bonaparte  ^),  probably  from  Italy? 

liAMNID^. 

Isurus  oxyrinclius  Rafinesque. 

Jaws  of  a  large  example,  evidently  this  species,  without  data. 
Possibly  from  Italy? 

Lamna  oornubica  (Gmelin). 

Head  about  5 ;  depth  about  6  J ;  snout  about  2f  in  head ;  eye  7| ;  width 
of  head  about  3;  gape  of  mouth  2^;  interorbital  space  3f ;  height  of 
first  dorsal  2f ;  length  of  second  dorsal  4f ;  of  anal  4|;  least  depth  of 
caudal  peduncle  9;  greatest  width  of  caudal  peduncle  4^;  front  margin 
of  lower  caudal  lobe  H;  pectoral  1^;  ventral  3.  Color  in  alcohol  dull 
gray-brown  on  upper  surface  of  body,  and  pale  or  whitish  below,  line 
of  demarcation  along  side  of  caudal  peduncle  sharply  defined.  Dorsal 
and  upper  surface  of  caudal  like  back,  lower  pale  like  belly,  though  with 
more  or  less  grayish.  Upper  surface  of  pectoral  like  back,  lower  paler 
like  belly.  Ventral  and  anal  pale,  slightly  with  grayish.  Iris  pale 
olive-gray,  eyeball  whitish.  Teeth  whitish.  Length  27^  inches. 
Italy  (Bonaparte). 

OETORHINID^. 

Cetorhinus  maximus  (Gunner). 

Although  there  is  no  example  in  the  collection,  a  large  dried  mounted 
skin,  said  to  have  been  taken  in  Monterey  Bay,  Cal.,  was  exhibited  in 
Philadelphia  several  years  ago,  and  was  examined  by  Mr.  Witmer 
Stone  and  myself. 

GALEORHINID^. 
Cynais  canis  (Mitchill). 

Nantucket  (Sharp),  ]\Iass.;  Newport  (J.  Leidy  and  S.  Powel),  R.  I.; 
Sea  Isle  City  (Fox),  Atlantic  City  (C.  W.  Buvinger,  G.  W.  Tryon,  Jr.), 
and  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay  (Leidy),  N.  J.;  E.  Coast  U.  S.  (Smiths. 
Inst.);  Italy  (Bonaparte). 


55  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

Mustelus  mustelus  (Linnaeus). 

(M.  equestris  Bonaparte,  Icon.  Faun.  Ital.,  Pesc.  Ill,  pt.  2,  vii,  1834,  descr., 
PI.,  fig.  2,  mari  d'ltalia.) 

Head  6^;  depth  about  9;  width  of  head  1|  in  its  length;  depth  of 
head  at  posterior  margin  of  eye  2^;  snout  measured  to  eye  2f ;  eye  Sf; 
width  of  mouth  2f ;  interorbital  space  2f ;  width  of  internasal  space 
6|;  front  margin  of  first  dorsal  1^;  of  second  dorsal  1|;  of  anal  2|-; 
least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  6f ;  front  margin  of  lower  caudal  lobe 
2to  i  upper  margin  of  pectoral  lj\ ;  front  margin  of  ventral  2. 

Body  very  elongate,  depressed  in  front,  sides  well  compressed,  and 
tapering  posteriorly  into  a  long  slender  caudal,  greatest  depth  about 
origin  of  first  dorsal.  Edges  of  body  rather  slightly  convex  or  de- 
pressed, a  very  obsolete  or  shght  median  ridge  down  back  most  pro- 
nounced on  upper  surface  of  caudal  peduncle,  and  down  postventral 
and  postanal  regions  a  well-developed  deep  median  groove.  Caudal 
peduncle  slender,  compressed,  and  its  least  depth  about  If  in  its 
length. 

Head  well  depressed,  profiles  tapering  similarly,  and  as  viewed  above 
rather  elongate  wdth  somewhat  attenuately  convergent  margins  though 
tip  rounded.  Snout  broadly  depressed,  edge  rather  trenchant,  and 
its  length  but  a  trifle  less  than  its  width.  Eye  elongate,  large,  laterally 
superior,  and  placed  about  midway  in  length  of  head.  Mouth  rather 
broad,  symphysis  of  mandible  slightly  in  front  of  anterior  margin  of 
eye,  and  rami  would  nearly  form  a  right  angle.  Lips  thin  and  hardly 
developed.  At  angle  of  mouth  externally  a  rather  long  fleshy  fold 
forming  a  well-developed  flap  projecting  posteriorly,  and  though 
groove  distinct  posteriorly  around  it,  it  extends  but  very  little  along 
outer  margin  anteriorly.  About  55  series  of  blunt  tubercles  or  pave- 
ment-like teeth  in  each  jaw.  Buccal  folds  rather  narrow.  Tongue 
large,  broad,  its  surface  minutely  asperous,  and  edges  all  free  and  sharp. 
Nostrils  large,  well  separated  on  each  side  of  snout  below,  near  last 
third  in  length  of  latter  measured  to  eye,  and  each  with  a  well-developed 
flap.  Interorbital  space  broad,  well  depressed,  and  but  very  slightly 
convex. 

Gill-openings  5,  last  2  over  base  of  pectoral,  and  third  deepest  or 
about  2  in  interorbital  space.  Spiracle  small,  distinct,  and  placed 
behind  eye  a  space  equal  to  about  ^  its  horizontal  diameter. 

Body  covered  everywhere  with  minute  shagreen  denticles  of  uniform 
size. 

Origin  of  first  dorsal  much  closer  to  origin  of  pectoral  than  that  of 
ventral  or  a  little  nearer  tip  of  snout  than  origin  of  second  dorsal,  its 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  57 

apex  forming  nearly  over  its  posterior  basal  margin,  and  a  long  slender 
point  projecting  behind  equal  in  length  to  width  of  mouth.  Origin  of 
second  dorsal  a  little  nearer  posterior  basal  margin  of  first  dorsal  than 
origin  of  upper  lobe  of  caudal,  base  of  fin  hke  that  of  first  dorsal  well 
elevated  and  fleshy,  and  fin  otherwise  similar  with  posterior  point 
about  equal  to  eye  horizontally.  Caudal  long  and  slender,  origin  of 
upper  lobe  begins  a  little  behind  that  of  lower,  and  its  distal  expansion 
about  3^  in  its  own  length.  Lower  caudal  lobe  a  little  elevated  below, 
and  length  of  its  base  about  1^  in  entire  length  of  upper.  Anal  inserted 
a  little  behind  middle  of  base  of  second  dorsal,  or  a  little  nearer  origin 
of  lower  caudal  lobe  than  tip  of  depressed  ventral,  and  similar  to  second 
dorsal,  only  smaller,  posterior  point  equal  to  horizontal  eye-diameter. 
Pectoral  large,  upper  margin  rather  evenly  convex,  reaching  f  to  origin 
of  ventral,  and  its  posterior  margin  slightly  concave.  Ventral  inserted 
about  midway  between  origin  of  ventral  and  that  of  anal,  rather 
broad,  and  its  lower  margin  a  little  concave.  Clasper  small,  about 
half  length  of  posterior  point. 

Color  in  alcohol  dull  uniform  gray-brown  above,  merging  into  grayish- 
white  tint  uniformly  over  lower  surface  of  body.  Upper  fins  like  back 
or  with  grayish,  both  pectoral  and  ventral  paler  below.  Iris  pale 
brassy  and  pupil  slaty. 

Length  about  26  inches. 

No.  617,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype  of  M.  equeslris  Bonaparte.  Italy 
(Bonaparte,  No.  248).     From  Dr.  T.  B.  Wilson. 

Also  Nos.  618  to  620,  with  same  data.  They  show:  Head  5^  to  6^; 
depth  8^  to  10|- ;  width  of  head  If  to  If  in  its  length ;  snout  2  to  2J ;  eye 
4^  to  6^;  width  of  mouth  3f  to  3^;  interorbital  space  2^  to  2|;  front 
edge  of  first  dorsal  1|  to  If;  front  edge  of  anal  1|  to  2f ;  pectoral  1  to 
If ;  length  10^  to  21f  inches.  The  smallest  example  is  uniform  on  the 
back,  like  the  larger  ones,  and  is  without  any  spots  or  markings.  My 
confusion  of  these  examples  with  Galeorhinus  galeus^  was  due  to  the 
original  labels  being  evidently  wrongly  placed.  I  have  verified  this 
by  an  examination  of  Bonaparte's  original  catalogue,  where  they  are 
also  wrongly  entered  in  the  latter's  own  handwriting. 

Mustelus  mento  Cope.    Fig.  1. 

(Proc.  Am.  Philos  Soc.  Phila.,  XVII,  1877,  p.  47,  Pacific  Ocean  at  Pecasmayo, 
Peru.) 

Head  about  5;  depth  7f ;  width  of  head  If  in  its  length;  snout  2^; 

eye  5J;  width  of  mouth  3f;  interorbital  space  2f ;  front  margin  of 

8  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1901,  p.  332,  PI.  13,  fig.  4  (anatomy). 


58  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

first  dorsal  ly\;  front  margin  of  second  dorsal  2f ;  front  margin  of 
anal  about  3;  front  margin  of  lower  caudal  lobe  2h;  least  depth  of 
caudal  peduncle  6i;  pectoral  If;  ventral  2^^.  Body  rather  well  com- 
pressed, back  elevated,  edges  rather  rounded  or  convex,  a  very  slight 
median  keel  down  back  and  a  slight  median  depression  down  post- 
ventral  and  postanal  regions.  Caudal  peduncle  slender,  well  com- 
pressed, and  its  least  depth  about  f  its  length.  Head  broad,  depressed , 
profiles  similar,  and  when  viewed  above  rather  narrowly  convergent 


Fig.  1. — Mustelus  mento  Cope.     (Tj^ie 


with  rounded  tip.  Edges  of  snout  rather  trenchant,  and  its  length 
equal  to  its  greatest  width.  Eye  elongate,  and  its  center  a  trifle 
posterior  in  length  of  head.  Mouth  moderately  broad,  symphysis 
falling  but  a  trifle  before  front  of  eye,  and  rami  would  form  a  right 
angle.  Lips  thin  and  little  free.  At  each  corner  of  mouth  a  pointed 
flap,  free  behind  and  with  a  rather  long  outer  fold.  Teeth  pavement- 
like, in  about  50  series.  Upper  buccal  fold  papillose,  with  a  slightly 
ragged  margin,  not  entire  as  stated  previously,  and  narrow.  Lower 
buccal  fold  entire.  Tongue  rather  pointed,  its  upper  surface  very 
finely  asperous,  and  margins  free.  Nostrils  large,  inferior,  well 
separated,  about  last  third  in  snout  measured  to  eye,  and  each 
with    a    well-developed     flap.      Interorbital    space    convex.      Body 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  59 

everywhere  minutely  roughened.  Origin  of  first  dorsal  nearly 
midway  between  tip  of  snout  and  origin  of  second  dorsal, 
apex  of  fin  falling  about  midway  in  its  length,  and  posterior  pointed 
flap  equals  eye  horizontally.  Origin  of  second  dorsal  a  little  nearer 
that  of  first  dorsal  than  last  caudal  vertebra.  Anal  with  its  apex 
about  opposite  its  posterior  basal  margin.  Upper  lobe  of  caudal 
begins  a  little  after  that  of  lower,  and  its  distal  expansion  about  2|- 
in  its  length.  Lower  caudal  lobe  a"  little  elevated  in  front,  and  its 
height  about  3f  in  its  length.  Pectoral  reaches  f  to  ventral.  Ventral 
inserted  a  trifle  nearer  origin  of  pectoral  than  posterior  basal  margin  of 
anal,  and  reaching  a  trifle  more  than  half-way  to  anal.  Color  in 
alcohol  with  under  surfaces^of  pectorals  and  ventrals  grayish,  other- 
wise fins  of  more  or  less  uniform  tint  of  back.  Iris  pale  yellowish- 
brown,  pupil  dusky.  Length  12i  inches.  No.  21,104,  A.  N.  S.  P., 
type  of  M.  mento  Cope.  Pacific  Ocean  at  Pecasmayo,  Peru  (J.  Orton). 
Coll.  of  1876-77.     From  Cope. 

Triakis  felis  (Ayres). 

Santa  Barbara  (U.  S.  F.  C),  Cal. 

I  adopt  Mustelus  felis  Ayres  for  this'species,  as  his  name  has  evident 
priority.  His  paper**  was  read  December  4,  1851,  which  is  in  the 
signature  dated  December  25.  This  was  received  by  the  Academy  of 
>fatural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia  on  February  6,  1855.^°  T.  semi- 
fasciatus  Girard  occurs  in  No.  6  of  the  same  volume,^"  which  was  else- 
where" not  acknowledged  as  having  been  received  until  February  20, 
1855,  and  therefore  this  date  may  be  accepted  for  its  publication. 

Galeorhinus  galeus  (Linnaeus). 

Head  57;  depth  about  8-^;  snout  about  2^  in  head;  eye  5;  length  of 
mandible  3;  width  of  mouth  2^;  tip  of  snout  to  mandible  2f ;  inter- 
orbital  space  2j;  front  margin  of  first  dorsal  ly^^;  of  second  dorsal  Sf; 
of  anal  4f ;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  about  5;  pectoral  If;  ventral 
3f;  length  17f  inches.  Italy  (Bonaparte,  No.  254).  The  other  three 
examples  are  all  smaller,  the  smallest  9  inches  long  and  showing  the 
attachment  of  the  placenta  still  in  good  preservation.  These  were 
confused  as  Galeus  mustelus  by  me,  as  already  explained. 

Also  a  dried  skin,  without  data,  44  inches  long. 


« In  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  I. 

*°  See  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  VII,  p.  xxii,  in  donations  to  the  library. 

*^  New  York  Lye.  Nat.  Hist. 


60  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

Galeorhinus  zyopterus  Jordan  and  Gilbert. 

(Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XVI,  1883,  p.  871,  eiddently  based  on  G.  galeus 
Jordan  and  Gilbert,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Ill,  1880,  p.  42,  San  Pedro, 
California;  Jordan  and  Gilbert,  I.e.,  p.  458,  San  Francisco,  Cal.) 

Head  5y;  depth  11?;  width  of  head  If  in  its  length;  depth  of  head  at 
posterior  margin  of  eye  about  2|;  snout  2^;  eye  4^;  width  of  mouth  at 
corners  2 J ;  interorbital  space  21- ;  front  margin  of  first  dorsal  2 ;  of  second 
dorsal  about  2;  of  lower  caudal  lobe  If;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle 
5;  upper  margin  of  pectoral  1^;  front  margin  of  ventral  about  5. 

Body  elongate,  slender,  depressed  anteriorly  and  tapering  back 
from  head.  Down  middle  of  back,  also  middle  of  postventral  and 
postanal  regions,  a  longitudinal  groove.  Caudal  peduncle  slender, 
its  least  depth  about  2^  in  its  length. 

Head  broadly  depressed,  about  equally  so  above  and  below,  and  as 
viewed  from  above  profile  rather  elongately  convergent  with  rounded 
tip.  Snout  well  depressed,  its  edge  but  slightly  trenchant,  and  space 
between  its  own  tip  and  front  of  mouth  equal  to  width  of  latter.  Eye 
large,  elongate,  lateral  and  its  center  falling  a  trifle  posterior  in  length 
■of  head.  Nictitating  membrane  large,  well  developed,  and  with  a  deep 
pocket  between  itself  and  eye.  Rami  of  mandible  would  nearly  form 
a  right  angle,  though  symphysis  not  quite  extended  forward  till  opposite 
front  rim  of  eye.  Teeth  pointed,  mostly  tricuspid,  and  directed  to- 
wards side  of  mouth,  with  outer  cusp  of  each  of  lateral  teeth  best 
developed.  About  44?  series  of  teeth  in  upper  jaw.  Buccal  folds 
rather  well  developed  and  papillose.  Tongue  large,  broad,  flattened, 
rounded  in  front,  and  its  edge  free.  Nostrils  rather  large,  well  separ- 
ated or  internasal  space  about  half  width  of  mouth,  each  with  a  small 
fleshy  point,  and  placed  about  last  f  in  snout  measured  to  front  of  eye. 
Interorbital  space  broad,  a  little  convex,  and  depressed  medianly. 

Gill-openings  5,  last  2  over  base  of  pectoral,  and  third  and  fourth 
largest  or  about  If  in  eye  horizontally. 

Body  covered  ever5r^'here  with  simple  shagreen  points  of  moderately 
small  and  uniform  size. 

Origin  of  first  dorsal  a  Httle  nearer  that  of  second  than  tip  of  snout, 
forming  a  rather  rounded  lobe  with  its  apex  just  before  posterior  basal 
margin  of  fin,  and  point  of  latter  equals  eye  horizontally.  Origin  of 
second  dorsal  nearer  that  of  first  than  end  of  last  caudal  vertebra  by  a 
space  equal  to  width  between  outer  edges  of  nostrils,  apex  of  fin  form- 
ing about  over  middle  of  its  length,  and  its  posterior  point  about  IJ 
in  eye  horizontally.  Origin  of  anal  a  trifle  after  that  of  second  dorsal, 
its  apex  forming  about  first  third  in  its  length  and  its  posterior  point 
1}  in  eye  horizontally.     Origin  of  lower  caudal  lobe  a  little  in  advance 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  61 

of  that  of  upper,  and  height  of  fin  at  this  point  about  2f  in  length  of  its 
base.  Upper  caudal  lobe  broad,  its  expansion  at  end  nearly  equal  to 
width  of  mouth  or  about  3f  in  its  length.  Pectoral  broad,  larger  than 
first  dorsal,  and  reaching  f  to  ventral,  with  posterior  margin  a  little 
incised.  Ventral  inserted  a  little  nearer  origin  of  first  dorsal  than  that 
of  anal,  and  reaching  f  to  origin  of  latter.  Clasper  equals  posterior 
anal  point. 

Color  in  alcohol  deep  gray-brown  on  back,  becoming  paler  gray  on 
sides,  and  lower  surface  whitish.  Upper  surface  of  snout  pale  brown- 
ish. Teeth  all  whitish.  Iris  livid  grayish  and  pupil  slaty.  Nictitat- 
ing membrane  pale  like  side  of  head.  Dorsals  pale  brownish,  upper  or 
outer  portion  of  lobe  dusky  to  blackish  and  posterior  point  becoming 
very  pale  to  whitish.  Caudal  pale  brownish,  end  of  upper  lobe  and 
notch  behind  lower  dusky  to  blackish,  fin  otherwise  more  or  less  pale. 
Pectoral  dusky  or  blackish  above,  pale  to  grayish  below.  Ventral  and 
anal  whitish  like  lower  surface  of  body. 

Length  12|  inches. 

No.  582,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype  of  G.  zyopterus  Jordan  and  Gilbert.  San 
Francisco,  California  (U.  S.  F.  C.  No.  27,190). 

Galeooerdo  tigrinus  Mailer  and  Henle. 

Head  6|^;  depth  llf;  width  of  head  If  in  its  length;  snout  3;  width  of 
mouth  2^jj;  space  between  tip  of  snout  and  front  of  mouth  4;  inter- 
orbital  space  If;  pectoral  H;  base  of  ventral  4J;  caudal  nearly  2  in  rest 
of  body.  Body  broad,  depressed,  and  trunk  rather  slender  posteriorly. 
Caudal  peduncle  broad,  and  side  from  below  second  dorsal  bluntly 
keeled  till  opposite  middle  of  lower  elongate  caudal  lobe.  Head 
large,  very  broad,  depressed.  Snout  broad,  rounded.  Length  of  pre- 
oral  region  about  f  width  of  mouth.  Eye  anteriorly  lateral,  with 
nictitating  membrane.  Mouth  large,  beginning  well  before  eye,  and 
gape  extends  one  diameter  behind  latter.  Corner  of  mouth  with  long 
outer  fold.  Teeth  about  |f,  broad,  compressed,  directed  laterally,, 
finely  serrated  along  margins,  and  with  five  small  cusps  externally. 
Tongue  broad,  not  free.  Lips  rather  thin.  Nostrils  lateral,  with 
small  flaps,  and  nearer  front  edge  of  snout  than  front  of  mouth.  Inter- 
orbital  space  convex.  Anterior  gill-openings  large,  third  largest,  and 
last  two  over  base  of  pectoral.  Peritoneum  silvery.  Shagreen  very  fine. 
First  dorsal  inserted  opposite  posterior  basal  edge  of  pectoral,  with 
sharp  point  behind,  and  height  of  fin  a  little  less  than  base.  Second 
dorsal  inserted  about  midway  between  caudal  pits  and  origin  of  ventral. 
A  narrow  median  low  keel  along  back  between  dorsals.  Anal  small, 
inserted  below  first  third  of  base  of  second  dorsal,  its  margin  deeply 


62  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

concave,  and  with  a  sharp  point  posterioriy.  Lower  caudal  lobe  about 
2f  in  upper.  Caudal  notch  near  tip.  ■  Pectoral  falcate,  margin  con- 
cave and  reaching  posteriorly  below  posterior  base  of  dorsal.  Ventral 
small,  broad,  obtuse,  and  inserted  nearly  midway  between  posterior 
basal  edge  of  first  dorsal  and  origin  of  second  dorsal.  Color  when  fresh 
in  arrack  slaty-gray,  paler  below.  Upper  surface  of  body  and  pectoral, 
also  dorsal  and  caudal,  variegated  with  deep  leaden-gray  blotches, 
and  many  of  those  on  side  of  trunk  more  or  less  elongate  and  vertical. 
Length  39^  inches.     Padang,  Sumatra  (Harrison  and  Hiller). 

Very  large  jaws  from  Guaymas,  Mexico;  also  a  pair  from  Beesley's 
Point..  N.  J.  (S.  Ashmead) ;  a  pair  from  between  Turk's  Island  and 
Barbadoes  (Dr.  W.  H.  Freeman). 

Prionaoe  glauca  (LinnEeus). 

Head  5;  depth  about  10^;  width  of  head  about  2  in  its  length;  snout 
2f ;  eye  about  7h ;  width  of  mouth  about  3 J ;  interorbital  space  2f ;  front 
margin  of  first  dorsal  2^ ;  front  margin  of  second  dorsal  4§ ;  front  margin 
of  anal  about  4;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  about  7|-;  pectoral  If; 
ventral  3^.  Teeth  with  entire  edges,  and  each  lateral  tooth  of  upper 
jaw  followed  by  about  four  cusps  and  in  lower  by  one  or  two.  Median 
teeth  in  each  jaw  erect,  smaller  and  with  a  single  slender  point.  Color  in 
alcohol  deep  chocolate-brown  on  back  and  upper  surface,  and  lower 
surface  pale  creamy-white.  Dorsals  and  caudal,  except  basally  at 
lower  lobe,  which  is  whitish,  dark  like  back.  Upper  surface  of  pectoral 
and  ventral  dark  like  back,  though  latter  paler,  and  lower  surfaces 
grayish  to  whitish  like  belly.  Entire  lower  surface  of  head  whitish  like 
belly.  Iris  grayish-slaty,  pupil  pale.  Length  23  inches.  Italy 
(Bonaparte,  No.  250). 

Another  dried  skin,  without  data,  is  48  inches  long. 

Eulamia  milberti  (Miiller  and  Henle). 

One  from  Great  Egg  Harbor  Bay  (Dr.  J.  Leidy). 

The  name  Carcharias  Rafinesque  cannot  be  applied  to  this  genus,  as 
the  only  species  mentioned  for  it,  and  therefore  its  type,  is  taurus,  a 
sand  shark  identical  with  Agassiz's  genus  Odontaspis.  Carcharhinus 
Blainville^^  is  next  in  order.  It  is  based  on  commersonii,  lamia,  lividus, 
iistus,  heterodon,  verus,  broussonetii,  glaucus,  cceruleus,  megalops,  hetero- 
branchialis,  cornuhicus,  monensis?,  vulpes.  Drs.  Jordan  and  Gilbert 
restrict  the  first  species  {commersonii)  as  its  type,  but  all  the  evidence 
shows  it  to  be  a  nomen  nudum,  and  their  suggestion  that  it  is  based  on 
Lacepede's  figure  of  Le  Squale  Requiii}^  seems  only  assumption  when 

'=>  Bull.  Soc.  Philomath.,  Paris,  1816,  p.  121. 

"  Hist.  Nat.  Poiss.,  I,  1799,  pp.  165,  169,  PI.  8,  fig.  1. 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


63 


judged  from  Blainville's  work  alone.  If  the  next  of  Blainville's  specific 
names  are  considered,  lamia  is  found  first  proposed  as  Carcharias  lamia 
by  Rafinesque,"  without  description  or  diagnosis,  and  simply  as  "  (Squa- 
lus  carcharias  Linnaeus).  Carcaria  lamia.  Pesce  Caine,  Imbestinu, 
6  Lamia."  Thus  it  would  be  typified  by  >S'.  carcharias  Linnaeus,  which 
would  upset  Carcharodon  of  Smith,  in  which  case  I  shall  consider  the 
Squalus  vulpes  Gmelin  the  type  of  Carcharhinus  Blainville.  The  next 
generic  name  available  is  Eulamia  Gill,  which  had  best  be  adopted. 


^ 


■xj 


Fig.  2. — Eulamia  odontaspis  Fowler.     (T;ype.) 

Eulamia  odontaspis  sp.  nov.    Fig.  2. 

Head  51;  depth  8f ;  width  of  head  about  If  in  its  length;  depth  of 
head  at  first  gill-opening  If;  snout  2f ;  width  of  mouth  24:  interorbital 
space  2;  front  edge  of  first  dorsal  If;  of  second  dorsal  2;  of  anal  2^; 
of  lower  caudal  lobe  If ;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  about  5 ;  pectoral 
1-^;  ventral  27. 

Body  depressed  anteriorly,  apparently  rather  robust,  a  slight  median 


Ind.  It.  Sicil,  1810,  p.  44. 


64  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

depression  down  back  and  another  down  postventral  and  postanal 
regions,  greatest  depth  about  origin  of  dorsal.  Caudal  peduncle  com- 
pressed, and  its  least  depth  about  1|  in  its  length. 

Head  rather  well  depressed,  profiles  similar  apparently.  Snout  well 
depressed,  rather  short,  when  viewed  above  broadly  convex,  and  its 
length  to  front  of  mouth  about  f  its  width  at  that  point.  Eye  small, 
elongately  ellipsoid,  and  its  center  about  first  f  in  head.  Nictitating 
membrane  rather  broad.  In  profile  end  of  mandible  a  little  l^efore  front 
rim  of  eye,  as  seen  from  below  profile  of  symphysis  rather  broadly  convex 
in  front,  and  its  length  f  its  width.  No  grooves  at  corners  of  mouth. 
Teeth  about  ff?,  similar  in  both  jaw^s,  without  basal  cusps,  edges 
entire,  slender,  compressed,  of  rather  uniform  size  and  sharply  pointed. 
Nostrils  large,  lateral,  below  on  snout  near  last  third  of  its  length. 
Interorbital  space  broadly  convex. 

Gill-openings  5,  second  and  third  deepest  or  about  5  in  head,  and  last 
two  over  base  of  pectoral.     No  spiracle. 

Body  covered  with  very  fine  shagreen,  scarcely  rough  to  touch. 

Origin  of  first  dorsal  about  midway  between  tip  of  snout  and  tip  of 
posterior  depressed  point  of  second  dorsal,  and  posterior  point  2|-  in 
length  of  fin.  Origin  of  second  dorsal  about  an  eye-diameter  nearer 
that  of  upper  caudal  lobe  than  posterior  basal  margin  of  first  doi-sal, 
and  posterior  point  of  fin  2f  in  its  front  margin.  Caudal  rather  small, 
upper  lobe  begins  a  trifle  behind  lower,  and  its  length  about  3f  in  rest 
of  body.  A  pit  on  caudal  peduncle,  both  above  and  below,  at  origins 
of  caudal  lobes.  Anal  begins  very  slightly  behind  origin  of  second 
dorsal,  and  fin  reaching  H  to  origin  of  lower  caudal  lobe,  tip  of  posterior 
process  not  extending  back  bej^ond  that  of  end  of  fin  in  front.  Pectoral 
broad,  inserted  rather  low,  and  when  depressed  reaching  about  opposite 
origin  of  first  dorsal,  its  greatest  width  If  in  its  length.  Ventral 
broad,  its  origin  slightly  behind  tip  of  depressed  dorsal,  and  depresserl 
fin  reaching  If  to  anal.     Claspers  small. 

Color  of  dried  skin  dull  brown  generally,  lower  surface  scarcely  paler. 
Fins  all  unicolor. 

Length  about  20f  inches. 

Type  No.  34,634,  A.  N.  S.  P.  No  data,  but  probably  from  the 
Indian  Ocean? 

This  interesting  specimen  is  probably  identical  with  Day's  figure  of 
Carcharias  ellioti}^  His  description,  however,  differs  in  the  outer 
labial  groove,  serrated  teeth  with  basal  cusps,  first  dorsal  beginning 


'  Fishes  of  India,  IV,  1880,  p.  716,  PL  189,  fig, 


2 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  65 

behind  base  of  pectoral  with  its  base  being  nearer  latter  than  ventral, 
inner  margin  of  pectoral  ^  of  its  outer  and  fin  reaching  below  end  of 
base  of  dorsal,  anal  below  last  f  of  second  dorsal,  and  caudal  3f  in 
total.  His  figure  of  a  skin,  6  feet  long,  differs  in  some  minor  details 
from  my  example,  which  however  may  be  due  to  age. 

('Oduf,  tooth,  'fiCTTTif,  scale;  hence  Odontaspis,  an  old  generic  name 
applied  to  the  sand  sharks,  and  here  used  with  reference  to  the  super- 
ficial resemblance  of  this  species.) 

Eulamia  longimanus  (Poey). 

Head  about  6| ;  depth  81;  width  of  head  If ;  snout  2f  in  head ;  width 
of  mouth  21;  interorbital  space  ly\;  height  of  first  dorsal  2f ;  of  second 
dorsal  7f ;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  4;  lower  caudal  lobe  2|-; 
pectoral  1-J-;  ventral  2f ;  upper  caudal  lobe  3f.  Teeth  all  finely  ser- 
rated and  upper  but  little  notched  on  outer  margins.  Dorsal  inserted 
just  after  base  of  pectoral.  Width  of  pectoral  2  in  its  length.  Length 
39  inches.     Dried  skin  without  data. 

Jaws  of  large  example  from  West  Palm  Beach  (G.  B.  Wood),  Fla.,  in 
1907.  Another  pair  of  jaws  from  the  Gulf  of  Florida  (Dr.  G.  Watson) 
is  probably  this  species. 

Eulamia  menisorrah  (MuUer  and  Henle). 

Head  6|-;  depth  8|;  width  of  head  If  in  its  length;  snout  2|-;  width  of 
mouth  2f ;  tip  of  snout  to  mandible  3 ;  interorbital  space  2 ;  height  of 
first  dorsal  1^;  pectoral  1;  length  of  ventral  to  posterior  tip  ly^j  least 
depth  of  caudal  peduncle  4f ;  caudal  3  in  rest  of  body.  Teeth  without 
serrations,  each  with  several  small  cusps.  Length  25|-  inches.  Padang 
(Harrison  and  Hiller),  Sumatra. 

Also  a  very  young  example  with  same  data.  Edge  of  first  dorsal 
very  narrowly  margined  with  black,  also  ends  of  second  dorsal  and 
caudal. 

Eulamia  oxyrhynohus  (MuUer  and  Henle). 

Head  about  4f ;  depth  11^;  width  of  its  head  2f  in  its  length;  snout 
about  2Jq  ;  width  of  mouth  2|;  interorbital  space  3f ;  front  margin  of 
first  dorsal  2|-;  of  second  dorsal  4;  of  anal  about  4;  of  lower  caudal  lobe 
2y^-o ;  pectoral  If ;  length  of  ventral  3f;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  3^ 
in  snout;  eye  8;  upper  caudal  lobe  equals  head;  length  17|  inches. 
Dried  skin  without  data,  though  probably  from  Surinam?  (Hering?), 

It  differs  a  little  from  Miiller  and  Henle's  figure,  most  likely  in  respect 

to  age,  in  having  insertion  of  first  dorsal  a  little  more  posterior  or 

opposite  posterior  basal   edge   of  pectoral,   depressed   pectoral  not 

reaching  beyond  posterior  basal  margin  of  first  dorsal,  depressed  first 

5 


66  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

dorsal  reaching  If  to  ventral,  origin  of  anal  slightly  before  that  of 
second  doi-sal,  and  origin  of  ventral  nearly  midway  between  posterior 
basal  margin  of  first  dorsal  and  origin  of  anal. 

Scoliodon  laticaudus  (Miiller  and  Henle). 

A  small  example,  7^  inches  long.     Straits  of  Malacca.     It  agrees 
largely  with  Miiller  and  Henle's  figure. 
Scoliodon  terrae-novse  (Richardson). 

Bayport  (Cope),  Fla. 

Two  dried  skins,  larger  38  inches  long,  are -evidently  this  species;  no 
data. 

SPHYRNIDiE. 
Sphyrna  tiburo  (Linnseus). 

Newport  (Powel)  R.  I.;  St.  Augustine  (W.  Blanding),  Fla.,  in  May, 
1832. 

Sphyrna  tudes  (Valenciennes). 

Head  4|;  depth  7;  length  of  disk,  along  its  posterior  margin,  |  its 
width  transversely  at  second  undulation;  width  of  head  just  after 
hammer  2-^-j^  in  head;  width  of  mouth  about  3^;  third  gill-opening 
5f;  front  margin  of  first  dorsal  1^;  length  of  second  dorsal  2f ;  of  anal  2; 
least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  4;  pectoral  If;  ventral  2|.  Teeth  in 
about  26  series  in' mandible.  Color  in  alcohol  plain  pale  brown,  a 
little  darker  on  upper  surface  of  body  and  paler  or  whitish  on  lower. 
Fins  all  grayish-brown.  Iris  slaty.  Length  8  inches.  Surinam 
(Hering). 
Sphyrna  zygsena  (Linnaus). 

Nantucket  (Sharp),  Mass.;  Sea  Isle  City  (W.  J.  Fox),  Holly  Beach 
(Miss  Edith  Ives)  and  Grassy  Sound  (Fowler),  N.  J. ;  Surinam  (Hering) ; 
Panama  (W.  S.  W.  Ruschenberger) ;  Italy  (Bonaparte,  251);  Padang 
(Harrison  and  Hiller),  Sumatra.     Also  4  dried  skins  T\ithout  data. 

Sphyrna  bloohii  (Cuvier). 

Head  6f ;  depth  about  9f  ?;  least  width  of  head  behind  hammer  If 
in  its  length ;  greatest  width  of  hammer  2f  in  its  length,  measured  along 
its  inner  margin ;  least  width  of  hammer  4 ;  space  between  tip  of  snout 
medianly  and  margin  of  upper  jaw  about  3  in  head;  width  of  mouth  2; 
length  of  third  gill-opening  about  4;  base  of  first  dorsal  1^;  entire  length 
of  second  dorsal  about  1|;  base  of  anal  about  2\;  least  depth  of  caudal 
peduncle  3^;  front  margin  of  lower  caudal  lobe  1^;  length  of  pectoral  1 ; 
base  of  ventral  2f ;  clasper  If. 

Body  long,  slender,  apparently  little  compressed,  but  rather  rounded 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  67 

or  robust,  greatest  depth  about  origin  of  dorsal,  and  edges  of  body- 
depressed  or  flattened.  No  very  evident  pits  at  origins  of  caudal  lobes. 
Caudal  peduncle  rather  robust,  scarcely  compressed,  and  its  least 
depth  1^  in  its  length. 

Head  moderately  large,  well  depressed  both  above  and  below  and 
with  evenly  convex  surfaces.  Snout  rather  broadly  depressed  and 
moderately  short,  as  viewed  from  above  front  margin  undulate  with  a 
median  emargination  where  tip  would  form .  Each  side  of  head  produced 
laterally  into  a  very  narrow^  long  depressed  hammer-like  process  with  its 
front  margin  much  thicker  than  posterior,  also  former  as  viewed  above 
a  little  undulate  in  profile  while  posterior  is  nearly  straight.  Along 
anterior  margin  of  each  hammer  a  rather  deep  groove,  extending  from 
nostril  half-way  to  median  point  of  snout  and  distally  to  end  of  hammer. 
Eye  at  anterior  external  lateral  extremity  of  hammer,  elongate,  rather 
small,  and  its  horizontal  diameter  about  4-^  in  distal  expansion  of 
hammer.  Nictitating  membrane  broad,  conspicuous,  and  evidently 
leaving  a  deep  pocket  on  each  side.  Mouth  broad,  margin  of  upper 
jaw  rather  evenly  lunate  or  convex,  and  ramus  of  mandible  would 
form  a  very  obtuse  angle.  Gape  of  mouth  about  f  its  width.  No 
groove  at  each  corner  of  mouth.  Teeth  all  moderately  large,  directed 
laterally,  entire,  rather  broadly  triangular,  and  each  with  an  external 
notch,  no  basal  cusps.  About  28  series  of  teeth  in  upper  jaw  and 
about  24  series  in  lower.  Nostril  inferior  on  hammer  along  its  anterior 
margin  near  basal  fifth  of  latter,  as  measured  along  its  posterior  margin, 
or  about  inner  f  of  space  between  tip  of  snout  and  end  of  hammer. 
Nostril  furnished  with  but  a  slight  flap.  Top  of  head  rather  broadly 
convex. 

Gill-openings,  first  a  little  nearer  posterior  margin  of  hammer  basally 
than  origin  of  dorsal,  last  two  over  base  of  pectoral,  and  second  and 
third  largest.     No  spiracle. 

Body  covered  entirely  with  very  minute  shagreen  denticles  of  appar- 
ently uniform  size.  On  lower  surface  of  hammer  anteriorl}^  a  number 
of  more  or  less  conspicuous  small  pores. 

Origin  of  first  dorsal  nearer  tip  of  snout  than  that  of  second  or  about 
opposite  first  fifth  in  space  between  origin  of  pectoral  and  that  of 
ventral,  fin  high,  falcate,  apex  forming  above  just  behind  its  base 
which  is  If  in  its  height,  and  its  posterior  point  about  3f  in  head. 
Origin  of  second  dorsal  a  little  nearer  that  of  first  dorsal  than  end  of 
last  caudal  vertebra  or  about  over  middle  of  base  of  anal,  base  of  fin 
about  I  of  its  total  length  and  long  posterior  point  3f  in  head.  Origin 
of  anal  a  little  nearer  posterior  basal  margin  of  ventral  than  origin  of 


68  PROCEEDINGS    OP    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

lower  caudal  lobe,  larger  and  also  inserted  well  before  second  dorsal, 
posterior  point  about  If  in  its  length  and  anterior  lobe  about  equal  to 
length  of  base.  Origins  of  caudal  lobes  nearly  opposite(?),  and  distal 
expansion  of  upper  7f  in  its  length.  Anterior  lobe  of  lower  caudal 
lobe  2yV  in  length  of  latter.  Upper  caudal  lobe  2J  in  rest  of  body. 
Pectoral  much  smaller  than  first  dorsal,  interventral  space  about  ^ 
in  length  of  fin,  and  greatest  width  about  2  in  latter.  In  form  pectoral 
rather  falcate  and  pointed  and  would  reach  about  f  of  space  to  ventral. 
Ventral  inserted  a  little  nearer  origin  of  pectoral  than  that  of  lower 
caudal  lobe,  fin  low,  its  greatest  height  about  last  fourth  of  its  length, 
and  clasper  well  developed. 

Color  of  dried  skin  deep  dusky-brown  over  entire  upper  surface  of 
body,  including  dorsals  and  upper  lobe  of  caudal.  Upper  surfaces  of 
pectoral  and  ventral  of  same  tint.  Entire  lower  surface  of  body  pale 
gray-bown,  this  also  largely  over  remaining  portions  of  fins,  anal  and 
claspers.     Teeth  whitish. 

Length  50^  inches. 

Pondichery,  India.     June  9,  1840.     Thomas  Ryan. 

It  differs  from  Cantor's  figure^^  in  the  narrower  and  longer  hammer. 

SQUALID^. 
Oxynotus  centrina  (Linnceus). 

Head  5f  to  5f ;  depth  5f  to  7|;  width  of  head  1^  to  2  in  its  length; 
depth  of  head  1|-  to  If;  snout  2f  to  3;  eye  3f  to  4;  width  of  mouth  3f 
to  4|-;  interorbital  space  2yV  to  3;  first  dorsal  spine  1^  to  If;  second 
dorsal  spine  1|  to  1^^^;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  4;  height  of  lower 
caudal  lobe  2  to  2|;  pectoral  1 ;  ventral  1|-  to  If;  length  9|-  to  12  inches 
Italy  (Bonaparte,  No.  242).     From  Wilson. 

Also  another,  dried  skin,  with  same  data.  No.  ^. 


Squalus  acanthias  Linnseus. 

Castine  (G.  B.  Wood)  and  Mt.  Desert  (Dr.  H.  C.  Chapman),  Maine; 
Gloucester  (U.  S.  N.  M.),  Mass.;  Cape  May  (H.  W.  Hand),  N.  J.;  Italy 
(Bonaparte,  No.  246). 
Squalus  blainville  (Risso). 

Head  5^;  depth  8  to  Of;  width  of  head  If  to  H  "^  its  length;  depth 
of  head  at  first  gill-opening  If  to  2^;  snout  2^  to  2f ,  measured  from 
front  of  mouth ;  eye  3f  to  4^ ;  width  of  mouth  2^  to  2^^ ;  interorbital 
space  2f  to  2f ;  first  dorsal  spine  2f  to  2|?;  second  dorsal  spine  2|  to 

"  Quart.  Journ.  Calcutta  Med.  Phys.  Soc,  No.  V,  January  1,  1838,  PI.  1. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  69 

2f ;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  7  to  8|;  pectoral  lyV  to  If^;  ventral 
li  to  1|;  teeth  in  26  series  in  jaw;  length  ISf  to  26  inches.  Italy 
(Bonaparte,  No.  249).     Three  examples. 

Entoxychirus  uyato  (Rafinesque). 

Head  4i;  depth  8;  width  of  head  If  in  its  length;  snout  2f ;  eye  3f ; 
width  of  mouth  2| ;  interorbital  space  2f ;  first  dorsal  spine  2| ;  second 
dorsal  spine  3*;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  5|;  pectoral  If;  ventral 
2 ;  teeth  about  f  ^ ;  length  20|  inches.     Italy  (Bonaparte,  No.  241). 

Centrophorus  granulosus  (Schneider). 

Head  about  5i;  depth  about  7f;  width  of  head  about  1|-  in  its  length: 
snout  3;  eye-cavity  4;  snout  to  front  of  mouth  about  2^;  width  of 
mouth  3;  interorbital  space  2f ;  first  dorsal  spine  4;  second  dorsal  spine 
4|-;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  6;  pectoral  2  along  front  margin; 
length  of  ventral  2^;  teeth  |^;  length,  dried,  about  33^  inches.  Italy? 
(Bonaparte,  No.  42). 

Also  another  example,  dried,  without  data,  probably  same  as  above? 

Dr.  Doderlcin  included  Squalus  uyato  Rafinesque"  as  a  synonym  of 
this  species.  From  the  latter's  very  rude  figure,^*  though  of  course  of 
little  value,  one  would  be  obliged  to  retain  it  under  Squalus. 

Etmopterus  spinax  (Linnaus). 

Head  5yV  to  5f ;  depth  about  6^  to  9f  ?;  width  of  head  If  to  If  in  its 
length ;  snout  2|-  to  3^ ;  eye  3  to  5  (iris) ;  width  of  mouth  2f  to  2f ;  space 
between  tip  of  snout  and  front  margin  of  upper  jaw  If  to  If'o-;  inter- 
orbital space  2^  to  2f ;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  5f  to  6^;  height  of 
lower  caudal  lobe  3f  to  3f ;  pectoral  ly^  to  2yV;  ventral  If  to  If;  teeth 
1^;  length  lU  to  16|  inches.  Italy  (Bonaparte,  No.  243).  Three 
examples. 

Centre  scyllium  fabricii  (Reinhardt). 

George's  Bank  (U.  S.  N.  M.).     A  young  example. 
DALATIID^. 

Dalatias  licha  (Bonnaterre). 

Head  6^;  depth  8f  to  9;  width  of  head  If  to  1|;  depth  of  head  about 
If  to  2|;  snout  4f  to  4^;  eye,  to  edge  of  iris,  Q^  to  7;  space  between  tip 
of  snout  and  front  margin  of  upper  jaw  3f ;  width  of  mouth  2f  to  3f ; 
interorbital  space  2f  to  3 ;  length  of  first  dorsal  U  to  If ;  length  of  second 


"  Car.  Nuov.  Gen.  Sicilia,  1810,  p.  13. 

"  Squalus  uyaius  Rafinesque,  I.e.,  Pi.  14,  fig.  2. 


70  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

dorsal  If  to  If;  least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  6  to  6|^;  height  of  lower 
caudal  lobe  2f  to  2f ;  pectoral  1^;  ventral,  without  clasper,  1^^;  length 
32 J  to  33|  inches.     Italy  (Bonaparte,  No.  240).     Two  examples. 

SQUATINID^. 
Squatina  squatina  (Linnseus). 

Three  from  Italy  (Bonaparte,  No.  238) ;  one  from  Bay  of  Naples  (Dr. 
H.  C.  Chapman);  large  example  without  data. 

Also  three  dried  skins,  without  data. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  71 


DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  SQUALOID  SHARK  FROM  JAPAN. 

BY  CHIYOMATSU  ISHIKAWA,  PH.D. 

Squalus  japonious  Ishikawa,  new  species. 

Acanthias  vulgaris  Schlegel,  Fauna  Japonica,  Poisson,  p.  304,  PI.  135,  1850; 
Acanthias  vulgaris,  Ishikawa,  Prelim.  Cat.,  p.  61,  1897.     Not  of  Risso. 

Body  elongate,  slender,  tail  moderately  tapering  behind.  Head 
rather  narrow;  snout  produced,  pointed,  upper  surface  flattened; 
nostrils  nearer  mouth  than  tip  of  snout,  nearly  midway  between  angle 
of  mouth  and  tip  of  snout.     Nasal  flaps  normally  formed. 

Eyes  large,  lateral,  situated  nearer  first  gill-opening  than  end  of  snout. 
Length  of  eyelid  a  little  less  than  half  distance  from  its  anterior  angle 
to  tip  of  snout.  Spiracles  large,  closely  posterior  to  and  little  above 
eye,  vertical  diameter  of  spiracle  slightly  over  one-third  length  of  eye. 
Spiracular  valve  not  very  fleshy.  Narrow  groove  between  posterior 
angle  of  eye  and  lower  border  of  spiracle. 

Mouth  moderate,  slightly  curved,  situated  at  about  three-fifths 
distance  from  tip  of  snout  to  level  of  first  gill-opening.  Upper  Hp  well 
developed,  lower  closely  attached  to  teeth  within.  Oral  groove  nearly 
straight,  deep. 

Teeth  of  upper  jaw  smaller  than  those  of  lower,  and  somewhat  more 
erect.  Gill-openings  in  front  of  base  of  pectoral,  and  slightly  above, 
fourth  and  fifth  gill-slits  somewhat  nearer  together  than  preceding  ones. 

First  dorsal  nearer  to  pectoral  than  to  ventral,  its  origin  somewhat 
in  advance  of  inner  posterior  angle  of  pectoral,  midway  between  tip  of 
snout  and  origin  of  second  dorsal;  first  dorsal  spine  slightly  less  than 
height  of  fin ;  posterior  border  somewhat  emarginate  and  slightly  pro- 
duced. Second  dorsal  about  midway  between  ventral  and  caudal, 
smaller,  posterior  margin  rather  deeply  emarginate,  lower  lobe  moder- 
ately produced ;  spine  as  long  as  fin  and  longer  than  that  of  first.  Both 
spines  triangular,  without  any  lateral  groove,  but  hinder  margin 
slightly  hollowed  out.  Pectorals  large,  but  shorter  than  head,  reaching 
beyond  origin  of  first  dorsal,  its  hinder  margin  moderately  emarginate. 
Ventrals  midway  between  first  and  second  dorsals;  caudal  lobes  well 
developed.  Upper  caudal  groove  triangular  and  ver}^  distinct;  lower 
rather  inconspicuous. 

Scales  very  minute,  closely  set;  each  with  a  median  keel  which  ends 


72  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

in  a  point  and  with  smaller  ones  on  each  side.  Scales  at  extreme  end  of 
snout  granular,  and  without  any  keel.     Lateral  line  distinct, 

Male  copulatory  organ  large,  with  a  hook-like  appendage  near 
extreme  end  on  inner  side,  and  with  another  hook  on  outer  side 
proximally  to  the  former. 

Three  specimens  were  examined,  two  males  bought  at  the  Tokyo 
market,  and  said  to  have  been  caught  in  the  Sagami  Bay,  and  a  single 
female  from  Kagoshima.     They  are  in  the  Imperial  Museum  of  Tokyo. 

The  proportional  lengths  of  different  parts  in  a  male  specimen  are 
as  foUows: 

6^ 

Total  length 700  mm. 

Snout  to  nostril 42  " 

Snout  to  first  gill-slit 120  " 

Snout  to  mouth 75  " 

Nostril  to  mouth 30  " 

Mouth  to  anus 276  " 

Diameter  of  body  at  first  gill-slit 74  " 

Diameter  at  spiracles -  .      .      .      .  73  " 

Length  of  upper  caudal  lobe 132  " 

Length  of  lower  caudal  lobe 72  " 

Base  of  first  dorsal 30  " 

Height  of  first  dorsal 39  " 

First  dorsal  to  ventral 43  " 

Base  of  second  dorsal 24  " 

Height  of  second  dorsal 26  " 

Second  dorsal  to  upper  caudal  lobe 73  " 

Length  of  pectoral 88  " 

Breadth  of  pectoral 60  " 

Eye  to  dorsal  end  of  first  gill-slit 44  " 

Distance  between  nostrils 33  " 

Gape 36  '' 

Length  of  eye 26  " 

Length  of  oral  groove 24  " 

Deepest  part  of  oral  groove 8  " 

Snout  to  eye 50  " 

First  dorsal  spine  to  second  dorsal  spine 230  " 

Eye  to  first  gill-slit 45  " 

Snout  to  first  dorsal  spine 220  " 

Length  of  first  dorsal  spine 38  " 

Dorsal  margin  of  dorsal  fin 63  " 

Length  of  second  dorsal  spine 49  " 

Dorsal  margin  of  second  dorsal  fin 47  " 

General  Considerations. — Judging  from  the  very  scanty  literature  we 
have,  I  am  inclined  to  consider  the  present  species  to  come  nearest  to 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  73 

Acanthias  hlainvillii  of  Risso,  from  which  it  differs  only  in  the  position 
of  the  first  dorsal,  tlie  origin  of  which  Giinther  gives  as  being  placed 
"conspicuously  in  advance  of  the  inner  posterior  angle  of  the  pectoral" 
(Giinther,  Catalogue  of  Fishes,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  419,  1870),  otherwise  it 
accords  well  with  the  description  given  by  Miiller  and  Henle  to  this 
species  (Miiller  and  Henle,  Plagiostomen,  1841,  pp.  84-85),  so  that  I  was 
rather  inclined  to  regard  our  specimen  to  be  the  same  species.  Since, 
however,  the  descriptions  of  these  authors  are  very  short,  making  the 
identification  of  the  species  difficult,  I  have  allowed  myself  to  propose 
a  new  name  for  our  Japanese  form. 

A  fact  of  some  interest  regarding  this  species,  however,  is  the 
presence  of  two  hooks  attached  to  the  copulatory  organ  in  our  forms, 
whereas  Miiller  and  Henle  give  it  to  be  the  generic  character  of  Acan- 
thias that  the  "Mannchen  haben  an  der  aussern  Seite  des  Endes  der 
Anhange  einen  beweglichen,  am  Ende  wenig  gekriimmten  Dorn  oder 
Stachel."  Whether  the  second  spine  we  fmd  in  our  specimen  does 
exist  in  the  specimens  of  these  authors,  or  whether  it  was  overlooked 
by  them,  which  fact  is,  judging  from  the  otherwise  very  careful  and 
accurate  descriptions  of  the  German  authors,  very  improbable,  I  am 
at  loss  to  form  any  definite  opinions.  In  case,  however,  the  first  alter- 
native proves  to  be  the  fact,  then  the  specific  distinction  of  our  forms 
is  beyond  any  doubt. 

This  species  is  well  distinguished  from  the  more  common  Japanese 
species  of  this  genus,  Sqiialus  mitsukurii  of  Jordan  and  Snyder. 


74  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [April, 


ANIMAL  NAMES  AND  ANATOMICAL  TEEMS  OF  THE  GOSHUTE  INDIANS. 
BY  RALPH  V.  CHAMBERLIN. 

The  Indians  commonly  known  as  Goshutes  represent  a  tribe  of  the 
great  Shoshone  family,  now  much  reduced  in  numbers.  At  this  time 
the  remnant  of  the  tribe  is  gathered  principally  in  two  colonies,  one 
located  in  Skull  Valley,  Utah,  and  the  other  across  the  desert  in  Deep 
Creek  (Ibapah),  near  the  Utah-Nevada  border.  Permanent  camps 
existed  in  these  same  places  long  before  the  advent  of  white  settlers. 
The  Indians  of  these  two  colonies  had  a  single  tribal  organization,  the 
last  recognized  chief  of  which,  Ta'bi  by  name,  died  a  number  of  years 
ago. 

The  Indians  that  formerly  held  possession  of  the  region  from  Salt 
Lake  Valley  to  Weber  Valley  were  close  in  language  and  customs  to 
the  Goshutes  proper;  but  they  had  a  distinct  tribal  organization. 
Their  last  chief,  named  Goship,  is  said  to  have  been  buried  south  of 
Salt  Lake  City,  near  the  present  site  of  the  State  Prison.  According 
to  the  statement  of  survivors  of  this  band,  in  the  days  of  Goship's 
prime,  when  he  seems  to  have  been  renowned  as  a  war-chief,  his  fol- 
lowers numbered  some  thousands.  Beginning  with  the  advent  of  the 
Mormon  pioneers,  however,  a  rapid  decrease  in  this  band  occurred,  so 
much  so  that  in  a  surprisingly  few  years  it  was  practically  extinct.  The 
principal  agency  in  this  decimation  w^as  certain  diseases,  brought  by  the 
whites,  to  which  the  natives  had  never  before  been  exposed ,  and  to  which, 
as  a  consequence,  they  had  acquired  no  special  resistance.  They  died  off, 
it  is  said,  by  the  hundreds.  Almost  overnight  an  entire  camp  would  be 
swept  free  of  every  living  soul.  In  1848,  for  example,  an  epidemic  of 
measles  broke  out  among  them.  Ignorant  of  the  proper  treatment  of 
the  disease,  and  not  knowing  whence  it  came,  many  assembled  at  the 
Warm  Springs  north  of  Salt  Lake  City,  and  sought  relief  by  bathing  in 
these  waters.  They  died  off  in  large  numbers,  as  many  as  forty  being 
heaped  in  a  single  grave.  The  few  individuals  that  now  survive  from 
a  once  proud  tribe  have  taken  up  their  abode  with  neighboring  tribes 
and  bands.  The  Goshutes  proper,  in  the  valleys  to  the  west,  also 
suffered  strong  reduction. 

The  languages  of  the  Goshutes  and  of  the  Goships,.as  we  may  con- 
veniently and  in  accordance  with  their  own  usage  designate  the  Indians 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  75 

of  the  two  chieftaincies  above  mentioned,  are  veiy  close  to  that  of  the 
Shoshones  proper,  much  closer  than  to  that  of  Utahs,  notwithstanding 
some  M'idespread  statements  to  the  contrary.  Between  the  dialect  used 
by  the  Goships  and  that  of  the  more  western  bands  the  differences  are 
largely  phonetic,  certain  sounds  in  one  replacing  certain  ones  in  the  other 
with  great  regularity.  Thus,  ij  at  the  beginning  of  syllables  in  Goshute 
words  commonly  becomes  n  in  the  Goship.  For  example,  ym'up,  Goshute 
for  sternum,  becomes  nuYup  in  Goship;  and,  similarly,  pai'ya,  Goshute 
for  wasp,  becomes  pai'na.  The  names  for  less  common  animals  or  other 
objects  were  occasionally  quite  different.  Even  between  the  Indians  of 
the  Skull  Valley  and  Deep  Creek  bands,  between  which  there  has  been 
continual  intercourse  and  migration,  certain  phonetic  differences  in 
language  are  found.  Thus,  the  sound  of  z  in  the  Skull  Valley  dialect 
commonly  changes  to  the  sound  of  th  in  the  Deep  Creek;  e.g.,  ma  dzi'ka, 
to  cut,  and  madza'tua,  to  close,  in  the  former,  become  respectively 
ma  dthi'ka  and  ma  dtha'tu  a  in  the  latter. 

In  the  present  paper  I  give  a  list  of  animal  names  and  anatomical 
terms  used  by  these  Indians.  Wliere  differences  between  the  termin- 
ology of  the  Goshutes  and  that  of  the  Goships  are  known  to  exist  the 
different  forms  are  given.  Where  no  such  difference  is  indicated  the 
term  given  is  to  be  regarded  as  common  to  both  in  most  cases.  Many 
of  the  names  of  animals  are  imitative,  as  is  true  of  a  larger  number  in  our 
own  tongue  than  we  commonly  realize;  a  large  number  are  descriptive 
of  feature  or  habit;  while  fewer  have  some  legendary  reference.  No 
effort  is  made  in  this  place  to  present  such  philosophy  as  this  people 
had  or  has  concerning  the  animal  world,  their  animal  legends,  or  their 
many  observations  upon  the  habits  and  characteristics  of  the  different 
forms.  Where  the  significance  of  a  name  is  sufficiently  clear  the 
analysis  is  indicated.  Some  of  the  names,  because  of  age,  seem  to  have 
undergone  changes,  rendering  analysis  no  longer  possible. 

Certain  endings  and  significant  syllables  occurring  frequently  may 
be  noted  with  ad^'antage. 

1 .  The  nominal  ending  -nump  or  -iimp  is  affixed  to  verbs  to  indicate 
the  means  or  instrument  by  which  the  actions  represented  by  the  verbs 
are  performed.     For  example: 

ha'vi  nump,  bed ;  from  ha'vi  do,  to  lie  down,  and  -niimp. 
ti'tsi  a  nump,  table-fork ;  from  ti'tsi,  to  stick  into,  and  -nump. 

Less  commonl}'  it  is  used  in  the  same  sense  as  -up  or  -p  as  indicated 
under  2, 

2.  The  ending  -up  or  -p  is  used. 


76  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

(a)  As  a  nominal  ending  indicating  the  object,  substance  or  material 
produced  or  involved-     For  example: 

tik'u'p,  food ;  from  di'ka  rro,  to  eat,  and  -up. 

pa' gin  up,  cloud ;  from  pa' gin,  to  produce  water,  and  -up. 

(b)  As  an  adjective  ending.     For  example: 
wi'do  lip,  leaky ;  from  ivi'do  in,  to  leak,  and  -up. 

3.  The  particle  na,  used  both  as  prefix  and  affix,  designates  a  sup- 
port, instrument  or  means.     For  example: 

na'dzi  ta,  walking  cane ;  from  na,  and  dzi'ta,  a  stick  or  rod. 
na'tze  ya,  handle ;  from  na  and  ma  tze'ya,  to  carry. 

4.  The  particle  do  or  rro  is  common 

(a)  As  an  ending  in  verbs,  particularly  in  those  indicating  personal 
action.     For  example: 

ka'rri  do,  to  sit  down. 
gits'hwai  do,  to  chew. 

(6)  As  a  nominal  ending,  designating  the  thing  as  the  agent  perform- 
ing or  the  thing  concerned  in  some  action  or  object.     For  example : 

ma' si  do,  finger-nail;  from  ma,  the  hand  (in  compounds),  si,  indicating 
extension  in  plate-like  form,  and  do. 

5.  ma,  a  particle  indicating  the  hand  or  relation  to  the  hand.     For 
example : 

ma' so  gi,  finger, 

mam'bi  shu  ga,  to  rub  the  hands  together. 

6.  da,  a  particle  similarly  indicating  the  foot  or  relation  to  it.     For 
example : 

da' so  gi,  toes. 

da'pi  shu  ga,  to  rub  or  scrape  with  the  foot. 

7.  tso,  a  particle  often  used  as  referring  to  or  meaning  the  head. 
For  example : 

tso'ti  gi  nump,  pillow ;  from  tso,  ma  tVgi,  to  place,  and  -nump. 
tso' go  tin,  to  bump  the  head ;  from  tso  and  go'tm,  to  strike. 

8.  hi,  a  particle  widely  used  to  indicate  life  or  part  of  a  living  body. 
For  example: 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  77 

bi'a  or  hi,  the  heart, 

-bite,  an  affix  frequent  in  animal  names;  as  momfhitc,  owl,  and  tu'ko- 

hitc,  wildcat. 
pam'hi,  head ;  from  pam  {pa,  top,  -m,  adj.  ending)  and  bi. 
iim'pi,  mouth. 

This  particle  was,  it  seems,  formerly  the  ending  in  the  names  of  some 
parts  of  the  body  now  designated  by  different  terms,  in  some  of  which 
the  particle  no  longer  occurs.  Thus  for  head  there  was  a  more  ancient 
term,  tso'pi,  the  first  syllable  of  which  is  now  alone  used  as  indicated 
under  7.  Foot,  now  designated  by  namp,  seems  to  have  had  another 
name,  da' pi;  and  similarly  with  hand,  for  which  the  present  term  moq 
was  apparently  preceded  by  ma'bi  or  mam'bi.  The  firet  syllables  in 
these  are  used  in  similar  way  to  tso,  as  indicated  under  5  and  6. 

9.  wa  as  a  verbal  particle  means  to  bend,  to  turn  aside,  to  wriggle. 
Probably  secondarily  it  means  to  produce,  etc.  Hence  in  some 
Shoshone  dialects,  used  alone,  it  means  infant,  young.  It  is  frequent  in 
names  of  animals,  where  its  primary  use  would  seem  to  be  to  indicate 
a  young  animal,  or  an  animal  so  regarded. 

ai'wa,  a  fawn. 
wa'hi,  a  worm. 

10.  T,  s,  ts,  tc,  tci,  and  k  are  noun  endings,  the  exact  force  of  which 
need  not  be  here  discussed. 

11.  N  or  m  added  to  a  noun  converts  the  latter  into  an  adjective. 
For  example: 

pa,  water;  pam,  aquatic. 
ni'wa,  liver;  ni'ivam,  hepatic. 

When  a  merely  phonetic  difference  exists  between  words  as  used  in 
Skull  Valley  and  Deep  Creek,  the  pronunciation  of  the  former  is  fol- 
lowed, that  of  the  latter  being  readily  derivable  from  it.  The  values 
of  the  different  letters  as  used  in  the  present  paper  are  indicated  below. 

a,  e,  i  and  o  when  unmarked  are  given  their  usual  long  sound  in 
European  tongues. 

a  is  sounded  hke  a  in  fat. 

e  is  sounded  like  e  in  met. 

i  is  sounded  hke  i  in  pit. 

u  is  sounded  like  u  in  butter. 

ii  is  sounded  like  ii  in  German  miide  or  as  u  in  the  French  lune. 

u  is  sounded  like  oo  in  boot. 

ai  is  sounded  like  ai  in  German  Kaiser  or  i  in  bite. 


78 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


oi  is  sounded  like  oi  in  boil. 

q  is  sounded  like  ch  in  German  lachen,  Dach,  etc. 

sh  is  sounded  as  in  shell. 

tc  is  sounded  like  ch  in  English  chance,  or  like  c  in  Italian  cicerone. 

rr  is  sounded  with  a  roll  as  in  the  Spanish  perro. 

n  is  sounded  like  ng  in  the  English  words  sing,  gong,  etc. 

Other  consonants  have  their  usual  force  in  English. 


English-Goshute. 


abdomen ;  belly : 
sap. 

bo'tsi  (Deep  Creek,  in  addition 
to  sap). 
after-birth : 

ga'rrip. 
animal : 

mi'a  gwain. 
ant  (general  term) : 

a'ni. 
ant,    red     {Pogonomyrmex     occi- 
dentalis,  var.) : 
a'ni  gwi  tchuk. 

a'rran  gotsabi  (Goshute,  D.  C). 
ant,  black  (Camponotus   pennsyl- 
vanicus,  etc.) : 
a'ni. 

a'rra  si  watc  (Goshute). 
This  ant  and  related  forms  is 
said  to  have  been  eaten 
formerly  by  the  western 
Goshutes  during  times  of 
scarcity.  The  red  ant,  be- 
cause of  its  strong  taste, 
was  not  eaten.  The  ants 
were  gathered  by  being 
allowed  to  cover  thickly  a 
hide  spread  over  their  nest, 
and  were  then  brushed  off 
into  a  suitable  receptacle 


or  bag.     They  were  cooked 
by  being  placed  in  hot  ashes 
in  a  wicker  or  other  vessel. 
ant,  velvet  {Mutilla,  etc.) : 
ga'go  (Goshute,  D.C.). 

This    name    means    "grand- 
mother." 
antelope  (Antilocapra  americana) : 
(a)  female:  kwa'ri. 
(6)  male:  pi'u  wants, 
antenna  (as  of  locust) : 
ap. 

[a,  process,  horn,  etc.  +  p.] 
gwa'shi  bu  hu  (this  term  was 
applied  to  the  long  antennae 
of  the  crayfish). 
[gica  shi,  tail  or  tail-like  ob- 
ject +  hu  hu.] 
anus: 
gwi'ttits. 

[givi  {kivi),  a  root  meaning  to 
shoot  forth,  expel,  etc.  + 
tuts,  the  latter  likely  com- 
posed of  to,  designating  a 
tube-like  object  +  is,  nomi- 
nal ending.] 
aorta : 

Bi'a  mo  ko. 

[hi' a,  heart  +  mo'ko.] 
arm: 

bu'i  do;bu'rro. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


1908.] 

avocet  {Reciirvirostris  americana) : 
pa'rro  gots;  pa'do  gots. 

[pa,  water  +  rro  or  do  {vid. 
supra)  +  gots.'] 
axilla;  arm-pit: 

a'na. 
axolotl  (larva  of  Ambhjstoma) : 
pa'bo  go  tci. 

[pa,  water  +   ho  (po)   +  go 
tci.] 

B. 

back: 

gwai'unip ;  gwai'um, 
back-bone ;  vertebral  column : 
gwai'o  rra. 

[gwai'ump,    back     +     o'rra, 
trunk,  stalk,  etc.] 
badger  (Taxidea  americana) : 

u'na. 
bangs ;  front  hair : 

mo'pi  hail  ga  sa  (mo  pai  han  ga 
sa). 
[Prob.  mo'hi,  nose  +  han'ga- 
sa,  general  term  for  pend- 
ent hair  or  locks,  q.  vid.] 
bat  (general  term) : 

o'na  bite, 
beak; bill  (of  bird): 

mf  tcu  ga ;  mi'tctig. 
bear,  general  term : 

wu'da. 
bear,  black  ( Ursus  americanus) : 

(a)  black:  tu'wuda. 

[tu,  from  tu'o  hit,  black  + 
ivu'da.] 
tu'mu  su  i;  tu'miish. 
[tu,  black  +  mu'su  i.] 

(b)  brown:  o'awuda. 

[o^a  from  o'a  hit,  yellow  or 
brown  +  wu'da.] 


79 


o'a  mu  su  i ;  o'a  mush. 

[o'a,  brown  +  mii'su  i.] 
oi'ya  rro. 
bear,  grizzly  ( Ursus  horrihilis) : 
a'shi  wu  da. 

[a'shi,  from  a  ski  hit,  gray  + 
wu'da.] 
to'sa  wu  da. 

[to'sa,    from    to'sihit,    white, 
gray  +  wu'da.] 
beaver  (Aplodontia  rufa) : 
ha'ni;  a'ni. 
pa'o  unts;  pa'o  unts  a  ni. 

[pa'o,  referring  to  water   + 
-Unts.] 
bee,    bumble    (Bombus,    various 
species) : 
i'bi  mu. 
pi'i  bi  mil. 

[pi'iip,  big  +  I'hi  niii.] 
bee,  honey  (Apis  mellifica) : 
tai'bo  pai  na  (Goship). 

[tai'ho,  white  man  +  pai'na, 
wasp,  bee.] 
tai'bo  pai  ya  (Goshute). 
beetle  (general  term) : 
i'sha  gu ;  i'sha  gi  a. 

[i'slia,  wolf   +   gu,  probably 
from  gi'a,  to  bite,  to  eat, 
etc.] 
Beetles    are    called    "wolf's 
food,"  because  said  to  be 
eaten  at  times  by  the  coy- 
ote and  wolf, 
beetle,  wood-borer,  larva  of : 
a'rruts  (Goship). 
u'o  a  bi  (Goshute). 
beetle,  dung  (Aphodius,  etc.) : 
kwi'tu  bu  i. 

[kwit'up,  manure  +  hu'i.] 


80 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


beetle,  lady-bird  {Coccinella,  etc.) : 
?a'ka  na  bun. 
[a'ka,  branch,  etc,   +  na  + 
bun,  thing  resting  or  living 
upon,  etc.] 
beetle,  tumble-bug : 
wo'tsa  wan  dl  tci. 

[wo'tsa  wan,  to  roll  +  bl  tci.] 
The  name  of  these  beetles  is 
given  in  reference  to  their 
well-known  habit  of  form- 
ing balls  of  manure  which 
they  roll   often  long  dis- 
tances   before    depositing 
their  eggs  in  them, 
beetle,   water-scavenger    (Hydro- 
philus) : 
tu'ban  di  sip. 

[tu  from  tu^o  bit,  black  -1-  pa, 
water  +  n,  adjective  end- 
ing +  (prob.)  di'si,  signify- 
ing, from  its  composition, 
to  stick  or  press  into,  press 
through,  pass  through,  etc, 
-\-  p,  nominal  ending.] 
The  latter  part  of  this  name, 
ban  di  sip,  is  a  somewhat 
general  term  applied  to 
various  aquatic  forms,  both 
animal  and  plant, 
bile: 

ni'wam  bui. 
[ni  wa,  hver  +  m,  adjective 
ending  -t-  bu  i.] 
bile-duct : 
^si'gwa  na  di  wok, 

{si'gwa  +  na'di  wok,  indicat- 
ing a  connecting  tube  or 
cord,  etc] 
bird  (general  term) : 
oi'tcu;hoi'tcu.         _^^ 


bison  {B.  americanus) : 

(a)  cow :  tsa'kwitc  u ;  sa'kwitc-u . 
ti'bi  tci  gwitc, 

[tVbi   tci,   true    -f    kwttch, 
from  kwitcen,  a  word  now 
commonly  applied  to  the 
domestic  cow  {Bos).] 
(6)  bull:  po'ijin. 
bittern,  American  {Botaurus  len- 
tiginosus) : 
mo'piin  gwi. 

This  name  is  imitative  of  the 
Spring  song  or  "booming" 
of  this  bird,  which  is  well 
represented  by  the  repeti- 
tion of  these  syllables  six  or 
seven  times,  with  the  ac- 
cent strongest  upon  the 
second  syllable  and  the 
last  one  sounded  least  dis- 
tinctly, 
black-bird  (general  term) : 

pa'giin  siik. 
black-bird,    red-winged    (Agelaus 
phoeniceus) : 
puil'go  pa  gun  suk. 

[pun'go,  horse  -j-  pa'gUn  siik.] 
The   name   of   "horse-black- 
bird"    is    given    to    this 
species,    because    observed 
frequently  to  follow  after 
horses  in  fields  in  order  to 
work  over  the  droppings, 
black-bird,   yellow-headed   {Xan- 
thocephalus  icterocephalus) : 
sai'pa  gun  siik. 

[saip,  bulrush  +  pa'giin  suk, 
blackbird.] 
bladder,  urinary: 
sip. 

[sip  in  strictness  means  the 


1908.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


81 


urine  (q.  vid.),  but  is  also 
apjDlied  to  the  urinary  sac] 
si'mo  guts. 

[sip,  urine  +  mo  guts,  pouch 
or  sac] 
blood : 

bu'up;bwap. 
blood-vessel  (vein  or  artery) : 
bai'bup ;  bai  u  bi ;  bai. 

[bai,  to  fill  or  swell  +  bu'up, 
blood.] 
blue-bird,  Rocky  Mountain  {Sialia 
arctica) : 
ho'ka  du  i;  wo'kwa  du  i. 
bob-white  (Colinus  virginianus) : 
tai'bo  hu  i  tcu. 

[taVbo,  white  man  +  hu'i  tcu, 
bird.] 
?wu'pa  mu  gi;  wu'pa  mu  gi  ga- 
ha  (Goship). 
[wu'pa,   probably  from    ma- 
wu'pain,  to  beat  -|-  woo'gi, 
with  or  without  ga'ha.] 
Not  a  native  of  but  early  in- 
troduced into  Utah.     Thus 
the  first  name, 
bone: 

dzo'nip. 
brain : 
ku'bish. 
tso'ku  bish. 

[tso,  pertaining  to  the  head  + 
ku  bish.] 
bug,  stink  (Pentatomid) : 
a'ka  na  buii. 

[a'ka,  branch  of  tree,  etc.  + 
na  +  bun,  that  which  lies 
or  rests  upon,  etc.] 
kwi'tii  pi  shu  int. 

[kivit'up  +  manure  +  pi  shu- 
in  +  t.] 


This  term,  obtained  from  a 
Deep  Creek  Indian,  is  not 
in  general  use. 
piii'uts. 

Of  these  three  terms  the  first 
is  the  standard, 
bug,  giant,  water  (Belostoma) : 
ban'di  sip. 

[pa,  water  -|-  n,  adjective  end- 
ing +  prob.  dX'si,  to  thrust 
into,  pass  through,  etc.  -{- 
P-] 
butcher-bird  {Lanius  borealis) : 

tSfn'tso  na. 
butterfly  (general)  : 

hai'po  rruil. 
buttocks  : 
bi'ta  go. 


caddis-worm : 
pa'si  wiit. 
[pa,  water.] 
calf: 
kwitc'en  du  a. 

[kwitc'en,    cow    4-    en    du'a, 
young  one,  etc.] 
calf  (of  leg) : 

witc. 
caribou  (Rangifer) : 
?tu'pa  rri  a  (Goship). 
See  Moose. 
carp  {Cyprinus  carpio) : 
tai'bo  pS,n  witc 

[tai'bo,  white  man  +  p&fi  wXtc, 

fish.] 
Called  by  this  name  because 
introduced  into  the  region 
by  white  men. 
carpus ;  carpal  bone : 
pi'a  ma  tso  ni. 


82 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP 


[April, 


{pi'up,  large  +  ma,  pertain- 
ing to  the  hand   +  tso'ni, 
tso'mp,  bone.] 
cartilage :  > 

si'no  wi. 
caterpillar  (of  Samia,  Archippus, 
etc.) : 
pi'a  ga. 
caterpillar  (various  hairy  forms) : 
pu'i  wa  bit. 

[puH  +  wa'bi,  worm.] 
cedar-bird  {Ampelis  cedrorum) : 
wa'wi  tco  go  b!tc. 

centipede  (Scolopendra;  also  Li- 
thohius,  etc.) : 
tim'pin  to  go  a. 

{tlm'pi,    stone,    etc.     +     n, 
adjective  ending  +  to'  go  a, 
rattlesnake.] 
cerebellum : 
te'e  ku  bish. 

{te'e,  small  +  ku'bish,  brain, 
nerve  material.] 
cerebrum : 
pi' a  ku  bish. 

[pi'up,  large  +  ku'hXsh.] 

chickadee,    black-capped    (Parus 
atricapillus) : 
i'jugi. 

[Imitative.] 
chickadee,  mountain  {Parus  mon- 
tanus) : 
a'ni  ki. 

[Imitative.] 

The  call  of  this  bird  is  repre- 
sented by  the  Goshutes  as  j 
a'ni  ki,  kt,  ki,  etc. 
cheek : 
sob. 


chin : 
gi'pin  go. 

[gl'pift,  pertaining  to  mouth 
-1-  go,  bending  round,  angle, 
etc.] 

chipmonk  ( Tamias  lateralis) : 

hoi. 
chub  (Leuciscus) : 

wi'tca  p&n  gwitc. 

cicada,  two-year,  or  dog-day  har- 
vest fly  {Cicada  tihicen) : 
gi'a;gu. 

The  cicada  and  its  larvae 
were  formerly  used  as  food 
when  abundant.  They  were 
placed  in  holes  lined  with 
hot  stones,  covered,  and 
allowed  to  remain  thus 
until  cooked. 

cicada,     seventeen-year     {Cicada 
septendecim) : 
ta'bi  da. 
clam,  fresh-water  (Anodonta) : 
wa'go  tin  du  ru  a. 

[wa'go,  frog  +  un,  article  + 
du  ru  a,  child.] 
wa'go  (short  for  that  above) . 
clam-shell : 

wa'go  tin  kar  ni. 

[wa'go,  short  for  clam  +  lin, 
article    +     kar'ni,    house, 
enclosure,  etc.] 
clavicle : 
o'ko. 

tso'ni  wok. 
claw.     See  finger-nail, 
coccyx: 

gwa'shi  tso  nip. 

[gwa'shi,  tail  +  tso'rvip,  bone.] 


1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


83 


colt: 

puii'go  en  du  a. 

[piifi'go,  horse  +  en  or  iin  + 
du  a,  young  one.] 
comb : 

2,n'ka  go  si  up. 

[afi'ka  hit,  red  +  go  si  up.] 
cow  {Bos) : 
kwitc'en. 
cow-bird  (Molothnis  ater) : 
pa'su  urn  pa  gun  suk. 

[pa^su  ump,  sand  +  pa'gun- 
suk,  black-bird.] 
coyote  {Canis  latrans) : 

i'ju  pa. 
crane,  blue.     Sec  blue  heron, 
crane,  northern  l^rown  {Grus  cana- 
densis) : 
ko'rra. 

[Imitative.] 
crane-fly  {Tipula,  etc.)  : 
i'ju  pa  mo  po. 

{i'fu    pa,    coyote    +    mo'po, 

mosquito.] 
This    name,    "Coyote    mos- 
quito,"   is    legendary. 
pi'a  mo  po  (not  approved). 
[pi'a,  big  -I-  mo  po,  mosquito.] 
cray-fish : 
pa'to  go  bi. 

[pa'to  +  go'hi,  face.] 
cricket,  black  {Anahrus  simplex) : 
ma'so. 

These  crickets,  in  particular, 
were  formerly  regularly 
eaten  when  abundant,  be- 
ing roasted  in  pits  lined 
with  hot  stones  and  cov- 
ered (vid.  under  Cicada). 
Sometimes  they  were  eaten 
without  previous  cooking. 


During  certain  seasons  this 
form  occurred  in  vast 
swarms  or  "armies,"  at 
such  times  furnishing  an 
easily  obtainable,  abund- 
ant and  relished  food-sup- 
ply. It  is  likened  by  the 
Goshutes  to  the  shrimp, 
which,  indeed,  they  term 
the  "fish-cricket"  (ma  so- 
panwitc).  This  cricket  and 
the  Cicada,  which  occurred 
in  similar  abundance,  were 
apparently  the  most  impor- 
tant sources  of  Arthropod 
food. 
cricket,  common  {Gryllus) : 

tsu'rru  pmtc  (Goship). 

tsu'du  kum  bite  (Goshute). 

tsin'a  pintc  (Go.shute). 

ti'da  kum. 
crow  (Corvus  americanus) : 

hai. 
curlew  (Murenius  longirostris) : 

ko'hwi  (Goship). 

ko'ki  (Goshute). 
[Imitative.] 

D. 

deer,  black-tailed  or  mule : 
(a)  general  term:  so'ko  rri. 
(6)  male :  so'ko  rri  tin  gu  um  pa. 
[so'korri  +  un,  article  +  gu- 
um  pa,  male,  mate.] 
deer,     white-tailed     or     Virginia 
(Odocoileus  virginianus) : 
jo'gwi. 
deerskin : 

so'ko  rra  em  bur. 

[so'korri,  deer  +  em  bur,  hide.] 


84 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


dew-claw: 
ma'bin  tea, 

[ma'hin,    pertaining    to    the 
hand,  etc.  +  tea.'] 
diaphragm : 

a'bo. 
dipper   or   water    ouzel    {Cinclus 
mexicanus) : 
pau'witcu;  pau'oi  tcu. 
•  [pa,  water  +  oi'tcu,  bird.] 
During  times  of  drought,  the 
Goships  claim,  rain  may  be 
brought  by  grinding  up  the 
flesh  of  one  of  these  birds, 
casting  the  same  overhead 
and    pronouncing    certain 
sentences, 
dog  {Canis  jamliaris) : 

sa'dcti;  sa'rritc;  sa'rri. 
dove,  mourning  (Zenaidura  caro- 
linensis) : 
ai'wi. 
dragon-fly  (general  term) : 
pa'ga  mu  tu  nats. 
[See  humming-bird.] 
duck  (general  term) : 

bu'i. 
duck,  black-head  {Fulix  affinis) : 
tu'pam  pi  bu  i. 

[tu,  black  +  pam'bi,  head  + 
hu'i.] 
duck,    golden-eyed    (Glaucionetta 
clangula  americana) : 
ko'ka  pi  gin. 

[Reference  to  whistle  or  whirr 
produced  by  wings.] 
duck,  mallard  (Anas  boscas) : 
pi'a  bu  i. 

[pi'up,  big  -1-  hu'i.] 
duck,   red-head   (Fuligula    ferina 
americana) :  j 


M'ka  pam  pi  bu  i. 

[dn'ka,  from  cm'ka  bit,  red  4-, 
pojm'pi,  head  +  bu'i.'\ 
duck,  pin-tail  {Dafila  acuta)  : 
wo'vin  gwa  shi  bu  i. 

[ivo'vin,  pole,  sprout,  etc.   -f 
giva'shi,  tail  -[-  bu'i.] 
duck,  spoonbill  or  shoveller  {Spa- 
tula clypeata) : 
so'a  bu  i. 
duck,  teal  (general  term) : 
so'ko  bu  i. 

[so'kup,  ground  -1-  bu'i.] 
The  name,  "ground  duck," 
refers  to  the  habit  of  these 
ducks  of  nesting  upon  the 
ground  rather  than  among 
rushes  in  water, 
ti'sa  bu  i. 

[ti'sa,  small  +  bu'i.] 
duck,  teal,  blue-winged  (Querque- 
dula  cyanoptera) : 
M'ka  so  ko  bu  i, 
^n'ka  ti  sa  bu  i, 

[Hn'ka  bit,  red  +  so'ko  bu  i  or 

ti'sa  bu  i,  teal  duck,] 
The  name  refers  to  the  cin- 
namon-colored breast, 
duck,  wood  (Aix  sponsa) : 
o'bin  bu  i, 

[o'bm,  pertaining  to  wood 
+  bu'i.] 
dura  mater : 
dzo'po  a, 

[dzo,  pertaining  to  the  head  or 
brain(?)  -|-  bo' a,  skin,  etc.] 


eagle  (general  term) : 
gwi'na. 


1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


85 


eagle,    bald    {Haliaius    leucoceph- 
alus) : 
pa'si  a. 
eagle,  golden  {Aquila  chrysoetos) : 
pi'a  gwi  na. 

[pi'up,  big  +  gwi'na.] 
ear: 

nS,n'kus;  naiik. 
ear-hole : 

n^n'km  dain. 

[ndn'kin,  pertaining  to  the  ear 
+  dain,  hole.] 
ear,  lobule  of : 
nS,fi'km  du  a. 

[ndiVkin,    pertaining    to    the 
ear  +  du'a.] 
earth-worm  {Lumbricus,  etc.) : 
so'ko  wa  bi  (Goshute). 
pa'u  wa  bi ;  pa'u  hwiip  (Goship). 
[The   first   term   consists    of 
so'kup,     earth     +     loa'hi, 
worm;  the  second  of  pa'u, 
pertaining     to     water     -\- 
wa'hi  (cf.   German  Regen- 
wurm).] 

egg: 
noi'ya. 

elbow : 

gip- 
elk  (Cervus  canadensis) : 

(a)  general  term:  pa'rra  hi. 

(6)  male :  pa  rri  en  gu  um  pa. 
[pa'rri    +    gu'um   pa,   male, 
mate.] 
esophagus : 

diii'gi  ok. 
eye: 

bu'i ;  bu. 
eye-brow : 

gai'ba. 


eye,  humor  of : 
bu'i  pa. 

\hu'i,  eye  +  pa,  water.] 
eye,  lens  of : 

bu'i  rrin  du  ga. 
eye-lash : 
bu'rro  sip. 

\bu'i,  eye  -f-  rro  -{-  sip,  that 
which  protrudes  in  plate- 
or  leaf-like  form,  etc.] 
eye-lid : 

bu'i  bo  timp. 

\hu'i,  eye  +  ho,  cover,  etc.  -}- 
limp.] 
epiglottis : 
ai'go  bi  shi  a. 

[ai'go,  tongue  -[-hi  +  shi'a.l 

F. 

face: 

go'bi ;  gob. 
fat: 
yuq. 

[so'yo  hobui;  so'yo  ho  bwi.] 
fawn,  young  of  deer : 
ai'wa. 

[Probably   ai,    to    spring    or 
leap,  etc.  +  wa.] 
feather : 
shi'up. 

ga'sa    gunt;    ga'sa    (applied 
commonly    to    long    wing 
feathers.     Cf.  wing), 
ferret,  black-footed : 
kwi'pu  ka  (Goship). 

[Said  to  be  imitative,  the  cry 
being  represented  as  kwip, 
kivip,  kiDip.'l 
The  identification  was  from 
figure  and  description  of 
habits. 


86 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


fetlock : 
ma'pii. 

[7na,  hand,  paw,  etc.  +  pii.] 
fetus : 
du'i  tci. 

[du'a,  child,  j'oung  +  tci,  tsi, 
diminutive.] 
fin  (of  fish) : 
pa'wu  gi. 

[pa,  water  +  wu'gi,  flail,  etc.] 
finch,    Allen's     rosy    (Leucosticte 
australis) : 
kai'ma. 
pi'a  kai  ma. 

[pt'wp,  large  +  kai'ma.] 
finch,  crimson  {Carpodoeus    pur- 
purea) : 
kai'ma. 
finger  (general  term) : 
ma'su  i  ki. 
ma'so  gi. 

[ma,  hand,  pertaining  to  the 
hand    +    su't  ki   or  so'gi, 
indicating  things  repeated 
or  of  the  same  kind.] 
finger  : 

(a)  index:   ma'tsi  tsuk. 
(6)  httle:  ma'tu  a. 

(c)  middle  or  second :  ma'ti  bi- 

a  ka. 

(d)  third :  tu'i  ma  tsi  tsuk. 
finger-nail ;  claw : 

ma'si  do. 

[ma,  hand,  pertaining  to  hand 
+    si'do,    to    protrude    in 
plate-like  form,    plate-like 
object  protruding.] 
flesh,  meat: 

du'ku ;  tu'kwa. 
fly,  horse  ( Tahanus) : 
pi'pi  ta. 


fl}^  horse,  banded  (Chrysopa) : 
on'ti  ya  kwa. 

[on'ti,  probably  from  07i  ti  gait, 
brown  -|-  ya'kwa.] 
fly,  house  (Musca) : 

a'ni  bo. 
fly-catcher,    yellow-bellied    {Em- 
pidonax  flaviventris) : 
pin'ji  rrii. 
fly-catcher,  yellow-bellied  striped 
(Myodinastea  luteiventris) : 
an'i  ta;  wan'i  ta. 

[an'  go,  timber,  etc.  -|-  i'ta  (cf 
meadow-lark.)] 
foot: 
namp. 

[Apparently  na,  support,  that 
which  is  beneath  and  sup- 
ports, etc.  +  ump,  nominal 
ending  {rid.  ante).] 
forehead : 
ga;gai. 
foreskin : 

pa'skin  ip. 
fowl,  domestic : 

(a)  general:  tai'bo  ka  um  buil. 
[tai'ho,  white  man  -|-  ka  um- 
huii.] 
ka  um  buil  ilm  gum  pa. 
(6)  cock. 

[ka'um  hufi   +  gum' pa,  male 
mate,  etc.] 
fowl,  guinea  {Numida  meleagris) : 
wi'jungwi  na. 

[ivi'ja,  sage-hen  -f-  givi'na.] 
Socalled  because  thought  to 
resemble  in  some  ways  the 
sage-hen. 
fox,  general  term : 
wa'ni. 


1908.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


87 


fox: 

(a)  gray:  to'sa  wa  ni. 

[to'sa,  from  to'sihit,  white  or 
gray  +  iDa'ni.] 
(6)  kit  or  burrowing :  yi'ba. 

(c)  red :  wai'am  bite, 
on'ti  wa  ni. 

[onfti,  from  on'ti  gait,  red- 
dish brown,  etc.  +  wa'ni.] 

(d)  silver  or  black :  tu'wa  ni. 
[tu,    from    tu'ohit,    black    + 


G. 

gall-bladder: 
ni'wam  bii  i. 
ni  wam  bu  i  tsuk. 

[ni'wa,  liver  -{-  m  -\-  hu'i, 
blood,  fluid,  etc.  Tsuk, 
when  not  added,  is  to 
be  understood.  It  means 
sack  or  pouch.  (Cf .  bile.)] 
gill  (of  fish) : 
pa'so  na. 

[pa,     water     -t-     su'na.     Cf. 
lung.] 
giraffe : 
pai'wa. 

This  name  was  applied  by 
these  Indians  to  certain 
mythical  creatures  with 
long  necks  which  were  sup- 
posed to  live  in  the  Warm 
Spring  Lake  north  of  Salt 
Lake  City,  in  which  they 
were  supposed  to  have 
holes.  When  the  giraffe 
was  first  seen  by  them  at 
circuses  exhibiting  at  Salt 
Lake,  they  immediately 
identified  it  with  the  crea- 


ture they  claimed  formerly 
dwelt   in  the  lake  before 
mentioned, 
gizzard : 

bi'bonts. 
goat,  Rocky  Mountain  {Oreamnos 
montanus) : 
ka'ni  ru  unts;  ka'ni  runts. 
goat-sucker     {Chordeiles     virgin- 
ianus) : 
ho'i  duk. 
glans  penis : 
wu'im  pam  bi. 

[wu,  penis   -H   m   +   pam'pi, 
head.] 
goldfinch,  Arkansas  (Astragalinus 
psaltria) : 
tu'kai  yam  pa. 

["Bird  that  calls  at  dark," 
is  the  effect  of  this  com- 
pound.] 
goose,     Canada     (Branta     cana- 
densis) : 
nu'giin  ta. 
goshawk,  Western  (Accipiter  atri- 
capillus) : 
sS,'na  kwi  na. 

[sa'na  +  gwi'na,  general  term 
for  certain  large-sized  bird, 
eagle,  etc.] 
gopher,  pocket  (Geomys) : 

i'a  bite, 
grasshopper,  long-horned   {Orche- 
limum,  etc.) : 
a'ma  tsu  bite  (Goship). 
a'wa  tu  bi  (Goshute,  D.  C). 
grebe.  Western  (/Eomophorus  occi- 
dentalis) : 
ti'i  dits  a  pam  bun. 
ti'i  dits  a  pam  bun  Mi  ka  bu  i. 


88 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April 


[ti'i  dits,  small   +    'pamfhuii, 
swimmer,  etc.    +   with  or 
without  &n  ka  hui,  red  eye, 
in  reference  to  this  well- 
known  feature  of  the  bird.] 
grebe,  American  eared,  or  Hell- 
diver  {Auritus  californicus) 
noi'ya  wu  ta. 
[noi'ya,    egg    +    wa'to,  two, 
changed  to  wu'ta  for  eu- 
phony.] 
grosbeck,       black-headed       rosy 
{Zamelodia  melanocephala) : 
mo'bi  OS. 

[Name    refers    to    the    con- 
spicuous    beak     or     nose 
(mo'bi).] 
grouse,  pine  {Canice  obscura) : 
wan'go  ha ;  an'go  go  ha. 

\wan'go,    timber     +     ga'ha, 
general  term  for  this  type 
of  bird.] 
grouse,    Canada    {Canace    cana- 
densis) : 
ko'go. 

My  informants  claim  that  this 
grouse  was  formerly  fairly 
common  in  Weber  Valley. 
The  identification  was  from 
figure,  no  specimen  being 
available. 

ground-squirrel       (Spermophilus, 
various  species) : 
kim'ba. 
gull,    California    {Larus    califor- 
nicus) : 
pa'u  a. 

[pa,  water  +  w'a,  possibly, 
from  composition,  to  move 
or  glide  above.] 


H. 

hair  ( general  term) : 
(6)  of  head:  wai. 
pam'pi  wu, 

[pam'pi,  head  +  wu.] 

(c)  front    locks     ("bangs"): 

mo'pai  ban  ga  sa. 

(d)  hind  locks :  bah'ga  sa. 
[Probably    ban,    top,    per- 
taining to  head,  etc.   + 
ga'sa,    wing    or    similar 
object.] 

(e)  of  pubic  region :  su'up. 
hair-snake  (Gordius) : 

pan'du  rra;  ban'du  rrai. 
[pan,  aquatic  +  du'rra.] 
hand: 

(a)  general  term;  right:  moq; 
mok. 

(b)  left:  kwi'ba. 
hand,  heel  of: 

ma'piii  go. 

[ma'biii,  pertaining  or  belong- 
ing   to    the    hand    +    go, 
angle,  bend,  etc.] 
hawk,  chicken  {Accipiter  cooperi) : 

pan'dza  ya. 
hawk,     duck     (Falco    peregrinus 
anatinus) : 
pa'gi  ni. 
hawk,  fish  {Pandion  halicetus) : 
pa'nuii  ka. 

[pan,  aquatic  +  un  +  ka.] 
hawk,  marsh  (Circus  cyaneus  hud- 
sonius) : 
ki'ni. 
hawk,    rough-legged     (Archibutio 
lagopus  sancti-johannis) : 
nSn'du  ga. 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


89 


hawk,    rough-legged,    ferruginous 
{Archibutco  ferrugineous) : 
n^n'doi. 
hawk,  pigeon  {Falco  columbarius) : 

ko'na  gi  di  ka. 
hawk,    sharp-shinned     (Accipiter 
velox) : 
o'a  da. 
hawk,  sparrow  {Falco  sparverius) : 
gfdi  di  ki. 

[Imitative,     the     call    being 
represented  as  gi'di,  gi'di, 
gi'cli,  etc.] 
hawk,  red-shouldered  {Buteo  linea- 
tus) : 
ash'i  rnn  a  da. 
ash'i  u  a  da. 

[a^shi  hit,  gray,  grizzly,  etc.  4- 
o'a  da.] 
hawk,   Swainson's   (Buteo  swain- 
soni) : 
naii'gai. 
head : 

pam'bi;  pam'pi. 

[ba,  pa,  top,  etc.  +  ?n,  adjec- 
tive ending  +  bi,  life,  part 
of  living  body,  etc.] 
heart : 

bi'a;bi;bi'hi. 

[bi,  life,  living  thing  or  part, 
etc.] 
heart,   auricular   and   ventricular 
cavities  of : 
bi'am  bai  hyu. 
heart,    valves    of    (tricuspid    and 
mitral) : 
bi'am  nam  ba. 
heel  of  foot : 
da'pin  go. 

[da'pin,  pertaining  to  the  foot 
+  go,  angle,  etc.] 


heron,        black-crowned        night 
(Nycticorax  nycticorax  nce- 
valis) : 
to'sa  ko  kwa  jo. 

[to'sa,  from  to^si  bit,  white  + 
ko'kwa  jo,  crest,  etc.] 

heron,  great  blue  (Ardea  herodias) : 
ko'kwa  jo. 

[The  name  means  a  crest,  the 
reference  being  to  the  long 
crest  at  the  back  of  the 
head  of  this  bird.] 
hip: 

dzi'ump. 
hip-bone  (os  innominatum) : 
dzi'un  up. 

[dzi'un,  from  dzi'ump,  hip  + 
up.] 
honey : 

pai'yam  pi  na. 

[pai  yam,  pertaining  to  bee  or 
wasp  +  pi'na,  sweet.] 

hoof: 
ta'si  do. 

[ta,  referring  to  the  foot   + 
si'do,  leaf-  or  plate-like  ob- 
ject.    Cf.      finger-nail      or 
claw.] 
horn : 
a ;  ha. 

horn  or  antlers,  new,  in  velvet : 
i'gi  a  san  gun. 

horn-tail : 
o'pi  tu  its. 
o'bin  bi  duts. 

[o'bm,  pertaining  to  wood  + 
tu'its,  apparently  borer, 
hole-maker  (cf.  mud- 
dauber).] 


90 


PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 


[April. 


horned   toad   (Phrynosoma  doug- 
lasii,  etc.) : 
ma'ki  jiin  uk. 
horse : 

puii'go. 
humerus : 
dzo'iip. 
humming-bird  (general  term) : 
mu'tu  nats  (Goship). 
pa'ga  mu  tu  nats ;  ti'bi  tci  pa  ga 
mu  tu  nats  (Goshute). 
[mu  tunats,  straight  nose  or 
beak  •,'pa'ga,  probably  arrow, 
in  reference  to  swift  flight. 
Tihitci  is  prefixed  to  dis- 
tinguish   from    dragon-fly, 
q.  vid.] 
hypochondriac  region : 
i'pump. 

I. 

instep : 
dauVo. 

[da,  pertaining  or  belonging 
to  the  foot   (the  a  sound 
changing  to  au  before  w  as 
always)  +  wo,  bow,  arch.] 
interdigital  space  or  croutch : 

man'na  si  ga. 
intestines : 

go'ha. 
iris  of  eye: 
gm'wai  bi. 


jay.  Rocky  IMountain  (Perisoreus 
canadensis  var.  capitalis) : 
yu'rro  gots. 

[yuq,  fat  +  rro'gots.] 
The  name  refers  to  the  fond- 
ness of  birds  for  fat,  which 


they       boldly       approach 
camps  to  obtain, 
jay,       long-crested       {Cyanocetta 
macrolopha) : 
han'go  tsai  bite. 

[han'go   refers    to    crown   or 
crest  +  tsai  hitc] 
jay,       woodhouse       {Aphelocoma 
floridana  woodhousi) : 
tsai'bitc. 

K. 

katydid  (general  term) : 

u'bi  a  gun. 
kidney : 

da'ki  po. 
killdeer  {Mgialites  vociferus) : 
tin'di  (Goship). 
pan'di  (Goshute). 
[pan,  aquatic] 
kingfisher  (Ceryle  alcyon) : 
pM'gwi  tsa  rra  pintc. 

[pah'gwitc,  fish   -t-  tsa'rra   + 
pmtc.'l 
kite,     swallow-tailed     {Elanoides 
forficatus) : 
tim'bai  wa  ga. 

[wa'ga,   from    wa' gasaga, 
forked,  is  applied  to  several 
birds  with  forked  tails  (cf. 
tern), 
knee: 

dan' tip. 
knuckle : 
ma'pon  dza. 

[yna,  belonging  to  the  hand 
etc.  +  pon'dza,  eminence 
protuberance,  etc.] 


labia  majora: 
gwa'bi  nu. 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


91 


larynx : 

wai'a  tin. 
leech  (general  term) : 

pa'na  wi  tctit. 
leg: 

mo'a ;  mo. 
ligament,  transverse  of  foot  (L. 
titans,  cruris  and  cruciatum 
cruris) : 
dau'win  tea. 

[da,    pertaining    to    foot    + 
wWtca.] 
ligamentum  nuchse;  also  muscles 
of  back  of  neck  in  man,  etc, 
mu'ta. 
linnet,  pine  {Chrysometris  pinus) : 
i'ju  pa  oi  ten  aip. 

[i'jiipa,  coyote  +  oi  ten,  bird 
+  aip,  that  which  is  made.] 
This  name  is  given  because 
this  is  supposed  to  be  one 
of  the  birds  made  by  the 
coyote, 
liver : 

ni'wa. 
lizard  {Sceloporus,  etc.): 

po'ka  ji. 
lizard     {Crotaphytus     ivesleyeniis, 
and    several    other    large 
forms  resembling  it) : 
sa'bi  3'ats. 
lizard,  Gila  monster  (H eloderma) : 

tin'hu  a. 
lizard  (large  form  mentioned  by 
Indians,  but  not  yet  identi- 
fied by  me) : 
mu'kwi  ta. 
locust,       short-horned       (general 
term) : 
a'tuh:a'tin. 


locust,   black-winged    {Dissosteira 
Carolina) : 
ti'ba  tsa  rra  kum  bite. 

[ti^ha,  pine-nuts  -t-  tsa'rra  + 

kum  +  hitc.'] 
The  Goshutes  say  that  this 
locust    shrills    particularly 
at  the  season  when  pine- 
nuts  are  ripe,  when  it  con- 
tinually   calls    ii'ha,    ti'ha, 
ti'ha.     Hence  the  name, 
locust  (several  one-striped  species 
of  Schistocerca) : 
ba'ni  sha. 
locust,   spotted   form   (species   of 
Hippiscus) : 
so'ni  a  tun. 
locust,  dusky: 
tu'a  tun. 

[tu,    from    tu'o   bit,    black  + 
a' tun.] 
loon  {Colymbus  torquatus) : 
pam  buii'. 

[Vid.  water-strider.] 
louse,    head     or    body    (general 
term) : 
po'si  a. 
lung : 

suh'wa ;  suii'gwa ;  sun. 

M. 

magpie  (Pica  rustica  hudsonica) : 

kwi'to  wo  ya. 
malar  bone : 

so'ba  di  ja  rrun. 
mamma : 

bi'ji. 
malleolus  (internal  and  external) : 

da'pon  dza. 

[da,  pertaining  to  the  foot  + 
pon'dza,  protuberance,  etc.] 


92 


PROCEEDINGS    OP'   THE   ACADEMY   OF 


[April, 


mandible : 

a'rriipa;  a'rmp. 
mantis,  pi-a\dng : 
u'na  dzi  ta. 

[u,  probably  wood  +  na'dzi- 
ta,  cane,  etc.] 
marrow : 
du'hu. 
marten  (Mustela  americana) : 
an'go  sail  wa;  aii'go  sail. 

[an'go,  timber  +  sau'wa.     Cf . 
mink.] 
mastoid  process  or  region : 

nM'go  sa. 
meadow  lark  (Sturnella  negleda) : 

Via,. 
merganser  {Mergus  merganser) : 
p2,n'gwi  di  ka. 

[pdh'gwi,  from  jpan  gicitc,  fish 
+  cU'ka,  eater,  etc.] 
pS.n'gwi  di  ka  ko  kwa  jo. 

['pan'gwidika,    as    above     + 
ko'kwa  jo,  crest,  head  ap- 
pendage, etc.] 
mesentery : 

sa'si  ga  (Goship). 
o'sa  ni  pwiip  (Goshiite). 
milk: 

bi'ji. 
millipede  (juloid  forms) : 
tim'pin  wu  a  bi. 

[tim'pm,  pertaining  to  rocks, 
etc.  +  wu'a  hi,  worm;  thus, 
rock-worm.] 
mink  {Putorius  vison) : 

pa'saii  wa. 
minnow : 

sai'pSii  gwitc. 

[sai,  probably  from  sciip,  bul- 
rush +  pdn'gwitc,  fish.] 


mosquito  (var.  kinds) : 

mo'po. 
mole: 

ta'kiim  go  urn  bite  (Goship). 
[ta'ka,  snow  +  m  -\-  go'um. 
possibly  cutting  or  burrow- 
ing about    +    bite;  hence, 
snow-burrowing  animal.] 
ta'ka  mu  di  wants  (Goshute). 
ta'ka  mo  di  bo  iin  (Goshute). 
[ta'ka  in  each,  snow,  as  in  the 
Goship.] 
moose  (Alces  americana) : 
kwi'pa  rri  a  (Goship). 

[kwi,  probably  from  root  of 
kwi'ump,  lazy,  slow  + 
pa'rri  a,  elk,  etc.] 
The  name  is  given  in  refer- 
ence to  the  animal's  lack  of 
great  speed, 
tu'pa  rri  a  (Goshute). 

[tu' ,  black  +  pa'rri  a,  elk.] 
moth,   general   term   (as   Samia, 
etc.): 
i'pai  bi. 
moth,  pupa  of: 
i'pai  bi  tin  kar  ni. 

[i'paibi,  moth  +  un  +  kar'ni, 
house,  nest.] 
mons  pubis : 
ga'rri. 

mountain  sheep  {Ovis  montana) : 
(a)  female:  muts'em  bi  a. 
(6)  male:  dii'ku. 

mourning  dove  {Zenaidura    caro- 
linensis) : 

ai'wi. 
moth,  sphinx  (Deilephila) : 

a'ka  mo  go  ru  itc. 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


93 


mouse   and   rat  kind   in  general 
(Muridce,  etc.) : 
to'imp. 
mouse  (Mus) : 

po'nai. 
mouse,  field : 
kim'ba  bo  nai. 

[kim'ha,       spermophile       + 
po'nai,  mouse.] 
mouse,  kangaroo : 

bai'a. 
moustache : 

mo'tso;muts. 
mouth : 

tim'pi ;  timp. 
tim'bi  tci. 
mucus,  from  nose : 
mo'bi  ship. 

[mo'hi,  nose  +  (hi'ship?).] 
mud-hen  (Rallus) : 

sai'a;sai. 
muscle,  general  term : 

rrok. 
muscle,  adductor  hallucis,  etc. : 
da'ti  ba  na  rrok. 

[da'tihana,  sole  of  foot  +  rrok, 
muscle.] 
muscle,  biceps : 

mau'wintc  (Goship). 
bah'gwi  (Goshute). 
muscle,  deltoid : 
dzo'a  rrok 

{dzo'u'p,    shoulder,     +     rrok, 
muscle.] 
muscles  of  forearm : 
ma'tsi  dau  (Goship). 
mau'wintc  (Goshute). 
muscle,  gastrocnemius,  etc. : 
wi'tca  rrok. 

{mite,    calf    of    leg    +    rrok, 
muscle.] 


muscle,  frontalis : 
gai'bo  rro  lin. 

{gai'ha,  eyebrow  +  rro'Un.] 
muscle,  masseter : 
a'rrum  yim  a  gm. 

[a'rrum,  from  a'rrupa,  lower 
jaw  +  yim,  apparently  rais- 
ing +  gm.] 
muscle,  orbicularis  oris: 

?di'ga  tso  kai. 
muscle,  pectoral : 
ni'na  rrok  (Goship). 
ym'ga  rrok  (Goshute). 

[ni'nup    (Goship)    or    ym'up 
(Goshute),  sternum  +  rrok, 
muscle.] 
muscle,  rectus  abdominis,  etc. : 
wo'a  rra  (Goship). 


N. 


nares : 

mo'bin  dain. 

[mo'bm,    pertaining    to    the 
nose  +  dain,  hole.] 
nasal  bone : 

mo'bin  dzo  nip  (Goship). 

[mo'bm,     nasal     +     dzo'nip, 
bone.] 
mu'tcuk  (Goshute). 

[mu,    from    mo'hi,    nose    + 
tcuk.] 
navel : 

si'go. 
neck: 

do'i  timp. 
neck,  lower  lateral  region  of : 

an'di  wi  a. 
nerve : 

du'hu. 
nest ,  bird :  ^  ; 

no'tso  ni.  .    .. .._  .<  ',^ 


94 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


[no,    from    noi'ya,     egg     + 
tso'ni,  enclosure,  something 
surrounding,  etc.] 
night-hawk    (Chordediles    popetue 
henryi) : 
wai'bun  ta. 
nose: 

mo'bi. 
nose,  ala  of : 
mo'bi  pa  ni  gin. 

[mo'bi,  nose  +  pa'ni  gin.] 
nutcracker,    Clarke's    {Picicorvus 
columbianus) : 
to'a  gilts, 
nuthatch  (Sitta) : 
jo'gi. 

O. 

occiput : 

ga'iim  bit. 
orbit  of  eye : 
bu'i  ko  i  kin. 

[buH,  eye  +  ko'i  km.] 
oriole,  Baltimore  {Icterus  galbuki) : 
mo'bi  OS. 

[mo'bi,  nose,  in  reference  to 

conspicuous  beak.] 
The  same  name  is  applied  to 
the  grosbeck. 
otter  {Lutra  canadensis) : 
pan'tsuk. 

[pan,  aquatic  +  tsuk.] 
ovary : 

bai'hyu. 
oviduct : 

bai'na  di  wok. 

[bai,  from  bai  hyu,  ovary  +  na 
di  wok,  tube,  cord.] 
oyster : 

at  (Goship). 

Origin  uncertain. 


wa'go  (Goshute). 

[Same  as  clam,  wa'go  ii  n  du  ru  a 
in  full,  or  iva'go  for  short.] 


palate,  soft ;  uvula : 
ai'gwan  du  a. 

[ai  gwan,  adj.  form,  meaning 
protruding  (cf.  tongue)   + 
du'a.] 
palate,  hard : 
a'ta  ko  (Goship). 
mi'ta  ko  (Goshute). 
palm  of  hand : 
ma'ti  ba  na. 

[ma,  pertaining  to  the  hand, 
ti'ba  7ia.] 
pancreas : 

ni'wan  da  ka  wintc. 

[ni'wan,     hepatic     +     da'ka 
wintc,  term  used  approxi- 
mately as  our  word  "sweet- 
bread."] 
parrot,  poll : 

tai'bo  de  gwa  gwi  na. 

[tai'bo,  white  man  -|-  de'giva, 
talk  +  givi'na,  bird,  eagle; 
"white       man's       talking' 
eagle."] 
patella : 

daiVgiit  a  mu. 
[dail'up,  knee.] 
pelican     (Pelecanus      trachyrhyn- 
chus) : 
tu'ku. 
penis : 
wu. 
pericardium  : 
bi'am  bo  a. 

[bi'am,  cardiac  +  bo' a.  skin, 
envelope.] 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


95 


peritoneum : 

sa'pa  go  na  (Goship). 
[sap,  belly  +  go'na.] 
phalanx  of  finger,  first : 
ma'tso  ni. 

[ma,    hand    +    tso'ni,  bone, 
probably  bone  adjacent  to 
hand.] 
phalanx  of  finger,  those  beyond 
first  (together) : 
na'ta  wi  a. 
phalangid,    harvestman    (general 
term) : 
an'ga  so  glints  (Goship). 
pa'rri  a  (Goshute). 
[pa'rri  a,  elk.] 

The  reference  in  the  second 
name  is  to  the  long  legs, 
"elk  legs." 
phalarope,    Wilson's    (Steganopus 
wilsoni) : 
pa'na  da  komp. 
pan'tsi  kwiit  (female). 
placenta : 
du'i  noib. 

[dii'i,  from  du^i  tci,  young  one 
+  noib.\ 
planarian  (general  term) : 
pan'di  sip  a. 

[General    term    for    various 
aquatic  invertebrates.     Cf. 
Hydrophilus.] 
plover : 

u'lin  gwi  wi  ta. 

[Imitative.]     See  snipe, 
plover,  ring-necked  {Mgialitis  im- 
palmatis) : 
tu'pan  dzo  no. 
porcupine  {Erethizo7i  epixanthus) : 
yu'na;yiin. 


potato  worm : 

ta'gu. 
pubic  region : 

bu'i  sip. 
puma  {Felis  concolor) : 

to'ga  rro  ka. 

toi'rrok. 

kwi'ni  a  rro  ko  bite. 

to'kwii  tsi. 
pupa  of  Phlegethonotus ,  etc. 

bi'ji  ma  ku  ints. 

[M'ji,  milk  +  ku'i  mts.' 
pupil  of  eye : 

du'u. 


quill  of  feather : 
ga'sa  o  rra. 

[ga'sa,  wing,  large  feather  + 
o'rra,  stalk.] 
quill,  porcupine : 
yun'a  ai  gwo  bi. 

[yiin,  porcupine  +  ai'gwo  hi, 
to  prick,  that  which  pricks, 
etc.] 

R. 

rabbit,  jack  {Lepus  callotis) : 
kum. 

This  hare  was  formerly  a 
chief  dependence  of  the 
Goshutes  for  their  animal 
food  and  for  clothing.  The 
skins  were,  and  to  some 
extent  still  are,  cut  into 
strips,  which  were  so  rolled 
into  ropes  that  only  fur  was 
exposed.  These  were  then 
bound  into  blankets  (kum- 
wi  ga),  or  made  into  clothes 
which  are  warm  and  very 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


serviceable.     It    was     the 
custom   to   hold    a   grand 
hunt  every  year  in  Novem- 
ber when  great  numbers  of 
hares  were  killed.     In  these 
hunts   the   Goshutes   were 
often    joined    by    Pahutes 
and  Pahvants.     Cedar  Val- 
ley was  a  favorite  resort  for 
these  hunts, 
rabbit,   cotton-tail   (Lepus  sylva- 
ticus) : 
ta'bo;  ta'bo  kurn. 
iVa  ta  bo. 
raccoon  (Procyon  lotor) : 
na'tsa  ko  rra  (Goship). 

[Name    borrowed    from    the 
Bannock.] 
rat,    Rocky   iMountain    (Neatoma 
cinerea) : 
ka. 
rattle,  of  rattlesnake : 
to'go  se  ya  gi  niimp. 

[to'go,  a  rattlesnake  +  se  ya- 
gi    nump,   instrument    for 
making  noise,  etc.] 
rib: 

a'ma  tump  (Goship). 
pi'a  ma  ttimp  (Goship). 
dzu'ni  ma  hau  wa  tump. 

[dzu'ntp,  bone  +  ma  +  hau 
wa  tump.] 
robin  {Turdus  migratorius) : 
su'i  ku  ko. 
[Imitative.] 
S. 
sacrum. 

biVo  sa  (Goship). 
sage-hen  (Centrocercus  urophasia- 


nus) 


wija. 


salamander  (Amhlystoma  tigrinum, 
etc.) : 
pa'bo  go  na  (Goship). 
pa'bo  go  tci  (Goshute). 

{pa,   water    +    60    +    either 
go'na  or  go'tci.] 
salmon : 

tsa'pan'gwitc. 

[tea,  to  pull?  +  pan' gwitc,f[s\i.'\ 
a'gai. 
[In  this  sense  borrowed  from 
Bannock.     See    whale    for 
usual   significance   in    Go- 
shute.] 
sand-piper     {Tringoides     macula- 
rius) : 
pa'na  da  kump ;  pa'na  da  kum. 
[pa,  water  -|-   na'da,  to  run, 
etc.    +   ko,  probably  with 
force  of  around  or  al^out  + 
ump.] 
sand-piper  ( Tringa) : 

pa'na  ni  wa. 
scale,  fish : 

pS,iVwitc  tin  da  si  a. 

[pdn'gwitc,    fish    +    da'si    a, 
scale.] 
scab,  sheep,  (Psoroptes) : 
ship'un  da  si  a. 

[ship,  sheep  +  da'si  a,  scale, 
flake,  etc.] 
scalp : 

pam'pi  bu. 

[pam'pi,  head  -I-  hu,  skin.] 
scapula : 

si'kwo  tump, 
scar  or  cicatrix: 

?  go'un. 
scorpion  (general  term) : 
nl'na  gwi  puts. 


1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


97 


seal: 

pi'a  pan  tsuk. 

[pi'up,  big  +  pan'tsuk,  otter.] 
Known  to  the  Indians  from 
narrative  and  seen  by  some, 
septum  naris : 
mo'bi  sok. 

[mo'hi,  nose  +  sok,  probably 
a  shortened  form.] 
mo'bi  sail  ko. 

[mo'hi,  nose  +  san'ko,  exten- 
sion, partition.] 
sheep : 
ship. 

[From  the  English  sheep.] 
shell,  in  general : 
bo'a. 

{po,  enclose,  cover.] 
shell,  of  egg : 
dzu'ni  bo  a. 

[dzu  ni,  from  dzu'rvip,  bone  + 
ho'a,  shell,  integimient,  etc.] 
shiner : 
pu'i  wa. 

[pu'i,  ?diick  +  iva.] 
shore-lark  (Eremophila  alpestris) : 

tsi'do  bi. 
shoulder : 

gi'tci  tea  gin. 
shrew  (Sorex): 
so'gwai  wa. 

[so' klip,    ground     +     ai'iva, 
fawn,  etc.} 
shrimp,  various   kinds  (as  Gam- 
mar  us)  : 
ma'su  pM'gwitc. 

[ma'su,  cricket  +  pdn/gioitc, 
fish.] 
skin : 

bu'a;bu. 
7 


skull: 

pam'pi  dzu  nip. 

[pam'pi,    head    +    dzu'nip, 
bone.] 
skunk,  great  basin  {Chincha  occi- 
dentalis  major) : 
po'ni  uts. 

[po'ni,  stripe  +  uts.] 
pi'a  ka  bo  ni  iits. 
[pi'up,  big  +  ka'ho  ni  uts ;  vid. 
infra.] 
skunk,  small  spotted : 
ka'bo  ni  tits. 

\ka'  +  po'ni  uts,  skunk;  tid. 
supra.] 
snail,  various  kinds : 
tats'in  kwi  tup. 
[ta'tsi  ump,  stars  +  kwit'iip, 

excrement.] 
Meteorites  in  this  connection 
are  fancied  as  excreta  fall- 
ing from  the  stars,  and  ap- 
pearing upon  the  earth  as 
snail-shells.     It    may     be 
noted  that  throughout  the 
Goshute   and   Goship   ter- 
ritory      snail-shells       are 
abundant  in  deposits  from 
old    Lake   Bonneville   and 
over  the  hills,  etc.,  as'well 
as  in  ponds  and  streams, 
snake,     blow      {Bascanion     con- 
strictor) : 
ko'ka. 
snake,  blue-racer: 

tin'ti  wa  rra. 
snake  (Ophibolus  pijrrhamelas) : 

ko'go;  ko'  go  a. 
snake,     rattle-    {Crotalus,   var. 
species) : 
to'go  a. 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


snake,  water-  {EuUenia  sirtalis) : 
pa'o  in  go  a. 

[pa^o  m,  apparently  pertaining 
to  water,  floating,  swimming 
+  go' a,  snake,  etc.] 
snake,  water-  {EuUenia  elegans  and 
macrotceniatum) : 
pa'siii  ko  go. 

[pa'siii,  penetrating  or  pass- 
ing through  water  +  ko'go.] 
snake,  general  term  (especially  in 
compounds) : 
go'a;go. 

[The  root  go  has  here  its  force 
of  winding  or  bending, 
moving  in  curving  path, 
etc.] 
snipe,  American  {Gallinago  deli- 
cata) : 
wu'in  gwi  wi  ta. 

[Imitative.] 
i'jiipaba  woniip. 

[i'jupa,   coyote  +  ha'wo   na, 
seemingly  to  cry,  call  out, 
etc.  4-  up.] 
The  reference  in  the  name  is 
to  the  calling  out  at  dusk  or 
in  night,  like  the  coyote, 
snow-bird,   INIexican    {J unco   cin- 
ereus) : 
kai'ma. 
ti'sa  kai'ma. 

[ti'sa,  small   +   kai'ma.     See 

■] 
snow-bird  Oregon  {J unco  hiemalis 
oregomis) : 
ta'ka  mu  tu  nants. 

[ta'ka,  snow  +  mu'tu  nants,  a 
general   term.     See   under 
himiming-bird .] 
The    black    patch    over    the 


head  of  this  bird,  square 
cut  behind  and  suggesting 
a  head  of  black  hair,  is 
accounted  for  by  these 
Indians  in  a  myth  which 
represents  the  bird  as  hav- 
ing descended  on  one  side 
from  an  Indian  woman, 
whose  descendants  were 
changed  into  this  form  by 
the  coyote  deity, 
sole  of  foot : 
da'ti  ba  na. 

{da,  pertaining  to  the  foot  + 
ti'ha  na.     Cf .  palm.] 
sparrow.  Western  song  (Melospiza 

melodia,  var.  jallax) : 
sparrow,  yellow-winged  (Coturni- 
cidus  passerinus,  var,  per- 
pallidus) : 
an'da  witc. 
sparrow,   white-browed   crown 
(Zonotrichia  leucophrys) : 
yu'rra  ba. 
solpugid : 
to'sa  mush. 

[to'sa,  white   -\-   mush,  prob- 
ably from  ma'su  i.] 
sow-bug  (Oniscus,  etc.)  : 

mi'ta  rnuts. 
spermophile  (var.  species  of  Sper- 
mophilus) : 
kim'ba. 
spermophile,  thirteen-lined : 
ai'wa  dzip. 

[ai'wa,  fawn  +  dzip.] 
spider  (general  term) : 

a'ni  su  tints, 
spider,  grass  (Agalena) : 
?  a'sah  gots. 


1918. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


99 


spider-wel) : 

a'ni  su  iints  a  wa  na. 

[a't^i  su  loits,  spider  +  wa'na, 
trap,  etc.] 
spleen : 

so'no  (Goship). 
wai'gwi  (Goshiite). 
spur,  of  cock,  etc. : 
daii'wi  y\\. 

[da,  pertaining  to  the  foot  + 
wi'yu,  needle,  etc.] 
squirrel,  fljdng  {Volucella) : 

pa'ko  m. 
squirrel,  ground : 

See  spermophile. 
scjuirrel,  gray  (Sciurus) : 

tsi'kwits. 
squirrel,  brown  pine : 

afi'go  wa  tsi  rri  gi  (Goship). 
[cuYgo,  timber  +  wa'tsi  rri  gi, 
referring  to  springing,  leap- 
ing, etc.;  "pine  or  timber 
leaper"  is  the  effect  of  the 
compound.] 
sternum : 

aiVgo  sai  wi  (Goshute). 
nin'up  (Goship). 
yin'iip  (Goshute). 
stink-bug,  gray  form,  found  on  pine 
(species?) : 
ti'ba  mu  gu  ru  itc. 

[/i'6a,  pine-nut  +  riiu'gurul.ic.'] 
stomach : 

se'gwa  l^i. 
stone-fly : 

kwa'tsa  wu  pu  ru  itc. 
kwa'tsa  i  pu  ru  itc. 
styloid  process  of  ulna : 
ma'pon  dza. 

{ma,  hand    +    pon'dza.     See 
malleolus.] 


sucker : 

tu'kum  pan  witc. 

[tu'kikn  -f  'pan'witc,  fish.] 
superciliary  ridge: 
bu'i  till  go. 

\hu'i  tin,  pertaining  to  the  eye 
4-  go,  ridge,  angle,  etc.]. 
swallow,    or    martin,    bank    and 
barn : 
pa'sa  gom  bi. 
swallow,  wood : 

wo' vim  pa  sa  gom  bi. 

{wo'vim,  pertaining  to  wood 
4-  pa'sa  gom  6/.] 
swan  (Cygnus) : 
ni'wa  dam  pa. 
swim-sac  of  fish : 
pa'su  a. 

T. 
tadpole : 

pau'wi  to  ga. 
pa'na  wi  tcut. 
tail : 
gwa'shi. 

[gwa,  to  extend  out  from,  etc. 
+  shi.] 
tanager,     Cooper's     or    Western 
summer  red-bird  {Pyranga 
cestiva  cooperi) : 
Sfi'ka  hui  tcu. 

[a)Yka,  from  coYka  bit,  red  + 
hu'itcu,  bird.] 
tanager,      crimson-headed      {Py- 
ranga liidoviciana) : 
wu'tsi  ki  gi. 

It  is  said  by  Goshutes  that  the 
young  of  this  bird  are 
easily  reared,  and  that  the 
Indians  formerly  reared 
them  and  kept  them  caged 
as  pets. 


100 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


tape-worm  {Tcenia,  etc.) : 

siVa. 
tarantula  (Eurypelma  hentzii) : 
pi'a  na  su  iinta. 

[pi'up,  big   +  a'na  su  unts, 
spider.] 
haii'wi  tu  go  bite. 
tear  (from  eye) : 

to'paip. 
teeth  (in  general)  : 

damp, 
teeth,  of  upper  jaw: 
mo'tsin  dam  pa. 

[mo'isin,  apparently  pertain- 
ing to  the  upper  jaw  (cf. 
mo'tso,      moustache)       + 
dam/'pa,  damp,  teeth.] 
teeth,  of  lower  jaw  : 
a'rron  ko  dam  pa. 

[afrron,    from    arrup,    lower 
jaw     +     ko     +     dam' pa, 
teeth.] 
tendo-achilles : 

wi'tca  rrump  (Goship). 

{witc,   calf  of  leg    +    rro   + 
ump.l 
da'pin  dam  (Goshute). 

[da'pm,    pertaining    to    the 
foot  +  dam,  tendon.] 
tendon  (general  term) : 

da'ma;dam. 
tendons   (extensors  digitorum  of 
foot): 
dauVi  a  ta. 

\da,  pertaining  to  the  foot  + 
wi'a  ta.} 
tendons  of  muscles  of  front  of 
forearm  (as  of  JDrachio-radia- 
lis,  flexor  carpi  radialis, 
etc.) : 
man' win  dam. 


[ma,  the  hand  +  win,  prob- 
ably to  raise  up   +   dam, 
tendon.] 
tent-caterpillar : 
pu'hi  wa  bi. 

[pu'hi  -\-  loa'hi,  worm.] 
tern,  common  {Sterna  hirundo) : 
pi'wa  ga  (Goship). 
pu'i  wa  ga  (Goshute). 

[ivaga,  from  wa'gasaga,  forked, 
refers   to  the  forked   tail. 
Pu'i,  in  second  term,  duck 
(probably) ;     pi,     abbrevi- 
ated form.] 
testes : 
noi'ya, 
dau'wi. 
thigh: 

biiiVup, 
throat : 
go'its. 
thumb : 
ma'to  ga. 

[ma,  hand  +  to'ga.] 
thymus : 

bi'hin  da  ka  bintc, 

[hi' Inn,    cardiac     +     da    ka 
pintc.     See  spleen.] 
thyroid : 

a'rrun  da  kam  bintc. 

[a'rrun,  tracheal    +    da'kam- 
phitc,  "sweetbread."] 
tibia ;  shin  =  : 
gots'ti  na. 
go'tsi  an. 
o'ts'em  bi  a. 
tick,  wood : 

mi'tats. 
toad  (Bufo  columhianus,  etc.) : 
saiVko  wa  go. 

[sail'ko,  wart  +  wa'go,  frog.] 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


101 


toad-fish : 
pa'tsofi. 

[pa,  water  +  tsoil.] 
toe: 

dan'kwo. 
do'kwo. 
da'so  gi. 

[da,  pertaining  to  the  foot  + 
kwo,  or  so'gi.] 
toe,  great  (halkix) : 
pi'a  rro  to  ga. 

[pfiip,  big  +  rro^to  ga.] 
toe.  great,  basal  joint  of : 

do'nai. 
tonsil,  pharyngeal : 
ai'go  yem  bit. 

[ai'go,  tongue,  that  which  pro- 
trudes +  yem'hit.'] 
tongue : 
ai'go. 

[ai,  to  bring  forth,  shoot  or 
spring  out,  etc.  +  go.] 
tooth.     See  teeth, 
trachea : 

oi'rrufi. 
trout  (Salmo  virginalis,  etc.) : 
toi'ya  pah  gwitc. 

[toi'ya,  from  toi'yahi,  moun- 
tain +  pdnfwttc,  fish.] 
tsa  pS,n  witc. 

[tsa,  to   pull  +  pdnwitc,  fish. 
See  salmon.] 
turkey  (Meleagris  gallipavo) : 
ku'i  nit  (Goship). 
ku'jd  na  (Goshute). 
turkey  buzzard  {Cathartes  aura) : 
we'gom  bite. 

tympanum  of  ear : 
naiVka  qa. 


U. 

umbilical  cord : 
si'go  na  di  wok. 

[si^go,  navel  +  na'diwok,  cord, 
tube.] 
ureter : 

da'ki  po  na  di  wok, 

[da'kipo,  kidney  -|-  na'di  wok.] 
urethra : 

si'na  di  wok. 

[si,  from  sip  or  si  mo  guts, 
urinary    bladder   +   ria^di- 
wok,  cord  or  tube.] 
urethra,  part  of  in  penis : 
wu'im  na  di  wok. 

[ivu'im,     pertaining    to    the 
penis    +    na'diwok,    tube, 
cord.] 
urethra,    external    orifice    of    in 
male : 
wu'im  bai  shu. 
urethra,    external    orifice    of    in 
female : 
wun'gi. 
urine : 
sip. 
uterus : 
no'ib. 

V. 

vagina ;  vulva : 

o'a  tai. 
vagina,  external  orifice  of  : 
dai'dain. 

[Probably    dai,    from    o'atai, 
vagina     +     dain,     orifice, 
hofe.] 
vas  deferens : 

noi'ya  na  di  wok. 

[noi'ya,  testis    +    na'di   wok, 
cord,] 


102 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


vertebra : 

tso'ni  gwai  wnip. 

[tso'nip,  bone    +    gwai'ump, 
back.] 
vertebral  column : 
gwai'o  rra. 

[gwai,  from  gwai'  ump,  back 
+  o'rra,  trunk,  stalk,  etc.] 

W. 

wasp  (general  term) : 

pai'ya- 
wasp,    thread-waisted ;    mud- 
dauber: 
so'go  bi  tuts. 

[so'kup,  earth  +  hi'tuts.    Cf. 
horn-tail.] 
wasp-nest : 

pai'yam  na  kar  ni. 

[pai'ya,  wasp  +  m  +  kar'ni, 
house.] 
water-ouzel.     See  dipper, 
water-strider  (Hygrotrechus) : 
pam  bun'. 

[pam,  aquatic  -|-  bun,  the  root 
of   which    means    here    to 
float.] 
wattles,  of  fowl : 
a,n'ka  gi  up. 

[an'ka,  from  afika  hit,  red  4- 
gi'up,    pertaining    to    the 
mouth  or  throat.] 
weasel  {Putorius  longicauda) : 

pa'bi  tci. 
wart: 

dzi'a. 
wart  on  hand : 
ma'tzi  a. 

[ma,  hand  +  tzi'a.] 


wart  on  face : 
go'bi  tzi  a. 

[go'bi,  face  +  tzi' a.] 
whale : 

a'gai.  (Cf.  Bannock  a'gai,  sal- 
mon.) 
The  Goshutes  and  Goships 
more  particularly  identify 
the  whale  with  certain 
great  aquatic  animals  said 
by  them  to  have  lived 
formerly  in  Utah  Lake. 
They  have  stories  concern- 
ing numerous  adventures 
with  this  creature,  and  tell 
of  the  loss  of  many  Indians 
caught  afloat  and  swal- 
lowed by  the  a'gai.  In  one 
tale  the  victim  cuts  through 
wall  of  stomach  and  body 
and  escapes  with  his  life, 
white  of  eye : 
to'sa  kin  wai  bi. 

[to'sa,  from  to'sa  bit,  white  + 
km  ivai  bi.] 
widgeon,  American,  or  bald-pate 
(Arms  americana) : 
pa'o  um  bu  i. 

[pa'o  tm,  aquatic,  frequenting 
water  +  bu'i,  duck.] 
wildcat  {Lynx  rujus) : 

tu'ku  bite, 
wing : 

ga'sa  gunt ;  ga'sa. 
wolverine  {Gido  borealis) : 

wo'ni. 
woodchuck  {Arctomys  monax) : 

ya'ha. 
woodcock  {Philohela  minor) : 
i'ju  pa  mo  na  pa. 

[i'jupa,    coyote  +   mo'napa.] 


1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


103 


The  name  is  given  from  a 
myth  according  to  which 
these  birds  are  descended 
from  the  coyote  deity's 
daughter, 
woodpecker,  ivory-billed : 
o'pi  do  na. 

[o^pi,  wood  +  do'na,  to  stab, 
to  peck.] 
woodpecker,       red -shafted,       or 
flicker    (Colaptes        mexi- 
canus) : 
ko'rra  wats. 
ko'rri  mats, 
worm,  general  term: 

wa'bi;  wu'a  bi. 
wolf,  gray  {Canis  lupus) : 
i'sha, 

(Identified  in  a  way  with  the 


ancestral  deity  of  the  Go- 
shutes  and  Goships.) 
wren,       Bewick's       (Thryothorus 
hewicki) : 
tim'pi  tam  pi  a  wa. 
wren,  Western  house  {Troglodytes 
domesticus  parkmanni) : 
tu'im  pin  tci  rritc  (Goship). 
tu'im  pin  tci  rru  (Goshute). 
wrist : 

mau'wi  to  gan. 

[ma,  hand  +  ivi  to  gan.] 

X. 

xiphoid  or  xiphisternum : 
yin'gi  po  nump. 

[yin'gi,  referring  to  the  ster- 
num +  po  +  nump.] 


104  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 


ON  THE  CLASSIFICATION  OF  SCALPELLIFOEM  BARNACLES. 
BY  HENRY  A.  PILSBRY. 

The  genus  Scalpellum  as  at  present  limited  is  more  numerous  in 
species  than  any  other  genus  of  Cirripedes,  comprising  about  170. 
Since  nearly  all  of  them  live  in  rather  deep  water,  and  only  small  areas 
of  the  sea  bottom  beyond  the  100-fathom  hne  have  been  thoroughly 
explored,  we  have  reason  to  believe  that  their  number  will  be  vastly 
augmented  by  future  investigation. 

The  species  now  known  are  very  unequally  related.  Up  to  the  year 
1907  not  much  progress  had  been  made  towards  a  natural  classification, 
although  the  "key"  constructed  by  Dr.  P.  P.  C.  Hoek  for  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  Challenger  species  was  a  stride  in  that  direction.  In  1907 
two  attempts  were  made  to  group  the  species  more  naturally,  and  to 
indicate  their  phylogenetic  relations.  Dr.  Hoek^  and  the  present 
writer^  independently  and  almost  simultaneously  proposed  to  split 
Scalpellum  into  a  number  of  subgeneric  groups.  The  two  essays  were 
based  upon  antipodal  material,  Dr.  Hoek's  upon  East  Indian,  my  own 
upon  American  forms.  Some  divergence  in  the  view  taken  of  the 
comparative  value  of  characters  would  be  expected ;  yet  the  points  of 
agreement  are  so  numerous  that  one  may  entertain  the  idea  of  attain- 
ing an  approximately  natural  arrangement  by  uniting  the  best  features 
of  the  two  classifications. 

Hoek's  studies  have  illumined  the  more  primitive  groups  so  richly 
represented  in  the  East — forms  inadequately  represented  in  the  col- 
lections I  had  studied.  On  the  other  hand,  the  material  before  me 
demonstrated,  I  think,  that  the  form  of  the  carina  has  Httle  value  in 
classification.  Groups  based  upon  the  structure  of  this  plate  I  believe 
to  be  heterogeneous.  I  was  first  led  to  this  conclusion  by  an  exami- 
nation of  the  species  composing  the  group  of  Scalpellum  stroemii,  as 
assembled  in  my  report  on  the  barnacles  of  the  National  Museum. 
These  forms  agree  so  completely  in  the  total  structure  that  it  is  quite 
impossible  to  doubt  their  close  relationship,  yet  the  carina  varies 


1  Siboga-Expeditie,  Cirripedia  Pedunculata,  p.  58.     October,  1907. 

2  B^illetin  60,  U.  S.  National  Museum,  p.  71.     November  9,  1907. 


1908.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


105 


by  insensible  degrees  from  simply  arched  with  apical  umbo  to  angular 
with  the  umbo  remote  from  the  apex. 

In  the  group  of  Scalpellum  scalpellum  and  the  group  of  S.  cHceratiim 
there  is  similar  variation  in  the  carina,  yet  one  cannot  doubt  that  these 
are  natural  groups.  These  and  other  like  instances  show  that,  to 
rank  the  shape  of  the  carina,  whether  simply  bowed  or  angular,  as  a 
character  of  the  first  importance,  is  to  oppose  it  to  the  evidence  of 
all  the  rest  of  the  organism.  In  ScalpeUum  stearnsi  I  find  that  the 
umbo  of  the  carina  is  very  close  to  the  apex  in  quite  young  individuals, 
becoming  more  remote  with  age;  hence  the  angular  shape  of  the  carina, 


Fig.  1. — Types  of  the  Scalpelliform  genera:  a,  b,  Calantica  villosa;  c,  d,  Smilium 
peronii;  e,  f,  EvsealjieUum  rostratum;  g,  h,  ScalpeUum  scalpellum;  i,  j,  Scalpel- 
lum (Arcoscalpellum)  relutinum.  Upper  line  males  (very  much  enlarged); 
lower  line  hermaphrodites  or  females.  The  figures  are  somewhat  diagram- 
matic; carinal  side  of  all  towards  the  right,     s.c,  subcarina;  c.l.,  carina!  latus. 


being  a  feature  acquired  late  in  the  ontogeny  of  the  individual,  has 
probably  been  assumed  only  recently  in  the  evolution  of  the  groups. 

These  considerations  teach,  I  think,  that  an  angular  carina  has  been 
independently  acquired  by  unrelated  species  of  many  phyla.  It  can- 
not be  considered  a  criterion  of  relationship. 

Another  character  which  has  not  received  due  weight  in  taxonomy 
is  the  morphology  of  the  complementary  males.  Former  classifica- 
tions have  been  based  solely  upon  the  hermaphrodite  or  female  form, 
which  has  been  far  less  diversely  modified  than  the  male.     When  we 


106  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMi'    OF  [April, 

drop  as  misleading  the  arrangement  of  species  according  to  the  shape 
of  the  carina,  it  appears  at  once  that  the  structure  of  the  little  males 
is  wonderfully  correlated  with  certain  features  of  the  hermaphrodites, 
especially  the  development  of  a  subcarina.  The  least  specialized  males 
belong  to  hermaphrodite  forms  which  are  known  by  morphological  and 
palaeontological  evidence  to  be  old  generalized  types.  The  most 
modified  males  are  those  of  the  highly  evolved  hermaphrodite  or  female 
forms.  A  classification  fully  supported  by  both  sexes  surely  rests 
upon  a  broader  base  than  one  ignoring  the  males. 

Classification  of  Scalpelliform  Barnacles. 

I.  Male  having  six  jointed  cirri  and  a  mouth,  3  to  6  valves,  and  a  more 

or  less  distinct   peduncle.     Female  or  hermaphrodite  alivays 

having  a  subcarina.     Unpaired  valves  never  fewer  than  3. 

a.  Male  with  6  well-developed  valves,  and  distinctly  divided  into 

capitulum  and  peduncle.     Female  or  hermaphrodite  with  13 

valves  (sometimes  14  by  addition  of  a  subrostrum,  or  15 

when  another  pair  of  latera  is  added). 

b.  No  plate  interposed  below  the  tergum  between  scutum  and 

carina, Genus  Calantica  Gray. 

b'.  An    upper   lateral    plate    interposed    between    scutum    and 

carina, Genus  Smilium  Gray. 

a\  ]\Iale  with  3  valves  and  an  oblong  capitulum  hardly  differ- 
entiated from  the  peduncle.  Female  and  hermaphrodite 
with  15  valves,  three  pairs  of  lower  latera  and  an  upper 

latus, Genus  Euscalpellum  Hoek. 

II.  Male  oval  or  sack-like,  without  mouth  or  peduncle,  the  alimentary 
system  and  cirri  being  vestigeal;  plates  wanting,  or  very  small 
scuta  and  terga  may  be  present.  Female  or  hermaphrodite 
never  having  a  subcarina.  Plates  14,  or  13  hy  suppression  of 
the  rostrum,  there  being  a  pair  of  upper  latera  ancl  three  pairs 
of  lower  latera.     Never  more  than  2  unpaired  plates. 

Genus  Scalpellum  Leach. 

Genus  CALANTICA  Gray. 
Calantica  Gray,  Annals  of  Philo-sophy,  n.  ser.,  X,  1825,  p.  101,  for  Scal- 
pellwn  villosum  Leach.     Pilsbry,  Bull.  60,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1907,  p.  S. 

In  Calantica  there  are  but  three  pairs  of  latera,  all  basal.  All  the 
plates  have  apical  umbones,  as  in  Mitella.  There  are  therefore  13 
valves,  or  sometimes  14  by  addition  of  a  subrostrum.  The  comple- 
mental  male  has  a  distinct  capitulum  with  6  large  valves.  Type  S. 
villosum  Leach  (fig.  1,  a,  b).     There  are  two  groups  of  species. 

Oriental  Group — Calantica  s.  str. 

C.  villosa  (Leach).     East  Indies? 

C.  trispinosa  (Hoek).     Sulu  Sea,  82-102  fathoms. 

C.  eos  (Pilsbry).     Japan,  71  fathoms. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  107 

North  Atlantic  Group — Scilkelepas  Segueiiza: 

Besides  a  few  living  species,  this  group  includes  numerous  tertiary 
and  mesozoic  forms  from  European  horizons,  mostly  described  as 
Pollicipes.  It  was  evidently  a  group  developed  in  the  mesozoic 
North  Atlantic  basin,  at  that  time  cut  off  from  the  Southern  Ocean. 

C.  calyculus  (  (Aurivillius).     Azores,  850-900  meters. 

C.  falcata  (Aurivillius).     Azores,  454  meters. 

C.  gemma  (Aurivillius).     Greenland,  1800  meters. 

C.  superba  (Pilsbry) .     Southeastern  United  States,  352-440  fathoms. 

C.  gnmaldi  (Aurivillius).     Azores,  845-1,230  meters. 

Genus  SMILIUM  Gray. 

Smilium  Gray,  Annals  of  Philosophy,  n.  ser.,  X,  1825,  p.  100,  for  S.  peronii, 
Pilsbry,  Bull.  60,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  p.  13,  exclusive  of  division  aa.  Proto- 
scalpellutn  Hoek,  Siboga-Expeditie,  Cirripedia,  1907,  p.  58  (for  S.  poUi- 
cipedoides,  S.  aries,  S.  acutum). 

In  this  group  a  median  pair  of  latera  lies  between  the  scutum  and  carina. 
There  are  3  or  4  pairs  of  latera  in  all,  13  or  15  plates.  Otherwise  both 
sexes  are  similar  to  Calantica.  In  a  few  species  {peronii,  uncus)  the 
carina  is  angular,  but  in  others  it  has  an  apical  umbo.  Most  of  the 
known  species  are  Indo-Pacific.     Type  S.  peronii  Gray  (fig.  1,  c,  d). 

Dr.  Hoek's  group  Protoscalpellum,  of  which  I  take  S.  pollicipedoides 
to  be  the  type,  differs  from  Smilium  chiefly  by  having  an  additional 
pair  of  latera  in  the  type  species.  S.  pollicipedoides  is  interesting  from 
its  tendency  toward  multiplication  of  basal  latera,  which  Dr.  Hoek 
has  discussed  with  his  accustomed  insight. 

Smilium  and  Calantica  might  without  great  violence  be  united  as 
subgenera  of  a  single  more  comprehensive  genus,  yet  I  think  the  ele- 
vation of  a  pair  of  latera  above  the  basal  whorl  to  the  position  of 
"upper  latera"  is  a  morphological  advance  worthy  of  being  signalized 
by  generic  distinction.  In  other  characters  the  two  groups  are  almost 
identical.     The  complemental  males  are  alike. 

S.  peronii  Gray.  S.  sexcornutum  (Pilsbry.) 

;S.  uncus  (Hoek).  S.  scorpio  (Aurivillius). 

S.  pollicipedoides  (Hoek).  S.  acutum  (Hoek). 

S.  aries  (Hoek).  S.  longirostrum  (Gruvel). 

Genus  EUSCALPELLUM  Hoek. 

EuscalpeUum  Hoek,  in  part,  Siboga-Expeditie,  Cirripedia,  1907,  p.  59,  for 
Scalpellum  rostratum,  peroni,  uncus  and  stearnsi. 

This  genus  differs  from  those  preceding  chiefly  by  the  more  degener- 
ate males,  which   are  rather  sack-like,  not  distinctly  divided  into 


108  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

capitulum  and  peduncle,  and  have  only  three  valves,  the  scuta  being 
larger  than  in  Scal'pellum.  A  subcarina  is  always  present.  The 
inframedian  latera  have  a  peculiar  square  shape,  and  are  quite  large. 
There  are  4  pairs  of  latera  in  all,  therefore  15  valves  (a  number  never 
reached  in  Scalpellum,  which  has  no  subcarina).  The  rostrum  is  very 
large  and  prominent.  The  carina  has  a  submedian  umbo  in  the  first 
two  species,  apical  in  the  others.  Type  *S.  rostratum  Darwin  (fig.  1,  e, 
/).     Species  four  or  five. 

Dr.  Hoek  selected  no  type  for  his  group  Euscalpellum,  and  I  have 
therefore  taken  his  first  species  as  typical.  The  characters  and  limits 
of  the  group  are  also  much  modified,  since  I  place  no  w^eight  upon  the 
shape  of  the  carina,  but  emphasize  the  structure  of  the  male,  the 
presence  of  a  subcarina,  etc. 

E.  rostratum  (Darwin).     Malay  archipelago. 

E.  renei  (Gruvel).     St.  Paul  de  Loanda. 

E.  hengalense  (Annandale).     Bay  of  Bengal,  98-102  fathoms. 

E.  stratum  (Aurivillius).     Antilles. 

i5J.(?)  squamuliferum  (Weltner).     Indian  Ocean,  3200  meters. 

Genus  SCALPELLUM  Leach. 
Scalpellum  Lead:,  Journal  de  Physique,  etc.,  LXXXV,  1817,  p.  68. 
The  males  are  very  degenerate,  sack-like,  without  a  peduncle  or 
mouth,  the  cirri  vestigeal,  valves  absent  or  extremely  small.  The 
female  or  hermaphrodite  has  no  subcarina  (thereby  differing  from  all 
the  preceding  genera);  upper  latera  are  alwa3^s  present,  and  three 
pairs  of  lower  latera;  rostrum  is  comparatively  small  or  absent.  The 
position  of  the  umbo  of  the  carina  varies  from  submedian  to  apical. 
Plates  14,  or  when  the  rostrum  is  absent  13.^     Type  S.  scalpellum  L. 

(fig.l,^,/^)- 

Scalpellum  is  morphologically  the  highest  or  most  modified  member 
of  its  family,  both  by  the  profoundly  degenerate  males  and  the  advanced 
type  of  armor  of  the  hermaphrodites  or  females.  Primarily  the  genus 
divides  into  two  subgeneric  groups,  as  follows : 

a.  Inframedian  latus  large,  pentagonal  (or  with  the  angles  rounded), 
wide  throughout,  the  umbo  varying  from  submedian  to  basal, 
or  on  the  rostral  border,  never  apical.    Subgenus  Scalpellum  s.  str. 

a'.  Inframedian  latus  generally  smaller  than  the  other  latera,  triangular, 
hour-glass-shaped  or  irregular.     Subgenus  Arcoscalpellum  Hoek. 

^  The  mere  number  of  plates  in  the  capitulum  is  not  especially  significant,  since 
the  same  number  may  be  present  in  different  genera,  but  made  up  of  morpho- 
logically different  plates,  as  in  the  case  of  13-valved  species  of  Scalpellum  and 
Calantica. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  109 

The  restricted  subgenus  Scalpellum  is  undoubtedly  a  natural  group, 
well  characterized  by  the  development  of  a  large  inframedian  pair  of 
latera.  The  umbones  of  the  carina  and  scutum  are  frequently  removed 
from  the  apices  of  those  plates,  but  this  is  a  variable  character. 
Two  species,  S.  inerme  Annandale  and  S.  patagonicum  Gruvel,  have  the 
plates  imperfectly  calcified.     The  following  species  belong  here: 

Group  of  S.  scalpellum : 

S.  stearnsi  Pilsbry.  S.  patagonicum  Gruvel. 

S.  inerme  Aimandale.  S.  gibbum  Pilsbry. 

S.  calcaratum  Aurivillius.  S.  gibberum  Aurivillius. 

S.  hamatum  Sars.  S.  ornatum  (Gray). 

S.  scalpellum  (linne).  S.  salartice  Gruvel. 

Group  of  S.  calif  or  nicum: 
S.  californicum  Pilsbry.  S.  osseum  Pilsbry. 

Group  of  S.  strocmii : 

S.  stroemii  Sars.  S.  s.  latirostrum  Pilsbry. 

S.  s.  obesum  Aurivillius.  S.  pressum  Pilsbr}'. 

S.  s.  luridum  Auri villus.  S.  groenlandicum  Aurivillius. 

S.  s.  aduncufn  Aurivillius.  *S.  angustum  Sars. 

S.  s.  septentrionale  Aurivillius.  S.  nijmphocola  Hoek. 

S.  s.  subsiroejnii  Pilsbry.  *S'.  cornutum  Sars. 

Subgenus  Arcoscalpellum  Hoek. 

All  of  the  other  species  described  as  Scalpellum  form  a  group  sys- 
tematically equivalent  to  the  restricted  subgenus  Scalpellum,  but  the 
great  number  of  species,  including  several  phyla  with  degenerate,  partly 
chitinous  plates,  may  make  it  expedient  to  recognize  several  sections 
by  name. 

Arcoscalpellum  Hoek,*  type  S.  velutinum  Hoek  (fig.  1,  i,  j),  includes 
all  of  the  species  of  Sections  IV  and  V  of  my  paper  on  National  Museum 
Barnacles,  pp.  25  to  68,  and  all  of  those  included  in  Arcoscalpellum  in 
Hoek's  Siboga  report,  pp.  85  to  120,  besides  various  other  allied  forms, 
previously  known,  which  need  not  be  enumerated  here. 

There  is  a  distinct  tendency  in  certain  forms  of  Arcoscalpellum 
towards  the  evolution  of  a  phylum  which  will  have  only  eleven  plates, 
by  elimination  of  the  inframedian  latera.     In  iDarnacles  of  the  group  of 


*  Arcoscalpellum  is  exactly  equivalent  to  Holoscalpelhon  Pils..  Bull.  60,  U.  S.  N. 
Mus.,  p.  25,  published  a  few  days  later  than  Hoek's  work. 


110  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

Scalpellum  aurivillii  these  latera  are  very  much  reduced,  and  in  some 
cases  are  displaced,  lying  free  over  the  adjacent  rostral  latus,  which 
actually  comes  in  contact  with  the  carinal  latus. ^  The  considerable 
number  of  species  showing  this  reducting  of  the  inframedian  latera 
gives  ground  for  the  belief  that  an  1 1-valved  type  of  Scalpellum  will 
eventually  be  evolved,  if  indeed  it  does  not  already  exist. 

The  following  groups  with  partially  calcified  valves  have  been 
derived  from  the  Arcoscalpellum  stock. 

The  section  Mesoscalpellum  Hoek,  type  S.  javanicum  Hoek,  consists 
of  partially  calcified  barnacles  which  are  shown  by  their  ontogeny, 
now  known  pretty  fully  in  a  few  forms,  to  be  descended  from  fully 
calcified  forms  of  Arcoscalpellum,  like  S.  idioplax  or  S.  carinatum. 
The  evidence  at  hand  indicates  the  existence  of  several  collateral  lines, 
probably  derived  from  as  many  normal  species,  so  that  the  group  is  a 
polyphyletic  one.  The  early  post-larval  stages  in  at  least  two  species, 
which  I  have  worked  out  and  figured  («S.  larvale  and  S.  japonicum), 
are  indistinguishable  from  Arcoscalpellum. 

Mesoscalpellum  will  include,  for  the  present,  besides  the  forms 
described  in  Hoek's  Siboga  report,  the  group  of  S.  intermedium  (S. 
intermedium,  S.  nipponense,  S.  laccadivicum) ,  the  group  of  S.  japonicum, 
the  group  of  S.  larvale,  and  that  of  S.  gruveli  {S.  gruveli,  S.  imperfectum, 
S.  sanctcebarhane) . 

The  section  Neoscalpellum  Pilsbry,  type  S.  dicheloplax,  contains  the 
most  modified  of  the  imperfectly  calcified  forms, — bizarre,  skeleton- 
like creatures  with  all  the  paired  plates  reduced  to  narrow,  diverging 
rami. 

The  early  stages  are  not  known,  but  half-grown  individuals  show  an 
approximation  to  the  condition  of  adults  of  the  S.  japonicum  group, 
so  that  a  common  origin  is  probable,  and  it  may  be  found  superfluous  to 
retain  Neoscalpellum  as  a  separate  section.  The  species  are  widely 
scattered  geographically,  and  all  inhabit  abysmal  depths. 

S.  edwardsi  Gruvel.     Azores,  4,255  meters. 

S.  dicheloplax  Pilsbry.     Off  Eastern  United  States,  1525-1544  fathoms. 

S.  phantasma  Pilsbry.     Off  California,  2196  fathoms. 

;S.  marginatum  Hoek.     Off  New  Guinea,  5640  fathoms. 

The  nearly  simultaneous  publication  of  some  32  new  species  of 
Sccdpellum  by  Dr.  Hoek  and  38  by  myself,  in  1907,  has  resulted  in 


See  Bull.  60,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  p.  65,  fig.  26. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  Ill 

several  homonyms.     Tavo  species  require  new  names.     Both  belong 
to  the  subgenus  Arcoscalpellum. 
Scalpellum  cMliense  n.  n. 

ScalpcUum  gracile  Pilsbry,  Bull.  60,  U.  S.  Xat.  Mus.,  p.  60,  fig.  23  (November 

9,  1907).     Not  S.  gracile  Hoek,  Siboga-Expeditie,  Cirripedia  Pedunculata, 

p.  105,  PI.  8,  fig.  8  (October,  1907). 

Scalpellum  bellum  n.  n. 

Scalpellum  jormosum  Pilsbry,  Bull.  60,  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  p.  58,  fig.  22  (Novem- 
ber 9,  1907).  Not  S.  jormosum  Hoek,  Siboga-Expeditie,  Cirripedia 
Pedunculata,  p.  110,  PL  8,  figs.  11,  llo  (October,  1907). 


112  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [April, 


GENERIC  TYPES  OF  NEARCTIC  REPTILIA  AND  AMPHIBIA. 

BY  ARTHUR  ERWIN  BROWN. 

By  the  adoption  of  the  new  Article  30  of  the  International  Zoological 
Code  at  the  Boston  meeting  of  the  seventh  Congress  in  August,  1907, 
the  methods  of  nomenclature  are  brought  measurably  nearer  to 
uniformity;  perhaps  as  near  as  is  possible  under  any  set  of  rules,  for 
it  must  always  be  true  of  inelastic  rules — and  fortunate  that  it  is  so — 
that  they  cannot  excuse  the  individual  from  the  exercise  of  independ- 
ent judgment  in  cases  such  as  those  where  diverging  opinions  may 
fairly  be  held  as  to  their  application.  Absolute  agreement  is  not 
likely  to  be  reached  until,  in  respect  of  the  past,  names  themselves 
are  formally  adopted  by  general  accord,  instead  of  rules. 

So  completely  representative  a  body  as  the  International  Zoological 
Congress  having  unanimously  adopted  the  new  Article,  the  way  is 
made  easy  for  the  minority  of  zoologists  who  are  dissenters  as  to  some 
of  its  provisions,  for  they  may  now  be  willing  to  yield  their  practice 
to  so  great  a  preponderance  of  opinion  in  matters  which  are  those  onl}' 
of  convention. 

For  this  reason  the  Code  is  here  followed  in  all  essential  details,  even 
to  the  acceptance  of  undefined  genera,  such  as  those  of  Fitzinger  in 
the  System  Reptilium,  in  place  of  others  which  in  the  author's  own 
opinion  have  a  better  claim  to  be  preferred.  But  it  is  not  now  profit- 
able to  discuss  the  question. 

For  most  of  the  genera  here  included  types  have  been  ascertained 
from  time  to  time  as  necessity  required,  but  the  whole  list  has  now 
been  re\dsed  in  accordance  with  the  present  rule. 

No  full  synonymy  of  the  genera  has  been  attempted,  the  names 
cited  as  equivalents  being  only  those  that  have  been  in  recent  use  for 
the  whole  or  a  part  of  the  contents  of  the  one  adopted. 

REPTILIA. 

The  name  was  first  used  by  Laurenti  (1768)  for  his  three  divisions, 
(I)  Salientia,  (II)  Gradientia,  (III)  Serpentes,  and  included  all  reptiles 
and  amphibians.  The  correct  limits  of  the  class  were  first  laid  down 
by  Gray  (Annals  of  Philosophy,  (2),  10,  p.  194,  1825). 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  113 

CROCODILINI. 

First  separated  as  a  distinct  order,  under  this  name,  by  Oppel 
{Ord.  and  Fam.  Rept.,  p.  19,  1811).  By  Linnaeus  they  were  placed  in 
his  genus  Lacerta.  By  Laurenti  in  Gradientia  with  lizards  and  tailed 
amphibians.  By  most  other  early  authors  under  "sauriens"  or 
saurii,  usually  with  lizards.  "Emydosauriens"  was  used  by  Latreille 
(1801)  and  Blainville  (1816).  This  w^as  Latinized  into  Emydosauria 
by  Gray  (1825).  Loricata  Merrem  (1820)  was  used  twenty-eight  years 
earlier  for  a  subdivision  of  edentate  mammals  by  Vicq.  d'Azyr  {Syst. 
Anat.  des  Anim.,  1792). 

Crooodilus  Laur.  (Syst.  Rept.,  p.  5.3,  1768). 

Type  by  tautonomy  Crocodilus  niloticus  Laur.  (=  Lacerta  croco- 
dilus  Linn.  part.). 

Alligator  Cuvier  (Ann.  du  Musee,  X,  p.  63,  1807). 

Type  by  elimination  Crocodilus  lucius  Cuv.  (=  Crocodilus  missis- 
sippiensis  Daudin). 

TESTUDINATA. 

Oppel  (Ord.  and  Fam.  Rept.,  p.  3,  1811).  Turtles  were  placed  in  the 
genus  Testudo  by  Linnaeus.  They  were  not  mentioned  by  Laurenti. 
According  to  Dr.  Stejneger  they  were  named  Testudines  by  Batsch 
(1788).  They  were  called  "cheloniens"  by  Brongniart,  Daudin  and 
Cuvier.  Chelonii  by  Latreille  {Hist.  Nat.  des  Salamandres  de  France, 
etc.,  p.  xi,  1800)  and  Dumeril  (1806).  Cataphracta  Link  (1807).  Dr. 
Stejneger  properly  objects  to  the  use  of  the  mere  plural  of  the  generic 
terms  Testudo  and  Chelonia,  and  accepts  Oppel's  name  rather  than 
resurrect  the  obscure  Cataphracta  Link,  four  years  earlier. 

ATHECE. 
DERMOOHELID^. 
Dermochelys  Blain.  (Bull.  Soc.  Philom.,  1816,  p.  111). 

This  genus  was  based  upon  the  "tortue  a  cuir"  (=  Testudo  coriacea 
Linn.). 

=  Sphargis  Merrem  (1820),  same  type. 

THECOPHORA. 
CHELYDRID^. 

Chelydra  Schweig.  (Prod.,  p.  23,  1814). 

Monotype  TestuAo  serpentina  Linn. 
=  Chelonura  Fleming  (1822).     Same  type. 
8 


114  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

Maoroolemmys  Gray  (Cat.  Sh.  Kept.,  I,  p.  48,  1855). 

Monotype  Chelonura  temminckii  Holb. 
=  Macrochehjs  Gray  (1856).     Same  type. 

OINOSTERNID^. 

Cinostemum  Spix  (Spec  Nov.  Test.,  p.  17,  1824). 

Founded  upon  Kinosternon  longicaudatum  and  K.  hrevicaudatum. 
Both  being  synonyms  of  Testudo  scorpioides  Linn.,  the  genus  is  mono- 
typic. 

>  Thyrosternum  Agass.  (1857).     Type  Cinostemum  pennsylvanicum. 

>  Plafythyra  Agass.  (1857).     Type  Cinostemum  flavescens. 

Sternothoerus  Gray  (Ann.  of  Philo.s.,  1825,  p.  193). 

Type  by  ehmination  S.  odoratus  Daudin.  Also  by  designation  of 
Fitzinger  {Syst.  Rept.,  p.  29,  1843). 

Stemothceriis  as  cited  by  Gray  from  Bell's  manuscript  contained  S. 
odorata  and  S.  pennsylvanica.  The  last  belonging  strictly  to  Cino- 
stemum Spix,  odorata  becomes  the  type.  This  use  of  the  name  ante- 
dates by  a  short  time  Sternothoerus  Bell  (Zool.  Jour.,  11,305,  1825). 
Aromochelys  Gray  (1855)  also  has  odorata  for  type. 

TESTUDINID^. 

Chrysemys  Gray  (Cat.  Tort.,  p.  27,  1844). 

Founded  on  Emys  picta  Schweig.  and  E.  belli  Gray.  Gray  retained 
■picta  as  the  type  {Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.,  1869,  p.  191). 

>  Pseudemys  Gray  (1855).     Type  Pseudemys  concinna. 

>  Ptychemys  Agass.  (1857).     Type  Ptychemys  concinna. 
'^  Trachemys  Agass.  (1857).     Type  Trachemys  scabra. 

>  Deirochelys  Agass.  (1857).     Type  Deirochelys  reticulata, 
y- CaUichelys  Gray  (1863) .     Type  Emys  ornata. 

Halaooolemmys^  Gray  (Cat.  Tort.,  p.  27,  1844). 

Monotype  Testudo  concentrica  Shaw  (=  Testudo  terrapin  SchoepfT). 

>  Graptemys  Agass.  (1857).     Type  Graptemys  geographica. 
Clemmys  Ritgen  (Nova  Acta  Acad.  Leop.  Car.,  XIV,  pt.  1,  272.  1828). 

Type  by  elimination  Emys  punctata  ( =  Testudo  guttata  Schn.). 

=  Chelopus  Rafin.  (1832).     Same  type. 
=  Nanemys  Agass.  (1857).     Same  type. 

>  Calemys  Agass.  (1857).     Tj-pe  Calemys  muhlenbergi. 

>  Giyptemys  Agass.  (1857).     Type  Glyptemys  insculptus. 

>  Actinemys  Agass.  (1857).     Type  Actinemys  marmorata. 

Emys  Oppel  (Ord.  Fam.  Rept.,  p.  11,  1811).= 

Oppel  cited  three  species : 

'  Written  Malaclemys  by  Gray,  but  stated  by  him  to  be  a  mistake. 
^Emys  Dum^ril  {Zool.  Anal,  p.  76,  1806) 'is  not  used  in  a  properly  generic 
sense  and  has  no  standing. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  115 

"Sterno  antice  mobile — E.  lutaria." 

''Sterno  cmciforme  j  '^'P'^'f,^;;  ^^f  ^/'"  ^^  ^^^^^ 
( longicoUis    <  Chelodina  Fitz.,  1826. 

Emys  lutaria  was  also  designated  as  the  type  by  Fitzinger  in  1843, 
under  the  name  of  Emys  europcea  Schw. 

=  Ermjdoidea  Gray  (1870).     T>T)e  Emys  Blandingii. 
Ttrrapene  Merrem  (Tent.  Syst.  Amph.,  p.  27,  1820). 

Type  T.  clausa  Merr.  ( =  Testudo  Carolina  Linn.).  By  designation  of 
Gray  (Ann.  of  Philos.,  X,  1825,  p.  192). 

Cistudo  Fleming  (Phil.  ZooL,  II,  p.  270,  1822),  often  used  for  these 
turtles,  is  wanting  in  definition  and  in  any  case  is  an  exact  synonym 
of  Terrapene  Merrem,  two  years  its  senior,  both  being  founded  on 
Cuvier's  "tortues  a  boite." 

Didicla  Rafin.  (Atl.  Journal,  1832,  p.  64)  has  T.  dmisa  for  type  and  is 
also  a  synonym. 

Testudo  Linn.  (Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  p.  197,  1758). 

Type  Testudo  graeca  Linn.  By  designation  of  Fitzinger  (Syst. 
RepL,  29,  1843). 

>  Gopherus  Rafin.  (1832).     Type  Testudo  polyphemus. 

>  Xerobates  Agass.  (1857).     Type  Testudo  herlandieri. 

CHELONID^. 

Chelonia  Latreille  (Hist.  Nat.  Kept.,  1,  p.  22,  1802). 

Type  Testudo  mydas  Linn.  By  original  designation.  This  genus  is 
often  attributed  to  Brongniart  (Bull.  Soc.  Philom.,  11,  p.  89,  1800). 
In  that  place,  however,  it  rests  upon  these  words  onl)%  "G.  Chelone- 
Chelonia  (ce  sont  les  tortues  de  mer),"  and  is  a  nomen  nudum. 

Caretta  Rafin.  (SpeccioSci.  (Palermo),  11,  66,  1814). 

Monotype  C.  nasuta  Raf.  (=  T.  caretta  Linn.). 
Rafinesque's  words  are  "Caretta  nasuta  Raf.,  Testudo  caretta  Linn." 
=  ThalassochelysY'iiz.{\S'ib).     Same  type. 
Eretmoohelys  Fitz.  (Syst.  Rept.,  p.  30,  1843). 

Type  Chelonia  imhricata  Cuv.     By  original  designation. 

TRIONYOHID^. 

Platypeltis  Fitz.  (Ann.  Wien  Mus.,  1,  pp.  120,  127,  1835). 

Type  Platypeltis  ferox  Schweig. 

The  two  species  named  by  Fitzinger,  Trionyx  brongniartii  Schw.  and 

T.  ferox  Schw.  are  identical,  and  the  genus  is  therefore  monotypic.     The 

same  species  was  designated  by  Fitzinger  (Syst.  Rept.,  30,  1843). 

Amyda  Oken  (1816).     Type  Trionyx  euphraticus. 
Aspidonectes  Wagl.  (1830).     Type  Trionyx  cegypticus. 


116  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

SQUAMATA. 

Correctly  outlined  by  Merrem  {Tent.  Syst.  Amph.,  p.  39,  1820)  with 
groups  (I)  Gradientia,  (II)  Repentia,  (III)  Serpentia. 

Oppel  used  Squamata  in  1811  with  groups  (I)  saurii,  (II)  ophidii, 
but  he  included  crocodiles  in  saurii. 

LACERTILIA. 

Authors  previous  to  Owen  either  included  with  lizards  the  crocodiles, 
or  omitted  serpentiform  lizards,  under  the  names  Gradientia,  "sau- 
riens,"  or  saurii.  They  were  first  correctly  delimited  under  the  name 
Lacertilia  by  Owen  {Rep.  Br.  Ass.  Adv.  of  Sc,  1841,  p.  162). 

GEOKONIDuE. 

Phyllodactylus  Gray  (Spicilegia  Zoologica,  p.  3,  1830). 

Monotype  Phyllodactylus  pulcher  Gray. 
Sphfflrodaotylua  Wagl.  (Syst.  Amph.,  p.  143,  1830). 

Type  Sphcerodactylus  sputator  Sparr.  By  designation  of  Fitzinger 
{Syst.  Rept.,  18,  1843).  It  was  also  the  only  one  of  Wagler's  species 
retained  in  the  genus  by  Gray  (1831)  and  Dumeril  and  Bibron  (1836). 

EUBLEPH  ARID^ . 

Coleonix  Gray  (Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  184,5,  162). 

Type  Coleonyx  elegans  Gray.  By  designation  of  Boulenger  {Cat. 
Liz.  Br.  Mus.,  1,  p.  234,  1885). 

IGUANID^. 

Anolis  Daudin  (Hist.  Nat.  Rept.,  IV,  p.  50,  1803). 

According  to  Dr.  Stejneger  {Herp.  of  Porto  Rico,  625,  1904)  the  type 
of  Anolis  is  A.  hullaris.  But  the  pertinency  of  this  name  to  any  known 
species  is  far  from  certain.  Lacerta  hullaris  linn,  rests  on  Catesby's 
plate  66,  "Lacerta  viridis  jamaicensis ,"  whose  recognition  is  chiefly 
an  act  of  faith.  No  other  of  the  early  authors  added  exactness  to  its 
use.  A.  hullaris  Daud.  {I.  c,  p.  69)  is  based  on  L.  hullaris  Linn.,  adding 
thereto  Catesby's  plate  65,  "Lacerta  viridis  carolinensis /'  and  another 
unassignable  Linnean  name,  L.  strumosa.  Dumeril  and  Bibron  (Vol. 
4,  pp.  117,  120)  divide  A.  hullaris  Daud.  into  A.  chloro-cyanus  and  A. 
carolinensis,  considering  the  first  of  these  species  to  be  questionably 
L.  hullaris  Linn.  As  A.  carolinensis  D.  and  B.  rests  on  a  firm  basis  in 
Catesby,  it  would  seem  that  this  name  should  not  be  disturbed,  and 
that  hullaris  of  authors  should  be  permitted  to  remain  in  obscurity. 


1508.]  NATUKAX,   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  117 

Ctenosaura  Wiegman  (Isis,  1828,  p.  371). 

Monotype  Ctenosaura  cyduroides  Wieg.  (=  Lacerta  acanthura  Shaw). 

Dipsosaurus  Hallowell  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1854,  92). 

jMonotype  Crotaphytus  dorsalis  B.  and  G. 

CrotaphytUS  Holbrook  (No.  Am.  Herp.,  II,  p.  79,  1842). 

Monotype  Agama  collaris  Say. 

Sauromalus  DuoKiril  (Arch,  du  Mus.,  VIII,  535,  1856). 

Monotype  Sauromalus  ater  Dum. 

Callisaurus  Blainville  (Nouv.  Ann.  du  Mus.,  IV,  286,  1835). 

Type  Callisaurus  draconoides  Blain.     By  original  designation. 

Uma  Baird  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1858,  p.  253). 

Monotype  Uma  notata  Bd. 

Holbrookia  Girard  (Proc.  A.  A.  A.  Science,  IV.  201,  1851). 

Monotype  Holbrookia  maculata  Gir. 

Uta  Baird  and  Girard  (Stans.  Exp.  Gr.  Salt  Lake,  344,  1852). 

Type  Uta  stanshuriana  B.  and  G.     By  original  designation. 

Soeloporus  Wiegman  (Isis,  1828,  p.  369). 

Type  Sceloporus  torquatus  Wieg.  By  designation  of  Fitzinger 
(Syst.  Rept.,  p.  17,  1843). 

PhrynoBoma  Wiegman  (Isis,  1828,  p.  367). 

Subgenus  Phrynosoma  Wieg.  Type  Lacerta  orhicidare  Linn.  By 
designation  of  Wiegman  {Herp.  Mex.,  18,  1834). 

Subgenus  Anota  Hallowell  {Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1852,  p.  182). 
Monotype  Anota  Mccallii  Hallow. 

HELODERMATIDiE. 

Heloderma  Wiegman  (Isis,  1829,  p.  627). 

Monotype  Heloderma  horridum  Wieg. 

ANGUID^. 
OpMsaurus  Daudin  (Hist.  Rept.,  VII,  346,  1803). 

Monotype  Anguis  ventralis  Linn. 

DiploglosSUS  Wiegman  (Herp.  Mex.,  36,  1834). 

Type  Tiliqua  fasciata  Gray.  By  designation  of  Dum.  and  Bib. 
{Erp.  Gen.,  V,  588,  1839).^ 

Subgenus  Celestus  Gray  (Aim.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1839,  p.  288). 
Monotype  Celestus  striatus  Gray. 


^  The  subgenus  Diploglossus  is  extra  limital. 


118  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [Apfil, 

GerrhonotUS  Wiegman  (Isi?,  1828,  p.  379). 

Subgenus  Gerrhonotus  Wieg.  Type  Gerrhonotus  tessellatus  Wieg. 
(  =  G.  liocephalus  Wieg.)-  By  designation  of  Fitzinger  {Syst.  Rept., 
21,  1843). 

Subgenus  Barissia  Gray  {Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1838,  p.  390).  Type 
Barissia  imbricata  Gray.  By  designation  of  Stejneger  {Proc.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.,XUI,  183,  1890). 

XANTUSIIDiE. 

XantUBia  Baird  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1858,  p.  255). 

Monotype  Xantusia  vigilis  Bd. 

Zablepsis  Cope  (Amer.  Naturalist,  1895,  p.  758). 

Type  Xantusia  henshawi  Stej.     B}'^  original  designation. 

Amoebopsis  Cope  (Amer.  Naturalist,  1895,  p.  758). 

Type  Xantusia  gilberti  Van  Den.     By  original  designation. 

TEIID^. 
Cnemidoplieraa  Wagler  (Syst.  Amph.,  154,  1830). 

Subgenus  Cnemidophorus  Wagl.  Type  Seps  murinus  Laur.  By 
designation  of  Fitzinger  {Syst.  Rept.,  20,  1843).  Dr.  H.  Gadow,  in  an 
interesting  analysis'  of  this  genus  (P.  Z.  S.  London,  1906,  1,  p.  288), 
makes  reference  to  C.  sexlineatus  as  being  the  type.  But  in  no  way 
could  this  be,  for  it  is  not  one  of  the  species  enumerated  by  Wagler. 

Subgenus  Verticaria  Cope  {Proc.  Am.  Phil.  Sac,  1869,  p.  158).  Type 
Cnemidophorus  hyperythrus  Cope.     By  original  designation. 

SOINOIDuE. 

LygOSOma  Gray  (Zool.  Journal,  III,  1827,  p.  228). 

Monotype  Lacerta  serpens  Bloch  ( =  L.  chalcides  Linn.). 

Subgenus  Liolepisma  Dum.  and  Bib.  {Erp.  Gen.,  V,  742,  1839). 
Monotype  Scincus  telfairi  Desj . 

=  Oligosoma  Girard  (1857).     Type  Mocoa  zelandica. 
PlMtiodon  Dum.  and  Bib.  (Erp.  Gen.,  V,  697,  1839). 

Type  Lacerta  quinquelineata  Linn.  By  designation  of  Fitzinger 
{Syst.  Rept.,  p.  22,  1843). 

Eumeces  Wiegman  {Herp.  Mex.,  p.  36,  1834)  can  not  be  used  for  this 
genus.     Wiegman  included  in  it  three  species : 

1.  Scincus  pavimentatus  Geofi.   <  Plestiodon  D.  and  B.,  1839. 

2.  Scincus  rufescens  Merreni       =  type  of  Eumeces  Fitz.,  1843. 

3.  Scincus  punctatus  Schn.  =  type  of  Eumeces  D.  and  B.,  1839. 
The  selection  of  S.  punctatus  Schn.  (not  Riopa  punctata  Gray,  1839) 


1008.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  119 

as  type  by  Dumeril  and  Bibron  (Vol.  Y,  p.  630)  ties  Eumeces  to  a  sec- 
tion of  skinks  with  iinseparated  pterygoids.  The  available  name  for 
the  present  genus  seems  to  be  Plestiodon. 

ANELYTROPID^. 

AnelytropsiS  Cope  (Proc.  Am.  Phila.  Soc,  1885,  p.  3S0). 

Monotype  Anelytropsis  papillosus  Cope. 
ANNIELLID^. 

Anniella  Gray  (Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1852,  p.  440). 

Monotype  Anniella  pulchra  Gray. 

EUOHIROTID^. 

Euchirotes  Cope  (Amer.  Naturalist,  1894,  p.  4.36). 

i\Ionotype  Euchirotes  biporus  Cope. 

AMPHISBuS3NID  ^ . 

Rhineura  Cope  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1861,  p.  75). 

Type  Lepidosternum  floridana  Bd.     By  original  designation. 

OPHIDIA. 

Serpentes  Linn,  included  snakes,  amphisbsenians  and  csecilians,  as 
also  did  Serpentia  Laiir.  (1768)  and  Ophidii  Daudin  (1803).  Serpentes 
Dumeril  (1806)  included  csecilians.  Ophidii  Oppel  (1811)  and  Ser- 
pentia Merrem  (1820)  included  amphisbsenians.  The  serpents  were 
first  cleared  of  unrelated  forms  by  Ciray,  using  the  name  Ophidii 
(Ann.  of  Philos.,  1825,  p.  204). 

LEPTOT  YPHLOPID^ . 

LeptOtyphlops  Fitzinger  (Syst.  Rept.,  p.  24,  1843). 

Type  Typhlops  nigricans  Schlegel.     By  original  designation. 

=  Glauconia  Gray  (184.5).     Type  Typhlops  ?iigricans. 

>  Rena  B.  and  G.  (1853).     Type  Rena  dulcis  B.  and  G. 

>  Siagonodon  Veters  (1881).     Type  Typhlops  septetnstriatus  Schn. 

BOIDiE. 

Lichanura  Cope  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1861,  p.  304). 

^lonotype  Lichanura  trivirgata  Cope. 

Charina  Gray  (Cat.  Sn.  Br.  Mus.,  p.  113,  1849). 

Monotype  Tortrix  hottce  Blain. 

=  Wenona  B.  and  G.  (1853).     Type  Wenona  plunibea  B.  and  G. 


120  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

COLUBRID^. 
Tropidonotus  Boi(S  (Isis,  1826,  I,  p.  204). 

Type  Coluber  natrix  Linn.  By  designation  of  Boie  {Isis,  1827,  p. 
518). 

=  Natrix  Laur.  (Cope,  18SS).     Not  Cope,  1862. 

>  Nerodia  B.  and  G.  (1853).     Tj^pe  Coluber  sipedon  Linn. 

>  Regina  B.  and  G.  (1853).     TyY>e  Coluber  leberis  Linn. 

>  Clonophis  Cope  (1888).     Tj-pe  Regina  kirtlandii  Kenn. 

The  use  of  Natrix  Laur.  for  this  genus  does  not  appear  to  me  obliga- 
tory or  excusable.  The  rule  under  which  types  of  undefined  genera 
are  accepted  does  not  constrain  or  even  imply  that,  in  the  case  of  an 
originally  defined  genus,  a  species  must  be  accepted  as  type  having 
characters  contrary  to  the  definition.  If  it  did  so,  the  only  consistent 
course  would  be  to  admit  that  the  Code  does  not  consider  definitions  at 
all.  It  was  pointed  out  by  me  (Science,  July  6,  1907,  p.  117)  that  of 
the  fourteen  recognizable  species  cited  by  Laurenti  under  Natrix,  now 
distributed  among  eight  genera,  the  two  belonging  to  the  present  genus 
are  the  only  ones  at  diametric  variance  with  "  Truncus  glabernitidus," 
which  is  the  sole  character  of  diagnostic  value  in  the  definition. 

Because  Fleming  (Philos.  of  ZooL,  II,  p.  291,  1822)  chose  to  select  an 
unconforming  type  for  Natrix  in  T.  torquata  (=  Coluber  natrix  Linn.), 
or  because  the  rule  of  "type  by  tautonomy"  could  be  applied  to  the 
case,  it  does  not  follow  that  we  are  compelled  to  use  Natrix.  It  is  still 
open  to  rejection  for  any  group  as  a  meaningless  conglomerate.  It  is 
also  questionable  whether  Fleming's  citation  of  a  species  after  some  of 
the  genera  given  by  him  constitutes  selection  of  a  type  in  accordance 
with  paragraph  llg  of  Article  30. 

As  first  published  in  a  posthumous  letter  from  Kuhl  (Isis,  1822,  p. 
473)  Tropidonotus  is  a  nomen  nudum.  But  four  years  later  it  was  well 
defined  by  Boie  (Isis,  1826, 1,  204),  who  credited  it  to  Kuhl,  and  named 
under  it  Coluber  natrix  Linn,  and  viperinus  Daudin.  The  following 
year  he  definitely  fixed  natrix  as  the  type. 

Thamnophis  Fitzinger  (Syst.  Kept.,  p.  26,  1843). 

Type  Tropidonotus  sauritus  Schl.     By  original  designation. 

=  Eutcenia  B.  and  G.  (1853).     Same  type. 

>  Atomarchus  Cope  (1883).     Type  Atomarchus  multimaculatus  Cope. 

>  Stypocemus  Cope  (1875).     Tj^pe  Stypocemus  rufopunctatus  Coi>e,  by  substitu- 

tion for  Chilopoma  Cope,  preoccupied. 

Tropidoclonium  Cope  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1860,  p.  76). 

Type  Microps  lineatiim  Hallow.     By  original  designation. 

Seminatrix  Cope  (Anier.  Naturalist,  1895,  p.  678). 

Type  Seminatrix  pygceus  Cope.     By  original  designation. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  121 

Helicops  Wagler  (S3-st.  Amph.,  170,  1830). 

Type  Helicops  carinicaudatus  Wagl.     B}^  designation  of  Fitzinger 
{Syst.  RepL,  25,  1843). 

>  Liodytes  Cope  (1885).     T\-pe  Helicops  alleni  Garm. 
Amphiardis  Cope  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  1888,  p.  391). 

Type  Virginia  inornata  Garm.     By  original  designation. 

Haldea  B.  and  G.  (Cat.  No.  Am.  Serp.,  122,  1853). 

Type  Coluber  striatula  Linn.     By  original  designation. 

Storeria  B.  and  G.  (Cat.  No.  Am.  Serp.,  135,  1853). 

Type  Tropidonotus  dekayi  Holb.     By  original  designation. 
=  Ischnognathus  Dum.  and  Bib.  (1853).     Same  type. 
DrymarcllOll  Fitzinger  (Syst  Kept.,  26,  1843). 

T3'pe  Coluber  corais  Daudin.     By  original  designation. 

<  Spiloies  ^^'agle^  (1830).     Type  S.  pullatus. 

=  Compsosoma  Cope  (1895).     No  tj^pe.      =  Compsosoma  Dum.  and  Bib.  part. 
=  Georgia  B.  and  G.  (1853).     Type  Coluber  couperi  Holb. 

Drymobius  Fitzinger  (Syst.  Kept.,  26,  1843). 

Type  Herpetodryas  margaritiferus  Schl.     By  original  designation. 

Callopeltis  (Fitz.)  Bonap.  (Icon.  Fauna  Ital.,  Vol. II, and  Mem.  Acad. Torino  (2),  11,401, 1840). 

Type  Coluber  leopardinus.     By  original  designation  of  Fitzinger. 

=  Coluber  auctores. 

>  Scofophis  B.  and  G.  (1853).     Tjqje  Coluber  allegheniensis  Holb. 
=  Xatrix  Laur.  (Cope,  1862).     Not  Cope,  1888. 

Arizona  Kenn.  (U.  S.  Mex.  Bound.  Surv.,  18,  1859). 

Monot3'pe  Arizona  elegans  Kenn. 

<  Rhinechis^licah.  (1833).     Type  Rhinechis  scalaris. 
Pityophis  Holbrook  (No.  Am.  Herp.,  IV,  7,  1842). 

Monotype  Coluber  melanoleu^us  Daudin. 

Coluber  Linn  (Syst.  Nat.  Ed.,  X,  216,  1758). 

Type  Coluber  constrictor  Linn.     By  designation  of  Fitzinger  {Syst. 
RepL,  26,  1843). 

=  Zamenis 'SXagler  (1830).     Type  Xatrix  gemonensis  Laur. 

>  Bascanium  B.  and  G.  (1853).     Type  Coluber  constrictor  Linn. 
y>Masticophis  B.  and  G.  (1853).     Type  Coluber  flagelhim  Shaw. 

ITnder  the  new  Rule  30  we  are  no  longer  bound  to  Laurenti's  notion, 

as  first  reviser,  of  the  Umits  of  Coluber  and  are  therefore  freed  from  the 

consideration  of  Dr.  Stejneger's  proposal  {Herp.  of  Japan,  pp.  307, 

443,  1907)  to  transfer  the  name  to  the  genus  otherwise  known  as 

Vipera  I^aur. — a  change  which  would  have  been  serious  in  view  of  all 

the  connotations  of  the  word  "coluber."     The  present  shifting  of  the 

term  to  replace  Bascanium,  following  Fitzinger's  selection  of  a  type, 


122  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

long  antedates  Collett's  designation  of  Vipera  ferus  and  has  the  good 
fortune  to  preserve  both  the  long  established  family  names  Coluhridce 
and  Viperidce. 

Salvadora  B.  and  G.  (Cat.  No.  Am.  Serp.,  104,  1853). 

Type  Salvadora  Grahamke  B.  and  G.     By  original  designation. 
=  Phimothyra  Cope  (1860).     Same  type. 
Phyllorhynohus  Stejneger  (Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus..  1890,  p.  151). 

Type  PhyUorhynchus  hrowni  Stej.     By  original  designation. 

Opheodrys  Fitzinger  (Syst.  Kept.,  26,  1843). 

Type  Herpetodryas  cestivus  Schl.     By  original  designation. 

<  Le pto phis  BeW  (1826) .     Type  Leptophis  ahwtuUa. 

<;  Cydophis  Gunther  (1858).     Type  Herpetodryas  tricolor. 

Liopeltis  Fitzinger  (Syst.  Kept.,  26,  1843). 

Type  Herpetodryas  tricolor  Schl.     By  original  designation. 

>  Chlorosoma  B.  and  G.  (1853).     Type  Coluber  vernalis  DeKay. 
Contia  B.  and  G.  (Cat.  No.  Am.  Serp.,  110,  1853). 

Type  Contia  mitis  Bd.     By  original  designation. 

Pseudoficimia  Bocourt  (Miss.  Sci.  au  Max.,  572,  1883) 

Monotype  Pseudoficimia  pulchra  Boc. 

Conopsis  Giinther  (Cat.  Sn.  Br.  Mus.,  6,  1858). 

Monotype  Conopsis  nasus  Giinth. 

Toluca  Kennicott  (U.  S.  and  Mex.  Bound.  Surv.,  23,  1859). 

Monotype  Toluca  lineata  Kenn. 

DiadopMs  B.  and  G.  (Cat.  No.  Am.  Serp.,  112,  1853). 

Type  Coluber  punctatus  Linn.     By  original  designation. 

Lampropeltis  Fitzinger  (Syst.  Rept.,25,  1843). 

Type  Herpetodryas  getulus  Schl.     By  original  designation. 

=  Ophibolus  B.  and  G.  (1853).     Type  Coronella  sayi  Holb. 

>  Osceola  B.  and  G.  (1853).     Type  Calamaria  elapsoiclea  Holb. 

Stilosoma  A.  Brown  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  199,  1890). 

Monotype  Stilosoma  extenuatum  A.  Brown. 

CarphopMs  Gervais  (Diet.  Hist.  Nat.  d'Orbigny,  III,  191,  1843). 

Monotype  Coluber  amoenus  Say. 

>  Carphophiops  Gervais  (1843).     Type  C.  vermifortnis. 
=  Celuta  B.  and  G.  (1853).     Type  Coluber  amoejius  Sav. 

=  Brachyorros  Holbrook  (1842).     Same  type.     Not  of  Boie  (1827). 

Faranoia  Gray  (Zool.  Misc.,  p.  68,  1842). 

Monotype  Farancia  Drummondi  Gray  (=  Coluber  abaciirus  Holb.). 

Abastor  Gray  (Cat.  Sn.  Br.  Mus.,  p.  78,  1849). 

Monotype  Helicops  erythrogrammus  Wagler. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  123 

Virginia  B.  and  G.  (Cat.  No.  Am.  Serp.,  p.  127.  1853). 

Type  Virginia  Vcdcrice  B.  and  G.     By  crrigmal  designation. 

Ficimia  Gray  (Cat.  Sn.  Br.  Mus.,  p.  80.  1849). 

^lonotype  Ficimia  olivacea  Gray. 

Chilomeniscus  Cope  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila..  1860.  p.  339). 

^lonotype  Chilomeniscus  stramineus  Cope. 

Cemophora  Cope  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1860,  p.  244). 

Type  Coluber  coccineus  Blum.     By  original  designation. 

Rhinochilus  B.  and  G.  (Cat.  No.  Am.  Serp.,  p.  120,  1853). 

Type  Rhinochilus  Lecontei  B.  and  G.     By  original  designation. 

Hypsijlena  Cope  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1860,  p.  246). 

Type  Hypsiglena  ochrorhyncha  Cope.     By  original  designation. 

Rhadinea  Cope  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1863,  p.  10). 

Type  Tceniophis  vermiculaticeps  Cope.     By  original  designation. 

Prof.  Cope  subsequently  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1868,  132) 
named  R.  melanocephala  D.  and  B.  as  the  type,  and  again  {Rep.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.,  1898,  p.  754)  he  says  the  type  is  R.  obtusa  Cope.  The 
genus  was,  however,  distinctly  founded  upon  T.  vermiculaticeps  on  its 
first  publication  in  1863. 

Heterodon  Latreille  (Hist.  Nat.  des  Kept.,  IV,  p.  32,  1800). 

^Monotype  Heterodon  platyrhinus  Latr. 

Trimorphodon  Cope  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1861,  p.  297). 

Type  Trimorphodon  lyrophanes  Cope.     By  original  designation. 

Leptodira  Fitzinger  (Syst.  Kept.,  p.  27,  1843). 

Type  Dipsas  anmdatus  Schl.  By  original  designation.  Sihon  Fitz. 
{Neue  Class  Rept.,  1826,  p.  29)  can  not  be  used  for  this  genus  of  opistho- 
glyph  snakes.  It  has,  by  tautonomy,  f or  type  Coluber  nebulatus  Linn. 
(=  Coluber  sibon  Linn.),  which  is  the  type  of  Petalognathus  Dum.  and 
Bib. 

Manolepis  Cope  (Proc.  Am.  Philos.  Soc,  1885,  p.  76). 

Type  Tomodon  nasutus  Cope.     By  original  designation. 

Concphis  Peters  (Monats.  Berl.  Acad.,  1860.  p.  519). 

jMonotype  Conophis  vittatus  Peters. 

Erythrolamprus  Boie  (Isis.  1826,  p.  981). 

Monotype  Coluber  venustissimus  Pr.  Max. 
=  Coniophanes  Hallow.  (1S60).     Type  C.  fissidens. 
Scolecophis  Fitzinger  (Syst.  Rept.,  p.  25,  1843). 

Type  Calamaria  atrocincta  SchL     By  original  designation. 


124 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [April, 


Tantilla  B.  and  G.  (Cat.  No.  Am.  Serp.,  p.  131,  1853). 

Type  Tantilla  coronata  B.  and  G.     By  original  designation. 

=  Homalocraniuni  Dum.  and  Bib.  (Erp.  Gen.,  YIl,  855,  1854).  Type  H. 
planiceps  (not  of  Dum.  and  Bib.,  Mem.  Acad.  Sci.,  1853,  p.  490.  Tj-pe 
Calamaria  hrachyorros  Hallow.). 

Elaps  Schneider  (Hist.  Amph.,  II,  p.  289,  1801). 

Type  Ela'ps  lemniscatus  linn.  By  designation  of  Gray  (Ann.  of 
Philos.,  1825,  p.  206). 

Fleming  (Philos.  ZooL,  II,  p.  295,  1822)  mentions  Elaps  lacteus,  but  it 
does  not  appear  that  in  this  work  types  are  selected  as  required  by  the 
present  rule. 

VIPBRID^. 
Anoistrodon  Beauvois  (Trans.  Am.  Philos.  Soc,  IV,  p.  381,  1799). 

Monotype  Agkistrodon  mokasen  Beau.   (=    Boa  contortrix  Linn.). 

Beauvois  says  (p.  381)  under  Agkistrodon,  "In  this  last  division 
should  be  arranged  the  mokasen,"  which  on  p.  370  he  refei"s  to  as 
Agkistrodon  mokasen. 

Sistrurus  Garman  (No.  Am.  Rept.,  p.  110,  1883). 

Type  Crotalus  miliarius  Linn.     By  substitution. 

Crotalus  Linn.  (Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  p.  214,  1758). 

Type  Crotalus  horridus  Linn.  By  designation  of  Gray  (Ann.  of 
Philos.,  1825,  p.  205). 

A.AIPHIBIA. 

According  to  Dr.  Stejneger  Batrachia  was  used  for  the  first  time  by 
Batsch  (1788)  as  an  exact  synonym  of  Salientia  Laurenti  (1768),  for 
which  reason  he  thinks  it  should  not  be  used  for  a  di\ision  of  wider 
scope.  Brongniart  (1800)  had  very  nearly  an  exact  conception  of  the 
contents  of  this  class,  for  he  even  suspected  that  the  csecilians  belong 
to  it,  but  he  used  only  the  vernacular  ''  batraciens."  All  other  authors 
omitted  csecilians  down  to  1811,  when  Oppel  used  Nuda  for  the  class, 
with  orders  (I)  Apoda,  (II)  Ecaudata,  (III)  Caudata.  Merrem  (1820) 
used  Batrachia  with  (I)  Apoda,  (II)  Salientia,  (III)  Gradientia. 

Amphibia  Linn,  included  reptiles  and  amphibians,  but  was  never 
used  in  exact  form  until  Gray  correctly  applied  it  (Ann.  of  Philos. 
(n.  s.),  10,  p.  213,  1825). 

By  strict  priority  the  name  would  be  Nuda  Oppel,  but  fortunately 
it  is  not  necessary  to  replace  a  well-known  class  name  by  one  so 
obscure. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  125 

SALIENTIA. 

Salientia  Laurenti  {Syn.  Rept.,  p.  24,  1768)  contained  the  genera 
Rana,  Pipa,  Hyla  and  Bufo,  as  well  as  Proteus,  which  seems  to  have 
been  founded  on  a  tadpole  of  Rana.  It  is  therefore  equivalent  to  and 
much  older  than  Ecaudata  Dumeril  (1806).  Anura,  attributed  by 
Cope  to  Dumeril,  has  no  standing,  as  that  author  used  only  "anoures." 

RANID^. 

Rana  Linn.  (Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  p.  354,  1758). 

Type  Rana  temporaria  Linn.  By  designation  of  Gray  (Ann.  of 
Philos.,  1825,  p.  214). 

ENGYSTOMATID^E. 

Engystoma  Fitzinger  (Neue  Class  Kept.,  p.  65,  1826). 

Rana  oralis  Schneider  is  the  only  one  of  Fitzinger's  species  retained 
in  Engystoma  by  Dumeril  and  Bibron  {Erp.  Gen.,  8,  p.  741,  1841)  and 
is  consequently  the  type. 

Hypopachus  Kerferstein  (Gottingen  Nachrichten,  1867,  p.  352). 

]\Ionotype  Hypopachus  Seebachii  Kerf.  (=  H.  variolosum  Cope). 
OYSTIGNATHID^. 

Lithodytes  Fitzinger  (Syst.  Rept.,  p.  31,  1843). 

Type  Hylodes  lineatus  D.  and  B.     By  original  designation. 

Syrrophus  Cope  (Amer.  Naturalist,  1878,  p.  253). 

Monotype  Syrrhophus  marnockii  Cope. 
HYLID^. 

Chorophilus  Baird  (Froc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1854,  p.  60). 

Monotype  Cystignathus  nigritus  Holb. 

Acris  Dum.  and  Bib.  (Erp.  Gen.,  8,  p.  506,  1841). 

Type  Hylodes  gryllus  DeKay.  By  designation  of  Baird  (Proc.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1854,  p.  59). 

Hyla  Laurenti  (Syst.  Rept.,  p.  32,  1768). 

T3q3e  Hyla  viridis  ( =  H.  arhorea  Linn.)  fide  Stejneger. 

Smilisca  Cope  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1865,  p.  194). 

Monotype  Smilisca  daulinia  Cope  (=  Hyla  haudinii  Dum.  and  Bib.), 
BUFONID^. 

Bufo  Laurenti  (Sy.st.  Rept.,  p.  25,  1758). 

Type  by  tautonomy  Bufo  vulgaris  Laur.  ( =  Rana  bufo  Linn.). 


126  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

PELOBATID^. 
Soaphiopus  Holbrook  (No.  Am.  Herp.,  I,  p.  85,  1836). 

]\Ionotype  Scaphiopus  solitarius  Holb. 

Spea  Cope  (Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  (2),  VI,  p.  81,  1866). 

Type  Scaphiopus  hombifrons  Cope  (=  *S.  hammondi  Baird).  By 
original  designation. 

CAUDATA. 

Dumeril  (Zoologie  Analytique,  94,  1806),  "les  batraciens  urodeles 
(caudati)."  The  following  year  {Nouv.  Bull,  des  Sc,  1807,  p.  36)  he, 
definitely  says  ''order  Caudati."  Urodela  is  often  based  upon  this 
reference,  but  Dumeril  used  neither  it  nor  Anura  in  Latin  form. 

PLEURODELIDuSJ . 

Diemyotylus  Rafinesque  (Ann.  of  Nature,  1820,  No.  22,  p.  5). 

Type  Triturus  viridescens.     By  original  designat 


ion. 


DESMOQNATHID^. 

Desmognathus  Baird  (Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  (2),  1,  pp.  282,' 285,  1850). 

Type  Triturus  fuscus  Rafin.  , 

PLETHODONTID^ 

Autodax  Boulenger  (Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1887,  p.  67). 

Type  Anaides  luguhris  Baird.     By  substitution  for  Anaides  Baird 
(1849),  preoccupied. 

Gyrinophilus  Cope  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1869,  p.  108). 

Monotype  Salamandra  porphyriticus  Green. 

Spelerpei  Rafinesque  (Atlantic  Journal,  I,  p.  22,  1832). 

Type  Spelerpes  lucifuga  Rafin.  (=  Salamandra  lorigicauda  Green). 
By  original  designation. 

Mancalus  Cope  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1869,  pp.  95,  101). 

Monotype  Salamandra  quadridigitata  Holb. 

Stereoohilus  Cope  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1869,  p.  100). 

Monotype  Pseudotriton  marginatum  Hollow. 

Plethodon  Tschudi  (M^m.  Soc.  Neuchatel,  1838,  pp,  59,  92). 

Type  Salamandra  glutinosa  Green.     By  designation  of  Bonaparte 
{Fauna  Ital,  H,  131). 

Hemidaotylium  Tschudi  (M^m.  Soc.  Neuchatel,  1838,  pp.  59,  94). 

Type  Salamandra  scutata  Schl.     By  original  designation. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA,  127 

Batrachoseps  Bonaparte  (Fauna  Ital.,  II,  131). 

Type  Salamandra  attenuaia  Esch.     By  original  designation. 
AMBYSTOMIDJE. 

Dioamptodon  Strauch  (Mem.  Acad.  Sci.  St.  Peters.,  (7),  XVI,  No.  4,  p.  68,  1870). 

Monotype  Triton  ensatus  Esch. 

Ambystoma  Tschudi  (Mem.  Soc.  Neuchatel,  1838,  pp.  57,  92). 

Type  Ambystoma  subviolacea  Tsch.  (=  Lacerta  punctata  Linn.).  By 
original  designation. 

>  Linguelapsus  Cope  (1SS7).     Type  L.  lepturus  Cope. 
ChondrotUS  Cope  (Amer.  Naturali-st,  1887,  p.  88). 

Type  Chondrotus  tenebrosus.     By  original  designation. 
CR  YPTOBR  ANOHID^ . 

CryptobrancllUS  Leuckart  (Isis,  1821,  Litt.  Anz.,  p.  260). 

Monotype  Salamandra  gigantea  Barton  (=  Cryptobranchus  alle- 
gheniensis) . 

AMPHIUMID^. 

Amphiuma  Garden  (Smith's  Corres.  of  Linn*us,  I,  599). 

Type  Amphiuma  means  Gard.     By  original  designation. 
PROTEIDiE. 

Necturus  Rafinesque  (Jour,  de  Phys.,  Vol.  88.  p.  418,  1819). 

JMonotype  Necturus  macidatus. 

Rafinesque  gave  the  names  of  six  species  under  Necturus,  of  which 
macidatus  is  the  only  one  recognizable,  leaving  the  genus  practically 
monotypic. 

SIRENID^. 
Siren  Linn.  (Syst.  Nat.,  Ed.  XII,  p.  371,  1766). 

Monotype  Siren  lacertina  Linn. 

Fseudobranchua  Gray  (Ann.  of  Philos.,  1825,  p.  216). 

Monotype  Siren  striata  LeConte. 


128  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [April, 


METHODS  OF  RECORDING  AND  UTILIZING  BIRD-MIGRATION  DATA. 
BY   WITMER  STONE. 

The  custom  of  recording  the  dates  of  arrival  of  migrant  birds  has 
been  practised  for  a  great  many  years  in  various  countries,  and  more 
recently  attempts  have  been  made  to  encourage  the  keeping  of  such 
records  on  a  uniform  plan  and  to  gather  them  together  for  the  purpose 
of  study  and  comparison. 

In  America  this  work  was  begun  in  1884  under  the  direction  of  the 
American  Ornithologists'  Union,  and  since  1885  has  been  conducted 
by  the  Division  of  Biological  Survey  (formerly  Ornithology  and  Mam- 
malogy) of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

All  the  published  records  with  which  I  am  familiar  represent  the 
work  of  one  individual  at  each  station,  and  until  very  recently  there 
has  been  no  attempt  made  to  compare  the  records  of  several  observers 
at  practically  the  same  locality. 

The  meagerness  of  the  data  that  it  is  possible  for  one  individual  to 
gather  on  bird  migration,  compared  with  the  magnitude  of  the  phenom- 
enon, must  be  apparent  to  all,  and  yet  we  are  constantly  attempting 
all  sorts  of  estimates — as  to  the  rapidity  of  flight,  the  relation  of  fluctu- 
ation of  migration  to  temperature  variation,  etc. — based  for  the  most 
part  upon  the  records  of  individual  observers. 

In  1901  the  Delaware  Valley  Ornithological  Club  of  Philadelphia 
organized  a  corps  of  observers  for  the  study  of  bird  migration  in  this 
vicinity.  This  corps  now  numbers  sixty-three,  of  which  thirty-five  are 
located  within  ten  miles  of  the  center  of  Philadelphia. 

The  study  and  comparison  of  the  yearly  records  of  these  observers 
throws  some  interesting  light  upon  the  accuracy  of  individual  records 
and  suggests  some  methods  by  which  a  more  correct  index  of  the  pro- 
gress of  migration  may  be  obtained. 

Many  of  the  records  are  presented  in  detail  each  year  in  Cassinia 
the  annual  publication  of  the  DelaAvare  Valley  Ornithological  Club, 
and  to  these,  as  well  as  to  the  original  schedules  returned  by  the  ob- 
servers, I  am  indebted  for  the  data  discussed  in  the  present  paper. 

In  a  paper  read  before  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union  in  New 
York  City  in  November,  1905,  and  later  published  in  The  Condor,  I 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  129 

first  called  attention  to  the  possibilities  of  combining  a  number  of 
individual  records,  and  later  Prof.  W.  W.  Cooke  of  the  U.  S.  Department 
of  Agriculture  discussed  the  same  question  in  a  short  paper  in  The 
Auk  for  July,  1907,  p.  346.  These  are,  I  believe,  the  only  papers  dealing 
with  this  phase  of  the  question.  The  well-known  work  of  Mr.  Otto 
Herman  in  Hungary,  while  probably  based  upon  the  most  extensive 
series  of  data  ever  collected,  does  not,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  touch 
upon  the  comparison  of  individual  records,  at  a  single  locality. 

Individual  and  Bulk  Arrivals. 

One  of  the  most  important  points  for  consideration  in  a  bird-migra- 
tion record  is  an  understanding  of  just  what  our  date  of  arrival  indicates, 
A  migrating  species  is  not  a  definite  mass,  like  a  railroad  train,  but  a 
scattered  host  of  individuals  requiring  weeks  or  even  months  to  pass  a 
given  point  and  moving  intermittently;  consequently  there  may  be  a 
great  many  dates  of  arrival  at  that  point,  according  to  what  part  of 
the  moving  procession  we  are  considering. 

In  the  schedules  furnished  by  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture 
the  date  of  "first  arrival"  is  called  for,  and  in  addition  the  date  when 
the  species  was  next  seen  and  when  it  became  common.  The  object 
being  to  differentiate  between  the  arrival  of  the  main  flight  or  "bulk" 
■of  the  species  and  that  of  individual  early  stragglers. 

With  the  exception  of  these  schedules,  nearly  all  the  American 
migration  records  with  which  I  am  familiar  deal  only  with  the  date  of 
■"first  arrival,"  and  in  the  publications  that  have  been  based  upon  the 
records  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  only  one  date  is  usually 
^iven,  presumably  the  date  of  first  arrival. 

This  would  seem  to  indicate  the  unsatisfactory  nature  of  the  records 
of  bulk  arrival,  as  estimated  by  an  individual  observer,  a  fact  which 
has  impressed  itself  upon  me  after  twenty-five  years'  experience  in 
recording  and  tabulating  bird  migration  data.  It  seems  altogether  too 
variable  a  quantity  to  be  of  practical  value  in  making  any  sort  of  com- 
parisons except  in  special  instances. 

Different  species  of  birds  vary  in  the  way  in  which  they  become 
abundant  at  any  point;  some  may  come  in  considerable  numbers  on 
the  very  first  day  upon  which  they  are  seen  or  a  day  or  so  after  the 
■"first  arrival,"  while  others  gradually  drift  in,  a  few  each  day,  until  all 
the  usual  haunts  are  populated,  though  it  is  impossible  to  say  upon  just 
which  day  they  became  common.  In  other  cases  large  flocks  may 
"be  seen  passing  overhead  some  time  before  an}^  individuals  establish 
themselves  in  their  local  summer  haunts.     It  seems,  too,  that  certain 


130  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

species  vary  in  their  manner  of  arrival  in  different  years,  being  con- 
centrated one  season  and  scattered  in  another. 

The  proper  study  of  fluctuations  in  the  numbers  of  each  species  at 
any  point,  such  as  would  warrant  an  estimate  of.  bulk  arrival,  requires, 
except  in  a  few  cases,  far  more  time  than  the  majority  of  observers  can 
possibly  give  to  the  work — if  indeed  the  task  is  possible  for  one  indi- 
vidual— and  consequently  where  such  an  estimate  has  been  attempted 
the  personal  equation  enters  to  such  an  extent  as  to  render  the  results 
of  little  value. 

It  would  seem  that,  with  the  comparatively  small  amount  of  time 
at  the  disposal  of  most  observers,  it  would  be  better  to  suggest  the 
recording  of  such  occasional  "bulk  arrivals"  as  are  so  marked  a  feature 
of  the  migration  as  to  become  obvious,  rather  than  to  ask  for  a  record 
of  this  sort  for  each  species,  which  must  from  the  nature  of  the  case  be 
in  the  vast  majority  of  instances  an  estimate. 

At  the  same  time,  however,  the  date  of  the  first  arrival,  often  an  early 
straggler,  does  not  in  itself  give  us  a  proper  record  of  the  migration  of  the 
species,  and  it  is  here  that  the  combination  of  a  number  of  local  records 
proves  invaluable  and  furnishes  a  far  more  accurate  resume  of  the 
flight  of  the  species  than  can  possibly  be  obtained  by  any  individual 
observer. 

For  instance  take  the  arrival  of  the  Wood  Thrush  in  the  ten-mile 
circle  about  Philadelphia  in  the  Spring  of  1906.  Thirty-one  observers 
recorded  it  as  follows :  One  on  April  25,  two  on  April  28,  ten  on  April 
29,  five  on  April  30,  eight  on  May  1,  and  one  each  on  May  2,  3,  4,  10 
and  12.  This  record  obviously  warrants  us  in  saying  that  for  this 
area  pioneer  migrants  arrived  on  April  25  and  28,  while  the  bulk  of  the 
migration  occurred  from  April  29  to  May  1,  after  which  date  it  was 
impossible,  on  account  of  the  presence  of  the  bird  at  almost  all  points, 
to  judge  how  much  further  transient  migration  was  in  progress.  The 
dates  upon  which  the  "first  arrivals"  are  massed  are  obviously  the 
dates  upon  which  the  "bulk"  arrived.  The  late  dates  are  to  some 
extent  due  to  failure  on  the  part  of  the  observer  to  be  in  the  field  on  the 
day  on  which  the  species  first  arrived,  but  in  part  they  represent  actual 
absence  of  the  species  from  these  particular  localities,  as  it  is  a  matter 
of  record  that  on  several  occasions  a  species  has  been  seen  regularly 
for  some  days  at  one  locality  before  a  single  individual  has  appeared 
at  another  station  nearby,  in  spite  of  careful  search  at  the  latter  place. 

The  actual  progress  of  the  arrival  of  the  Wood  Thrush  in  1906  within 
the  Philadelphia  ten-mile  circle  may  be  shown  more  graphically  in  the 
accompanying  diagrams. 


1908.1 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


131 


Fig.  3. 


132  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

Up  to  April  28  (fig.  1)  the  species  had  been  observed  at  but  three 
stations,  two  of  these  being  to  the  north  and  northeast  of  the  cit}^  and 
the  other  to  the  southwest.  On  April  29  (fig.  2)  it  was  present  at  thir- 
teen stations,  and  by  Maj'  1  (fig.  3)  had  been  reported  by  all  but  three 
of  our  observers. 

Mr.  Otto  Herman's  paper  in  Proc.  Fourth  Internal.  Ornith.  Congress, 
p.  163,  was  not  received  until  after  my  diagrams  had  been  prepared. 
In  it  he  adopts  practically  the  same  plan  in  illustrating  the  migration 
of  the  Swallow  in  Hungary,  and  as  his  maps  are  based  upon  5900 
returns,  it  is  needless  to  say  they  are  far  more  convincing  than  mine. 

Comparison  of  Records. 

As  already  stated  most  migration  records  so  far  obtained  are  the 
work  of  one  individual  at  each  locality.  Now  when  we  come  to  com- 
pare the  time  of  arrival  of  birds  at  two  points  or  their  arrival  at  the 
same  point  on  successive  years,  it  becomes  very  important  for  us  to 
consider  the  extent  to  which  such  records  reflect  the  actual  progress  of 
migration.  The  discussion  on  determining  dates  of  bulk  movements  in 
the  vicinity  of  Philadelphia  has  already  shown  that  while  a  date  of 
"first  arrival"  may  be  perfectly  accurate  for  the  limited  area  covered 
by  an  observer,  it  would  differ  very  materially  from  the  earliest  date 
of  arrival  for  the  species  in  a  circle  of  five  or  ten  miles  around  that 
observer's  station. 

The  work  of  the  Delaware  \^alley  Ornithological  Club  for  the  past 
seven  years  has  shown  that  within  the  Philadelphia  ten-mile  circle, 
covering  an  area  with  but  little  variation  in  altitude,  we  can  detect 
no  constant  difference  in  the  time  of  arrival  of  a  species  at  any  two 
points  dependent  upon  their  geographic  position. 

The  eariiest  record  is  just  as  likely  to  come  from  the  northern  portion 
of  the  circle  as  from  the  southern  portion.  At  one  time  the  records 
seemed  to  show  a  slightly  earlier  date  of  arrival  immediately  along  the 
Delaware  river,  as  compared  with  stations  a  few  miles  back  on  slightly 
higher  ground,  but  further  data  showed  this  difference  to  be  purely 
fortuitous.  Therefore  we  can  take  the  records  of  any  one  station 
within  this  circle  as  representing  the  progress  of  migration  at  Phila- 
delphia, just  as  well  as  those  of  any  other  station  within  the  same 
radius,  and  presumably  the  average  dates  of  arrival  of  a  species  for  a 
number  of  years  at  several  stations  within  the  circle  will  be  the  same. 

For  certain  species  which  are  very  conspicuous  and  which  usually 
arrive  in  force  on  the  first  day  of  their  appearance  this  is  true,  but  in 
the  majority  of  species  it  is  by  no  means  so. 


1908.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


133 


Selecting  three  localities  within  the  ten-mile  circle,  at  each  of  which 
the  Club  has  had  several  accurate  observers  for  the  past  seven  years, 
we  have  the  following  dates  of  first  arrival.  I  =  Moorestown,  N.  J.; 
II  =  Media  and  Swarthmore,  Pa. ;  III  =  Haverford  and  Ardmore,  Pa. 

Chaetura  pelagica  (Chimney  Swift). 
I. 

1901 April  27 

1902 

1903 

1904 

1905 

1906 

1907 


21 
19 
24 
21 
14 
23 


Average ". April  21 

Tozostoma  rufum  (Brown  Thrasher). 

1901 April  22 

1902 "  22 

1903 "  5 

1904 ''  17 

1905 "  22 

1906 "  21 

1907 "  28 


II. 

April  27 
"  22 

'  19 

'  24 

'  20 

'  12 

'  25 

April  21 

April  28 
"  22 

"  20 

"    23 

"  14 

"  16 

' 

'  26 

III. 

April  28 

'  19 

'  19 

'  24 

'  21 

'  12 

"  26 

April  21 


April  24 
"  12 
"  15 
"  14 

"  26 


Average April  19 

Piranga  erythromelas  (Scarlet  Tanager). 

1901 May  5 

1902 "  2 

1903 "  18 

1904 "  6 

1905 "  5 

1906 "  10 

1907 "  12 

Average May  8 

Sayomis  phoebe  (Phoebe). 

1901 

1902 Mar.  30 

1903 "      17 

1904 April    3 

1905 Mar.  26 

1906 April    8 

1907 Mar.  17 


April  21 


May   12 
"       1 


April  18 


May 

4 

Mar. 

11 

23 

6 

20 

16 

12 

15 

May 


May     7 


Mar. 

17 

" 

23 

li 

15 

" 

19 

" 

19 

April 

1 

Mar. 

16 

Average ^lar.  27 


Mar.  15 


Mar.  20 


134  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

Or,  tabulating  the  averages  obtained  as  above  for  eleven  species, 

we  have:  No.  of  days 

I.  II.  III.     difference. 

Chimney  Sivift April  21  April  21  April  21  0 

Phoebe Mar.  27  Mar.  15  Mar.  20  12 

Chipping  Sparroiv "      29  April    1  "29  3 

Scarlet  Tanager Mav     8  May     4  May     7  4 

Barn  Swallow April  19  April  19  April  22  3 

Black-throated  Blue  Warbler.  May     5  Mav     2  May     3  3 

Ovenbird "        1  April  29  April  30  2 

Maryland  Yellow-throat April  25  "     26  Mav     2  7 

Catbird "     28  '•'     25  April  30  5 

Brown  Thrasher "     19  "     21  "     18  3 

Wood  Thrush "     30  "     27  ''     29  3 

This  demonstrates  conclusively  that  the  average  date  of  arrival 
for  a  number  of  years,  based  upon  the  observations  of  a  single  individual, 
varies  materially  from  the  average  date  obtained  by  another  equally 
accurate  observer  stationed  but  a  few  miles  distant.  The  amount  of 
difference  in  the  case  of  individual  observers  is  even  greater  than  that 
shown  above,  as  in  these  cases  the  record  given  for  each  of  the  three 
stations  is  the  result  of  the  combined  work  of  several  observers. 

I  called  attention  to  the  percentage  of  error  in  the  records  of  indi- 
vidual observers  in  a  paper  read  before  the  American  Ornithologists' 
Union  at  New  York  in  November,  1905,  and  during  the  Spring  of  1907 
Prof.  W.  W.  Cooke  made  some  experiments  along  the  same  line,  and 
his  results  showed  that,  compared  with  the  combined  work  of  twenty- 
three  other  observers,  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Washington,  D.  C, 
in  this  single  season  his  dates  of  arrival  averaged  one  and  three- 
tenths  of  a  day  late,  and  this  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  he  spent  more 
time  in  the  field  and  covered  a  greater  variet}:  of  country.  In  my 
summary  given  above  a  single  station  averages  one  and  nine-tenths 
of  a  day  later  than  the  earliest  average  date  recorded  for  the  species. 

This  information,  however,  does  not  help  us  in  using  the  record  of  a 
single  observer  for  comparative  study,  either  as  between  different 
years  or  different  stations,  and  we  are  forced  to  the  conclusion  that 
results  based  upon  such  individual  records  are  really  of  but  little 
value  for  comparative  work,  so  great  is  the  possibility  of  error. 

For  instance,  quoting  from  Prof.  W.  W.  Cooke's  papers  on  the 
Migration  of  Warblers  and  Thrushes,  as  recorded  in  the  schedules  of 
the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,^  we  have  the  average  dates  of  the 
arrival  of  the  following  species  at  Germantown,  Pa.,  a  suburb  of 
Philadelphia,  and  at  Washington,  D.  C. : 

1  Bird  Lore,  1905-1907. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  135 

Germantowi) .  Washington.  Difference. 

Wood  Thrush May     1  April  26            5clays. 

Black-throated  Blue  Warbler May     6  May     2            4     " 

Ovenbird May     V  April  23            8     " 

Maryland  Yellow  Throat April  29  April  21             8     '' 

These  dates  being  the  averages  of  a  number  of  years,  would  seem  to  be 
sufficiently  accurate  for  the  purpose  of  estimating  the  time  of  flight  of 
the  species  mentioned  between  Washington  and  Philadelphia,  and  by 
comparing  them  we  find  that  it  is  respectively  five  days,  four  days, 
eight  days  and  eight  days.  The  Germantown  records  quoted  from 
Prof.  Cooke's  papers  are  based  upon  schedules  which  I  filled  out  for 
the  Department  of  Agriculture  from  1883  to  1890.  I  now  find  that 
my  dates  vary  from  those  obtained  by  other  observers  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  Philadelphia  from  1901  to  1907,  just  as  the  latter  have  been 
shown  to  vary  from  each  other. 

Had  any  of  the  other  records  from  the  vicinity  of  Philadelphia  been 
used  in  place  of  the  Germantown  series,  as  would  have  been  perfectly 
justifiable,  a  very  different  result  would  have  been  obtained;  and 
there  is  no  doubt  but  that  the  dates  of  several  individual  observers  in 
the  vicinity  of  Washington  would  show  just  as  much  diversity  as  is 
shown  in  our  Philadelphia  series,  which  would  still  further  vary  the 
results. 

In  a  number  of  instances  moreover  the  difference  between  the  average 
date  of  arrival  at  Washington  and  Philadelphia,  as  given  in  Prof. 
Cooke's  papers,  is  no  greater  than  that  between  two  stations  well  within 
the  Philadelphia  ten-mile  circle. 

In  comparing  the  dates  of  arrival  of  species  for  several  consecutive 
years  we  also  find  a  considerable  variation  in  the  records  of  nearby 
stations  which  we  should  expect  to  show  uniformit5^ 

For  instance,  taking  the  eleven  species  given  in  the  table  on  page  134, 
and  computing  the  average  dates  of  arrival  for  the  six  years  1901  to 
1906  at  each  of  the  three  stations,  and  then  comparing  these  with  the 
dates  of  arrival  at  each  cf  the  stations  in  1907,  we  find  that  at  station 
No.  I  the  1907  dates  averaged  three  days  late,  while  at  station  No.  II 
they  averaged  one  day  late  and  at  station  No.  Ill  they  averaged 
exactly  normal,  and  yet  each  one  of  these  stations  was  represented  by 
several  accurate  observers,  and  there  is  nothing  in  their  relative  geo- 
graphic position  to  warrant  any  difference. 

Combination  of  Individual  Records. 
After  discrediting  the  value  of  individual  records,  one  must  natur- 
2  Omitted  in  Prof.  Cooke's  paper,  and  supplied  from  my  own  memoranda. 


136  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

ally  suggest  some  method  of  recording  migration  by  which  results 
sufficiently  accurate  for  comparative  work  are  to  be  obtained.  This, 
I  think,  is  to  be  found  by  securing  a  large  number  of  observers  in  a 
limited  area  and  by  combining  their  results,  as  has  been  done  by  the 
Delaware  Valley  Ornitliological  Club  in  the  vicinity  of  Philadelphia. 
If  we  had  seven-year  records  kept  by  thirty-five  individuals  within 
ten  miles  of  Washington,  and  a  similar  series  within  ten  miles  of 
Boston  for  comparison  with  the  Philadelphia  series,  then  I  think  we 
should  be  able  to  estimate  with  some  degree  of  accuracy  the  progress 
of  migration  between  these  points. 

In  a  composite  record  of  this  kind  it  is  especially  worthy  of  note  that 
more  or  less  fragmentary  records  are  of  great  value,  as  an  observer 
who  only  records  a  hmited  number  of  species  may  note  some  of  them 
earlier  than  any  other  observer,  while  species  which  he  fails  to  record 
are  noted  by  others. 

The  way  in  which  a  number  of  indvidual  records  from  one  vicinity 
are  to  be  combined  in  order  to  get  the  most  reliable  results  is  quite  a 
problem. 

Take,  for  example,  the  Ovenbird,  Seiurus  aurocapillus,  for  the  years 
1905,  1906  and  1907,  as  recorded  within  ten  miles  of  Philadelphia  by 
respectively  thirty,  thirty-two  and  thirty-four  observers — the  number 
of  the  observation  corps  varying  somewhat  from  year  to  year. 

We  find  that  in  1905  it  arrived  at  one  station  on  April  25;  at  another 
on  April  28;  at  eight  stations  on  the  29th,  ten  on  the  30th,  etc.,  i.e. : 

1905— April  25,  28,  29  (8),  30  (10),  May  2,  3,  4,  6,  7  (2),  8,  12  (2). 
1906— April  28  (2),  29  (7),  30  (4),  May  1  (5),  2  (3),  3  (4),  4  (2).  5  (3), 

8  12 
1907— April  26  (2),  27,  28  (4),  29  (5),  30  (2),  May  1  (5),  2  (2),  5  (4),  6,  8, 

11  (4),  12,  13,  15. 

If  we  select  the  earliest  date  for  each  year  as  the  basis  of  our  com- 
parison, we  shall  say  that  1905  was  the  earliest  season  and  1906  the 
latest.  The  objection  to  this  is  that  it  considers  only  the  earliest 
stragglers,  whose  movements  may  or  may  not  reflect  those  of  the  bulk 
of  the  species. 

If  we  select  the  average  of  all  the  dates  for  each  year  we  shall  have 
for  1905  May  2,  1906  May  2,  1907  May  3,  or  1905  earhest  and  1907 
latest.  The  objection  in  this  case  is  that  some  at  least  of  the  late 
dates  of  arrival  represent  errors  of  observation — i.e.,  failures  to  detect 
the  species  until  it  had  been  present  for  some  days — while  others  are  for 
stations  which  are  not  congenial  haunts  of  the  species  under  considera- 
tion and  at  which  it  is  only  occasionally  seen,  and  by  including  these 
in  our  computation  we  obviously  make  the  resultant  date  too  late. 


1908.]  ,  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  137 

After  consideratin-j;  many  methods  it  seems  that  the  best  date  to 
select  is  that  upon  Wiiich  the  species  had  arrived  at  half  of  the  stations, 
leaving  out  of  consideration  entirely  the  last  quarter  of  the  stations 
that  recorded  the  species,  in  order  to  eliminate  the  probably  erroneous 
or  misleading  dates. 

Dropping  the  last  quarter  of  the  stations  in  the  case  of  the  Ovenbird, 
we  shall  have  left  for  consideration  in  the  three  years  twenty-three, 
twenty-four  and  twenty-six  records  respectively,  i.e. : 

1905— April  25,  28,  29  (8),  30  (10),  May  2,  3,  4. 

1906— April  28  (2),  29  (7),  30  (4),  Mav  1  (5),  2  (3),  3  (3). 

1907— April  26  (2),  27,  28  (4),  29  (5),  30  (2),  May  1  (5),  2  (2),  5  (4),  6. 

The  dates  by  which  the  species  had  reached  half  these  stations  will 
then  be  1905  April  30,  1906  April  30,  1907  April  30.  This  is  perhaps 
a  poor  example  as  the  Ovenbird  is  such  a  regular  migrant.  Indeed  a 
mere  glance  at  the  records  will  show  that  the  bulk  of  arrivals  occurred 
in  1905  on  April  29  and  30,  in  1906  on  the  same  days  and  in  1907  on 
April  28  and  29,  which  represents  almost  the  same  thing.^ 

In  other  cases,. however,  the  massing  of  arrivals  upon  a  few  days  is  by 
no  means  so  evident,  and  some  such  method  as  the  above  is  absolutely 
necessary.     For  example: 
Pipilo  erythrophthalmus  (Towhee). 
1905— March  24,  April  11  (2),  12  (2),  14  (3),  18,  19,  20,  21  (2),  22  (2), 

23(3),24,  25(3),26(2),29,  30. 
1906— March  6,  April  7,  12,  15  (3),  16,  17,  19  (4),  20,  21  (5),  22  (3),  23, 

24,  25  (2),  27  (2),  30  (2).  May  8. 
1907— March  23,  30  (2),  April  3,  4,  6,  14,  16,  20,  24,  26  (5),  27  (3),  28, 
May  1,  4,  5,  6. 

Rejecting  the  last  quarter  of  the  records  in  each  year  and  selecting 
the  middle  one  of  those  remaining,  as  before,  we  get: 
1905  April  19,  1906  April  19,  and  1907  April  20. 

Hirundo  erytlirogastra  (Barn  Swallow). 

1905— April  7,  20  (3),  21,  23  (3),  24,  25  (3),  27,  29,  30  (4),  May  6,  7,  9. 
1906— April  11,  12,  14,  17,  19,  21  (2),  22  (3),  25  (4),  26,  28  (2),  30, 

May  3,  6,  19. 
1907— March  27,  April  6,  20,  21,  22  (2),  24  (3),  26  (2),  27,  28  (3),  30, 

May  1,  2,  4,  5  (3),  8  (2),  10,  11,  12,  14. 

1905  April  23,  1906  April  22,  1907  April  26. 

Toxostoma  rufum  (Brown  Thrasher). 

1905— April  9,  13,  14  (2),  16,  18  (2),  19  (2),  21  (2),  22  (6),  23  (3),  24  (4), 
25(2),26,29,  30,  May3. 

'  While  the  migration  of  1907  was  ver_y  late,  so  far  as  most  of  the  April  and  all 
the  May  migrants  were  concerned,  a  wave  just  at  this  time  brought  the  Oven- 
birds  at  their  normal  date. 


138  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

1906— March  9,  April  10,  16,  17  (2),  19  (3),  20,  21  (4),  22  (3),  24  (2), 

25  (2),  26,  27,  28  (2).  30,  Mav  1  (2),  5.  6. 
1907— March  13,  17,  April  20,  23.  25,  26  (6),  27  (7),  28  (2),  29  (2),  30 

(2),  Mav  1  (3),  2,  3,  4'(2),  5,  8,  11  (2). 
1905  April  22,  1906  April  21,  1907  April  27. 

The  above  plan  gives  us  a  definite  date  for  all  sorts  of  comparisons 
and  one  which  is  independent  of  the  personal  equation.  The  term 
"became  common"  may  mean  a  different  thing  to  each  individual,  but 
the  date  upon  which  a  species  reached  half  of  the  stations  at  which  it 
was  observed  represents  a  definite  'point  in  the  increase  of  its  abundance, 
and  is  a  matter  of  record  and  not  of  opinion. 

As  so  little  has  been  attempted  in  the  way  of  combining  local  migra- 
tion records,  I  find  it  difficult  to  discuss  the  comparative  value  of  dif- 
ferent methods.  Some  casual  allusions  by  Prof.  Cooke  to  the  methods 
employed  by  him  form  indeed  the  only  contribution  to  the  subject 
with  which  I  am  familiar.  He  recognizes  the  clanger  of  including  the 
latest  dates  of  arrival  in  computing  averages  and  rejects  them,  just  as 
I  have  advocated  above,  but  in  deciding  how  many  to  reject  his  method 
seems  to  lack  clefiniteness  and  to  involve  the  personal  equation.  He 
says  {Auk,  1907,  p.  347),  "When  using  migration  records  for  the  calcula- 
tion of  average  dates  of  arrival,  I  usually  discard  dates  that  are  more 
than  six  days  later  than  the  probable  normal  date  of  arrival."  This 
would  seem  to  imply  an  arbitrary  selection  of  "the  probable  normal" 
date  before  any  averaging  is  done,  which  seems  to  be  a  dangerous 
method.  Again,  in  referring  to  the  combination  of  the  observations, 
of  twenty-three  observers  at  Washington,  D.  C,  in  the  Spring  of  1907, 
he  says,  "Many  of  the  notes  were  duplicates  or  of  no  value,  but  after  all 
these  had  been  eliminated,"  etc.  [Italics  mine].  This  is  exactly  the 
reverse  of  my  method,  instead  of  rejecting  "duplicate"  records, 
these  seem  to  me  to  be  of  the  utmost  value  as  pointing  to  the  dates 
upon  which  the  greatest  migration  took  place.  It  must,  however,  be 
borne  in  mind  that  Prof.  Cooke  in  this  instance  is  ascertaining  the 
earliest  date — not  the  date  of  bulk  arrival  which,  as  just  explained, 
seems  to  me  a  more  reliable  basis  for  comparison  of  migration  between 
two  distant  points,  but  one  which,  as  I  have  also  explained,  is  practically 
impossible  in  the  absence  of  a  large  corps  of  observers  at  each  point. 

Graphic  Representation  of  Migration. 

In  the  Auk  for  1889  (p.  139)  and  1891  (p.  194)  I  pubhshed  some 
papers  on  the  Graphic  Representation  of  Bird  Migration,  based  in 
part  upon  records  of  the  Delaware  Valley  Ornithological  Club  for  1890. 

The  attempt  was  made  at  this  time  to  record  tke  actual  number  of 
individuals  or  the  relative  abundance  of  certain  species,  as  noted  each 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  139 

day  by  five  observers,  and  by  plotting  the  daily  totals  a  chart  was 
obtained  representing  the  fluctuations  of  the  migration,  which  was 
shown  to  correspond  to  rises  and  falls  in  the  curve  of  temperature 
variation  for  the  same  period.  In  my  Birds  of  Eastern  Pennsylvania 
and  New  Jersey,  1894  (p.  28),  a  like  method  was  employed. 

Similar  and  probably  much  more  accurate  results  may  be  obtained  by 
plotting  a  curve  based  upon  the  total  "first  arrivals"  within  the  ten- 
mile  circle  as  reported  by  our  Philadelphia  migration  corps  for  each 
day  of  the  Spring. 

In  the  following  diagrams  such  curves  are  shown  for  the  years  1902 
to  1907,  accompanied  by  curves  of  temperature  variation  based  upon  the 
mean  daily  temperature  at  Philadelphia  as  recorded  by  the  United 
States  Weather  Bureau,  together  with  an  indication  of  the  days  upon 
which  rain  or  snow  fell.  For  this  meteorological  data  I  am  under  obli- 
gations to  Mr.  T.  F.  Townsend,  Director  of  the  Pennsylvania  Section, 
U.  S.  Weather  Bureau. 

In  the  early  part  of  the  season  it  will  be  noticed  that  "waves"  of 
migration  follow  closely  after  marked  rises  in  temperature,  but  later  on 
at  the  height  of  the  May  migration  the  great  "waves  "  or  "  rushes  "  often 
occur  without  any  corresponding  temperature  increase. 

It  is  well  known  that  birds  do  not  start  to  migrate  on  a  rainy  night,  so 
that  it  is  natural  to  expect  sudden  drops  in  the  migration  curves  to  be 
correlated  with  spells  of  rainy  weather,  and  such  is  often  the  case. 
Inasmuch  as  birds  are  sometimes  overtaken  by  rainstorms  after 
starting  on  a  clear  evening,  they  often  arrive  at  a  locality  simultane- 
ously with  the  rain,  and  as.  it  is  not  possible  to  indicate  in  the  diagrams 
the  exact  time  and  extent  of  the  daily  precipitation  allowances  must 
be  made  for  some  apparent  discrepancies  in  this  respect. 

In  the  following  diagrams  the  vertical  lines  represent  the  days  from 
February  15  to  ]\Iay  18,  while  the  horizontal  lines  denote  five  degrees 
difference  in  the  temperature  curve  and  ten  units  difference  in  the 
migration  curve;  a  unit  in  the  latter  curve  being  a  "first  arrival"  record 
at  some  one  of  the  stations  within  ten  miles  of  Philadelphia.  Thus  if 
the  migration  curve  reaches  ten  on  a  certain  day  it  means  ten  first 
arrivals,  i.  e.,  one  species  recorded  for  the  first  time  at  ten  stations, 
two  species  at  five  stations  each,  or  ten  differezit  species  each  recorded 
at  a  single  station  as  the  case  may  be.  Periods  of  rainy  weather  are 
indicated  by  the  broken  line  immediately  below  the  diagram,  marked 
"rain."  Each  migration  is  divided  into  two  sections  placed  opposite 
to  each  other,  so  that  the  curves  run  across  both  pages,  with  the 
comments  below.  In  each  chart  the  upper  curve  represents  tempera- 
ture variation,  the  lower  migration. 


140 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF 


[April, 


I 

>. 

IS 

tlaul 

|Vl«r. 

1^ 

Mar.  3 

erf 

ik. 

i 

/^ 

k 

id- 

i 

S 

/ 

V 

^ 

r 

V 

A 

\ 

^ 

r 

> 

/ 

\ 

I 

> 

/ 

^^ 

\ 

/ 

\ 

f 

* 

^ 

' 

\ 

w 

*\ct  ■ 

/ 

■ 

i 

J 

\ 

i 

f 

3cr- 

■- 

-^ 

* 

^ 

\ 

> 

\ 

J 

\4 

f^ 

J 

,r 

k 

^ 

Is 

!=a 

„ 

tf 

s 

a 

^ 

^ 

H 

m 

B 

c 

■■ 

^ 

^ 

5 

ai 

^ 

^ 

\ 

m 

■^ 

_^ 

■  ^ 

•*■ 

Ro»n        — 


In  1902  the  temperature  rose  steadily  from  Februar}^  19  to  March  1, 
and  a  marked  migration  occurred  February  27  to  March  1,  consisting 
mainly  of  the  bulk  movement  of  Purple  Grackles  and  Robins. 

The  mean  temperature  during  March  was  46°,  six  degrees  above  the 
normal;  the  highest  figures  being  on  March  1,  12,  16,  23  and  29.  Marked 
migratory  movements  occuri-ed  on  March  10-11,  ]\Iarch  23,  and  March 


1903 


Wfar.i^ 


Rain 


In  the  season  of  1903  there  was  an  almost  unbroken  rise  in  tempera- 
ture from  February  19  to  February  28,  most  rapid  from  the  25th  to  the 
end  of  the  month.  The  bulk  movement  of  Robins  and  Purple  Grackles 
took  place  on  the  27th,  accompanied  this  year  by  a  considerable  migra- 
tion of  Fox  Sparrows. 

The  mean  temperature  during  March  was  49°— unusually  high  and 


1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


141 


\SoZ 


/lj»f«  /                                         /<pr  IS 

frfay/                                                           M-^^i 

10*                                                                                  -tf-V 

70  -  -                                                                        -i     V 

ei'-'-          =t            -                       ?    -^ 

jsmt^t-^       €■*        S                     ^' 

^               5t             C    -<  ^  ^  * 

L^        j*^^^ 

A^^ 

SO                              T        ^ «  a ' 

^0  -^* 

^ZSZL 

-JK         3          4 

/\    f      t 

::::;;;::::;^>::-:;;?==  = 

FlIIKIIIItitH-tlHyiljj 

29,  the  Fox  Sparrow  being  a  characteristic  species  of  the  first  move- 
ment, the  Chipping  Sparrow  and  Phoebe  of  the  other  two.  April  was 
but  httle  above  the  normal  temperature,  the  marked  increase  being  on 
the  11th,  23d  and  30th,  with  corresponding  migration  on  April  12,  13, 
21-22,  26,  and  May  1.  The  May  movement  continued  until  the  4th, 
broken  on  the  3d  by  rain. 


only  equalled  once  in  the  previous  thirty  years.  There  was  only  one 
well-marked  wave  during  the  month,  on  the  15th,  following  the  high 
temperature  which  culminated  on  the  14th. 

In  April  the  coincidence  of  migration  waves  and  increases  in  temper- 
ature will  be  noticed  on  April  9,  19,  25  and  30,  with  the  great  May 
movements  on  May  5  and  8. 


142 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF 


[April, 


1904- 


Mar.  I 


Kam  —  — 


The  early  warm  wave  in  1904  occurred  February  22-24,  but  brought 
only  the  first  arrival  of  Robins,  with  no  evidence  of  migration  in  other 
species.  The  rain  which  prevailed  at  the  time  no  doubt  checked  any 
general  movement.  The  weather  during  March  was  normal  and  the 
rises  in  temperature,  which  culminated  on  March  3,  7,  13,  20  and  26, 


1905 


FcLfS 


mar,  ' 


Mar.  IS- 


t  j   1  1   1 1   1  1    1    1  1   1   1    1   1   1    1   1 1   1  1   j    1 

v-^    Ay= 

/'r-                            V^ 

/   K             y^ 

y*        3            V 

J             ^     ^^ 

u^^^^^  J^         \^ 

,«-                                                            ^               "^               ^ZS        ^H^_>Sl 

±         ^\7                ^^ 

30                                        /                          Y      ^^      ^Z 

/.,»»                                 i 

t\ 

^0               r/ 

it:        zr 

A\-                  4\.      ^    \                           ■/  V 

_ — -- — _______ 

^5^^--?3^^5=-^::--a 

In  1905  there  was  no  February  migration.  The  rise  in  temperature 
on  March  8  brought  the  first  migratory  movement  which  was  checked 
by  rain,  but  resumed  again  on  March  11.  High  temperature  :\Iarch 
16-19  brought  two  migratory  movements.  Rain  in  April  at  the  time 
of  sudden  rises  in  temperature  seems  to  have  broken  up  the  regularity 
of  the  migration  or  held  it  in  check,  and  perhaps  had  something  to  do 


1908.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


143 


/Way/8 


__  Rdtn 


were  followed  by  migrating  movements  on  March  5,  8,  13,  20  and  27. 
In  April  the  principal  movements  on  the  10th  and  25th  corresponded 
to  marked  increases  in  temperature,  while  the  great  May  waves 
occurred  on  the  1st  and  6th. 


with  the  proportions  of  the  wave  of  April  30,  which  followed  the  last 
spell  of  rainy  weather  and  was  the  most  extensive  April  movement  that 
our  records  show\     The  ]May  waves  occurred  on  the  3d  and  7th. 

The  correspondence  in  the  migration  curves  for  1904  and  1905  is 
remarkable,  the  movements  being  about  the  same  in  number  and 
extent  and  nearly  the  same  in  time  of  occurrence. 


144 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


\9oe 

Fcb.tS 

W\ar.\ 

Mar.  IS 

htar.Sf 

1 

1 

_ 

KCf 

J\       JK                       ^^ 

ii 

40' 

f    ^-^>s         J- 

>           ^""^N^ 

n^-- 

'^^S, 

t            \     i 

^i#'           ^«i. 

1 

ao** 

7 

5^    ^^    -. 

^^\r. 

.^ 

7 

^vZ 

^ 

^Z 

■}a' 

s  '^ 

^ 

--- 

Ji4bL 

^'S?- 

.^m^-- 

In  1906  the  steady  rise  in  temperature  February  15  to  21  caused 
one  of  the  most  extensive  February  migrations  of  which  we  have 
record.  In  March,  on  the  contrary^,  there  was  no  movement  of  conse- 
quence, notwithstanding  two  considerable  temperature  increases 
culminating  on  the  4th  and  26th. 

The  explanation  of  this  is  to  be  found  in  the  fact  that  birds  that 
usually  form  the  early  March  waves  had  already  advanced  with  the 


\So7 

Feb.  15 


3P' 
20' 


^^^^^^ 


r^fm^Mii-y 


:^ffl 


ftcun 


In  1907  there  was  no  February  migration  whatever.  March  was 
rather  warmer  than  usual,  and  the  fivewell-marked  waves  correspond 
with  unusual  exactness  to  temperature  increases.  The  phenomenal 
cold  of  early  April  brought  migration  to  a  standstill,  followed  bv  marked 
waves  on  April  21,  April  26  and  May  1,  following  increases  in  tempera- 
ture culminating  on  April  26  and  30.  The  continued  cold  weather  of 
May  delayed  the  great  migratory  movements  of  that  month  until 
May  11-12  when  the  birds  went  through  in  a  great  throng,  irrespective 


1908. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


145 


I906 


great  February  movement,  and  there  were  no  species  ready  to  respond 
to  the  favorable  conditions  in  March. 

High  temperature  on  April  5  was  accompanied  by  rain  and  migra- 
tion was  not  apparent  until  April  6  to  8  when  there  was  an  extensive 
movement.  Another  occurred  on  the  1.3th,  while  the  high  tempera- 
ture of  April  21  was  followed  by  a  wave  on  the  22d,  which  was  resumed 
on  April  25  after  a  cold  rain.  The  greatest  movements  were  April 
29-May  1 ,  May  3  and  May  5. 

1907 

Apr.  I  Api^-'^  Mof/I.  MatftSf 


of  falling  temperature  with  frost  on  the  morning  of  May  12.     The  last 
May  wave  did  not  occur  until  the  19th. 

In  this  season  we  have  an  example  of  the  difficulty  of  characterizing 
an  entire  migration  as  early  or  late.  The  beginning  of  the  movement 
was  late,  while  most  of  the  jMarch  dates  of  arrival  were  remarkably  early; 
early  April  migrants  were  late,  but  the  great  movements  at  the  close 
of  the  month  brought  conditions  nearly  to  the  normal,  while  the  May 
migrants  were  phenomenally  late. 
10 


146  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [April, 

Waves  and  Their  Components. 

Accepting  the  fact  that  the  migratory  movement  advances  by 
."waves"  or  "rushes," — that  is  to  say  that  the  bulk  of  the  migration 
at  each  locality  occurs  on  certain  nights  or  series  of  nights, — ^the 
question  naturally  arises:  To  what  extent  are  the  several  ''waves"  in 
successive  years  composed  of  the  same  species? 

A  study  of  the  migration  curves  will  show  that  there  are  from  eleven 
to  fourteen  prominent  waves  during  the  Spring,  taking  into  considera- 
tion only  those  which  show  ten  or  more  arrivals*  in  Februar}^  and 
March,  fifteen  to  twent}'-  in  April,  and  thirty  to  one  hundred  in  May. 
These  seem  to  me  to  be  the  only  movements  worthy  to  be  styled  waves, 
although  some  have  used  the  term  to  indicate  far  less  marked  move- 
ments, while  others  use  it  only  for  the  most  extensive  migrator}^  flights.-'^ 

Selecting  forty-seven  common  species  for  which  we  have  the  fullest 
data,  and  noting  such  migrator}^  activity''  as  is  indicated  by  each  on 
.the  wave-days  for  the  years  1904  to  1907,  we  find  a  remarkable  corre- 
spondence in  the  species  which  make  up  each  wave.  And  the  same 
''wave"  may  be  recognized  through  a  number  of  years  by  its  com- 
ponent species,  though  its  date  may  vary  considerably.  Sometimes  a 
movement  may  be  interrupted  by  unsuitable  weather  and  be  resumed 
again  later,  making  two  apparent  waves  in  one  year  which  correspond 
to  one  in  other  years.  Or  when  conditions  are  exceptionally  favorable 
early  in  the  season,  the  species  which  usually  compose  Wave  II,  for 
instance,  may  push  forward  and  form  part  of  Wave  I;  and  although 
conditions  at  the  normal  time  of  occurrence  of  Wave  II  may  be  favor- 
able there  will  be  no  movement,  simply  because  all  the  species  usually 
migrating  at  that  time  have  passed  on. 

It  seems  then  that  certain  species  migrate  together,  advance  strag- 
glers of  some  accompanying  the  bulk  movements  of  others,  and  that 
each  species  is  ready  for  migration  at  approximately  the  same  time  each 
year.,  the  exact  date  depending  upon  a  favorable  combination  of 
meteorological  conditions. 

The  following  tables  will  show  which  of  the  forty-seven  selected 
species  composed  the  various  waves  for  the  four  years  for  which  Ave 


'''Arrival"  here  has  the  same  significance  as  explained  on  page  193. 

^  Cf.  Twenty-five  Years  of  Bird  Migration  at  Ann  Arbor,  Micliigan,  by  N.  A. 
Wood,  Eighth  Anmial  Report  Mich.  Acad.  Sci. 

"  Usually  only  the  "first  arrival"  -nithin  the  Pliiladelphia  circle  and  the  one 
or  more  marked  bulk  movements  are  considered,  but  sometimes  when  the  first 
arrival  was  a  very  early  straggler  the  second  arrival  is  also  noted. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  147 

have  the  fullest  data.  Many  other  less  common  species  arrived  on  the 
various  "  wave-days,"  but  their  inclusion  in  the  tables  would  only 
tend  to  confusion  and  would  obscure  the  point  that  I  wish  to  demon- 
strate. Where  a  species  has  been  omitted  in  any  year  it  is  because 
it  failed  to  arrive  on  one  of  the  wave  movements,  or  because  the  bulk 
movement  was  scattered  and  not  concentrated  on  a  "wave-day."  The 
scarcity  of  such  omissions,  however,  illustrates  to  what  an  extent  the 
migration  is  concentrated  on  a  comparatively  small  number  of  daj^s. 

"First  arrival"  in  these  tables  denotes  the  first  individual  to  be 
reported  anywhere  within  the  ten-mile  circle. 


148 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF 


[April, 


pq 


§  S 


& 


3  o 


M 

o 

03 

1907. 
rch  14-16 
arrow. 
Sparrow. 

nged      Bl 
Crackle. 

^  ^^  a 

lioebe, 
yrtle 
ermit 

ed-wi 
bird, 
urple 
obin. 

fS> 

SSW 

P^      ^K 

O    r^ 


^ - 

^ 

7     03 

, — 1 

1^  3 

S  1 

o 

.^ 

^  £ 

§ 

i  1^' 

2  ^ 

III 

X   g^ 

35  '^ 

o  o) 

P^ 

fe> 

Ji 

^^ 

^       "" 

13.2 

2 

>' 

S 
o 

1^ 

Purple  C 
Robin. 
Red-win 
bird. 

o 

^     o  -<   ^ 


o 
ci 

O 
^   d 


ID 

o 

;-. 

o 

— ■     CD 


c  -—  ::  o 
p:3      pi.P^ 


pq 


-^ 


^-H 

'S^ 
^ 


o 
5 

3   c 


o 
^        I 

It    6 


1908. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


149 


f-.    •  o 

^     a 

.5   S    <y   ^ 


c  <^  :2  o^  ci 


P  i3 


02    fcC 


Ph>0 


03 
02 

>< 
O 

fa 


.     O 

o  !^  a 


g      pq 


-73 


fi    G  53    fi 


02    W) 


^  ^  S  ^  5  ^'  g  i  I  a  g 

fe^C-P;=lcuSg    8  w  .B' 


\rj\         ^         ^ 


2  ^ 
8       «^3 


« 


T3 
Of 

bJO 
S 


>0  CIhPh 


> 

1 

2 

c3 

^ 

&c 

03 

CC 

CC 

1^ 

d 

^4 

^ 

3^ 

U 

8 

^ 

_&, 

^ 

<u 

13 

Ph>0 

1 

1 

i  i 

s 

8 

l5 

i 

1 

(L 

1 

0, 

1 

fa  Ph 

1 

1 

1 

1 

a; 

1 

J 

0^ 

1 

r^ 

^ 

'« 

S 

"g 

'E 

o 

•^ 

fc 

X 

:§ 

^ 

^ 

-^ 

•1: 

f 

"cc 

8  ^.Q' 
fa>o 


cq 


fcn 


150 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


2> 


CO    .3 
o 

2  ^ 


o  "^ 

C5   -^ 


(50 


ill    ^ 

_,      r3      W      03    .-H     •(-; 


C 


I     o 


s-i  ^ 

K^ 

p^s 

1 

•  ^ 

c 

M 

^    C 

^ 

^    r^ 

^      CS 

^ 

H^ 

o 

•II 

s^ 

o'o 

?50 


W^      p:5 


.    >~i      CO  HH  ^ 

WP^§ 


fi  a  ^ 

.I--5  2 


e3 

O    O 


o:p:==  ^  _5? 


w  ^    !-.    C3    O    O 

P50  WO>H>H 


.     e<i       CO   I—I     -H 

o    3    ,« 


I 

S3 

m 


r!  ;;5     O  _&. 


r-^   s~.     O   ?   =3  tj         ^ 

S  S  I  03  >:  ^  X 
pqopqpq     S 


>H         ,^         h^  o 

tS    03 

2^ 


fc. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  151 

Wave  VIII. 

1904.  1905.  1906.  1907. 

April  23-26.  April  22-25.  April  21-25.  April  26-28. 

First  Arrivals — Nine  species  have  arrived  on  this  wave  in  at  least 
three  of  the  four  years,  i.e.,  Scarlet  Tanager,  Yellow  Warbler, 
Black-throated  Green  Warbler,  Ovenbird,  Water  Thrush,  House 
Wren,  Catbird,  Wilson's  Thrush  and  Wood  Thrush.  Five  othei-s 
arrived  in  two  out  of  the  four  seasons,  i.e.,  Rose-breasted  Giosbeak, 
White-eyed  Vireo,  Redstart,  Maryland  Yellow-throat  and  Yellow- 
breasted  Chat. 

Bulk  Movement — The  bulk  of  this  wave  comprised  the  same  seven 
species  in  each  of  the  four  years,  i.e.,  Chimney  Swift,  Barn  Swallow, 
Black-and-Wliite  Warbler,  Myrtle  W^arbler,  Maryland  Yellow- 
throat,  Brown  Thrasher  and  House  Wren.  To  these  are  to  be  added 
the  Yellow  Warbler  in  1904  and  the  Ovenbird  in  1907. 

Wave  IX. 

1904.  1905.  1906.  1907. 

April  29-Mayl  April  29-30.  April  29-May  1.       May  1-3. 

+  May3. 

First  Arrivals — Six  species  arrived  on  this  wave  each  year,  i.e.,  Balti- 
more Oriole,  Kingbird,  Red-eyed  Vireo,  Blue- winged  Warbler, 
Magnolia  Warbler,  Parula  Warbler,  and  in  three  of  the  four  years 
Great  Crested  Flycatcher,  Indigo-bird,  Yellow-throated  Vireo,  Black- 
throated  Blue  Warbler. 

Bulk  Movement — Seven  species  were  abundant  during  this  wave  in 
each  of  the  four  years,  i.e..  Black-throated  Green  Warbler,  Redstart, 
Water  Thrush,  Ovenbird,  Catbird,  Wilson's  Thrush  and  Wood 
Thrush,  and  in  three  of  the  four  the  Yellow  Warbler  and  Scarlet 
Tanager. 

Wave  X. 

1904.  1905.  1906.  1907. 

May  5-8.  May  3  +  7.  May  5-6.  May  8  +  10-12. 

First  Arrivals — Species  usually  arriving  on  this  wave  Chestnut-sided 
Warbler,  Blackburni  an  Warbler,  Canada  Warbler,  Black-poll  Warbler, 
Wood  Pewee,  Hummingbird,  Yellow-billed  Cuckoo. 

Bulk  Movement — In  all  four  years  Baltimore  Oriole,  Wood  Pewee, 
Great  Crested  Flycatcher,  Indigo-bird,  Rose-breasted  Grosbeak, 
Scarlet  Tanager,  Red-eyed  Vireo,  White-eyed  Vireo,  Yellow-breasted 


152  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [April, 

Chat,  Chestnut-sided  Warbler.  In  three  of  the  four  years  Blue- 
winged  Warbler,  Black-throated  GreeA  Warbler,  Black-throated 
Blue  Warbler,  Magnolia  Warbler,  Black-poll  Warbler,  Kingbird. 

Wave  XI. 

1904.  1905.  1906.  1907. 

Maij  10-11.  May  12.  May  12-13.  May  19. 

Bulk  Movement  in  all  four  years — Yellow-billed  Cuckoo,  Hummingbird, 

Wood  Pewee,  Magnolia  Warbler,  Blackburnian  Warbler,  Black-poll 

Warbler  and  Canada  Warbler. 

Six  Years  Records  at  Philadelphia. 

The  following  tables  present  a  summary  of  the  arrival  dates  of  the 
ninety  species  which  are  printed  upon  the  schedules  of  the  Delaware 
Valley  Ornithological  Club  for  the  years  1902  to  1907,  based  upon  the 
records  of  from  twenty-five  to  thirty-five  observers  for  each  year,  all 
located  within  ten  miles  of  the  center  of  Philadelphia. 

Under  "first  arrival"  is  given  the  average  date  of  the  first  observa- 
tion reported  by  any  of  the  observers,  and  also  the  earliest  and  latest 
first  arrival  for  the  six  years  under  consideration.  Under  ''bulk 
arrival"  is  given  the  date  for  each  year  when  the  species  had  been 
reported  at  half  the  stations,  computed  as  explained  on  page  137,  and 
also  the  average  of  these  six  dates.  In  some  cases  the  data  were  too 
meager  to  warrant  this  computation,  in  which  instances  the 'dates  are 
omitted  and  only  first  arrivals  given.  In  a  few  species,  marked  by  an 
asterisk,  dates  which  obviously  referred  to  winter  residents  have  been 
rejected,  while  in  the  case  of  the  Long-billed  Marsh  Wren,  Pine 
Warbler  and  perhaps  a  few  others  the  data  are  probably  not  sufficient 
to  give  accurate  results,  the  species  being  rare  or  local. 


1908. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


153 


cj    ci^  cj    c3    cS   <^    1^          ^   o3 


s   § 


(M 


t>  ^  l>  '^  CO  Ol  OC  r-<  < 


Ti  (M 


s    §; 


§    s;s 


I    s 


in"  >. 


SS 


05  O  lO  (N  :  OS 


X  CO  c;  cc  :■;  c;  c-i  cj 


>-.>.>. 


!g<<g     gS 


!-■     »^  i  i-N     p'  i  r-  i  r^  I^     r*%  ^  p^  ^ 


fe  <:  §  <  <  fe  fcH  §  S  < 


C-  o  Cu  C  CIh  CX  O,  CL  C3  Oc  &i  A  a 


u    'J    t-'    t.'   !-■    >■  u    t,'   tH    >>  !>-.  t."   >^ 

<fa<<<S  <  <  S  §  §  -5^ 


■  ■=:  o  o 


E-'E-b  5-2  s;oo 


O  c  ^   z  -  S:   - 

-§  c  t:  5  ^  -5  -.' 


Si  M 


'.S  .«j  '?^ 


s-?:  % 


.t§ 


5  e 


;fc| 


Ui 


^^^_:^^^ 


•^     =     ^     S,"3    O^    S 
^     S     "^  S^        -O 


t;. 


2;  w ::  ^  c  ?H  ^  <<  h-^  ffl 


154 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[April, 


ODtC  IC        CO  O 


tH       t-      tH       >^    >^ 

c3   oj   03   03   =3 


o3   03 


CLi  03  o3 


o3   d, 


c3    c3    03 


§gsss    s§ 


C  03   03         03   Ji, 


o3   03   o3 


03   03-3-   03   03 


>.>>>>         -J  t;  t, 

03   c3   o3  a  Cm  C 


Oh        ^ 


lu  t:  -t-  >,  >.     t.  fc. 

03   03   03   o3   o3         o3    o3 


t.    Si    L.  tH    ;h 

a  03   o3         o3   CI, 


fcn     U     fc<     >->  >>  U     U 

o3   o3   03   03   o3         o3   o3 


03  a,  c3 


^<'. 


03  a, 


03   03   03 


-r'co  '*' 
i-<'  s^  t-<' 


CO  IC  CO  C5  N.  rH  ^. 


fc,    t>    !h    >i  >5  t<    t< 

03   o3   03   03   03         o3   o3 


Cl,  03   c3         03   a 


&.  o3   o3         o3   cIh 


o3   o3-^   o3   03   03   03   03   o3 


!h      tH      ^2      fc,      Sh      iH 

Cl,  o3   o3   CL  o3   CL 


IM  C-1  C-)  O  IC  O  (M  !M 


o3o3o3CI.rt&<Cl<OH 


CL  o3   o3 


iM  r-i  C^l  (M  C^  CO        (N 


iXiSi  b:  b 


O   CuCLiS-S-S   03 


CL,  ^   a;   o3 
-*<  "^  r-r.  ■ 


u    ■^■U    ^    U    ^s    ^s    ^  ^^^ 

„„  _  pH'^CI'S&.'2o3Ci^o3o3cii 

iOCO*'-iT-HiO*CCO        ^!M*0-.  r-d-H        O'-iQC'OOiOOC'tH        cot^o 
T-H        O  i-H  c^l  ■-<  T-i        (M  C>)  M<  iM         "^         ""         ~"      ■ 

c3o3(r)03o3o3fljC3o3 


a.  rHi-H      O'-iQC'OaiooctH      co 

iM        (>1        CO        OM>M>A^        ^        i-H 


J    <.g    w^    wa    wj 


CO 

sJ    >i  tn'    tj    t-*    !^    C    ti'  Sh*    53    (J 

CL,o3C^o3CL&QhCIi         Clt'^Pn 


^1^ 


s  e  2  o- 


=:.i;  i:  £  -S  s 


b^-^f^'S 


PI. 


tils  3  3 


ill 

_!  so 

"^     CO 

^-^^ 

CL-'-   ;:C 
X    03   ^ 


So  >  a 
^S6 


^^^ 


s  a,o3 


s  -r  g  3  s  i;  ?5' 

'-^.i  ^  o  o  o 


e^.s 


S   ^.S  T^"^ 


;  :£  E^  p:  ^  g  1 1  '^ 

=  c  ^  -  -f  ->:  -£  cQ  ^ 

^  -J  ~-^  <^  ^  <^  9. 


1908.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


155 


OCC05C0O        ClOTjto        rt<tH>        CO^        O        CO 
(N        (M  CO  (N  ,-H        T-4 

^  ^  tj  >,  i;     ^'  >>  >>  tH*     >»  t-'  >^     >>>>     b     b 


(M        T-(  t-H        CO 


(N 


s   s 


c;    C!    C3    CL 


t^iMOCOl:^        OCOCO 


o3o3clo3q,        c3c3o3cl        c3Ci.33         c3o3         e3         c3 


Ci<  o3  o3  p, 


2       8< 


c3   03   Q,  rt   Q, 


03   03   03   03         c3   a,  o3 


>■.  t:  >.    t*.  >> 


SS 


1^    S 


CL  03    Q<  03    CL 


§< 


^  ^ 

S  § 


05         l-(OI>! 


tJ  b  b  b  ^^ 

Cu       ^   c3   ^   CU 


C303C1<        c3ji,c3         c3o3 


s   :s 


>>    >^    fcj      tH      tH 

ra    03    Qj  CL  Qj 


o3o3^Cl       irfQ^oS        w^ 


<|  <; -<  <i^  <i1     <C<il<l<rj 


^1^ 


tl 


>>  tJ      t<'  53      t.      t,      ^h'      (H      tj' 

^         ftft        =3   aftftftft 


f^sl^ 


156 


PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF 


[April, 


>i  >5  >>  tn'    U    tn' 

a^^  cu &, a, 


■^1; 


>i  >i  >,  >.  tn'    U 

a  ci  cz  ci  cl  cl 

lO  (M  i-H  Oi  i-H  lO 
^  ^  ^  Ih'    u    u 

TO     TO     03     Qj  CLi  Cu 


Cu  rt   JS   c3 


cOI> 


>)    >i    ^      iH      fcH      ^H 

^^  Cloaca, 


>.  >.  >>  c  c  c 


i-hOOt-iO:        OOIGOO 


tn'    tn'    >J  >i  >>  t;    U     t-' 

CL  Cli  Ci    C3  03    Q^  Ci    03 


TO    C3    03    03    CL  CLi 

^  C  CO  O  -f  o 
fH        C<1  M  CO 


^^^<<- 


:  00<M 

^1 


>^  tH     tg     tn 

o3    fi^  03    03 

CO(M 


^    Q^C^  a,  C3  ^    &  OJ    0) 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT    SCI.  PHILA.  1908. 


COLTON.   HOW  FULGUR  AND  SYCOTYPUS  EAT  OYSTERS,  ETC 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1908. 


COLTON.       HOW    FULGUR    AND    SYCOTYPUS    EAT    OYSTERS     ETC. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1908. 


COLTON.       HOW    FULGUR    AND    SYCOTYPUS    EAT    OYSTERS,    ETC. 


PROC    ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.   PHILA.  1908. 


PLATE    IV. 


COLTON.       HOW    FULGUR    AND    SYCOTYPUS    EAT    OYSTERS,    ETC. 


PROC.  ACAD    NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  190S 


TuLGUR    PERVERSA 


B  n 

\ 

\ 

/*    ^ 

-1  •-"^ 

\ 
\ 

* 

V  Hi 

\ 

^ 

7 

\ 

^BU 

} 

00  0 

6    / 

m 

/ 

\ 

\-i 

i-i 

c 

^ 

,-^5> 

^ 

B  «s 

* 
B 

I) 

Bi 

B    6 

\kL 

0 

1 1 

FUL-GUR    CARICA 

^ 

7 

B£2 

\ 

J^ 

7/ 

-- 

-— 

^ 

\ 

\      \\ 

^ 

^ 

*^ 

, 

7 

r 

«'A 

^ 

Bjl 

^HTs 



' 

19 

^ 

^ 

Bso 

Sycotypus  canaliculatus 


5and  Beach  Rocks 

Watefi  4in.Deej= 
Oysters 


5and 
Water  3  ft.  Deep 


COLTON        HOW    FULGUR    AND    SYCOTYPUS    EAT    OYSTERS,    ETC 


PFIOC    ACAD.  NAT    SCI 


TRUE   ON    RHABDOSTEUS    LATIRADIX    Cope. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1908. 


PLATE  VII. 


PiJtjCr>-f,dfL 


PILSBRY    ON    SUCCINEA    OVALIS. 


1908.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  157 


May  5.  ' 

Arthur  Erwin  Brown,  ScD.,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chaii-. 

Thirty-four  persons  present. 

On  the  nomination  of  the  Council,  Profs.  Henry  F.  Osborn, 
Amos  P.  Brown,  Richard  A.  F.  Penrose,  Jr.,  Frederick  Prime  and  the 
President  of  the  Academy  were  appointed  on  the  Hayden  ^Memorial 
Committee. 

The  death  of  Henry  B.  Aledlicott,  a  Correspondent,  April  6,  1905, 
was  reported. 

Dr.  Spencer  Trotter  made  a  communication  on  points  in  the 
anatomy  of  the  Apes,  special  attention  being  given  to  divergencies  in 
the  musculature.     (No  abstract.) 


May  19. 

Arthur  Erwin  Brown,  Sc.D.,  Mce-President,  in  the  Chair, 

Thirty  persons  present. 

John  W.  Harshberger,  Ph.D.,  made  a  communication  on  the  geo- 
graphical study  of  bud  opening  in  connection  with  isothennal  lines. 
(No  abstract.) 


158  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 


REVISION  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN  SPIDERS  OF  THE  FAMILY  LYCOSIDJE. 

by  ralph  v,  chamberlin. 
Table  of  Contents. 

PAGE 

Introduction 158 

Lists  of  described  North  .Ajmerican  Lycosidae 163 

The  Family  Lycosidse 165 

Key  to  Genera 169 

The  Genus  Pardosa: 

Definition 170 

Key  to  species 172 

Description  of  species 174 

The  Genus  Schizocosa; 

Definition...^ 210 

Key  to  species 212 

Description  of  species 212 

Tlie  Genus  Lycosa : 

Definition 220 

Key  to  species 223 

Description  of  species 226 

The  Genus  Allocosa: 

Definition 284 

Key  to  s5)ecies 285 

Description  of  species 285 

The  Genus  Sosippus : 

Definition 292 

Description  of  species 293 

The  Genus  Trabea : 

Definition 295 

Description  of  species 296 

The  Genus  Sosilaus : 

Definition 298 

Description  of  species 298 

The  Genus  Pirata: 

Definition 299 

Key  to  species 301 

Description  of  species 301 

Explanation  of  Phates '. 316 

Introduction. 
The  Lycosidce  form  one  of  the  most  successful  of  all  families  of 
spiders.  Their  common  names  of  wolf  and  running  spiders  indicate 
their  dominant  traits.  All  live  close  to  the  earth,  roaming  freely  and 
boldly,  and  with  rare  exceptions  capturing  their  prey  by  the  chase 
rather  than  by  means  of  webs  or  other  strategy.  They  are  among  the 
most  familiar  and  widely  distributed  of  spiders.     The  Piratas  and 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  159 

most  of  the  small  and  excessively  active  Pardosas  keep  close  to  the 
water,  when  alarmed  running  out  freely  over  the  surface,  in 
adaptation  to  which  action  their  tarsi  are  specially  modified  in  the 
arrangement  of  hairs  and  bristles.  The  larger  Lycosas  may  mingle 
their  colors  with  those  of  the  dried  leaves  and  twigs  of  the  woods, 
lurk  beneath  the  stones  of  roadside  and  field,  wander  in  the  open  or 
burrow  in  the  sand  of  the  seashore  or  the  soil  of  the  plain.  Every- 
where they  are  familiar;  not  because  of  large  number  of  species,  nor 
because  of  their  bold  open  habits,  but  especially  because  of  the 
excessive  abundance  of  individuals  resulting  from  successful  adapta- 
tion to  conditions  widely  available. 

All  true  spiders  depend  upon  living  animals,  mostly  insects,  for  food. 
Since  they  ingest  only  the  body  juices  of  their  prey,  what  seems  at 
first  an  amazing  quantity  of  insects  is  required  to  satisfy  their  nutritive 
needs.  Most  spiders  have  met  this  requirement  through  the  develop- 
ment of  instinct  and  skill,  accompanied  of  course  by  those  structural 
modifications  necessary  for  their  effective  exercise,  in  the  construction 
of  webs.  The  line  of  divergence  of  the  Lycosidce,  however,  has  been  in 
the  direction  of  capacity  for  taking  prey  by  the  chase.  The  high  arched 
cephalothorax  and  the  long  stout  legs  plainly  bespeak  strength  and 
speed.  But  strength  and  speed  alone  would  be  quite  ineffective 
without  the  simultaneous  development  of  the  sensory  system, to  enable 
the  spiders  to  detect  and  with  some  certainty  to  follow  their  prey. 
Such  development  has  affected  strongly  the  sight;  other  senses,  except- 
ing touch,  being  seemingly  but  feebly  developed.  This  is  manifest  in 
the  differentiations  in  size  and  arrangement  of  the  eyes.  It  has  been 
shown  that  the  arrangement  of  the  eyes  is  such  as  to  make  the  animal 
aware  of  movements  within  its  limit  of  vision  in  front,  at  the  sides 
and  through  a  considerable  arc  behind,  the  arc  directly  forward  being 
covered  particularly  well.  The  eyes  fall  very  clearly  in  three  rows. 
The  first  row,  situated  across  the  lower  part  of  the  face,  is  composed  of 
four  small  eyes  placed  in  different  planes;  the  second  of  two  eyes,  large 
in  size  and  directed  antero-laterally ;  the  third  of  two  medium-sized 
eyes  situated  farther  back  on  the  pars  cephalica  and  directed  latero- 
caudally.  This  arrangement  of  the  eyes  is  apparently  associated 
with  the  characteristic  elevation  of  the  pars  cephalica.  The  high 
dorsally  narrowed  cephalothorax  and  the  placement  of  the  eyes  m 
three  distinct  rows  as  described  are  features  by  which  the  Lycosidce 
are  usually  to  be  detected  at  a  glance.  Other  characters  serving  with 
those  mentioned  to  distinguish  members  of  this  family  are  the  three 
claws  of  the  tarsi,  the  notching  of  the  trochanters  at  the  outer  end 


160  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [-^lav, 

beneath,  and  the  excavation  of  the  posterior  piece  of  the  superior  lorum 
of  the  abdominal  pedicel. 

Most  of  the  wolf  spiders  build  no  webs  of  any  kind  for  ensnaring  their 
prey.  A  few  forms  {Sosippus,  Hippasa),  however,  construct  sheet 
webs  over  stones  and  low  bushes  with  central,  funnel-like  retreats, 
much  like  those  of  some  Agelenidce.  In  these  web-constructing  forms 
there  is  a  strong  development  of  the  superior  spinnerets, similar  to  that 
in  the  latter  family. 

The  females  without  exception  enclose  their  eggs  in  cocoons,  Avhich 
they  carry  about  attached  to  their  spinnerets  until  the  young  hatch. 
After  hatching  the  young  are  carried  about  on  the  back  of  the  parent 
until  able  to  shift  for  themselves  with  some  degree  of  safety.  In 
making  these  cocoons  the  spiders  first  spin  upon  the  ground  a  circu- 
lar disk,  which  they  enlarge  usually  until  its  diameter  is  about  equal  to 
-the  length  of  their  bodies.  A  suitable  scaffolding  of  threads  is  con- 
structed preliminary  to  the  spinning  of  the  disk.  After  the  basal  disk  is 
completed  the  spider  presses  out  from  the  genital  ducts  upon  the 
center  of  the  disk  a  drop  of  viscid  fluid,  into  which  the  eggs  are  allowed 
to  fall.  She  then  spins  over  the  eggs  a  covering  sheet,  fastening  its 
edges  to  the  basal  disk.  The  cocoon  is  then  cut  loose  from  its  attach- 
ments by  means  of  the  chelicerae,  the  ragged  edges  are  neatly  taken 
up  and  fastened  to  the  wall  of  the  cocoon,  and  over  the  whole  fresh 
threads  are  spun  while  the  cocoon,  held  beneath  the  cephalothorax  by 
means  of  the  third  legs,  is  rotated  by  chelicerse  and  palps.  The  result 
is  a  neat  egg-sac,  lenticular  in  form  and  showing  a  distinct  seam  {Par- 
dosa),  or  spherical  in  form  and  either -wath  a  less  distinct  seam  at  equator 
(Pirata)  or  without  a  seam  evident  (Lycosa). 

As  a  rule  the  Lycosids  born  during  any  season  pass  the  succeeding 
winter  in  the  half-grown  condition,  not  reaching  maturity  until  the 
following  summer  or  late  spring.  The  smaller  members  of  the  family 
live  but  a  single  year,  and  during  this  time  build  no  retreats  for  them- 
selves. The  larger  Lycosas,  however,  are  known  to  live  for  several 
years.  Many  of  these,  build  burrows,  which  they  close  upon  the 
approach  of  winter  by  means  of  plugs  or  lids.  These  burrows  may  ])e 
mere  shallow,  nest-like  excavations  loosely  lined  with  silk  or  may  be 
deeper,  more  skilfully  executed  tunnels.  In  some  cases  a  rampart  or 
turret  is  built  up  about  the  opening  of  the  burrow,  apparently  to 
prevent  the  drifting  in  of  debris,  etc.  This  rampart  may  be  composetl 
of  particles  of  sand  or  earth,  or  of  pieces  of  straw,  grass  or  sticks. 
superposed  and  bound  together  by  means  of  silk.  The  same  burrow 
may  be  occupied  by  a  spider  for  several  seasons,  the  occupant  remodel- 


1908.]  i  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  161 

ling  the  burrow  if  injured  by  accident,  or  enlarging  it  if  outgrown  (see 
L.  fatifera,  etc.). 

The  number  of  species  and  genera  of  Lycosidce  is  very  much  smaller 
than  would  at  first  thought  seem  probable.  These  bold  wanderei"s,  with 
their  strong,  long  legs,  the  black  spines  upon  which  standing  out 
threateningly  during  excitement  suggest  their  aggressiveness,  spread  out 
persistently  in  e^•ery  direction.  Isolation  of  any  part  of  a  species  for 
a  long  time  would  be  expected  to  be  rare,  and  the  establishment  of 
distinct  forms,  therefore,  so  far  as  dependent  upon  this  factor,  in- 
frequent. There  are  comparatively  few  species  of  wide  distribution, 
rather  than  a  large  number  of  limited  range.  This  wide  range  of 
species  is  accompanied  naturally  by  a  great  deal  of  fluctuating  vari- 
ability in  many  of  their  features.  A  result  has  been  a  surprisingly 
large  number  of  synonj^ms,  consecjuent  wpon  examinations  of  limited 
number  of  specimens  from  widely  separated  localities.  For  example, 
species  that  range  from  New  England  to  the  West  and  far  South 
become  lighter  and  lighter  in  coloration.  In  several  species  the 
brightly  colored  individuals  that  prevail  in  Texas  would  appeal  to 
one  at  first  as  surely  specifically  distinct  from  the  darker  forms  of  the 
North.  But  all  gradations  are  found  when  sufficient  material  is  studied, 
especially  in  that  from  intermediate  regions,  while  apparently  no  sig- 
nificant differences  at  all  appear  in  less  variable  structural  features. 
Important  variations  are  discussed  in  detail  in  the  present  work  under 
the  respective  species. 

In  this  connection  a  main  source  of  difficulty  has  been,  indeed,  the 
placing  of  too  great  reliance  upon  purely  relative  characters  that  undergo 
greater  variation  than  has  been  recognized.  Even  in  the  treatment  of 
genera  this  purely  relative  nature  of  the  characters  commonly  used  has 
left  much  room  for  diversity  in  opinion  and  usage.  It  is  not,  therefore, 
really  surprising  to  find  that  genera  accepted  without  question  by  one 
student  are  unhesitatingly  denied  by  others.  Some  genera  that  have 
from  time  to  time  been  proposed  are  clearly  artificial,  having,  it  would 
seem,  been  erected  with  a  view  to  convenience  rather  than  in  an  effort 
to  express  genetic  relationship. 

All  of  the  characters  that  have  been  conmionly  used  in  separating, 
e.g.,  Pardosa  and  Lycosa,  somewhere  become  uncertain,  the  result 
having  been  many  incorrect  references  of  species.  And  so,  also,  is  it 
with  other  genera.  My  own  studies  of  the  Lycosidce  long  ago  convinced 
me  that  the  clearest  and  most  definite  characters  for  limiting  not  only 
the  species  but  the  genera  of  the  Lycosidce  as  well,  are  those  presented 
in  the  copulatory  organs.     In  the  present  contribution  much  reliance 


162  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [Way, 

is  placed  upon  these  characters  as  indices  of  relationship.  They  have 
not  previously  been  used  in  the  definition  of  genera.  It  has  been 
necessary  to  introduce  a  provisional  terminology,  perhaps  sufficient 
for  present  descriptive  purposes,  for  parts  of  the  copulatory  organs. 
Careful  comparative  studies  on  the  morphology  of  the  palpal  organs 
of  male  spiders  are  much  needed  to  give  us  a  consistent  general 
terminology. 

As  here  considered  the  portion  of  the  family  Lycosidce  in  the  fauna 
of  America  north  of  Mexico  includes  eight  genera:  Allocosa,  Pardosa, 
Schizocosa,  Lycosa,  Trahea,Sosippus,  Sosilaus  and  Pirata.  Lycosa  is  more 
comprehensive  than  the  other  genera  and  its  species  fall  into  a  number 
of  natural  but  mostly  intergrading  groups.  Of  these  groups  one  in 
pari  corresponding  to  Trochosa  of  some  authors  is  most  divergent 
and  compact.  (See  further  under  Lycosa.)  Altogether,  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  one  hundred  and  fifty  specific  names  have  been  erected  for 
the  forms  under  these  genera ;  but  of  these  not  more  than  half  are  really 
"good."  The  species  that  I  have  been  able  to  regard  as  distinct  and 
recognizable  are  distributed  among  the  genera  as  follows:  Trahea, 
Sosippus  and  Sosilaus,  e&ch  with  one;  Allocosa,  five;  Schizocosa,  three; 
Pirata,  nine;  Pardosa,  seventeen ;  Lycosa,  thirty. 

Of  the  material  studied  mention  should  be  made  first  of  the  section  of 
Lycosidce  in  the  rich  collection  of  Aranea.  at  Cornell  University,  for  the 
privilege  of  using  which  and  for  other  unfailing  courtesies  I  am  deeply 
obliged  to  Prof.  J.  H.  Comstock.  The  Cornell  collection  includes  not 
only  species  from  New  York  State  and  other  parts  of  the  North,  but 
also  a  good  representation  of  forms  from  the  South  and  a  number  of 
species  from  the  West.  My  own  collection  consists  of  specimens 
collected  in  California,  Utah  and  New  York  by  myself,  and  of  a 
large  number  from  many  different  localities  obtained  through  others. 
Among  those  to  whom  it  is  a  pleasure  to  make  acknowledgments  for 
specimens  are  the  following:  M.  Simon,  France  (specimens  from 
Florida);  Rev.  F.  O.  P.  Cambridge,  England;  Mr.  B.  H.  Guilbeaux, 
Louisiana;  Miss  Annie  Jones,  Georgia;  Mr.  A.  M.  Bean,  Iowa;  Mr.  C. 
O.  Crosby,  New  York;  Mr.  T.  H.  Scheffer,  Kansas;  Mr.  G.  W.  Peckham, 
Wisconsin ;  Dr.  O.  M.  Howard,  Utah;  Prof.  T.  H.  Montgomery,  Texas. 
For  the  loan  of  specimens  and  collections  for  study  I  owe  my  thanks  to 
Mr.  J.  H.  Emerton,  Boston;  Mr.  Samuel  Henshaw,  of  the  Museum  of 
Comparative  Zoology,  Boston;  Prof.  C.  M.  Weed,  New  Hampshire; 
Prof.  John  Barlow,  Rhode  Island ;  ]\Ir.  Charles  Fuchs,  of  the  California 
Academy  of  Sciences;  Prof.  M.  T.  Cook,  Indiana;  and  Dr.  W.  M. 
Wheeler,  of  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  Histoi-v,  New  York. 


1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


163 


For  the  privilege  of  studjdng  the  Marx  collection  in  the  U.  8.  National 
Museum  and  various  types  in  his  own  private  collection,  I  am  much 
indebted  to  the  courtesy  of  Mr,  Nathan  Banks. 


List  of  Described  North  American  I.ycosid.e, 


Genera. 


Allocosa  Bks. 

Ardosa  C.  Koch  =  Lycosa  J^atr. 

Aulonia  Emerton  {auranliaca) 

Trabea  Simon. 
Geolycosa  Mtg.  =  Lycosa  Latr. 
Leimonia  C.  Koch  =  Pardosa 

Koch. 
Lycosa  Latr. 
Pardosa  C.  Koch. 


Pi  rata  Sund. 

Scaptocosa    Banks    ==    Geolycosa 

Mtg. 
ScHizocosA  Chamb. 
SosiLAUS  Simon. 
Sosippus  Simon. 
Trabea  Simon. 
Trochosa  C.  Koch  =  Lycosa. 


degesta  Chamberlin. 
evagata,  sp.  nov. 
?  exalhida  Becker. 
funerea  (Hentz). 


Species  of  Allocosa. 


nigra  (Stone)  =  rugosa  (Keys.). 
parva  (Banks). 
rugosa  (Keyserling). 
siiblata  (Montgomerv)   =  funerea 
(Hentz). 


Species  of  Lycosa. 


albohastata  Em. 

antelucana  Mtg.  =  apicala  Bks. 

apicata  Bks. 

arenicola  Sc 

aspersa  Hentz. 

avara  Keys. 

bahingtonii  Bl.  =  helluo  W. 

baltimoriana  Keys,  (var.) 

beanii  Em. 

hrunneiventris  Bks.=  A'oc/ui  Keys. 

carolinensis  H. 

cinerea  Fab. 

coloradensis  Bks. 

crudelis  Bks.  =  helluo  W. 

communis  Em.  =  erratica  H. 

epigynata  Mtg.  =  gulosa  W. 

erratica  H. 

exitiosa  Bks.  =  aspersa. 

fatifera  H. 

florid.ana  Bks. 

floridiana  Bks. 


frondicola  Em. 

fumosa  Em. 

grandis  Bks. 

gulosa  W. 

helluo  W. 

helvipes  Keys.  =  helluo  W. 

inhonesta  (Keys.)  =  aspersa  H. 

insopita  Mtg.  =  gulosa  W. 

immaculata  Bks.  =  aspersa  H. 

kochli  Keys. 

latifrons  (Mtg.)  =  fatifera  H. 

lenta  H. 

lepida  Keys.  =  erratica  H. 

littoralis  H.  =  cinerea  Fab. 

maritima  H.  =  cinerea  Fab. 

milherti  W.  =  ?  carolinensis  W. 

missouriensis  Bks.  =  fatifera  H. 

modesta  Keys. 

modestaTh.  =  frondicola  Em. 

nidicola  Em.  =  helluo  W. 

nidi f ex  Mx.  =  arenicola  Sc. 

nigroventris  Em.  =  frondicola  Em. 


164 


PROCEEDIXGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[May, 


oblonga  Bks,  =  aspersa  H. 

perdita. 

perniunda  Chamlx 

pikei  Mx.  =  arenicola  Sc. 

piulens  ^Ix.  =  frondicola  Em. 

pictilis  Em. 

pilosa  Gir.  =  carolinensis  W. 

philadelphiana  W.,  invalid. 

polita  Em.  =  rubicunda  Keys. 

pratensis  Em. 

pidchra  (Keys.).  =  gtdosa  W. 

purcelli  ^Itg.  =  gulosa  W. 

propinqua  Bl.  =  erratica  H. 

puuctulata  H. 

quiuaria  Em. 


riparia  Hentz. 

rubicunda  Keys. 

rufiventris  Bks.  =  avara  Keys. 

ruricola  H.  =  lenta  H. 

sepidchralis  Mtg.  =  modest  a  Keys. 

sagittata  H.  =  erratica  H. 

scalar  is  Th.  =  erratica  H. 

scutulata  Htz. 

sa?/i  W.  =  ?  /leZ/wo  W. 

si?nilis  Bks  =  /leZ/wo  W. 

texana    Mtg.    =   carolinensis   W. 

(var.) 
tigrina  McC.  =  aspersa  H. 
m/raC.  K.  =  ?/ieZZwo  Walck. 
vidpina  Em.  =  aspersa  H. 


Walckenaek's  Names  of  Species  of  Lycosa  of  the  Abbott  and 
Bosc  Manuscripts. 


ammosa. 

avida. 

discolor. 

encarpata. 

grossipes. 

georgiana. 

qeorgicola. 


(Described  in  Ins.  Apt.,  Vol.  1.) 

impavida. 

infesta. 

mordax. 

suspecta. 

triton. 

vehemeris. 


These  names  are  all  invalid,  the  descriptions  havinc 
the  unpublished  drawings  of  Abbott  and  Bosc. 


been  based  on 


Species  of  Pardosa. 


albomacidata  Em.  =  grcenlandica 

Th. 
anmdata  Bks.  =  saxatilis  Bl, 
atra  Bks. 
banksi  Chamb. 

brumiea  Em.  =  var.  of  modica  Bl. 
californica  Keys. 
canadensis  Bl.  =  milvina  H. 
coloradensis  Bks.  =  sterncdis  Th. 

(Jrs.). 
distincta  Bl. 

dorsalis  Bks.  ^77iackenziana  Keys. 
dro?7ioeaTh.  =  grcenlandica  Th. 
emertoni  Chamb. 
flaripcs  Keys.  =  7nilvina  Htz. 


florida7ia  Bks.  =  banksi  Chamb., 

^ar. 
fuscula  Th.  =  modica  Bl. 
furcifera  Th,  =  modica  Bl. 
glacialis  Th.  =  modica  Bl. 
groenlandica  Th. 
impavidaTh.  =  xerampelina  Keys. 
indigatrix  Th.  =  grcenlandica  Th. 
intrepida  Marx  =  groeidandica  Th, 
iracimda  Th.  =  grcenlandica  Th. 
labradorensis  Th. 
lapidicina  Em. 
longispinata  Tullg. 
luteola  Em.  =  distincta  Bl. 
littoralis  Bks.  =  banksii  Chamb. 


1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


165 


mackenziana  Keys. 

mercurialis  Mtg.  =  lapidicina  Em. 

iiiilvinaHtz. 

minima  Keys.  =  saxatilis  H. 
modica  Bl. 
m(psta  Bks. 

montana  Em.  =  xeram'peUna  Keys. 
nigropalpis  Em.  =  niilvina  H. 
'pallida  Em.  =  emertoni  Chamb. 
parvida  Bks.  =  saxatilis  H.  (var.) 
pauxilla  Mtg. 


saxatilis  Htz. 

scita  Mtg.  =  milvina. 

sinistra  Th.  =  groenkmdica  Th. 

steriialis  Th. 

tachypoda    Th.     =     xerampelina 

Keys. 
texana  Bks,  =  lapidicina  Em. 
^m/is  Th.  =  grce7ilandica  Th. 
uncata  Th.  =  mackenziana  Keys. 
venusta  Bks.  =  lapidicina  (Jrs.). 
xerampelina  Keys. 


Species  of  Pirata. 


«(7«7rs  Bks.  =  montanus  Em. 

aspiraiis  Chamb. 

bilobata  (Tidlg.). 

•elegans  Stone  =  montanus  Em. 

-exigua  Bks.  =  minuta. 

febriculosa  Becker. 

humicolus  Montg. 

insularis  Em. 

^i6er  Montg.  =  insidaris  Em, 

marxi  Stone. 

minuta  Em. 


montana  Em. 

montanoides  Bks.  =  insularis  Em. 

nigromaculatus   Montg.    =    mon- 
tanus Em. 

prodi^iosa  Keys. 

piratica  (CI.)  var. 

sedentarius    Mtg. 
Beck. 

ivacondana   Schef. 
(Beck.) 


utahensis,  new, 
=     febriculosa 

=    febriculosa 


Species  of  Schizocosa, 


bilineta  (Emerton). 
■charonoides  Mtg.  =  saltatrix  H. 
gracilis  (Banks)  =  saltatrix  H. 
humilis  (Banks)  =  saltatrix  H. 
ocreata  (Hentz). 
■ocreata    pulchra    (Montg.)    =    bi- 
lineata. 


relucens  (Montg.)  =   venustida 

(Hentz). 
rufa  Keys.  =  ocreata  Hentz  (  9  ). 
saltatrix 

stonei  jMontg.  =  ocreata  Hentz. 
vemistula  (Hentz)  =  saltatrix  H. 
verisimilis  (Montg.)  =  saltatrix  H. 


spinig-er  Smion. 


iloridanus  Simon. 


aurantiaca  (Emerton). 


Species  of  Sosilaus. 


Species  of  Sosippus. 


Species  of  Trabea. 


The  Family  Lycosid.e. 

Cephalothorax  elongated,  much  longer  than  wide,  attenuated  anter- 
iorly.    The  pars  thoracica  high  and  subprismatic,  narrow  above  and  oval 


166  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

in  outline,  with  the  posterior  border  truncate  and  concave  at  the 
middle;  a  distinct  fine  median  sulcus  which  is  rather  long  always 
present,  as  are  also  more  or  less  distinctly  impressed  radiating  striae. 
Pars  cephalica  elevated  and  arched,  distinctly  separated  from  the  par's 
thoracica  by  cervical  furrows  which  unite  at  an  angle  at  the  median 
dorsal  line,  these  more  rarely  indistinct  above;  pars  cephalica  with 
front  truncated  or  more  or  less  obtusely  rounded.  The  face  high, 
trapeziform  or,  less  commonly,  with  the  sides  subparallel;  in  profile 
vertical,  or  at  least  very  steep. 

Eyes  all  of  the  diurnal  type;  always  distinctly  arranged  in  three 
rows,  of  which  the  first  is  composed  of  four  eyes  and  is  located  upon  the 
lower  part  of  the  face,  the  second  composed  of  two  eyes  at  the  upper 
part  of  the  face  or  semidorsal  in  position,  and  the  third,  also  com- 
posed of  two  eyes,  in  a  strictly  dorsal  position;  eyes  of  the  first  row 
small  and  comparatively  close  together,  in  a  straight,  procurved  or 
rarely  recurved  row,  the  lateral  eyes  on  more  or  less  evident  tubercles 
and  with  their  visual  axes  directed  antero-ventrally ;  eyes  of  second 
row  very  large,  occupying  a  transverse  space,  in  most  cases  wider  than 
that  of  the  first  row,  less  commonly  of  the  same  length  or  shorter,  their 
visual  axes  directed  antero-laterally ;  eyes  of  third  row  large,  almost 
always  more  widely  separated  than  those  of  the  second  row,  with  which 
they  thus  outline  a  trapeziform  area  (quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes), 
their  visual  axes  directed  more  or  less  caudo-laterally.  Clypeus  com- 
paratively narrow,  always  narrower  than  the  width  of  the  area  out- 
lined by  the  first  and  second  rows  of  eyes  (quadrangle  of  anterior  eyes). 

Chelicerce  long  and  robust,  always  vertical  in  position  in  both  sexes ; 
at  base  a  well-marked  and  rather  large  lateral  condyle;  both  upper  and 
lower  margins  of  furrow  armed,  the  upper  with  two  or,  more  commonly, 
with  three  teeth,  of  which  the  median  is  much  the  largest,  and  the 
lower  margin  with  from  two  to  four  stout  conical  teeth;  posterior 
face  always  marked  with  a  distinct  oblique  stria,  along  the  inner  side  of 
which,  especially  in  the  middle  region,  is  a  well-developed,  often 
dense,  pilose  band ;  upper  margin  of  furrow  bordered  with  a  subdense 
pilose  band  or  fringe. 

Labium  free;  the  ventral  surface  flat  or,  much  more  commonly, 
convex;  more  or  less  attenuated  anteriorly,  with  front  margin  truncate 
or  obtuse;  from  longer  than  wide  to  wider  than  long;  much  shorter 
than  the  endites.  Endites  longer  than  wide,  more  or  less  excavated 
within  and  fitting  over  the  sides  of  the  labium,  externally  roimded  and 
never  much  narrowed  at  base;  erect,  never  obliquely  inclined;  dorsal 
surface  flat  or  a  little  concave;  distally  the  supra-external  border  with 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  167 

a  fine  serrulate  line  or  serrula ;  siipero-internal  border  with  a  dense  pilose 
band  or  scopula. 

Sternum  longer  than  wide;  large,  subcordiform,  being  truncated  in 
front,  rounded  at  the  sides  and  attenuate  to  a  point  caudally. 

Legs  long  or  moderately  long,  the  fourth  longest,  then  the  first,  the 
third  shortest  in  the  great  majority  of  cases ;  but  there  are  exceptions  in 
which  the  third  legs  are  longer  than  the  second,  and  others  in  which  the 
second  are  longer  than  the  first.  The  femora,  tibiae  and  metatarsi  and 
usually  also  some  or  all  of  the  patellae  armed  Avith  spines ;  the  anterior 
tibise  with  three  pairs  of  spines  beneath,  less  commonly  with  two 
(Pirata),  and  sometimes  with  as  many  as  five  (SosUaus);  these  and 
other  spines  of  the  anterior  legs  often  much  reduced  and  sometimes 
absent. 

In  some  small  species  the  tarsi  are  beneath,  all  simply  and  rather 
sparsely  setose,  but  in  most  they  are  at  least  in  part  more  or  less 
provided  with  scopula  composed  uniformly  of  fine,  flat  lanceolate 
and  slenderh^  pointed  hairs,  never  of  distally  enlarged  hairs;  in  the 
smaller  species  these  scopulsB  may  be  present  only  along  the  sides  of  the 
ventral  faces  of  the  anterior  tarsi ;  but  in  the  larger  species  {Sosippus 
and  most  Lycosas)  the  entire  ventral  surface  of  the  anterior  tarsi  is 
densely  scopulate,  and  the  metatarsi  are  usually  similarly  or  less 
densely  scopulate,  and  the  tibiae  are  also  sometimes  scopulate  distally; 
in  these  larger  forms  the  posterior  tarsi  are  scopulate,  but  have  their 
scopulae  divided  by  a  median  line  or  band  of  setae;  never  with  dense 
fasciculae  at  base  of  claws.  Tarsi  bearing  three  claws,  of  which  the 
superior  are  strong  and  broad  basally,  and  bear  a  series  of  teeth  from 
five  to  seven,  rarely  more,  in  mmiber,  these  being  mostly  confined  to 
the  basal  half  of  the  claws;  the  unpaired  claw  small,  bent  abruptly 
downward,  almost  always  naked,  rarely  with  a  single  tooth.  Trochan- 
ters invariably  notched  or  excavated  at  distal  end  beneath. 

Superior  lorum  of  the  pedicel  of  the  abdomen  composed  of  two  prin- 
cipal, very  unequal  pieces,  of  which  the  smaller  posterior  one  is  trun- 
cated or  somewhat  concave  behind,  and  in  front  is  notched  or  exca- 
vated for  the  reception  of  the  angularly  or  roundly  attenuated  posterior 
part  of  the  longer  anterior  piece;  at  each  side  of  the  principal  plates  is 
a  slender,  anteriorly  attenuated  piece. 

Spinnerets  six  in  number;  the  anterior  ones  short  and  relatively 
stout,  contiguous  or  subcontiguous ;  the  posterior  more  or  less  sepa- 
rated from  each  other,  mostly  more  slender  than  the  anterior  and  either 
of  the  same  length  or  longer,  composed  of  two  articles,  of  which  the 
second  is  short  and  rounded  and  usually  subject  to  retraction  within 


IBs  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [^I^y, 

the  fii-st.  or  less  commonly  longer  and  conical  (Sosippus) ;  median  pair 
slender,  of  moderate  length. 

Body  clothed  with  simple  hair,  or  more  rarely  with  some  of  plumose 
ty]3e  intermixed  (Sossipus  and  some  Pardosas). 

Genital  plate  or  epigynum  of  the  female  mostly  simple ;  either  a  simple 
iinfurrowed  plate  or  a  plate  depressed  or  furrowed  longitudinally  and 
with  the  depressed  area  divided  by  a  ridge-like  elevation  (guide),  which 
in  the  large  majority  of  cases  extends  laterally  on  each  side  at  its 
posterior  end.  The  transverse  portion  of  the  guide  often  (Lycosa 
sens,  str.)  distinctly  more  elevate  than  the  septal  portion  immedi- 
atel}'  in  front  of  it  and  extending  on  each  side  to  behind  the  openings  of 
the  spermathecse ;  median  piece  of  guide  posteriorly  and  the  transverse 
pieces  on  anterior  side  with  the  upper  free  edges  mostly  more  or  less 
•extended  horizontally  in  plate-like  expansions,  which  are  usually 
narrow  but  may  be  wide  (lateral  plates  or  alee  of  guide). 

Palpus  of  the  male  long,  differing  uniformly  from  that  of  the  most 
nearlj'  related  families  {e.g.,  Pisauridce  and  Agelenidos)  in  never  having 
femur,  patella,  or  tibia  armed  with  any  manner  of  process  or  apophysis. 
Tarsus  or  cymbium  comparatively  simple,  boat-shaped;  completely 
covering  the  bulb,  the  alveolus  occup5dng  usually  not  more  than  two- 
thirds  of  the  ventral  area;  terminal  part  of  the  tarsus  acuminate  and 
bearing  one,  two,  or  rarely  three  mostly  stout,  always  untoothed 
spines  (transformed  claws),  occasionally  imarmed.  Bulb  compara- 
tivel}-  simple  and  compact;  embolus  only  rarely  exerted,  in  most 
h'ing  upon  a  special  fold  (lectus)  at  front  of  the  larger  basal  lobe  or 
division,  this  fold  in  many  with  a  lobe  {auricida)  extending  forward  in 
front  of  its  exterior  end ;  lobe  of  the  conductor  bearing  one  to  several 
chitinous  processes  (tenacula);  either  an  erect  and  conspicuous  apo- 
physis (Pirata)  or  transverse,  and  appressed ;  basal  division  of  bulb  bear- 
ing strongly  chitinized  fokl  or  apophysis  (scopus)  in  a  median  (Pardosa) 
or  exterior  position  (Lycosa),  or  with  such  fold  or  apophysis  absent  or 
but  weakly  developed  (Pirata),  its  absence  or  weak  development  being 
correlated  with  the  absence  of  furrow  and  guide  in  the  epigj'-num  of 
the  female;  a  chitinous  plate  or  area  (lunate  area)  at  base  of  bulb 
practically  alwa3's  exposed,  the  area  being  of  varying  size  in  the  differ- 
ent genera,  but  of  quite  constant  relative  extent  and  position  in  each. 

The  most  simple  and  generalized  condition  is  shown  in  Pirata. 

Svn. — 1817.     Citigradce  Latr.  (ad.  max.  part.),  in  Cuvier,  Regne   Animal, 

'  3,  p.  95. 
1823.     Cursores  Sund.  (ad.  max.  part.).  Gen.  Aran.  Suec,  p.  20. 
182,5.     Citigradw  Latr.  (ad.  max.  part.),  Fam.  Nat.  de  Regne  Animal,  p.  316. 
1833.     Lyrosirfes  Sund.  (ad.  max.  part.),  Comp.  Arachn.,  p.  25. 


onn. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  169 

1850.  Lijcosides  C.  Koch  (ad.  max.  part.),  Ubersicht  d.  Araclm.  Syst.  ^ 

1852  Venatores  Dolesch.  (ad.  max.  part.),  Syst.  Verz.  Oesten.  Sp.,  p.  ^. 

1869.  Lycosoidce  Thorell  (ad.  max.  part.),  On  European  Spiders  p.  ISS. 

1876.  Lycosidoe  Simon  (excl.  Dolomedes  and  Ocyale),  Arachn.  France,  .3,  p. 
223 

. '  Lycosoidce  Keyserling  (excl.  Dolomedes  and  Ocyale),  Verb.  z.  b.  Ges. 

Wien,  p.  610. 

1877.  Lycosoid^  Thorell,  Bull.  U.S.  G.S.Terr.,  3,  p.  504. 
1885.     Lycosidoe  Em.  (excl.  Dolomedes,  Oxyopes  and  Ocyale),  Trans.  L 

Acad.Sci.,  6,p.  481.  ■  ,  ^       ,  x    t^         t-   o   at  ^.r     i.-, 

1890.     Lycosidoe  Marx  (excl.  Dolomedes  and  Ocyale),  Proc.  L.  S.  i\.  M.,  l^, 

p  560 
1892.     Lycosida  Banks   (excl.  Pisauridoe),  Can.  Entomologist,  xxiv,  p.  97. 
1898.     Lycosida;  Simon,  Hist.  Nat.  Araign,  2,  p.  317. 
1903.     Lycosidre  Comstock,  Classif.  of  N.  A.  Spiders. 
1905.     Lycosida  Banks,  American  Nat.,  p.  300,  318. 

Key  to  North  America  Genera  of  Lycosid.e. 

1.   Anterior  tibia?  armed  beneath  with  five  pairs  of  very  long  spines; 
anterior  eyes  subcontiguous,  in  a  recurved  row  clearly  longer 

than  the  second,       .•     Sosilavs. 

Anterior  tibis  armed  beneath  with  less  than  five  pairs  of  spmes  ; 

anterior  row  of  eyes  straight  or  procurved, 2 

2    I^ower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  armed  with  four  stout  conical 

teeth, •     •     •    SosiPPL-s. 

Lower  margin   of  furrow   of  chelicera   armed  with  two  or  three 

teeth,  never  with  four, '     '       '^' 

3.   Anterior  row  of  eyes  very  strongly  procurved,  the  median  eyes 

much  farther  from  the  lateral  than  from  each  other,  Trabea. 

Anterior   row   of   eves   not   strongly  procurved,  the  median  eyes 

little  or  mostly 'not  at  all  farther  from  the  lateral  than  irom 

each  other, Z     '   /   /•   • 

4  Cephalothorax  glabrous  or  very  nearly  so,  smooth  and  shming, 

dark  in  color  and  without  definite  light  markings,     Allocosa. 

Cephalothorax  not  glabrous,  when  but  sparsely  pubescent  having 

a  distinct  light  colored  median  stripe,    .......     5. 

5  Distal  pair  of  ventral  spines  of  anterior  tibia?  never  apical  in  posi- 

tion- cephalothorax  with  a  median  pale  band  enclosing  in  its 
anterior  portion  a  dark  V-shaped  mark.  (Epigynal  plate  unfur- 
rowed,  i.e.,  without  a  guide;  true  scopus  absent  or  but  faintly 

indieatfed  in  male  palpus), •     •     PiRATA. 

Distal  pair  of  ventral  spines  of  anterior  tibise  apical  m  position; 
median  pale  band  of  cephalothorax  when  present  not  enclosing 
anteriorly  a  dark  V-shaped  mark.  (Epigynum  with  a  distinct 
guide;  scopus  well  developed), ^• 

6  Scopus  median  in  position  and  more  or  less  erect;  guide  of  epigy- 

num weakly  or  not  at  all  developed  anteriorly,  the  spermatheca 
opening  into  comparativelv  deep,  open,  basin-hke  fovea?, 
which  when  continued  forward  as  furrows  are  distinctly  less 
depressed  anteriorlv ;  labium  wider  than  long  with  basal  exca- 
vations short,     .     : •     Pardosa 

Scopus  exterior  in   position;  guide   of   epigynum  well  developed 


170  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

anteriorly ;  labium  longer  than  wide  with  the  basal  excavations 

long 7^ 

7.  Transverse  arms  of  guide  divided  from  the  distal  end  more  or  less 
mesally;  auricula  of  lectus  very  long,  reaching  or  nearly  reach- 
ing the  anterior  margin  of  alveolus;  the  embolus  distinctly 
elbowed  at  base  of  auricula ;  conductor  conspicuously  elevate 
and  usually  more  or  less  produced  into  a  horn-like  process 
extending  beyond  front  margin  of  alveolus,  .  Schizocosa. 
Transverse  arms  of  guide  not  divided  from  apex  mesally ;  auricula 
of  moderate  size  or  small,  not  attaining  front  of  alveolus; 
embolus  evenly  curving,  not  elbowed  at  base  of  auricula; 
conductor  not  conspicuously  elevate  or  produced  above  into 
a  horn-like  process  extending  beyond  front  margin  of  alveolus, 

IjYCOSA. 
FABDOSA  C.  Koch,  1848. 

(Subgenus  sub  LYCOSA.  Die  Arachn.,  Vol.  14,  p.  100.) 

Entire  body  densely  clothed  with  pubescence.  Anterior  tibise 
armed  beneath  with  three  pairs  of  spines,  of  which  the  basal  and 
median  pairs  are  very  long,  much  longer  than  the  diameter  of  the 
joint,  the  third  pair  apical  in  position  and  reduced  in  size.  Anterior 
row  of  eyes  always  shorter  than  the  second  and  procurved ;  eijes  small 
and  subequal  or  with  the  median  a  little  larger;  median  eyes  nearly 
always  a  little  farther  from  each  other  than  from  the  lateral ;  clypeus 
high,  twice  as  wide  as  the  diameter  of  an  anterior  lateral  eye;  eyes 
of  the  second  row  large  and  divergent,  situated  at  the  outer  angles  of 
the  face  above,  their  diameter  or  more  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior 
eyes  trapeziform,  wider  behind  than  in  front.  Labium  at  least  as 
wide  as  long,  usually  wider;  basal  excavation  short,  only  very  rarely 
more  than  one-fourth  of  the  total  length  of  labium.  Spinnerets  short, 
the  posterior  pair  a  little  longer  than  the  anterior,  the  apical  segment 
being  short  and  rounded.  Epigynum  with  a  distinct  guide  which  is 
but  weakly  or  not  at  all  developed  anteriorly;  the  openings  of  the 
spermatheca  protected;  the  spermathecum  on  each  side  opening  into 
a  relatively  large  and  deep  fovea  or  pit,  the  furrows  becoming  nar- 
rower and  shallower  anteriorly.  Posterior  lobe  of  mah  palpus  bearing 
a  Scopus  in  a  median  position;  scopus  more  or  less  erect,  free  except 
at  base  where  it  has  a  spur  or  process  on  the  exterior  side;  scopal  fold 
low;  when  a  true  lectal  fold  is  indicated  never  showing  an  auricle  or 
f orwardly  directed  lobe ;  lower  furrow  of  conductor  relatively  extensive, 
bearing  at  its  inferior  margin  a  variously  formed  and  often  lobed  or 
dentate  tenaculum. 

Syn. — 1804.     Lycosa  Latceille  (ad.  part.),  Nuov.  Diet.  Hist.  Nat.,  24,  p.  135 
1832.     Lycosa  Heutz  (ad.  part ),  Sill.  J.  Sci.  Arts,  21,  p.  106. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  171 

1842.  Lycosa  Hentz  (ad.  part.),  J.  Bost.  Soc.  N.  H.,  4,  p.  22S. 
1848.  Lycosa  subg.  Leimonia  C.  Koch,  Die  Arach.,  14,  p.  99. 
.  Lycosa  subg.  Pardosa  (noni.  preocc),  ibid.,  p.  100. 

1875.  Lycosa  Hentz.  (ad.  part.),  Sp.  U.  S.,  pp.  11  and  24. 

1876.  Pardosa  Simon,  Arachn.  Fr.,  Vol.  3. 

1876.  Lycosa  Keyserling  (ad.  part.),  Verb.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien.,  p.  610. 

1877.  Lycosa  Thorell,  Bull.  U.  S.  G.  S.  Ten-.,  3,  p.  504  et  seq. 
1885.  Pardosa  Emerton,  Tr.  Conn.  Ac.  Sci.,  6,  p.  494. 
1898.  Pardosa  Simon,  Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  2. 

1902.  Pardosa  Montgonierj'  (ad.  part,  max.),  Proc.  Ac.  Sci.,  Phila.,  p.  536, 

1903.  Pardosa  Comstock,  Classif.  of  N.  A.  Spiders. 

1904.  Pardosa  Chamberlin,  Can.  Ent.,  xxxvi,  p.  176. 

Pars  cephalica  moderately  narrow,  the  sides  steep,  gently  declined 
anteriorly;  face  elevated,  its  sides  straight  and  very  steep,  subvertical. 
Quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  one-fourth  or  more  the  length  of  the 
cephalothorax.  Seen  from  above  the  posterior  eyes  are  at  most  but 
very  little  more  than  their  diameter  removed  from  the  margins  of 
pars  cephalica  (PI.  VIII,  fig.  2).  Chelicerce  in  the  great  majority  of 
cases  with  but  two  teeth  on  the  upper  margin  of  the  furrow,  the  lower 
margin  with  three,  of  which  the  third  is  usually  much  reduced  (PI. 
VIII,  fig.  1).  Legs  long  and  especially  the  metatarsi  and  tarsi  slender. 
Anterior  tarsi  scopulate,  laterally  the  median  ventral  face  occupied 
by  a  setose  band  (PI.  VIII,  fig.  7),  posterior  tarsi  simply  setose; 
metatarsus  of  fourth  leg  relatively  long,  most  commonly  longer  than 
the  tibia  +  patella  (especially  so  in  d^ ) ,  more  rarely  of  same  length 
or  a  little  shorter ;  tibia  +  patella  of  fourth  legs  always  longer  than 
the  cephalothorax.  The  color  markings  frequently  due  in  large  part 
to  the  arrangement  of  the  pubescence  in  spots  and  streaks  without 
corresponding  marks  in  the  tegument,  such  markings',  of  course,  being 
evident  only  in  the  living  or  dry  specimens.  The  cephalothorax  in 
this  genus  has  always  a  more  or  less  evident  light  median  stripe  of  a 
characteristic  dagger  form.  In  nearly  all  species,  although  the  mark- 
ings may  be  much  obscured  in  some,  there  is  on  the  dorsum  of  the 
abdomen  a  pale  basal  mark  which  runs  to  a  point  near  the  middle, 
each  side  of  the  apex  and  also  usually  each  side  of  the  middle  of  which 
is  an  angular  pale  spot,  having  a  dark  dot  at  its  center;  posteriorly  a 
series  of  such  ocellate  spots  more  or  less  united  at  the  middle  line  into 
chevrons. 

Il^  Spiders  of  small  or  less  commonly  of  medium  size,  all  characterized 
by  excessive   agility.     The   males   are   commonly  smaller  than   the 
females;  but  do  not  differ  much  in  coloration.     As  in  Lycosa  and  other^, 
genera,  however,  the  anterior  legs  of  the  male  are  often  distinguished 
by  some  peculiar  development  of  color  structure. 

Pardps^s  build  jio  .retreat,  wandering  about  during  the  cocooning 


172  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [^lay, 

season  as  well  as  at  other  times.  The  cocoon  is  more  or  less  lenticular 
inform,  and  shows  a  distinct  seam  about  the  equator,  along  which  the 
break  is  made  when  the  spiderlings  issue  to  mount  the  parent.  The 
cocoon  is  typically  greenish-yellow  or  greenish-black,  but  only  very 
rarely  white.  The  individuals  of  this  genus  rarely  live  more  than  one 
year. 

Key  to  Species  of  Pardosa. 
Females, 

1.  Epigynal  plate  or  area  widest  at  anterior  end,  distinctly  narrowing^ 

posteriorly;  guide  wider  anteriorly  than  toward  apex  (PI.  XIV, 

fig.  3), xerampelina  (Keys.). 

Not  as  above, 2. 

2.  Epigynum  presenting  each  side  of  the  guide  posteriorly  a  sharply 

delimited,  relatively  small  fovea  as  long  as  wide,  the  anterior 

region  of  epigynum  scarcely  depressed, 3. 

Not  as  above, 4. 

3.  Posterior  fovese  angular  in  outline;  posterior  ends  of  lateral  ridges 

separated  by  a  distance  much  greater  than  their  width;  guide 
behind  with  transverse  arms  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  5),  .  sternalis  Th. 
Posterior  fovese  smoothly  rounded  in  outline;  posterior  ends  of 
lateral  ridges  not  farther  apart  than  their  diameter ;  guide  with  out 
transverse  arms  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  8), atra  Bks. 

4.  Lateral  furrows  with  the  shallow  anterior  fossae  short  and  narrow, 

behind  these  deepening  and  abruptly  widely  expanding,  becoming 
widest  near  middle  of  epigynum;  septum  of  guide  elevate,  its 
more  depressed  tranverse  arms  extending  into  excavations  in 

theinnerfaceof  the  lateral  ridges, 5. 

Not  as  above, 7. 

5.  Transverse  arms  of  guide  bending  backwards,  septum  of  guide 

widest  at  posterior  end,  becoming  gradually  narrower  toward 
the  anterior  end,  its  sides  substraight  or  but  little  curving 

(PI.  XIV,  fig.  6), groenlandica  Th. 

Not  so, 6. 

6.  Transverse  arms  of  guide  bending  more  or  less  forward;  septum 

abruptly  widest  immediately  behind  region  of  anterior  fossae,  from 
there  narrowing  to  end  (PI.  XV,  fig.  3),  modica  var.  brunnea  Em. 
Transverse  arms  bending  more  strongly  forward ;  septum  widest 
behind  the  middle  of  its  length,  typically  expanded  into  a  broad 
plate-like  form  over  the  origins  of  tranverse  arms  which  it  usually 
in  large  part  covers  (PI.  XV,  fig.  1),     modica  Bl.  (type  form). 

7.  Face  of  septum  of  guide  abruptly  expanded  behind  into  a  large 

nearly  circular  plate,  the  diameter  of  which  is  clearly  greater 
than  the  length  of  the  part  of  epigynum  in  front  of  it  (PI.  XIV, 

fig.   1), emerloni  Chamb. 

Not    so 8. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELrHIA,  173 

8.  Epigynal  area  wider  than  long, 9. 

Not  so, 10. 

9.  Distinct  lateral  ridges  enclosing  posterior  portion  of  guide  both  at 

sides  and  also  behind  except  for  short  median  space  between 

ends  of  ridges  (PI.  XV,  fig.  8), distincta  Bl. 

No  enclosing  ridges  at  sides  or  behind,  guide  extending  com- 
pletely over  margins  of  plate  of  epigynum  posteriorly  (PL  XIV, 
fig.  5), californica  (Keys.). 

10.  Over  anterior  and  median  portion  of  epigynum  a  narrow  and  very 

shallow  fossa  passing  behind  into  a  large  transversely  elliptical 
depression  which  is  completely  occupied  by  the  expanded 
guide,  the  lateral  ends  of  which  lie  in  excavations  in  the  side 

ridges  (PI.  XV,  fig.  5), mackenziana  (Keys.). 

Not  so, 11. 

11.  Transverse  arms  of  guide  narrowest  mesally,  widening  toward 

their  outer  ends  (PI.  XIV,  fig.  7),     .     .     .     .     lapidicina  Em, 
Not  so, 12. 

12.  Lateral  plates  extending  along  guide  for  much  of  total  length  of 

epigynum,  gradually  narrowing  in  width  anteriorly,  .     .     .     13. 
Not  so,  the   lateral  plates  mostly  confined  to  transverse  arms, 
abruptly  narrowing  and  extending  forward  but  a  short  dis- 
tance on  septal  piece, 15. 

13.  Guide   becoming   very  narrow   toward   its   anterior   end;   outer 

margin  of  epigynum  presenting  a  small  abrupt  shoulder  on  eacli 
side  just  below  middle  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  9),  .  .  pauxilla  Mtg. 
Guide  of  moderate  width  at  its  anterior  end,  being  much  wider 
than  the  fossa  at  each  side;  outer  margin  of  epigynum  present- 
ing no  shoulder  below  middle  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  7),     banksi  Chamb. 

15.  Posterior  fovea?  clearly  wider  than  long;  septum  of  guide  very 

narrow  over  middle  region,  at  front  end  strongly  expanding  in 
fan-like  form;  front  margin  of  anterior  depression  straight  and 

moderately  wide  (PI.  XIV,  fig.  9), moesta  Bks. 

Not  so, 16. 

16.  Sides  of  epigynum  protruding  into  an  angle  in  front  of  middle; 

no  distinctly  defined  lateral  ridges  in  middle  region  of  sides, 
the  sides  gradually  convexly  rounding  from  middle  to  outer 
margin  (PI.  XIII, "  fig.   1),    \     .     .     .     .     .     .    saxatilis  {B..). 

Sides  of  epigynum  not  angulate  in  front  of  middle ;  more  or  less 
distinct  lateral  ridges  along  middle  region  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  3), 

milvina  (H.). 

The  key  to  females  above  does  not  include  P.  longispinata  (Tullg.) 
and  labradorensis  (Th.)^  of  which  specimens  have  not  been  examined 
by  the  author. 

Males. 

1.    Scopus  short  and  stout,  not  at  all  or  but  slightly  longer  than 

broad, 2. 

Scopus  several  times  longer  than  broad, 7. 

12 


174  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

2.  Anterior  depressed  lobe  of  bulb  separated  into  two  furrows  by  an 

elevated  narrow  fold  extending  from  above  obliquely  dow^nward 
and  outward,  externally  from  its  lower  end  being  two  uncate 
tenacula  and  at  the  corner  opposite  its  upper  end  a  lamellate, 
inflexed  chitinous  angle  (PI.  XI \^,  fig.  8),  .  .  lapidicina  Em. 
Not  so, 3. 

3.  Anterior  division  of  bulb  presenting  a  large,  trilobed  thickening 

transversely  across  its  upper  border  from  base  of  embolus  out- 
ward, the  ends  of  lobes  recurved  over  the  furrow  posteriorly 

from  them  (PI.  XIV,  fig.  4), californica  (Keys.). 

Not    so, 4. 

4.  Embolus  extending  across  bulb  almost  to  outer  side  of  alveolus 

(PI.  XV,  fig.  4,  var.  brunnea;  PI.  XV,  fig.  2,  type  form), 

modica  (Bl.). 
Apex  of  embolus  scarcdy  extending  beyond  scopus, 

groenlandica  Th. 

7.  Scopus  extending  obliquely  forward  and  outward  quite  to  or  some 

distance  beyond  margin  of  alveolus, 8. 

Not  so, 10. 

8.  Scopus  curving  forward  with  convexity  external  and  apex  directed 

forward, emertoni  Chamb. 

Not  so, 9. 

9.  Embolus  strongly  bent  into  an  S  shape;  scopal  spur  turned  forward 

at  apex  (PI.  XIII.  fig.  6), sternalis  (Th.). 

Embolus  but  little  curved,  extending  nearly  straight  transversely; 
scopal  spur  turned  backward  at  apex  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  2), 

saxatilis  (H.). 

10.  Scopus  above  bent  outward  and  then  strongly  backward,  becom- 

ing nearly  parallel  with  basal  part  (PI.  XV,  fis;.9),   distincta  Bl. 
Not  so, ^     ....     11. 

11.  Scopus  dentate  at  apex;  the  spur  nearly  straight,  subcorneal  (PI. 

XV,  figs.  6  and  7), mackenziana  (Keys.). 

Scopus  not  dentate  at  apex, 12. 

12.  Spur  short  and  stout,  abruptly  turned  posteriorly  at  apex  into  an 

acute  hook  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  4), milvina  (H.). 

Spur  cylindrical,  longer, pauxilla  Mtg. 

Males  of  the  following  species  are  either  unknown  or  are  too 
imperfectly  known  to  the  author  to  be  included  in  the  foregoing  key : 
atra,  banksi,  lahradorensis,  longispinata,  moesta,  xerampelina. 

Pardosa  saxatilis  (Hentz),  1844. 

(J.  Bost.  8oc.  \.  Hist.,  p.  392,  PI.  XVIII,  figs.  9,  10.) 
Female. — Sides  of  cephalothorax  deep  brown  to  black  crossed  with 
lighter  radiating  lines ;  a  median  reddish  yellow  band  which  anteriorly 
sends  a  short  narrow  process  between  eyes  of  the  third  row,  behind 
which  it  abruptly  widens,  constricted  midway  between  the  eyes  and 
the  doi'sal  groove,  behind  which  it  is  strongly  narrowed,  sides  of  band 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  175 

in  region  of  median  groove  dentate;  on  each  side  a  yellow  supra- 
marginal  stripe  usually  divided  by  two  or  three  dark  cross-lines  and 
limited  below  by  a  narrow  black  marginal  stripe  which  is  more  or  less 
broken  into  spots ;  clypeus  yellow,  with  a  triangular  black  spot  below 
each  anterior  lateral  eye,  the  apex  of  the  spot  being  at  the  eye  and  the 
base  on  the  front  margin  of  the  clypeus;  the  light  part  of  cephalo- 
thorax  in  life  clothed  with  dense  white  hair,  that  of  the  supramarginal 
stripes  extending  also  over  the  black  marginal  lines,  the  light  side 
stripes  consequently  appearing  wider  in  live  than  in  alcoholic  speci- 
mens, Chelicerce  yellow,  with  some  dusky  markings.  Labium  and 
endites  and  coxce  of  legs  beneath  yellow.  Sternum  black,  usually  with 
a  narrow  median  pale  line  in  front;  often  with  a  row  of  black  dots 
along  each  lateral  margin,  and  a  central  black  stripe  narrowed  behind 
and  anteriorly  geminated  by  a  pale  line,  elsewhere  being  yellow. 
Legs  yellow  with  black  annuli  on  all  joints  excepting  the  tarsi,  the  dark 
annuli  of  the  femora  wide  and  predominating  over  the  yellow,  those 
of  the  tibia3  of  same  width  as  the  yellow  bands,  while  those  of  the 
metatarsi  are  distinctly  narrower.  Abdomeyi  blackish  to  dark  gray 
above,  sometimes  of  a  greenish  tinge;  a  yellow  to  brown  lanceolate 
stripe  at  base  having  at  each  side  of  its  apex  a  similarly  colored  angular 
spot  with  minute  black  dot  at  its  center;  on  posterior  portion  of  dorsum 
a  series  of  light  cross-marks,  each  formed  by  the  lateral  confluence  of 
from  two  to  four  spots  similar  to  those  at  sides  of  apex  of  basal  stripe ; 
dorsum  elsewhere  with  many  minute  light  dots;  sides  like  lateral 
portions  of  dorsum  but  with  the  light  dots  larger;  venter  yellow  to 
light  reddish  brown,  with  a  row  of  irregular  dark  and  partly  confluent 
marks  along  each  side  and  a  short  median  row  of  similar  marks  behind 
the  epigynum;  in  life  the  abdomen  is  densely  clothed  with  gray  and 
brown  hair.  Spinnerets  light  brown,  Epigynum  light  brown,  the 
posterior  fovese  appearing  as  darker  blackish  spots, 

Cephalothorax  relatively  higher  in  front  than  usual,  highest  at  third 
eye  row,  from  there  slanting  downward  to  the  posterior  declivity, 
concave  at  the  dorsal  groove,  plane  of  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes 
not  much  declined.  Face  as  high  as  the  length  of  the  chelicerse  or 
slightly  higher,  protruding  above  over  its  lower  portion ;  sides  slightly 
convex  or  straight,  sub  vertical. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  of  the  usual  length  and  curvature;  anterior 
median  eyes  three-fourths  their  diameter  apart,  half  as  far  from  the 
lateral  eyes,  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  anterior  lateral 
eyes  three-fourths  or  more  as  large  as  the  median,  more  than  twice 
their  diameter  from  the  front  margin  of  clypeus  and  than  their  diam- 


176  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

eter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  their  diameter  or  a 
little  more  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  more  than  one-fourth 
the  length  of  the  cephalothorax. 

Labium  wider  than  long  (4.25  : 4) ;  basal  excavation  one-fourth  the 
total  length;  strongly  attenuated  anteriorly,  the  sides  for  most  of 
length  convexly  rounded,  becoming  straight  toward  anterior  angles; 
front  margin  slightly  convexly  rounded. 

Legs  with  the  metatarsus  of  the  fourth  pair  clearly  longer  than  the 
tibia  -h  patella;  tibia  H-  patella  of  the  first  pair  of  the  same  length  as 
the  cephalothorax;  first  two  pairs  of  spines  of  the  anterior  tibiae  very 
long  and  overlapping  as  usual;  lateral  scopulse  of  anterior  tarsi  very 
thin. 

Epigynum  without  distinctly  defined  lateral  ridges  in  the  median 
region;  sides  strongh^  angulate  in  front  of  middle;  guide  usually  pointed 
just  in  front  of  posterior  foveae,  between  the  anterior  portions  of 
which  it  is  not  concavely  depressed  as  it  is  in  flavipes,  descending  from 
the  higher  transverse  ridge  in  a  more  nearly  straight  line  than  in  the 
latter  species.  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  1.) 

Total  length,  5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.4  mm.;  width, 
1.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  7.3  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.4  mm. ;  met.,  1.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  10.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3  mm. ;  met.,  3.5  mm. 

Male. — Darker  than  female  and  the  light  and  dark  markings  more 
strongly  contrasting;  entire  eye  region  black;  supramarginal  light 
stripes  of  cephalothorax  often  obscure;  femora  of  first  legs  entirely 
black,  those  of  second  pair  pale  over  most  of  ventral  surface,  the  black 
of  dorsal  surface  more  or  less  interrupted  with  yellow ;  posterior  femora 
with  dark  rings  which  are  more  broken  or  interrupted  than  in  female; 
distal  joints  of  all  legs  yellow,  without  any  dark  annuli.  Palpi  entirely 
black  except  the  patellae  and  the  tips  of  the  tarsi  which  are  yellow  or, 
in  life,  bright  white. 

Tibia  of  palpus  a  little  longer  than  the  patella,  becoming  thicker 
distally,  tarsus  as  long  as  the  two  preceding  joints  together.  Scopus 
resembling  that  of  milvina,  but  reaching  to  or  beyond  the  exterior  side 
of  the  alveolus;  lower  border  of  the  inferior  furrow  of  anterior  lobe 
developed  at  the  exterior  side  into  a  dorsally  concave,  boat^shaped 
structure  which  at  the  exterior  end  is  keeled  and  bears  below  a  short 
rounded  flap,  the  upper  margin  of  the  furrow  with  a  strongly  chitinized 
triangular  process  or  tenaculum  directed  caudally  toward  the  process 
of  the  inferior  margin  as  in  milvina.  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  2.) 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  177 

Total  length,  4.6  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.3  mm.;  width, 
1.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  7.1  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.5  mm. ;  met.,  1.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  6.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  6.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  10.3  mnL  ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.1  mm. ;  met.,  3.2  mm. 

Syn. — 1876.     Lycosa  minima,  Keyserling,Verh.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  26,  p.  614. 
1885.     Pardosa  albopatella  Enierton,  Trans.  Conn.  Oc.  Sci.,  6,  p.  497,  PI.  94, 

figs.  2  to  26. 
1890.     Lycosa  minima,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  562. 
.     Pardosa  albopatella,  Marx,  ibid.,  p.  565. 

1890.  Pardosa  albopatella.  Stone,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  42,  p.  431 . 

1891.  Pardosa  minima,  Bank.s,  Ent.  News,  2. 

1892.  Pardosa  albopatella,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  WT,  2,  p.  161. 
1892.     Pardosa  albopatella,  Banks,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  44,  p.  70. 

.     Pardosa  annulata.  Banks,  ibid.,  p.  68,  PI.  1,  fig.  41. 

1895.     Pardosa  minima.  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  3,  p.  91. 

1900.     Pardosa  minima,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  p.  539. 

1902.     Pardosa  albopatella,  Enierton,  Common  Sp.  of  U.  S.,  p.  83,  figs. 

205-207. 
1902.     Pardosa  minima,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  571, 

PI.  30,  figs.  35,  36. 

Type  locality. — Alabama. 

Known  localities. — Illinois!,  Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  Rhode 
Island!,  New  Hampshire!,  District  of  Columbia!,  Pennsylvania, 
New  Jersey!,  Alabama,  Kansas!,  Indiana. 

While  the  males  are  easily  distinguishable,  the  females  of  this 
species  and  of  milvina  are  much  alike  both  in  general  appearance  and 
in  the  structure  of  the  epigyna.  Aside  from  the  differences  in  the 
epigyna,  which  are  difficult  to  state,  the  cephalothorax  of  saxatilHs  is 
relatively  higher  in  front  and  slopes  more  decidedly  caudally  and  the 
face  protrudes  above  more  strongly.  There  are  constant  differences 
in  the  proportions  of  the  legs.     The  markings  of  saxatilis  are  finer. 

Pardosa  milvina  ( Kent z),  1844. 

(Sub  Lycosa,  J.  Bost.  S.  N.  H.,  Vol.  IV,  p.  392,  PI.  XVIII,  fig.  8.) 

Sides  of  cephalothorax  deep  brown  to  black;  eye  region  deep  black, 
a  yellow  to  brown  median  band  beginning  as  a  rather  narrow  process 
at  or  behind  third  eye  row,  expanding  a  little  posteriorly  on  each  side 
and  then  again  constricted  in  front  of  middle,  expanding  about  dorsal 
groove  and  then  narrowing  again  down  posterior  declivity;  on  each 
side  a  submarginal  light  band  which  in  some  is  obscure  anteriorly, 
but  is  usually  distinct  to  clypeus  in  front;  clypevis  yellow  or  brown 
with  a  triangular  black  spot  below  each  anterior  lateral  eye;  sides  of 
cephalothorax  with  brown  pubescence,  the  light  stripes  with  yellow, 


178  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

the  clypeus  with  yellow  and  some  white.  Chelicerce  yellow  to  brown 
each  with  a  short  black  median  mark  at  base,  clothed  with  whitish 
pubescence  and  sparee  long  brown  bristles.  Endites,  labium  and 
coxce  of  legs  yellow  to  brown. 

Sternum  usually  black,  often  with  a  lighter  median  line  in  front, 
clothed  with  yellow  or  yellowish-white  pubescence;  sometimes  lighter, 
dark  brown  or  even  yellow  with  or  without  dark  spots.  Legs  yellow 
with  dark  rings  on  all  joints  except  the  tarsi,  clothed  ^vith  whitish 
and  some  short  darker  pubescence.  Abdomen  above  at  base  with  a 
yellow  to  reddish-brown  stripe  ending  in  front  of  middle;  opposite 
apex  of  basal  mark  an  angular  pale  spot  with  dark  dot  in  center, 
and  behind  a  series  of  transverse  rows  of  similar  spots  more  or 
less  confluent  transversely  as  usual;  often  a  yellow  line  close  to  and 
parallel  with  the  margin  of  the  basal  mark  on  each  side;  dorsum 
laterally  black  with  numerous  small  yellow  dots;  dorsum  clothed 
with  brown  and  white  pubescence,  the  white  in  part  in  angular  spots 
at  sides  and  in  transverse  lines  between  the  pale  marks  of  tegument; 
sides  yellow  with  many  spots  and  mottlings  of  brown  or  above  of  black, 
in  life  covered  with  pubescence  in  intermixed  spots  and  streaks  of 
white  and  brown;  venter  pale,  rarely  dark,  densely  clothed  with  light 
gray  pubescence. 

Spinnerets  yellow  or  light  brown. 

Epigynum  brown,  darker,  reddish  at  margins. 

Face  relatively  high,  nearly  of  same  height  as  length  of  chelicerae; 
sides  nearly  straight,  subvertical.  Cephalothorax  high,  the  posterior 
declivity  very  steep,  in  profile  nearly  level  from  third  eye  row  to 
posterior  declivity,  slightly  depressed  at  median  furrow,  sides  steep. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  much  shorter  than  the  second,  only  slightly 
procurved;  anterior  median  eyes  nearly  three-fourths  their  diameter 
apart,  evidently  closer  to  the  lateral  eyes ;  anterior  lateral  eyes  visibly 
smaller  than  the  median,  of  usual  distance  from  eyes  of  second  row 
and  from  the  front  margin  of  clypeus;  eyes  of  second  row  not  quite 
once  and  a  half  their  diameter  apart.  Quadrangle  of  posterioV  eyes 
more  than  one-fourth  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax. 

Labium  a  little  wider  than  long  (6.25  :  6) ;  basal  excavation  more  than 
one-fourth  the  total  length  of  labium;  sides  substraight,  strongly 
converging  anteriorly ;  front  margin  slightly  convex. 

Legs  slender;  metatarsus  of  fourth  pair  of  same  length  as  tibiie  and 
patella  together;  spines  of  anterior  tibiae  as  usual;  anterior  tarsi  with 
but  very  sparse  scopulae  at  sides,  posterior  tarsi  setose  and  spinulose  as 
usual. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA.  179 

Epigynum  with  more  or  less  evident  lateral  ridges,  margins  usually 
not  angulate  in  front  of  middle;  septal  piece  of  guide  not  pointed  at 
front  of  foveae,  more  depressed  between  fovese  than  in  saxatilis.  See 
PI.  XIII,  fig.  3. 

Total  length,  6  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.4  mm.;  Avidth, 
2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  9  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.3  mm. ;  met.,  1 .7  mm. 

I>ength  of  leg  II,  6.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  6.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  10.3 ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3  mm. ;  met.,  3  mm. 

Male. — Darker  in  color  than  female,  the  cephaloihorax  often  nearly 
entirely  black,  especially  anteriorly,  with  the  side  stripes  obscured 
and  the  median  light  mark  not  extending  forward  beyond  front  end  of 
dorsal  furrow.  Abdomen  often  entirely  black  above,  with  light  mark- 
ings absent  or  but  faintly  indicated.  Tarsus  of  palpus  always  black, 
the  other  joints  often  so,  and  always  darkened  by  black  pubescence. 

Tibiae  of  the  palpus  longer  than  the  patella  and  distinctly  broader, 
broadest  anteriorly.  Scopus  long,  bent  outward  above  but  not 
reaching  margin  of  alveolus;  basal  spur  short,  bent  down  at  apex,  not 
covered ;  margin  of  inferior  furrow  of  anterior  lobe  with  a  single  short 
and  stout  tenaculum.  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  4.) 

Total  length,  5.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax.  2.8  mm.;  width, 
2.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  9.9  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.2  mm. ;  met.,  2.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  9.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  8.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  12.9  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat,,  3.8  mm. ;  met.,  4.2  mm. 

Syn. — 1.S71.     Lycosa  canadensis,  Blackwall,  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  VIII,  pp. 

4.30,  431. 
1876.     Lycosa  flavipes  Keyserling,  Verb.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,   26,   p.  616,  PI. 

7,  fig.  4. 
1885.     Pardosa  nigropalpis  Enierton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  6,  p.  497,  PI.  48, 

fig.  3  to  3b. 
1890.     Pardosa  nigropalpis,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12. 
— — .     Pardosa  nigropalpis,  Stone,  Proe.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  42,  p.  430. 

1892.  Pardosa  nigropalpis.  Banks,  Trans.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  44,  p.  70. 

.     Pardosa  pallida,  Banks  (ad.  part,  in  Coll.  in  Univ.  Cornell),  ibid.,  p.  68. 

.     Pardosa  nigropalpis,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  p.  161. 

1893.  Pardosa  flavipes,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  1,  p.  125. 

1894.  Pardosa  flavipes,  Banks,  op.  cit.,  3,  p.  91. 

1900.     Pardosa  milvina,  Banks  (ad.  part,  max),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 

p.  539. 
1902.     Pardosa  nigropalpis,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad,  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p. 

569,  PI.  30,  figs.  32-34. 

.     Pardosa  scita  Montgomery,  ibid.,  p.  573,  PI.  30,  figs.  37,  38. 

.     Pardosa    nigropalpis    Emerton    Common  Sp.  of  U.  S.,  p.  83,  figs. 

205-207. 


180  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

Type  locality — Alabama. 

Known  localities. — Maryland!,  Illinois!,  Massachusetts,  Connecti- 
cut, Rhode  Island!,  New  York!,  District  of  Columbia!,  Pennsylvania, 
Virginia,  North  Carolina!,  Georgia!,  Alabama!,  Louisiana!,  Mississippi!, 
Kansas!,  Indiana!. 

One  of  the  commonest  and  most  widely  distributed  of  North  Ameri- 
can Pardosas.  Specimens  from  the  South  are  lighter  than  those  from 
the  North,  the  sternum  being  frequently  yellow  or  white  without 
marks,  and  at  other  times  being  covered  in  varying  degrees  with  black 
dots,  the  dots  in  some  covering  entire  sternum,  except  for  the  anterior 
median  light  stripe,  and  in  others  found  only  in  a  single  row  along  each 
margin.  In  the  same  locality  all  gradations  may  be  found  between 
dark,  typically  colored  individuals  and  the  pale  forms. 
Pardosa  pauxilla  Mtg. 

Female. — Sides  of  cephalothorax  blackish  brown  or  deep  chocolate 
color;  a  rather  wide  yellow  or  pale  brown  band  along  each  lateral 
margin  extending  forward  to  the  clypeus  which  is  of  the  same  light 
color;  eye  region  black;  back  of  eyes  a  median  dagger-shaped  light 
brown  stripe  of  usual  character.  Chelicene  yellow.  Labium,  endites 
and  coxce  of  legs  beneath  yellow  or  yellowish  brown.  Sternum  yellow- 
ish brown,  blackish  toward  margins  and  with  scattered  black  spots 
over  the  middle  portion.  Legs  also  yellow  or  yellowish  brown  with 
numerous  dark  annuli  which  are  deep  and  distinct  on  the  femora  and 
tibiae,  but  are  less  strong  or  sometimes  indistinct  on  the  metatarsi; 
of  these  annuli  there  are  four  on  each  femur  and  tibia  and  three  on 
each  metatarsis;  each  patella  has  a  median  annulus  with  indications 
in  some  of  darkened  ends.  Abdomen  with  dorsum  black  to  deep 
brown  minutely  dotted  with  yellow;  at  base  a  yellow  lanceolate  stripe 
with  an  angular  spot  each  side  of  apex  as  usual,  followed  behind  by 
a  series  of  wide  chevron-marks  of  the  ordinary  character;  because  of 
the  extent  of  the  yellow  markings  in  some  the  dorsum  appears  to  be 
occupied  over  its  middle  region  from  base  to  spinnerets  by  a  yellowish 
band  which  narrows  caudally  and  encloses  rather  indistinct  dark 
markings;  sides  of  abdomen  dark  like  the  lateral  portions  of  dorsum, 
but  the  yellow  dots  larger,  becoming  more  and  more  extended  and 
confluent  ventrally,  finally  passing  into  the  inmiaculate  yellow  or 
yellowish  white  venter.  Spinnerets  pale  brown.  Epigynum  reddish 
brown. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  of  the  usual  relative  length  and  curvature; 
anterior  median  eyes  fully  their  diameter  apart,  much  closer  to  the 
smaller  lateral  eyes,  their  diameter  or  a  little  more  from  the  eyes  of 


190S.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  181 

second  row ;  anterior  lateral  eyes  twice  their  diameter  or  a  little  more 
from  the  front  margin  of  clypeus,  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second 
row;  eyes  of  second  row  one  and  one-fourth  times  their  diameter 
apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  longer  behind  than  in  front  in 
ratio  of  9  : 1,  considerably  more  than  one-fourth  as  long  as  the 
cephalothorax  (1  :3.5). 

Spines  of  tibiae  of  legs  and  clothing  of  tarsi  as  usual. 
Epigi/num  in  shape  roughly  like  a  very  wide-necked  decanter,  though 
more  angular  in  outline;  posterior  foveas  not  sharply  limited,  the 
lateral  furrows  gradually  narrowing  cephalad  to  a  mere  line  at  the 
anterior  end,  the  sides  bulging  in  correspondingly  on  each  side;  guide 
somewhat  anchor-shaped  with  the  transverse  pieces  relatively  short 
and  stout,  the  median  piece  with  lateral  plates  along  entire  length,  these 
continuously  narrowing  cephalad  until  the  septum  at  its  anterior  end 
is  very  narrow.  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  9  .) 

Total  length,  5  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.5   mm.;  width, 
1.8  mm. 
Length  of  leg  I,  7.2  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.6  mm. ;  met.,  1.5  mm.     . 
Length  of  leg  II,  7  mm. 
Length  of  leg  III,  6.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  10.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.2  mm. ;  met.,  3.3  mm. 
Ma/f?.— Considerably  smaller  than  female.  Legs  yellow,  entirely 
without  rings  or  markings  excepting  the  femora  of  the  first  two  pairs 
which  are  black  on  the  basal  half,  the  black  more  or  less  interrupted 
by  yellow  laterally  and  below.  Palpi  entirely  black,  clothed  with 
dense  black  hair.  Median  stripe  of  cephalothorax  obscure.  Abdomen 
entirely  black  without  light  markings  in  the  tegument,  but  in  life  with  a 
row  of  white  spots  formed  of  bunches  of  hair  on  each  side  behind,  with 
narrow  transverse  lines  of  white  hair  extending  between  the  spots; 
venter  yellow  with  a  dark  median  mark  more  or  less  dilated  in  front 
of  the  spinnerets,  clothed  with  white  hair.  Chelicerce  black  except 
along  disto-mesal  side,  clothed  with  deep  brown  pubescence  except 
distally  where  it  is  gray  and  longer. 

Bulb  of  palpal  organ  very  convex,  protruding  conspicuously  from 
alveolus ;  scopus  similar  in  form  to  that  of  milvina,  but  the  basal  spur 
cylindrical  and  relatively  longer  than  in  that  species ;  there  are  consider- 
able differences  in  the  conductors  of  these  two  species. 

Total  length,  4.1  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.1  nun.;  width, 
1.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  5.2  mm. 
Length  of  leg  II,  5  mm. 


182  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May^. 

Length  of  leg  III,  5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  7.7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.3  mm. ;  met.,  2.6  mm. 

Locality. — Austin,  Texas !. 

Fardosa  banksi  Chamberlin,  1904. 

(Canadiitn  Entomologist,  Vol.  XXXVI,  p.  175.) 

Female. — Eye  region  and  sides  of  cephalothorax  black  or  brownish 
black;  on  each  side  a  distinct  supramarginal  yellow  band  which 
reaches  to  the  clypeus  in  front;  a  less  clearly  marked  median  dagger- 
shaped  band  of  brown  along  dorsum  from  posterior  margin  to  the 
third  eye  row,  this  band  but  little  wider  than  the  lateral  bands  except 
at  its  expanded  anterior  end,  where,  however,  its  lateral  portions  are 
obscure;  clypeus  yellow,  marked  below  each  anterior  lateral  eye  with 
a  triangular  black  spot,  the  apex  of  which  is  at  the  eye,  and  the  base 
upon  the  front  margin  of  clypeus.  Chelicerce  smoky  yellow,  with  a 
dark  line  running  down  near  the  inner  side  and  bending  obliquely 
outward  across  the  front  face  distally,  there  becoming  indistinct;  a 
black  -line  along  each  margin  of  the  lateral  condyle.  Sternum  light 
brown  with  a  black  median  lanceolate  stripe  which  is  divided  anteriorly 
by  a  short  yellow  line.  Legs  clear  yellow  or  pale  brown  of  a  greenish 
hue,  or  with  faint  traces  of  rings  on  the  posterior  ones,  otherwise 
entirely  without  markings.  Abdomen  above  black  with  a  reddish 
yellow  lanceolate  stripe  at  base,  with  a  similarly  colored  quadrate  spot 
with  black  dot  at  center  each  side  of  apex,  and  a  series  of  transverse 
yellow  marks  behind  formed  of  similar  spots  united  in  pairs;  an  indis- 
tinct light  mark  joining  the  basal  lanceolate  stripe  on  each  side  near 
its  base  and  another  one  joining  it  near  the  middle  on  each  side,  these 
marks  formed  of  rows  of  small  dots ;  sides  of  abdomen  black  like  the 
dorsum  except  for  a  yellow  spot  or  stripe  in  front  below  each  antero- 
lateral angle;  venter  yellow  with  a  brown  spot  enclosing  spinnerets 
and  a  median  dark  line  extending  from  this  spot  forward  to  the  epigy- 
num.  Anterior  spinnerets  brown,  the  posterior  ones  more  yellow. 
Epigynum  light  reddish  brown. 

Face  as  high  as  the  length  of  the  chelicerse  or  very  nearly  so;  sides 
straight  and  subvertical.  Cephalothorax  highest  a  little  behind  third 
eye  row,  from  where  in  profile  the  dorsal  line  is  straight  to  the  posterior 
declivity. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  shorter  than  the  second,  of  the  usual  relative 
length,  gently  procurved;  anterior  median  eyes  fully  three-fourths  their 
diameter  apart,  closer  to  the  lateral  eyes,  a  little  more  than  their 
diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  anterior  lateral  eyes  about  three- 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  183 

fourths  as  large  in  diameter  as  the  median,  twice  their  diameter  from 
front  margin  of  clypeus,  once  and  a  third  their  diameter  from  eyes  of 
second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of 
posterior  eyes  a  little  wider  in  front  than  long,  fully  one-fourth  the 
length  of  the  cephalothorax. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicerce  with  three  teeth,  of  w-hich  the 
third  is  but  little  shorter  than  the  fii^st  two ;  upper  margin  with  three 
teeth  of  the  relative  proportions  more  common  in  the  genus  Lycosa. 

Tibia  +  patella  of  fourth  legs  of  same  length  as  the  metatarsus; 
tibia  +  patella  of  the  first  pair  of  legs  shorter  than  the  cephalothorax; 
spines  of  the  anterior  tibias  of  usual  arrangement  and  proportions ;  all 
tarsi  setose  and  spinulose,  the  anterior  ones  but  thinly  scopulate 
laterally. 

Transverse  piece  of  guide  of  epigynum  of  moderate  length;  septal 
piece  evident  foi-ward  to  the  anterior  end  of  the  epigynum,  with  well- 
developed  lateral  plates  along  its  entire  length,  these  being  behind  as 
wide  as  the  transverse  piece  of  guide  and  gradually  and  continuously 
narrowing  anteriorly.  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  7.) 

Total  length,  5.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.7  mm.;  width, 
2.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.4  mm. ;  met.,  1.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  6.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  6.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  9.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3  mm. ;  met.,  3  mm. 

Male.— "The  male  palpus  from  the  side  shows  three  black,  rounded 
projections,  the  lower  one  the  smallest."     (Banks.) 

Length,  5  mm. 

Syn.— 1896.     Pardosa  littoralis  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  4,  p.  192.      (Nom. 
preocc.) 

Tijpe  locality.— J. ong  Island,  N.  Y.  (Mill  Neck). 

Habitat.— Long  Island  (Mill  Neck!,  Sheepshead  Bay!),  Florida!. 

Found  in  salt  marshes.  The  type  specimens  were  found  in  the 
marshes  near  Mill  Neck  in  June.  The  description  above  is  based  on 
two  females  from  Sheepshead  Bay,  taken  in  August,  1903,  (C.  R. 
Crosby). 

Pardosa  moesta  Banks,  1892. 

(Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  44,  p.  70,  PI.  3,  fig.  44.) 
Female.— Cephalothorax  dark  reddish  brown  with  radiating  lines  of 
black,  a  pale  median  band  which  becomes  darker  and  more  obscure 
anteriorly;  entire  eye  region  black;  in  some  scarcely  paler  above  lateral 


184  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

margins,  in  others  (southern  specimens)  with  a  marginal  pale  stripe 
more  or  less  evident  on  each  side.  Clypeus  reddish  yellow,  the  yellow 
area  higher  on  each  side.  Cheliceroe  reddish  yellow;  a  blackish  line 
bordering  the  condyle  on  each  side,  the  two  lines  uniting  at  its  lower 
end  and  extending  down  the  front  of  the  chelicerae,  Endites  yellow. 
Labium  dark  brown,  paler  distally.  Coxce  of  legs  beneath  yellow. 
Sternum  black.  Legs  reddish  yellow;  the  femora  marked  with  dark 
rings  which  are  mostly  incomplete  below,  above  often  more  or  less 
diffused,  the  annuli  thus  often  more  or  less  confluent  dorso-laterally, 
especially  on  the  front  femora;  patella?  and  tibiae  also  marked  with 
incomplete  dark  rings,  the  first  tibiae  darker  than  others,  almost 
wholly  black.  Abdomen  above  black,  densely  minutely  punctate  with 
reddish  yellow;  dorsum  with  a  faint  basal  spear-shaped  stripe  of  a 
dusky  reddish  yellow  color;  sides  of  abdomen  like  the  dorsum,  but  the 
light  dots  larger  and  more  elongate;  venter  light  reddish  brown;  a 
narrow,  irregular^  edged  stripe  or  line  of  black  on  each  side,  the  two 
converging  caudad,  and  a  similar  stripe  along  median  line  behind  the 
epigynum,  this  stripe  running  to  a  point  posteriorly,  Epigynum 
brown  of  a  light  reddish  tinge. 

Face  with  its  sides  straight  and  nearly  vertical,  the  chelicerae  in 
length  about  one  and  one-fourth  times  longer  than  its  height;  face 
protruding  above  the  eyes  of  the  second  row  being  borne  at  the  ends 
of  a  bulging  transverse  ridge.  Cephalothorax  highest  at  the  third 
eye.  row,  in  profile  the  dorsal  line  slopes  gradually  to  the  posterior 
declivity,  but  is  gently  concave  at  the  dorsal  groove. 

First  row  of  eyes  much  shorter  than  the  second,  not  fully  extending 
from  center  to  center  of  eyes  of  second  row,  procurved  in  usual  degree ; 
anterior  median  eyes  fully  three-fourths  their  diameter  apart,  half  as 
far  from  the  lateral  eyes,  a  little  more  than  their  diameter  from  eyes 
of  second  row ;  anterior  lateral  eyes  three-fourths  or  more  as  large  as  the 
median  eyes,  twice  their  diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  one 
and  one-third  times  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes 
of  second  row  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  as 
wide  in  front  as  long,  half  as  wide  again  behind  as  in  front  or  nearly  so, 
the  cephalothorax  only  3.5  times  as  long. 

Lower  margin  of  the  furrow  of  the  chelicerce  with  three  teeth,  of  which 
the  first  two  are  stout  and  subequal  but  the  third  much  reduced ;  the 
upper  margin  of  the  furrow  with  two  teeth  of  the  usual  proportions. 

Legs  with  the  metatarsus  of  the  fourth  pair  longer  than  the  tibia  -I- 
patella;  tibia  4-  patella  of  the  first  pair  of  the  same  length  as  the 
cephalothorax;  spines  of  anterior  tibiae  of  common  form,  the  two  first 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  185 

pairs  very  long  and  overlapping ;  tarsi  with  scopulae  on  sides  of  anterior 
ones,  the  posterior  simply  setose  and  spinulose.  Labium  longer, 
wider  than  long,  strongly  attenuated  anteriorly,  the  front  margin 
subtruncate. 

Epigyman  with  transverse  piece  of  guide  rather  wide,  the  guide  plates 
along  its  front  side  with  the  free  margin  wavy;  the  posterior  foveas 
wide  and  conspicuous ;  septal  piece  of  guide  low  and  narrow  for  most  of 
length,  extending  to  the  anterior  depression  where  it  expands  fan 
shape.  (PI.  XIV,  fig.  9.) 

Total  length,  5.7  mm.  Length  of  the  cephalothorax,  3  mm. ;  width, 
2.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  8.8  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3  mm. ;  met.,  2.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  13.1  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4  mm. ;  met.,  4.2  mm. 

Male. — Unknown. 

Type  locality. — New  York  (Ithaca). 

Known  localities. — New  York  (Ithaca!,  Lake  Keuka!),  District  of 
Columbia!. 

Specimens  I  have  seen  from  Washington,  D.  C,  are  paler  through- 
out than  indicated  in  the  description  above,  which  is  based  on  indi- 
viduals from  Ithaca  and  Penn  Yan,  N.  Y.,  including  one  of  the  types. 
The  species  is  in  some  respects  much  like  saxatilis. 

Pardosa  sternalis  (Thorell),  1877. 

(Sub  Lycosa,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Terr.,  3,  p.  504.) 
Female. — Sides  of  the  cephalothorax  and  the  dorsal  eye  area  black ; 
a  median  band  of  brown  color  of  reddish  caste  beginning  back  of  eyes 
and  passing  posteriorly  over  dorsal  groove  and  narrowing  down  the 
posterior  declivity  to  a  line;  the  median  band  at  its  anterior  end  is 
nearly  always  bifurcate,  the  two  slender  divergent  processes  embracing 
between  them  a  similarly  colored  spot,  with  which  they  are  connected 
each  by  a  narrow  line;  a  light  brown  band  along  each  lateral  border, 
limited  below  posteriorly  by  a  black  marginal  line  and  geminated  for 
its  entire  length  by  a  second  black  line;  the  lateral  bands  are  continu- 
ous and  attain  the  clypeus  in  front  which  is  of  the  same  color;  median 
light  stripe  with  some  white  pubescence,  but  with  brown  hair  predomi- 
nating for  most  of  its  length;  sides  with  brown  pubescence;  marginal 
light  stripes  clothed  above  and  below  the  geminating  dark  line  with 
white  pubescence,  the  dark  lines  with  sparser  brown  hair.  Chelicera> 
reddish  yellow  or  light  brown,  normally  with  a  blackish  line  along  the 


186  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

antero-mesal  line  of  each  chelicera,  this  hne  distaUy  turning  obhqiiely 
outward  and  reaching  the  outer  side;  clothed  mostly  with  white  hair 
except  distally  where  brown  hair  and  bristles  are  intermixed.  Labium 
and  endites  light  brown,  paler  at  tips.  Coxce  of  legs  beneath  light 
brown.  Sternum  with  ground  color  brown,  mostly  with  a  row  of 
black  spots  along  each  lateral  margin,  and  occupied  over  the  middle 
region  by  a  large  black  area  divided  by  a  median  light  line;  sometimes 
the  black  area  is  much  reduced  and  the  yellow  or  brown  color  then 
predominates,  but  usually  the  black  covers  all  but  a  rather  narrow 
stripe  toward  each  side  and  the  mesal  light  line;  subdensely  clothed 
with  long  white  or  light  gray  hairs.  Legs  light  brown,  all  joints  except 
tarsi  marked  with  black  annuli  which^are  close  together  on  the  proximal 
joints,  which  in  consequence  often  appear  very  dark;  the  metatarsus 
has  three  well-separated  dark  annuli  and  appears  paler  Uke  the  tarsi; 
black  rings  of  femora  more  or  less  broken  ventrally.  Abdomen  above 
blackish;  a  very  distinct  yellow  or  pale  brown  lanceolate  median 
stripe  at  base,  mth  an  obliquely  placed  yellow  angular  spot  of  usual 
type  each  side  of  apex,  and  behind  a  series  of  four  or  five  similar  and 
obliquely  placed  pairs  of  spots,  the  pairs  more  or  less  confluent  mesally, 
into  anteriorly  pointed  chevron-shaped  cross-bands ;  a  yellow  mark  each 
side  of  base  of  the  median  lanceolate  stripe;  dorsum  for  the  most  part 
covered  with  brown  pubescence,  but  each  side  of  lanceolate  mark  a  row 
of  spots  formed  by  bunches  of  white  hair,  and  behind  but  more  widely 
separated  two  similar  rows  of  lateral  white  spots  with  sometimes  a 
median  row  of  similarly  formed  white  marks;  sides  below  yellow  or 
pale  brown  clothed  with  brown  pubescence  intermixed  in  spots  and 
streaks  with  white,  which  becomes  more  abundant  below  and  entirely 
clothes  the  venter;  tegument  of  venter  yellowish,  sometimes  with  four 
rows  of  small  brown  dots  which  converge  posteriorly.  Spinnerets 
brown.     Epigi/num  light  reddish  brown,  darker  marginally. 

Sides  of  face  steep,  but  little  rounded  and  slanting  outward  below; 
moderate  in  height,  the  chelicerse  once  and  a  half  as  long  as  its  height 
or  nearly  so.  Dorsal  line  of  cephalothorax  nearly  straight  and  level  to 
the  posterior  declivity. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  considerably  shorter  than  the  second,  reaching 
but  little  beyond  centers  of  eyes  of  the  latter,  slightly  procurved ;  anterior 
median  eyes  fully  their  diameter  apart,  half  so  far  from  the  but  slightly 
smaller  lateral  eyes,  their  diameter  or  slightly  less  from  eyes  of  second 
row;  anterior  lateral  eyes  not  fully  twice  their  diameter  from  front 
margin  of  clypeus,  rather  more  than  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second 
row;  eyes  of  second  row  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior 
eyes  one-fourth  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  187 

Upper  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicerce  with  three  teeth  as  in  Lycosa; 
lower  margin  with  three  teeth,  of  which  the  median  one  is  stoutest 
and  some  longest,  the  first  well  separated  from  it  but  the  third 
contiguous  with  it  at  base,  the  latter  tooth  reduced  but  not  so  much 
as  in  most  Pardosas.  Labium  clearly  wider  than  long  (6.5  :  6) ;  basal 
excavation  one-fourth  the  total  length;  strongly  attenuated  anteriorly, 
the  sides  straight  or  toward  the  middle  weakly  concave,  anterior  mar- 
gin truncated  or  very  slightly  convex. 

Legs  with  tibia  +  patella  of  fourth  pair  of  same  length  as  the  meta- 
tarsus ;  tibia  +  patella  of  the  first  legs  of  same  length  or  a  little  shorter 
than  the  cephalothorax ;  tarsi  clothed  as  usual ;  spines  of  anterior  tibiae 
as  usua.  (PI.  VIII,  figs.  7  and  9.) 

Epigynum  pentagonal  in  form,  its  anterior  portion  triangular; 
posterior  foveas  relatively  small,  abruptly  depressed,  each  roughly 
pentagonal  in  shape  with  the  longest  side  along  the  septal  piece  of 
guide ;  lateral  ridges  behind  narrow,  converging  but  rather  widely  sep- 
arated behind,  not  bent  abruptly  inward  toward  each  other  as  in  atra. 
(PI.  XIII,  fig.  5.) 

Total  length,  7  mm.    Length  of  cephalothorax,  3  mm. ;  width,  2.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  8.1  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.8  mm. ;  met.,  1.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  8.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  12.1  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.7  mm. ;  met.,  3.7  mm. 

Male. — Cephalothorax  darker  than  in  the  female,  the  median  band 
obscure  and  usually  not  at  all  evident  except  caudally  and  about  the 
dorsal  furrow;  lateral  pale  bands  narrower  and  more  obscure  and  the 
marginal  dark  line  or  stripe  wider.  Chelicerce  black  or  brownish  black 
except  distally  and  along  the  mesal  surface.  Sternum  entirely  black. 
Abdomen  above  entirely  black,  showing  no  markings;  venter  dusky 
brown  to  gray  black;  pubescence,  as  also  of  cephalothorax,  as  in  female. 
Legs  with  femora  above  black  or  nearly  so  except  distal,  also  usually 
paler  beneath;  more  distal  joints  of  two  anterior  pairs  of  legs  pale,  with 
faint  annuli  or  entirely  unmarked,  the  corresponding  joints  on  the 
posterior  legs  darker  but  also  with  markings  faint.  Palpi  entirely  black 
except  the  patellae  which  are  light  brown. 

Tibia  of  palpus  a  little  longer  than  the  patella  and  stouter  distally. 
Scopus  very  long,  curving  obliquely  forward  and  outward  quite  across 
the  bulb.  (PI.  XIII,  fig.  6.) 

Total  length,  6.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3  mm.;  width, 
2.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  8.7  mm. ;  tib.  -f  pat.,  3  mm. ;  met.,  2.2  mm. 


188  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

Length  of  leg  11,  8.3  mm. 
Length  of  leg  III,  8.3  mm. 
Length  of  leg  IV,  11.4  mm, ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3,5  mm. ;  met.,  3.5  mm, 

Syn.— 1890.     Lycosa  sternalis,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N,  M.,  12,  p.  .563. 
1894.     Pardosa  sternalis,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  2,  p.  51. 

1894.  Pardosa  coloradensis  Banks  (at  least  ad.  part,  magn.),  J.  N.  Y.  Ent, 
Soc,  2,  p.  51. 

1895.  Pardosa  coloradensis  Banks,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  S,  p.  429  (Jrs.). 
1895.     Pardosa  luteola,  Banks,  but  not  Emerton,  loc.  rit. 

1904.     Pardosa  sternalis,  Chambeilin,  Can.  Ent.,  pp.  147  and  175. 

Type  locality. — Colorado. 

Known  localities. — Colorado!,  Utah!,  Idaho!,  Kansas!,  Iowa!, 

A  strongly  marked  species  very  common  in  the  West. 

Specimens  of  coloradensis  Bks,  in  Mr.  Banks'  collection,  which  he 
kindly  permitted  me  to  study,  are  the  not  fully  mature  individuals  of 
the  species  above  described, 

Pardosa  atra  Banks,  1894. 

(J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  Vol.  2,  p.  52.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  brownish  black,  lighter  brown  along  the 
middle,  and  with  a  few  indistinct  paler  marks  at  borders  especially 
behind,  not  rarely  a  pale  transverse  stripe  entirely  across  the  posterior 
margin;  eye  region  deep  black;  median  light  band  constricted  in  front 
of  dorsal  groove,  becoming  anteriorly  very  dark  or  obscure.     Cephalo- 
thorax with  median  band  and  side  marks  in  life  clothed  with  whitish 
or  light  gray  pubescence,  the  hair  elsewhere  dark  brown ;  the  entire 
eye  region  with  numerous  long  dark  bristles  which  project  forward. 
Chelicerce  blackish,  reddish  brown  distally.     Labium  and  endites  deej) 
brown  to  blackish.     Sternum  black,     Coxce  of  legs  beneath  brown 
suffused  with  blackish.     Legs  blackish,  paler  distally;  the  femora  witli 
a  few  mottlings  of  reddish  brown,  the  other  joints  indistinctly  or 
obscurely  annulate  with  the  same  color;  legs  densely  pubescent  and 
with  numerous  long  erect  black  bristles.     Dorsum  of  abdomen  black ;  a 
paler  reddish-brown  spear-shaped  mark  at  base;  the  basal  stripe  con- 
tiguous at  its  apex  with  a  large  pale  spot  on  each  side,  these  spots  with 
the  characteristic  black  dot  at  center;  posteriorly  two  rows  of  similar 
spots  which  are  confluent  at  the  mesal  line  in  pairs,  thus  forming  a 
series  of  wide  chevron-formed  marks;  dorsum  at  sides  with  rather 
large  reddish  brown  dots  or  spots,  the  entire  dorsum  often  appearing 
reddish  brown  covered  over  with  an  irregular  network  of  black;  sides 
similar  to  lateral  portions  of  dorsum  but  light  color  more  abundant 
venter  of  abdomen  brown  except  along  sides  where  are  some  irregular 
black  marks.     Epigynum  and  spinnerets  fuscous. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  189 

Face  of  average  height  and  shape. 

First  row  of  eyes  but  shghtly  prociirved,  much  shorter  than  the 
second ;  anterior  median  eyes  about  their  diameter  apart,  only  half  so 
far  from  the  lateral  eyes,  of  usual  distance  from  eyes  of  second  row; 
anterior  lateral  eyes  situated  as  usual;  eyes  of  the  second  row 
more  than  their  diameter  apart,  half  as  far  again  from  the  eyes  of  the 
much  wider  third  row;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  not  entirely  one- 
fourth  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax. 

Labium  much  wider  than  long  (8.25  : 6.5) ;  basal  excavation  very 
short,  scarcely  more  than  one-sixth  the  length  of  the  labium ;  labium 
anteriorly  strongly  attenuated,  sides  rounded  just  above  basal  notch, 
but  above  nearly  straight  for  most  of  length;  antero-lateral  angles 
widely  rounded;  front  margin  gently  widely  incurved.  (PI.  YIII, 
fig.  3.) 

Legs  with  the  tibia  +  patella  of  the  fourth  pair  of  the  same  length 
as  the  metatarsus ;  tibia  +  patella  of  the  first  pair  clearly  shorter  than 
the  length  of  the  cephalothorax;  spines  of  anterior  tibiae  of  usual 
form  and  arrangement;  tarsi  of  anterior  pairs  Avith  thin  scopulse  at 
sides. 

Eipigynum  a  strongly  chitinized  suboval  area  which  is  truncate 
behind ;  the  posterior  foveas  relatively  small,  circular,  deep  and  abruptly 
delimited;  lateral  ridges  bent  inward  toward  each  other  behind,  the 
space  between  their  ends  occupied  by  the  posterior  end  of  the  short 
clavate  guide  which  separates  the  foveae;  the  anterior  and  greater 
area  of  the  epigynum  scarcely  depressed  each  side  of  the  median  line. 
(PI.  XIII,  fig.  8.) 

Total  length,  9  mm.  Length  of  the  cephalothorax,  3.S  nun.; 
width,  2.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  9.8  mm.,  tib.  +  pat.,  3.3  mm.;  met.,  2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  9.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  9.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  13.4  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4  mm. ;  met.,  4  nmi^ 

Type  locality. — Colorado. 

Known  localities. — Colorado!,  Utah!, 

In  some  respects  this  species  is  like  granlandica.  The  cephalothorax 
is  smaller  with  the  head  narrower  and  more  elevated.  It  is  also 
darker  and  its  markings  are  less  distinct.  The  epigynum  seems  con- 
stant in  its  form  and  is  easily  distinguished  from  that  of  grcenlandica. 
The  median  piece  of  guide  at  times  is  similarly  soiuewhat  elevated 
anteriorly. 
13 


190  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADE^IY  OF  [May, 

Pardosa  emertoni  Chamberlin,  1904. 

(Can.  Entomologist,  Vol.  XXXVI,  p.  175.) 
Cephalothorax  with  a  deep  brown  longitudinal  band  enclosing  the 
eyes  of  each  side  and  extending  to  the  posterior  end  of  cephalothorax, 
the  two  leaving  between  them  and  also  along  each  border  a  yellow 
band,  the  two  dark  bands  and  the  three  yellow  bands  being  of  approxi- 
mately the  same  width ;  each  marginal  band  is  bisected  posteriorly  by  a 
dark  siipramarginal  line;  the  median  band  often  of  a  reddish  tinge;  the 
lateral  dark  bands  united  in  front  across  the  face,  enclosing  the  eyes 
of  the  first  and  second  rows,  the  median  pale  band  narrowing  and 
ending  in  a  point  between  the  second  and  third  eye  rows;  marginal 
bands  continuous  in  front  with  the  j^ellow  clypeus;  in  life  the  yellow 
bands  covered  with  white  pubescence,  which  extends  also  from  median 
band  forward  between  ej'^es  to  clypeus ;  sides  of  cephalothorax  covered 
with  brown  pubescence.     Chelicerce  yellow,  with  sparse  white  hair 
and  long  dark  brown  bristles.     Labium  brown.     Endites  and  coxob 
of  legs  beneath  yellow.     Sternum  yellow,  with  four  rows  of  black  spots 
which  converge  posteriorly,  the  two  inner  rows  uniting  posteriorly 
into  a  single  line ;  clothed  with  white  hair.     Legs  yellow  to  brown ;  the 
femora  above  dark,  blackish,  or  with  blackish  streaks,  but  pale  beneath ; 
tibiae  and  tarsi  of  posterior  pairs  sometimes  darkened;  clothed  with 
white   pubescence   and   some  sparser  dark  hairs.     Abdomen  with  a 
black  band  across  the  anterior  face  which  extends  backward  on  each 
side  across  the  antero-lateral  angle  as  a  narrow  stripe  which  reaches  to 
the  spinnerets,  the  two  black  stripes  leaving  a  wide  reddish  yellow 
median  band  which  is  widest  in  front;  in  the  basal  portion  of  the  dorsal 
yellow  band  are  two  black  lines  or  rows  of  black  dots  which  meet  in  a 
point  at  the  middle  forming  thus  a  spear-shaped  outline;  behind  the 
dorsal  band  is  more  or  less  indistinctly  divided  by  narrow  transverse 
lines  into  segments  which  contain  each  two  minute  black  dots;  sides  of 
abdomen  pale  yellow  with  numerous  small  black  spots  which  are  more 
scattered  ventrally  and  which  are  absent  from  a  spot  beneath  each 
antero-lateral  angle;  venter  pale  or  whitish  yellow  with  two  rows  of 
black  spots  converging  from  the  genital  furrow  to  the  spinnerets; 
abdomen  with  the  dark  bands  and  spots  clothed  with  brown  hair,  else- 
where densely  clothed  with  white  hair  which  gives  its  color  to  the 
abdomen  in  life  or  when  dry.     Spinnerets  yellow.     Epigynum  yellow, 
darker  marginall}-. 

Cephalothorax  highest  between  eyes  of  second  and  third  rows,  con- 
cave between  eyes  of  third  row  and  the  posterior  declivity.  Face 
high,  as  high  as  the  length  of  the  chelicerce  which  are  small  and  nar- 
rowed distallv. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  191 

First  row  of  eyes  much  shorter  than  the  second,  hardly  or  not  quite 
extending  from  center  to  center  of  the  eyes  of  the  latter  row,  a  little 
procurved;  anterior  median  eyes  three-fourths  their  diameter  apart, 
somewhat  closer  to  the  smaller  lateral  eyes ;  anterior  lateral  eyes  twice 
their  diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  once  and  a  half  their 
diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  anterior  median  eyes  more  than 
their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  some  less 
than  once  and  a  half  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior 
eyes  rather  more  than  one-fourth  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax. 

Labium  evidently  wider  than  long  (5.75  :  5) ;  basal  excavation  about 
one-fifth  the  total  length  of  labium;  labium  in  front  of  excavations 
broadly  cordate,  the  sides  converging  to  a  rounded  point  in  front  (PL 
VIII,  fig.  6),  in  middle  region  substraight  but  above  convexly 
curving  to  the  middle  point. 

Legs  slender,  metatarsus  longer  than  tibia  +  patella  of  the  fourth 
pair;  the  two  latter  joints  together  clearly  longer  than  the  cephalo- 
thorax ;  tibia  -\-  patella  of  first  legs  of  nearly  same  length  as  the  cephalo- 
thorax ;  spines  and  scopulse  of  usual  character. 

Septal  piece  of  the  guide  of  the  epigynum  in  front  rather  narrow 
with  sides  subparallel,  but  posteriorly  abruptly  and  widely  expanded 
into  a  circular  lobe  which  covers  over  most  of  the  caudal  portion  of  the 
epigynum.  (PI.  XIV,  fig.  1.) 

Total  length,  6.3  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.9  mm. ;  width, 
2.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  S.S  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3  mm. ;  met.,  2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  8.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  8.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  12.4  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.8  mm. ;  met.,  4  mm. 

Male. — Male  palpi  black  distally;  front  legs  and  head  darker  than  in 
the  female,  but  otherwise  there  is  not  much  difference  between  them. 

The  scopus  of  the  palpal  organ  is  very  long  and  wide  and  curved 
obliquely  outward  across  the  bulb. 

Syn. — 18S5.  Pardosa  -pallida  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  496, 
PI.  49,  figs.  3  to  3c.     (Nom.  preocc.  by  P.  pallida  Walck.,  1837.) 

1890.     Pardosa  pallida,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  N.,  12,  p.  56.5. 

1892.     Pardosa  pallida,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  44,  p.  68. 

1903.  Pardosa  pallida,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  653, 
PL  29,  fig.  3. 

Type  locality. — New  Hampshire. 

Known  localities. — New  Hampshire!,  Massachusetts,  Connecticut, 
New  York!,  District  of  Columbia!,  Ontario!,  Manitoba!. 


192  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [^^ay, 

Pardosa  distincta  (Blackwall),  1846. 

(Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  XVII,  pp.  .32,  33.) 

Female  6  mm.  long;  light  yellow  with  brown  markings. 

The  cephalothorax  has  two  wide  brown  longitudinal  stripes  united  at 
the  front  of  the  head  where  they  are  nearly  black,  and  a  fine  dark  line 
each  side  next  the  legs.  The  sides  of  the  abdomen  are  brown,  with  a 
very  distinct  light  spot  over  the  dorsal  vessel,  and  a  row  of  transverse 
light  spots  behind.  The  sternum  is  brown  with  a  light  spot  in  the 
middle.  The  abdomen  is  light  beneath  with  a  narrow  brown  stripe 
half  its  length  on  each  side.  The  epigynum  is  bright  orange  brown, 
and  the  front  pair  of  spinnerets  are  black.  The  legs  are  spotted  with 
brown,  the  spots  sometimes  grouped  in  rings;  the  tibiae  are  the  darkest 
parts  of  the  legs. 

The  epigynum  has  the  guide  short  and  wide,  but  this  part  is  trans- 
parent and  the  overlapping  sides  are  not  easily  seen,  so  that  it  aj)- 
pears  narrow.  (PI.  XV,  fig.  8.) 

In  the  male  the  cephalothorax  and  abdomen  are  darker,  and  the  legs 
lighter  except  at  the  base,  where  the  upper  sides  of  the  coxae  and  part 
of  the  femora  are  darker  than  in  the  female.  The  head  and  palpi  are 
black,  with  the  patella  and  tibia  a  little  lighter  on  top  and  probabl}^ 
having  some  light  hairs  when  alive. 

The  male  palpi  are  large,  the  tarsus  being  about  as  long  as  tibia  and 
patella.  The  palpal  organ  is  dark  colored  and  projects  a  little  from 
the  bowl  of  the  tarsus.  The  basal  hook  is  rounded  in  the  middle  and 
curves  in  a  hook  toward  the  base.  (PI.  XV,  fig.  9.) 

This  species  is  about  the  same  size  and  color  as  P.  pallida  Emerton  of 
New  England.  The  sternum  is  dark  with  a  light  median  stripe  on  its 
front  half,  while  in  pallida  the  sternum  is  light  with  four  dark  lines  or 
rows  of  spots  converging  behind .  In  the  males  the  palpi,  mandibles  and 
maxillae  are  darker  than  in  pallida.  The  epigynum  resembles  that  of 
pallida,  but  is  shorter  and  wider.  The  male  palpi  have  the  scopus 
short  and  turned  down  at  the  point,  while  in  pallida  it  is  long  and 
slender,  and  extends  across  the  whole  width  of  palpus.     (Emerton.) 

Svn. — 1894.     Pardosa  luteola  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  Vol.  9,  p.  427 
"  PI.  3,  fig.  7. 

Locality. — Canada. 

Pardosa  californica  Keyserling,  1887. 

(Verh.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  37,  p.  483,  PI.  6,  fig.  44.) 
Female  (type). — Sides  of  cephalothorax  dark  brown,  the  eye  region 
black;  a  ihedian  light  yellowish  brown  band  of  the  usual  dagger  shape, 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  193 

produced  anteriorly  as  a  tongue-like  process  between  the  eyes  of  the 
third  row,  this  process  divided  by  a  median  black  line  produced  back- 
ward from  in  front;  behind  the  third  eye  row  the  median  band  is 
abruptly  extended  laterally  on  each  side,  the  widened  region  being  nearly 
though  not  fully  as  wide  as  the  third  eye  row,  the  band  then  again 
abruptly  narrowed  until  but  half  so  wide,  continuing  of  this  width 
about  the  dorsal  furrow,  then  passing  down  the  posterior  declivity 
and  narrowing  to  an  acute  point  near  the  posterior  margin;  on  each 
side  a  marginal  light  band  which  extends  for  the  entire  length  and 
attains  the  clypeus  in  front,  the  band  interrupted  and  sometimes 
obscured  by  brown  spots;  clypeus  pale,  but  with  a  triangular  black 
spot  below  each  anterior  lateral  eye,  the  apex  of  the  spot,  as  usual, 
being  upward  and  contiguous  with  the  black  surrounding  the  eyes. 

ChelicercB  light  reddish  yellow;  each  at  base  with  a  black  mark  or 
line  which  passes  obliquely  outward  and  distally,  and  with  a  larger 
mark  parallel  with  the  first  beginning  at  the  inner  side  near  the  middle 
and  running  obliquely  outward  and  distally.  Labium  and  endites  with 
yellow  background,  which  in  each  case  is  nearly  covered  over  by  a 
central  black  area.  Sternum  yellow  with  a  large  black  spot  on  each 
side  extending  from  the  middle  to  the  front  margin,  leaving  the 
median  area  yellow;  behind  with  numerous  minute  dark  dots.  Coxm 
of  legs  beneath  smoky  yellow.  Legs  reddish  yellow,  all  joints  except 
the  tarsi  with  rather  heavy  black  rings,  these  rings  being  incomplete 
on  the  femora  along  the  postero-inferior  face  except  at  the  distal  end. 
Palpi  colored  like  legs,  but  annuli  less  heavy.  Abdomen  above  and  on 
the  sides  black  with  numerous  minute  reddish  yellow  dots;  dorsum 
at  base  with  a  reddish-yellow  spear-shaped  stripe  reaching  caudad  to 
the  middle;  near  each  lateral  margin  of  the  basal  stripe  toward  the 
front  is  a  row  of  two  or  three  black  spots,  and  each  side  of  its  apex  is  an 
obliquel,y  placed  angular  light  spot  enclosing  a  central  black  spot;  on 
the  posterior  portion  of  dorsum  a  series  of  several  chevron-marks, 
each  seemingly  formed  by  the  coalescence  at  the  mesal  line  of  two  black 
centered,  angular  light  spots  such  as  found  each  side  of  apex  of  the 
basal  mark;  venter  yellow,  darker  about  the  sides  and  caudad  and 
with  a  median  dark  stripe  as  wide  as  epigynum  in  front,  but  narrow- 
ing to  a  truncate  end  behind  and  not  reaching  to  the  spinnerets. 
Epigynum  light  reddish  brown. 

Sides  of  face  nearly  straight,  steep  but  not  vertical,  in  height  con- 
siderably shorter  than  the  length  of  the  chelicerse. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  much  shorter  than  the  second,  not  extending 
more  than  between  the  centers  of  eyes  of  the  latter,  gently  procurved ; 


194  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

anterior  median  eyes  more  than  three-fourths  their  diameter  apart, 
about  two-thirds  as  far  from  the  scarcely  smaller  lateral  eyes,  fully  their 
diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  anterior  lateral  eyes  twice  their 
diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  slightly  more  than  their  dia- 
meter from  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  their  diameter 
apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  as  wide  in  front  as  long,  wider 
behind  than  in  front  in  the  ratio  of  4  : 3,  some  more  than  one-fourth 
as  long  as  the  cephalothorax. 

Chelicerce  with  furrows  armed  below  as  usual  with  three  teeth,  of 
which  the  middle  is  a  little  longest,  the  third  not  very  much  reduced ; 
the  upper  margin  with  three  teeth  of  which  the  first  is  minute. 

Tibia  +  patella  of  fourth  legs  of  same  length  as  the  metatarsus; 
tibia  +  patella  of  first  pair  of  same  length  as  the  cephalothorax;  legs 
of  fourth  pair  four  times  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax;  tarsi  as  usual 
in  the  genus,  those  of  the  first  two  pairs  of  legs  being  scopulate  laterally, 
those  of  the  posterior  pairs  simply  setose;  tibia)  of  first  and  second 
pairs  of  legs  with  three  pairs  of  spines  below  as  is  normal,  the  two  first 
pairs  of  these  very  long  and  overlapping;  all  tarsi  straight  or  nearly  so. 

Epigynum  presenting  no  distinct  lateral  ridges  posteriorly;  lateral 
plates  of  the  guide  very  wide,  extending  laterally  to  or  nearly  to  the 
ends  of  the  transverse  piece  and  nearly  as  wide  in  front  as  behind, 
covering  over  nearly  completely  the  posterior  half  of  the  epigynal 
area.  (PL  XIV,  fig.  5.) 

Total  length,  6.8  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.9  mm. ;  width, 
2.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  8.4  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.9  mm. ;  met.,  1.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  12.1  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.6  mm. ;  met.,  3.6  mm, 

Male  (type). — Cephalothorax  in  color  drab  brown,  with  the  head 
region  black;  a  narrow  and  short,  inconspicuous  median  stripe  over  the 
dorsal  groove  but  not  distinguishable  in  front  of  it,  narrowing  behind 
as  in  female,  not  reaching  posterior  margin;  marginal  pale  bands  nearly 
as  in  the  female  but  obscured  anteriorly.  Clypeus  not  pale,  black  like 
head  region.  Labium  and  endites  blackish,  pale  distally.  Sternum 
nearly  as  in  female.  Palpi  entirely  black.  Legs  yellow,  the  femora  with 
inconspicuous  black  marks  above,  other  joints  with  dark  circular  lines 
about  bases  of  the  spines  but  otherwise  unmarked.  Abdomen  much  as 
in  female  but  with  the  markings  much  obscured, 

Scopus  of  palpal  organ  short  and  blunt,  much  as  in  lapidicina; 
anterior  margin  of  conductor  much  thickened,  presenting  three  fleshy 
lobes  with  apices  projecting  backward  over  the  furrow. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  195 

Syn. — 1890.     Pardosa  californica,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12. 
1904.     Pardof.a  californica,  Chamberlin,  Canadian  Ent.,  p.  14fi. 

Tijpe  locality. — California. 

Known  localities. — California!,  Utah!. 

This  is  a  common  Pardosa  on  the  Pacific  Coast.  Specimens  from 
Utah  are  lighter  colored  than  those  which  I  have  seen  from  California 
(including  Keyserling's  types,  described  above,  which  have  of  course 
darkened  in  the  alcohol).  In  the  Utah  specimens  the  lateral  yellow 
stripes  are  wide,  with  the  upper  margin  sinuous  and  with  a  black  line 
along  the  lower,  a  somewhat  indistinct  and  irregular  black  line  dividing 
the  stripes  longitudinally;  endites  yellow;  labium  and  sternum  brown, 
the  latter  usually  not  showing  the  black  markings  as  described  above 
for  the  type;  chevron-marks  of  dorsum  containing  each  from  two  to 
four  black  dots,  as  if  formed  by  the  confluence  of  as  many  light,  black- 
centered  dots;  sides  gray  black  with  numerous  minute  brown  dots; 
venter  immaculate  light  gray  or  with  a  few  small  dark  dots  back  of 
epigynum  and  at  each  side;  spinnerets  pale  yellow,  Cephalothorax 
in  life  clothed  with  light  gray  and  brown  hair,  the  sides  with  brown, 
the  median  band  especially  posteriorly  with  gray,  and  the  lateral  stripes 
with  gray  except  along  the  geminating  dark  line,  the  median  stripe  in 
front  with  brown  and  gray  pubescence  intermixed.  Chelicerce  with 
light  gray  hair  and  long  brown  bristles.  Sternum  and  legs  with  light 
gray  hair,  the  latter  with  longer  brown  bristles.  Abdomen  clothed 
above  with  chiefly  light  brown  hair,  light  gray  or  white  hair  in  spots 
on  each  side  and  forming  some  transverse  lines  posteriorly,  scattered 
longer  dark  brown  bristles;  sides  of  abdomen  with  brown  and  gray 
pubescence  intermixed  in  streaks  and  spots;  venter  with  hair  unmixed 
gray. 

Pardosa  lapidicina  Emerton,  1885. 

(Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  6,  p.  491,  PI.  48,  figs.  5  to  5c.) 
Female. — Sides  of  the  cephalothorax  black;  a  lighter,  though  some- 
times indistinct  or  even  obscure  median  band  of  dark  reddish  brown 
color  which  begins  as  a  narrow  process  between  the  posterior  eyes, 
behind  the  third  eye  row  abruptly  widens  and  is  constricted  in  front  of 
dorsal  furrow,  at  the  caudal  end  of  which  it  is  strongly  narrowed,  its 
margin  more  or  less  dentate;  on  each  side,  at  least  posteriorly,  a  row  of 
supramarginal  light  spots  which  are  sometimes  obscured ,  but  in  others 
are  long  and  distinct;  eyes  surrounded  with  black;  labium  black,  not 
paler  than  sides  of  cephalothorax;  sides  of  cephalothorax  clothed 
densely  with  rather  long  gray  or  brownish  gray  to  blackish  pubescence, 


196  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

which  quite  eonceals  the  Ught  markings  of  the  tegument  and  gives  the 
cephalothorax  a  uniform  grayish  black  a])pearance.  Chelicerce  reddish 
brown  to  reddish  yellow,  usually  with  a  black  median  mark  at  base, 
clothed  densely  with  white  pubescence,  with  sparse  longer  dark  brown 
bristles.  Endites  yellow  or  light  brown,  paler  apically,  often  dusky. 
Labium  deeper  colored  than  endites,  dark  brown  to  black.  Sternum 
black,  clothed  subdensely  with  short  whitish  or  light  gray  pubescence. 
liBgs  yellow  to  brown;  on  all  joints  except  the  tarsi  with  black  annuli 
which  are  broadest  proximall}',  being  on  the  femora  often  confluent 
below  and  laterally,  leaving  light  spots  only  above ;  the  legs  have  usually 
a  bluish  or  greenish-gray  hue  proximally,  especially  on  ventral  surface. 
Abdomen  with  tegument  above  and  over  sides  bluish  black,  a  black- 
margined  lanceolate  mark  at  base  above,  followed  on  each  side  behind 
by  a  row  of  irregular  pale  spots;  the  median  region  behind,  in  some 
with,  but  in  others  without,  irregular  light  chevron-marks,  enclosing 
the  characteristic  dark  spots,  in  some  pale  specimens  entire  dorsum 
and  sides  with  many  light  spots,  irregularly  connected  above  into  a 
network;  venter  light  brown,  of  bluish  to  greenish  gray  cast,  rarely 
black,  in  some  a  dark  median  band  behind  spinnerets;  dorsum  and  sides 
covered  with  brown  and  grayish  pubescence,  the  venter  with  grayish. 

Face  moderately  high,  the  sides  substraight  and  very  steep,  nearly 
vertical. 

First  row  of  eyes  much  shorter  than  the  second,  but  little  procurved ; 
anterior  median  eyes  fully  three-fourths  their  diameter  apart,  evidently 
closer  to  the  lateral  eyes,  than  which  they  are  slightly  larger;  anterior 
lateral  eyes,  as  usual,  twice  their  diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus, 
their  diameter  from  e3'es  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  about  once 
and  a  quarter  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  one- 
fourth  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax,  a  little  wider  in  front  than  long. 
Chelicerce  armed  as  typical  for  the  genus,  having  two  teeth  above  and 
three  below  with  the  third  reduced.  Labium  wider  than  long  in  ratio  of 
about  9  :8.25;  basal  excavation  one-fourth  total  length,  strongly 
attenuated  anteriorly;  the  front  margin  nearly  straight,  slightly 
incurved  mesally. 

Legs  long  and  slender ;  metatarsus  of  fourth  pair  longer  than  tibia  + 
patella  of  same  pair;  spines  below  on  anterior  tibiae  as  usual;  scopulae 
of  typical  form. 

Epigynum  with  the  guide  inversely  T-shaped  ,the  median  piece  pointed 
anteriorly  and  not  extending  into  front  portion  of  depression,  which  is 
thus  undivided ;  transverse  arms  widest  distally ;  lateral  plates  of  guide 
verv  narrow.  (PI.  XIV,  fig.  7.) 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  197 

Total  length,  9.3  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.7  mm.;  width, 
3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  13.1  mm. :  tib.  +  pat.,  4.8  mm. ;  met.,  3.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  12.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  12.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  7.3  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  5.3  mm. ;  met.,  5.5  mm. 

Male.— Colov  much  as  in  female  but  darker  and  the  markings  more 
obscure ;  the  legs  often  almost  entirely  black,  showing  no  annulations 
except  distally  or  none  at  all.  Tarsus  of  palpus  black,  as  also  the 
femur  and  often  the  tibia,  the  patella  lighter.     Smaller  than  female. 

Tibia  of  palpus  with  sides  substraight,  enlarging  from  base  to  apex, 
clearly  narrower  than  the  tarsus.  Scopus  very  short,  about  as  broad  as 
long,  distally  rounded  and  a  little  uncate  at  exterior  side;  spur  usually 
in  front  concealed  by  fold ;  embolus  short,  extending  but  little  beyond 
middle;  conductor  divided  into  two  open  furrows  by  a  narrow  chitinous 
ridge  extending  obliquely  downward  and  outward,  the  posterior  mar- 
gin of  the  exterior  furrow  with  two  short,  uncate  tenacula  close  together 
or  in  part  overlapping.   (PI.  XIV,  fig.  8.) 

Total  length,  6  mm.    Length  of  cephalothorax,  3  mm. ;  width, 2.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  10.1  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.3  mm. ;  met.,  2.9  mm. 
.  Length  of  leg  II,  10.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  10.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  13.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.3  mm. ;  met.,  4.4  mm, 

Svn.— 1892.     Pardosa  lapidicina,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  2,  p.  161. 
— — .     Pardosa  lapidicina,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  6S. 

.     Pardosa  ohsolcta  Banks,  ibid.,  p.  71,  PI.  3,  fig.  4.5. 

.     Pardosa  venusta  Banks,  ibid.,  p.  69,  PI.  1,  figs.  42,  42a. 

1894.     Pardosa  lapidicina  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  9,  p.  428. 

1902.  Pardosa  lapidicina  Emerton,  Common  Sp.  U.  S.,  p.  78,  figs.  186,  187, 
188. 

1903.  Pardosa  lapidicina,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  p. 
652,  PL  29,  figs.  6,  9. 

1904.  Pardosa  mercurialis  Montgomery,    Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  p. 
270,  PI.  XIX,  figs.  20,  21. 

.     Pardosa  iexana  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  p.  115,  PI.  V,  fig.  4. 

Type  locality. — Massachusetts  and  Connecticut. 

//abi'^o/.— Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  Rhode  Island!,  Canada, 
New  York !,  New  Jersey !,  District  of  Columbia !,  Pennsylvania,  Indiana !, 
Iowa !,  Kansas !,  Arkansas !,  Texas !. 

A  very  familiar  species  in  the  Northern  States,  found  among  stones 
along  streams  and  also  to  some  extent  remote  from  water  in  diy  places. 
Its  general  dark  gray  color  blends  well  with  the  color  of  the  stones  among 
which  it  lives .  Specimens  from  the  West  and  South  are  commonly  much 
lighter  than  specimens  from  the  Northeast,  and  in  them  the  marginal 


198  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May^ 

spots  on  the  cephalothorax  form  a  band  except  for  narrow  dark 
cross-lines;  the  legs  are  more  conspicuously  annulate,  the  light  rings 
contrasting  more  strongly  with  the  dark.  As  other  species  having 
the  same  range  as  lapidicina  undergo  similar  changes  in  brightness 
of  color,  and  especially  since  the  light  form  of  lapidicina  and  all 
intermediate  forms  are  not  rare  in  the  North,  the  Western  specimens  of 
this  Pardosa  ought  not  to  be  granted  rank  as  separate  species  or 
variety.  Type  specimens  of  venusta  Bks.  that  I  have  seen  are  not 
fully  adult,  and  agree  perfectly  with  immature  specimens  of  lapidicina. 

Pardosa  xerampelina  (Keyserling),  1876. 

(Sub  Lijcosa,  Verb.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  26,  p.  622,  PI.  7,  fig.  S.) 

Female. — Sides  of  cephalothorax  and  eye  region  black  or  deep  brown; 
clypeus  light  brown;  no  distinct  lateral  light  stripes,  but  sometimes  a 
few  obscure  light  spots  above  margin  on  each  side  posteriorly ;  a  median 
reddish  brown  band  which  is  widest  about  the  dorsal  groove,  behind 
which  it  is  strongly  and  more  or  less  abruptly  narrowed,  the  light 
median  band  mostly  dull  and  inconspicuous ;  in  life  the  cephalothorax 
is  clothed  along  sides  and  on  head  and  over  median  band  behind  by 
whitish  pubescence,  the  other  parts  clothed  with  brown  and  black  hair. 
Chelicerce  reddish  brown,  each  with  a  short  longitudinal  yellowish 
stripe  above  or  at  middle.  Labium  and  endites  brown,  paler  at  tip. 
Sternum  dark  reddish  brown  to  blackish  brown,  an  obscure  median 
pale  line  anteriorly;  clothed  with  light  gray  pubescence.  Coxce  of 
legs  beneath  brown.  Legs  yellow  to  brown;  all  joints  excepting  the 
tarsi  ringed  with  black;  the  femora  dorsally  are  distinctly  darker 
than  the  other  joints;  clothed  with  brown  and  light  gray  pubescence, 
the  gray  over  the  light  parts,  the  brown  over  the  darker.  Abdomen 
above  black  or  nearly  so ;  a  lanceolate  basal  mark  of  brown ;  basal  stripe 
joined  at  two  points  on  each  side  near  its  apex  by  the  ends  of  a  V-shaped 
mark  the  apex  of  which  is  directed  laterally ;  posteriorly  a  series  of  light 
transverse  more  or  less  chevron-shaped  markings;  all  markings  of 
dorsum  more  or  less  faint;  sides  of  abdomen  and  part  of  the  venter 
about  the  spinnerets  black,  the  venter  elsewhere  being  light  brown; 
abdomen  clothed  above  with  brown  pubescence  with  a  row  of  small 
spots  of  whitish  hair  along  each  side;  venter  of  abdomen  clothed  with 
light  gray  pubescence.  Spinnerets  brown.  Epigynum  brown,  with  the 
depression  showing  as  a  distinctly  darker  V-shaped  figure  with  apex 
caudal. 

Face  high,  the  chelicerte  but  little  longer  than  its  height;  sides  of  face 
substraight,  steep  but  a  little  slanting  outward  from  above  dowm^  ard. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  199 

Dorsal  line  of  cephalothorax  in  profile  straight  in  front  of  the  dorsal 
furrow,  at  which  it  is  but  slightly  depressed. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  shorter  than  the  second  in  the  usual  degree, 
only  slightly  procurved ;  anterior  median  eyes  four-fifths  their  diameter 
apart,  much  closer  to  the  but  slightly  smaller  lateral  eyes,  their  diam- 
eter from  eyes  of  second  row ;  anterior  lateral  eyes  fully  twdce  their 
diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  once  and  a  half  their  diameter 
from  eyes  of  second  row;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  one-fourth  as 
long  as  the  cephalothorax. 

Margins  of  furrow  of  chelicerce  armed  as  usual.  Labium  wider  than 
long,  strongly  attenuated,  anteriorly  trimcated  or  a  little  concave. 

Legs  with  tibia  +  patella  of  the  fourth  pair  shorter  than  the  meta- 
tarsus; tibia  +  patella  of  the  first  pair  shorter  than  the  cephalothorax; 
spines  of  anterior  tibiae  as  usual,  the  first  two  pairs  long  and  overlap^ 
ping;  tarsi  clothed  in  the  common  manner, 

EpigTjnum  clearly  wider  in  front  than  posteriorly;  guide  widest 
anteriorly  narrowing  caudally,  the  transverse  arms  of  guide  short,  the 
guide  plates  extending  to  their  ends;  lateral  ridges  but  weakly  elevated. 
(PI.  XIV,  fig.  3.) 

Total  length,  8  nun.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.7  mm.;  width, 
2.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  10.2  mm. ;  tib-  +  pat.,  3.3  mm. ;  met.,  2.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  9.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  9.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  14  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4  mm. ;  met.,  4.3  mm. 

Male. — Smaller  than  the  female  but  differing  but  little  in  coloration. 
"The  male  palpi  are  long  and  the  joints  scarcely  enlarged."  (PI. 
XIV,  fig.  4.) 

Small  specimens  are  5  mm.  long. 

Syn.— 1877.     Lycosa  impavida  Thorell,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Sur.  Terr.,  Vol.  3, 

p.  513. 
1878.     Lycosa  tachypoda  Thorell,  Am.  Nat.,  June,  1878. 
1885.     Pardosa  monlana  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  498,  PI.  49, 

figs.  5,  5a. 
1890.     lAjcosa  xerampelina,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12. 

.     Lycosa  impavida,  Mavx,  ibid.. 

.     Lycosa  tachypoda,  Marx,  ibid. 

.     Pardosa  montana,  Mar.x,  ibid. 

1892.     ?  Pardosa  ynontana,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  44,  p.  70. 

1894.  Pardosa  tachypoda,  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  9,  p.  427,  PI.  3, 
figs.  6,  6a. 

1895.  Pardosa  impavida,  Banks,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Vol.  8,  p.  430. 
1902.     Pardosa  tachypoda  and  montana,  Emerton,  Common  Sp.  of  U.  S.,  p. 

81,  figs.  193  to  196. 
1902.     Pirata  procursus  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  583, 
PI.  30,  fig.  48. 


200  PROCEEDIXGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

Type  locality. — Illinois. 

Known  localities. — New  Hampshire!,  Massachusetts,  Illinois,  Color- 
ado!, Utah!,  New  York?,  Pennsylvania,  Canada. 

Essentially  a  Northern  and  mountain  species.  It  is  not  unconnnon 
in  Canada  and  in  the  ^^Tiite  Mountains  of  New  England,  but  does  not 
occur  commonly  more  southward.  It  also  ranges  south  from  Canada 
along  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  is  common  in  Colorado  and  Utah. 

Pardosa  groenlandica(Thorell),  1872. 

(Sub  Lycosa,  Ofvers.  af.  Vet.  Akad.  Forh.,  29.) 
Fetnalc. — Cephalothorax  black  or  nearly  so;  a  lighter,  brown  median 
band  beginning  only  a  little  in  front  of  dorsal  furrow,  passing  over  the 
latter  and  then  narrowing  to  a  Hne  on  the  posterior  declivity ;  from  the 
front  of  the  median  band  a  horn-shaped  yellow  mark  extends  out- 
ward and  forward  on  each  side  toward  the  corresponding  eye  of  the 
third  row,  which,  however,  it  does  not  reach;  more  rarely  these  horn- 
like marks  are  obscure  or  quite  absent;  a  row  of  three  or  less  commonly 
four  curved  light  marks  above  the  margin  of  each  side;  hair  of 
cephalothorax  long,  brown  and  light  gray  or  whitish  intermixed,  the 
whitish  hair  more  or  less  unmixed  with  brown  on  the  clypeus,  the  light 
supramarginal  marks  and  on  the  median  light  area  behind.  Chelicerm 
reddish-yellow  or  brown  above  and  black  distally,  the  lighter  color 
often  reduced  to  a  few  spots;  clothed  with  short  light  gray  hair  and 
longer  brown  bristles.  Labium  and  endites  brown,  lighter  at  tips. 
Sternum  black,  clothed  with  gray  hair.  Coxa;  of  legs  beneath  brown. 
Legs  brown,  mostly  of  a  reddish  hue;  all  joints,  excepting  tarsi,  with 
distinct  black  annulations;  clothed  with  brown  and  whitish  hair, 
chiefly  over  the  dark  and  light  parts  respectively.  Palpi  brown; 
femora  ringed  with  black;  patella  unmarked;  tibise  black  at  proximal 
end  and  the  tarsi  black  at  tips.  Abdomen  above  black  or  blackish 
brown,  the  tegument  either  entirely  without  light  markings  or  with  a 
lanceolate  basal  mark  of  reddish-brown  color ;  each  side  of  this  mark  at 
its  base  may  be  a  spot  of  the  same  color,  as  also  an  obscure  smaller  spot 
each  side  of  apex  behind;  more  rarely  there  may  be  distinguishable 
posteriorly  a  lumiber  of  obscure  light  spots  more  or  less  confluent  in 
pairs;  abdomen  covered  above  with  brown  hair,  with  bunches  of 
white  hair  forming  a  row  of  white  spots  along  each  side;  sides  of 
abdomen  above  like  the  dorsum,  below  light  brown  with  numerous 
darker,  reddish-brown  or  rust-colored  spots  usually  connected  into  a 
continuous  network;  sides  covered  with  brown  and  white  hair  inter- 
mixed in  streaks  and  spots  and  quite  concealing  the  tegument  and  its 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  201 

markings;  venter  brown,  with  in  most  a  median  and  on  each  side  a 
lateral  stripe  of  reddish-brown  or  rust  color  behind  genital  furrow, 
these  stripes  formed  by  a  close  network;  venter  clothed  with  white 
hair.  Spinnerets  brown,  the  anterior  ones  frequently  darker  or  even 
blackish.     Epigynuju  reddish  brown. 

Chelicerae  rather  long  for  a  Pardosa,  once  and  a  fourth  or  more  times 
as  long  as  the  height  of  the  face;  sides  of  face  nearly  straight,  steep. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  much  shorter  than  the  second,  slightly  pro- 
curved;  anterior  median  eyes  their  diameter  apart  or  nearly  so,  rather 
less  than  half  as  far  from  the  lateral  eyes,  their  diameter  from  eyes  of 
second  row;  anterior  lateral  eyes  but  slightly  smaller  than  the  median, 
twice  their  diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus  and  their  diameter 
from  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  a  little  more  than  their 
diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  one-fourth  the  length  of 
the  cephalothorax. 

Chelicem  with  the  lower  margin  armed  with  three  teeth  of  usual 
proportions,  the  upper  with  two.  Labium  as  wide  as  long  or  slightly 
wider  (8  :  7.8);  basal  excavation  about  one-fourth  or  slightly  more  the 
length  of  the  labium;  strongly  attenuated  anteriorly;  the  sides  rounded 
below  but  straight  or  substraight  above;  front  margin  straight  or  very 
slightly  incurved. 

Legs  with  the  metatarsus  of  the  fourth  pair  longer  than  the  tibia  + 
patella ;  tibia  +  patella  of  the  first  pair  of  the  same  length  as  the  ceph- 
alothorax; spines  of  tibife  as  usual;  tarsi  clothed  as  common  in  the 
genus. 

Epigynum  somewhat  flask-  or  decanter-shaped,  being  narrow  in 
front  but  widely  rounded  behind ;  lateral  furrows  narrow  and  shallow 
in  front,  widely  expanded  behind;  septum  high,  narrow  in  front  and 
more  or  less  clavately  widening  caudally,  higher  than  the  transverse 
arms,  which  are  dark  in  color,  more  or  less  roinided  above  and  bent 
backward  distally,  their  ends  fitting  into  excavations  in  the  lateral 
ridges.  (  PI.  XIV,  fig.  6.) 

Total  length,  10.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4.2  mm.;  width, 
3.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  13  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.2  mm. ;  met.,  3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  12.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  12.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  17.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  5.4  mm. ;  met.,  5.8  mm. 

Male.— Color  in  general  as  in  the  female  though  rather  darker;  palpi 
entirely  black  and  black-haired  or  with  the  patella  paler  above;  legs 
darker  than  in  female,  the  light  markings  being  more  reduced.     The 


202  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [^SiJ, 

cephalothorax  is  a  little  longer  than  the  tibia  +  patella  of  the  first  legs. 
Legs  a  little  longer  relatively  than  in  the  female. 

Palpi  thick  and  short;  patella  as  long  as  the  tibia  which  is  gradually 
dilated  distally;  tarsus  as  long  as  the  two  preceding  joints  taken 
together.     The  scopus  is  short  and  blunt,  its  basal  spur  straight. 

Total  length,  9.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4.5  mm.;  width. 
3.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  13  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  13  mm. 

Length  of  III,  13.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  17.75  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  5  mm. 

Syn.— 1877.     Lycosa  tristis  Thorell,  Bull.  U.  S.  G.  Surv.  Terr.,  Vol.  3,  No.  2, 

p.  510. 

.     Lycosa  indigatrix  Thorell,  ibid.,  p.  512. 

.     Lycosa  iracunda  Thorell,  ibid.,  p.  514. 

.     Lycosa  sinistra  Thorell,  ibid.,  p.  517. 

1878.     Lycosa  dromoea  Thorell,  Am.  Nat.,  June. 

1885.     Pardosa  albomaculata  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  U,  p.  495, 

PI.  48,  figs.  3  to  36. 
1890.     Lycosa   groenlandica,    tristis,    indigatrix,    iracunda,    sinistra,   Marx, 

Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  pp.  562,  563. 
.     Pardosa  albomacidala,  Marx,  ibid.,  p.  565. 

1894.  Pardosa  groenlandica,  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  9,  p.  423, 
PI.  4,  figs.  1  to  1/. 

.     Pardosa  indigatrix  and  iracunda.  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  2,  pp.  51 

and  52. 

1895.  Pardosa  groenlandica  and  tristis,  Banks,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  8,  p. 
430. 

1902.     Pardosa  albomaculata  or  groenlandica,  Emerton,  Common  Sp.  of  U. 
S.,  p.  79,  figs.  189,  190. 

Type  locality. — Greenland. 

Known  localities. — Greenland,  Canada!,  New  England  (White  Moun- 
tains) !,  Colorado !,  Utah !. 

"Bare  rocks  on  the  upper  part  of  the  White  Mountains,  running 
very  rapidly  and  dodging  under  stones  at  slight  alarm"  (Emerton). 

A  boreal  species.     Common  in  the  mountains  of  Utah  and  Colorado, 

Pardosa  modica  (Blackwall),  1846. 

(Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol.  XVII,  p.  33.) 
Female.— Cephalothorax  deep  brown  or  black  marked  by  two  lateral 
and  a  median  longitudinal  pale  stripe;  eye  region  deep  black;  median 
stripe  reddish  brown,  widest  just  behind  third  eye  row,  narrowed  and 
constricted  at  the  front  end  of  the  dorsal  groove  and  again  immediately 
behind  it,  geminated  in  front  of  the  groove  by  a  median  black  line; 
lateral  pale  stripes  supramarginal,  narrow,  reaching  to  the  clypeus  in 
front  which  is  likewise  pale;  pale  stripes  clothed  with  w^hite  hair,  the 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  203 

dark  parts  with  brown.  Chelicerce  yellowish  to  brown  over  front 
face,  darker  at  tips  and  along  a  narrow  stripe  extending  down  the 
mesal  face  and  turning  obliquely  outward  below;  also  a  dark  line 
along  exterior  face.  Labium  and  endites  brown,  usually  darker  toward 
base.  Coxce  of  legs  beneath  brown.  Sternum  brown,  with  a  black  stripe 
or  row  of  black  spots  each  side  of  the  median  line  and  a  narrower  black 
line  or  row  of  small  spots  along  each  lateral  margin ;  sometimes  entirely 
black;  clothed  with  grayish  white  hair.  Legs  brown;  femora  marked 
above  and  beneath  with  several  longitudinal  black  lines  or  narrow 
stripes  and  with  cross-marks  on  the  sides;  tibiae  above  with  a  trans- 
verse black  band  at  the  proximal  end,  and  with  a  median  longitudinal 
black  line  extending  from  this  to  the  distal  end,  and  also  with  a  similar 
black  line  along  each  lateral  face;  the  basal  black  band  on  posterior 
tibiae  usually  half  as  wide  as  the  length  of  the  joint,  narrow  on 
anterior  ones ;  at  least  the  posterior  patellae  with  a  median  longitudinal 
black  line  above  and  a  similar  one  at  each  side ;  metatarsi  especially  of 
the  posterior  pairs  with  a  more  indistinct  median  dorsal  line,  the  pos- 
terior ones  also  usually  annulate  with  dark ;  the  femora  appear  evidently 
darker  than  the  more  distal  joints  and  the  posterior  legs  darker  than 
the  anterior.  Abdomen  above  brownish  black ;  a  basal  lanceolate  stripe 
of  reddish-brown  color;  a  series  of  transverse  lines  behind  of  same  color, 
usually  more  indistinct,  these  marks  formed  of  two  rows  of  converging 
spots  as  is  usual ;  sides  of  abdomen  reddish  brown  mostly  spotted  with 
black;  venter  light  brown,  often  with  two  dark  lines  close  together 
along  the  median  line  and  gradually  converging  caudad ;  sometimes  a 
similar  dark  line  at  each  side;  at  other  times  the  venter  is  brown 
without  markings  or  with  dark  spots  at  the  sides;  in  life  the  abdomen 
is  clothed  above  over  the  dark  parts  with  dark  brown  hair,  the  light 
lanceolate  basal  mark  covered  with  whitish  hair,  and  a  number  of 
transverse  lines  of  similar  light  hair  behind  with  or  without  a  row  of 
small  white  spots  along  each  side  of  them.  Epigynum  dark  brown. 
Spinnerets  dark  brown  to  black. 

Cephalothorax  of  moderate  height  or  rather  low;  in  profile  highest  at 
the  third  eye  row,  the  dorsal  line  from  there  to  the  posterior  declivity 
nearly  straight,  gradually  slanting,  depressed  each  side  of  the  dorsal 
groove.  Chelicerce  about  once  and  a  fourth  as  long  as  the  face  is  high; 
sides  of  face  nearly  straight,  slightly  slanting  from  the  vertical. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  of  the  usual  relative  length  and  curvature ; 
anterior  median  eyes  their  diameter  apart  or  nearly  so,  much  closer 
to  the  lateral  eyes;  anterior  lateral  eyes  smaller  than  the  median,  a 
little  more  than  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row,  twice  their 


204  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus;  eyes  of  second  row  their  diam- 
eter apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  one-fourth  the  length  of  the 
cephalothorax,  as  wide  in  front  as  long. 

Teeth  of  the  margins  of  the  furrow  of  the  chelicercB  of  the  typical 
arrangement  and  form.  Labium  of  the  same  width  as  length  or 
nearly  so;  labium  about  four  and  a  half  times  longer  than  its  basal 
excavation;  attenuated  as  usual;  sides  above  straight;  front  margin 
straight. 

Legs  with  the  tibia  +  patella  of  the  fourth  pair  a  little  longer  than 
the  metatarsus  or  sometimes  of  the  same  length ;  tibia  +  patella  of  the 
first  legs  evidently  shorter  than  the  cephalothorax;  spines  of  tibiae 
and  clothing  of  tarsi  as  usual. 

The  epigynum  in  its  general  form  resembles  that  of  groenlandica ; 
the  septal  piece  of  guide  is  more  abruptly  depressed  anteriorly,  usually 
widened  into  a  quadrangular  form  at  front  of  the  wide  foveas  and  then 
clavately  widening  caudally ;  transverse  arms  of  guide  more  conspicu- 
ous, strongly  bent  forward  at  their  ends;  posterior  ends  of  lateral 
ridges  more  widely  separated.   (PI.  XV,  figs.  1  and  3.) 

Total  length,  9  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  4  mm. ;  width,  3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  9.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.3  mm. ;  met.,  1.7  mm, 

liength  of  leg  II,  9.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  9.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  13.7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.2  mm. ;  met.,  4  mm. 

Male. — Coloration  similar  to  that  in  female  but  darker;  the  median 
band  of  cephalothorax  obscured  in  front  of  the  dorsal  groove;  lateral 
light  stripes  narrow  and  indistinct  or  obscured;  light  markings  of  the 
abdomen  indistinct. 

Tibia  of  palpus  of  about  the  same  length  as  the  patella  but  evidently 
stouter,  enlarged  distad;  sides  of  patella,  seen  from  above,  parallel; 
tarsus  very  broad,  one  and  three-fourth  times  as  broad  as  the  tibia, 
ovate,  acutely  pointed.  Palpal  organ  very  similar  to  that  of  groen- 
landica, but  the  embolus  is  relatively  longer  and  there  are  differences 
in  the  conductor,  etc.  (PI.  XV,  figs.  2  and  4.) 

Total  length,  8  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4  mm.;  width, 
3.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  10.4  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.G  mm. ;  met.,  2.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  10.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  10.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  12  nnn. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.2  mm. ;  met.,  43  mm, 

Syn. .     Lycosa  glacialis  Thorell.  Ofvers.  af.  Vet.  Akad.  Forh.,  29. 

1875.     ?  Lycom  furcifera  Thorell   Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  N.  Hist.,  17,  p.  499. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  205 

.     Lycosa  fusculn  Thorell,  ibid.,  p.  501 . 

1877.     Lycosa  concinna  Thorell,  Bull.  U.  S.  G.  Surv.  Terr.,  3,  p.  506. 

187S.     Lycosa  glacialis  Thorell,  Am.  Xat.,  June. 

1885.     Pardosa  brunnea  Enierton,  Trau.s.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  495,  PI.  48, 

figs.  4  to  4b  (variety). 
1890.     Lycosa  glacialis   concinna,  fuscula  and  furcifera,  Marx,  Proc.  I,'''.  S.'N. 

M.,  12. 

.     Pardosa  brunnea,  Marx,  ibid.,  p.  565. 

1892.     Pardosa  brunnea,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliife.,  44,  p.  70. 

1894.  Pardosa  glacialis,  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  9,  p.  424,  PI.  4, 
figs.  2  to  2i. 

.     Pardosa  brunnea  Emerton,  ibid.,  p.  425,  PI.  4,  figs.  2g,  2h. 

.     Pardosa  conciiina,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  2,  p.  51. 

1895.  Pardosa  concinna,  Banks,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  8,  p.  429. 

1896.  ?  Pardosa  brunnea,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  4,  p.  192. 
1902.     Pardosa  glacialis,  or  brunnea,  Emerton,  Common  Sp.  U.  S. 

Type  locality. — Canada. 

Known  localities. — Greenland!,  Canada!,  Colorado,  l^tah!,  Idaho, 
Oregon,  Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  New  Hampshire!. 

Var.  brunnea. — Ehierton  now  believes  his  brunnea  to  be  a  synonym  of 
modica  (glacialis).  All  the  specimens  I  have  had  the  opportunity^  of  ex- 
amining from  New  England,  however,  present  small  differences  both  in 
epigynum  and  in  the  male  palpus  from  specimens  of  modica  from  Green- 
land and  Canada.  But  the  species  is  subject  to  much  variation ;  and  it  is 
uncertain  whether  the  New  England  forms  can  be  maintained  more 
than  tentatively  as  a  distinct  variety.  (PI.  XV,  figs.  3  and  4.) 

This  species  is  abundant  in  Greenland,  Canada,  Colorado  and  Utah. 

Pardosa  labradorensis  (Thorell),  1875. 

(Sub  Lycosa,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  17,  p.  502.) 

Female. — Cephalothorax  brownish  black  with  three  rather  narrow 
longitudinal  bands  covered  with  whitish  hair,  the  middle  one  reaching 
to  the  pars  cephalica,  trimcated  and  geminated  anteriorly,  narrowing 
backwards,  the  lateral  bands  supramarginal,  continuous,  rather  uneven 
in  the  upper  margin.  Chelicerce  dull  yellowish  or  ferruginous  brown. 
Labium  blackish,  with  pale  apex.  Endites  dark  yellowish  brown,  their 
palpi  of  the  same  color,  the  femoral  joint  with  blackish  longitudinal 
streaks  and  spots.  Sternum  black.  Legs  of  a  dark  and  dull  yellowish 
brown,  the  femora  with  dark  streaks  and  spots  above  and  on  the 
sides,  limiting  above  two  large  oblong  pale  spots  divided  longitudin- 
ally by  a  fine  black  line;  the  patellae  and  tibiae  have  each  three  blackish 
longitudinal  lines.  Abdomen  brownish,  with  traces  of  a  short  white 
band  at  the  anterior  margin  of  the  dorsum.  Epigynum  ferruginous. 
Spinnerets  blackish. 

Cephalothorax  rather  long  and  narrow,  with  the  sides  of  the  pars 
cephalica  almost  perpendicular. 
14 


206  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

The  anterior  row  of  eyes  but  veiy  slightly,  scarcely  j^erceptibly, 
curved  forwards,  its  central  eyes  of  the  same  size  as  (at  least  not  greater 
than)  the  laterals,  and  somewhat  more  distant  from  each  other  than 
from  the  lateral  eyes ;  eyes  of  the  second  series  separated  by  an  interval 
not  much  (about  one-fourth)  greater  than  their  diameter. 

Chelicerm  narrow,  but  slightly  convex  longitudinally;  their  length 
is  greater  than  the  height  of  the  face  and  the  length  of  tlie  patellai. 
Labium  with  slightly  rounded  apex. 

Seen  from  the  under  side  the  anterior  tihice  show  four  pairs  of  spines, 
the  third  pair  belonging  to  the  sides  of  the  joint. 

The  e-pigynum  forms  no  deep  fovea,  as  in  P.  fuscula,  ex.gr.,  the 
elevated  area  shows,  when  the  hair  is  rubbed  off,  a  sj-^stem  of  short 
furrows  and  impressions  rather  difficult  to  describe,  and  forming  a 
large  oblong  figure,  rather  narrow  in  its  anterior  half,  then  dilated 
gradually  with  rounded  sides,  and  truncated  behind ;  the  anterior  part, 
which  is  divided  from  the  posterior  by  a  large  but  not  deep  transverse 
depression,  shows  two  longitudinal  parallel  furrows,  the  anterior 
apices  of  which  are  rounded;  the  narrow  interval  between  these  fur- 
rows is  pointed  anteriorly,  and  has  in  the  middle  a  very  fine  longitudinal 
furrow ;  the  posterior  broad  part  of  the  epigynum  shows  on  each  side 
a  deep,  oblique,  incurved,  crescent-formed  fovea;  the  space  between 
these  fovese  is  triangular,  with  the  apex  directed  backward,  and 
divided  by  a  deep  middle  longitudinal  furrow. 

Total  length,  6.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.25  mm.;  width, 
2.25  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  8.75  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  13  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.75  mm. 

Male.— A  male  thought  to  belong  to  this  species  differs  by  the 
cephalothorax  being  of  a  purer  black,  with  the  lateral  bands  less  dis- 
tinct. The  legs,  which  have  the  same  markings  as  in  the  female,  are 
of  a  clearer  yellowish-brown  color  than  in  that  sex,  but  darker  at  the 
base;  the  coxae  are  black  above  and  blackish  beneath,  the  thighs  also 
blackish  on  the  under  side  towards  the  base;  the  tarsi  are  yellowish 
brown  scarcely  black  at  the  extreme  apex  (as  in  the  female).  The 
palpi  are  very  dark  yellowish  brown  (the  tibial  joint  almost  black) 
with  black  lines,  and  the  tarsal  joint  quite  black;  the  tibial  joint  is 
thickly  clothed  with  black  hair;  also  the  other  joints  are  black-haired. 
The  abdomen  has  a  very  distinct  narrow  band  at  base  covered  with 
whitish  hair;  venter  blackish. 

The  patella  of  the  palpus  is  somewhat  longer  than  broad,  cylindrical ; 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  207 

tibia  scarcely  longer  than  the  patella  but  broader,  being  slightly  and 
gradually  dilated  toward  the  apex;  the  tarsus  is  as  long  as  the  two 
preceding  joints  together,  almost  pear-shaped.  The  genital  bulb  is  very 
high  at  the  base  on  the  under  side,  this  elevated  part  being  obliquely 
truncated  and  emarginate  on  the  outer  side;  it  shows  in  front  a  large 
fovea,  from  which  issues  a  very  short  and  coarse  obtuse  tooth  directed 
obliquely  forward  and  outward,  and  bearing  at  its  base  a  longer  and 
narrower  pointed  black  tooth  directed  outward  and  curved  backward 
and  downward;  this  latter  tooth  lies  almost  concealed  in  the  fovea; 
in  the  middle  of  the  outer  margin  of  the  bulb  a  strong,  pointed,  down- 
wardly directed  black  tooth  is  visible;  close  to  the  anterior  side  of  its 
posterior  elevated  portion  is  a  transverse  spine-like  costa  (embolus); 
the  anterior  lower  part  of  the  bulb  shows  on  the  outer  side  two  pale 
appendages  or  narrow  lobes. 

Total  length,  6.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.25  nmi.;  width, 
2.25  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  8.75  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  8.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  n.75  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.25  mm. 

(From  Thorell.) 

Habitat. — Strawberry  Harbor  (  9  )  and  Square  Island  (o'),  Labrador. 

The  female  was  captured  July  28;  the  male  also  in  July.  "This 
species  greatly  resembles  P.  fuscula;  but  it  is  smaller,  with  the  sides  of 
the  head  more  perpendicular,  the  interval  between  the  two  largest 
eyes  is  smaller,  and  the  form  of  the  vulva  is  quite  different.  P. 
lahradorensis  is  a  Pardosa  C.  Koch,  while  fuscula  (and  furcifera)  appear  to 
belong  to  Leimonia  C.  Koch."     (Thorell.) 

In  general  coloration,  proportions  and'  structure,  and  especially  in 
the  structure  of  the  J*  palpus,  this  form  is  certainl}-  very  close  to 
modica,  and  it  may  prove  not  to  be  anything  different.  It  is  possible 
that  the  differences  in  the  epigynum,  which  Thorell  thinks  considerable, 
may  be  due  to  the  type  of  lahradorensis  being  not  entirely  adult,  the 
epigynum  of  immature  specimens  of  modica  which  I  have  seen  seeming 
largely  to  agree  with  the  description  of  that  of  lahradorensis  given  as 
above  by  Thorell. 

Pardosa  mackenziana  (Keyserling),  1876. 

(Sub  Lycosa,  Verb.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  26,  p.  621,  PI.  7,  fig.  7.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  with  a  light  median  reddish-brown  band  as 
broad  anteriorly  as  the  eye  area  or  nearly  so,  usually  broken  a  little 
way  back  of  its  anterior  end  by  a  transverse  dark  stripe,  behind 


208  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

which  the  band  continues  of  a  uniform  width  over  the  median  groove 
and  then  narrows  down  the  posterior  dechvity,  sometimes  sending  off 
a  process  from  each  side  just  in  front  of  the  posterior  margin;  sides  of 
cephalothorax  black,  with  or  without  an  indistinct  short  Hght  colored 
supramarginal  stripe  posteriorly,  with  sometimes  one  or  two  light 
spots  anteriorly;  this  marginal  band  when  present  conspicuous;  eye 
region  entirely  black;  clypeus  brown.  Chelicerce  bluish  brown,  a  wide 
black  stripe  crossing  the  face  of  each  obliquely  from  the  inner  face  out- 
ward, leaving  a  paler  tip  and  a  paler  portion  above  it.  Labivm  and 
endites  brown,  with  the  tips  paler.  Sternum  black,  an  obscurely  lighter 
median  line  in  front,  such  as  occurs  in  mihmia.  Coxce  of  legs  beneath 
light  brown.  Legs  strongly  marked  with  deep  brown  or  black  annul a- 
tions  alternating  with  rings  of  yellow  or  light  brown,  the  latter  rings 
much  narrower  on  femora  and  tibise,  of  the  same  width  as  the  black 
ones  on  the  metatarsus;  the  tarsi  clear  yellow  or  light  brown 
or  the  anterior  ones  sometimes  also  obscurely  annulate.  Abdomen 
above  black,  with  a  lanceolate  mark  of  red-brown  at  base  and  a 
series  of  transverse  light  marks  behind,  each  of  the  latter  being 
composed  of  mostly  four  confluent  black-centred  spots  of  same  color; 
the  transverse  marks  frequently  obscure;  sides  of  abdomen  black, 
minutely  spotted  with  brown,  the  spots  large  below;  venter  brown  to 
gray.  Spinnerets  brown.  Epigynum  brown,  of  same  hue  as  venter 
inconspicuous. 

Face  but  little  lower  than  the  length  of  the  chelicerae;  sides  straight 
and  vertical  or  nearly  so. 

First  row  of  eyes  much  shorter  than  the  second,  prociu'ved;  anterior 
median  eyes  their  diameter  or  more  apart,  closer  to  lateral  eyes  which 
are  of  equal  size;  anterior  lateral  eyes  twice  their  diameter  from  front 
margins  of  clypeus,  their  diameter  or  a  little  more  from  eyes  of  second 
row;  anterior  median  eyes  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row; 
eyes  of  second  row  about  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior 
eyes  rather  more  than  one-fourth  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax. 

Margins  of  furrow  of  chelicerce  armed  as  usual.  Labium  of  same 
width  as  length  or  very  nearly  so  (1  : 1  to  7.25  : 7);  basal  excavation 
longer  and  shallower  than  usual,  but  less  than  one-third  the  length  of 
labium;  sides  widely  rounded  below,  straight  above,  front  or  anterior 
margin  truncate  or  slightly  indented  at  middle. 

All  tarsi  spinulose  beneath,  the  spinules  arranged  on  all  in  two  rows; 
the  lateral  scopulse  of  anterior  pairs  very  sparse  or  scarcely  evident. 

Depressed  area  of  epigj^num  anteriorly  very  narrow;  the  posterior 
area  wide,  almost  completely  filled  by  the  expanded  guide  which 


1908-]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  209 

presents  lateral  plates  along  transverse  arms  in  front  and  externally  ; 
the  ends  of  arms  extending  into  excavations  in  side  walls.  (PI.  XV, 
fig.  5.) 

Total  length,  6.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3  mm.;  width, 
2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  9.2  nmi. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.1  nnn. ;  met.,  2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  TI,  8.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  8.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  12.2  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4  mm. ;  met.,  3.7  mm. 

Male. — Color  of  cephalothorax  and  abdomen  as  in  female.  Mandibles 
blackish  with  dusky  brownish-yellow  streaks.  Labium  and  endites 
also  blackish.  The  female  joint  of  the  palpi  is  brownish  yellow  with 
black  spots  and  streaks  especially  toward  the  base;  patella  joint  yellow- 
ish brown,  the  tibia?  black  on  sides  and  pale  brownish  above,  covered 
with  black  hair;  tarsal  joint  black  and  black-haired,  pale  at  apex. 
Legs  brownish  yellow,  the  thighs  black  beneath,  except  at  apex,  and 
with  distinct  blackish  rings  above;  the  following  joints  less  distinctly 
ringed.     (Thorell.) 

The  tibial  joint  is  a  little  broader  and,  at  least  when  seen  from  the 
side,  slightly  longer  than  the  patellar  joint,  gradually  but  very  slightly 
thickened  toward  the  apex;  the  tarsal  joint  is  fully  as  long  as  the  two 
preceding  joints  together,  about  double  as  broad  as  the  tibial  joint, 
nearly  ovate,  but  strongly  narrowing  toward  apex,  very  convex.  For 
structure  of  bulb  see  PI.  XV,  figs.  6  and  7. 

Total  length,  6  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3  mm. ;  width,  2.5 
mm.  (nearly). 

Length  of  leg  I,  10  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  9.5  mm. 
-Length  of  leg  III,  9.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  14  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.5  muL 

Syn.— 1877.     Lycosa  uncata  Thorell,  Bull.  U.  S.  G.  S.  of  Terr.,  3,  p.  SOS. 
1894.     Pardosa  dorsalis  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  2,  p.  51. 
1894.     Pardosa  uncata,  Eiwrtoa,  Trans.  Conn.  Ar-ad.  Sci.,  9,  p.  425,  PI.  3, 
figs.  S  to  8/. 

Type  locality. — Mackenzie  River. 

Known  localities. — Colorado!,  Utah!,  Idaho,  Canada. 

Pardosa  longispinata  Tullgren,  1901. 

(Bill,  till  sv.  Vet.-Akad.  Handl.,  Band  27;  Old.  IV,  No.  1,  p.  23.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  dark  brown,  clothed  with  short  adpressed 
and  long  black  upturned   bristly  hairs,  with   a  white  middle-band, 


210  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

squarish  in  the  cephalic  part  and  as  broad  as  the  area  of  eyes,  on  the 
pars  thoraica  narrow;  the  eye  area  nearly  black;  at  the  margins 
broad  white  bands;  the  margin  black.  Chelicerce  clothed  with  long 
bristly  hairs.  Endites  and  labium  light  yeUow  brown.  Sternum  light 
brown  with  long  light  hairs.  Legs  pale  brown  with  dark  rings.  Abdo- 
men brown,  clothed  with  black  and  white  short  hairs  without  distinct 
markings;  the  venter  light  grayish. 

Cephcdothorax  a  little  shorter  than  the  length  of  tibia  +  patella  of 
fourth  legs  and  the  breadth  shorter  than  the  length  of  tibia  of  the 
fourth  pair  of  legs.  Front  row  of  eyes  distinctly  procurved,  the 
central  eyes  largest  and  the  interspace  between  the  central  eyes  about 
equal  to  their  diameter  and  longer  than  the  space  between  the  lateral 
eyes.  The  distance  from  the  lateral  eyes  to  the  margin  of  the  clypeus 
and  to  the  eyes  in  the  middle  row  about  thrice  their  diameter.  The 
eyes  of  the  middle  row  very  large  and  the  interspace  between  them 
longer  than  their  diameter.  The  interspace  between  the  middle  and 
the  posterior  eyes  broader  than  the  diameter  of  the  middle  eyes. 
Chelicerce  a  little  longer  than  the  face,  very  tapering  at  the  apex  and 
clothed  with  long  bristly  hairs,  a  little  narrower  than  the  femur  of  first 
pair.  Tibia  of  first  pair  of  legs  below  with  2,  2,  2  spines;  these  and 
other  spines  very  long. 

Total  length,  4.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.5  mm.;  width, 
1.8  mm. 

Ijcngth  of  leg  I,  7.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  10  mm. 

(Description  rearranged  from  the  original.) 

Locality. — Florida.  One  single  adult  female  from  Lake  Leonore  in 
Orange  County. 

This  tiny  Pardosa  is  not  known  to  me  at  first  hand.  It  is  certainly 
a  very  unusual  form,  if  it  be  true  that  the  "distance  from  the  lateral 
eyes  to  the  margin  of  the  clypeus  and  to  the  eyes  in  the  middle  row  is 
about  thrice  their  diameter,"  a  statement  much  to  be  questioned. 

Genus  SCHIZOCOSA  Chamberlin,  1904. 
(Canadian  Entomologist,  ^^ol.  XXXVI,  p.  177.) 

Entire  body  densely  clothed  with  pubescence;  the  cephalothorax 
with  a  light  median  band  as  wide  anteriorly  as  the  eye  area  and  either 
with  or  without  submarginal  pale  bands.  Spines  of  anterior  tibiae 
in  number  and  arrangement  like  those  of  Pardosa  and  Lycosa,  in  length 
varying  between  those  of  these  two  genera.  Anterior  row  of  eyes 
considerably  shorter  than  the  second,  clearly  procurved,  more  strongly 


.  1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  211 

than  usual  in  Pardosa  or  Lycosa;  anterior  median  eyes  larger  i^an  the 
lateral,  of  nearly  same  distance  from  each  other  as  from  the  lateral 
eyes ;  clypeus  narrow,  the  anterior  lateral  eyes  at  most  their  diameter 
or  but  little  more  from  the  front  margin  of  clypeus,  the  same  distance 
or  considerably  farther  from  the  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row 
large,  less  than  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes 
evidently  wider  behind  than  in  front.  Chelicera?  as  in  Lycosa,  the  third 
tooth  of  the  inferior  margin  of  the  furrow  usually  reduced.  Labium 
distinctly  longer  than  broad,  the  basal  notch  one-third  its  total  length. 
Posterior  spinnerets  short,  scarcely  or  not  at  all  longer  than  the 
anterior.  Epigynum  with  a  distinct  guide  which  is  elevate  and  well 
developed  anteriorly  as  in  Lycosa;  the  transverse  arms  of  guide  double, 
being  divided  from  their  exterior  ends  mesally  to  a  varying  distance; 
lateral  furrows  not  widening  anteriorly.  (See  figs,  of  PI.  XVI.) 
Male  palpus  with  a  scopus  exterior  in  position  presenting 
two  processes  as  in  Lycosa;  exposed  area  of  lunate  plate  small; 
conductor  conspicuously  produced  above,  usually  into  a  horn-like 
elevation  of  varying  size;  superior  margin  of  inferior  furrow  present- 
ing, more  or  less  externally  from  its  middle,  a  short  and  pointed, 
basally  wide,  plate-like  tenaculum  which  is  curved  downward  distally; 
a  second,  shorter  tenaculum  farther  externally  and  anteriorly;  auricula 
of  lectus  very  long,  extending  forward  along  conductor  and  attaining 
or  nearly  attaining  front  margin  of  alveolus;  embolus  distinctly  and 
more  or  less  angularly  elbowed  at  base  of  auricula.  (See  figs,  of 
PI.  XVI.) 

Syn.— 1842.  Lycosa,  Hentz  (ad.  part,  ocreata  and  venustula),  J.  Bost  S  N 
H.,  IV,  p.  228.  •     •     • 

1875.  Lycosa,  Hentz  (ad.  part,  cit.),  Sp.  of  U.  S.,  p.  24. 

1876.  Lycosa,  Ke5^serling  (ad.  part,  ocreata  and  rufa),  Verh.  z.  G.  Wien 
p.  610.  ' 

1885.  Pardosa,  Emerton  (ad.  part,  hilineata),  Trans.  Conn.  Acad  Sci  VI  d 
494.  ■       ■'       '^' 

1892.     Pardosa,  Banks  (ad.  part,  gracilis),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  p.  70. 

1902.  Lycosa,  Montgomery  (ad.  part,  ocreata  pulchra,  relucens  and  veri- 
similis),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  536. 

.     Pardosa,  Montgomery  (ad.  part.  soHvaga),  he.  cit. 

1904.     Lycosa,  Montgomery  (ad.  part.),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  276. 

Pars  cephalica  truncated  in  front,  its  sides  moderately  rounded  and 
sloping,  the  face  rather  high,  its  sides  slanting  in  varying  degrees,  some- 
times approaching  the  Pardosa  type  more  and  sometimes  the  Lycosa. 
The  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  in  length  averaging  one-fourth  the 
length  of  the  cephalothorax,  being  thus  longer  than  in  Lycosa.  The  legs 
are  long  and  moderately  stout,  inclining  to  be  slender  distally;  the 
anterior  tarsi  scopulate,  at  least  laterally,  the  posterior  tarsi  setose 


212  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

below;  the  tibia  and  patella  of  the  fourth  legs  taken  together  are  always 
considerably  longer  than  the  cephalothorax.  The  median  light  band 
of  the  cephalothorax  widens  uniformly  from  behind  for^^•ard  to  the 
eyes;  it  is  constricted  in  front  of  dorsal  groove,  but  otherwise  its 
margins  are  nearly  straight.  The  abdomen  in  all  is  marked  above  by 
a  broad  light  band  which  is  nearly  or  fully  as  wide  as  the  dorsum  and 
which  extends  over  its  entire  length  from  base  to  spinnerets ;  this  band 
enclosing  at  base  a  lanceolate  outline,  and  behind  in  some  also  a  series  of 
transverse  angular  lines  of  varying  degrees  of  distinctness;  sides  of 
abdomen  dark  in  color,  black  at  least  across  anterior  lateral  angles; 
venter  pale. 

Spiders  of  medium  or  small  size.  The  males  are  but  little  different 
in  size  from  the  females,  but  are  sometimes  characterized  by  having  the 
tibiae  of  the  front  pair  of  legs  darkened  in  color  and  densely  clothed 
with  long  black  hair  which  stands  out  in  brush-like  form. 

The  cocoon  is  spherical,  without  any  seam  at  equator,  and  is  white 
in  color. 

Key  to  Species. 

Females. 

1.  Sternum  yellow,  with  two  dark  lines  or  rows  of  dark  sjiots  con- 

verging posteriori}^, bilineaia  (Emerton). 

Sternum  (lark,  not  marked  as  in  hUineata, 2. 

2.  Septal  piece  of  guide  very  broad  immediately  in  front  of  transverse 

arms,  narrowing  anteriorly  where  it  is  not  sinuous  or  bent;  the 
median  piece  between  anterior  and  posterior  divisions  of  arms 
very  narrow,  nuich  narrower  than  the  septum  in  front  of  arms 
(PI.  XVI,  fig.  1);  sternum  usually  black  except  marginally, 

ocreata  (Hentz). 

Septal  piece  of  guide  sinuous  or  bent  near  anterior  end ;  median 

piece  between  anterior  and  posterior  divisions  of  arms  wide, 

wider  than  septum  in  front  of  transverse  arms  (PI.  X\l,  fig.  4); 

sternum  usually  reddish  brown, saltatrix  (Hentz). 

Males. 

1.  First  tibiae  clothed  with  dense  black  hair  standing  out  in  brush- 

like form,       2. 

First  tibiee  not  so  clothed, saltatiix  (Hentz). 

2.  Legs  yellow,  without  dark  annuli  or  markings,  bilineata  (Emerton). 
Legs  annulate  with  dark, ocreata  (Hentz). 

Schizocosa  ocreata  (Hentz),  1844. 

(Sub.  Lycosa,  J.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  p.  391,  PI.  XVIII,  fig.  5.) 
Female. — Sides  of  the  cephalothorax  brownish  black;  median  band 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  218 

reddish  yellow,  anteriorly  passing  forward  broadly  between  eyes  of  third 
row  and  nearly  reaching  second,  more  or  less  divided  at  front  end  by  a 
black  median  line  or  pointed  process;  eyes  surrounded  with  black;  on 
each  side  considerably  above  margin  a  narrow,  wavy  light  line  which  does 
not  extend  forward  upon  the  pars  cephalica,  this  line  often  obscure; 
clypeus  reddish  yellow,  crossed  beneath  each  anterior  lateral  eye  by  a 
black  mark  or  spot  which  is  often  confluent  with  its  fellow  across  the 
middle,  thus  leaving  the  clypeus  pale  only  laterally;  light  bands  of 
cephalothorax  in  life  clothed  denseh^  with  white  or  light  gray  pubescence. 
Chelicene  reddish  brown,  often  dusky,  except  at  distal  ends,  and  marked 
by  black  lines.  Enditcs  brown,  the  labium  darker,  usually  blackish  except 
at  tip.  Sternum  usually  black  or  nearly  so,  paler  along  borders,  especially 
caudo-laterally;  sometimes  paler  reddish  brown.  Coxce  of  legs  beneath 
light  brown.  Legs  reddish  brown,  paler  distally,  all  joints  except  the 
tarsi  with  dark  annulations,  the  annulations  of  the  femora  broader  and 
deeper,  commonly  more  or  less  confluent,  especially  the  anterior  pairs, 
the  annulations  of  the  other  joints  often  indistinct.  Sides  of  abdomen 
above  dark,  a  black  band  passing  from  the  front  face  backward  across 
each  antero-lateral  angle  and  breaking  up  behind  into  numerous 
streaks  and  spots;  the  dorsum  covered  for  entire  length  by  a  broad 
light  brown  band  of  often  reddish  tinge,  the  band  usually  constricted 
in  front  of  middle;  within  the  light  band  at  base  a  lanceolate  outline 
which  bifurcates  at  its  apex  and  is  followed  behind  by  a  series  of  chevron- 
lines;  lower  part  of  sides  of  abdomen  light  brown,  marked  with  small 
black  spots;  the  venter  light  brown,  either  immaculate  or  with  a 
median,  and  at  each  side  a  lateral,  row  of  dark  spots  behind  the  furrow 
of  the  lung  slits.  Epigyman  and  spinnerets  brown.  Face  moder- 
ately high,  two-thirds  as  high  as  the  length  of  the  chelicerse,  its  sides 
moderately  steep.  First  row  of  eyes  considerably  shorter  than  the 
second,  distinctly  procurved,  the  median  three-fourths  their  diameter 
apart,  nearly  the  same  distance  from  the  three-fourths  as  large  lateral 
eyes ;  anterior  lateral  eyes  their  diameter,  or  slightly  more,  from  front 
margin  of  clypeus,  very  little  farther  from  eyes  of  second  row,  eyes  of 
second  row  not  fully  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior 
eyes  about  one-fourth  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax.  Chelicerw 
armed  as  usual.  Labium  longer  than  wide,  the  basal  notch  very  long, 
more  than  one-third  the  total  length  of  labium;  sides  above  straight 
and  strongly  converging,  the  front  margin  straight,  not  at  all  curved. 
Legs  long,  the  distal  joints  rather  slender;  tibia  4-  patella  of  first  legs 
of  same  length  as  the  cephalothorax ;  anterior  tibiae  armed  beneath  as 
usual,  the  first  two  pairs  of  spines  long,  nearly  as  in  Pardosa,  the  first 


214  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

overlapping  the  second ;  anterior  tarsi  with  scopulse  at  sides ;  a  median 
ventral  setose  band,  the  posterior  tarei  not  at  all  scopulate  being 
simply  setose. 

Septal  part  of  guide  of  epigynum  very  broad,  occupying  much  of 
epigynal  depression,  narrowest  at  anterior  end;  the  transverse  arms 
deeply  divided,  the  median  piece  very  narrow.  (PL  XVI,  fig.  1.) 

Total  length  of  small  female,  7.4  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax, 
4.3  mm.;  greatest  width,  3.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  11.3  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.3  mm. ;  met.,  2.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  10.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  10.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  15  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.6  mm. ,  met.,  4.4  nrjn. 

Male. — Coloration  in  general  as  in  female.  The  tibiae  of  first  legs  very 
densely  clothed  for  entire  length  with  long  black  hairs  which  stand 
out  straight  from  joint;  often  of  a  greenish  tinge.  Legs  longer  than  in 
female;  tibia  +  patella  of  first  legs  longer  than  cephalothorax;  spine 
of  anterior  tibia  shorter  than  in  female. 

Tibia  of  palpus  fully  as  wide  as  long,  sides  convex,  widest  at  middle, 
much  wider  than  the  patella  which  is  little  shorter  and  widens  from 
base  distally,  its  sides  straight;  tarsus  wider  than  the  tibia,  of  same 
length  as  tibia  and  patella  taken  together-r  Lunate  area  very  small, 
basal  in  position,  its  convexity  external ;  horn  of  conductor  very  long, 
extending  much  beyond  front  margin  of  alveolus,  bent  at  an  angle 
below  its  middle;  principal  tenaculum  situated  at  middle,  imequally 
bidentate;  lesser  tenaculum  bent  upward  at  distal  end,  situated 
below  antero-exterior  angle;  auricle  gradually  attenuated  apically. 
(PI.  XVI,  fig.  5.) 

Length  of  large  specimen,  8.6  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4.6 
mm.;  width,  3.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  1, 14.2  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  5  mm. ;  met.,  3.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  13.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  13.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  1.8  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  5.5  mm. ;  met.,  5.3  mm. 

Syn.— 1875.     Lycosa  ocreata  Hentz,  Spid.  of  U.  S.,  p.  33,  PI.  4,  fig.  5. 

1876.     Lycosa  ocreata,  Keyserling,  Verb.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  Vol.  XXVI,  p.  611, 

Tab.  VII,  fig.  5  (male). 

.     Lycosa  rufa  Keyserling,  ibid.,  p.  613,  Tab.  VII,  fig.  2  (female). 

1885.     Lycosa  ocreata,  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  VI,  p.  491,  PI. 

XLVIII,  figs.  6,  6a,  66. 
1890.     Lycosa  ocreata  Hentz,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  XII,  p.  562. 

.     Lycosa  rufa  Keyserling,  Marx,  ibid.,  p.  563. 

.     Lycosa  ocreata,  Stone,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Soi.  Phila.,  Vol.  42,  p.  427. 

1892.     Lycosa  ocreata.  Banks,  op.  cit.,  Vol.  44,  p.  66. 

Lycosa  ocreata,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.  II  p.  160. 


190S.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  215 

.  Lycoso  ocreafa,  Fox,  ibid.,  p.  269. 

1893.  Lycosa  ocreata,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  I,  p.  125. 

1896.  Lycosa  ocreata,  Banks,  op.  cit.,  IV,  p.  192. 

1898.  Lycosa  ocreata,  Simon,  Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  II,  p.  330. 

1900.  Lycosa  ocreata,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  538. 

1902.  Lycosa  ocreata,  Emerton,  Connnon  Sp.  of  I^.  S. 

.  Pardosa  solivaga  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  574, 

PI.  XXX,  fig.  39. 

.  Lycosa  stonei  Montgomery,  ibid.,  p.  546,  PI.  XXIX,  figs.  9  and  10. 

1904.  Schizocosa  ocreata,  Chamberlin,  Can.  Ent.,  XXX^VI,  p.  176. 
.  Lycosa  ocreata,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  288. 

Type  locality. — North  Carolina. 

Known  localities. — North  Carolina!,  Virginia,  District  of  Columbia!, 
Alabama,  I-ouisiana,  Ohio,  Illinois,  Kansas!,  Connecticut,  New  York!. 

Hentz,in  speaking  of  the  occurrence  of  this  species  in  North  Carolina, 
says  that  it  "is  not  rare  in  meadows  near  water."  It  is  found  in 
similar  locations  in  New  York  State.  Emerton  states  that  in  New 
Haven,  Cr)nn.,  it  is  "common  in  open  woods  among  dead  leaves. 
Adult  about  June  1." 

Schizocosa  saltatrix  (Hentz),  1844. 

(Sub  Lycosa,  J.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  p.  387,  PI.  XVII,  fig.  7.) 
Females. — Sides  of  cephalothorax  deep  brown,  in  life  densely  clothed 
with  black  intermixed  with  brown  pubescence,  a  wide  median  band  of 
usual  form  which  is  of  reddish  tinge  anteriorly,  extending  forward 
between  eyes  of  third  row  and  there  geminated  by  a  fine  dark  line 
which  extends  back  over  pars  cephalica  towards  dorsal  groove;  a  supra- 
marginal  light  line  on  each  side  which  sometimes  attains  and  some- 
times does  not  attain  the  clypeus  in  front,  the  border  below  these 
lateral  stripes  more  or  less  broken  by  transverse  light  lines ;  median  and 
lateral  light  stripes  densely  clothed  with  white  intermixed  with  yellow- 
ish pubescence.  Chelicerce  dark  brown  clothed  with  short  yellowish 
gray  pubescence,  which  is  not  dense,  and  longer  black  bristles ;  the 
fringe  of  the  superior  margin  of  the  furrow  grayish.  Endites  yellowish 
brown,  lighter  at  tips.  Labium  brown,  darker  than  endites.  Sternum 
beneath  brown  or  reddish  brown,  the  former  often  showing  a  lighter 
median  line  or  stripe,  clothed  in  life  with  gray  or  whitish  intermixed 
with  black  pubescence.  Coxce  light  brown  to  yellow,  always  paler  than 
the  sternum.  Legs  yellow  to  light  reddish-brown,  with  numerous  nar- 
row though  often  indistinct  dark  rings  (occasionally  quite  absent), 
which  become  fewer  and  often  wider  distally,  the  annuli  of  femora  not 
so  heavy  and  not  confluent  as  in  ocreata.  Nearly  entire  dorsum  of 
abdomen  pale  brown,  often  of  a  pale  reddish  in  life,  grayish  from  the 
pubescence  which  is  light  brown  intermixed  with  spots  of  gray,  line 


216  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [MaV, 

at  base  a  dark  lanceolate  outline,  forked  at  apex  and  followed  by  a 
series  of  chevron-lines  as  in  ocreata;  these  in  life  broadened  behind  by 
lines  of  white  hair,  a  black  spot  over  each  anterior  lateral  angle  extend- 
ing a  short  distance  condad,  and  usually  a  triangular  black  spot  more 
or  less  constricting  the  median  band  towards  the  middle,  the  sides 
elsewhere  with  many  dark  spots,  in  life  streaked  and  spotted  with 
patches  of  white  pubescence;  venter  pale  brown  to  greenish  yellowy 
in  life  densely  clothed  with  white  pubescence,  the  tegimient  often 
marked  along  each  side  with  a  row  of  small  black  dots  curved  convexly 
outward  and  converging  posteriorly,  a  double  median  dark  stripe 
sometimes  present  behind  epigyiumi.  Epigj^num  and  spinnerets  light 
brown. 

Face  moderate  in  height,  less  than  two-thirds  as  high  as  the  length  of 
the  cheliceraB,  the  sides  moderately  rounded  and  standing  outward 
below,  more  so  than  in  ocreata. 

Anterior  row  of  eijes  shorter  than  second  by  twice  the  diameter  of  a 
lateral  eye,  well  procurved.  Anterior  lateral  eyes  their  diameter  from 
front  margin  of  clypeus,  slightly  farther  from  eyes  of  second  row  less. 
than  their  diameter  apart;  cephalothorax  4.5  times  longer  than  quad- 
rangle of  posterior  eyes. 

Chelicerce  armed  as  usual,  the  middle  tooth  of  inferior  margin  longest, 
the  third  considerably  reduced.  Labium  longer  than  broad  (not  quite 
8.7)  basal  notch  one-third  the  length  of  labium;  sides  of  lal:»ium  below 
but  slightly  convex,  subparallel,  above  straight  or  nearly  so,  distinctly 
and  considerably  converging;  anterior  margin  moderately  wide,  con- 
curved  at  middle;  gently  convexly  rounded  at  sides. 

Legs  long  and  rather  stout;  the  metatarsi  of  the  fourth  legs  moder- 
ately slender;  two  first  pair  of  spines  of  anterior  tibia?  of  moderate 
length,  rather  shorter  than  in  ocreata.  Anterior  tarsi  and  also  except 
basally  being  divided  b}^  a  wide  median  setose  band. 

Septal  piece  of  guide  of  epigynum  of  but  moderate  width,  a  little  or 
sometimes  considerably  wider  anteriorly  than  posteriorly,  the  transverse 
arms  divided  normally  but  little  more  than  half  way  to  their  mesal 
ends,  the  incisions  connected  by  a  furrow ;  posterior  divisions  of  trans- 
verse arms  depressed,  on  each  side  with  distal  end  bent  sharply  forward. 
(Pl.XVI,  fig.  4.) 

Total  length,  9  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4.7  mm.;  width, 
3.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  12.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.5  mm. ;  met.,  2.3  nnii. 

Length  of  leg  II,  11.7  mm. 
;    Length  of  leg  III,  11.5  mm. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  217 

Length  of  leg  IV,  15.8  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  5  mm. ;  met.,  4.5  mm. 

Male. — Colored  like  female,  the  anterior  legs  not  specially  modified, 
chelicerse  clothed  with  yellow  and  greenish  pubescence.  Legs  con- 
siderably longer  than  in  female,  tibiae  +  patella  of  first  pair  clearly 
longer  than  the  cephalothorax. 

Tibiffi  of  palpus  a  little  longer  and  much  thicker  than  the  patella, 
nearly  as  wide  as  tarsus,  sides  more  straight  than  in  ocreata;  tarsus  as 
long  as  two  preceding  joints  together.  Exposed  part  of  lunate  area 
very  small,  situated  at  base  and  with  convexity  external;  horn  of 
conductor  broad  at  base,  conical;  principal  tenaculum  external  from 
middle,  the  lesser  tenaculum  at  antero-exterior  angle  of  conductor, 
small,  bsnt  a  little  downward  apically;  auricle  of  lectal  fold  bluntly 
and  abruptly  rounded  apically.     For  other  features  see  PI.  XVI,  fig.  2. 

Total  length,  8.8  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4.7  nun.;  width, 
3.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  16  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat..  5.4  mm. ;  met.,  3.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  13.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  13.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  19  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  5.8  mm. ;  met.,  5.8  mm. 

Svn.— 1844.     Lycosn  venustula  Hentz,  J.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  p.  392,  PI. 

^XVIII,  figs.  6and7. 
1875.     Lijcosa  saltatrix  Hentz,  Sp.  of  U.  S.  (Burgess  Ed.),  p.  28,  PI.  3,  fig.  7. 

.     Lycosa  venustula  Hentz,  Sp.  of  U.  S.,  p.  33,  PI.  ^,  figs.  6,  7. 

1892.     Lycosa  humilis  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Vol.  44,  p.  65, 

PI.  Ill,  fig.  36. 
.     Pardosa  gracilis  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  Vol.  41   p.  70, 

PI.  1,  fig.  50. 

1902.  Li/cosa  relucens  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  542, 
PL  29,  figs.  5,  6. 

.     Lycosa  charanoides  ^lontgomer}',  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  544. 

.     Lycosa  verisimilis  Montgomery,  ibid.,  p.  548,  PI.  29,  figs.  11,  12. 

1903.  Li/cosa  charanoides  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  646, 
PI.  XXIX,  fig.  7. 

.  Li/cosa  verisimilis  Montgomery,  ibid.,  p.  647. 

1904.  Schizocosa  venustula  (Hentz),  Chamberlin,  Can.  Ent.,  XXXVI,  p.  176. 

.  Lycosa  charanoides  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  286. 

.  Lycosa  relucens  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  292. 

Type  locality. — Alabama. 

Known  localities. — Alabama,  North  Carolina!.  Georgia!,  Louisiana!, 
Mississippi!,  Texas!,  District  of  Columbia!,  Pennsylvania,  Kansas!, 
New  York!. 

Hentz  states  that  males  of  this  species  were  common  in  Alabama  in 
April,  but  that  he  did  not  find  females.  So  also,  it  may  be  noted,  all 
but  a  few  of  the  specimens  of  rather  extensive  collections  of  this  species, 
made  at  several  places  in  the  South  in  the  early  spring  of  1903,  which  I 
have  examined  are  males.     The  marking  of  the  venter  of  the  abdomen 


218  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

figured  by  Hentz  is  strongly  developed  in  some  individuals,  obscure  or 
absent  in  others.  In  size  and  general  colorati(m  this  species  is  much 
like  ocreata,  except  as  to  the  first  legs  of  the  males;  and  it  has  also 
approximately  the  same  geographical  range. 

Schizocosa  bilineata  (Emerton),  1885. 

(Sub  Pnrdosa,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  VI,  p.  ^96,  PI.  40,  figf?.  3  to  36.) 

Female. — Sides  of  cephalothornx  dark  reddish  brown  clothed  with 
deep  brown  pubescence.  A  wide  median  yellow  stripe  of  the  usual 
form,  darker,  more  reddish,  in  front  of  dorsal  groove,  extending  be- 
tween e3^es  of  third  row  as  usual ;  not  geminated  or  only  so  for  \-ery  little 
distance  at  front,  usually  a  darker  reddish  line  extending  backward 
from  inner  side  of  each  eye  of  third  row,  the  two  uniting  in  front  of 
median  groove ;  the  band  clothed  in  gray  and  light  brown  pubescence 
which  is  darker  anteriorly;  a  narrow  supramarginal  stripe  each  side 
reaching  to  clypeus  in  front,  the  dark  band  below  this  stripe 
often  more  or  less  broken  into  spots  by  light  cross-lines;  some 
light  radiating  cross-lines  from  median  stripe;  eyes  surrounded  with 
black,  the  black  extending  across  clypeus  below  each  anterior 
lateral  eye.  Chelicerce  brown,  a  gray-brown  pubescence  and  longer 
black  bristles.  Endites  yellow  or  light  brown.  Labium  darker,  brown 
to  blackish.  Sternum  light  brown  or  yellow,  a  row  of  dark  spots 
each  side  of  the  middle,  the  two  converging  and  meeting  posteriorly, 
the  margins  also  sometimes  darker,  clothed  with  grayish  pubescence. 
Coxce  of  legs  yellow.  Legs  yellow,  somewhat  darkened  distally, 
entirely  without  dark  annuli  or  other  markings.  Abdomen  above 
light  brown,  enclosing  at  base  a  dark  lanceolate  outline  ending  at 
middle,  and  with  behind  on  each  side  a  row  of  several  black  spots, 
which  are  connected  in  pairs  by  narrow  and  often  indistinct  dark 
transverse  lines;  the  dorsum  densely  clothed  with  light  brown  or  gray- 
brown  pubescence;  a  deep  brown  or  black  spot  over  each  anterior 
lateral  angle,  the  sides  elsewhere  also  dark  from  the  many  dark  spots 
which  are  often  more  or  less  arranged  in  rows,  covered  with  brown 
pubescence,  intermixed  with  gray  in  spots  and  streaks ;  venter  yellow, 
covered  with  gray  pubescence,  with  normally  four  dark  longitudinal 
lines,  all  converging  from  furrow  of  lung  slits  toward  the  spinnerets. 
Spinnerets  yellowish  or  pale  bro^vn.  Epigyniim  pale  brown  witli  darker 
margins. 

Face  moderately  high,  a  little  more  than  two-thirds  as  high  as  the 
length  of  the  chelicerffi;  sides  scarcely  convex,  very  steep,  much  as  in 
Pardosa. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  219 

First  row  of  eyes  much  shorter  than  the  second,  considerably  pro- 
curved;  anterior  median  eyes  hardly  their  radius  apart,  about  same 
distance  from  the  lateral  or  but  slightly  farther;  anterior  lateral  eyes 
as  large  as  median  or  very  nearly  so,  rather  less  than  their  diameter 
from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  a  little  more  than  their  diameter  from 
eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  not  their  diameter  apart,  quad- 
rangle of  posterior  eyes  one-fourth  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax; 
posterior  eyes  seen  from  above  close  to  lateral  margin  of  pars  cephalica 
as  in  Pardosa. 

Labium  longer  than  wide  in  ratio  of  4.6  : 4:  basal  notch  one-third  as 
long  as  labium;  sides  rounded  below,  straight  and  moderately  con- 
verging above;  anterior  margin  truncate,  not  at  all  curved.  Legs  of 
moderate  length,  short,  not  very  slender  distally;  rhetatarsus  of  fourth 
legs  as  long  as  cephalothorax;  tibia  +  patella  of  first  leg  shorter  than 
cephalothorax;  spines  of  anterior  tibia?  moderately  long  and  slender, 
the  first  pair  a  little  overlapping  the  second ;  anterior  tarsi  with  well 
developed  scopula  w^hich  are  scarcely  or  but  imperfectl}''  divided,  the 
posterior  tarsi  not  at  all  scopulate,  simply  setose. 

Septal  piece  of  guide  of  epigynimi  broad,  narrowest  adjacent  to 
transverse  arms,  distinctly  widening  anteriorly;  the  anterior  branch  of 
transverse  arms  of  each  side  conspicuously  enlarged  distally,  making 
the  total  width  of  the  transverse  arms  conspicuously  less  adjacent 
to  septum  than  extad.  (PI.  XVI,  fig.  3.) 

Total  length,  7.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.3  mm.;  width 
2.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  8.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3  mm. ;  met.,  1.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  8.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  8.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  11.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3  mm. ;  met.,  1.7  mm. 

Male. — General  coloration  like  that  of  female;  tibiae  of  first  legs 
densely  clothed  for  entire  length  with  a  brush  of  long  black  hair  as  in 
ocreata.  Anterior  lateral  eyes  but  about  half  their  diameter  from  front 
margin  of  clypeus,  smaller  than  median;  eyes  of  second  row  scarcely 
more  than  three-fourths  their  diameter  apart. 

Tibia  of  palpus  longer  and  broader  than  the  patella,  of  nearly  same 
breadth  from  base  to  ape.x ;  tibia  +  patella  a  little  longer  than  tarsus ; 
the  latter  clearly  wider  than  the  tibia  (3.25  :  2.5) ;  the  alveolus  relatively 
large,  the  sides  low  and  the  bulb  protruding;  conductor  high  and 
rounded  above  at  the  exterior  end,  but  no  distinct  horn-shaped  process ; 
principal  tenaculum  rather  small,  bluntly  rounded  apically;  auricle 
of  lectus  very  long,  attaining  or  extending  beyond  front  margin  of 
alveolus. 


220  PROCEEDIXGf^   OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Total  length,  5.3  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  3  mm.;  width, 
2.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  8.7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.2  mm. ;  met.,  2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  7.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III, 

Length  of  leg  IV',  10.6;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.4  mm. ;  met.,  3.2  mm. 

Syn. — 1890.     Lijcosa  ocreata  Stone,  but  nee  Hentz,  Proc.   Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

■  Pliila.,  Vol.  42,  p.  427. 
1892.     Pardosa  hilineata,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  Vol.  2,  p.  161 
1895.     Pardosa  hilineata,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  Vol.  3,  p.  91 . 
1902.     LycQsa  ocreata  pulchra  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Xat.  Sci.  Pbila., 

p.  540,'Pl.  29,  figs.  3,  4. 
1904.     Schizocosn  hilineata  (Hentz),  Chamberlin,  XXXVI,  p.  176. 
.     Lycosa  hilineata  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Xat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  290. 

Type  locality. — Connecticut. 

Known  localities. — Connecticut,  New  York!,  New  Jersey,  Pennsyl- 
vania, District  of  Columbia!,  Illinois,  Kansas!. 

The  Genus  LYCOSA  Latreille,  1804. 
(Xouv.  Diet.  Hist.  Xat.,  24,  p.  135.) 

Entire  body  densely  clothed  with  pubescence.  Anterior  tibia 
armed  beneath  with  three  pairs  of  spines  which  are  shorter  than  the 
diameter  of  the  joint  or  at  most  but  little  longer,  the  third  pair 
apical  in  position  and  smaller  (PI.  IX,  fig.  8).  Anterior  eyes  in  a  row 
shorter  than,  of  same  length  as  or  longer  than  the  second,  either  pro- 
curved  or  straight,  or  rarely  a  little  recurved,  eyes  equidistant  or  with 
the  median  a  little  farther  from  each  other  than  from  the  lateral,  the 
lateral  usually  a  little  smaller  than  the  median ;  anterior  lateral  eyes 
mostly  their  diameter  or  but  little  more  from  front  margin  of  clypeus, 
only  rarely  once  and  a  half  their  diameter  and  never  more,  the  same 
distance  or  farther  from  eyes  of  second  row ;  eyes  of  second  row  large, 
less  than  their  diameter  apart ;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  trapeziform, 
evidently  wider  behind  than  in  front.  Lahimn  longer  than  wide,  or  at 
least  never  wider  than  long;  either  attenuated  anteriorly  or,  less  com- 
monly,, with  sides  subparallel;  basal  excavation  long,  in  most  fully 
one-third  or  more  the  total  length  (PL  IX,  figs.  7  and  9).  Spin- 
nerets short,  the  posterior  ones  not  longer  than  the  anterior,  their 
apical  segment  indistinct.  Epigynum  in  typical  forms  with  a  strongly 
developed  guide,  of  which  the  septal  piece  is  distinct  and  well  formed 
anteriorly,  its  transverse  arms  not  divided ;  openings  of  the  spermatheca 
protected,  leading  into  narrowed  channels,  the  lateral  furrows  from 
these  widening  anteriorly,  and  at  the  front  usually  conspicuously  wider 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  221 

than  behind  (see,  e.g.,  figs,  of  PI.  XVII) ;  in  some  the  foveolse  subcirciilar, 
not  thus  elongate  and  widening  conspicuously  anteriorly  (group  7>o- 
chosa).  Bulb  of  male  palpus  bearing  at  front  of  basal  lobe  a  strongly 
chitinized  special  fold  or  scopus  which  is  essentially  exterior  in  position  ; 
scopus  presenting  two  processes ;  viewed  directly  from  below  the  inner 
of  these  appears  usually  as  a  more  or  less  retrorse,  barb-like  process, 
but  in  some  (group  Trocliosa)  longer  and  strongly  salient,  the  basal 
portion  mostly  more  or  less  concealed  by  a  basal  fold  which  leaves 
only  the  apical,  exterior  portion  visible  in  ventral  aspect;  median  rim 
of  conductor  bearing  one,  or  sometimes  two,  mostly  slender  and  simple 
tenacula;  a  lectal  fold  well  developed,  an  auricle  of  varying  size,  l3ut 
always  smaller  than  in  Schizocosa.     See,  e.g.,  figs,  of  PI.  XVII. 

1832.     Lycosa  Hentz  (ad.  part,  max.),  Sill.  J.  Sci.  and  Arts,  21,  p.  106. 

1842.     Lycosa  Hentz  (ad.  part,  max.),  J.  Bost.  Soc.  N.  H.,  4,  p.  228. 

1848.     Lycosa  (ad.  part.),  Arctosa  and  Trochosa,  C.  Koch,  Die  Arachniden, 

14,  pp. 94-98. 
1869-70.     Tarentula  and  Trochosa  Thorell,  On  European  Spiders,  p.  192. 

1875.  Lycosa  Hentz  (ud.  part,  max.),  Sp.  U.  S.,  pp.  11  and  24. 

1876.  Lycosa  Simon  (ad.  part,  max.),  Arcahn.  Fr.,  3,  p.  233. 

.     Tarentula  and  Trochosa  Kevserling,  Verb.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  p.  610. 

1877.  Tarentula  Thorell,  Bull.  U.  S.  G.  S.  Terr.,  3,  p.  520. 
1885.     Lycosa  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  482. 

1890.  Tarentula,  Trochosa  and  ad.  part.  Lycosa  Marx,  Proe.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12. 

1898.  Lycosa  Simon  (ad.  part,  max.),  Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  2. 

1902.  Lycosa  (ad.  part,  max.),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  536. 

1903.  Lycosa  Comstock,  Classif .  of  N.  A.  Spiders. 

1904.  Lycosa  Chamberlin,  Can.  Entomologist,  Vol.  XXXVI,  p.  176. 

.     Lycosa  (ad.  part.),  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  276. 

.     Trochosa,  Montgomery  (ad.  part),  ibid.,  p.  300. 

Pars  cephalica  moderately  elevated:  in  front  truncate  to  more  or 
less  obtuse;  its  lateral  margins  either  a  little  converging  anteriorly  or 
parallel;  sides  rounded  outward  below;  face  moderately  high,  trapezi- 
form,  evidently  widening  downward;  in  profile  either  vertical  or 
sloping  forward  from  top  to  the  base  of  chelicerae  (PI.  IX,  fig.  5). 
Quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  in  most  but  one-fifth  or  less  the  length 
of  the  cephalothorax.  Seen  from  above,  the  eyes  of  second  and  third 
rows  are  much  more  than  their  diameter  from  lateral  margins  of 
the  pars  cephalica  (PI.  IX,  fig.  2).  Chelicene  long  and  robust,  in 
length  at  least  one  and  one-half  times  the  height  of  the  face ;  upper 
margin  with  three  teeth  of  the  usual  proportions,  or  the  first  one 
rarely  absent;  lower  margin  with  three  stout  teeth  which  are  subequal, 
or  with  the  third  sometimes  reduced,  or  else  with  tw©  stout  eciual  teeth 
(PL  IX,  figs.  1  and  3). 

Legs  robust,  the  distal  joints  usually  not  slender  as  in  Pardosa. 
Tarsi  and  usually  also  metatarsi  of  anterior  legs  scopulate  and  with  the 
15 


222  r  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

scopulse  undivided  (PI.  IX,  fig.  4),  the  posterior  tarsi  scopulate  at 
sides,  being  divided  along  the  median  ventral  face  by  a  setose  or 
setose  and  spiniilose  band  (PI.  IX,  fig.  6).  Metatarsus  of  fourth  legs 
shorter  than  tibia  + .  patella  of  same  pair  in  most  cases,  rarely  the 
metatarsus  the  longer  more  especially  in  males.  Tibia  +  patella  of 
last  legs  sometimes  a  little  longer  than  and  sometimes  of  same  length 
as  or,  as  in  the  great  majority  of  cases,  shorter  than  the  cephalothorax. 

Spiders  of  large  or  medium  size,  including  the  largest  forms  of  the 
family.  There  is  much  variation  in  coloration,  although  in  the  several 
groups  of  species  the  same  system  or  pattern  of  markings  is  more  or  less 
evident.  Most  of  the  larger  North  American  species  show  a  decided 
tendency  to  have  the  ventral  surface  of  the  body  black  in  whole  or  in 
considerable  part,  such  seeming  indeed  to  be  the  tendency  in  large 
Lycosidce  everywhere.  The  body  of  the  males  is  in  most  cases  smaller 
than  that  of  the  females,  with  the  legs  proportionately  much  longer 
and  with  their  several  joints  of  proportionately  different  lengths. 

Lycosas  make  a  white  spherical  cocoon  which  only  exceptionally 
shows  a  seam  about  its  equator,  the  tissue  being  normally  smooth  and 
homogeneous.  The  smaller  species  carry  the  cocoons  about  as  do  the 
Pardosas,  which  they  resemble  also  in  building  no  retreats.  The  larger 
species,  however,  during  the  cocooning  season  are  sedentary.  Prac- 
tically all  of  these  larger  species  make  nests  or  burrows  of  some  kind, 
these  varying  greatly  in  form  and  depth.  Some  of  the  burrows  are 
deep  and  have  the  openings  surrounded  by  a  rampart  or  turret 
formed  of  .sticks  and  leaves  or  of  bits  of  dirt  cemented  together  with 
silk  {e.g.,  fatifera,  arenicola,  carolinensis) .  Other  species  excavate  only 
shallower  pits  or  nests  beneath  stones  or  logs,  and  surround  these 
excavations  with  a  low  rampart  of  earth  or  sticks,  etc.,  and  which 
they  may  occupy  only  during  the  cocooning  season  (e.g.,  helluo). 

The  genus  Lycosa  as  here  considered  is  divisible  into  a  number  of 
groups ;  but  for  the  most  part  these  are  found  more  or  less  closely  to 
intergrade  when  a  sufficient  number  of  species  are  taken  into  considera- 
tion. The  most  aberrant  and  distinct  of  these  groups,  so  far  as  concerns 
the  American  species,  is  that  containing  many  of  the  forms  referred 
to  Trochosa  C.  K.  {avara  Keys.,  gosiuta  new,  cinerea  Fab.,  ruhicunda 
Keys.,  etc.).  The  material  representing  this  group  that  I  have  been 
able  to  study  (American  forms  only)  has  not  been  sufficiently  extensive 
and  complete  to  enable  me  to  determine  fully  the  characteristics  and 
value  of  the  group,  and  therefore  the  propriety  or  advantageousness 
of  its  separation  generically.  The  forms  studied  differ  from  typical 
Lycosas  among  other  features  in  having  the  epigyna  as  \\\(\q  as  or 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  223 

wider  than  long  with  the  guide  more  or  less  strongly  arched  at  middle, 
and  with  the  lateral  depression,  relativel}^  wide  and  short,  tending  to 
subcircular;  the  lateral  ridges  commonly  low  at  middle  (PI.  XX, 
fig.  2.  avara;  PI.  XX,  fig.  6,  cinerea).  In  the  male  palpal  organ  the 
proximal  limb  of  scopus  is  more  strongl}-  developed,  being  more  or 
less  elongate  and  bent  out  vertically  as  a  conspicuously  salient 
process  (PI.  XX,  fig.  1,  avara).  Some  but  not  all  species  in  the  group 
have  the  stout  spine,  normally  present  alcove  at  proximal  end  of  the 
tibiae  of  the  third  and  fourth  legs  in  Lycosa,  replaced  by  a  very  elon- 
gate, basally  stout  bristle  clearly  stouter  at  base  than  surrounding 
haii"s,  spine-like,  but  distally  gradually  extending  into  a  long  fine  awn. 
Through  some  forms  of  this  group  a  close  approach  is  made  to  Allocosa, 
which  may  ultimately  have  to  be  withdrawn  into  the  present  genus. 

Key  to  Species  of  Lycosa. 

1.  Venter  of  abdomen  black  in  front  of  genital  furrow  and  in  a  spot  at 

base  of  spinnerets,  elsewhere  pale  brown,     .     coloradensis  Bks. 
Not  so,     .     .     .     . 2. 

2.  Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  armed  with  but  two  teeth,  .     3. 
liOwer  margin  of  furrow  armed  with  three  teeth, 4. 

3.  Anterior  lateral  eyes  their  diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus, 

kocJdi  (Keys.). 

Anterior  lateral  eyes  once  and  one-half  their  diameter  from  front 

margin  of  clypeus heanii  Em. 

4.  No  spine  at  all  above  on  tibiae  of  legs  III  and  IV, 5. 

Spine  at  middle  or  both  at  middle  and  at  proximal  end  on  tibiae 

of  legs  III  and  IV, 6. 

5.  Dorsum  of  abdomen  with  a  distinct  median  dark  band  along  its 

entire  length  ;  light  median  band  on  cephalothorax,  arenicola  Sc. 

Dorsum  of   abdomen  without  such  a  dark   band;   cephalothorax 

without  distinct  markings,       fatifera   Htz. 

6.  No  true  stout  spine  at  base  above  on  tibiae  of  legs  III  and  IV, 

replaced   by   a  basally   stout,   apically  slender   and   pointed, 

elongate  bristle, 7. 

A  true  robust  spine  at  base  above  on  tibiae  of  legs  III  and  IV,      10. 

7.  Tibia  -1-  patella  of  legs  I^^  less  than  3  mm.  long,     floridiana  (Bks). 
Tibia  +  patella  of  legs  IV  near  4  mm.  long  or  longer,   ....     9. 

9.  Eyes  upon  a  black  patch ;  legs  not  marked  with  dark  annuli, 

cinerea  Fab. 
Eyes  not  upon  a  black  patch ;  legs  marked  with  dark  annuli, 

rubicunda. 

10.  Cephalothorax  with  a  light  median  longitudinal  stripe  which  is  very 

narrow  or  line-like  anteriorly  and  which  extends  forward  to  or 

between  eyes  of  second  row, 11. 

Cephalothorax   either  without   a  median   band    or  with  a   band 
which  is  as  wide  or  nearly  as  wide  as  the  third  eye  row,    .     ,     18. 


224  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [^laV, 

11.  Legs  strongly  banded  with  black,  or  if,  annulations  are  indistinct, 

legs  entirely  black, _    ...     12. 

Legs  yellow  or  light  brown,  not  at  all  annulate  or  with  a  few  dark 
markings  on  femora, 13. 

12.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  as  wide  as  or  a  little  wider  than  the  second, 

aspersa  H. 
Anterior  row  of  eyes  shorter  than  the  second,      .     .     .     ripariciB.. 

13.  Males, 14. 

Females, 18. 

14.  Cephalothorax  near  10  mm.  in  length  (leg  IV  not  more  than  3.25 

times  as  long  as  cephalothorax),     ....     permunda  Chamb. 

Cephalothorax   under  7.5  mm.   in   length  (leg  IV  3.7  or  more 

times  as  long  as  cephalothorax), 15. 

15.  Tibia  +  patella  I  longer  than  tibia  +  patella  IV,     .     grandis  Bks. 
Tibia  +  patella  I  shorter  than  tibia  +  patella  IV,      .     helluo  W. 

16.  Leg  IV  less  than  three  times  the  length  of  cephalothorax, 

permunda  Chamb. 
Leg  IV  more  than  three  times  the  length  of  cephalothorax, .     .17. 

17.  Abdomen   beneath   and   the   sternum   immaculate   pale  yellow, 

clothed  with  yellow  hair, grandis  Bks. 

Sternum  mostly  Ijlack  or  nearly  so  and  clothed  largely  with  black 
hair;  abdomen  beneath  mostly  with  numerous  dark  dots  and 
sometimes  nearly  black, helluo  W. 

18.  Dorsum  of  abdomen  marked  along  its  entire  length  by  a  distinct 

median  dark  band, 19. 

Abdomen  not  so  marked, 20. 

19.  Sternum  yellow  or  light  brown;  dorsal  dark  band  of  abdomen, 

usually  with  margins  behind  dentate  or  else  enclosing  along  each 
side  a  series  of  small  oblicjue  light  spots,     .     .     .     scuiidata  H. 
Sternum  black;  dorsal  band  of  abdomen  with  margins  always 
straight  and  not  dentate  or  enclosing  light  spots  behind, 

punctulata  H. 

20.  Cephalothorax  entirely  without  light  bands  or  spots  either  at 

middle  or  along  sides, 2L 

Cephalothorax  with  at  least  a  median  lighter  band  or  spot,      .     22. 

21.  Sternum  and  coxae  of  legs  and  usually  entire  venter  of  abdomen 

black ;  both  ends  of  tibiae  of  legs  beneath  black,  .  carolinensis  W. 

Sternum  light  to  reddish  brown,  not  black;  venter  of  abdomen 

not  black  either  in  whole  or  in  part, quinaria. 

22.  Tibiae  of  fourth  legs  black  at  both  ends  beneath,  other  tibiae  and 

legs  elsewhere  luimarked  excepting  faint  browm  cross-bars  on 
femora  (sternum  and  venter  of  abdomen  entirely  black), 

apicata  Bks. 
Not  so, 23. 

23.  Legs  pale  brown  and  entirely  without  darker  markings;  venter 

behind  genital  furrow  black,  rarely  a  pale  central  spot,  lenta  H. 
Legs  similar,  but  patellae  and  often  distal  end  of  tibiae  black 
beneath ;  anterior  femora  above  and  posteriorly  with  fine 
longitudinal  dark  lines,  posterior  femora  with  faint  dark  spots; 
venter  as  for  preceding,   .     .     .      lenta  var.  haltimoriana  (K-)- 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  225 

Not  as  for  lenta  or  its  variety, 24, 

24.  All  tibiee  black  at  both  ends  beneath  and  the-femora  black  beneath 

at  distal  end ;  large,  the  cephalothorax  10  mm.  or  more  in  length, 

carolinensis  W. 
Tibia  and  femora  not  banded  thus  at  ends  only  beneath ;  cephalo- 
thorax less  than  10  mm.  long, 25. 

25.  Females 26. 

Males,         34. 

26.  Lateral  depressed  areas  of  epigynum  wide,  subcircular,  not  elongate 

in  the  usual  way, 27. 

Epigynum  not  so,       28. 

27.  Guide  bearing  a  short  blunt  median  process  posteriorly;  ends  of 

transverse  arms  not  extending  forwards  freely  to  or  beyond 
middle  of  lateral-depression  or  fovea  (PI.  XIX,  fig.  2), 

avara  (Keys.). 
No  such  short  median    process    posteriorly  on  guide;  ends  of 
transverse  arms  of  guide  extending  forward  uncovered  to  beyond 
middle  of  depressed  fovea  (PI.  XIX,  fig.  4), 

avara  xslt.  gosiuta  new. 

28.  Guide   of    epigynum   inversely   T-shaped,    the   transverse   arms 

relatively  slender, 29. 

Guide  enlarged  at  posterior  end,  but  not  inversely  T-shaped  or 
anchor-shaped, 33. 

29.  Septum  of  guide  strongly  widening  from  base  of  transverse  arms 

to  anterior  end,  where  it  extends  entirely  or  nearly  across  the 

median  depression, 30. 

Not  so,        31. 

30.  Confining  walls  of  epigynum  very  wide  anteriorly  (PI.  XXI,  fig.  3), 

pratensis  Em. 
Not  so,  the  epigynum  much  like  that  of  helluo  (PL  XVII,  fig.  1), 

floridana  Bks, 

31.  Transverse  piece  of  guide  extending  entirely  across  or  almost 

entirely  across  epigynum  behind,  some  longer  than  median 
piece,  scarcely  confined  by  side  ridges  at  ends  (PL  XVIII,  fig.  4), 

frond icola  Em. 

Transverse  piece  of  guide  not  so  long,  distinctly  confined  by  ridges 

at  ends, 32. 

32.  Septum  widest  at  its  anterior  end ;  lateral  walls  thick ;  epigynum  as 

a  whole  rather  wider  than  long mod esta  Keys. 

Not  so,  septum  widest  toward  middle  part  of  its  length,  trans- 
verse arms  usually  excavated  at  ends  above;  epigynum  as  a 
whole  roughly  triangular,  being  much  narrowed  anteriorly  (PL 
XVII,  fig.  3)^    . erratica  H. 

33.  Enlarged  end  portion  of  guide  roughly  triangular  in  shape  with  the 

apex  behind  (PL  XIX,  fig.  8) piciilis  Em. 

Expanded  end  of  guide  not  so  shaped,  widest  behind,  where  it  is 
truncate  (PL  XXI,  fig.  7), gidosa  W. 

34.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  shorter  than  the  second 35. 

-      Anterior  row  of  eyes  as  long  as  or  longer  than  the  second,      .     40. 


226  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

35.  Median  pale  band  of  cephalothorax  strongly  widening  anteriorly, 

passing  each  side  of  the  eyes  and  reaching  to  the  clypeus,  the 

full  width  of  which  it  embraces, albohastata  Em, 

Median  pale  band  of  cephalothorax  not  thus  in  front  wider  than 
and  enclosing  eye  area, 36. 

36,  Embolus  curving  out  ventralwards  and  forward,  resting  only  its 

apical  part  obliquely  across  the  auricle  (PI.  XXI,  fig,  4), 

gulosa  W, 
Not  so, .     ,     ,     37. 

37.  Median  pale  stripe  strongly  bulging  between  third  eye  row  and 

anterior  end  of  dorsal  groove,  being  much  wider  than  third  eye 
row;  at  front  of  furrow  abruptly  narrowed  to  the  widtli  of 
third  eye  row,  its  sides  then  subparallel  to  posterior  declivity, 

pictilis  Em. 
Median  pale  band  of  cephalothorax  not  so  formed,      ,     ,     ,     38, 

38,  Dorsum  of  abdomen  with  a  median  light  band  extending  to  spin- 

nerets behind,  where  it  ends  in  a  point,  enclosing  at  base  a  dark 

lanceolate  mark,  or  with  the  latter  sometimes  absent,  crratica  H. 

No  such  distinctly  limited  light  band  on  dorsum  of  abdomen,      39. 

39,  Venter  mostly  black, modesta  (K,). 

Venter  brown  to  yellowish, avara  (K.), 

40.  Venter  with  a  wide  irregularly  edged  black  l^and  extending  from 

epigynum  to  spinnerets  and  sometimes  embracing  entire  width 

of  abdomen, frondicola  Em, 

Venter  with  no  such  broad  black  band,      ,     ,     ,     .  prate^isis  Em. 

Lycosa  helluo  Walckenaer,  1837. 
(Insect,  Apt.,  I,  p.  337.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  deep  brown,  a  narrow  light  colored  median 
pale  stripe  which  anteriorly  becomes  line-like  and  extends  forward 
between  the  eyes,  this  median  stripe  in  life  covered  with  light  brown 
pubescence  which  continues  as  a  median  line  between  the  eyes  and  to 
the  front  margin  of  the  clypeus;  in  most  a  short  curved  light  hne 
behind  each  eye  of  third  row  and  close  to  the  median  line;  a  wider 
similarly  colored  and  clothed  light  supramarginal  stripe  on  each  side, 
this  stripe  usually  not  distinguishable  in  front  of  third  eye  row;  eyes 
enclosed  in  black;  dark  parts  of  cephalothorax  clothed  with  brown  and 
black  hair  intermixed,  the  black  most  abundant  over,  and  giving  its 
deeper  color  to,  the  upper  parts  of  the  sides  along  the  bordere  of  the 
median  pale  stripe  and  the  area  about  the  ej^es.  Chelicerw  black  or 
brownish  black,  the  lateral  condyles  red  at  base  and  black  below; 
clothed  with  a  short  yellowish  pubescence  with  some  longer,  gray- 
black  bristles  intermixed,  the  latter  being  more  numerous  distally  and 
forming  the  dense  fringe  along  the  superior  margin  of  the  furrow. 
Labium  and  endites  black,  brown  at  distal  ends.     Sternum  and  coxce 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  227 

of  legs  beneath  black  or  brownish  black,  subdensely  clot  lied  with 
blackish  hair,  the  longer  ones  of  which  appear  lighter  distally.  Legs 
yellow  or  light  brown,  of  usually  a  distinctly  greenish  tinge,  becoming 
darker  with  age;  femora  paler  beneath;  in  adults  in  most  cases  entirely 
without  any  dark  annuli  or  other  markings  or  with  some  narrow, 
mostly  faint  darker-cross  marks  on  the  femora  above  (for  young  speci- 
mens vid.  note  infra.) ;  clothed  wdth  short  appressed  fine  hairs  of  yellow, 
and  longer  black  hairs;  scopula3  black.  Abdomen  dark  brown;  above 
with  a  black  median  basal  mark  which  widens  from  its  base  to  its  middle, 
where  it  projects  on  each  side  in  a  pointed  angle  or  line,  and  then 
narrow^s  to  its  apex  which  bifurcates,  sending  a  narrow  pointed  line 
caudo-laterally  on  each  side,  the  margins  of  the  stripe  deeper  colored 
than  central  portion;  a  short  distance  back  of  the  apex  of  the  l^asal 
mark  is  a  black  angular  or  chevron-shaped  transverse  mark ;  and  following 
this  behind  over  the  posterior  part  of  dorsum  is  a  series  of  light  brown 
or  yellow  chevron-lines,  each  of  which  terminates  at  each  of  its  ends  in 
a  circular  spot  of  the  same  color;  each  light  chevron-line  bordered  in 
front  by  a  black  line  of  similar  form;  lateral  part  of  dorsum  mixed 
black  and  brown,  a  large  black  spot  over  each  antero-lateral  angle* 
sides  mostly  dark  brown  with  many  small  spots  of  yellow  and  of  black; 
lower  parts  of  sides  and  the  venter  brown  to  yelloAv  with  numerous 
small  dots  of  black,  less  commonly  immaculate,  and  at  other  times 
almost  entirely  black;  abdomen  densely  clothed  with  black  and  yellow 
hair  intermixed,  the  one  predominating  on  the  dark  markings,  the  other 
on  the  light.     Spinnerets  bro^vn.     Epigynum  dark  reddish  brown. 

Face  rather  low,  its  sides  convex  and  strongly  oblique;  pare  cephalica 
not  elevated  above  pars  thoracica,  the  dorsal  line  but  little  sloping 
from  the  third  eye  row  to  the  posterior  declivity,  not  depressed  at 
middle. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  nearly  as  long  as  the  second,  a  little  procurved  ; 
anterior  median  eyes  distinctly  larger  than  the  lateral,  less  than  their 
radius  apart,  about  an  equal  distance  from  the  lateral  eyes;  anterior 
lateral  eyes  separated  from  the  front  margin  of  the  clypeus  by  once  and 
a  third  their  diameter,  or  little  more,  the  same  distance  from  eyes  of 
second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  three-fourths  their  diameter  apart; 
cephalothorax  5.5  to  6  times  as  long  as  the  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes. 
Chelicerce  with  margins  of  fiu'row  armed  as  usual,  the  first  tooth  of  the 
inferior  margin  often  with  its  lower  part  concealed  by  a  marginal  keel 
extending  from  base  of  claw.  Labium  longer  than  wide  (9.5  :S.75); 
basal  excavations  one-third  the  total  length;  sides  rounded  below, 
above  nearly  straight,  converging  to  the  front  margin  which  is  widely 


228  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF      . J^    [May, 

truncate  or  slightly  incurved  mesally.  Legs  long  and  stout,  tibia  + 
patella  of  fourth  legs  distinctly  longer  than  the  cephalothorax,  the 
latter  being  a  little  longer  than  tibia  +  patella  of  first  legs ;  tarsi  of  first 
legs  a  little  curved,  those  of  second  legs  more  slightly  so;  patella  of 
fii-st  legs  unarmed ;  patella  of  second  legs  with  a  single  spine  on  anterior 
side;  spines  of  anterior  tibi£e  as  usual;  both  tarsi  and  metatarsi  of  three 
anterior  pairs  of  legs  scopulate;  scopulfe  of  third  and  fourth  pairs 
divided. 

Epigynum  somewhat  oval  in  outline,  with  posterior  end  truncate; 
guide  inversely  T-shaped,  the  septal  part  enlarging  at  or  above  its 
middle;  guide  plates  widest  on  transverse  arms,  narrowing  and  fading 
out  at  middle  of  septum ;  furrows  broad  anteriorly,  narrowed  strongly 
behind  by  the  abrupt  bulging  in  of  the  lateral  tubercles.  (PI.  X\'II, 

fig.  1.) 

Total  length,  19.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  8.2  mm.;  width, 
6.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  22.8  mm. ;  tib.  4-  pat.,  8  mm. ;  met.,  4.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  20.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  19.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  27.8  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  9  mm. ;  met.,  7.8  mm. 

Male. — Much  smaller  than  the  female  with  relatively  longer  legs. 
Cephalothorax  above  and  legs  nearly  as  in  the  female  or  lighter.  Ster- 
num usually  more  brownish,  often  divided  by  a  median  light  line; 
clothed  with  long  light  gray  hair.  Coxce  of  legs  beneath  light  brown 
like  the  other  joints  of  legs.  Abdomen  colored  above  as  in  the  female; 
lower  portion  of  sides  and  the  venter  lighter  yellow  or  grayish  bro^^-n, 
immaculate  or  nearly  so.     Palpi  yellowish  brown,  the  tarsus  darker. 

^■'iewed  from  above,  the  tibia  is  scarcely  longer  than  the  patella  and 
is  of  the  same  thickness ;  the  tarsus  equalling  the  length  of  the  two  pre- 
ceding joints  together;  apical  portion  of  tarsus  long,  seen  from  below 
very  gradually  attenuated,  not  acute  apically.  Tenaculum  long  and 
slender,  projecting  ecto-distally,  a  smaller  but  similar  secondary  tenacu- 
lum mesalh'  from  this  and  commonly  in  part  or  whole  concealed.  For 
further  structure  of  bulb  see  PI.  XVII,  fig.  2. 

Total  length,  11.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  5.7  mm.;  width, 
4.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  17.8  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  6.1  mm. ;  met.,  4.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  15.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  13.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  21.2  mm. ;  tib,  +  pat.,  6.6  mm. ;  met.,  6.1  mm. 

Syn. — 1837.     ILycosa  sayi  Walckenaer,  Insect.  Apt.,  1,  p.  337. 
1846.     Lycosa  babingtoni  Blackwall,  Ann.  and  Mag.  N.  H.,  17,  p.  30. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  229 

1S4S.     iLjicosa  vajra  (C.  Koch),  Die  Arachn.,  14,  p.  135,  PI.  490,  fig.  1365. 
1876.     Trochosa  helvipes  Keyserling,  Yerh.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  26,  PI.  7,  figs. 

35,  36,  and  PI.  8,  fig.  37. 
18S5.     Lycosa  nidicola  Emerton,  Tr.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  482,  PI.  46, 

figs.  1  to  Id. 

1890.  Lijcosa  bahingtoni,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  561. 
Lycosa  hellvo,  Marx,  ibid.,  p.  562. 
Lycosa  nidicola,  Marx,  ibid.,  p.  562. 
Lycosa  nidicola,  Stone,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  42,  p.  424. 

1891.  Lycosa  babingtoni,  Banks,  Ent.  News,  2,  p.  193. 

1892.  Lycosa  nidicola.  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  44,  p.  64. 
.     Lycosa  similis  Banks,  ibid.,  p.  64,  PI.  II,  fig.  30. 

.  Lycosa  crudelis  Banks,  ibid.,  p.  66,  PI.  3,  fig.  37. 

.  Lycosa  nidicola,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  2,  p.  160. 

.  Lycosa  nidicola,  Fox,  ibid.,  p.  269. 

1895.  Lycosa  babingtoni.  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  3,  p.  91. 

.  Lycosa  babingtoni,  Banks,  Ent.  News,  6,  p.  205. 

1898.  Lycosa  babingtoni,  Banks,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  p.  268. 

1900.  Lycosa  babingtoni.  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  538. 

1902.  Lycosa  hellno,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  586. 

.  Lycosa  nidicola  Emerton,  Common  Sp.  U.  S.,  p.  69,  figs.  166,  167. 

.  Lycosa  nidicola,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  559, 

PI.  29,  figs.  23,  24. 

Type  locality. — New  York. 

Known  localities. — Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  Rhode  Island!,  New 
Hampshire!,  New  York!,  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  Maryland,  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia!,  Alabama,  North  Carolina,  Georgia,  Louisiana, 
Texas!,  Mississippi,  Ohio,  Indiana!,  Illinois!,  Iowa!,  Kansas!,  Colorado, 
Utah!. 

One  of  the  commonest  and  most  widely  distributed  species,  which  is 
subject  to  much  variation  in  size  and  in  depth  of  coloration.  Because 
of  the  abundance  of  this  species  it  will  be  well  to  indicate  the  color 
differences  presented  by  partly  grown  individuals.  These  have  the 
sternum  yellow  with  a  narrow  black  stripe  each  side  of  middle  line, 
the  two  converging  and  uniting  in  front  of  posterior  margin,  and  also 
a  row  of  small  black  dots  along  each  lateral  margin;  the  legs  with 
numerous  annulations  which  are  present  on  all  joints  except  tarsi,  with 
sometimes  indications  of  a  median  one  on  these;  cephalothorax  and 
abdomen  above  nearly  as  in  adults;  venter  yellow  with  black  dots 
minute. 

The  female  L.  nidicola  builds  a  shallow  excavation  or  nest  under  logs 
and  stones  along  roadsides  and  in  the  woods.  She  hues  the  nest 
with  silk  and  often  surrounds  it  with  a  low  rampart  of  earth  or  of  sticks 
and  leaves.  They  are  frequently  met  with  in  these  nests  with  their 
cocoons  in  early  summer. 

Lycosa  grandia  Banks,  1894. 

(J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  p.  49.) 
Female. — Coloration  and  pattern  of  markings  as  in  helluo,  but  lighter 


230  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEIMY   OF  [May, 

throughout.  Median  pale  stripe  of  cephalothorax  clothed  with  golden 
brown  pubescence  with  some  gray  behind  and  brown  at  middle  part 
intermixed;  sides  clothed  with  brown  and  golden  brown  pubescence 
intermixed;  lateral  pale  stripes  with  mostly  light  gray  pubescence, 
less  of  brown.  Legs  clear  yellowish,  the  two  first  pairs  of  legs  darker, 
more  reddish  brown  distally.  Sternum  and  coxae  of  legs  beneath 
j^ellowish  brown,  like  legs,  clothed,  like  the  legs  also,  with  grayish 
yellow  intermixed  with  longer  black  hairs.  Abdomen  much  lighter 
than  in  typical  Eastern  form  of  helluo;  dorsum  with  the  typical  mark- 
ings, but  these  paler  and  less  distinct;  the  venter  pale  yellow  without 
markings  of  any  kind,  clothed  with  yellow  pubescence.  Epigyniim 
reddish  black.     Spinnerets  pale  brown. 

Structure  and  proportions  and  the  relations  of  the  eyes  as  in  helluo. 
Epigynum  agreeing  in  detail  with  that  of  helluo  (PI.  XYII,  fig.  1).  A 
specimen  from  Baj a  California  gave  the  following  measurements: 

Total  length,  24  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  10.2  mm. ;  width, 
8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  25.9  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  9.8  mm. ;  met.,  5  mm. 

Ijength  of  leg  II,  24  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  23.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  33.8  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  11  mm. ;  met.,  9.6  mm. 

Male. — lighter  than  the  female.  Cheliccra  pale  yellow  with  light 
gray  or  whitish  pubescence  which  is  moderately  long.  Palpi  pale 
yellow,  the  tarsus  not  darker;  tarsus  clothed  with  dense  Avhite  hair, 
which  occurs  also  less  densely  upon  the  tibia;  the  patella  and  femur 
clothed  with  yellow  hair  with  some  white  more  sparsely  intermixed. 
Sternum  and  coxce  of  legs  pale  yellow,  these  and  the  legs  clothed  with 
light  yellow  gray  pubescence  with  some  black  hairs  intermixed.  Abdo- 
men with  basal  dark  mark  as  usual ;  middle  region  of  dorsum  yellowish, 
clothed  with  gray-yellow  and  brown  pubescence  intermixed,  with  on 
each  side  behind  a  row  of  about  six  spots  of  white  hair;  venter  yellow 
with  hght  gray  pubescence. 

Tibia  +  patella  of  first  legs  longer  than  tibia  +  patella  of  fourth 
ones.  Tarsus  of  palpus  shorter  than  the  two  preceding  joints  together. 
Structure  of  palpal  organ  agreeing  in  detail  with  that  of  helluo  (PL 
XVII,  fig.  2). 

A  male  from  Lower  California  gave  the  following  measurements : 

Total  length,  14.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  7.6  mm. ;  width, 
6.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  27.2  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  9.8!  mm. ;  met.,  6.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  22.9  mm. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  231 

Length  of  leg  III,  22.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  30.3  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  9.2 !  mm. ;  met.,  8.8  nmi. 

S\ni. — 1895.     Lycosa  grandis  Banks,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  8. 
1898.     Lycosa  grandis  Banks,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci. 

Type  locality. — Colorado. 

Known  localities. — Colorado;  Baja  California!. 

So  far  as  I  have  determined,  tibia  +  patella  of  fourth  legs  of  the  male 
in  Eastern  specimens  of  helluo  is  longer  than  tibia  +  patella  of  first  pair 
or  sometimes,  iii  large  specimens,  of  the  same  length,  whereas  the 
reverse  is  seen  to  be  true  in  grandis.  But  as  the  relative  lengths  of 
these  two  pairs  of  joints  varies  in  helluo  and  apparently  with  the  size 
of  the  individual,  the  increased  relative  length  of  tibia  +  patella  of  the 
first  pair,  and  in  fact  of  the  entire  first  leg,  may  not  be  of  much  signifi- 
cance. The  agreement  between  helluo  and  grandis  is  thus  close  excepting 
in  color  and  size,  and  it  might  therefore  be  more  proper  to  place  the 
latter  as  a  variety  under  the  former. 

Lycosa  floridana  Banks. 

(Trans.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  XXIII,  p.  72.) 

Female.— Cephalothorax  with  a  median  light  colored  longitudinal 
band  which  anteriorly  is  geminated  and  is  nearly  as  wide  as  the  eye 
area,  with  on  each  side  a  narrow  supramarginal  light  brown  stripe 
which  is  discontinuous,  being  broken  into  four  or  more  parts.  Cheli- 
cerw  dark  reddish  brown.  Sternum  brown,  with  a  black  mark  along 
middle.  Legs  brown,  with  the  distal  joints  darker,  blackish  brown; 
femora  above  with  some  rather  obscure  black  marks.  Cox(e  brown,  all 
with  a  black,  very  distinct  line  along  front  face.  Abdomen  above 
black;  sides  and  lateral  part  of  venter  blackish  over  a  yellow  ground, 
mixed  yellow  and  black;  venter  yellow. 

Cephalothorax  low,  its  dorsal  line  straight  and  but  slightly  slanting 
from  the  third  eye  row  to  the  posterior  dechvity,  which  is  short  and 
steep.  Face  in  height  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  chelicerae, 
sides  slanting  moderately  outward  from  above  downward. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  shorter  than  the  second,  rather  strongly  pro- 
curved. 

Chelicerce  armed  as  usual. 

Epigynum  relatively  small,  .8  or  .9  mm.  long;  in  form  and  structure 
very  similar  to  that  of  helluo,  but  the  septum  of  guide  broader  and 
more  strongly  expanded  anteriorly,  where  it  almost  extends  across  the 
entire  depressed  area. 


232  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [^lay, 

Length,  14.2  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  6  mm. ;  width,  4.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  13  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  6  mm. ;  tarsus,  2.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  11.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  11  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  15.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  7  mm. ;  tarsus,  3  mm. 

Locality. — Florida !. 

Lycosa  apicata  Banks,  1904. 

(Journ.  X.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  p.  114,  PI.  V,  fig.  13.) 

Female. — Cephalothorax  brown,  marked  with  a  median  paler  band  as 
wide  anteriorly  as  the  third  eye  row,  between  the  eyes  of  which  it 
extends  in  a  tongue-like  process  forward,  this  narrower  process  in 
life  clothed  with  white  hair;  the  median  band  constricted  at  the  dorsal 
groove  and  extending  from  there  down  the  posterior  declivity  as 
narrower  stripe;  on  each  side  beginning  mesally  from  the  eye  of  the 
third  row  a  dark  line  extends  posteriorly  through  the  median  pale 
band  to  the  point  of  its  constriction  where  it  unites  with  the  dark 
of  the  sides;  a  narrow,  anteriorly  interrupted,  supramarginal  pale 
stripe  with  dentate  margin.  Chelicene  deep  chestnut  or  reddish  black. 
Labiimi  and  endites  reddish  black,  the  former  a  little  paler  apically. 
Sternum  and  coxce  of  legs  beneath  black.  Legs  light  brown;  the 
femora  with  darker  markings  which  are  more  distinct  on  the  posterior 
paire;  tibise  of  fourth  legs  black  at  each  end  beneath,  the  metatarsi 
sometimes  also  darkened  distally;  legs  elsewhere  without  evident 
markings.  Abdomen  above  light  brown  or  yellowish;  a  dark,  black- 
edged,  spear-shaped  mark  which  is  laterally  dentate  and  blunt  or 
forked  at  its  posterior  end;  the  spear-mark  followed  posteriorly  with 
a  series  of  dark  chevron-shaped  transverse  marks,  which  may  be 
separated  by  corresponding  transverse  marks  of  white  hair,  the 
chevrons  commonly  confluent  laterally  with  dark  mottlings  at  the 
sides  and  thereby  with  each  other,  in  other  cases  confluent  mesally 
with  each  other  and  with  the  basal  mark;  sides  of  abdomen  above 
with  spots  and  streaks  of  brown,  pale  below;  venter  entirely  black. 

Cephalothorax  highest  at  the  third  eye  row,  the  dorsal  line  as  seen 
in  profile  from  there  a  little  sloping  and  nearly  straight  to  the  posterior 
declivity.  Face  relatively  low,  its  sides  moderately  slanting  outward 
from  above  below. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  clearly  shorter  than  the  second,  a  little  pro- 
curved;  anterior  median  eyes  less  than  their  radius  apart,  about  the 
same  distance  from  the  lateral  eyes,  which  are  smaller  than  the  median. 
Eyes  of  the  second  row  less  than  their  diameter  apart. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  233 

Patellae  of  first  and  second  pairs  of  legs  armed  in  front  with  a  short 
spine.  Tibia  +  patella  of  first  legs  about  equalling  the  cephalothorax 
in  length;  tibia  +  patella  of  fourth  legs  clearly  longer  than  the  cephalo- 
thorax and  also  longer  than  the  metatarsus  of  same  legs. 

Chelicene  armed  as  usual,  the  three  teeth  of  lower  margin  stout. 

The  cpigynum  having  the  general  form  and  structure  of  that  of  L. 
helluo  (PI.  XVII,  fig.  1);  septum  widest  anteriorly,  its  sides  nearly 
straight ;  transverse  arms  rather  thick. 

Total  length,  13.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  6.3  mm.;  width, 
4.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  19.3  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  6.2  mm. ;  met.,  3.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  16.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  16.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  23.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  7  mm. ;  met.,  6.7  mm. 

Male. — Coloration  as  for  the  female;  but  the  markings  more  distinct. 

Palpal  organ  of  the  general  type  of  that  of  L.  helluo  (PI.  XVII, 
fig.  2).  The  auricula  conspicuous,  more  strongly  chitinized  than 
usual,  dark  in  color,  turned  outward  apically.  Principal  tenaculum 
relatively  shorter,  and  more  outwardly  directed  than  in  helluo. 

Total  length,  13  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  6.8  mm.;  width, 
5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  20.7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  7  mm. ;  met.,  4.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  19.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  19.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  25.4  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  7.8  mm. ;  met.,  7.6  mm. 

S3T1. — 1904.     Lycosa  antelucana  Montgomerj',  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila. 
p.  282,  PI.  XVIII,  figs.  5  and  6. 

Type  localities. — Arizona  and  Texas. 

Known  localities. — Arizona!,  Texas!,  New  Mexico. 

The  descriptions  above  are  from  type  specimens. 

Lyoosa  permtinda  Chamberlin,  1904. 
(Can.  Entomologist,  p.  286.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  dark  brown;  a  pale  narrow  median  line 
extending  backward  from  first  eye  row,  widening  abruptly  in  front  of 
dorsal  groove,  and  then  gradually  narrowing  to  a  point  at  posterior 
margin;  a  broad  light-colored  marginal  stripe  on  each  side  not  extending 
forward  farther  than  the  third  eye  row,  its  upper  margin  coarsely 
dentate,  the  lower  border  broken  by  a  few  dark  dots,  but  not  limited 
below  by  a  continuous  dark  line  or  stripe  at  margin.  Chelicerce  black. 
Labium  and  endites  dark  brown.     Sternum  dark  brown,  with  a  yellow 


234  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

median  line.  Legs  brown,  darker  distally;  beneath  unmarked,  but 
having  a  number  of  dark  cross-bars  above  on  femora  and  posterior  tibise. 
Abdomen  alcove  dark,  having  the  usual  lanceolate  mark  at  base, followed 
by  a  series  of  light  colored,  chevron-formed  transverse  lines,  each  ending 
on  each  side  in  a  light  dot;  sides  yellowish  brown,  densely  spotted  with 
black;  venter  also  yellowish  brown,  more  sparse^  covered  with  smaller 
black  dots,  much  as  in  helluo. 

Length,  22  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  10.7  mm. ;  width,  8  mm. 
Length  of  leg  I^',  30.3  mm. 

Male. — Colored  nearly  like  the  female,  but  paler  throughout.  Mar- 
ginal stripes  of  cephalothorax  not  interrupted  below  by  dark  spots. 
Legs  clear  brown,  without  any  cross-marking  on  any  joints.  Palpi 
yellowish  brown  excepting  tarsus,  which  is  black. 

Length,  20  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  10  mm.;  width,  7.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  32.4  mm. 

Locality. — Kansas !. 

In  general  appearance  the  female  resembles  helluo,  but  is  easily 
separated  by  structure  of  epigynum  and  by  various  other  characters. 
The  male  is  conspicuously  different  in  its  palpal  organ  and  in  size, 
proportion  and  structure  from  those  of  related  species. 

Lycosa  riparia  Hentz,  1844. 

(.J.  Bost.  Soc.  N.  H.,  IV,  p.  289.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  with  a  narrow  median  light  band,  widest  at 
dorsal  groove,  narrowing  anteriorly  and  continuing  as  a  distinct  line 
between  eyes  to  the  clypeus;  median  band  formed  of  grayish-yellow 
pubescence;  tegument  of  cephalothorax  elsewhere  deep  brown  or 
reddish  brown,  black  over  eye  area,  clothed  with  black  pubescence, 
intermixed  with  fewer  yellowish  or  l^rownish-gray  hairs  which  are  more 
abundant  below  but  form  no  distinct  band;  rufous  hairs  about  the 
eyes  and  on  the  face.  Chelicerce  black  with  rufous  pubescence  over 
upper  half  and  black  pubescence  below.  Labium  and  endites  black, 
brown  at  tips.  Sternum  and  coxcb  of  legs  beneath  black  with  longer 
and  stiff  black  hairs  and  some  short  gray  pubescence.  Ground  color 
of  tegument  of  legs  dark  reddish  brown;  the  tarsi  and  metatarsi  darker, 
all  joints  except  these  two  with  distinct  light  and  dark  rings,  the 
latter  being  broader,  clothed  respectively  with  grayish-brown  and 
black  pubescence,  tarsi  and  metatai-si  appearing  entirely  black  because 
of  black  scopulae  and  black  pubescence,  the  shorter  brown  hairs  being 
few.  Abdomen  above  grayish  brown,  with  scattered  minute  spots  of 
black  pubescence;  a  number  of  black  chevron-marks  behind  and  in 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  235 

front  an  indistinct  outline  of  a  lanceolate  mark  behind  a  chevron  which 
is  commonly  divided  mesally  into  two  triangular  marks;  near  the  middle 
of  lanceolate  outline  on  each  side,  the  dark  line  more  strongly  im- 
pressed as  a  black  triangular  mark  \\  ith  apex  forward ;  a  light  spot 
laterally  from  upper  part  of  basal  mark;  behind  on  each  side  a  series  of 
light  spots  which  may  be  indistinct;  front  face  of  abdomen  and  antero- 
lateral angles  black;  sides  dark  above,  having  black  pubescence 
intermixed  with  brown  in  fine  spots  and  streaks;  in  middle  the 
sides  are  lighter,  the  brown  pubescence  being  in  larger  spots.  The 
venter  and  commonly  the  lower  part  of  sides  black,  but,  especially  at 
sides,  with  spots  of  brown;  often  brown  pubescence  in  four  narrow  lines 
on  venter,  converging  from  lung  slits  to  spinnerets,  divide  the  black 
of  venter  into  three  contiguous  bands,  much  as  in  aspersa.  Spin- 
7ierets  brown,     Epigynum  black  or  reddish  black. 

Face  moderate  in  height,  hardly  one-half  the  length  of  the  massive 
chelicerae.  Cephalothorax  above  nearly  straight  and  horizontal  or  but 
little  convex  between  third  row  of  eyes  and  posterior  declivity;  the 
posterior  declivity  short,  only  posterior  end  of  dorsal  groove  being 
upon  it;  sides  rather  strongly  bulging  behind;  sides  of  face  convex  and 
strongly  slanting. 

First  row  of  eyes  straight  or  very  nearly  so,  shorter  than  second  row; 
anterior  median  eyes  distinctly  larger  than  the  lateral,  less  than  their 
radius  apart,  closer  to  the  lateral  eyes;  anterior  lateral  eyes  removed 
from  front  margin  of  clypeus  and  from  eyes  of  second  row  by  about 
once  and  a  half  their  diameter;  anterior  median  eyes  less  than  their 
diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row ;  eyes  of  second  row  less  than  their 
diameter  apart  (about  three-fourths);  quadrangle  of  posterior  ej'es 
about  one-fifth  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax. 

Legs  long ;  tibia  +  patella  of  fourth  legs  a  little  longer  than  cephalo- 
thorax and  also  longer  than  metatareus  of  same  legs ;  tibia  +  patella  of 
first  pair  of  same  length  as  cephalothorax ;  patella  of  first  legs  imarmod, 
patella  of  second  armed  anteriorly  with  a  single  spine;  tibia  and  meta- 
tarsus armed  as  usual;  scopulse  on  anterior  tai-si  and  metatarsi  as  usual; 
scopulse  of  posterior  tarsi  divided  by  setose  bands  as  usual. 

For  form  epigynum  see  PI.  XVII,  fig.  5. 

Total  length,  18.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  9  mm.;  width, 
6.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  24.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  9  mm. ;  met.,  8.5  nun. 

Length  of  leg  II,  22.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  21.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  29.6  mm. ;  tib.  -|-  pat.,  9.3  mm. ;  met.,  8.5  mm. 

Male. — For  structure  of  palpal  organ  see  PL  XVII,  fig.  6. 


236  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [^laj, 

Syn.— 1875.     Lycosa  ripnria  Hentz,  Sp.  U.  S.,  p.  31,  PI.  3,  figs.  13,  15. 

.     Lycosa  riparia,  Cragin,  Contrib.  to   Ivnowl.   Araclin.,  Kansa.s  Bull., 

Washburn,  Coll.  1,  No.  4,  p.  146. 
1890.     Lxjcosa  riparia,  Marx.  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  563. 
1900.     Lycosa  Hparia,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  539. 

Type  localities. — North  Carolina,  Alabama. 

Habitat. — North  Carolina!,  South  Carolina,  Alabama!,  Georgia!, 
Louisiana!,  Mississippi,  Virginia,  West  Virginia,  District  of  Columbia!, 
Kansas,  Texas. 

"This  common  spider  is  aquatic  in  its  habits,  ahvays  found  near  or 
on  water,  and  diving  with  ease  under  the  surface  when  threatened  or 
pursued"  (Hentz), 

Lycosa  aspersa  Hentz,  1844. 

(Bost.  Journ.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  p.  389,  PI.  XVII,  figs.  11,  12.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  dark  reddish  brown,  blackish  about  the 
eyes;  a  lighter  uneven-edged  marginal  band  on  each  side,  and  a  similarly 
colored  narrow  median  stripe  more  or  less  distinct;  sides  of  cephalo- 
thorax densely  clothed  with  black  pubescence  with  more  scattered 
hairs  of  yellowish  intermixed ;  the  narrow  median  stripe  clothed  with 
yellowish  or  golden-brown  hair,  which  forms  a  bright  stripe  which 
continues  forward  as  a  line  between  the  eyes  and  reaches  the  anterior 
row,  the  stripe  expanding  posteriorly  about  the  dorsal  groove  and  then 
again  narrowing  down  the  posterior  declivity  to  the  posterior  margin ; 
the  middle  stripe  of  pubescence  sometimes  obscure  in  middle  region,  but 
always  bright  at  anterior  and  posterior  portions;  along  each  side  similar 
yellowish  hair  forms  a  narrow  marginal  stripe  which  is  narrower  than 
the  broader  supramarginal  stripe  of  tegument ;  front  margin  of  clypeus 
at  middle  with  a  fringe  of  yellowish  hair.  Chelicene,  including  claws, 
black,  clothed  with  moderately  long  black  pubescence  without  any 
short  paler  hairs.  Endites  and  labium  brown-black,  lighter  at  tips. 
Sternum  black,  a  narrow  light  colored  median  line  anteriorly;  clothed 
with  black  hair.  Coxm  of  legs  beneath  black,  lighter,  yellowish  brown, 
laterally,  at  base  beneath  a  similarly  colored  light  spot  which  is  mostly 
acutely  pointed  distally.  Legs  brown,  of  light  shade  in  young  specimens, 
becoming  dark  reddish  brown  with  age,  deeper  colored  distally;  all  joints 
excepting  the  tarsi  and  the  metatarsi  with  light  cross-bands  which  are 
distinct  above,  especially  on  femora,  but  which  may  be  obscure  beneath ; 
light  rings  much  more  distinct  in  young  specimens  than  in  old,  and  in 
the  latter  on  the  posterior  pairs  of  legs  than  on  the  anterior;  legs 
densely  clothed  with  long  black  hairs  intermixed  with  shorter  yellowish 
pubescence,  the  latter  mostly  confined  to  the  lighter  bands  in  tegument. 


1908.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


23/ 


Abdomen  alcove  very  dark ;  a  basal  black  mark  with  end  behind  forked 
and  followed  by  a  series  of  chevron-marks,  all  the  marks  usually 
indistinct  in  older  specimens,  in  which  the  entire  dorsum  is  black  or 
nearly  so ;  dorsum  clothed  in  life  with  black  and  grayish-brown  pubes- 
cence, the  lighter  pubescence  more  concentrated  anteriorly  and  antero- 
laterally,  and  also  forming  some  mostly  obscure  transverse  chevron- 
piarks  behind;  in  dark  specimens  the  sides  are  dark  or  black-streaked 
and  spotted  below  with  yellow  pubescence,  with  the  yellow  sometimes 
predominating  over  the  black ;  venter  with  numerous  spots  and  streaks 
of  yellow  pubescence  usually  arranged  mostly  in  four  lines  or  stripes 
converging  to  the  spinnerets,  and  thus  dividing  the  dark  into  three 
bands  similarly  converging  caudally.  Spinnerets  brown.  Epigynum 
reddish  brown. 

Face  rather  low,  not  fully  half  as  high  as  the  chelicene  are  long,  the 
latter  long  and  massive,  considerably  longer  than  the  face  is  wide  in 
front.  Cephalothorax  not  high,  dorsal  line  highest  at  third  eye  row. 
from  there  being  nearly  straight  to  the  posterior  declivity. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  as  wide  as  or  slightly  wider  than  the  second, 
nearly  straight;  anterior  median  eyes  less  than  their  radius  apart, 
about  as  far  from  lateral  eyes ;  anterior  lateral  eyes  a  little  more  than 
two-thirds  as  large  in  diameter  as  the  median,  once  and  one-half  their 
diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  closer  to  eyes  of  second  row ; 
eyes  of  second  row  a  little  less  than  their  diameter  apart;  eyes  of  third 
row  three-fourths  as  large  as  the  second,  twice  as  far  from  each  other 
as  from  the  second ;  cephalothorax  6.5  times  the  length  of  the  quad- 
rangle of  posterior  eyes. 

ChelicerfE  armed  as  usual.  Labium  longer  than  wide  (8.5  :  8);  basal 
excavation  as  usual ;  sides  strongly  convexly  bulging,  the  curvature 
less  above  than  below;  front  margin  wide,  concave  for  nearly  entire 
width  (PI.  IX,  fig.  9).  Legs  stout;  tibia  +  patella  IV  shorter  than  the 
cephalothorax ;  metatai*sus  IV  of  nearly  same  length  as  the  width  of  the 
cephalothorax;  tarsi  I  and  II  slightly  curved.  III  and  IV  straight; 
tarsi  scopulate  as  usual,  the  scopula?  on  legs  I  and  II  extending  also 
over  metatarsi  and  over  all  but  basal  portion  of  tibise ;  spines  of  tibise 
as  usual. 

For  structure  of  epigynum  see  PI.  XVII,  fig.  7. 

Total  length,  23  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  10.6  mm.;  width. 
8.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  25.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  9.3  mm. ;  met.,  5.1  mm. 
Length  of  leg  II,  23.2  mm. 
Length  of  leg  III,  21.5  mm. 
16 


238  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

Length  of  leg  IV,  30.1  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  9.8  mm. ;  met.,  8.3  mm. 

Male. — Much  hghter  in  color  than  the  female,  but  the  color  patterns 
are  nearly  the  same.  The  lighter  pubescence  is  much  more  abundant 
on  cephalothorax  than  in  the  female,  much  predominating  over  that  of 
blackish  color.  Legs  much  lighter  with  the  yellow  pubescence  dense, 
while  the  longer  black  hairs  are  comparatively  sparse;  femora  with 
traas verse  dark  bands  above,  but  these  indistinct  or  absent  at  sides 
and  ventrally ;  distinct  dark  rings  on  tibiae.  Labium  and  endites  some- 
times colored  as  in  female  but  often  much  lighter,  almost  yellow. 
Coxce  of  legs  beneath  with  black  on  ventral  surface,  often  reduced  to  a 
few  spots  at  distal  end,  the  coxae  being  elsewhere  yellow.  On  the 
abdomen  also  the  yellow  and  brown  pubescence  predominates  over  the 
black,  the  latter  appearing  over  the  black  basal  band  (which  is  distinct, 
widest  toward  posterior  end  and  pointed  anteriorly),  over  the  antero- 
lateral angles  and  in  variously  formed  spots  and  streaks  laterally, 
most  of  the  dorsum  being  thus  in  life  of  a  golden  brown  color;  venter 
usually  yellow  with  some  spots  of  black,  less  often  as  in  the  female. 

The  chelicerce  clothed  on  basal  half  with  long  golden  yellow  hairs, 
distally  with  black  hairs. 

Tibia  +  patella  IV  longer  than  the  cephalothorax,  of  same  length 
as  the  metatarsus;  patellae  I  and  II  armed  in  front  and  behind. 

For  structure  of  palpal  organ  see  PI.  XVII,  fig.  8. 

Total  length,  18  mm.  I^ength  of  cephalothorax,  9.1  mm.;  greatest 
width,  7.2  mm, 

Length  of  leg  I,  30.1  imii. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  10  mm. ;  met.,  7.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  27.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  26.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  35  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  10.5  mm. ;  met.,  10.5  mm. 

Syn. — 1876.     Tarentula  inhonesta  Keyserling,  Verh.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  26,  p. 

'634,  PI.  7,  fig.  17. 
1878.     Tarentula  tigrina  McCook. 

1885.     Lycosa  vulpina  Emerton,  Tr.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  487,  PI.  47,  fig.  2. 
1890.     Tarentula  inhonesta,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12. 

.     Lycosa  vulpina,  Marx,  ibid. 

1890.     Lycosa  tigrina,  Stone,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  42,  p.  423. 
1892.     Lycosa  vulpina,  Banks,  op.  cit.,  44,  p.  67,  PI.  I,  fig.  39. 

.     Lycosa  tigrina,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  2,  p.  160. 

.     Lycosa  tigrina,  Fox,  ibid.,  p.  538. 

1898.     Lycosa  tigrina,  Simon,  Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  2. 
1900.     Lycosa  fatifera.  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Pliila.,  p.  538. 
1902.     Lycosa  inhonesta,  Montgomery,  op.  cit.,  p.  557,  PI.  29,  figs.  21,  22. 
1904.     Lycosa  inhonesta,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  290, 
PL  XX,  figs.  38,  39. 

Type  locality. — "North  America." 

Known  localities. — Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  New  York!,  New 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA,  239 

Jersey,    Pennsylvania,    District    of    Columbia,    Alabama,    Georgia!, 
Indiana,  Kansas!. 
A  well-known  species  of  burrowing  habits. 

Lycosa  arenioola  Scudder,  1877. 
(Psyche,  2,  p.  2.) 

Female. — Tegument  of  cephalothorax  dark  reddish  brown  to  blackish, 
scarcely  lighter  above ;  a  median  lighter  band  a  little  wider  than  third 
eye  row  in  front,  strongly  narrowed  anteriorly  to  dorsal  groove  and 
usually  expanding  again  back  of  groove;  the  band  chiefly  produced 
by  a  finer  gray  or  white  pubescence  intermixed  with  coarser  brown, 
the  tegument  beneath  being  usually  but  little  lighter  than  on  sides; 
sides  of  cephalothorax  covered  with  brown  pubescence,  gray  hairs 
scattered  but  showing  .more  abundantly  below,  especially  posteriorly. 
Chelicerce  dark  reddish  brown  to  nearly  black,  clothed  with  a  dense 
coat  of  rusty  brown  colored  pubescence,  fringe  along  furrow  of 
chelicerae  brighter,  reddish  or  coffee  colored.  Labium  and  endites  dark 
reddish  brown,  paler  distally.  Sternum  dark  reddish  brown  to  nearly 
black.  Anterior  coxce  of  legs  dark  brown  to  nearly  black,  posterior 
coxae  lighter.  Legs  reddish  brown,  the  anterior  pairs  darker  than  the 
posterior;  the  femora,  patellae  and  tibiae  of  the  first  and  second  legs 
nearly  black  beneath;  distal  ends  of  posterior  tarsi  and  metatarsi 
usually  darker ;  legs  clothed  with  dense  coat  of  mixed  gray  and  brown 
pubescence  and  longer  dark  brown  bristles,  scopulae  brown.  Abdomen 
densely  pubescent;  a  dark  brown  median  band  on  dorsum  reaching  to 
the  spinnerets  behind,  which  just  in  front  of  middle  has  on  each  side 
a  broad  indentation,  and  which  has  behind  the  middle  a  series  of  nar- 
row paired  indentations ;  the  band  covered  or  largely  formed  by  dark 
brown  pubescence.  Sides  of  dorsum  grayish  brown,  the  pubescence 
being  brown  and  gray  intermixed,  the  brown  more  abundant  above;  a 
dark  brown  band  of  same  color  as  median  one  crossing  each  antero- 
lateral angle  and  running  obliquely  backward  and  downward,  meeting 
the  venter  back  of  middle.  Vejiter  brown  to  dark  brown,  usually  a 
darker  band  from  genital  furrow  to  spinnerets.  Epigynum  dark  red- 
dish brown.     Spinnerets  brown. 

Cephalothorax  wide  in  front ;  in  profile  second  eyes  seem  to  be  lower 
down  on  face  than  usual,  highest  at  third  eye  row ;  pars  cephalica  convex ; 
posterior  declivity  beginning  on  pars  cephalica  a  considerable  distance 
in  front  of  thoracic  furrow,  making  the  decHvity  very  long  and  the  pos- 
terior portion  of  cephalothorax  very  low  and  exagp;erating  apparent 
height  of   front  part.     Face  moderate  in  height,  not  fully  half  the 


240  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

length  of  the  chelicer??,  protruding  above  over  base;  sides  convex, 
slanting  below. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  almost  as  wide  as  second,  a  little  procurved; 
anterior  median  eyes  larger  than  the  lateral,  not  fully  their  radius 
apart,  about  as  close  as  to  lateral  eyes;  anterior  lateral  eyes  their 
diameter  from  eye^  of  second  row,  twice  their  diameter  from  front 
margin  of  clypeus;  eyes  of  second  row  their  diameter  or  slightly  more 
than  their  diameter  apart,  not  fully  half  as  far  again  from  eA^es  of 
third  row.  Quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  hardly  one-fifth  the  length 
of  the  cephalothorax. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicerce  with  three  equal  teeth,  the  upper 
jnargin  with  three  as  usual ;  the  smaller  teeth  above  more  than  usually 
stout. 

Legs  distinctly  increasing  in  thickness  from  the  fourth  to  the  first,  the 
first  conspicuously  stoutest;  tarsi  and  metatarsi  I  and  II  densely 
scopulate;  tarsus  III  with  scopula  divided  by  a  median  setose  band; 
tarsus  IV  with  scopulse  much  reduced,  the  scopular  hairs  being  sparse 
along  each  side,  the  setose  band  occupying  most  of  ventral  surface; 
tibiae  I  and  II  and  metatarsi  I  and  II  armed  as  usual,  the  spines  of  tibia? 
usually  slender  and  easily  rubbed  off  or  overlooked;  patellae  I  and  II 
each  armed  in  front  with  a  spine ;  tibiae  III  and  IV  without  true  spines 
above;  femora  I  and  II  bent  forward,  IV  backward,  less  so;  III  nearly 
straight.  Tibia  +  patella  IV  shorter  than  cephalothorax ;  metatarsus 
IV  much  shorter  than  tibia  +  patella,  but  longer  than  tibia,  less  than 
width  of  cephalothorax. 

For  structure  of  epigynum  see  PI.  XX,  fig.  9. 

Total  length,  20.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  10.1  mm.;  width, 
7.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  23  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  8.1  mm. ;  met.,  4.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  20.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  19.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  26.3  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  9  mm. ;  met.,  6.9  mm. 

Syn. — 1881.     Tarentula  nidifex  Marx,  Am.  Nat.,  p.  396. 
1885.     Lycosa  nidifex  (Marx)  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  VI,  p.  487,  PI. 
47,  figs.  4,  4a. 

1888.  Lycosa  arenicola  Scudder,  McCook,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1888, 
p.  333. 

1889.  Lycosa  arenicola  Scudder,  Marx,  Araneae  N.  A.,  pp.  561  and  594,  note 
3d. 

1890.  Lycosa  arenicola  Scudder,  Stone,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila. 
1892.  Lycosa  arenicola  Scudder,  Marx,  Proc.  E.  S.  W.,  II,  p.  160. 
1895.  Lycosa  arenicola  Scudder,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  E.  S.,  Ill,  p.  91. 
1898.  Lycosa  arenicola  Scudder,  Simon,  Hist.  Nat.,  II,  p.  341. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  241 

1902.     Lycosa  arenicola  Scudder,  Montgonierv,  Proe.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila., 

p.  550,  PI.  XXIX,  fig.  13. 
1904.     Geohjcosa  arenicola,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p. 

299. 

Known  localities. — Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island!,  Connecticut!,  New 
York  (Long  Island!),  New  Jersey,  District  of  Columbia,  Pennsylvania, 
Maryland,  Virginia,  Indiana. 

This  species  is  our  best  known  turret  builder.  Its  burrows  are  com- 
monl}^  from  10  to  12  inches  deep,  often  one-half  inch  wide,  and  are 
surmounted  by  turrets  usually  one  and  one-half  inches  in  height.    ^  ^ 

Lyoosa  fatifera  Hentz,  1842. 

'  (Bost.  J.  N.  Hist.,  IV,  p.  229,  PI.  2,  fig.  8.) 

Female. — Cephalothorax  with  dark  red-brown  tegument,  often 
blackish  about  eyes ;  clothed  with  tawny  colored  or  rufous  pubescence 
and  showing  no  markings.  Chelicerce  dark  reddish  brown,  with  brown 
or  grayish-brown  pubescence,  rufous  distally  along  furrow.  Labium 
and  endites  reddish  brown,  lighter  at  tips.  Sternum  and  coxce  of  leg 
beneath  light  or  yellowish  brown,  clothed  with  gray  pubescence. 
Legs  reddish  brown;  the  femora  beneath  much  lighter,  yellowish;  the 
tibi£e,  tarsi  and  metatarsi  commonh^  much  darker,  especially  in 
anterior  pairs  clothed  with  grayish  pubescence;  scopulse  brown. 
Abdomen  above  dark  brown,  clothed  with  dense  brown  or  tawny  pubes- 
cence; venter  with  light,  sometimes  grayish-brown  pubescence. 
Spinnerets  brown.     Epigynwn  dark  reddish  brown. 

Cephalothorax  very  wide  in  front,  nearly  five-sixths  as  wide  as  behind, 
the  sides  but  little  bulging.  In  profile  the  cephalothorax  is  seen  to 
have  pars  cephalica  large  and  convex;  highest  between  eyes  of  third 
row  and  dorsal  groove ;  posterior  declivity  long,  the  median  furrow  being 
upon  its  upper  portion.  Face  appearing  rather  high,  but  only  slightly, 
if  at  all,  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  massive  chelicerse;  sides 
convex  and  slanting  as  usual.  First  row  of  eyes  as  long  as  second,  a 
little  procurved;  anterior  median  eyes  more  than  their  radius  apart, 
as  far  from  the  anterior  lateral  eyes  which  are  smaller;  anterior  lateral 
eyes  more  than  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  the  second  row,  more  than 
once  and  a  half  their  diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus ;  anterior 
median  eyes  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row,  or  nearly  so;  eyes 
of  second  row  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  about 
one-sixth  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax.  Legs  rather  short  and 
stout;  the  fourth  pair  two  and  one-half  times  the  length  of  the  cephalo- 
thorax; the  second  pair  twice  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax;  tibia  + 
patella  IV  shorter  than  the  cephalothorax,  same  length  as  tibia  -(- 


242  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

patella  I ;  metatarsus  IV  shorter  than  tibia  +  patella  IV  by  one-third 
of  its  own  length ;  first  and  second  tarsi  and  metatarsi  and  distal  end  of 
tibiae  scopulate;  tarsi  III  and  IV  with  scopulae  divided  by  a  median 
setose  band;  patella  I  and  III  armed  in  front  (within)  with  a  single 
spine. 

The  epigynum  of  Lycosa  fatifera  is  very  much  like  that  of  Lycosa 
lenta,  but  is  smaller,  being  not  more  than  half  as  long,  also  the  septal 
piece  of  the  guide  in  lenta  is  more  than  two  and  one-fourth  times  as 
long  as  the  cross-piece,  whereas  it  is  less  than  twice  as  long  in  fatifera; 
the  cross-piece  is  also  somewhat  differently  shaped  in  the  two  (PI. 
XX,  fig.  8.) 

Total  length,  17.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  9.3  mm. ;  width, 
6.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  20.5  mm. ;  tib,  -F  pat.,  8  mm. ;  met.,  4.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  L8.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  16.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  23.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  8  mm. ;  met.,  6.1  mm. 

Type  locality. — Alabama. 

Known  localities. — Alabama!,  Georgia!,  Texas,  Missouri!,  Kansas!, 
Illinois,  Utah !. 

Syn.— 1832.     Lycosa  fatifera  Sill,  J.  Sc.  and  Arts  (ad.  part.),  pp.  106-107. 
1875.     Lycosa  fatifera  Hentz,  Spiders  of  U.  S.  (Burgess),  p.  26,  PI.  2,  fig.  8. 
1895.     Lycosa  missouriensis  Banks,  Ent.  News.,  Vol.  IV,  p.  206. 
1899.     Lycosa  domifex  Hancock,  Ent.  News,  Vol.  X,  p.  26. 
1904.     Geolycosa  latifrons  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  295, 
PI.  XIX,  figs.  15-18. 

It  seems  very  probable  that  Hentz,  in  his  notes  on  habits,  has  con- 
f oimded  two  species  under  the  name  fatifera ;  but  the  description  and  the 
figure  which  he  gives  can  hardly  be  applicable  to  any  other  species 
than  the  one  under  consideration.  The  description  and  figure  indicate 
a  form  without  distinct  markings,  and  his  statement  that  a  "piceous 
variety  is  found  in  Alabama,  with  the  two  first  joints  of  the  legs  pectus 
and  abdomen  yellowish  underneath,  or  lighter  in  color,"  applies  per- 
fectly to  some  specimens  of  the  form  above  described  which  I  have 
from  this  same  locality,  and  which  is  very  common  there  and  must 
have  been  well  known  to  Hentz.  This  form  fits  only  his  description  of 
fatifera  among  all  treated  by  him.  The  species  which  Hentz  observed 
living  in  holes  in  Massachusetts,  and  which  he  says  is  common  there, 
may  have  been  L.  aspersa  {inhonesta),  as  has  been  suggested  by  Banks, 
but  far  more  likely  it  was  arenicola,  the  common  turret  builder  of  that 
region.  Hentz  says:  "Cheliceres  covered  with  rufous  hairs,"  which  is 
not  so  in  most  specimens  of  aspersa.     The  strong  markings  of  aspersa 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  243 

would  not  have  been  passed  over.  However,  Hentz  would  seem  to 
have  written  his  description  after  he  had  been  in  the  South  and  away 
from  Massachusetts  for  many  years,  and  doubtless  had  before  him 
only  the  Southern  form,  which  he  erroneously  supposed  to  be  the 
same  as  the  turret  builder  he  recalled  as  common  in  Massachusetts. 
Old  and  rubbed  specimens  of  arenicola  might  appear  similar,  as  the 
markings  in  this  form  are  due  to  color  of  the  hair.  Whatever  Northern 
form  it  was  the  habits  of  which  Hentz  had  in  mind,  it  was  long  ago 
separated  under  another  name,  and  this  common  and  widespread 
Southern  form  which  Hentz  undoubtedly  described  as  and  called 
fatifera  must  logically  continue  to  bear  this  name. 

The  species  has  been  found  abundant  in  the  ''sandy  waters  bordering 
the  lower  end  of  Lake  Michigan"  by  Mr.  J.  C.  Hancock  ('99)  who  says : 
"Patches  of  high  grass,  sedges  and  ragweeds  made  the  open  lay  of  ground 
a  paradise  of  running  spiders.  Here  it  was  the  castle-building  species 
[termed  by  him  domifex]  seemed  perfectly  at  home,  showing  its  varied 
accomplishments  to  best  advantage.  The  artfully-hidden  castle  is 
not  apparent  to  the  uninitiated  while  walking  over  the  ground,  as  it  is 

commonly  secreted   in  a  recess  of   overhanging  dried   grass 

When  one  remembers  the  average  size  of  the  adult  castle,  only  five- 
eighths  of  an  inch  high  and  a  little  over  one-half  inch  in  diameter,  it  is 
obvious  that  close  inspection  is  quite  essential.  Usually  the  spider's 
tube  is  constructed  vertically  in  the  ground,  unless  obstructions  cause 

some  deviations Old  spiders  live  in  their  burrows  for  more 

than  a  season  and  often  remodel  them  after  being  injured  by  storms. 
Younger   specimens    re-dig    outgro^vn    burrows,    enlarging   them    as 

occasion  requires Materials  used  in  the  construction  of  the 

turrets  were  green  and  dried  grass  leaves,  dried  fine  sedges,  leaves  of 
foxtail  grass,  fibrous  roots,  etc.  Young  specimens  not  infrequently 
build  a  perfect  httle  tower,  almost  entirely  of  stones,  and  one  I  have 
in  mind  had  nine  such  particles  made  into  a  compact  edifice  five  milli- 
meters high.  The  masonry  was  exquisitely  put  up,  every  stone  bearing 
out  true  proportions  about  the  central  opening  of  four  millimeters 
diameter.     Silk  used  as  cement  held  the  whole  together  securely." 

The  author  has  found  the  burrows  of  this  species  abundant  over 
grassy  stretches  on  the  foothills  near  Salt  Lake  City.  In  the  case 
of  some  burrows  no  turrets  are  present;  but  in  most  cases  turrets  of 
dried  sticks,  grass  or  earth  are  found. 

Lycosa  lenta  Hentz,  1844. 

(J.  Bost.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  p.  386.). 
Female.— Tegument  of  cephalothorax  reddish  brown  as  usual,  lighter 


244  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

brown  in  a  median  band  which  may  be  very  indistinct  anteriorly,  also 
lighter  along  margins,  with  radiating  light  lines  connecting  middle  and 
side  bands;  clothed  principally  with  light  gray  pubescence,  which  is 
densest  in  a  rather  wide  marginal  band  each  side  and  in  a  middle  band, 
widening  from  eyes  until  as  wide  as  eye  area  at  point  between  eyes  and 
dorsal  groove  and  then  suddenly  narrowed  to  only  about  half  as  wide, 
and  from  there  very  gradually  narrowing  caudad ;  the  median  band  and 
lateral  band  of  gray  on  each  side  connected  by  radiating  lines  of  same 
color;  on  the  sides  a  dark  brown  pubescence  intermixed  with  the  line  of 
gray  and  more  aljundant  above,  below  the  median  gray  band.  Chelicerce 
black,  the  lateral  condyles  red,  clothed  with  a  dense  light  gra}^  or 
yellowish  gray  pubescence.  Labium  and  endites  black  or  dark  brown- 
black,  lighter  distally.  Sternum  and  coxcb  of  legs  beneath  black  or  dark 
brown-black,  clothed  with  gray  and  longer,  stiffer  dark  brown  or  black- 
ish pubescence.  Legs  brown  to  yellowish,  clothed  with  light  gray  to 
brown-gray  pubescence ;  scopulaB  brown ;  legs  without  rings  or  markings 
above.  Abdomen  gray-brown  from  gray  and  brown  pubescence  inter- 
mixed, usually  in  fine  streaks  and  dots;  a  lanceolate  outline  or  more 
rarely  solid  mark  at  base  which  is  truncated  or  bifurcated  behind ;  on 
posterior  half  a  few  more  indistinct  chevron-marks,  each  bordered 
behind  by  a  light  line,  ending  in  a  light  spot  each  side;  a  row  of  tri- 
angular dark  spots  on  each  side  behind  but  connected  by  the  light 
cross-lines.  Sides  of  abdomen  light  gray,  immaculate  or  with  a  few 
spots  of  brown.  Venter  in  front  of  lung-slits  brown  or  gray,  often 
black  along  the  middle;  behind  lung-slits  solid  black  or  sometimes 
with  a  light  central  spot  surrounded  with  black.  Spinnerets  brown. 
Epigynum  dark  reddish  brown. 

Cephcdothorax  high,  highest  a  little  behind  third  eye  row,  line  of 
dorsum  a  little  convex;  dorsal  groove  partly  above  and  partly  on 
posterior  declivity.  Face  hardly  above  half  the  length  of  the  long  and 
massive  chelicerse,  the  sides  convex  and  slanting  about  as  usual. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  a  little  shorter  than  the  second,  nearly  straight; 
anterior  median  eyes  distinctly  larger  than  the  lateral  (3  : 2),  less  than 
their  radius  apart  and  about  the  same  distance  from  the  lateral; 
anterior  lateral  eyes  a  little  more  than  their  diameter  from  front  margin 
of  clypeus,  scarcely  closer  to  eyes  of  second  row;  anterior  median  eyes 
less  than  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row 
less  than  three-fourths  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior 
eyes  not  fully  one-fifth  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax. 

Legs  moderately  long  and  stout;  the  posterior  tarsi  rather  slender; 
tibia  +  patella  IV  shorter  than  cephalothorax ;  patella  I  and  II  armed 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  245 

in  front  with  a  spine;  tibiae  and  metatarsi  I  and  II  armed  below  as 
usual,  the  spines  small  and  weak;  tarsi  and  metatai-si  I  and  II  scopulate 
as  usual;  the  scopulce  of  tarsi  III  and  IV  divided  by  rather  narrow 
median  setose  bands. 

For  structure  of  epigynum  see  PL  XVIII,  fig,  8. 

Total  length,  22  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  11  mm.;  width, 
7.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  28.1  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  10  mm.;  met.,  6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  25.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  25  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  32.1  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  10  mm.;  met.,  9.2  mm. 

Male. — Coloration  nearly  as  in  female. 

Chelicerce  above  with  light  yellow-gray  pubescence;  pubescence  on 
distal  portion  dark,  but  fringe  along  furrow  light  gray. 

Patella  I  and  II  armed  both  in  front  and  behind ;  spines  on  tibia3  and 
metatarsi  I  and  II  comparatively  long,  not  reduced  as  in  female. 
Patella  and  tibia  about  equal  in  length  and  stoutness,  together  as  long  as 
the  tarsus  which  is  distinctly  thicker. 

For  structure  of  palpal  organ  see  PI.  XVIII,  fig.  8. 

Total  length,  20.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  10.5  mm.;  width, 
S  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  35.7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  12.2  mm. ;  met.,  8.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  33  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  30.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  40  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  12.5  mm. ;  met.,  11.6  mm. 

Svn. — 1844.     Lycosa  ruricola  Hentz,  J.  Bost.  Nat.  Hist.,  p.  387. 
1875.     Lycosa  lenta  Hentz,  Sp.  of  U.  S.,  p.  27,  PI.  3,  figs.  1,  2,  3,  4. 

.  Lycosa  ruricola  Hentz,  ibid.,  p.  28,  PI.  3,  figs.  5,  6. 

1890.  Lycosa  lenta,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12. 

1892.  Lycosa  ruricola  Hentz,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  II,  p.  160. 

1898.  Lycosa  lenta  Hentz,  Simon,  Hist.  Nat.  des.  Araign,  II,  p.  333. 

1900.  Lycosa  lenta  Hentz,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  538. 

Locality. — Pennsylvania,  North  and  South  Carolina. 

Known  localities. — Pennsylvania,  North  Carolina !,  South  Carolina, 
Alabama!,  Georgia,  Florida. 

It  would  seem  probable  that  Hentz  did  not  in  all  cases  distinguish 
this  form  from  his  erratica,  and  that  his  account  applies  partly  to  the 
latter  species.  What  he  regarded  as  the  typical  form,  however,  was  a 
burrow-making  species,  although,  like  carolinensis,  etc.,  found  wander- 
ing about  and  hiding  under  stones,  for  in  his  discussions  of  erratica  he 
says:  "This  species  I  formerly  supposed  to  be  a  variety  of  L.  lenta, 
but  it  was  always  found  wandering  and  never  in  holes.     I  therefore 


246"  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May^ 

consider  it  as  perfectly  distinct,  having  been  often  seen  running  in  the 
grass."  Concerning  lenta  he  remarks:  " This  common  and  powerful 
species  is  found  wandering  in  fields,  attacking  and  subduing  very  large 
insects.  The  female  carries  her  young  on  her  back,  which  gives  her  a 
horrible  appearance.  If  caught  or  wounded  the  little  ones  escape 
rapidly  in  all  directions;  but  the  mother  is  faithful  to  her  duties 
and  defends  her  progeny  while  life  endures.  It  hides  under  stones^ 
logs,  etc." 

Var.  baltimoriana  (Keyserling),  1876. 

(Sub  Tarenlula,  Verb.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  26,  p.  632.) 
Patellse  and  distal  ends  of  tibiae  black  beneath;  femora  of  the  fii'st 
and  second  legs  with  a  dark  line  along  posterior  side  and  one  or  two 
similar  ones  above,  these  replaced  with  corresponding  row^s  of  dots 
on  posterior  femora.     Otherwise  agreeing  with  type  form. 

Syn.— 1890.     Tarentula  baltimoriana,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  563. 
1902.     Lycosa  baltimoriana,  Montgomerj^,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p. 

561,  PI.  29,  fig.  25. 
1904.     Lycosa  baltimoriana.  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  XII,  p. -114. 
.     Geolycosa  baltimoriana,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,. 

p. 297. 

Type  locality. — Baltimore,  Md. 

Known  localities. — Rhode  Island,  Pennsylvania,  Maryland,  District 
of  Columbia,  Virginia,  Texas. 

I  have  seen  too  few  specimens  of  this  form  to  be  able  to  determine 
satisfactorily  the  validity  of  its  rank  as  a  variety.  It  is  maintained 
here  as  such  tentatively.  Females  showing  the  variant  colors  are  not 
known  to  me  personally,  nor  have  such  been  reported. 

Lyooia  carolinensis  Walckenaer,  1837. 
(Insect.  Apt.,  p.  285). 
Female. — Tegument  of  cephalothorax  uniformly  dark  reddish  brown 
covered  with  a  dense  coat  of  brown  and  gray  hair  making  it  more  or 
less  mouse-colored,  showing  in  fully  grown  individuals  commonly  no 
distinct  markings;  in  some  a  gray  supramarginal  band  on  each  side  and 
a  similar  median  one  along  the  dorsum,  widening  from  behind  anteriorly. 
CheliceroB  black,  covered  with  a  coat  of  orange-yellow  hairs  with  more 
sparse  long  brown  bristles;  the  dense  fringe  along  furrow  reddish 
brown  or  rust  colored.  Labium  and  endites  black,  brown  at  tips. 
Sternum  and  coxcb  of  legs  beneath  black,  covered  with  brown  hairs. 
Tegument  of  legs  reddish  brown,  darker  distally,  paler  on  ventral 
surface  of  femora;  on  ventral  surface  at  distal  end  of  femur  and  at 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  247 

both  ends  of  tibia  black,  these  dark  bands  covered  with  dark  brown 
hair;  the  scopuloe  of  same  brown  color,  but  legs  elsewhere  clothed  with 
much  lighter  hair  which  is  light  brownish  gray  to  whitish.  Abdomen 
with  the  tegument  light  brown;  at  base  a  dark  or  blackish  median 
stripe  which  bifurcates  at  its  caudal  end  and  sends  out  from  its  sides 
several  pairs  of  pointed  lines  directed  caudo-laterally;  behind  the 
basal  stripe  a  series  of  chevron-shaped  laterally  and  anteriorly  acutely 
pointed  dark  cross-marks,  often  a  series  of  light  dots  along  each  side; 
doi-sum  densely  covered  above  with  long  brown  to  grayish-brown 
pubescence,  except  over  the  dark  marks  which  are  clothed  and  made 
more  distinct  by  black  hair;  sides  of  abdomen  above  dark  with  brown 
and  black  pubescence  intermixed  in  spots  and  streaks,  the  sides  below 
becoming  paler,  yellow  to  gray  or  almost  white  with  larger  but  more 
sparse  black  spots;  venter  nearly  always  deep  brown  or  black,  due 
largely  to  the  pubescence  being  very  dense  and  of  the  latter  color; 
sometimes  a  light  mark  or  spot  within  the  light  area  on  each  side  of 
middle  line,  leaving  three  black  stripes  converging  and  uniting  in  front 
of  the  spinnerets  and  united  by  a  cross-bar  behind  the  genital  furrow, 
while  in  other  rarer  cases  the  reduction  of  the  black  may  be  carried 
even  farther.     Spinnerets  brown.     Epigynum  reddish  black. 

Face  in  height  moderate,  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  chelicerae ; 
sides  strongly- convex  and  moderately  slanting  outward  below,  not  so 
steep  as  in  scutulata. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  nearly  as  long  as  the  second,  but  little  procurved ; 
anterior  median  eyes  not  fully  their- radius  apart,  a  little  farther  from 
the  lateral  eyes  which  are  a  little  smaller;  clypeus  wide,  the  anterior 
lateral  eyes  more  than  one  and  one-half  times  their  diameter,  or  rather 
nearer  twice  from  its  front  margin,  closer  to  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes 
of  second  row  not  proportionately  large,  not  much  less  than  their 
diameter  apart;  eyes  of  third  row  twice  as  far  apart  as  from  those  of 
second  row;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  relatively  short,  being  not 
fully  one-sixth  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax, 

Chelicerce  long  and  very  robust,  the  margins  of  its  furrows  armed  in 
typical  manner.  Labium  a  little  longer  than  wide  (12.5  :  11.75); 
basal  excavation  one-third  or  a  little  more  the  total  length;  labium 
above  excavations  broadly  rectangular,  as  wide  above  as  below,  the 
sides  nearly  parallel  and  scarcely  curved,  antero-lateral  angles  rounded ; 
front  margin  widely  truncate.  Legs  long  and  robust;  tibia  -f-  patella 
IV  shorter  than  the  cephalothorax,  of  same  length  or  nearly  so  as 
tibia  +  patella  I;  spines  of  anterior  tibiae  beneath  as  usual;  patella  I 
and  II  each  armed  on  the  anterior  side  with  a  single  spine ;  anterior  tarsi 


248  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

and  metatarsi  beneath  with  dense  scopular  pads  which  extend  also  over 
tibiae  except  at  basal  third  or  half ;  scopulse  of  posterior  legs  not  extend- 
ing upon  tibia;,  divided  as  usual. 

Epigynum  oblong,  rounded  anteriorly;  guide  inversely  T-shaped 
with  the  transverse  arm  shorter  and  stouter;  lateral  furrows  narrow 
and  of  same  width  throughout.  (PI.  XXI,  fig.  1.) 

Total  length,  34.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  14  mm.;  width, 
11. mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  38.7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  13.2  mm. ;  met.,  8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  35  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  31.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  42  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  13.2  mm.;  met.,  10.8  mm. 

Male. — Rather  lighter  in  color  than  the  female.  Chelicerce  very 
densely  covered  with  grayish-yellow  hair,  the  heavy  fringe  of  the 
furrow  rufous. 

Patellae  of  legs  I  and  II  armed  both  in  front  and  behind. 

Patella  and  tibia  of  palpus  of  nearly  same  length  and  thickness,  the 
tibia  enlarging  distally;  tarsus  a  little  shorter  than  the  two  preceding 
joints  together.     For  structure  of  tarsal  organ  see  PL  XXI,  fig.  2. 

Total  length,  21  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  11.1  mm.;  width 
8.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  35.7  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  12.2  mm.;  met.,  8.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  32.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  28.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  40.2  mm.;  tib.  +  pat,,  12.3  mm.;  met.,  11.5  mm. 

Svn. — 1842.     Lycosa   carolinensisl ,  Bosc  MSS.,  Hentz,  J.  B.  Soc.  N.  H.,  4, 

^p.  230. 
1852.     Lycosa  pilosa  Girard,  Marcy's  Expl.  Red  R.  of  La.,  p.  252,  PI.  16,  figs. 

4  and  5. 
1875.     Lycosa  carolinensis? ,  Bosc  MSS.,  Hentz,  Sp.  of  U.  S.,  p.  27,  PI.  2,  fig.  9. 
1885.     Lycosa  carolinensis  Hentz,  Emerton,  Tr.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  486, 

PI.  47,  figs.  1  to  16. 
1890.     Lycosa  carolinensis,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  561. 

.     Lycosa  carolinensis,  Stone,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  42,  p.  423. 

1892.     Lycosa  caroliyiensis,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  2,  p.  160. 
.     Lycosa  carolinensis,  Fox,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  2,  p.  269. 

1894.  Lycosa  carolinensis,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  2,  p.  50. 

1895.  Lycosa  carolinensis.  Banks,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  8,  p.  429. 
— .     Lycosa  carolinensis.  Banks,  Ent.  News,  6,  p.  205. 

1896.  Lycosa  carolinensis.  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  E.  Soc,  4,  p.  192. 

1898.  Lycosa  carolinensis,  Simon,  Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  2,  pp.  332  and  347. 

1900.  Lycosa  carolinensis.  Banks,  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  538. 

1902.  Lycosa  carolinensis.  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Pliila.  p.  586. 

1902.  Lycosa  carolinensis,  Emerton,  Common  Sp.  U.  S.,  p.  73,  fig.  176. 

.  Lycosa  carolinensis,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  556. 

1904.  Geolycosa  texana  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  293, 

PI.  XVIII,  figs.  13,  14  (color  var.). 
.  Geolycosa  carolinensis,  Montgomery,  ihid.,  p.  299. 


1908.]     ■      ?      f  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  249 

Type  locality. — "Carolina." 

Known  localities. — New  Hampshire!,  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island!, 
Connecticut,  New  York!,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  District  of 
Columbia!,  North  Carolina!,  Georgia,  Alabama,  Florida,  Louisiana, 
Mississippi !,  Texas !,  Kansas !,  Indiana,  Colorado,  Utah !. 

Our  largest  Lycosa,  much  resembling  in  its  large  size  and  in  colora- 
tion the  famous  Tarcntula  of  southern  Europe  and  its  close  allies. 
Specimens  from  the  Southwest  often  differ  from  the  typical  form  in 
having  the  venter  in  part  pale  as  above  described. 

"This  spider  has  the  same  habits  as  L.  fatijera,  making  deep  excava- 
tions in  the  ground.  It  is  frequently  found  under  stones,  and  possibly 
it  is  in  such  places,  nearer  the  surface,  that  the  eggs  are  hatched.  The 
female  carries  her  young  on  her  back,  presenting  a  hideous  aspect, 
being  then  apparently  covered  with  animated  warts.  The  little 
monsters  have  the  instinct,  if  the  mother  is  much  disturbed,  to  escape 
and  scatter  in  all  directions.  The  male,  not  unfrequently  of  an 
enormous  size,  is  often  found  wandering  in  October  and  November  in 
Alabama,  and  sometimes  enters  houses"  (Hentz),  Concerning  its 
habits  in  New  England,  Emerton  says:  "This  species  digs  a  hole  six 
or  eight  inches  deep,  but  is  often  found  under  stones  or  running  in 
fields  and  occasionally  in  houses  all  over  New  England." 

This  species  is  common  in  Utah,  where  the  males  are  frequently 
seen  wandering  in  the  open  or  hiding  under  stones.  The  females  dig 
deep  burrows  which  are  sometimes  surmounted  with  turrets,  but  not 
so  commonly  so  as  in  the  case  of  fatijera, 

Lycosa  coloradensis  Banks,  1894. 
(J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  p.  50.) 
Female. — Tegument  of  cephalothorax  reddish  brown,  densely  clothed 
with  pubescence  which  nearly  completely  masks  the  ground  color.  A 
median  light  band  as  wide  anteriorly  as  the  eye  area,  but  abruptly  nar- 
rowed at  dorsal  groove  to  only  half  that  width  or  less ;  this  median  band 
formed  of  brown-gray  pubescence,  often  mixed  anteriorly  with  darker 
pubescence  which  obscures  the  distinctness  of  the  band.  Sides  of  cepha- 
lothorax clothed  with  dark,  brownish  to  grayish  black  pubescence,  mixed 
with  gray  like  that  of  median  band,  the  gray  predominating,  principally 
arranged  in  wide  radiating  bands  and  becoming  more  abundant  below, 
where  it  forms  on  each  side  a  marginal  band  which  is  widest  anteriorly 
where  it  nearly  touches  eye  area.  Chelicerm  with  tegument  blackish  or 
reddish  black,  completely  masked  on  upper  half  with  dense  pubescence 
of  rusty  brown  color,  that  of  lower  half  dark  and  very  sparse,  paler 


250  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

along  furrow  of  chelicerce.  Labium  and  endites  black  or  nearly  so, 
lighter  at  tips.  Sternum  and  coxm  of  legs  beneath  black  or  nearly  so. 
Femora  of  legs  beneath  light  gray,  the  tibiae  and  more  especially  the 
tarsi  and  metatarsi  darker  brown  because  of  scopulae,  the  ends  of 
femora  and  of  last  four  tibiae  black;  above  the  femora  a  little  darker 
than  below,  brown,  but  distal  joints  no  darker,  no  bands  at  end  of  any 
joints  showing  above.  Legs  densely  clothed  with  pubescence  which 
give  the  colors  as  above,  the  tegument  itself  being  reddish  brown  above 
and  much  paler,  yellowish,  beneath  except  at  ends  of  femora  and  last 
two  pairs  of  tibiae  which  are  black.  Abdomen  with  middle  of  dorsum 
light  brown  or  grayish  brown,  a  dark  brown  basal  lanceolate  mark 
with  its  margins  deeper,  its  points  behind  terminating  in  the  apex 
of  a  dark  chevron-mark,  which  is  followed  behind  by  several  other 
chevrons.  The  lanceolate  mark  giving  off  laterally  most  com- 
monly two  pairs  of  lines  running  latero-caudally  on  each  side ;  side  of 
dorsum  dark  brown  or  blackish  with  numerous  small  light  dots  and 
enclosing  on  each  side  a  series  of  large  light  spots  along  sides  of  chevrons, 
and  at  outer  ends  of  the  lines  from  basal  mark  an  ocellate  light  spot 
contiguous  with  each  side  of  basal  spear-mark  near  its  middle.  Upper 
portion  of  sides  dark  brown  to  black  with  numerous  light  spots  and 
darker,  below  the  sides  are  gray  with  dark  brown  or  black  spots. 
Venter  in  front  of  lung-slits  and  in  a  smaller  spot  at  base  of  spinnerets 
black,  elsewhere  gray,  with  or  without  small  dots  of  black.  Spinnerets 
dark  brown.     Epigynum  black  or  reddish  black. 

Cephalothorax  behind  rather  low ;  in  profile  highest  at  third  eye  row 
or  a  Httle  behind  it,  a  Uttle  depressed  or  notched  at  dorsal  groove.  Face 
low,  one-half  in  height  the  length  of  the  chelicerse. 

Front  row  of  eyes  shorter  than  second ;  eyes  of  first  row  very  nearly 
equal  in  size;  eyes  of  second  row  three-fourths  their  diameter  apart; 
anterior  lateral  eyes  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row,  closer 
still  to  front  margin  of  clypeus;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  one-fifth 
the  length  of  the  cephalothorax. 

Leg  IV  less  than  three  times  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax;  tibia 
+  patella  IV  shorter  than  cephalothorax,  longer  than  metatarsus; 
metatarsus  IV  nearly  of  same  length  tib.  +  pat.  I;  metatarsi  and 
tarsi  I  and  II  scopulate;  tarsi  III  and  IV  with  wide  setose  bands 
dividing  scopulae.  Tibiae  I  and  II  armed  as  usual.  Patella  II  armed 
in  front  with  a  single  spine. 

For  structure  of  epigyyium  see  PI.  XVIII,  fig.  6. 

Total  length,  18  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  8  mm.;  width, 
6  mm. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  251 

Length  of  leg  I,  18.4  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  5.9  mm.;  met.,  4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  17.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  17.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  22.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  7.2  mm. ;  met.,  6  mm. 

Male. — Coloration  similar  to  female;  pattern  on  abdomen  rather 
more  distinct  and  spots  on  sides  fewer. 

Patella  I  and  II  armed  both  in  front  and  behind.  Tibia  and  patella 
of  palpus  siibequal  in  length  and  thickness,  together  as  long  as  tarsus; 
tarsus  much  thicker  than  preceding  joints. 

For  structure  of  palpal  organ  see  PL  XVIII,  fig.  7. 

Total  length,  13.3  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  6.7  mm.;  width, 
5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  23.6  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  8.1  mm.;  met.,  5.9  nam. 

Length  of  leg  II,  21.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  19.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  26.3  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  8.1  mm.;  met.,  7.6  mm. 

Type  locality. — Colorado. 

Known  localities. — Colorado !,  Arizona !,  New  Mexico,  Kansas !. 

Lycosa  erratica  Hentz,  1842. 

i^  ^     (Journ.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  4,  p.  388.) 

Female. — Sides  of  cephalothorax  blackish  brown,  less  commonly  paler; 
a  reddish  yellow  or  reddish  brown  median  band,  narrowest  behind, 
which  widens  distinctly  at  posterior  end  of  pars  cephalica  and  becomes 
as  wide  as  third  eye  row,  from  which  point  it  contracts  to  a  narrow- 
stripe  or  line  which  continues  forward  to  the  first  eye  row;  along  each 
lateral  margin  a  light  band  similarly  colored  to  the  median  one,  the 
lateral  bands  bisected  by  a  dark  line  at  least  anteriorly;  the  median 
pale  band  clothed  with  light  gray  or  brownish-white  pubescence  which 
between  the  eyes  becomes  yellowish,  the  lateral  bands  similarly  clothed ; 
sides  of  cephalothorax  clothed  with  similar  hair  intermixed  with  much 
black  which  is  most  abundant  along  each  side  of  the  median  band,  but 
becomes  more  and  more  sparse  below  toward  the  margins.  Cheliceras 
dark  reddish  brown,  clothed  with  short  yellowish  pubescence  and  with 
intermixed  longer  black  bristles,  a  fringe  of  long  dark  gray  hair  along 
the  margin  of  furrow.  Labium  and  endites  reddish  brown.  Sternum 
blackish,  with  usually  a  paler  median  stripe;  clothed  with  grayish 
brown  and  more  scattered  blackish  hairs.  Legs  and  palpi  brown 
covered  with  a  short  brownish  gray  pubescence  with  the  usual  longer 
blackish  hairs  intermixed ;  all  femora  with  dark  cross-bands  or  annula- 
tions  which  are  present  also  at  the  ends  and  in  the  middle  of  the  tarsi 


252  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [^lay, 

and  metatarsi  and  at  the  middle  of  the  patellae  of  the  posterior  pairs, 
but  which  are  not  present  on  these  joints  of  the  anterior  pairs;  the 
dark  annuli  on  the  femora  mostly  incomplete  below;  the  anterior  and 
posterior  face  of  each  femur  commonly  with  a  longitudinal  black  line 
or  stripe.  Abdomen  with  a  wide  pale  band  over  the  dorsum,  narro wing- 
usually  to  a  point  at  the  spinnerets ;  within  the  pale  band  at  base  a  dark, 
black-edged,  lanceolate  mark  which  extends  to  or  often  much  beyond 
the  middle,  ending  usually  in  a  forked  apex  and  followed  behind  usually 
by  a  triangular  mark  and  several  dark  cross-lines;  at  other  times  the 
basal  stripe  ends  acutely;  less  commonly  it  is  entirely  absent;  sides  of 
dorsum  laterad  of  light  band  dark  brown  enclosing  a  series  of  large 
angular  black  spots;  sides  above  brown  becoming  lighter  below,  usually 
marked  with  numerous  small  black  spots ;  venter  whitish  or  light  yellow, 
without  spots,  but  in  the  great  majority  of  cases  marked  by  a  black 
U-shaped  stripe,  each  arm  of  which  has  its  end  behind  a  lung-slit,  the 
bent  middle  part  being  at  the  spinnerets,  the  arm  of  the  U-shaped 
band  often  connected  by  a  cross-band  behind  the  genital  furrow; 
sometimes  the  venter  is  entirely  pale  without  any  markings.  Epiyy- 
num  reddish  brown.     Spinnerets  smoky  brown  to  black. 

Face  moderate  in  height,  the  chehcerae  about  one  and  three-fourths 
times  as  long;  sides  convex  and  moderately  divergent  beloAv.  Anterior 
row  of  eyes  moderately  procurved,  shorter  than  the  second  by  twice  the 
diameter  of  a  lateral  eye;  anterior  median  eyes  their  radius  apart, 
closer  to  the  smaller  lateral  eyes;  anterior  lateral  eyes  their  diameter 
from  eyes  of  second  row,  a  little  farther  from  margin  of  clypeus;  eyes  of 
second  row  their  diameter  apart,  not  much  farther  from  the  three- 
fourths  as  large  eyes  of  the  third  row ;  eyes  of  third  row  twice  as  far  from 
each  other  as  from  eyes  of  second  row;  cephalothorax  rather  less  than 
five  times  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax.  CheUcerce  armed  as  usual, 
the  third  tooth  of  lower  margin  of  furrow  a  little  reduced.  Labium 
much  longer  than  wide  (16  :  12.5);  basal  excavation  of  usual  length; 
sides  evenly  convexly  curved  from  excavations  to  anterior  angles; 
front  margin  truncate.  Legs  long,  the  distal  joints  slender,  especially 
so  the  posterior  metatarsi ;  tibia  +  patella  IV  longer  than  cephalothorax 
which  is  longer  than  tibia  +  patella  I;  anterior  tibiae  with  spines  as 
usual;  scopulae  of  tarsi  as  usual,  those  of  anterior  pairs  extending  also 
upon  metatarsi  except  at  base ;  patella  II  armed  within. 

Ends  of  transverse  arms  of  guide  of  epigynum  almost  always  char- 
acteristically excavated  on  anterior  side  of  ends  (PI.  XVII,  fig.  3). 

Total  length,  14  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  5.4  mm. ;  width, 
4  mm. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA,  253 

Length  of  leg  I,  14.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  5  mm. ;  met.,  2.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  13.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  13.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  19.3  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  5.9  mm. ;  met.,  4.9  mm, 

Male. — Coloration  as  in  female  but  rather  brighter.' 

For  structure  of  palpal  organ  see  PI.  XVII,  fig.  4. 

Syn. — 1844.     Lycosa  sagittata  Hentz. 

1846.     Lycosa  -propinqua  Blackwall,  1846  (Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol. 
XVII,  pp.  31,  32). 

1875.  Lycosa  erratica  Hentz,  Sp.  U.  S.  (Burgess),  p.  29,  PI.  3,  fig.  8. 

1876.  Tarentula  lepida  Keyserling,  Verb.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  26,  p.  631,  PI.  7, 
fig.  15.  ' 

1877.  Tarentula  scalaris,  Thorell,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Terr.,  Ill,  No.  2, 
p.  520. 

1885.     Lycosa  communis  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  489. 

1890.  Lycosa  erratica,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  561. 
.     Lycosa  communis,  Marx,  loc.  cit. 

.     Lycosa  communis,  Stone,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  42,  p.  426. 

1891.  Lycosa  erratica,  Banks,  Ent.  News,  2,  p.  86. 

1892.  Lycosa  communis,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  2,  p.  160. 

.  Lycosa  communis.  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.,  44,  p.  64. 

.  Lycosa  communis.  Fox,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  2,  p.  269. 

1895.  Lycosa  erratica,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  Vol.  3,  p.  91. 

.  Lycosa  erratica.  Banks,  Ent.  News,  6,  p.  205. 

1898.  Lycosa  erratica,  Simon,  Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  2,  p.  331. 

1900.  Lycosa  erratica,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  538. 

1902.  Lycosa  communis,  Emerton,  Common  Sp.  of  U.  S.,  p.  75,  figs.  181,  182. 

.  Lycosa  lepida,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pbila.,  p.  562,  PI.  29, 

figs.  26,  27. 

1904.  Lycosa  lepida,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  287. 

Type  locality. — Massachusetts  and  Alabama. 

Known  localities. — Massachusetts !,  Connecticut,  Rhode  Island !,  New 
Hampshire!,  New  York!,  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  District  of 
Columbia!,  Alabama,  Louisiana!,  Texas,  Georgia!,  North  Carolina!, 
Ohio,  Illinois,  Iowa!,  Kansas!,  Colorado!,  Arizona!,  Utah!,  Montana!. 

I  do  not  think  there  is  room  for  doubt  that  the  species  above  de- 
scribed is  the  real  erratica  of  Hentz,  when  one  considers  the  abdominal 
markings  shown  in  his  figure,  in  connection  with  his  comments  on 
habits  and  the  localities  where  he  found  it  common. 

Hentz  says  concerning  this  species  that  it  "was  always  found 
wandering  and  never  in  holes;  ....  it  was  often  seen,  generally 
running  in  the  grass."  This  is  a  very  common  and  widely  distributed 
species,  found  under  stones  and  logs  in  the  woods  and  especially  in 
grassy  meadows.  It  is  subject  to  much  variation  in  size,  though  its 
characteristic  markings  are  rarely  missed. 

Xyoosa  scutulata  Hentz,  1842. 

(Journ.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  p.  390.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  with  a  dark  chocolate-colored  band  each 
17 


254  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

side  of  the  middle  line  which  is  widest  behind  and  narrowing  forward 
is  prolonged  over  the  eyes  of  the  corresponding  side  to  the  front  margin 
of  the  clj^peus,  and  in  young  specimens  continues  down  the  chelicerae  of 
the  same  side  to  near  its  distal  end;  these  bands  are  covered  with  a 
blackish  pubescence  with  intermixed  lighter  yellowish  hairs;  between 
these  dark  bands  is  a  narrower  yellowish-brown  median  band  which  is 
much  constricted  between  the  last  two  rows  of  e3^es,  but  expands  again 
upon  the  face  before  reaching  the  margin  of  clypeus,  this  band  clothed 
with  yellowish-gray  pubescence,  clear  yellow  in  front;  the  sides  of 
cephalothorax  below  dark  bands  colored  and  clothed  similarh^  to 
median  band  with  below  a  chocolate-colored  submarginal  line.  Cheli- 
cercB  reddish  brown  covered  with  yellowish  or  grayish-yellow  pubescence 
at  the  distal  end,  within  along  the  femora  a  fringe  of  longer  hair  of 
somewhat  rusty  tinge.  Labium  reddish  brown,  clothed  with  a  grayish 
or  tawny  pubescence  with  intermixed  longer,  stiffer  black  hair.  Ster- 
num, endites  and  coxce  of  legs  beneath  light  brown.  Legs  and  palpi 
light  brown,  the  tarsi  and  metatarsi  mostly  darker,  as  also  the  tibiae 
at  distal  ends;  the  femora  with  some  rather  faint  longitudinal  darker 
lines  clothed  with  tawny  pubescence  with  intermixed  hair  of  blackish 
color,  the  longer  ones  of  the  latter  pale  on  distal  halves.  Abdomen 
with  a  broad  blackish  median  band  extending  the  entire  length  nar- 
rowed from  near  middle  towards  each  end,  this  band  covered  with 
intermixed  dark  brown  and  blackish  pubescence,  the  band  indentated 
with  a  brownish-yellow  notch  on  each  side  in  front  of  middle  and 
behind  either  with  a  series  of  similar  indentations  of  yellow  or  enclosing 
corresponding  pairs  of  submarginal  spots;  each  side  of  median  band  a 
narrow  broAvnish  band  appearing  yellow  because  covered  hy  a  dense 
coat  of  yellowish  pubescence;  sides  with  tegument  brown,  sheathed 
with  lines  of  blackish-brown  and  yellowish  pubescence  above,  paler 
yellow  with  black  spots  below.  Tegument  of  venter  brown,  densely 
clothed  with  yellow  pubescence  and  with  small  spots  of  black  pubes- 
cence, mostly  arranged  over  one  or  two  pairs  of  darker  lines  converging 
toward  the  spinnerets.  Spirmerets  rather  dark  broAA'U.  Epigynum 
blackish. 

Smaller  specimens  are  paler,  and  the  venter  may  be  without  spots 
and  unmarked  except  for  faint  indications  of  the  posteriorly  converging 
lines. 

Cephalothorax  highest  at  third  row  of  eyes,  dorsal  line  in  profile  a 
little  depressed  at  front  of  median  groove.  Face  high,  two-thirds  as 
high  as  chelicerffi  are  long,  in  profile  slightly  convex  and  protrudes  a 
little  above.     Anterior  row  of  eyes  procurved,  shorter  than  the  second 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  255 

by  twice  their  diameter;  eyes  subeqiial  in  size  and  nearly  equidistant, 
being  separated  from  each  other  by  a  space  rather  less  than  their 
radius;  anterior  lateral  eyes  more  than  their  diameter  from  the  front 
margin  of  clypeus,  closer  to  the  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row 
large,  less  than  their  diameter  apart;  eyes  of  third  row  two-thirds  as 
large  as  those  of  the  second,  nearly  twice  as  far  from  each  other  as 
from  eyes  of  second  row;  cephalothorax  five  times  as  long  as  quad- 
rangle of  posterior  eyes.  Margins  of  furrow  of  the  chelicera?  armed 
as  usual,  the  third  tooth  of  the  lower  margin  a  little  reduced.  Labium 
much  longer  than  wide  (19  :  16);  basal  excavation  one-third  the  total 
length  or  rather  longer;  sides  below  straight  and  subparallel  to 
middle,  then  straight  and  converging  to  angles  in  front ;  front  margin 
very  gently  convex  laterally  and  indented  at  middle.  Legs  long  and 
slender;  the  posterior  tarsi  slender  and  nearly  as  long  as  tibia  4- 
patella;  all  tarsi  densely  scopulate,  the  scopute  clearly  divided  on 
posterior  pairs  by  a  narrow  median  setose  band,  on  the  anterior  pairs 
the  scopuke  extend  also  upon  the  metatarsi  entirely  to  the  base  and 
even  upon  the  tibia?  distally. 

For  structure  of  epigynum  see  PI.  XVII,  fig.  9. 

Total  length,  21.5  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  10  mm.;  width, 

7.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  32.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  10.8  mm. ;  met.,  7.8  mm. 

I>ength  of  leg  II,  28.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  21.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  38.8  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  12.2  mm. ;  met.,  11.8  mm. 

Male. — Front  pair  of  legs  dark  reddish  brown  to  black,  excepting 
tarsus  and  proximal  end  of  femur,  above  which  are  lighter;  other  legs 
light  brown.  Anterior  half  of  median  dorsal  stripe  of  abdomen 
black  and  distinctly  darker  than  posterior  half.  Venter  gray,  immacu- 
late.    Chelicerce  brown  wdth  yellow  pubescence. 

Patella  I  and  II  armed  in  front  and  behind. 

For  structure  of  palpus  see  PI.  XVIII,  fig.  1. 

Total  length,   11   mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,   6  mm.;  wddth, 

4.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  21.6  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  7.2  mm.;  met.,  5.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  20.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  17.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  25.8  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  7.7  mm.;  met.,  8.1  mm. 

Syn. — 1875.     Lycosa  scutulata. 

1875.     Lycosa  .scutulata. 

1890.     L^jcosa  scutulata  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  XII,  p.  563. 


256  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

1890.     Lycosa  scutulata  Hentz,  Stone,  Proc.  Acad.  Xat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  427. 
1892.     Lycosa  scutulata   Hentz,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  PWla.,  1892, 
p.  66. 

-.     Lycosa  scutulata  Marx,  Hentz,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  II,  p.  160. 

1895.     Lycosa  scutulata  Hentz,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  91. 
•.     Lycosa  scutulata  Hentz,  Banks,  Ent.  News,  IV,  p.  205. 

1897.  Lycosa  scutulata  Hentz,  Banks,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  IV,  p.  189. 

1898.  Lycosa  scxdulata  Hentz,  Banks,  Proc.  Col.  Acad.  Sci.,  3d  ser.,  Zool., 
Vol.  I,  p.  268. 

.     Lycosa  scutulata  Hentz,  Simon,  Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  Vol.  II,  pp.  329, 

330,  346. 
1900.     Lycosa  scutulata  Hentz,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  538. 
1902.     Lycosa  scutulata  Hentz,  Emerton,  Common  Sp.  of  U.  S.,  p.  76. 
.     Lycosa  scutulata   Hentz,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila., 

p.  553. 
1904.     Lycosa  scutulata  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  289. 

Type  Zoca^zon.— Alabama. 

Known  localities. — Alabama,  North  Carolina!,  Georgia!,  Florida, 
Louisiana !,  Mississippi,  Texas,  Connecticut,  New  York  I,  Pennsylvania, 
New  Jersey.  District  of  Columbia,  Ohio,  Indiana!,  lUinois,  Iowa!, 
Kansas !. 

Hentz  remarks  as  follows  concerning  Lycosa  scutulata  after  his 
original  description:  "This  common  and  very  distinct  species  attains 
a  very  large  stature.     It  is  most  commonly  found  wandering  in  quest 

of   prey The   cocoon   is    very  large,   spherical    and   whitish, 

containing  from  150  to  200  eggs,  which  hatch  before  the  cocoon  is 
opened.  The  yellow  spots  on  the  abdomen  seem  to  be  wanting  in  the 
young"  {Sj).  U.  S.,  p.  32). 

lyoosa  puJiotulata  Hentz,  1842. 

(J.  Bost.  Soc.  N.  Hist.,  4,  p.  390.) 
Cephalothorax  light  brown,  with  each  side  of  the  middle  a  blackish- 
brown  stripe  which  runs  forward  over  eyes  of  the  corresponding  side 
and  reaches  the  front  margin  of  the  clypeus  as  a  much  narrower  line, 
also  on  each  side  a  very  narrow  marginal  and  a  wider  submarginal 
blackish  line;  the  median  light  band  is  narrower  than  the  dark  bands 
enclosing  it;  between  the  eyes  of  the  third  and  second  row  it  is  nar- 
rowed to  a  line  but  widens  again  above  eyes  of  first  row;  the  dark 
bands  of  cephalothorax  are  clothed  with  dark  somewhat  smoky-brown 
pubescence,  the  light  regions  covered  with  a  grayish-brown  pubes- 
cence about  the  eyes  are  longer.  Chelicerce  black,  clothed  with  short 
light  yellowish  pubescence  and  some  mostly  very  long  blackish  bristles ; 
at  the  distal  end  within  along  the  furrow  a  fringe  of  long  3^ellow  or 
rusty  yellow  hairs.  Labium  and  endites  dark  reddish  brown;  light 
distally.  Sternum  black,  clothed  with  grayish-brown  pubescence. 
Coxce  dark  reddish  brown.     Legs  elsewhere  brown;  the  distal  ends  of 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  257 

the  tibiae  and  metatarsi  of  the  last  legs  usually  darker,  legs  otherwise 
without  markings ;  covered  with  a  very  stout  pale  pubescence  and  with 
longer  straight  blackish  bristles  which  are  denser  than  in  scutulata; 
the  longer  bristles  appear  paler  distally  as  in  scutulata.  Tegument  in 
general  brown,  blackish  brown  along  a  wide  median  band  extending  the 
entire  length  of  the  abdomen,  the  band  widest  in  middle,  covered  by 
intermixed  black  and  deep  brown  pubescence  with  longer  black 
bristles;  margin  of  middle  black  band  smooth,  not  broken  by  indenta- 
tions or  enclosed  lighter  spots;  tlie  black  pubescence  more  dense  at 
borders  of  its  median  band,  the  brown  over  its  middle;  each  side  of  mid- 
dle band  a  grayish-brown  stripe;  exterior  to  gray  stripes  the  sides  are 
colored  with  brown  and  grayish  brown  intermingled  in  spots  and 
streaks,  the  brown  often  solid  at  the  anterolateral  angles ;  sides  below 
and  the  venter  gray  with  very  small  spots  of  black,  the  venter  with  a 
variable  number  of  larger  black  spots,  sometimes  also  with  one  or 
more  continuous  dark  patches.  Epigynum  dark  reddish  brown  to 
black.     S-pinnereis  brown. 

Cephalothorax  narrow,  highest  behind  second  row  of  eyes;  sides 
rather  weakly  rounded,  high,  with  the  sides  steep.  Face  high,  rather 
more  than  two-thirds  as  high  as  the  chelicerae  are  long,  the  sides  steep 
and  but  moderately  convex.  Anterior  row  of  etjes  moderately 
strongly  procurved,  shorter  than  second  row  by  about  twice  the 
diameter  of  an  anterior  eye;  anterior  median  eyes  their  radius  apart, 
farther  from  the  slightly  smaller  lateral  eyes;  anterior  lateral  eyes 
scarcely  their  diameter  from  the  front  margin  of  the  clypeus,  much 
farther  from  the  eyes  of  the  second  row;  eyes  of  the  second  row  less  than 
their  diameter  apart;  eyes  of  third  row  about  two-thirds  as  large  as 
those  of  the  second ;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  one-fifth  as  long  as 
cephalothorax.     Chelicerce  armed  as  usual. 

Legs  long  and  moderately  slender,  the  last  tarsi  slender  but  not  pro- 
portionately long;  all  femora  conspicuously  flattened  laterally,  each 
of  the  two  posterior  ones  on  each  side  concavated  beliind  and  bent 
conspicuously  backward,  the  two  anterior  ones  concavated  in  front 
side  and  bent  forward ;  anterior  tibise  and  metatarsi  armed  beneath  as 
usual,  all  tarsi  densely  scopulate  beneath,  the  posterior  ones  clearly 
bisected  by  a  narrow  median  setose  band ;  the  anterior  metatarsi  also 
scopulate  for  most  of  the  entire  distance  to  their  bases,  but  the  posterior 
metatarsi  not  at  all  scopulate. 

For  structure  of  epigynum  see  PI.  XVIII,  fig.  2. 

Total  length,  16.4  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  7  mm.;  widths 
5  mm. 


258  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Length  of  leg  I,  20  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  7.4  mm. ;  met.,  4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  17.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  16.6  mm. 

liength  of  leg  IV,  22.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  7.5  mm.;  met.,  6.6  mm. 

Male. — Chelicerce  black,  covered,  but  not  denselj^,  with  black  pubes- 
cence; fringe  along  furrow  pale  rufous.  Legs  yellowish  or  pale  brown, 
the  joints  beyond  patella  of  anterior  pairs  darker,  reddish  brown; 
distal  ends  of  tibia  and  metatarsus  of  leg  IV  darker  blackish.  The 
hair  of  middle  stripe  of  dorsum  of  abdomen,  except  black  margins,  is 
rufous  or  nearly  so,  the  light  stripes  bounding  it  are  made  by  golden- 
yellow  hair.  Venter  with  a  wide  median  black  band,  which  is  widest 
at  its  anterior  end  where  it  spreads  out  back  of  lung-slits. 

Patella  I  and  II  armed  both  in  front  and  behind. 

For  structure  of  palpal  organ  see  PI.  XVIII,  fig.  3. 

Total  length,  15  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  7.3  mm.;  width^ 
5.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  23.2  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  8.4  mm.;  met.,  5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  21.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  18.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  29  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  9  mm.;  met.,  9  mm. 

Syn. — 1842.     Lijcosa  punctulata  Hentz,  J.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  p.  390. 
1875.     Lijcosa  punctulata  Hentz,  Spiders  of  U.  S.,  p.  31,  PI.  3,  figs.  16,  17. 
1885.     Lycosa  punctulata,  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Ac,  IV,  p.  490. 
1890.     Lychsa  punctulata,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  563. 

Non.-Syn. .     Lycosa  punctulata   Hentz,  Stone,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phila. 
1892.     Lycosa  punctulata.  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila. 

.     Lycosa  punctulata,  Hentz,  Fox,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  2,  p.  269. 

.     Lycosa  punctulata,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Wash.,  II,  p.  160. 

1895.     Lj/cosa  punctulata,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  3,  p.  91. 

1900.     Lycosa  punctulata.  Banks,  Proc  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  538. 

1902.     Lycosa  punctulata,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  552. 

1904.     Lycosa  punctulata,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  288. 

Type  location. — Pennsylvania. 

Knownlocalities. — Pennsylvania,  North  Carolina !,  Georgia !,  Alabama, 
Florida,  Louisiana!,  Mississippi!,  Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  Rhode 
Island !,  Indiana !,  Ohio. 

Lyoosa  frondicola  Emerton,  1885. 

(Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  484,  PI.  46,  figs.  3  to  3b.) 
Female. — Sides  of  cephalothorax  dark  brown  above,  lighter  toward 
margin;  a  median  light  brown  band  which  is  widest  just  behind  the 
eye  area,  where  it  is  wider  than  the  third  row;  from  there  it  very 
gradually  narrows  caudally  and  anteriorly  passes  broadly  between  the 
eyes  of  the  third  row  to  those  of  the  second;  the  median  band  in  life 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  259 

densely  clothed  with  light  gray  pubescence;  sides  of  cephalothorax 
clothed  with  mixed  black  and  gray  pubescence,  the  gray  predoininating, 
increasing  in  abundance  from  above  below  and  finally  forming  a  narrow 
marginal  light  gray  stripe  in  which  the  hair  is  unmixed  with  any 
black.  Chelicerce  black,  clothed  over  basal  portion  with  light  brown 
pubescence,  distally  with  black.  Labium  and  endites  dark  reddish  or 
blackish  brown,  lighter  at  tips.  Sternum  and  coxce  of  legs  beneath 
dark  reddish-brown  to  black,  the  coxae  somewhat  paler  basally; 
clothed  with  black  hair.  Legs  brown  or  reddish  brown  with  some 
dark  annulations  on  the  femora,  which  may  be  indistinct  and  which  are 
cormnonly  incomplete  above  and  below;  the  patella;,  tibiae  and  meta- 
tarsi of  the  posterior  pairs  of  legs  also  normally  annulate  with  dark, 
the  patellae  showing  one  ring,  the  tibiae  two  and  the  metatarsi  three; 
the  anterior  legs  not  marked  beyond  the  femora;  legs  densely  clothed 
with  gray  pubescence,  longer  black  hairs  sparse.  Abdomen  above 
grayish  brown,  the  pubescence  being  mixed  gray  and  brown,  the  gray 
sometimes  arranged  over  entire  dorsum  in  minute  spots  and  streaks; 
black  pubescence  over  two  angular  spots  close  together  in  front  of 
middle,  these  spots  forming  the  angular  lateral  portion  of  an  else- 
where faint  basal  lanceolate  outline  which  bifurcates  at  its  posterior 
end;  a  number  of  less  distinct  dark  transverse  chevron-lines  behind; 
a  black  band  or  spot  crossing  over  each  antero-lateral  angle  caudally, 
with  pubescence  of  same  color,  this  band  dissolving  in  the  gray  and 
brown  pubescence  behind;  sides  of  abdomen  light  brown,  densely 
covered  with  gray  and  brown  puliescence,  these  sometimes  vmiformly 
mingled  but  more  commonly  intermixed  in  numerous  small  spots  and 
streaks;  venter  with  a  wide  median  band  of  black  back  of  spinnerets, 
the  edges  of  which  are  uneven,  this  band  frequently  occupying  the 
entire  venter;  at  times  the  dark  band  is  entirely  absent.  Epigijmim 
reddish  brown.     Spinnerets  brown. 

Face  low  a,nd  wide,  in  height  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  chelicerae, 
sides  rounded  and  strongly  slanting.  Dorsal  Une  of  cephalothorax 
highest  between  third  eye  row  and  dorsal  groove,  being  convex  between 
eyes  and  the  posterior  declivity. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  but  slightly  procurved,  nearly  or  quite  as  wide 
as  the  second;  anterior  median  eyes  their  radius  apart,  closer  to  the 
somewhat  smaller  lateral  eyes;  anterior  lateral  eyes  one  and  one-half 
times  their  diameter  from  the  front  margin  of  clypeus,  less  than  their 
diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  considerably 
less  than  their  diameter  apart;  eyes  of  third  row  more  than  twice  as  far 
from  each  other  as  from  eyes  of  second  row;  quadrangle  of  posterior 
eyes  a  little  more  than  one-sixth  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax. 


260  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

Chelicerce  massive;  margins  of  furrow  armed  as  usual.  Labium  a 
little  longer  than  wide  (16  :15);  basal  excavation  as  usual;  attenu- 
ated anteriorly,  the  sides  below  well  rounded  convexly,  straight  above; 
front  margin  incurved  or  concave  for  its  entire  length.  Legs  strong, 
moderately  slender  distally;  tibia  +  patella  IV  evidently  shorter  than 
the  cephalothorax,  the  metatarsus  a  little  longer  than  or  nearly  of  the 
same  length  as  the  width  of  the  cephalothorax;  tarsi  and  metatarsi  I 
and  II  scopulate  beneath,  tarsi  III  and  IV  as  usual ;  spines  of  anterior 
tibiae  as  usual;  patella  II  armed  anteriorly. 

Side  ridges  and  furrows  of  the  epigynum  are  of  the  usual  form;  the 
guide  is  of  the  inversely  T-shaped  form,  the  septal  piece  is  enlarged  or 
widened  at  its  middle,  being  thus  more  or  less  fusiform,  being  narrow 
adjacent  to  the  transverse  arms;  transverse  piece  as  long  as  or  a  little 
longer  than  the  median,  its  arms  passing  well  out  laterally  behind  the 
lateral  tubercles  and  being  scarcely  confined  at  the  ends ;  guide  plates 
along  front  of  tran verse  arms  narrow,  even  more  so  upon  posterior  end 
of  septum  where  they  fade  out  (PI.  XVIII,  fig.  4). 

Total  length,  13  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  6.5  mm.;  width, 
4.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  14.6  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  5.3  ram.;  met.,  3.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  13.9  mm. 

I^ength  of  leg  III,  12.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  18.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  5.8  mm. ;  met.,  5  mm, 

Male. — Cephalothorax  in  color  nearly  as  in  the  female.  Legs  lighter. 
Abdomen  with  the  black  bands  over  the  antero-lateral  angles  more 
distinctly  continuing  caudally  as  a  dark  band  along  sides  of  dorsum, 
this  band  behind  frequently  breaking  up  into  oblique  lines  and  spots; 
abdomen  otherwise  as  in  the  female. 

Patella  I  and  II  armed  both  in  front  and  behind. 

Apical  portion  of  tarsus  of  palpus  evidently  shorter  than  the 
bulb,  acute;  auricle  large  and  broad,  the  terminal  part  of  embolus 
lying  in  it  clearly  exposed ;  tenaculum  at  base  horizontal  and  rather 
stout,  then  bent  forward  rather  abruptly  and  becoming  very  slender. 
(PI.  XVIII,  fig.  5.) 

Total  length,  10  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  5.2  mm.;  width, 
4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  14.1  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.9  mm.;  met.,  3.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  12.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  11.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  15.7  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,-  5  mm.;  met.,  4.8  mm. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  261 

Syn.— 1877.     Tarentula  modesfa  Thorell,  Bull.  U.  S.  G.  S.  Terr.,  3,  No.  2,  p. 

520  (name  preoccupied  by  modesta  Keys.). 
1885.     Lycosa  nigroventris  Emerton,  Tr.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  488,  PI.  47, 

figs.  5  to  5b. 
1890.     Tarentula  pudens  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  564. 

.     Lycosa  frondicola,  Marx,  ibid.,  p.  561. 

.     Lycosa  frondicola,  Stone,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  42,  p.  426. 

1892.     Ltjcosa  frondicola,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  2,  p.  160. 

— — -.     Lycosa  frondicola,  Fox,  op.  cit.,  p.  269. 

.     Lycosa  frondicola,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  44,  p.  64. 

1894.  Lycosa  modesta,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  E.  Soc,  2,  p.  50. 

1895.  Lycosa  modesta.  Banks,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Ac.  Sci.,  8,  p.  429. 
.     Lycosa  frondicola.  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  3,  p.  91. 

1902.     Lycosa  frondicola,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  p.  501, 

PL  30,  figs.  28,  29. 
1904.     Trochosa  frondicola,  Montgomery,  ibid.,  p.  306. 

Type  locality. — Massachusetts. 

Known  localities. — Massachusetts!,  New  Hampshire!,  Connecticut, 
Rhode  Island!,  New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  District  of 
Columbia!,  Ohio,  Indiana,  lUinois,  Iowa!,  Kansas!,  Montana!,  Utah!, 
Colorado!,  Arizona!. 

From  a  study  of  specimens  from  various  places  in  the  West,  I  am 
convinced  that  the  species  described  by  Thorell  from  Colorado  as 
Tarentula  modesta  is  the  same  as  the  Eastern  L.  frondicola,  and  Thorell's 
name  would  have  to  be  used  except  that  it  is  preoccupied  by  Keyser- 
ling's  species.  In  1890  Marx  proposed  the  name  pudens  to  take  the 
place  of  modesta;  but  as  the  species  had  been  described  by  Emerton  in 
1885  as  frondicola,  the  latter  name  must  stand.  A  study  of  the  male 
specimen  upon  which  L.  nigroventris  was  based  convinces  me  that  it 
is  the  same  as  frondicola. 

L.  frondicola  is  a  widely  distributed  species,  conmion  especially  in 
the  central,  northern  and  mountainous  parts  of  the  United  States.  It 
is  found  most  frequently  in  and  at  the  edges  of  woods,  among  fallen 
leaves  and  sticks.  Specimens  from  the  dryer  parts  of  the  West,  as 
with  various  other  species,  show  a  tendency  to  lose  the  dark  coloration, 
especially  that  of  the  venter.  Some  specimens  have  the  venter  entirely 
pale. 

Lycosa  pratensis  Emerton,  1885. 

(Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  VI,  p.  483,  PI.  XLVI,  figs.  4,  4a,  4b.) 
Female. — A  wide  median  light  band,  widest  between  third  eye  row 
and  dorsal  groove,  and  from  there  narrowing  backward  to  end  of 
cephalothorax,  commonly  constricted  or  indented  at  groove,  also 
narrowing  and  passing  forward  between  eyes  of  third  row  and  reaching 
those  of  second  row.  Tegument  of  middle  band  light  reddish  brow^n 
clothed  with  yellowish  or  brownish-gray  pubescence,  usually  two  dark 


262  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

longitudinal  lines  in  wide  part  in  front  of  dorsal  groove;  on  each  side, 
at  a  distance  above  margin  greater  than  its  own  width,  a  narrow  light 
band  colored  hke  the  median  one;  elsewhere  the  tegument  deep  brown, 
clothed  mostly  with  dark  to  blackish-brown  pubescence,  with  grayish 
intermixed.  Chelicene  dark  reddish  brown  with  grayish-brown  pubes- 
cence. Labium  and  endites  dark  brown,  inclined  to  be  lighter  at  tips. 
Sternum  reddish  brown,  sparsely  clothed  with  a  few  short  hairs  of  light 
color  and  more  numerous  long  bristles  of  black.  Coxce  of  legs  beneath 
brown,  grayish-yellow  pubescence  much  more  abundant  than  on  ster- 
num. Legs  brown,  darker  distall}^,  at  least  femora  with  rather  faint 
darker  rings,  which  on  the  two  anterior  pairs  are  most  distinct  on  the 
meso-caudal  aspect  and  on  the  two  posterior  pairs  on  the  meso-cephalic 
aspect;  clothed  with  shorter  grayish-yellow  pubescence  and  longer 
blackish  or  blackish-brown  hair.  Abdomen  in  general  color  reddish 
brown,  lighter  beneath;  above  with  a  complicated  pattern  of  black 
lines,  in  part  as  follows :  at  base  a  lanceolate  outline,  giving  off  on  each 
side  near  apical  third  a  line  running  caudo-laterally  to  dark  area  at 
sides,  its  tip  at  middle  touching  apex  of  a  chevron-mark  which  is 
followed  caudally  by  a  number  of  similar  marks;  each  chevron-mark 
commonly  double  or  paired,  i.e.,  consisting  of  two  parallel  chevrons 
separated  by  a  light  line,  except  sometimes  at  ends;  on  each  side  of 
chevrons  irregular  darker  spots  and  blotches.  The  tegument  of  the 
sides  with  spots  of  black,  but  that  of  venter  unmarked.  The  pubes- 
cence of  the  abdomen  is  yellowish-gray  and  brown  in  life,  or  in  dry 
specimens,  the  pubescence  largely  concealing  the  complicated  markings 
of  the  tegument  and  so  arranged  as  to  produce  above  two  rows  of 
light  spots  more  or  less  connected  by  transverse  light  lines.  Sides  with 
light  and  dark  pubescence,  more  or  less  in  streaks  and  spots,  but  venter 
without  markings.     Spinnerets  brown.     Epigynum  dark  reddish  brown. 

Face  low,  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  chelicera;  (1  : 2.4),  sides 
convex,  widely  slanting,  about  as  wide  at  base  as  length  of  chelicerae, 
high  and  narrow;  in  profile  dorsal  line  rather  strongly  convex.  An- 
terior part  of  head  rounded,  the  space  between  third  and  second  rows 
of  eyes  sloping  rather  strongly;  the  first  row  of  eyes  projecting  forward 
so  as  to  be  seen  clearly  from  above. 

Front  row  of  eyes  straight  or  slightly  recurved,  slightly  longer  than  the 
second ;  anterior  median  eyes  their  radius  apart,  closer  to  the  but  little 
smaller  side  eyes;  anterior  lateral  eyes  about  their  diameter  from  the 
front  margin  of  clypeus,  closer  to  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second 
row  not  more  than  two-thirds  their  diameter  apart;  eyes  of  third  row 
scarcely  smaller  than  of  second,  their  diameter  from  latter,  more  than 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  263 

twice  as  far  from  each  other;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  about  one- 
fifth  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  the  chelicera  armed  with  three  equidistant 
conical  teeth,  these  equal  in  size,  the  third  no  smaller  than  the  first. 
The  upper  margin  with  three  teeth,  the  middle,  as  usual,  much  largest, 
the  first  and  third  about  equal,  both  usually  contiguous  with  base  of 
second,  or  the  third  slightly  removed. 

Legs  short  and  moderately  slender;  tibia  +  patella  of  fourth  legs 
shorter  than  the  cephalothorax;  metatarsus  of  fourth  legs  much 
shorter  than  tibia  +  patella;  anterior  tarsi  slightly  curved,  others 
straight;  two  anterior  pair  of  femora  slightly  bent  forward,  last  pair 
slightly  bent  backward;  first  and  second  tarsi  scopulate;  third  and 
fourth  tarsi  not  truly  scopulate,  subdensely  setulose;  tibiae  and  meta- 
tarsi of  first  and  second  legs  armed  beneath  as  usual,  patella  of  these 
legs  imarmed. 

Epigynum  as  Rgured  (PI.  XXI,  fig.  3). 

Total  length,  13  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  5.1  mm.;  width, 
3.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  10.9  mm.;  tib.  -f  pat.,  4.1  nmi.;  met.,  2.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  10.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  9.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  14  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.8  mm.;  met.,  3.3  mm. 

Syn. — 1890.     Lycosa  pratensis,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12. 

1892.     Lycosa  pratensis,  Banks,  Proc.  Phil.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  44,  p.  64. 

1894.  Lycosa  pratensis    Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  IX,  p.  422, 
PI.  Ill,  fig.  IV. 

1895.  Lycosa  pratensis  Emerton,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  III,  p.  91. 
1902.     Lycosa  pratensis  Emerton,  Common  Sp.  U.  S.,  p.  69,  figs.  168,  169,  170. 
1904.     Trochosa  pratensis,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  303. 

Type  locality. — Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  New  Hampshire. 

Known  localities. — Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  New  Hampshire!, 
New  York!,  Long  Island!,  Canada  (mountains  near  Lagan,  Lake  of 
Woods,  Gaspe,  Anticosti,  Byron  I.,  Port  Hawkesbury). 

According  to  Emerton,  in  New  England  "this  is  the  most  com- 
mon species,  under  stones  and  under  leaves  in  winter."  Also:  "This 
does  not  seem  to  be  a  very  active  spider,  and  is  commonly  found  under 
stones." 

Its  habits  in  New  York  I  have  found  similar. 

Lycosa  kochii  (Keyserling),  1876. 

(Sub  Tarentula,  Verb.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  26,  p.  636,  PI.  7,  fig.  18.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  with  a  pale  stripe  as  wide  as  third  eye  row, 


264  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

becoming  abruptly  a  little  narrower  near  posterior  end  of  pars  cephalica 
and  then  gradually  narrowing  posteriorly.  Tegument  of  median 
stripe  reddish  brown,  but  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  often  black; 
median  stripe  clothed  with  gray-brown  pubescence.  Sides  of  cephalo- 
thorax  darker  above  and  becoming  lighter  below;  clothed  with  gray- 
brown  pubescence,  like  that  of  dorsal  stripe,  mixed  with  dark  blackish 
pubescence,  the  brown  hair  becoming  gradually  more  abundant  from 
above  below  but  forming  no  distinct  marginal  bands.  Chelicercc  dark 
red -brown  with  short  light  brown  pubescence  basally  and  darker  longer 
hairs  on  distal  part.  Endites  reddish  brown,  light  at  tips.  Labium 
darker,  blackish,  also  lighter  distally.  Sternum  dark  brown,  marked 
by  a  faint  paler  median  line,  clothed  with  brownish-gray  pubescence  and 
longer  black  bristles.  Coxce  of  legs  beneath  a  little  lighter  than 
sternum.  Legs  clear  brown,  entirely  unmarked  or,  more  rarely,  with 
indistinct  annular  markings  on  femora.  Palpi  similarly  colored. 
Abdomen  with  brown-gray,  brown  and  black  hair;  venter  pale,  immacu- 
late; sides  above  finely  streaked  and  spotted  with  the  darker  puljescence 
among  the  paler.  Anterior  face  of  abdomen  with  a  black  transverse 
band  extending  over  each  antero-lateral  angle.  At  base  a  lanceolate 
outline,  sometimes  absent,  which  behind  gives  off  a  number  of  lines  on 
each  caudo-laterally,  and  is  followed  behind  by  a  series  of  chevron- 
formed  lines;  in  most  on  each  side  of  dorsum  a  row  of  dark  angular 
marks  in  which  the  ends  of  the  chevron-lines  terminate.  Spinnerets 
brown,  densely  pubescent.     Epigynwn  dark  reddish  brown. 

Cephalothorax  highest  at  posterior  eyes,  moderately  low  behind,  a 
little  concavated  at  dorsal  groove.  Face  in  height  less  than  half  the 
length -of  the  chelicerse,  its  sides  convex  and  widely  slanting. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  as  long  as  second,  gently  procurved;  anterior 
median  eyes  more  than  their  radius  apart,  about  half  as  far  from  the 
smaller  lateral  eyes;  anterior  lateral  eyes  about  their  diameter  from 
front  margin  of  clypeus,  farther  from  eyes  of  second  row.  Eyes  of 
second  row  separated  by  three-fourths  their  diameter  or  a  little  more. 
.  Eyes  of  the  third  row  once  and  a  half  again  as  far  from  each  other  as 
from  the  eyes  of  the  second  row.  Quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  about 
one-fifth  the  length  of  the  cephalotliorax. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicerce  armed  with  two  equal  stout  teeth, 
the  upper  margin  with  three  as  usual.  Labium  as  wide  as  long;  basal 
excavation  less  than  one-third  the  total  length  (1 :  3.6) ;  rather  strongly 
attenuated  in  front  with  sides  above  straight  or  slightly  concave  below 
angles;  anterior  margin  indented  at  middle  but  sides  a  little  convex. 

Tibia  -|-  patella  of  fourth  legs  shorter  than  the  cephalothorax;  tarsi  I 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  265 

and  II  and  metatarsi  of  same  legs  except  at  base  scopiilate;  tarsi  of 
third  and  fourth  legs  clothed  beneath  with  bristles.  Patellae  of  first  and 
second  legs  unarmed . 

Epigynum  as  figured  (PI.  XXI,  fig.  5). 

Total  length,  11.4  mm.;  length  of  cephalothorax,  4.5  mm.;  width, 
3.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  10.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.9  mm. ;  met.,  2.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  10.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  10.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  14.5  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.8  mm.;  met.,  4  mm, 

Male. — Colored  like  female  but  lighter;  femora  of  legs  lighter  and 
clearer  brown,  tibia  and  more  distal  joints  darker,  reddish  brown. 

Patella  of  second  legs  with  a  spine  in  front. 

Tibia  and  patella  of  palpus  of  same  length  and  thickness,  together 
about  equalling  the  length  of  the  tarsus.  For  structure  of  palpal 
organ  see  PI.  XXI,  fig.  4. 

Total  length,  9.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4.2  mm.;  width, 
3.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  10.7  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.9  mm.;  met.,  2.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  9.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  8.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  11  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.9  mm.;  met.,  2.6  mm. 

Type  locality. — "North  America." 

Knoini  localities. — Colorado!,  Utah!,  Oregon,  Arizona!,  California!. 

Lycosa  gulosa  Walckenaer,  1837. 
(Ins.  Apt.,  1,  p.  33S.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  dark  reddish  brown  crossed  by  blackish 
radiating  lines ;  a  wide  median  light  stripe  which  is  constricted  between 
thoracic  groove  and  third  eye  row  and  again  behind  the  groove,  widest 
in  front  of  the  first  constriction,  extending  to  the  second  eye  row  in 
front;  the  median  light  brown  band  clothed  with  light  gray  pubescence; 
on  each  side  a  supramarginal  irregular  edged  band  of  same  color  and 
pubescence  as  the  median  one;  cephalothorax  except  on  light  stripes 
clothed  with  dark  brown  pubescence.  Chelicerce  black,  paler  distally, 
clothed  for  most  of  length  with  yellowish  pubescence,  distally  with 
longer  dark  brown  hairs ;  the  fringe  along  furrow  rust  colored.  Labium 
and  endites  deep  brown,  paler  at  tips.  Sternum  deep  reddish  brown 
or,  more  rarely,  black,  clothed  with  short  grayish-brown  and  longer 
dark  brown  pubescence.  Coxae  of  legs  beneath  brown  to  reddish- 
brown,  lighter  than  sternum.     Legs  reddish  brown,  all  joints  except 


266  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

the  tarsi  with  black  annulations  which  are  usually  more  distinct 
proximally  and  deeper  above  on  femora  than  ventrally;  clothed  with 
brown  hair  which  is  also  the  color  of  the  scopulae.  Abdomen  above 
grayish-brown,  the  pubescence  consisting  of  gray  and  brown  inter- 
mixed; at  base  a  dark,  deeper  margined,  sublanceolate  stripe  ending 
obtusely  or  bifurcating  at  the  middle,  but  this  basal  mark  frequently 
inconspicuous  and  sometimes  absent;  posterior  portion  of  dorsum 
rarely  with  some  dark  chevron-shaped  cross-lines;  a  black  spot  over 
each  antero-lateral  angle  which  is  usually  followed  caudad  by  a  row  of 
dark  angular  spots  and  marks  along  the  sides ;  sides  and  venter  yellowish 
or  grayish  brown,  the  pubescence,  as  on  dorsum,  being  light  and  dark 
often  intermixed  in  fine  spots  and  streaks;  the  tegument  of  venter  often 
showing  two  pairs  of  dark  lines  or  stripes  converging  toward  the 
spinnerets;  entire  animal  darkening  with  age,  the  venter  then  showing 
usually  a  broad  dark  brown  to  black  band  over  its  length  from  genital 
furrow  to  the  spinnerets.  Spinnerets  brown.  Epigynum  dark  red- 
dish-brown to  black. 

Face  about  half  as  high  as  the  length  of  the  chelicera?,  sides  rounded 
and  slanting;  width  at  base  less  than  the  length  of  the  chelicerffi. 
Dorsal  line  of  cephalothorax  highest  at  third  eye  row,  somewhat  con- 
cavated  at  median  furrow. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  considerably  shorter  than  the  second  (by  twice 
the  diameter  of  a  lateral  eye  or  more),  moderately  procurved;  anterior 
median  eyes  less  than  their  radius  apart;  anterior  lateral  eyes  about 
two-thirds  as  large  as  the  median,  a  little  less  than  their  diameter  from 
eyes  of  second  row  and  a  little  more  than  their  diameter  from  front 
margin  of  clypeus;  eyes  of  second  row  large,  about  three-fifths  their 
diameter  apart;  eyes  of  third  row  but  little  smaller  than  those  of  secona 
(ad.  5:6),  more  than  twice  as  far  from  each  other  as  from  eyes  of  second 
row;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  between  one-fifth  and  one-sixth  the 
length  of  the  cephalothorax. 

Chelicerce  with  furrows  armed  as  usual.  Labium  nearly  as  wide  as 
long,  not  much  attenuated;  front  margin  concavated.  Legs  with 
tibia  +  patella  IV  of  same  length  as  cephalothorax  or  a  very  little 
longer;  metatarsus  IV  longer  than  the  cephalothorax  is  wide;  anterior 
tibige  and  patella  armed  as  usual;  tarsi  and  metatarsi  I  and  II  scopulate; 
tarsi  III  and  IV  as  usual. 

Epigynum  broadly  ovate  with  posterior  end  widely  truncate;  side 
ridges  relatively  very  thick;  septal  piece  of  guide  in  front  of  enlarged 
posterior  end  with  sides  parallel  or  nearly  so,  the  femur  at  its  side 
narrow  and  not  much  differing  in  width  from  anterior  end  back  to  the 
caudal  enlargement  of  guide  (PI.  XXI,  fig.  7). 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  267 

Total  length,  14  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  7.7  mm.;  width, 
6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  19.7  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  7.4  mm.;  met.,  4.1. mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  19.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  18.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  24.1  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  7.8  mm. ;  met.,  6.7  mm. 

Male. — Colored  nearly  as  in  the  female.  Legs  dark  brown  or  black- 
ish distally,  showing  mostly  no  rings  or  marks  except  on  femora. 
Palpi  reddish  yellow  with  ends  of  joints  dark  and  some  dark  marks  on 
femora. 

Patella  of  palpus  as  long  as  the  tibia,  these  two  joints  together  of 
about  the  same  length  as  the  tarsus;  terminal  portion  of  palpus  a 
little  shorter  than  the  bulb. 

Embolus  bending  outward  and  somewhat  distally  from  base,  resting 
upon  the  lectus  only  across  the  auricle,  the  greater  part  of  its  length 
being  supported  only  by  its  much  elongated  basal  flap  (PI.  XXI,  fig.  6). 

Total  length,  11.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  5.5  mm.;  width, 
4.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  19.7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  7.1  mm. ;  met.,  4.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II.  18.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  17.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  22.8  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  7  mm. ;  met.,  6.7  mm. 

gyn._1876.  Tarentula  pulchra  Keyserling,  Verb.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  26,  p.  628, 
pi.  7,   figs.  13,  14.  ^  .      1    o  -    ^ 

1885.  Lycosa  kochii  Emerton  (nee  Keyserling),  Trans.  Conn.  Acad,  bci.,  6, 
p.  485,  PI.  46.  figs.  6  to  6c. 

1890.     Lycosa  kochii  Stone,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  42,  p.  426. 

1892.     Lycosa  kochii  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  2.  p.  160. 

.     Lycosa  kochii  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  p.  64. 

1902.     Lycosa  kochii  Emerton,  Common  Sp.  U.  S.,  p.  74,  figs.  179,  180. 

Lycosa   purcelli  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  566, 

PI.  30,  figs.  30,  31. 

1904.     Lycosa  pulchra  (Keys."),Chamberhn,  Canad.  Ent.,  p.  14/ . 

■ .     Lycosa  euepigynata,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  p.  279, 

.     Lycosa  insopita,  Montgomery,  ibid.,  p.  280,  PI.  XVIII,  figs.  3,  4. 

.     Trochosa  purcelli,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  305. 

Ty2:)e  localitij.— "'North  America." 

Known  localities. ^Connecticut,  Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island !,  New- 
Hampshire!,  New  York!,  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  District  of 
Columbia!,  Virginia  North  Carolina!,  Alabama!,  Mississippi!,  Texas!, 
Kansas!,  Indiana,  Utah! 

Types  in  collection  of  Dr.  Koch. 

A  strongly  marked  and  widely  distributed  species  which,  as  might 
be  expected,  is  subject  to  some  variations  in  size  and  coloration.     The 


268  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

epigynum  and  the  peculiar  palpus  of  the  male  are  constant  in  essential 
features  and  at  once  reveal  the  species  beneath  more  superficial  differ- 
ences. The  pattern  of  the  markings  on  the  legs,  the  cephalothorax 
and  of  the  dorsum  of  abdomen  remain  pretty  nearly  the  same  alwa3's 
except  as  to  depth  and  distinctness  of  the  colors.  The  venter  of  the 
abdomen  becomes  dark  or  even  black  with  age,  the  entire  animal  also 
then  taking  on  a  darker  color. 

Lycosa  modesta  (Keyserling),  1876. 

(Sub  Tarentula,  Verh.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  p.  626,  PI.  VIT,  f5gs.  11,  12.) 

Female. — Cephalothorax  with  a  light  median  band  as  wide  as  space 
between  eyes  of  third  row;  sides  of  median  band  nearly  straight  or 
slightly  curved  convexly,  converging  gradually  caudally,  in  front  reach- 
ing eyes  of  second  row  but  there  commonly  darker;  median  band  with 
tegument  light  reddish  brown,  darker  between  eyes,  clothed  with  brown- 
gray  pubescence;  on  each  side  a  narrow  marginal  and  a  narrow  supra- 
marginal  line  of  gray  pubescence  like  that  upon  middle  band,  the  two 
marginal  hues  often  indistinctly  separated ,  Sides  of  cephalothorax  deep 
brown  or  nearly  black,  clothed  with  mixed  dark  brown  and  brownish- 
gray  pubescence,  the  gray  arranged  in  radiating  streaks,  more  abundant 
below.  CheHcerce  dark  red-brown,  lighter  distally,  clothed  with  dark 
brown  hairs  except  below  and  along  furrow,  where  they  are  lighter  and 
clearer.  Labium  and  endites  dark  brown,  light  at  tips.  Sternum 
shining  reddish  black  or  deep  brown,  sparsely  provided  with  dark 
hairs  about  borders.  Coxce  beneath  dark  brown,  paler  at  bases. 
Legs  brown,  darker  distally,  especially  the  tibia  and  metatarsus, 
the  tai'sus  being  lighter  on  anterior  pairs;  annuli  above,  which  are  more 
obscure  beneath,  clothed  with  shorter  gray  and  more  sparse  longer  and 
stiffer  hairs.  Scopulse  grizzly  brown.  Abdomen  having  the  tegument 
brown  mottled  with  light  and  dark;  a  black  lanceolate  outline  at  base 
which  on  each  side  posteriorly  gives  off  a  number  of  lines  caudo- 
laterally,  the  basal  mark  sometimes  absent;  lanceolate  mark  followed 
behind  by  a  series  of  black  transverse  chevron-lines;  in  most  on  each 
side  of  the  dorsum  behind  a  row  of  white  spots  in  which  the  ends  of 
the  dark  chevron-lines  terminate,  these  spots  formed  of  bunches  of 
white  hair;  a  black  mark  over  each  antero-lateral  angle;  sides 
brown  with  darker  mottlings  and  streaks  and  spots  of  gray  or  whitish 
hair.  Venter  black  with  some  light  spots  at  sides.  Pubescence  of 
abdomen  is  light  gray  or  white  and  a  darker  color,  dark  smoky  gray  to 
black,  the  latter  found  unmixed  on  venter,  the  former  predominat- 
ing above.     Spinnerets  brown.     Epigynum  reddish  brown  and  figured. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  269 

Cephalothorax  moderately  high  and  steep  sided,  relatively  wide  in 
front.  In  profile  line  of  dorsum  highest  behind  third  eye  row,  con- 
cavated  at  front  of  dorsal  furrow.  Face  low,  in  height  hardly  half  the 
length  of  the  chelicerae.  Face  at  base  about  wide  as  length  of  cheli- 
cerse,  sides  more  than  usually  widely  slanting,  more  convex  below. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  a  little  shorter  than  the  second,  procurved; 
anterior  median  about  their  radius  apart,  twice  as  large  in  diameter  as 
the  lateral  eyes;  anterior  lateral  eyes  nearly  their  diameter  from  the 
front  margin  of  the  elypeus,  more  than  their  diameter  from  eyes  of 
second  row;  anterior  median  eyes  less  than  half  their  diameter  from 
eyes  of  second  row  and  nearly  as  close  to  front  margin  of  elypeus ;  eyes 
of  second  row  scarcely  more  than  half  their  diameter  apart,  two-thirds 
their  diameter  from  eyes  of  third  row  which  are  two-thirds  or  a  little 
more  as  large;  eyes  of  third  row  twice  as  far  from  each  other  as  from 
eyes  of  second  row.  Cephalothorax  5.5  times  as  long  as  the  quad- 
rangle of  posterior  eyes. 

Legs  short,  the  fourth  pair  less  than  three  times  the  length  of  the 
cephalothorax;  tibia  -f-  patella  IV  shorter  than  the  cephalothorax; 
metatarsus  IV  shorter  than  tibia  +  patella ;  tarsi  and  metatarsi  I  and 
II  scopulate,  the  scopulse  not  dense;  tarsi  III  and  IV  with  very  thin 
scopulse  at  sides,  the  ventral  surface  mostly  occupied  by  a  broad  band 
of  long  setse;  tibia  +  metatarsus  I  and  II  armed  as  usual  beneath; 
patella  I  and  II  unarmed. 

Total  length,  11.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4.9  mm.;  width, 
3. 7. mm. 

Length  of  leg,  I,  9.8  mm.;  tib.  -|-  pat.,  3.7  mm.;  met.,  1.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  9.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  9.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  12.6  mm.;  tib.  -h  pat.,  4  mm.;  met.,  3.5  mm. 

Male. — Cephalothorax  relatively  narrower  in  front  than  in  female 
and  more  depressed.  Patella  I  and  II  unarmed.  Tibia  +  patella  IV 
shorter  than  cephalothorax. 

Patella  as  long  as  tibia,  the  latter  thick  distally.  Femur  laterally 
compressed  above  with  1,1,3  spines. 

Total  length,  8.4  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4.6  mm.;  width, 
3.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  11.9  mm.;  tib.  4-  pat.,  4.3  mm.;  met.,  2.7  mm. 

Ijength  of  leg  II,  10.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  10  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  13.4  mm. ;  tib.  -!-  pat.,  4.4  mm. ;  met.,  2.7  mm. 
18 


270  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

Syn.— 1890.     Tarcntula  modesta,  Marx,  P.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  p.  564. 

1902.  Lycosa  sepulchralis  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  543, 
PI.  XXIX,  fig.  7. 

1903.  Lycosa  sepulchralis  Montgomery,  ibid.,  p.  645,  PI.  29,  fig.  7. 

1904.  Trochosa  sepulchralis,  Montgomery,  ibid.,  p.  307. 

Type  locality. — Maryland  (Baltimore). 

Habitat. — Maryland,  District  of  Columbia,  Pennsylvania!,  Texas!. 

Lycosa  pictilis  Emerton,  1885. 

(Tr.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  485,  PI.  46,  figs.  5  to  5b.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  with  a  median  grayish  band  (of  pubescence) 
which,  beginning  at  the  second  eye  row,  passes  between  the  eyes  of 
third  row  and  then  abruptly  bulges  on  each  side,  being  much  wider 
than  eye  area  midway  between  eyes  and  dorsal  groove,  then  narrowing 
to  dorsal  groove  where  it  is  about  same  width  as  eye  area;  parallel 
sided  to  posterior  declivity  and  then  narrowing  down  the  declivity;  the 
median  band,  while  chiefly  of  gray  hair,  has  intermixed  brown  hair 
which  is  more  abundant  anteriorly  between  eyes;  in  wide  area  back  of 
eyes  an  intramarginal  line  on  each  side  is  formed  of  brown  hair,  these 
lines  being  parallel  to  the  sides  and  merging  together  in  the  brown 
between  the  eyes.  Sides  of  cephalothorax  chocolate  brown,  clothed 
with  brown  pubescence;  a  narrow  marginal  and  a  similar  supramarginal 
line  of  grayish  hair  on  each  side.  Chelicerce  reddish  black.  Labium 
with  gray  pubescence.  Sternum  blackish  brown..  Coxce  of  legs 
beneath  paler  brown  like  other  joints  of  legs.  Legs  dark  brown; 
femora  lighter  beneath  on  basal  half,  apically  on  most  femora  two 
interrupted  light  rings  and  a  few  hght,  transverse  marks  above  else- 
where. Tibia  with  several  light  rings,  which  on  the  anterior  pair  may 
be  confluent  beneath;  other  joints  unmarked.  Abdomen  beneath  at 
sides  dusky  brown,  having  a  ]:)lackish-brown  tegument  covered  with 
brown  hair,  rather  darker  on  sides  above;  a  black  spot  on  each  antero- 
lateral angle  which  encloses  a  light  spot,  the  latter  nearly  breaking 
through  lower  margin  of  spot;  mesally  from  the  black  spot  is  a  large 
light  spot  on  each  side;  along  the  inner  posterior  margin  of  each  of 
these  orange  spots  being  a  short  oblique  black  line,  the  two  lines  not 
meeting  in  the  middle;  posteriorly  is  a  series  of  median  black 
chevron-marks,  the  first  divided  or  nearly  so  at  middle;  at  the  outer 
end  of  each  of  the  chevrons  is  a  light  spot  enclosed  by  black,  the 
light  spots  thus  forming  a  lateral  series  on  each  side;  in  front  of 
each  half  of  each  chevron  is  a  light  colored  spot;  these  spots  in  front 
of  the  posterior  chevrons  confluent.  The  series  of  light  spots  on 
each  side  in  life  covered  with   grayish  or   gray  pubescence;  the  large 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  271 

light  spots  in  front  covered  with  orange-colored  or  with  rusty-brown 
hair  and  connected  at  middle  with  gray  hair;  light  transverse  marks  in 
front  of  posterior  chevrons  covered  with  gray  hair;  middle  of  dorsum 
in  front  covered  with  mostly  gray  and  with  fewer  brown  hairs.  Epigy- 
num  and  spinnerets  black-brown.  Legs  over  the  light  spots  with 
partly  gray  pubescence ;  pubescence  elsewhere  brown. 

Median  dorsal  line  of  cephalothorax  straight,  not  depressed  at  dorsal 
furrow.     Sides  of  face  convex  and  widely  slanting. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  procurved,  but  little  shorter  than  the  second 
row;  anterior  lateral  eyes  their  diameter  or  a  little  farther  from  front 
margin  of  the  clypeus,  a  little  farther  from  eyes  of  second  row;  anterior 
median  eyes  less  than  their  diameter  apart  (four-sevenths),  closer  to 
the  smaller  lateral  eyes  (1  :  1.7);  eyes  of  second  row  fully  their  diam- 
eter apart;  anterior  median  eyes  about  their  diameter  from  eyes  of 
second  row;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  as  wide  in  front  as  long, 
about  one-fifth  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax. 

For  structure  of  epigynum  see  PI.  XIX,  fig.  8. 

Total  length,  11.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  5  mm.;  width, 
3.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  13.1  mm. ;  tib.  -|-  pat.,  4  mm. ;  met.,  2.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  11  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  10.5  nun. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  14.9  mm. ;  tib.  4-  pat.,  4.6  mm. ;  met.,  4.1  mm. 

Male. — Coloration  of  cephalothorax  and  legs  nearly  as  in  female. 
Abdomen  with  nearly  same  markings  but  black  spot  over  front  angles 
circular,  not  enclosing  a  light  spot ;  venter  with  gray  pubescence ;  gray 
pubescence  of  dorsum  much  more  abundant  than  in  female,  the  rusty 
colored  pubescence  largely  replaced  by  it. 

Tarsus  of  palpus  some  (11  :  13)  shorter  than  the  tibia  +  patella; 
patella  and  tibia  of  about  same  thickness,  the  former  slightly  longer; 
tibia  but  slightly  thickened  distally;  tarsus  clearly  wider  than  tibia 
(5:4). 

For  structure  of  palpal  organ  see  PI.  XIX,  fig.  6. 

Total  length,  9.3  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  5.3  mm.;  width, 
3.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  13.4  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.5  mm. ;  met.,  3.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  12.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  12.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  16.8  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  5  mm. ;  met.,  4.7  mm. 

Syn. — Lycosa  pictilis,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  287,  PI. 
XVIII,  figs.  7,  8. 


272  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

Locality. — New  Hampshire !. 

"This  very  distinct  species  is  abundant  among  the  moss  and  low 
slirubs  on  the  upper  part  of  Mt,  Washington,  New  Hampshire,  and  the 
neighboring  mountains," 

The  descriptions  above  are  based  upon  the  type  specimens. 

Lyoosa  fumosa  Emerton,  1894. 

(Tr.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  9,  p.  421,  PI.  3,  figs.  1,  la.) 

Female. — Cephalothorax  nearly  black,  of  a  reddish  tinge.  Chelicerce 
the  same  color  as  cephalothorax.  Labium  and  endites  lighter  in 
color  than  cephalothorax,  pale  distally.  Sternum  similar  to  cephalo- 
thorax but  lighter.  Coxm  of  legs  beneath  brown,  clearly  paler  than 
sternum.  Legs  a  little  lighter  and  more  reddish  than  cephalothorax, 
the  femora  slightly  darker  than  other  joints,  all  joints  unmarked 
or  the  femora  with  a  few  faint  light  spots.  Palpi  like  legs.  Cephalo- 
thorax, sternum  and  legs  clothed  with  gray-brown  pubescence,  being 
probably  bleached  in  the  alcohol.  Ahdomen  entirely  black,  slightly, 
paler  beneath  especially  in  front  of  lung-slits,  clothed  with  brown 
pubescence;  pubescence  of  entire  bod 3^  and  legs  rather  dense. 

Cephalothorax  comparatively  low,  angularly  depressed  in  profile  at 
dorsal  groove.  Face  one-half  as  high  as  the  length  of  the  chelicerje. 
Anterior  row  of  eyes  of  the  same  length  as  the  second  or  very  nearly  so, 
nearly  straight,  the  center  of  lateral  eyes  being  but  slightly  lower; 
anterior  median  eyes  slightly  smaller  than  the  lateral ;  the  tubercles  of 
the  lateral  eyes  increase  their  apparent  size:  anterior  median  eyes 
their  full  diameter  apart,  same  distance  from  the  lateral  eyes,  more 
than  their  diameter  f  i-om  eyes  of  second  row ;  anterior  lateral  eyes  more 
than  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row  (nearly  one  and  one-third), 
closer,  but  little  more  than  diameter,  from  front  margin  of  clypeus; 
eyes  of  second  row  not  fully  their  diameter  apart;  eyes  of  third  row 
three-fourths  as  large  as  those  of  second;  quadrangle  of  posterior 
eyes  a  little  wider  in  front  than  long  (11.5  :  10)  unusually  wide  behind, 
being  there  nearly  twice  as  wide  as  long  (19  :  10),  the  pars  cephalica 
being  wider  than  usual  and  the  third  eyes  set  well  out  laterally;  the 
quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  between  one-fifth  and  one-sixth  as  long  as 
the  cephalothorax  (about  1 :  5.6). 

Lower  margin  of  the  furrow  of  the  chelicerce  with  three  stout  teeth, 
the  third  being  a  little  stouter  than  the  others;  the  first  two  with 
posterior  face  more  curved  than  the  anterior  and  so  appearing  bent 
forward;  upper  margin  with  three  teeth,  the  first  minute,  the  middle 
stout  and  acute  as  usual,  the  third  as  long  as  median  but  more  slender. 


1908.J  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  273 

Legs  with  the  anterior  tibise  armed  beneath  with  three  pair  of  spines, 
these  short  as  usual,  the  apical  pair  reduced;  anterior  patella  armed 
behind ;  tibiae  II  armed  in  front  and  behind ;  tibia  +  patella  IV  a  little 
longer  than  cephalothorax,  shorter  than  tibia  +  patella  I. 

Total  length,  16  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  7  mm.;  width, 
5.8  mm. 

For  structure  of  epigijnum  see  PI.  XIX,  fig.  2. 

Length  of  leg  I,  2L6  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  8.2  mm.;  met.,  5  nun. 

Length  of  leg  II,  21.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  18.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  23.7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  8  mm. ;  met.,  7  mm. 

Male. — Cephalothorax,  chelicerw  and  sternum  blackish.  Labium, 
endites  and  cozce  of  legs  beneath  dark  brown,  as  in  female.  Pubes- 
cence throughout  brown,  dense. 

For  structure  of  palpal  organ  see  PI.  XIX,  fig.  3. 

Total  length,  11  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  6  mm.;  width, 
5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  23.6  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  8  mm.;  met.,  6.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  2.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  21.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  24.4  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  7.7  mm. ;  met.,  7.7  mm. 

Locality. — Canada !. 

The  description  above  was  taken  from  the  types. 

Lycosa  beanii  Emerton,  1894. 

(Tr.  Conn.  Aoad.  Sci.,  19,  p.  421,  PI.  3,  figs.  2  to  2b.) 
Female. — Sides  of  cephalothorax  and  eye  region  blackish  brown; 
back  of  eyes  a  lighter  reddish  brown  median  stripe  as  wide  as  the 
eye  area ;  the  median  stripe  narrowing  distinctly  to  posterior  declivity, 
constricted  in  front  of  dorsal  groove,  widening  out  again  at  posterior 
margin.  No  light  colored  lateral  stripes.  Chelicerce  blackish  or  black- 
ish brown.  Labium  and  endites  reddish  brown.  Sternum  deep  brown, 
faintly  paler  along  middle.  Coxa  of  legs  beneath  distinctly  lighter  than 
sternum,  brown.  Legs  brown,  paler  than  sides  of  cephalothorax,  entirely 
unmarked  below  but  femora  above  and  on  sides,  especially  on  posterior 
pairs,  with  rather  indistinct  closely  arranged  dark  and  light  transverse 
markings.  Abdomen  brown  down  middle,  blackish  brown  across  front 
declivity  and  in  a  band  passing  over  each  antero-lateral  angle  and 
down  the  side  of  dorsum.  A  dark  basal  lanceolate  mark  evident 
reaching  the  middle  of  dorsum  behind.  Posteriorly  a  series  of  dark 
angular  bars  crossing  from  side  to  side,  leaving  light  colored  chevrons 


274  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  '        [May, 

between,  farther  forward,  at  and  just  behind  the  middle,  the  sides  of 
the  dark  lateral  bands  simply  dentate,  the  teeth  not  connected  across 
middle.  Sides  becoming  lighter  from  above  below,  the  lower  portion 
and  the  venter  rather  light  brown,  the  venter  appearing  to  have  been 
somewhat  darker  down  its  middle  behind  lung-slits  in  life.  Spinnerets 
brown.     Epigynum  dark  reddish  brown. 

Cephalothorax  highest  as  usual  at  third  eye  only  slightly  descending 
posteriorly ;  the  dorsal  line  nearly  horizontal,  a  little  depressed  at  dorsal 
groove.  Face  with  sides  sloping  moderately,  in  height  about  half  the 
length  of  the  chelicerse.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  clearly  shorter  than  the 
second,  procurved;  diameter  of  anterior  median  eyes  is  to  diameter  of 
eye  of  second  row  as  1  :  2.2 ;  anterior  lateral  eyes  once  and  a  half  their 
diameter  from  margin  of  clypeus,  a  little  closer  to  eyes  of  second  row; 
anterior  median  eyes  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row,  and 
one-half  their  diameter  apart,  scarcely  closer  to  lateral  eyes  (which  are 
scarcely  smaller) ;  eyes  of  second  row  a  little  more  than  three-fourths 
their  diameter  apart;  posterior  quadrangle  of  same  length  and  breadth, 
wider  behind  than  in  front  in  ratio  of  nearly  9.25  :  7,  and  about  one- 
fifth  as  long  as  cephalothorax. 

Lower  margin  of  the  furi-ow  of  the  chelicerce  with  two  stout  and 
equal  teeth;  upper  margin  of  the  furrow  with  three  teeth,  the  first  of 
these  is  low  but  wide  and  bluntly  rounded,  the  second  as  usual  much 
largest,  conical  and  acute,  the  third  of  intermediate  size,  shaped  like 
the  second. 

Tarsi  of  legs  not  curved,  all  straight;  first  two  pairs  of  femora  bent 
forward ;  third  femora  nearly  straight,  scarcely  bent  backward ;  fourth 
femora  a  little  bent  backward.  Scopulx  distributed  about  as  usual 
but  rather  sparse,  divided  by  setose  band  on  all  tarsi !. 

Epigynum  1  mm.  wide  and  about  same  length  {i.e.,  shorter  than 
any  of  coxae,  the  third  of  which  is  1.6  mm.  long)  (PI.  XIX,  fig.  5). 

Total  length,  12  mm.  I^ength  of  cephalothorax,  5.3  mm. ;  width, 
3.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  11.6  mm. ;  tib.  -I-  pat.,  6.4  mm. ;  met.,  2.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  10.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  10.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  14.2  mm. ;  tib.  -|-  pat.,  4.2  mm. ;  met.,  4.2  mm. 

Male. — Coloration  very  nearly  the  same  as  in  female.  Legs  not  at  all 
marked,  the  first  and  second  femora  darker  than  posterior  ones,  first 
tibia  also  darker.  Palpi  darker  than  in  the  female,  the  tarsi  a  little 
darker  than  other  joints.  Irmer  margins  of  dark  lateral  bands  of 
dorsum  dentate  and  serrate,  but  not  with  any  connecting  angular  or 
chevron-shaped  marks  across  middle. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  275 

For  structure  of  palpal  organ  see  PI.  XIX,  fig.  4. 
Total  length,  8.S  mm.     Ijength  of  cephalothorax,  4.5  mm.;  width, 
3.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  10.4  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.7  mm. ;  met.,  2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  9.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  9.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  12.8  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4  mm. ;  met.,  3.6  mm. 

Locality. — Canada !. 

The  descriptions  above  are  from  the  types. 

Lycosa  albohastata  Emerton,  1894. 

(Tr.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  9,  p.  423,  PI.  3,  figs.  3  to  36.) 
Male. — Cephalothorax  with  a  wide  median  band  of  reddish-brown 
color  extending  to  clj^peus  anteriorly;  in  front  this  band  is  as  wide  as  the 
clypeus  and  wider  than  the  eye  area,  narrowing  gradually  and  con- 
stantly backward  to  a  point  at  posterior  margin,  the  sides  nearly 
straight ;  this  band  appears  to  have  been  clothed  in  life  with  light  gray 
pubescence.  Sides  of  cephalothorax  dark  brown,  i)resenting  a  reddish- 
brown  background  covered  with  radiating  blackish  lines  which  are  more 
or  less  confluent  above  and  below.  Chelicene  reddish  brown.  Labium 
and  endites  brown,  paler  distally.  Sternum  black  or  very  nearly  so. 
Coxaz  beneath  brown.  Legs  brown  of  orange  hue;  all  joints  except 
tarsi  with  black  annuli,  these  annuli  incomplete  beneath  except  on 
femora  where  they  are  most  distinct.  Abdomen  with  a  light  basal 
mark,  the  sides  of  which  are  nearly  parallel  to  its  middle,  then  narrowed 
to  a  truncate  point  at  middle  of  abdomen;  this  basal  mark  is  densely 
clothed  with  Avhite  hairs  and  is  margined  at  sides  and  behind  by  black, 
mostly  broken  into  irregularly  elongated  spots,  from  the  sides  of  this 
black  extend  somewhat  broken  lines  of  black  more  or  less  obliquely 
outward  and  backward,  the  last  two  lines  extending  froni  the  angles  of 
the  truncate  apex  of  basal  mark;  behind  in  the  middle  is  a  series  of 
transverse  black  lines,  and  along  each  side  a  number  of  black  dots; 
on  each  side  of  dorsum  behind  a  row  of  light  spots  clothed  with  whitish 
hairs;  the  background  of  abdomen  above  orange-brown;  sides  of  abdo- 
men orange-brown  mottled  with  numerous  irregular  black  dots  and 
marks;  venter  with  clear  orange-brown,  darkened  in  front  of  lung-slits 
and  along  a  narrow  border  laterally  and  posteriorly.  Palpi  \\\X]\  the 
femora  black,  not  distinctly  ringed,  the  patella  and  tibia  orange,  the 
tarsus  darker,  blackish.  Pubescence  on  entire  body  except  where 
stated  otherwise  orange-brown. 

Face  as  compared  with  chelicerie  low  and  relatively  wide,  the  length 


276  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

of  the  chelicerse  being  about  two  and  one-half  times  as  great  as  the 
height  of  the  face;  sides  sloping  and  rounded  as  usual.  Anterior  row  of 
eyes  slightly  procurved,  nearly  as  long  as  the  second;  anterior  median 
eyes  three-fourths  their  diameter  apart;  anterior  lateral  eyes  three- 
fourths  as  large  as  the  median,  closer  to  the  median  than  the  latter  are 
to  each  other  (2  : 3) ;  anterior  lateral  eyes  their  diameter  from  front 
margin  of  clypeus  and  the  same  distance  from  eyes  of  second  row; 
anterior  median  eyes  scarcely  more  than  one-half  their  diameter  from 
eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  slightly  more  than  twice  as  large 
in  diameter  as  the  anterior  median  eyes  (9  : 4) ;  quadrangle  of  posterior 
eyes  as  wide  in  front  as  long;  wider  behind  than  in  front  in  ratio  of 
6.3  :  4.6;  between  one-fourth  and  one-fifth  as  long  as  cephalothorax. 

Lower  margin  of  the  furrow  of  the  chelicerce  with  three  teeth  which  are 
stout  and  conical,  the  third  a  little  reduced ;  upper  mai'gin  w  ith  three 
teeth  as  usual,  the  first  minute.  Labium  of  usual  shape,  slightly 
curved  for  entire  width.  Legs  with  tibia  -t-  patella  IV  of  same  length 
as  the  cephalothorax;  metatarsus  distinctly  longer  than  the  width  of 
the  cephalothorax;  both  the  posterior  and  the  anterior  tarsi  with  the 
scopuljB  divided  by  a  median  setose  band,  the  anterior  metatarsi  with 
only  sparse  scopular  hairs. 

Tibia  of  -palpus  of  same  length  as  patella  and  of  same  thickness 
proximally,  the  tibia  widening  moderately  distally;  tibia  and  patella 
together  a  little  longer  than  the  tarsus. 

For  structure  of  palpal  organ  see  PI.  XIX,  fig.  1. 

Total  length,  6  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3  mm.;  width, 
2.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  8.2  mm. ;  tib.  4-  pat.,  2.8  mm. ;  met.,  2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  7.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  7.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  9.6  mm. ;  tib.  -I-  pat.,  3  mm. ;  met.,  2.7  mm. 

Female. — Coloration  of  the  female  is  nearly  same  throughout  as  male. 
Eye  arrangement  and  general  structure  as  for  the  male.  Legs  with 
tibia  +  patella  shorter  than  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax;  meta- 
tarsus IV  very  little  longer  than  cephalothorax  is  wide. 

The  epigynum  of  specimen  studied  (type)  is  not  entirely  adult. 

Total  length,  7.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.7  mm.;  width, 
2.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  8  mm. ;  tib.  -f  pat.,  2.9  mm. ;  met.,  1.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  7.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  11.1  mm. ;  tib.  -t-  pat.,  3.2  mm. ;  met.,  2.9  mm. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  277 

Locality. — Laggan,  Canada!. 

The  description  above  was  taken  from  the  types.  Two  males  from 
the  valley  near  I^aggan  and  young  females  from  the  neighboring 
mountains  6,000  to  7,000  feet  high. 

Lycosa  quinaria  Emerton,  1894. 

(Tr.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  9,  p.  422,  PI.  3,  figs.  5,  5a.) 

Female. — Cephalothorax  dark  reddish  brown  without  markings. 
Chelicene  reddish  black.  Labium  and  endites  colored  like  cephalothorax, 
the  endites  scarcely  paler  distally,  the  labium  not  paler  distally.'  Sternum 
like  cephalothorax.  Coxce  beneath  lighter  than  sternum.  Legs  red- 
dish brown,  paler  beneath,  immarked  except  for  a  few  fine  and  incon- 
spicuous longitudinal  black  hues,  which  are  most  distinct  on  femora, 
on  each  of  which  there  is  one  on  the  dorsal  surface.  Abdomen  dark 
brownish  or  gray,  faintly  paler  along  the  middle,  with  a  series  of  incon- 
spicuous black  marks  each  side.  Epigynum  reddish  brown.  Spinnerets 
concolorous  with  abdomen. 

Cephalothorax  shaped  about  as  usual.  Face  with  sides  rounded  and 
widely  sloping,  in  height  about  haK  the  length  of  the  chelicerae. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  well  procurved,  a  line  passing  through  the  center 
of  the  median  eyes  l^eing  tangent  to  the  posterior  margins  of  the  lateral 
eyes ;  anterior  median  eyes  less  than  their  diameter  apart  (five-sevenths) 
some  closer  to  the  subequal  lateral  eyes;  anterior  lateral  eyes  their 
diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  a  little  farther  from  eyes  of 
second  row;  anterior  median  ej^es  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second 
row;  eyes  of  second  row  four-fifths  their  diameter  apart ;  quadrangle  of 
posterior  eyes  a  little  wider  in  front  than  long  (9.75 :  6.75) ;  between  one- 
fifth  and  one-sixth  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax  (nearly  5.5  : 1). 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicerce  with  three  teeth  equal  in  size  or,  if 
any  different,  the  third  largest,  moderately  stout  and  acute  ;  upper 
margin  with  three  teeth  of  usual  proportions. 

Legs  stout;  tarsi  all  straight,  not  at  all  curved;  third  femora  straight; 
fourth  femora  a  little  bent  backward,  not  excavated  behind ;  second  and 
first  femora  bent  forward  and  their  anterior  sides  moderately  exca- 
vated near  middle;  tarsi  and  metatarsi  of  legs  I  and  II  scopulate;  tarsi 
of  legs  III   and  IV  divided  by  a  median  setose  band  as  usual. 

Total  length,  10  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  5.2  mm.;  width, 
4  mm. 

For  structure  of  epigynum  see  PI.  XIX,  fig.  7. 

Length  of  leg  I,  12  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.4  mm.;  met.,  2.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  11.6  mm. 


278  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

Length  of  leg  III,  11.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  15.8  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.9  mm. ;  met.,  4.6  mm. 
Locality. — Canada  (Alberta) !. 

The  types  are  two  females  collected  by  J.  B.  Tyrrell  in  IS86,  and  from 
these  the  description  above  was  made. 

Lycosa  rubicunda  (Keys.),  1876. 

Female. — Cephalothorax  with  a  light  brown  median  band  which 
expands  anteriorly  so  as  to  enclose  the  eye  area,  than  which  it  is  much 
wider  ant^riorl}- ;  reaching  front  margin  of  clypeus;  behind  eyes  it 
narrows  rapidly,  running  almost  to  a  point  at  dorsal  groove,  here 
usually  sending  out  a  narrow  branch  on  each  side  and  behind  continu- 
ing as  a  narrow  line  to  end  of  cephalothorax.  Pubescence  of  median 
band  light  or  yellowish  brown,  rather  sparse.  Sides  of  cephalothorax 
dark  reddish  brown,  pubescence  sparse;  a  marginal  light  band  each 
side,  of  same  color  and  pubescence  as  median  band.  Sometimes 
uniform  in  color,  without  distinct  markings.  Cephalothorax  appearing 
polished  even  when  not  rubbed  because  of  sparseness  of  pubescence. 
Chelicene  dark  reddish  brown  clothed  with  moderately  long  brown 
pubescence.  Labium  and  endites  brown,  light  distally.  Sternum  and 
coxte  of  legs  beneath  brown.  Legs  brown,  paler  beneath,  usually  with 
dark  annuli  which  are  obscure  or  absent  beneath  but  distinct  above. 
Abdomen  with  yellowish-brown  and  black  pubescence ;  at  base  a  lanceo- 
late outline  reaching  to  middle,  from  each  side  giving  off  latero-caudally 
a  series  of  dark  lines  and  followed  behind  by  a  series  of  chevron-marks; 
sides  of  dorsum  with  numerous  dark  dots  and  dashes;  venter  grayish 
brown  with  some  dark  spots  and  a  narrow  dark  median  line  extending 
from  spinnerets  forward  and  widening  in  front  to  enclose  the  epigynum 
and  sometimes  also  widening  about  spinnerets.  Spinnerets  yellowish. 
Epigynum  reddish  brown. 

Cephalothorax  high,  with  the  sides  steep;  rather  narrow,  the  sides 
beliind  not  strongly  bulging.  Pars  cephalica  long;  in  profile  line  of 
dorsum  conspicuously  arched,  rounded  in  front,  the  highest  point 
behind  eyes  of  third  row.  Face  low,  in  height  considerably  less  than 
half  the  length  of  the  chelicerie;  sides  of  face  convex,  widely  slanting. 

First  eye  row  clearly  longer  than  second,  slightly  recurved;  anterior 
median  eyes  less  than  their  radius  apart,  half  as  far  from  the  smaller 
lateral  eyes ;  anterior  lateral  eyes  their  diameter  from  front  margin  of 
clypeus,  less  than  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of 
second  row  about  half  their  diameter  apart,  a  little  farther  from  the 
but  little  smaller  eyes  of  third  row,  which  are  fully  four  times  as  far 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  279 

from  each  other;  third  row  twice  the  diameter  of  one  of  its  eyes,  wider 
than  second  row;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  much  wider  than  long; 
cephalothorax  six  and  a  half  times  the  length  of  the  quadrangle  of 
posterior  eyes. 

Teeth  of  margins  of  furrow  of  chelicerce  as  usual. 

Legs  short  and  moderately  stout,  the  fourth  pair  less  than  three  times 
the  length  of  cephalothorax;  tibia  +  patella  of  fourth  legs  shorter  than 
cephalothorax,  metatarsus  of  fourth  legs  clearly  shorter  than  tibia  + 
patella;  tarsi  I  and  II  and  distal  part  of  metatai-si  I  and  II  scopulate, 
scopulffi  not  dense.  Tarsi  III  and  IV  with  sparse  scopular  hairs  laterally 
elsewhere  clothed  with  long  bristles. 

Tibia)  and  metatarsi  I  and  II  armed  beneath  as  usual,  the  spines 
rather  small  and  slender.  Patella  I  and  II  each  armed  in  front  with  a 
single  spine. 

Epigynum  as  figured  (PI.  XIX,  fig.  9). 

Total  length,  9.6  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  4.5  mm.;  width, 
3.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  9.7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.6  mm. :  met.,  1.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  9.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  8.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  12.1  nun.;  tib.  +  pat.,  4  mm.;  met.,  3.2  mm. 

^^™~;i^^^-  ^y^o^f^  PoUta  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  484 
PI.  46,  figs.  2,  2o,  26,  2c.  >     >  i'  , 

1S90.     Lycosa  polita,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  563. 

.     Trochosa  rubicundn,  Marx,  ibid.,  p.  564. 

1892.     Lycosa  polita,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.  44  p  66 

.     Lycosa  polita,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  2,  p.  160.'      ' 

.     Lycosa  polita,  Fox,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  2,  p.  267. 

189.3.     Lycosa  rubicunda  Keyserling,  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc.  I  p   125 

1894.     Lycosa  polita  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.,  9,  p.  422.    '    ' 

1902.     Lycosa  polita  Emerton,  Common  Spiders  of  U.  S.,  p.  70,  fig.  171. 

1904.  Trochosa  rubicunda,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p. 
307,  PI.  XIX,  fig.  30. 


Type  locality.— Eastern  Massachusetts;  Albany,  New  York;  New 
Haven,  Connecticut. 

Known  localities.— Massachusetts,  Connecticut!,  Rhode  Island!,  New 
York !,  Indiana,  District  of  Columbia. 

"  Under  stones  in  summer  and  under  leaves  in  winter.  Eggs  in  June 
and  July." 

Lycosa  avara  (Keyserling),  1876. 

(Sub  Trochosa,  Verb.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  26,  p.  661,  Pi.  VIII,  figs.  38,  39.) 
Female.— Cephalothorax  with  a  light  median  band  widest  between 
third  eyes  and  dorsal  groove  where  it  is  as  wide  as  third  e3'e  row; 


280  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

somewhat  abruptly  contracted  at  front  of  groove  and  then  gradually 
narrowing  to  posterior  end  of  cephalotborax,  reaching  second  eye  row 
in  front;  tegument  of  median  band  light  brown  clothed  with  yellow  or 
brown-gray  pubescence;  on  each  side  a  narrow  marginal  and  a  wider 
supramarginal  band  of  same  color  and  pubescence  as  the  median  one; 
sides  of  cephalothorax  elsewhere  with  dark  reddish  brown  tegument,  the 
pubescence  over  which  is  mixed  light  brown  and  blackish.  Region  about 
eyes  usually  blackish.  Chelicerce  dark  red-brown,  the  lateral  condyles 
red,  the  claw  also  reddish.  Labium  and  enclites  dark  reddish  brown, 
paler  at  tips.  Sternum  lighter  reddish  brown,  with  shorter  brown  gray 
pubescence  and  longer  black  bristles.  Coxce  of  legs  beneath  brown. 
Legs  brown  with  indistinct  darker  annuli,  clothed  with  shorter  and  more 
dense  gray  pubescence  and  longer  dark  brown  or  blackish  bristles.  Tegu- 
ment of  ahdomen  above  reddish  brown,  lighter  beneath;  pubescence 
above  intermixed  gray  and.  brown  and  with  black  forming  a  mostly 
obscure  lanceolate  outline  at  base  and  scattered  spots;  sides  and  venter 
also  with  small  darker  streaks  and  spots  in  the  pubescence;  pubescence 
beneath  lighter  than  above.  Spinnerets  brown.  Epigynum  reddish 
brown. 

Sides  of  face  convex,  slanting  outward,  a  little  less  than  half  as  high 
as  the  chelicerae  are  long,  at  base  nearly  as  wide  as  length  of  chelicerse; 
in  profile  line  of  dorsum  highest  at  third  eyes,  convex  between  third 
eyes  and  posterior  declivity. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  slightly  procurved,  scarcely  shorter  than  the 
second ;  anterior  median  eyes  less  than  their  radius  apart,  as  far  from 
the  smaller  lateral  eyes;  anterior  lateral  eyes  not  fully  one-half  their 
diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus  and  about  their  diameter  from 
eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row,  considerably  less  than  their 
diameter  apart,  scarcely  farther  from  eyes  of  third  row,  which  as 
usual  are  more  than  twice  as  far  from  each  other;  eyes  of  third  row 
smaller  than  those  of  second  nearly  in  ratio  of  2.5  :  3.  Quadrangle  of 
posterior  eyes  one-fifth  the  length  of  cephalothorax. 

Three  equal  and  equidistant  conical  teeth  along  lower  margin  of 
furrow  of  chelicerce;  upper  margin  of  furrow  with  three  teeth  as  usual, 
the  first  and  third  nearly  equal,  the  third  more  removed  from  second. 

Legs  slender;  tibia  +  patella  IV  shorter  than  cephalothorax;  meta- 
tarsus IV  scarcely  shorter  than  tibia  +  pateUa;  posterior  femora  (IV) 
bent  backward,  second  anterior  pair  of  femora  a  little  curved  forward ; 
tarsi  I  and  II  a  little  carved,  tarsi  III  and  IV  with  scopulae  divided  by 
median  setose  bands;  both  tarsi  and  metatarsi  I  and  II  scopulate  for 
entire  length ;  tibiae  and  metatarsi  I  and  II  armed  as  usual ;  patella  I 
and  II  not  armed. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  281 

For  epigynum  see  PI.  XX,  fig.  2. 

Total  length,  13  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  5  mm.;  width, 
3.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  10.8  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.9  mm.;  met.,  2.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  10.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  10.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  13.7  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.1  mm.;  met.,  4  mm. 

Male. — For  structure  of  palpus  see  PI.  XX,  figs.  1,  3. 

Total  length,  8  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.9  mm. ;  width, 
3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  10.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.9  mm. ;  met.,  2.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  10.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  9.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  11.3  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.3  mm. ;  met.,  2.3  mm. 

Syn.— 1892.     Lycosa  rufiventris  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  65, 

PI.  3,  fin;.  35. 
1895.     Lycosa  rufiventris  Banks,  J.  N.  Y.  E.  Soc,  3,  p.  91. 

1903.  Lijcosa  avara,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  650,  PI. 
XXIX;  fig.  2. 

1904.  Trochosa  avara,  Montgomery,  ibid.,  p.  304,  PI.  XX,  fig.  42. 

Known  /omZi^tes.— Massachusetts,  New  York !,  Texas !,  Kansas !,  Iowa !. 

Var.  gosiuta,  new. 

Females  from  Utah  thus  far  seen  differ  a  little  from  the  type  form  in 
the  shape  of  the  epigynum.  The  blunt  process  at  distal  end  of  guide  in 
avara  proper  is  absent  in  this  variety,  and  the  lateral  ends  of  the  trans- 
verse arms  extend  foi-ward  beyond  the  middle  of  the  fovese  (PL 
XX,  fig.  4). 

Locality. — Utah !. 

Lycosa  cineroa  (Fab.),  1793. 

(Sub  Araneus,  Ent.  Syst.,  II,  p.  423.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  with  the  tegument  marked  with  a  broad 
median  band  which  is  wider  than  the  eye  area  and  covers  clypeus  in 
front;  this  band  constricted  back  of  eye  area  and  again,  more  strongly, 
at  posterior  limit  of  pars  cephalica,  back  of  which  its  edges  are  irregu- 
lar or  toothed,  and  widening  triangularly  down  the  posterior  declivity, 
across  the  lower  border  of  which  it  is  united  with  the  broad  lateral  bands 
of  the  same  color;  the  pale  lateral  bands  extending  forward  only  to  the 
pars  cephalica,  with  upper  margin  toothed ;  except  for  these  light  bands 
the  cephalothorax  is  dark  chocolate-brown;  in  life  the  cephalothorax 
is  densely  covered  with  white  and  gray  hair  intermixed  in  spots  and 
streaks,  radiating  more  or  less  from  the  dorsum  laterally.     Chelicerce 


282  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Ma}^ 

black,  clothed  with  gra}^  or  grayish-brown  hair.  Legs  with  clear  brown 
tegument  which  is  itself  faintly  annulate,  the  clothing  of  white  hair 
making  the  annulation  much  more  distinct.  The  abdomen  having  on 
dorsum  a  median  gray  band  which  is  margined  on  each  side  anteriorly 
with  a  black  stripe,  continued  posteriorly  by  a  row  of  black  dots  which 
in  life  are  ocellate  with  central  patches  of  white  hair;  the  median  light 
band  enclosing  anteriorly  a  hastate  outline  which  is  open  anteriorly  and 
is  bifurcate  behind;  sides  of  abdomen  white  spotted  with  black ;  venter 
white  in  life,  but  the  tegument  denuded  of  hair  commonly  shows  a 
smoky  band  from  genital  furrow  to  spinnerets.  Spinnerets  brown. 
Coxce  and  sternum  brown,  the  latter  dusky  marginally.  Labium 
brownish  black.  Endites  brown.  The  general  color  effect  of  this 
species  in  life  is  that  of  a  dusky-white  body  marked  with  small  spots 
and  streaks  of  gray  and  black. 

Cephalothorax  highest  at  middle  of  pars  cephalica  some  distance  back 
of  third  eye  row.  The  third  eyes  upon  a  plane  strongly  sloped  antero- 
ventrally,  the  face  more  strongly  slanting.  First  eye  row  of  about  same 
length  as  the  second. 

For  structure  of  epigynum  see  PI.  XX,  fig.  6. 

Total  length,  11.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  6.2  mm.;  width, 
4.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  13.8  mm. ;  tib.  -I-  pat.,  4.8  mm. ;  met.,  3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  12.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  12  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  17  nam. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  5.5  mm. ;  met.,  4.2  mm. 

Male. — Coloration  as  in  female  or  nearly  so.  For  structure  of  palpal 
organ  see  PI.  XX,  fig.  5.  A  specimen  gave  the  following  measure- 
ments : 

Total  length,  9.8  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  5.1  mm.;  width, 
4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  1, 12.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4  mm. ;  met.,  3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  11.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  11  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  14.7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  4.8  mm. ;  met.,  4  mm, 

Syn. — 1831.     Lycosa  lynx  Hahn,  Die  Arachn.,  II,  p.  13,  fig.  194. 

1841 .     Lycosa  maritima  Hentz. 

1848.     LTjcosa  halodroma  C.  Koch,  Die  Arachn.,  V,  p.  190,  figs.  410,  411. 

.     Arctosa  cineren  C.  Koch,  ibid.,  XIV,  p.  123,  fig.  1358. 

.     Ardosn  lynx-  C.  Koch,  ibid.,  p.  133,  fig.  1364. 

1875.     Lycosa  maritima  Hentz,  Spiders  U.  S.,  ed.  Burgess. 

1885.     Lycosa  cinerea,  Emerton,  New  England  Lycos.,  Tr.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci., 

VI,  p.  488,  PI.  47,  fig.  3. 
1889.     Trochosa  cinerea  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  p.  564. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  283 

1902.     Lycosa  cinerea  Emerton,  Common  Sp.  U.  S. 

.     Lycosa  cinerea   Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  555   PI 

XXIX,  figs.  17,  18.  »  1  ,      • 

1904.     Trochosa  cinerea,  Montgomery,  ibid.,  p.  305,  PI.  XX,  fig.  43. 

Type  locality. — Europe. 

Known  localities. — Massachusetts,  Connecticut,  Indiana,  New  Jersey, 
New  York  (Long  Island !),  South  Carolina,  Utah !,  Arizona,  New  Mexico, 
Texas. 

A  common  form  along  the  Atlantic  seashore.  Its  color  of  dirty 
white  finely  marked  with  streaks  and  spots  of  gray  and  black  harmon- 
izes with  that  of  the  sand  over  which  it  runs. 

Lycosa  floridiana  (Banks). 

(Sub  Trochosa,  Tr.  Am.  Ent.  Soc,  Vol.  XXIII,  p.  72.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  with  a  broad  median  yellow  stripe  wider 
than  the  eye  area  in  front,  and  narrowing  gradually  caudally;  eye 
region  black,  the  clypeus  either  entirely  black  or  paler  across  margin; 
sides  of  cephalothorax  brown.  Chelicerce  yellow  to  dark  brown. 
Labium  black.  Endites  brown.  Sternum  and  coxa;  of  legs  beneath 
light  brown  or  yellow.  Legs  light  brown  or  yellow  proximally,  with 
a  tendency  to  become  darker,  smoky  or  blackish,  distally.  Abdomen 
pale  mesally  above  from  anterior  end  to  spinnerets,  a  faint  lanceolate 
outline  in  basal  part;  a  black  spot  over  each  antero-lateral  angle, 
followed  or  not  with  a  number  of  other  dark  spots  so  as  to  form  a 
dark  border  each  side  of  dorsum;  venter  and  lower  portion  of  sides 
immaculate. 

Face  low,  strongly  slanting  outward,  evenly  convexly  roimded 
laterally. 

First  row  of  eyes  a  little  shorter  than  the  second,  weakly  procurved, 
anterior  median  eyes  larger  than  the  lateral,  considerably  closer  to  the 
lateral  than  to  each  other. 

Epigijnum  wider  than  long;  septum  wide  anteriorly,  evenly  arched 
ventrally;  fovese  oval,  obliquely  and  well  caudally  placed,  suggesting 
an  approach  to  the  AUocosa  type. 

Total  length,  7  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.2  mm.;  width, 
2.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  6.8  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.5  mm.;  tarsus,  1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  6.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  6.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  7.8  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  3  mm.;  tarsus,  L2  mm. 

Locality. — Florida. 


284  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  P^Iay, 

The  genus  ALLOGOSA  Banks,  1900. 
(Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  537.) 

Cephalothorax  glabrous  or  nearly  so  to  sparsely  pubescent.  Anterior 
tibiffi  armed  beneath  with  three  pairs  of  spines,  of  which  the  third  pair 
is  apical  in  position  and  all  of  which  are  moderate  to  minute  in  size, 
either  armed  or  unarmed  laterally.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  straight  to  a 
little  procurved,  from  longer  to  shorter  than  the  second  row;  anterior 
median  eyes  larger  than  the  lateral,  more  or  less;  clypeus  narrow,  at 
most  as  wide  as  the  diameter  of  an  anterior  lateral  eye;  eyes  of  second 
row  of  moderate  size,  much  less  than  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle 
of  posterior  eyes  trapeziform,  wider  behind  than  in  front.  Labium 
longer  than  wide,  well  attenuated  anteriorly;  basal  excavation  short, 
about  one-fourth  the  total  length.  Spinnerets  very  short,  anterior  and 
posterior  pairs  subequal  in  length,  Epigynum  simple,  presenting  no 
true  guide,  or  but  weakly  furrowed,  the  spermatheca  opening  free 
posteriorly.  Bulb  of  male  palpus  bearing  a  scopus  which  is  exterior 
in  position. 

1842.     Lijcosa  Hentz  (ad.  part,  funerea),  J.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  4,  p.  228- 
299. 

1875.  Lycosa  Hentz  (ad.  part,  funerea),  Sp.  U.  S.,  p.  24. 

1876.  Lycosa  Kevserling  (ad.  part,  rugosa),  Verh.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien.  pp.  610- 
624. 

1888.  ?  Tricca  Simon,  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Fr.,  p.  250. 

1890.  Lycosa  Marx  (ad.  part,  funerea  and  rugosa),  Proc.  IT.  S.  N.  M..  p.  12. 

1890.  Pardosa    Stone  (ad.  part,  nigra),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  42, 

p.  432. 

1894.  Trochosa,  Banks  (ad.  part,  parva),  J.  N.  Y.  E.  Soc,  p.  52. 

1898.  Lycosa  Simon  (ad.  part.).  Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  2. 

.  AuIonia(?)  Banks,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  p.  273. 

1904.  Allocosa  Banks,  Journ.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  p.  113. 

Cephalothorax  arched  convexly  behind,  strongly  attenuated  anteriorly ; 
pars  cephalica  narrow  and  inclined  anteriorly,  rather  low;  face  with 
sides  convex  and  sloping  outward  from  above  below;  posterior  eyes 
seen  from  above  well  removed  from  sides  of  pars  cephalica.  General 
appearance  of  cephalothorax  much  like  that  of  a  Drassid.  In  the 
known  species  the  cephalothorax  is  entirely  without  distinct  pale 
stripes,  or  with  a  median  paler  band  weakly  contrasting. 

Chelicerce  rather  weak  ;  lower  margin  of  furrow  armed  with  three 
teeth,  the  superior  with  two.  Legs  short;  posterior  tarsi  simply  setose, 
and  the  anterior  either  entirely  setose  or  with  sparse  lines  of  scopular 
hairs  at  the  sides. 

Excepting  as  to  curvature  of  the  anterior  row  of  eyes,  this  genus  is 
much  like  most  species  of  Simon's  old  genus  Tricca,  now  withdrawn 
by  its  author  into  Lycosa.     It  has  the  same  form  of  cephalothorax 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  285 

and  shows  the  same  tendency  toward  excessive  reduction  of  the  spines 
of  the  anterior  legs,  these  spines  in  some  species  of  Tricca  being  entirely 
absent  from  the  tibiae  (cf.  degesta,  infra).  In  Tricca  the  anterior  row 
of  eyes  is  always  more  or  less  recurved,  while  in  Allocosa  it  is  at  most 
straight.  This  difference  may  prove  not  to  hold  good.  It  may 
become  impossible  ultimately  to  maintain  this  group  separate  from 
Lycosa,  the  American  species  of  which  it  closely  approaches  through 
the  Trochosa  group. 

Key  to  Species  of  Allocosa. 

1.  All  joints  of  legs  except  femora  clear  yellow,  without  any  darker 

annulations  or  marldngs  except  at  ends  of  tibiee  IV, 
T         1  T  ^  rugosa  (Keys.). 

J.egs  beyond  femora  more  or  less  distinctly  annulate  with  dark,  2. 

2.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  longer  than  the  second;  anterior  median  eyes 

not  more  than  one-fifth  their  diameter  apart;  anterior  tibise 
armed  neither  in  front  nor  behind,  and  the  ventral  spines  minute, 
.  degesta  Chamb. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  shorter  than  the  second;  anterior  median 
eyes  their  radius  or  nearly  so  apart;  anterior  tibiae  armed  in 
front  and  behind  and  the  ventral  spines  longer,     ....     3. 

3.  Femora  of  first  legs  solid  black  above,  a  sub-basal  brown  band  on 

the  others, fimerea  (Hentz) 

Femora  of  first  legs  not  solid  black,  marked"  with  three  black 
rings, 4 

4.  First  pair  of  ventral  spines  of  anterior  tibiaj  reaching  the  bases  of  the 

median  pair,  the  basal  spines  in  length  equalling  the  diameter  of 
the  joint;  upper  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with  three  teeth, 

^.  .  -parva  (Bks.). 

l*irst  pair_  of  ventral  spines  of  anterior  tibia?  not  reaching  bases 
of  median  pair;  and  none  of  the  spines  in  length  equalling  the 
diameter  of  the  joint;  upper  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicera  with 
two  teeth, evagata,  sp.  n. 

Allocosa  rugosa  (Keyserling),  1876. 

(Verb.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  26,  p.  624,  PI.  7,  figs.  9,  10.) 
Female.— Cephalothorax  shining  black  with  obscure  brown  lines 
radiating  from  above;  sometimes  with  a  brownish  luster;  clypeus  a 
little  paler,  brownish.  Chelicerce  black.  Labium,  endites  and  coxce 
of  legs  beneath  brown.  Sternum  brownish  black.  Legs  with  all 
femora  black,  all  other  joints  yellow  or  pale  brown,  except  the  posterior 
tibiae  which  have  a  dark  ring  at  each  end.  Abdomen  ^\\i\\  front 
declivity  and  the  sides  blackish  with  some  minute  lighter  dots;  dorsum 
obscure  brown,  black  hues  outlining  a  lanceolate  mark  at  base  which  is 
continued  behind  as  a  fine  black  median  line  with  a  row  of  black  dots 
19 


286  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [May, 

on  each  side  of  it;  outside  these  more  median  marks  is  on  each  side  a 
straight  row  of  black  spots  which  are  in  part  confluent ;  sides  of  dorsum 
with  obscure  irregular  dark  markings;  venter  brown.  Spinnerets 
•and  epigynum  brown. 

Chelicerce  one  and  one-third  times  as  long  as  the  face  is  high ;  sides  of 
face  convex  and  bulging  outward  below.  Cephalothorax  with  its  dorsal 
line  in  profile  convex,  not  much  descending  posteriorly  and  not  con- 
cavated  at  middle. 

Anterior  row  of  eijes  shorter  than  the  second,  distinctly  procurved; 
anterior  median  eyes,  oval  and  diverging,  their  radius  apart,  hardly 
half  so  far  from  the  lateral  eyes  which  are  a  little  smaller,  about  half 
their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  anterior  lateral  eyes  less  than 
their  diameter  (about  two-thirds)  from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  a  little 
farther  from  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  comparatively 
low  on  face,  a  little  more  than  half  their  diameter  apart;  cephalothorax 
about  4.5  times  as  long  as  the  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes. 

Epigynum  nearly  as  in  the  next  species  (funerea),  but  the  median 
part  or  lobe  more  convex. 

Total  length,  5.6  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.6  mm.;  width, 
1.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  5.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  1.9  mm. ;  met.,  1.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  4.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  4.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  7.8  nun. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.4  mm. ;  met.,  2.3  mm 

Male. — Coloration  as  in  female  excepting  palpi  which  are  entirely 
black. 

PateUa  of  palpi  as  long  as  or  a  little  longer  than  the  tibia  which 
thickens  distaUy  and,  seen  from  above,  is  some  thicker  than  the  pre- 
ceding joint;  tarsus  relatively  narrow,  not  much  broader  than  the 
tibia,  its  apical  part  bent  ventrad.  For  palpal  organ  see  PI.  XXIII, 
fig.  3. 

Total  length,  4.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.4  mm.;  width, 
1.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  5.2  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2  mm. ;  met.,  1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  4.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  4.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  7.5  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.7  mm.;  met.,  2  mm. 

SjTi. — 1890.     Pardosa  nigra  Stone,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  PMla.,  Vol.  42,  p. 

432,  PI.  XV,  figs.  4,  4o. 
Non.  sjTi. — 1891.     Lycosa  funerea  Banks,  Ent.  News. 
Syn. — 1902.     Lycosa  nigra,  Montgomery,  op.  cit.,  p.  538,  PI.  29,  fig.  1. 
1904.     Lycosa  nigra,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  285,  PI. 

XX,  figs.  40,  41. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  287 

Type  locality. — Mary'land  (Baltimore). 

Known  localities. — Maryland,  Pennsylvania,  District  of  Columbia!. 

AUooosa  funerea  (Hentz),  1842. 

(Sub  Lycosa,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  4,  p.  393.) 
Female. — Cephalothorax  shining  reddish  black  becoming  a  little  paler 
above,  the  marginal  lines  deep  black;  clypeus  pale.  Cheliceros  deep 
reddish  brown.  Labium  and  enclites  brown.  Sternum  dark  brown, 
blackish  at  borders.  Coxce  of  legs  yellowish  brown.  Legs  with  ground 
color  brown  of  reddish  tinge;  femora  of  first  pair  of  legs  black,  the 
succeeding  femora  similar  but  pale  beneath  and  with  the  black  divided 
above  the  proximal  end  by  a  brownish  cross-band,  this  annulus  becom- 
ing more  distinction  the  posterior  legs,  and  the  extreme  distal  end  of 
all  femora  pale;  all  tibiae  with  a  subbasal  and  a  subapical  ring  of  black; 
metatarsi  less  distinctly  annulate,  there  being  a  median  annulus,  often 
more  or  less  diffused,  and  on  posterior  pairs  also  a  siibbasal  and  a  sub- 
apical  band.  Abdomen  appearing  black  above  and  at  sides,  minutely 
dotted  with  A^ellow;  the  dorsum  in  front  paler,  reddish  yellow,  the  paler 
area  enclosing  a  lanceolate  black-margined  outline,  and  followed 
behind  by  a  row  of  light  spots  with  black  dots  at  center  on  each  side, 
these  being  connected  in  pairs  by  black  angular  cross-lines  the  angles  of 
which  are  directed  backward  ;  opposed  to  the  black  cross-lines  is  a 
series  of  light  chevron-lines  wdth  angles  forward ;  venter  pale  brown, 
immaculate  or  sometimes  with  a  few  short  transverse  marks  along  each 
side. 

Form  of  cephalothorax  and  face  much  as  in  rugosa. 
Anterior  row  of  eyes  a  little  shorter  than  the  second,  gently  procurved ; 
anterior  median  eyes  their  radius  or  a  little  more  apart,  closer  to  the 
lateral  eyes  which  are  but  slightly  smaller,  less  than  their  radius  from 
eyes  of  second  row;  anterior  lateral  eyes  less  than  their  diameter  from 
eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  their  radius  apart,  rather  less 
than  more;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  as  wide  in  front  as  long,  the 
cephalothorax  5.5  times  longer;  eyes  of  third  row  unusually  small. 
Labium  longer  than  wide  (5.3  : 4.8) ;  basal  excavation  one-fourth  total 
length;  sides  slightly  convex,  strongh''  converging  distally ;  front  margin 
convexly  rounded,  more  rarely  straight. 
For  spines  of  anterior  tibiae  see  PI.  X,  fig.  3. 

The  epigynum  nearly  identical  in  form  with  that  of  A.  degesta  (PL 
XXIII,  fig.  5). 

Total  length,  5.2  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.7  nmi.;  width, 
2  mm. 


288  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

Length  of  leg  I,  6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2  mm. ;  met.,  1.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  5.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  5.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  8.25  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.5  mm. ;  met.,  2.4  mm. 

Syn. — 1875.     Lycosa  funerea  Hentz,  J.  Bost.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  4,  p.  393. 

1890.     Lycosa  funerea,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12. 

1897.     Lycosa  funerea,  Banks,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  4. 

1902.     Lycosa  sublata  Montgomerj',  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  539. 

1904.     Trochosa  sublata,  Montgomery,  ibid.,  p.  308. 

Type  locality. — Alabama. 

Known  localities. — Alabama,  Georgia!,  Louisiana!. 
"This  species  abounds  on  the  ground.     It  has  the  habits  of  a  Her- 
pyllus,  and  runs  with  great  rapidity  "  (Hentz), 

AUocosa  degesta  Chamberlin,  1904. 
(Can.  Entomologist,  p.  287.) 

Female. — Cephalothorax  shining  black  of  reddish  luster.  ChelicercB 
the  same.  Labium  and  endites  brown.  Legs  nearly  as  in  funerea,  but 
light  marks  on  femora  more  obscure  and  less  contrast  on  other  joints 
between  the  light  and  dark  rings.  Sternum  reddish  brown,  dark 
about  margins,  lighter,  more  yellowish,  over  middle  area.  Abdomen 
above  nearly  as  in  funerea;  venter  yellow  with  a  few  faint  dark  dots  at 
sides.  Spinnerets  yellow.  Epigynum  brown,  weakly  reddish  at 
borders. 

Chelicerce  nearly  twice  as  long  as  the  face  is  high.  Anterior  row  of 
eyes  a  little  longer  than  the  second,  nearly  straight,  anterior  median 
eyes  much  larger  than  the  lateral  (at  least  3  :  2),  at  most  one-fifth  their 
diameter  apart,  still  closer  to  the  lateral  eyes,  not  fully  one-third  their 
diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  anterior  lateral  eyes  not  fully  their 
diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  some  closer  to  eyes  of  second 
row;  anterior  median  eyes  three-fourths  as  large  as  those  of  second 
TOW  (PI.  X,  fig.  2);  eyes  of  second  row  about  their  radius  apart; 
quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  as  wide  in  front  as  long,  only  one-sixth  as 
long  as  cephalothorax.  Spines  of  anterior  tibiae  greatly  reduced, 
minute,  none  at  all  on  either  anterior  or  posterior  side  of  joint  (PI. 
X,  fig.  1). 

Epigynum  nearly  the  same  as  that  of  funerea  (PL  XXIII,  fig.  5). 

Total  length,  6.6  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.2  mm.;  width, 
2.25  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  7.2  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.5  mm. ;  met.,  1.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  6.3  mm. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  289 

Length  of  leg  III,  6.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  9.4  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3  mm. ;  met.,  2.8  mm. 

Syn. — 1904.     ITrochosa  noctuabunda,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 
Pliila.,  p.  301. 

Locality. — Ijouisiana. 

One  mature  and  one  immature  female  collected  at  Baton  Rouge  by- 
Mr.  B.  H.  Guilbeaux. 

AUooosa  parva  (Banks),  1894. 

(Sub  Trochosa,  J.  N.  Y.  Ent.  Soc,  II,  p.  52.) 

Male. — Cephalothorax  with  a  wide  paler  median  band,  anteriorly 
wider  than  eye  area;  eye  region  blackish;  sides  deep  brown  to  shining 
black;  a  row  of  indistinct  dots  on  each  side;  the  paler  band  clothed 
with  sparse  gray  pubescence,  especially  anteriorly;  dark  parts  with 
sparse  gray  and  brown  hairs  intermixed ;  tending  to  be  glabrous  except 
about  eyes  and  face.  Chelicerce  reddish  brown.  Labium  and  endites 
brown.  Sternum  blackish,  brown  at  middle  and  along  sides  clothed 
with  gray  pubescence  and  long  blackish  bristles.  Coxce  of  legs  beneath 
yellow.  Legs  yellow  with  distinct  black  rings  on  all  joints  except  tarsi. 
Abdomen  above  grayish  or  yellowish  gray,  being  clothed  with  light 
gray  and  some  yellow  hair;  dorsum  at  base  with  a  black  lanceolate 
outline  and  behind  with  a  number  of  black  chevron-shaped  marks 
and  also  laterally  with  some  dark  spots;  venter  gray,  immaculate, 
Spi7inerets  brown.  Palpi  brown,  not  ringed,  the  tarsi  darker  than 
other  joints. 

Cephalothorax  wide  behind  and  much  narrowed  anteriorly,  being 
only  about  one-half  as  wide  across  eyes  as  behind,  i'^ace  with  sides 
convex  and  slanting,  in  height  one-half  the  length  of  the  chelicerse; 
in  profile  dorsal  line  is  seen  to  be  highest  near  third  eye  row,  and 
gently  convex  between  eyes  and  posterior  declivity. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  slightly  procurved,  as  long  as  the  second  row; 
anterior  median  eyes  clearly  larger  than  the  lateral,  more  than  their 
radius  apart,  close  to  lateral  eyes;  anterior  lateral  eyes  their  diameter 
from  front  margin  of  clypeus  and  from  eyes  of  second  row ;  eyes  of  second 
rownotlarge,nearly  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  e3^es 
one-fifth  the  length  of  cephalothorax. 

Tarsi  and  metatarsi  of  the  first  and  second  pairs  of  legs  scopulate  as 
usual;  tarsi  of  the  third  and  fourth  pairs  setose,  not  at  all  scopulate; 
patella  of  second  legs  armed  in  front  with  a  single  spine;  tibia  +  patella 
of  fourth  legs  a  little  shorter  than  cephalothorax,  longer  than  meta- 
tarsi of  fourth  leg;  patella  of  third  leg  of  about  the  same  length  as  the 


290  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

tibia ;  metatarsus  of  first  leg  longer  than  tibia  of  first ;  femur  of  f ourtli 
leg  about  same  length  as  width  of  cephalothorax. 

Patella  of  palpus  clearly  longer  than  the  tibia;  tarsus  not  fully  as 
long  as  the  tibia  +  patella. 

For  structure  of  palpal  organ  see  PI.  XX,  fig.  7. 

Total  length,  6  mm.  I>ength  of  cephalothorax,  3  mm. ;  width, 
2.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  6.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.1  mm. ;  met.,  1.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  5.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  6.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  8.4  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.8  mm.;  met.,  2.3  mm. 

Female. — Coloration  similar  to  that  of  male. 

Epigynum  of  general  type  of  that  of  funerea,  but  epigynal  plate 
more  elongate  and  more  strongly  narrowed  at  posterior  end;  with 
posterior  margin  concave  or  indented  mesally,  not  bowed  caudally. 

Total  length,  8.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.4  mm.;  width, 
2.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  9.7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.1  mm. ;  met.,  2.8  mm. 

1895.     Trochosa  parva  Banks,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  430. 

1901.  Trochosa  parva,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  587. 

1902.  Trochosa  parva,  Banks,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  p.  217. 

Type  locality. — Colorado. 

Known  localities. — Colorado !,  Arizona,  New  Mexico !,  Utah !. 

Allocosa  evagata  sp.  nov. 

Female. — Cephalothorax  blackish  brown;  rather  paler  above;  on 
each  side  a  marginal  line  of  clear  black;  in  front  of  dorsal  furrow  a 
faint  polygonal  figure  outlined  in  black,  with  an  angle  in  middle  of 
front  margin  produced  toward  eye  region  as  a  line  and  a  similar  one  on 
each  side  produced  obhquely  along  side  of  pars  cephalica;  the  cephalo- 
thorax rather  paler  in  front  of  this  figure  than  elsewhere;  color  deeper 
about  eyes,  Chelicerce  reddish  brown,  an  indistinct  blackish  mark 
across  middle  which  mesally  continues  obliquely  upward  on  inner 
face.  Legs  yellow  with  distinct  dark  rings  of  which  there  are  three  on 
the  femora,  the  apical  one  being  about  twice  as  broad  as  the  others; 
these  rings  incomplete  above  but  continuous  laterally  and  ventrally. 
The  second  and  third  rings  on  femora  IV  are  confluent  along  the  antero- 
dorsal  side.  The  tibiae  each  with  two  dark  rings,  of  which  at  least  the 
distal  one  is  interrupted  above.  The  metatarsi  with  three  indistinct 
rings.  Labium,  endites,  coxce  and  sternum  yellow,  the  labium  and 
sternum  dusky.     Front  part  of  dorsum  of  abdomen  obscure  reddish 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  291 

yellow,  this  area  embracing  some  small,  ill-defined  dark  dots.  Pos- 
teriorly are  pairs  of  ocellate  light  spots  which  are  united  transversely 
by  inverse  chevron-lines,  between  which  are  indicated  pale  chevron- 
lines  with  the  apices  directed  forward.  The  dorsum  elsewhere  and  the 
sides  covered  with  a  dense  network  of  black  over  the  obscure  yellow 
background,  i.e.,  appearing  black  marked  with  numerous  small  dots 
of  3^ellow.  Venter  yellow  with  some  short  transverse  marks  of  dark 
color  toward  the  sides.     Epigynum  reddish  yellow.     Spinnerets  yellow. 

First  row  of  eijes  evidently  shorter  than  the  second.  Anterior 
median  eyes  larger  than  the  lateral  (4  : 3),  at  most  their  radius  apart, 
half  as  far  from  the  lateral  eyes.  Anterior  lateral  eyes  a  little  less  than 
their  diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  two-thirds  their  diameter 
from  eyes  of  second  row.  Eyes  of  second  row  two-thirds  their  diam- 
eter apart.  Dorsal  eye  area  of  same  length  as  the  width  in  front 
which  is  but  little  less  than  that  behind,  the  area  being  subquadrate. 
Dorsal  eye  area  one-fourth  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax. 

Legs  of  but  moderate  length.  Tibia  +  patella  IV  shorter  than  the 
cephalothorax,  longer  than  the  metatarsus.  IMetatarsus  IV  some 
longer  than  tibia  +  patella  of  leg  I.  Spines  of  anterior  tibiae  rather 
short,  slender  and  prone.  None  of  the  tarsi  truly  scopulate,  sparsely 
clothed  with  bristles  of  ordinary  form. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  cheliceroe  with  three  teeth  as  in  Lycosa, 
the  teeth  conical  and  well  spaced,  the  median  one  being  largest.  The 
upper  margin  with  but  two  teeth  which  are  stout  and  conical,  the  first 
being  larger  than  the  second  and  also  larger  than  those  of  the  lower 
margin  which  are  of  about  same  size  as  the  second  one  above. 

Labium  attenuated  anteriorly,  its  front  margin  concave. 

For  structure  of  epigynum  see  PI.  XXIII,  fig.  4. 

Total  length,  5.2  mm.  I^ength  of  cephalothorax,  2.8  mm.;  width, 
2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  6.1  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2  mm. ;  met.,  1.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  5.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  5.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  7.5  mm. ;  tib.  -I-  pat.,  2.5  mm. ;  met.,  2.2  mm. 

Sj'-n. — 1898.     Aulonia{1)  funerea  Banks,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  p.  273. 

Locality. — Baja  California. 

Described  from  a  specimen  loaned  by  California  Academy  of  Sciences 
and  bearing  label  by  Banks  of  Aulonia{1)  funerea  Htz. 

While  not  yet  reported  actually  from  within  our  borders,  the  form 
will  doubtless  be  found  to  occur  in  the  Southwest  and  is  therefore 
included. 


292  PROCEEDINGS   OF  THE   ACADEMY   OP  [May, 

(7)Alloco8a  exalbida  L.  Becker,  1881. 
{Loc.  sup.  cit.,  figs.  3,  3a,  Zb.) 

Only  figures  were  published.  A  pale  species  about  11  mm,  long, 
with  very  long  legs.  The  figure  of  the  eyes  would  seem  certainly  to 
prove  this  species  not  to  be  a  Lycosa.  The  epigynum  is  not  that  either 
of  Lycosa  or  a  Pardosa,  being  like  that  of  some  Piratas  and  much  like 
that  of  Allocosa  {funerea). 

The  eyes  also  resemble  those  of  this  latter  genus,  but  this  form  is 
placed  here  with  much  doubt. 

Locality. — New  Orleans, 

The  genus  SOSIPPTJS  E.  Simon,  1888. 
^;i  (Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  Fr.,  p.  205.) 

Entire  body  densely  clothed  with  rather  long  pubescence.  Anterior 
tibicB  armed  beneath  with  three  pairs  of  spines  which  are  basal,  median 
or  submedian,  and  apical  in  position  respectively;  these  spines  long 
and  apically  slender  and  aculeate,  much  longer  than  the  diameter 
of  the  joint  (PI.  XI,  fig.  4).  Anterior  eyes  well  separated,  equi- 
distant or  very  nearly  so;  the  lateral  ones  on  protruding  tubercles, 
as  large  as  or  (as  in  ours)  larger  than  the  median;  the  anterior  row 
longer  than  the  second  (PI.  XI,  fig.  2);  clypeus  as  wide  as  the 
diameter  of  an  anterior  lateral  eye;  eyes  of  second  row  considerably 
less  than  their  diameter  apart ;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  trapezif  orm, 
distinctly  broader  behind  than  in  front.  Chelicerce  armed  below  with 
four  stout  conical  teeth.  Labium  longer  than  wide,  the  basal  excava- 
tion (in  ours)  one-third  the  total  length.  Posterior  spinnerets  dis- 
tinctly and  considerably  longer  than  the  anterior,  the  second  joint 
of  the  former  being  long  and  conical  (PI.  XI,  fig.  5).  Epigynum 
with  a  guide  which  in  the  known  species  is  subclavately  enlarged  dis- 
tally  (PL  XXIII,  fig.  2).  Alveolar  area  of  male  palpus  compara- 
tively small;  a  simple  (in  ours)  process  from  basal  lobe  present  in  an 
exterior  position,  extending  distally  and  free  except  at  base;  no  pit  or 
fold  at  base  of  process  (PI.  XXIII,  fig.  1), 

Svn.— 1898.     Sosippus  Simon,  Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  2,  p.  326. 

1902.  Sosippus  Cambridge,  Boil.  Cent.  .\mer.,  pp.  315-332. 

1903.  Comstock,  Classif.  of  N.  A.  Spiders. 

Cephalothorax  long  and  rather  low,  the  pars  cephalica  not  elevated. 
Face  rounded  forward  to  the  front  eye  row,  the  clypeus  from  above 
below  more  or  less  retro-oblique,  its  sides  convex  and  slanting  out  ard 
(PI,  XI,  fig.  4).     Quadrangle  of   posterior  eyes  one-fifth  as  long  as 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  293 

the  cephalothorax.  Chelicerce  long  and  robust,  the  upper  margin  armed 
as  usual  with  three  teeth  of  which  the  median  one  is  much  stoutest; 
in  the  armature  of  the  lower  margin  of  the  furrow  with  four  stout  teeth 
the  genus  resembles  Dolomedes;  the  statement  made  by  Simon  that  the 
two  middle  teeth  of  the  lower  margin  are  longer  than  the  others  does 
not  hold  for  S.  floridanus,  in  which  the  fourth  tooth  is  distinctly  long- 
est; in  immature  specimens  sometimes  but  three  teeth  are  present  on 
the  lower  margin.  Legs  with  the  tarsi  and  metatarsi  densely  and 
widely  scopulate  for  their  entire  lengths  from  base  to  apex,  the  scopulse 
long;  the  scopulae  of  the  posterior  pairs  divided  by  a  median  narrow 
line  of  bristles;  distal  joints  of  legs  with  long  aculeate  bristles. 

Spiders  of  large  size,  in  general  appearance  similar  to  Lycosa.  Tn 
the  character  of  the  mouth  parts  they  suggest  some  of  the  Pisauridce. 
In  the  structure  of  the  spinnerets  and  in  the  color  markings  of  the 
abdomen  and  especially  in  habits  they  show  close  affinities  with  the 
Agelenidce.  The  habits  of  the  species  of  this  genus  so  far  as  observed 
are  very  similar  to  those  of  Hippasa  and  Porrima,  the  two  most  closely 
related  genera.  The  three  genera  are  all  composed  of  species  which  are 
sedentary  in  habit,  building  large  webs  of  fine  silk  with  a  central  funnel- 
shaped  tubular  retreat,  preciseh^  as  do  the  Agelenas  and  other  Agelenidce. 
In  rushing  out  to  seize  their  entangled  prey  they  run  upon  the  lower 
surface  of  the  web.  Like  other  Lycosidce,  however,  they  suspend  their 
cocoons  to  the  spinnerets  where  they  are  maintained  constantly,  never 
depositing  them  upon  the  web.  They  do  not  desert  their  webs  during 
the  cocooning  season.  According  to  Cambridge,  the  movements  of  a 
Sosippus  which  he  observed  upon  the  Amazon  were  exceedingly  quick, 
like  those  of  Agelena. 

Sosippus  is  known  only  from  the  Americas,  having  been  found  in 
Florida,  Lower  California,  Mexico,  Central  America  and  Brazil.  But 
one  species  occurs  within  our  limits. 

Sosippus  floridanus  Simon. 

Female. — Cephalothorax  deep  reddish  brown  or  reddish  black  with- 
out distinct  light  markings  in  the  tegument;  behind  the  eye  region  a 
median  stripe  of  yellow  hair  and  on  each  side  a  wider  marginal  band  of 
white  hair  intermixed  anteriorly  with  some  of  yellow  color,  these 
marginal  bands  extending  forward  to  the  clypeus  but  not  joining  across 
it;  pubescence  elsewhere  dark.  Chelicerce  shining  black  sparsely 
clothed  above  with  blackish  hair  and  densely  clothed  below  with  gray- 
ish-brown hair  of  which  there  is  a  fringe  along  the  furrow.  Labium 
and  endites  rather  dark  reddish  brown,  paler  distally.     Sternum  red- 


294  PROCEEDINGS    OF  THE   ACADEMY   OF  PVIay, 

dish-brown,  the  coxcb  of  legs  a  little  paler  and  less  reddish,  clothed 
with  cinereous  hair  intermixed  with  longer  brown  bristles.  Legs 
fuscous,  varied  with  some  reddish-brown  hues  and  marks,  the  femora 
darker  than  the  other  joints  clothed  with  brown  and  cinereous 
pubescence.  Abdomen  blackish  above,  the  venter  brown;  on  each 
side  of  dorsum  a  row  of  spots  of  white  hair  and  the  median  part  of 
dorsum  behind  crossed  by  narrow  white  lines  similarly  formed  by 
pubescence;  outer  part  of  dorsum  and  sides  densely  covered  with 
minute  spots  and  streaks  of  white  hair;  venter  densely  clothed  with 
brown  and  cinereous  hair,  two  darker  lines  converging  from  the  epigy- 
num  backward  and  uniting  before  attaining  the  spinnerets,  these  lines 
being  covered  with  the  dark  hair  unmixed. 

Face  with  the  sides  convex  and  widely  slanting,  in  height  only  about 
half  as  great  as  the  length  of  the  chehcerce. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  clearly  longer  than  the  second,  rather  strongly 
procurved ;  anterior  median  eyes  some  less  than  their  diameter  apart,  and 
less  than  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  anterior  lateral  eyes  a 
little  larger  than  the  median,  their  tubercles  prominent,  their  diameter 
from  front  margin  of  cljqDeus,  fully  one  and  one-third  their  diameter  from 
eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  rowlarge,  two-thirds  their  diameter 
apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  half  again  as  wide  behind  as  in  front, 
a  little  more  than  one-fifth  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax  (4.8  :  1). 
Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chclicene  with  the  teeth  nearly  equidistant, 
the  fourth  evidently  largest.  Labium  but  slightly  longer  than  broad 
(13  :  12.8);  basal  excavation  one-third  length  of  labium;  sides  below 
hardly  converging,  but  above  strongly  rounding  and  converging; 
front  margin  very  slightly  widely  concavate  to  straight  (PI.  XI, 
fig.  1).  Legs  with  tibiai  armed  as  described  \mder  the  genus,  the  two 
basal  pairs  long  and  slender,  apically  bristle-like,  the  apical  pair  stout 
and  abruptly  pointed  (PL  XI,  fig.  4);  tarsi,  metatarsi  and  distal 
part  of  tibiffi  I  and  II  densely  scopulate,  the  posterior  ones  differing  as 
usual.     For  spinnerets  see  PL  XI,  fig.  5. 

For  the  structure  of  the  epigynum  see  PL  XXIII,  fig.  2. 

Total  length,  14.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  7  nmi.;  width, 
5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  17.8  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  6.1  mm. ;  met.,  4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  16  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  15.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  22.9  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  7  mm.;  met,,  6.2  mm. 

Male. — Coloration  as  in  the  female,  or  a  little  lighter;  palpus  clothed 
wdth  fulvo-cinereous  pubescence. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  295 

Tibia  of  jpalTpus  longer  than  the  patella,  the  tarsus  nearly  equalling 
the  combined  length  of  the  two  preceding  joints;  tarsus  much  wider 
than  the  tibia  (3  :  2).  For  structure  of  the  palpal  organ  see  PI. 
XXIII,  fig.  1. 

Total  length,  11.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  6  mm.;  width, 
4.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  18.5  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  6.3  mm.;  met.,  4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  18  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  17.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  23.7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  7.1  mm. ;  met.,  7  mm. 

Locality. — Florida !. 

The  female  described  above  is  one  of  the  type  specimens. 

The  genus  TEABEA  Simon,  1876. 
(Arachn.  Fr.,  3,  p.  35G.) 
Anterior  tibia  and  metatarsi  armed  beneath  with  very  long  sj)ines 
which  are  much  longer  than  the  diameter  of  the  joint;  of  these  spines 
there  are  on  the  tibia  three  or  four  pairs  (PI.  XII,  fig.  2).  An- 
terior eyes  in  a  very  strongly  procurved  row  which  is  shorter  than  the 
second;  anterior  median  eyes  much  closer  to  each  other  than  to  the 
lateral  which  are  but  little  or  sometimes  not  at  all  smaller;  clypeus 
narrow,  the  anterior  lateral  eyes  being  separated  from  its  front  margin 
by  their  diameter  or  but  little  more,  always  farther  from  the  eyes  of 
second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  at  upper  exterior  angles  of  face,  strongly 
convex  and  protruding,  less  than  their  diameter  apart;  eyes  of  third 
row  hkewise  strongly  convex,  divergent,  facing  outward  and  backward, 
quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  but  little  wider  behind  than  in  front. 
Labium  wide,  attenuated  anteriorly,  the  basal  excavation  short. 
Posterior  spinnerets  (at  least  in  ours)  evidently  longer  than  the  anterior, 
the  second  joint  distinct  though  not  long.  Epigynum  with  a  guide; 
in  ours,  strongly  chitinized  only  on  each  side  about  the  spermathecal 
openings,  elsewhere  less  dense,  clothed  with  hair  as  tegument  elsewhere. 
Male  palpus  bearing  a  scopus  in  a  median  position ;  basal  spur  extremely 
large,  much  longer  than  the  erect  branch  (in  ours). 

Sj'n. — 1SS5.     Aulonia  Emcrton  (.4.  aurantiaca),  Tr.  Conn   Acad   Sci     6   d 
498.  ■        ■>     ,  I- 

1898.     Trabcea  Simon,  Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  2,  p.  349. 

1903.     Trabcea  Comstock,  Classification  of  North  American  Spiders. 

Pars  cephalica  long,  but  little  inclined  anteriorly.  Sides  of  face 
straight  and  vertical  or  nearly  so ;  face  protruding  above  over  its  basal 
portion    (PI.  XII,  fig.   1).     Quadrangle  of   posterior   eyes   relatively 


296  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

long.  Posterior  eyes  seen  from  above  touching  or  protruding  beyond 
the  lateral  margins  of  pars  cephalica  (PI,  XI,  fig.  8).  Chelicercc 
with  the  lower  margin  armed  either  with  two  or  with  three  teeth,  the 
upper  with  three.  Legs  rather  long;  tarsi  either  very  sparsely  scopu- 
late  on  anterior  pairs  or  the  scopula^  quite  absent. 

Spiders  of  small  size,  readily  distinguished  by  the  extreme  convexity 
of  the  eyes  of  the  second  and  third  rows  and  by  the  strongly  procurved 
first  row  with  its  median  eyes  closer  to  each  other  than  to  the  lateral. 
The  very  long  straight  spines  of  the  anterior  legs  form  a  prominent 
feature.  The  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  is  relatively  much  longer 
than  in  any  other  known  North  American  Lycosidce. 

Trabea  aurantiaca  (Emerton),  1885. 

(Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  499,  PI.  49,  figs.  6  to  66.) 
Female. — Sides  of  cephalothorax  black  or  blackish  brown ;  a  bright 
yellow  supramarginal  band  on  each  side  extending  forward  to  the 
clypeus  and  touching  the  inferior  edges  of  eyes  of  second  and  third 
rows;  a  yellow  median  band  nearly  as  wide  as  third  eye  row  just 
behind  the  latter,  extending  broadly  between  the  third  eyes  nearly  to 
those  of  second  row,  posteriorly  rapidly  narrowing  to  a  point  at  the 
dorsal  groove  over  which  it  is  obscure  or  absent,  becoming  again 
visible  on  the  posterior  declivity  on  which  it  begins  above  at  a  point 
and  widens  clavately  downward  to  the  posterior  margin;  eyes  sur- 
rounded by  black;  clypeus  yellow.  Chelicerce  smoky  brown  or  blackish 
above,  yellowish  distally.  Labium  and  endites  brown,  often  dusky, 
pale  distally.  Sternum  and  coxce  of  legs  yellow  to  brown.  Legs  with 
background  yellow;  femur  I  black;  femur  II  hke  I,  but  with  the  black 
more  or  less  broken  by  yellow,  especially  so  above.;  the  posterior  femora 
more  largely  yellow,  the  black  marks  often  faint;  patellae  dark  or 
black  distally;  tibiae  with  a  basal  and  an  apical  dark  ring,  and  the 
metatarsi  more  or  less  darkened  at  proximal  end ;  the  markings  of  all 
these  joints  becoming  more  indistinct  or  disappearing  on  the  posterior 
pairs,  the  last  pair  being  often  clear  bright  yellow.  Abdomen  orange- 
brown,  the  sides  marked  by  a  series  of  parallel  black  bars  which  pass 
obliquely  downward  and  caudad,  the  most  anterior  of  which  on  each 
side  bends  forward  across  the  corresponding  antero-lateral  angle;  these 
black  bars  connected  at  upper  ends  on  each  side  by  narrow  angular 
lines  with  angles  directed  mesad ;  these  angles,  excepting  the  first,  are 
connected  into  pairs  by  black  chevron-lines  across  dorsum;  anterior 
area  of  dorsum  showing  more  indistinctly  a  lanceolate  figure  outlined 
by  a  fine  black  line;  venter  unmarked  except  for  a  narrow  inwardly 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  297 

bending  dark  line  each  side  of  middle,  the  two  of  which  are  united  by  a 
cross-bar  just  at  base  of  spinnerets.  Spinnerets  dusky  orange.  Epigy- 
num  reddish  brown  about  spermathecal  openings,  elsewhere  concolor- 
ous  with  the  venter. 

Pars  cephalica  long  and  high,  highest  anteriorly  and  visibly  descend- 
ing caudad  to  the  pars  thoracica.  Chelicerce  a  little  longer  than  height 
of  face.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  as  described  for  genus;  anterior  median 
eyes  two-thirds  their  diameter  apart,  fully  their  diameter  from  the 
lateral  eyes  which  are  about  two-thirds  as  large,  their  diameter  from 
eyes  of  second  row;  anterior  lateral  eyes  their  diameter  or  some  less 
from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  one  and  one-half  times  their  diameter 
from  eyes  of  second  row;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  one-third  or  more 
the  length  of  the  cephalothorax  (PI.  XI,  fig,  8).  Lower  margin  of 
the  furrow  of  chelicerce  armed  with  two  stout  conical  teeth  which  are 
subequal;  upper  margin  with  three  teeth  of  usual  character.  Labium 
clearly  wider  than  long  (5  :  4);  the  basal  excavation  little  or  not  at  all 
more  than  one-fifth  the  total  length;  sides  strongly  converging  anter- 
iorly; front  margin  truncate  or  slightly  convexly  rounded.  Legs  hav- 
ing tarsi  bent  or  curved  down  at  distal  end  but  not  at  base  as  in  male; 
tarsi  sparsely  setose  and  scopuliE  entirely  absent.  Posterior  spinnerets 
widely  separated;  distinctly  longer  than  the  anterior,  but  in  alcohol 
often  bent  toward  each  other  and  then  inconspicuous;  the  second 
joint  distinct  but  short,  bluntly  pointed. 

For  form  of  epigynum  see  PI,  XII,  fig.  2. 

Total  length,  3.4  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  l.G  mm.;  width, 
1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  4  nmi. ;  tib.  -|-  pat.,  1.4  mm. ;  met.,  .95  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  3.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  3.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  5.5  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  1.7  mm.;  met.,  1.5  mm. 

Male. — Lighter  than  female,  markings  of  legs  (excepting  the  anterior 
femora)  and  of  abdomen  less  distinct  or  absent.  Palpi  black;  the 
tip  of  tarsus  yellow,  in  life  clothed,  like  legs,  with  white  hair 

All  tarsi  of  legs  distinctly  curved  downward  distally,  the  anterior 
ones  strongly  so,  those  of  the  third  and  fourth  pairs  also. bent  at 
proximal  end.  Palpus  with  the  sides  of  tibiae  parallel,  not  at  all 
enlarged  distally;  tibia  longer  than  patella  by  one-fourth  its  length; 
tarsus  of  about  same  length  as  tibia  +  patella,  much  wider  than  the 
tibia  (4  :2.5). 

For  palpal  organ  (drawn  out  from  alveolus)  see  PI.  XII,  fig.  3. 

Total  length,  2.6  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  1.5  mm.;  width, 
1  mm. 


298  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

Length  of  leg  I,  3.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  1.3  mm. ;  met.,  9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  3.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  3.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  4.8  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  L5  mm.;  met.,  1.5  mm. 

Syn.— 1890.     Aulonia  aurantiaca,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12. 

1892.     Aulonia  aurantiaca,  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  2. 

1892.     Aulonia  aurantiaca,  Banks  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  44,  p.  73. 

1898.     Trabea  aurantiaca,  Simon,  Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  2. 

Type  locality. — Massachusetts  and  Connecticut. 
Known  localities. — Massachusetts !,  Connecticut,  New  York,  District 
of  Columbia!. 

The  genus  SOSILAUS  Simon,  1898. 
(Hist.  Nat.  d.  Arai^.,  Vol.  2,  p.  350.) 

"  Cephalothorax  convex  behind,  in  front  long  slanting  and  attenu- 
ated, the  face  rather  narrow,  oblique  and  obtuse.  Four  anterior 
eyes  subcontiguous,  in  a  gently  recurved  row,  the  median  at  least 
twice  as  large  as  the  lateral.  Eyes  of  the  second  row  moderate,  approx- 
imate, occupying  a  transverse  space  much  narrower  than  the  anterior 
eye  row  (PI.  XII,  figs.  5,  6).  Chelicerse  rather  weak,  the  inferior 
margin  of  the  furrow  tridentate,  liabium  longer  than  wide,  attenuated 
and  obtuse.  Legs  rather  long;  the  metatarsi  and  tarsi  slender  and 
long,  not  scopulate;  anterior  tibiie  armed  beneath  with  5-5  prone 
spines  and  the  metatarsi  with  3-3  similar  ones,  there  being  smaller 
lateral  spines"  (Simon). 

In  the  character  of  cephalothorax  and  eyes  this  genus  is  very  similar 
to  Tricca  and  similarly  much  suggests  Allocosa,  from  which  it  differs 
most  conspicuously  in  the  armature  of  the  anterior  tibiae.  The 
posterior  eyes  are  situated  upon  a  very  oblique  plane.  The  eyes  of  the 
second  row  are  relatively  small. 

But  one  species  of  this  genus  is  known  and  that  by  a  single  specimen 
{S.  spingerE.  S.). 

Syn. — 1903.     Sosilaus  Comstock,  Classification  of  North  American  Spiders. 

Sosilaus  spiniger  Simon,  1898. 

(Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  2,  p.  350.) 
"Length  of  male  3.7  mm.— Cephalothorax  fulvo-rufous,  smooth 
and  subglabrous,  a  narrow  marginal  fuscous  line  and  the  pars  thoracica 
marked  irregularly  with  short  radiating  stripes.  Abdomen  fusco- 
testaceous,  paler  in  front  and  below.  Legs  lurid,  tarsi  infuscated. 
Palpi  lurid,  the  tarsus  infuscated,  sides  parallel,  setose  with  long 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA,  299 

bristles  below;  tibia  a  little  longer  than  the  patella,  terete,  gently- 
curved;  tarsus  shorter  than  the  tibia  with  patella,  narrowly  ovate, 
acuminate;  bulb  simple." 

Locality. — Louisiana. 

I  have  not  found  in  collections  from  Louisiana  and  neighboring 
States  any  specimens  referable  to  this  species,  which  remains  known 
only  from  M.  Simon's  diagnosis  and  comments. 

The  genus  PIBATA  Sundevall,  1833. 
(Subgenus  sub  Lycosa,  Consp.  Arachn.  p.  24.) 
Body  clothed  sparsely  with  short  hairs,  in  life  never  cloaking  and  con- 
cealing the  tegument  as  is  commonly  the  case  in  Pardosa  and  Lycosa. 
Anterior  tibite  in  the  female  armed  beneath  with  two  pairs  of  spines, 
respectively  basal  and  submedian  in  position,  never  with  an  apical 
pair;  these  spines  veiy  long  and  overlapping,  much  longer  than  the 
diameter  of  the  article;  rarely  with  three  pairs  beneath,  the  third  pair 
midway  between  the  median  pair  and  the  distal  end  of  the  joint;  tibiae 
in  the  male  with  the  long  spines  as  in  the  female,  but  in  addition 
with  an  apical  pair  (PI.  X,  fig.  7).  Anterior  row  of  eyes  as  long  as 
or  but  little  shorter  than  the  second,  a  little  procurved  or  straight, 
the  eyes  subequal  or  with  the  median  a  little  larger  than  the  lateral; 
clypeus  rather  narrow,  the  anterior  lateral  eyes  separated  from  its 
front  margin  at  most  by  their  diameter,  a  little  farther  from  eyes  of 
second  row;  eyes  of  the  second  row  large,  less  than  their  diameter 
apart;  dorsal  eye  area  trapeziform,  wider  behind  than  in  front. 
Labium  longer  than  wide,  attenuated  anteriorly  in  varying  degrees; 
basal  excavation  short,  nearly  always  but  one-fourth  or  less  the  length 
of  the  labium,  only  rarely  longer.  Posterior  spinnerets  much  longer 
than  the  anterior,  their  second  joint  distinct  and  conical.  Epigynum 
presenting  no  true  guide,  usually  consisting  behind  of  two  strongly 
chitinized  lobes  or  tubercles  upon  which  are  the  openings  of  the 
spermatheca.  Bulb  of  male  palpus  with  no  true  scopal  fold  or  one 
but  slightly  indicated ;  conductor  as  a  conspicuous  erect  apophysis  or 
process,  in  a  mostly  medio-apical  position,  and  its  principal  branch 
reaching  to  or  extending  beyond  the  front  margin  of  the  alveolus ;  a 
basal  spur  or  branch  of  considerable  size  always  present  on  conductor; 
the  embolus  small,  short,  nearly  concealed  usually;  lunate  plate  very 
large,  one- third  as  long  as  the  bulb. 

S\Ti. — 1848.     Lycosa  subgen.  Potamia  C.  Koch,  Die  Araclin.,  14,  p.  98. 

1876.     Pirata  Simon,  Arachn.  Fr. 

1876.     Pirata  Keyserling,  Verh.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  26,  p.  610. 

1885.     Pirata  Emerton,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  492. 


300  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

1S90.  Pirata  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  564. 

1898.  Lycosa  Simon  (ad.  part),  Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  2,  p.  345. 

1902.  Pirata  Montg.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  536. 

1903.  Lycosa  Comstock  (ad.  part.),  Class.  N.  A.  Spiders,  p.  51. 

1904.  Pirata  Chamberlin,  Can.  Ent.,  p.  177. 

1904.     Aulonia,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  265. 

Cephalothorax  moderately  low;  the  pars  cephalicanot  elevated  being 
nearly  level  with  the  dorsal  line  of  the  pars  thoracica,  in  front  broadly 
obtusely  rounded,  the  sides  rounded  and  considerably  sloping.  Face 
mostly  low,  much  shorter  than  the  length  of  the  chelicerse,  trapeziform, 
the  sides  in  most  convexly  rounded  and  widely  sloping,  rarely  sub- 
straight  and  very  steep  or  nearly  vertical,  the  eyes  of  second  row  more 
or  less  distant  from  its  upper  exterior  angles.  Except  in  the  few 
species  with  the  sides  of  the  face  very  steep,  the  posterior  eyes  when 
viewed  from  above  are  removed  from  the  lateral  margins  of  the  pars 
cephalica  by  more  than  their  diameter  as  is  the  case  in  Lycosa 
{PI.  X,  fig.  5).  Quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  one-fourth,  or  usually 
less,  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax,  rarely  longer.  Chelicene  robust, 
the  lower  margin  with  three  teeth  similar  to  those  of  Lycosa,  but  with 
the  third  often  conspicuouslj^  reduced  as  in  Pardosa;  upper  margin 
with  three  teeth  of  the  usual  character ;  fringe  of  hair  of  upper  margin 
more  sparse  than  in  Lycosa;  posterior  line  with  long  but  sparse  hairs. 
Legs  robust;  tarsi  in  most  cases  simply  setose  on  all  pairs,  very  rarely 
with  the  anterior  ones  with  thin  lateral  scopular  lines  as  in  Pardosa, 
the  bristles,  however,  being  often  serried  (PL  X,  fig.  7);  tibia  -1- 
patella  of  leg  IV  sometimes  longer  than,  at  others  shorter  than,  the 
cephalothorax,  longer  than  the  metatarsus  or  more  rarely  of  the  same 
length.  The  cephalothorax  always  presents  a  median  pale  stripe, 
which  begins  on  the  posterior  declivity  as  a  narrow  line  and  then  con- 
tinuously widens  to  the  third  eye  row,  there  more  abruptly  widening, 
passing  below  the  posterior  eyes  of  each  side  and  attaining  the  clypeus ; 
the  eyes  are  mostly  upon  black;  the  median  stripe  encloses  in  its  anterior 
half  a  bifurcate  or  V-shaped  dark  mark,  the  undivided  median  part 
being  at  the  anterior  end  of  the  dorsal  furrow  and  sending  an  arm 
forward  to  the  inner  margin  of  the  third  eye  on  each  side  (PI.  X, 
fig.  5) ;  marginal  light  stripes  may  or  may  not  be  present;  many  species 
are  marked  on  the  abdomen  with  lines  and  spots  of  bright  white  hair. 

The  Piratas  are  spiders  of  small  or  of  medium  size.  The  males  are  in 
most  cases  as  large  as  or  larger  than  the  females. 

In  habits  they  are  much  like  the  Pisauricke.  They  occur  in  damp 
meadows  or  more  especially  at  the  margins  of  streams,  ponds  and 
other  bodies  of  water,  upon  which  they  run  with  great  ease.     Many 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  301 

forms  in  case  of  danger  dive  readily  beneath  the  surface  of  the  water 
and  hide  under  stones,  leaves,,  etc.,  at  the  bdttom.  The  cocoon  is 
carried  about  attached  to  the  spinnerets,  though  when  the  females  are 
at  rest  it  is  commonlj^  held  in  the  chelicerse.  The  cocoons  are  clear 
white  in  color  and  spherical  in  shape,  marked  at  the  equator  by  a  seam 
less  strong  than  that  on  the  cocoons  of  Pardosa.  The  female  con- 
structs a  temporary  retreat  under  stones  and  other  suitable  places, 
spinning  a  small  irregular  web  of  very  delicate  texture.  The  greater 
length  of  the  superior  spinnerets  would  seem  to  be  associated  with 
this  web-spinning  habit. 

Key  to  Species  of  Pirata. 

1.  Lower  margin  of  the  furrow  of  the  chelicerae  armed  with  but  two 

teeth, 2. 

Ivower  margin  of  furrow  armed  with  three  teeth, 3. 

2.  Cephalothorax  less  than  2  mm.  long, minutus  Em. 

Cephalothorax  3  mm.  or  more  long, marxi  Stone. 

3.  Cephalothorax  with  no  submarginal  light  stripes,    .    monianus  Em. 
Cephalothorax  with  submarginal  light  stripes 4. 

4.  Cephalothora^c  less  than  2  mm.  long,  or  at  most  not  longer,     .     5. 
Cephalothorax  much  more  than  2  mm.  long, 6. 

5.  All  joints  of  legs  except  tarsi  distinctly  ringed  with  black  (female), 

aspirans  Chamb. 

Femora  dark  at  distal  ends,  other  joints  of  legs  light,  not  at  all 

marked  with  dark, Jnimicolus  Mtg. 

6.  Cephalothorax  in  life  or  when  dry  showing  on  each  side  a  marginal 

stripe  of  bright  white  hair, 7 

Cephalothorax  showing  no  such  stripe, insularis  Em. 

7.  A  black  marginal  stripe  below  each  pale  lateral  stripe, 

piratica  utahensis,  new  var. 
No  such  black  marginal  line, fehriculosa  (Beck.). 

The  key  above  does  not  include  prodigiosa  Keys,  or  hilohatus  TuUg. 

Firata  minutus  Emerton,  1885. 

(Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  493,  PI.  48,  figs.  10-lOc.) 
Female. — Sides  of  cephalothorax  dark  brown  to  gray-brown;  a  yellow 
median  stripe  of  more  or  less  greenish  hue  which  begins  caudally 
as  a  narrow  line,  but  expands  continuously  forward  to  the  eye  region, 
continuing  as  a  narrow  stripe  on  each  side  below  eyes  to  the  clypeus  as 
usual;  within  the  median  light  band  are  two  dark  lines  or  narrow 
stripes  extending  backward  from  eyes  of  third  row  and  uniting  together 
into  one  line  at  the  dorsal  groove,  forming  thus  the  typical  V-shaped 
mark;  a  marginal  light  strij^e  on  each  side  with  uneven  upper  border, 
20 


302  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

not  extending  forward  beyond  third  eye  row ;  in  life  a  marginal  line  of 
white  hair  much  narrower  than  light  stripe  of  the  tegument  with 
which  it  is  coextensive  in  length.  Chelicerce  black-brown,  yellow 
distally ;  subsparsely  clothed  with  rather  long  light  gray  hairs.  Labium 
and  endites  dark  brown,  paler  distally.  Sternum  deep  brown  to 
blackish,  in  most  cases  with  a  yellow  median  line  and  a  number  of 
yellow  spots  along  each  lateral  margin;  clothed  with  comparatively 
long  light  gray  hairs.  Coxcb  of  legs  beneath  yellow.  Legs  light  brown 
or  yellow,  all  joints  excepting  the  tarsi  annulate  with  black;  the  femora 
have  usually  a  submedian  ring  and  a  broader  ring  at  distal  end,  the 
latter  sometimes  partially  divided  by  light;  the  tibiae  and  metatarsi 
have  a  wide  annulus  at  each  end,  leaving  especially  on  the  tibiae  a 
relatively  narrow  yellow  ring  at  the  middle;  tibiae  sometimes  entirely 
black.  Abdomen  above  black,  sometimes  with  and  sometimes  without 
narrow  lanceolate  yellow  mark  at  base;  dorsum  clothed  with  sparse 
light  brown  or  grayish  hair,  with  a  series  of  five  or  six  spots  of  wliite 
hair  along  each  side  for  the  entire  length,  and  posteriorly  with  narrow 
cross-lines  of  similar  white  hair,  these  lines  sometimes  indistinct;  sides 
a  little  paler  than  the  dorsum,  with  some  streaks  and  dots  of  white 
pubescence;  venter  dark  gray,  more  densely  clothed  with  hair  than  the 
sides  and  dorsum,  the  hair  being  gray.  Epigynum  reddish  brown, 
usually  nearly  or  quite  concealed  by  long  gray  hairs.  Spinnerets  dark 
brown. 

Face  but  little  more  than  two-thirds  as  high  as  the  chelicerae  are 
long,  sides  substraight  and  nearly  vertical  as  in  Pardosa. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  nearly  as  long  as  the  second,  more  strongly  pro- 
curved  than  is  usual  in  this  genus ;  anterior  median  eyes  about  their 
radius  apart,  a  little  larger  than  the  lateral;  anterior  lateral  eyes  rather 
less  than  their  diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  farther  from 
eyes  of  the  second  row;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  one-fourth  the 
length  of  the  cephalothorax. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicerce  with  but  two  teeth  which  are 
relatively  long  and  slender,  the  second  one  a  little  smaller  than  the 
first,  the  latter  evidently  representing  the  second  of  the  three  typically 
present  in  the  Lycosidce. 

Ijegs  with  tibia  +  patella  of  the  fourth  pair  a  little  longer  than  the 
cephalothorax,  which  is  of  the  same  length  as  the  metatarsus  of  the 
same  legs ;  tibiae  of  first  legs  armed  ventrally  with  a  basal  and  a  sub- 
median  pair  of  spines  which  are  very  long,  overlapping  as  usual. 

For  structure  of  epigynum  see  PL  XXII,  fig,  7. 

Total  length,  3.3  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  L8  mm.;  width, 
1.3  mm. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  303 

Length  of  leg  I,  4.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  1.6  mm. ;  met.,  1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  4.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  3.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  6.3  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2  mm.;  met.,  1.8  mm. 

Male. — Femora  of  first  two  pairs  of  legs  black,  others  dusky  yellow; 
all  other  joints  clear  yellow,  "without  indications  of  any  dark  marks; 
palpi  entirely  black,  except  the  patellae  which  often  are  paler  above; 
coloration  otherwise  nearly  as  in  female,  but  in  general  darker. 

Tibia  of  palpus  considerably  longer  than  patella,  and  narrower 
than  tarsus;  main  process  of  apophysis  of  conductor  with  its  upper 
half  bent  outward  at  right  angles  to  lower  half  at  or  a  little  in  front 
of  front  margin  of  alveolus;  basal  spur  ending  apicallj^  in  an  acute 
point  (PI.  XXI,  fig.  9). 

Total  length,  2.9  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  1.6  mm.;  width, 
1  mm.     Length  of  leg  I,  4.4  mm. 

Syn. — 1890.     Pirata  minuta  Em.,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  44, 

p.  72. 
—  Pirata  exigua  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  44,  p.  72,  PI.  1,  fig.  48. 
1890.     Pirata  minuta  Em.,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  564. 
Non-s}Ti. — 1892.     Pirata  minuta  Em.,  Fox,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W. 
Syn.— 1898.     Pirata  m,inutus  Em.,  Simon,  Hist.  Nat.  Araign.,  II,  p.  335. 

Type  locality. — Massachusetts  and  Connecticut. 

Known  localities. — Massachusetts!,  Connecticut,  New  York  (Ithaca!). 

I  have  found  females  of  this  species  with  egg-sacs  fairly  common  in 
certain  damp  meadows  about  Ithaca,  New  York,  late  in  the  summer. 
A  few  were  taken  at  the  margins  of  ponds.  The  male  above  described, 
from  Massachusetts,  was  kindly  loaned  me  by  Mr.  J.  11.  Emerton. 

Pirata  aspirans  Chamberlin,  1904. 

(Can.  Ent.,  Vol.  XXXVI,  p.  286.) 
Female. — Sides  of  cephalothorax  dark  brown  crossed  by  radiating 
lines  of  black;  a  pale  median  band  beginning  at  posterior  margin 
narrows  to  caudal  end  of  thoracic  furrow,  then  widens  gradually  to 
eyes  of  third  row  where  it  more  or  less  abruptly  widens  and  encloses  the 
eye  area,  below  which  on  each  side  it  attains  the  clypeus  as  usual ; 
within  the  median  pale  band  a  median  line  at  front  of  furrow  bifurcates, 
sending  a  branch  to  eyes  of  each  side  as  usual;  eyes  surrounded  by 
black;  clypeus  yellow;  a  marginal  band  of  yellow  on  each  side,  limited 
below  by  a  line  of  black,  these  side  stripes  extending  forward  only  to 
opposite  the  third  eyes.  Chelicerce  reddish  yellow,  smoky  over  middle 
region  and  with  branching  lines  of  black  over  basal  area.  Labium 
yellow.     Endites   yellow    above,    and    darker,    dusky-brown    below. 


304  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

Sternum  and  coxcb  of  legs  beneath  immaculate  yellow.  Legs  yellow; 
all  joints  except  the  tarsi  more  or  less  distinctly  banded  with  black 
rings;  these  dark  rings  on  femora  of  first  legs  confluent  and  also  semi- 
confluent  on  other  joints;  femora  with  four  rings,  of  which  the  apical 
one  may  be  indistinct.  Dorsum  of  abdomen  black,  at  sides  minutely 
punctate  with  yellow;  at  base  a  lanceolate  yellow  mark,  on  each  side  of 
which  just  behind  middle  is  a  small  ovate  yellow  spot  with  black  dot  at 
center,  and  each  side  of  apex  a  larger  triangular  yellow  spot ;  behind  is  a 
series  of  yellow  transverse  bowed  or  chevron-shaped  transverse  marks 
which  become  successively  shorter  caudad,  the  last  few  being  diamond 
shaped  and  contiguous  by  their  apices;  sides  of  abdomen  above  like 
sides  of  dorsum,  but  below  becoming  more  and  more  yellow,  the  black 
being  first  reduced  to  spots  and  then  quite  disappearing  at  venter; 
venter  yellow,  dusky  in  front  of  the  genital  furrow  and  also  with  a 
dusky  interrupted  median  band  extending  back  from  epigynum  two- 
thirds  the  distance  to  the  spinnerets,  and  on  each  side  of  venter  a 
narrow  irregularly  edged  black  line  which  does  not  extend  all  the  way  to 
the  spinnerets  behind.     Spinnerets  yellow.     Epigynum  reddish  yellow. 

Sides  of  face  of  moderate  steepness;  face  a  little  more  than  half  as 
high  as  the  chelicerse  are  long.  Seen  in  profile,  the  dorsal  line  of  the 
cephalothorax  is  straight  and  horizontal  or  nearly  so  between  the  eyes 
and  the  posterior  declivity,  the  pars  cephalica  not  being  elevated  at  all 
above  the  pars  thoracica.  Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicerce  with 
three  teeth,  of  which  the  middle  one  is  much  stoutest  and  longest,  the 
first  one  clearly  the  smallest;  the  upper  margin  with  three  teeth  of  the 
usual  proportions.  Labium  slightly  longer  than  broad  (5  :4.8), 
four  and  five-tenths  times  longer  than  its  basal  excavation  strongly 
converging  anteriorly;  anterior  margin  indented  mesally  with  its  side 
parts  convexly  rounded.  Legs  with  tibia  +  patella  of  the  fourth  pair 
much  longer  than  the  cephalothorax,  which  is  of  the  same  length  as  the 
tibia  +  patella  of  the  first  pair;  spines  of  anterior  tibiae  very  long, 
those  of  the  first  pair  to  or  a  little  beyond  the  middle  of  the  joint. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  but  slightly  procurved,  shorter  than  the  second ; 
anterior  median  eyes  about  two-thirds  their  diameter  apart,  closer  to 
the  lateral  eyes  which  are  two-thirds  as  large,  hardly  two-thirds  tlieir 
diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  anterior  lateral  eyes  three-fourths 
their  diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  their  diameter  or  slightly 
more  from  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  two-thirds  their 
diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  slightly  wider  in  front 
than  long,  longer  behind  than  in  front  in  ratio  of  9  : 7  (nearly),  one- 
fourth  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  305 

Epigynum  with  the  lateral  tubercles  widely  rounded  behind,  being 
mesally  shallowly  angularly  excavate  (PI.  XXII,  fig.  6). 

Total  length,  4  mm.  Ijength  of  cephalothorax,  1.9  mm.;  width, 
1.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  5.4  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  1.9  mm.;  met.,  1.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  5.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  4.7  nmi. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  7.3  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.3  mm. ;  met.,  2  mm. 

Male. — For  structure  of  palpal  organ  see  PI.  XXII,  fig.  5. 

Syn. — 1890.     Pirata  minuta  Fox  (at  least  ad.  part.),  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W. 
Locality. — ^Washington,  D.  C. !. 

Pirata  humioolus  Montgomery,  1902. 

(Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  575,  PI.  30,  figs.  40,  41.) 

Female. — Sides  of  the  cephalothorax  brown  to  black  with  lighter 
radiating  lines;  a  yellow  median  band  widening  from  behind,  where  it  is 
a  mere  line,  forward  and  enclosing  the  usual  dark  bifurcate  mark  in  its 
front  half;  on  each  side  a  yellow  supramarginal  stripe  which  does  not 
extend  upon  the  pars  cephalica  and  which  is  limited  below  by  a  black 
marginal  line;  in  life  there  is  a  marginal  line  of  white  hair.  Chelicerce, 
labium  and  endites  dark  reddish  brown.  Sternum  dark  brown,  paler 
along  middle  and  darker  at  lateral  margins.  Legs  brown,  often  of  green- 
ish hue,  the  cox(e  beneath  paler,  yellow.  Palpi  like  the  legs,  paler  at  the 
base.  Dorsu?n  of  abdomen  brown  of  greenish  tinge;  a  basal  lanceolate 
median  stripe;  two  rows  of  light  spots  clothed  with  white  pubescence 
on  each  side  of  the  basal  stripes  and  extending  to  the  spinnerets 
behind,  the  outer  line  often  evidently  only  caudally,  the  spots  of  the 
inner  lines  largest  anteriorly  connected  by  some  thin  cross-lines  of  white 
hair;  sides  of  abdomen  yellowish  brown  tinged  with  green;  venter 
clear  yellow,  sometimes  a  few  small  black  dots  in  front  of  spinnerets. 
Epigynum  reddish  brown.     Spinnerets  yellow. 

Chelicerce  one  and  one-third  times  the  height  of  the  face,  the  sides 
of  which  are  subvertical  as  in  Pardosa.  Anterior  row  of  eyes  a  little 
shorter  than  the  second,  a  little  procurved;  eyes  of  second  row  nearly 
their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  one-fifth  as  long  as 
the  cephalothorax.  Lower  margin  of  the  furrow  of  the  chelicerce  armed 
below  with  three  teeth. 

Total  length,  4  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  1.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  4.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  4.3  mm. 


306  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May^ 

Length  of  leg  III,  4,2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  6.1  mm. 

Male. — Coloration  darker  than  in  the  female.  Cephalothorax  nearly- 
black.  Abdomen  nearly  as  in  female  but  the  venter  darker.  Chelicerce 
black.  Legs  yeUow  except  the  femora  of  the  first  two  pairs  which  are 
black.     Femur  of  palpi  black,  the  other  joints  paler. 

Total  length,  2.9  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  1.7  mm. 

Svn. — 1903.     Pirata  humicolus  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila., 

-p.  654. 
1904.     Aulonia  humicola,  Montgomery,  Proc,  Acad.  Nat,  Sci.  Pliila.  p.  265, 
PI.  XX,  fig.  33. 

Locality. — ^Pennsylvania, 

Known  localities. — ^Pennsylvania!,  New  Jersey. 

Firata  montanus  Emerton,  1885, 

(Tr.  Conn.  Acad,  Sci.,  p.  493,  PI.  48,  fig.  9.) 

Female. — Sides  of  cephalothorax  deep  brown  or  blackish  with  no 
lighter  marginal  stripes  ;  a  yeUow  or  reddish-yellow  median  stripe 
beginning  at  the  clypeus  enclosing  the  dorsal  eyes  and  then  narromng 
caudad,  ending  as  a  pointed  line  on  the  posterior  declivity;  median 
band  enclosing  in  front  of  dorsal  groove  a  dark  stripe  which  bifurcates, 
sending  one  of  its  branches  forward  to  and  along  the  inner  margins  of 
the  eyes  of  each  side;  eyes  enclosed  with  black;  in  life  on  each  side  a 
marginal  line  of  white  hair,  Chelicerce  dark  brown,  paler  distally, 
the  tips  of  claws  reddish.  Labium  and  endites  brown,  lighter  distally 
as  usual.  Sternum  brown,  a  dark  line  or  row  of  dark  spots  on  each 
side,  the  two  converging  caudad.  Legs  yeUow,  without  markings  ex- 
cepting sometimes  faint  annuli  on  femora.  Abdomen  above  black;  a 
reddish-brown  median  lanceolate  stripe  at  base  extending  to  middle; 
each  side  of  apex  of  this  stripe  a  reddish  spot  and  behind  a  number  of 
chevron-shaped  transverse  marlcs;  all  these  marks  may  be  indistinct 
and  sometimes  the  basal  stripe  alone  is  distinguishable;  in  life  there  is 
on  each  side  a  series  of  about  six  spots  of  light  yehow  hair;  sides 
colored  like  the  dorsum  but  in  life  more  densely  pubescent;  a  short 
line  of  yellow  hair  passing  back  across  each  antero-lateral  angle,  the 
sides  elsewhere  being  clothed  with  black  hairs  with  more  scattered  ones 
of  yellow;  venter  brown,  clothed  with  yellowish  gray  pubescence. 
Spinnerets  brown,     Epigynum  reddish  black. 

Sides  of  jace  steep,  but  evidently  diverging  outward  below. 

First  row  of  eyes  nearly  as  long  as  the  second,  a  little  procurved  ;  anterior 
median  eyes  more  than  half  their  diameter  apart  (nearly  three-fourths), 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  307 

nearly  the  same  distance  from  the  smaller  lateral  eyes  (about  3  : 4)  ; 
anterior  lateral  eyes  their  diameter  or  rather  a  little  less  from  the  front 
margin  of  clypeus,  more  than  their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row; 
eyes  of  second  row  less  than  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  pos- 
terior eyes  more  than  one-fifth  the  length  of  the  cephalothorax  (1  :  4.5). 

Lower  margin  of  the  furrow  of  chelicerce  with  three  teeth,  of  which 
the  middle  one  is  usually  a  Uttle  longest. 

Legs  with  tibia  +  patella  IV  longer  than  the  cephalothorax,  which 
latter  is  longer  than  tibia  +  patella  I;  anterior  tibia  beneath  with 
three  pairs  of  very  long  overlapping  spines,  the  third  pair  being  between 
the  middle  pair  and  the  distal  end  of  the  joint  and  truly  ventral  in 
position  (PI.  X,  fig.  9) ;  patella  II  armed  in  front. 

Epigyniim  with  the  posterior  margin  nearly  straight;  not  excavated 
mesally;  the  bulbs  of  the  spermathecse  contiguous  mesally.    (PI.  XXII, 

fig.  9.) 

Total  length,  2.4  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  6.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.2  nmi. ;  met.,  1.5  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  6.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  6.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  9.4  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3  mm. ;  met.,  2.8  mm. 

Syn. — 1890.     Pirata  elegans  Stone,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  42. 

Pirata  montanus,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  564. 

1892.     Pirata  agilis  Banks  (ad.  part),  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  44,  p.  72, 

PI.  I,  fig.  47. 
1902.     Pirata  elegans,  Montg.,  op.  cit.,  p.  581,  PL  XXX,  fig.  36. 

IPirata  nigromaculatus  Montg.,  ibid.,  p.  579,  PI.  30,  figs.  44,  45. 

1904.     Pirata  elegans,  Montgomery,  ibid.,  p.  310. 

.     IPirata  nigromaculatus,  ibid.,  p.  310. 

Type  locality. — New  Hampshire  (White  Moimtains)  and  New  York 
(Adii-ondack  Mountains  at  Long  Lake). 

Known  localities. — New  York !,  New  Hampshire,  Pennsylvania,  Utah !. 

Pirata  marxi  Stone,  1890. 

(Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  42.) 
Female. — Sides  of  cephalothorax  in  fresh  specimens  obscure  brown  to 
gray-black,  crossed  by  many  radiating  lines  of  black;  a  yellow  median 
band  of  the  typical  form  enclosing  the  usual  bifurcate  mark  in  front  of 
the  dorsal  groove,  the  mark  coalescing  on  each  side  just  in  front  of  the 
groove  with  the  dark  area  of  the  sides;  there  is  thus  between  the  arms 
of  the  V-mark  a  narrow  median  yellow  stripe  or  line  which  extends 
forward  to  the  second  eye  row,  and  on  each  side  of  pars  cepbalica  also  a 
narrow  line  which  extends  forward  beneath  the  eyes  to  the  clypeus,  but 
which  is  disconnected  with  the  median  stripe  behind;  on  each  side  a 


308  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [May, 

siipramarginal  yellow  stripe  with  uneven  upper  margin,  and  limited 
below  by  a  black  marginal  line;  no  marginal  stripe  of  white  hair. 
Chelicerce  reddish  brown.  Endites  brown,  pale  distally,  the  labium 
in  most  darker,  dusky-brown  to  blackish.  Sternum  brown.  Coxes 
of  legs  beneath  yellow.  Legs  clear  yellow,  darker  distally,  entirely 
without  dark  rings  or  markings.  Abdomen  yellow  with  markings  in 
black  as  follows :  at  base  above  a  lanceolate  outline ;  along  each  side  of 
dorsum  a  wavy  or  zigzag  stripe,  the  two  converging  to  spinnerets, 
each  united  with  lanceolate  basal  mark  at  its  base  and  again  at  its 
middle;  the  outwardly  directed  angles  of  these  dark  stripes  often  more 
or  less  extended  down  the  sides  as  narrow  lines;  along  the  median  line 
of  dorsum  behind  several  short  black  marks,  sides  of  abdomen  antero- 
ventrally  with  a  dark  area  composed  of  a  close  network  of  black  lines, 
and  postero-dorsally  with  a  number  of  isolated  dark  areas  formed  of 
similar  reticulations,  leaving  thus  in  most  a  clear  yellow  stripe  of 
varying  width  curving  from  the  dorso-anterior  angle  obliquely  down- 
ward and  backward  between  the  two  darkened  areas  described ;  a  row  of 
spots  of  yellow  hair  on  each  side  of  dorsimi  behind;  venter  with  some 
scattered  minute  black  dots,  a  few  usually  just  behind  the  epigynum 
and  more  numerous  ones  in  front  of  spinnerets,  the  latter  usually  form- 
ing two  short  hues  close  together  which  may  extend  forward  to  middle 
or  even  to  the  spots  behind  epigynum,  sides  and  venter  clothed  with 
yellow  hair.  Spinnerets  yellow.  Epigynum  pale  brown,  reddish 
marginally,  darker  caudad. 

Face  rather  low  and  wide,  sides  well  rounded  and  slanting.  Cephalo- 
thorax  high ;  highest  at  third  eye  row,  from  there  convexly  rounded  to 
the  dorsal  groove;  posterior  declivity  steep. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  as  wide  as  the  second,  nearly  straight,  the  centers 
of  the  lateral  eyes  being  but  little' lower  than  those  of  the  median; 
anterior  median  eyes  a  little  larger  than  the  lateral,  scarcely  one-third 
their  diameter  apart,  their  radius  from  eyes  of  second  row;  anterior 
lateral  eyes  four-fifths  their  diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  the 
same  distance  from  eyes  of  second  row ;  eyes  of  second  row  less  than 
their  radius  apart  (2 : 5) ;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  less  than  one- 
fifth  as  long  as  cephalothorax  (1:  5.5),  wider  in  front  than  long,  very 
wide  behind,  being  wider  than  in  front  in  ratio  of  8.4:  5.6. 

Lower  margin  of  furrow  of  chelicerce  with  but  two  teeth.  Labium 
longer  than  wide,  the  basal  excavation  longer  than  is  common ;  front 
margin  substraight,  or  but  slightly  convex.  Legs  with  the  tibia  +  patella 
of  the  fourth  pair  longer  than  the  cephalothorax;  the  corresponding 
joints  of  the  first  pair  slightly  shorter  than  the  cephalothorax;  anterior 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  309 

tibifp  armed  below  with  two  pairs  of  spines  in  the  usual  position, 
shorter  than  usual  in  this  genus,  those  of  the  first  pair  not  over- 
lapping the  bases  of  the  second,  to  which  they  usually  do  not  fully 
extend ;  all  tarsi  subsparsely  setose. 

The  epigynum  is  a  large  quadrangular  area  which  is  somewhat  wider 
in  front  than  behind,  the  lateral  margins  being  substraight  and  a  little 
converging  caudad ;  the  posterior  border  is  angularly  excavated  at  the 
middle  and  the  spermatheca  open  on  each  side  caudad  directly  into  the 
excavation,  their  terminal  portions  often  showing  darkly  through  the 
chitinous  wall.  (PI.  XXII,  fig.  8.) 

Total  length,  7.2  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.2  mm.;  width, 

2.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  8.7  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.1  mm. ;  met.,  2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  8.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  7.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  10.6  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.5  mm.;  met.,  3  mm. 

Male. — Coloration  as  in  the  female. 

Tibia  of  the  palpus  longer  than  the  patella,  of  the  same  thick- 
ness (seen  from  above)  ;  tarsus  much  broader  than  the  tibia. 
Principal  branch  of  apophysis  of  conductor  long,  curving  outward 
above;  basal  branch  relatively  large;  base  of  apophysis  farther  caudad 
than  usual.   (PL  XXI,  fig.  8.) 

Total  length,  5.6  mm.     Length    of   cephalothorax,  3  mm.;  width, 

2.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  8.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.1  mm. ;  met.,  2.1  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  7.9  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  7.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  10.4  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.2  mm. ;  met.,  3  mm. 

Syn.— 1885.     Pirata  piratica  Emerton  (non  CI.),  Tr.  C.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  492, 
PI.  48,  figs.  7  to  7b. 

1890.  Pirata  piratica  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  564. 

1891.  Pirata  piratica  Marx,  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  W.,  p.  161. 

1892.  Pirata  piratica  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  44. 
1902.     Pirata  jriratica  Emerton,  Com.  Sp.  U.  S.,  p.  84,  figs.  208,  209. 

1902.     Pirata  niarxi,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  582,  PI. 

XXX,  fig.  47. 
1904.     Pirata  marxi,  Montgomery,  ibid.,  p.  309,  PI.  XIX,  fig.  27. 

Type  ZocaZ%.— Pennsylvania  (York  County). 

Known  localities. — Massachusetts!,  Connecticut,  Rhode  Island!,  New 
York !,  District  of  Columbia. 

Pirata  insularis  Emerton,  1885. 

(Tr.  Conn.  Acad.  Sci.,  6,  p.  492,  PI.  48,  figs.  8,  8a.) 
Fe77iale.— Sides  of  cephalothorax  brown  crossed  by  radiating  Unes  of 


310  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [May^ 

black;  a  median  reddish-yellow  band  of  the  usual  form  enclosing  the 
V-shaped  mark  in  front;  on  each  side  also  a  yellowish  supramarginal 
stripe  with  uneven  upper  edge  and  limited  below  by  a  narrow  dark 
marginal  stripe,  this  stripe  not  extending  forward  beyond  the  cervical 
furrow;  cephalothorax  with  sparse,  short  dark  hairs,  no  marginal  lines 
of  white  pubescence.  Chelicerce  reddish  yellow,  clothed  sparsely  with 
light  gray  hair.  Labium  and  endites  reddish  yellow,  paler  distally. 
Sternum  and  coxcb  of  legs  beneath  reddish  yellow,  sparsely  provided 
with  mostly  stiff  blackish  hairs,  the  former  often  blackish  along  sides 
and  pale  mesally.  Legs  brownish  yellow,  all  joints  excepting  the  tarsi 
with  more  or  less  distinct  dark  annulations,  or  these  sometimes  very 
indistinct  on  or  absent  from  the  metatarsi.  Abdomen  above  blackish; 
at  base  above  a  yellow  lanceolate  median  stripe  extending  caudally  to 
the  middle;  each  side  of  the  apex  of  the  lanceolate  stripe  is  a  yellow 
spot  and  behind  is  a  number  of  transverse  yellow  marks,  each  of  which, 
has  in  most  cases  the  shape  of  an  open  angle  with  the  apex  directed 
forward,  but  more  rarely  the  marks  are  nearly  straight;  each  side  of  the 
median  markings  of  the  dorsum  above  described  is  in  life  a  series  of 
white  spots  formed  of  bunches  of  white  hair,  the  dorsum  elsewhere 
being  sparsely  clothed  with  short  yellowish  hairs  and  more  scattered 
long  dark  bristles;  a  narrow  yellow  stripe  or  row  of  yellow  spots  passing 
over  each  antero-lateral  angle  caudally,  breaking  up  over  the  side  into 
more  scattered  yellow  dashes;  this  yellow  stripe  on  front  of  sides  often 
partly  masked  by  white  hair,  but  this  hair  never  forming  a  very  distinct 
or  extensive  line  or  stripe;  venter  pale  yellow  to  grayish,  a  darker 
median  line  behind  epigynum,  hair  of  entire  venter  yellow.  Spin- 
nerets light  brown. 

Seen  in  profile  the  dorsal  line  of  the  cephalothorax  is  nearly  horizontal, 
notched  at  dorsal  groove.  The  chelicerse  about  one  and  one-fourth  times 
the  height  of  the  face. 

First  row  of  eyes  nearly  as  long  as  the  second,  nearly  straight; 
anterior  median  eyes  less  than  their  radius  apart,  closer  to  the  evi- 
dently smaller  lateral  eyes;  anterior  lateral  eyes  less  than  their 
diameter  from  front  margin  of  clypeus,  some  more  than  their  diameter 
from  eyes  of  second  row ;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  one-fifth  as  long 
as  the  cephalothorax. 

Labium  longer  than  wide  (7  :  6) ;  basal  excavation  a  little  more  than 
one-fourth  as  long  as  the  labium ;  sides  below  straight  and  but  slightly 
converging,  more  strongly  converging  and  more  rounded  above;  front 
margin  substraight,  being  very  slightly  bowed  forv/ard.  Legs  with  the 
tibia  +  patella  of  the  fourth  pair  clearly  longer  than  the  cephalothorax. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  311 

the  corresponding  joints  of  the  first  legs  being  also  a  little  longer; 
anterior  tibise  armed  beneath  as  usual;  patella  of  leg  I  unarmed,  that 
of  leg  II  with  a  spine  in  front;  tarsi  setose. 

Epigynum  presenting  two  more  or  less  divergent  tubercles  caudad, 
upon  the  ventral  face  of  which  the  spermatheca  open;  these  tubercles, 
at  first  angular,  ma}^  become  more  rounded  with  age.  (PL  XXII, 
fig.  4.) 

Total  length,  6.5  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.1  nun.;  width, 
2.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  9.2  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.3  mm. ;  met.,  2.2  mm 

Length  of  leg  II,  8.4  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  7.7  mnL 

Length  of  leg  IV,  11.6  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.7  mm. ;  met.,  3.6  mm. 

Male. — Coloration  nearly  as  in  female  except  that  the  femora  and 
tibise  are  indistinctly  annulate  and  the  other  joints  clear  yellow;  the 
palpi  are  brown  of  reddish  tinge. 

For  structure  of  palpus  see  PL  XXII,  fig.  3. 

Total  length,  4.5  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.2  mm. 

Syn.— 1890.     Plrata  insularis,  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.  564. 
1892.     Pirata  insularis,  Banks,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  41,  p.  71. 
1902.     Pirata  liber  Montgomery,  op.  cil.,  p.  578,  PL  30,  figs.  42,  43. 
1904.     Pirata  liber,  ibid.,  p.  311. 

I'ype  locality. — ^Loiig  I^ake,  Adirondack  Mountains,  New  York. 

Known  localities. — Rhode  Island  !,  New  York!,  Pennsylvania!. 

This  is  a  common  species  which  is  subject  to  considerable  variation, 
both  in  some  of  its  structural  characters  and,  more  noticeably,  in  depth 
of  coloration.  In  some  the  annulations  are  very  deep  and  distinct  and 
the  body  parts  are  correspondingly  dark,  while  in  others  the  annula- 
tions may  be  very  indistinct. 

Pirata  febriculosa  (Beck),  1881. 

(.\nn.  Soc.  Ent.  Belg.,  25,  PI.  3,  figs.  2,  2a.) 
Female. — Sides  of  cephalothorax  dark  brown  to  blackish  of  usually 
greenish  tinge;  a  reddish  yellow  median  band  narrow  caudally  and 
widening  anteriorly  to  the  eye  region,  where  it  expands  and  passes  below 
the  eyes  of  each  side  and  attains  the  clypeus;  in  front  of  dorsal  furrow 
a  median  black  line  which  bifurcates  sending  a  branch  forward  to  inner 
side  of  third  eye  of  each  side  in  the  usual  manner;  on  each  side  a 
moderately  wide  yellow  or  reddish-yellow  marginal  band  which 
extends  forward  as  far  as  the  cervical  furrow;  clypeus  yellow;  eye 
region  black;  along  each  lateral  margin  in  life  a  distinct  hne  of  white 


312  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

hair  much  narrower  than  the  Hght  band  in  tegument;  the  sides  of  the 
cephalothorax  are  sparsely  clothed  with  short  black. hairs.  Chelicerce 
yellowish  brown,  distally  reddish  yellow,  clothed  subsparsely  with 
long  light  gray  hair.  Labium  pale  brown,  lighter  distally.  Sternum 
and  coxce  of  legs  beneath  yellow,  clothed  sparsely  with  blackish  hairs. 
Legs  greenish  yellow,  more  reddish  distally,  sometimes  without  evident 
markings,  but  in  the  great  majority  with  faint  dark  annulations  show- 
ing most  distinctly  on  the  femora  and  tibiae  of  the  posterior  pairs ;  these 
annuli  usually  broken  above.  Abdomen  above  black  or  blackish 
brown;  at  base  is  a  narrow  lanceolate  reddish-yellow  stripe  which  ends 
at  middle  and  is  margined  with  a  line  of  black,  outside  and  parallel  with 
the  black  edge  being  in  life  a  line  of  white  hair,  the  two  white  lines 
meeting  at  a  truncate  angle  on  posterior  portion  of  dorsum,  these  lines 
sometimes  each  reduced  to  a  row  of  spots  or  less  commonly  entirely 
absent ;  a  narrow  stripe  of  white  hair  passing  caudad  over  each  antero- 
lateral angle  and  spreading  out  usually  in  streaks  over  the  upper  part 
of  side  and  connecting  behind  with  the  white  of  opposite  side  above  spin- 
nerets; lower  portion  of  sides  brown  and,  like  most  of  dorsum,  clothed 
with  brown  hair;  venter  brown  to  gra}^,  paler  in  front  of  genital  fur- 
row.    Tubercles  of  eipigynum  reddish.     Spinnerets  pale  brown. 

Face  a  little  more  than  half  as  high  as  the  length  of  the  chelicercB. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  nearly  as  long  as  second,  slightly  procurved; 
anterior  median  eyes  their  radius  apart;  much  closer  to  the  lateral  eyes ; 
anterior  lateral  eyes  considerably  smaller  than  the  median,  their 
diameter  or  nearly  so  from  the  front  margin  of  clypeus,  more  than 
their  diameter  from  eyes  of  second  row;  eyes  of  second  row  consider- 
ably less  than  their  diameter  apart;  quadrangle  of  posterior  eyes  less 
than  one-fifth  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax  (1  :  5.5). 

Chelicerce  armed  as  usual.  Labium  longer  than  wider  ( 10.5  :  10) ;  basal 
excavation  short,  scarcely  more  than  one-fifth  as  long  as  labium ;  lower 
part  of  sides  nearly  straight,  only  slightly  converging,  but  for  upper  third 
more  strongly  rounded  and  converging;  front  margin  truncate.  Legs 
with  the  tibia  +  patella  of  the  fourth  pair  longer  than  the  cephalo- 
thorax; the  corresponding  joints  of  the  first  pair  shorter  than  the 
cephalothorax;  tarsi  of  first  two  pairs  of  legs  scopulate  laterally,  those 
of  the  posterior  pairs  simply  setose ;  anterior  tibia  below  with  the  usual 
basal  and  submedian  pairs  of  legs  which  are  long,  the  first  well  over- 
lapping the  second ;  patellae  of  first  legs  unarmed,  those  of  second  with  a 
spine  on  anterior  face. 

Epigynum  presenting  behind  two  angular  tubercles,  the  inner  or 
mesal  faces  of  which  are  nearly  parallel  and  are  more  than  usually 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  313 

close  together  leaving  the  excavation  between  them  narrow;  their 
outer  faces  clearly  more  strongly  diverging  than  the  inner.  (PI. 
XXII,  fig.  2.) 

Total  length,  7.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.3  mm.;  width, 
2.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  8.5  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3  mm. ;  met.,  2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  7.6  mm. 

Length  of  leg  III,  7.3  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  11.2  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.6  mm. ;  met.,  3.2  mm. 

Male. — ^For  structure  of  palpal  organ  see  PI.  XXII,  fig.  1. 

Syn. — 1904.     Lycosa  icacondana  Scheffer,  The  Industrialist,  Kansas,  p.  13, 

PL  I,  fig.  7. 
1904.     Pirata  sedentarius ,  Montgomery,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  312. 

Type  locality. — Kansas. 

Known  localities. — New  York !,  Kansas !,  Iowa !,  Texas !. 

Apparently  this  species  is  close  to  L.  piratica.  The  palpal  organs  are 
similar,  but  in  jebricu'.osa  the  superior  horn  of  the  apophysis  is  at  once 
seen  to  be  longer  and  straighter  and  more  outwardly  directed. 

Pirata  piratica  (Clerck)  var.  utahensis,  new. 

Male. — Palpal  organ  agreeing  in  detail  with  that  of  the  European 
species  or  nearly  so. 

Cephalothorax  with  the  median  pale  stripe  and  dark  'S^-shaped 
enclosure  as  usual,  the  arms  of  the  latter  parallel  anteriorly  back  to 
posterior  third,  then  converging  to  a  point.  Laterial  pale  stripes 
reaching  pars  cephalica,  each  bordered  below  wdth  a  dark  marginal 
stripe.  A  marginal  line  of  bright  white  hair  showing  in  life  or  in  dry 
specimen  as  in  jebriculosa  and  piratica  of  type  fomi.  Femora  of  all 
legs  with  dark  annuli,  these  most  distinct  on  second  and  third  pairs, 
showing  clearly  on  the  ventral  surface  of  the  latter;  other  joints 
unmarked,  distal  ones  some  darker.  Sternum  and  coxce  beneath  pale. 
Abdomen  black  above,  the  usual  pale  mark  at  base;  a  white  stripe  of 
hair  over  each  antero-lateral  angle ;  a  narrower  line  of  white  hair  each 
side  of  basal  mark,  followed  behind  by  a  row  of  white  spots  similarly 
formed;  venter  pale,  with  three  narrow  stripes  of  brown  converging 
caudally. 

Length,  6.2  mm.     Length  of  cephalothorax,  3.4  mm. ;  width,  2.5  mm. 

Locality. — Utah !. 

Likely  to  be  found  throughout  the  Pacific  States. 

Pirata  prodigiosa  Keyserling,  1876. 

CV^erh.  z.  b.  Ges.  Wien,  26,  p.  669,  PI.  8,  fig.  44.) 
Female. — CephalotJiorax  brown  with  a  narrow  black  line  along  each 


314  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

lateral  inargin,  above  which  is  an  uneven  edged,  wavy  yellow  stripe; 
a  similarly  colored  median  band,  which  beginning  narrow  behind 
widens  cephalad,  is  constricted  a  little  behind  the  eyes  and  then  again 
widens  to  enclose  the  eyes  as  usual,  embracing  in  its  anterior  half  two 
dark  elongate  marks  which  beginning  at  the  two  posterior  eyes  con- 
verge and  unite  at  the  front  end  of  the  median  furrow;  eyes  enclosed  in 
black.  Chelicerce  reddish  yellow.  Labium  brownish  3^ellow  with  paler 
tip.  Sternum  blackish  with  a  yellow  median  stripe  and  on  each  side 
three  similarly  colored  elongate  spots.  Legs  yellow,  a  little  darker 
distally,  with  faint  indications  of  light  rings.  Palpi  yellow,  distal 
joints  brown.  Abdomen  above  dark  gray;  anteriorly  with  a  yellow 
stripe,  near  this  two  small  spots,  and  behind  this  and  extending  to  the 
spinnerets  a  number  of  paired  successively  smaller  and  smaller  spots  of 
the  same  yellow  color;  sides  marked  with  small  streaks  and  dots  of 
yellow ;  venter  smoky  white'Vith  three  brown  longitudinal  stripes  and 
several  similarly^colored  streaks  at  the  sides  of  these.  Epigynum  clear 
reddish  brown.  Spirmerets  browjiish  yellow.  In  a  second  specimen 
the  sternum  has  two  dark,  indistinct,  parallel  longitudinal  lines  over  its 
middle  region. 

Cephalothorax  shorter  than  the  tibia  +  patella  of  the  fourth  pair  of 
legs,  as  wide  as  the  metatarsus  of  the  same  legs,  not  highly  arched,  the 
entire  back  apparently  of  similar  height,  toward  the  lateral  margins 
fiat  and  toward  the  nearly  straight  caudal  margin  rather  steeply  slop- 
ing ;  cephalic  furrows  indistinct,  the  head  in  front  low  and  sloping  flatly 
at  the  sides. 

Anterior  row  of  eyes  straight,  somewhat  shorter  than  the  second, 
separated  from  the  latter  and  from  the  margin  of  the  clypeus  by  not 
fully  the  diameter  of  one  of  the  somewhat  larger  median  eyes;  eyes 
of  the  second  row  nearly  their  diameter  apart,  more  than  this  from 
the  two-thirds  as  large  eyes  of  the  third,  distinctly  wider  row;  entire 
eye  area  wider  behind  than  in  front.  Chelicerse  someAvhat  enlarged  in 
front,  not  entirely  twice  as  wide  as  the  labium,  which  is  somewhat 
longer  than  wide  and  is  anteriorly  somewhat  excavated.  Sternum 
somewhat  longer  than  broad,  moderately  arched  and  clothed  with  a 
few  black  bristles.  Legs  moderately  slender,  the  fourth  pair  somewhat 
more  than  three  and  one-half  times  as  long  as  the  cephalothorax  and 
about  twice  the  length  of  its  tarsus  longer  than  the  first;  tibia  +  patella 
IV  somewhat  longer  than  metatarsus  which  is  longer  than  the  femur; 
principal  claws  of  tarsi  with  6-7  teeth,  the  middle  one  with  none;  only 
a  thin  scopula  on  tarsi  of  the  two  first  pairs,  none  on  the  posterior; 
spines  of  femur  I  above  1,  1,  1,  within  1,  without  none,  of  patella  I 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  315 

none,  of  tibia  I  below  2,  2,  2,  within  1 ;  spines  of  second  legs  the  same 
as  for  I.  Posterior  spinnerets  twice  as  long  as  the  anterior  and  dis- 
tinctly two-jointed ;  the  middle  pair  very  slender  but  as  long  as  the 
anterior. 

Total  length,  6.2  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.8  mm.;  width, 
-2.2  mm. 

Length  of  leg  I,  7.9  mm. ;  tib.  +  pat.,  2.8  mm. ;  met.,  1.7  mm. 

Length  of  leg  II,  7.3  nmi. 

Length  of  leg  III,  6.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  10.1  mm.;  tib.  +  pat.,  3.3  mm.;  met.,  3  mm. 

Syn.— 1890.     Plraia  prodigiosa  Marx,  Proc.  U.  S.  N.  M.,  12,  p.    64. 

Locality. — Illinois  (Peoria). 
Types  in  collection  of  Dr.  Koch. 

Pirata  bilobata  (Tullgren),  1901. 

(Bih.  till  sv.  Vet.-Akad.  Handl.,  B.  27,  Abd.  4,  No.  1,  p.  22,  Plate,  fig.  12.) 

Female. — Cephalothorax  light  brown,  clothed  with  short  dark 
ad  pressed  hairs  and  strewed  with  long  dark  upturned  bristly  hairs;  the 
pars  cephalica  with  three  lighter  bands  and  at  the  margins  of  pars 
thoracica  a  broad  liglit  band.  Chelicerce  light  bro\\ai  and  strewed  with 
long  bristly  hairs.  Endites  yellow  and  clothed  by  long  bristly  hairs. 
Sternum  light  brown,  clothed  by  long  black  bristly  hairs.  Legs  pale 
brown.  Abdomen  above  dark  brown  with  a  lighter  middle  band  and 
three  pairs  of  very  small  white  spots ;  the  venter  light  yellowish  brown. 
Epigynum.  dark  corneous. 

Cephalothorax  with  a  long  and  distinct  central  furrow  on  pars 
thoracica ;  in  length  a  little  shorter  than  the  length  of  tibia  and  patella 
and  the  breadth  shorter  than  the  length  of  tibia  of  the  fourth  pair  of 
legs.  Front  row  of  eyes  distinctly  procurved ;  the  intervals  about  equal ; 
the  central  eyes  nearly  twice  as  large  as  the  lateral  eyes ;  the  interspace 
between  the  central  eyes  and  the  margin  of  the  clj^peus  as  long  as  the 
diameter  of  the  eyes;  eyes  of  the  middle  row  separated  from  each  other 
by  an  interspace  about  as  broad  as  their  diameter  and  separated  from 
the  central  anterior  eyes  by  an  interspace  about  as  long  as  the  diameter 
of  these  eyes;  the  distance  from  the  posterior  eyes  a  little  longer 
than  the  diameter  of  the  middle  eyes.  Chelicerce  about  twice  as  long  as 
the  face,  tapering  at  the  apex.     Endites  about  twice  as  long  as  labium. 

The  epigynum  bilobate,  the  lobes  rounded. 

Total  length,  3.8  mm.  Length  of  cephalothorax,  2.5  mm.;  width, 
1.8  mm. 


316  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

Length  of  leg  I,  6.8  mm. 

Length  of  leg  IV,  8.6  mm. 

Locality. — Florida.  Two  achilt  females  from  Lake  Leonore  in  Oraiige 
County. 

Although  this  species  was  described  as  a  Pardosa,  it  seems  very  clear 
from  the  structure  of  the  epigynum,  as  shown  in  the  figure  accompany- 
ing the  original  description,  taken  in  connection  with  several  points 
in  the  description,  that  it  is  a  Pirata.  The  statement  that  the  pars 
cephalica  is  marked  with  "three  lighter  bands"  indicates  the  presence 
of  the  peculiar  Pirata  marking  of  the  cephalothorax. 

Explanation  of  Plates  VIII- XXIII. 

Plate  VIII. — General  Characteristics  op  the  Genus  Pardosa. 
Fig.  1. — Right  chelicera  of  P.  sternalis. 
Fig.  2. — Dorsal  view  of  the  cephalothorax  of  P.  lapidicina. 
Fig.  3. — Right  chelicera  of  P.  atra. 
Fig.  4. — Labium  of  P.  lapidicina. 
Fig.  5. — Face  of  same. 
Fig.  6. — -Labium  of  P.  emerloni. 

Fig.  7. — Ventral  view  of  tarsus  of  first  leg  of  P.  sternalis. 
Fig.  8. — Labium  of  P.  atra. 
Fig.  9. — Tibia  of  first  leg  of  P.  sternalis  seen  from  behind  and  slightlj'  below. 

Plate  IX. — General  Characteristics  of  the  Genus  Lycosa. 
Fig.  1. — Right  chelicera  of  L.  gulosa. 
Fig.  2. — Dorsal  ^dew  of  cephalothorax  of  L.  helluo. 
Fig.  3.— Right  chelicera  of  L.  kochii. 

Fig.  4. — Tibia  of  first  leg  of  same  viewed  from  behind  and  a  httle  below. 
Fig.  .5. — Face  of  L.  helluo. 

Fig.  6. — Tarsus  of  fourth  leg  of  same  seen  from  the  side. 
Fig.  7. — Side  view  of  tarsus  of  first  leg  of  L.  helluo  showing  scopula. 
Fig.  8. — Labium  of  L.  errotica. 
Fig.  9.— Labium  of  L.  aspersa. 

Plate  X. — General  Characteristics  of  the  Genera  Allocosa  and  Pirata. 
Fig.  1. — Tibia  of  first  leg  of  A.  degesta  \'iewed  from  the  side  and  a  little  below. 
Fig.  2. — Face  of  same. 

Fig.  3. — Tibia  of  first  leg  of  A.funerea  seen  from  the  side  and  a  little  below. 
Fig.  4. — Labium  of  same. 

Fig.  5. — Dorsal  view  of  cephalothorax  of  P.  montanus. 
Fig.  G. — Labium  of  same. 

Fig.  7. — Tibia  of  first  leg  of  same  "sdewed  from  the  side  and  a  little  below. 
Fig.  8.     Spinnerets  of  same  ^dewed  from  the  side. 
Fig.  9. — Tarsus  of  first  leg  of  P.  montanus  viewed  from  the  side. 

Plate  XI. — General  Char.\cteristics  of  the  Genera  Sosippus  and  Trabea. 
Fig.  1. — Labium  of  S.  floridanus. 
Fig.  2. — Face  of  same. 
Fig.  3. — Right  chelicera  of  same. 

Fig.  4. — Tibia  of  first  leg  of  same  viewed  from  in  front  and  a  little  below. 
Fig.  5.— Spinnerets  of  same. 
Fig.  6. — Tarsus  and  part  of  metatarsus  of  first  leg  of  same  viewed  from  the 

side. 
Fig.  7. — Right  chelicera  of  T.  aurantiaca. 
Fig.  8. — Dorsal  \-\ew  of  cephalothorax  of  T.  aurantiaca. 
Fig.  9. — Labium  of  T.  aurantiaca. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  317 

Plate  XII. — General  CnAitACTERisTics   op  the  Genus  Tkabea  (continued) 

AND  SOSILAUS. 

Fig.  1. — Face  of  T.  aurantiaca. 

Fig.  2. — Epig)Tium  of  T.  aurantiaca. 

Fig.  3.— Male  palpal  organ  of  T.  aurantiaca  drawn  out  from  the  alveolus. 

Fig.  4.— Tibia  of  first  leg  of  T.  aurantiaca  viewed  from  the  side  and  below. 

Fig.  5. — Dorsal  view  of  front  part  of  pars  cephalica  of  S.  spiniger. 

Fig.  6. — Face  of  S.  spiniger. 

Plate  XIII. — Copulatory  Organs  of  Species  of  Pardosa. 
Fig.  1 . — Epigynum  of  P.  saxatilis. 
Fig.  2. — Palpus  of  same. 
Fig.  3. — Epigynum  of  P.  milvina. 
Fig.  4. — Palpus  of  same. 
Fig.  5. — Epigynum  of  P.  sternalis. 
Fig.  6. — Palpus  of  same. 
Fig.  7. — Epigynum  of  P.  banksi. 
Fig.  8. — Epigvnum  of  P.  afra. 
Fig.  9. — Epigynum  of  P.  pauxilla. 

Plate  XIV.— Copulatory  Organs  of  Species  of  Pardosa  (continued). 
Fig.  1. — Epigynum  of  Pardosa  emertoni. 

Fig.  2.— Epigynum  of  P.  sternalis,  immature  (  P=.  coloradensis  Bks.). 
Fig.  3. — Epigynum  of  P.  xerampelina. 
Fig.  4. — Palpus  of  same. 
Fig.  5. — Epigynum  of  P.  californica. 
Fig.  6. — Epigynum  of  P.  grcenlandica. 
Fig.  7. — EpigjTium  of  P.  lapidicina. 
Fig.  8. — Palpus  of  same. 
Fig.  9. — Epigynum  of  P.  moesta. 

Plate.  XV.— Copulatory  Organs  of  Species  of  Pardosa  (continued). 
Fig.  1. — Epigynum  of  P.  modica,  typical  form. 
Fig.  2.— Palpus  of  id.,  typical  form  (after  Emerton), 
Fig.  3. — Epigynum  of  P.  modica  var.  hrunnea. 
Fig.  4. — ^Palpusof  same. 
Fig.  5. — Epigynum  of  P.  mackenziana. 
Fig.  6.— Palpus  of  same,  front  view  (after  Emerton). 
Fig.  7. — Id.,  side  view  (after  Emerton). 
Fig.  8. — EpigjTium  of  P.  distincta  (after  Emerton). 
Fig.  9. — Palpus  of  same  (after  Emerton). 

Plate  XVI. — The  Genus  Schizocosa. 
Fig.  1. — Epigynum  of  S.  ocreata. 
Fig.  2.— Palpus  of  S.  saltatrix. 
Fig.  3. — Epigynum  of  S.  bilineata. 
Fig.  4. — Epigynum  of  S.  saltatrix. 
Fig.  5. — Palpus  of  S.  ocreata. 

Plate  XVII. — Copulatory  Organs  of  Species  of  Lycosa. 
Fig.  1. — EpigjTium  of  L.  helluo. 
Fig.  2. — Palpus  of  same. 
Fig.  3. — Epigjmum  of  L.  erratica. 
Fig.  4. — Palpus  of  same. 
Fig.  5. — Epigynum  of  L.  riparia. 
Fig.  6. — Palpus  of  same. 
Fig.  7. — Epigynum  of  L.  aspersa. 
Fig.  8. — Palpus  of  same. 
Fig.  9. — Epigynum  of  L.  scutulata. 

Plate  XVIII.— Copulatory  Organs  of  Species  of  Lycosa  (continued). 
Fig.  1. — Palpus  of  L.  scutulata. 
Fig.  2. — Epigynum  of  L.  punctulata. 
21 


318  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [May, 

Fig.  3. — Palpus  of  same. 

Fig.  4. — Epigynum  of  L.  frondicola. 

Fig.  5. — Palpus  of  same. 

Fig.  6. — Epigynum  of  L.  coloradensis. 

Fig.  7. — Palpus  of  same. 

Fig.  8. — Epigynum  of  L.  lenta. 

Fig.  9. — Palpus  of  same. 

Plate  XIX. — Copulatory  Organs  of  Species  of  Lycosa  (continued). 
Fig.  1. — Palpus  of  L.  albohastata  (type). 
Fig.  2. — Epigynum  of  L.  fumosa  (type). 
Fig.  3. — Palpus  of  same  (type). 
Fig.  4. — Palpus  of  L.  heani  (type). 
Fig.  5. — Epigynum  of  same  (type). 
Fig.  6. — Palpus  of  L.  pidilis  (type). 
Fig.  7. — Epigynum  of  L.  quinaria  (type). 
Fig.  8. — Epigynum  of  L.  pictilis  (type). 
Fig.  9. — Epigj-num  of  L.  ruhicunda. 

Plate  XX. — Copulatory  Organs  of  Species  op  Lycosa  (continued). 
Fig.  1 . — Palpus  of  L.  avara,  side  view. 
Fig.  2. — Epigynum  of  same. 
Fig.  3. — Palpus  of  same,  ventral  view. 
Fig.  4. — Epigynum  of  //.  avara  var.  gosiuta. 
Fig.  5. — Palpus  of  L.  cinerea. 
Fig.  6. — Epigynum  of  same. 
Fig.  7. — Palpus  of  Allocosa  parva. 
Fig.  8. — Epigynum  of  L.  fatifera. 
Fig.  9. — Epigynum  of  L.  arenicola. 

Plate  XXI. — Copulatory  Organs   of  Species][^of2  Lycosa  (continued)  and 
OF  Species  of  Pirata. 
Fig.  1. — Epigynum  of  L.  carolinensis. 
Fig.  2. — Palpus  of  same. 
Fig.  3. — Epigynum  of  L.  pratensis. 
Fig.  4. — Palpus  of  L.  kochii. 
Fig.  5. — Epigynum  of  same. 
Fig.  6. — Palpus  of  L.  gulosa. 
Fig.  7. — Epigynum  of  same. 
Fig.  8. — Palpus  of  P.  marxi. 
Fig.  9. — Palpus  of  P.  minutus. 

Plate  XXII. — Copulatory  Organs  of  Species  of  Pirata  (continued). 
Fig.  1. — Palpus  of  P.  febriadosa. 
Fig.  2. — Epigynum  of  same. 
Fig.  3. — Palpus  of  P.  insularis. 
Fig.  4. — Epigynum  of  same. 
Fig.  5. — Palpus  of  P.  aspirans. 
Fig.  6. — Epigynum  of  same. 
Fig.  7. — Epigjmum  of  P.  minutus. 
Fig.  8. — Epigynum  of  P.  marxi. 
Fig.  9. — Epigynum  of  P.  montanus. 

Plate  XXIII. — Copulatory  Organs  of  Species  of  Sosippus  and  Ali,ocosa. 
Fig.  1. — Palpus  of  S.  floridanus. 
Fig.  2. — Epigynum  of  same. 
Fig.  3. — Palpus  of  A.  rugosa. 
Fig.  4. — Epigynum  of  A .  eragata. 

Fig.  5. — Epigvnum  of  ^4.  degesta  (that  of  funerea  similar). 
(See  also  PI.  XX,  fig.  7.) 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  319 


DESCRIPTION  OF  TRACHYPTERUS  SELENIRIS,  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  RIBBON- 
FISH  FROM  MONTEREY  BAY,  CALIFORNIA. 

BY  .JOHN  OTTERBEIN  SNYDER. 

Early  in  June  of  last  year  a  large  Ribbon-fish  was  found  almost 
stranded  on  the  beach  at  Monterey,  California.  It  was  secured  by  Mr. 
Frederick  A.  Wood  worth,  of  Pacific  Grove,  and  through  his  kindly 
interest  sent  to  Stanford  University  for  identification.  Its  close 
resemblance  to  Trachyptcrus  ishikawce^  of  Japan  was  at  once  apparent, 
but  a  detailed  examination  was  impossible  at  that  time  on  account  of 
the  decayed  condition  of  the  specimen,  the  delicate  silvery  skin  leaving 
the  body  at  a  touch  of  the  finger,  and  the  muscles  almost  parting  from 
the  bones.  After  a  long  immersion  in  a  mixture  of  strong  alcohol  and 
formalin,  it  may  now  be  handled  without  further  injury. 

When  the  IVIonterey  specimen  is  compared  with  the  type  of  Trachyp- 
terus  ishikaivce,  certain  differences  appear  which  indicate  that  we  have 
to  deal  with  two  distinct  species,  one  of  which,  being  unknown,  is  here 
described  as  Trachypterus  seleniris.  The  latter  differe  from  T.  ishika- 
wce,  the  most  nearly  allied  form,  in  having  a  more  slender  body,  a 
smaller  head,  a  smaller  eye,  and  a  weaker  armature  of  the  body.  The 
chief  differences  may  be  tabulated  thus : 

T.  seleniris.  T.  ishikawce. 

Length  in  millimeters 1520  1650 

Head  in  length 9^  times.  8|  times. 

Depth  near  middle  of  body 11          "  7|       " 

Depth  at  beginning  of  posterior  third ISi       "  14         " 

Diameter  of  eve 32         "  25         " 

Length  of  maxillary 25         "  22         " 

Trachypterus  seleniris  n.  sp. 

Head,  9^  in  the  lengtJi;  depth,  9|;  eye,  3|  in  head;  dorsal  rays,  168; 
pectoral,  9. 

Length  of  head  greater  than  its  depth,  about  equal  to  depth  of  body 
in  region  of  pectoral ;  snout  3  in  head ;  width  of  interorbital  space  2  in 
diameter  of  eye  ;  lower  jaw  projecting  slightly  beyond  the  upper  ; 

^  Trachypterus  ishikaivce  Jordan  and  Snyder,  Journal  of  the  College  of  Science, 
Imperial  University,  Tokyo,  Vol.  XV,  Pt.  2,  p.  .310,  PI.  XVII,  fig.  10;  Smithsonian 
Miscellaneous  Collections,  45,  p.  240,  PI.  LXIII. 


320  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

process  of  maxillary  extending  to  a  vertical  through  posterior  border  of 
eye;  maxillary  with  a  leaf -like  flap  a  fourth  of  its  length  longer  than 
diameter  of  eye,  and  with  branched  striations  radiating  from  its  point 
of  attachment;  opercular  bones  conspicuously  striated.  Teeth  weak; 
loosely  attached  ones  on  vomer,  a  row  of  4  on  maxillary,  and  4  on  each 
side  of  symphysis  of  lower  jaw,  the  posterior  of  which  is  2  times  the 
length  of  the  anterior.  Gill-rakers  on  first  arch  5  -f-  10,  provided  with 
tooth-like  setse  on  the  inner  side;  filaments  of  pseud obranchise  equal  in 
length  to  those  of  gills. 

Origin  of  dorsal  above  upper  edge  of  gill-opening,  the  rays  highest 
near  beginning  of  posterior  third  of  body  where  they  are  about  l-J 
times  the  diameter  of  eye;  anterior  rays  not  separated  from  the  pos- 
terior ones  nor  lengthened.  Length  of  pectoral  slightly  more  than 
diameter  of  orbit.  A'^entral  fins  absent,  or  possibly  represented  by  a 
mere  filament,  the  place  of  insertion  indicated  by  a  spot  on  the  breast 
below  base  of  pectoral,  where  the  skin,  colored  and  sculptured,  looks 
much  like  a  pair  of  folded  fins.  Caudal  projecting  upwards;  short 
fragmentar}'-  filaments  present;  several  small  spines  projecting  down- 
wards and  backwards  from  the  broadened  end  of  the  caudal  peduncle. 

Head  naked;  scales  of  body  in  the  form  of  minute  pads  or  plates 
containing  a  varying  amount  of  bony  matter;  those  on  median  ventral 
surface  pointed,  hard  and  white  like  enamel,  covering  a  narrow  ridge 
and  lying  in  a  single  row  near  extremity  of  tail;  among  those  on  dorsal 
part  of  body,  some  are  enlarged  and  arranged  in  vertical  rows  parallel 
with  the  interneurals.  Lateral  line  with  small,  quill-like  tubes; 
beginning  at  upper  edge  of  gill-opening,  bending  rather  abruptly 
downwards  and  extending  along  body  somewhat  below  the  median 
line;  not  armed  at  any  point. 

Color  bright  silvery. 

Type  No.  13,080  Stanford  University  collection. 

Called  seleniris  on  account  of  a  fancied  resemblance  of  the  long, 
flat,  silvery  body  to  the  colorless  lunar  rainbow. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  321 


SOME  POLYCH^TOUS  ANNELIDS  OF  THE  NORTHERN  PACIFIC  COAST 
OF  NORTH  AMERICA. 

BY  J.  PERCY  MOORE. 

This  paper  is  a  final  report  embodying  the  results  of  a  study  of  all  of 
the  Polychceta  submitted  to  me  by  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Fisheries  from 
the  collections  made  by  the  steamer  Albatross  during  the  summer  of 
1903.  I'rom  June  19  to  August  24  of  that  year,  while  in  the  service  of 
a  special  Commission  appointed  by  the  President  to  investigate  the 
salmon  fisheries  of  Alaska,  the  Albatross  cruised  northward  along  the 
coast  from  Port  Townsend  and  Vancouver  on  the  south,  through  part 
of  the  labyrinth  of  straits  and  passages  which  separate  the  islands  of 
southeastern  Alaska,  as  far  as  Shelekof  Strait  on  the  north  and  west, 
occupying  meanwhile  112  dredging  stations  and  a  number  of  addi- 
tional hydrographic  and  towing  stations.  Some  little  shore  collecting 
was  also  conducted. 

During  the  cruise  the  vessel  was  under  the  command  of  the  late 
Lieut.  Franklin  Swift,  U.S.N. ,  to  whose  skill  in  handhng  her  must 
be  largeh^  credited  the  large  number  of  successful  hauls  made  with 
trawl  and  dredge.  The  extent  of  the  collection  and  the  generally 
excellent  preservation  of  the  annelids  similarly  attest  the  energy  and 
ability  which  Prof.  Harold  Heath  devoted  to  collecting  the  inverte- 
brates, placed  under  his  immediate  charge. 

In  all  107  species  of  Polychseta  are  represented.  Of  this  number  41 
species  are  considered  to  be  previously  und escribed.  The  descriptions 
of  only  two  of  these,  however,  appear  for  the  first  time  in  this  paper,  the 
remaining  39  having  been  published,  with  the  courteous  approval  of 
the  Commissioner,  Hon.  George  M.  Bowers,  in  these  Proceedings  for  1905, 
pp.  525-569,  846-860,  and  for  1906,  pp.  217-260,  together  with  plates 
illustrating  important  diagnostic  features. 

Supplementing  the  results  of  the  study  of  the  Albatross  collections 
are  added  some  notes  on  a  few  polychsetes  in  the  collection  of  this 
Academy,  gathered  by  Dr.  Benjamin  Sharp  at  Icy  Cape^  and  Unalaska, 

'  The  northernmost  point  of  that  nnme. 


322  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

Alaska;  by  Mr.  A.  E.  Mcllhenny  at  Point  Barrow,  Alaska,  and  by  Mr. 
George  Dawson  at  Admiralty  Inlet,  Washington.  From  this  source 
are  added  7  species  not  otherwise  represented,  2  of  them  having  been 
described  as  new  in  these  Proceedings  for  1906,  pp.  352-355.  The 
total  number  of  species  considered  is,  therefore,  114. 

After  deducting  the  43  new  species,  the  71  remaining  may  be  classi- 
fied from  the  point  of  view  of  geographical  distribution  as  follows :  16, 
so  far  as  known,  are  confined  to  the  region  under  consideration,  having 
been  reported  from  some  part  of  it,  but  not  elsewhere,  by  previous 
writers;  12  occur  to  the  southward  along  the  coast  of  California,  though 
most  of  them  have  already  been  recorded  from  Puget  Sound  or  the 
Gulf  of  Georgia  by  Johnson  and  others;  8  have  been  described  as 
occurring  off  the  coast  of  Japan,  and  probably  all  of  the  latter  have, 
as  several  are  known  to  have,  a  wide  distribution  throughout  the 
North  Pacific;  4  are  scattering;  and  the  remaining  31  are  well-known 
inhabitants  of  northern  Europe,  Greenland  and  the  Arctic  regions 
generall5^  Many  of  the  latter  are  established  circumpolar  forms  and 
have  been  already  reported  by  Marenzeller  or  Wiren  as  belonging  to  the 
fauna  of  Bering  Sea,  or  by  others  as  occurring  in  the  North  Pacific. 

In  not  a  few  cases  it  is  evident  that  the  individuals  referred  to  such 
species  differ  in  certain  respects  from  their  European  representatives. 
In  a  few  species  like  TerebelUdes  strcemii  individuals  of  almost  every 
colony  present  certain  characteristic  differences.  In  the  belief  that  the 
future  will  show  that  such  wide-ranging  species  split  up  into  man)'- 
geographical  subspecies  just  as  land  animals  do,  and  that  such  sub- 
species cannot  be  satisfactorily  discriminated  until  our  knowledge  of 
the  distribution  and  variation  of  annelids  shall  have  been  very  greatly 
augmented,  it  has  been  thought  best  to  merely  mention  such  differ- 
ences, without  giving  to  them  nomenclatorial  importance. 

In  this  report  it  has  been  thought  sufficient  to  the  purpose  to  record 
only  the  general  location  of  the  stations,  together  with  the  depth  of 
water  and  the  character  of  the  bottom.  The  full  data  relating  to  each 
station,  including  its  exact  location,  have  been  carefully  compiled  by 
Mr.  Henry  C.  Fassett  and  published  in  the  Report  of  the  U.  S.  Fish 
Commission  for  1903,  pp.  123  to  13S. 

Except  in  the  two  or  three  cases  where  it  is  stated  otherwise,  all 
types  have  been  forwarded  to  the  U.  S.  National  Museum.  Cotypes, 
whenever  such  exist,  are  deposited  at  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 
of  Philadelphia.  The  references  given  under  each  species  are  either 
to  its  original  description  or  to  later  accounts  fiu'iiished  with  good 
figures  and  synonymies. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  323 

SYLLIDiE. 

Syllis  armillaris  (Mailer)  Malmgren. 

Nereis  armillaris  Mtillor,  Zoologise  danicse  prodromus,  1776,  p.  217, 

Syllis  armillaris,  Malmgren,  Annulata  Polychaeta,  1867,  p.  42,  Tab,  VII,  fig. 

46, 
Syllis  borealis  Malmgren,  ibid.,  p.  42,  Tab.  VI,  fig.  42, 
Typosyllis  armillaris,  Marenzeller,  Ann.  K,  K.  Naturh,  Hofmuseums,V(1890), 

p.  3. 

Two  small  and  immature  examples  11  imn.  long  agree  well  with  the 
descriptions  cited  above  and  bear  out  fully  Marenzeller's  conclusions 
concerning  the  synonymy  of  the  species  and  confirm  his  record  of  its 
occurrence  in  Bering  Sea,  One  specimen  is  beautifully  marked  with 
dainty  transverse  lines  of  dark  brown  or  black  pigment;  there  being 
two  lines  across  each  segment  as  far  as  XV  and  beyond  that  point  one 
line  to  the  middle  of  the  body.  The  accessory  tooth  at  the  tip  of  the 
setae,  which  was  overlooked  by  Malmgren,  is  almost  always  present. 
The  median  tentacle  has  15  joints,  the  paired  tentacles  11  to  14  joints, 
the  dorsal  and  ventral  peristomial  cirri  15  and  10  respectively^,  the  first 
dorsal  cirrus  (somite  II)  18  joints,  the  middle  dorsal  cirri  9  to  14  joints, 
with  the  greatest  diameter  at  the  4th  or  5th,  and  the  caudal  cirri  14 
joints.  In  one  specimen  the  gizzard  extends  from  somite  XIII  to 
XXII. 

Stations  4261,  Dundas  Bay,  Icy  Strait,  Alaska,  July  24,  8^10 
fathoms,  green  mud  and    rocks;  4289,  Uyak  Bay,  Kadiak  Island, 
Alaska,  74-80  fathoms,  gray  mud, 
Syllis  alternata  new  species. 

The  type  and  largest  example  (from  Station  4228)  is  30  mm,  long 
with  160  segments,  the  posterior  28  of  which  are  filled  with  eggsi 
without,  however,  exhibiting  any  sign  of  stolonization.  Other  examples 
are  from  16  to  20  mm.  long  with  from  116  to  125  segments.  The  form 
is  slender  and  the  diameter  nearly  uniform,  the  body  slightly  widened 
to  about  XX,  strongly  arched  above  and  flattened  below.  The  seg- 
ments are  all  sharply  defined  and  very  short,  usually  6  to  8  times  as 
wide  as  long. 

The  prostomium  (a)  is  about  H  times  as  wide  as  long,  as  shown  in 
the  figure  of  a  cotype,  but  may  be  partly  concealed  beneath  a  fold  of 
the  peristomium.  Slight  anterior  and  posterior  contractions  give 
the  effect  of  prominently  bulging  sides.  The  palpi  are  about  twice  the 
length  of  the  prostomium,  project  prominently  straight  forward  and 
are  narrow  distally.  Of  the  two  pairs  of  small  reddish-brown  eyes,  the 
anterior  are  larger,  decidedly  farther  apart  and  crescentic  or  bean- 
shaped  as  seen  from  above.  In  the  type  specimen  the  two  pairs  of 
eyes  are  closer  together  but  riot  larger  than  in  the  smaller  specimens. 


324 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[June^ 


All  of  the  appendages  are  strongly  moniliform.  The  tentacles  are 
rather  stout  but  gently  tapered.  The  median  arises  between  the  eyes, 
is  nearly  twice  the  length  of  prostomiuni  and  palpi  and  consists  of  22  to 
30  joints.  The  lateral  tentacles  arise  from  the  antero-lateral  face  of 
the  prostomiuni,  are  H  times  as  long  as  the  latter  plus  the  palps  and 
consist  of  about  20  joints.  The  perjstomial  cirri  are  quite  similar  in 
form,  the  dorsal  consisting  of  about  20  to  25  joints  and  equalhng  the 
median  tentacle  and  the  ventral  consisting  of  15  joints  and  equalling 


Syllis  alternata — a,  cephalic  region  from  above,  X  24;  6,  parapodium  X,  X  32; 
c,  parapodium  LI,  X  32;  d,  a  moderately  long-bladed  seta  from  the  dorsal 
part  of  parapodium  X,  X  600;  e,  a  short-bladed  seta  from  the  ventral  part 
of  the  same,  X  600;  /,  ends  of  two  acicula,  X  600. 


the  lateral  tentacle  in  length.  The  first  dorsal  cirrus  is  very  long, 
especially  on  the  type,  in  which  it  has  about  35  joints. 
•  The  parapodia  (6  and  c)  are  rather  stout  and  short,  blunt  and  broadly 
roimded  distally.  Ventral  cirri  are  slender,  unjointed,  little  tapered 
and  reach  beyond  the  end  of  the  neuropodium.  The  dorsal  cirri,  on 
the  other  hand,  are  all  very  strongly  moniliform  and  gently  tapered 
throughout.  They  are  longest  and  nearly  uniform  on  the  anterior  15 
segments,  on  which  they  nearly  equal  the  diameter  of  the  body. 
Farther  back  they  are  alternately  long  and  short,  but  never  equal  to 
the  anterior  ones.  From  about  25  and  18  respectively  in  this  region 
the  number  of  joints  becomes  reduced  at  the  caudal  end  quite  rapidly 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  325 

until  on  the  last  but  one  remains.     In  the  several  specimens  the 
caudal  cirri  have  from  16  to  25  joints. 

No  notopodial  aciculum  is  present,  but  there  are  usually  3  neuropodials 
(/)  with  knobbed  ends  of  various  forms.  The  neuropodial  setae  usually 
number  about  10,  disposed  in  3  or  4  ranks.  They  are  colorless,  homo- 
geneous, and  rather  milky  vitreous  in  appearance.  The  rather  stout 
stems  have  4  or  5  minute  teeth  on  the  convexity  of  the  enlarged  ends 
(d  and  e)  which  are  strongly  oblique  and  possess  a  well-developed  socket. 
The  appended  blades  of  the  dorsalmost  setae  (d)  are  quite  long,  some 
of  those  of  the  anterior  segments  exceeding  by  ^  the  one  figured.  The 
ventral  and  posterior  ones  are  shorter  (e),  and  some  of  the  shortest  are 
claw-like  and  little  exceed  the  obliquity  of  the  end  of  the  shaft  in 
length.  The  end  is  strongly  hooked,  the  accessory  tooth  well  developeti , 
and  the  marginal  fringe  very  fine. 

In  one  specimen  the  protruded  proboscis  is  a  short  and  nearly 
cylindrical  cup  bearing  10  prominent  soft  marginal  papillse.  In 
another  the  gizzard  lies  in  somites  IX  to  XXI,  in  still  another  in  XIX 
to  XXXVII.  The  cuticle  of  this  species  is  noticeably  thick.  No  trace 
whatever  of  color  remains. 

Station  4228  (type),  vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern 

Alaska,  41-134  fathoms,  gravel  and  sponges;  4235,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay, 

Behm  Canal,  130-193  fathoms,  gray  mud;  4261,  Dundas  Bay,  Ic}^ 

Strait,  Alaska,  8-|-10  fathoms,  gra}^  mud  and  rocks. 

Syllis  (Chaetosyllis)  quaternaria  Moore. 

Syllis  quaternaria   Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  pp.  352-354 
(text  fig.). 

This  epitokous  form  of  the  type  for  which  Malmgren  established  his 
genus  Chcetosyllis  is  probably  a  true  Syllis,  though  it  cannot  be  corre- 
lated with  any  known  non-sexual  form.  The  type  and  about  a  score 
of  other  specimens  are  No.  1091  of  the  Academy's  collection.  They 
were  taken  by  A.  E.  ^Icllhenny  at  the  "surface  in  a  lead  four  miles 
from  shore"  at  Point  Barrow,  Alaska. 

Pionosyllis  magnifica  Moore. 

Plonosyllis  magnifica  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  pp.  223-225, 
PI.  X,  figs.  9-11. 

This  large  and  handsome  syllid  is  represented  by  two  specimens,  one 
(the  type)  coming  from  Station  4219,  Admiralty  Inlet,  vicinity  of  Port 
Townsend,  Washington,  16-26  fathoms,  green  mud,  sand  and  broken 
shells;  the  other  from  Station  4244,  Kasaan  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales 
Island,  southeastern  Alaska,  50-54  fathoms,  green  mud. 

Pionosyllis  gigantea  new  species. 

Three  fragments  of  the  anterior  end,  the  largest  comprising  but  40 


326 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[June, 


segments,  represent  a  species  much  larger  than  P.  magnifica,  from 
which  it  is  distinguished  by  numerous  characters.  The  type,  consist- 
ing of  40  segments,  is  16  mm.  long,  4  mm.  in  width  of  body  and  7  mm. 
between  the  tips  of  the  setse.  The  prostomium  is  nearly  quadrate 
but  slightly  wider  anteriorly,  where  the  angles  are  rounded ;  it  is  quite 
deeply  cut  into  two  lobes  by  a  median  cleft  posteriorly.  The  palpi  are 
broad,  flattened,  broadly  rounded  at  the  ends  and  slightly  exceed  the 
prostomium  in  length ;  at  the  base  they  are  coalesced  but  diverge  widely 
and  curve  ventrad  distally.  The  eyes  of  both  pairs  are  reddish  brown, 
small  and  round,  the  anterior  very  little  larger  than  the  posterior  and 
directly  in  front  of  them  or  but  little  farther  apart.  The  dorsal 
cephalic  appendages  are  imperfect  on  all  of  the  specimens,  but  are 
evidently  slender,  tapering,  smooth  and  flagelliform.  The  middle 
tentacle  is  apparently  about  S\  times  and  the  lateral  tentacles  about 
twice  the  length  of  the  prostomium  and  palpi.     The  former  arises 


PlonosylUs  gigantea — a,  parapodium  XXV,  without  setse,  X  24;  b,  parapoclium  L, 
without  setae,  X  24;  c,  a  seta  Avith  blade  of  average  length,  from  XXV,  X  360. 


from  the  center  of  the  prostomium,  the  latter  from  the  anterior  lateral 
margins.  The  very  short,  slightly  flaring  proboscis  bears  9  or  10 
marginal  papillse  and  apparently  is  unprovided  with  a  strongly  cuticular 
region. 

The  peristomium  is  extremely  short  above,  where  it  is  represented 
chiefly  by  a  fold  of  integument  which  conceals  the  posterior  lobes  of 
the  prostomium.  At  the  sides  it  is  better  developed  and  ventrally  is 
crowded  forward  with  the  next  two  segments  beneath  the  prostomium. 
Its  tentacular  cirri  are  similar  to  the  prostomial  appendages,  the  dorsal 


1908.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


327 


about  5  times  the  length  of  the  head  and  the  ventral  only  about  twice 
that  length.  Remaining  somites  are  very  short  anteriorly,  but  from 
the  twentieth  onward  are  only  6  or  7  times  as  wide  as  long.  Dorsally 
they  are  strongly  arched,  ventrally  flattened.  The  intersegmental 
furrows  are  well  marked,  perhaps  exaggerated  by  contraction  of  the 
longitudinal  muscles. 

All  of  the  parapodia  (a  and  h)  are  prominent  and  spring  from  the 
lowest  level  of  the  sides  of  the  body.  Notopodia  are  entirely  wanting, 
even  the  acicula  appearing  to  be  absent.  The  neuropodia,  on  the  other 
hand,  are  stout,  those  at  the  anterior  end  being  nearly  truncated, 
while  the  more  posterior  ones  are  bevelled  from  the  dorsal  or  acicular 
angle.  All,  however,  possess  slender  and  prominent  presetal  papillse 
at  this  angle.  Ventral  cirri  are  remarkably  large  and  swollen  on  the 
anterior  parapodia  and  end  bluntly,  but  farther  back  they  become 
reduced  in  size  and  more  slender  and  an  annular  constriction  may 
separate  the  pointed  end  as  a  separate  piece. 

The  most  striking  characteristic  of  the  species  is  the  great  length 
of  the  anterior  dorsal  cirri  which  form  a  tangled  mass  at  the  sides  of 
the  body;  they  are  so  easily  detached  that  few  of  them  remain. 
They  arise  from  rather  stout  but  short  cirrophores  (a)  which  are  not 
sharply  distinguished  from  the  sides  of  the  somites.  The  styles  are 
smooth,  tapering  and  very  slender  toward  the  end,  like  whiplashes. 
On  one  of  the  smaller  specimens,  which  has  29  segments  measuring  8 
mm.  long,  and  a  maximum  body  width  of  3  mm.,  the  dorsal  cirrus  of 
somite  IV  measures  no  less  than  14  mm.  long.  The  cirri  are  alternately 
longer  and  shorter,  and  after  about  the  first  ten  those  borne  on  the 
even  numbered  somites  are  regularly  2  to  2^  times  the  body  width, 
while  those  on  the  odd  numbered  somites  little  exceed  the  body  width. 
Neuropodia  are  supported  by  5  or  6  acicula  which  taper  gradually 
almost  to  the  end,  where  they  are  slightly  curved  and  end  abruptly  in 
short  conical  points.  The  setae  (c)  project  rather  prominently  in  usu- 
ally 5  subacicular  ranks  of  3  or  4  each.  In  any  one  parapodium  they 
are  remarkably  uniform  in  length  of  blade,  etc.,  but  the  blades  become 
gradually  shorter  and  wider  and  the  shafts  stouter  from  before  back- 
wards. The  shaft  (c)  exhibits  but  a  slight  distal  enlargement,  but  is 
conspicuously  and  very  unequally  bifid,  the  larger  and  longer  process 
ending  quite  acutely  and  being  provided  along  the  front  with  4  or  5 
obscure  teeth.  The  blades  or  appendages  are  rather  long,  strongly 
hooked  and  bifid  at  the  end,  and  especially  noteworthy  for  the  coarse- 
ness of  their  marginal  serrations. 

With  the  exception  of  the  prostomium  and  the  dorsal  cirri  these 


328  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June. 

annelids  are  much  pigmented  both  above  and  below  with  chocolate 
brown. 

Stations  4199,  Queen  Charlotte  Sound,  off  Fort  Rupert,  Vancouver 
Island,  B.  C,  68-107  fathoms,  soft  green  mud  and  volcanic  sand;  4228 
(type),  vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern  Alaska,  41-134 
fathoms,  gravel  and  sponges;  4300,  off  Shakan,  Sumner  Strait,  south- 
eastern Alaska,  185-218  fathoms,  rocks  and  mud. 

Trypanosyllis  gemmipara  Johnson. 

Trypanosyllis  gemmipara  Johnson,  Proc.  Bos.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIX,  1901, 
pp.  405',  406. 

This  species  is  represented  in  the  collection  by  two  specimens.  As 
one  of  them  permits  the  verification  of  Johnson's  very  interesting  dis- 
covery of  collateral  budding  in  this  genus,  it  is  unfortunate  that  the 
preservation  is  altogether  too  imperfect  to  enable  me  to  describe  the 
conditions  fully.  The  buds  are  all  quite  young  and  occur  in  several 
close  tufts  arranged  in  a  transverse  row  about  35  segments  anterior 
to  the  anus,  and  all  on  the  ventral  surface,  where  the  integuments  are 
split  open  at  their  place  of  origin.  Collateral  budding  of  a  type 
similar  to  that  described  by  Johnson  in  T.  geinmipara  and  T.  nigens 
has  recently  been  found  by  Tzuka  in  a  Japanese  species,  T.  misakiensis, 
also. 

Taken  only  at  Station  4197,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  Halibut  Bank,  31-90 
fathoms,  sticky  green  mud  and  fine  sand. 

PHYLLODO  OID^, 
Phyllodoce  citrina  Malmgren. 

Phyllodoce  citrina  Malmgren,  Ofvers.  Kgl.  Vet.-Akad.  Forh.,  1865,  p.  95. 
Two  poorly  preserved  specimens  which  agree  closely  with  the  descrip- 
tions of  this  species  were  taken  at  Afognak  Island.     The  eyes  are  much 
larger  than  shown  in  Malmgren's  figures  and  both  specimens  are  filled 
with  eggs.     Marenzeller  reports  this  species  from  Bering  Sea. 

Stations  4271,  Afognak  Bay,  Afognak  Island,  lH-20  fathoms,  hard 
gray  sand  and  rocks;  4272,  the  same,  12-17  fathoms,  sticky  mud. 

Phyllodoce  mucosa  Oersted. 

Phyllodoce  mucosa,  Oersted,  Ann.  Dan.  Consp.,  p.  31. 

A  single  much  relaxed  specimen  of  this  species,  75  mm.  long,  includ- 
ing the  protruded  proboscis,  closely  resembles  the  figures  and  descrip- 
tions of  this  species,  but  possesses  a  greater  number  of  setae  than  is 
usually  attributed  to  it. 

This  example  is  No.  281,  Coll.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  collected  by 
Dr.  Benjamin  Sharp  at  Icy  Cape,  Alaska. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  329 

Eulalia  longioornuta  Moore. 

Eulalia  longicornuta  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  1906,  pp.  222,  223, 
PI.  X,  figs.  7,  8. 

Two  specimens  found  among  serpulid  tubes  taken  at  the  Quarantine 
Station  dock  near  Port  Townsend,  Washington,  on  June  27, 1903.  The 
type  is  filled  with  eggs.  In  both  the  color  has  faded  to  a  nearly  uniform 
olive  with  brown  striations  on  the  dorsal  cirri. 

Eulalia  quadriooulata  Moore. 

Eulalia  quadriooulata  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  pp.  220,  221, 
Pl.X,  figs.  4-6. 

The  two  specimens,  one  of  them  a  female  filled  with  large  eggs, 
were  taken  at  Quarantine  Rock,  Port  Townsend,  Washington,  on  June 
27,  1903. 
Notophyllum  imbrioatum  Moore. 

Notoplv/llum  imbricatum  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906  pp  '>\7~ 
219,  PL  X,  figs.  1-3. 

The  type  comes  from  Station  4289,  Uyak  Bay,  Kadiak  Island,  71-80 
fathoms,  gray  mud;  the  cotype  from  Station  4269,  Afognak  Bay,  14-19 
fathoms,  hard  gray  sand  and  rocks. 

POLYNOIDJE. 

Hololepida  magna  Moore. 

Hololepida  magna  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp.  541-544, 
PI.  XXV,  figs.  24-29. 

A  single  example  of  this  very  large  and  remarkable  species  was  taken 
at  Station  4247  (not  4198  as  erroneously  recorded  in  the  original 
description),  Kasaan  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  southeastern  Alaska, 
95-114  fathoms,  green  mud,  fine  sand  and  broken  shells. 

It  was  taken  from  the  interior  of  a  large  vase-shaped  sponge,  and 
according  to  the  label  the  color  during  life  was  "creamy  white  chang- 
ing to  pinkish  along  dorsal  surface."  Dr.  Heath  tells  me  that  on  the 
living  worm  the  elytra  were  very  easily  detached  and  not  coherent  as 
after  preservation;  though  of  gelatinous  consistency  they  were  very 
brittle. 

Halosydna  pulchra  (Johnson). 

Polynoe  pulchra  Johnson,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  (3),  I,  (1897),  p.  177. 
Single  specimens  of  this  interesting  species  were  taken  at  several 
Alaskan  localities.  A  few  notopodial  setse  usually  occur  on  most  of  the 
parapodia.  The  specimens  vary  much  in  color,  some  being  colorless, 
others  with  the  elytra  more  or  less  completely  speckled  with  brown,  and 
one,  found  living  commensally  on  a  holothurian,  is  recorded  on  the 
label  as  having  been  poppy  red  on  the  dorsal  surface,  lighter  beneath. 


330  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

The  cephalic  appendages  may  possess  a  filamentous  distal  part.  An 
incomplete  example  filled  with  eggs,  and  taken  at  Station  4215,  has 
the  median  tentacle  twice  as  long  as  the  lateral  and  is  referred  doubt- 
fully to  this  species. 

Stations  4219,  Admiralty  Inlet,  vicinity  of  Port  Townsend,  Wash- 
ington, 16  fathoms,  soft  green  mud,  from  starfish;  4222,  same  region, 
39  fathoms,  gray  sand  and  broken  shells,  from  holothurian  (Siichopus 
californica) ;  4223,  Boca  de  Quadra,  southeastern  Alaska,  48-57 fathoms, 
soft  green  mud,  young;  4272,  Afognak  Bay,  Afognak  Island,  12-17 
fathoms,  sticky  mud,  one  very  beautiful  specimen  and  one  smaller  and 
colorless  one,  both  from  the  ten-armed  starfish  (Solasler  decemradiata). 

Halosydna  lordi  Baird. 

Halosydna  lordi  Baird,  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  VIII,  (1SG5),  p.  190. 
A  single  imperfect  specimen  without  elytra  represents  this  species. 
In  the  same  bottle  is  an  arm  of  a  starfish  {Luidia  columbice  Gray) ,  upon 
which   it  was   presumably   commensal.     Nanaimo   Bay,    Vancouver 
Island,  B.  C,  12  fathoms,  on  fish  line. 

Halosydna  insignis  Bair.l. 

Halosydna  insignis  Baird,  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  VIII,  (1865),  p.  188. 

Johnson  in  his  paper  on  the  Polychaeta  of  Puget  Sound  has  already 
noted  the  occurrence  of  this  species  as  far  north  as  Kadiak  Island, 
Johnson  also  describes  in  the  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.  for  1897  some  most 
interesting  variations  in  relation  to  habitat. 

Of  the  several  specimens  in  this  collection  scarcely  two  are  alike  in 
color,  and  they  also  differ  in  the  extent  to  which  the  back  is  covered  by 
the  elytra,  the  tuberculation  of  the  elytra  and  the  shape  of  the  end  of 
the  dorsal  cirri — whether  abruptly  terminating  in  a  short  filament  or 
not.     None  of  the  specimens  is  recorded  as  commensal. 

Union  Bay,  Vancouver  Island,  B.  C. ;  Port  Townsend,  Washington, 
at  Quarantine  Dock;  Stations  4209,  Admiralty  Inlet,  Port  Townsend, 
Washington,  24-25  fathoms,  rocks,  coarse  sand  and  shells;  4253, 
Stephens  Passage,  Alaska,  131-188  fathoms,  rocks  and  broken  shells. 

Lepidonotus  robustus  Moore. 

Lepidonotus  robustus  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp.  544-546, 
PI.  XXXVI,  figs.  32-35. 

The  only  known  specimen  of  this  noteworthy  species  was  taken  from 
the  shell  of  a  hermit  crab  at  Station  4291,  Shelikof  Strait,  48  to  65 
fathoms,  bottom  of  blue  mud,  sand  and  gravel. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  331 

Lepidonotus  caeloris  Moore. 

Lepidonotus  cdloris  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1903,  pp.  412-414, 
PI.  XXIII,  fig.  12. 

This  species,  originally  described  from  specimens  dredged  off  the 
coast  of  Japan,  proves  to  be  one  of  the  most  abundant  and  generally 
distributed  species  of  Polychaeta  throughout  the  region  covered  by  these 
explorations.  It  represents  in  the  North  Pacific  the  widely  spread 
L.  squamatus  of  the  Atlantic,  but  is  quite  distinct  from  that  species. 
The  detached  submarginal  t\ift  of  cilia  that  is  so  conspicuous  and 
constant  a  feature  on  the  elytra  of  the  latter  species  is  quite  absent  in 
the  former,  in  which,  also,  the  marginal  flask-shaped  sense  organs  are 
very  much  fewer  and  smaller.  The  outer  surface  of  the  elytra  is  less 
hairy  and  beat's  more  numerous  and  rather  smoother  papillae.  ]\Iuch 
variation  is  evident  in  the  size,  number,  arrangement  and  sculpturing 
of  the  papilla?  and  in  the  color  of  the  elytra,  some  specimens  being 
nearly  black,  others  reddish  brown,  and  still  others  orange  or  yellow. 
The  neuropodial  setse  are  quite  distinct  from  those  of  L.  squamatus, 
being  more  slender,  less  strongly  hooked,  more  extensively  ctenate  and 
in  a  greater  number  of  rows. 

All  of  these  differences  are  most  apparent  in  the  adults,  especially 
when  individuals  of  equal  size  are  compared.  The  young  of  L.  cccloris 
much  more  closely  resemble  the  Atlantic  species,  especially  in  the 
greater  hairiness  of  the  elytra,  and  it  seems  not  improbable  that  the 
small  specimens  of  L.  squamatus  recorded  by  Johnson  from  Puget  Soimd 
and  California  and  by  Marenzeller  from  Japan  may  be  of  this  species. 
It  is  also  not  improbable  that  intermediate  forms  may  be  found  to  con- 
nect the  two  in  the  Arctic  regions,  in  which  case  L.  cantoris  would 
become  a  well-marked  subspecies. 

Represented  in  the  collections  by  a  greater  number  of  individuals 
than  any  other  species,  Lepidonotus  caloris  was  found  at  many  points 
between  Vancouver  and  Kadiak  Islands,  at  depths  ranging  from  18  to 
313  fathoms  and  on  most  kinds  of  bottom,  though  naturally  most  often 
on  mud.  It  was  most  abundant  on  muddy  bottoms  in  the  Gulf  of 
Georgia,  on  a  gravelly  bottom  with  sponges  at  Station  4228,  near 
Naha  Bay  in  the  Behm  Canal,  and  on  a  bottom  of  rock  and  broken 
shells  at  Station  4253  in  Stephens  Passage,  Alaska. 

The  stations  at  which  Lepidonotus  c(eloris  was  taken  are  4192,  4193, 
4197,  4198,  4227,  4228,  4234,  4235,  4239,  4245,  4253,  4258  and  4274. 

Polynoie  tuta  Grube. 

Polynoe  tuta  Grube,  Arch.  f.  Naturges.,  XXI,  18.55,  Bd.  I,  p.  82. 

Harmothoe  tuta  Johnson,  Proc.  Ros.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIX  (1901),  pp.  394,  6. 

Of  the  three  examples  of  this  species  in  the  collection,  the  one  from 


332  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

Fort  Rupert  agrees  exactly  with  the  description  given  by  Johnson ;  the 
other  two  have  the  cephahc  appendages  and  the  dorsal  cirri  longer  and 
more  slender,  the  eyes  farther  back,  and  the  neuropodial  setse  more 
slender.  All  of  them  exhibit  marked  asymmetry  in  the  arrangement 
of  the  elytra. 

Fort  Rupert,  shore  of  Union  Bay,  Vancouver  Island,  B.  C,  and  Sta- 
tions 4193,  Halibut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  B.  C,  18-23  fathoms,  green 
naud  and  fine  sand;  4197,  same  locality,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky  green 
mud  and  fine  sand. 

Polynoe  fragilis  (Baird)  Johnson. 

Lepidonotus  fragilis  Baird,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lon.,  1863,  p.  108. 

Polynoe  fragilis,  Johnson,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.,  Vol.  I,  Zoology,  pp.  179-181. 

Three  complete  examples  from  near  Port  Townsend  alone  represent 
this  most  interesting  commensalistic  species.  The  margins  of  the 
elytra  are  frequently  more  complexly  folded  than  is  indicated  by 
Johnson.  Dr.  Heath's  label  states  that  the  color  in  life  is  ''entire 
surface  of  body  light  yellow,  the  elytra  allowing  the  color  of  the  body, 
to  show  through."  It  is  stated  that  the  specimens  Avere  taken  from 
Asterias  sp.  The  resemblance  of  these  worms  to  the  arms  of  the  star- 
fish is  most  remarkable  and  is  a  subject  well  worth  careful  and  detailed 
study  by  someone  on  the  ground. 

Station  4222,  Admiralty  Inlet,  vicinity  of  Port  Townsend,  Washing- 
ton, 39  fathoms,  gray  sand  and  broken  shells. 

Hermadion  trunoata  Moore. 

Harmathoe  fruncata  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1902,  pp.  272-274, 
PL  XIV,  figs.  21-28. 

This  species  was  originally  described  from  the  anterior  end  of  a 
specimen  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
Philadelphia,  at  that  time  supposed  to  have  been  collected  in  Green- 
land, but  now  believed  to  have  been  taken  by  Dr.  Benjamin  Sharp  at 
Icy  Cape,  Alaska.  It  is  well  represented  in  this  collection  from  the 
more  southern  stations.  The  completeness  of  some  of  the  examples 
permits  the  addition  of  the  following  notes  to  the  original  description. 
A  length  of  80  mm.  is  attained,  the  posterior  region  of  the  body  being 
slender  and  tapering.  There  are  63  segments  with  15  pairs  of  elytra, 
borne  on  segments  II,  IV,  V,  VII,  IX,  XI,  XIII,  XV,  XVII,  XIX, 
XXI,  XXIII,  XXVI,  XXIX  and  XXXII,  and  leaving  the  posterior 
part  of  the  body  unprotected  except  by  the  bristling  setse.  The 
cephalic  peaks  are  rudimentary,  being  coalesced  with  the  bases  of  the 
lateral  tentacles,  and  the  anterior  eyes  are  farther  forward  than  in  the 
type.     The  style  of  the  median  tentacle  is  slender,  about  twice  the 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  333 

length  of  the  prostomium  and  has  a  scarcely  perceptible  subterminal 
enlargement.  The  lateral  tentacles  are  very  short,  the  short,  conical 
styles  with  their  terminal  filaments  scarcely  exceeding  the  ceratophores. 
The  extended  palpi  taper  regularly  to  the  end,  are  slender  and  7-8  times 
the  prostomial  length.  Anterior  elytra  are  circular,  the  others  broadly 
elliptical,  with  weak  attachment  laterad  of  the  center.  Their  texture 
is  soft  and  flexible,  the  surface  smooth  and  punctate  and  entirely 
lacking  cilia  or  papillae  of  any  sort,  but  with  the  margin  slightly  thick- 
ened anrl  upturned.  The  inner  half  is  brown,  the  outer  wliite  in  agree- 
ment with  the  color  of  the  body.  Dorsal  cirri  are  rather  stout  with 
prominent  cirrophores  and  the  styles  reach  beyond  the  tips  of  the 
parapodia.  They  taper  regularly  to  a  subterminal  enlargement,  beyond 
which  is  a  short  filament.  Posterior  cirri  are  longer  and  more  slender 
and  the  anal  cirri  are  stouter  and  very  long,  equalling  the  last  9  somites. 
Usually  but  one  anal  cirrus  is  fully  developed.  A  broad  rich  brown 
stripe  marks  the  dorsum,  being  more  or  less  broken  in  the  middle  of  the 
body  and  spreading  over  the  entire  back  posteriorly  where  a  median 
white  line  sometimes  divides  it.  Dorsal  cephalic  appendages  and 
dorsal  cirri  chiefly  brown  with  subterminal  and  terminal  white  rings 
All  other  parts,  including  entire  venter,  white. 

Stations  4193,  Halibut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  B.  C,  18-23  fathoms, 
green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4197,  same  region,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky 
green  mud  and  fuie  sand;  4199,  Queen  Charlotte  Sound,  off  Fort 
Rupert,  Vancouver  Island,  B.  C,  68-107  fathoms,  sticky  green  mud 
and  volcanic  sand ;  4208,  Admiralty  Inlet,  vicinity  of  Port  Townsend, 
Washington,  83-99  fathoms,  rocky;  4216,  same  region,  79-101  fathoms, 
rocky ;  4227,  \'icinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  Alaska,  62-65  fathoms, 
dark  green  mud  and  fine  sand. 

Eunoe  depresaa  Moore. 

Eunoe  depressa  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  1905,  pp.  536-538,  Pis. 
XXXIV,  figs.  17,  18;  XXXV,  figs.  19,  20. 

Besides  a  fragment  labelled  Union  Bay,  B.  C,  6-22-'03,  this  species 
is  represented  by  specimens  from  Stations  4261  (type),  Dundas  Bay, 
Icy  Strait,  8^10  fathoms,  green  mud  and  rocks;  4270,  Afognak  Bay, 
Afognak  Island,  Alaska,  14-1 9  fathoms,  hard  gray  sand  and  rock.  The 
latter  is  labelled  ''Hermit  crab,  messmate,"  and  many  of  the  papillae 
on  the  elytra  bear  2  or  3  spines. 

I  also  refer  provisionally  to  this  species  under  the  name  of  var. 
mammillata  a  specimen  which  may  represent  a  distinct  but  related 
species.  It  measures  20  mm.  long  and  has  a  form  similar  to  but  some- 
what less  broad  and  depressed  than  typical  depressa.  The  palpi  are 
22 


334  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

barely  twice  the  length  of  the  prostoniium,  but  the  other  cephalic 
appendages  are  longer  and  much  more  slender  than  in  the  typical 
form.  The  median  tentacle  is  about  3J  times  and  the  lateral  tentacles 
nearly  If  times  the  length  of  the  prostomiimi.  The  cirrophores  of 
the  dorsal  cirri  reach  to  the  end  of  the  notopodia  and  the  slender  styles 
possess  long  fihform  tips  which  reach  to  the  tips  of  the  longest  seta\ 
The  elytra  are  thimier  and  more  membranous  and  their  shape  more 
ovate-reniform.  They  also  have  larger,  firmer,  and  more  mammilif orm 
papillffi.  But  the  chief  distinction  is  a  strong  fringe  of  cilia  along  the 
outer  margin  of  each  of  the  elytra.  The  general  color  is  reddish 
brown  and  the  elytra  bluish  pearl  with  the  larger  papillae  orange  brown. 
The  label  states  that  this  specimen  was  taken  from  the  branchial 
chamber  of  an  11-pound  crab.  Station  4276,  Alitak  Bay,  Kadiak 
Island,  Alaska,  22-25  fathoms,  fine  sand  and  mud. 

Harmothoe  imbricata  (Linn.)  Malmgren. 

Harmothoe  imbricata,  Mcintosh,  Monograph  of  British  AnneUds,  Part  II,  1900, 
pp.  314-327. 

All  of  the  specimens  of  this  ubiquitous  species,  which  is  already  well 
known  from  the  North  Pacific,  are  of  small  size,  the  largest  being  30 
mm.  long  and  most  of  them  much  smaller.  They  present  the  usual 
color  varieties  seen  in  Atlantic  Coast  specimens,  some  being  more  or  less 
strongly  mottled,  others  having  a  median  light  or  dark  brown  band  of 
greater  or  less  breadth.  The  marginal  papillae  on  the  elytra  may  be 
numerous  or  nearly  absent.  The  two  specimens  from  Kilisut  Harbor 
have  the  smooth  tips  of  the  notopodial  setae  longer  than  usual. 

Kilisut  Harbor,  near  Port  Townsend,  Washington;  and  Stations  4269, 
Afognak  Bay,  Afognak  Island,  Alaska,  14^19  fathoms,  hard  gray  sand 
and  rocks;  4271,  same  region,  11^-20  fathoms,  hard  gray  sand  and 
rocks  ;  4275,  Alitak  Bay,  Kadiak  Island,  Alaska,  35-36  fathoms, 
green  mud  and  fuie  sand  ;  4289,  Uyak  Bay,  Kadiak  Island,  74-80 
fathoms,  gray  mud. 

Harmothoe  hirsuta  Johnson. 

Harmothoe  hirsuta  Johnson,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  (3),  I  (Zoology),  pp,  182, 
183. 

Three  examples  referred  to  this  species  indicate  that  it  is  subject  to 
considerable  variation.  The  examination  of  an  extensive  series  of  the 
Harmothoes  from  this  region  will  be  necessary  to  estabhsh  the  exact 
status  of  these  variants. 

Stations  4205,  Admiralty  Inlet,  Port  Townsend,  Alaska,  15-26 
fathoms,  rocks  and  shells,  a  single  specimen  which  agrees  with  John- 
son's description  and  figures  accurately  except  that  the  elytra,  although 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  335 

bearing  large  papillse,  lack  distinct  marginal  areas;  4260,  Dimdas  Bay, 
Icy  Strait,  8^21  fathoms,  coarse  sand  and  rocks,  one  similar  to  the 
last  but  more  distinctly  colored;  4259,  same  region,  21-78  fathoms, 
gray  sand,  broken  shells  and  rocks,  a  small  example  with  well-marked 
marginal  areas  on  the  elytra  but  few  large  papillse  and  with  the  inter- 
sections of  the  ridges  between  the  areas  sometimes  produced  into  large, 
coarse  cilia. 

Lagisca  multisetosa  Moore. 

Lagiscn  ^nultlsetosa  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  1902,  pp.  267-269. 
PI.  XIV,  figs.  29-36. 

This  is  another  species  which  was  originally  incorrectly  attributed  to 
Greenland,  the  type  locality  being  almost  certainly  Icy  Cape,  Alaska. 
Like  Hermadioa  truncata  it  is  rather  plentiful  in  the  collections  from 
the  Gulf  of  Georgia  to  Behm  Canal,  being  represented,  mostly  by  frag- 
mentary specimens,  in  the  collections  from  the  following : 

Stations  4193,  Halibut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  B.  C,  18-23  fathoms, 
green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4194,  same  region,  111-170  fathoms,  soft 
green  nuid;  4197,  same  region,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky  green  mud  and 
fine  sand;  4199,  Queen  Charlotte  Sound,  off  Fort  Rupert,  Vancouver 
Island,  B.  C,  G8-107  fathoms,  soft  green  mud  and  volcanic  sand;  4223, 
Boca  de  Quadra,  southeastern  Alaska,  48-57  fathonx^;,  soft  green  mud  ; 
4228,  vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern  Alaska,  41-134 
fathoms,  gravel  and  sponges. 

The  species  appears  to  be  especially  common  at  the  last  enumerated 
station  and  several  fragments  taken  here  depart  quite  widely  from  the 
typical  form  in  the  character  of  the  elytra.  These  are  designated  as 
variety  papillata,  characterized  as  follows :  The  elytra  bear  more  num- 
erous, larger  and  differently  shaped  soft  papillae  and  very  much  fewer 
and  smaller  hard  conical  papillae;  and  instead  of  the  numerous  long 
cilia  on  the  exposed  surface  and  near  the  outer  margin  of  the  elytra  of 
the  typical  form,  these  bear  only  a  few  very  much  shorter  cilia  with 
thickened  ends. 

Lagisca  rarispina  (Sars)  Malmgren. 

Laqisca  rarispina  (Sars)  Malmgren,  Of  vers.  Kgl.  Vet.-Akad.  Forh     1S65  p 
65.  ^  »  .F- 

Occurring  quite  plentifully  in  the  collections  from  the  more  northerly 
points  in  the  Alaskan  Gulf,  where  it  apparently  largely  replaces  L. 
multisetosa,  this  species  is  represented  by  two  varieties  which  are, 
however,  connected  by  intermediates  and  apparently  occur  indis- 
criminately together  at  the  same  stations. 

The  difference  is  in  the  presence  or  absence  of  the  soft  marginal 


336  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

papillae  on  the  elytra.  On  some  examples  these  are  very  numerous, 
especially  on  anterior  elytra,  and  have  exactly  the  elongated  form  and 
the  arrangement  exhibited  by  typical  representatives  of  the  species 
from  Greenland  and  other  North  Atlantic  localities.  Others  have 
perfectly  smooth  elytra,  altogether  lacking  these  appendages.  Be- 
tween these  two  extreme  categories,  into  which  most  of  the  specimens 
fall,  are  some  individuals  intermediate  in  either  the  number  or  size  of  the 
appendages  or  in  both.  Some  have  the  papilhB  very  short  and  present 
on  many  elytra  and  others  very  few  papillae  of  normal  or  reduced  size. 
One  bears  a  single  papillse  on  one  elytron  and  another  half  a  dozen 
papillae  distributed  among  three  elytra. 

Stations  4193,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  B.  C,  18-23  fathoms,  green  mud  and 
fine  sand;  4198,  Hahbut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  B.  C,  157-230  fathoms, 
soft  green  mud;  4219,  Admiralty  Inlet,  Port  Townsend,  Washington. 
16-26  fathoms,  green  mud,  sand,  broken  shells;  4225,  Boca  de  Quadra, 
southeastern  Alaska,  149-181  fathoms,  dark  green  mud — a  single 
example  from  each  of  these  stations;  4235,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm 
Canal,  130-193  fathoms,  gray  mud;  4253,  Stephens  Passage,  Alaska, 
131-188  fathoms,  rocks  and  broken  shells;  4258,  vicinity  of  Funter 
Bay,  Lynn  Canal,  300-313  fathoms,  mud — plentiful  at  the  last  two 
stations;  4263,  Dundas  Bay,  Icy  Strait,  6J-9  fathoms,  coarse  sand  and 
rocks;  4289,  Uyak  Bay,  Kadiak  Island,  74-80  fathoms,  gray  mud. 

Antinoe  maorolepida  Moore. 

Antinoe  macrohpida  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp.  538-541, 
PL  XXXV,  figs.  21-23. 

Antinoe  macrolepida  is  plentiful  at  the  more  northerly  stations,  but 
occurs  as  far  south  as  the  Gulf  of  Georgia.  It  is  represented  in  the 
collections  from  the  following  stations:  4192,  off  Nanaimo,  Vancouver 
Island,  B.  C,  89-97  fathoms,  green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4193, 
Halibut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  B.  C,  18-23  fathoms,  green  mud  and 
fine  sand;  4194,  same  region,  111-170  fathoms,  soft  green  mud;  4230, 
vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern  Alaska,  108-240 
fathoms,  rocky;  4236,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  147-205 
fathoms,  rocks  and  coarse  sand;  4237,  same  region,  194-198  fathoms, 
green  mud;  4264  (type  and  several  other  specimens),  off  Freshwater 
Bay,  Chatham  Strait,  282-293  fathoms,  green  mud;  4299,  off  Shakan, 
Sumner  Strait,  southeastern  Alaska,  153-218  fathoms,  sand  and  rocks. 

Gattyana  amondseni  (Malmgren). 

Nychia  amondseni  Malmgren,  Annulata  Polj'chEeta,  etc.,  1867,  pp.  5  and  6. 
Three  specimens  taken  at  northern  stations  agree  very  closely  with 
Malmgren's  description  and  figures  of  this  species.     The  neuropodial 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  337 

setae  are  rather  more  slender  and  the  bifid  papillae  on  the  elytra  rather 
more  deeply  cleft. 

Stations  4253,  Stephens  Passage,  Alaska,  131-188  fathoms,  rocks  and 
broken  shells;  4272,  Afognak  Bay,  Afognak  Island,  12-17  fathoms, 
sticky  mud;  4274,  Alitak  Bay,  Kadiak  Island,  35-36  fatlioms,  green 
mud  and  fine  sand. 
Gattyana  ciliata  Moore. 

Gattyana  ciliata  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1902,  pp.  263-266,  Tl. 
XIII,  figs.  14-19. 

The  type  (No.  28,  Coll.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.)  was  taken  at  Icy  Cape, 
and  a  single  example  in  this  collection  comes  from  Station  4289, 
Uyak  Bay,  Kadiak  Island,  74-80  fathoms,  gray  mud. 

Gattyana  cirrosa  (Pallas)  Mclnto*. 

Gattyana  cirrosa  Mcintosh,  Monograph  of  British  Annelids,  Part  II,  (1900), 
pp.  285-291. 
The  only  example  taken  is  from  Station  4272,  Afognak  Bay,  Afognak 
Island,  12-17  fathoms,  sticky  mud, 

Gattyana  senta  Moore. 

Gafti/ana  senta  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1902,  pp.  259-263,  PI. 
XIII,  figs.  1-13. 

This  species,  the  type  of  which  came  from  Icy  Cape  and  is  in  the 
collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  appears  to  be  quite 
plentiful  on  the  muddy  bottoms  of  the  Gulf  of  Georgia  and  equally  so 
on  a  gravelly  bottom  at  Station  4228  in  Behm  Canal.  Most  of  the 
examples  have  lost  most  of  the  elytra  and  are  otherwise  mutilated,  but 
one  specimen  permits  the  description  of  the  posterior  elytra  which  were 
lacking  on  the  type.  They  are  nearly  circular  in  outline  and  of  smaller 
size  and  softer  texture  than  the  anterior  elytra,  but  the  most  striking 
difference  is  in  the  very  great  length  of  the  terminal  branches  of  the 
dendritic  spines  of  the  posterior  margin,  the  number  of  forkings  of 
which  is,  however,  less  than  on  anterior  scales. 

Stations  4191,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  off  Nanaimo,  Vancouver  Island,  B.  C, 
54-89  fathoms,  fine  dark  sand,  mud  and  rocks;  4193,  Halibut  Bank, 
Gulf  of  Georgia,  18-23  fathoms,  green  mud  and  fine  sand ;  4197,  same 
locality,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky  green  mud  and  fine  sand ;  4198,  same 
locality,  157-230  fathoms,  soft  green  mud;  4228,  vicinity  of  Naha  Bay, 
Behm  Canal,  southeastern  Alaska,  41-134  fathoms,  gravel  and  sponge, 

Melaenis  loveni  Malmgren. 

Melcenis  Loveni  Malmgren,  Ofvers.  Kong.  Vet.-.\kad.  Forh.,  1S65,  pp.  78,  79, 
Three  examples  collected  by  Dr.  Benjamin  Sharp  at  Icy  Cape, 
Alaska  are  in  the  collection  of  the  Philadelphia  Academy,  No.  279, 


338  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [Juiie, 

SIGALEONIDiB. 

Pholoe  minuta  (Fabricius)  Oersted. 

Pholoe  minuta  (Fabricius),  Mcintosh,  Monograph  of  British  AnneHds,  Part 
II,  (1900),  pp.  437-442. 

A  perfect  example  nearly  an  inch  in  length  was  taken  at  Station  4272, 
at  Afognak  Ba}^,  Afognak  Island,  Alaska,  in  12-17  fathoms,  on  a  bottom 
of  sticky  mud;  and  a  few  fragments  of  a  very  small  individiual  prob- 
ably of  this  species  from  a  bottle  containing  a  Halosydna  insignis  from 
Port  Townsend,  Washington. 

Peisidice  aspera  Johnson. 

Peisidice  aspera  Johnson,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  (3),  (Zool.),  Vol.  I, pp.  184, 185. 

Single  examples  of  this  curious  little  polychffite  occur  at  three  rather 
widely  separated  stations.  The  elytra  are  very  stiff  and  rigid,  appar- 
ently due  to  a  hard  brownish  secretion  which  is  deposited  in  layers,  thus 
giving  the  appearance  of  concentric  lines  of  gro\\i:h.  Sand  grains  adhere 
to  and  become  imbedded  in  this  substance,  especially  along  the  ridge  of 
the  scale.  This  same  secretion  renders  the  body  brittle,  but  no  sand 
grains  are  borne  on  this  region  of  these  specimens.  The  hairs  of  the 
marginal  fringes  are  very  unequal,  the  longest  being  as  much  as  ^ 
of  the  long  diameter  of  the  scale.  Many  of  the  elytra  are  marked  with 
dark  brown  central  spots. 

Stations  4228,  vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern 
Alaska,  41-134  fathoms,  gravel  and  sponge;  4235,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay, 
130-193  fathoms,  gray  mud;  4253,  Stephens  Passage,  131-188  fathoms, 
rock  and  broken  shells. 

APHRODITID^. 
Aphrodita  japonica  Marenzeller. 

Aphrodita  japonica  Marenzeller,  Denks.  K.  Akad.  Wissensch.,  Wien,  XLI, 
(1879),pp.  Ill,  112. 

From  the  Gulf  of  Georgia  to  the  head  of  Behm  Canal  this  species  is 
common  and  especially  so  wherever  muddy  bottoms  occur.  These 
specimens  differ  in  no  respect  from  those  taken  in  the  Albatross  dredg- 
ings  off  the  coast  of  Japan  in  1900.  The  neuropodial  setae  are  unusually 
prominent  and  slender  and  when  young  their  tips  are  incased  in  a 
densely  hairy  sheath,  which  later  wears  away,  leaving  the  point 
smooth.  The  notopodial  setae  are  completely  imbedded  in  the  felt  and 
are  seldom  visible.  They  are  slender,  soft,  curved,  pale  brown,  rough- 
ened toward  the  end  and  have  the  tip  hooked.  Generally  the  color  is 
very  dark — almost  black — and  the  felt  is  dull,  probably  the  result  of 
staining  by  some  constituent  of  the  mud  in  which  they  live.  The  palpi 
are  white.     The  specimens  vary  in  length  from  14  to  80  mm. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  339 

Stations  4194,  Halibut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  B.  C,  111-170 
fathoms,  soft  green  mud;  4197,  same  region,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky- 
green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4198,  same  region,  157-230  fathoms,  soft 
green  mud;  4224,  Boca  de  Quadra,  southeastern  Alaska,  156-166 
fathoms,  dark  green  mud;  4225,  same  region,  149-181  fathoms,  dark 
green  mud;  4230,  vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern 
Alaska,  108-240  fathoms,  rocky;  4231,  same  region,  82-113  fathoms, 
green  mud  and  fragments  of  slate;  4235,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm 
Canal,  130-193  fathoms,  gray  mud;  4236,  same  region,  147-205 
fathoms,  rock  and  coarse  sand;  4237,  same  region,  192-198  fathoms, 
green  mud;  4238,  same  region,  229-231  fathoms,  mud  and  rocks. 

Aphrodita  negligens  Moore. 

Aphrodita  negligens  Moore,  Proc.  Acad,  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp.  526-529, 
PI.  XXXIV,  figs.  1,  2;  XXXV,  fig.  31. 

A  single  large  example  60  mm,  long,  agreeing  exactly  with  the  type, 
was  taken  at  Station  4205,  off  Port  Townsend,  Washington,  in  15-26 
fathoms,  on  a  bottom  of  rock  and  shells.  The  body  cavity  is  filled 
with  egg-strings. 

Aphrodita  parva  Moore. 

Aphrodita  parva  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp.  529-532,  PI. 
XXXIV,  figs.  3-7, 

This  small  and  very  distinct  species  is  known  only  from  two  speci- 
mens taken  at  Station  4194,  in  the  Gulf  of  Georgia,  in  111  to  170 
fathoms,  on  a  bottom  of  soft  green  mud. 

EUPHROSYNID^. 
Euphrosyne  bicirrata  Moore. 

Euphrosyne  bicirrata  Moore,  Proc,  Acad,  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  1905,  pp.  532-534, 
PL  XXXIV,  figs.  8-12. 

This  species,  which  belongs  to  the  group  including  E.  horealis 
Oersted  and  E.  longisetosa  Horst,  was  taken  from  the  Gulf  of  Georgia 
to  Behm  Canal,  in  depths  ranging  from  18  to  188  fathoms.  It  occurs 
in  the  collections  from  the  following  stations:  4193  (type),  Halibut 
Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  18-23  fathoms,  green  mud  and  fme  sand; 
4197,  same  region,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky  green  mud  and  fine  sand; 
4228,  vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern  Alaska,  41-134 
fathoms,  gravel  and  sponge;  4253,  Stephens  Passage,  Alaska,  131-188 
fathoms,  rock  and  broken  shells. 

Euphrosyne  hortensis  Moore. 

Euphrosyne  hortensis  Moore,  Proc,  Acad,  Nat,  Sci.  Pliila.,  1905,  pp.  534-536, 
PI,  XXXIV,  figs.  13-16, 

Much  less  common  than  the  last,  this  species  was  taken  at  Stations 


340  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [Juiie^ 

4272,  Afognak  Bay,  Afognak  Island,  12-17  fathoms,  sticky  mud;  and 
4274,  Alitak  Bay,  Kadiak  Island,  35-41  fathoms,  green  mud  and  fine 
sand.     The  latter  is  the  type  locality. 

Euphrosyne  arctica  Johnson. 

Euphrosyne  arctica  Johnson,  Proc.  Cal.  Acad.  Sci.,  (3),  Zoology,  Vol.  I,  p.  159. 

A  small  individual  10  mm.  long  is  believed  to  represent  this  species, 
the  original  description  of  which  was  based  upon  a  probably  imperfect 
and  much  contracted  specimen.  There  are,  however,  some  points  of 
difference  between  the  two  specimens,  as  the  following  brief  descrip- 
tion indicates. 

The  form  is  strongly  depressed,  about  equally  rounded  anteriorly  and 
posteriorly,  the  somites  munbering  21,  strongly  marked  and  well 
developed  throughout.  The  subanal  lobes  or  cirri  are  large,  thick  and 
fleshy.  The  dorsal  smooth  field  is  about  \  the  entire  width  and  not 
subdivided  into  areas.  A  black  spot  or  group  of  spots  occurs  on  the 
posterior  part  of  each  segment  behind  the  second  gill. 

The  caruncle  is  short  and  broad ,  reaching  from  the  anterior  margin  of 
II  to  the  posterior  margin  of  IV,  and  consists  entirely  of  a  rather  high, 
thick  crest,  little  free  behind.  The  median  tentacle  equals  the  caruncle 
in  length  and  the  stout  basal  article,  which  furnishes  |  of  its  length, 
nearly  equals  the  caruncle  in  thickness.  The  terminal  piece  is  fila- 
mentous. The  dorsal  eyes  are  very  large,  elongated  and  black.  The 
ventral  eyes  are  coalesced  and  the  ventral  paired  tentacles  minute. 

The  dorsal  cirri  are  very  long,  much  exceeding  the  length  of  the 
caruncle,  slender  and  tapered.  The  median  cirrus  arises  between  the 
second  and  third  gills  and,  like  the  ventral  cirrus,  is  stouter  than  tlie 
dorsal  cirrus  and  equally  long.  Five  pairs  of  gills  occur  on  the  middle 
region.  They  are  arbusculate  and  spreading,  with  some  30  or  more 
slender,  lanceolate  terminal  twigs  formed  by  as  many  as  5  or  6  irregular 
dichotomous  divisions.     The  setae  agree  exactly  with  Johnson's  figures. 

Station  4234,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  Alaska,  45  fathoms,, 
gray  mud  and  rocks. 

ALCIOPID^. 
Callizona  angelini  (Kinberg)  Apstein. 

Callizona  Angelini  (Ivinberg)  Apstein,  Die  Alciopiden  und  Tomopteriden  der 
Plankton  Expedition,  luel,  1900,  pp.  18,  19. 

The  addition  of  this  species  to  the  list  of  Alaskan  poly  chutes  becomes 
possible  through  the  study  of  the  contents  of  salmon  stomachs  sub- 
mitted by  Dr.  H.  M.  Smith.  The  salmon  were  taken  at  Yes  Bay, 
Alaska,  on  July  27  and  28,  1905,  and  contained  a  large  number  of 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  341 

remains.  Many  of  the  worms  were  already  completely  disintegrated^ 
but  the  anterior  ends  of  some  were  sufficiently  intact  to  remove  any 
reasonable  doubt  of  the  correctness  of  this  identification.  The  only 
respect  in  which  they  differ  from  the  published  descriptions  is  in  the 
presence  of  as  many  as  4  stout  setae  in  the  first  parapodium  (somite 
IV).  A  noteworthy  characteristic  of  the  species  is  the  considerable 
length  of  the  cirriform  appendage  of  the  parapodia. 

Anteriorly  the  dorsum  is  a  diluted  chocolate  brown,  the  surface  of 
the  eye  cups,  the  prostomium  and  a  transverse  band  across  each 
segment  being  still  darker.  A  brown  spot  at  the  base  of  each  dorsal 
cirrus  appears  to  continue  for  the  entire  length  of  the  body.  The 
large  numbers  in  which  these  worms  occur  in  the  salmon  stomachs  and 
the  evidences  that  they  were  filled  with  sperm  and  ova  indicates  that 
at  sexual  maturity  they  must  swim  in  great  shoals  at  the  surface. 

Originally  described  by  Kinberg  from  the  China  Sea,  this  species  has 
since  been  twice  taken  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  but  until  now  has  not 
been  reported  from  the  Pacific. 

HESIONID^. 

Podarke  pugettensis  Johnson. 

Podarke  -pugettensis  Johnson,  Proc.  Bos.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIX,  1901,  pp. 
397,  398. 
This  species  was  taken  only  in  the  region  of  the  type  locality  and 
probably  does  not  extend  much  farther  northward. 

Nanaimo  Bay,  Vancouver  Island,  B.  C,  taken  from  a  starfish  (Tuidia) 
brought  up  on  a  fish  line;  Quarantine  Rock,  near  Port  Townsend, 
Washington;  Station  4218,  Admiralty  Inlet,  near  Port  Townsend, 
Washington,  16  fathoms,  soft  green  mud,  on  starfish  {Tuidia). 

NEPHTHYDID^. 
Nephthys  coeca  (Fabricius)  Oersted. 

Nephthys  coeca,  Ehlers,  Die  Borstenwiirmer,  1868,  pp.  588-617. 
The  presence  of  this  circumpolar  species  throughout  a  great  extent 
of  both  sides  of  the  North  Pacific  is  already  well  known.  Typical 
examples  occur  in  the  collections  from  the  following  stations :  4230, 
vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern  Alaska,  108-240 
fathoms,  rocky;  4236,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  147-205 
fathoms,  rocks  and  coarse  sand;  4240,  junction  of  Clarence  Strait  and 
Behm  Canal,  248-256  fathoms,  coral. 

Nephthys  ciliata  (Muller)  Rathke. 

Nephthys  ciliata,  Malmgren,  Ofvers.  Kgl.  Vet.-Alvad.  Forh.,  1865,  p.  104. 
Whether  or  not  Wiren  was  correct  in  considering  this  and  the  pre- 


342  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

ceding  to  be  variants  of  the  same  species,  the  considerable  amount  of 
material  which  I  have  examined  exhibits  no  evidence  of  intergrada- 
tion  and  the  two  forms  are  therefore  listed  separately.  It  is  noteworthy 
that  they  were  taken  on  bottoms  of  quite  different  character. 

Stations  4194,  Halibut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  111-170  fathoms, 
soft  green  mud ;  4197,  same  region,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky  green  mud 
and  fine  sand ;  4244,  Kasaan  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  southeastern 
Alaska,  50-54  fathoms,  green  mud;  4258,  vicinity  of  Funter  Bay, 
Lynn  Canal,  300-313  fathoms,  mud;  4286,  Chinak  Bay,  Alaska,  57-63 
fathoms,  green  mud  and  rock. 

Nephthys  malmgreni  Theel. 

Nephthys  longisetosa  Malmgren,  Kgl.  Vet.-Akad.  Forh.,  1865,  p.  106;  non 

Oersted. 
Nephthys  malmgreni  Theel,  Kgl.  Sv.  Vet.  Akad.  Handl.,  1879,  No.  3,  p.  26. 

Although  recorded  at  various  points  in  the  North  Atlantic  and  Arctic 
Oceans  this  species  has  not  previously  been  taken  in  the  Pacific.  It 
occurs  in  the  collections  from  the  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm  Canal, 
only,  at  Stations  4236,  147-205  fathoms,  rock  and  coarse  sand,  and 
4238,  229-231  fathoms,  rocks  and  mud. 

Nephthys  assimilis  Malmgren. 

Nephthys  assimilis  Malmgren,  Kgl.  Vet.-Akad.  Forh.,  1865,  p.  105. 
No  representatives  of  N.  assimilis  occur  among  the  material  dredged 
by  the  Albatross,  but  the  collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences 
of  Philadelphia  contains  several  examples  which  agree  exactly  with  the 
descriptions  given  by  Malmgren  and  Theel,  and  which  were  collected 
by  Dr.  Benjamin  Sharp  in  5  fathoms  at  Icy  Cape,  Alaska. 

NEREIDS. 

Nereis  pelagica  Linnaeus. 

Nereis  pelagica  Linn.'Bus,  Sys.  Nat.,  Ed.  X,  p.  654. 

Although  quite  common  and  represented  from  nearly  the  entire 
region  covered  by  these  collections,  the  individuals  are  of  smaller  size 
than  occur  on  the  Atlantic  side  of  the  continent. 

Stations  4193,  Halibut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  B.  C,  18-23  fathoms, 
green  mud  and  fine  sand ;  4209,  Admiralty  Inlet,  vicinity  of  Port  Town- 
send,  Washington;  4247,  Kasaan  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  south- 
eastern Alaska,  89-114  fathoms,  green  mud,  fine  sand  and  broken 
shells;  4253,  Stephens  Passage,  Alaska,  131-188  fathoms,  rocks  and 
broken  shells;  4274,  Alitak  Bay,  Kadiak  Island,  35-41  fathoms,  green 
mud  and  fine  sand.  At  Port  jMcArthur,  on  August  23,  two  small 
heteronereids  were  taken  at  the  surface.  Also  collection  of  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phila.,  several  collected  at  Unalaska  by  Dr.  Sharp. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  343 

Nereis  procera  Ehlers. 

Nereis  procera  Ehlers,  Die  Borstenwiirmer,  1868,  p.  557. 
This  little  known  species  is  represented  by  a  single  incomplete 
specimen  taken  at  the  type  locality  in  the  Gulf  of  Georgia.     Station 
4193,  Halibut  Bank,  Guif  of  Georgia,  18-23  fathoms,  green  mud  and 
fine  sand. 

Nereis  paucidentata  Moore. 

Nereis  paucidentata  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1903,  pp.  430,  431, 
PI.  XXIV,  figs.  28-30. 

Originally  described  from  specimens  dredged  in  Bering  Sea,  the 
present  collections  show  that  this  species  is  rather  widely  distributed 
along  the  northern  portions  of  the  east  side  of  the  Pacific  also.  At  the 
same  time  they  permit  of  the  verification  of  the  characters  originally 
attributed  to  the  species.  Several  specimens  with  the  probosces  pro- 
truded exliibit  paragnaths  exactly  like  those  of  the  type,  except  that 
groups  III  and  IV  vary  somewhat,  being  provided  with  3  to  5  denticles 
arranged  in  various  patterns.  One  had  5  teeth  arranged  in  a  perfect 
quincunx.     The  basal  ring  of  one  specimen  bears  4  cones  at  VII, 

Stations  4198,  Halibut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  B.  C,  157-230  fathoms, 
soft  green  mud ;  4228,  vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern 
Alaska,  41-134  fathoms,  gravel  and  sponge;  4239,  junction  of  Clarence 
Strait  and  Behm  Canal,  206-248  fathoms,  coarse  sand  and  rocks,  one 
specimen  from  this  station  is  a  large  female  bursting  with  eggs,  80  mm. 
long  and  having  120  segments;  4253,  Stephens  Passage,  Alaska,  131- 
188  fathoms,  rocks  and  broken  shells;  4300,  off  Shakan,  Sumner  Strait, 
southeastern  Alaska,  185-218  fathoms,  rock  and  mud. 

Nereis  cyclurus  Harrington. 

Nereis  cyclurus  Harrington,  Trans.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  XVI,  1897,  p.  214. 

This  remarkable  and  interesting  species  should  probably  be  separated 
generically  from  the  above.  In  only  one  case  is  it  stated  that  the 
specimens  were  taken  from  a  hermit  crab  (E.  wpagurus  armatus),  in  the 
shell  of  which  this  annelid  usually  lives  as  a  commensal.  The  finding 
of  a  male  heteronereis  is  of  interest,  especially  as  it  was  taken  on  the 
shell  of  a  hermit  crab.  After  an  elaborate  study  of  this  species  Plar- 
rington  records  his  failure  to  find  a  male,  and  states  his  belief  that  males 
are  strictly  pelagic  in  habit. 

Stations  4201,  Queen  Charlotte  Sound,  off  Fort  Rupert,  Vancouver 
Island,  B.  C,  138-145  fathoms,  soft  green  mud,  sand  and  broken  shells, 
a  small  specimen,  "  general  color  bright  pink,  in  delicate  tube  composed 
of  mucus  attached  to  sponge";  4218,  Admiralty  Inlet,  vicinity  of  Port 
Townsend,  Washington,  16  fathoms,  soft  green  mud,  1  ordinary  form 


344  PEOCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

and  1  heteronereis  (male)  from  shell  of  hermit  crab;  4220,  same  region 
16-31  fathoms,  green  mud,  sand  and  broken  shells. 

Nereis  (Alitta)  vexillosa  Grube. 

Nereis  vexillosa  Grube  in  Middendorff,  Reise  in  Siberiens,  etc.,  II,  18-51,  p.  4. 
Nereis  vexillosa,  Johnson,  Proc.  Bos.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIX,  p.  399. 

On  the  Pacific  this  species  represents  the  Nereis  limbata,  so  abundant 
along  much  of  the  Atlantic  coast  of  North  America.  It,  however, 
reaches  a  larger  size.  As  but  little  shore  collecting  was  done  it  is  not 
represented  in  the  collection  from  many  points. 

Taylor  Bay,  Gabriola  Island,  Gulf  of  Georgia;  Quarantine  Rock, 
Port  Townsend,  and  the  beach  near  Shakan,  Sumner  Strait,  south- 
eastern Alaska;  collection  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  Admiralty  Inlet, 
Puget  Sound,  Washington,  by  George  Dawson. 

Nereis  (Alitta)  virens  Sars. 

Nereis  virens,  Johnson,  Proc.  Bos.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIX,  p.  398. 

I  have  not  given  very  close  attention  to  the  specific  likeness  or  dis- 
tinction of  the  Atlantic  N.  virens  and  the  Pacific  A",  hrandti,  but  so  far 
as  comparisons  have  been  made  they  appear  to  confirm  Johnson's  view 
that  the  two  are  identical.  Being  chiefly  a  shore  lover  like  the  last  it  is 
not  well  represented  in  this  collection. 

Taylor  Bay,  Gabriola  Island,  B.  C.,  11  specimens  varying  from  9  to 
18  inches  long.  Many  are  in  regeneration  posteriorly  and  the  number 
of  segments  appear  to  exceed  the  average  attained  by  Atlantic  speci- 
mens. Union  Baj'',  Alaska,  a  splended  example  unfortunately  incom- 
plete, but  which  in  life  must  have  exceeded  2  feet  in  length.  The  ten- 
tacular cirri  are  very  short  and  thick.  Also  one  in  the  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences,  collected  by  George  Dawson  at  Admiralty  Inlet, 
Washington. 

Platynereis  agassizi  (Ehlers). 

Nereis  agassizi  Ehlers,  Die  Borstenwurmer,  1868,  p.  542. 

It  seems  probable  that  the  Japanese  specimens  referred  to  N 
dumerilii  by  Marenzeller  belong  to  this  closely  related  but  perfectly 
distinct  species.  A  small  heferonereid  resembling  that  of  the  Atlantic 
P.  megalo-ps  was  taken  at  Quarantine  Rock,  near  Port  Townsend,  on 
June  27. 

Kilisut  Harbor  and  Quarantine  Rock,  near  Port  Townsend,  Wash- 
ington. Stations  4219.  Admiralty  Inlet,  near  Port  Townsend,  Wash- 
ington, 16-26  fathoms,  green  mud,  sand  and  broken  shells;  4223,  Boca 
de  Quadra,  southeastern  Alaska,  48-57  fathoms,  soft  green  mud. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  345 

EUNICID^. 
Eunice  kobiensis  Mcintosh. 

Eunice  kobiensis  Mcintosh,  Challenger  Reports,  ZooL,  Vol.  XII,  pp.  278-280. 

Several  specimens  of  Eunice  exhibiting  considerable  variation  inter 
se,  but  presenting  a  mean  very  close  to  this  species  originally  taken  off 
the  coast  of  Japan,  were  collected  in  Alaskan  waters.  The  largest 
individual  is  90  mm.  long  and  5  mm.  wide,  being  therefore  larger  than 
those  described  by  Mcintosh.  The  maximum  raunber  of  branchial 
pinnae  exhibited  by  different  specimens  varies  from  5  to  8  according  to 
the  size,  and  the  gills  begin  on  V  or  VI  and  end  at  from  XLV  to  LVIII. 
The  characters  of  the  setae  and  acicula  are  very  constant  and  differ  in 
no  respect  from  those  assigned  to  Eunice  kobiensis.  On  the  other 
hand  the  ja^vs  vary  considerably  and  the  large  paired  plates  may 
exhibit  a  number  of  teeth  either  greater  or  less  than  is  shown  in 
Mcintosh's  figure.  The  cephalic  appendages  generally  average  shorter 
and  the  peristomium  longer  than  on  the  Japanese  specimens,  and  the 
ventral  cirri  are  larger  than  is  usual  in  this  genus. 

Stations  4235,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern  Alaska, 
130-193  fathoms,  gray  mud;  4253,  Stephens  Passage,  Alaska,  131-188 
fathoms,  rock  and  broken  shells;  4272,  Afognak  Bay,  Afognak  Island, 
12-17  fathoms,  sticky  mud;  4274,  Alitak  Bay,  Kadiak  Island,  35-41 
fathoms,  green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4289,  Uyak  Bay,  Kadiak  Island, 
74-80  fathoms,  gray  mud.  The  last  recorded  specimen  is  stated  to 
have  come  from  a  "tube  11  inches  long,  formed  of  small  stones  and 
attached  to  a  slab  of  slate," 

ONUPHIDiE. 
Nothria  iridescens  Johnson. 

Nothria  iridescens  Johnson,  Proc,  Bos.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIX,  p.  408. 
This  species  was  originally  described  by  Johnson  from  a  single 
specimen  lacking  the  caudal  end  which  was  dredged  by  Prof.  Herd- 
man  at  Victoria,  B.  C,  It  proves  to  be  abundant  on  muddy  bottoms 
ih  the  Gulf  of  Georgia  and  much  less  common  northward  to  Prince  of 
Wales  Island,  southeastern  Alaska,  The  presence  of  a  posterior  end 
permits  the  completion  of  Johnson's  description.  After  gradual 
reduction  in  length  the  branchiae  are  totally  wanting  from  the  last  30 
somites.  The  pygidium  is  provided  with  a  thickened  circumanal  welt, 
from  the  ventral  side  of  which  arise  4  cirri  in  a  close  tuft.  The  2 
median  are  about  ^  longer  than  the  lateral  pair  and  correspondingly 
stouter.  Besides  hooded  crochets  (of  which  Johnson's  figure  shows 
one  foreshortened)  and  capillary  setae,  posterior  segments  contain  a 


346  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

tuft  of  the  usual  expanded  pectinate  setse.  All  three  kinds  continue 
to  the  last  setigerous  segment. 

A  large  number  of  tubes  differ  from  the  one  described  by  Johnson. 
They  are  5  to  6  inches  long  and  about  4  mm.  in  diameter,  composed  of  a 
tough,  membranous,  mucoid  lining  covered  with  a  thick  coating  of 
silt,  often  arranged  in  two  distinct  layers  of  quite  different  composition. 

Stations  4192,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  off  Nanaimo,  Vancouver  Island,  B.  C., 
89-97  fathoms,  green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4193,  Halibut  Bank,  Gulf  of 
Georgia,  18-23  fathoms,  green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4194,  same  region, 
111-170  fathoms,  soft  green  mud,  a  great  many  tubes;  4197,  same 
region,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky  green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4198,  same 
region,  157-230  fathoms,  soft  green  mud;  4223,  Boca  de  Quadra, 
southeastern  Alaska,  48-57  fathoms,  soft  green  mud;  4244,  Kasaan 
Bay,  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  50-54  fathoms,  green  mud;  42  6,  same 
region,  101-123  fathoms,  gray-green  nuid,  coarse  sand  and  shells. 

Nothria  geophiliformis  Moore. 

Nothria  geophiUjormis  Moore,  Proc.   Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1903,  pp.  445- 
448. 

A  single  example  from  Station  4244,  Kasaan  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales 
Island,  50-54  fathoms,  green  mud. 

LUMBRINERID^. 

Lumbrineris  heteropoda  Marenzeller. 

Lunibriconereis   heteropoda  Marenzeller,    Denks.  Kaiserl.  Akad.   Wissensch. 
Wien,  1879,  Abth.  2,  pp.  138,  139. 

A  species  of  Lumbrineris  widely  and  generally  distributed  over  the 
field  covered  by  these  explorations  is  assigned  with  much  hesitation  as 
above.  The  variability  of  the  jaws  and  the  form  of  the  prostomium 
in  species  of  this  genus,  taken  with  the  fact  that  the  exact  region  from 
which  the  parapodia  described  or  figured  for  many  species  have  been 
selected  is  often  not  indicated,  renders  identification  of  representatives 
of  this  genus  very  difficult.  The  smaller  examples  resemble  L.  hetero- 
poda in  every  respect,  but  the  larger  ones  have  the  prostomium  shorter 
and  more  broadly  rounded;  the  jaws  vary  in  respect  to  the  form  and 
number  of  teeth  on  the  individual  plates  and  probably  in  a  greater 
divergence  of  the  lobes  of  the  posterior  parapodia.  The  j^resence  of  a 
tuft  of  very  long  slender  winged  seta?  in  the  lower  part  of  the  supra- 
acicular  tuft  of  the  middle  parapodia  of  some  specimens  is  also  a  note- 
worthy character  which  may  indicate  specific  separation  from  L. 
heteropoda.  One  fine  example  from  Station  4251  is  380  mm.  long,  7 
mm.  wide,  and  has  355  segments.     It  is  filled  with  nearly  mature  eggs. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  347 

Stations  4201,  Queen  Charlotte  Sound,  off  Fort  Rupert,  Vancouver 
Island,  B.  C,  138-145  fathoms,  soft  green  mud,  sand  and  broken  shells, 
4227,  vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern  Alaska,  62-65 
fathoms,  dark  green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4235,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay, 
Behm  Canal,  130-193  fathoms,  gray  mud;  4236,  same  region,  147-205 
fathoms,  rocks  and  coaree  sand;  4237,  same  region,  192-198  fathoms, 
green  mud;  4240,  junction  of  Clarence  Strait  and  Behm  Canal,  248-256 
fathoms,  coral  ;  4241,  same  region,  245-238  fathoms,  green  nmd  ; 
4251,  Stephens'  Passage,  Alaska,  198  fathoms,  rocky;  4252,  same 
region,  198-201  fathoms,  gray  mud;  4274,  Alitak  Bay,  Kadiak  Island, 
35-41  fathoms,  green  mud  and  fine  sand.  Also  a  doubtful  specimen 
in  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  collected  by  Dr.  Benjamin  Sharp 
at  Icy  Cape,  Alaska. 

Ninoe  simpla  Moore. 

Ninoe  simpla  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp.  547-549,  PI. 
XXXV,  fig.  30;  XXXVI,  figs.  39-44. 

This  very  distinct  species  resembles  N.  nigripes  Vorrill  in  general 
appearance,  but  differs  widely  from  that  and  other  species  in  having 
the  gills  simple  instead  of  palmate  and  in  the  presence  of  a  small 
median  tubercle  on  the  prostomium. 

It  was  taken  at  Stations  4235,  4236  and  4238,  in  the  vicinity  of  Yes 
Bay,  Behm  Canal,  Alaska,  in  130-231  fathoms,  on  muddy  bottoms. 

STAURONEREID^. 

Stanronereis  annulatus  Moore. 

Stauronereis  annulatus  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  1906,  pp.  225-227, 
PI.  X,  figs.  12,  13;  XI,  figs.  18-22. 

Taken  only  at  Quarantine  Rock,  Port  Townsend,  Washington,  June 
27,  1903. 

GLYOERID^. 

Glycera  nana  Johnson. 

Glycera  nana  Johnson,  Proc.  Bos.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIX,  p.  411. 

Although  most  of  the  specimens  of  this  species  were  taken  not  far 
from  the  type  locality  in  Puget  Sound,  two  were  found  on  the  Alaskan 
beaches. 

Stations  4193,  Halibut  Bank,  GuK  of  Georgia,  B.  C,  18-23  fathoms, 
green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4197,  same  region,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky 
green  mud  and  fine  sand ;  4223,  Boca  de  Quadra,  southeastern  Alaska, 
48-57  fathoms,  soft  green  mud;  also  beach  at  Port  Ellis  and  near 
Shakan,  Sumner  Strait,  southeastern  Alaska. 


348  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [Juiie, 

Glycera  tesselata  Grube. 

Glycera  tesselata  Grube,  Arch.  f.  Naturges.,  1863,  I,  p.  41.  ' 

Two  small  and  one  large  specimens  (the  latter  a  fragment  measur- 
ing 5  mm.  across)  of  this  genus  are  believed  to  belong  to  this  species, 
which  has  not  hitherto  been  recorded  at  attaining  so  great  a  size. 

Station  4197,  Halibut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  B.  C,  31-90  fathoms, 
sticky  green  mud  and  fine  sand. 

GONIADID^. 
Glycinde  wireni  Arwidsson. 

Glycinde  ivireni  Ar-nidsson,  Bergens  Museums  Aarbog,  1899,  No.  11,  np.  53, 
54. 

Tliis  species,  taken  during  the  voyage  of  the  Vega  at  various  points  in 
the  Arctic  Ocean  and  Bering  Sea,  ranges  as  far  south  as  the  Gulf  of 
Georgia. 

Stations  4192,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  off  Nanaimo,  ^^ancouver  Island,  B.  C, 
S9-97  fathoms,  green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4194,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  Hali- 
but Bank,  111-170  fathoms,  sticky  green  mud;  4197,  same  region, 
31-90  fathoms,  sticky  green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4223,  Boca  de  Quadra, 
southeastern  -Alaska,  48-57  fathoms,  soft  green  mud;  4231,  vicinity 
of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern  Alaska,  82-113  fathoms, 
green  mud  and  slate  fragments;  4235,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm  Canal, 
130-193  fathoms,  gray  mud.  The  last  specimen  is  a  ripe  male,  dis- 
tended with  sperm. 
Goniada  annulata  Moore. 

Goniada  annulata  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp.  549-553,  PI. 
XXXVI,  figs.  45-48. 

Most  of  the  specimens  are  mature  and  have  the  posterior  region 
distended  with  eggs  or  sperm.  There  is  a  distinct  tendency  to  increase 
in  size  in  correspondence  with  the  location  of  the  station  from  south 
northward.  The  species  is  quite  common  from  Halibut  Bank,  in  the 
Gulf  of  Georgia,  northward  to  Chatham  Strait.  Stations  4197,  Halibut 
Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  B.  C,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky  green  mud  and 
fine  sand;  4198,  same  region,  157-230  fathoms,  soft  green  mud;  4235, 
vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  130-193  fathoms,  gray  mud;  4237, 
same  region,  192-198  fathoms,  green  mud;  4238,  same  region,  229-231 
fathoms,  mud  and  rocks;  4258,  vicinity  of  Funter  Bay,  Lynn  Canal, 
300-313  fathoms,  mud;  4264,  off  Freshwater  Bay,  Chatham  Strait, 
282-293  fathoms,  green  mud. 

AMPHARETIDiB. 
Ampharete  arctioa  Malmgren. 

Ampharete  arctioa  Malmgren,  Kgl.  Vet.-Akad.  Forh.,  1865,  p.  364. 
Wiren  has  already  recorded  this  species  from  Bering  Sea,     Other- 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  349 

wise  it  is  unknown  from  the  Pacific  region.  Except  that  their  paleoli 
have  more  produced  points  than  Mahngren  figures,  these  specimens 
agree  exactly  with  his  account.  A  portion  of  a  tube  is  6.5  mm,  in 
diameter,  with  a  lumen  of  4  mm.  and  very  fragile  walls  of  fine  silt. 

Stations  4225,  Boca  de  Quadra,  southeastern  Alaska,  149-181 
fathoms,  dark  green  mud ;  4258,  vicinity  of  Funter  Bay,  I.ynn  Canal, 
300-313  fathoms,  mud. 

Amphicteis  alaskensis  Moore. 

Amphicteis  alaskensis  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp.  846-849, 
PI.  XLIV,  figs.  1-4. 

Taken  at  Stations  4274,  Alitak  Bay,  at  a  depth  of  35-41  fathoms 
on  a  bottom  of  green  mud  with  some  fine  sand,  and  4223,  Boca  de 
Quadra,  southeastern  Alaska,  48-57  fathoms,  soft  green  mud. 

Amphicteis  glabra  Moore. 

Amphicteis  glabra  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp.  849-851, 
PI.  XLIV,  figs.  5-8. 

A  small  portion  of  a  tube  is  peculiarly  elastic  and  springy  and  is 
covered  with  a  la3^er  of  brownish  flocculent  sediment. 

Station  4227,  Behm  Canal,  in  the  vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  62  fathoms, 
bottom  of  dark  green  mud  and  fine  sand. 

Amphicteis  scaphobranchiata  Moore. 

Amphicteis  scaphobranchiata  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  pp. 
255-257,  PI.  XII,  figs.  54-61. 

Taken  at  the  tj-pe  locality  only,  Station  4201,  off  Fort  Rupert, 
Vancouver,  in  Queen  Charlotte  Sound,  138-145  fathoms,  soft  green 
mud,  sand  and  broken  shells. 

Melinna  denticulata  Moore. 

Melinna  denticulata   Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  1905,  p.  859,  PI. 

XLIV,  figs.  9  and  10. 
Melinna  cristata  Moore,  id.,  pp.  851-853. 

The  original  description  of  this  species  was  inadvertently  placed 
under  the  name  of  M.  cristata,  which,  as  is  well  known,  has  already 
been  employed  by  Sars,  The  name  denticulata  was,  however,  correctly 
used  in  the  description  of  the  figures  on  page  857. 

The  type  and  only  specimen  was  taken  at  Station  4258,  in  the 
vicinity  of  Funter  Bay,  Lynn  Canal,  on  a  bottom  of  mud,  300-313 
fathoms. 

Melinna  cristata  (Sars)  Malmgren. 

Melinna  cristata  Malmgren,  Ofvers.  Kgl.-Vet.  Akad.  Forh.,  1865,  p.  371, 
Two   well-preserved   specimens   in  their  thick-walled   nuid   tubes 
represent  this  species.     They  were  both  dredged  at  Boca  de  Quadra, 
23 


350  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

southeastern  .Maska,  at  Stations  4224  and  4225,  149-188  fathoms, 
dark  green  mud. 

Samytha  biooulata  Moore. 

Samytha  biocidata  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906.  pp.  253-255, 
PI.  XLIV,  figs.  11-13. 

The  upper,  thickened  portion  of  the  mud  tube  is  strengthened  by 
large  numbers  of  siHceous  sponge  spicules. 

Two  specimens  were  taken  at  Station  4197,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  31-90 
fathoms,  sticky  green  mud  and  fine  sand. 

TEREBBLLID^. 

Amphitrite  robusta  Johnson. 

Amphitrite  robusta  Johnson,  Proc.  Bos.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIX,  pp.  425,  426. 
This  species  appears  to  be  quite  abundant  in  the  Gulf  of  Georgia  and 
as  far  north  as  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal.  It  reaches  a  larger  size  than 
is  indicated  by  Johnson,  sometimes  exceeding  140  mm,  in  length  and 
18  mm.  in  diameter,  the  greatest  niunber  of  segments  being  83.  The 
divisions  of  the  branchiae  are  often  longer  than  figured  by  Johnson, 
whose  figure  of  the  uncinus  also  is  somewhat  foreshortened.  The 
number  of  setigerous  somites  is  constantly  17,  as  stated  by  Johnson. 
Some  of  the  specimens  bear  short  cirri  or  papillae  beneath  the  setas  of 
some  of  the  anterior  segments.  This  is  probably  a  secondary  sex 
character,  but  this  could  not  be  ascertained  with  certainty. 

Stations  4193,  Hahbut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  B.  C.,  18-23  fathoms, 
green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4194,  same  region,  111-170  fathoms,  soft 
green  mud;  4197,  same  region,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky  green  mud  and 
fine  sand;  4198,  157-280  fathoms,  soft  green  mud;  4228,  vicinity  of 
Naha  Bay  Behm  Canal,  41-134  fathoms,  gravel  and  sponge. 
Amphitrite  radiata  nom.  nov. 

Amphitrite  palmata  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp.  858,  859, 
PI.  XLIV,  figs.  19-22;  not  ^.  palmata  Mahngren,  1865. 
Stations  4227,  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  62-65  fathoms,  dark  green 
mud  and  fine  sand;  4245  (tyipe  locality),  Kasaan  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales 
Island,  95-98  fathoms,  dark  green  mud  with  fragments  of  shell,  rock 
and  sand ;  4253,  Stephens  Passage,  131-188  fathoms,  rock  and  broken 
shells. 

Lanice  heterobranchia  Johnson. 

Lanice  heterobranchia  Johnson,  Proc.  Bos.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIX,  p.  427. 
The  original  description  is  based  upon  a  single  specimen  which  was 
stated  to  have  no  eyes.     All  of  several  specimens  in  the  present  collec- 
tion possess  very  numerous  deep  brown  eyes  arranged  in  a  compact 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  351 

narrow  band  on  eacli  side,  with  a  dorsal  interval  equal  to  the  inter- 
branchial  space  and  a  longer  ventral  interval.  These  eyes  are  ordi- 
narily concealed  by  the  inrolled  margin  of  the  prostomial  fold.  The 
inequality  of  the  gills  seems  to  be  a  constant  character  and  the  number 
of  setigerous  segments  is  17,  as  stated  by  Johnson.  Part  of  a  tube  is 
covered  with  small  pebbles,  sea-urchin  spines,  bits  of  eel  grass,  etc. 

None  of  the  specimens  was  found  near  the  type  locality  in  Puget 
Sound,  but  all  in  Alaskan  waters  at  the  following  stations:  4228, 
vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern  Alaska,  41-134 
fathoms,  gravel  and  sponge;  4259,  Dundas  Bay,  Icy  Strait,  21-78 
fathoms,  gray  sand,  broken  shell  and  rock;  4283  Chignik  Bay,  30-41 
fathoms,  black  sand  and  brown  sponge;  4289,  Uyak  Bay,  Kadiak 
Island,  74-80  fathoms,  gray  mud, 

Pista  cristata  (MuUer)  Malmgren. 

Pista  crislata  Malmgren,  Ofvers.  Kongl.  Vet.-Akad.  Forh.,  1S65,  pp.  382,  383. 

The  single  example  of  Pista  referred  to  this  species  agrees  with  those 
dredged  by  the  Albatross  off  the  coast  of  Japan,  and  differs  from  P. 
cristata  as  described  by  European  authors  in  having  the  upper  free 
angle  of  the  lateral  subbranchial  membrane  of  IV  much  more  produced 
and  prominent,  quite  equalling  that  of  III.  Otherwise  they  agree,  so 
far  as  can  be  ascertained,  in  all  features.  The  handles  of  the  uncini  on 
V  are  longer  than  the  others,  but  there  is  no  other  difference. 

Station  4225,  Boca  de  Quadra,  southeastern  Alaska,  149-181 
fathoms,  dark  green  mud. 

?Pista  fasciata  (Grube)  Marenzeller. 

Pista  fasciata  Marenzeller,  Denlvs.  Kais.  Akad.  Wissensch.,  1885,  Abth.  2, 
pp. 202-204. 

Concerning  the  reference  of  the  fine  species  of  Pista  found  at  several 
stations  in  southeastern  Alaska  to  the  above  named,  I  am  in  much 
doubt.  Grube's  description  of  Terehella  fasciata  is  not  sufficiently 
precise  for  certain  determination,  but  the  excellent  accounts  and 
figures  given  by  Marenzeller  and  Mcintosh  seem  to  me  to  refer  to 
different  species.  In  any  event  the  figure  of  the  branchiae  given  by 
the  latter  would  not  answer  for  these  specimens,  as  the  terminal  twigs 
are  much  more  spreading  and  uneven.  About  3  or  4  main  branches 
spring  from  the  trunk,  and  these  immedia.tely  branch  and  rebranch 
asymmetrically  8  or  10  times,  the  main  stem  being  always  recognizable, 
but  bending  at  each  point  of  branching  and  tapering  continuously  to 
the  end.  Usually  3  gills  are  well  developed,  and  1  is  either  very 
small  and  entirely  without  branches  or  may  be  altogether  wanting. 
Which  are  well  developed  appears  to  be  quite  accidental.     They  may 


352  PROCEEDINGS    OP   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

be  the  two  of  a  pair,  or  the  two  of  one  side,  or  the  left  of  one  and  right  of 
the  other  pair. 

All  of  the  specimens  exhibit  the  great  flaring  wings  so  well  shown  in 
Mcintosh's  figure,  and  there  is  a  distinct  postbranchial  fold  across  the 
dorsum  of  IV.  The  cirri  above  and  behind  the  setae  bundles  of  VI  and 
VII  are  well  developed.  In  respect  to  most  of  their  characters  the 
uncini  resemble  Mcintosh's  figure  closer  than  those  given  by  Maren- 
zeller,  but  the  former  fails  to  show  the  guard. 

Although  none  of  the  specimens  is  complete,  upwards  of  100  seg- 
ments are  present,  and  even  incomplete  examples  measure  160  mm. 
long  and  6  mm.  wide  across  the  thorax,  being  therefore  much  larger 
than  Marenzeller's  specimen.  The  tube  has  a  thick  wall  composed  of 
fine  silt.     The  one  from  Station  4246  is  filled  with  eggs. 

Stations  4225,  Boca  de  Quadra,  southeastern  Alaska,  149-lSl 
fathoms,  dark  green  mud;  4229,  vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal, 
198-256  fathoms,  soft  gray  mud;  4230,  same  region,  108-240  fathoms, 
rocky;  4237,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  192-198  fathoms, 
green  mud;  4246,  Kasaan  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  101-123 
fathoms,  gray-green  mud,  coarse  sand  and  shells. 

Laena  nuda  Moore. 

Lana  nuda  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,   1905,  pp.  855,  856,  PI. 
XLIV,  figs.  14,  15. 

Known  only  from  the  type  specimen,  a  female  filled  with  eggs  and 
preserved  in  a  soft  mucous  tube  coated  with  a  thin  layer  of  foreign 
materials.  It  was  taken  at  Station  4279,  Kadiak  Island,  29  fathoms, 
dark  gray  mud. 

Thelepus  hamatus  Moore. 

Thelepus  hamatus  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  1905,  pp.  856-858, 
PI.  XLIV,  figs.  16-18. 

The  type  comes  from  Station  4235,  Yes  Ba,y,  Behm  Canal,  130-193 
fathoms,  green  mud,  and  a  second  poorly  preserved  specimen  from 
Station  4227,  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  62-65  fathoms,  dark  green  mud 
and  fine  sand. 

Ataoama  conifera  Moore. 

Atacama  conifera  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp.  853-855, 
Pl.XLIV,  figs.  11-13. 

Type  from  Station  4194,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  111-170  fathoms,  bottom 
of    soft    green  mud.     A  second  specimen  comes  from  an  unknown 
station. 
Terebellides  strcemi  Sars. 

TerebeUides  straimii  Sars,  Beskrivelser  og  lagthagelser,  etc.,  1835,  p.  48. 

The  proper  discrimination  of  the  species  of  TerebeUides  is  still  a 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  353 

desideratum.  While  in  their  more  obvious  characters  the  species  are 
very  constant,  in  respect  to  others  they  vary  greatly.  The  repre- 
sentatives of  the  genus  found  in  this  collection  are  in  most  respects 
indistinguishable  from  the  widely  distributed  T.  strcemii  as  described  by 
European  writers.  On  the  other  hand  the  transitional  setie  of  somite 
VIII  and  the  abdominal  uncini  present  slight  but  quite  obvious  differ- 
ences at  nearly  every  station.  It  seems  probable  that  this  species  as 
usually  recognized  includes  a  large  number  of  subspecies. 

The  bent  setae  of  VIII  vary  in  the  length  and  shape  of  the  bent  limb. 
The  uncini  usually  have  5  teeth  in  the  series  above  and  surrounding  the 
beak;  surmounting  these  is  a  second  row  of  3  smaller  teeth,  and  crown- 
ing all  a  single  still  smaller  median  tooth.  The  latter  varies  in  size  and 
in  distinctness  from  the  median  tooth  of  the  row  below,  with  which  it  is 
more  or  less  coalesced;  it  may  even  be  wanting  entirely.  The  most 
distinct  form  occurs  on  a  large  example  from  Station  4247,  in  which 
all  of  the  abdominal  uncini  examined  have  the  median  teeth  of  the 
second  and  third  rows  completely  coalesced  and  that  of  the  first 
row  altogether  absent,  leaving  a  gap.  The  result  is  that  the  beak  and 
one  nearly  equally  large  tooth  occupy  the  middle  line  and  a  large  tooth 
flanked  by  a  smaller  one  lies  on  each  side  of  the  gap.  Most  of  the 
specimens  are  filled  with  eggs  or  sperm. 

Stations  4223,  Boca  de  Quadra,  southeastern  Alaska,  48-57  fathoms, 
soft  green  mud;  4244,  Kasaan  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  50-54 
fathoms,  green  mud;  4247,  same  region,  89-114  fathoms,  green  mud, 
fine  sand,  broken  shells;  4281,  Chignik  Bay,  42-43  fathoms,  green  mud. 
Polycirrus  sp. 

An  undetermined  species  of  Polycirrus  was  taken  at  Kilisut  Harbor. 

AMPHIOTENID^. 
Pectinaria  auriooma  (Mailer). 

Amphictene  auricoma  Malmgi-en,  Ofvers.  Kongl.  Vet.-Akad.  Forh.,  1866,  pp. 
357,  358. 

All  of  the  AmphictenidsB  in  the  collection  belong  to  one  species  which- 
is  clearly  distinct  from  any  of  those  hitherto  recorded  in  the  Pacific. 
While  closely  resembling  P.  auricoma  in  nearly  every  respect,  there  are 
some  points  of  distinction  between  these  and  European  examples 
which  may  require  their  eventual  specific  or  subspecific  separation. 
The  margin  of  the  cephaUc  membrane  is  more  obscurely  and  much 
more  irregularly  dentate;  the  uncini  usually  have  5  large  teeth,  and  the 
series  of  fine  teeth  on  the  inferior  process  is  not  continued  on  to  the 
upper  part  of  the  process  beneath  the  lower  large  tooth;  the  scapha 


354  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [JunC, 

hooks  are  never  as  completely  circular  at  the  end  as  figured  for  Euro- 
pean specimens.  The  paleoli  are  always  12.  In  the  smaller  specimens 
they  have  rather  long  slender  tips  which  wear  away,  leaving  the  ends 
blunt  or,  in  the  case  of  the  lateral  ones,  somewhat  pointed. 

Stations  4192,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  off  Nanaimo,  Vancouver,  B.  C,  89-97 
fathoms,  green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4235,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm 
Canal,  southeastern  Alaska,  130-193  fathoms,  gray  mud;  4244,  Kasaan 
Bay,  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  50-54  fathoms,  green  mud;  4286,  Chignik 
Bay,  57-63  fathoms,  green  mud  and  rocks. 

OAPITELLID^. 

Notomastuo  giganteus  Moore. 

Notomastus  giganteus  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  pp.  227,  228, 
PI.  X,  figs.  24,  25. 

The  type  locality  is  Station  4264,  off  Freshwater  Bay,  in  Chatham 
Strait,  282-293  fathoms,  green  mud;  a  larger  but  incomplete  cotype 
was  taken  at  Station  4197,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky  green 
mud  and  fine  sand. 

OPHELIIDiE. 

Ammotrypane  aulogaster  Rathke. 

Ammotrypane  aulogaster  Rathke,  Nov.   Act.   Acad.    Cses.  Leop.-Car.    Nat. 
Cur.,  (1843),  XX,  pp.  188-190. 

A  single  individual  27  mm.  long  and  consisting  of  49  segments  was 
taken  at  Station  4235,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  130-193 
fathoms,  gray  mud. 
Ammotrypane  brevis  Moore. 

Ammotrypane  brevis  Moore,  Proc.   Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,   1906,   pp.   354, 
355,  text  fig. 

The  single  example  on  which  this  species  is  based  is  distinguished 
from  the  preceding  by  having  the  prostomium  somewhat  depressed 
dorso-ventrally  instead  of  compressed  laterally,  by  the  small  number 
(29)  of  setigerous  somites,  and  by  having  the  large  spoon-shaped  anal 
lobe  represented  by  a  slender  process  only.  The  type,  a  female  filled 
with  eggs,  is  No.  284  of  the  collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  and  was  collected  by  Dr.  Benjamin  Sharp  at 
Icy  Cape,  Alaska. 

Travisia  forbesii  Johnston. 

Travisia  forbesii  Johnston,  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  (1840),  p.  373. 
Already  recorded  from  Bering  Sea  by  both  Wiren  and  ]\Iarenzeller, 
this  species  would  be  expected  to  occur  on  the  coast  of  Alaska.     While 
none  were  taken  by  the  Albatross  naturalists,  there  are  six  specimens  in 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  355 

the  collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  taken  by  Dr.  Sharp 

at  Icy  Cape.     They  vary  from  25  to  40  mm.  in  length  and  one  has  the 

posterior  end  regenerating.     This  species  is  easily  distinguished  from 

the  next  by  having  smooth  setae,  whereas  in  T.  pupa  they  are  hispid 

and  also  somewhat  stouter. 

Travisia  pupa  Moore. 

Travisia  pupa  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Xat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  pp.  228-231    PI, 
XI,  fig.  23.  ' 

This  is  an  abundant  worm,  conspicuous  from  its  large  size  and  wide- 
spread on  muddy  bottoms.  Specimens  were  taken  at  the  following 
stations  :  4192,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  18-23  fathoms,  green  mud  and 
fine  sand;  4194,  Gulf  of  Georgia  (type  locaHty),  111-170  fathoms, 
soft  green  mud;  4197,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky  green 
mud  and  fine  sand  ;  4230,  Behm  Canal,  108-240  fathoms,  rocky; 
4235,  Behm  Canal,  130-193  fathoms,  gray  mud;  4237,  Behm  Canal, 
192  fathoms,  green  mud;  4246  Kasaan  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales  Island, 
101-123  fathoms,  gray  and  green  mud,  coarse  sand  and  shells. 

MALDANID^. 
Maldane  sarsi  Malmgren. 

Maldane  Sarsi  Malmgren,  Ofvers.  Kgl.  Vet.-Akad.  Forh.,  1865,  p.  188. 

Mcintosh  and  the  writer  have  already  recorded  this  species  as  occur- 
ring in  the  Pacific  off  Japan  and  Wiren  in  Bering  Sea.  The  posterior 
capillary  setae  have  the  hairs  arranged  not  in  opposite  pairs,  but 
spirally. 

Stations  4224,  Boca  de  Quadra,  southeastern  Alaska,  156-166 
fathoms,  dark  green  mud;  4264,  off  Freshwater  Bay,  Chatham  Strait, 
282-293  fathoms,  green  mud;  4286,  Chignik  Bay,  57-63  fathoms,  green 
mud  and  rocks.  The  specimen  last  listed  is  a  piece  of  the  posterior  end, 
including  the  pygidium,  of  a  very  large  individual  3  mm.  in  diameter. 

Maldane  similis  Moore. 

Maldane  similis  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila..  1906.  pp.  233-236   PI. 
XI,  figs.  26-30.  ' 

The  type  and  one  other  specimen  were  taken  at  Station  4264,  off 

Freshwater  Bay,  Chatham  Strait,  282-293  fathoms,  green  mud. 

Maldanella  robusta  Moore. 

Maldanella  robusta  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  236-239.  PI. 
XI,  figs.  31,  32. 

Specimens  of  M.  robusta  were  taken  at  Stations  4197,  Gulf  of  Georgia; 
31-90  fathoms,  sticky  green  mud  and  fine  sand ;  4230,  Behm  Canal, 
108-240  fathoms,  rocky  battom;  and  4246  (type  locality),  101-123 
fathoms,  green  mud  with  coarse  sand  and  shell  fragments. 


356  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP  [June, 

Lumbriolymene  pacifica  Moore. 

Lumhriclymene  pacifica  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.     pp.  246-248, 
PI.  Xli,  figs.  40-42. 

Two  complete  worms  and  a  fragment,  together  with  four  or  five  tubes, 
were  taken  at  Station  4264,  off  Freshwater  Bay,  Chatham  Strait,  282- 
293  fathoms,  green  mud;  and  a  caudal  end  at  Station  4199,  Queen 
Charlotte  Sound,  off  Fort  Rupert,  Vancouver,  B.  C,  68-107  fathoms, 
soft  green  mud  and  volcanic  sand. 

Clymenella  tentaculata  Moore. 

ClymeneUa  tentaculata  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  pp.  239-242,  PI. 
XI,  figs.  33-35. 

Known  only  from  two  fragments  taken  at  Station  4264,  off  Fresh- 
water Bay,  Chatham  Strait,  July  25,  282-293  fathoms,  green  mud. 

Nioomaclie  carinata  Moore. 

Nicomache  carinata  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  pp.  242-246, 
Pis.  XI,  figs.  36-39;  XII,  figs.  43,  44. 

Fragments  of  this  species  occur  in  the  collections  from  the  Gulf  of 
Georgia,  Station  4197,  31-100  fathoms,  sticky  green  mud  and  fine 
sand  ;  and  Station  4198,  157-230  fathoms,  soft  green  mud.  The 
type  locality  is  Station  4227,  in  the  vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal, 
62-65  fathoms,  dark  green  mud  and  fine  sand. 

SOALIBREGMID^. 
Scalibregma  inflatum  Rathke. 

Scalibregma  inflatu7n  Rathke,  Nov.  Act.    Acad.  Caes.  Leop.-Car.  Nat.  Cur., 
XX,  (1843),  p.  184. 

Two  specimens,  each  about  32  mm.  long  and  having  57  segments, 
seem  to  be  quite  typical  in  every  respect. 

Stations  4223,  Boca  de  Quadra,  48-57  fathoms,  soft  green  mud,  and 
4272,  Afognak  Bay,  Afognak  Island,  Alaska,  12-17  fathoms,  sticky 
mud. 

OHLORH^MIDJE. 
Trophonia  papillata  Johnson. 

Trophonia  papillata  Johnson,  Proc.  Bos.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIX,  p.  416. 

Silt  has  adhered  to  the  bases  of  the  cutaneous  papillse  to  such  an 
extent  that  they  appear  mammilliform,  and  until  they  were  examined 
under  the  microscope  it  was  supposed  that  an  entirely  new  species  was 
in  hand. 

Stations  4192,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  off  Nanaimo,  Vancouver  Island,  B.  C, 
89-97  fathoms,  green  mud  and  fine  sand ;  4272,  Afognak  Bay,  Afognak 
Island,  Alaska,  12-17  fathoms,  sticky  mud. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  357 

Brada  villosa  (Rathke)  Malmgren. 

Siphnno^toma  villomm  Rathke,  Nov,  Act.  Acad.  Ca?s.  Leop.-Car.  Nat.  Cur., 
XX  (1843),  p.  218. 

No  good  figures  of  the  setse  of  this  species  have  been  found  and  the 
identification  is  based  on  the  characters  of  the  papillae,  tentacles,  etc. 
Most  of  the  specimens  have  the  head  extended.  The  number  of  seg- 
ments is  usually  about  30,  thus  exceeding  the  number  shown  in  Rathke's 
figure.  The  surface  is  coated  with  mucous,  which  becomes  hard  and  to 
which  sand  grains  adhere,  producing  a  gritty  surface,  especially  on  the 
bases  of  the  papillae.  Marenzeller  records  the  occurrence  of  this  species 
in  Bering  Sea. 

Stations  4223,  Boca  de  Quadra,  48-57  fathoms,  soft  green  mud; 
4272,  Afognak  Bay,  Afognak  Island,  12-17  fathoms,  sticky  mud. 

Brada  pilosa  Moore. 

Brada  pilosa  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1906,  pp.  231-233,  PI.  X, 
figs.  1-1-17. 

This  is  a  rather  common  species  northward.  Examples  occur  in 
the  collections  from  Stations  4194,  Halibut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia, 
11 1-170  fathoms;  4198,  same  region,  157-230  fathoms,  soft  green  mud; 
4251  (type  locality),  Stephens  Passage,  198  fathoms,  rocky  bottom ; 
4235,  Yes  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  130-193  fathoms,  gray  mud;  4252, 
Stephens  Passage,  198-201  fathoms,  gray  mud,  and  4258,  Lynn  Canal, 
300-313  fathoms,  mud. 

STERNASPID^. 

Sternaspis  scutata  (Ranzani)  Otto. 

SterJiaspis  scutata,  Marenzeller,  Ann.  K.  K.  Nat.  Hofmuseums  Wien,  V, 
(1890),  p.  6. 

These  specimens  agree  exactly  with  those  taken  by  the  Albatross  off 
Japan.  Compared  with  typical  examples  of  the  species  from  the 
Mediterranean,  they  appear  to  have  both  the  cephalic  and  caudal  seta? 
more  slender,  and  the  shorter  setae  of  the  latter  region  much  less  hairy. 
This  appears  to  be  due  to  the  hairs  having  been  rubbed  off,  but  may 
possibly  be  a  normal  and  constant  difference.  The  form  of  the  caudal 
plate  and  branchial  area  agrees  with  Marenzeller's  figures. 

Stations  4235,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  Alaska,  130-193 
fathoms,  gray  mud;  4236,  same  region,  147-205  fathoms,  rocks  and 
coarse  sand;  4251,  Stephens  Passage,  198  fathoms,  rocks;  4252,  sam.e 
region,  198-201  fathoms,  gray  mud;  4255,  Taiya  Inlet,  Lynn  Canal, 
247-259  fathoms,  rocky. 


358  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

?Sterna8pis  fossor  Stimpson. 

?  Sternaspis  fossor,  Marenzeller,  Ann.  K.  K.  Hof museums  Wien,  V,  (1890), 
pp.  5-8. 

As  Johnson  remarks,  the  Sternaspis  from  the  neighborhood  of  Van- 
couver Island  agrees  in  all  respects  with  specimens  from  the  Atlantic 
Coast.  Stimpson's  S.  affinis  from  Puget  Sound  is  with  little  doubt  to 
be  considered  a  synonym.  It  is  noticeable  that  the  lateral  angles  of 
the  shield  plate  become  more  prominent  on  examples  from  the  more 
southern  stations.  As  represented  in  this  collection  this  species 
attains  a  considerably  larger  size  than  the  last,  some  of  the  specimens 
being  25  mm.  long  and  9  mm.  in  diameter. 

Stations  4192,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  off  Nanaimo,  Vancouver,  B.  C., 
89-97  fathoms,  green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4194,  Halibut  Banlc,  Gulf  of 
Georgia,  111-170  fathoms,  soft  green  mud;  4201,  Queen  Charlotte 
Sound,  off  Fort  Rupert,  Vancouver  Island,  B.  C,  138-145  fathoms, 
soft  green  mud,  sand,  broken  shells;  4218,  Admiralty  Inlet,  vicinity 
of  Port  Townsend,  Washington,  16  fathoms,  soft  green  mud;  4223, 
Boca  de  Quadra,  southeastern  Alaska,  48-57  fathoms,  soft  green  mud ; 
4233,  vicinity  of  Yes  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  39-45  fathoms,  soft  gray  mud 
and  rocks;  4244,  Kasaan  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  50-54  fathoms, 
green  mud;  4247,  same  region,  89-114  fathoms,  green  mud,  sand  and 
broken  shells. 

HERMELLID^. 
Sabellaria  cementarium  Moore. 

Sabellaria  cementarium  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  1906,  pp.  248- 
253,  PI.  XII,  figs.  45-51. 

This  fine  species  is  probably  rather  common  and  may  possibly  be 
identical  with  /S.  calif ornica  Fewkes,  though  the  description  of  the  latter 
fails  in  several  respects  to  apply  to  this  species.  This  point  I  hope  to 
clear  up  later.  The  tubes,  formed  of  agglutinated  sand  grains,  are 
remarkable  for  their  strength  and  hardness,  and  are  found  singly  or  in 
small  clumps  attached  to  stones. 

Specimens  were  taken  at  the  following  stations  :  4220  (type), 
Admiralty  Inlet,  near  Port  Townsend,  Washington,  16-31  fathoms, 
green  mud,  sand  and  broken  shells;  4247,  Prince  of  Wales  Island,  89- 
114  fathoms,  green  mud  with  sand  and  broken  shells;  4274,  Kadiak 
Island,  35-41  fathoms,  green  mud  and  fine  sand;  4288,  Uyak  Bay, 
Kadiak  Island,  67-^9  fathoms,  gray  mud. 

SABELLID^. 
Sabella  formosa  Bush. 

Sabella  formosa  Bush,  Tubi colons  Annelids  from  the  Pacific  Ocean,  Harri- 
man  Alaska  Expedition  Reports,  1905,  pp.  196,  197. 

These  examples  agree  well  with  Miss  Bush's  description,  but  differ 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  359 

in  having  7,  8  and  9  setigerous  thoracic  somites  respectively.  Only  one 
is  well  preserved  and  this  has  nearly  the  entire  branchiae  wine  brown, 
deepest  on  the  radioles  and  marked  with  white  blotches.  The  body 
is  41  mm.,  the  branchiae  30  mm.  long,  the  former  much  contracted,  the 
latter  extended. 

Station  4198,  Halibut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  157-230  fathoms,  soft 
green  mud. 

Sabella  elegans  Bush. 

Sabella  elegans  Bush,  Tubicolous  Annelids  from  the  Pacific  Ocean,  Harriman 
Alaska  Expedition  Reports,  1905,  pp.  194,  195. 

A  fine  individual  50  mm.  long  with  19  pairs  of  branchia?  has  4  rows 
of  very  regular,  deep  purplish  brown  spots  which  occupy  the  radioles 
and  extend  more  faintly  on  to  the  pinme  of  each  branchia.  A  second 
smaller  one  has  but  3  sets  of  spots,  and  a  third  still  smaller  one  has  them 
irregularly  arranged. 

Stations  4227,  vicinity  of  Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  southeastern 
Alaska,  62-65  fathoms,  dark  green  mud  and  fine  sand ;  4260,  Dundas 
Bay,  Icy  Strait,  8^-21  fathoms,  coarse  sand  and  rocks. 

Pseudopotamilla  anoculata  Moore. 

Pseudopotamilla  anoculata  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp.  566- 
568,  PI.  XXXVII,  figs.  28-33. 

Known  from  the  type  only,  taken  at  Station  4230  in  the  vicinity  of 
Naha  Bay,  Behm  Canal,  108-240  fathoms,  rocky  bottom. 

Pseudopotamilla  splendida  Moore. 

Pseudopotamilla  splendida  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp.  564-566, 
PI.  XXXVII,  figs.  23-27. 

Two  specimens  were  taken  at  Station  4245,  Kasaan  Bay,  Prince  of 
Wales  Island,  June  11,  1903,  95-98  fathoms,  dark  green  mud  and  sand 
mixed  with  shell  and  rock  fragments. 

Pseudopotamilla  intermedia  Moore. 

Pseudopotamilla  intermedia  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  pp. 
562-564,  PI.  XXXVII,  figs.  15-22. 

The  type  only  is  known;  originally  recorded  erroneously  as  coming 
from  Station  4267,  but  really  from  Station  4269,  Afognak  Bay,  Afog- 
nak  Island,  14-19  fathoms,  hard  gray  sand  and  rocks. 

Pseudopotamilla  reniformis  (Leuckart)  Bush. 

Potamilla  reniformis  Malmgren,  Ofvers,  Kgl.  Vet.-Akad.  Forh.,  1867,  p.  114. 

Two    specimens    are    each    about    35    mm.    long   with    16     pairs 

of    branchiae    6    mm.    long.      Both     have    10    setigerous     thoracic 

segments.     The  branchiaj  are  colorless  except  for  a  brownish  zone 

covering  the  basal  ^,  in  which  all  of  the  eyes,  never  more  than  1  or  2  on 


360  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June^ 

each  radiole,  are  aggregated.  Several  regenerating  radicles  bear  no 
eyes.  The  dorsal  branchial  wing  is  well  developed  and  there  is  a  slight 
ventral  inflection  of  the  branchial  base.  The  collar  has  well  developed 
dorsal  lobes  near  the  median  line,  separated  by  a  pair  of  very  deep  wide 
notches  from  the  lateral  lobes,  which  rise  abruptly  above  the  collar 
setse.  There  is  a  little  pigment  on  the  dorsum  of  segments  II  to  IV. 
The  tube  is  rather  soft  and  flexible  and  covered  with  rather  coarse  sand 
grains. 

Stations    4269,    Afognak    Bay,    Afognak    Island,    Alaska,    14^19 
fathoms,  hard  gray  sand  and  rocks ;  4271,  same  region,  11^20  fathoms, 
hard  gray  sand  and  rock. 
Pseudopotamilla  brevibranohiata  Moore. 

PseudopotamiUa  brevibranchiafa  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  1905, 
pp.  555-559,  PI.  XXXVII,  figs.  1-7. 

Type  and  cotype  taken  at  Station  4247,  Kasaan  Bay,  Prince  of  Wales 
Island,  95-114  fathoms,  mixed  mud,  sand  and  broken  shells. 
Pseudopotamilla  occelata  Moore. 

Pseudopotamilla  occelata  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Scj.  Phila.,  1905,  559-562, 
Pi.  XXXVII,  fig.  8-14. 

This  species  occurs  at  the  following  stations :  4202,  off  Fort  Rupert, 
Vancouver  Island,  25-36  fathoms,  gray  sand;  4261,  Icy  Strait,  10 
fathoms,  mud  and  rock;  4269  and  4270,  14-19  fathoms,  hard  sand  and 
rock.  The  largest  specimens,  among  them  the  type,  are  yielded  by  the 
last  station  listed. 
Pseudopotamilla  debilis  Bush. 

Pseudopotamilla  debilis  Bush,  Tubicolous  Annelids  of  the  Pacific  Ocean, 
Harriman  Alaska  Expedition  Reports,  1905,  p.  204. 

A  single  specimen  lacking  the  posterior  part  represents  this  species. 
There  are  16  pairs  of  gills  14  mm.  long.  Eyes  appear  to  be  totally 
wanting  and  the  gills  are  marked  by  a  pale  brown  zone  near  the  base 
and  another  al)out  midway  of  their  length.  The  collar  is  remarkable  for 
its  prominent  dorsal  lobes.  The  tube  is  long,  slender,  flexible,  and 
sparsely  covered  with  sand  grains  and  an  occasional  small  pebble. 

Station  4197,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  Halibut  Bank,  31-90  fathoms,  sticky 
green  mud  and  fine  sand. 

Chone  gracilis  Moore. 

Chone  gracilis  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  190G,  pp.  257-259,  PI. 
XII,  figs.  62-66. 

Known  through  the  type,  which  comes  from  Station  4274,  Alitak 
Bay,  Kadiak  Island,  35-41  fathoms,  green  mud  and  fine  sand;  and  a 
smaller  specimen  taken  at  Station  4253,  Stephens  Passage,  131-188 
fathoms,  rocks  and  broken  shells. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  361 

SERPULID^ 
Apomatus  geniculata  Moore. 

Protula  geniculata  Moore,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1904,  pp.  16S,  169,  Pis. 
XI,  figs.  17,  1S;XII,  fig.  38. 

A  small  complete  specimen  bears  18  pairs  of  gills,  the  left  dorsal- 
most  one  of  which  is  enlarged  and  flattened  and 
siip])orts  only  two  or  three  barbs.  In  the  bottle, 
which  contains  no  other  specimens,  is  a  detached 
operculum  which  exactly  fits  the  modified  radiole 
and  without  doubt  belongs  to  this  annelid,  placing 
it  therefore  in  the  genus  Apomat  us.  The  opercu- 
lum has  the  form  shown  in  the  figure,  being 
broadly  obovate  or  egg-shaped  and  quite  smooth, 
soft  and  membranous.  In  all  other  respects  the 
specimen  agrees  with  the  type.  Some  fragments 
of  tubes  indicate  that  two  are  sometimes  coherent  Apomatus  geniculata— 
side  by  side.  The  operculum  and 

station  4197,  Halibut  Bank,  Gulf  of  Georgia,  outline,  x  about'' 25. 
31-90  fathoms,  soft  green  mud  and  fine  sand. 

Serpula  columbiana  Johnson. 

Serpula  columhiana  Johnson,  Proc.  Bos.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XXIX,  pp.  432,  433. 

Johnson  describes  the  operculum  as  having  about  100  ribs  and 
marginal  denticulations.  In  these  specimens  the  number  is  always 
much  greater  and  varies  from  140  to  160.  Miss  Bush  also  has  noted  a 
larger  number  on  her  specimens.  The  functional  operculum  is  devel- 
oped sometimes  on  the  right,  sometimes  on  the  left  side.  The  accessory 
operculum  is  simply  clavate.  Varying  with  the  size  of  the  specimen 
the  branchiae  number  from  36  to  55  pairs.  The  seta?  of  the  collar  have 
from  2  to  4  large,  blunt  teeth  at  the  base  of  the  long,  slender,  curved 
tip,  and  the-  uncini  are  usually  5-  or  6-toothed.  Tubes  forming  a 
large  mass  coherent  side  by  side  are  much  thinner  and  more  fragile  than 
tubes  found  singly. 

Port  Townsend,  on  the  dock  at  the  .Quarantine  Station,  also  Station 
4205,  Admiralty  Inlet,  vicinity  of  Port  Townsend,  Washington,  15-26 
fathoms,  rock  and  shells. 
Crucigera  formosa  Bush. 

Crucigera  formosa  Bush,  Tubicolous  AnneUds  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  Harri- 
man  Alaska  Expedition  Reports,  1905,  pp.  233,  234. 

This  species  seems  very  doubtfully  distinct  from  C.  zygophom  (John- 
son). The  operculum  is  usually  26-  or  27-rayed,  but  one  specimen  has 
29  and  another  32  rays.     The  tubes  are  thick  and  solid  and  generally 


362  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

much  coiled  and  coherent  in  chimps.     One  isolated  tube  is  much  coiled 
at  the  attached  base,  with  an  erect  free  end. 

Stations  4209,  Admiralty  Inlet,  vicinity  of  Port  Townsend,  Wash- 
ington, 24-25  fathoms,  rocks,  coarse  sand  and  shells;  4261,  Dundas 
Bay,  Icy  Strait,  Alaska,  8^10  fathoms,  green  mud  and  rocks;  4263, 
same  region,  6^9  fathoms,  coarse  sand  and  rocks;  4271,  Afognak  Bay, 
Afognak  Island,  11^^-  to  20  fathoms,  hard  gray  sand  and  rock;  4283, 
Chignik  Bay,  30-41  fathoms,  black  sand  and  brown  sponge.  Empty 
tubes,  apparently  of  this  species,  were  found  at  Stations  4202,  4204  and 
4289. 
Hyalopomatopsis  occidentalis  Bush. 

Hyalopomatopsis  occidentalis  Bush,  Tubicolous  Annelids  of  the  Tribes 
Sabellides  and  Serpuhdes f rom  the  Pacific  Ocean,  Harriman  Alaska  Expedi- 
tion Reports,  1905,  p.  229. 

One  was  found  attached  to  a  tube  of  Serpula  columhiana  from  Sta- 
tion 4205,  and  another  to  a  tube  of  Crucigera  formosa  from  Station 
4283. 
Spirorbis  quadrangularis  Stimpson. 

Spirorbis  quadrangularis  Stimpson,  Bush,  Tubicolous  Annelids  of  the  Tribes 
Sabellides  and  Serpulides  from  the  Pacific  Ocean,  Harriman  Alaska 
Expedition  Reports,  1905,  p.  241. 

Found  on  tubes  of  Crucigera  formosa  at  Stations  4271  and  4289. 

Spirorbis  spirillum  Linn. 

Spirorbis  spirillum  Linn.,  Bush,  id.,  p.  243. 
Numerous  specimens  attached  to  a  piece  of  giant  kelp  from  Station 
4262,  Dundas  Bay,  Icy  Strait,  9  fathoms,  coarse  sand  and  rocks;  also 
a  number  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
Philadelphia  (No.  1090),  collected  by  Mr.  E.  A.  Mcllhenny  at  Point 
Barrow,  Alaska. 
Spirorbis  tridentata  Levinsen. 

Spirorbis  granulata  var.  tridentata  Levinsen,  Viden.  Medd.  Naturh.  J'oren., 
Kopenhaven,  1882,  p.  350;  not  S.  tridentata  Bush. 

The  tubes  of  this  very  characteristic  species  agree  so  closely  with 
Levinsen's  figure  that  I  refer  them  thereto,  in  preference  to  giving  a  new 
name  founded  upon  the  peculiarities  of  the  worm,  though  it  may  be 
that  the  animal  which  occupies  the  tubes  figured  by  Levinsen  will  prove 
to  be  quite  different. 

The  figures  of  the  tubes  given  by  Levinsen  would  serve  equally  well 
for  these.  They  are  close,  sinistral,  discoid  coils  without  any  true 
central  opening,  the  first  coils  being  in  contact  in  the  center.  As  the 
tubes  grow  older  the  outer  turns  tend  to  overlap  and  pile  upon  the 
inner,  leaving  a  deep  central  depression  bounded  by  nearly  vertical 


1908.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


363 


At  the  same  time  the  tube,  which  is  perfectly  smooth  in  the 
early  stages,  becomes  roughened  by  growth  lines,  and  its  walls  become 
very  thick,  solid  and  stony,  and  are  ornamented  by  three  thick  and 
stout  ridges  rounded  on  the  free  side  and  covering  most  of  the  outer 
surface  of  the  shell.  Here  and  there  the  depressions  between  them  are 
crossed  by  transverse  spurs  and  rods.  At  the  aperture  of  the  tube 
these  ridges  project  as  three  very  strong  and  prominent  teeth.  Fully 
developed  tubes  are  usually  3.5  mm.  in  diameter  and  composed  of  4 
to  4J  turns.  The  carinae  begin  at  the  end  of  the  third  turn  and  I.evin- 
sen's  figure  very  accurately  represents  one  in  a  half-grown  condition, 
in  which  the  ridged  whorl  is  just  beginning  to  turn  in  upon  the  inner 
coils.     One  more  turn,  with  the  ridge  characters  exaggerated,  would 


Spirorbis  tridentatus — a,  an  operculum  in  side  \\eyv,  filled  -vvith  embryos  and 
showing  the  imperfect  four-tiered  calcareous  plug,  X  24;  fe,  one  of  the  calcare- 
ous plates  detached  and  seen  from  the  inner  surface,  X  24;  c,  a  collar  seta, 
the  fin  at  the  base  may  be  somewhat  too  long,  X  600;  d,  the  two  seta?  of  an 
abdominal  bundle,  X  600. 


result  in  a  condition  exactly  like  my  full-grown  tubes,  in  which  the 
inner  coils  are  completely  concealed  from  above  and  the  exposed  parts 
bear  massive  ridges.  Where  free  to  grow  without  restraint  the  tubes 
are  strictly  discoid  and  the  lower  surface  of  all  of  the  coils  is  in  intimate 
contact  with  the  alga  to  which  they  are  attached,  but  when  the  indi- 
viduals are  crowded  the  coils  are  heaped  up  in  various  irregular  and 
often  angulated  forms. 

In  general  form  the  operculum  (a)  agrees  well  with  that  of  S.  granu- 
latus,  being  a  slender  cone  containing  a  broad  pouch  filled  with  embryos 
and  tapering  regularly  into  a  long  but  rather  stout  stalk.     The  cal- 


364  PROCEEDINGS    OF  THE   ACADEMY   OF  [June, 

oareous  part,  however,  is  remarkable,  being  built  up  of  3  or  even  4  (a) 
calcareous  disks  of  complex  form  (6).  Each  has  a  somewhat  grooved 
rim  with  thin  projecting  flanges  whose  margins  appear  to  be  entire 
when  perfect,  but  are  usually  jagged  as  a  result  of  wear.  It  is  very 
seldom  that  more  than  the  basal  disk  and  the  one  next  beyond  are 
found  entire.  An  excentric  opening  prolonged  into  a  tube  on  the 
proximal  side  perforates  each  disk  obliquely  dorsal  to  the  center  and 
accommodates  the  siphuncular  ligament,  binding  all  together.  The 
number  of  branchia;  is  about  11,  but  could  not  be  definitely  ascertained, 
owing  to  their  being  so  closely  matted  together. 

There  are  3  thoracic  and  about  24  setigerous  abdominal  segments, 
the  latter  region  being  veiy  short.  The  winged  collar  setffi  have  the 
form  shown  at  c,  the  basal  fin  being  very  long,  uniform!}^  serrated  and 
overlapping  the  base  of  the  blade  without  an  interval.  The  blade  is 
very  finely  serrated,  long,  acute,  and  tapering.  The  remaining  thoracic 
setae  are  partly  limbate  capillary  and  jjartly  serrate  and  sickle-shaped. 
Each  fascicle  of  abdominal  setae  contains  but  two,  one  being  a  minute 
aciculum  wdth  the  end  bent,  the  other  having  a  broadly  expanded  end 
much  like  those  of  S.  spirillum  (d) .  Nothing  distinctive  can  be  detected 
about  the  uncinial  plates. 

The  type  is  No.  80,  collection  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Phila- 
delphia, and  was  taken  along  Math  several  cotypes  at  Dutch  Harbor, 
Unalaska,  by  Dr.  Benjamin  Sharp.     Attached  to  a  tough  alga  frond. 


PROC.  ACAD    NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.   1908. 


PLATE  VIII 


n. 


^«V 


1:^ 


Ik 


6 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYCOSID^E. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1908. 


I 


■"\ 


^  7 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYC0S1D.S. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.   PHILA.  1908. 


I 


8 


?--^??f^. 


A} 

HI 


^ 


// 


3 


!  f 


\  li^ 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYCOSID.^. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.   PHILA.  1908. 


,/— 


I  . 


n^^K 


V 

t  M  ^ 


w^ 


'W 


QOO^    \ 

"if 
1 


6 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYCOSIDyE. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.   1908. 


^. 


2 


5 


CHAMBERLIN    on    LYCOSID.S. 


PROC.  ACAD.   NAT    SCI.  PHILA     19  )S. 


PLATE     XIII 


/ 


/f^'- 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYCOSID.^. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1908. 


PLATE  XIV. 


/ 


3 


■\         /"       / 


VJ-^^'^^*^^^*^^ 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYCOSID.^. 


PROC.  ACAD.   NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.   1908. 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYCOSIDvE. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1908. 


PLATE  XVI. 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYCOSID^^. 


PROC.  ACAD  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.   1908. 


PLATE  XVII. 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYCOSID-^E. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1908. 


PLATE   XVIIl 


^       2 


I  ^h 


\.'%5^' 


8 


\ 


W. 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYCOSID.^. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT    SCI.  PHILA.  1908. 


PLATE  XIX, 


^/^......^.i^iM^W 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYCOSID^S. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1£ 


PLATE  XX. 


/  /T^        <^  \ 


-r^^^^  .,   r\^^    V. 


9 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYCOSID^E. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT    SCI.   PHILA.  1908. 


PLATE  XXI. 


r\' 


'X 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYCOSID.^. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.   PHILA.    1908. 


PLATE  XXII. 


I 


A 


^\X"X,' 


4- 


y 


\.  nj 


5 


6 


8 


9 


CHAMBERLIN    ON    LYCOSID.^. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.   PHILA     1908, 


PLATE  XXlri. 


/\ 


ifii 


-\^ 


71 


/ 


'\/ 


CHAMBERLIN    on    LYCOSID^E 


1908.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  365 


AN  ORTHOPTEROLOGICAL  RECONNOISSANCE  OF  THE   SOUTHWESTERN 
UNITED  STATES.     PART  I :  ARIZONA. 

BY  JAMES  A,  G.  REHN  AND  MORGAN  HEBARD. 

During  the  summer  of  1907  Orthopterological  field  work  was  carried 
on  by  the  authors  at  a  number  of  stations  extending  from  El  Paso, 
Texas,  and  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico,  to  southern  and  north-central 
California,  the  material  and  notes  secured  being  very  extensive  and  of 
great  value.  In  this  paper  we  present  the  results  of  our  work  in 
Arizona,  giving  first  an  idea  of  the  environment  of  the  various  locali- 
ties visited. 

A  trip  to  the  little  known  Baboquivari  range  in  southern  Pima 
County  was  interrupted  and  of  necessity  abandoned  on  account  of  the 
flooded  condition  of  the  country  to  be  traversed.  Much  good  material, 
however,  was  taken  before  our  party  was  compelled  to  return  to 
Tucson. 

Mr.  Otho  Poling,  the  well-known  Lepidopterist  of  Quincy,  Illinois, 
accompanied  us  through  southern  Arizona  and  assisted  in  collecting 
much  of  the  material,  while  all  secured  in  northern  Arizona  was  taken 
by  the  junior  author.  The  number  of  specimens  examined  was  nine 
hundred  and  seventy-three,  while  the  species  numbered  sixty-three. 

Several  specimens  collected  at  Nogales  and  Grand  Canyon  by  Dr. 
P.  P.  Calvert  in  1906  and  a  small  series  taken  in  or  near  the  Huachuca 
Mountains  by  Mr.  H.  A.  Kaeber  in  the  summer  of  1907  have  also  been 
studied  and  inserted  in  this  paper,  but  these  are  not  included  in  the 
count  of  species  and  specimens. 

The  types  of  all  the  new  forms  are  in  the  Hebard  Collection. 

Tucson,  Pima  County,  Arizona. — Elevation  about  2,400  feet.  July 
23  and  26.  The  immediate  vicinity  of  Tucson  is  a  nearly  level  desert 
plain,  extending  from  the  Santa  Catalina  to  the  Tucson  Mountains, 
drained  by  the  Santa  Cruz  River  and  other  less  constant  and  smaller 
streams  and  washes.  A  considerable  portion  of  this  plain  is  covered 
with  stretches  of  greasewood  (Covillea  tridentata)  and  scattered  growths 
of  various  cacti.  In  the  vicinity  of  the  water  courses  and  washes 
mesquite  {Prosopis  sp.)  is  the  predominating  vegetation,  attaining  a 
height  of  twenty  feet  or  more  in  favorable  locahties,  especially  along 
the  Santa  Cruz  River.  The  most  successful  collecting  was  found  in 
and  about  a  vacant  lot  on  the  edge  of  the  city,  in  the  central  part  of 
which  was  a  small  pool  of  water,  the  outlet  of  a  city  drain.  About 
24 


366  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [J^ly, 

this  pool  were  high  cat-tails  and  other  thick  growths  of  plants,  in  which 
situation  Orthopters  were  found  to  be  very  plentiful,  and  likewise  among 
a  nearby  dense  thicket  of  wild  sunflowers  and  bushes.  In  these  situa- 
tions the  following  species  were  taken:  Paratettix  toltecus,  Syrhula 
fusco-vittata,  Scyllina  calida,  Encoptolophus  texensis,  Trepidulus 
rosaceus,  Conozoa  carinata,  Anconia  Integra,  Schistocerca  vaga,  ^oloplus 
tenuipennis,  Melanoplus  brownii,  M.  atlanis  and  (Ecanthus  quadripunc- 
tatus.  In  the  irrigated  fields  near  the  river  some  specimens  were  found, 
although  by  no  means  as  many  as  might  have  been  expected  in  a 
locality  apparently  so  favorable.  On  the  typical  desert  greasewood 
plain  forms  peculiar  to  a  like  environment,  such  as  Heliastus  aridus, 
Ligurotettix  kunzei,  Derotmema  laticinctum  and  Psoloessa  texana,  were 
taken.  In  the  city  at  night  about  the  arc  Hghts  thousands  of  Gryllids 
swarmed  and  could  be  easily  captured  in  great  numbers. 

Sonora  Road  Canyon,  Tucson  Mountains,  Pima  County,  Arizona. — 
Altitude  about  3,000  feet.  July  25.  The  old  Sonora  trail  after  leaving 
Tucson  winds  around  the  southeast  base  of  the  rather  low  Tucson 
Mountains,  then  turns  sharply  and  crosses  the  range  by  following  up 
an  arroyo  or  torrent  bed  and  traversing  a  very  low  pass  in  a  shallow 
canyon  with  sloping  sides.  The  canyon  is  very  rough  and  much  of  the 
rock  exposure  is  dull  reddish  in  color.  The  vegetation  is  composed  in 
large  part  of  desert  foothill  types,  the  most  noticeable  of  which  are 
numerous  sahuaro  {Cereus  giganteus),  palo  verde  {Cercidium  torrey- 
anum),  choUa  {Opuntia  sp.)  and  the  peculiar  Koeberlinia  spinosa. 
Orthoptera  were  few  in  number,  but  the  species  found  were  of  very 
great  interest  and  differed  noticeably  from  those  of  the  surrounding 
plains.  These  included  a  new  mantis  Yersinia  sophronica,  a  new 
Truxalid  Horesidotes  papagensis,  Ageneotettix  australis,  Aulocara 
rufum,  Arphia  teporata  and  Phrynotettix  magnus.  The  majority  of 
the  specimens  taken  showed  considerable  adaptation  of  their  coloring 
to  the  reddish  exposures. 

Sahuaro  Slope,  Southwest  Side  of  the  Tucson  Mountains,  Pima  County, 
Arizona. — July  25.  After  crossing  the  Tucson  range  the  Sonora  trail 
descends  the  extensive  and  gentle  southwestern  slope  of  the  mountains 
through  a  numerous  growth  of  sahuaro  or  giant  cactus  {Cereus  gi- 
ganteus), with  attendant  greasewood  {Covillea  tridentata)  bushes  grow- 
ing thickly  and  often  to  a  height  of  over  six  feet.  Many  other  plants 
flourish,  the  intervening  ground  between  them  being  usually  quite 
bare,  as  is  often  the  case  in  this  desert  country.  On  the  grease- 
wood in  this  situation  Ligurotettix  was  very  plentiful  and  its  faint 
stridulation  was  to  be  heard  on  every  side.  Most  of  the  collecting 
was  done  at  an  elevation  of  about  2,500  feet. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  367 

Near  Sonora  Road,  Southwest  of  the  Tucson  Mountains,  Pima  County, 
Arizona. — July  25.  Several  miles  from  the  Tucson  Mountains  col- 
lecting was  carried  on  for  a  short  time  in  a  grassy  area  with  occasional 
bunches  of  rabbit- weed.  In  this  locality  Orthoptera  were  found  to  be 
far  more  plentiful  than  on  the  surrounding  more  truly  desert  plain. 
Among  the  species  taken  were  Psoloessa  texana,  Encoptolophus  sub- 
gracilis,  Tomonotus  aztecus,  Trepidulus  rosaceus,  Trepididus  melleolus, 
Derotmema  laticinctum  and  Hesperotettix  festivus. 

Roehle's  Ranch,  near  Coyote  Springs,  Pima  County,  Arizona. — July  24 
and  25.  This  locality  is  in  the  lower  level  of  a  plain  stretching  from 
the  Tucson  to  the  Comobabi  range,  near  a  large  arroyo  known  as  Roeble's 
Wash.  It  is  in  a  uniform  mesquite  and  rabbit- weed  region,  with  no 
striking  difference  in  conditions  for  a  number  of  miles  to  the  northeast. 
Two  specimens  of  Trepidulus  melleolus  were  the  most  interesting 
forms  taken. 

Yuma,  Yuma  County,  Arizona. — Elevation  about  150  feet,  July  27 
and  28.  To  the  east  of  Yuma  the  desert  stretches,  broken  by  occa- 
sional low  volcanic  hills,  where  it  is  too  hot  for  even  the  greasewood 
to  thrive  and  desert  Orthoptera  are  almost  wholly  absent.  Along  the 
Colorado  River,  however,  is  a  wide  strip  of  willows,  and  back  of  these 
ground  heavily  overgrown  with  arrow-wood  (Plv^hea  sericea)  and 
other  reeds  where  collecting  was  more  productive.  These,  although 
so  near  the  river,  were  nevertheless  parched  with  the  heat.  To  the 
east  along  the  Gila  River  a  great  expanse  of  high  weeds  was  found, 
but  so  dry  that  many  fell  to  pieces  when  touched  and  insect  life  was 
extremely  scarce.  In  the  irrigated  tract  below  Yuma  Orphulella 
compta  was  very  abundant.  In  the  town  at  night  Gryllidse  and  thou- 
sands of  beetles  and  other  insects  swarmed  around  the  arc  lights.  All 
of  these  Gryllids  flew  rapidly  about,  and  would  have  been  difficult  to 
capture  had  they  not  come  to  the  light  dazed  and  confused. 

Williams,  Coconino  County,  Arizona. — Altitude,  6,748  feet.  Sep- 
tember 13,  The  little  collecting  done  here  was  accomplished  near  the 
station  in  a  field  of  short  weeds  and  grass,  and  also  near  the  pine 
"glades"  as  they  may  be  called.  The  whole  country  about  Williams 
is  on  nearly  the  same  plane  but  gently  rolling.  Over  this  area  pines 
were  thickly  scattered,  underneath  which  was  practically  no  under- 
brush but  very  green  grasses,  this  vegetation  imparting  to  the  whole 
country  a  park-like  appearance.  In  the  vacant  field,  where  the  weeds 
were  more  abundant  than  elsewhere,  Orthoptera  were  found  more 
plentiful  than  we  had  expected  to  find  them  at  this  elevation. 

Anita,  Coconino  County,  Arizona. — Altitude  about  6,500  feet.  Sep- 
tember 11.     At  this  small  station,  between  W^illiams  and  the  Grand 


368  PROCEEDINGS    OF  THE   ACADEMY   OF  [July, 

Canyon,  but  very  little  time  was  allowed  for  collecting.  It  is  in  the 
midst  of  the  pine  ''glades,"  and,  no  town  being  located  there,  the  few 
specimens  taken  are  typical  of  the  park-like  country  on  the  top  of 
the  Coconino  plateau.  The  country  was  in  general  the  same  as  that 
outside  the  town  of  Williams. 

Grand  Canyon  of  the  Colorado,  Coconino  County,  Arizona.  Rim  of 
the  Canyon  at  Bright  Angel  and  7iam7^/.— Elevation,  6,800-7,000  feet. 
September  1 1 .  Back  from  the  edge  of  the  canyon  the  country  is  rolling 
and  covered  with  a  forest  of  pines,  under  which  in  most  places  there  is 
practically  no  vegetation  or  soil  on  the  sheet  of  rock  forming  the  top 
layer  of  the  plateau. 

In  this  country  collecting  was  almost  utterly  without  result,  but 
along  the  edge  of  the  canyon,  and  for  a  short  distance  back  from  it, 
better  results  were  obtained.  An  area  to  the  southeast  of  the  hotel 
was  also  found  where  there  was  some  low  vegetation  under  the  pines 
and  in  this  situation  Ageneotettix  curtipennis  and  Amphitornus  nanus 
were  taken. 

The  Bright  Angel  TrazY.— Altitudes,  6,866 -2,436  feet.  September  12. 
For  some  distance  on  this  trail  the  collecting  proved  to  be  much  as  at 
the  edge  of  the  canyon,  but  farther  down  at  about  5,850  feet  the  canyon 
side  became  more  open,  a  few  junipers  appeared  and  the  open  places 
were  filled  with  thickets  and  grasses.  It  was  here  (5,800-4,900  feet 
■elevation)  that  Melanoplus  canonicus  and  Syrbula  modesta  were  not 
imcommon,  but  more  or  less  difficult  to  capture  owing  to  the  extreme 
steepness  of  the  location.  Farther  down  (elevation  4,350-3,900  feet) 
in  the  grassy  valley  above  the  Indian  Garden  Spring,  it  was  surprising 
to  note  that,  in  spite  of  the  difference  of  three  thousand  feet  in  elevation 
and  the  more  grassy  country,  practically  the  same  forms  as  those 
occurring  at  the  top  of  the  canyon  were  found.  In  the  garden  of  the 
Indian  Spring  House  one  Paratettix  toltecus  was  taken.  Diligent 
search  failed  to  disclose  more  than  two  specimens  of  Orthoptera  on  the 
wide  canyon  mesa  (3,700-3,800  feet)  which  was  covered  with  a  sage 
and  occasional  patches  of  prickly  pear.  The  Trimerotropis  vinculata 
was  among  sage,  while  the  Paropomala  perpallida  was  captured  on  the 
very  brink  of  the  canyon  precipice  (elevation  3,750  feet)  in  a  scant 
bunch  of  a  sort  of  wdre-grass. 

BLATTID^. 
PEEIPLANETA  Burmeister. 
Teriplaneta  amerioana  (Linnsus). 

A  female  of  this  species  was  taken  at  Tucson,  July  23,  and  a  male  at 
Yuma,  July  27,  attracted  to  light  in  both  cases. 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


369 


This  widely  distributed  species  has  previously  been  recorded  from 
Arizona  at  Yuma,  Nogales,  Florence  and  Phoenix. 

HOMOaOGAMIA  Burmeister. 
Homoeogamia  erratica  Rehn. 

A  single  male  of  this  species  was  attracted  to  light  at  Yuma,  July  27. 

MANTIDJE 

YERSINIA  Saussure. 
Yersinia  sophronica^  n.  sp. 

Type:  9  ;  Sonora  Road  Canyon,  Tucson  Mountains,  Pima  County, 
Arizona,  altitude  3,000  feet.  July  25,  1907.  Collected  by  Hebard 
and  Rehn. 

This  very  peculiar  species  differs  from  Y.  solitaria  Scudder  from  the 
eastern  slope  and  foothills  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  western  Nebraska 
and  southeastern  Arizona  in  the  smaller  size,  the  more  compressed 
head  with  strongly  acute  mammiform  eyes  which  are  hardly  at  all 
divergent  and  in  the  shorter  cephalic  limbs.  In  the  form  of  the  head 
and  eyes  this  species  suggests  the  structure  found  in  the  African  and 
Indian  genera  Episcopus  and  Parepiscopus. 

Size  small;  form  very  slender;  surface  smooth.  Head  strongly  com- 
pressed ;  occiput  strongly  concave,  rounded ; 
interantennal  region  with  a  pair  of  median 
parallel  longitudinal  carinse  which  termi- 
nate dorsad  in  short  sharp  points  before 
reaching  the  dorsal  line  of  the  head; 
antennae  filiform,  not  quite  equal  to  the 
pronotum  in  length;  eyes  very  elongate, 
not  divergent,  subparallel,  strongly  pro- 
duced mammiform.  Pronotum  rather 
short,  subequal  in  width  without  any 
marked  supra-coxal  dilation,  the  width 
contained  nearly  three  times  in  the 
length;  cephalic  margin  rounded,  caudal 
margin  truncate;  median  carina  distinct 
throughout,  but  very  delicate  on  the  collar. 
Mesonotum  and  metanotum  httle  ex- 
panded, with  distinct  median  carina,  no 
vestiges  of  tegmina  or  wings.  Abdomen 
subfusiform,  a  finely  marked  median 
carina  present  throughout  its  length, 
distal  third  quite  narrow ;  supra-anal  plate 
trigonal ;  subgenital  plate  rounded  with  a  median  incision  dividing  it  into 


Fig.  1. — Yersinia  sophronica 
n.  sp.  Dorsal  view  of  type. 
(X  5.) 


1  l,cj(t>pnviKT/,  discreet. 


370  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEIVIY   OF  [July, 

two  lobes;  cerci  damaged.     Cephalic  coxse  about  two-thirds  the  length 
of  the  pronotum  and  not  extending  caudad  of  the  same;  cephalic 
femora  slightly  longer  than  the  coxae,  quite  robust,  external  margin 
armed  with  six  short .  irregularly  placed  spines,  internal  margin  with 
eleven  spines,  the  majority  of  alternating  sizes,  largest 
discoidal   spines   quite  robust;   cephaUc  tibiae  very 
slightly  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  femora,  armed 
W-^r/  1        ^^  ^^^®  external  margin  with  eight  spines,  internal 
\\\lj[  I        margin  with  about  seven  spines,  terminal  claw  large; 
cephalic  metatarsi  about  as  long  as  the  tibiae,  slender, 
remaining  tarsal  joints  about  equal  to  the  metatarsi 
Fig,  2.  — Yersinia  "^  length.     Median  hmbs  rather  short,  femora  very 
sophronican.sTp.  slightly   expanded   proximad.     Caudal  limbs  mod- 
head.    (x^O.)     erately  slender ;  femora  reaching  to  the  apex  of  the 
fifth  abdominal  segment,  distinctly  but  slightly  in- 
flated in  the  proximal  two-thirds ;  tibiae  equal  to  the  femora  in  length, 
very  slender;  caudal  tarsi  short. 

General  color  cinnamon-rufous,  darkened  on  the  dorsum  of  the 
head  and  the  median  area  of  the  pronotum;  median  line  of  the  abdomen 
Vandyke  brown.  Face  burnt  umber  except  antennae  and  mouth  parts 
which  are  pale  ochraceous.  Apex  of  abdomen  washed  with  broccoli 
brown,  the  tips  of  the  terminal  plates  ochraceous.  Limbs  ochraceous, 
tending  to  ochraceous-rufous  on  the  median  and  caudal  femora  and 
dorsal  edge  of  cephalic  femora. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body, '.      .  14     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum, 3.2    " 

Length  of  cephalic  femur, 2.6    " 

Length  of  caudal  femur, 5.7    " 

The  unique  type  was  found  running  actively  about  among  the  stones 
of  a  bare  hillside. 

LITANEUTRIA  Saussure. 
Litaneutria  skinneri  Rehn. 

A  male  specimen  from  the  Grand  Canyon,  altitude  7,000  feet,  Septem- 
ber 11,  1907,  belongs  to  this  species,  while  another  male,  not  quite 
mature,  from  Tucson,  July  26,  is  referred  to  it  with  some  little  doubt. 
The  Grand  Canyon  male  has  the  tegmina  slightly  shorter  than  the 
typical  individuals  of  that  sex,  while  the  blackish  tegminal  maculation 
of  the  type  is  absent. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  371 

PSEUDOSERMYLE  Caudell. 
Pseudosermyle  truncata  Caudell. 

Two  male  specimens  of  this  species  taken  at  Palmerlee,  Huachuca 
Mountains,  Cochise  County,  July  9  and  16,  by  Mr.  H.  Kaeber  have  been 
examined.  The  species  is  now  known  to  range  from  the  Grand  Canyon 
region  south  at  least  to  the  southern  boundary  of  the  Territory  and  west 
to  southern  California.  The  localities  from  which  it  has  been  recorded 
are  Dos  Cabezos,  Bright  Angel,  San  Bernardino  Ranch  and  the  Hua- 
chuca and  Santa  Rita  Mountains. 

ACRIDID^. 
PARATETTIX  Bolivar. 
Paratettix  toltecus  (Saussure). 

At  Tucson  two  females  of  this  species  were  taken  on  July  26,  and  a 
single  female  was  collected  by  Hebard  at  3876  feet  elevation  on  the 
Bright  Angel  Trail,  Grand  Canyon,  September  12.  These  individuals 
were  taken  on  damp  ground  near  water.  All  three  specimens  have 
the  apex  of  the  pronotum  failing  to  reach  the  tips  of  the  caudal 
femora. 

MERMIRIA  St&l. 
Mermiria  texana  Bruner. 

A  female  specimen  of  this  species  taken  at  Palmerlee,  Huachuca 

Mountains,  Cochise  County,  July  6,  by  Mr.  H.  Kaeber  has  been  examined. 

PAROPOMALA  Scudder. 
Paropomala  acris  n.  sp. 

Type :  cJ*  ;  Railroad  Pass,  Cochise  County,  Arizona,  altitude  4,386 
feet.     July  23,  1907.     (Hebard  and  Rehn.) 

This  species  differs  from  the  previously  known  species  of  the  genus 
in  the  following  particulars :  from  cylindrica  and  calamus  in  the  much 
shorter  subgenital  plate  and  longer  tegmina;  from  pallida  in  the 
slenderer  form  and  more  acute  fastigium;  from  dissimilis  and  virgata 
in  the  more  produced  head,  the  more  acute  fastigium  and  the  more 
elliptical  eyes. 

Size  rather  small;  form  elongate,  very  slender.  Head  with  the 
dorsum  slightly  longer  than  the  dorsum  of  the  pronotum,  occiput 
hardly  elevated,  very  shghtly  arched,  fastigium  and  interocular  region 
horizontal;  interocular  region  slightly  narrower  than  the  greatest 
width  of  the  fastigium;  fastigium  longer  than  broad,  distinctly  acute- 
angulate  in  shape  with  the  immediate  apex  well  rounded,  surface  of  the 
fastigium  with  a  circular  impression  covering  about  two-thirds  the 
circumference  of  a  circle;  eye  elongate-ovate;  angle  of  face  considerably 
retreating,  the  interantennal   region  with  the  angle  less  acute  and 


372 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[July 


Fig.  3.~-Paropomala  acris  n.  sp.     Lateral  view  of  type.     (X  4.) 

joining  the  fastigium  in  a  distinctly  but  not  greatly  acute  angle, 
frontal  costa  narrow,  gradually  and  slightly  but  rather  irregularly 
expanding  caudad,  strongly  sulcate  from  the  fastigial  angle  to  the 
clypeus;  lateral  foveolae  broad  linear,  shghtly  arcuate,  distinctly 
impressed;  antennae  exceeding  the  head  and  pronotum  by  about  the 
length  of  the  fastigium,  distinctly  ensiform,  tips  very  slender.  Pro- 
notum very  slightly  constricted  mesad,  the  caudal  width  of  the  disk 
contained  about  twice  in  the  length;  cephalic  margin  of  the  disk 
irregularly  arcuate,  caudal  margin  of  the  disk  regularly  arcuate; 
median  carina  distinct  throughout  its  length, 
not  high ;  prozona  nearly  half  again  as  long  as 
the  metazona,  metazona  deeply  punctate,  lateral 
lobes  distinctly  longer  than  deep,  ventral  margin 
nearly  straight,  cephalic  margin  straight  oblique, 
metazona  of  the  lateral  lobes  punctate.  Tegmina 
exceeding  the  tips  of  the  caudal  femora  by  very 
slightly  more  than  the  length  of  the  fastigium 
and  falling  very  little  short  of  the  tip  of  the  sub- 
genital  plate,  in  shape  very  narrow  with  the  apex 
narrowly  rounded.  Prosternum  with  a  low  blunt 
process.  Interspace  between  the  mesosternal 
lobes  very  narrow  and  apparently  divided  mesad 
by  the  lobes  which  are  subcontiguous  at  that 
Fie  4—Paropomala  point;  metasternal lobes  contiguous.  Supra-anal 
acris  n.  sp.    Dorsal    plate  acute-trigonal,  arched  transversely,  slightly 


u  1 1  i  n  e    of 

(X  4.) 


head 


flattened  dorsad;  cerci  simple,  styliform,  very 
slightly  arcuate  ventrad,  reaching  nearly  to  the 
apex  of  the  supra-anal  plate ;  subgenital  plate  moderately  compressed 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  373 

acute-angulate  in  outline  when  viewed  from  the  side,  apex  well  rounded, 
the  dorsum  of  the  plate  with  a  median  longitudinal  lamellate  carina. 
Cephalic  and  median  limbs  very  short.  Caudal  femora  half  again  as 
long  as  the  head  and  pronotum  together,  compressed,  moderately 
slender;  tibiae  very  slightly  shorter  than  the  femora,  armed  on  the 
external  margin  with  fourteen  spines. 

General  color  dorsad  and  ventrad  salmon,  a  chalk-white  bar  on  each 
side  extending  from  the  caudal  and  ventral  margin  of  the  eye  over  the 
entire  gense,  ventral  half  of  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum,  pleura 
and  lateral  face  of  the  caudal  femora.  This  white  bar  is  bordered  dorsad 
by  one  of  chocolate  which  is  very  narrow  at  the  eye  but  gradually 
expands  to  the  middle  of  the  pronotum,  whence  it  as  gradually  contracts 
until  it  is  lost  dorsad  of  the  articulation  of  the  caudal  limbs.  Another 
narrow  whitish  line  is  present  on  each  side  of  the  head  and  prozona  be- 
tween the  chocolate  bar  and  the  general  color  and  a  pair  of  lunate 
bars  of  vinaceous-ruf  ous  are  present  on  the  occiput.  Eyes  tawny  olive  ; 
antennae  and  face  raw  umber.     Tegmina  buff,  humeral  vein  seal  brown. 

Measureme7its. 

Length  of  body, 21     mm. 

Length  of  pronotum, '^       [[ 

Length  of  tegmen, 14 

Length  of  caudal  femur, 9.8    '' 

The  type  is  the  only  specimen  of  the  species  examined  and  was  taken 
on  the  desert  summit  of  the  Pass,  among  mesquite  bushes  and  dry  grass. 
Paropomala  perpallida  n.  sp. 

Type:  c^;  near  Bright  Angel  Trail,  elevation  3,750  feet.  Grand 
Canyon  of  the  Colorado,  Coconino  County,  Arizona.  September  12, 
1907.     Collected  by  M.  Hebard. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  P.  pallida  Bruner  from  the  Salton 
Basin,  California  and  southwestern  Arizona,  differing  in  the  consider- 
ably smaller  size. 

Size  small;  form  moderately  slender  (for  the  genus).  Head  very 
slightly  longer  than  the  dorsum  of  the  pronotum;  occiput  and  inter- 
ocular  region  regularly  but  not  strongly  arcuate  from  the  pronotum 
to  about  the  middle  of  the  fastigium;  interocular  region  very  slightly 
narrower  than  the  greatest  f astigial  width :  fastigium  slightly  longer  than 
broad,  lateral  margins  acute-angulate  but  with  the  apex  very  broadly 
rounded,  impressed  pattern  on  the  disk  of  the  fastigium  semicircular; 
face  very  considerably  retreating,  interantennal  region  with  the  angle 
much  less  acute  and  very  narrowly  rounding  into  the  fastigium, 
frontal  costa  subequal  in  width  to  below  the  median  ocellus  whence  it 


374 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[July, 


Fig.  5. — Paropomala  perpallida  n.  sp.     Lateral  view  of  type.     (X  5.) 

regularly  but  not  greatly  expands  to  the  clypeal  suture,  sulcate  through- 
out its  length ;  eyes  narrow-ovate,  moderately  prominent  when  viewed 
from  the  dorsum;  lateral  foveolse  sublanceolate,  slightly  arcuate,  deeply 
impressed;  antennae  about  three  times  the  length  of  the  pronotum, 
slightly  depressed  and  expanded  proximad,  tips  very  slender.     Pro- 
notum with  the  caudal  width  of  the  disk  contained  slightly  less  than 
twice  in  the  length  of  the  disk ;  cephalic  margin  of  the  disk  subtruncate, 
caudal  margin  arcuate  with  the  median  portion  some- 
what   flattened;   median    carina    distinct    but   low, 
prozona  slightly  more  than  half  again  the  length  of 
the  metazona,  the  latter  on  the  dorsum  and  lateral 
lobes  thickly  but  shallowly  punctate;  lateral  lobes 
slightly  longer  than  deep,  ventral  and  cephalic  mar- 
gins obliquely  sublinear.     Tegmina  reaching  to  the 
apex  of  the  subgenital  plate,  narrow,  apex  truncato- 
rotundate.     Mesosternal  lobes  separated  by  a  very 
narrow    space;   metasternal    lobes    attingent.     Sub- 
genital  plate  slightly  compressed,  apex  very  slightly 
rostrate.      Cephalic  and  median  limbs  very  short. 
Caudal  femora  failing  to  reach  the  tips  of  the  tegmina 
by  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  pronotum,  mod- 
mala  perpallida  erately   slender,   compressed ;   caudal   tibiae   slightly 

n.  sp       Dorsal  shorter  than  the  femora,  external  margin  armed  with 

outbneof  head.     .  .  , 

(X  5.)  tmrteen  spmes. 

General  color  cream-buff  with  a  barely  appreciable 

greenish  tinge.     Dark  lateral  bars  vandyke  brown,  gradually  expanding 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  375 

on  the  head,  continued  over  the  lateral  lobes  and  pleura,  suffusing 
the  base  of  the  costal  field  of  the  tegmina  and  coloring  the  proximal  half 
of  the  discoidal  and  humeral  veins  of  the  same  and  the  dorsal  half  of 
the  proximal  abdominal  segments.  Wliite  lateral  bars  as  in  P.  acris, 
but  not  present  on  the  caudal  femora.  Eyes  clay  color  marbled  with 
bistre;  face  and  mouth  parts  sprinkled  with  small  spots  of  brown; 
antennae  tawny,  darker  proximad.  Caudal  femora  of  the  general 
color  with  the  dorsal  half  of  the  lateral  face  pale  vinaceous  bordered 
ventrad  by  a  line  of  dots  of  brownish. 

Measure77ients. 

Length  of  body, 16.2  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum, 2.5    " 

Length  of  tegmen, 11 

Length  of  caudal  femur, 8 

The  type  specimen  is  the  only  one  examined  by  the  authors.  It 
was  taken  on  the  extreme  edge  of  the  canyon  plateau  and  was  found 
clinging  to  a  wisp  of  dry  grass,  the  only  vegetation  along  the  extreme 
edge  of  the  plateau  above  the  trail. 

SYRBULA  st&i. 
Syrbula  fuscovittata  Thomas. 

At  Tucson  on  July  26  two  males  and  three  females  of  this  species 
were  taken  from  high  weeds  growing  in  damp  soil  surrounding  a  pool. 
An  immature  female  was  also  taken  in  Sonora  Road  Canyon,  Tucson 
Mountains,  July  25. 

One  of  the  males  is  in  a  condition  similar  to  that  of  the  specimen  of 
the  same  sex  recorded  by  Rehn.^  Two  of  the  females  are  in  the  green 
phase  and  the  other  in  the  brown  phase,  with,  however,  much  very 
pale  green  on  the  face  and  sides  of  the  head,  lateral  lobes  of  the  pro- 
notum, tegmina  and  caudal  femora.  The  males  are  smaller  than  the 
average  of  a  series  of  eight  from  the  Huachuca  Mountains. 

Syrbula  modesta  Bruner. 

This  rather  diminutive  species  was  taken  at  elevations  ranging  from 
4,900  to  5,800  feet  in  the  Grand  Canyon,  three  males  and  two  females 
being  included  in  the  series.  Apparently  this  species  has  two  color 
phases,  as  all  the  specimens  seen  are  in  a  brown  phase  of  coloration, 
while  Bruner's  original  description  shows  that  his  specimens  had  green 
or  greenish  the  predominating  color. 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  32. 


376  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [July 

As  far  as  known  this  species  is  found  only  in  the  Grand  Canyon 
region.  The  males  of  this  form,  instead  of  flying  straight  from  one 
place  to  another,  rise  usually  very  swiftly  in  a  curve  which,  on  account 
of  their  size  and  coloration,  makes  them  very  hard  to  follow.  The 
females  rely  almost  altogether  on  their  powerful  saltatorial  ability. 
Often  in  alighting  the  males  would  select  the  terminal  twigs  of  a  juniper 
as  resting  places.     In  distribution  it  appeared  to  be  very  local. 

BOOTETTIX  Bruner. 
Bootettix  argentatus  Bruner. 

This  very  interesting  species  was  taken  at  several  localities  and 
always  on  its  favorite  shrub,  the  greasewood  (Covillea  tridentata). 
At  Yuma  on  July  27  it  was  found  to  be  numerous  and  seven  males 
were  taken;  an  immature  individual  was  collected  at  Sentinel,  July  27. 
An  adult  male  and  an  immature  specimen  were  taken  on  the 
Sahuaro  slope  southwest  of  the  Tucson  ]\Iountains,  July  25. 

All  the  specimens  collectq^l  lack  decided  spots  on  the  sutural  margin 
of  the  tegmina,  and  even  traces  are  present  in  only  one  individual. 

AMPHITORNUS  McNeill. 
AmpMtornus  nanus  n.  sp. 

Type :  d^ ;  Grand  Canyon  of  the  Colorado,  Coconino  County,  Arizona, 
altitude  7,000  feet,  in  conifer  forest.  September  11,  1907.  Collected 
by  Morgan  Hebard. 

Closely  related  to  A.  ornatus  McNeill,  but  differing  in  the  very  small 
size  (length  of  body  14.5  mm.)  and  the  shorter  tegmina  which  hardly 
surpass  the  tips  of  the  caudal  femora. 

Size  quite  small;  form  as  usual  in  the  genus.  Head  very  slightly 
shorter  than  the  dorsum  of  the  pronotum,  occiput  and  interocular 
region  regularly  but  slightly  ascending  to  the  fastigium;  interocular 
region  but  little  narrower  than  the  greatest  fastigial  width ;  fastigium 
slightly  acute-angulate,  the  immediate  apex  narrowly  rounded, 
median  carina  distinct  on  occiput,  interocular  region  and  fastigium, 
very  low  except  on  the  fastigium;  face  considerably  retreating,  inter- 
antennal  region  rounding  to  the  subrectangulate  junction  with  the 
fastigium ;  frontal  costa  moderately  broad  and  subequal  to  a  very  short 
distance  ventrad  of  the  ocellus,  considerably  broader  and  subequal 
thence  to  the  clypeal  suture,  for  its  entire  length  depressed  within  its 
margins  and  punctate;  eyes  subacute-ovate,  hardly  prominent  when 
viewed  from  the  dorsum;  lateral  foveola  distinct,  impressed  caudad; 
antennae  about  equal  to  the  head  and  pronotum  in  length,  rather 
robust,  slightly  depressed  proximad,  tips  bluntly  acuminate.     Pro- 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  377 

notum  with  the  disk  about  half  again  as  long  as  the  greatest  caudal 
width  of  the  same;  cephalic  margin  of  the  disk  subtruncate,  caudal 
margin  very  obtuse-angulate ;  median  carina  moderately  elevated, 
accessory  carinse  distinct  and  parallel  with  but  weaker  than  the  median 
one;  lateral  lobes  slightly  longer  than  deep.  Tegmina  exceeding  the 
abdomen  by  slightly  less  than  the  length  of  the  eye  and  very  slightly 
surpassing  the  tips  of  the  caudal  femora;  apices  of  tegmina  rounded; 
intercalary  vein  absent.  Interspace  between  the  mesosternal  lobes 
subquadrate,  but  little  narrower  than  one  of  the  lobes;  metasternal 
lobes  subattingent  caudad.  Subgenital  plate  blunt,  somewhat 
compressed  dorsad.  Caudal  femora  shghtly  more  than  three  times 
the  length  of  the  pronotum,  of  medium  build ;  caudal  tibisG  considerably 


Fig.  7. — Amphitornus  nanus  n.  sp.     Lateral  Adew  of  type.     (X  5.) 

shorter  than  the  femora,  armed  on  the  lateral  margin  with  eleven  to 
twelve  spines. 

General  colors  vandyke  brown,  seal  brown  and  pinkish  white.  A 
narrow  line  of  white  extends  from  the  caudal  margin  of  the  eye  obhquely 
ventro-caudad  to  the  pronotal  margin,  thence  transversely  across  the 
lateral  lobe,  curving  somewhat  ventrad  at  the  caudal  margin.  An- 
other whitish  line  extends  from  the  base  of  each  antenna  as  a  narrow 
line  bordering  the  ventro-cephalic  and  ventral  border  of  the  eye, 
broadening  and  extending  diagonally  across  the  gena  to  the  ventro- 
caudal  angle  of  the  same,  reappearing  again  as  a  moderately  wide 
white  ventral  border  to  the  lateral  lobe,  separated  from  the  one  dorsad 
of  it  by  a  wider  bar  of  seal  brown,  and  vanishing  dorsad  of  the  insertion 
of  the  median  limbs.  Head  with  the  dorsal  surface,  sides  and  face 
seal  brown,  aside  from  the  white  bars  mentioned  above  and  a  bar  of 


378  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [July, 

mars  brown  extending  from  the  dorso-caiiclal  margin  of  the  eye  to  the 
caudal  margin  of  the  pronotum,  margining  the  disk  on  the  latter;  eyes 
and  antennae  walnut  brown.  Pronotum  with  the  disk  seal  brown, 
except  for  the  area  between  the  supplementary  carinae  which  is  choco- 
late.' Tegmina  vandyke  brown,  seal  brown  proximad  in  the  region  of 
the  humeral  and  discoidal  veins;  area  between  the  mediastine  and 
humeral  veins  proximad  with  a  bar  of  whitish.  Venter  and  abdomen 
naples  yellow,  stippled  on  the  sides  and  apex  of  the  abdomen  with 
brownish.  Cephalic  and  median  limbs  thickly  sprinkled  with  walnut 
brown  on  a  paler  ground.  Caudal  femora  with  the  dorsal  half  with 
ecru  drab  as  a  base  color,  ventral  half  straw  yellow,  genicular  region 
seal  brown,  bar  at  a  third  the  length  from  the  tips  seal  brown,  distinct 
and  solid  dorsad,  weak  ventrad;  dorsal  face  with  the  proximal  half 
washed  with  seal  brown  and  the  dorsal  half  of  the  lateral  face 
clouded  with  one  extensive  proximal  maculation  and  a  smaller  median 
one.  Caudal  tibiae  glaucous  blue,  blackish  at  the  genicular  region  and 
pale  between  this  and  the  glaucous  portion,  spines  with  their  distal 
halves  black. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body, 14.5  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum, 2.7    " 

Length  of  tegmen, 11.5 

Length  of  caudal  femur, 8.7    " 

The  unique  type  "v^as  found  on  ground  devoid  of  vegetation  but 
covered  with  needles  in  the  dense  pihon  and  juniper  forest.  No  other 
Orthoptera  were  noticed  in  this  locality. 

ORPHULELLA  Giglio-Tos. 
Orphulella  oompta  Scudder. 

This  species  was  exceedingly  abundant  at  Yuma,  on  irrigated  ground 
along  the  Colorado  River  south  of  the  town.  On  July  28  a  series  of 
twenty-six  males,  sixteen  females  and  two  nymphs  was  taken. 

Of  this  series  about  half  is  in  the  green  phase,  while  the  remainder  is 
divided  between  a  full  brown  phase  and  one  possessing  both  green  and 
brown  in  its  make-up — a  mixed  phase.  Only  one,  a  female,  shows 
any  tendency  toward  purphsh  on  the  tegmina,  and  in  this  case  it  is  not 
strongly  marked.  There  is  a  considerable  amount  of  variation  in  size 
in  both  sexes,  and  also  in  the  form  of  the  angle  and  depth  and  extent 
of  the  excavation  of  the  fastigium. 

^  This  bar  is  very  faintly  indicated  on  the  head. 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OP   PHILADELPHIA. 


379 


The  records  of  this  species  show  its  main  range  to  be  over  the  lower 
part  of  the  Colorado  Valley  and  adjacent  Salton  Basin,  while  the  occur- 
rence of  it  at  San  Bernardino  Ranch,  Cochise  County,  in  southeastern 
Arizona,  in  all  probability,  is  due  to  the  species  following  up  the  Yaqui 
Valley  from  the  Gulf  of  California  section  of  ^lexico. 

HORESIDOTES  Scudder. 
Horesidotes  papagensis  n.  sp. 

Type :  9  ;  Sonora  Road  Canyon,  Tucson  Mountains,  Pima  County, 
Arizona,  altitude  about  3,000  feet,  July  25,  1907.  Hebard  and 
Rehn. 

Closely  ahied  to  H.  cinereus  Scudder,  with  topotypes  of  which  it  has 
been  compared,  but  differing  in  the  somewhat  smaller  size,  blunter 
fastigium,  greater  interspace  between  the  eyes,  less  apparent  lateral 
foveolse,  quite  distinct  and   continuous  intercalary  vein  and   more 


-Horesidotes  papagensis  n 


Lateral  view  of  type. 


robust  and   inflated   and   proportionately  somewhat  shorter  caudal 
femora. 

Size  moderate;  form  distinctly  compressed.  Head  slightly  shorter 
than  the  dorsal  length  of  the  pronotum,  ascending  on  the  occiput  to  the 
vertex  which  is  interocular,  fastigium  well  rounded  into  the  facial  out- 
line; interocular  region  subequal  to  the  width  of  the  fastigium,  the 
occiput  and  interocular  region  with  a  weak  median  and  pair  of  closely 
placed  supplementary  carinae;  fastigium  slightly  broader  than  long. 


380 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[July, 


slightly Jacute-angulate  with  the  apex  blunt,  surface  but  slightly  de- 
pressed in]^the  form  of  a  crescent;  lateral  foveolse  entirely  visible  from 
the  dorsum,  sublinear,  slightly  arcuate,  not  deeply  impressed;  face 
moderately  retreating;  frontal   costa  regularly   expanding  ventrad, 
sulcate  and  impressed  for  a  distance  ventrad  of  the  ocellus,  punctate 
dorsad ;  eyes  somewhat  acute-ovate,  not  very  prominent  when  viewed 
from  the  dorsum;  antennae  about  as  long  as  the  head  and  pronotum, 
depressed   and   slightly   expanded   proximad.     Pronotum   somewhat 
constricted  mesad ;  cephalic  margin  of  disk  slightly 
arcuate,  caudal  margin  obtuse-angulate;  median 
carina  distinct  and  well  elevated,  severed  by  the 
transverse  sulcus  slightly  caudad  of  the  middle, 
lateral    carinse    slightly    less    elevated    than    the 
median,  arcuate  convergent  on  the  cephahc  third 
of  the  disk,  at  a  third  the  length  from  the  cephalic 
margin  they  are  separated  by  a  space  but  little 
more  than  half  that  separating  them  at  the  cephaUc 
margin,  from  which  point  of  greatest  proximity 
they  diverge  in  straight  line  to  the  caudal  margin 
where  they  are  slightly  more  distant  than  cephalad ; 
lateral   lobes    as   deep    as   long,    ventral   margin 
obtuse-angulate.     Tegmina    exceeding    the    apex 
of  the  abdomen  by  about  the  dorsal  length  of  the 
head,  narrow,  tips  rounded;  intercalary  vein  dis- 
Pig.  9.—Horesidotes  tinct  and  continuous,  at  least  distad;  lobe  on  the 
DOTsalvfewo^head   costal    margin    small.     Interspace    between    the 
and     pronotum.   mesosternal    lobes    subquadrate,    narrower    than 
^^    '^  the  width  of  one  of  the  lobes;  metasternal  lobes 

subcontiguous  caudad.  Cephahc  and  median  hmbs  of  medium  build. 
Caudal  femora  three  times  the  length  of  the  pronotum,  rather  robust; 
caudal  tibiae  slightly  shorter  than  the  femora,  armed  on  the  external 
margin  with  ten  spines,  internal  spurs  subequal. 

General  dorsal  color  prout's  brown,  obscurely  sprinkled  and  mottled 
with  Vandyke  brown;  general  ventral  color  ochraceous-buff  becoming 
very  pale  yellowish  on  the  abdomen.  Head  with  the  face  and  ventral 
half  of  gense  ochraceous-buff  sprinkled  with  vandyke  brown,  mouth- 
parts  rufous ;  eyes  clay  color  mottled  with  vandyke  brown ;  antennae 
rufous  becoming  olive-buff  distad.  Pronotum  with  the  disk  slightly 
paler  than  the  dorsal  half  of  the  lateral  lobes,  line  between  dorsal  and 
ventral  color  slightly  below  the  middle  of  the  lateral  lobes,  sinuate, 
sharply  defined ;  an  isolated  bar  of  the  ventral  color  is  present  dorsad 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  381 

of  the  insertion  of  the  caudal  limbs.  Tegmina  of  the  dorsal  color. 
Cephalic  and  median  limbs  tawny,  obscurely  and  imperfectly  annulate 
and  marbled  with  darker.  Caudal  femora  vinaceous-cinnamon, 
marbled  and  washed  with  vandyke  brown;  caudal  tibiae  very  pale 
glaucous,  becoming  ochraceous  proximad,  entirely  overlaid  with  fine 
purplish-red  mottlings,  spines  and  spurs  with  their  apical  halves  black. 

Measurements. 

Length  of  body, 21.2  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum, 4      " 

Length  of  tegmen, 17.6    " 

Length  of  caudal  femur, 12.7    " 

The  male  specimen  from  Yuma  County,  Arizona,  recorded  by  the 
senior  author*  as  Horesidotes  cinereusl  is  seen  on  re-examination  and 
comparison  with  the  recently  acquired  material  to  be  nearer  papagensis, 
to  which  we  tentatively  refer  it. 

The  type  of  papagensis  was  taken  among  leaves  under  bushes  on  the 
canyon  bottom,  and  showed  no  inclination  to  leave  the  ground. 

SCYLLINA  St&l. 
Scyllina  calida  Bruner. 

One  female  specimen  of  this  species  was  taken  at  Tucson,  July  26,  in 
short  grass  growing  about  the  end  of  a  drain.  Its  movements  were 
quite  awkward. 

The  previous  records  of  this  species  in  the  United  States  are  from 
San  Bernardino  Ranch,  Cochise  County,  and  Baboquivari  Mountains, 
Pima  County,  Arizona. 

PSOLOESSA  Scudder. 
Psoloessa  texana  Scudder. 

The  series  of  specimens  of  the  genus  Psoloessa  taken  in  Arizona  in  the 
summer  of  1907  numbers  one  hundred  and  six.  After  considerable 
study  of  this  and  other  material,  the  authors  are  under  the  necessity  of 
considering  the  four  nominal  species  of  this  genus  (texana,  ferruginea, 
maculipennis  and  huddiana)  as  one,  for  which  they  select  the  name 
texana  as  it  has  page  priority  over  ferruginea  and  maculipennis, 
huddiana  being  of  much  later  date. 

To  some  this  may  appear  unwarranted  as  characters,  such  as  the 
angle  of  the  face,  proportions  of  the  lateral  f oveolse  of  the  head  and  the 
width  of  the  fastigium,  as  well  as  the  color  pattern,  have  been  used  in 

*  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  PMla.,  1904,  p.  563. 
25 


382  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [July, 

keys  to  separate  the  "species,"  To  present  the  reasons  for  creating 
the  synonymy  clearly,  it  would  be  best  to  explain  the  methods  used  in 
reaching  the  conclusions.  The  original  descriptions  of  ferruginea, 
maculipennis,  texana  and  buddiana  were  tabulated  in  parallel  columns, 
and  from  the  mass  of  material  specimens  which  agreed  as  nearly  as 
possible  with  these  descriptions  were  selected.  The  condensed  diagnos- 
tic characters  of  the  four  "species"  are  as  follows : 

Typical  buddiana.  Whole  dorsum  uniform  pale  pinkish  brown. 
Lateral  bars  solid  and  well  marked.  Caudal  femora  with  but  a  faint 
indication  of  the  dorsal  bar  at  the  terminal  third. 

Typical  ferruginea.  Whole  dorsum  ochraceous  with  the  usual  mark- 
ings on  the  dorsum  of  the  metazona.  Lateral  bars  broken.  Caudal 
femora  with  distinct  bar  at  the  terminal  third. 

Typical  maculipennis.  Dorsum  of  the  closed  tegmina  and  pronotum 
sprinkled  with  blackish  quadrate  or  subquadrate  spots.  Lateral  bar 
with  the  remains  less  sharply  defined  than  in  ferruginea. 

Typical  texana.  Dorsum  suffused  with  blackish.  Tegmina  black- 
ish with  the  veins  dark.  Caudal  femora  with  the  dorsum  of  the 
genicular  portion  black. 

The  number  of  specimens  of  the  total  of  one  hundred  and  six  which 
appeared  to  be  typical  of  these  forms  were:  buddiana,  three;  ferru- 
ginea, ten;  maculipennis,  nine;  texana,  three,  while  eighty-one  or  over 
seventy-five  per  cent,  were  typical  of  none.  Of  this  remaining  series 
twelve  share  characters  of  buddiana,  ferruginea  and  maculipennis,  sixty- 
six  characters  of  ferruginea  and  maculipennis  and  three  characters  of 
maculipennis  and  texana. 

When  compared  with  three  Shovel  Mount,  Texas,  females  the  Ari- 
zona females  differ  uniformly  in  the  narrower  fastigium,  which  is 
usually  more  deeply  excavated  or  at  least  appears  to  be  so.  When 
the  Arizona  series  of  both  sexes  is  examined  there  is  seen  to  be  con- 
siderable variation  in  both  sexes  in  the  width  of  the  fastigium,  irrespec- 
tive of  locality  or  color  phase,  and  in  the  degree  of  constriction  of  the 
lateral  carinae  of  the  pronotum.  Careful  examination  of  the  selected 
typical  females  fails  to  show  any  difference  in  the  facial  angle,  and  the 
shape  of  the  lateral  foveolse  is  of  such  variability  that  no  reliance  can  be 
placed  on  this  character.  The  long  type  of  foveolse,  supposed  to  be 
peculiar  to  the  texana  form,  can  be  duplicated  in  specimens  picked 
haphazard  from  the  series  of  the  other  three  types,  and  moreover  the 
dark  texana  has  as  much  variability  in  the  few  specimens  available  of 
the  form  as  one  needs  to  convince  them  of  the  variability  of  this  char- 
acter. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  383 

From  this  evidence  there  appears  but  one  conclusion  to  be  drawn,  and 
that  is  to  consider  the  different  types  forms  of  one  species,  as  the 
presence  of  a  seventy-five  per  cent,  intermediate  series  leaves  open  to 
us  only  this  solution  or  the  most  arbitrary  allotment  of  this  "mixed" 
body.  The  latter  course  has  nothing  in  its  favor,  as  the  definition  of  the 
"species"  would  be  a  practical  impossibility. 

The  localities  represented  in  the  series  at  hand  are  Tucson,  July  26, 
four  cJ*,  twelve  9  ;  Sonora  Road  Canyon,  Tucson  Mountains,  July  25, ' 
one  9  ;  near  Sonora  Road,  southwest  of  Tucson  Mountains,  July  25, 
seven  d^,  five  9  ;  Roeble's  Ranch  near  Coyote  Springs,  July  24  and 
25,  twenty-eight  6^,  forty-eight  9  .  Typical  huddiana  was  taken  at 
Tucson,  near  Sonora  Road  and  Roeble's  Ranch,  ferruginea  at  Tucson  and 
Roeble's  Ranch,  maculipennis  at  Tucson  and  Roeble's  Ranch  and 
texana  at  Tucson  and  near  Sonora  Road. 

This  insect  appears  to  be  the  most  difficult  to  capture  of  almost  any 
of  the  desert  species  encountered,  this  being  due  to  its  remarkable 
protective  coloration  and  to  its  great  swiftness  in  springing  into  the  air 
and  taking  flight.  It  was  by  all  odds  the  most  plentiful  and  widely 
distributed  desert  species  collected. 

AGENEOTETTIX  McNeill. 
Ageneotettix  australis  Bruner. 

An  adult  male  of  this  species  was  taken  in  Sonora  Road  Canyon, 
July  25,  and  an  immature  female  at  Roeble's  Ranch,  the  same  date. 
The  mature  specimen  was  captured  on  the  rocky  canyon  side. 

Ageneotettix  ourtipennis  Bruner. 

A  female  specimen  from  Bright  Angel,  altitude  7,000  feet,  Septem- 
ber 11,  is  referred  to  this  species.  The  tegmina  are  very  short,  not 
more  than  one-third  the  length  of  the  abdomen,  and  the  caudal  tibiae 
have  the  proximal  third  ochraceous  clouded  and  sprinkled  with 
fuscous.  The  original  locality  for  this  species  was  simply  "Southern 
Colorado,"  and  in  consequence  this  is  the  first  definite  record  for  the 
species. 

The  specimen  was  found  on  stony  ground,  among  low  plants  in  a 
forest  of  pinon  and  juniper,  where  Amphitornus  nanus  was  the  only 
other  species  of  Orthoptera  seen. 

ATJLOCARA  Scudder. 
Aalooara  rufum  Scudder. 

A  single  male  of  this  species  was  taken  in  Sonora  Road  Canyon, 
Tucson  Mountains,  July  25. 


384  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [July, 

LIGUEOTETTIX  McNeiU. 
Ligurotettix  kunzei  Caudell. 

This  extremely  interesting  and  peculiar  species  is  represented  by  a 
series  of  forty-five  specimens  taken  at  Tucson,  July  26  (three  d^,  two 
9 ),  Sonora  Road  near  Tucson  Mountains,  July  25  (twelve  c?,  five 
adult  ?  ,  one  immature  9  ),  Roeble's  Ranch,  July  24  and  25  (eight  c?, 
one  adult  $ ,  one  immature  9 ),  Sentinel,  Maricopa  County,  July  27 
(one  6"),  and  Yuma,  July  27  (three  c^,  eight  9  ). 

The  Yuma  specimens  are  as  large  as  Tucson  individuals  and  do  not 
seem  to  approach  the  smaller  Californian  L.  coquilletti.  In  size  the 
whole  series  is  fairly  uniform,  some  slight  individual  variation  being 
noticed  in  both  sexes.  Average  specimens  from  the  localities  repre- 
sented in  the  collection  measure  as  follows : 

Length  of  Length  of  Length  of 

body.  tegmina.         caudal  femora. 

Tucson, 18    mm.  16.8  mm.  9.7  mm. 

Near  Sonora  Road,       .      .  16.4    ''  15.2    ''  9       " 

Roeble's  Ranch,      .      .      .  16.5    "  16.1    "  9       " 

Sentinel, 16       ''  15.2    "  9.5    " 

Yuma, 17.5    "  16.7   "  10.2   " 

9 

Tucson, 24.2  mm.  22,4  mm,  12.5  mm. 

Near  Sonora  Road,       .      .  23.5    "  21.7    "  12       '' 

Roeble's  Ranch,      ...  22       "  20.8    ''  11.7    " 

Yuma, 24.5    ''  22       "  12.8    " 

In  color  there  is  a  considerable  amount  of  variation,  all,  however,  in 
conformity  with  the  subdued  color  pattern  of  the  insect.  The  most 
peculiar  variation  is  in  the  presence  of  blackish  brown  on  the  cephalic 
half  or  more  of  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum,  and  also  on  the  pleura 
accompanied  by  a  suffusion  of  the  gense.  In  its  complete  form  this 
phase  is  present  in  but  one  female  from  Yuma,  in  which  the  contrast 
with  the  pale  dorsum  and  caudal  portion  of  the  lateral  lobes  is  very 
striking,  although  suggested  more  or  less  strongly  by  a  few,  chiefly 
males,  from  Tucson,  Sonora  Road  and  Roeble's  Ranch.  There  is  a 
considerable  amount  of  variation  in  the  sprinkling  and  lining  of  the 
dorsum  of  the  pronotum  and  head  and  the  tegmina  with  blackish  brown, 
this  being,  however,  more  noticeable  in  the  females  than  in  the  males. 
The  Yuma  specimens  as  a  series  and  the  Sentinel  individual  are  paler 
and  more  ashy  than  those  from  the  vicinity  of  Tucson  and  the  Papago 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  385 

country,  which  may  possibly  be  due  to  the  increased  aridity  and 
greater  sunlight  of  southwestern  Arizona  when  compared  with  the 
Tucson  region.  The  usual  position  of  specimens  on  the  main  branches 
of  Covillea  would  allow  reflected  light  to  play  a  very  important  part  in 
color  bleaching. 

At  Roeble's  Ranch  and  along  the  Sonora  Road  this  species  was 
found  chiefly  on  mesquite,  where  the  insects  clung  tightly  to  the 
twigs  and  trusted  so  far  to  their  protective  coloration  that  those  taken 
were  cautiously  approached  with  the  hands  and  suddenly  seized.  If 
not  captured  they  sprang  with  agility  to  some  other  part  of  the  bush 
and  often  escaped  completely.  They  stridulated  frequently,  a  faint 
sikk,  sikk,  sik-sik-sik.  At  Yuma  the  species  was  found  on  greasewood 
(Covillea)  and  was  extremely  active  and  wary  in  spite  of  the  frightful 
heat. 

ARPHIA  Stil. 
Arphia  teporata  Scudder. 

Three  males  and  a  female  taken  on  rocky  desert  hillside  in  Sonora 
Road  Canyon,  Tucson  Mountains,  July  25,  belong  to  this  species.  They 
are  more  thickly  speckled  and  variegated  with  dark  brown  than  a  series 
from  Alamogordo,  New  Mexico,  and  all  are  faintly  washed  with  reddish 
brown. 

ENCOPTOLOPHUS  Scudder. 
Enooptolophus  texensis  Bruner. 

At  Tucson  along  the  Santa  Cruz  River  on  irrigated  land  this  species 
was  found  July  26  in  moderate  numbers.  Eight  males  and  six  females 
were  taken,  three  of  the  females  being  in  a  green  phase  of  coloration, 
as  previously  noted  in  a  Phoenix  specimen,^  the  green  being  on  the  head, 
pronotum,  dorsal  face  of  caudal  femora  and  to  a  certain  extent  on  the 
pleura,  while  another  of  the  same  sex  is  weakly  greenish  on  the  same 
areas.  The  series  exliibits  an  appreciable  amount  of  variation  in  size, 
particularly  in  the  male  sex. 

Enooptolophus  subgracilis  Caudell. 

A  single  female  with  rather  short  tegmina  and  wings,  taken  July  25  in 
mesquite  and  rabbit-weed  surroundings  near  the  Sonora  Road  south- 
west of  the  Tucson  Mountains,  is  apparently  referable  to  this  species. 
The  wings,  however,  are  faintly  yellowish  proximad,  in  this  respect 
resembling  texensis.     The  measurements  of  this  specimen  are  as  follows : 

=  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  76. 


386  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [July, 

Length  of  body, 22.7  mm. 

Length  of  pronotum, 4       " 

Length  of  tegmen, 18.3 

Length  of  caudal  femur, 11 

HIPPISCTJS  Saussure. 
Hippiscus  corallipes  (Haldeman). 

A  single  female  of  this  species,  taken  at  the  east  base  of  the  Huachuca 
Mountains,  July  6,  by  H.  A.  Kaeber,  has  been  examined.  The  species 
has  previously  been  recorded  from  that  range  by  the  senior  author.^ 

DISSOSTEIRA  Scudder. 
Diisosteira  Carolina  (Linnaus). 

Three  males  and  two  females  of  this  widely  distributed  species  were 
taken  at  Williams,  September  13,  while  a  single  female  was  taken 
September  11  at  Bright  Angel,  Grand  Canyon,  elevation  of  6,850  feet. 

TOMONOTUS  Saussure. 
Tomonotus  ferruginosus  Bruner. 

A  pair  of  this  species  from  Palmerlee,  Huachuca  Mountains,  Cochise 
County,  Arizona,  taken  July  5  and  15  bj^  H.  Kaeber,  has  been  examined. 
The  range  of  this  form  includes  localities  from  Southern  California  to 
Fort  Grant  and  the  Huachuca  Mountains,  southeastern  Arizona,  and 
from  Phoenix,  Arizona,  to  Uruapan,  Michoacan,  Mexico. 

Tomonotus  aztecus  (Saussure).    ' 

A  series  of  seven  males  and  two  females  of  this  species  were  taken 
July  25  near  the  Sonora  Road,  southwest  of  the  Tucson  Mountains,  on  a 
flat  covered  with  very  low  weeds  with  many  bare  spaces  between.  A 
single  male  was  also  taken  the  same  day  at  Roeble's  Ranch. 

METATOR  McNeill. 
Metator  pardalinum  (Saussure). 

A  single  female  of  this  species,  taken  at  Williams,  September  13,  is 
the  first  Arizona  record  of  the  genus  and  species.  The  specimen  has 
the  disk  of  the  wings  scarlet  and  is  inseparable  from  Colorado  in- 
dividuals. It  was  taken  in  an  open  place  thickly  overgrown  with 
rabbit-weed  and  other  equally  low  vegetation. 

MESTOBEEGMA  Scudder. 
Mestobregma  obliterata  Bruner. 

A  series  of  six  males  and  ten  females  was  taken  at  Williams,  Septem- 
ber 13.     There  is  considerable  variation  in  the  length  of  the  tegmina 

«  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  36. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  387 

and  wings  in  the  females,  while  the  same  is  true  of  the  caudal  femora. 
The  disk  of  the  wings  is  lemon  yellow  in  all  the  specimens  and  the 
transverse  bar  is  not  distinctly  marked.  The  caudal  margin  of  the 
disk  and  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  are  distinctly  colored  with 
yellowish  in  a  few  specimens,  while  the  angle  of  the  tegmina  is  lined 
with  the  same  in  three  specimens  and  with  whitish  in  two  others. 
This  species  was  found  in  the  same  situation  as  Metator  pardalinum. 

TREPIDULUS  McNeill. 
Trepidulus  rosaceus  (Scudder). 

This  very  interesting  species  is  represented  by  a  series  of  twenty-nine 
males  and  twelve  females.  The  localities  at  which  it  was  taken  are 
Tucson,  July  26  (10  d",  9  ?  ) ;  near  Sonora  Road,  July  25  (15  d',  2  9  ) ; 
Roeble's  Ranch,  July  25  (3  c?,  2  9 ),  and  Yuma,  July  28  (1  d").  In 
size  the  series  exhibits  an  appreciable  amount  of  variation,  while  the 
coloration  shows  all  conditions  of  ashy  washes  and  blackish  speckling 
and  blotching,  particularly  on  the  dorsal  aspect  of  the  closed  tegmina, 
while  the  base  color  ranges  in  spots  from  ochre  to  seal  brown.  The 
pale  ventral  portion  of  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  is,  however, 
sharply  defined  in  every  individual,  and  the  two  dorsal  blotches  on  the 
caudal  femora  are  distinct  in  all  but  one  female  specimen.  Attention 
should  be  called  to  the  fact  that  the  Yuma  individual  is  uniformly 
more  grayish  than  specimens  from  the  Tucson  region,  the  maculations 
being  sub-obsolete. 

This  species  was  found  in  the  same  restricted  locality  along  the 
Sonora  Road  as  Tomonotus  aztecus  and  Trepidulus  melleolus,  where  it 
was  moderately  plentiful;  at  Yuma  the  single  specimen  encountered 
was  taken  on  a  broad  flat  of  high  weeds  which  had  been  completely 
dried  by  the  extreme  heat.  It  was  found  common  among  desert  growth 
at  Tucson,  on  the  outskirts  of  the  Mexican  section  of  the  town. 

Trepidulus  melleolus  (Scudder). 

Two  males  from  the  vicinity  of  the  Sonora  Road,  July  25,  and  two 
males  and  a  female  from  Roeble's  Ranch,  July  25,  represent  this 
interesting  species.  It  appears  from  the  material  in  hand,  five  males 
and  two  females,  that  there  is  a  great  amount  of  individual  variation 
in  size  in  both  sexes;  the  two  females  before  us,  one  from  Roeble's 
Ranch,  the  other  from  San  Bernardino  Ranch,  Cochise  County,  having 
a  considerable  difference  in  size.  The  coloration  is  fairly  constant  in 
character. 

This  species  enjoys  a  range  from  northeastern  New  Mexico  (La 
Trementina)  to  Pima  County,  Arizona.  r 


388  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [July, 

This  striking  form  was  taken  on  the  desert  plain  in  the  two  above 
locahties  where  it  was  extremely  scarce. 

DEROTMEMA  Scudder. 
Derotmema  laticinctum  Scudder. 

On  the  desert  plains  of  the  Papago  country  this  species  was  collected 
in  numbers,  a  series  of  seventy-one  males  and  thirty-three  females  being 
before  us.  It  was  usually  found  on  exposed  areas  of  adobe  soil  and  asso- 
ciated with  Psoloessa  texana.  The  series  is  distributed  as  follows :  Tucson, 
July  26,  twenty-seven  males,  eleven  females  (one  immature) ;  Sahuaro 
slope,  southwestern  side  of  Tucson  Mountains,  July  24,  one  male;  near 
Sonora  Road,  southwest  of  Tucson  Mountains,  July  25,  eighteen  males, 
fifteen  females  (two  immature);  Roeble's  Ranch,  July  24  and  25, 
twenty-five  males  (one  immature),  seven  females  (two  immature). 

This  series  is  quite  variable  in  the  depth  of  coloration  and  in  the 
character  of  the  maculations  on  the  anal  area  of  the  tegmina.  Some 
specimens  have  three  or  four  comparatively  large  blotches  on  this 
portion  of  the  tegmina,  while  others  have  the  same  region  more  or  less 
thickly  sprinkled  with  small  quadrate  blotches.  The  fuscous  bar  on 
the  wing  varies  in  intensity  and  considerably  in  extent.  One  speci- 
men from  Tucson  has  the  bar  very  weak  and  of  httle  extent. 

The  specimens  from  the  Baboqui  vari  Mountains  previously  recorded  by 
the  senior  author  as  Derotmema  delicatulum,^  prove  on  second  examina- 
tion and  comparison  with  typical  specimens  of  delicatulum  to  be  this 
species.  The  range  of  the  species  is  now  known  to  extend  from  the 
west  slope  of  the  Organ  Mountains  of  central  southern  New  Mexico 
to  Phoenix,  Maricopa  County,  and  the  Baboquivari  region,  Pima  County, 
Arizona. 

Derotmema  delicatulum  Scudder. 

This  rather  remarkable  species  is  represented  by  four  specimens, 
two  of  each  sex,  taken  at  Sentinel,  Maricopa  County,  July  27.  The 
very  prominent  eyes,  very  pale,  in  fact  almost  colorless,  disk  of  the 
wing  and  much  reduced  but  conspicuous  and  well-defined  transverse 
blotch  on  the  wing  are  sufficient  to  enable  one  to  readily  recognize  the 
species.  The  coloration  is  very  pale,  with  the  darker  pattern  well 
defined  and  comparatively  regular. 

The  habitat  of  this  form  is  the  Mohave  and  Ymna  deserts,  ranging 
from  the  western  edge  of  the  Mohave  at  Mohave  and  Lancaster,  Califor- 
nia, to  at  least  Sentinel,  Maricopa  County,  Arizona.     The  specimens 

^  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  72. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  389 

listed  above  were  collected  during  a  train  stop  in  a  most  arid  and 
desolate  location. 

Derotmema  haydeni  (Thomas). 

A  series  of  five  males  and  four  females  was  taken  at  Williams,  Sep- 
tember 13  (two  6" ,  two  9  ),  and  Anita,  September  11  (two  c^,  three  ?  ). 
The  disk  of  the  wing  is  red  in  five  specimens  and  yellow  in  four,  regard- 
less of  locality.  The  series  from  Williams  is  more  blackish  than  usual 
in  the  species,  while  the  Anita  individuals  are  quite  reddish.  The 
species  has  previously  been  recorded  from  Flagstaff. 

At  Anita  the  species  was  common  on  reddish  soil  in  an  open  field, 
while  at  Williams  it  was  taken  in  an  open  place  heavily  overgrown 
with  low  vegetation. 

CONOZOA.  Saussure. 
Conozoa  carinata  Rehn. 

A  series  of  five  males  and  one  female  taken  at  Tucson,  July  26,  repre- 
sent this  species.  These  specimens  are  somewhat  paler  than  the  types, 
while  the  males  have  the  fastigium  very  slightly  narrower  than  in  the 
female  type.  The  female  specimen  has  the  metazona  of  the  pronotum 
abnormally  humped,  probably  as  the  result  of  an  injury. 

This  species  is  now  known  to  range  from  the  Huachuca  Mountains  to 
the  Baboquivari  range,  north  to  Tucson. 
Conozoa  sulcifrons  (Scudder). 

At  Yuma  this  species  was  taken  in  numbers  on  July  26  and  27,  a 
series  of  twenty-one  males  and  twenty-three  females  being  secured. 
When  compared  with  a  series  from  Grand  Junction,  Colorado,  the 
Yuma  specimens  are  seen  to  average  considerably  larger.  The  Yuma 
series  is  as  a  whole  more  warm  brown  in  color,  with  the  dorsal  aspect 
of  the  head,  pronotum  and  anal  field  of  the  tegmina  paler  and  more 
uniform. 

The  specimens  from  Florence  and  Phoenix,  Arizona,  referred  to  C. 
acuminata  with  a  query  by  the  senior  author^  belong  to  this  species.  In 
size  they  are  slightly  smaller  than  Yuma  individuals  of  the  same  sex. 

This  was  the  most  plentiful  species  found  on  the  dry  earth  of  the 
river  bed  and  along  its  banks.  Although  an  active  flyer  no  great 
difficulty  was  experienced  in  capturing  specimens. 

TRIMEROTROPIS  StM. 
Trimerotropis  fascicula  McNeill. 

A  single  female  of  this  species  was  collected  at  light  at  Nogales, 
August  13,  1906,  by  Dr.  Calvert. 

« Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1904,  p.  567. 


390  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [July, 

The  specimens  recorded  by  Snow^  from  Oak  Creek  Canyon  and 
Humphreys  Peak,  Coconino  County,  Arizona,  as  this  species  prove, 
on  examination  of  individuals  forwarded  by  Prof.  Snow,  to  be  T. 
alliciens  Scudder.     The  two  forms,  however,  are  very  closely  related. 
Trimerotropis  modesta  Bruner. 

A  female  of  this  form  taken  on  the  rim  of  the  Grand  Canyon,  near 
Bright  Angel,  September  11,  and  a  male  taken  at  Williams,  September 
13,  are  in  the  collection.  The  specific  validity  of  this  form  appears  to 
be  rather  questionable,  as  its  relationship  to  T.  citrina  is  so  close  that 
it  may  be  nothing  more  than  a  race  of  that  species. 

Trimerotropis  strenua  McNeill. 

Two  specimens  of  this  species  were  taken  at  Tucson,  July  26,  at  light. 
When  compared  with  Salt  Lake  Valley  specimens  they  are  seen  to  be 
inseparable.     Snow  has  recorded  this  species  from  San  Bernardino 
Ranch,  Cochise  County,  Arizona. 
Trimerotropis  inconspioua  Bruner. 

Three  males  of  this  species  taken  at  Bright  Angel,  Grand  Canyon, 
6,880  feet  to  7,000  feet,  are  before  us.  Two  were  taken  July  29  to 
August  2,  1906,  by  Calvert,  and  one  on  September  11,  1907,  by  Hebard. 
Two  specimens  are  identical  in  coloration  with  the  tegminal  bars  decid- 
edly blackish  and  strongly  contrasting  with  the  pale  ochraceous  base 
color,  while  the  other  specimen  is  decidedly  reddish,  both  bars  and 
base  color. 

This  species  was  described  by  Bruner  from  material  taken  at  a 
number  of  localities  in  the  Grand  River  region  of  western  Colorado, 
this  being  the  first  record  of  the  species  from  any  locality  outside  of 
that  State. 

The  specimen  taken  on  September  11  was  the  only  individual  of  the 
species  noticed  and  was  captured  in  the  forest  of  piiion  and  juniper. 
Trimerotropis  vinculata  Scudder. 

This  wide  ranging  species  is  represented  by  eighty-three  specimens 
taken  as  follows:  Tucson,  July  26,  27  d^,  18  ?  ;  Sonora  Road  Canyon, 
July  25,  4  cJ*;  Sonora  Road  near  Tucson  Mountains,  July  25,  2  9  ; 
Roeble's  Ranch,  July  24  and  25,  13  d',  4  9  ;  Nogales,  August  13  (at 
light,  Calvert),  1  d  ;  Yuma,  July  28, 1  d" ;  WiUiams,  September  13,  1  6" ; 
Bright  Angel  Trail,  Grand  Canyon,  elevation  3,000-7,000  feet,  July  29- 
August  2  (Calvert),  September  11  and  12  (Hebard),  3  c?,  9  9  . 

The  specimens  of  the  series  present  a  considerable  amount  of  varia- 

'  Trans.  Kansas  Acad.  Sci.,  XX,  pt.  2,  p.  37. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  391 

tion  in  size  and  the  usual  modifications  of  width  and  characters  of 
tegminal  bars,  as  well  as  differences  in  the  general  light  base  color.  As 
the  variability  of  this  species  is  almost  endless,  it  is  hardly  necessary  to 
call  attention  to  any  types  except  one  which  is  suffused  with  ochraceous- 
rufous,  represented  by  all  the  Sonora  Road  Canyon  specimens  and 
faintly  approached  by  one  from  Tucson,  and  a  very  dull  type,  repre- 
sented by  several  from  Bright  Angel  rim  (7,000  feet)  and  the  single 
individual  from  Wilhams.  Other  specimens,  however,  from  the  rim 
of  the  Grand  Canyon  at  Bright  Angel  are  of  normal  contrast,  and  one  is 
extremely  contrasted  with  quite  pale  base  color. 
Trimerotropis  cyaneipennis  Bruner. 

A  series  of  sixteen  males  and  seven  females  of  this  species  was  taken 
at  elevations  ranging  from  3,800  to  7,000  feet  on  and  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  Bright  Angel  Trail,  Grand  Canyon,  September  11  and  12.  The 
majority  of  the  specimens  are  strongly  washed  with  reddish,  the  greater 
portion  of  these  reddish  specimens  being  from  elevations  not  exceeding 
5,000  feet,  this  being  evidently  due  to  a  protective  color  modification 
influenced  by  the  reddish  exposure  of  that  portion  of  the  canyon  walls. 
A  few  individuals  possess  a  more  strongly  contrasted  coloration;  the 
pale  color  being  unsuffused  and  the  bar  groups  darker.  These  speci- 
mens are  from  5,000  and  7,000  feet.  On  comparing  this  series  with 
that  in  the  Academy  collection  I  find  that  specimens  from  the  northern 
portion  of  Arizona,  south  at  least  as  far  as  Prescott,  have  the  disk  of 
the  wings  campanula  blue  in  color,  while  individuals  from  the  ranges 
of  southeastern  Arizona  (Huachucas,  etc.)  have  the  same  area 
glaucous  blue.  The  difference  is  quite  noticeable  when  the  two  types 
are  compared.  This  species  makes  at  will  a  clatter  similar  to  that  of 
Circotettix  verruculatus.  Especially  when  alarmed  its  flight  is 
extremely  swift  and  erratic.  It  was  not  plentiful  along  the  canyon 
edge,  but  lower  on  the  Bright  Angel  Trail  it  was  found  almost  every- 
where, most  plentiful,  however,  about  bare  places  near  precipices. 

CIKCOTETTIX  Scudder. 
Circotettix  undulatus  (Thomas). 

A  series  of  seven  males  and  nine  females  taken  near  the  rim  of  the 
Grand  Canyon  at  Bright  Angel  represents  this  species.  Two  males 
and  three  females  were  taken  July  29  to  August  2, 1906,  by  Calvert,  and 
the  remainder  September  11, 1907,  by  Hebard. 

The  sexes  are  of  practically  the  same  size,  and  the  amount  of  indi- 
vidual variation  of  the  same  character  is  slight  in  a  series  of  thirty-six 
specimens  before  us.  The  general  color  varies  from  a  decidedly 
blackish  type  to  one  distinctly  dull  reddish  brown  in  general  lone. 


392  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [July, 

The  previous  Arizona  records  of  this  species  were  from  Oak  Creek 
Canyon  and  base  of  Humphrey's  Peak,  Coconino  County. 

This  form  was  not  uncommon  in  the  open  yellow  pine  groves  near 
the  hotel,  while  in  other  places  it  was  very  scarce.  Individuals  of  this 
species  seem  to  be  unable  to  fly  without  clattering.  In  the  afternoons 
it  was  not  on  the  wing. 

HADROTETTIX  Scudder. 
Hadrotettix  trifasciatus  (Say). 

A  single  male  of  this  species,  collected  by  H.  A.  Kaeber,  July  6, 1907, 
on  the  plains  at  the  mouth  of  Ramsay  Canyon,  Huachuca  Mountains, 
has  been  examined. 

ANCONIA  Scudder. 
Anconia  Integra  Scudder. 

At  both  Tucson  and  Yuma  this  species  was  encountered,  five  males 
and  two  females  having  been  taken  at  the  former  locality  on  July  26 
and  twenty  males  and  two  females  at  the  latter  on  July  27  and  28.  In 
size  there  is  an  appreciable  amount  of  variation  in  the  male  sex,  the 
four  females  being  quite  uniform.  All  the  females  and  four  of  the 
Tucson  males  are  green;  all  the  Yuma  males  and  one  Tucson  male 
are  hoary  white  or  pale  ochraceous  more  or  less  thickly  overlaid  with 
maculations  of  olive.  Several  of  the  brownish  specimens  are  very  pale 
and  but  faintly  maculate,  while  five  are  strongly  marked,  having  the 
pronotal  decussate  markings  pronounced.  The  other  brownish  males 
are  more  or  less  intermediate  between  the  two  extreme  types. 

Tucson  is  the  most  eastern  record  for  this  species,  the  previously 
published  Arizona  records  being  from  Phoenix  and  Bill  William's  Fork. 

At  Tucson  this  species  was  taken  among  high  weeds  both  in  damp 
and  dry  locations.  They  were  very  wary  and  alert  and  when  missed 
flew  for  some  considerable  distance.  A  preference  to  alighting  on 
the  ground  when  pursued  rather  than  on  weeds  and  bushes  was  ob- 
served, though  invariably  first  discovered  among  vegetation.  At  Yuma 
it  was  found  on  the  greasewood  covered  sand  flats. 

HELIASTXJS  Saussure. 
Heliastus  aridus  (Bruner). 

This  extremely  variable  species  is  represented  by  specimens  taken  at 
Tucson  (July  26,  3  9),  Sonora  Road  Canyon  (July  25,  2  d^,  1  ?, 
1  nymph),  Sonora  Road  near  Tucson  Mountains  (July  25,  1  ? )  and 
Roeble's  Ranch  (July  24,  1  6^,  1  9  ).  There  is  a  great  diversity  in  the 
size  of  the  Tucson  females,  while  the  coloration  is  of  the  usual  vari- 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  393 

ability.  The  three  individuals  from  the  Sonora  Road  Canyon  are 
distinctly  suffused  with  reddish,  the  males  very  strongly  so,  while  the 
Tucson  and  Roeble's  Ranch  specimens  have  hoary  white  their  most 
conspicuous  color  tone.  The  Sonora  Road  specimen  has  as  its  general 
tint  the  peculiar  blue  gray  often  seen  in  this  species. 

This  form  was  found  to  be  a  typical  desert  species,  not  noticed  any- 
where in  numbers. 

PHKYNOTETTIX  Uhler. 
Phrynotettix  magnus  (Thomas). 

A  pair  of  this  species  taken  July  6  by  H.  A.  Kaeber  at  Palmerlee  and 
an  immature  male  taken  in  Sonora  Road  Canyon,  Tucson  Mountains, 
July  25,  have  been  examined. 

The  Palmerlee  male  is  labelled  "Found  under  manure."  The 
Sonora  Road  Canyon  specimen  was  found  on  a  rocky  hillside. 

SCHISTOCERCA  StM. 
Scliistocerca  vaga  (Scudder). 

At  Tucson  four  males  and  two  females  of  this  species  were  collected 
July  26.  One  female  is  quite  dark  in  color  with  strongly  contrasted 
pattern;  the  other  of  the  same  sex  shows  Uttle  contrast  and  is  pale 
dull  brownish.  The  specimens  were  found  among  wild  sunflowers  and 
other  high  plants.  In  this  situation  indi\dduals  were  taken  with  far 
greater  ease  than  others  previously  seen  on  the  desert. 
Schistocerca  venusta  Scudder. 

A  male  and  two  females  taken  at  Yuma,  July  27  and  28,  and  a  male 
taken  at  Winslow,  Navajo  County,  September  13,  represent  this 
species.  The  Winslow  specimen  is  more  olive  and  less  greenish  than 
the  Yuma  individuals. 

At  Yuma  a  few  specimens  were  seen  in  the  dry  stand  of  arrow-wood 
on  the  banks  of  the  Gila  River.  The  species  was  very  plentiful  at 
Winslow,  in  tall  weeds  about  a  water  tank. 

CONALCEA  Scudder. 
Conalosea  huachucana  Rehn. 

A  female  of  this  species,  collected  at  Palmerlee  July  6  by  Kaeber,  has 
been  examined. 

HESPEKOTETTIX  Scudder. 
Hesperotettix  festivus  Scudder. 

A  series  of  twenty-two  males,  twelve  females  and  one  nymph 
represents  this  species.  The  localities  are:  Tucson,  July  26,  1  d^,  1  9  ; 
Sahuaro  slope,  southwest  of  Tucson  Mountains,  July  24,  1  d^ ;  Sonora 


394  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [July, 

Road  near  Tucson  Mountains,  July  25,  13  c?,  9  ?  ,  1  nymph;  Roeble's 
Ranch,  July  25, 1  9  ;  Williams,  September  13,  1  c?,  1  9  . 

In  size  but  little  variation  is  noticeable;  the  tegmina  of  the  two 
Williams  specimens,  however,  do  not  exceed  the  tips  of  the  caudal 
femora.  Five  specimens  from  Sonora  Road  are  decidedly  brownish, 
one  strongly  so,  while  all  the  others  are  shades  of  green,  in  a  few  cases 
with  a  faint  bluish  tinge  to  the  tegmina.  Reddish  pregenicular 
annuli  are  indicated  more  or  less  strongly  on  the  caudal  femora  of  all 
but  three  specimens,  which  latter  are  either  in  or  approach  the  brown- 
ish phase.  The  pale  medio-longitudinal  line  on  the  pronotum  is  nar- 
rower in  the  Williams  specimens  than  in  a  number  of  individuals  from 
southern  Arizona, 

This  insect  was  one  of  the  few  species  which  was  invariably  found 
on  or  near  rabbit-weed.  In  the  rabbit-weed  tracts  a  number  of  speci- 
mens were  often  found  in  one  small  clump  of  the  weed.  Relying  on 
its  protective  coloration  the  insect  often  sought  shelter  in  the  center  of 
the  clump,  but  when  frightened  out  of  its  retreat  flew  very  swiftly 
on  almost  all  occasions  to  another  bunch  of  the  same  plant. 

.ffiOLOPLTIS  Scudder. 
.ffioloplus  tenuipennis  Scudder. 

At  Tucson  this  species  was  found  in  weeds  growing  along  an  irrigat- 
ing ditch  and  a  series  of  six  males  and  three  females  was  taken  on  July 
26,  while  at  Yuma  a  single  male  was  collected  on  July  27.  While 
agreeing  with  the  original  description  in  all  essential  points  the  Tucson 
individuals  are  decidedly  larger  than  the  type.  The  extremes  of  the 
series  measure  as  follows : 


Length  of  body, 17 

Length  of  pronotum, 
Length  of  tegmen,  . 
Length  of  caudal  femur, 

In  color  there  is  an  appreciable  amount  of  variation  in  the  depth  of 
the  bars  and  maculations,  the  specimens  with  the  base  color  dull  ochre 
having  the  pattern  more  marked,  while  those  with  the  same  more 
yellowish  have  the  pattern  weaker.  The  pink  of  the  proximal  two- 
thirds  of  the  caudal  tibiae  varies  greatly  in  depth  of  color,  being  very 
delicate  shell  pink  in  some  specimens  and  solferino  in  others  with  inter- 
mediates of  various  shades. 

This  species  was  described  from  Fort  Grant,  Graham  County,  Ari- 
zona, and  has  since  been  recorded  from  Bill  William's  Fork,  western 
Arizona. 


c? 

? 

17    -18.3  mm. 

17    -19.3  mm, 

4    -  4.5  " 

4    -  4.9  " 

15.5-19      " 

15.5-17.2  " 

9.5-10.2  " 

9.8-11.2  " 

1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  395 

A  single  female  in  the  Academy  Collection  was  taken  at  Phoenix 
(October  4, 1900;  Kunze). 

.ffioloplus  arizonensis  Scudder. 

In  the  vicinity  of  Yuma  this  species  was  not  uncommon,  a  series  of 
seven  males,  fifteen  females  and  one  nymph  being  taken  July  27  and  28. 
Among  the  high  dry  weeds  on  the  flood  plain  of  the  Gila  River  fourteen 
specimens  were  taken  and  a  number  of  others  seen;  one  specimen  was 
captured  on  the  summit  of  a  desert  hill,  one  in  cultivated  alfalfa  and 
seven  were  taken  at  night  under  arc  lights. 

There  is  a  perceptible  amount  of  variation  in  size,  the  length  of  the 
tegmina  being  quite  variable;  no  specimens,  however,  having  these 
members  shorter  than  the  type  measurements,  while  the  greater 
majority  have  them  much  longer.  The  remarks  made  under  ^Eoloplus 
tenuipennis  regarding  color  variation  apply  as  well  to  this  species, 
though  the  paler  specimens  have  the  tegmina  distinctly  light  grayish, 
while  in  one  specimen  the  pale  color  on  the  head  and  pronotum  is 
almost  whitish. 

This  species  has  been  recorded  from  Fort  Wliipple,  Yavapai  County, 
Arizona,  and  the  Mohave  Desert, 

MELANOPLUS  Stil. 
Melanoplus  flabellifer  Scudder. 

A  series  of  six  males  and  seven  females  of  this  species  was  taken  at 
Williams,  September  13.  All  are  typical  of  flahellifer,  showing  little  or 
no  tendency  toward  occidentalis  or  cuneatus.  The  coloration  is  quite 
dark,  the  pattern  much  subdued.  There  is  some  variation  in  the 
depth  of  the  glaucous  color  of  the  caudal  tibiae.  This  is  the  first 
record  of  the  species  from  Arizona. 

All  of  these  specimens  were  taken  in  a  field  of  low  vegetation.     The 
insects  were  inactive  as  the  dew  was  yet  on  the  ground.     The  condi- 
tion of  a  number  of  the  specimens  shows  that  their  season  was  well 
advanced. 
Melanoplus  herbaceus  flavesoens  Scudder. 

Two  males  of  this  form  were  taken  at  Yuma  on  July  28,  one  on 
cultivated  ground,  the  other  on  desert  growth. 

The  only  previous  record  of  this  form  from  Arizona  was  from  Bill 
Wilham's  Fork,  Mohave- Yuma  County,  specimens  from  Phoenix  being 
intermediate  between  herbaceus  and  flavescens. 
Melanoplus  brownii  Caudell. 

This  species  was  abundant  locally  at  Tucson,  where  a  series  of 
twelve  males  and  nineteen  females  were  taken  on  July  26.     In  size 


396  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [Julj, 

there  is  an  appreciable  amount  of  individual  variation,  the  extremes 
of  the  series  measuring  as  follows : 


(? 

(^ 

9 

9 

Length  of  body,  .      .      . 
Length  of  tegmen,    . 
Length  of  caudal  femur, . 

18.6  mm. 
18       " 
10.8   " 

21. .5  mm. 
20       " 
12.5    " 

24.2  mm. 
20       " 
12.2    " 

28.4  mm, 
24.2    " 
14.8   " 

The  coloration  is  quite  uniform,  only  a  few  specimens  being  more 
richly  colored  than  the  others,  the  caudal  femora,  however,  being 
some  shade  of  glaucous  in  all  the  series  instead  of  ''yellowish  brown" 
as  originally  described. 

The  female  specimen  recorded  by  Rehn  as  M.  canonicus?  from 
Florence,  Arizona,^"  and  those  of  the  same  sex  from  the  Huachuca  range 
recorded  by  him  as  M.  flavidus^^  are  referable  to  this  species.  The 
absence  of  accompanying  males  was  responsible  for  the  erroneous 
identifications.  The  Florence  individual  has  since  been  compared 
with  the  types  of  brownii. 

The  range  of  this  species  now  extends  from  Yuma  up  the  Gila  Valley 
to  Phoenix  and  Florence,  southward  to  Tucson,  the  Baboquivari  and 
Huachuca  Mountains. 

The  species  was  found  at  Tucson,  frequenting  high  weeds  near  water 
and  cultivated  areas. 
Melanoplus  atlanis  (Riley). 

A  male  and  two  females  represent  this  widely  distributed  species,  the 
localities  being  Williams,  September  13  (d"),  Tucson,  July  26  (  ?  ),  and 
SonoraRoad  near  Tucson  Mountains,  July  25  (9  ).  These  specimens  are 
distinctly  larger  than  eastern  individuals  of  the  species,  a  fact  previously 
noted  by  Rehn^^  in  regard  to  Florence  and  Phoenix,  Arizona,  repre- 
sentatives. The  Sonora  Road  specimen  has  the  coloration  strongly 
contrasted. 

Melanoplus  aridus  (Scudder). 

A  very  interesting  series  of  this  species  was  taken  at  localities  in 
northern  Arizona,  a  region  from  which  it  was  previously  not  reported. 
Nine  specimens  from  Williams,  September  13,  five  males,  four  females, 
average  about  equal  in  size  to  individuals  from  Florence,  Arizona,  and 
are  distinctly  smaller  than  Scudder's  measurements.  Three  males 
and  one  female  taken  at  Anita,  September  11,  show  a  further  reduc- 
tion in  size,  while  a  series  of  fourteen  males  and  eleven  females  from 

10  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1904,  p.  572. 

"  Ibid.,  1907,  p.  54. 

«  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  78. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP    PHILADELPHIA.  397 

the  rim  of  the  Grand  Canyon  at  Bright  Angel,  September  11,  are  veiy 
decidedly  smaller  than  Scudder's  measurements,  some  specimens 
being  hardly  more  than  half  the  size  given  by  him.  The  senior  author 
recently  called  attention^^  to  the  size  variability  of  this  species,  citing 
Huachuca  Mountain  individuals  larger  than  the  original  measure- 
ments. 

The  coloration  of  the  Grand  Canyon  series  shows  little  yellowish, 
having  grays  and  gray-browns  predominating,  while  the  Anita  and  Wil- 
liams specimens  are  somewhat  brighter,  though  by  no  means  as  strik- 
ingly colored  as  Florence,  Arizona,  individuals.  The  yellow  of  the 
ventral  surface  is  pure  in  some  specimens  and  much  soiled  and  washed 
with  red  brown  in  others. 

At  Williams  and  Anita  this  species  was  extremely  common  in  the 
grassy  open  glades  of  the  pine  forest,  while  at  Grand  Canyon  it  was  the 
most  abundant  species  of  Orthoptera  and  was  found  ever3Awhere  in  the 
undergrowth  of  the  heavier  pine  woods.  It  was  noted  to  be  a  very 
swift  jumper,  but  a  series  was  easily  taken  on  account  of  its  abundance. 
Melanoplus  femur-nigrum  Scudder. 

This  little  known  species  is  represented  by  a  series  of  two  males  and 
three  females  taken  September  11  at  the  rim  of  the  Grand  Canyon  at 
Bright  Angel.  Here  it  was  taken  on  an  open  hillside  heavily  over- 
grown with  a  plant  resembling  rabbit-weed. 

The  only  previous  record  of  this  species  is  the  original  one  from 
San  Francisco  Mountains,  July  30,  but  its  range  is  more  extensive  as 
witnessed  by  a  female  in  the  Academy  Collection  labelled  "Albu- 
querque, N.  Mex.,  July  13,  Oslar."  It  is  quite  probable  that  this 
specimen  was  taken  in  the  mountains  near  Albuquerque,  as  it  is  hardly 
likely  to  occur  in  the  distinctly  Sonoran  vicinity  of  the  city. 
Melanoplus  femur-rubrum  (DeGeer). 

A  male  of  this  species  was  taken  at  Winslow,  Navajo  County,  4,848 
feet  elevation,  September  13. 

Melanoplus  canonicus  Scudder. 

A  series  of  two  males  and  seven  females,  taken  September  12  along 
or  near  the  Bright  Angel  Trail,  Grand  Canyon,  represent  this  species. 
These  specimens  were  taken  at  altitudes  ranging  from  4,850  to  6,800 
feet,  one  female  alone  being  from  above  an  elevation  of  5,800  feet. 
The  species  was  found  only  in  scattered  growths  of  pinon  and  juniper, 
exhibiting  a  preference  for  the  latter  tree.  Specimens  were  found 
on  the  ground,  in  bushes  and  chnging  to  the  twigs  of  juniper. 

13  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1907,  p.  51. 
26 


398  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [July, 

In  size  there  is  considerable  variation  in  the  series,  all  being  smaller 
than  Scudder's  original  measurements.  The  extremes  of  the  series  in 
hand  are  as  follows : 


d^ 

^               9 

9 

Length  of  body,  . 
Length  of  tegmen,    . 
Length  of  caudal  femur, 

17     mm. 
15       " 
10.5    '' 

20.2  mm."  22.5  mm. 
13.8   "         15.8    " 
9.8    ''        11.5    " 

27     mm. 
18.2    " 
13.4   " 

The  distal  portion  of  the  furcula  varies  in  the  two  males,  being  rather 
slender  in  one  and  comparatively  thick  in  the  other. 

The  majority  of  the  specimens  are  strongly  overcast  with  brownish, 
sometimes  with  a  decided  olivaceous  tinge,  only  one  specimen  being 
"luteo-testaceous"  as  originally  described. 

In  addition  to  the  original  record  from  the  Grand  Canyon,  this 
species  has  been  recorded  from  Bill  Wilham's  Fork  by  Rehn  and  from 
Tucson  by  Snow. 

DACTYLOTUM  Charpentier. 
Dactylotum  variegatum  Scudder. 

A  male  and  two  females  of  this  species,  taken  July  6  on  the  plains  at 
the  east  base  of  the  Huachuca  Mountains  by  H.  Kaeber,  have  been 
examined. 

TBTTIGONID^. 
ARETHJEA  St&l. 
Arethaea  sellata  Rehn. 

A  male  of  tliis  species,  taken  at  Palmerlee,  Huachuca  Mountains,  July 
15,  by  H.  A.  Kaeber,  has  been  examined. 

SCUDDERIA  Stai. 
Scudderia  furcifera  Scudder. 

This  species  is  represented  by  a  male  taken  at  Palmerlee,  Huachuca 
Mountains,  July  6,  by  H.  A.  Kaeber. 

MICI10CENTRUM15  Scudder. 
Miorocentrum  rhombifolia^^  (Saussure). 

A  single  female  of  this  species  was  taken  at  hght  at  Nogales,  August 
13,  1906,  by  Calvert. 


"  Abnormally  distended. 

"  Kirby  {Synon.  Catal.  Orth.,  II,  pp.  4.55,  480)  has  transferred  this  generic 
name  to  the  genus  usually  known  as  Stilpnochlora  Stal,  and  in  its  place  for 
Microcentrum  of  authors  uses  Orophus  Saussure,  1859.  For  the  type  of  the  latter 
he  selects  retinervis  Burmeister  (salicifolia  Saussure),  disregarding  the  fact  that 
Relm  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1905,  p.  808,  March,  1906)  some  months 
previously  had  selected  mexicanus  as  the  type  of  Orophus.     In  selecting  a  type 


1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OP   PHILADELPHIA. 


399 


G-RYLLID^. 
NEMOBIUS  ServiUe. 
Nemobius  neomexicanus  Scudder. 

•  This  species  was  taken  at  light  at  Tucson  (July  23,  1  9  )  and  Yuma 
(July  27  and  28,  3  9)  and  was  decidedly  scarce  wherever  it  was 
encountered.  The  Tucson  specimen  is  appreciably  larger  than  the 
Yuma  individuals. 


GRYLLUS  Linnseus. 
Gryllus  personatus  Uhler. 

At  Tucson  this  species  came  to  light  in  great  numbers  the  evenings 
of  July  23  and  26,  a  series  of  twenty  males  and  eighteen  females  being 
collected. 

Size  as  usual  exliibits  a  considerable  range  of  variation,  while  several 
males  are  of  a  strongly  megacephalic  type. 

As  the  proportions  of  the  caudal  femora  and  ovipositors  and  the 
measurements  of  the  tegmina  may  prove  of  use  to  future  workers,  they 
are  tabled  below. 

Proportions  of  caudal  femur  and  ovipositor  in  eighteen  females  from 
Tucson. 

or. 


Caudal 
femur. 

12 
mm. 

13.3 

mm. 

12.5 
mm. 

13 

mm. 

13.2 
mm. 

13.5 
mm. 

13.8 
mm. 

14 
mm. 

14.5 
mm. 

15 
mm. 

10  7  mm 

1 

11 

11.3    " 

1 

1 

11.5    " 

11.7    " 

'"{" 

1 

12 

1 

12  2    " 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

12.5    " 



13 

2 

for  Microcenfrum  Scudder,  Kirby  has  been  confused  by  the  synonymy  of  the 
species  and  selected  Steirodon  thoracicus  ServiUe  as  the  t5^e,  which  was  not 
included  in  Microcentrum  by  Scudder;  the  latter's  Microcentrum  thoracicum 
having  been  proposed  independently,  not  being  the  same  as  thoracicus  Ser\dlle  or 
thoracica  Burnieister.  Tliis  is  shown  by  lurby  in  his  arrangement  of  the  syn- 
onymy; but  in  selecting  Ins  type  he  has  overlooked  it.  In  consequence  it  is 
necessary  to  select  as  the  type  of  Microcentrum  a  species  originally  included  in 
the  genus  and  affiliatum  Scudder  (=  rhombifolia  Saussure)  is  so  selected.  This 
is  in  accordance  with  Article  30  of  the  Revised  International  Code  of  Nomen- 
clature. 

1^  This  name  must  be  used  in  place  of  laurifolium  of  authors ;  laurifolium  of 
Linnseus,  as  shown  by  lurby  {Synon.  Catal.  Orth.,  II,  p.  456),  being  a  Stilpno- 
chlora. 


400 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[July, 


Measurements  of  caudal  femur,  tegmen  and  ovipositor. 
Females  {eighteen  specimens). 


Caudal  femur. 

Tegmen. 

Ovipositor. 

10.7  mm.  (2) 

13     mm.  (8) 

12     mm.  (1) 

11         "    (1) 

13.2    ''      (2) 

12.3    "     (1) 

11.3     ''    (3) 

13.5    "     (1) 

12.5    ''      (2) 

11.5     "    (1) 

14      "      (3) 

13       "     (5) 

11.7     "    (1) 

14.2    "      (2) 

13.2    "      (1) 

12        ''    (3) 

14.5    "      (1) 

13.5    "      (2) 

12.2     "    (4) 

14.8    "      (1) 

13.8    "      (2) 

12.5     "    (1) 

14       "     (1) 

13        ''    (2) 

14.5    "     (1) 
15      "     (2) 

Males  (twenty  specimens). 


Caudal  femur. 

Tegmen. 

10.5  mm 

.(1) 

12     mm.  (1) 

11       " 

(1) 

12.3    ' 

'     (2) 

11.2    " 

(2) 

12.5    ' 

'      (1) 

11.5    " 

(1) 

12.8    ' 

'     (1) 

11.7    " 

(6) 

13       ' 

'      (2) 

12       " 

(3) 

13.2    ' 

'      (1) 

12.2    " 

(1) 

13.5    ' 

'     (4) 

12^5    " 

(2) 

13.8    ' 

'     (5) 

12.7    " 

(1) 

14       ' 

'     (1) 

13.8   " 

(2) 

15       ' 

'     (1) 

15.3    ' 

'     (1) 

The  entire  series  of  thirty-eight  specimens  is  macropterous. 

There  is  considerable  variation  in  the  depth  of  the  coloration,  some 
individuals  having  the  head  so  much  suffused  with  blackish  that  the 
usual  pale  occipital  lines  are  not  visible. 


Gryllus  armatus  Scudder. 

This  species  came  to  light  abundantly  at  Yuma  on  the  evenings  of 
July  27  and  28,  a  series  of  nine  males  and  forty-five  females  being 
collected.  A  pair  were  also  taken  at  Tucson,  July  26,  under  the  same 
conditions.     All  the  specimens  collected  are  macropterous. 

To  assist  future  workers  in  this  difficult  genus  measurements  taken 
from  the  Yuma  series  are  here  given. 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


401 


ength  of  tegmen. 

Length  of  caudal  femur. 

Length  of 

ovipositor 

10     mm 

.(1) 

9.6  mm.  (1) 

11.6  mm.  (1) 

11.2    " 

(1) 

10       ''     (2) 

11.8 

'      (1) 

11.6    " 

(2) 

10.2    "     (3) 

12 

'      (4) 

11.8    " 

(3) 

10.4    ''     (2) 

12.2 

'     (3) 

12       " 

(5) 

10.6    "     (7) 

12.6 

'     (3) 

12.2    " 

(3) 

10.8    "     (2) 

12.8 

'     (7) 

12.4    " 

(5) 

11       "   (15) 

13 

'     (6) 

12.6    " 

(6) 

11.2    ''     (8) 

13.2 

'     (6) 

12.8    " 

(5) 

11.4    "     (5) 

13.4 

'     (3) 

13       " 

(7) 

11.6    "     (3) 

13.6 

'      (4) 

13.2    " 

(3) 

11.8    "     (4) 

13.8 

'     (2) 

ISA   " 

(4) 

12       "     (?) 

14 

"     (3) 

13.6   '' 

(6) 

12.2    ''      (1) 

14.4 

"     (2) 

13.8   " 

(3) 

Broken 

mone 

14      '' 

(1) 

specimen. 

Proportions  of  caudal  femur  and  ovipositor  in  forty-five  Yuma  females. 
Ovipositor. 


Caudal 
femur. 

11.6 
mm. 

11.8 
mm. 

12 
mm. 

12.2 
mm. 

12.4 
mm. 

12.6 
mm. 

12.8 
mm. 

13 
mm. 

13.2 
mm. 

13.4 
mm. 

13.6 

mm. 

13.8 
mm. 

14 
mm. 

14.2 
mm. 

14.4 
mm. 

10  mm 

1 

1 

10.2  " 

1 

1 

1 

10.4  " 

2 

.... 

10.6  " 

1 

1 

10  8  " 

1 
1 

1 

11      " 

.... 

1 

5 

3 

1 
1 

1 

1 

t 

11.2  " 

3 

1 
1 

1 

11.4  " 

1 

11  6  " 

11  8  " 

1 

13      " 

1 

1 

....1    i 

While  the  head  is  blackish  in  all  the  specimens,  the  pronotum  is 
frequently  quite  reddish,  in  some  individuals  entirely  so,  which  latter 
type  is  connected  with  that  having  the  pronotum  solid  blackish  by  a 
considerable  number  of  intermediates. 

It  was  astonishing  to  note  the  numbers  in  which  this  species  came  to 
the  arc  lights,  hundreds  of  them  running  about  on  the  ground  beneath 
the  lights  or  flying  swiftly  around  in  circles. 

MIOGRYLLUS  Saussure. 
Miogryllus  pictus  Scudder. 

At  Yuma  on  the  evenings  of  July  27  and  28  this  species  frequented  the 
vicinity  of  the  electric  lights  in  considerable  numbers.     A  series  of 


402      "    "      PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [J^ly, 

fourteen  males  and  sixteen  adult  and  one  immature  female  was  taken. 
There  is  an  appreciable  but  not  very  great  variation  in  the  size  of 
individuals  of  this  species,  while  the  coloration  varies  only  in  the 
suffusion  of  the  pronotal  markings;  some  specimens  having  them 
distinct  and  others  having  them  clouded  with  a  wash  of  the  darker 
color.  The  males  without  exception  have  the  pronotum  dark  and 
the  pattern  not  apparent. 

This  species  was  more  agile  than  Gryllus  armatus,  with  which  it  was 
associated. 

(ECANTHUS  Serville. 
CEoanthus  niveus  (DeGeer), 

A  single  male  of  this  species  was  taken  near  Bright  Angel  Trail, 
Grand  Canyon,  at  an  elevation  of  about  4,900  feet,  September  12. 
It  was  taken  from  a  weed  resembhng  rabbit-weed  in  the  pinon  zone. 
(Eoanthus  nigricornis  Walker. 

A  single  male  from  the  rim  of  the  Grand  Canyon  at  Bright  Angel, 
September  11,  is  referred  tentatively  to  this  species.  The  antennal 
markings  are  not  as  complex  as  usual  in  the  species,  but  the  propor- 
tions and  general  coloration  are  nearly  typical.  The  individual  was 
captured  stridulating  at  night  on  the  species  of  weed  referred  to  under 
(E.  niveus. 

(Eoanthus  quadripunotatus  Beutenmiiller. 

Four  specimens  taken  at  Tucson,  July  23-26,  are  referred  to  this 
species,  one  male,  a  female,  attracted  to  light,  and  two  immature 
individuals. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  403 


NOTES  ON  THE  DISTRIBUTION  OF  COLORADO  MAMMALS,  WITH  A  DESCRIPTION 
OF  A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  BAT  (EPTESICUS  PALLIDUS)  FROM  BOULDER. 

BY  ROBERT  T.  YOUNG. 

In  the  following  article  I  propose  (1)  to  discuss  briefly  the  distribu- 
tion of  the  mammals  of  the  mountains  of  northern  central  Colorado 
in  their  relation  to  the  life  zones  of  that  region;^  (2)  to  point  out  the 
apparent  movement  of  some  species  relative  to  their  centers  of  dispersal 
and  to  give  a  few  facts  regarding  the  little  known  distribution  of 
certain  forms  in  this  State,  and  (3)  to  describe  a  new  species  of  bat 
from  Boulder. 

(1)  Distribution  of  mammals  relative  to  the  life  zones  of  northern 
central  Colorado. 

In  two  recent  papers  by  Ramaley^  and  myself^  the  life  zones  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains  in  this  region,  as  determined  by  the  flora,  have  been 
mapped  out.  Does  the  mammalian  fauna  of  the  mountains  show  the 
same  zonation  as  does  the  flora? 

The  zones  as  outlined  by  Ramaley  are  as  follows : 

1.  Plains  Zone,  below  5,800  feet. 

2.  Foothill  Zone,  from  5,800  to  8,000  feet. 

3.  Montane  Zone,  from  8,000  to  10,000  feet. 

4.  Sub-alpine  Zone,  from  10,000  to  11,500  feet. 

5.  Alpine  Zone,  from  11,500  to  14,000  feet. 

The  first  of  these  not  being  a  mountain  zone  may  be  omitted  from 
our  discussion.  The  last  four  correspond  to  the  zones  which  I,  in 
accordance  with  the  terminology  of  Merriam*  and  others,  have  specified 
as  Transition  1,650-2,400  m.,  Canadian  2,400-2,850  m.,  Hudsonian 
2,850-3,300  m.  and  Alpine^  3,300-3,450  m.« 

^  Where  the  records  for  any  species  number  very  few,  I  have  usually  omitted 
such  species  from  this  part  of  my  discussion. 

^  Plant  Zones  in  the  Rocky  Mountains  of  Colorado,  Science,  N.  S.,  Vol.  XXVI 
pp. 642-3. 

^  Forest  Formations  of  Boulder  County,  Colorado,  Bot.  Gaz.,  Vol.  XLIV,  pp. 
321-52. 

*  Life  Zones  and  Crop  Zones  of  the  United  States,  Bull.  10,  U  S.  Biological 
Survey. 

^  Merriam  applies  the  term  Arctic-Alpine  to  this  zone. 

^Ramaley's  terminology,  as  apphed  to  this  particular  region,  is  perhaps  more 
desirable  than  that  of  Merriam;  but  for  purposes  of  comparison  -nith  other  regions, 
and  for  the  sake  of  uniformity,  I  much  prefer  the  latter. 


404  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [J^^lj, 

While  it  is  well  known  that  an  absolute  delimitation  of  zonal  areas  in 
mountain  regions  is  impossible,  whether  plants  or  animals  are  chosen  as 
characteristics,  still  the  zones  as  outlined  above  are  fairly  well  defined 
by  their  plant  inhabitants. 

Of  the  mountain  mammals  of  northern  Colorado  many  range  widely 
from  timber  line  to  the  plains,  and,  with  a  few  exceptions,  there  are 
none  whose  range  is  closely  coincident  with  any  one  of  the  zones  men- 
tioned above.  These  exceptions  are  the  following:  Sciurus  dberti 
concolor,  Citellus  variegatus  grammurus,  Citellus  elegans,  Cynomys 
leucurus,  Peromyscus  truei  nasutus,  Neotoma  jallax,  and  Spilogale  tenuis 
in  the  Transition  zone ;  and  Lepiis  americanus  bairdi,  OcJiotona  saxatilis 
and  Phenacomys  preblei  in  the  Hudsonian  zone. 

The  Canadian  zone  possesses  no  characteristic  mammals.  Species 
ranging  through  both  Hudsonian  and  Canadian  zones,  but  mainly 
restricted  to  them,  are  the  following:  Evotomys  gapperi  galei,  Microtus 
nanus,  Gulo  luscus,  Mustela  americana,  Putorius  streatori  leptus  and 
Putorius  arizonensis. 

Boreal  species  which  include  the  Transition  zone  within  their  range ' 
are  as  follows:  Cervus  canadensis,  0 vis  canadensis,  Sciurus  fremonti, 
Eutamias  am.oenus  operarius,  Eutamias  minimus  consohrinus^  Callo- 
spermophilus  lateralis,  Marmota  flaviventer,  Neotoma  orolestes,  Microtus 
mordax,  Thomomys  fossor,  Thomomys  clusius  fuscus,  Zapv^  princeps, 
Erethizon  epixanthus,  Sylvilagus  pinetis,^  Felis  hippolestes.  Lynx  uinta, 
Ursus  americanus,  Sorex  ohscurus,  Sorex  personatus,  and  Neosorex 
palustris  navigator.  Vidpes  macrourus  should  probably  be  included  in 
this  list,  but  as  to  its  altitudinal  limits  I  haA^e  no  definite  information. 
Sonoran  species  extending  into  the  Transition  zone  are  the  following : 
Odocoileus  macrourus,  Antilocapra  americana.  Mephitis  mesomelas 
varians  and  Putorius  longicauda. 

Of  general  distribution  through  both  Sonoran  and  Boreal  regions  may 
be  mentioned  the  following  species :  Odocoileus  hemionus.  Bison  hison,^ 
Eutamias  quadrivittatus ,  Citellus  tridecemlineatus  pallidus.  Castor  cana- 
densis jondator,  Peromyscus  nebracensis,  Peromyscus  rufinus,  Microtus 
pennsylvanicus  modestus,  Lepus  campestris,  Lepus  townsendi,  Canis  sp.,^^ 
Taxidea  taxus,  Lutreola,  lutreocephala  energumenos  and  Putorius  nigripes. 
Both  the  wild  cat  and  timber  wolf  ought  probably  to  be  included  under 


'  Extends  into  the  Sonoran. 

^  Also  Sonoran  to  some  extent.  I  have  taken  it  12  km.  east  of  Boulder  on  the 
hot  barren  plains. 

"  Now  practically  extinct. 

'"  The  distribution  of  the  different  forms  of  coyotes  through  the  mountains  is 
not  3^et  kno-\vn. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  405 

this  last  heading.  I  have  omitted  them,  however,  because  I  have  no 
information  as  to  the  species  of  each,  and  but  little  as  to  their  distribu- 
tion. 

Thus  we  find  the  Alpine  zone  with  no  characteristic  mammals,  the 
Hudsonian  with  three,  the  Canadian  with  none  and  the  Transition  with 
seven,  while  there  are  six  Boreal  species  (Cervus  occidentalis,  Eutamais 
m.  consobrinus,  Thomomys  clusius  fuscus,  TJiomomys  fossor,  SyJvilagus 
pinetis  and  Neosorex  palustris  navigator)  and  one  Sonoran-Boreal  form 
{Eutamias  quadrivittatus)  which  probably  do  not  extend  much  above 
the  Canadian  zone,  and  six  which  seldom  if  ever  extend  below  it.  In 
addition  to  the  seven  species  characteristic  of  the  Transition  zone,  we 
find  this  zone  forming  the  lower  limit  of  eighteen  Boreal  species  and 
the  upper  limit  of  four  Sonoran  forms. 

While  the  Alpine  zone  possesses  many  characteristic  plants,  on  the 
mammalian  side  it  is  characterized  chiefly  by  the  paucity  of  its  fauna, 
possessing  not  a  single  characteristic  species.  The  Hudsonian  and 
Canadian  zones  have  most  of  their  mammals  in  common,  while  of  the 
three  species  characteristic  of  the  former  zone,  Ochotona  saxatilis^^  in- 
vades the  latter  to  some  extent,  while  on  the  other  hand  it  occurs  in 
the  Alpine  zone  in  suitable  places. 

These  facts  bring  out  very  clearly,  I  believe,  the  distinctness  of 
Boreal  and  Sonoran  regions  in  northern  Colorado,  as"  based  on  the 
distribution  of  the  mammals  in  this  territory.  The  Transition  zone 
is,  as  its  name  imphes,  a  meeting  ground  of  these  two  great  regions, 
common  to,  and  yet  distinct  from  each.  They  show  further  the  inti- 
mate relation  between  Hudsonian  and  Canadian  zones.  Using  the 
mammals  only  as  a  criterion,  I  hardly  believe  w^e  should  be  justified  in 
separating  these  zones  from  each  other;  their  characteristics  are  rela- 
tively much  fewer  than  among  the  plants. 

(2)  The  movement  of  some  species  relative  to  their  centers  of  dis- 
persal and  notes  on  the  httle  known  distribution  of  certain  forms. 

The  occurrence  of  a  species  outside  its  proper  habitat  does  not 
necessarily  prove  a  migration  on  the  part  of  that  species  from  such 
habitat.  It  may,  on  the  contrary,  mean  that  the  species  formerly 
had  a  more  widespread  distribution  than  at  present,  becoming  second- 
arily restricted  to  its  present  habitat,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  strag- 
glers remaining  in  the  territory  formerly  occupied  by  it.  This  is  a 
question  which  cannot,  in  most  cases,  be  settled  with  our  present  lack 

"  Warren,  E.  R. :  The  Mammals  of  Colorado,  Colorado  College  Publications, 
Science  Series,  No.  46,  p.  254,  mentions  the  coney  as  occurring  as  low  as  2,834  m. 
near  Crested  Butte. 


406  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OP  [July, 

of  data  regarding  the  former  abundance  of  the  species  in  the  region  in 
question.  Where,  however,  a  typical  plains  form,  as  Putorius  nigripes 
or  Citellus  tridecemlineatus  pallidus,  is  found  in  the  higher  mountains, 
I  believe  we  are  justified  in  concluding  that  they  have  migrated 
outside  of  their  proper  habitat. 

Sciurus  ludovicianus. 

This  species  is  now  quite  common  in  the  neighborhood  of  Greeley, 
where  I  understand  it  has  been  introduced  from  Omaha.  It  is  also 
present  in  Denver. 

Citellus  tridecemlineatus  pallidus. 

The  presence  of  this  spermophile  at  Divide,^^  altitude  3,000  m.,  and 
elsewhere  in  the  mountains,^^  indicates  a  westward  and  upward  move- 
ment of  this  species  from  its  center  in  the  Great  Plains,  probably  de- 
pendent upon  the  presence  of  its  physical  habitat,  the  grass-sage- 
brush plains  in  some  parts  of  the  mountains,  rather  than  upon 
temperature. 

Peromyscus  nebracensis- 

This  is  another  plains  form  of  Upper  Sonoran  and  Transition  zones 
which  appears  to  be  invading  the  mountains,  judging  by  its  occurrence 
at  an  altitude  of  3,508  m.^^  and  elsewhere  through  the  mountains. 

Phenacomys  preblei. 

The  only  record  hitherto  of  this  species  is  that  given  by  Merriam^^ 
from  Long's  Peak.  I  have  taken  a  single  specimen  on  North  Boulder 
Creek  at  about  2,900  m.  altitude.  This  is  the  only  specimen  I  have 
secured  in  spite  of  careful  trapping  in  several  places. 

Spilogale  tenuis. 

I  have  taken  a  few  of  this  species  at  Boulder,  hitherto  known  only 
from  Arkins  and  Estes  Park. 

Putorius  nigripes- 

The  occurrence  of  the  black-footed  ferret  at  an  altitude  of  3,124  m.^* 
indicates  a  probable  migration  on  its  part  from  its  habitat  on  the  plains 
into  the  mountains. 


"  Fide  Warren  (op.  cit.,  p.  242). 

'^  Bailey,  V:  The  Prairie  Ground  Squirrels  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  Bull.  4,. 
U.  S.  Biol.  Survey,  gives  its  western  limits  as  approximately  Twin  Lakes. 

"  Fide  Warren  (op.  cit.,  p.  245). 

"  Merriam,  C.  H. :  Phenacomys  preblei,  a  New  Vole  from  the  Mountains  of 
Colorado,  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  Vol.  XI,  p.  45. 

"  Fide  Warren  (op.  cit.,  p.  264). 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  407 

Putorius  longicauda. 

This  weasel  invades  the  mountains  also  to  some  extent,  as  I  have 
observed  it  in  Boulder  Canyon  several  miles  above  its  mouth. 
Sorex  personatus. 

The  occurrence  of  this  shrew  in  the  Rocky  Mountains  as  far 
south  as  Colorado  extends  considerably  southward  in  these  mountains 
the  range  of  this  northern  and  eastern  form.  Its  presence  in  the 
meadows  about  Boulder  brings  this  Boreal  species  down  to  the  edge  of 
the  Upper  Sonoran  zone. 
Sorex  personatus  haydeni. 

Warren^^  records  a  specimen  of  this  shrew  taken  by  him  at  Lake 
Moraine  and  identified  by  Merriam.  Inasmuch  as  haijdeni  is  a  North 
Dakota  plains  form  its  occurrence  in  the  Hudsonian  zone  on  Pike's 
Peak  is  certainly  interesting.  Have  we  here  a  marked  case  of  migra- 
tion, a  case  of  polygenesis,  or  is  haijdeni,  as  Elliott^^  believes,  a  synonym 
for  personatusl 
Sorex  vagrans  dobsoni. 

This  is  another  interesting  record  given  by  Warren^^  and  based  on 
an  identification  by  Merriam.  In  iV.  A.  Fauna,  No.  10,  p.  68,  the  latter 
gives  the  distribution  of  this  shrew  as  parts  of  Idaho,  Montana,  Wyo- 
ming and  Utah.  He  says  further  in  the  same  place:  "The  interrela- 
tions of  dobsoni  and  obscurus  are  intricate  and  perplexing.  The  two 
animals  resemble  one  another  very  closely,  but  no  intergrades  have 
been  found,  and  each  has,  so  far  as  known,  an  independent  distri- 
bution." This  record  extends  the  range  of  dobsoni  considerably 
southward,  making  it  coincident,  at  this  point  at  least,  with  that  of 
obscurus. 
Sorex  obscuruB. 

Merriam^"  gives  the  distribution  of  this  species  as  "Restricted  to 
Boreal  Zone."  Specimens  collected  by  me  at  Boulder  extend  its  range 
through  the  Transition  zone. 

Corynorbinus  maorotis  pallescens. 

I  have  a  specimen  taken  in  Boulder  Canyon  at  an  approximate 
altitude  of  2,300  m.,  which  shows  an  occasional  invasion  of  the  Transi- 
tion zone  by  this  supposedly  Sonoran  species. 


"  Op.  cit.,  p.  265.  ,   ,      ... 

^^  Elliott   D.  G.:  A  Synopsis  of  the  Mammals  of  North  America  and  the  Adja- 
cent Seas,  'Field  Columbian  Museum,  Zool.  Ser.,  II,  1901,  p.  367. 
i»  O-p.  cit.,  p.  266. 
=">  Op.  cit.,  p.  72. 


408  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Jl-^^y, 

Myotis  lucifugus  longicrus. 

The  only  Colorado  record  of  this  bat  which  I  have  found  is  one 
by  Miller^^  for  Grand  Junction.     I  have  taken  it  at  Steamboat  Springs, 
and  have  a  badly  mutilated  skin  from  Eldora  which  is  probably  one  of 
this  species. 
Myotis  evotis. 

The  only  Colorado  record  I  have  seen  is  one  by  Miller^^  from  Loveland. 
I  have  a  specimen  taken  in  the  Yellow  Jacket  Mountains  21  km.  east 
of  Steamboat  Springs  at  an  approximate  altitude  of  2,140  m. 

(3)  Description  of  a  new  species  of  bat  from  Boulder. 
Eptesicus  pallidas  sp.  n. 

Type  No.  142,526  9  ad.,  collection  of  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  Collected 
by  R.  T.  Young  at  Boulder,  Colorado,  July  22,  1903. 

Distribution. — Known  from  type  locality  only. 

Diagnosis. — Skull  identical  with  that  of  Eptesicus  fuscus.  Size 
largest  of  American  species  of  the  genus.  (iVverage  total  length  of 
four  specimens,  all  females,  124.)^^ 

Color  palest  of  American  species  of  the  genus,  distinctly  lighter  than 
that  of  E.  fuscus. 

Color. — Above  brownish  ashy,  the  basal  half  of  hairs  fuscous; 
below  pale  silvery  gray,  the  basal  half  of  hairs  fuscous,  with  a  narrow 
transition  zone  of  brownish  ashy  between  the  inner  and  outer  parts. 
Dorsally  and  ventrally  along  the  line  of  attachment,  and  on  the  surfaces 
of  the  membranes,  the  basal  fuscous  zone  of  the  hairs  disappears. 

Measurements  of  Type. — ^Total  length,  127;  tail,  50;  hind  foot,  12. 
Skull,  occipito-nasal  length,  19;  interorbital  constriction,  4;  zygomatic 
breadth,  13;  upper  tooth  row,  8.5;  palato-basi-occipital  length,  15; 
mandible  (from  condyle  to  symphysis),  14;  lower  tooth  row,  9. 

Measurements  (average  of  four  females). — Total  length,  124;  tail, 
49;  hind  foot,  12.'*  Average  of  two  females  in  alcohol:  Ear  from 
crown,  13.5;  tibia,  20.5 ;  forearm,  49;  thumb,  8;  longest  "finger,"  80.5 ;25 
width  of  ear,  11.5;  tragus  (from  posterior  angle),  8.  Skull  (average  of 
three  specimens), ^^  18,5,  4, 12.5,"  8, 14.5, 13.5,  9. 

Remarks. — While  conclusions  based  on  so  small  a  number  of  speci- 
mens as  I  possess  are  necessarily  uncertain,  still  I  believe  that,  since 


^'  Miller,  G.  S.,  Jr.:  Revision  of  the  North  ^\nierican  Bats  of  the  Family  Vesper- 
tihonidae,  N.  A.  Fauna,  13,  p.  65. 
22  Op.  cit.,  p.  80. 
2^  All  measurements  in  mm. 
2*  Average  of  five  specimens  including  one  male. 
2^  From  tip  to  base  of  phalanges  not  including  carpus. 
2"  Measiirements  given  in  same  order  as  those  of  the  type. 
2'  Average  of  two  specimens. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  409 

specimens  of  Eptesicus  fuscus  from  this  region^^  have  the  color  and  size 
typical  of  the  species,  the  new  form  must  be  considered  as  a  distinct 
species  and  not  merely  a  geographical  race  of  fuscus. 

The  probable  origin  of  this  species  is  a  matter  of  some  interest. 
Occurring  in  the  same  territory  and  occupying  the  same  habitat  as 
its  near  relative  fuscus,  neither  the  geographic  isolation  nor  selection 
theory  seem  to  offer  a  satisfactory  explanation.  Neither  the  mutation 
nor  orthogenesis  theory  finds  any  difficulty  in  these  facts.  Moreover  we 
have  here  an  apparent  exception  to  Jordan's  law  of  geminate  species. 

Further  information  as  to  the  distribution  of  this  species  is  very 
desirable.^^ 

In  conclusion  I  wish  to  thank  the  authorities  of  the  Field  Museum, 
the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia  and  the  U.  S.  National 
Museum  for  the  identification  of  much  of  my  material;  and  the  latter 
institution  especially  for  its  loan  of  valuable  material. 

^^  Loveland,  fide  Miller,  op.  cit.,  p.  98.  A  single  skin  without  skull  in  my  own 
collection  from  Boulder  Canyon,  approximate  altitude  2,300  m.,  has  the  typical 
brown  color  of  E.  fuscus. 

^'  Miller,  op.  cit.,  p.  99,  says  of  fuscus:  "Verj^  pallid  specimens  are  occasionally 
taken  in  the  Southwestern  United  States,  but  the  number  of  skins  available  for 
comparison  is  so  small  that  it  is  impossible  to  determine  the  status  of  the  form 
wliich  these  aberrant  individuals  represent."  It  is  possible  that  these  specimens 
are  representatives  of  my  new  form,  but  not  having  seen  them  I  cannot  saj^ 


410  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [July, 


SOME  EFFECTS  OF  ENVIRONMENT  ON  THE  GROWTH  OF  LYMN^A 
COLUMELLA  Say.^ 

by  harold  sellers  colton. 
Table  of  Contents. 

PAGE 

I.  Introduction 410 

II.  Historical 411 

III.  Materials 412 

Natural  History 413 

Description  of  Dwarfs 414 

IV.  Methods 415 

Precautions 416 

Measurements 417 

Description  of  Tables 418 

Analysis  of  Experiments 418 

V.  Experiments  on  Growth  of  Lymnita 420 

1.  Food:   Water  Plants...^ 420 

Effect  of  Sediment 423 

Effect  of  Fa?ces 425 

Other  Effects  of  the  Water  Plants .' 425 

2.  Aeration 425 

De  Varigny's  Experiment 426 

Willem's  Experiment 426 

Effect  of  Surface  Aeration 426 

Efifect  of  -Artificial  Aeration 428 

3.  Composition  of  the  Water 430 

Effect  of  Accumulation  of  Excreted  Matter 430 

Effect  of  Shell  Salts 434 

Effect  of  Number  of  Individuals 434 

4.  Temperature 435 

5.  Light 437 

6.  Area 438 

7.  Volume 440 

8.  Alternation  of  Conditions 441 

9.  Experiments  on  Tadpoles 441 

VI.  Effect  of  External  Conditions  on  the  number  of  eggs  laid 443 

1.  Sediment 443 

2.  Number  of  Individuals 444- 

3.  Light 444 

4.  Other  Effects  and  Observations  445 

VII.  Summary  and  Conclusions 446 

VIII.  Literature 447 

I.   Introduction. 

It  is  a  widely  recognized  fact  that  animals  raised  in  confinement 
differ  in  various  ways  from  those  in  the  wild  state.     The  differences 

1  The  writer  takes  great  pleasure  in  thanldng  Dr.  J.  Percy  Moore  and  Dr.  E.  G. 
Conklin  in  particular  for  many  helpful  suggestions  and  criticisms  in  carrying  out 
the  work. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  411 

that  are  most  easily  observed  are  those  of  relative  rate  of  growth  and 
of  relative  fertility.  Although  naturalists  for  many  years  have 
recorded  cases  of  this  sort,  few  have  undertaken  an  experimental  study 
of  the  factors  concerned. 

External  conditions  modifying  one  structure  of  an  organism  have 
usually  been  found  to  be  correlated  with  similar  modifications  in  other 
organs,  yet  few  correlations  between  dissimilar  physiological  processes 
have  ever  been  observed,  although  most  naturalists  hold  them  to  be 
present. 

In  studying  the  effect  of  confinement  on  organisms,  nearly  all 
investigators  have  chosen  the  Pond  Snail  as  an  animal  admirably 
adapted  to  their  purpose.  Perhaps  it  is  largely  due  to  the  abundance, 
to  the  hardiness,  to  the  rapidity  of  growth  and  above  all  to  the  extreme 
sensibihty  of  Pond  Snails  to  any  slight  change  in  environment  that 
they  have  been  so  universally  chosen. 

II.   Historical. 

Jebez  Hogg  ('54)  discovered  that  Lymnoea  confined  in  small  aquaria 
were  much  smaller  than  their  brothers  of  the  same  egg  case  raised  in  a 
large  one.  The  latter  were  full  grown  and  had  produced  young  which 
were  as  large  as  the  former  at  the  end  of  six  months.  Hogg  attempted 
to  explain  this  phenomenon  by  saying  that  the  snail  had  the  power  of 
"adapting  itself  to  the  necessities  of  its  existence." 

Carl  Semper  ('79)  did  not  consider  this  as  an  explanation.  He  be- 
lieved that  there  was  a  definite  factor  that  would  cause  dwarfing.  This 
led  him  to  perform  a  series  of  experiments  with  various  sized  containers. 
The  conclusion  that  he  arrived  at  was  as  follows:  that  there  was  a 
chemical  in  the  water  (he  had  the  water  analyzed,  but  nothing  was 
discovered)  that  stimulates  growth  without  actually  contributing  to 
it,  but  yet  is  essential,  "like  oil  to  a  steam  engine." 

The  next  investigator  to  enter  this  field  was  E.  Yung  ('78,  '85).  He 
proceeded  to  raise  tadpoles  from  the  egg  in  various  sized  and  shaped 
containers.  He  found  that  those  with  the  greatest  area  exposed  to  the 
air  held  the  largest  tadpoles  after  a  certain  length  of  time.  The 
obvious  conclusion  w^as  that  the  dwarfing  was  caused  by  lack  of 
aeration. 

Stimulated  by  the  experiments  of  Semper  and  Yung,  De  Varigny  ('94) 
made  an  attempt  to  solve  the  problem  by  returning  to  Lymncea.  After 
a  hundred  or  more  very  careful  experiments,  he  did  not  dare  venture 
any  very  definite  conclusion,  but  thought  that  the  dwarfing  of  these 
Pond  Snails  was  caused  by  lack  of  exercise. 


412  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [J^^ly, 

Both  Semper  and  De  Varigny,  on  a  priori  grounds,  assumed  that  the 
manner  of  respiration  in  the  fresh  water  puhnonates  was  entirely  per- 
formed by  the  so-called  lung.  This  caused  them  to  overlook  the 
factor  of  the  aeration  of  the  water. 

Willem  ('96)  called  attention  to  this  fact  and  conducted  a  series  of 
experiments  with  this  particular  end  in  view.  Various  authors  had 
already  noticed  that  Lymncea  in  deep  lakes  never  came  to  the  surface, 
and  that  under  certain  conditions  they  could  be  made  to  visit  the 
surface  very  seldom.  Acting  on  these  suggestions,  he  performed  his 
experiments  by  running  a  stream  of  air  bubbles  through  the  water, 
using  De  Varigny's  experiments  as  a  basis.  By  this  means  he  was  able 
to  explain  all  of  De  Varigny's  results  as  due  to  the  simple  factor  of 
aeration  of  the  water. 

Parallel  to  the  experiments  of  De  Varigny  ('94)  and  Willem  ('96), 
Vernon  ('95)  experimented  at  Naples  on  the  growth  of  Echinoderm 
larvffi.  His  conclusions  were  that  dwarfing  in  confined  spaces  was  due 
to  the  concentration  of  excretory  secretions  in  the  medium.  Aeration 
seemed  not  to  be  a  factor  in  the  growth  of  Echinoderm  larvae,  except 
for  the  fact  that  aeration  would  tend  to  oxidize  the  waste  products  of 
metabolism. 

Warren  ('00),  as  a  result  of  experiments  with  Daphnia  in  confined 
spaces,  reported  that  the  individuals  were  dwarfed  by  the  accumulation 
of  their  own  excretory  secretions.  This  was  specific  and  did  not 
affect  the  growth  and  abundance  of  other  crustaceans. 

It  will  be  seen  that  five  factors  have  been  advanced  to  explain 
dwarfing  in  confined  spaces.  These  are  lack  of  oxygen,  presence  of 
secretions,  lack  of  exercise,  presence  of  unknown  chemical,  and  the 
adaption  to  the  necessities  of  existence. 

In  commenting  on  these  explanations  Davenport  ('99)  writes, 
"There  is,  however,  much  reason  for  believing  that  Hogg's  conclusion 
is  the  one  which  with  our  fuller  knowledge  we  can  hardly  improve 
upon."  In  the  mind  of  the  author  Hogg's  explanation  is  not  an  expla- 
nation but  a  statement  of  the  fact  that  confined  spaces  do  affect  growth. 
It  does  not  help  us  to  understand  how  and  why  animals  adapt  them- 
selves to  their  surroundings. 

III.   Materials. 

After  a  few  preliminary  experiments  with  Lymncea,  Physa  and 
Planorhis,  it  was  soon  found  that  the  former  was  by  far  the  best  form 
for  experiments  in  the  laboratory.  There  are  several  reasons  for 
this.     Lymncea  is  abundant  in  the  ponds  and  streams  about  Philadel- 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIEXCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  413 

phia.  It  is  not  quite  as  abundant,  perhaps,  as  is  Physa;  yet,  except 
when  the  ponds  are  frozen  in  the  winter,  is  easily  procured.  A  fact 
of  the  greatest  importance  is  that  eggs  are  laid  throughout  the  winter, 
and  that  these  eggs  ordinarily  develop  with  slight  mortality.  The 
Lymmea  on  which  the  following  experiments  were  performed  was 
identified  by  Dr.  H.  A.  Pilsbry  as  Lymncea  columella  Say.  This  is  the 
most  common  Lymncea  in  the  neighborhood  of  Philadelphia.  The 
specimens  were  procured  in  certain  ponds  in  Fairmount  Park,  in  a 
stream  near  Bryn  Mawr,  and  in  the  Vivarium  of  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania;  the  latter  had  come  from  an  unknown  source. 

The  numJDer  of  eggs  laid  at  one  time  by  Lymncea  columella  may  vary 
between  one  egg  and  ninety.  The  egg  is,  as  in  the  case  of  other  Basiom- 
matophora,  imbedded  in  an  albuminous  food  material,  all  of  which  is 
enclosed  by  a  membrane.  This  membrane  is  in  turn  imbedded  in  a 
shmy  jelly  in  which  lie  the  other  eggs,  laid  at  the  same  time.  This 
slimy  jelly  is  again  surrounded  by  an  outer  layer  of  jelly,  which  is 
quite  tough  when  compared  to  that  matrix  which  holds  the  eggs.  This 
tough  jelly  is  thick  on  the  free  side,  but  thin  where  it  cements  the  eggs 
to  the  substratum.  In  the  act  of  hatching  the  young  snail,  which 
crawls  around  inside  of  the  membrane,  finds  its  way  into  the  soft  jelly 
mass.  After  spending  a  day  or  two  eating  this  substance,  it  finally 
ruptures  the  wall  of  tough  jelly  and  escapes.  In  this  jelly  mass  the 
eggs  are  usually  placed  in  three  rows.  Although  the  number  of  eggs 
may  vary  greatly,  yet  in  the  winter  time  the  average  number  is  about 
twenty.  When  adult  snails,  as  soon  as  the  ice  is  off  the  ponds  in  the 
spring,  are  brought  into  the  laboratory,  they  lay  the  largest  number 
of  eggs  in  a  capsule.     This  fact  will  be  discussed  later. 

To  shed  some  light  on  the  behavior  of  the  snail  after  hatching,  an  egg 
case  containing  four  young  was  placed  in  a  dish  of  water  and  the  posi- 
tions of  the  snails  after  hatching  plotted  at  intervals  of  five  minutes 
for  a  period  of  forty-four  hours.  From  the  data  gathered  in  this 
manner  the  following  generalizations  were  made: — 

1.  Although  on  hatching  the  lung  contained  no  air,  yet  95  minutes, 
50  minutes,  110  minutes  and  60  minutes  respectively  were  consumed 
by  the  different  snails  in  reaching  the  surface  of  the  water.  One  snail 
captured  an  air  bubble  before  it  left  the  egg  case. 

2.  The  movements  of  snails,  previous  to  their  reaching  the  surface, 
were  more  or  less  at  random,  and  they  paid  very  little  attention  to  the 
direction  of  the  diffused  light  in  which  the  experiment  was  started. 
However,  on  first  reaching  the  edge  of  the  dish  they,  in  every  case, 
crawled  up  to  the  surface.     The  snail  that  captured  the  air  bubble 

27 


414  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [July, 

wandered  for  110  minutes  after  leaving  the  capsule  and  then  reached 
the  surface  by  a  different  method.  Letting  go  from  its  substratum 
this  snail  floated  up  and  proceeded  to  crawl  on  the  surface  film,  precisely 
Hke  an  adult  snail. 

3.  In  this  experiment  the  snails  without  exception  rested  at  night. 
The  lack  of  activity  may  be  due  to  slightly  cooler  water,  yet  the  dish 
was  kept  in  a  warm  room  all  of  the  time.  Although  these  snails  had  no 
experience  of  the  oustide  world,  yet  they  acted,  as  far  as  this  experiment 
indicates,  exactly  as  adults. 

Walter  ('06)  has  given  us  the  most  complete  account  of  the  bionomics 
of  Lymncea.  Using  his  work  as  a  basis  it  is  necessary  to  call  to  mind 
certain  activities  of  the  animal.  Lymncea  has  four  methods  of  loco- 
motion, which  may  be  roughly  described  as  gliding,  hunching,  dangling 
and  dropping.  The  last  two  methods  are  rare  and  it  is  not  necessary  to 
consider  them  in  this  place.  The  first  method  is  the  most  common. 
It  consists  in  the  cilia  of  the  foot  beating  on  a  path  of  mucus  secreted  by 
the  animal  and  attached  to  the  substratum.  When  the  snail  is  oui  of 
water,  when  its  supply  of  mucus  is  inadequate  and  when  certain  stimuli 
are  applied  the  snail  resorts  to  the  hunching  method,  which  consists  of 
muscular  movements  of  the  foot  which  bring  the  snail  forward.  This 
is  something  like  the  movements  of  a  measuring  worm.  Whatever 
method  the  snail  uses  it  is  attached  to  some  substratum,  whether  it  be 
the  sides  of  the  aquarium  or  the  surface  film  of  the  water,  or  suspended 
by  a  string  of  mucus  from  the  surface  film  or  anchored  by  a  string  of 
mucus  from  the  bottom.  In  these  ways  the  snail  can  browse  on 
water  plants,  on  the  sides  of  the  aquarium,  and  gather  the  algse  floating 
on  the  surface  (Plankton  fishing  of  Brockmeier,  '98) ;  but  cannot  gather 
any  amount  of  food  suspended  in  the  water. 

We  have  seen  by  the  experiments  of  Hogg,  Semper  and  De  Varigny 
that  certain  external  conditions  will  inhibit  growth  in  Lymmea.  It  is 
interesting  to  know  just  what  structural  differences  exist  between  the 
full-grown  snail,  the  dwarf  and  a  normal  growing  snail  the  size  of  the 
dwarf.  Hogg  ('54)  noticed  that  the  dwarfed  snail  had  many  charac- 
teristics of  the  newly  hatched  individual. 

A  comparison  of  the  structure  of  a  dwarf  with  a  j'oung  snail  of  equal 
size  that  was  being  raised  under  favorable  conditions,  and  a  comparison 
of  the  structure  of  a  dwarf  with  a  snail  of  the  same  age  that  had  spent 
its  growing  period  under  favorable  conditions  and  therefore  much 
larger,  will  show  certain  relations.     These  relations  are  as  follows : 

1.  Of  snails  the  same  size  but  not  the  same  age  the  number  of  whorls 
of  the  shell  are  the  same. 


1908." 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  415 


2.  The  same  relation  holds  true  with  regard  to  the  arrangement  of 
the  viscera,  i.e.,  lobes  of  the  liver,  stomach  and  intestines. 

3.  Cytologically,  however,  the  tissues  of  the  young  snail  are  quite 
different  from  the  older  ones.  As  an  instance  of  this  the  liver  of  the 
young  snail  contains  large  cells  laden  with  yolk,  all  of  which  has  been 
completely  absorbed  in  the  dwarf. 

In  a  pond  near  Geneva  Brot^  found  that  Lymtuea  had  a  malformation 
on  the  columella  that  seemed  to  be  correlate  i  with  the  presence  of 
Hydra  viridis.  If  a  snail  be  long  dwarfed  and  later  be  put  ijnder  favor- 
able conditions,  the  shell  is  often  strangely  distorted.  The  pond  near 
Geneva  may  have  nearly  dried  up  and  suddenly  filled  up'again.  All  the 
snails  in  the  pond  would  be  under  unfavorable  conditions  and  dwarfed. 
The  pond  filling  up  would  offer  ideal  conditions  and  the  snails  would 
grow. 

Dr.  Pilsbry  informed  the  writer  that  he  has  noted  cases  of  this  sort. 

A  question  of  great  interest  is,  will  a  dwarf  put  under  favorable  con- 
ditions "grow  up"?  In  Lymncea  many  experiments  seem  to  show 
that  a  dwarf  does  not  cease  to  grow,  but  rather  ceases  to  grow  fast. 
If,  however,  the  snail  is  put  under  favorable  conditions  it  starts  at  once 
to  grow  faster  and  may  ''grow  up."  However,  they  seem  ''deUcate" 
and  it  is  with  difficulty  that  they  are  raised. 

In  this  section  the  writer  has  attempted  to  outline  some  of  the  points 
that  have  certain  bearings  on  the  experiments  to  come. 

IV,  Methods. 
In  the  brief  review  of  the  experiments  of  various  authors  that  has 
been  given,  certain  controllable  factors  were  shown  that  would  affect 
in  certain  ways  the  growth  of  animals.  Every  author  on  a  priori 
grounds  has  assumed  that  (1)  food  supply  will  influence  growth.  It 
was  found  by  Hogg  ('54)  and  by  Semper  (74)  that  (2)  the  volume  of 
water  affected  growth.  Semper  showed  that  (3)  temperature  also 
was  a  factor  that  could  not  be  neglected,  and  that  (4)  the  number  of 
individuals  reacted  in  some  manner  on  one  another.  Willem  ('96) 
proved  that  (5)  aeration  of  the  water  affected  the  growth  of  Lymncea, 
even  as  Yung  ('79)  had  previously  observed  for  tadpoles.  De  Varigny 
considered  that  a  large  (6)  area  on  which  a  snail  could  crawl  was  bene- 
ficial to  growth.  The  effect  of  (7)  light  was  recognized  by  Higgen- 
bottom  ('50)  and  by  Yung  ('80).  \'ernon  ('95-'99)  completed  this 
list  by  adding  to  it  a  factor,  (8)  the  chemical  composition  of  the  water. 

^  Cited  from  the  Camh.  Nat.  Hist.,  Mollusks,  p.  S8. 


416  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [July, 

There  are  eight  variable  factors  that  have  been  considered  to  affect 
the  growth  processes  of  aquatic  animals.  Each  factor,  however,  is  not 
of  equal  weight,  but  should  be  held  in  mind  and  controlled,  if  possible, 
in  an  experimental  study.  Using  the  topics  named  above  as  a  basis  for 
study,  the  general  plan  of  the  experiments  that  follow  in  the  subsequent 
section  will  be  to  keep  every  other  factor  constant  and  vary  one  alone. 

Precautions. — ^The  experiments  were  carried  out  principally  in 
battery  jars.  The  size  used  in  the  majority  of  the  experiments  was 
4  inches  in  diameter  by  5  inches  high.  Other  vessels  used  were  5x6 
battery  jars,  8  x  10  battery  jars  and  12-inch  dishes. 

In  order  to  save  repetition  we  will  consider  here  the  methods  em- 
ployed in  every  case.  Where  this  order  has  been  deviated  from,  it 
will  be  mentioned  in  its  place. 

(1)  Before  each  experiment  the  jars  were  washed  out  and  wiped 
clean.  In  the  later  experiments  the  jars  were  washed  with  oxidizing 
solution  (potassium  bichromate  in  concentrated  sulphuric  acid)  as  an 
extra  precaution. 

(2)  The  water  used  in  the  experiments  was  taken  from  a  large 
aquarium  in  the  University  Vivarium  which  contained  fish.  This  was 
done  to  introduce  algae,  etc.,  without  the  danger  of  adding  young  snails 
with  it. 

(3)  In  any  one  experiment  the  jars  used  were  similar,  the  water 
was  taken  from  the  same  source,  and  the  same  amount  of  water  was 
used  unless  stated  otherwise.  These  conditions  being  fulfilled,  the 
composition  of  the  water,  the  algae  for  food,  and  the  temperature  must 
vary  in  the  same  way. 

(4)  In  a  given  experiment  the  jars  were  placed  near  together  and 
care  was  taken  so  that  each  received  an  equal  amount  of  light. 

(5)  Over  each  was  placed  a  glass  plate  to  prevent  evaporation  and 
the  escape  of  the  snails.  This  latter  apparently  suicidal  behavior,  as 
described  by  Walter,  was  found  often  occurring.  In  many  of  the 
cases  that  have  come  under  observation,  this  was  caused  by  the  vapor 
condensing  on  the  glass  sides  of  the  jar  above  the  water.  Up  this  wet 
glass  the  snail  crawls,  until  temperature  changes  occur  that  dry  the 
glass.  The  snail  is  then  dried  and  killed.  Other  cases  are  not  so  easy 
to  explain. 

(6)  Just  before  an  egg  case  was  ready  to  hatch,  with  a  section  lifter  it 
was  carefully  removed  from  its  substratum  and  isolated  in  a  jar  of 
water.  If  the  eggs  are  freshly  laid  it  is  usually  fatal  to  the  embryos 
to  remove  them.  In  some  of  the  earlier  experiments,  after  the  young 
snail  has  broken  through  the  egg  membrane,  the  jelly  mass  was  divided 


1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


417 


up  SO  that  each  piece  contained  an  equal  number  of  snails  and  placed  at 
once  under  the  conditions  of  the  experiment.  As  there  was  less 
mortality  by  letting  the  young  snails  escape  from  the  case  normally, 
they  were  not  placed  under  the  conditions  of  the  experiment  until  a  day 
after  they  escaped  from  the  egg  case. 

(7)  In  those  jars  in  which  I  have  placed  water  plant  I  have  tried  to 
add  pieces  of  water  plant  of  equal  length  and  foliage. 

(8)  Where  sediment  was  needed  approximately  the  same  amount 
was  added  to  each  jar. 

Measurements. — To  measure  growth  several  methods  have  been 
used.  It  is  possible  to 
measure  volume,  weight, 
a  lineal  dimension  of  some 
part,  or  the  number  of 
successively  arising  homo- 
dynamous  structures.  In 
the  case  of  the  pond  snail 
the  lineal  dimension  of  the 
length  of  the  shell  at  once 
suggests  itself.  To  meas- 
ure this  the  following  ap- 
paratus was  arranged.  A 
is  a  compound  microscope 
with  about  a  7-inch  work- 
ing distance  magnifying 
the  object  about  three 
times  (fig.  1 ) .  O  is  a  snail 
on  a  thin  glass  sHde  that 
was  placed  over  a  piece  of 
paper  ruled  in  millimeters.. 
The  snail  was  placed  with 
the  aperture  flat  on  the 
glass  and  the  shell  would 
be  projected  on  the  ruled 
lines.  Millimeters  were 
then  read  off  on  the 
paper  and  tenths  estimated.  This  is  sufficiently  accurate  where  the 
work  is  purely  qualitative.  A  Vernier  caliper  could  not  be  used  on 
account  of  the  delicacy  of  the  shell. 

In  some  cases  the  weight  is  given.     This  is  not  alwaj^s  satisfactory. 
As  growth  is  a  three  dimensional  phenomenon  weight  more  nearly 


Fig.  1. 


418  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [J^lty, 

represents  growth.  However,  the  writer  found  that  the  snails,  large 
and  small,  are  mathematically  similar.  That  is,  the  weights  are  pro- 
portional to  the  cubes  of  the  length. 

In  determining  the  average  weight  all  the  snails  from  a  given  experi- 
ment were  placed  on  a  microscopic  slide  of  known  weight  and  all  excess 
water  wiped  aw^ay  with  a  clean  handkerchief  or  with  lens  paper.  They 
were  then  let  dry  for  three  or  four  minutes  and  weighed.  Dividing  the 
weight  found  for  the  snails  by  the  number  gives  the  average. 

Tables. — The  results  of  experiments  are  placed  in  tabular  form. 
Each  experiment  consists  of  two  parts ;  the  second  member  of  the  pair 
is  in  every  case  the  control  or  the  condition  most  nearly  normal.  The 
variable  factor  precedes  it. 

A  detailed  description  of  the  vertical  columns  of  the  tables  will  now 
be  considered.     Cf.  tables,  pp.  421  et  seq. 

Column  1. — The  serial  number  of  the  experiment. 

Column  2. — The  number  of  days  the  experiment  was  carried  on. 

Column  3. — The  number  of  snails  placed  in  a  jar  at  the  beginning  of 
the  experiment. 

Column  4. — The  number  of  snails  alive  at  the  time  the  measure- 
ments were  taken. 

Column  5. — ^The  condition  that  varied  in  each  pair  of  experiments. 

Column  6. — Certain  constant  conditions.  These  constants  are  in 
some  cases  interesting  to  know.  In  this  column  certain  abbrevia- 
tions are  used.  W  P  equals  Water  Plant,  i.e.,  Myriophyllum,  Cera- 
tophyllum,  Elodea  or  Spirogyra.  N  indicates  no  water  plant,  cc. 
equals  cubic  centimeters  present  in  each  jar. 

Column  7. — Average  size.  If  the  number  is  expressed  in  ten  thou- 
sandths, grams  are  to  be  implied;  if  expressed  in  units  and  tenths, 
millimeters. 

Column  8. — The  differences  between  pairs  are  placed  opposite  the 
largest  number  of  the  pair. 

Column  9. — The  quantity  in  this  column  is  the  per  cent,  of  the  differ- 
ence to  the  largest  average  of  the  pair.  To  be  able  to  compare  the  per 
cent,  difference  of  the  weights  with  those  of  lengths  the  following 
formula  was  used,  being  based  on  the  fact  that  the  snails  are  similar. 

a  and  b  are  two  members  of  a  pair  expressed  in  grams  and  a  >  b. 
Since  the  shells  are  similar  mathematically,  then 

Analysis  of   Experiments. — To  bring  the  mass  of  experiments  into  a 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  419 

form  in  which  they  may  be  more  easih'  considered,  a  subsidiary  table 
has  been  compiled  from  the  primary  ones.  This  table  consists  of  four 
columns  (p.  420a). 

Column  1  contains  the  number  of  the  primary  talkie  for  reference. 

Column  2  gives  the  number  of  experiments  in  the  primary  tables  that 
are  favorable  to  the  presence  of  a  factor. 

Column  3  gives  the  number  of  experiments  in  the  primary  tables  that 
are  favorable  to  the  absence  of  a  factor. 

Column  4  shows  the  number  of  experiments  that  are  indeterminate. 
To  determine  whether  an  experiment  is  indeterminate  or  not  certain 
rules  are  followed : 

1.  If  there  has  been  a  large  mortality  among  the  snails  which  were 
the  larger  at  the  end  of  the  experiment  the  difference  was  considered 
indeterminate.  The  fact  that  they  were  the  larger  could  be  explained 
by  the  fact  that  they  were  the  fewer.  If,  however,  the  opposite 
was  true,  i.e.,  the  mortality  was  among  the  smaller  snails,  then  the 
probability  is  that  they  are  fewer  because  the  conditions  have  been  the 
more  severe. 

2.  An  experiment  has  been  considered  indeterminate  if  there  was  a 
large  mortality  on  both  sides  of  the  experiment,  notwithstanding  the 
fact  that  the  remaining  numbers  are  nearly  equal.  The  reason  for 
this  is  the  probability  that  an  uncontrolled  factor  has  been  acting. 

3.  When  a  known  factor  has  acted  on  one  portion  of  the  experiment 
and  not  on  the  other,  the  difference  has  been  considered  indeterminate. 

4.  Those  experiments  where  the  difference  is  under  10  per  cent,  of 
the  greatest  average  has  been  believed  to  be  indeterminate.  This 
purely  arbitrary  criterion  has  been  devised  to  allow  for  two  uncon- 
trollable errors — individual  variation  and  errors  in  measurement.  The 
obvious  way  to  correct  these  errors  would  be  to  make  use  of  large  num- 
bers of  individuals  in  single  experiments.  As  the  number  of  eggs  in  a 
case  is  small,  and  when  the  snails  are  crowded  the  mortality  is  large, 
it  has  been  found  impossible  to  deal  with  large  numbers.  A  limi  of 
error  must  be  made  that  will  be  large  enough  to  cover  most  unknown 
errors  (see  next  page). 


420 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[July, 


Secoxdarv  Table.  . 
For  description  see  page  419. 


Table 


I. 

II. 

III. 

IV. 

V. 

VI. 

VII. 

VIII. 

IX. 

X. 

XI. 
XII. 

XIII. 

XIV. 

XV. 

XVI. 

XVII. 

XVIII. 

XIX. 

XX. 


Elodea 2  exp. 

Mjaiopliyllum 6     " 

Sediment 13     " 

Fgeces 2     " 

Flat  dish 2     " 

1      " 

Air  bubbles 5     " 

(See  Special  Table,p.431) 
Excretions  cone.  .  .   1^    " 
"  dilute  . .  5     " 

(See  Special  Table.) 

Numbers 0     " 

Shell   salts  (see  Special 

Table). 
Temperature   (see  Special 

Table,  p.  419). 

Cold 0  exp. 

Dark 0     " 

Large  area 2     " 

Large  volume 8     " 

Alternate  heat  and 

cold 4     " 

Alternate  light  and 

dark 0     " 

Alternate     starving 

and  feeding 0     " 


Absence  of 4  exp. 

" 4 

"   4 

" 0 

i  Jar  and  slides 2 

Battery  jar 0 

Absence  of 2 


Warm 11 

Light 5 

Small  area 8 

Small  volume  ...     0 


Warm 
Light . 


Inde- 
terminate. 


4  exp 

7 
5 
1 
4 
6 


With  food. 


V.     Experiments. 

1.  Effect  of  Food. — Various  authors  (Semper,  Ullyet,^  Cockerall,^ 
Walter,  etc.)  have  shown  that  Lymncea  will  eat  animal  as  well  as  vege- 
table food.  However,  the  latter  furnishes  the  normal  diet.  This  con- 
sists of  diatomes,  desmids,  unicellular  and  filamentous  algse,  the  leaves 
of  water  plants,  and  dead  leaves  of  trees.  If  a  snail  after  hatching  is 
placed  in  a  clean  battery  jar  with  500  cc.  of  clear  pond  water  that 
snail  will  grow,  the  necessary  amount  of  food  being  supplied  by  the 
microscopic  algae  introduced  with  the  water  which  will  increase  faster 
than  the  snail  can  eat  up.  If  the  temperature  is  favorable,  in  the  course 
of  two  months  the  snail  will  reach  7  mm.  or  8  mm.  in  altitude  and 
become  sexually  mature.  The  fact  that  the  supply  of  food  keeps 
ahead  of  the  demand  is  interesting  and  led  to  a  series  of  experiments 


Boiled  water  from  a  jar  in  which  a  snail  had  been  raised. 
Cited  from  Walter  ('06). 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


421 


with  Myriophyllum  and  Elodea,  to  see  the  effect  of  these  water  plants 
and  to  discover  whether  or  not  their  presence  is  beneficial.  A  priori 
one  would  consider  that  the  effect  of  these  larger  water  plants  as 
Elodea  or  Myriophyllum  would  be  beneficial.  My  experiments  seemed 
in  indicate  that  their  effect  was  the  opposite.  I  at  once  started  a  great 
number  of  experiments  in  this  line.  Some  experiments,  as  can  be  seen 
in  Table  I  and  Table  II,  went  decidedly  one  way  and  some  went 
decidedly  the  other.  The  results  were  chaotic  and  no  generalizations 
were  possible. 

A  study  of  the  gross  anatomy  of  Lymncea  reveals  the  fact  that  the 
anterior  portion  of  the  stomach  is  highly  muscular.  This  muscular 
sac  was  originally  described  by  Martin  Lister '^  and  compared  to  the 
stomach  of  a  mullet.  Cuvier  ('17)  more  happily  compared  it  to  the 
gizzard  of  a  granivorous  bird.  It  was  compared  much  later  by  the 
geologist  Whitfield  ('82),  independently  of  Cuvier,  to  the  gizzard  of  a 
fowl.  Whitfield  showed  that  this  organ  like  the  gizzard  is  normally 
filled  with  sand  in  Lymncea  megasoma. 


Table  I — Effect  of  Elodea. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No 
beg. 

No. 
end. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Size. 

Dif. 

Per 

cent. 

2A 

52 

4 

3 

Elodea. 

500  cc. 

3.2 

B 

4 

4 

None. 

4.0 

.8 

16% 

3A 

52 

4 

9 

Elodea. 

500  cc. 

1.0 

— 

— 

B 

4 

2 

None. 

1.6 

.6 

37% 

4A 

52 

4 

4 

Elodea. 

500  cc. 

4.5 

— 

B 

4 

1 

None. 

5.0 

.5 

10% 

5A 

54 

6 

5 

Elodea. 

500  cc. 

.0032 



B 

6 

4 

None. 

.0220 

.0188 

50% 

6A 

54 

6 

4 

Elodea. 

500  cc. 

.0005 

_ 

B 

6 

4 

None. 

.0010 

.0005 

20% 

7A 

54 

6 

5 

Elodea. 

500  cc. 

.0010 



B 

6 

5 

None. 

.0012 

.0002 

"5% 

8A 

6 

6 

Elodea. 

500  cc. 

.0010 



B 

6 

5 

None. 

.0032 

.0022 

32% 

9A 

6 

5 

Elodea. 

500  cc. 

.0010 

.0005 

20% 

B 

6 

2 

None. 

.0005 

lOA 

6 

3 

Elodea. 

500  cc. 

.0016 

.0008 

23% 

B 

6 

3 

None. 

.0008 

llA 

57 

6 

6 

Elodea. 

500  cc. 

.0052 





B 

6 

6 

None. 

.0077 

.0025 

12% 

12A 

57 

6 

5 

Elodea. 

500  cc. 

.0039 



B 

6 

6 

None. 

.0039 

— 

5  Cited  by  Cuvif  r  ('17). 


422 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[July, 


Table  II — Effect  of  Myriophyllum. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
beg. 

No. 
end. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Av.  Size. 

Dif. 

Per 

cent. 

13A 
B 

28 

2 
2 

2 
2 

Myrio. 

None. 

200  cc. 

5.0 
5.2 

.2 

3.8% 

14A 
B 

50 

2 
2 

2 
2 

Myrio. 
None. 

400  cc. 

9.0 
9.5 

.5 

5.1% 

15A 
B 

27 

1 

1 

1 
1 

Myrio. 

None. 

500  cc. 

4.4 
3.5 

.9 

20% 

16A 
B 

27 

1 
1 

1 
1 

Myrio. 
None. 

500  cc. 

6.5 
5.0 

1.5 

23% 

17A 
B 

4S 

6 
6 

6 
6 

Mvrio. 
Nbne. 

460  cc. 

3.7 
4.3 

.6 

14% 

18A 
B 

48 

6 
6 

6 
5 

Myrio. 

None. 

680  cc. 

3.2 
3.3 

.1 

3% 

19A 
B 

48 

6 
6 

6 
6 

Myrio. 
None. 

1.3 
2.2 

.9 

41% 

20A 
B 

69 

7 
7 

9 
3 

Myrio. 
None. 

400  cc. 

3.4 

2.8 

.6 

18% 

21 A 
B 

69 

7 
7 

3 

4 

Myrio. 

None. 

680  cc. 

5.5 
3.5 

2.0 

36% 

22A 
B 

28 

2 
2 

2 
2 

jMvrio. 
Nbne. 

466  cc. 

4.4 
3.2 

1.2 

27% 

23A 
B 

28 

9 

2 

1 
2 

Myrio. 
None. 

680  cc. 

4.1 
5.1 

1.0 

20% 

24A 
B 

29 

2 
2 

1 
2 

Myrio. 
None. 

2000  cc. 

1.7 
2.4 

•  7 

28% 

25A 
B 

29 

2 
2 

1 
1 

Myrio. 
None. 

2000  cc. 

6.5 
6.5 

z 

— 

122A 
B 

37 

3 
3 

2 
2 

Myrio. 

None. 

500  cc. 

4.9 
1.7 

3.2 

67% 

193A 
B 

38 

4 
4 

3 

4 

Myrio. 

AlgJB. 

500  cc. 

3.9 
1.9 

2.0 

51% 

194A 
B 

38 

4 
4 

4 
4 

Myrio. 
Algae. 

500  cc. 

5.9 
2.1 

3.8 

68% 

195A 
B 

38 

4 
4 

3 

4 

Myrio. 
Alga'. 

500  cc. 

8.0 
3.4 

4.6 

57% 

Effect  of  Sediment. — The  gizzard  of  Lymncea  columella,  like  the  latter, 
is  usually  filled  with  fine  sand.  However,  in  dissecting  a  number  of 
individuals  of  Lymmea  columella  that  had  been  raised  in  clean  battery 
jars  I  found  no  sign  of  sand.  In  a  few  individuals  I  found  some  grains, 
when  a  dihgent  search  of  the  jar  failed  to  reveal  any  more.  It  seems 
that  this  individual  had  in  its  crop  the  only  grains  of  sediment  that  the 
jar  contained. 


1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


42.- 


Table  III— Effect  of  Sediment. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
Beg. 

No.    i 
Eud.  ! 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Av. 

Size. 

Dif. 

Per 
cent. 

1 
85A 

2 

2 

Sediment. 

N.  500  cc. 

5.1 

1.9 

37% 

B 

2 

2     i 

None. 

1 

3.2 



— 

S6A 
B 

2 
2 

1 
2 

Sediment. 
None. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

4.1 
4.4 

.3 

6% 

87A 

2 

2 

Sediment. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

5.0 

.5 

10% 

B 

2 

1 

None.             ! 

" 

4.5   1 

— 

88A 
B 

2 
2 

2 
2 

Sediment. 
None. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

3.6 
4.6 

1.0 

22% 

89  A 

2 

2 

Sediment. 

N.  200  cc. 

S-^ 

4.1 

63% 

B 

2 

2 

None. 

" 

2.4 

— 

— " 

90A 

1 

1 

Sediment. 

W.  P.  200  cc. 

6.5 

4.4 

67% 

B 

1 

1 

None. 

" 

1.7 

— 

USA 

60 

3 

1 

Sediment. 

N.  500  cc. 

8.0 

4.4 

55% 

B 

3 

3 

None. 

" 

3.6 

— 

— 

119  A 

60 

2 

1 

Sediment. 

N.  500  cc. 

7.9 

5.7 

72% 

B 

2 

2 

None. 

" 

2.2 

— 

— 

120  A 

60 

2 

2 

Sediment. 

N.  500  cc. 

7.4 

2.0 

27% 

B 

2 

2 

None. 

" 

5.4 

— 

— 

121  \ 

60 

2 

2 

Sediment. 

N.  500  cc. 

8.1 

3.1 

38% 

B 

2 

2 

None. 

ti 

5.0 

— 

124A 
B 

43 

4 
4 

4 

4 

Sediment. 
None. 

N.  500  cc. 

1.8 
1.9 

.1 

5% 

125A 

43 

4 

4 

Sediment. 

N.  500  cc. 

2.3 

1.0 

43% 

B 

4 

4 

None. 

'' 

1.3 

— 

— 

126  \ 

51 

4 

4 

Sand. 

N.  500  cc. 

li 

.8 

23% 

B 

4 

4 

None. 

2.6 

— 

- 

127A 
B 

51 

4 
4 

4 
4 

Sediment. 
None. 

N.  500  cc. 

2.1 
2.6 

.5 

19% 

128  A 

37 

3 

3 

Myrio. 

500  cc. 

9.0 

3.7 

41% 

B 

3 

3 

^lyrio 

(washed). 

" 

5.3 

— 

129A 

47 

4 

4 

Ignited 

sediment. 

N.  500  cc. 

9  _ 

— 

— 

B 

4 

4 

None. 

1         " 

2.9 

.9 

31% 

130  A 

47 

4 

4 

Sand. 

N.  500  cc. 

3.5 

.6 

17% 

B 

4 

4 

None. 

1 

2.9 

— 

— 

131 A 
B 

77 

3 
3 

3 
3 

Sediment. 
None. 

N.  500  cc. 

1.7 
3.5 

V.8 

51%) 

132  A 

77 

3 

3 

j   Saner. 

N.  500  cc. 

4.7 

1.2 

23% 

B 

3 

3 

;  None. 

" 

3.5 

— 

— 

133  A 

77 

3 

2 

Gravel. 

N.  500  cc. 

6.0 

2.5 

41% 

B 

3 

3 

None. 

i 

3.5 

— 

— 

123  A 

38 

4 

4 

Sediment. 

N.  500  cc. 

2.1 

1     J 

14% 

B 

4 

4 

None. 

" 

1.8 

— 

196A 

38 

4 

4 

Sediment. 

iw.  P.  500CC. 

5.9 

2.0 

34% 

B 

1       4 

! 

' 

1   None. 

1 

1 

3.9 

1 

424  PEOCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [July, 

Another  point  of  importance  in  these  experiments  was  the  fact  that 
in  no  cases  was  the  water  plant  attacked  when  sediment  was  not 
present.  On  the  other  hand,  in  jars  with  sediment  present  the  normal 
thing  was  to  have  the  leaves  of  the  water  plant  cut  to  pieces. 

To  determine  whether  the  presence  or  absence  of  sediment  would 
affect  the  growth  processes  of  the  snail  a  number  of  experiments  were 
undertaken.  The  sediment  used  in  Experiments  85,  86,  87  and  88, 
was  mud  from  the  pond  in  the  Botanic  Gardens.  This  was  washed 
and  that  which  settled  in  from  1  to  5  minutes  kept  for  experimental 
purposes.  Because  this  mud  would  probably  introduce  food  into  the 
jars,  soil  from  the  garden  bed  was  taken,  boiled  and  that  which  settled 
in  from  1  to  5  minutes  used  in  Experiments  89  and  90.  In  Experi- 
ments 118-121  the  sediment  was  boiled  in  concentrated  nitric  acid, 
evaporated  to  dryness,  and  ignited.  This  would  surely  destroy  all 
organic  matter;  yet  the  results  of  these  experiments  continued  to  show 
the  benefit  of  the  sediment.  Quartz  sand  and  quartz  pebbles  washed 
with  nitric  acid  gave  beneficial  results  also.  If  the  Myriophyllum  was 
washed  in  running  water  the  snails  did  not  grow  as  large  as  if  it  was 
used  with  the  particles  of  sediment  still  clinging  to  the  leaves. 

In  conclusion  it  seems  probable  that  (1)  the  muscular  gizzard  filled 
with  sand  is  necessary  to  break  up  the  plant  cells  that  have  been  torn 
off  by  the  radula.  (2)  The  absence  of  sand  seems  to  have  the  effect 
of  causing  the  snails  not  to  rasp  off  cells  from  the  tissues  of  water  plant. 
(3)  If  there  is  enough  small  algae  present,  Myriophyllum  will  have  Httle 
or  no  effect  on  the  growth.  (4)  An  examination  of  the  stomach  of 
small  snails  under  5  mm.  shows  that  such  plant  tissue  as  Myriophyllum 
is  not  eaten.  With  snails  5  to  12  mm.,  however,  great  gashes  are  torn  in 
the  leaves,  and  the  stomach  is  filled  with  the  crushed  cells.  (5)  The 
discordant  results  of  Tables  I  and  II  are  no  doubt  due  to  the  presence 
or  absence  of  sediment. 

Fceces. — The  amount  of  fseces  produced  by  Lymruea  is  enormous  and 
Walter  ('06)  reports  that  Lymncea  elodes  forms  cylinders  of  fsecal  mat- 
ter fourteen  times  its  own  length  every  twenty-four  hours.  This 
collects  at  the  bottom  of  the  aquaria  in  great  tangled  masses. 

De  Varigny  ('94)  investigated  the  effect  of  this  material  on  the 
growing  snail.  The  result  of  his  experiments  was  the  stunting  of  the 
snails  in  the  jar  with  the  fsecal  masses.  In  repeating  these  experi- 
ments of  De  Varigny  the  writer  gathered  fseces  from  a  jar  in  which  a 
snail  had  been  living  for  a  month  or  two.  This  matter  in  some  cases 
was  washed  in  a  filter  and  in  others  by  decanting.  This  washed 
material  was  added  to  jars  of  snails.     The  result  indicated  in  Table  IV 


1908.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


425 


was  the  opposite  from  that  found  by  De  Varigny.  However,  the 
latter  did  not  wash  the  faecal  material,  and  so  introduced  into  the 
water  a  large  amount  of  soluble  excreted  material  that  he  himself  found 
so  harmful  to  the  growing  snail. 

Table  IV — Effect  of  F.eces. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
Beg. 

No. 
End. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Av. 

Size. 

Dif. 

Per 

cent. 

45A 
B 

40 

1 
1 

1 
1 

Pieces. 
None. 

N. 

3.0 

1.8 

1.2 

^0% 

46A 
B 

60 

8 
8 

8 
6 

Ffeces. 
None. 

N. 

3.6 
4.0 

.4 

10% 

47A 
B 

54 

5 
5 

4 

Fajces. 
None. 

N. 

7.0 
3.0 

4.0 

59% 

^-  Rathay's  ('98)  observations  on  Helix  hortensis  and  Young's  ('88) 
observations  on  Helix  po?natia  and  on  Arion  show  that  these  pulmonates 
eat  a  great  mass  of  food,  very  little  of  which  appears  to  be  assimilated 
or  even  digested. 

Observations  of  the  fsecal  matter  of  Lymncea  shows  the  same  thing 
true  for  these  pond  snails.  Although  the  writer  did  not  perform 
any  special  tests  on  the  cells  found  in  fseces,  as  did  Rathay  ('98),  yet 
the  appearance  of  the  Pleurococcus  and  desmids  in  those  masses  was  so 
nearly  normal  that  there  is  very  little  doubt  that  there  was  any 
change. 

Other  Effects  of  Water  Plants. — Warren  ('00)  discovered  that  Daphnia 
in  a  vessel  filled  with  Vallisneria  became  less  and  less  productive.  If, 
however,  the  bulk  of  the  water  plant  was  removed,  the  crustaceans  soon 
regained  their  normal  number.  As  green  light  was  found  to  be  unfavor- 
able to  the  fertility  of  Daphnia,  Warren  concluded  that  the  mass  of 
green  plant  caused  the  light  to  be  green  and  the  Daphnia  infertile  in 
consequence. 

It  can  be  imagined  from  what  has  been  said  that  the  effect  of  water 
plant  on  the  physiological  processes  of  organisms  is  not  simple  and  it  is 
not  easy  at  once  to  discover  just  how  it  acts. 

2.  Aeration. — This  section  should  be  treated  under  the  head  of  the 
composition  of  the  water,  but  as  Semper,  De  Varigny,  Willem  and 
Walter  have  each  considered  it  separately,  it  was  thought  best  to 
follow  them  and  make  it  an  independent  topic. 

On  a  priori  grounds  Semper  ('79)  and  De  Varigny  ('94)  both  decided 
that  the  only  means  of  respiration  in  Lymncea  was  by  the  specially 


426  PEOCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [Julv, 

differentiated  so-called  lung ;  therefore  these  mollusks  must  come  to  the 
surface  for  air.  However,  the  observations  of  v.  Siebold^  ('59),  Pauly*^ 
(77),  Forel  ('69,  74,  '04),  Andre«  ('01),  Walker  ('00)  and  the  experi- 
ments of  Willem  ('96)  show  that  the  respiration  of  the  animal  is  in  a 
large  part  carried  on  by  the  outer  surface  of  the  body. 

De  Varigny's  Experiment. — De  Varigny  noticed  that  dishes  with  the 
largest  area  contained  the  largest  snails.  This  at  once  suggested  aera- 
tion. To  determine  whether  this  was  the  true  explanation,  he  half 
immersed  a  small  glass  cylinder  with  the  bottom  covered  with  muslin 
in  a  large  vessel  of  water.  To  insure  the  mixture  of  the  water  in  both 
vessels,  he  lifted  the  small  vessel  out  of  the  large  one  daily  and  allowed 
it  to  empty  and  fill,  when  he  replaced  it  again.  In  each  vessel  he 
introduced  a  snail  of  equal  size  and  age;  and  at  the  end  of  the  experi- 
ment the  one  that  had  a  large  place  in  which  to  roam  was  the  larger. 
As  the  water  in  both  compartments  was  in  communication,  the  amount 
of  oxygen  in  both  vessels  must  be  identical.  Therefore,  the  snail 
having  the  greatest  area  to  roam  about,  on  his  exercise  theory,  became 
the  larger. 

Willem' s  Experiment. — Semper  ('79)  found  that  to  carry  air  bubbles 
through  a  vessel  containing  young  snails  created  such  a  disturbance 
that  the  small  snails  were  washed  from  their  substratum.  Willem 
('96)  devised  an  apparatus  for  conducting  air  bubbles  through  a  liquid 
without  disturbing  the  water.  It  consisted  of  a  glass  tube  (fig.  2)  (a) 
immersed  in  the  jar  to  be  experimented  on.  Below  the  surface  was 
blown  a  hole  (o).  Tube  (c),  turned  upon  the  end,  conducted  bubbles 
of  air  into  tube  (a).  The  bubbles  escaped  into  the  water  and  travelled 
up  tube  (a),  the  water  carried  up  by  the  bubble  escaping  by  the  hole 
(o),  and  the  air  bubble  continued  up  the  tube  and  escaped. 

Willem  repeated  the  experiment  of  De  Varigny,  but  introduced  his 
aerating  apparatus  into  the  small  jar  (fig.  3).  The  water,  kept  con- 
stantly interchanging  in  the  large  and  small  vessel,  caused  the  snails 
to  be  of  equal  size. 

Vernon  ('03)  explained  the  results  of  this  experiment  not  by  lack  of 
aeration,  but  by  the  increase  of  excretory  products  which  did  not  pass 
freely  through  the  muslin. 

Surface  Aeration. — The  experiments  undertaken  b}"  the  writer  are 
considered  under  two  heads — surface  aeration  and  artificial  aeration. 
The  effect  of  surface  aeration  was  determined  by  the  use  of  flat  dishes 
and  a  battery  jar  for  control.  To  make  the  inside  area  of  the  jar  equal 
to  the  inside  area  of  t!ie  dish,  so  as  to  have  equal  areas  inside  the  jar 

"  Cited  from  Walter  ('06). 


1908. 


NATURAL    SCIEXCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


427 


Fig.  2.     (After  Willem.) 


Fig.  3.     (After  Willem.) 


for  algae  to  grow  upon  and  for  the  snail  to  "exercise"  upon,  a  structure 
of  microscopic  slides  of  calculated  area  was  introduced.  Table  V  gives 
the  results  of  these  experiments.    These  results  are  seen  to  have  little 

Table  V — Flat  Dish  and  Jar  Area  Increased  by  Slides. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
Beg. 

No. 
End. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Av. 

Size. 

Dif. 

Per 

cent. 

29A 
B 

48 

G 
6 

6 
5 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

N.  500  cc. 

2.2 
3.2 

1.0 

30% 

30A 
B 

48 

6 
6 

6 
6 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

^Y.  P.  500  cc. 

1.3 
3.9 

1.6 

40% 

31 A 
B 

28 

2 
2 

2 
1 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

4.6 

4.5 

.1 

2% 

32A 
B 

28 

2 
2 

2 
2 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

3.G 
5. 

1.4 

28% 

91A 
B 

58 

2 
2 

2 
2 

Tiarge  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

N.  500  cc. 

5.7 
4.7 

1.0 

18% 

9.5A 
B 

58 

2 
2 

2 
2 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

X.  500  cc. 

6.5 

4.4 

2.1 

32% 

98A 
B 

51 

3 
3 

3 
3 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

X.  500  cc. 

4.2 
4  5 

.3 

"6% 

97A 
B 

35 

2 
2 

1 
2 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

X.  500  cc. 

7.2 
4.2 

3.0 

41% 

428 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[July, 


Fig.  4. 


significance.  In  some,  however,  no  slides  were  used  (Table  VI). 
Out  of  seven  experiments  but  one  difference  was  significant,  and  that 
one  indicated  that  the  larger  surface  was  beneficial. 

However,  these  experiments  seem  to  indicate  that  the  effect  of  sur- 
face aeration  is  not  very  striking,  yet  increased  aeration  by  the  surface 
of  the  water  no  doubt  is  of  slight  advantage  to  the  growth  of  the  snail. 

Artificial  Aeration. — In  a  number  of  experiments  streams  of  air 
bubbles  were  conducted  through  jars  of  water.  The  apparatus  used 
was  a  modification  of  that  of  Willem  (^96)  (see  fig.  4).  In  Experiments 
37-43  (Table  VII)  the  air  was  passed  through  night  and  day,  in  the 
remaining  experiments  for  but  eight  hours  a  day.  The  results  confirm 
Willem's  conclusion  that  cuticular  respiration  is  a  large  factor  in  the 
growth  of  Lymncea. 


1908-]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  429 

Table  VI — Flat  Dish  and  Battery  Jar. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
Beg. 

No. 
End. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Av. 

Size. 

Difi 

Per 
cent. 

33A 
B 

28 

2 
2 

2 
2 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

4.G 
4.4 

.2 

4% 

34A 
B 

28 

2 
2 

2 

1 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

3.6 
4.1 

.5' 

12% 

98A 
B 

58 

2 
2 

2 
o 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

X.  500  cc. 

5.7 
4.5 

1.2 

21% 

99A 
B 

58 

2 
2 

I 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

N.  500  cc. 

6.5 

8.0 

1.5 

18% 

lOOA 
B 

54 

4 
4 

4 
3 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

X.  500  cc. 

3.9 

4.2 

.3 

7% 

lOlA 
B 

51 

3 
3 

3 
3 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

N.  500  cc. 

4.2 
4.0 

.2, 

4% 

102A 
B 

35 

2 
2 

1 
2 

Large  sur.  area. 
Small  sur.  area. 

N.  500  cc. 

7.2 
4.7 

2.5! 

34% 

Table  VII — Artificial  Aeration. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
Beg. 

No. 
End. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Av. 

Size. 

Dif. 

Per 

cent. 

37A 

27 

Air  bubbles. 

X.  500  cc. 

3.8 

1.0 

26% 

B 

None. 

2.8 

38A 

42 

Air  bubbles. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

8.8 

2.4 

27% 

B 

None. 

" 

6.4 

39A 
B 

42 

.\ir  bubbles. 
None. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

8.2 
8.0 

.2 

2% 

40A 

42 

Air  bubbles. 

N.  500  cc. 

7.0 

2.5 

36% 

B 

None. 

4.5 

41A 

52 

1 

.\ir  bubbles. 

W.  P.  750  cc. 

6.2 

2.2 

36% 

B 

None. 

4. 

42A 

52 

15 

Air  bubbles. 

W.  P.  750  cc. 

2. 

B 

14 

None. 

2.8 

.8 

29% 

134  A 

26 

Air  bubbles. 

W.  P.  500  ec. 

4.9 



B 

None. 

" 

5.9 

1.0 

17% 

135A 

26 

Air  bubbles. 

W.  P.  .500  cc. 

3.1 

.2 

6% 

B 

None. 

2.9 

_ 

197  A 

Air  bubbles. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

5.8 



B 

None. 

7.0 

1.2 

17% 

198A 

Air  bubbles. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

6.8 

3. 

44% 

B 

None. 

" 

3.8 

Walter's  ('06)  experiments  show  that  Lymncea  will  live  in  boiled 
water,  but  come  to  the  surface  more  often.     If  imprisoned  below  the 
surface  of  aerated  water  they  die. 
28 


430  PROCEEDINGS    OF    THE    ACADEMY    OF  [July, 

In  consideration  of  the  above  the  writer  believes  the  follo\\ing 
statement  of  Willem  not  altogether  supported  by  the  facts.  Willem 
('96)  writes,  p.  567:  "Ces  experiences,  .  .  .  .,  prouvent  que  chez  les 
Basommatophores  la  respiration  cutanee  est  plus  importante  que  la 
respiration  pulmonaire  et  qu'a  elle  seule,  elle  pent  suffire  a  la  vie  de 
ces  animaux." 

3.  The  Composition  of  the  Water. — The  present  study  considers  those 
conditions  alone  in  which  the  composition  of  the  water  might  affect 
the  growth  of  pond  snails  under  natural  conditions. 

Effect  of  Accumulation  of  Excreted  Matter. — De  Varigny  ('94)  grew 
snails  in  water  in  which  a  snail  had  been  living  for  months,  with  the 
result  that  the  snails  were  dwarfed.  Vernon  ('95)  performed  similar 
experiments  with  Echinoderm  larvae  with  the  same  result.  The  writer 
has  conducted  experiments  of  this  sort  on  Lymncea.  Table  IX  expresses 
the  results  of  eight  experiments.  These  results  are  as  follows:  (1) 
That  weak  solutions  of  the  waste  products  of  metabolism  are  of  benefit 
to  the  snail.  (2)  That  concentrated  solutions  are  harmful.  (3)  In 
Experiments  136  and  199  the  water  was  aerated  so  the  factor  of  the 
aeration  of  the  water  would  be  constant.  In  Experiment  143  the 
water  was  boiled,  yet  in  these  two  cases  the  results  were  similar.  Later 
the  experiments  of  Table  X  were  repeated  with  different  dilutions  of 
urea  with  similar  results.  As  these  were  similar  to  those  found  by 
Vernon  ('95),  who  used  also  uric  acid  on  Echinoderm  larvae,  it  was  not 
thought  necessary  to  continue  the  experiments  further. 

Analyses  of  the  water.  A  year  before  Vernon's  ('99)  paper  was 
called  to  the  attention  of  the  writer,  a  series  of  analyses  were  made 
of  the  water  in  a  number  of  jars.  Although  not  nearly  so  extensive 
as  those  of  Vernon,  yet  the  results  were  nearly  parallel. 

By  the  methods  of  water  analysis  (Clowes  and  Coleman,  '03),  the 
water  in  the  jars  of  several  experiments  was  analyzed  for  chlorides, 
nitrates  and  particularly  for  free  and  for  albuminoid  ammonia.  The 
free  ammonia  consists  largely  of  the  inorganic  salts  of  ammonia. 
Albuminoid  ammonia  on  the  other  hand  is  made  up  of  organic  com- 
pounds from  which  the  ammonia  radicle  is  not  detached  by  boiling 
with  sodium  carbonate. 

Experiments  200  and  201,  Table  VIII,  were  conducted  in  the  follow- 
ing manner:  Six  jars  with  500  cc.  of  water,  which  was  analyzed 
before  the  experiment,  were  taken.  Two  were  used  without  water 
plant  or  snail  as  control.  The  other  jars  contained  snails  and  water 
plant  as  follows:  one  without  water  plant  but  with  one  full-grown 
snail,  one  without  water  plant  but  with  five  snails,  one  with  water 


431 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 

Table  VIII. 
Experiment  200. 


Analysis 
for 

Water  beginning 
of  experiment. 
Grams  in  1000  CC. 

„,  .        .        ,     ,      Water  at  end  of 
Water  at  end  of  ,       experiment. 

experiment.       1   Q^ams  in  1000  cc. 
Grams  m  1000  cc.              ^  s\i3,\\.. 

Water  at  end  of 

experiment. 

Grams  in  1000  cc. 

5  snails. 

FreeNHj... 
Alb.  NH3... 

Calcium 

Cbloride 

.0003 
.0020 
.0100 
.0080 

.0012 
.0010 
.0090 
.0018 

.0120 
.0012 
.0090 
.0018 

.0300 
.0080 
.0100 
.0020 

Experiment  201. 


Analysis 
for 

Water  beginning 
of  experiment. 
Grams  in  1000  cc. 

Water  at  end  of 

experiment. 
Grams  in  1000  cc. 

Water  at  end  of 

experiment. 

Grams  in  1000  cc. 

Myriophyllum. 

\\'ater  at  end  of 

experiment. 
Grams  in  1000  cc. 
Myriophiyllum. 

Free  NH,  . .  . 
Alb.  NHj... 

Calcium 

Chloride.... 

-0003 
.0020 
.0100 
.0080 

.0012 
.0010 
.0080 
.0016 

.00025 
.00018 
.01000 
.00160 

No  trace. 
.0080 
.0100 
.0020 

Experiment  202. 


Size  of  Snail. 

Free  NH,. 
Grms.  per  1000  cc. 

Alb.  NH,. 
Grms.  per  1000  cc. 

Control,  no  snail  present. 

2,8  mm. 

10     mm. 

11.5  mm. 

15.5  mm. 

.025 
.015 
.075 
.075 
.155 

.018 
.025 
.030 
.025    • 
.030 

plant  and  no  snail,  and  one  with  water  plant  together  with  tw^o  snails. 
After  ten  days  the  water  was  analyzed.  The  following  facts  seem  to  be 
illustrated  by  these  experiments:  (1)  Calcium  and  chlorides  in  the 
water  do  not  seem  to  be  affected  by  the  excretions  of  the  snail.  (2) 
In  the  jar  that  contained  no  snails  yet  contained  Myriophyllum  nearly 
all  the  free  ammonia  was  taken  up  by  the  water  plant.  This  is  a 
phenomenon  well  known  to  botanists  (Sachs,  75  ;  Bessy,  '92). 
Vernon  ('99)  found  that  the  presence  of  Ulva  decreased  the  free 
ammonia,  but  increased  the  albuminoid  ammonia. 


432 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[July, 


Table  IX — Effect  of  Excretions. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
beg. 

No. 
end. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Av. 

Size. 

Dif. 

Per 

cent. 

Tap.            Old 

water.        water. 

142  A 

40 

1 

1 

300  cc. 

N.  100  cc.  pond  w. 

1.8 

— 

— 

B 

1 

1 

200  cc.  +  100  cc. 

2.7 

— 

— 

C 

1 

1 

100  cc.  +  200  cc. 

2.4 

— 

— 

D 

1 

1 

300  cc. 

Boiled       Boiled 
pond  wat.   old  wat. 

1.5 

143A 

9 

6 

500  cc.  +  0  cc. 

+  100  cc.  pond  w. 

2.6 

— 

— 

B 

9 

8 

450  cc.  +  50  cc. 

" 

3.4 

— 

— 

0 

9 

9 

400  cc.  +  100  cc. 

" 

3.1 

— 

— 

D 

9 

7 

200  cc.  +  300  cc. 

" 

3.3 

— 

— 

E 

9 

9 

0        +  500  cc. 

" 

3.3 

— 

— 

144A 

44 

4 

3 

Dilute  old  water. 

300  cc. 

3.4 

1.3 

40% 

B 

4 

3  1  Control. 

300  cc. 

2.1 

— 

145A 

44 

4 

2    Dilute  old  water. 

300  cc. 

3.6 

1.6 

44% 

B 

4 

2 

Control. 

300CC. 

2.0 

— 

146A 

26 

4 

2 

Old  water. 

500  CC. 

2.9 





B 

4 

4 

Control. 

500  CC. 

5.9 

3.0 

50% 

200A 

4 

4 

Old  water. 

500  CC.  W.  P. 

3.8 

— 

— 

B 

4 

4 

Control. 

500  CC. 

7.0 

3.2 

46% 

186A 

26 

4 

8 

Old  water. 

W.  P.  500  CC. 

3.1 

— 

— 

B 

4 

4 

Control. 

Aerated. 

4.9 

1.8 

36% 

199A 

26 

4 

4 

Dilute  old  water. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

6.8 

1.0 

14%, 

B 

4 

4 

Control. 

Aerated. 

5.8 

— 

Table  X — Effect  of  Urea. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
beg. 

No. 
end. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Av.  size. 

137A 

22 

D 

No.  urea. 

500  cc. 

Dead. 

B 

5T)5Ty  N.  urea. 

2.0 

C 

2357  N.  urea. 

2.6 

D 

y„V(j  N.  urea. 

2.5 

E 

s^^  N.  urea. 

2.8 

F 

D 

2^5  N.  urea. 

Dead. 

138A 

27 

±tn- 

500  cc. 

2.8 

B 

3.5 

139A 

27 

J 

y^,  N.  urea. 
Control. 

500  cc. 

3.8 

B 

5.0 

140A 

37 

3 

Control. 

500  CO. 

1.7 

B 

4 

TijViT  N.  urea. 

" 

1.9 

C 

3 

3^0  N.  urea. 

1.5 

D 

' 

1^0  N.  urea. 

Dead. 

1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 

Table  XI — Effect  of  Numbers. 


433 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
beg. 

No. 
end. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Av. 

Size. 

Dif. 

Per 
cent. 

60A 
B 

52 

1 
17 

1 
15 

The  number. 

W.  P. 

4. 
2.8 

1.2 

30% 

61A 
B 

52 

1 
17 

1 
5 

The  number. 
The  number. 

W.  P. 

3.2 
2.7 

.5 

16% 

62A 
B 

52 

1 
17 

1 
14 

W.  P. 

6.2 
2. 

4.2 

70% 

203A 

40 

32 

1  in  a  jar. 

2  in  a  jar. 

W.  p.  500  cc. 

7.9 

B 

4U 

26 

7.2 



c 

40 

38 

3  in  a  jar. 

6.1 



D 

40 

16 

4  in  a  jar. 

5.2 

E 

20 

14 

20  in  a  jar. 

" 

3.2 

F 

20 

17 

20  in  a  jar. 

2.7 

— 

— 

Experiment  202  shows  but  one  fact,  i.e.,  that  the  amount  of  excre- 
tion is  roughly  proportional  to  the  size  of  the  snail. 

Table  XII — Effect  of  Shell  Salts. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
beg. 

No.- 
end. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Av. 
size. 

55A 

48 

0 

7 

Control. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

3.3 

B 

6 

5 

Powdered  CaCOj. 

3.9 

c 

6 

5 

Powdered  CaSO, . 

4.2 

D 

6 

5 

Powdered  Ca^CPOJ,. 

3.0 

56A 

86 

/ 

5 

Control. 

6.0 

B 

7 

5 

CaCOj. 

5  7 

C 

7 

6 

CaSO^. 

6  8 

D 

1 

7 

CaaCPOJ^. 

6.5 

201A 

43 

4 

Control. 

N.  clean  jar. 

1.9 

B 

3 

Sediment. 

1  S 

C 

4 

CaSO,. 

2  0 

D 

2 

CaCOa. 

1.6 

202A 

43 

4 

Control. 

N.  clean  jar. 

1.3 

B 

4 

Sediment. 

2  3 

C 

4 

CaCO,. 

9    9 

D 

4 

CaCOg. 

9 

203A 

38 

4 

Control. 

N.  Started 

1.9 

B 

4 

Sediment. 

with  3  weeks 

2.1 

c 

4 

Crushed  shells. 

growth  of  alga;. 

3.4 

204A 

38 

2 

Control. 

W.  P. 

3.9 

B 

4 

4 

Sediment. 

5.9 

C 

3 

Crushed  shells. 

8.0 

434  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [July, 

Effect  of  Shell  Salts. — If  it  were  possible  to  measure  some  other 
physiological  process  of  the  snail  than  growth,  another  method  might 
be  instituted  to  attack  the  study  of  the  effect  of  environment.  As  it 
is  possible  to  measure  the  activity  of  a  certain  tissue  in  the  pond  snail 
by  the  amount  of  its  secretions,  a  series  of  experiments  were  con- 
ducted. The  tissue  referred  to  is  the  mantle  which  secretes  the  shell. 
With  this  in  mind  a  few  experiments  with  calcium  carbonate,  calcium 
sulphate,  and  calcium  phosphate.  Snails  that  had  been  raised  in 
saturated  solutions  of  these  salts,  which  are  but  shghtly  soluble  in 
water,  were  measured;  the  results  are  expressed  in  Table  XII.  The 
salts  were  supphed  as  the  pure  chemical  or  as  ground-up  Lymncea  shell. 
The  results  show  that  calcium  sulphate  is  most  beneficial  and  that  the 
presence  of  shell  salts  are  favorable  to  snail  growth.  Experiments 
55-56  did  not  consider  that  the  sediment  of  the  ground  mineral  might 
introduce  another  factor.  Experiments  201-204  consider  this  factor. 
The  fact  that  each  chemical  seems  to  favor  a  separate  flora  introduces 
another  factor  which  makes  these  experiments  most  unsatisfactory. 

Number  of  Individuals. — Semper  ('74)  and  De  Varigny  ('94)  both 
reported  that  in  two  similar  jars,  one  containing  one  snail  and  one 
containing  many,  the  single  one  grew  the  larger  in  every  case.  This 
fact  was  one  of  Semper's  strongest  arguments  in  favor  of  the  presence 
of  an  unknown  chemical.  De  Varigny  could  not  explain  this  result 
on  his  exercise  theory,  so  he  advanced  a  psychological  theory  based  on 
the  fact  that  two  snails  might  annoy  each  other.  He  writes:  "Mais 
que  pent  etre  cette  influence  morale  dans  le  monde  des  Lymnees?  Le 
probleme  est  embarrassant,  et  je  n'ose  decide  si  la  presence  de  deux 
L3rmnees  gene  ou  ne  gene  pas  le  peregrinations  de  la  troisieme,  etc." 
(p.  187). 

The  result  of  the  experiments  reported  in  Table  VI  of  the  present 
work  confirm  the  results  of  the  authors  who  have  investigated  this 
factor.  Discarding  both  Semper's  and  De  Varigny's  explanation,  we 
must  turn  to  a  consideration  of  those  of  the  later  authors.  Willem 
('96)  explained  the  result  as  due  to  aeration,  but  it  seems  rather  that 
Vernon's  ('03)  explanation  is  more  nearly  true.  Vernon  considers 
that  the  toxic  influence  of  accumulations  of  the  waste  products  of 
metabolism  is  the  cause  of  the  dwarfing,  yet  increased  aeration  will 
insure  more  rapid  oxidation  of  those  waste  products  and  so  remove 
their  harmf  ulness. 

From  what  has  been  said  it  will  be  seen  that  the  chemical  composi- 
tion of  the  water  is  a  very  important  factor  in  the  rate  of  growth  of 
Lymncea.    The  composition  of  the  water  may  exert  a  toxic  or  a  bene- 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


435 


ficial  effect  on  the  growing  snail.  This  has  been  explained  in  the  case 
of  effect  of  numbers  in  various  ways,  but  most  reasonably  by  lack  of 
aeration  and  of  composition  of  the  water.  It  is  probable  that  those 
two  factors  work  together. 

4.  Temperature. — Semper  (79)  reported  that  snails  chilled  were 
retarded  in  growth  and  that  growth  ceased  at  13°  C.  Walter  ('06) 
found  that  they  became  more  active  in  warm  water  than  in  cold  water. 
The  experiments  of  Walter  ('06)  were  repeated  in  the  following  way: 
Four  large  snails  9  mm.  and  four  small  snails  1.5  mm.  were  placed  in  a 
glass  dish  with  about  20  cc.  of  water.  Under  the  dish  a  piece  of  cross- 
section  paper  was  laid,  and  on  another  piece  of  cross-section  paper  the 
position  of  each  snail  was  plotted  every  five  minutes  for  a  period  of 
three  hours. 

For  the  first  hour  the  dish  was  in  a  cold  room  and  the  temperature 
fell  from  12^°  to  6^°  C.  The  dish  was  then  packed  around  with  ice 
for  half  an  hour  until  the  temperature  fell  from  6^°  to  3^°  C.  The 
dish  was  then  placed  in  a  warm  room  for  one  hour,  the  temperature 
rising  from  3^°  to  17°  C.  For  the  next  twenty  minutes  it  was  placed 
near  a  radiator,  and  the  last  ten  minutes  the  dish  was  placed  above  the 
radiator,  the  temperature  rising  from  17°  to  26°  C.  Fig.  5  shows  how 
the  snails  were  affected,  tt  represents  the  temperature  curve;  the 
heavy  black  line  the  distance  in  millimeters  that  the  small  snails 
travelled  in  periods  of  five  minutes;  the  dotted  line  indicates  the 
same  thing  for  the  large  snails. 

Table  XIII. 


Temperature. 

Speed. 

Remarks. 

Large  Snails 

Small  Snails 

12i°-  8i° 
8^°-  6^° 

3|°IlO° 
10°  -17° 
17°  -22° 
22°  -3H° 
23°  -25° 

Increase. 
Decrease. 
Increase. 
Decrease. 
Increase. 

Decrease. 
Increase. 

Increase. 
Decrease. 
Constant. 
SI.  decrease. 
Increase. 

Decrease. 
Increase. 

In  cold  room. 

Packed  with  snow. 
In  warm  rooms. 

Near  radiator. 

On  radiator. 

The  average  speed  for  the  small  snails  closely  follows  that|for  the 
large  ones.     The  table  shows,  several  things:   (1)  that  cold  apphed 


436 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[July, 


rather  suddenly  stimulates  the  snail  to  become  active  so  as  to  escape 
from  the  cold.  The  same  reaction  is  noticed  when  heat  above  the 
optimum  is  applied.  (2)  When  the  water  continued  cold  the  activities 
decreased. 


Fig.  5. — Temperature  and  velocity  curve  of  large  and  small  Lj^fnnsea.  [Line  1 1 
represents  temperature  in  centigrade  during  three  hours.  Dotted  line  rep- 
resents distance  traveled  in  m.m.  in  five-minute  intervals  by  the  large 
snails.     The  solid  line  shows  the  same  thing  for  the  small  ones.] 


The  experiments  on  growth  conducted  by  Semper  did  not  take  into 
account  the  effect  of  cold  on  the  water  plant.  To  eUminate  this 
factor  the  writer  alternated  the  jars  wdth  the  water  plant  from  the 
warm  to  the  cold  at  stated  intervals,  but  transferred  the  snails  from 
one  jar  to  the  other,  so  that  certain  snails  remained  in  the  warm  and 
certain  snails  remained  in  the  cold  all  the  time,  yet  the  jars  that  con- 
tained them  were  the  same,  and  therefore  the  amount  and  condition  of 
the  food  was  similar. 

The  manner  that  cold  acts  on  the  growth  of  Lymncea  may  be  twofold. 
Cold,  as  is  so  well  known,  retards  the  rate  of  chemical  combinations  and 
so  retards  physiological  processes.  As  growth  is  a  physiological 
process  it  is  retarded,  and  as  the  activities  of  the  animal  are  physio- 
logical processes  they  are  also  retarded.  Growth  depends  largely  on  the 
presence  of  food,  yet  the  food  of  Lymnaa  is  acquired  only  through 
constant  motion,  so  it  might  easily  become  dwarfed,  with  abundance  of 
food  about  it,  if  conditions  should  make  the  snail  sluggish.  In  LymncBa 
we  have  seen  that  both  these  factors  may  be  at  work,  reduced  physio- 
logical processes  acting  directly  on  growth,  or  reduced  activities  may 
actually  caus(;  dwarfing  by  lack  of  food. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  437 

Table  XIV — Effect  of  Heat  and  Cold. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
beg. 

No. 
end. 

Variable. 

ConstHUt. 

Size. 

Dif. 

Per 
cent. 

26A    ; 

52 

4 

4 

Warm. 

N.  500  cc. 

! 
.0055 

.0047 

49% 

B 

4 

2 

Cold. 

.ooos: 

— 

— 

27A  ! 

52 

4 

3 

Warm. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

.0035 

.0030 

45% 

B 

4 

2 

Cold. 

.0005 

— 

— 

28A 

61 

10 

8 

Warm. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

.0079 

— 

— 

B 

10 

10 

Cold. 

.0080 

.0001 

0% 

91A 

52 

2 

2 

Warm. 

N.  500  cc. 

4.5 

2.9 

64% 

B 

2 

2 

Refrigerator. 

1.6 

— 

— 

92A 

52 

2 

2 

Warm. 

N.  500  cc. 

5.6 

3.9 

70% 

B 

2 

2 

Refrigerator. 

1.7 

— 

— 

93A 

45 

1 

1 

Warm. 

N.  500  cc. 

8.2 

6.0 

73% 

B 

1 

1 

Refrigerator. 

2.2 

— 

— 

147A 

48 

2 

2 

Warm. 

N.  500  cc. 

6.5 

3.5 

54% 

B 

2 

2 

Cold. 

3.0 

— 

— 

USA 

48 

2 

2 

Warm. 

N.  500  cc. 

5.2 

2.6 

50% 

B 

2 

2 

Cold. 

2.6 

— 

— 

205A 

42 

3 

2 

Warm. 

W.  P.  750  cc. 

4.8 

1.2 

25% 

B 

3 

2 

Cold. 

3.6 

— 

— 

206A 

42 

4 

4 

Warm. 

W.  P.  750  cc. 

i7.2 

4.9 

68% 

B 

4 

3 

Cold. 

2.3 

— 

— 

207A 

44 

5 

4 

Warm. 

W.  P.  750  cc. 

i7.6 

4.6 

60% 

B 

5 

3 

Cold. 

3.0 

— 

— 

208A 

44 

5 

4 

Warm. 

W.  P.  750  cc. 

'8.0 

5.4 

67% 

B 

5 

3 

Cold. 

,2.6 

5.  Lt^/i^.— Beginning  with  Higgenbottom  ('50),  various  writers  have 
conducted  experiments  on  the  effect  of  Hght  on  the  growth  of  animals. 
The  work  of  these  authors,  including  Yung  (78,  '80  and  '92),  Vernon 
('95),  Warren  ('00)  and  Beclard  ('58),  deals  largely  with  the  effect  of 
colored  light  on  the  development  of  different  animals.  The  present 
work  considers  the  effect  of  hght  and  darkness  alone.  Although 
experiments  were  attempted  with  colored  lights,  yet  the  many  difficul- 
ties in  the  shape  of  uncontrollable  factors  made  the  results  so  unreliable 
that  space  will  not  be  taken  in  discussing  them.  Even  in  the  experi- 
ments on  light  and  darkness  the  factor  of  food  was  with  difficulty  con- 
trolled. It  was  only  by  resorting  to  similar  means  as  in  the  experi- 
ments on  temperature  that  this  factor  was  controlled  at  all.  However, 
this  did  not  remove  all  the  uncontrolled  factors  present.  There  was 
also  the  chance  of  there  being  a  different  temperature  of  the  water 
between  the  two  jars;  this  difference  at  times  amounting  to  2°  C. 


438 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[July, 


Although  the  experiments  of  Walter  ('06)  and  some  of  the  writers 
seem  to  indicate  that  Lymncea  is  slightly  negatively  phototactic,  yet 
darkness  is  prejudicial  to  growth  (Table  XV). 

Table  XV — Effect  of  Light  and  Dark. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
beg. 

No. 
end. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Size. 

Dif. 

Per 
cent. 

57A 
B 

54 

6 
6 

4 
4 

Light. 
Dark. 

N.  500  cc. 

4.9 
1.7 

3.2 

65% 

58A 
B 

54 

6 
6 

5 
4 

Light. 
Dark. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

11 

3.0 
1.2 

1.8 

60% 

59A 
B 

42 

5 
5 

5 
5 

Light. 
Dark. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

8.5 
6.4 

2.1 

25% 

103A 
B 

47 

4 

4 

\ 

Light. 
Dark. 

N.  750  cc. 

3.0 
1.2 

1^ 

60% 

104A 
B 

45 

5 
5 

3 
1 

Light. 
Dark. 

N.  750  cc. 

2.5 
1.5 

1.0 

40% 

105A 
B 

45 

5 
5 

3 
5 

Light. 
Dark. 

N.  750  cc. 

2.5 

1.7 

.8 

32% 

This  factor  of  light  is  of  less  importance  than  the  other  external 
conditions  affecting  growth,  and  is  one  that  the  snail  can  directly 
control  to  some  extent  through  its  behavior,  and  is  also  one  that  can 
be  easily  regulated  in  the  laboratory.  It  is  almost  impossible  to 
devise  experiments  on  the  effect  of  light  on  animals  whose  food  con- 
sists of  green  plants,  and  experiments  so  conducted  can  have  little 
significance. 

6.  Area. — According  to  De  Varigny's  exercise  theory,  dwarfing  of 
Lymncea  was  caused  by  too  little  area  for  the  snail  to  crawl  upon.  To 
test  the  truth  of  this  hypothesis,  structures  of  various  shapes  were 
constructed  out  of  microscopic  slides  and  introduced  into  one  of  two 
similar  jars  containing  snails.  As  some  of  the  structures  were  cemented 
with  sealing  wax,  sealing  wax  was  added  to  the  other  jar  of  the  experi- 
ment, so  that  there  was  no  difference  between  the  jars,  except  the  fact 
that  one  had  a  larger  surface  exposed  on  which  the  snail  could  crawl 
than  did  the  other.  The  results  (Table  XVI)  were  contrary  to  what 
might  have  been  expected  from  De  Varigny's  hypothesis.  It  can 
hardly  be  that  the  slides  hindered  the  snails  from  wandering  around  ; 
on  the  contrary  the  great  area  exposed  would  form  a  surface  on  which 
much  more  algae  would  grow. 


1908.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA, 

Table  XVI. 


439 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
beg. 

No. 
end. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Size. 

Dif. 

Per 
cent. 

65A 
B 

28 

Area  =  125  sq.  c. 
Area  =    40  sq.  c. 

N.  200  cc. 

2. 
4.3 

2.3 

53% 

66A 
B 

28 

Area  =  125  sq.  c. 
•  Area  =    40  sq.  c. 

N.  200  cc. 

4. 
6. 

2.0 

33% 

67A 
B 

48 

Area  =  165  sq.  c. 
Area  =    80  sq.  c. 

N.  400  cc. 

9. 
9.5 

.5 

5% 

68A 
B 

48 

Area  =  165  sq.  c. 
Aiesi  =    80  sq.  c. 

N.  400  cc. 

9. 
9.5 

.5 

~5% 

69A 
B 

48 

6 
6 

5 
6 

Area  =  455  sq.  c. 
Area  =  285  sq.  c. 

N.  500  cc. 

3.2 

4.3 

1.1 

25% 

70A 
B 

48 

6 
6 

6 
6 

Area  =  455  sq.  c. 
Area  =  285  sq.  c. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

3.9 
3.7 

.2 

5% 

71A 
B 

28 

2 
2 

1 
2 

.^irea  =  455  sq.  c. 
Area  =  285  sq.  c. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

4.5 
4.4 

.1 

2% 

72A 
B 

28 

2 
2 

2 

1 

Area  =  455  sq.  c. 
Arta  =  285  sq.  c. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

1. 

.9 

18% 

73A 
B 

69 

7 
7 

7 
7 

Area  =  large. 
Area  =  small. 

N. 

3.3 
4.6 

1.3 

30% 

74A 
B 

69 

7 
7 

7 
6 

Area  = large. 
Area  =  small. 

W.P. 

2.8 
4.1 

1.3 

31% 

75A 
B 

29 

2 
2 

1 

1 

Area  = large. 
Area  =  small. 

W.P. 

4. 
4.7 

.7 

15% 

106A 
B 

58 

2 

2 

9 

2 

Area  =  314  sq.  c. 
Aroa  =    42  sq.  c. 

N.  500  cc. 

4.7 
4.5 

.2 

4% 

107A 
B 

58 

2 
2 

2 
1 

Area  =  144  sq.  c. 
Area  =    42  sq.  c. 

N.  500  cc. 

4.4 
8. 

3.6 

45% 

108A 
B 

51 

3 
3 

8 
3 

Area  =  144  sq.  c. 
Area  =    42  sq.  c. 

N.  500  cc. 

4.5 
4.1 

.4 

8% 

109A 
B 

50 

2 
2 

2 
2 

Area  large. 
Area  small. 

N.  500  cc. 

2.0 
4.6 

2.6 

56% 

llOA 
B 

50 

3 
3 

3 

1 

Area  large. 
Area  small. 

N.  500  cc. 

2.8 
5.0 

2.2 

44% 

lllA 
B 

35 

2 
2 

2 

2 

Area  large. 
Area  small. 

N.  500  cc. 

4.2 

4.7 

.5 

10% 

112A 
B 

35 

2 
2 

2 

2 

Area  large. 
.4jea  small. 

N.  500  cc. 

1.7 
2.9 

1.2 

41% 

This  experiment  suggests  some  results  reported  by  Dandino  ('04) 
on  the  effect  of  toxic  sohitions  on  germinating  peas  and  corn.  In 
toxic  solutions  (dilute  acids)  the  addition  of  quartz  sand  (washed  in 
HCl  and  distilled  water)  was  32  times  as  toxic  as  that  without  the 
sand.  The  author  explains  this  fact  as  the  result  of  surface  action. 
In  the  present  work  experiments  with  quartz  sand  and  even  with 
pebbles  caused  an  increase  in  the  rate  of  growth.     This  is  an  effect 


440 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[July, 


opposite  to  that  found  by  Danclino,  yet  it  throws  very  Uttle  light  on  the 
bad  effects  caused  by  the  presence  of  microscopic  slides. 

As  De  Varigny  used  flat  dishes  in  contrast  to  spherical  flasks,  his 
cases  of  dwarfing  by  rearing  in  a  small  area  can  be  referred  with  very 
little  doubt  to  lack  of  aeration. 

7.  Volume. — Before  the  preceding  series  of  experiments  were  com- 
pleted, so  before  the  bad  effect  of  the  presence  of  microscopic  slides 
was  known  in  experiments  with  volume,  the  inside  area  of  the  two 
similar  jars  was  made  equal  by  a  structure  of  slides  of  calculated  area. 
The  amount  of  water  in  the  two  jars  was  not  the  same,  the  smaller 
volume  of  water  containing  the  structure  of  slides.  Experiments  with- 
out the  structure  were  later  tried,  but  all  the  experiments  led  to  the 
same  result  (Table  XVII) :  the  snails  in  the  smaller  volume  were  the 
smaller. 

Table  XVH — Effect  of  Volume. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
beg. 

No. 
end. 

Variable, 

Con- 
stant. 

Size. 

Dif. 

Per 

cent. 

76A 

57 

6 

6 

Volume  small. 

N. 

3.2 

B 

6 

6 

Volume  large. 

4.3 

1.1 

28% 

77A 

57 

6 

5 

Volume  small. 

W.P. 

3.3 

— 

— 

B 

6 

6 

Volume  large. 

3.7 

.4 

17% 

78A 

53 

1 

1 

Volume  small. 

5.0 



B 

1 

1 

Volume  large. 

6.5 

1.5 

23% 

79A 

42 

1 

1 

Volume  small. 

5.2 



B 

1 

1 

Volume  large. 

7.0 

1.8 

26% 

80A 

42 

1 

1 

Volume  small. 

6.0 





B 

1 

1 

Volume  large. 

6.0 

— 

— 

SIA 

69 

7 

3 

Volume  small. 

N. 

2.8 





B 

7 

4 

Volume  large. 

3.5 

.7 

20% 

82A 

69 

7 

9 

Volume  small. 

W.  P. 

3.4 





B 

7 

3 

Volume  large. 

5.5 

2.1 

38% 

11. 3  A 

58 

2 

2 

220  cc. 

N. 

3.0 





B 

2 

2 

500  cc. 

4.5 

1.5 

33% 

114A 

58 

2 

1 

220  cc. 

N. 

3.8 





B 

2 

1 

500  cc. 

8.0 

4.2 

52% 

115  A 

51 

3 

3 

220  cc. 

N. 

3.2 





B 

3 

3 

500  cc. 

4.1 

.9 

22% 

116  A 

50 

3 

3 

220  cc. 

N. 

2.8 



B 

3 

2 

500  cc. 

4.6 

1.8 

40% 

117A 

35 

2 

2 

220  cc. 

1.7 



B 

2 

2 

500  cc. 

4.7 

3.0 

63% 

Dandino,  referred  to  above,  found  that  in  toxic  solutions,  i.e.,  weak 
acids,  the  radicles  of  peas  and  corn  grew  longer  in  a  small  volume  than 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  441 

in  a  larger  volume.  This  coidcl  be  explained  by  assuming  that  there  is 
but  a  definite  amount  of  toxin  present  to  act  on  the  seed.  With  the 
snail,  however,  the  case  is  reversed.  The  toxin,  which  we  have  shown 
in  the  preceding  sections  to  be  present,  is  ever  being  increased  in 
quantity  by  the  secretions  of  the  animal.  In  the  case  of  the  seedling  the 
solution  becomes  weaker  and  weaker. 

Pearl  and  Dunbar  ('05)  found  that  Paramecium  in  small  vessels  were 
dwarfed.  This  is  due  most  likely  to  the  accumulation  of  excreted 
matter.  In  fact  almost  every  case  of  this  kind  among  aquatic  animals 
can  be  so  explained. 

8.  Alternation  of  Conditions. — In  connection  with  some  of  the  experi- 
ments on  heat  and  cold,  a  jar  was  moved  from  the  warm  to  the  cold,  and 
vice  versa,  at  two  weekly  intervals  for  a  period  of  two  months,  with 
the  very  striking  result  that  the  alternated  snails  were  larger  at  the 
end  of  that  time  than  those  kept  in  the  warm  all  of  the  time.  This 
result  was  accomplished  notwithstanding  the  fact  that,  when  in  the 
cold,  the  water  in  the  alternate  jars  was  sometimes  frozen.  This 
experiment  led  to  a  series  of  experiments  in  the  same  line,  and  although 
many  were  as  striking  as  the  first,  yet  the  larger  snails  were  those,  as  a 
general  rule,  that  had  been  in  the  warm  room  all  the  time.  This  con- 
trol in  the  warm  room  was  every  two  weeks  transferred  to  a  jar  from  the 
cold  conditions,  while  at  the  same  time  the  jar  in  which  they  had  been 
living  was  placed  in  the  cold  and  snails  that  had  lived  in  the  cold  all  the 
time  added.  This  process  of  changing  the  snails  was  performed  every 
two  weeks  or  every  week.  The  interval  of  alternation  is  given  in  the 
tables.  See  Tables  VIII-XX.  Not  only  were  alternate  conditions 
of  heat  and  cold  considered,  but  also  alternating  conditions  of  starving 
and  feeding  and  light  and  dark.  The  latter  experiments  are  not  of 
particular  interest,  as  the  alternated  snails  are  purely  intermediate 
in  size  between  those  under  favorable  and  those  under  unfavorable 
conditions.  The  starving  and  feeding  experiments,  however,  closely 
approximated  those  of  heat  and  cold.  Some  were  larger  and  some 
were  smaller  than  the  control.  These  results  must  mean  that  the 
change  from  an  unfavorable  to  a  favorable  condition  causes  the  snail  to 
grow  faster  than  if  it  were  continually  in  the  favorable  condition. 

9,  Experiments  on  Tadpoles. — As  Yung  ('85)  performed  some  experi- 
ments on  the  effect  of  external  conditions  on  tadpoles,  arriving  at  the 
same  conclusion  as  did  Willem  ('96),  i.e.,  that  dwarfing  was  caused  by 
lack  of  aeration,  the  writer,  using  the  methods  described  in  the  preced- 
ing pages,  repeated  these  experiments  with  tadpoles  of  Rana  in  the 
spring  of  1907. 


442 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [Jwly, 

Table  XVIII — Alternate  Heat  and  Cold. 


Ex. 


Days. 


149  A 
B 

150  A 
B 

151A 
B 

152A 
B 

153A 
B 

154  A 
B 

155  A 
B 

156  A 
B 

157  A 
B 

158A 
B 

159A 
B 

209A 
B 

210A 
B 

211A 
B 
C 

212A 
B 
C 


52 

52 
61 
52 
52 
45 
42 
42 
42 
48 
48 
42 
42 
44 

44 


No. 
beg. 


No. 
end. 


1 
4 
4 
3 
10 
7 
2 
2 
2 
2 

1 
5 
7 
4 
4 
8 
8 
2 
2 
2 
2 
3 
2 
4 
4 
5 
5 
4 
5 
5 
4 


Variable. 


Alt.  2  weeks. 
AVarm. 
Alt.  2  weeks. 
Warm. 
Alt.  2  weeks. 
Warm. 
Alt.  1  week. 
Warm. 
Alt.  1  week. 
Warm. 
Alt.  1  week. 
Warm. 
-\lt.  1  week. 
Warm. 
Alt.  2  weeks. 
Warm. 
Alt.  2  weeks. 
AVann. 
.A.lt.  1  week. 
Warm. 
Alt.  1  week. 
Warm. 
.\lt.  1  week. 
Warm. 
Alt.  2  weeks. 
Warm. 
Alt.  2  weeks, 
Alt.  2  weeks, 
Heat. 

.\lt.  1  week. 
Alt  Iweek. 
Heat. 


Constaut. 


Size.      Dif, 


N.  500  cc. 
W.  P.  500  cc. 
W.  P.  500  cc. 
N.  500  cc. 
N.  500  cc. 
N.  500  cc. 
W.  P.  750  cc. 
W.  P.  750  cc. 
W.  P.  750  cc. 
X.  500  cc. 
N.  500  cc. 
W.  P.  750  cc. 
W.  P.  750  cc. 
W.  P.  750  cc. 

W.  P.  750  cc. 


.0110 
.0055 
.0078; 
.0035 
.0086j 
.0062! 

4.4 

4.5 

4.9 

5.6 

6.0 

8.5 

5.0 

5.9 

5.6 

6.5 

3.5 

3.1 

3.0 

6.5 

3.1 

5.2 

10.2 

4.4 

6.3 

7.2 

6.1 

4.2 

7.6 

6.6 

6.7 

8.0 


Per 

cent. 


.0055! 


.0043 


.0024 


..7 


2.5 


3.5 


2.1 

5.8 


2.5 


1.4 


23% 
23% 
10% 

.02% 
12% 
29% 

15% 

14% 
11% 

54% 

40% 

57% 

12% 
34% 

18% 


Table  XIX — ^Alternate  Light  and  Dark. 


Ex. 

Days. 

No. 
beg. 

No. 

end. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Size. 

Dif. 

Per 

cent. 

1S2A 

54 

6 

5 

Alternate. 

X.  500  cc. 

1.7 





B 

6 

4 

T.ight. 

4.9 

3.2 

65% 

183A 

54 

6 

5 

.Alternate. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

1.7 

— 

— 

B 

6 

5 

Light. 

3.0 

1.3 

43% 

184A 

47 

4 

2 

Alternate. 

X.  750  cc. 

1.4 

— 

— 

B 

4 

3 

Light. 

3.0 

1.6 

53% 

185A 

45 

5 

9 

Alternate. 

X.  750  cc. 

1.9 

— 

— 

B 

5 

3 

Light. 

2.5 

.6 

24% 

186A 

45 

5 

5 

Alternate. 

N.  750  cc. 

1.8 

— 

— 

B 

5 

3 

T-ight. 

2.5 

.7 

28% 

190S.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 

Table  XX — Alternate  Starving  and  Feeding. 


443 


Ex. 

Days. 

No 
beg. 

No. 
end. 

Variable. 

Constant. 

Size. 

Dif. 

Per 
cent. 

160A 

52 

2 

2 

.\lt.  1  week. 

N.  500  cc. 

4.7 

2 

4% 

B 

2 

2 

Control. 

4.5 

— 

161A 

59 

2 

2 

Alt.  1  week. 

N.  500  cc. 

5.8 

.1 

2% 

B 

2 

2 

Control. 

5.7 

— 

187A 

38 

5 

4 

Alt.  2  weeks. 

■  N.  500  cc. 

2.6 





B 

5 

4 

Control. 

3.3 

.7 

21% 

188A 

38 

2 

1 

Alt.  2  weeks. 

N.  500  cc. 

3.8 



B 

2 

1 

Control. 

4.0 

2 

^% 

189A 

34 

3 

2 

Alt  2  weeks. 

N.  500  cc. 

2.7 



B 

3 

3 

Control. 

5.0 

2.3 

46% 

190A 

34 

3 

3 

Alt.  2  weeks. 

N.  500  cc. 

2.8 



B 

3 

3 

Control. 

4.3 

1.5 

35% 

191A 

31 

4 

3 

Alt.  2  weeks. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

3.3 



B 

4 

4 

Control. 

4.2 

.9 

21% 

192A 

31 

4 

4 

Alt.  2  weeks. 

W.  P.  500  cc. 

2.9 



B 

4 

4 

Control. 

6.4 

3.5 

55%, 

The  results — which  may  be  classed  as  follows :  effect  of  artificial  aera- 
tion, of  surface  aeration,  of  volume,  of  number  of  individuals — were 
exactly  the  same  as  those  found  for  Lymnma. 

VI.   Effect  of  External  Conditions  on  the  Number  of  Eggs  Laid. 

To  supplement  the  experiments  on  the  effect  of  external  conditions  on 
growth,  and  to  observe  the  effect  of  external  conditions  on  some 
physiological  process  rather  different  from  growth,  the  following  series 
of  experiments  was  arranged.  When  adult  Lymncea  is  brought  into 
the  warm  laboratory  in  the  late  winter  or  early  spring  it  laj^s  an  im- 
mense number  of  fertile  eggs.  This  fact  was  made  the  basis  of  some 
experiments.  Snails  gathered  at  such  a  time  were  placed  under 
various  conditions  and  the  number  of  eggs  laid  during  a  given  time 
recorded.  Conditions  that  one  would  not  consider  to  have  any  effect 
whatever  on  fertihty  were  quite  effective  in  their  results. 

1.  Sediment. — As  we  have  seen  on  p.  424,  the  presence  of  sediment 
is  beneficial  to  snail  growth,  yet  the  presence  of  sediment  is  also  of 
advantage  in  increasing  the  fertility  of  the  snail. 

Four  adult  snails  were  isolated  in  four  jars  with  a  small  amount  of 
sediment,  and  four  jars  were  similarly  treated  without  the  sediment. 
At  the  end  of  some  days  the  eggs  in  each  jar  were  counted.  See  Table 
XXI. 


444 


PROCEEDIXGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

Table  XXI. 


[July 


Ex. 

No    begin. 

No.  end. 

Variable. 

No.  of  eggs  laid. 

A     

Sediment. 
None 

39 

B 

4S 

C 

13 

D 

E 

63 

163 

10 

F 

15 

G 

H 

15 
18 

58 

The  total  of  162  in  favor  of  the  sediment  is  quite  striking,  against  the 
total  of  58  eggs  without  sediment,  yet  the  small  number  of  snails  in  the 
experiment  must  not  be  overlooked.  As  the  writer  did  not  have  a 
chance  to  repeat  this  experiment  its  value  is  only  suggestive. 

2.  Number  of  Individuals. — In  each  of  seven  jars  with  Ceratophyllum 
was  placed  a  single  snail.  In  seven  other  jars  similarly  arranged  were 
placed  two  snails  each.  In  ten  days  the  seven  snails  in  seven  jars 
laid  1,149  eggs.     The  fourteen  snails  in  seven  jars  laid  1,277  eggs. 

The  result  of  this  experiment  is  similar  to  the  growth  experiment. 
In  other  words  two  snails  in  a  jar  together  do  not  lay  twice  as 
many  eggs  as  a  single  individual,  but  each  snail  lays  only  half  as  many 
eggs  as  when  it  is  alone  in  the  jar.  Thus  again  is  illustrated  the  bad 
effect  of  the  presence  of  the  waste  products  of  metabolism  in  the  water. 

3.  Effect  of  Light. — In  each  of  twelve  similar  jars  one  snail  was 
placed  and  Ceratophyllum  was  added  to  each  jar.     Six  jars  were  placed 


Table  XXII. 


In  Light. 

In  Dark. 

Size  of  snail 

No  of  egg 
cases. 

No.  of  eggs 
laid  in  8  days. 

Size  of  snail. 

No.  ol  egg 
capsules. 

No.  of  egg.s 
laid  in  8  days. 

7 
6 
7 
5 
6 

31 

117 
178 

184 

lao 

136 

800 

4 
8 
4 
2 
4 

22 

61 

114 

5i» 

56 

155 

415 

1908.J 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


445 


in  diffused  daylight  and  six  in  the  dark.  During  the  daytime  the  jar 
in  the  hght  had  the  temperature  about  two  degrees  higher  than  those 
in  the  dark.  As  the  snails  were  of  slightly  different  sizes,  all  the 
jars  were  placed  in  a  row  with  the  snails  in  series  from  the  largest  to 
the  smallest.  Every  other  jar  was  then  put  in  the  dark.  The  experi- 
ment ran  8  days.  In  the  following  table  the  number  of  egg  capsules 
laid  and  the  total  number  of  eggs  per  individual  is  indicated.  One 
snail  died  in  the  dark  and  one  died  in  the  light.  Both  are  left  out  of 
account  in  the  table. 

It  will  be  seen  that  those  in  the  hght  laid  nearly  twice  as  many  eggs 
as  in  the  dark. 

5.  Other  Effects  and  Observations. — Snails  brought  into  the  labora- 
tory from  the  ponds  lay  at  first  a  great  number  of  eggs  in  a  single  egg 
case,  and  the  masses  laid  subsequently  contain  fewer  and  fewer  eggs. 
(See  Table  XXIII.)  Placing  two  individuals  together  does  not  have  an 
effect  of  revivifying  the  fertility  of  the  snail,  but  has  the  opposite 
effect. 


Table  XXIII. 


i 

Egg  Case. 

Experi- 

fl 

2 

g 

« 

1st 

2d 

3d 

4tli 

5tli 

6th 

7tli 

8th 

9th 

lOttJ 

11th 

12th 

l:ub 

14th 

A 

I 

10 

:^6 

28 

20 

39 

31 

16 

25 

19 

B  

88 

38 

16 

25 

33 

9 

1 

C   

85 

38 

20 

D  

43 

39 

15 

5 

E  

89 

38 

25 

25 

13 

12 

10 

7 

23 

F  

48 

34 

28 

26 

16 

17 

G  

37 

36 

19 

3 

17 

A 

1 

11 

40 

16 

12 

8 

5 

B  

53 

36 

16 

15 

13 

19 

20 

12 

14 

17 

8 

C   

40 

16 

8 

4 

3 

6 

D 

E  

52 

29 

29 
27 

19 
19 

11 

18 

9 

13 

9 

5 

5 

F  

88 

37 

21 

22 

13 

12 

9 

9 

9 

14 

7 

15 

8 

16 

G  

53 

13 

11 

8 

16 

14 

9 

5 

10 

H 

■:S5 

19 

15 

9 

12 

Table  showing  the  number  of  eggs  in  successively  laid  egg  cases  after  the  snail 
is  brought  into  a  warm  room  from  out  of  doors  in  the  winter  time. 

The  last  eggs  laid  by  these  snails  are  sometimes  quite  abnormal. 
Sometimes  the  eggs  are  fused,  sometimes  there  is  a  capsule  or  a  num- 
ber of  small  capsules  without  a  single  egg. 
29 


446  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [Julv, 

Some  snails  prefer  to  lay  their  eggs  on  the  water  plant,  others  alwaj'S 
lay  their  eggs  on  the  glass  jar,  while  still  others  show  no  preference  at 
all. 

VII.   Summary  of  the  Conclusions. 

1.  The  effect  of  Myriophylliim  and  of  Elodea  on  the  growth  of  Lytn- 
7icea  is  quite  complex.  That  it  is  not  a  simple  factor  that  is  being  dealt 
with  is  indicated  by  the  inconstancy  of  the  results  of  the  experiments. 
Notwithstanding  the  fact  that  one  factor  has  been  isolated,  yet  it  is 
probable  that  there  are  other  factors  besides.  This  determined  factor 
is  the  presence  or  absence  of  sand  in  the  so-called  "gizzard."  In  the 
latter  case  plant  tissue,  although  ingested  cannot  be  assimilated,  so 
that  the  snail  is  smaller  because  it  actually  lacks  food.  On  the  other 
hand  it  is  possible  that  the  products  of  plant  metabolism  may  have  a 
harmful  effect  on  the  growing  snail. 

2.  The  accumulations  of  fsecal  matter  of  Lymncea,  instead  of  having 
the  harmful  effect  on  growth  as  described  by  De  Varigny  ('94),  when 
washed  and  filtered,  have  a  beneficial  effect.  These  tangled  masses 
of  unassimilated  food  form  a  great  harbor  for  algse,  and  so  increase  the 
food  supply  of  the  snail. 

3.  The  "original  planting"  of  the  aquarium,  i.e.,  algse  accidentally 
introduced  with  the  water,  causes  great  variation  in  the  size  of  the 
snails. 

4.  Experiments  on  artificial  aeration  confirm  the  conclusions  of  Yung 
and  Willem;  yet  experiments  on  surface  aeration  do  not  seem  so  clear. 

5.  Vernon  reported  that  Echinoderm  larvae  raised  in  solutions  in 
which  other  larvae  had  been  raised  were  dwarfed.  De  Varigny  found 
the  same  thing  true  for  Lymncea.  Experiments  on  Lymncea  columella 
confirm  the  results  of  the  two  authors  referred  to.  Weak  solutions 
were  found  beneficial  and  concentrated  solutions  harmful.  Experi- 
ments using  urea  gave  the  same  result.  AVliy  dilute  solutions  of 
excreted  matter  and  urea  are  beneficial  and  concentrated  solutions  are 
harmful  may  be  explained  in  the  following  way.  The  presence  of  the 
excretions  which  contain  plant  food  may  cause  more  algse,  snail  food, 
to  grow;  on  the  other  hand  the  solutions  are  harmful  to  snail  growth. 
In  dilute  solutions,  however,  the  quantity  of  toxic  substance  may  be 
so  little  harmful  that  an  increase  of  food  will  overbalance  the  harmful 
effect.  However,  this  explanation  is  not  very  satisfactory  as  the 
Echinoderm  larva  experimented  on  by  Vernon  had  no  mouth  and  so 
did  not  eat. 

6.  As  Semper  and  De  A^arigny  showed,  the  number  of  individuals  in 


190S.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  447 

a  jar  affect  the  rate  of  growth.     The  cause  is  probably  due  to  increased 
secretions  and  perhaps  to  diminished  aeration. 

7.  Calcium  salts  in  the  water  seem  on  the  whole  beneficial  to  growth 
— calcium  sulphate  particularly  so. 

8.  Growth  of  Lymncea  is  inhibited  by  cold,  as  Semper  reported.  This 
factor  may  act  in  two  ways — directly  on  the  physiological  processes  of 
the  animal  and  indirectlj^  through  the  inability  to  procure  food,  the 
snail  becoming  too  sluggish  to  search  for  it. 

9.  Area.  The  cause  that  De  Varigny  advanced  to  explain  dwarfing 
was  lack  of  exercise  on  the  part  of  the  snail.  The  greater  the  place  to 
crawl,  the  greater  the  snail.  However,  when  aeration  was  kept  con- 
stant, which  De  Varigny  failed  to  do,  the  results  were  not  significant. 

10.  Volume.  That  the  volume  of  the  medium  affects  the  growth  of 
Lymncea  is  certain.  Willem  explains  the  fact  on  the  ground  of  aeration. 
The  author  accepts  this  view,  but  considers  that  the  more  concentrated 
excretions  in  smaller  volumes  must  play  an  equal  part. 

11.  Alternate  Conditions.  Snails  under  unfavorable  conditions 
when  placed  under  favorable  ones  grow  faster  than  if  they  were  con- 
tinuously in  favorable  conditions.  It  would  seem  that  the  change 
from  unfavorable  to  favorable  conditions  of  life  acts  as  a  stimulant  for 
growth.  However,  this  does  not  always  mean  that  it  surpasses  the 
control  size.     It  rarely  does  that. 

12.  Not  only  does  the  environment  affect  growth,  but  it  affects  the 
number  of  eggs  laid  in  a  given  time.  This  fact  is  very  important, 
because  it  shows  that  the  environment  probably  affects  all  the  physio- 
logical processes  and  not  one  alone. 

13.  This  study  reveals  the  fact  that  confinement  influences  the 
growth  of  aquatic  animals  in  three  ways — through  the  amount  of  food, 
through  the  amount  of  oxygen  and  through  the  accumulations  of  the 
waste  products  of  metabolism.  The  phenomenon  is  not  a  simple  one 
and  each  factor  plays  its  own  part. 

Literature  Referred  to, 

Bessey,  C.  E.     1892.     Botany,  7th  edition. 

BROCKMEiEii,  H.  1898.  Siisswasserschnecken  als  Planktonfischer.  Forch-Bci . 
Biol.  Sta.  Plon.,  Th.  VI,  p.  165. 

Clowes,  F.,  and  Coleman,  J.  B.     1903.     Quantitative  Chemical  Analysis,  p.  323. 

Cooke,  A.  H.     1895.     Cambridge  Natural  History,  Mollusks,  pp.  94-95. 

CuviER.     1817.     Memoire  SUV  le  Limnee  et  le  Planorbe. 

Dandino,  J.  B.  1904.  Relation  of  Mass  Action  and  Physical  Affinity  to 
Toxicity,  with  Incidental  Discussions  as  to  how  far  Electrolytic  Dissociation 
may  be  Involyed.     Am.  Jour.  Sci.,  ^^ol.  XVII,  4th  series,  p.  437. 

Davenport,  C.  B.     1899.     Experimental  Morphology,  ^'ol.  II,  pp.  473-478. 


448  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [July, 

FoREL.     1874.     Mateiiaux  pour  servir  k  I'etude  de  la  faune  profonde  du  lac 
Leman.     Bull.  Soc.  Vaud.  Sci.  Nat.,  t.  XII,  p.  72. 

.     1904.     La  Leman,  p.  103. 

Hyatt,  A.     1880.     Changes  in  the    Shell  of  Lymnsea  megasoma  produced  by 

Confinement.     Aiii.  Nat.,  Vol.  XIV,  p.  51. 
Hogg,  J.     1854.     Observations  on  the  Development  and  Growth  of  the  AVater 

Snail  LAanniEus  stagnalis.     Quar.  Jour.  Mic.  Sci.,  Vol.  II,  p.  91. 
Moquin-Tandon.     1855.     Histoire  Naturelle  des  Mollusques  terrestres  et  fluvia- 

tiles  de  France,  Paris,  1. 1,  p.  81. 
Pearl,  R.,  and  Dunbar,  F.  J.     Some  Results  of  a  Study  of  Variation  in  Para 

mecium.     Mich.  Acad,  of  Sci.,  7th  Arm.  Rep. 
Rathay,  E.     1898.     Ueber  den  Frass  von  Helix  hortensis  auf  Baumrinden.    Zeit 

f.  Pfanzenkr.,  Bd.  VIII,  p.  129. 
Sachs,  J.     1875.     A  Text-book  of  Botany,  Oxford,  Eng.  trans.,  p.  621. 
Semper,  C.     1874.     Ueber  die  Wachsthums-Bedingungen  des  Lymnieus  stag- 
nalis.    Arb.  Zool.-Zoot.  Inst.,  Wurzburg,  Bd.  I,  pp.  138-167. 

.     1879.     Animal  Life.     International  Scientific  Series,  pp.  160-167. 

Sterki,  V.     1895.     Food  of  the  Limnasidse.     Nautilus,  A'ol.  V,  p.  94. 

DE  Varigny,  H.     1892.     Experimental  Evolution.     Nature  Series,  pp.  79-88. 

.     1894.     Recherches  sur  le  nanisme  experimental.     Contribution  a  I'etude 

de  I'influence  du  milieu  sur  les   organismes.     Jour.  Anat.  et  Phvs.,  Paris, 

t.  XXX,  pp.  147-188. 
.     1895.     Note  sur  le   period  de  croissance  chez  Lymna^a  stagnalis.     Bull. 

Mus.  Hist.  Nat.,  Paris,  1. 1,  pp.  131-132. 
Vernon,  H.  M.     1895.     Effects  of  Environment  on  the  Development  of  Echi- 

noderm  Larvs.     Pliil.  Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  London,  Vol.  CLXXXVI,  pp.  577- 

632. 
.     1899.     The  Relations  between  Animal  and  Vegetable  Life.     Mitth.  aus 

der  Zool.  Sta.  zu  Neapel,  Bd.  XIII,  p.  334. 

.     1903.     Variation  in  Animals  and  Plants.     Int.  Nat.  Sci.  Series. 

Walter,  H.  E.     1906.     Behavior  of   the   Pond   Snail   Lymnsus  elodes.     Cold 

Spring  Harbor  Monographs,  VI. 
Warren.     1900.     Changes  in  Environment  of  Daphnia.     Quar.  Jour,  of  Mic. 

Sci.,  Vol.  XLIII,  p.  212. 
Whitf'ield.     1882.     Description  of  Lymmiea  megasoma  Say,  with  an  Accoimt  of 

Changes  produced  in  the  Offspring  bv  Unfavorable  Conditions  of  Life.     Bull. 

.\ni.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Vol  I,  p.  29. 
Willem,  V.     1896.     Observations  sur  la  respiration  cutanee  des  Lymnees  et 

son  influence  sur  leur  croissance.     Bull,  de  I'Acad.  Rov.  des  Sci.  Brussels, 

t.  XXXII,  p.  566. 
Yung,  E.     1878.     Contributions  a  I'histoire  de  I'influence  des  milieux  physiques 

sur  les  etres  savants.     Arch.  Zool.  Exper.  et  Gen.,  t.  VII,  pp.  25 1-282 . 
.     1880.     De   I'influence   des   lumieres    colorees  sur  le   developpement   des 

animaiLx.     Mitth.  a.  d.  Zool.  Stat,  zu  Neapel,  Bd.  II,  pp.  233--237. 
■ .     1885.     De  I'influence   des  variations  du  milieu  physico-chemique  sur  le 

developpement    des  animaux.     Arch,  des  Sci.  Phys.  'et  Nat.,  t.  XIV,  pp. 

502-522. 
.     1888.     Contributions    a    I'histoire   phvsiologique  de    I'escargot'    (Helix 

pomatia).     Mem.  Cour.,  t.  XLIX,  p.  119." 
.     1892.     Comp.  Rend.,  CXV,  pp.  620,  621,  October  24. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  449 


THE  DIRECTIVE  INFLUENCE  OF  LIGHT  ON  THE  GROWTH  OF  FOREST  PLANTS. 
BY  JOHN  W.  HARSHBERGER,  PH.D. 

It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  light  exercises  a  directive  influence  upon 
plants.  This  directive  influence  is  called  heliotropism,  or  photo- 
tropism.  When  a  plant  is  grown  in  the  window  of  a  room,  so  that  it 
is  unequally  illuminated,  that  is,  more  powerfully  through  the  window, 
its  leaves  and  even  its  stem  are  turned  toward  the  incident  rays  of 
light.  This  is  known  as  positive  heliotropism.  If  the  common  English 
ivy,  Hedera  helix,  be  grown  in  pots  by  a  north  window,  so  as  to 
emphasize  better  the  difference  in  light  intensities,  in  about  four 
weeks  it  will  be  apparent  that  the  growing  sprouts  are  bending  toward 
the  inner  part  of  the  room,  away  from  the  stronger  light.  This  reaction 
is  negative  heliotropism. 

The  growth  of  forest  plants  is  largely  a  question  of  light  relationship. 
Foresters  recognize  this  fact  and  group  trees  into  those  intolerant  of 
the  shade  and  those  that  are  tolerant.  The  herbaceous  plants,  like- 
wise, are  influenced  by  the  light  which  filters  through  the  crown  of 
leaves  above.  The  herbaceous  spring  flora  of  the  forest  requires  more 
light  than  the  relatively  few^  plants  which  flower  in  the  autumn  require, 
when  the  trees  are  covered  with  foliage.  These  facts,  although  they 
can  be  proved  experimentally,  are  not  always  demonstrable  to  the 
uninitiated.  One  of  the  best  illustrations  that  the  writer  has  seen 
is  the  directive  influence  of  light  upon  the  leaves,  or  fronds,  of  the  hay- 
scented  fern,  Dicksonia  pilosiuscula  (=  Dennstoedtia  punctilobvla) , 
which  is  widely  distributed  on  open  hillsides  from  New  Brunswick  and 
Ontario  to  Indiana  and  Minnesota,  south  to  Alabama  and  Tennessee, 
ascending  to  1680  m.  in  Virginia.  The  stipes  of  this  fern  are  pale 
green  and  chaffless,  covered  with  fine  hairs,  and  the  leaves  (10  dm. 
long,  12-20  cm.  wide)  are  ovate-lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate,  fre- 
quently long  attenuate,  usually  tri-pinnatifid,  thin  and  delicate  in 
the  woods,  tougher,  more  inrolled  and  more  erect  in  the  sun;  rachis  and 
under  surface  of  blades  glandular  pubescent.  The  observations 
which  the  writer  wishes  to  record  on  the  directive  influence  of  light 
upon  the  position  of  the  fronds  were  made  at  Pocono  Pines,  Monroe 
County,  Pennsylvania,  where  this  fern  is  one  of  the  most  abundant 
species.     As  the  photograph  will  show  (PI.  XXIV),  the  upper  surfaces 


450  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [AugUSt, 

of  the  leaves  are  turned  toward  the  hght,  if  the  ilhimination  is  one- 
sided. If  the  ilhimination  is  from  all  sides  of  the  fern  clump,  then 
there  is  no  particular  direction  in  which  the  leaf-blades  face.  The 
one-sided  illumination  is  obtained  when  the  ferns  grow  along  the 
edge  of  the  woods,  composed  in  the  Pocono  region  of  white  pines, 
white  birches,  black  spruces,  beeches  and  maples,  which  on  account  of 
their  dense  crown  cut  off  much  of  the  light  from  behind  and  above, 
so  that  such  woods  can  be  called  appropriately  dark  woods.  The 
photograph  shows  how  all  the  leaves  of  a  single  patch  are  turned  out- 
ward toward  the  open  field  adjoining  the  woods,  in  obedience  to  the 
directive  influence  of  the  light,  so  that  the  leaves  stand,  row  after  row, 
all  facing  in  one  direction. 

The  second  and  more  striking  example  of  the  directive  influence  of 
light  is  illustrated  by  the  hobble-hush,  Viburnum  lantanoides  (=  V. 
alnifolium),  a  shrub  which  ranges  from  New  Brunswick  to  North  Caro- 
lina, western  New  York  and  ]\Iichigan,  but  which  does  not  occur  in  the 
woods  near  the  City  of  Philadelphia.  In  the  dark  pine  woods  on  the 
Pocono  plateau  this  shrub  is  extremely  abundant,  and  where  the 
woods  are  the  densest,  not  only  are  all  of  the  branches  and  the  leaves 
directed  by  the  incident  rays  of  light,  but  they  show  permanent 
structural  changes  which  are  induced  by  the  directive  light  influence. 
It  is  known  that  light  has  a  most  notable  influence  in  the  determina- 
tion of  the  external  form  of  a  large  number  of  plants.  The  develop- 
ment of  certain  tissues  or  organs  on  one  side  of  the  axis  of  a  shoot, 
and  their  suppression  on  other  parts  of  the  plant  body,  may  be  regu- 
lated experimentally  by  means  of  the  character  of  the  illumination. 
This  development  of  tissues  on  one  side  of  the  axis  is  illustrated  finely 
in  the  branches  of  adult  forest-grown  specimens  of  the  hobble-bush. 
If  we  examine  young  shrubs  of  this  plant,  illustrated  in  PI.  XXV, 
fig.  7,  we  see  that  the  branching  system  follows  the  method  of  a  dicha- 
sium.  The  leaves  in  such  young  bushes  stand  perfectly  horizontal, 
so  as  to  receive  the  incident  rays  of  light  on  the  upper  surface  of  the 
blade,  and  so  as  to  present  their  profile  to  the  observer  standing  in 
front  of  the  plant.  As  fig.  6  shows,  they  arrange  themselves,  when 
viewed  from  above,  in  the  pattern  of  a  leaf  mosaic,  so  that  none  of  the 
leaves  overshadow  the  others.  Such  plants  merely  show  the  directive 
influence  of  the  light  on  the  leaves,  without  showing  any  characteristic 
growth  differences.  The  same  influence  of  light  is  manifested  in  the 
stoloniferous  branches  which  strike  root,  and  which  give  the  common 
names  hobble-bush  or  trip-toe  to  the  plant  (fig.  8).  These  plagio- 
tropous  shoots  are  only  formed  in  the  shade.     The  diminished  light 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  451 

can^be  better  used  by  such  branches,  to  which  the  moist  soil  offers  at 
the  same  time  an  opportuntity  to  root.  Such  plagiotropous  stolons 
with  elongated  internodes  show,  however,  orthotropous  branches, 
and  we,  therefore,  have  on  the  same  shrub  branches  which  react 
differently  to  the  light,  some  that  are  stoloniferous  and  plagiotropic, 
others  that  are  leaf-bearing  and  orthotropic.  After  a  time,  however, 
the  bushes  assume  a  different  habit  by  a  suppression  of  parts,  so  that 
the  older  stems  show  two  horizontally  directed  branches  (plagiotropic), 
which  separate  from  the  common  stem  in  a  dichotomous  manner. 
Now  if  we  examine  figs.  1  and  2  of  PI.  XXV,  we  see  that  all  of  the  lateral 
spurs  that  are  formed  from  such  a  plagiotropic  branch  are  placed  on  the 
upper  side  (orthotropous),  where  their  leaves  receive  to  the  best  advan- 
tage the  light  which  filters  down  through  the  leafy  canopy  above. 
Each  segment  of  such  a  branch  represents  a  sympodium,  where  there 
are  a  series  of  phytons  placed  one  after  the  other  in  serial  order.  By 
this  method  of  sympodial  branching,  each  new  branch  with  the  sup- 
pression of  a  bud  on  the  other  side  and  torsion  of  the  axis,  terminates 
in  a  leafy  extremity,  and  the  elongation  of  the  branch  according  to 
this  arrangement  depends  on  a  lateral  bud  (fig.  3).  In  this  case  clearly, 
as  all  of  the  leaves  are  directed  dorsiventrally  by  light  relationship, 
the  permanent  branching  system  is  determined  largely  by  the  influence 
which  the  light  has  had  in  producing  a  one-sided  growth  of  the  lateral 
dichotomous  branches  of  the  adult  plants.  The  fruit  stands  vertically 
above  the  broad,  cordate  leaves,  as  shown  in  figs.  4  and  5.  Attention 
might  be  directed  in  closing  to  the  color  change  which  takes  place  in 
the  leaves  with  the  approach  of  autumn.  The  leaves  become  bronzed 
to  a  greater  or  less  extent.  Sometimes  the  bronze  is  in  the  form  of 
blotches.  In  other  leaves  one  side  is  bronzed,  the  other  side  is  green, 
and  in  many  examples  the  whole  leaf  rapidly  bronzes.  What  induces 
the  bronzing  of  one  side  of  the  leaf  first,  while  the  other  side  remains 
of  a  bright  green  color?  Is  it  a  light  reaction?  The  photograph  in 
PI.  XXIV  was  taken  by  Mrs.  Harshberger;  the  drawings  reproduced 
in  PI.  XXV  were  made  from  rough  drawings  and  data  furnished  Mr. 
Louis  Schmidt  by  the  writer. 


452  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [AugUSt, 


A  COMPARISON  OF  THE  LAND-SNAIL  FAUNA  OF  KOREA  WITH  THE  FAUNAS 
OF  JAPAN  AND  CHINA. 

BY  HENRY  A.  PILSBRY. 

The  compilation  of  a  list  of  Korean  land  molliisks  gives  occasion  for 
a  comparison  of  that  fauna  with  the  favmas  of  China  and  Japan.  In 
the  list  of  Korean  land  snails  published  by  Dr.  O.  von  Moellendorff  in 
1887,^  some  26  species  are  catalogued;  of  this  number,  7  are  stated  to 
be  common  to  Japan,  3  to  China,  and  2  (omitting  the  doubtful  Helix 
ciliosa)  to  both  countries. 

The  fruitful  researches  conducted  by  Mr.  Y.  Hirase  have  increased 
the  roll  of  known  Korean  forms  to  58.  This  number  is  no  doubt  a 
mere  fragment  of  the  total  fauna;  yet  it  is  enough  to  show  the  domi- 
nance of  Japanese  over  Chinese  forms  in  Korea.  This  preponderance 
can  only  be  explained  by  the  theory  that  the  submergence  of  the 
straits  between  Kyushu  and  Korea  is  a  geologically  recent  event. 
From  the  large  proportion  of  Japanese  species  existing  in  Korea,  this 
submergence  may  probably  have  taken  place  not  earlier  than  the 
Pliocene. 

Twenty-one  Japanese  species  occur  in  Korea  and  Quelpart.  Se\en 
Chinese  species  occur  in  Korea  and  Quelpart,  Four  of  these  species 
are  common  to  Japan  and  China.  The  great  preponderance  of  char- 
acteristically Japanese  over  Chinese  species  is  thus  evident.  Thirty- 
two  species  and  subspecies,  out  of  a  total  of  fifty-eight,  are  peculiar 
to  Korea  including  Quelpart. 

So  much  for  the  numerical  relations  of  the  species.  The  faunas  may 
also  be  compared  qualitatively.  All  of  the  genera  and  subgenera  of 
the  Korean  fauna  occur  in  Japan.  In  the  Clausiliidce  all  the  species 
of  Quelpart  and  Korea  belong  to  Eiiphcedusa,  a  group  of  minor  import- 
ance in  Japan,  but  extending  farther  north  on  the  Asiatic  mainland 
than  any  other  group  of  Clausilise.  The  genus  Ganesella,  well  repre- 
sented in  Japan,  seems  to  be  absent  in  Korea,  unless  the  species 
described  as  Helix  (Satsuma)  gradata  proves  to  belong  to  Ganesella, 
which  seems  improbable.  The  absence  of  Ganesella  and  of  Clausiliidoe, 
other  than  Euphcedusa,  are  the  most  conspicuous  discrepancies  between 

*  Jahrbucher  d.  Deutschen  Malakozoologischen  Gesellschaft,  XIV,  1887,  pp.  9-22. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  453 

the  faiinse  of  ^Quelpart  and  Tsushima.  By  the  prevalence  of  Henii- 
phcedusa,  Ganesella  and  Plectotropis,  Tsushima  is  wholly  Japanese  in 
its  snail  fauna,  while  Quelpart  is  as  unequivocally  Korean.  The 
political  boundaries  of  Japan  and  Korea  coincide  therefore  with  the 
faunal  limits.  The  largely  deforested  condition  of  Quelpart  and  Korea 
is  probably  responsible  for  its  rather  poor  land  shell  fauna. 

In  the  following  table,  the  "Korea"  column  is  compiled  from  Dr. 
von  Moellendorff's  paper  and  the  collections  of  Mr.  Hirase,  deter- 
mined by  the  author.  The  column  "Korean  Archipelago"  contains 
a  few  species  reported  with  that  indefinite  locality  by  Pfeiffer  and  A. 
Adams.  The  "Quelpart"  column  contains  species  collected  by  Mr. 
Kuroda,  part  of  them  identified  by  the  writer,  the  others  quoted  from 
Mr.  Kuroda's  list.^  The  "Matsushima"  (Dagelet  Island)  species  were 
recorded  by  Arthur  Adams,  who  visited  that  island  when  surgeon  on 
board  H.  M.  S.  "Actseon."  In  the  column  of  "Remarks"  sundry 
notes  on  the  affinities  of  the  species  find  place. 

^  The  Conchological  Magazine,  II,  June,  1908,  pp.  25-29. 


454 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF 


[August, 


^ 

s 

a 

CO 

^ 

S 

a 

S2 

"o 

JS 

O 

^ 

&, 

o 

i-s 

Q 

(D 

.s 

"o 

? 

Oi 

k; 

o 

P. 

p  s 


^  ■»  CO  2  d 


PuO 


:P-i 


Wp4 


^•2'^  S  §  h  e  s 

jfliilll- 


"G.g       s 


^52       2 

o    p    o  ,      «5 
55  SI,  Si       -^ 


o  e 


•uBd^f       *|*||||^****|||5:-*|||||*|||| 

•^aItqsns:^^H           1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1  *    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    !    1 

•^JBdian^ 

*****    1*1**    1*1    11**1    1*1    1111*1 

■oSBpdupjy 

UB9aO>J 

1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1  *    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1    1  *• 

•VBio-si 

1    1*    1    1****    1**    1**    1    1**    1*****    1    1 

•BQiqo 

1  1  1  1  1  U  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  1  M  1  1  1  I  U 

■p 

;3 

6 

-ts 

9, 

^ 

d 

^ 

•rl 

o 

?^ 

S 

T3 

rr 

^ 

§ 

fS 

c^ 

c 

VS 

i^ 

-S 

C! 

C 

T3 

5  s 


C)     ci.66c^ 


1908. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


455 


id  Opea 

n  Korea 

on  Chin 

aciilus 

-3 

3  ^ 

S 

spre 
fiedi 
omm 
seC 

-a 

Xi 

rt 

>.--d  o  s 

K 

y  iden 
of  the 
e  Cliii 

11 

o 
o 

of  the 
sitivel 
pedes 
Y  of  th 

o 

I's 

1-1 

o  S 

o 

gajt 

-►^ 

c 

=—    2    '-^   :j 

o  r; 

<'^o 

OH 

<: 

CD 

-S 

g 

CO 

03 

s 

1**1111*111*11 


11*111*  1***  I 


M  I  I  I  I  1  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  I  II  1  1  1*  I  1  1  1  1  I  I  I 
I   *  I  1**  I  I*  I  I  I*  1*  I**  I  I  1*  I  I  1  1*  I  I*** 


111111111**11111111111111111111 


1* 


*  1  1  1*  1*  1  1 


I*  1 


****** 


1  I 


I  1 


1  1 


11111111111111*1 


I  I 


S"S  •  - 

2  2  diS 
«C3  >rr' 


•2  s  S-  - 


-i  §  i' 

^  S  e 


«  o 


-SI  " 


>^W 


51^  Oh" 


T3! 


S^'W 


31 


4^  ^^i^ 


-«  .  .  S 

"C    -^  ^  3 

■  ^^^  h   e 


456  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [(3ct., 


October  6. 
Mr.  Frank  J.  Keeley  in  the  Chair. 

Twelve  persons  present. 

The  Secretaries,  Librarian  and  Curators  reported  on  the  work  accom- 
pHshed  during  the  summer  vacation. 

The  Publication  Committee  reported  that  papers  under  the  fol- 
lowing titles  had  been  presented  for  publication  since  the  last  meeting : 

"  Description  of  Trachypterus  seleniris,  a  New  Species  of  Ribbon 
Fish  from  Monterey  Bay,  California,"  by  John  Otterbein  Snyder 
(May  30). 

"  Some  Polychsetous  Annelids  from  the  Northern  Pacific  Coast  of 
North  America,"  by  J.  Percy  Moore  (June  16). 

"An  Orthopterological  Reconnaissance  of  the  Southwestern  United 
States:  Part  II,  Arizona,"  by  James  A.  G.  Rehn  and  Morgan  Hebard 
(June  26). 

''Notes  on  the  Distribution  of  Colorado  Mammals,  with  a  Descrip- 
tion of  a  New  Species  of  Bat  (Eptesicus  pallid  us),"  by  Robert  T. 
Young  (July  16). 

"Some Effects  of  Environment  on  the  Growth  of  Lymnaea  columella 
Say,"  by  Harold  Sellers  Colton  (July  25). 

"The  Directive  Influence  of  Light  on  the  Growth  of  Forest  Plants," 
by  John  W.  Harshberger,  Ph.D.  (August  9). 

"A  Comparison  of  the  Land-Snail  Fauna  of  Korea  with  the  Faunas 
of  Japan  and  China,"  by  Henry  A.  Pilsbry  (September  5). 

"The  Composition  and  Ecological  Relations  of  the  Odonate  Fauna 
of  Mexico  and  Central  America,"  by  Philip  P.  Calvert  (September  17). 

The  deaths  of  the  following  members  were  announced :  Samuel 
G.  Rosengarten,  May  15,  1908;  Stephen  Greene,  May  21,  1908;  Benja- 
min Bullock,  March  4,  1908;  Ehzabeth  S.  Bladen,  August  19,  1908; 
Jacob  F.  Holt,  August  3,  1908,  and  William  G.  Freedly,  October  3, 
1908. 

In  announcing  the  death  of  William  S.  Vaux,  Jr.,  which  occurred 
July  23,  1908,  the  Secretary  remarked  that  it  inflicted  a  loss  of  which 
the  Academy  is  immediately  conscious.  He  was  born  April  1, 
1872,  and  continued  the  traditions  of  his  family  by  manifesting  an 
active  interest  in  the  work  and  well-being  of  the  Academy.  He  con- 
tributed to  the  Proceedings,  in  conjunction  with  his  brother,  important 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  457 

reports  on  glacier  movements  in  the  Canadian  Rockies.  He  served 
as  Curator  since  January,  1905,  and  gave  special  attention,  valuable 
because  of  his  ability  as  an  architect,  to  the  plans  for  the  alteration  and 
extension  of  the  premises  made  possible  by  the  recent  appropriation 
of  $150,000  by  the  Legislature  of  Pennsylvania.  His  singularly 
engaging  personality  and  amiable  disposition  endeared  him  to  his 
associates,  and  the  Academy  deeply  sympathizes  with  the  loss  his 
family  has  sustained  in  his  untimely  death. 

The  deaths  of  the  follo^^^ng  Correspondents  were  also  announced: 
Spiridione  Brusina,  May  21,  1908,  and  Gustav  Mayer,  July  14,  1908. 


October  20. 

Arthur  Erwin  Brown,  Sc.D.,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chair. 

Eighteen  persons  present. 

The  Publication  Committee  reported  the  reception  of  a  paper  entitled 
"A  Review  of  the  Genus  Piaya  Lesson,"  by  Witmer  Stone  (October  14). 

Recent  Additions  to  Our  Knowledge  of  the  Flora  of  Southern  New 
Jersey. — Mr.  Witmer  Stone  based  his  remarks  on  the  work  of  the 
Philadelphia  Botanical  Club,  especially  during  the  past  few  years. 

Taking  Dr.  Britton's  Catalogue  of  the  Flora  of  New  Jersey,  published 
in  1889,  he  stated  that  twenty-six  phanerogams  and  ptcridophytes 
had  been  added  by  the  Club  since  that  date,  exclusive  of  the  numerous 
subdivisions  that  have  been  made  of  older  species  or  closely  allied 
species  not  recognized  as  distinct  b}^  Dr.  Britton.  Of  the  latter  he 
had  listed  fifty-five  not  in  Dr.  Britton's  Catalogue  and  doubtless  there 
are  others.  Introduced  or  naturalized  plants  were  not  considered  in 
either  enumeration.  The  twenty-six  species  were  as  follows,  the 
nomenclature  following  Britton's  Manual : 

Ophioglossum  arenarium. — Originally  discovered  by  Mrs.  E.  G. 
Britton,  July  3,  1897,  at  Holly  Beach,  and  later  exterminated  by  a 
Ijuilding  operation.  This  species  was  rediscovered  during  the  present 
year  by  Mr.  Joseph  Crawford  at  Longport,  and  by  Mr.  Bayard  Long 
at  Spray  Beach. 

Dryopteris  simulata. — Discovered  several  years  ago  at  Clementon 
by  Mr.  Stewardson  Brown;  later  found  at  Sicklerville,  Cedar  Brook, 
Double  Trouble,  and  Forked  River. 

Isoetes  dodgei. — Collected  at  Fish  House,  on  the  Delaware,  by  Mr. 
W.  A.  Poyser. 

Alisma  tenellum. — Discovered  in  August,  1907,  on  the  border  of  a 
pond  a  short  distance  above  Delanco  by  i\Iessrs.  Brown,  Van  Pelt 
and  Stone.     In  the  same  pond  grew  Scirpus  torreyi,  new  to  the  State, 


458  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

and  Eleocharis  rohbinsii,  which  had  not  before  been  found  out  of  the 
pine  barrens,  while  on  the  swampy  margin  occurred  Eleocharis  melano- 
carpa,  a  species  not  before  detected  by  the  Chib.  It  was  found  to  be 
rooting  at  the  tips  of  the  leaves  like  E.  rosteUata.  The  occurrence 
of  so  many  new^  or  rare  species  in  one  spot  was  remarkable. 

Manisuris  rugosa. — Discovered  in  southwestern  Cape  May  County, 
by  Mr.  O.  H.  Brown,  August,  1908. 

Paspalum  glahratum. — Found  in  September,  1891,  at  Cape  I\Iay 
by  several  members  of  the  Club;  since  cliscovered  at  Cold  Spring. 

Panicum  condensum  Nash. — Collected  at  Piermont,  September  1 ,1902, 
by  the  speaker,  and  by  Mr.  S.  S.  Van  Pelt  at  Holly  Beach;  since  found 
at  Cold  Spring  ( = '  Brachiaria  digitarioides '  Stone,  Torreya,  1907,  p.  ;)9). 

CJuetochloa  magna. — Collected  near  Cape  May  Point  in  August,  1891, 
by  the  speaker. 

Saccolepis  gihba. — Found  on  the  shores  of  lily  Lake,  Cape  i\Iay 
Point,  by  Mr.  C.  S.  Williamson,  September,  1905. 

Aristida  lanosa. — Found  at  Medford,  N.  J.,  by  Messrs.  W.  Stone  and 
S.  Brown,  September  15,  1901. 

Sporoholus  longifolius. — Discovered  September,  1908,  at  Cape  ^lay 
by  Mr.  0.  H.  Brown. 

Gymnopogon  hrevifolius. — Found  by  Mr.  C.  D.  Lippincott  at  Swedes- 
boro,  September  2,  1894,  and  later  at  Cape  May,  by  J\Ir.  O.  H.  Brown. 

Agrostis  coarctata. — Discovered  by  the  late  U.  C.  Smith  at  Anglesea, 
July  4,  1907. 

Cyperus  pseudovegetus. — Found  by  Mr.  C.  D.  Lippincott  at  Riddle- 
ton.  September  16,  1894,  and  still  plentiful  at  the  same  spot. 

Eleocharis  interstincta. — Discovered  by  the  late  Dr.  J.  B.  Brinton  at 
Repaupo,  July  15,  1892. 

Eleocharis  ochreata. — Found  at  Cape  May  Point,  September,  1905, 
by  Mr.  S.  S.  Van  Pelt. 

Scirpus  torreyi. — Detected  by  the  speaker  at  Delanco  as  stated  above. 

Rynchospora  oligantha. — Found  at  Speedwell,  in  the  heart  of  the  pine 
barrens,  by  Mr.  S.  S.  Van  Pelt,  July,  1906. 

Rynchospora  rariflora. — Discovered  by  the  speaker  west  of  Bennett, 
Cape  May  County,  August  4,  1907. 

Juncus  setaceus. — First  'collected  by  Mr.  Joseph  Crawford  in  Cape 
May  County,  July  15,  1892,  and  later  found  to  be  rather  plentiful  in 
that  section. 

Gymnandeniopsis  nivea. — Found  by  Mr.  Bayard  Long  near  Bennett, 
Cape  May  County,  July  24,  1907.  It  was  later  found  to  be  plentiful 
over  a  limited  area. 

Quercus  michauxi. — Found  by  Messrs.  Stewardson  Brown  and 
Edward  Harris  at  Moorestown,  October,  1902. 

Rumex  hastatulus. — Discovered  at  Longport  by  Messrs.  Joseph 
Crawford  and  Stewardson  Brown,  June  23,  1907. 

Bradburya  virginica. — Discovered  bv  the  late  J.  B.  Brinton,  ]\I.D., 
at  Holly  Beach,  July  24.  1892. 

Boltonia  asteroides. — Found  by  Mr.  Long  growing  with  Gymnan- 
deniopsis nivea;  known  before  from  New  Jersey  only  as  an  introduced 
species. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OP    PHILADELPHIA.  459 

Senecio  crawfordii. — Originally  discovered  at  Tullj^town,  Pa.,  this 
species  has  recently  been  found  at  several  points  on  the  New  Jersey 
side  of  the  river. 

Among  rare  species  marked  in  Dr.  Britton's  Catalogue  as  not  recently 
collected  several  have  been  rediscovered : 

Triglochin  maritima  was  found  at  Point  Pleasant  bv  Mr.  Stewardson 
Brown,  July  22,  1902. 

Tofieldia  racemosa,  collected  by  i\Ir.  C.  F.  Saunders  between  Atsion 
and  Tuckerton  on  July  4, 1899,  and  later  found  in  abundance  at  several 
places  near  Speedwell  and  at  High  Bridge  by  the  speaker. 

Lilceopsis  lineata. — Perhaps  the  most  interesting  discovery  of  the 
present  year  was  the  finding  by  Mr.  Van  Pelt  and  the  speaker  of  this 
obscure  little  plant  about  a  mile  below  Palermo,  where  a  fresh  spring 
bubbles  up  out  of  the  salt  marsh,  making  a  hard  sandy  bottom  which 
was  literally  covered  with  Lilceopsis.  The  plant  has  been  unknown 
from  the  State  since  its  discovery  by  Thomas  Nuttall,  nearly  one 
hundred  years  ago,  "in  a  salt  marsh  near  Egg  Harbor."  As  the 
present  spot  is  only  a  few  miles  from  the  shore  of  Egg  Harbor  it  is 
quite  possible  that  it  is  Nuttall's  original  locality. 

The  following  was  ordered  to  be  printed: 


460  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [Oct. 


THE  COMPOSITION  AND  ECOLOGICAL  RELATIONS  OF  THE  ODONATE  FAUNA 
OF  MEXICO  AND  CENTRAL  AMERICA. 

by  philip  p.  calvert. 

Contents. 

General  Conditions  determining  Odonate  Distribution. 

The  Chief  Odonatological  Features  of  Mexico  and  Central  America. 

Relations  of  the  Mexican-Central  American  Odonate  Fauna  to  those  of  other 

Areas. 
Distribution  of  the  Odonata  within  limited  portions  of  Mexico  and  Central 

America. 
Relations  of  the  Odonate  Fauna  of  Mexico  and  Central  America  to  Temperature, 

Rainfall,  Vegetation  Areas  and  Altitude. 

The  preparation  of  an  extended  account^  of  the  Odonata  of  Mexico 
and  Central  America  has  induced  me  to  study  the  relations  of  these 
insects  to  various  factors  of  their  environment,  with  the  results  here 
set  forth.  The  facts  on  which  this  study  is  based,  in  so  far  as  the 
Odonata  are  concerned,  are  contained  in  the  Biologia  volume,  to 
which  reference  must  be  made  for  further  details.  Since  the  comple- 
tion of  that  work,  I  have  received,  through  the  kindness  of  Mr.  H.  T. 
Van  Ostrand,  specimens  of  Enallagma  prcevarum,  Opionceschiia  armata 
and  Sym'petrum,  illotum  virgulum,  taken  at  or  near  Real  del  Monte, 
Hidalgo,  Mexico,  which  add  to  our  knowledge  of  the  distribution  of 
these  three  species  as  given  in  the  Biologia.  The  first  and  third  are 
labelled  as  having  been  captured  at  9,000  feet  elevation,  or  the  highest 
altitude  yet  recorded  for  Odonata  in  Mexico  or  Central  America. 
These  additional  data  are  included  in  the  following  pages. 

General  Conditions  Determining  Odonate  Distribution. 

The  actual  distribution  of  the  Odonata  is  determined  by  the  con- 
ditions under  which  their  aquatic  larvae  are  able  to  exist.  The  dis- 
tribution of  the  larvae,  so  far  as  the  present  region  is  concerned,  is  almost 
entirely  unknown.  Our  present  information  refers  to  the  appearance 
of  the  imagos  in  certain  localities,  and  the  summary  herewith  presented 


^  Odonata,  by  P.  P.  Calvert,  forming  pp.  17-420  and  Introduction,  pp.  v-xxx 
of  volume  Neuroptera  of  the  Biologia  Centrali  Americana,  edited  by  F.  D.  God- 
man.     London,  1901-1908.     4to.     9  plates,  1  map. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  461 

rests  on  the  unproven  assumption  that  the  adults  do  not  wander 
far  from  the  waters  in  which  they  have  passed  their  earUer  stages  or 
in  which  their  offspring  are  capable  of  surviving.  This  assumption 
is  one  of  the  weaknesses  in  the  following  attempted  generalizations; 
another  is  the  real  scantiness  of  our  knowledge  of  the  distribution  of 
even  the  winged  individuals.  How  scanty  this  is  may  be  seen  by  a 
glance  over  the  list  of  localities  in  Honduras,  Nicaragua,  etc.,  in  Table 
A  and  in  the  columns  for  these  countries  in  Table  B  of  the  Introduction 
to  the  Biologia  volume  quoted  and  a  study  of  Tables  6-8  of  the 
present  paper. 

It  must  be  distinctly  understood,  therefore,  that  all  which  follows 
is  subject  to  future  correction  in  these  two  important  particulars. 
In  spite  of  these  disadvantages,  however,  some  generalization  has 
been  deliberately  attempted,  in  the  belief  that  by  so  doing  progress  in 
investigation  wdll  be  hastened  much  more  than  if  no  such  summary 
were  ventured. 

The  Chief  Odonatological  Features  of  Mexico  and  Central 
America. 

These  are :  the  practical  absence  of  the  subfamily  Cordulinse,^  some 
species  of  which  have  been  recorded  from  corresponding  latitudes  in 
the  Old  World. 

Absence  of  the  following  genera,  conspicuous  or  well  developed 
in  other  parts  of  America:  (a)  in  Northern  America,^  Ophiogomphus, 
Gomphus,  Dromogomphus,  Odogomphus,  Celithemis,  Leucorhinia;  (h) 
in  South  America,  Lais,  Thore,  Euthore,  Microstigma,  Telagrion, 
Leptagrion,  Diastatops,  Potamothemis ;  (c)  in  the  West  Indies, 
Scapanea. 

The  small  number  of  genera,  seven  out  of  seventy-one,  which  are 
restricted  to  this  area.  They  are  Pseudostigma,  Thaumatoneura, 
Paraphlehia,  Hesperagrion,  Anisagrion,  Oplonceschna  and  Pseudoleon. 
Three  of  these  (Hesperagrion,  Oplonceschna,  Pseudoleon)  embrace  only 
one  species  each.  Oplonceschna  and  Pseudoleon  should  be  good  fliers 
and,  therefore,  one  would  not  expect  their  hmited  distribution. 

The  unity  of  the  district,  in  that  only  one  genus  {Hesperagrion)  is 
restricted  to  Mexico  north  of  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuantepec,  none  to  the 


*  Already  pointed  out  by  Carpenter,  Scient.  Proc.  Roy.  Dublin  Soc.  (n.  s.), 
VIII,  p.  450  (1897). 

^  Throughout  this  memoir,  as  in  the  Biologia  volume  on  Odonata,  by  "North- 
ern America"  is  meant  all  north  of  central  Cahfornia,  Arizona,  New  Mexico, 
Texas  and  (east  of  this  last)  of  the  30th  parallel  of  north  latitude. 
30 


462  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

area  between  the  latter  and  the  Isthmus  of  Nicaragua  and  only  one 
(Thaumatoneura)  to  the  Costa  Rican-Panaman  section. 

The  predominant  Calopterygine  genus  is  Hetcerina  with  17  species  out 
of  23  for  the  subfamily.  Several  species  (H.  americana,  tricolor, 
titia,  macropus,  capitalis)  show  a  marked  tendency  to  reduction  in  size 
of  the  pterostigma  in  some  of  the  western  portions  of  their  ranges, 
but  the  geographical  areas  in  which  this  reduction  is  strongly  marked 
for  one  species  (e.g.,  macropus  in  Guatemala)  are  not  necessarily 
those  in  which  it  is  displayed  by  another  {e.g.,  americana).  Amphip- 
teryx  is  interesting  as  presenting  some  features  intermediate  between 
those  of  this  subfamily  and  the  Agrioninse.  Only  one  Old  World 
genus  (Calopteryx)  is  represented  and  its  existence  here  rests  on  a 
single  specimen. 

Lestince.     Six  of  the  7  species  belong  to  the  cosmopolitan  Lestes. 

AgrionincB.  Of  24  genera,  3  only  {Argia,  EnaUagma,  Ischnura) 
have  been  recorded  from  the  Old  World.  Five  of  the  7  endemic 
Odonate  genera  belong  here.  Of  the  112  species,  48  belong  to  Argia; 
next  follow  Protoneura  with  7  species  and  Telebasis  with  6.  Six 
species  (of  3  genera)  are  of  the  exclusively  Neotropical  Pseudostig- 
matina,  including  some  of  the  linearly  largest  known  Odonata  of  the 
world. 

Gomphince.  None  of  the  genera  are  extra-American.  Erpetogom- 
phus  is  the  predominant  genus  of  the  subfamily  in  the  northern  part 
of  our  district,  Epigomphus  in  the  southern. 

Cordulegasterince.  The  single  genus  of  our  area,  Cordulegastcr, 
is  Holarctic. 

Mshnince.  Three  {Anax,  JEshna,  Gynacantha)  of  the  six  genera 
are  also  found  in  the  Old  World,  but  none  of  the  species  extends  thither. 
One  of  the  seven  endemic  genera  belongs  here  (OplonascJma) .  /Eshna 
has  the  largest  number  of  species. 

Cordulince.  The  single  record  for  this  subfamily,  from  near  the 
northern  limit  of  our  district,  is  of  the  Holarctic  and  Pala^otropical 
Macromia. 

Libellulince.  Of  28  genera,  one  (Pseudoleon)  is  endemic,  five  (Libcl- 
Ivla,  Tholymis,  Tramea,  Pantala,  Sympetrum)  are  regarded  as  also 
occurring  in  the  Old  World.  The  only  Odonate  species  common  to 
our  area  and  to  the  Old  World — Pantala  flavescens  (and  Sympetrum 
corruptum?) — are  of  this  subfamily.  Predominant  genera  are  Libel- 
lula,  Micrathyria,  Orthemis,  Erythrodiplax,  Brechmorhoga ,  Tramea, 
Perithemis  and  Erythemis. 


1908.]  natural  sciences  of  philadelphia.  463 

Relations  of   the   Mexican-Central  American   Odonate   Fauna 

TO  THOSE  of  other  ArEAS. 

The  study  of  the  species  of  Odonata  found  over  large  parts  of  Mexico 
has  shown  that,  to  the  northward,  many  of  them  occupy  also  con- 
siderable portions  of  Texas,  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  and  California 
(in  the  last  named  possibly  to  San  Francisco),  although  their  north- 
ern boundary  line  has  not  been  determined  in  any  of  these  States.'* 
Therefore,  all  species,  subspecies  or  varieties  found  in  Mexico  and 
Central  America  and  which  may  extend  also  into  these  four  States  of 
the  United  States,  but  not  beyond  them,  nor  into  the  West  Indies 
nor  South  America,  have  been  considered  as  endemic.  With  this 
explanation,  which  applies  to  all  the  tables  in  this  paper,  the  general 
relations  of  the  Odonate  fauna  may  be  learned  from  an  inspection  of 
Table  1. 

A  further  analysis  of  the  relations  of  the  fauna  is  given  in  Table  2, 
wherein,  passing  from  north  to  south  and,  in  Mexico,  from  plateau 
to  lowlands,  the  decrease  in  the  northern  element  and  the  increase  in 
the  southern  element  is  clearly  shown.  Even  on  the  Mexican  plateau, 
excluding  its  highest  portion,^  as  the  most  northern  and  most  elevated 
section  of  the  present  faunal  district,  the  southern  element,  measured 
by  the  number  of  the  "exclusively  South  American"  species, is  almost 
as  strong  as  the  northern,  represented  by  the  "exclusively  Northern 
American"  species'' — a  striking  fact  when  the  narrow  land  connection 
with  South  America  is  contrasted  with  the  very  much  wider  union  with 
the  United  States,  and  the  geological  history  of  the  plateau  is  borne 
in  mind.  It  is  of  further  interest  to  note  that  while  15  exclusively 
Northern  American  species  are  found  on  the  plateau,  14  Northern 
American  species  are  found  in  Mexico  exclusive  of  the  plateau,  the 
corresponding  figures  for  the  exclusively  South  American  species 
being  14  and  50.     These  differences  are  in  agreement  with  Gadow's 


*  The  existing  data  for  about  40  Mexican  species  would  seem  to  show  that 
their  northern  boundary  line  may  correspond  with  the  upper  hmit  of  the  Upper 
Sonoran  of  Merriam  (Map  in  Bull.  10,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric,  Div.  Biol.  Surv.,  1S9S) 
in  California,  Arizona  and  New  Mexico;  but  not  east  of  the  last  named,  as  in 
Texas  these  species  are  not  yet  known  as  far  north  as  the  upper  limit  of  Mer- 
riam's  Lower  Sonoran. 

*  The  Distrito  Federal  embraces  much  of  the  highest  portion  of  the  Mexican 
plateau,  having  an  elevation  of  7200-8000  ft.  or  2200-24.50  m.,  and  has  been 
fairly  well  examined  as  regards  its  Odonate  fauna,  which  numbers  21  species, 
etc.  Outside  of  Mexico  and  Central  America,  6  of  the  21  occur  exclusively  in 
Northern  America  and  2  of  the  21  exclusively  in  South  America,  so  that  here 
the  southern  element  is  weak. 

*  Contrast  on  this  feature  Bates,  Biol.  Centr.  Ainer.  Coleop.,  I,  pt.  1,  p.  vi, 
and  W.  Horn,  Deut.  ent.  Zeitschr.,  1897,  pp.  161-2. 


464 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 

O        CO        C        ' 


t^  1-1  00  f-H 


.^3    • 

m  O  t. 

_W 


O        t-H        O        iC 


(N        (N        O        O        <0        O        (N 


O        O        »Ci 


O        i-H        O        CO 


O  't  O  O  rH  O  O 


OOiMOOOOO 


O        O        (N        O 


123 


O        (M        O        O 


O         O         O         r-l 


[Oct. 


QqO 


O  O  O  rH 


0)    ^ 


o      o      o      o 


O       CO       o       o 


O   ^ 


(M        CO        IN-        O 


T-H  CC  rH  CO 


ft 

•c 


p     ts     ■= 


H-? 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


465 


i5 

• 

, 

— V            ^-^ 

'^ 

o 

o 

C3^  t^  10        i 

1 

^ 

^ 

C-l 

(N 

iccoooo 

6 

1 
J 

—      ^-^ 

m 

e- 

CO 

o^ 

^ 

cof^~ri<  c<r 

CO 

c: 

a 

^1 

s 

S 

g^g 

1^2 

CO 

GoS^ 

003 

OC03 

g 

o 

^ 

,H 

(MO  3 

H 

5jC 

£^1  . 

&, 

-* 

CO 

CO 

lOCD  r-lS" 

2 

im 

^ 

1 

1 

Saj§-a 

& 

lO 

»c 

IC 

lO-*'0       I 

!? 

""* 

'"' 

ri' 

1 

CO 

»o 

0 

Tt^S^CoG^ 

d 

(M 

(N 

(N 

(M        (N 

H 

bC 

1 

CO 

■* 

tH 

ogi-^g 

C 

o 

o 

0 

0     0 

3 

w 

S) 

a 

■ill 

02 

IC 

Tf< 

-i 

0         T-H 

ci 

■* 

lO 

CO 

CO        (N 

w 

fcC 

?53°i^fe^ 

Dh 

lO 

Tt< 

»o 

00  o"  CO  CO 

xclusi 
lyoth 
parts 
the  Me 
C.  Am 
distric 

rf< 

■<J< 

c 

^ 

U3 

IC 

"5        CO 

W 

S) 

-J^ 

S: 

^ 

^ 

^' 

l:| 

^ 

lO 

»o 

"S^G 

o 

^ 

^ 

0    0 

w 

bC 

,--^ 

.—V           ^-s 

00 

^  01 

to  00  0  CO 

c3 

1 

H 

---^      ^-^ 

>o 

CO 

CD 

CO 

CO  CO  Tj<  CO 

M 

1 

'i 

A 

'S, 

lo 

3 

o 

QJ 

c3^ 

OJ 

J2 

i^  «^ 

cS 

1 

ci 

"^  ^ 

H 

<< 

o 

o  - 

1 

1  ^ 

■   .S  o 

.^  ^ 

i^         C3      1 

X 

IS? 

s 

g 

c 

d 

02  to 

73  T) 


c  o 
a;  c 


■^1 


.0    (U 


QJ    O 
^    CI 


■CJ.       --O        "w"0      1.         <U. 


^  be 

m  •a 


466  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

results  for  Reptiles  and  Batrachia:  "The  plateau  seems  to  be  a  much 
more  effective  barrier  to  the  southerners  than  is  the  descent  into  the 
hot  lowlands  to  the  northern  creatures."* 

The  West  Indies  lie  within  the  same  parallels  of  latitude  as  do  Mexico 
and  Central  America.  The  total  number  of  species  of  Odonata  found 
in  those  islands  is  about  91;^  56  of  these,  or  61.5%,  also  occur  in  our 
present  district.  The  number  of  species  common  to  both  is  likely 
to  be  increased  by  future  explorations,  especially  as  the  Odonate 
fauna  of  Yucatan  and  British  Honduras,  the  continental  areas  lying 
nearest  to  the  West  Indies,  is  very  imperfectly  known.  But,  making 
use  of  the  present  figures,  it  is  rather  surprising  that  only  61.5%  of 
the  West  Indian  Odonata  are  found  in  Mexico  and  Central  America, 
seeing  that  the  prevalent  winds  on  the  east  coast  of  the  mainland  are 
easterly  (i.e.,  northeast,  east  and  southeast).^"  With  such  insects 
as  the  Odonata  one  might  expect  the  winds  to  play  an  important  part 
as  means  of  dispersal."  The  West  Indian  species  not  yet  found  in 
Mexico  or  Central  America  include  a  number  of  fair-sized  and  prob- 
ably fair-flying  species,  e.g.,  Aphylla  produda,  Progomphus  integer 
and  serenus,  Dythemis  rufinervis,  Scapanea  frontalis,  Macrothemis 
celceno,  Celithemis  eponina,  etc. 

The  extent  to  which  species  common  to  the  West  Indies  are  found 
in  some  parts  of  Mexico  and  Central  America  is  shown  in  Table  3. 

The  Endemic  Genera  and  Species  are  summarized  in  Table  4,  p.  468. 

Of  the  genera  listed  in  Table  4  as  occurring  in  both  Northern  and 
South  America,  Hetcerina,  Argia,  Progomphus,  Erythrodiplax,  and  per- 
haps Dythemis,  are  represented  by  a  greater  number  of  species  in  South 
America  than  in  Northern  America,  and  these  genera  are  entirely, 

8  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  1905,  II,  p.  239. 

»Hagen,  Proc.  Bosi.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  XI,  pp.  289-294  (1867);  XVIII,  pp. 
20-96  (1875).  Uliler,  I.e.,  XI,  pp.  295-298  (1867).  Kolbe,  Archiv  /.  Naturges., 
LIV,  I,  pp.  153-178  (1888).  Ivirby,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  (6)  XIV,  pp. 
261-269  (1894).  Carpenter,  Journ.  Inst.  Jamaica,  II,  pp.  259-263  (1896). 
Calvert,  Biol.  Cent.  Amer.  Neurop.  Introd.,  Table  B  (1908). 

'°  See  the  charts  of  prevailing  winds  accompanying  Buchan's  Challenger 
Report  on  Atmospheric  Circulation,  and  the  data  given  in  Table  VII  of  the 
Appendix  thereto,  pp.  169,  170,  for  Matamoras  and  Cordova,  Mex.,  and  Belize; 
also  the  data  for  Merida,  Campeche  and  Jalapa  by  Moreno  y  Anda  and  Gomez 
in  El  Clima  de  la  Eepublica  Mexicana,  Ano  I  (for  1895)  and  II  (for  1896),  Mexico 
City,  Secretaria  de  Fomento,  1899  and  1900.  Cf.  also  Sapper,  Mittelameri- 
kanische  Reisen  und  Studien,  Braunschweig,  1902,  p.  297.  The  Challenger  data 
for  Blewfields,  Nicar.,  I.e.,  p.  171,  represent  the  prevailing  wind  as  northwest, 
which  has  Uttle  bearing  on  the  question  of  the  relations  of  the  continental  and 
West  Indian  Odonata. 

"  On  the  other  hand  Chapman  states  that  of  the  550  species  and  subspecies 
of  birds  recorded  from  the  West  Indies,  303,  or  55%,  are  endemic.  Bull.  Amer. 
Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  p.  318,  1892. 


190S.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


467 


Table  3. — The  Relative  Strength  of  the  West  Indian  and  South  American 

Elements  in  Different  Parts  of  the  Odonate  Fauna  of 

Mexico  and  Central  America. 


Area. 


Total  number  I  Number  of  species,  etc., 
of  species,!  found  also  in  the  West 
gtc  'j     Indies,    and    their    per- 

centage equivalents. 


Number  of  species,  etc., 
found  also  (outside  of 
Mexico  and  Cent.  Amer.) 
exclusively  in  S.  Amer., 
and  their  percentage 
equivalents. 


Mexican  plateau 81 

Mexico  (asin Tables)  219  (221) 
Yucatan  and  British 

Honduras 35? 

Guatemala  and  Hon-j 

duras I  161  (186) 

Costa  Rica 101  (165) 


23 

49  (50) 

18? 

41  (50) 
19  (45) 


28.4% 

22.4  (22.6) 

51.4 

25.5  (26.9) 
18.8  (27.3) 


14  =  17.3% 

50  =  22.8  (22.6) 

8  =  22.8 

49  (61)  =  30.4  (32.8) 
37  (65)  =  36.6  (39.4) 


(The  parentheses  have  the  same  meaning  as  in  Table  2,  q.  v.) 

or  almost  entirely  {Argia),  confined  to  the  Americas.  Lestes,  Enal- 
lagma,  Ischnura,  Mshna,  LiheUula  and  Sympetrum  are  almost  or  quite 
cosmopolitan,  but  are  more  abundant  in  the  northern  than  in  the 
southern  hemisphere. 

Of  the  seven  endemic  genera,  Pseudostigma,  Thaumatoneura  and 
Paraphlebia  are  South  American  in  their  affinities;  the  other  four 
are  not  so  clear. 

Adding  together  the  9  species  of  these  three  genera,  the  56  endemic 
species  of  genera  also  occurring  in  South  America  but  not  in  Northern 
America  (Table  4),  and  the  70  non-endemic  species  found  elsewhere 
exclusively  in  South  America  (Table  1),  we  have  a  total  of  135  species, 
or  46%  of  the  fauna,  as  being  of  distinctly  southern  relationships. 
Similarly,  adding  the  12  endemic  species  of  genera  also  occurring  in 
Northern  America,  but  not  in  South  America  (Table  4),  to  the  21 
non-endemic  species  found  elsewhere  exclusively  in  Northern  America 
(Table  1)  we  have  a  total  of  33  species,  or  11%  of  the  fauna,  as  being 
of  distinctly  northern  affiliations. 

In  the  endemic  as  well  as  in  the  non-endemic  species,  therefore, 
the  South  American  element^^  is  much  the  strongest  in  Mexico  and 
Central  America  as  a  whole. 


"While  the  expression  "South  American  element"  has  been  used  in  these 
pages  to  designate  those  species  found  at  the  present  time  in  South  America 
also,  there  seems  to  be  no  evidence  to  decide  whether  such  Odonata,  or  their 
ancestors,  entered  Mexico  and  Central  America  from  the  south,  or  whether 
South  America  received  them  from  the  former  countries.  Probably  only  further 
discoveries  of  fossil  Odonata  will  settle  this  question. 


468 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct., 


I  o 


3"C 


1^ 


i-HCCeO,-llO>-H.-l-rtH(MI>  0C--HIO 


"1  2-P§   ^^-o  H 

lllillli 

•S:SI|IE.3| 


^3 


<^y 


(NiM  10.-H  ^ 


-  d  c 


UJ    ^    fn 


^I 


Mil  OS  SB 


so 


+^  o  5  i 


bC 

=3        ?     . 

c3  ^-r^-r 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  469 

Arranging  the  subfamilies  in  the  order  of  their  percentages  of  endemic 
species,  the  series  obtained  is  Cordulegasterinse  {two  species  onl}^ 
100%,  Gomphinffi  85.7%,  Agrionina?  72.2%,  Calopteryginffi  47.8%, 
Lestinse  42.8%,  Libellulina?  16%o,  iEshninffi  13%.  The  Cordulegas- 
terinse, many  Gomphinse,  most  Libellulinse  and  iEshninae  have  well- 
developed  powers  of  flight.  Perhaps  the  great  majority  of  the  other 
three  subfamilies  are  feebly-flying  insects,  yet  some  of  their  species  ap- 
pearing in  the  present  faunal  district  are  very  widely  distributed,  e.g., 
Enallagma  civile,  Ischnura  ramburi,  Anomalagrion  hastatum.  It  is 
consequently  impossible  to  account  for  the  relative  endemicity  of  the 
subfamilies  by  such  general  considerations. 

If  the  relative  endemicity  of  these  groups  is  not  always  inversely 
proportional  to  the  powers  of  flight,  as  these  figures  seem  to  indicate, 
and  if  nearly  40%  of  the  West  Indian  Odonata  are  not  to  be  found 
in  Mexico  and  Central  America  in  spite  of  favoring  winds,  the  expla- 
nation of  the  present  distribution  of  this  group  of  insects  may  perhaps 
be  found  in  the  past  distribution  of  land  and  water^^  in  these  regions. 

Distribution    of    the    Odonata    within    Limited    Portions    of 
Mexico  and  Central  A:\ierica. 

Table  2  and  the  remarks  on  the  fauna  of  the  Mexican  plateau 
(page  463)  have  already  illustrated  this  topic  to  some  degree.  Table 
5  gives  the  number  of  endemic  species  and  of  those  common  to  the 
three  countries  whose  Odonate  fauna  is  best  known. 

Accepting  the  areas  of  Mexico  (exclusive  of  Campeche,  Yucatan  and 
Baja  California),  of  Guatemala  and  of  Costa  Rica  as  approximately 
655,000,"  63,000,15  ^nd  21,000  square  miles  (1,700,000,  164,000  and 
54,000  square  kilometres)  respectively,  it  follows  that,  in  proportion 
to  its  area,  Costa  Rica  is  much  the  richest  coimtry  of  the  three,  both 
in  its  total  number  of  species  and  its  number  of  endemic  species. 

Tables  6-8  give  the  number  of  species  and  the  number  of  locahties 
at  which  they  were  collected  in  each  of  the  States  or  Departments  of 

'^  Compare  the  geological  data  embodied  in  the  sketch  maps  of  Gadow  (Proc. 
Zool.  Soc.  London,  1905,  II,  pp.  235-6);  also  the  discussions  in  the  papers  of 
Chapman  {Bull.  Ajner.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  IV,  pp.  318,  326-9,  1892)  on  birds, 
Simpson  {Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  XVII,  pp.  428,  438,  447,  1894)  on  land  and 
fresh-water  mollusks,  and  Ortman  {Proc.  Ainer.  Philos.  Soc,  XLI,  pp.  309,  341, 
347)  on  fresh- water  decapods,  of  the  West  Indies. 

'*  Romero,  Geographical  and  Statistical  Notes  on  Mexico,  p.  91,  New  York, 
1898. 

1^  Century  Dictionary,  Vol.  IX,  New  York,  1906.  Dr.  Sapper  gives  the  approxi- 
mate area  of  Guatemala  as  only  110,000  square  kilometres,  Mittelamerikanische 
Reisen  u.  Studien,  p.  424. 


470 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct. 


8  ^ 
O^ 


lO 

^     o 

o 

Oi 

•-^ 

Tf 

03 

1^ 

CO 

1 

K 

o 

CO 

00 

o 

rt 

t~ 

c 

o 

•~-^ 

«' 

CO 

CO 

2 

d 

c 

>o 

M 

2 

o 

CO 

Ul 

(N 

cq 

" 

CO 

'^ 

o 

t^ 

^-^ 

^ 

s 

'-«      (M 

00 

CO 

CO 

i 

Tj< 

«o 

05 

S: 

2 

^^      v_-      >- 

•S 

3 

H 

IM 

o 

l> 

^ 

CO 

o 

i 

S 

^ 
5 

a 

o 

lO 

CO 

H 

CO 

** 

rt< 

(M 

§ 

■* 

^ 

lO 

o 

f 

M_ 

c 

^ 

GC 

c^' 

a 

CO 

IN 

>< 

CO 

CO 

o- 

CO 

2 

t^ 

C^) 

cc 

<< 

C 

M 

~c5 

05 

io 

r-i 

~>5 

CO 

N 

IN 

CO 

bO 

1 

pi 

^      (N 

C£ 

c 

a 

CO 

CO 

t^ 

d 

a 

>0 

(M 

CO 

o 

Tj 

^ 

_c^ 

t^ 

c" 

^ 

s 

IT 

00 

52 

^ 

2 

a 

3 

(N 

N 

c 

CO 

'^ 

CO 

o 

(^ 

_„_i!' 

■^ 

C^ 

03     ! 

o 

CO 

o 

CO 

c. 

CO 

a 

d 

a 

■* 

IN 

,-1 

t^ 

o 

T? 

c^     1 

g 

"0 

c^ 

c^ 

t-     1 

i 

I 

o 

^ 

I- 

cr 

O 

>< 

CO 

lO 

2 

lO 

£ 

•-' 

^ 

% 

M 

- 

N 

c 

CO 

^ 

c^ 

c 

^ 

.-'-!-! 

,-N            Tj( 

0- 

■o      j 

c3 

■* 

^ 

c£ 

O 

a 

& 

2 

^ 

CO 

"* 

'-' 

c 

i 

^ 
2 

63 

?::; 

2 

t^ 

y. 

«5 

£ 

S 

CO 

d 

OC 

T)( 

"^ 

■* 

o 

■<t 

g 

a 

^"^ 

"c 

o 

CO 

o 

~o 

c 

C 

IC 

e4 

d 

o 

~c5 

o 

o 

o 

~c 

^o 

~c 

o 

o 

M 

a 

a 

" 

"c 

o 

o" 

~o 

o 

"B 

"-1 

■-1 

■S 

CO 

.H 

1 

g 

o 

o     c 

~^ 

o 

"c 

c 

^6- 

■s 

o 

bC 

£• 

fH 

~c^ 

(- 

CO 

~~SI 

^ 

(N 

y, 

a 

ut 

% 

o 

^ 

s 

~o 

o 

~o 

o 

c 

r-l 

M 

c     ^ 

. 

CO 

"T; 

s 

00       (N 

-^ 

;:; 

f; 

CO    ■ 

1 

(N 

;:; 

CT 

s 

•llll 

d 

■* 

^ 

iO 

1-1 

"Id     "h 

OC 

<N 

t^ 

H      cs 

M 

i 

si 

a 

ei 

c 

<a 

1 

■l 

c 

1 

» 
^ 

& 

1 

a 

s 

<u 

f 

.= 

< 

^ 

^ 

c 

"^ 

"1   i 

c 

3 

c 

a 
2, 
6 

< 

H         3 

3 

1 

1 

1 

1 
1 

i9os; 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


471 


H    3 


^     -^ 


^3 


O 

CO 

00 

,_! 

fO(M 

1  t^ 

•S9p8ds 

(MiO      . 

^■^    -i"      1 

I 

O  IC 

CC  CO  i-H  t^ 

-*       II 

o 

•sai^n^ooT; 

(N 

zn 

1 

- 

-: 

-: 

l| 

: 

: 

: 

U)    : 

'^ 

C     : 

1, 

1 

1 

^ 

3 

1 

W 

"^^      1! 

aJ 

^  g 

.S 

■f^ 

c  t/i 

Sl 

O    c3 

J      : 

+i  +3 

i 

Oi 

^    & 

2g 

l^SI          1 

9l 

Si 

(MOiOTtHOOOS 

l-H 

•sapadg 

(N        .-1 

— 

CO 

IC  O  ■*  i-i  1-1  O  M^ 

C3 

•S9i;t|'boo'3 

^ 

■ja 

Dh 

3 

-c 

fcC 

s 

'     6 

o  c 

T3 

o3    03  hH    ^H 

Oi 

i 

—  o        oj  o,::; 

73 

■s  0.23  -^^  t*^  =3 

S  -is  S  oj .— r  tj  -^ 

i 

iO»OCl^(M^^ 

s 

•sapadg 

(N^         --H(M        <N 

03 

1 

'rt^ 

1 

•S9i^rii?ooT; 

O  '^  T-i  <N  "*  C 

•^ 

(S 

E 

c3 

bi 

aJ 

1 

0) 

g 

03 

c  d    • 

T3 

o 

ca 

ai  -^    ri 

dJ 

CC 

-3  ^2--§  c 

ill  |i-p"S 

31 

6p 

3(M  C^ 

3^SQ 

H 

t^  ir 

1  T-H 

:  "-I  OTt<  CC 

o 

•S9padg 

(MIC  CD 

:t-OTt<^ 

ca 

'^  CO  l>O0i-H 

:OOCO(N 

t^ 

1 

•S9i:;i|Boon[ 

:  (M 

"O 

s 

pi 

-3 

S3 

|| 

0) 

o 

^ 

6 

■"-^ 

rt 

-S  '^ 

1 

OQ 

i  I 

;    < 

5  = 

^ 

h 

h 

h 

^1 

;2 

c 

c 

2'c 

0    i 

5^ 

3 
^ 

J5 

y 

^1 

f 

472 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct. 


Mexico,  Guatemala  and  Costa  Rica,  respectively.  In  each  table  the 
States  or  Departments  are  arranged  in  vertical  columns  corresponding 
to  their  position  on  the  Atlantic  or  Pacific  slopes,  and  in  the  case  of 
Mexico  also  on  the  Central  Plateau.  In  each  vertical  column  the 
names  stand  in  order  from  north  to  south,  and  the  States  or  Depart- 
ments whose  names  are  on  the  same  horizontal  line,  in  reading  across 
these  tables,  are,  in  part  at  least,  in  the  same  latitude.  These  three 
tables  exhibit  the  scantiness  of  our  knowledge,  however,  rather  than 
actual  differences  in  the  faunas,^® 

Table   7. — Number   of   Species,    etc.,    op   Odonata   Recorded   from   the 
Departments  of  Guatemala,  and  op  the  Localities  at 

WHICH   they  were   COLLECTED. 

(See  explanation  in  the  text.) 


Pacific  (Western)  Slope. 


Atlantic  (Eastern)  Slope. 


Department. 


Locali- 
ties. 


Spe- 
cies, 
etc. 


Department. 


Locali-    ?.P^" 

ties.       "f ' 
etc. 


San  Marcos 

Quezaltenango 

Retalhuleu 

Suchitepequez 

Solola 

Sacatepequez 

Amatitlan 

Escuintla 

Santa  Rosa 

Totals     (after    deducting 
duplications) 


20 


|Alta  Vera  Paz 14 

Izabal 9 

JBaja  Vera  Paz 6 

Zacapa 2 

Guatemala 3 

Jalapa 1 


68 


Totals  (after  deducting 

duplications) 35 


139 


Common  to  Atlantic  and  Pacific  slopes  56  species,  etc.  Subtracting  56  from 
68  +  139  gives  151  species  from  definite  localities  in  Guatemala,  or  10  less  than 
the  total  (i61)  credited  to  that  country  in  Tables  2  and  5.  For  these  ten  species 
definite  localities  are  not  known  and  hence  they  could  not  be  included  in  Table  7. 
A  similar  difference  exists  between  Tables  8,  5  and  2. 


"  The  State  of  Vera  Cruz,  lying  exclusively  on  the  Atlantic  slope,  extending 
through  5i  degrees  (17°-22°  +  )  of  latitude  and  18,000  ft.  (5,487  m.)  of  altitude, 
and  having  an  area  of  29,210  square  miles  (75,654  square  kilometres),  has  118 
species  of  Odonata.  The  State  of  New  Jersey,  U.  S.  A.,  also  bordering  the 
Atlantic,  reaching  from  39°  to  41°  15'  N.  and  to  ISOO  ft.  (550  m.)  in  elevation, 
and  with  an  area  of  7,815  square  miles  (20,241  square  kilometres)  possesses  111 
species  of  Odonata.  Both  areas  have  been  examined  by  a  number  of  collectors 
of  these  insects,  and  the  results  do  not  seem  to  favor  the  general  belief  in  the 
richness  of  tropical  countries  in  Odonata.  At  least  9  species  are  common  to  the 
two  areas:  Hetcerina  americana,  Argia  translata,  Ischnura  ramburi,  Anomala- 
grion  hastatum,  Anax  Junius,  A.  longipes,  LibeUula  auripennis  (probably).  Pan- 
tola  flavescens,  Sijmpetrum  corruphim.  As  far  as  I  am  aware  no  data  have  been 
published  showing  a  richer  Odonate  fauna  in  a  limited  period  of  time  than  that 
of  the  vicinity  of  Kent,  Ohio,  where  Messrs.  Osburn  and  Hine  took  57  species 
between  June  17  and  24  {Ohio  State  University  Naturalist,  I,  pp.  13-15,  1900). 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


473 


Table  S. — Number    of    Species,    etc.,    of    Odonata    Recorded    from    the 
Departments  of  Costa  Rica,  and  of  the  Localities 

AT  WHICH   they  WERE  COLLECTED. 

(See  the  explanation  in  the  text.) 


Department. 

Localities. 

Species,  etc. 

Pacific  slope 

Atlantic  slope 

1 
3 

8 

9 

1 
3 
6 

9 

Alajuela 

San  Jose 

33 

46 

Cartage 

46 
29 

r  deducting  duph 

cations) 

Totals  (afte 

21 

10 

101 

Total  number  of  species,  etc.,  Pacific  slope '. 67 

Total  number  of  species,  etc.,  Atlantic  slope 59 

Total  number  of  species,  etc.,  common  to  Pacific  and  Atlantic  slopes 28 

Although  writers  on  other  groups  in  the  Biologia  have  distinguished 
between  a  "North"  and  a  "South  Mexico,"  the  division  hne  being  near 
the  Tropic  of  Cancer,  the  data  at  hand  for  the  Odonata  do  not  seem 
to  indicate  any  such  distinction. 

Relations  of  the  Odonate  Fauna  to  Teaiperature.^' 

In  Plate  XXVI  we  have  given  a  map  of  the  distribution  of  mean  an- 
nual temperatures  in  Mexico  and  Central  America.^^  The  topograph}^, 
presenting  a  high  paramesial  axis  running  northwest  and  southeast 
through  the  greater  part  of  the  district,  has  brought  about  the  exist- 
ence of  parallel  zones  of  temperature,  decreasing  in  mean  annual 
intensity  from  each  coast  line  to  the  axis.  As  a  result  the  temperatures 
are  not  distributed  latitudinally,  but  a  high  cool  tract  extends  far 


''  It  is  not  intended  that  the  remarks  here  made  on  the  relations  of  Odonate 
distribution  to  temperatvire,  rainfall  and  other  environmental  factors  are  to  be 
interpreted  as  sho-\\ing  the  Hmits  wliich  these  factors  set  to  the  distribution  of 
the  insects  in  question.  Our  knowledge  of  the  areas  occupied  by  the  latter  is 
still  too  imperfect  to  permit  this.  We  may  be  said  to  know  where  many  species 
occur,  but  not  where  they  do  not  occur. 

1^  Mr.  C.  H.  T.  Townsend,  in  his  papers  "On  the  Biogeography  of  Mexico, 
Texas,"  etc.  (Trans.  Texas  Acad.  Sci.,  Vols.  I  and  II,  1895  and  1897),  has 
laid  great  emphasis  on  the  difference  between  apparent  and  sensible  tempera- 
tures, as  obtained  from  dry  and  wet  bulb  thermometers  respectively,  liolding 
that  only  sensible  temperatures  can  be  used  in  biogeographical  work  (I.e.,  1, 
pp.  89-90;  II,  pp.  65-67).  .\s  very  few  wet  Ijulb  readings  exist  for  our  dis- 
trict, our  data  are  those  of  his  "apparent"  temperatures  only.  I  am  indebted 
to  Dr.  C.  C.  Adams  for  calKng  my  attention  to  these  two  papers,  which  seem 
to  have  been  omitted  from  the  "Zoological  Record." 


474  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [Oct., 

to  the  south  of  Mexico,  thence  continued  as  a  chain  of  ''islands"  in 
the  midst  of  lower  and  hotter  lands.  Considering  the  zones  of  mean 
annual  temperature  in  order,  from  the  hottest  to  the  coldest : 

Zone  I  (more  than  30°  C.  =  86°  F.)  is  doubtful,  as  stated  in  the 
explanation  of  the  map;  no  species  of  Odonata  are  known  to  be 
restricted  to  the  area  supposed  to  constitute  it. 

Zone  II  (30°-25°  C,  86°-77°  F.)  is  continuous  on  the  Atlantic,  and 
also  on  the  Pacific  slope,  for  the  entire  length  of  its  extent,  from  about 
20°  north  latitude  on  the  eastern,  or  25°  north  on  the  western,  coast 
of  Mexico  to  South  America.  The  Atlantic  and  Pacific  belts  of  this 
zone  are  connected  at  the  Nicaraguan  lakes  and  at  the  Isthmus  of 
Panama.  This  zone  therefore  offers  a  pathway  for  the  extension, 
northward  or  southward,  of  species  which  find  in  it  temperature  con- 
ditions similar  to  those  which  prevail  over  large  areas  of  South  Amer- 
ica.^® It  actually  possesses  a  larger  nimiber  (91)  of  species  also  found 
in  South  America  than  any  other  zone,  although  Zone  III  has  90 
such  species.  Zones  II  and  III  have  respectively  48  and  47  species 
also  found  in  the  West  Indies,  larger  numbers  than  for  the  other  zones. 
Peculiarities  of  Zone  II  are  Perilestes  (Costa  Rica),  Argiallagma  (Guate- 
mala), Telebasis  4  species,  M etaleptohasis ,  Neoneura,  Protoneura  5 
species,  NephepeUia  and  Rhodopygia,  all  genera  found  in  South  America 
and  the  West  Indies.  Yucatan,  Campeche  and  most  of  British 
Honduras  lie  within  this  zone,  and  these  three  have  no  endemic  species. 

Zone  III  (25°-20°  C,  77°-68°  F.),  the  Mexican  Tierra  Caliente  of 
Hann,^°  extends  continuously  southward  from  the  Gulf  States  on  the 
east,  and  from  Arizona  and  California  on  the  west,  to  southern  Nica- 
ragua, where  it  is  interrupted  by  Zone  II.  The  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
belts  are  confluent  from  the  southern  part  of  the  State  of  Puebla  to 
the  western  part  of  Chiapas,  and  again  for  the  southern  part  of  Hon- 
duras and  most  of  Nicaragua.  After  its  interruption  in  southern 
Nicaragua,  this  zone  reappears  in  northwestern  Costa  Rica  and  extends 
almost  to  the  Isthmus  of  Panama.  Zones  III  and  IV  possess  an  equal 
number  (27)  of  species  also  found  in  Northern  America,  a  larger  num- 
ber than  for  the  other  zones.  Characteristic  for  this  zone  are  Philo- 
genia  (not  north  of  Costa  Rica),  Palcemnema,  Progomphus  3  species, 
Epigomphus  4  species,  genera  chiefly  South  American  in  their  dis- 
tribution. 


'*  The  distribution  of  the  Odonata  by  temperature  zones  in  South  America 
should  also  be  considered  here,  but  even  the  first  steps  in  investigating  the  South 
American  Odonata  from  this  point  of  view  have  vet  to  be  taken. 

^^Handbuch  der  Klimatologie,  2te  Aufgabe,  Bd.'ll,  p.  285,     Stuttgart,  1897. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  475 

Zone  IV  (20°-15°  C,  68°-59°  F.),  the  Mexican  Tierra  Templada  of 
Hann,  embracing  a  large  part  of  the  United  States,  nowhere  touches 
the  coasts  in  Mexico  or  Central  America,  as  Zones  II  and  III  do,  but 
occupies  a  central  position.  It  consists  in  these  countries  of  a  Mexican 
portion,  of  rather  greater  area  than  that  of  the  central  plateau,  and 
reaching  to  southern  Puebla ;  a  mostly  elongated  and  narrow  strip  in 
Guerrero  and  Oaxaca,  some  of  the  western  parts  of  Chiapas,  Guatemala 
and  Honduras,  with  an  arm  into  western  Salvador;  a  number  of  small 
scattered  areas  in  Honduras  and  a  larger  one  in  northern  Nicaragua ; 
finally,  an  elongated  strip  in  Costa  Rica  and  Panama.  Representatives 
of  Zone  IV  are  Cordulegaster  godmani,  Mshna  dugesi,  Plaihemis  suhornata, 
Lihelhda  comanche,  foliata,  nodisticla  and  luctuosa,  members  of  chiefly 
northern,  or  {.^shna)  cosmopolitan,  genera. 

Zone  V  (15°-10°  C,  59°-50°  F.),  the  Mexican  Tierra  Fria  of  Hann, 
occurs  in  scattered  areas  in  Sonora,  Chihuahua,  Durango,  Zacatecas, 
and  one  of  greater  extent  in  the  States  of  Hidalgo,  Puebla,  Tlascala 
and  Mexico ;  in  western  Guatemala  and  on  some  of  the  peaks  of  Costa 
Rica.     No  Odonata  are  peculiar  to  this  zone. 

Zone  VI  (less  than  10°  C.  =  50°  F.)  occurs  only  on  the  higher  peaks 
of  Mexico,  Guatemala  and  Costa  Rica;  no  Odonata  have  been  reported 
as  yet  at  or  above  the  elevations  corresponding  to  its  lower  limit  in 
these  countries. 

Zones  III,  IV,  V  and  VI  may  be  compared  to  continents  or  islands, 
lying  within  a  sea  of  Zone  II,  and  each  enclosed  by  a  girdle  of  zones 
of  lower  numbers  than  itself. 

Table  9  gives  the  distribution  of  the  Odonata  within  these  zones. 

From  Table  9  it  results  that  the  number  of  species  confined  to  one 
zone  only  is  104,  extending  through  two  zones  99,  extending  through 
three  zones  71,  and  through  four  zones  8.  Of  all  the  zones.  III  con- 
tains the  greatest  number  of  species,  subspecies  and  varieties,  viz.: 
222  as  compared  with  165  in  II,  143  in  IV,  and  10  in  V;  it  is  also  the 
richest  in  zonal  endemic  species,  viz. :  46,  as  compared  with  40  in  II 
and  18  in  IV;  and  the  richest  in  endemic  Mexican  and  Central  Ameri- 
can forms,  viz. :  106,  as  compared  with  60  in  IV,  56  in  II,  4  in  V,  and 
3  in  I. 

The  species,  etc.,  which,  outside  of  Mexico  and  Central  America, 
are  found  exclusively  in  Northern  America  appear  in  the  tempera- 
ture zones  of  our  district  in  the  following  numbers:  IV  15,  III  13, 
II  5,  V4.  As  our  map  (Plate  XXVI)  shows,  zones  IV  and  III  are  con- 
tinuous from  the  United  States  into  Mexico,  so  that  they  offer  a 
pathway  for  the   extension   of  species   whose  living  conditions  are 


476 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF 


[Oct., 


1=1     cc 


i^   2 


§  a 

Q  S 

a  a; 

fa  "-^ 
o 

o 


1 

fOIXM  OOIM  CO 

h- 

CO 

,_, 

I--  lO  CO 

,_i 

•<* 

»c 

t- 

(M 

COQ 

, 

•SF^ox 

(N        j-((M        (N        Oi 

^ 

Tfi 

co-Hio 
"cd'coc^ 

CO 

^      cot-     1 

•UAVou^jun 

^ 

T)H(M 

'^ 

Tt< 

l-H          1-H  (N 

8UOZ 

-  ^ 

> 

^ 

^ 

-^ 

^ 

> 

rH,-( 

(M 

^ 

IC 

Tt^  l-H 

--1 

> 

Id  »-H  O  t^  i-(  (M 

_ 

t^ 

O  O  T-H  (M 

IC                T-t 

^O 

f- 

Tf 

CO      >— 1 

> 

CO 

- 

^ 

CO^(N 

(M 

^      ^ 

1 

1 

Zones 

'■' 

> 

ec-iofo 

iM 

IT 

't 

o^o«: 

(N        (N              CO              TiH        rJ4        ?Ot- 

<M 

CC 

^rt  TJHCS 

3 

1 
1— 1 

a 

\—t 

lOCC  ■*  i-H 

lO 

05 

c 

t^  CO  00  If 

r-H          I— 1                1-1 

CO        ^CO 

§ 

(N 

1— 1 

§ 
o 

1— 1 

> 

w 

> 

7 

(M 

(M 

"* 

'^ 

^ 

1 

„ 

CS| 

(M 

(M 

1 

t— 1 

i-i 

^_i 

,_l 

,_i 

1— 1 

hH 

> 

r3 

t> 

CO  T-H  Tfl  .-1  rH  (M 

cc 

GC 

O  >0  '^  (N 

"* 

^ 

rH  (N 

s 

CO 

COO 

CO.-HC 

ir 

(M 

,_! 

--H           -Tjl         i 

1 

a 

(M  T-H 

rf 

CO 

•n 

CO 

OOTtH 

CO 

(> 

C 

O^ooir 

i-H        (N        (N  >0 

f^ 

^ 

^- 

_•          »                  .                  . 

-^    zl 

9- 
c 

III 

ill 

3 

■a 

a3  8: 

^ 

1 

'5  III  pur 

1^        ^        ^        ^^     eg 

,  1 

IHiil 

loj              ui  XpATsnpxg 

Ul  §1^:3 -53^ 

w    osn 

^ 

"B 

OU 

9ur\, 

'  ^I 

ajaqME 

sp  UO 

^nqi 

j;si( 

I 

' 

1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  477 

those  of  these  zones.  The  Northern  American  species  found  in  zones 
II  and  V  are,  in  all  cases,  also  found  in  III  or  IV,  and  hence  can  con- 
ceivably have  descended  or  ascended  from  one  or  the  other  of  the 
latter  two. 

Considering  all  the  Mexican  and  Central  American  species,  etc., 
occurring  also  (a)  in  South  America,  or  (6)  exclusively  in  South  America 
and  the  West  Indies,  or  (c)  exclusively  in  South  America,  the  order 
(according  to  the  number  of  species)  of  the  temperature  zones  in  which 
they  appear  is  always  the  same,  viz. :  II,  III,  IV,  I,  V,  the  numbers 
of  species  being  respectively:  (a)  91,  90,  60,  4,  1;  (6)  29,  29,  18,  0,  0; 
(c)  52,  51,  33,  4,  0.  Zone  II  as  a  pathway  for  the  extension  of  the 
"South  American  element"  has  already  been  considered  on  page 474. 
Some  Anomalies  in  the  Zonal  Distribution. — Since  Zone  II  is  the  only 
zone  continuously  extending  northward  from  South  America,  it  is  of 
importance  to  notice,  as  Table  9  shows,  that  of  the  70  Mexican  and 
Central  American  forms  occurring  elsewhere  exclusively  in  South 
America,  16,  or  23%,  have  not  been  detected  in  zone  II  in  our  faunal 
region. 

Of  the  131  species,  etc.,  common  to  Mexico,  Guatemala  and  Costa 
Rica,  the  great  majority  have  been  found  in  zone  II  at  some  point 
(and  hence  presumably  occur  in  it  at  other  points),  although  they 
may  also  inhabit  other  zones,  but  there  are  28  exceptions. 

Sixteen  of  the  species,  etc.,  of  zones  III  and  IV  of  Costa  Rica  are 
not  found  farther  north,  but  17  other  species  of  the  same  zones  and 
country  do  so  extend,  although  the  Costa  Rican  areas  of  these  zones 
are  discontinuous. 

In  spite  of  the  isolation  of  zone  IV  in  Guatemala,  no  species  of 
Odonata  are  known  to  be  restricted  thereto,  and  species  found  there 
and  not  known  to  occur  in  any  other  zone  than  IV,  such  as  Cordule- 
gaster  godmani  and  Libellula  foliata,  are  also  found  in  Mexico  and  in 
Costa  Rica. 

Sixty-two  and  27  species,  etc.,  of  zones  higher  than  II  found  in  Mexico 
and  Guatemala  are  not  and  are,  respectively,  found  farther  south,  a 
discontinuity  of  zones  III-V  existing  south  of  Guatemala. 

Nine  and  4  species,  etc.,  of  zones  IV-V  (but  not  lower)  found  in 
Mexico  are  not  and  are,  respectively,  found  farther  south. 

Some  conceivable  explanations  of  these  anomalies  (suggested  for 
future  investigation)  are:  incompleteness  of  data  on  the  present  dis- 
tribution; that  temperature  does  not  limit  the  inhabitable  area  of 
the  species  concerned,  or  that,  limiting  it,  the  species  found  in  dis- 
continuous parts  of  the  same  zone  may  at  times,  past  or  present, 
31 


478  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

have  made  their  way  from  one  separated  area  to  another  by  their 
own  powers  of  flight,  perhaps  aided  by  favorable  winds;  that  zones 
III  and  IV  may  have  been  more  continuous  throughout  the  length  of 
Mexico  and  Central  America  in  Tertiary  times,  when  higher  elevations 
with  consequent  cooler  temperatures  prevailed  over  areas  now  low 
and  hot,  as  a  result  of  previous  greater  volcanic  activity  or  orogenic 
revolution,^^  some  of  which  latter  causes  have  been  invoked  by  bot- 
anists^^  to  account  for  the  distribution  of  the  plants  of  this  district. 

That  temperature  is  not  the  only  factor  in  determining  the  dis- 
tribution of  the  Odonata  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  each  of  the  zones 
II-IV,  even  when  continuous  over  large  areas,  contains  species  of 
quite  limited  habitat  within  that  zone.  Such  are  Perilestes  fragilis, 
Argia  wilsoni,  gaumeri,  popoluca,  and  cwpraurea,  Argiallagma  minu- 
tum  and  species  of  Protoneura  in  zone  II;  Hetcerina  rudis,  Argia  per- 
cellulata,  calida,  harretti,  rhoadsi  and  pocommia  and  Palcemnema  desid- 
erata in  zone  III;  Hetcerina  tolteca  and  Argia  herberti  in  zone  IV, 

Relations  of  the  Odonate  Fauna  to  Rainfall. 

The  existence  of  pools,  lakes,  or  watercourses  of  sufficient  con- 
stancy for  the  development  of  the  aquatic  larvse  of  the  Odonata  is 
dependent  on  the  water  supply  (ultimately  traceable  to  the  precipi- 
tation) and  on  the  factors  which  tend  to  prevent  its  loss  by  evapora- 
tion or  by  sinking  into  the  soil.  These  latter  factors  probably  include 
frequency  of  winds  and  of  clouds,  sheltering  vegetation  and  the  rela- 
tive porosity  of  the  soil  and  underlying  rocks.  The  supply  and  con- 
servation of  the  water  of  a  given  area  have  not  only  the  direct  effects 
of  furnishing  the  necessary  living  medium  for  the  Odonate  larvse,  but 
also,  in  a  more  indirect  manner,  must  influence  the  supply  of  food  for 
both  larvse  and  adults  through  the  existence  of  vegetation  and  through 
it  of  herbivorous  insects  and  other  animals. 

The  influence  of  these  environmental  conditions  on  the  Odonate 
fauna  has  not  yet  been  thoroughly  investigated  even  in  those  parts  of 
the  earth  for  which  the  physical  data  have  been  accumulated.  For 
Mexico  and  Central  America,  where  the  collection  of  these  data  has 
been  very  limited  (except  at  a  few  well-known  localities),  it  is  hardly 
possible  at  this  time  to  attempt  to  correlate  the  facts  of  Odonate 
distribution  even  with  those  of  precipitation.     The  existing  measure- 


"  Hill,  Bull.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool,  XXXIV,  pp.  205-207,  etc.,  1899. 
'^Most  recently  by  Braj^,  Science  for  Nov.  9,  1900,  pp.  709-716,  and  Botan. 
Gazette,  XXVI,  pp.  121-152,  1898,  vnth.  citations  from  previous  writers. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP    PHILADELPHIA.  479 

merits  of  rainfall  show  a  much  greater  anmial  variation^^  than  in  the 
case  of  temperature,  and  a  much  longer  series  of  observations  is, 
therefore,  needed  to  determine  the  approximate  average  rainfall  than 
to  ascertain  the  approximate  mean  annual  temperature.  Since  such 
series  exist  for  very  few  places^*  and  the  rainfall  differs  so  much  at 
nearby  localities  (as  the  data  gathered  by  the  authors  quoted 
show),  the  endeavor  to  correlate  the  occurrence  of  certain  species  of 
Odonata  with  rainfall  differences  appears  to  be  premature,^^  although 
it  may  be  that  precipitation  has  a  more  important  influence  on  the  dis- 
tribution of  these  insects  than  has  temperature.^^  The  annual  varia- 
tion in  rainfall,  however,  may  bring  about  an  annual  variation  in  the 
local  Odonate  fauna — a  possibility  which  suggests  that  a  proper  under- 
standing of  the  insect  fauna  may  be  obtainable  only  from  the  same 
methods  of  accumulation  of  data  as  are  practised  by  the  meteorologists. 
Mr.  E.  B.  Williamson,  as  a  result  of  his  observations  made  while 
collecting  in  Guatemala,  has  suggested  in  correspondence  that  "The 
species  [of  Odonata]  occurring  at  any  location  during  the  dry  season 
are  those  species  of  widest  distribution,  or,  in  other  words,  local  species 
are  to  be  found  in  the  height  of  the  season. "  In  testing  this  sugges- 
tion, the  difficulty  at  once  arises  that  we  have  no  complete  records  of 
the  Odonata  occmring  both  in  the  wet  and  dry  seasons  at  the  same 
locality.  An  absolute  essential  for  the  study  of  this  and  other  problems 
connected  with  the  seasonal  distribution  of  these  insects  in  our  district 
is  a  series  of  continuous  observations  for  at  least  twelve  consecutive 
months  in  the  same  limited  area.  Under  the  present  conditions  the 
best  that  can  be  done  is  to  compare  wet  season  captures  at  one  point 
with  dry  season  collections  at  the  nearest  similar  station.  Thus 
both  Santa  Lucia  and  Zapote  lie  on  the  Pacific  slope  of  Guatemala, 

^  Escobar,  Memor.  Soc.  Cien.  "Antonio  Alzate,"  XX,  1903  (see  his  figiires  for 
Mazatlan,  e.g.,  I.e.,  p.  29).  Harrington,  Bull.  PMlos.  Soc.  Washington,  XIII,  pp.  6, 
19,  1S95.  Sapper,  Meteorol.  Zeitschr.,  1S92-1906.  A  still  more  recent  review 
of  the  distribution  of  rainfall  in  Central  America  is  contained  in  Dr.  Alfred 
Merz's  "Beitrage  zur  Ivlimatologie  und  Hydrographie  Mittelamerikas  "  {Mittheil. 
Vereins  fiir  Erdkunde  zu  Leipzig,  1906;  96  pp.,  4  Beilagen;  1907,  especially 
pp.  9-23).  An  extended  discussion  of  Dr.  Merz's  work  is  given  in  Meteorol. 
Zeitschr.,  XXV,  pp.  326  et  seq.,  July,  1908. 

^^  These  localities  are  mostly  at  the  higher  elevations,  in  the  larger  centres  of 
human  population,  wliile  the  majority  of  the  species  of  Odonata  are  found  at 
lower  levels. 

^^  See  a  note  by  Mr.  Champion  {Biol.  Cent.-Amer.  Neur.,  p.  53)  and  one  by 
Mr.  C.  H.  T.  Townsend  {Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  6,  XX,  p.  289,  1897)  on  the 
seasonal  appearance  of  certain  Odonata  and  Diptera,  respectivelj',  in  our  dis- 
trict. 

^*  Mr.  F.  M.  Chapman  has  some  interesting  remarks  on  the  influence  of  tem- 
perature, independent  of  humiditj^  on  the  distribution  of  birds  at  Las  Vigas  and 
Jalapa,  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico  {Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  X,  pp.  17  and  36). 


480  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

have  a  mean  annual  temperature  of  25°-20°  C.  and  a  yearly  rainfall 
of  more  than  3000  mm.,"  the  former,  however,  at  an  altitude  of  335 
metres  as  against  720  for  Zapote.  They  have  yielded  respectively 
26  dry  season  species  and  17  wet  season  species;  each  has  6  endemic 
species  {i.e.,  restricted  to  Mexico  and  Central  America),  one  of  which, 
with  7  non-endemic  species,  is  found  at  both  localities. 

The  single  locality  in  all  Mexico  and  Central  America  which  has 
furnished  the  greatest  number  of  species  of  Odonata  is  Atoyac,  in 
Vera  Cruz — 68.  At  least  59  of  these  were  taken  in  April  and  May  (the 
specimens  of  the  other  9  are  undated),  and  of  these  59, 17  are  endemic 
in  Mexico  and  Central  America.  If  we  may  judge  from  the  rainfall 
figures  published  for  the  nearest  point,  Cordoba,^^  April  and  May,  while 
not  a  part  of  the  wet  season  in  its  stricter  sense,  may  have  a  precipi- 
tation of  29-101  mm.  and  77-233  mm.  respectively,  the  total  for  the 
3^ear  being  2600-3200  mm.  On  investigating  the  seasonal  records 
for  the  17  endemic  species  at  other  localities,  it  appears  that  they  are 
by  no  means  always  confined  to  one  limited  portion  of  the  year. 

Gualan,  Guatemala,  lies  in  the  rainfall  zone  of  less  than  1000  m.^^ 
The  only  rainfall  records  from  anywhere  in  the  vicinity  appear  to  be 
those  of  Teculutan,  Department  of  Zacapa,  the  monthly  figures  for 
1902,  from  January  to  December  respectively,  being  1,  0,  1,  95,  70,  361, 
?,  38,  83,  164,  17  and  2  mm.^'o  Mr.  Wilhamson  collected  39  species  at 
Gualan  in  Januar}^,  1905,  7  of  which  are  restricted  to  Mexico  and 
Central  America.  At  Los  Amates,  lying  in  the  rainfall  zone  of  1000- 
2000  mm.,  in  the  same  month  and  the  following  February,  35  specief:( 
were  obtained,  6  being  endemic  in  our  district.  At  Puerto  Barrios, 
whose  measured  precipitation  for  three  years,  1894-6,  is  3096  mm., 
with  no  month  below  50  mm.,^"^  33  species  were  procured  in  December, 
1904,  and  February  and  March,  1905,  7  of  these  being  confined  to 
Mexico  and  Central  America.  Gualan  has  a  well-marked  dry  season, 
which  is  much  less  distinct  at  Los  Amates  and  absolutely,  but  not 
relatively,  absent  at  Puerto  Barrios.  Of  the  endemic  species,  three 
taken  at  Gualan  (Argia  tezpi,  A.  pipila,  Pseudoleon  superbus),  three 
at  Los  Amates  (Neoneura  amelia,  Protoneura  remissa,  Orthemis  hiolleyi), 
and  four  at  Puerto  Barrios  {Hetcerina  miniata,  Argia  gaumeri,  Neo- 
neura  paya,  Protoneura  amatoria)  were  not  taken  at  either  of  the  other 

"  Sapper,  Petermann's  Mittheil.,  XLIII,  map,  1897. 

2»  For  1861-3,  Nieto,  Bolet.  Soc.  Geog.  Estadist.  Mex.  (1),  X,  pp.  484  et  seq.,  1864. 
"  Sapper,  I.e.,  1897. 

2"Lottermoser,  Meteorol.  ZeiLschr..  XXIII,  pp.  237,  etc.,  1906. 
'^Sapper,  Petemianns  Mittheil.,  XLIll,  pp.  117  et  seq.,  1897;  Meteorol.  Zcit- 
schr.,  XIV,  p.  235,  1897. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  481 

two  localities.  Of  the  remaining  endemic  species  taken  at  Gualan, 
two  (Argia  frequentula,  Telebasis  digiticoUis)  were  taken  also  at  both 
the  other  places,  one  {Telebasis  salva)  also  at  Los  Amates,  one  {Argia 
indicatrix)  also  at  Puerto  Barrios. 

Some  other  data  are  presented  in  Table  10  (see  pp.  482,  483). 

To  illustrate  the  seasonal  distribution  more  fully,  the  following 
lists  of  the  species  taken  at  three  different  localities  are  appended; 
the  number  before  each  specific  name  is  the  same  as  that  employed 
in  the  list  of  species.  Table  B,  of  the  Introduction,  Biol.  Cent.-Amer. 
Neurop.;  names  printed  -  in  heavy  face  type  in  this  and  other  lists  are 
those  of  species  endemic  in  Mexico  and  Central  America. 

DisTRiTo  Federal,  Mexico.  No.  3.  Hetcerina  vulnerata,  25.  testes  alacer,  53. 
Hyponeura  funcki,  101.  Argia  agrioides  nahuana,  108.  Enallagma  civile,  109. 
E.  pnevarum,  123.  Ischnura  ramburi  and  124.  var.  credula,  125.  I.  denticollis, 
126.  /.  demorsa,  160.  Erpetogomphus  crotalinus,  171.  Cordulegaster  diadema, 
175.  Anax  Junius,  179.  ^shna  multicolor,  204.  Libelhda  nodisticta,  221.  Orthemis 
ferruginea,  267.  Tramea  cophijsa,  280.  Sympetrum  illotum  virgulum,  281.  S. 
corruptum,    286.  Erythemis  simplicicolHs  collocata,    293.  Pachydiplax  longipennis. 

April,  179;  May,  25,  109,  125,  175,  179,  221,  280,  281,  286,  293;  June,  53, 
108,  109,  123,  124,  125,  126,  160,  179,  280,  281,  286,  293;  July,  25,  101,  109,  123, 
124,  125,  204,  267,  280,  281,  286,  293;  August,  281,  286,  293;  September,  3,  25, 
101,  108,  109,  125,  126,  179,  280,  281,  293;  October,  3,  25,  109,  124,  125,  171, 
280;  November,  280;  December,  281. 

CuERNAVACA,  MoRELOS,  MEXICO.  3.  Hetcerina  vulnerata,  4.  H.  americana, 
24.  Archilestes  grandis,  25.  testes  alacer,  43.  Paraphlebia  hyalina,  52.  Hyponeura 
lugens,  53.  H.  funcki,  78.  Argia  oenea,  84.  A.  lacrymans,  85.  A.  tonto,  86.  .4. 
fissa,  SS.  A.  tarascana,  92.  .4.  extranea,  93.  A.  vivida,  94.  A.  vivida  plana,  103. 
Hesperagrion  heterodoxum,  107.  Anisagrion  lais,  119.  Telebasis  salva,  125. 
Ischnura  denticollis,  127.  Anomcdagrion  hastatum,  157.  Erpetogomphus  elaps, 
159.  E.  cophias,  160.  E.  crotalinus,  162.  E.  sipedon,  171.  Cordulegaster  diadema, 
178.  /Eshna  cornigera,  179.  /E.  multicolor,  181.  /E.  williamsoniana,  183.  M. 
luteipennis,  194.  Oplonaeschna  armata,  202.  Lihellula  sofurata,  203.  L.  s.  crocei- 
pennis.  206.  Pseudoleon  superbus,  221.  Orthemis  ferruginea,  239.  Erythrodiplax 
connata  var.  h'  and  241.  var.  d' ;  251.  Breichmorhoga  tepeaca,  253.  B.  pertinax, 
2QI.  Paltothemis  lineatipes,  272.  Tramea  onusta,  275.  Perithemis  domitia  intensa, 
280.  Sympetrum  illotum  virgulum,  281.  S.  corruptum. 

January:  Nos.  4,  24,  92,  93;  Mav:  3,  4,  52,  78,  86  92  94,  107,  119,  202;  June: 
3,  24,  84,  92,  94,  103,  107,  159,  160,  178,  183,  202,  206,  221,  239,  261;  July:  3, 
24,  53,  92,  93,  127,  157,  159,  162,  181,  202,  203,  221,  253;  August:  4,  24,  85,  88, 
157;  September:  3,  24,  103,  107,  119,  127,  160,  179,  275,  281;  October:  3,  4, 
24,  25,  84,  86,  88,  92,  93,  103,  107,  119,  127,  160,  171,  194,  202,  221,  239,  241,  251, 
272,  280;  November:  171. 

San  Jose,  Costa  Rica.  No.  2.  Hetcerina  cruentata,  24.  Archilestes  grandis, 
67.  Argia  oculata,  86.  A.  fissa,  92.  A.  extranea,  104.  Anisagrion  allopterum  and 
105.  var.?  rubicundum,  113.  Acanthagrion  gracile,  157.  Erpetogomphus  elaps, 
183.  jEshna  luteipennis,  203.  Lihellula  saturata  croceipennis,  221.  Orthemis 
ferruginea,  237.  Erythrodiplax  connata  var.  e,  248.  Brechmorhoga  vivax,  254. 
B.  rapax^  261.  Paltothemis  lineatipes,  273.  Pantala  flavescens,  280.  Sympetrum 
illotum  virgulum. 

March:  203,  221,  248,  254,  273;  May:  2,  67,  86,  92,  104,  105,  113,  157,  280; 
July:  24,  104;  August:  24,  92,  183,  203,  221,  237,  261;  September:  2;  October: 
2,  248. 

From  Table  10  and  these  three  lists  it  is  evident  that  the  obser- 
vations for  different  months  in  the  same  locality  are  quite  unequal 


481 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Oct., 


•Z061-S681 
-■Biidioajd        uB3j^ 


■Z06I 
-S68I  'sJ^aA:  gt 
^Jn)■BJ^du^^:^   ubsj^ 


'■o}9  'saioad's  3ui 
-paaajd  jo  jaqurh^ 


•o}8  'saioads 
JO     jaqranu'  Ib:>oj^ 


■1061 


.  r-H  rJH  05  t-^  iq  --;  -*_  00  X  t--;  lO 

E  r-i  CO  c»  -t'  o  ■*  OJ  ro  c^  7D  t^  T^ 

S  (M  ^  .-H  (N  ,-H 


»C  (N  O  CJS  ■*  oq  CO  (M_  Oi  00  O  iq 

•  Th  »c  r>-"  00  o  C)  00  oi  00 1^  CD  '^ 


T-H  CO  .:     :  .-i(N 


,  iq  t--  CO  C0_  O  Oi  t^  05  O  (M_  Tt<  C^_ 

'  t^'  1-i  co"  -*'  00  00  o  co'  ^  co'  o6 

>  Oi  (M  r^  r-l   '"  '^'   ^ 

(M  (M  rH  C^ 


•Z06T 
ajn^BJadina;   nBajif 


uaniY  -jnaQ  poB 
•xano^papu;s3j 
'•0^8  'saioad's  aui 
-paoajd  JO  jaquin^ 


•D'+a    'saioads 
JO    jaqninu'  x^^ox 


•^6 

-5881       '89-998T 

uoijBjidioaJd  UBaj\i 


•aJn:^BIad^I^^  u^aj^ 


■jarav  '^naQ  puB 
■xai^o^pa;ou;saj 
'•oja  'saioads  Sat 
-paoaid  JO  jaquin^ 


•oja  'saioads 
JO    jaquinu'  i^^ox 


iOC^GOi-HCOO:t>iOiOOTjH, 


'*<  t^  lO  CO  Tji  O  1 


OCO^  lOO  OOi 


•^881  'i-es/i  X  'OB 
-^itnooBXXi  'uoii 
-Biidtoajd        UBaj\[ 


•f88T  '■I'Ba^ 

X        'UBCJTUIOO'B^XI 

'ajn)Bja'duia|  u^api 


•janiv  '^uag  puB 
•xai^o:>  pajoij;sai 
'•0^(3  'saioads  3ni 
-paoajd  JO  jaqaih^ 


•o^a  'saioads 
JO    jaqumn'  \e'\oj^ 


&°& 


rH00lM'-H,-(,-<-HCOt^t^>ClO' 


_O3r-i00O-*05CSiT-H(N00t^00 
O  OJ  CO  ^"  O  CD  O  lo"  lO  lO  CO  <m'  <m' 


190S.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


483 


-ZZ8I    'si-eaS.   gi 


■16 
-USX    'sivs/i  ei 


'•o}9  'saioads  Sui 
-paaajd  jo  jaqamj>j 


'019  'saioads 
JO    jaqranu*  i^^ox 


•006I-688T 


•006T 
-6881    'sivaS.  SI 


•J8OTV  -^uag  puB 
•xaj^O'j  p8;oij;s9j 
'•0^9  'ssioad's  3m 
-paoajd  JO  jaqumjsj 


•0|9    'S8T0adS 

JO    jaqumu'  i^^ox 


l>  'tl  r-l  t^  ,-1  O  00  T}<  Tj<  ,-(  CD 


I-;  t>  o  l>  .-I  <D  C5  CD  1-H  00  iq  p 

(N  CO  >0  I>  00  I>  5D  CD'  O  -"jJ  00  (M' 


CO  CO  "^     :  "^  •'^  T— I 


i-l  O  CO  (M  CO  --H  l>.  1 


'*00'-i'-it^C<liC'*C5 
1— iTtiCOCiTt^iO^fM'OCO 
<N  (M  (M  (M  CO  CO --H 


oocooO'^io.-Hoor^oocD'^oo 


■968T  '-1^9^  X  uoT^ 

-BJldl09Jd  UB9J\[ 


•96-5681  'S1V9/:  z 
9jn'^BJ9dui9;   uB9j^ 


•jaray  "^ngQ  puB 
•X9  j^o^  pa^oij  ;S9J 
'•o%a  'saioacis  Sin 
-p909Jd  jo  J9qinnf^ 


•0^9  'S9t09dS 

JO    jaquinu'  xe%oj^ 


(M00COTjHOiO3O500COa>-*CD 


i^  f!  ct.  d 


S-2  ?^o  <s  §>^^  ii 

..2^  o^  5iT3  ^^ 


5>      5-ii 


tc^> 


SP^oSO  e  i  ="  S 
CI  o  ^  o.^  "g  F^  '~^  ^  03 


s  ^^' 


^^cS^. 


■3  ^  >.; 


o    ^ 

;^oo 


J^i' 


SB 

-2    P 


03^^  ^^   O 


-00  S  ^ 


.  1— I  S  0) 
g'-C    -o 

n^  S  -    CO  o;  N  -O  ^  '^   >. 


484  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

and  fall  far  short  of  giving  a  complete  picture  of  the  Odonate  fauna. 
It  is  also  clear,  especially  from  the  Cuernavaca  list,  where  the  same 
species  appear  at  frequent  intervals  throughout  the  year,  that  a  num- 
ber of  different,  perhaps  overlapping,  broods  must  exist,  as  there  is  no 
reason  for  supposing  that  the  life  of  an  individual  imago  is  prolonged 
for  many  months. 

Rainfall  and  Odonata  on  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Slopes. — Various 
authors^^  have  remarked  the  greater  abundance  of  species  of  animals, 
including  insects,  on  the  Atlantic  than  on  the  Pacific  slope  of  Mexico 
and  much  of  Central  America.  Sumichrast  {I.e.,  p.  5)  has  attrib- 
uted the  relative  poverty  of  the  Pacific  slope  of  Tehuantepec  and 
adjoining  areas  in  birds  to  "the  extreme  dryness  of  the  soil;  to  the 
scarcity  of  vegetation  and  of  insect  life;  and  to  the  duration  of  the 
\vinds  from  the  northeast  and  southwest  which  there  prevail  with  great 
violence."  Harrington^^  has  concluded  that  for  Central  America, 
"The  rainfall  is  greater  on  the  Atlantic  than  on  the  Pacific  side  as  two 
or  three  to  one."  Table  11  gives  the  distribution  of  the  Odonata 
on  these  sides  and  on  the  Mexican  plateau  for  the  whole  of  our  district, 
from  which  it  appears  that  the  total  nimiber  of  Atlantic  slope  species 
is  235  against  181  for  the  Pacific,  a  proportion  of  nearly  4  to  3.  Tables 
6-8  (pages  471-473)  give  the  proportions  for  Mexico,  Guatemala  and 
Costa  Rica  respectively  as,  approximately,  4  to  3,  4  to  2,  4  to  4^. 

Neither  the  rainfall  nor  the  Odonate  fauna  can  be  summarized  bo 
briefly,  however,  as  local  conditions  may  cause  both  of  these  to  vary. 
Not  only  the  map  of  Puga,^^  but  also  the  publications  of  Sapper^^  and 
of  Lottermoser^^  show  as  heavy  a  rainfall  on  parts  of  the  Pacific  slope 
of  Mexico  and  Guatemala  as  on  the  Atlantic  side.  The  Odonate 
fauna  of  Altamira  and  Tampico,  in  Tamaulipas,  numbers  40  speciea- 
that  of  Tepic  42;  for  Jalapa,  Vera  Cruz,  we  know  24  species,  for  Guada; 
lajara  50;  for  the  vicinity  of  the  city  of  Vera  Cruz,  including  Medellin, 


32  Sumichrast,  quoted  by  Lawrence  (Bull.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  No.  4,  1876)  for 
birds  of  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuantepec.  Godman  (Biol.  Cent.  Amer.  Lepid.  Rhopal., 
I,  p.  vi,  1901)  for  Lepidoptera  Rhopalocera  generally  "to  perhaps  as  far  south  as 
Costa  Rica."  V.  Martens  (Biol.  Cent.  Amer.  Land  and  Freshw.  Moll.,  p.  xxvii) 
for  this  group  to  the  same  distance;  he  correlates  the  greater  abundance  of 
species  -nith  the  greater  area  of  the  Atlantic  slope  of  Mexico,  Guatemala,  Hon- 
duras and  Nicaragua.  Champion  (Entom.  News,  XVIII,  p.  33,  1907)  for  insects 
of  Guatemala. 

=3  Bidl.  Philos.  Soc,  Washington,  XIII,  p.  7,  1895. 

^*  "  Distribucion  de  las  Lluvias  en  la  Republica  Mexicana,"  Mem.  Soc.  Cien., 
".\ntonio  Alzate,"  XVI,  1901. 

3^  Petermann's  Mitth.,  XLIII,  pp.  117  et  seg.  and  map,  1897;  Das  Nordliche 
Mittelamerika,  pp.  182-3;  Mittelamerikayiische  Reisen  u.  Studien,  pp.  299-300. 

58  Meteorol.  Zeitschr.,  XXIII,  pp.  237  et  seq.,  1906. 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    THILADELPHIA. 


485 


Table  11.— Distribution   of  the   Species,   etc.,   op  Odonata   of  Mexico 
AND  Central  America  by  Slopes  and  (in  Mexico) 

THE  Central  Plateau. 
Atlantic,  P  =  Pacific,  slope;"  C  =  Central  Mexican  plateau.) 


(A 


Subfamily. 

Exact 
distri- 
bution 

un- 
known 

Restricted  to 

Common    to 

1 

A 

C 

P 

AC 

AP 

CP 

ACP 

3 
2 
16 
3 
1 
5 

^ 

P'^lontprvonnrp               

1 

13 
3 

39 
9 

0 

3 

0 
0 
2 
1 

3 

1 

32 

2 

1 
6 

0 
0 
5 
3 



23 

0            1 

0  14 

1  7 

7 

Agrioninae 

Gomphinse 

4 
2? 

112 

28? 
2 

■FshnirifP                               ...  . 

4" 

5 

1 
17 

■i   T'    1 

1 

0 

1 

23 

1 

Libellulinse 

2            4 

7 

39 

4 

24 

^'1 

11 

87 

4          30 

10 

84 

13 

54 

13 

14 
30 
19 

293 

Endemic  species,  etc 

Occur  also  in  Northern 

Amer 

Occur  also  in  S.  Amer... 
Occur  also  in  W.  Indies 

4 

1       3 

I       2 

59 

2 
22 
11 

1 

3 

0 
0 

22 

1 

8 

1 

2 

6 
3 
3 

1 

30 

6 

48 
19 

10 

2 
1 
1 

141 

37 

115 

56 

11  species  are  now  recorded,  for  Acapulco  19.  In  Pacific  Guatemala 
the  highest  number  recorded  for  one  locality  is  26  at  Santa  Lucia, 
which  is  exceeded  at  various  stations  on  the  Atlantic  slope,  but  this 
latter  has  received  much  more  attention  from  the  collectors  whose 
material  is  accessible. 

Generally  we  may  conclude  that  the  hot  moist  areas  of  Mexico  and 
Central  America  are  tenanted  by  the  greatest  number  of  forms  of 
Odonata,  present  information  pointing  to  the  richest  areas  as  lying 
in  temperature  zone  III  and  the  higher  parts  of  zone  II,  on  the  Atlantic 
slope,  from  the  centre  of  the  State  of  Vera  Cruz  southward,  these 
areas  having  a  heavy  annual  rainfall. 

In  this  connection  may  be  mentioned  the  suggestion  of  a  possible 


3'  The  terms  "Atlantic"  and  "Pacific  slopes"  are  here  used  in  the  wide  sense 
as  embracing :  (a)  in  Mexico  all  the  descending  lands  from  the  outUnes  of  tfie 
plateau,  as  sho^Ti  on  our  map  (Plate  XXVI),  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  on  the  one  side 
and  to  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  Gulf  of  Cahfornia  on  the  other;  (6)  m  Mexico 
south  of  the  plateau  and  in  Central  America,  as  corresponding  to  the  Atlantic 
and  Pacific  drainage  areas  respectively. 


486  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

correlation  between  paleness  of  wing-veins  and  dryness  of  climate,^^ 
which  seems  to  receive  some  support  from  Argia  mcesta?^  and  Enal- 
lagma  civile ;^'^  but,  on  the  other  hand,  appears  to  be  negatived  by- 
specimens  of  Enallagma  prccvarum  from  many  of  the  same  localities 
which  furnish  E.  civile. ^^ 

Whatever  of  a  more  exact  character  we  learn  in  the  future  of  the 
dependence  of  these  insects  on  climatic  conditions,  we  must  conceive 
of  the  latter  as  operating  in  a  manner  which  may  be  compared  to  the 
beating  of  the  waves  upon  a  shore.  A  higher  temperature  and  a 
more  copious  rainfall,  together  or  singly,  advance  upward  to  a  greater 
elevation  or  northward  to  a  higher  latitude,  making  possible  the  exist- 
ence of  certain  species  in  the  larval  state  where  they  were  previously 
unknown.  The  next  year,  or  after  several  years,  these  favorable  con- 
ditions retreat  down  the  mountain  slopes  or  southward  along  the 
coastal  plains,  and  the  species  whose  existence  they  permitted  dis- 
appear from  certain  localities  for  a  longer  or  shorter  period  of  time 
until  the  necessary  conditions  are  again  established.^^  To  demon- 
strate the  correctness  of  this  view  such  continuous  observations  at  a 
number  of  stations  as  were  mentioned  above  (page  479)  are  essential. 

Relations  of  the  Odonate  Fauna  to  Vegetation  Areas. 

Dr.  Charles  C.  Adams,  whose  recent  researches  have  been  directed 
chiefly  to  the  detection  of  the  relations  of  faunse  to  their  physiographic 
surroundings,  has  suggested  to  me  to  endeavor  to  correlate  the  dis- 
tribution of  these  insects  with  that  of  vegetation  areas,  the  latter  to 
serve  as  indices  of  the  general  physical  features  of  the  country.  In 
this  attempt  I  have  employed  Dr.  Karl  Sapper's  vegetation  maps  of 
Central  America,^^  locating  the  various  places  at  which  the  Odonata 
have  been  collected  in  his  zones  and  tabulating  the  distribution  of 
the  species  accordingly.  The  results,  save  in  a  few  instances  to  be 
mentioned  shortly,  have  been  unsatisfactory,  as  the  great  majority 
of  species  appear  in  several  columns  of  the  tabulation.     Thus   of  133 

^*  Biol.  Cent.-Amer.  Neurop.,  p.  235. 

''^L.c.,  p.  361. 

^''L.c,  pp.  110,  380. 

"  L.c,  p.  380. 

*^  Some  remarks  by  Mr.  S.  E.  Meek  {Puhlicat.  Field  Columb.  Mus.  Chicago, 
V,  pp.  xxvi-xxvii,  1904),  on  the  effects  on  the  fish  fauna  of  fluctuations  in  bodies 
of  water  on  the  northern  part  of  the  Mexican  plateau,  may  also  be  appUed  to 
Odonate  larvae. 

*^  In  Das  Nordliche  Mittelamerika  (map  dated  1895),  1897,  and  Mittelameri- 
kanische  Reisen  und  Studien  (map  dated  1900),  1902.  There  is  also  a  larger 
scale  map  for  Guatemala  only,  dated  1894,  in  Petermann's  Mittheil.,  Ergan- 
zungsband  XXIV, 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  487 

species  so  tabulated,  six  (Hetcerina  cruentata,  Argia  fissa,  A.  extranea, 
Acanthagrion  gracile,  Ischnura  ramhuri  var.  credula,  Perithemis  domitia 
iris)  occur  in  all  of  the  four  zones  in  which  these  insects  have  been 
collected,  viz.  (names  as  given  in  Sapper's,  1895,  map  for  Guatemala) : 
1.  Savannas  and  stretches  of  primeval  forest  alternating  (wet),  2. 
Tropical  and  subtropical  rainy  forests,  3.  Oak  and  pine  forests  of  the 
hot  and  temperate  climates,  4.  Grass-  and  bush-steppes  and  dry- 
forests.  Twenty-four  species  {Hetcerina  tricolor,  H.  macro-pus,  Argia 
pidla,  A.  indicatrix,  A.  oenea,  Enallagma  caecum  novce-hispanice, 
Telebasis  salva,  Leptohasis  vaciUans,  Uracis  imhuta,  Orthemis  ferru- 
ginea,  0.  levis,  Erythrodiplax  funerea,  E.  umbrata,  E.  ochracea, 
E.  connata  var.  d,  Dythemis  velox,  D.  cannacrioides,  Brechmorhoga 
prcecox,  B.  inequiunguis ,  Macrothemis  pseudimitans,  Paltothemis 
lineatipes,  Sympetrum  illotum  virgulum,  Erythemis  verhenata, 
Lepthemis  vesiculosa)  appear  in  three  zones.  j\Iore  than  thirty  species 
(including  such  endemic  forms  as  Cora  marina,  Heteragrion  tri- 
CiUulare,  Argia  frequentula,  Telebasis  digiticollis,  Neoneura 
amelia,  Erpetogomphus  viperinus,  Brechmorhoga  pertinax)  are 
common  to  zones  2  and  4,  but  not  to  others. 

This  does  not  necessarilj^  mean  that  a  correlation  of  Odonate  species 
with  vegetation  formations  does  not  exist.  It  may  be  that  slight 
local  differences  of  too  small  an  area  to  be  shown  on  the  maps  employed, 
or  that  our  data  based  solely  on  the  imagos,  not  on  the  larvae,  are 
responsible  for  its  apparent  absence."* 

The  few  instances,  above  referred  to,  in  which  some  correlation 
seems  to  exist  are  those  of  certain  Odonata  occurring  in  the  tropical 
and  subtropical  rainy  forest  areas,  as  the  species  of  Protoneura,  Para- 
phlebia,  Argiallagma,  Ephidatia  and  Nephepeltia,  and,  less  certainly, 
of  other  genera  of  the  legions  Podagrion  and  Protoneura.  From 
the  notes  of  collectors  which  have  been  quoted  under  the  respective 
species*'^  it  would  also  appear  that  members  of  the  legion  Pseudostigma 
are  dwellers  in  forests,**^  although  not  necessarily  wet  forests. 


"  Those  disposed  to  make  further  researches  as  to  the  existence  of  such  cor- 
relations will  doubtless  find  assistance  in  Senor  Jose  Ramirez'  "La  Vegetacion 
de  Mexico"  (Anales,  Ministerio  de  Fomento,  Repiib.  Mex.,  XI,  pp.  227-489, 
189S).  His  botani co-geographical  regions,  however,  are  not  shown  on  any 
of  the  maps  accompanying  his  memoir. 

'^  Biol.  Cent.-Amer.  Neurop.,  pp.  53,  56,  353.  Cf.  also  Selys,  Mem.  Couron. 
Acad.  Sci.  Belg.,  XXXVIII,  p.  9,  footnote,  1886. 

"  With  the  clearing  of  these  forests,  now  apparently  in  progress  (cf.  Belt, 
Naturalist  in  Nicaragua,  pp.  185-6;  Sapper,  Mittelamerikanische  Reis.  u.  Stud., 
pp.  308-9),  we  must  probably  expect  .the  disappearance  of  these  Odonata. 


4s8  proceedings  of  the  academy  of  [oct. 

Relations  of  the  Odonate  Fauna  to  Altitude. 

Table  9,  page  476,  in  connection  with  the  map  (Plate  XXVI),  may  be 
used  as  indicating  not  only  temperature  zones,  but  also  the  elevated 
or  non-elevated  character  of  the  country  in  which  Odonata  have  been 
found,  the  higher  zone  numbers  corresponding  to  higher  altitudes. 
Zone  II  in  Central  America  and  in  Mexico  south  of  20°  N.  Lat.  (25° 
N.  Lat.  on  the  Pacific  side)  embraces  all  the  low  coast  lands.  The 
highest  point  on  the  Atlantic  slope  of  Mexico  to  which  it  attains 
appears  to  be  Actopan,^^  in  Vera  Cruz  (311  m.*^),  whence  it  descends 
to  sea-level  south  of  Tuxpan,  while  on  the  Pacific  slope  it  reaches  487 
m.  at  the  city  of  Colima^^  and  sea-level  north  of  Culiacan.  Its  upper 
limit  in  Central  America  is  about  270  m. 

North  of  zone  II  the  coasts  of  Mexico  fall  in  zone  III,  which, 
with  the  higher  parts  of  zone  II,  includes  everywhere  the  gradually 
ascending  slopes  of  the  central  plateaus  and  mountain  ranges  to  an 
elevation  of  about  1,160  m.  in  Central  America,  1,560  m.  at  Oaxaca 
City,  1,000  m.  at  Mirador,  Vera  Cruz,  700  m.  in  Nuevo  Leon  and  higher 
than  this  last  in  Sonora. 

In  zones  IV  and  V  the  larger  rivers  arise,  to  descend  (except  in  some 
parts  of  northern  Mexico)  through  zones  III  and  II  to  the  sea.  Zone 
IV  extends  to  an  elevation  of  2,050  m.  in  Central  America,  2,200  m. 
in  the  southern  part  of  the  Mexican  plateau,  but  to  not  above  1,200- 
1,300  m.  in  places  in  New  Mexico. 

The  only  species  which  appear  to  be  exclusively  confined  to  the 
actual  sea-coast  are  ^shna  brevifrons,  Erythrodiplax  berenice  nceva 
and  Tramea  longicauda  var.  Libellula  auripennis  is  chiefly  a  sea-coast 
species,  but  in  Mexico,  as  in  the  United  States,  has  been  found  elsewhere. 
A  larger  number  (16)^"  of  forms  are  not  known  to  descend  below  the 
lower  limits  of  zone  IV  and  are,  in  our  district,  markedly  highland 
species.  Such  are  Hetaerina  tolteca,  H.  maxima,  Cora  skinneri, 
Lestes  henshaioi,  Argia  terira,  herberti,  chelata  and  tonto,  Pro- 
gomphus  obscurus  borealis,  Cordulegaster  godmani,  >Eshna  dugesi, 
Plathemis  subornata,  Libellula  comanche,  foliata,  nodisticta  and  luctuosa. 
The  remaining  274  forms  have  an  intermediate  or  a  more  varied  habitat, 

"  Moreno  y  Anda  and  Gomez,  El  Clima  de  la  Republ.  Mex.,  Ano  II,  p.  136. 

*^  Revista  Soc.  Cien.,  "Antonio  Alzate,"  XXIII,  pp.  31,  32,  1905. 

"  Hann,  Hdh.  d.  Klimatologie,  lite  Aufgabe,  II,  p.  286. 

*°  The  apparent  discrepancy  between  tliis  figure  (16)  and  that  to  be  obtained 
(19)  from  Table  9,  page  476,  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  three  other  species  or 
varieties,  Anax  longipes  and  Erythrodiplax  connata  a'  and  c' ,  while  as  yet  found 
only  in  zone  IV  in  Mexico  and  Central  America,  have  been  taken  at  lower  levels 
in  South  America  or  in  the  West  Indies. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  489 

in  some  cases  restricted  apparently  to  a  single  locality  (Hetasrina 
rudis),  in  others  having  a  wide  range  of  elevation,  as  from  the  sea- 
coast  to  the  central  plateau  (Anomalagrion  hastatum,  Ceratura  capreola). 
Where  the  same  species  of  Ischnura  has  been  found  at  quite  different 
altitudes,  a  slight  increase  in  body  size  and  in  the  number  of  post- 
cubitals  has  heen  detected  in  specimens  from  the  higher  stations. ^^ 

In  concluding  this  discussion  of  the  relations  of  the  Odonata  to  vari- 
ous factors  of  their  environment,  lists  of  the  forms  recorded  from  a 
few  localities  of  decidedly  different  physical  character  are  appended. 
See  also  the  lists  given  for  the  Distrito  Federal,  Cuernavaca  and  San 
Jose  on  page  481. 

Guzman,  Chihuahua  (desert  of  Northern  Mexican  plateau,  mean  annual 
temperature  probably  near  18°  C.  or  64  F.;  altitude  1,3-il  metres  or  4,400  feet), 
all  the  following  species  were  seen  or  taken  Aug.  6  and  7,  1906:  Argia  moesta, 
Enallagma  civile,  Ischnura  ramhuri  var.  credulu,  Anax  {Junius?),  Plathemis 
subornata,  Orthemis  ferruginea,  Tramea  sp.,  Pantala  flar^escens,  Sympetrum  cor- 
ruptum,  Erythemis  simplicicollis  or  its  subspecies  collocata. 

Mazatlan  (Pacific  sea-coast,  mean  annual  temp.  1880-1902,  24.9°  C.  or  76.8° 
F.;  mean  ann.  rainfall  1880-1901,  806  mm.  or  32.25  inches):  Mecistogaster 
ornatus,  Argia  pulla,  Enallagma  caecum  novce-hispanice,  Leptobasis  vacillans, 
Ischnura  ramburi  and  var.  credula,  Pseudoleon  superbus,  Orthemis  ferruginea, 
Erythrodiplax  funerea,  Brechmorhoga  postlobata,  Macro^/iemis  inacuta,  Miathyria 
marcella,  Tramea  longicauda  var.,  T.  onusta,  Pantala  flavescens,  P.  hymencea, 
Perithemis  domitia  intensa,  Cannacria  batesii,  Erythemis  verbenata,  Lepthemis 
vesiculosa. 

Atoyac,  Vera  Cruz  (moist  Atlantic  slope  of  Mexico,  cf.  page  480  antea;  mean 
ann.  temp,  probably  about  22.7°  C.  or  72.9°  F. ;  alt.  400  m.  or  1,314  ft.) :  Hetwrina 
cruentata,  H .  iltia,  H.  macropus,  W.  infecta,  Cora  marina,  Archilestes  grandis,  Lestes 
tenuatus,  Meguloprepus  coerulatus,  Pseudostigma  aberrans,  Mecistogaster  ornatus 
and  modestus,  Hcteragrion  chrysops,  Hyponeura  funcki,  Argia  perceliulata,  trans- 
lata,  frequentula,  ulmeca,  oculctta,  cuprea,  oenea,  fissa  and  exfranea,  Anisagrion 
lais,  Enallagma  cop.cum  novce-hispanice,  Acanthagrion  gracile,  Leptobasis  vacillans, 
Palsmnema  paulina  and  angelina,  Protoneura  aurantiaca,  Qomphoides  suasa! 
Erpetogomphus  viperinus  and  ophibolus,  Cyanogomphus  (?)  tumens,  jEshna 
cornigera,  virens  and  perrensi,  Gynacantha  trifida  and  tibiata,  Libellula  herculea, 
Pseudoleon  superbus,  Tholymis  citrina,  Micrathyria  didyma,  dissocians  and  ocellata, 
Orthemis  ferruginea  and  levis,  Cannaphila  vibex,  Anafya  guttata,  Erythrodiplax 
funerea,  umbrata,  ochracea,  connata  vars.  d  and  e,  Dythemis  velox,  Brechmorhoga 
vivax,  prarox,  pertinax,  and  inequiunguis ,  Macrothemis  pseudimitans  and  hemi- 
chlora,  Miathyria  simplex,  Tauriphila  azteca,  Perithemis  domitia  iris  and  d.  mooma, 
Erythemis  peruviana,  attala  and  verbenata,  Lepthemis  vesiculosa. 

Puerto  Barrios  (Atlantic  coast  of  Guatemala,  see  page  480;  mean  ann.  temp, 
for  1896,  26.8°  C.  or  80.3°  F.):  Hetxvrina  tricolor,  titia  and  miniata,  Hcteragrion 
chrysops,  Argia  translata,  gaumeri,  frequentula  and  indicatrix,  Acanthagrion 
(/?-aci7e,Telebasis  digiticollis,  Anomalagrion  hastatum,  Ceratura  capreola,  Neoneura 
paya,  Protoneura  amatorla,  Ephidatia  longipes  cubensis,  Uracis  imbuta,  Micra- 
thyria debilis  and  eximia,  Nephepeltia  phryne,  Anatya  normalis,  Erythrodiplax 
umbrata,  ochracea,  connata  vars.  c,  d,  e,  Dythemis  velox,  Macrothemis  hemichlora, 
Tauriphila  argo,  Tramea  insularis,  Pantala  flavescens,  Perithemis  domitia  iris, 
Erythemis  verbenata,  Lepthemis  vesiculosa. 

San  Geronimo'  (dry,  elevated  central  Guatemala;  mean  ann.  temp,  probably 
20°-21°  C.  or  68°-69.8°  F.;  mean  ann.  rainfall  less  than  1,000  mm.  or  40  inches; 
alt.  900  m,  or  2,950  ft.):     Hetwrina  cruentata,  capitalis  and  rudis,  Amphipteryx 

'^  Biol.  Centr.-Amer.  Neurop.,  pp.-  387-389. 


490  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

agrioides,  Cora  marina,  Archilestes  grandis,  Heteragrion  tricellulare,  Hyponeura 
funcki,  Argiafissa,  Acanthagrion  gracile,  Telebasis  salva,  Anomalagrion  hastatum, 
Progomphus  pygmceus,  Erpetogomphus  viperinus  and  elaps,  Anax  amazili,  /Eshna 
multicolor  and  luteipennis,  Gynacantha  septima,  Orthemis  ferruginea,  Cannaphila 
vibex,  Erythrodiplax  funerea,  ^imbrata  and  connata  var.  d,  Dythemis  velox  and 
maya,  Brechmorhoga  pertinax,  rapax  and  inequiunguis,  Macrothemis  pseudi- 
mitans,  Paltothemis  lineatipes,  Tramea  abdominalis,  Pantala  flavescens,  Lepihemis 
vesiculosa. 

Cachi,  Costa  Rica  (moist  Atlantic  slope;  mean  ann.  temp,  probably  about 
20.6°  C.  or  69°  F.;  mean  ann.  rainfall  1902-04,  2,200  mm.  or  86.78  inches;  alt. 
1,020  m.  or  3,345  ft.):  Hekerina  cruentata,  macropus,  capltalis  and  majuscida, 
Archilestes  grandis,  Megaloprepus  ccerulatus,  Mecistogaster  modestus,  Hetera- 
grion chrysops  and  erythrogastrum,  Argia  frequentula,  rogersi,  fissa,  variabilis, 
and  extranea,  Anisagrion  allopterum  and  var.  rubicundum,  Enallagma  caecum 
novce-hispanice,  Epigomplius  tumefactus  and  subobtusus,  Anax  amazili,  Mshna 
luteipennis,  Gynacantha  trifida,  Libellula  hercidea,  Orthemis  ferruginea,  Cannaphila 
vibex,  Erythrodiplax  funerea  and  connata  var.  d,  Brechmorhoga  vivax, 
pertinax  and  rapax,  Pcdtothemis  lineatipes,  Pantala  flavescens. 

SuRUBRES,  Costa  Rica  (Pacific  slope,  drier;  mean  ann.  temp,  probablv  about 
25°  C.  or  77°  F.;  alt.  about  250  m.  or  820  ft.):  Hetaerina  fuscoguttata, 
cruentata  and  macropus,  Mecistogaster  ornatus,  Heteragrion  erythrogastrum, 
Perilestes  fragilis,  Argia  translata,  tezpi,  pulla,  frequentula,  adamsi,  difficilis, 
cupraurea  and  oenea,  Acanthagrion  gracile,  Ceratura  capreola,  Uracis  imbuta  and 
fastigiata,  Orthemis  ferruginea,  Erythrodiplax  funerea  and  connata  vars.  c 
and  e   Dythemis  velox,  Brechmorhoga  vivax,  Macrothemis  hemichlora. 

Explanation  of  Plate  XXVI. 

Map  showing  the  distribution  of  actual  mean  temperatures  in  Mexico  and 
Central  America. 

This  map  was  especially  prepared  by  the  vvriter  for  the  Biologia  Centrali- 
Americana,  volume  Neuroptera.  Acknowledgment  is  due  to  Dr.  F.  D.  Godman, 
editor  of  that  work,  for  permission  to  reproduce  it  here.  It  is  based  on  data 
from  the  following  sources : 

For  the  United  States:  Prof.  A.  J.  Henry's  "The  Climatology  of  the  United 
States"  {Bulletin  Q,  U.  S.  Weather  Bureau,  Washington,  D.  C,  1906,  4to). 

For  Mexico:  1.  A  map,  97  x  71.5  cm.,  in  the  library  of  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  inscribed  merely  "Carta  CUmatologica.  Sebastian 
Reyes.  P.  I.  Senties.  A.  Donamette  Imp.  Escalade  1:3,000,000.  Gravee 
chez  Monrocq  fr.  Paris."  Thanks  to  the  Secretaria  de  Estado  y  del  Despacho 
de  Fomento  Colonizacion  e  Industria  of  Mexico,  I  am  informed,  under  date  of 
July  30,  1907,  "que  dicha  Carta  fue  pubhcada  en  1889  por  disposicion  de  esta 
Secretaria,  haciendo  los  trabajos  relativos  los  Sres.  Pedro  J.  Senties,  que  era 
Director  de  la  Escuela  Nacional  de  Agricultura  y  Comisionado  de  Mexico  en  la 
Exposicion  de  Paris  del  mismo  ano  y  Sebastian  Reyes  que  fue  Profesor  del 
Plantel  antes  mencionado."  This  map  was  reproduced  without  alteration,  but 
on  a  reduced  scale  (1  :  6,000,000),  in  Tome  XI,  Anales  del  Ministerio  de  Fomento 
de  la  Republica  Mexicana,  Mexico,  1898. 

2.  A  map  entitled  "Reparticion  de  la  Temperatura  en  la  Republica  Mexicana" 
for  the  "Ano  Meteorologico  de  1902,"  published  as  Plancha  16,  Boletin  Mensuel, 
Observatorio  Meteoroldgico-Magnetico  Central  de  Mexico,  Noviembre,  1902.  Senor 
Don  Manuel  E.  Pastrana,  Director  of  the  Observatorio,  has  kindly  informed 
me  (Sept.  6,  1907)  that  the  maps  for  later  years  have  not  been  pubhshed. 

3.  A  number  of  temperature  data  for  70  stations  in  the  State  of  Vera  Cruz 
and  49  in  other  parts  of  Mexico,  gathered  from  all  accessible  sources  and  pub- 
lished by  the  WTiter  in  the  Monthly  Weather  Review,  Vol.  XXXVI,  No.  4,  pages 
93-97,  Washington,  D.  C,  April,  1908.     Issued  June  16,  1908.' 

4.  The  topography  of  the  country  as  given  in  the  map  issued  by  the  Bureau 
of  American  RepubHcs,  Washington,  D.C.,  1900.  The  hmits  of  the  central  plateau 
are  taken  from  the  map  pubUshed  in  the  Boletin  Mensuel,  Observat.  Meteor. -Mag. 
Cent.  Mex.  for  July,  1901. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  491 

It  slioiikl  be  added  that  the  existence  of  zone  I,  with  a  mean  annual  tempera- 
ture of  more  than  30°  C,  rests  solely  on  the  authority  of  the  map  of  Senties 
and  Reyes,  that  it  is  doubted  by  Seiior  Pastrana,  and  that  I  have  not  succeeded 
in  finding  any  records  of  temperature  observations  in  the  valley  of  the  Rio  de 
las  Balsas  for  a  period  of  more  than  two  months. 

For  Central  America,  the  temperature  records  quoted  in  the  paper  in  the 
Monthly  Weather  Review,  above  mentioned,  indicate  that  in  Guatemala  and  Costa 
Rica  the  annual  isotherms  of  25°,  20°,  1.5°,  10°  and  5°  C.  are  situated  approxi- 
mately at  elevations  of  270,  1,160,  2,050,  2,9.50  and  3,840  metres  respectively. 
The  present  map,  so  far  as  Central  America  is  concerned,  has  been  made  from 
the  topographical  maps  of  Dr.  Sapper  (Petermann's  Mittheilungen,  L,  1904,  and 
Erqanzungshander  XXVII  and  XXXII,  1S99  and  1905;  and  Mittelamerikan- 
ische  Reisen  und  Studien,  Braunschweig,  1902)  and  of  the  Bureau  of  American 
Republics  for  Guatemala  (1902),  Nicaragua  (1903)  and  Costa  Rica  (1903),  by 
using  these  equivalents. 


492  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [Oct. 


A  EEVIEW  OF  THE  GENUS  PIAYA  Lesson. 

BY    WITMER    STONE. 

While  rearranging  the  Cuckoos  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy 
of  Natural  Sciences  my  attention  was  attracted  to  the  type  specimen 
of  Piaya  macroura  Gambel.  The  apparent  omission  of  this  species 
from  Dr.  Bowdler  Sharpe's  Hand  List  of  Birds  led  me  to  make  a  critical 
study  of  the  genus,  the  results  of  which  are  embodied  in  the  present 
paper. 

I  am  under  obligations  to  the  United  States  National  Museum 
through  Dr.  Charles  W.  Richmond,  and  to  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History  through  Mr.  Frank  M.  Chapman,  for  the  loan  of  large 
series  of  specimens  of  the  genus,  without  which  my  investigation  would 
not  have  been  possible.  The  material  loaned  by  these  institutions, 
together  with  that  in  the  Academy's  Museum,  numbers  259  specimens 
distributed  as  follows:  Mexico,  64;  Central  America,  59;  Panama,  13; 
Colombia,  26;  Venezuela,  18;  Ecuador,  8;  Brazil,  32;  Guiana,  6; 
Bohvia,  2;  Peru,  4;  Paraguay,  2;  Trinidad,  8. 

The  genus  Piaya  includes  two  very  well-marked  species,  P.  melano- 
gastra  and  P.  rutilus,  and  a  number  of  alhed  geographic  races  which 
have  generally  been  combined  under  the  name  P.  cayana. 

The  first  two  offer  but  few  difficulties,  and  it  is  the  cayana  group  that 
has  caused  confusion  in  the  nomenclature  of  the  genus.  The  forms 
of  Piaija  caijana  may  be  roughly  divided  into  three  groups  according 
to  the  color  of  the  upper  surface.  In  group  (1)  it  is  bright  ferruginous  t 
(2)  bay  inclining  to  chestnut;  (3)  walnut  brown  tinged  with  chestnut. 
Beginning  at  the  northern  part  of  the  range  of  the  genus,  we  have  in 
western  Mexico  a  large  form  of  the  ferruginous  group  (mexicana), 
while  in  eastern  Mexico,  extending  throughout  Central  America  and 
Panama,  is  a  totally  different  form  of  the  chestnut-backed  group 
(mehleri).  The  individuals  are  quite  uniform  over  this  large  area, 
with  the  exception  of  the  size  of  the  bill,  which  is  smaller  in  Mexican 
and  Yucatan  birds  than  in  those  from  Nicaragua  and  Costa  Rica. 

In  the  Cauca  river  valley  of  Colombia  is  a  slightly  different  form 
(caucce),  in  which  the  flanks  as  well  as  the  crissum  are  black,  this 

1  All  colors  are  based  on  Ridgway's  nomenclature  of  colors. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  493 

color  encroaching  farther  upon  the  gray  abdomen  than  in  any  other 
form.  In  northeastern  Colombia  (Santa  Marta  to  Bogota)  and  the 
western  portion  of  Venezuela  is  a  light  bird  of  the  ''ferruginous" 
group  (columbiana) ,  practically  identical  with  the  form  of  western 
Mexico  except  for  its  much  larger  bill.  Farther  east,  from  the  Orinoco 
valley  throughout  Guiana,  is  another  of  the  chestnut-backed  forms 
(cayana),  similar  to  that  from  Central  America,  while  to  the  southwest 
is  still  another  (nigricrissa) ,  ranging  over  eastern  Colombia  through 
Ecuador  and  Peru.  Both  of  these  differ  from  the  Central  American 
bird  in  dimensions  and  in  the  almost  total  lack  of  brown  on  the  under 
surface  and  the  tail  which  is  uniform  black,  while  the  Guiana  form 
differs  further  in  having  gray  under-tail  coverts  instead  of  dull  black. 
On  the  island  of  Trinidad  is  a  diminutive  ferruginous-backed  bird 
(insulana),  otherwise  similar  to  the  Central  American  form.  In 
southern  Brazil,  from  Bahia  and  Matto  Grosso,  is  a  larger  very  pale  bird 
(pallescens)  of  the  ferruginous  type. 

In  Paraguay,  and  doubtless  in  parts  of  Argentina  and  southern  Brazil, 
occurs  the  largest  form  of  all  (macroura),  with  a  different  coloration 
from  any  of  the  more  northern  races,  the  back  being  walnut  brown 
tinged  with  chestnut.  In  Bolivia  and  southern  Peru  is  a  smaller  race 
of  this  same  style  of  bird  (boliviana),  difieiing  further  in  its  gray  instead 
of  black  under-tail  coverts. 

Three  of  the  races  of  Piaya  cayana  seem  to  have  been  described  by 
early  non-binomial  authors.  Hernandez's  Quapactotl  being  in  all 
probability  the  east  Mexican  bird,  while  Brisson's  Cuculus  cayenensis 
is  undoubtedly  the  form  from  Cayenne  and  Azara's  Tingazu  the  very 
large  dark  bird  of  Paraguay. 

Linnseus  established  Brisson's  bird  in  binomial  nomenclature  as 
Coccyzus  cayanus  and  Gmelin  gave  the  name.  Coccyzus  ridibundus 
to  the  Quapactotl  of  Hernandez,  quoting  the  original  more  or  less 
indefinite  description,  as  was  done  also  by  Ray,  Buffon  and  Latham, 
the  last  of  whom  designated  it  as  the  Laughing  Bird.  Later  Stephens 
inadvertently  changed  Gmelin's  name  to  rubicundus,  but  added  nothing 
to  the  original  diagnosis.  This — ^viz,:  "C.  fulvus,  gula,  jugulo,  et 
pectore  cinereis,  abdomine,  femoribus  et  tectricibus  caudae  inferioribus 
nigris.  L.  16  ins.  Tail  half  the  length  of  the  body.  Hab.,  Nova  Hispana  " 
— seems  not  clearly  identifiable,  although  it  is  added  to  the  synonymy 
of  Piaya  cayana  by  Capt.  Shelly  without'  question  in  Vol.  XIX  of  the 
British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Birds,  where  all  these  forms  are  lumped 
under  the  above  name. 

Vieillot,  in  1817,  gave  the  name  macrocercus  collectively  to  the 
32 


494  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

P.  cayana  of  Linnaeus  and  allied  forms,  several  of  which  were  described 
but  not  named. 

Swainson,  1827,  named  the  light-colored  western  Mexican  bird 
mexicana,  and  1837  modified  Linnaeus'  name  cayanus  into  cayennensis, 
which  was  the  form  in  which  it  had  been  used  by  Brisson. 

Gambel,  1849,  described  the  large  Paraguay  bird  as  Piayamacroura, 
but  erroneously  credited  his  specimen  to  Surinam,  as  pointed  out  by 
Cabanis  {Mus.  Hein.,  IV,  p.  87).  Dr.  J.  A.  Allen  (Bull.  Amer.  Mus. 
Nat.  Hist.,  V,  p.  137,  1893)  correctly  states  that  Gambel  regarded  P. 
cayana  L.  and  P.  mexicana  as  identical,  but  his  description  of  macroura 
could  never  apply  to  cayana  as  Dr.  Allen  claims.  Gambel  states  that 
the  crissum  is  black  and  the  length  of  tail  is  15  inches,  while  P.  cayana 
has  a  gray  crissum  and  a  tail  only  9.50  inches  in  length  (Dr.  Allen's 
measurement) ! 

Bonaparte,  1850,  also  describes  the  large  Paraguay  bird  as  P.  circe 
from  a  specimen  erroneousl}^  recorded  as  from  Colombia  (error  in  local- 
ity also  pointed  out  by  Cabanis,  I.e.)  and  describes  as  new  another 
bird,  P.  mehlerijirom  Bogota.  This  name  has  caused  much  trouble  to 
subsequent  authors.  For  a  time  it  was  used  for  the  small  form  occur- 
ring from  southeastern  Colombia  to  Ecuador  and  Peru.  Then  Dr. 
Sclater  examined  the  type  in  the  Paris  Museum  and  stated  (P.  Z.  S., 
1860,  p.  285)  that  it  was  identical  with  the  east  Mexican  and  Central 
American  bird,  claiming  that  the  type  locality  must  have  been  wrong. 
Subsequently  Dr.  Allen  and  also  Mr.  Hartert  (Nov.  Zool.,  V,  499)  have 
used  the  name  again  for  the  Ecuador  bird,  and  it  so  stands  in  Sharpe's 
Hand  List. 

The  examination  of  the  type  ought  to  settle  a  c^uestion  of  this  kind, 
and  I  can  see  no  reason  why  Dr.  Sclater's  statement  should  be  ignored. 

Cabanis'  review  of  the  genus  (Mus.  Hein.,  IV, p.  82, 1862)  is  a  remark- 
ably accurate  piece  of  work.  He  describes  as  new  the  well-marked 
forms  pallescens,  guianensis  and  columbianus,  and  clearly  diagnoses 
as  distinct  mexicanus  Swainson,  macrourus  Gambel,  nigricrissa  Sclater, 
cayana  Linn,  and  mehleri  Bon.  His  new  species  mesurus,  however, 
seems  not  separable  from  his  columbianus. 

In  Dr.  J.  A.  Allen's  brief  review  of  the  genus  (Bull.  Amer.  Mus. 
Nat.  Hist.,  V,  p.  136,  1893)  he  falls  into  several  errors,  largely  through 
lack  of  material,  having  no  specimens  of  the  light  colored  bird  of 
northern  Colombia  and  Venezuela,  nor  of  the  very  large  dark  form  from 
Paraguay. 

He  ignored  Cabanis'  exlpanation  of  the  true  nature  of  Gambel's 
macroura,  making  it  a  synonym  of  cayana  in  spite  of  the  discrepancies 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA,  495 

in  size  and  color;  and  then  identified  the  macroura  of  Cabanis  with  his 
new  race  cabanisi,  a  pale  bird  differing  only  slightly  in  measurements 
from  pallescens  Cab.,  from  which  it  does  not  seem  separable. 

As  a  matter  of  fact  macroura  and  " cahanisi"  differ  more  in  color  than 
do  mexicana  and  mehleri,  which  Dr.  Allen  regarded  as  the  most  distinct 
of  any  of  the  races. 

Dr.  Allen  used  Bonaparte's  name  mehleri  for  the  Ecuador  bird, 
apparently  overlooking  Sclater's  statement,  but  he  rightly  surmised 
that  the  Bolivian  birds  were  separable,  though  he  allied  them  to  the 
Ecuador  form  instead  of  to  macrowra,  to  which  they  are  closely  related. 
P.  dree  Bon.,  correctly  referred  to  macroura  by  Cabanis,  is  doubtfully 
referred  to  mehleri  by  Dr.  Allen. 

Hellmayr  {Nov.  Zool.,  XIII,  p.  43)  describes  as  new  the  Trinidad 
bird,  calling  it  insulana,  and  gives  a  good  resume  of  the  several  forms 
recognized  by  him.  He  here  distinguishes  guianensis  from  cayana, 
although  he  later  regards  them  as  not  separable;  he  also  adopts 
Dr.  Allen's  cabinisii  for  the  big  dark  colored  macroura,  apparently 
overlooking  the  fact  that  Dr.  Allen's  bird,  which  ''differs  little  in  color 
from  pallescens,"  could  hardly  have  the  ''crissum  black," 

Von  Ihring  {Revista  Museo  Paulista,  1904,  p.  448)  recognizes  Allen's 
error  in  writing  P.  macroura  and  P.  cabanisi  and  again  renames  the 
former  var.  yuarania. 

Key  to  the  Species  and  Subspecies. 

Plieum  gray  sharply  contrasted  with  the  rest  of  the  upper  parts, 

melanogastra. 
Pileum  uniform  with  the  upper  parts  or  very  nearly  so. 

Size  very  small;  wing  4.12  in. ;  throat  cinnamon  rufous,     .     minuta. 
Size  medium  or  large,  wing  5.50-6.80;  throat  vinaceous. 
ferruginous  above, 
large,  tail  11.30-12.70. 

tail  strongly  rufous  below,  black  subterminal  bands  strongly 
defined. 

bill  large, columbiana. 

bill  small, mexicana. 

tail  dull  blackish  brown  below,  black  subterminal  bands  not 

clearly  defined,        pallescens. 

small,  tail  9.30, insulana. 

bay  above. 

tail  uniform  dull  black  beneath,  no  trace  of  subterminal  bands. 

crissum  gray, cayana. 

crissum  black, nigrocrissa. 

tail  below  with  rusty  on  the  outer  webs  at  least. 

thighs  gra}^,  tail  10.50-11, mehleri. 

thighs  black,  tail  12, •    .    caucce. 


496  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

walnut  brown  above,  tail  uniform  dull  black  beneath. 

tail  15.10,  crissum  black, macroura. 

tail  11.25,  crissum  gray, holiviana. 

Piaya  melanogastra(Vieillot). 

Cuculus  vielanogaster  A^ieillot,  Nov.  Diet.,  VIII,  p.  236,  1823  ['Java/  loc. 

err.   =  South  America]. 
Piaya  brachi/ptera  Lesson,  Traite,  p.  140,  1831  [Cayenne]. 
Melius  corallirhynchus  Lesson,  Rev.  Zool.,  1840,  p.  1  [Hab.  ?]. 

Length  of  wing,  5,46  inches;  tail,  8.85. 

Above  ferruginous,  tail  and  wings  glossed  with  wine  purple,  entire 
pileum,  nape  and  eye  region  ashy  gray,  rectrices  with  white  tips  and 
black  subterminal  bands,  remiges  with  dusky  tips,  throat  and  breast 
cinnamon  rufous,  rest  of  under  surface  dull  black;  specimens  examined 
from  Cayenne;  Demarara;  Napo  River,  Ecuador;  Amazonia. 

The  nomenclature  of  this  species  is  considered  under  P.  rutila. 

Piaya  rutila  (Illiger). 

Cuculus  rutilus  Illiger,  Abhl.  Berl.  Akad.  Wiss.,  1812,  p.  224  [Cayenne]. 
Coccyzus  minutus  Vieillot,  Nov.  Diet.,  VIII,  p.  275,  1817  [Cayenne]. 
Macropus  caixana  Spix,  Av.  Bras.,  I,  p.  54,  1824  [Brazil]. 
Coccycua  monachus  Lesson,  Traite,  1831,  p.  142  [Cayenne]. 

Length  of  wing,  4.12;  tail,  6.15. 

Above  ferruginous  chestnut,  tail  and  wings  glossed  with  wine  purple, 
rectrices  with  white  tips  and  black  subterminal  bars,  remiges  dusky 
at  their  tips,  throat,  breast  and  cheeks  cinnamon  rufous,  rest  of  under 
parts  gray,  tinged  with  buff  on  abdomen  and  flanks. 

Specimens  examined  from  Panama,  Colombia,  Orinoco,  Cayenne, 
headwaters  Huallaga  River,  Guyaquil. 

This  bird  was  first  described  by  Brisson  as  Cuculus  cayanensis  minor, 
and  is  entered  by  Linnaeus  and  Gmelin  as  var.  /?  under  Cuculus 
cayanus.  Gmehn  also  adds  a  description  of  a  var.  y,  which  from  its 
'capite  cinereo'  must  be  Piaya  melanogaster. 

Illiger  (1812)  regarded  these  as  sexes  of  the  same  species  and  gave 
them  the  name  Cuculus  rutilus,  while  Spix  (1824)  did  the  same  thing, 
calling  them  Macropus  caixana.  The  figure  and  description  of  his  female 
(  =  melanogaster)  is  defective  in  that  he  does  not  give  the  abdomen  as 
black;  furthermore  he  showed  by  a  query  that  he  was  not  sure  whether 
this  was  the  same  species  as  the  smaller  bird,  therefore  his  name 
must  unquestionably  be  restricted  to  the  latter.  lUiger's  name  could 
be  allotted  to  either  bird ,  but  as  the  smaller  one,  var.  «,  stands  first,  and 
as  it  was  not  subsequently  named  minutus  until  after  the  name  melano- 
gaster was  proposed  for  var.  r,  I  think  rutilus  should  be  used  for 
'var.  a,'  currently  known  as  Piaya  minuta. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  497 

Piaya  cayana. 

Common  characters.  Above  some  shade  of  ferruginous,  bay  or 
wahiut  brown,  rectrices  and  remiges  with  more  or  less  wine  purple  gloss, 
tips  of  remiges  dusky,  rectrices  tipped  with  white  with  a  subterminal 
black  bar  above;  central  pair  usually  rusty  beneath,  others  varying 
from  rusty  to  black  in  the  various  races,  the  white  tips  always  distinct, 
the  subterminal  band  present  or  absent,  lower  surface  of  body  pale 
gray,  thighs  sometimes  and  crissum  always  darker,  throat  and  breast 
vinaceous  cinnamon. 

The  races  vary  in  the  color  of  the  upper  parts  and  of  the  lower  side 
of  the  tail,  as  well  as  in  the  color  of  the  crissum;  the  latter,  however,  is 
not  always  constant.  There  is  also  marked  difference  in  size,  and  in 
the  proportions  of  the  bill. 

The  extremes  of  coloration  are  seen  in  fresh  specimens  of  P.  colum- 
hiana,  nigricrissa  and  macroura,  which  on  the  upper  surface  are  respec- 
tively ferruginous,  bay  and  walnut  brown  of  Ridgway's  Nomenclature 
of  Colors. 

The  relationship  of  the  other  forms,  so  far  as  the  color  of  the  upper 
parts  is  concerned,  is  shown  below: 

P.  c.  Columbiana,  ferruginous. 

P.  c.  mexicana,  ferruginous. 

P.  c.  pallescens,  ferruginous,  a  trifle  paler. 

P.  c.  insulana,  ferruginous,  a  trifle  darker. 

P.  c.  nigricrissa,  bay. 

P.  c.  mehleri,  chestnut  tinged  with  bay. 

P.  c.  cayana,  chestnut  tinged  with  bay. 

P.  c.  caucce,  similar  to  the  last  but  more  ferruginous. 

P.  c.  macroura,  walnut  brown. 

P.  c.  boliviana,  walnut  brown. 
Piaya  cayana  cayana  Linn. 

Cuculus  caijanus  Linnaeus,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  p.  170,  1766  [Cayenne]. 
Coccyzus  macrocercus  Vieillot,  Nov.  Diet.,  VIII,  p.  275,  1817  [Cayenne]. 
Coccyzus  cayanensis  Swainson,  Class.  Bds.,  II,  p.  323,  1837  [Cayenne]. 
Pyrrhocorax  guianensis  Cabanis  and  Heine,  IV,  p.  85,  1862  [British  Guiana], 

Length  of  wing,  5.65;  tail,  11.10. 

Above  chestnut  strongly  tinged  with  bay,  grayer  on  the  head,  wings 
and  tail  glossed  with  wdne  purple,  flanks  smoke  gray,  crissum  mouse 
gray,  under  side  of  rectrices  dull  black  except  for  the  white  tips,  no 
trace  of  subterminal  bands. 

Some  birds  have  the  crissum  paler  than  others.  Mr.  Hartert  at  one 
time  {Nov.  ZooL,  XIII,  p.  43)  regarded  this  as  a  distinctive  charac- 
ter separating  the  bird  of  French  Guiana  from  that  ranging  from 


498  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Oct., 

Dutch  Guiana  through  the  Orinoco  valley  (P.  c.  guanensis),  but  later 
(XIV,  p.  35)  he  considers  the  difference  not  constant,  in  which  opinion 
I  heartily  agree. 

Specimens  examined  from  Guiana — Cayenne,  Annai,  Surinam; 
Venezuela — Maupa,  Suapure,  Lourde  1700  m. 

Piaya  cayana  oolumbiana  (Cab.). 

Pyrrhocorax  columbianus  Cabanis,  Jour.  f.  Orn.,  1862,  p.  170  [Cartagena, 

Colombia]. 
Pyrrhocorax  mesurus  Cabanis  and  Heine,  Mus.  Hein.,  IV,  1862,  p.  S3  [Bogota]. 

Length  of  wing,  5.65;  tail,  11.85;  length  of  culmen,  33  mm.;  height, 
12.5  mm. 

Above  ferruginous,  slightly  paler  on  the  head,  tail  and  ends  of  wings, 
with  a  gloss  of  ^dne  purple  in  certain  lights,  flanks  and  crissum  as  in 
cayana;  under  side  of  retrices  rusty,  more  or  less  minutely  flecked  or 
watered  with  black  on  the  inner  webs,  broad,  well-defined  subterminal 
black  bands  and  white  tips. 

This  bird  is  indistinguishable  from  mexicana  above,  and  differs  below 
only  in  the  greater  amount  of  black  shading  on  the  rectrices ;  the  greatest 
difference  is  found  in  the  much  larger  bill.  Bogota  specimens  have  a 
still  greater  amount  of  black  on  the  under  side  of  the  rectrices. 

Specimens  exaixiined  from  Colombia — Santa  Marta,  Bonda,  Bogota; 
Venezuela — Cumanacoa,  El  Pilar,  Valencia,  Macuto,  Santo  Domingo, 
2,000  m. 

Piaya  cayana  insulana  Hellmayr. 

Piaya  cayana  insulana  Hellmayr,  Nov.  Zool.,  XIII,  p.  40  [Trinidad]. 

Length  of  wing,  5.58;  tail,  9.30. 

Above  ferruginous  with  a  slight  chestnut  tint,  closer  in  color  to 
columbianus  and  mexicanus  than  to  cayana,  tail  rather  darker  with  a 
purplish  gloss,  thighs  and  crissum  as  in  cayana.  Under  side  of  rectrices 
dull  black,  the  outermost  one  rusty  on  outer  vane  near  the  quill  for 
two-thirds  of  its  length,  the  others  largely  rusty  on  the  outer  vane 
except  for  a  subterminal  black  area,  some  of  them  rusty,  in  certain 
lights  at  least,  on  parts  of  the  inner  web,  which  helps  to  bring  out  an 
obscure  ill-defined  subterminal  band. 

Specimens  examined  from  Trinidad. 

Piaya  cayana  mexicana  (Swains.). 

Cuculus  mexicanus  Swainson,  Pliilos.  Mag.,  I,  p.  440,  1827  [Tableland  of 
Temascaltepec]. 

Length  of  wing,  5.90;  tail,  12.65.  Length  of  culmen,  30  mm.; 
height,  10  mm. 

Above  ferruginous  with  wine  purple  reflections  on  the  tail  and  ends 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  499 

of  the  wings,  below  like  colomhianus  except  that  crissum  is  paler  and 
the  rectrices  are  uniform  rusty  brown  or  pale  ferruginous,  except  for 
the  subterminal  black  band  and  white  tips ;  some  of  the  feathers  have 
the  black  flecking  near  the  base,  but  it  is  not  apparent  unless  the  tail 
is  fully  spread. 

Specimens  examined  from  Mexico — Esquinapa,  Mazatlan,  Juana- 
catlan,  Barranca,  Ibarra,  Calete,  Tupila  River,  Arroyo  de  Lemones. 

Piaya  oayana  melileri  (Bonap.). 

Piaya   mehleri  Bonaparte,  Conspct.  A^'ium,  I,  p.  110,  1850  [Santa  Fe  de 

Bogota — loc.  err.  fide  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.,  1860,  p.  285  =  Cent.  Amer.]. 
Piaya  thermophila  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.,  1859,  p.  -368  [Mexico  and  Guatemala]. 
?Cuculus  ridibundus  GnieHn,  Syst.  Nat.,  I,  p.  414,  1788  [New  Spain]. 
7  Cuculus  rubicundus  Stephens,  Shaw's  Gen.  Zool.,  IX,  p.  109, 1815  [Mexico]. 

Length  of  wing,  5.80;  tail,  10.90. 

Above  like  cayana,  below  darker,  crissum  dull  black,  thighs  dark 
gray;  under  side  of  rectrices  dull  black,  outermost  feather  usually 
uniform,  the  others  with  the  outer  vane  more  or  less  rusty,  except  for 
a  subterminal  black  area.  Mexican  birds  average  less  rusty  than  those 
from  farther  south.  Occasional  specimens  have  a  slight  watering  of 
rusty  on  some  of  the  inner  webs ;  the  subterminal  band  is  never  defined. 
The  coloration  of  the  tail  below  is  practically  intermediate  between 
cayana  and  insulana. 

Mexican  and  Yucatan  birds  have  the  bill  distinctly  smaller  than 
those  from  Nicaragua  and  Panama.  Mexican  birds  average  larger  than 
those  from  the  Central  American  countries  and  Yucatan  specimens 
average  smaller,  but  these  differences  do  not  seem  sufficiently  marked 
to  deserve  recognition  in  nomenclature. 

Specimens  examined  from  Mexico — San  Tan,  Jalapa,  Tampico, 
Tehuantepec,  Tabasco,  Vera  Cruz,  Orizaba,  Potrgro,  Yucatan;  Guate- 
mala; Honduras — Ceiba,  Truxillo,  San  Pedro  Sula,  Yaruca,  Segovia 
River;  Salvador;  Nicaragua — Managua,  Chinnudeza,  Escondido;  Costa 
Rica — San  Jose,  Guayabo,  Pigres,  Volcan  de  Irazu,  Bonilla,  Talamanca, 
San  Domingo  de  San  Mateo;  Panama — Boco  del  Toro,  Chiriqui  David, 
Boquete. 

Piaya  cayana  cauoae  subsp.  nov. 

Length  of  wing,  5.60;  tail,  12. 

Above  bay  strongly  tinged  with  chestnut  or  dull  ferruginous,  wings 
and  tail  with  a  wine  purple  gloss.  Below  similar  to  nigracrissa,  but  the 
thighs  as  well  as  the  crissum  are  deep  black  and  the  lower  part  of  the 
abdomen,  so  that  this  color  encroaches  upon  the  gray  area  more  than  in 
any  other  race;  under  side  of  rectrices  almost  exactly  as  in  insulana, 


500  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [Oct., 

the  rusty  tint  being  mainly  restricted  to  the  outer  vanes  of  the  feathers 
and  the  black  subterminal  bands  scarcely  perceptible. 

This  race  is  the  brightest  of  the  'bay-backed '  series  and  approaches 
insulana,  the  dullest  of  the  'ferruginous-backed'  series,  in  the  color  of 
the  upper  parts. 

Type  No.  71,581,  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.     Rio  Cauca,  Colombia, 
May  27,  1898.    6".     J.  H.  Batty.     Wing,  5.55  ins. ;  tail,  12.10  ins. 
Fiaya  oayaua  nigriorissa  (Sclater). 

Piaya  nigricrissa  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.,  1860,  p.  285  and  297  [New  Grenada  and 
Peru]. 

Length  of  wing,  5.45;  tail,  10.20. 

Above  bay  with  a  strong  wine  purple  gloss  on  wings  and  tail,  thighs 
dark  gray,  crissum  blacker,  less  sooty  than  in  mehleri;  under  side  of 
rectrices  as  in  cayana,  uniform  dull  black  with  the  exception  of  the 
white  tips. 

Specimens  examined  from  Colombia — Bogota ;  Ecuador — Napo  River, 
Archidona,  Guayaquil;  Peru — ^headwaters  of  the  Huallaga  River, 
Pebas. 

Piaya  cayana  pallescens  (Cab.  and  Heine). 

Pyrrhocorax  pallescens  Cabanis  and  Heine,  Mus.  Hein.,  IV,^p.  86,  1862  [North 

Brazil]. 
Piaya  cayana  cabanisi  Allen,  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  V,  p.  136,  1893 

[Chapada,  Matta  Grosso,  JBrazil]. 

Length  of  wing,  5.95;  tail,  11.75. 

Upper  parts  similar  to  columbiana  but  paler,  the  bright  ferruginous 
modified  by  a  tone  of  ochre;  crissum  and  thighs  paler  than  in  colom- 
biana,  and  abdomen  paler  than  in  any  other  race,  under  side  of  rectrices 
nearly  uniform  rusty  brown  except  for  the  white  tips;  the  pale  rusty 
tint  usually  pervades  the  whole  dark  area  instead  of  forming  definite 
patches,  in  some  lights,  however,  the  dusky  subterminal  bands  are 
clearly  discernible. 

.g[I  have  studied  Dr.  Allen's  series  of  cabanisi  from  Chapada,  Matto 
Grosso,  and  cannot  find  sufficient  difference  between  them  and  birds 
from  more  northern  Brazilian  localities  to  w^arrant  separation  from 
pallescens.  Five  specimens  of  the  latter  give  average  length  of  wing 
5.90  and  tail  11.30,  while  ten  Matto  Grosso  birds  give  wing  6,  tail  12. 
These  differences  are  less  than  those  shown  by  series  of  mehleri  from 
different  parts  of  its  range  and  since,  as  Dr.  Allen  admits,  there  are 
practically  no  color  differences,  there  seems  to  be  no  ground  for  recog- 
nizing cabanisi  as  distinct. 

Dr.  Allen  was  misled  by  the  general  recognition  accorded  to  the  more 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  501 

southern  macroura,  to  which  he  thought  his  bird  must  be  referred,  and 
which  he  thought  required  a  new  name. 

Specimens  examined  from  Chapada,  Matto  Grosso,  Corumba,  Matto 
Grosso,  Bahia,  Para  and  Rio  Janeiro. 

The  Para  specimen  approaches  cayana,  while  those  from  Rio  Janeiro 
are  darker,  showing  a  possible  tendency  toward  macroura. 

Piaya  cayana  macroura  (Gambel). 

Piaya  macroura  Gambel,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1849,  p.  215  ['Suri- 
nam' loc.  err.  fide  Cabanis  and  Heine,  Mus.  Hein.,  IV,  p.  87  =  Paraguay]. 

Piaya  dree  Bonaparte,  Consp.  Avimn,  I,  p.  110,  1850  ['Colombia,'  loc. 
err.  fide  Cabanis  and  Heine  =  Paraguay]. 

P.  c.  var.  guaurania  von  Hiring,  Rev.  Mus.  Paulista,  1904,  448  [S.  Brazil]. 

Length  of  wing,  6.75;  tail,  15.10. 

Above  walnut  brown  sometimes  tinged  with  burnt  umber,  wings 
tinged  with  chestnut  and  tail  with  bay,  slightly  glossed  with  wine 
purple,  head  distinctly  gray;  thighs  dark  gray,  crissum  nearly  black; 
underside  of  rectrices  dull  black  excepting  the  white  tips,  no  trace  of  a 
subterminal  band. 

Specimens  examined  from  Paraguay;  Brazil — Rio  Grande  do  Sul. 
Piaya  cayana  boliviana  subsp.  nov. 

Length  of  wing,  5.85;  tail,  11.50. 

Above  walnut  brown,  wings  and  rump  tinged  with  chestnut,  tail 
tinged  with  bay,  both  glossed  with  wine  purple;  flanks  dark  gray, 
crissum  slightly  darker;  under  side  of  rectrices  dull  black  with  tips 
white,  no  trace  of  a  subterminal  band. 

This  race  is  exactly  like  macroura  except  for  the  gray  crissum  and 
much  smaller  size. 

Type  No.  30,850,  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Yungas,  Bolivia.  Dr. 
H.  H.  Rusby.     6,000  ft.     1885.     Wing,  5.90;  tail,  11.60. 

Specimens  examined  from  Bolivia — Yungas,  La  Paz;  Peru — Inca 
Mine. 


502  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV., 


November  3. 
Arthur  Erwin  Brown,  Sc.D.,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chair, 
Twenty-five  persons  present. 
The  Committee  on  tlie  Hayden  Memorial  Award  reported  as  follows : 

The  Committee  on  the  Hayden  Memorial  Geological  Award 
reports  in  favor  of  conferring  the  medal  this  year  on  John  Mason 
Clarke,  State  Geologist  of  New  York,  in  recognition  of  the  value  of 
his  work  in  geology  and  especially  of  his  memoir,  Early  Devonic  His- 
tory of  New  York  and  Eastern  North  America.  In  the  opinion  of  the 
Committee  he  ranks  with  the  others  who  have  received  the  recog- 
nition. 

(Signed)  Henry    Fairfield    Osborn, 

R.  A.  F.  Penrose,  Jr., 
Amos  P.  Brown, 
Frederick  Prime, 
Samuel  G.  Dixon, 

Committee. 

John  Mason  Clarke  was  born  at  Canandaigua,  N.  Y.,  April  15, 
1857.  His  early  education  was  received  in  the  Canandaigua  Academy, 
of  which  his  father  was  principal.  In  1877  he  graduated  from  Amherst 
College  and  studied  in  the  University  of  Gottingen  from  1882  to  1884. 
For  a  period  he  taught  at  the  Canandaigua  Academy  and  the  Utica 
Academy  and  in  1879  was  instructor  in  geology  at  Amherst.  From 
1880  to  1882  he  was  professor  of  geology  and  zoology  at  Smith  College, 
and  in  1885  lecturer  on  geology  at  the  Massachusetts  Agricultural 
College.  In  1886  he  was  appointed  assistant  in  paleontology  under 
Prof.  James  Hall,  State  geologist  of  New  York;  in  1892  assistant  State 
geologist  and  paleontologist;  in  1898  State  paleontologist;  in  1904 
State  geologist  and  paleontologist,  director  of  the  State  Museum  and 
the  Science  division  of  the  Education  department;  in  1894  he  was  made 
professor  of  geology  and  mineralogy  in  the  Rensselaer  Polytechnic 
Institute.  In  1908  the  Iroquois  Nation  received  him  into  their  mem- 
bership as  keeper  of  their  historic  archives  with  the  ancient  title  of  this 
office.  His  scientific  publications,  chiefly  on  geology  and  paleontology, 
and  extending  over  a  period  of  thirty  years,  are  somewhat  voluminous, 
and,  though  largely  relating  to  the  State  of  New  York,  include  also 
parts  of  Canada,  Maine,  South  America  and  Germany.     His  most  com- 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  503 

prehensive  treatises  are  The  North  American  Devonian  Crustacea  (1888), 
Introduction  to  the  Study  of  the  Genera  of  the  Paleozoic  Brachiopoda 
(1892  and  1894),  and  The  Paleozoic  Reticidate  Sponges  (1898),  all  pub- 
lished in  titular  conjunction  with  James  Hall;  The  Naples  Fauna  (1899 
and  1904),  The  Early  Devonic  of  New  York  and  Eastern  North  America 
(1908).  In  addition  to  numerous  other  papers  on  problems  in  geology- 
he  has  also  written  on  ceramics. 

He  received  the  degrees  of  A.M.  and  Ph.D.  {honoris  causa)  from  the 
University  of  Marburg  in  1898;  LL.D.  from  Amherst,  1902. 


November  17. 
The  President,  Dr.  Samuel  G.  Dixon,  in  the  Chair. 

Thirty-nine  persons  present. 

The  Chair  announced  the  death  of  Alfred  Wlielen,  November  18,1 907 ; 
William  Potts,  July  29,  1908,  members,  and  of  William  K.  Brooks,  a 
correspondent,  November  12,  1908. 

In  association  with  the  Biological  and  Microscopical  Section,  Mr. 
Charles  S.  Boyer  made  a  communication  on  the  synonymy  and 
relationships  of  Surirella  and  described  a  new  species  of  diatom  from 
the  miocene  deposits  of  Barbadoes,  for  which  he  proposed  the  name 
Cymatopleura  Shulzi. 

Dr.  Thomas  S.  Stewart  spoke  of  the  bacillus  of  syphilis  and  sug- 
gested methods  of  staining. 

Mr.  Frank  J.  Keeley  exhibited  slides  illustrating  secondary 
crystallization  of  early  Hmestone  and  showing  the  Brownian  motion  of 
smoke  particles  on  dark-ground  illumination. 

Dr.  Henry  A.  Pilsbry  spoke  of  the  geographical  distribution  of 
Strohilops. 

The  following  papers  on  the  report  of  the  Publication  Committee 
were  accepted  for  publication: 

"On  the  Cicindelinae  of  Angola."  By  F.  Creighton  Wellman,  M.D., 
and  Walther  Horn,  M.D.  (September  26). 

"Remarks  on  Prof.  Chamberlin's  Revision  of  North  American 
Lycosidae."     By  Thomas  H.  Montgomery  (October  27). 

Sydney  L.  Wright,  Jr.,  was  elected  a  member. 

The  following  were  ordered  to  be  printed : 


504  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [NoV., 


ON  THE  CICINDELIN^  OF  ANGOLA. 

BY  F.  CREIGHTON  WELLMAN,  IVI.D.,  F.E.S.,  AND  WALTHER  HORN,  M.D. 

Very  little  has  been  known  until  now  about  the  Cicindelinse  of  Angola. 
Most  of  the  species  described  are  represented  by  uniques  or  a  few 
specimens,  excepting,  of  course,  those  occurring  in  other  parts  of  Africa. 
The  discovery  of  the  "typical"  Angolan  forms  is  almost  entirely  con- 
nected with  the  names  of  four  collectors,  namely:  Friedrich  Wel- 
witsch,  the  distinguished  Austrian  botanist  who  collected  for  the 
Museum  of  Lisbon;. A.  v.  Hohmeyer  and  Dr.  P.  Pogge,  whose  collec- 
tions now  belong  to  the  Royal  Zoological  Museum  of  Berlin,  and 
Major  von  Mechow,  whose  specimens  are  at  present  in  the  collection 
of  Rene  Oberthiir.  These  last  were  described  by  Quedenfeldt,  Sr., 
Harold  worked  up  the  material  for  the  Berlin  Museum,  and  Putzevs 
pubhshed  concerning  the  Portuguese  collections. 

Beyond  these  only  a  few  species,  mostly  based  on  single  specimens 
and  some  without  exact  localities,  have  from  time  to  time  been  sent 
to  Europe,  most  of  them  described  by  one  of  the  authors  of  the  present 
paper  (W.  H.). 

While  not  less  than  six  genera  in  thirty-five  species^  are  known 
from  this  so  highly  interesting  part  of  Africa,  yet  this  is  the  first  time 
that  large  material  with  exact  bionomical  notes  has  become  available 
— material  which  permits  of  a  distinct  advance  in  our  knowledge  of 
this  interesting  family.  It  seems,  therefore,  a  suitable  opportunity  to 
present  our  notes  on  the  habits  and  relations  of  the  species  occurring 
in  Angola,  and  we  have  made  the  list  complete  by  including  the  species 
reported  by  other  observers  as  well  as  ourselves.  One  very  peculiar 
and  interesting  new  form  is  described. 

In  taking  up  a  faunistic  study  of  this  kind  it  is  always  interesting 
to  note  the  general  features  of  the  climate,  soil  and  flora  of  the  region 
discussed,  as  these  must  always  have  a  bearing  on  the  habits  and  dis- 
tribution of  its  animal  life.  For  the  purposes  of  this  paper  our  district 
may  be  divided  into  three  regions :  lowlands,  mountainous  slopes,  and 

'  Twenty  species  of  these  were  taken  in  Angola  bv  one  of  us  (F.  C.  W.)  during 
1906-08. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA,  505 

plateau.  The  first  of  these  extends  from  the  sea  to  a  point  30  to  100 
miles  inland,  according  to  the  configuration  of  the  country,  and  its  most 
typical  plant  may  be  said  to  be  the  cocoanut  palm,  which  will  grow 
wherever  moisture  enough  is  obtainable.  The  soil  is  over  parts  of 
this  belt  strongly  calcareous,  being  of  recent  geological  formation, 
abounding  in  various  fossils  such  as  anamonites  and  trilobites.  Other 
parts  are  the  result  of  silt  being  carried  down  by  erosion  of  the  older 
interior  mountains.  The  rainfall  in  this  part  is  very  scanty,  as  the 
storms  come  from  the  east  and  are  intercepted  by  the  highlands  and 
mountains,  only  the  heaviest  and  most  general  rains  for  a  small  portion 
of  the  year  reaching  the  lowlands  to  the  west.  The  vegetation  is  in 
consequence  sparse,  consisting  of  a  few  shrubs  and  thorny  or  fleshy 
trees.  The  grass  grows  in  little  discrete  clumps  and  dries  up  and  almost 
disappears  during  the  greater  part  of  the  year.  In  this  region  only 
five  species  of  Cicindelinae  were  encountered:  Cicindela  brevicollis 
intermedia  Klug,  C.  melancholica  F.,  C.  nitidula  Dej.,  C.  cdbinda  Bat. 
and  Eurymorpha  cyanipes  mouffleti  Fairm.,  the  last  three  of  which 
occur  on  the  seashore. 

The  second  region  may  be  said  to  extend  inland  from  the  first  region 
to  a  point  marked  by  the  limits  of  the  occurrence  of  the  baobab  tree 
(Adansonia  digitata).  The  basis  of  this  is  a  vast  primary  system, 
consisting  of  various  metamorphic  rocks,  chiefly  granite  and  sandstone. 
The  soil  is  a  sandy  loam  alternating  with  red  clays.  Of  course,  there 
is  a  great  mixture  of  soils  in  the  lower  levels  and  valleys  of  this  region. 
Huge  granite  mountains  and  boulders  abound.  The  vegetation  is 
very  dense  in  canons  and  valleys  and  along  rivers, -..and  in  the  rainy 
season  the  grass  is  often  long,  coaree  and  deixse,  forming  a  sort  of  jungle. 
Many  large  trees  (Anonacese,  Anacardacese,  Guttiferse,  etc.)  abound 
in  the  jungles  near  streams.  The  most  inland  valleys  of  this  region 
have  a  flora  approaching  that  of  the  highland  region  yet  to  be  described, 
and  it  was  here  that  most  of  the  species  discussed  in  this  paper  were 
taken,  our  specimens  including  Cicindela  Mechowi  Qued.,  C.  lutaria 
W.  Horn,  C.  saraliensis  Guer.,  C.  uncivittata  Qued.,  C.  infuscata  Qued., 
C.  Putzeijsi  W.  Horn,  C.  angusticollis  Boh.,  C.  villosa  Putz..  C.  flavi- 
pes  Putz.,  C.  Wellmani  W.  Horn,  C.  reticostata  n.  sp.,  Odontochila 
erythropyga  Putz.,  Cosmema  Wellmaiii  W.  Horn,  C.  marginepunc- 
tata  W.  Horn,  C.  auropunctata  Qued.,  etc.  The  climate  of  this  region 
is  intermediate  between  that  of  the  foregoing  and  that  of  the  region 
about  to  be  described,  being  cooler  and  moister  than  the  lowlands, 
without  equalling  in  these  respects  the  highlands. 

The  third  region  is  the  high  plateau  forming  the  Bihe  and  parts  of 


506  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Nov., 

the  Bailundo  and  Andulo  countries.  This  is  part  of  the  alpine  region 
of  Africa,  and  is  to  be  classed  with  Abyssinia,  Ruenzori  and  the  Nyassa- 
Tanganyika  highlands.  The  soils  are  about  as  in  the  middle  region  and 
the  country  is,  geologically  speaking,  very  old,  being  entirely  under- 
laid with  archaean  metamorphic  rocks.  The  grass  is  comparatively 
short  and  thickly  set  together,  quite  covering  the  ground.  The  bulk 
of  the  trees  are  Leguminosae  and  are  as  a  rule  not  large,  forming  what 
is  known  as  "bush."  One  of  the  Rosaceae  (Paranarium  mohola)  is 
the  largest  and  most  striking  tree.  Many  IMalvacese  and  Ampelidae 
add  to  the  smaller  aspects  of  the  landscape.  The  cUmate  is  moist  and 
cool  and  is  essentially  subtropical  and  not  tropical.  The  species  found 
in  the  center  of  this  last  region  are  Cicindela  suturalis  Putz.,  C.  Mechowi 
Qued.,  Ophryodera  rufomarginata  Boh.,  and  Mantichora  congoensis" 
P6r.  At  the  western  border  of  this  region,  almost  at  a  point  where  it 
joins  the  second  region  (vide  supra)  were  taken  several  other  species, 
namely:  Cicindela  angusticollis  Boh.,  C.  uncivittata  Qued.,  C.infuscata 
Qued.,  C.  Putzeysi  W.  Horn,  C.  fiavipes  Putz.,  C.  villosa  Putz.  and 
Cosmema  auropunctata  Qued. 

Following  is  a  list  of  all  recorded  species^  from  Angola,  including 
our  own  material,  much  of  which  is  here  reported  for  the  first  time, 
together  with  our  notes  on  the  habits  of  the  beetles  and  the  description 
of  a  new  species. 

CICINDELIN.E. 

CICINDELINI. 

Odontochilina. 

1.  Odontochila  erythropyga  Putz.,  Jorn.  Sci.  Lisb.,  ]880,  p.  24. 

=  variventris  Qued.,  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1883,  p.  245. 
Without  exact  locality  (Welwitsch);..Malange  (Mechow);..Ekekete 
Mountain,  two  hours  south  of  Ekuiva  River,  November,  1907  (Wellman) . 
The  specimens  were  taken  in  thin  grass  near  a  large  swarm  of  Meloid 
beetles  {Lytta  amethystina)  which  at  some  distance  they  distinctly  re- 
sembled. 

Oicindelina. 

2.  Cicindela  aulioa  Dej.,  Spec.  V,  1831,  p.  250. 

Without  exact  locality  (Welwitsch).  An  intermediate  form  between 
the  typical  aulica  and  the  subsp.  polysita  Guer.  occurs  in  Loanda. 

3.  Cicindela  aspemla  Duf..  Ann.  Sc.  Phys.,  VIII,  1821,  p.  359,  pi.  130,  f.  1. 

Kuango  (Mechow). 

^  All  the  material  collected  by  Wellman  is  in  W.  Horn's  collection,  where  also 
all  the  other  species  are  represented,  except  Cicindela  leucopicta  Qued. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  507 

4.  Cioindela  nitidula  Dej.,  Spec  I,  1825,  p.  120. 

[> /^Without  exact  locality  (Welwitsch) ;  Landana,  Loango  (U.  ]\Iore) ; 
Lobito  Bay,  April,  1908  (Wellman).  Taken  on  the  beach  (that  part 
which  is  kept  more  or  less  wet  by  the  tides),  and  by  its  coloring  the 
beetle  is  rendered  inconspicuous  as  it  sits  on  the  sand,  and  is  usually 
noticeable  only  when  flying. 

5.  Cioindela  cabinda  Bat.,  Ci.st.  Ent.  II,  1878,  p.  331. 

Landana,  Loango  (U.  More);  Lobito  Bay,  April,  1908  (Wellman). 
Habits  exactly  like  C.  nitidula,  with  which  it  was  found  in  company. 

6.  Cioindela  brevioollis  clathrata^  Dej.,  Spec  I,  1825,  p.  115. 

Mossamedes. 

brevicollis  neglecta*  Dej.,  Spec.  I,  1S25,  p.  114. 
Malange   (Mechow);   mthout  exact  locality   (Wel-uitsch).     There 
occurs  near  Mossamedes  an  intermediate  form  between  this  last  and  the 
var.  damara  Per. 

brevicollis  discoidalis  Dej.,  Spec.  I,  1825,  p.  114. 
Kuango. 

brevicollis  intermedia  Ivlug,  Monatschr.  Berl.  Acad.,  1853,  p.  245. 
Quanza  ( Homey er),  Loanda. 

7.  Cioindela  uncivittata^  Qued.,  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1S83,  p.  242. 

Malange  (Mechow), -..north  bank  of  Ekuiva  River,  November,  1907 
(Wehman).     Found  on  the  path,  dark  soil. 

exigica^  Kolbe,  Ent.  Nachr.,  1885,  p.  50. 
South  bank  of  Ekuiva  River,  November,  1907  (Wellman),  clayey 
soil. 

8.  Cioindela  obtusidentata  Putz.,  Jorn.  Sci.  Lisb.,  1880,  p.  22. 

Bocagei  Chd.  in  litt.,  Cat.  Coll.  Cic,  p.  28. 
Without  exact  locality  (Welwitsch). 

9.  Cioindela  wellmani  W.  Horn,  Deutsch.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1907,  p.  421. 

Chiyaka,  November,  1906,  and  November,  1908  (Wellman).  In 
paths  or  on  other  bare  places,  clayey  soil,  on  which  the  coloring  of  the 
beetle  makes  it  hard  to  see.     Very  ant-like  in  its  movements. 


^  Putzeys  gave  to  this  subspecies  (and  some  specimens  of  the  following)  the 
wrong  name  Cioindela  senegalensis,  cf.  Jorn.  Sci.  Lisb.,  1880,  p.  21. 

*  Putzeys  thought  this  to  be  Cioindela  pudica  Boh.,  cf.  Jorn.  Sci.  Lisb.,  I.e. 
^  This  is  the  blackish  form. 

•  This  is  the  brownish  form. 


508  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADElVn'   OF  [NoV., 

10.  Cioindela  mecliowr  Qued.,  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1883,  p.  248,  pi.  3,  f.  3. 

Malange  (Mechow),  Hiiilla  (Welwitsch),  Kakonda,  Duque  de  Bra- 
ganga,  Bihe,  Chiyaka,  Ekuiva  River  (Wellman).  Several  forms 
occur,  with  and  without  white  sutural  stripe,  both  brownish  and  green. 
These  beetles  appeared  to  be  very  scarce  until  a  large  artificial  bare 
place  was  prepared,  when  mechowi  and  several  other  species  appeared 
in  great  numbers.  The  brownish  form  usually  appears  on  clayey  soil. 
When  alive  they  have  a  strong  verbena-like  smell.  They  are  strong 
flyers  and  very  pugnacious.  A  specimen  kept  over  night  in  a  cage 
with  some  other  beetles  was  found  next  morning  chewing  the  thorax 
of  a  Meloid  beetle  {Eletica  rufa  F.). 

11.  Cicindela  grandis  W.  Horn,  Ent.  Nachr.,  1897,  p.  240. 

Without  exact  locahty,  one  single  9  . 

12.  Cioindela  prodotiformis  W.  Horn,  Deutsch.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1892,  p.  88;  1894,  pi.  3,  f.  7. 

Without  exact  locality,  one  single  9  . 

13.  Cicindela  leucopicta  Qued.,  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1888,  p.  157. 

Lunda  kingdom  (between  Kuango  and  Loango),  1  9  (Mueller), 
10,  IX,  1884,  on  open  places  of  the  savannas. 

14.  Cicindela  interrupta  Fabr.,  Syst.  Ent.,  1775,  p.  225. 

graphica  Bat.,  Cist.  Ent.,  II,  1878,  p.  330. 
Kuango  (Mechow) ;  without  exact  locality  (Rogers) ;  common. 

15.  Cicindela  saraliensis  Guer.,  Rev.  Zool.,  1849,  p.  80. 

flammulata  Qued.,  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1883,  p.  241,  pi.  3,  f.  1. 
This  last  is  nothing  but  a  form  with  more  yellow  spots  on  the  elytra. 
Malange  (Mechow);  Chiyaka,  Mt.  Elende,  November,  1906;  Ekuiva 
River,  November,  1907  (Wellman).  Our  specimens  are  the  flammu- 
lata form,  and  were  found  on  dark  soil.  The  beetle  does  not  fly,  and 
is  often  found  in  the  edge  of  woods  near  certain  Cosmemce,  but  not  with 
them.  On  one  occasion  a  living  specimen  was  taken  with  an  ant 
{Pheidole  punctulata  Mayr.)  hanging  to  its  leg. 

16.  Cicindela  angusticoUis  Boh.,  Ins.  Caffr.,  I,  1848,  p.  15. 

Mossamedes,  Chiyaka,  November,  1906;  Ekuiva  River,  November, 
1907  (Wellman).     Does  not  fly,  a  very  rapid  runner;  common. 

17.  Cioindela  muaia  Har.,  Mittheil.  Munch.  Ent.  Ver.,  1878,  p.  99. 

Malange  (Mechow);  interior  (possibly  Congo  Free  State),  without 
exact  locality  (Pogge). 

'  Cicindela  lugubris  Putz.,  Jorti.  Sci.  Lisb.,  18S0,  p.  22,  is  tlie  true  C.  ynechowi. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  509 

IS.  Cicindela  (Ophryodera)  rufomarginata'  bohemani  P^r.,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1888, 

Huilla.  There  also  occur  individuals  with  less  broadly  confluent 
pattern. 

rufomarginata  poggei  Har.,  Mittheil.  Miinch.  Ent.  Ver.,  1878,  p.  99'  Col. 
Hefte,  1879,  p.  11,  pi.  1,  f.  1. 

Interior  (perhaps  Congo  Free  State)  without  exact  locality  (Pogge). 
rufomarginata  distanti  Heath,  Entomol.,  1905,  p.  97. 

Duque  de  Braganga,  Bihe,  Kuango  (Mechow),  Lunda  (Buchner), 
Chipeyo,  November  18,  1906  (Wellman).  Found  on  white  sand. 
Flies  rather  heavily. 

rufomarginata  richteri^  W.  Horn,  Deutsch.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1892,  p.  72'  1894 
pi.  3,  f.  9;  1906,  pi.  1,  f.  16. 

Malange  (Mechow). 
19.  Cicindela  reticostata  nov.  spec. 

Cicindelce  qiiadricostatce  W.  Horn  9  affinis,  differt  statura 
minore;  labro  medio  non  producto,  parte  centrali  dentes  3 
ferente  a  lobis  lateralibus  incisura  majore  separata;  prothoracis 
parte  media  globosiore,  lateribus  ad  strangulationem  basalem 
magis  curvatis  (ita  ut  pars  basalis  distinctior  appareat),  disco 
sulcum  basalem  versus  evidenter  magis  declivi,  superficie  sequa- 
liter  grosse  sed  irregularius  rugata  atraque;  elytris  fere  parallelis, 
sohunmodo  in  medio  Icvissime  ampliatis,  himieris  latioribus  quam 
in  ilia  specie,  apice  (conjunctim)  brevius  rotundato,  signatura  nulla, 
sculptura  sequaliter  subtili,  sed  punctis  reticularibus  fere  ubique  variis 
in  directionibus  (aut  trans versaliter,  aut  longitudinaliter,  aut  oblique 
aut  in  lineis  distincte  curvatis)  confluentibus :  rugis  hoc  modo  formatis 
non  quam  cetera  sculptura  grossioribus ;  ''striis"  2  vix  elevatis  basi 
incipientibus  fere  longitudinalibus  (perparum  suturam  versus  postice 
vergentibus)  indistinctis  in  utroque  elytro  visibihbus  (irregularius 
confluenter  quam  partibus  adjacentibus  sculptis),  altera  prope  suturam 
ultra  medium,  altera  in  disco  centrali  fere  ad  medium  ducta,  postice 
sensim  evanescentibus ;  3*^  etiam  leviore  indistinctioreque  in  disco 
laterali  ante  medium  omnino  disparente  solummodo  visu  obhquo 
percipienda ;  depressionibus  ("sulcis,"  ut  ita  dicam)  inter  has  3 
"strias"  (quae  vix  costulse  possunt  nominari)  et  spatio  juxtasuturali 
modice  cuprascentibvis ;   antennis  non  foliaceis,  articulis  5°-8°  solum- 

'  Ophryodera  rufomarginata,  as  recorded  by  Putzeys,  consists  of  the  subspecies 
bohemani  and  distanti,  cf.  Jorn.  Sci.  Lisb.,  1880,  p.  25. 

*  Recorded  by  Quedenfeldt  as  O.  rufomarginata,  rid.  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1883 
p.  247.  ' 


510  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV., 

modo  pauUo  dilatatis;  palpis  (articulo  ultimo  nigro)  flavis;  capite 
elytrisque  nigricantibus  opacis,  vix  hinc  inde  perparum  senescentibus ; 
corpore  siibtiis  modice  nitente  iiigricante;..genis  anticis,  meta-episternis 
cum  parte  adjacente  metasterni,  elytrorum  epipleuris  cyanescentibus  ; 
pedibus,  coxis,  trochanteribus  nigricantibus,  hinc  inde  perparum 
viridi  aut  aeneo-variegatis ;  totis  pectoris  partibus  (metasterni  parte 
discoidali  et  postico-centrali  nuda),  abdominis  et  coxarum  posticarum 
lateribus  late  modice  dense  breviter  pilosis;  fronte  nuda,  solummodo 
prope  antennarum  insertionem  setis  2  ornatis,  pronoto  in  specimine 
unico  nudo  (semper?);  2  primis  antennarum  articulis  nudis,  3°  et  4° 
supra  breviter  modice  sparsim  setosis.     Long.  17  mm.  (sine  labro). 

A  single  6^  from  the  Enyalanganja  or  great  plains,  3  hours  south  of 
the  Ekuiva  River,  November,  1907  (Wellman). 

It  is  one  of  the  most  peculiar  species  of  the  whole  genus,  belonging 
to  the  interesting  laeta-quadristriata  group,  reported  only  from  the 
tropics  of  Africa.  The  labrum  is  black  with  a  testaceous  patch  in  the 
middle,  the  3  middle  teeth  are  just  a  little  less  prominent  than  the 
lateral  tooth.  Front  and  pronotum  are  roughly  and  deeply  wrinkled. 
The  sutural  angle  of  the  elytra  is  rectangular  without  a  developed 
spine.  All  tarsi,  as  in  Cicindela  quadristriata,  sulcated.  The  1st,  3d 
and  4th  articles  of  the  antennae  are  on  their  upper  part  slightly  carinate. 

The  size,  color  and  sculpture  of  this  species,  and  especially  its  move- 
ments, lend  it  when  alive  the  appearance  of  a  Carabid.  It  did  not 
attempt  to  fly  when  pursued,  although  it  was  in  bright  sunshine. 

20.  Cicindela  villosa  Putz.,  Jom.  Sci.  Lisb.,  1880,  p.  22. 

=  semicuprea  Qued.,  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1883,  p.  244. 

Malange  (Mechow);  Huilla  (Lobo  d'Avila);  Chipeyo,  November, 
1906;  Chiyaka,  Ekuiva  River,  November,  1907  (Wellman).  Taken 
on  dark  soil,  often  in  short  grass.  It  has  a  good  cryptic  coloring  and 
is  hard  to  see. 

21.  Cicindela  flavipes  Putz.,  Jom.  Sci.  Lisb.,  1880,  p.  23. 

=  nuUfera  Qued.,  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1883,  p.  243,  pi.  3,  f.  2. 

Malange  (Mechow);  Duque  de  Braganga;  Cliipeyo,  November,  1906; 
Chiyaka,  Ekuiva  River,  Kasenya  Mines,  November,  1907  (Wellman). 
This  species  occurs  almost  entirely  on  feldspathic  soil,  against  which 
its  indistinct  light-colored  markings  make  it  almost  impossible  to  see, 
except  when  it  is  in  motion.  It  was  only  taken  once  or  twice  on  red 
or  dark  soil,  but  one  could  count  on  finding  it  in  abundance  as  soon 
as  a  bit  of  whitish  soil  rich  in  kaolin  was  reached. 

22.  Cicindela  suturalis  Putz.,  Jom.  Sci.  Lisb.,  1880,  p.  25. 

Huilla  (Lobo  d'Avila),  Bihe,  December,  1906  (Wellman).  Taken 
in  short  grass,  after  most  Cicindelidse  had  disappeared. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  511 

23.  Cicindela  Putzeysi  W.  Horn,  Deutsch.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1900,  p.  207. 

Kakonda;  Chiyaka,  November,  1906;  Ekuiva  River,  1907  (Well- 
man).  This  reddish  species  almost  always  occurred  on  clayey  soil, 
and  usually  together  with  C.  mechowi  {vide  supra)  In  Chiyaka  it 
was  taken  on  the  artificial  bare  place  made  for  the  purpose  of  attract- 
ing Cicindelidae.  A  pecuhar  point  noted  is  that  this  beetle  jumps 
and  flies  like  a  small  grasshopper  which  is  always  found  with  it.  On 
one  occasion  a  large  Asilid  fly  was  observed  to  catch  a  specimen  of  C. 
putzeysi. 

24.  Cicindela  infuscata  Qued.,  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1883,  p.  245. 

Malange  (Mechow);  Chipeyo,  November,  1906;  Chiyaka,  Ekuiva 
River,  November,  1907  (Wellman).  Three  forms  occur:  coppery, 
green  and  blackish.  It  was  noted  that  the  coppery  form  occurred  in 
the  valleys  on  clayey  soil,  together  with  Cicindela  mechovn,  and  C. 
putzeysi,  while  the  green  form  was  taken  on  the  mountain  sides  among 
moss,  etc.,  in  company  with  Odontochila  erythropyga  (vide  supra). 

25.  Cicindela  melancliolioa  Fabr.,  Ent.  Syst.,  Suppl.,  1798,  p.  63. 

Malange  (Mechow) ;  Chincoxo,  without  exact  locahty  (Welwitsch) ; 
Loanda  (Hohmeyer);  Benguella,  edges  of  city,  April,  1908  (Well- 
man).  This  species  was  taken  on  mud  from  partially  dried-up  pools; 
very  common.  In  the  same  places  (on  the  dry  sand  around  the  pools) 
occurred  great  numbers  of  a  Carabid  beetle  (Graphipterus  sp.). 

26.  Cicindela  vicina  Dej.,  Spec.  V,  1831,  p.  244. 

Without  exact  locality  (Welwitsch), 

27.  Cicindela  lutaria  Gu^r.,  Rev.  Mag.  Zool.,  1849,  p.  118;  Mag.  Zool.,  1845,  pi.  161,  figs.  5, 6. 

Ekuiva  River,  November,  1907  (Wellman).  This  species  was  found 
at  the  edge  of  the  river,  in  a  place  which  had  been  previously  over- 
flowed. The  habits  seem  to  be  identical  with  those  of  Cicindela 
melancholica. 

28.  Cicindela  octoguttata  Fabr.,  Mant.,  1,1787,  p.  187. 

29.  Eurymorpha  cyanipes  mouffleti  Fairm.,  Ann  Soc.  Fr.,  1856.  p.  95. 

Cape  Negro,  Mossamedes. 

Dromicina. 

30.  Dromica  tricostata  W.  Horn,  Ent.  Nachr.,  1897,  p.  237. 

Without  exact  locality ;  a  single  9  . 

31.  Dromica  (Cosmema)  auropunctata  Qued.,  Berl.  Ent.  Zeitschr.,  1883,  p.  249,  pi.  3,  f.  4. 

Malange  (Mechow);  Chiyaka,  Chipeyo,  November,  1906  (Wellman). 
This  species  may  be  found  in  rather  thick  bush,  and  when  pursued  will 
hide  under  dry  leaves  like  ants,, which  insects  it  greatly  resembles  in 
its  movements. 


512  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [NoV., 

32.  Dromica  (Cosmema)  marginepunctata  W.  Horn,  Notes  Leyd.  Mus.,  1908,  p.  32. 

Chiyaka,  Ekuiva  River,  November,  1907  (Wellman).  Is  even  more 
shade-loving  than  the  preceding  (which  is  often  found  in  the  open) 
and  occurs  in  enormous  numbers  in  the  bush.  Its  habits  are  hke 
auropunctata. 

33.  Dromica  (Cosmema)  wellmani  W.  Horn,  Notes  Leyd.  Mus.,  1908,  p.  31. 

Ciyaka,  Ekuiva  River,  November,  1907  (Wehman).  Habits  just 
like  the  preceding  species,  which  it  so  closel}^  resembles  that  it  is  impos- 
sible to  distinguish  them  in  the  field  and  in  company  with  which  it 
usually  occurs. 

MEGAOEPHALINI. 
Megacephalina. 

34.  Megacephala  regalis  Boh.  Ins.  Cafifr.,  I,  1848,  p.  2. 

Cuissange,  1  d^ ;  near  Impulu  River,  November,  1899,  1  d^.  Both 
of  more  elongate  elytra  than  the  typical  form. 

MANTICHORINI. 

35.  Mantioliora  congoensis  Per.,  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.,  18SS,  p.  219. 

=  Livingstonei  Har.,  Col.  Hefte,  16,  1879,  p.  9. 

Bihe;  interior  without  exact  locality,  possibly  Congo  Free  State 
(Pogge). 

In  conclusion :  there  are  still  two  species  of  Cicindela  known  in  tropi- 
cal Africa,  and  very  common  to  the  north,  east  and  south  of  Angola,  which 
almost  surely  occur  in  Angola  itself,  although  not  yet  found  there,  namely, 
Cicindela  nilotica  Dej.  and  C.  dongalensis  imperatrix  Srnka.  It  is  also 
probable  that  the  common  Cicindela  regalis  Dej.,  which  is  widespread 
in  the  regions  to  the  north,  east  and  southeast  of  the  district  here  dis- 
cussed, will  be  one  day  reported  from  Angola.  Cicindela  cincta  Fabr., 
the  common  species  reported  from  the  mouth  of  the  Senegal  to  Bahr- 
al-Ghazal  and  the  Kassai,  may  likewise  touch  the  boundaries  of  Angola 
somewhere. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  513 


REMARKS  ON  PROF.  CHAMBERLIN'S  REVISION  OF  NORTH  AMERICAN 
LYCOSID.E. 

BY   THOMAS    H.    MONTGOMERY,    JR. 

In  Part  II  of  Volume  LX  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Academy  of  Nat- 
ural Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  1908,  Prof.  R.  V.  Chamberlin  has  a 
memoir  entitled  a  "Revision  of  North  American  Spiders  of  the  Family 
Lycosidffi."  This  paper  is  one  of  decided  importance  in  introducing 
generic  characters  based  upon  the  structure  of  the  copulatory  organs, 
and  in  presenting  detailed  descriptions  of  the  species.  But  it  is  only 
fair  to  my  antecedent  studies  on  the  same  group  that  I  should  make 
certain  brief  criticisms,  lest  later  students  might  consider  Prof.  Cham- 
berlin's  paper  as  finally  conclusive  and  authoritative. 

In  my  "Description  of  North  American  Araneae  of  the  Famihes 
Lycosidae  and  Pisauridse"  (Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1904)  I  recog- 
nized among  other  valid  species  twenty  that  had  been  described  and 
named  by  me,  whereby  I  relegated  to  the  synonymy  certain  few  species 
that  I  had  described  as  new  in  two  preceding  papers.  Of  these  twenty 
species  of  which  I  am  the  author  Prof.  Chamberlin  regards  only  two 
worthy  of  recognition  under  the  names  I  had  given  them,  to  which 
treatment  I  would  enter  the  following  partial  criticism: 

(1)  Prof.  Chamberlin  fails  to  mention  at  all  two  of  my  species, 
Lycosa  mccooki  and  Trochosa  contestata. 

(2)  He  places  my  Trochosa  noctuabunda  as  a  questionable  synonym 
of  his  Allocosa  degesta;  but  if  these  species  are  identical  my  name 
should  have  the  priority. 

(3)  He  makes  my  Lycosa  antelucana  a  synonym  of  L.  apicata  Banks  ; 
but  my  description  was  published  in  March,  and  that  of  Banks  not  until 
June,  1904,  hence  the  name  antelucana  has  the  priority. 

(4)  He  enters  five  of  my  species  as  synonyms  of  four  of  those  of 
Hentz,  by  resuscitating  Hentz's  Lycosa  saltatrix,  fativera,  milvina  and 
funerea.  For  each  of  the  first  two  of  these  species  Hentz  gave  a  four- 
fine  description,  for  milvina  a  five-line,  and  for  funerea  only  three  lines, 
and  his  figures  are  lacking  in  all  necessary  details.  In  1904  I  had 
written:  "At  the  present  time  it  is  practically  impossible  to  identify 
most  of  the  species  of  Walckenaer,  Blackwall,  Hentz  and  some  others, 


oI4  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [NoV., 

because  some  of  their  species  are  so  insufficiently  described  that  a 
particular  description  applies  equally  well  to  a  number  of  species." 
Thus  Prof.  Chamberlin  makes,  it  seems  to  me,  and  I  take  no  unusual 
stand,  a  grave  mistake  in  resuscitating  these  and  certain  other  names 
of  Hentz,  for  the  descriptions  are  practically  valueless,  the  figures  in 
many  cases  of  little  more  importance,  and  nothing  but  uncertainty  is  to 
be  gained  by  replacing  names  based  upon  detailed  descriptions  with 
ones  founded  upon  inadequate  diagnoses  unsupported  by  type  speci- 
mens. Then  Prof.  Chamberlin  places  my  Lycosa  relucens  and  L. 
charonoides  as  synonyms'  of  saltatrix  Hentz,  though  these  species  of 
mine  differ  in  important  structural  characters ;  and  similarly  he  classes 
my  Pardosa  scita,  that  is  clearly  separable  from  P.  nigropalpis  Emerton, 
with  the  latter  as  synonyms  of  Lycosa  milvina  Hentz. 

(5)  Prof.  Chamberlin  subjugates  my  Pardosa  mercurialis  to  lapi- 
diana  Emerton,  though  these  differ  in  proportion  of  the  legs  and  in 
the  genital  armature.  Then  he  places  my  Geolycosa  texana  under 
Lycosa  carolinensis  Hentz,  though  these  exliibit  a  marked  difference 
in  the  eyes  of  the  anterior  row.  Further,  he  brings  my  Lycosa  euepigy- 
nata,  L.  insopita  and  Trochosa  purcelli  all  under  Lycosa  gulosa 
Walckenaer,  though  Walckenaer  in  his  brief  seven-Hne  description  states 
only  the  color  and  a  few  details  concerning  the  eyes,  and  though  I 
had  shown  that  Lycosa  insopita  "comes  closest  to  L.  euepigynata, 
but  differs  from  it  in  slightly  shorter  relative  length  of  the  legs,  in 
greater  relative  width  of  the  cephalothorax  (in  insopita  less  than  one- 
quarter  longer  than  broad,  in  euepigynata  decidedly  more  than  one- 
quarter),  in  the  dark  coloration  of  the  venter,  and  in  the  structure  of 
the  genitalia.  It  differs  also  from  L.  purcelli,  the  epigynum  of  which 
is'very  similar,  in  the  slightly  greater  relative  length  of  the  legs,  in 
greater  size,  and  markedly  in  the  coloration." 

(6)  Prof.  Chamberlin  has  also  withdrawn  Geolycosa  mihi  (of  which 
Scaptocosa  Banks  is  a  synonym)  into  Lycosa  Latreille,  Yet  Geolycosa 
differs  markedly  from  any  true  Lycosa  in  the  size  and  length  of  the  first 
legs  and  in  their  possession  of  thick  scopulse. 

Had  I  the  time  to  do  so,  I  believe  I  could  satisfactorily  re-establish 
all  of  my  species  that  Prof.  Chamberlin  has  tried  to  disestablish.  He 
has  not  seen  any  of  the  type  specimens  in  my  private  collection,  though 
I  would  gladly  have  given  him  access  to  them  had  I  known  he  was 
preparing  a  revision.  His  revision  needs  a  considerable  amount  of 
emendation.  What  we  should  all  of  us  do  in  such  matters  is  not  to 
work  apart  but  in  co-operation,  and  this  is  almost  essential  for  progress 
in  systematic  studies.     When  the  time  has  come  for  a  taxonomic 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  515 

revision  of  any  group,  those  who  have  contributed  most  to  the  subject 
should  bring  their  collections  together  in  one  place,  and  there  they 
should  institute  their  comparisons  conjointly.  I  stated  in  my  memoir  of 
1904:  "This  paper  is  by  no  means  a  comprehensive  monograph,  but 
is  intended  to  be  a  help  to  the  one  who  comes  later  with  sufficient 
material  at  his  disposal  to  make  the  monograph."  The  main  defi- 
ciency in  Prof.  Chamberlin's  revision  seems  to  have  been  insufficient 
type  material. 


516  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DcC; 


December  1. 
Arthur  Erwix  Brown,  Vice-President,  in  the  Chair. 
Ninety-seven  persons  present. 

The  Publication  Committee  reported  that  papers  under  the  following 
titles  had  been  presented  for  publication: 

"Synopsis  of  the  Cyprinidse  of  Pennsylvania."  By  Henry  W, 
Fowler  (November  30). 

"On  the  Meloidse  of  Angola."  By  F.  Creighton  Wellman,  M.D. 
(December  1). 

"On  a  New  Species  of  Diatom  of  the  Genus  Cymatopleura. "  By 
Charles  S.  Boyer  (December  1). 

Dr.  F.  Creighton  Wellman  made  a  communication  on  the  natural 
history  of  West  Africa.     (No  abstract.) 


December  15. 
The  President,  Samuel  G.  Dixon,  M.D.,  in  the  Chair. 
Thirty-two  persons  present.  * 

The  reception  of  papers  under  the  following  titles  was  announced 
by  the  Publication  Committee: 

"Notes  on  Polinices  didyma,  with  Description  of  a  new  Australian 
Species."     By  H.  A.  Pilsbry  and  E.  G.  Vanatta  (December  5). 

"On  the  Teeth  of  Hawaiian  Species  of  Helicina. "  By  H.  A.  Pils- 
bry and  C,  Montague  Cooke  (December  5). 

"  Clausiliidse  of  the  Japanese  Empire,  XII."  By^Henry  A.  Pilsbry 
(December  10). 

"New  Land  MoUusca  of  the  Japanese  Empire."  By  H.  A.  Pilsbry 
and  G.  Hirase  (December  11). 

The  following  were  ordered  to  be  printed : 


190S.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  517 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  CYPRINID^  OF  PENNSYLVANIA. 
BY    HENRY    W.    FOWLER. 

Though  my  studies  on  our  local  fishes  began  in  1897  and  have 
since  continued,  I  have  not  paid  especial  attention  to  the  Cyprinidae 
till  recently.  The  more  or  less  complete  collections  made  in  that 
time,  in  the  southeastern  portion  of  the  State  at  least,  have  made  it 
possible  for  me  to  give  some  study  to  the  individual  variation  of  cer- 
tain characters  in  detail  and  to  local  distribution.  The  results 
are  introduced  in  the  present  paper,  together  with  notes  and  redescrip- 
tions  of  typical  specimens  of  species  described  from  within  the  pre- 
scribed limits.  The  examination  of  the  mass  of  material,  which  in 
the  cases  of  the  common  forms  usually  consists  of  large  series  of 
hundreds  of  specimens,  has  enabled  me  to  present  a  fairly  accurate 
summary. 

As  so  many  of  our  western  streams  are  polluted,  or  becoming  so, 
the  fish-fauna  will  probably  soon  be  largely,  if  not  wholly,  exterminated, 
especially  in  the  larger  basins.  I  have  found  this  condition  to  exist 
in  a  number  of  streams  of  lesser  size.  This  is  all  the  more  unfortu- 
nate for  our  present  purpose,  as  the  greater  variety  of  forms  is  found 
in  these  larger  streams,  or  about  them,  the  mountain-brooks  usually 
being  noteworthy  for  their  paucity  of  species. 

The  first  complete  account  of  our  Cyprinidas  was  Cope's  elaborate 
memoir  published  many  years  ago.^  Though  exhaustive  so  far  as 
his  material  and  observations  would  permit  at  the  time,  the  work 
is  veiy  incomplete,  besides  being  encumbered  by  various  notes,  descrip- 
tions and  discussions  more  or  less  irrelevant.  It  is,  however,  of  great 
value,  not  only  in  making  known  a  number  of  new  forms  and  as  a 
contribution  to  systematic  ichthyology,  but  in  discussing  the 
distribution  and  to  some  extent  the  habits  of  the  various  species. 
Previous  to  this  work  all  the  accounts  or  records  of  the  CyprinidsB 
of  Pennsylvania  were  to  be  found  in  a  few  scattered  papers.  Later,  in 
Cope's  account  of  the  fish-fauna  of  the  State,^  a  work  intended  more  as 

>  Synopsis  of  the  Cypriiiidae  of  Pennsylvania,  Tr.  Am.  Philos.  Soc.  Phila., 
XIII,  n.  s.,   1869,  pp.  351-399,  Pis.  10-13. 

2  The  Fishes  of  Pennsylvania,  Rep.  State  Comm.  Fish.,  1879-80  (1881),  pp.  59- 
145,  figs.  1-44. 


518  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF     •       [DeC, 

a  semi-popular  descriptive  catalogue,  the  Cyprinidse  are  again  treated 
as  a  whole.  Bean  then  gives^  a  largely  compiled  account  of  the  same 
nature,  introducing  also  several  hypothetical  species.  These  latter 
I  have  placed  in  foot-notes  in  the  present  paper.  The  contribution 
by  Evermann  and  BoUman^  on  the  Monongahela  fishes  is  especially 
valuable  in  furnishing  us  with  an  account  of  a  basin  which  is  now 
much  polluted.  Finally,  in  a  recent  paper,^  I  have  mentioned  a  num- 
ber of  localities  where  much  of  my  own  material  was  obtained,  and 
thus  mapped  out  the  local  distribution  of  some  species. 

I  have  not  recorded  any  examinations  of  the  stomachs  of  some 
of  the  species,  leaving  the  details  to  be  incorporated  in  future  work. 
Little  attention  is,  therefore,  given  here  to  the  food  of  the  different 
forms. 

The  introduced  species,  such  as  the  carp  and  gold  fish,  are  not  treated 
in  this  paper. 

In  explanation  of  the  squamation  formulas  it  may  be  said  that  the 
median  lateral  longitudinal  count  of  scales  is  in  the  lateral  line,  when 
present,  to  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin,  and  that  the  few  on  the  latter 
to  be  added  are  signified  by  the  interpolated  plus  mark.  Above 
the  lateral  line  the  scales  are  counted  obliquely  down  from  the  origin 
of  the  dorsal  fin  posteriorly,  and  below  obliquely  up  from  the  origin 
of  the  anal  fin  forward. 

Acknowledgment  is  here  made  to  those  who"  have  so  kindly  assisted 
me  in  securing  material  used  in  this  work,  their  names  being  mentioned 
elsewhere  in  my  local  works. 

All  of  the  specimens  used  in  the  preparation  of  this  paper  are  now 
contained  in  the  Academy's  collections. 
Campostoma  anomalum  (Rafinesque). 

Head  3^  to  4^;  depth  3|  to  5;  D.  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii,  8,  i;  A.  iii, 
6,  i;  scales  43  to  55  -h  2  to  4,  usually  2  or  3;  usually  7  scales  above 
1.  1.,  occasionally  8;  usually  6  scales  below  1.  1.,  occasionally  7;  13  to 
16  scales  transversely  from  dorsal  in  young  with  incomplete  1.  1.; 
18  to  25  predorsal  scales;  snout  2^  to  3f  in  head;  eye  3^  to  6|;  maxil- 
lary 3  to  4^;  interorbital  2^  to  3|;  teeth  4-4.  Body  stout,  moderately 
compressed,  predorsal  gibbous  in  adult.  Snout  moderately  convex. 
Scales   crowded   anteriorly.     Color  brownish,   tinted   oHve   or  green 


3  The  Fishes  of  Pennsvh^ania,  Rep.  State  Comm.  Fish.,  1889-91  C1892)  dd 
1-149,  Pis.  1-35.  "  V         A  1 H- 

*  Notes  on  a  Collection  of  Fishes  from  the  Monongahela  River,  A7in  N  Y 
Acad.  ScL,  III,  1883-85  (1886),  pp.  335-340. 

^  Records  of  Pennsylvania  Fishes,  Am.  Nat.,  XLI,  1907,  pp.  5-21. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  519 

above.  Scales  somewhat  mottled.  Diisky  vertical  bar  behind 
opercle.  Dusky  cross-bar  on  dorsal  and  anal,  other  fins  bright  red 
in  spring-males,  olive  in  females.  Nearly  entire  upper  surface  of  spring- 
males  tuberculous,  and  iris  golden.  Very  variable,  young  differ  in 
appearance  from  adults.  Length  If  to  6|-  inches.  Many  examples 
from  Beaver  and  Kiskiminitas  Rivers,  Port  Allegany  (McKean  Co.), 
and  Newcastle  (Lawrence  Co.). 

Found  in  the  more  quiet  waters  of  our  streams,  frequently  in  small 
runs  and  the  deeper  pools.  It  feeds  on  the  bottom,  frequently  asso- 
ciated with  other  small  fishes,  and  is  rather  sluggish,  though  active  if 
disturbed.  I  have  not  found  it  in  the  small  colder  mountain  brooks. 
In  the  spring  it  ascends  small  brooks  to  spawn.  I  have  found  it  some- 
times infested  with  a  fungus,  appearing  as  a  white  fluffy  growth, 
in  which  cases  the  fish  appears  sickly  or  stupid.  Not  being  very  hardy 
it  is  of  little  use  as  bait.  It  reaches  a  length  of  8  inches  and  is  little 
valued  as  a  pan  fish.  In  our  limits  it  is  distributed  only  west  of  the 
Alleghanies. 

Chrosomus  erythrogaster  (Rafinesque). 

Head  3|;  depth  4|-;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i;  scales  about  88  +  4; 
28  scales  transversely  from  dorsal  to  ventral  origin;  40  predorsal 
scales;  snout  3f  in  head;  eye  3|;  maxillary  3f ;  interorbital  3.  Body 
compressed,  fusiform,  deepest  medianly.  Head  compressed,  rather 
tapering.  Eye  rounded,  about  first  third  in  head.  Mouth  moderate, 
oblique,  terminal.  Jaws  about  equal.  ]\Iaxillary  to  eye.  Rakers 
about  2  -f-  7  short  stumps.  L.  1.  short,  scarcely  beyond  middle  of 
pectoral.  Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  front  eye  margin 
and  caudal  base.  Anal  little  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal  emarginate, 
lobes  equal.  Pectoral  almost  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  little  before 
dorsal,  reaches  vent.  Color  olive-brown,  often  with  blackish  spots, 
and  dusky  dorsal  line.  Sides  silvery  between  2  black  lateral  bands, 
upper  straight  from  upper  opercle  angle  to  caudal,  sometimes  broken 
up  behind,  and  broader  lower  one  curved  down  little  to  end  in  caudal 
black  spot.     Belly  silvery.     Length  1|-  inches.     Kiskiminitas  River. 

This  fish  is  only  found  west  of  the  Alleghanies.  It  reaches  3  inches 
in  length,  and  is  a  beautiful  little  minnow,  the  spring  males  having 
the  sides  between  the  black  bands,  belly  and  bases  of  the  vertical 
fins  scarlet,  the  other  fins  orange,  and  the  body  everywhere  minutely 
tuberculate.  The  females  are  plainly  colored,  and  usually  with  little 
if  any  red.  It  is  said  to  be  very  hardy  and  therefore  attractive  in  the 
aquarium,  as  well  as  desirable  bait  for  bass  and  yellow  perch.  It  is 
also  said  to  occur  in  clear  cold  brooks  formed  about  spring-heads, 


520  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

be  very  active,  and  not  very  abundant  anywhere.     The  above  example, 
obtained  by  Cope,  is  the  only  one  I  have  from  our  limits. 
Chrosomus  erythrogaster  eos  (Cope). 

C.  eos  Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1861,  p.  523.     Meshoppen  Creek, 
Susquehanna  Co. 

Head  3f;  depth  4f;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i;  P.  i,  15?;  V.  i,  8; 
scales  80?  +  5?;  24?  scales  transversely  from  dorsal  to  middle  of  belly; 
50?  predorsal  scales;  head  width  2  its  length;  head  depth  If;  mandible 
2f ;  first  branched  dorsal  ray  If;  anal  ray  If;  upper  caudal  lobe  1-^; 
least  depth  of  caudal  peduncle  2f ;  pectoral  If;  ventral  1^%;  snout 
4i  in  head  measured  from  upper  jaw  tip;  eye  3^;  maxillary  3f ;  inter- 
orbital  3. 

Body  elongate,  compressed,  edges  convex,  profiles  apparent!)^ 
about  evenly  fusiform,  deepest  midway  in  length.  Caudal  peduncle 
compressed,  least  depth  about  1^  its  length. 

Head  moderate,  robust,  compressed,  above  rather  broadly  convex, 
lower  profile  more  inclined  convexly.  Snout  surface  broadly  convex, 
length  about  f  width.  Eye  large,  circular,  about  first  f  in  head. 
Mouth  well  inclined,  oblique,  gape  curved,  closed  mandible  slightly 
protruding.  Maxillary  narrow,  mostly  concealed  by  preorbital, 
exposed  end  almost  to  eye.  Mouth  moderately  small,  jaw  edges  rather 
blunt  and  not  especially  hard.  Lips  thin.  Tongue  thick,  fleshy, 
rounded,  scarcely  free.  Nostrils  together  on  snout  above,  about  last 
third  its  length,  posterior  larger,  anterior  with  cutaneous  rim.  Inter- 
orbital  broad,  slightly  evenly  convex.  Preorbital  width  about  f  its 
length,  latter  1^  in  eye,  lower  margin  convex.  Lower  posterior  pre- 
opercle  corner  rather  evenly  convex. 

Gill-opening  last  f  of  head.  Rakers  reduced,  short  small  fleshy 
points.  Filaments  about  j  of  eye.  Pseud obranchiae  little  shorter 
than  filaments.  Teeth  5-5,  elongate,  compressed,  tips  hooked, 
grinding-surfaces  narrow. 

Scales  small,  cycloid,  in  nearly  even  horizontal  series,  considerably 
smaller  along  dorsal  and  ventral  body  edges.  Scales  on  caudal  base 
little  reduced.  L.  1.  incomplete,  on  flrst  few  scales,  curving  down  little 
below  middle  of  side.     Tubes  simple,  persisting  to  each  scale  edge. 

Dorsal  origin  about  inidway  between  hind  eye  margin  and  caudal 
base,  first  branched  ray  highest,  last  about  f  of  first.  Anal  inserted 
about  midway  between  pectoral  medianly  and  caudal  base  just  behind 
dorsal  base,  first  branched  ray  highest,  fin  rounded  like  dorsal.  Caudal 
emarginate,  pointed  lobes  about  equal.  Pectoral  pointed,  upper  rays 
longest,  f  to  ventral.     Ventral  inserted  little  before  dorsal  origin  or 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  521 

about  midway  between  front  eye  margin  and  caudal  base,  reaching 
vent  close  before  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  faded  dull  or  pale  brownish,  belly  and  below  slightly 
silvery-white.  Faint  trace  of  dark  streak  from  eye  to  caudal  base, 
another  from  upper  side  of  head  back  to  upper  caudal  peduncle  surface 
hardly  evident,  fading  out  behind  though  possibly  joining  lower? 
Fins  all  faded  pale  whitish.     Iris  leaden-white. 

Length  about  2  inches  (caudal  slightly  damaged). 

No.  22,116,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype  (type)  of  C.  eos  Cope.  ]\reshoppen 
Creek,  Susquehanna  Co.  (Cope). 

Also  Nos.  22,  117  and  22,  118,  same  data,  shoTving:  Head  3f; 
depth  4f  to  4f  ?;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i;  scales  76  to  82  +  5;  26  scales 
transversely;  snout  3^  to  4  in  head;  eye  3  to  31- ;  maxillar}^  3^  to  3^; 
interorbital  3^  to  3^;  teeth  5-5;  length  If  to  l|f  inches. 

This  fish  is  only  known  to  me  from  the  above  examples,  though 
Cope  mentions  4,  all  of  which  were  taken  in  September  of  1861.     Noth- 
ing is  known  of  the  species,  aside  from  Cope's  short  description. 
Hybognathua  nuchalis  Agassiz. 

Recorded  by  Cope.  Occurs  west  of  the  Alleghanies.  I  have  no 
examples. 

HybognathuB  nuchalis  argyritis  (Girard). 

H.  nuchalis  Fowler,  Ain.  Nat.,  XLI,  1907,  p.  8.     Kiskiminitas  R    CNot  of 

Ag.) 

Head  3|  to  4^;  depth  4  to  4^;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  6,  i;  scales  37 
to  42  +  2;  7  scales  above  1.  1.;  4  or  5  scales  below  1.  1.;  23  predorsal 
scales;  snout  3^  to  3f  in  head;  eye  2f  to  3^;  maxillary  3|  to  3f ; 
interorbital  2|  to  3;  teeth  4-4.  Body  moderately  compressed,  some- 
what fusiform.  Head  rather  short.  Snout  broadly  convex.  Eye 
little  elongate,  rather  large.  Mouth  rather  wide.  Maxillary  to  eye. 
Preorbital  broad,  width  f  its  length.  Rakers  2  +  7?  short  weak 
points.  L.  1.  median.  Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  front 
nostril  and  caudal  base.  Anal  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal  apparently 
little  emarginated.  Pectoral  about  f  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  trifle 
before  dorsal  reaching  f  to  vent.  Color  largely  silvery.  Length  1^ 
to  2  inches.     Four  examples  from  the  Kiskiminitas  R.  (Cope). 

This  fish  is  closely  related  to  H.  nuchalis,  with  which  I  recently 
confused  it,  but  differs  apparently  in  the  much  larger  maxillary. 
It  occurs  west  of  the  Alleghanies  and  is  said  to  attain  a  length  of  4 
inches. 

Hybognathus  nuchalis  regius  (Girard). 

Head  4  to  4|;  depth  3^  to  4f ;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii. 


522  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

6,  i;  scales  34  to  40,  usually  36  to  39  +  usually  2,  occasionally 
3,  rarely  1 ;  6  scales  above  1.  1. ;  usually  4  scales,  occasionally  5,  below 
1.  1.;  14  to  18  predorsal  scales;  snout  3|-  to  4  in  head;  eye  3  to  4; 
maxillary  3|-  to  4^;  interorbital  2f  to  3;  teeth  4-4.  Body  compressed, 
somewhat  slender.  Head  short,  blunt.  Snout  blunt,  broad,  convex. 
Eye  small.  Mouth  small.  Maxillary  not  quite  to  eye.  Preorbital 
moderate,  width  about  2  its  length.  Rakers  4  +  7?  short  weak  points, 
tips  sometimes  bifurcate.  L.  1.  median.  Dorsal  origin  little  nearer 
snout  tip  than  caudal  base.  Caudal  rather  broad,  forked,  lobes  pointed. 
Pectoral  about  f  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  about  opposite  dorsal  origin 
and  f  to  anal.  Color  largely  silvery,  pale  olive  above.  Fins  pale. 
Iris  silvery.  Length  2yV  to  4f  inches.  Many  examples  from  the 
Delaware  R.  at  Holmesburg  (Philadelphia  Co.),  Bristol  and  Hulmeville 
(Bucks  Co.). 

This  handsome  fish  is  very  abundant  in  the  lower  or  tidal  region  of 
the  Delaware  and  its  larger  tributaries.  I  have  not  yet  found  it  in  the 
Susquehanna.  Though  usually  brilliant  silvery-white  in  life,  brassy- 
tinted  individuals  are  often  met  with.  It  attains  a  larger  size  than 
any  of  the  related  forms,  and  is  said  to  reach  9  inches  in  length.  It 
may  be  of  some  use  as  a  pan  fish,  frequently  varying  the  luck  of  perch 
fishermen,  as  it  readily  takes  the  hook.  It  seems  to  prefer  the  still 
tidal  waters  of  our  open  rivers  and  creeks,  and  is  frequently  found  in 
shoals  about  sand  bars,  and  in  little  bays  or  guts,  frequently  associated 
with  killies  or  other  small  fishes.  The  sexes  are  alike,  and  without 
tubercles  or  brilliant  variegated  pigment. 
Pimephales  promelas  Rafinesque. 

Head  3|;  depth  3f;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i;  scales  42  +  2  (12 
tubes  forming  1.  1.,  then  skipping  3  scales,  then  tube,  then  skipping  2 
scales,  and  tube  at  caudal  base);  9  scales  above  1.  1.;  5  scales  below 
1.  1.;  23  predorsal  scales;  snout  3^  in  head;  eye  4;  maxiUary  4f ; 
interorbital  2^;  teeth  4-4.  Body  deep,  well  compressed,  rather  short. 
Head  robust,  convex.  Snout  broad.  Eye  circular.  Mouth  small, 
low.  Maxillary  to  front  nostril,  oblique.  Rakers  4  +  11  short  weak 
points,  some  ends  little  bifurcated.  Scales  rather  narrowly  imbricated. 
Dorsal  origin  midway  between  front  eye  margin  and  caudal  base, 
second  simple  ray  detached  from  third.  Anal  little  behind  dorsal 
base.  Caudal  emarginate,  equal  lobes  rounded.  Pectoral  f  to  ven- 
tral, latter  httle  before  dorsal  and  reaching  vent.  Color  olive-brown, 
scale  edges  dusky.  Head  dusky-black,  opercle  edge  creamy-brown. 
Iris  gray-white.  Dorsal  gray,  second  simple  ray  pale,  others  medianly 
largely   dusky-gray,    anterior   ones    blackish.     Caudal    and    pectoral 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  523 

grayish,  other  fiiis  whitish.  Several  large  tubercles  on  muzzle. 
Length  2y\  inches.  One  example  from  Port  Allegany  (McKean  Co.) 
on  June  2d,  1906  (Keim  and  Fowler). 

The  above  is  the  only  example  I  have  secured  from  our  limits. 
Tliis  fish  prefers  sluggish  brooks  or  pools  and  varies  greatly  with 
season,  age  or  sex.  The  head  is  almost  globular  in  adult  males.  It 
is  interesting  in  the  aquarium.  It  feeds  on  green  algse  and  mud,  and 
is  sometimes  met  with  in  muddy  pools.  Only  reaching  a  length  of 
3  inches  it  is  of  no  use  as  a  pan  fish.  Found  west  of  the  Alleghanies. 
Pimephales  notatus  (Rafinesque). 

Head  3|  to  4f ;  depth  4  to  5;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  6,  i;  scales  37  to 
45  +  usually  2,  seldom  3,  rarely  1;  usually  7  scales,  sometimes  6, 
above  1.  1.;  usually  4  or  5  scales,  rarely  3,  below  1.  1.;  20  to  30  pre- 
dorsal  scales,  usually  22  to  26;  snout  3  to  3f  in  head;  eye  2^  to  4^; 
interorbital  2  to  3;  teeth  4-4.  Body  somewhat  elongate,  moderately 
compressed.  Head  robust,  convex.  Snout  blunt,  convex.  Eye 
circular.  Mouth  small,  low.  MaxiUary  to  hind  nostril.  Rakers 
about  4  +  7  short  weak  points.  Scales  narrowly  imbricated.  L.  1. 
complete  in  adult.  Dorsal  origin  midway  between  snout  tip  and  caudal 
base,  second  simple  ray  detached  from  third.  Anal  behind  dorsal 
base.  Caudal  forked,  lobes  rounded.  Pectoral  f  to  ventral,  latter 
inserted  about  opposite  dorsal  origin  and  reaching  first  branched 
anal  ray  base.  Color  olivaceous.  Head  blackish,  gill-opening  edged 
buff,  in  spring  males,  otherwise  buff.  Iris  black  and  bronze.  Pale 
dusky  lateral  diffuse  band.  Dorsal  brownish,  edge  whitish,  base  black- 
ish. Caudal  dull  olive,  other  fins  paler.  Large  tubercles  on  muzzle  of 
spring  males.  Length  ly\  to  3yV  inches.  Many  examples:  from 
the  Kiskiminitas  R. ;  Cole  Grove  and  Port  Allegany  (McKean  Co.); 
York  Furnace  (York  Co.);  Foxburg  (Clarion  Co.);  Erie  (Erie  Co.). 

Closel}'  resembling  the  preceding,  especially  when  young,  but  dis- 
tinguished by  its  more  inferior  mouth,  rather  more  slender  body,  and 
slightly  protruding  blunt  snout.  The  1;  1.  is  variable,  though  absent 
in  the  young  of  both  species  it  soon  appears  in  the  present.  It  is  found 
in  most  of  our  western  streams,  though  extending  into  the  Susquehanna 
and  thus  farther  east  than  the  last.  I  have  not  found  it  in  the  Dela- 
ware. It  prefers  quiet  streams  and  pools,  often  when  muddy,  and 
associates  with  other  small  fishes.  It  is  variable  in  color,  spring  males 
being  strikingly  colored,  though  otherwise  both  sexes  are  pale  olive 
with  a  dark  blackish  lateral  band  ending  in  a  l)lack  caudal  spot.  A 
good  bait  minnoAV,  as  it  is  active  and  tenacious,  reaching  4  inches  in 
length. 


524  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DcC, 

Semotilus  buUaris  (Rafinesque). 

Squalius  hyalope  Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1S64,  p.  280.     Cones- 
toga  Creek,  Lancaster  Co. 

Head  3f ;  depth  4^;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i;  scales  44  +  3;  7  scales 
above  1.  1.;  6  scales  below  1.  1.;  20  predorsal  scales;  snout  83-  in  head; 
€ye  Sf;  maxillary  3;  interorbital  2|;  pectoral  1|;  ventral  If;  least 
depth  caudal  peduncle  2^;  teeth  2,  5-4,  2.  Body  little  elongate, 
compressed.  Head  large,  rather  conic,  compressed.  Snout  convex, 
length  about  I  its  width,  slightly  protruding.  Eye  little  ellipsoid,  high, 
trifle  anterior.  Maxillary  to  eye.  No  barbel.  Interorbital  broad,  nearly 
flat.  Rakers  3  +  5  short  weak  obsolete  denticles.  Scales  striate,  pre- 
dorsal but  little  smaller.  L.  1.  complete,  slightly  decurved.  Dorsal 
inserted  nearer  caudal  base  than  snout  tip.  Anal  inserted  about  mid- 
way between  pectoral  tip  and  caudal  base.  Pectoral  about  f  to  ventral, 
latter  inserted  about  opposite  dorsal  origin,  reaches  vent  close  before 
anal.  Color  in  alcohol  dull  brownish,  sides  and  below  paler  to  whitish 
with  silvery  traces.  Iris  brassy.  Length  3^  inches.  No.  4,882,  A.  N. 
S.  P.,  cotype  (type)  of  *S.  hyalope  Cope.  Conestoga  Creek,  Lancaster  Co. 
(Stauffer).     From  Cope.     Nos.  4,883  to  4,886,  same  data. 

Head  3^  to  4^^;  depth  3f  to  5;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i;  scales  40  to 
49,  usually  41  to  47  +  2  or  3;  usually  8,  occasionally  7,  seldom  9, 
scales  above  1.  1.;  usually  6  scales,  frequently  5,  rarely  4  or  7,  below 
1.  1.;  usually  21  predorsal  scales,  frequently  20  or  22,  often  19  or  23, 
seldom  24,  and  rarely  18  or  25;  snout  2f  to  3|  in  head;  eye  2f  to  6^; 
maxillary  2^  to  3^;  teeth  2,  5-4,  2,  occasionally  2,  4-4,  2,  rarely  2, 
5-5,  2  or  2,  5-3,  2  or  1,  5-4,  2.  Body  robust,  compressed.  Head 
compressed,  convex.  Snout  convex,  about  broad  as  long.  Eye  round; 
high.  Mouth  large,  nearly  horizontal.  Mandible  included.  Jaws 
heavy.  Maxillary  nearly  to  eye,  with  short  barbel  above  near  end, 
latter  absent  in  most  young.  Rakers  3  +  4  short  weak  denticles. 
Scales  large,  well  exposed.  Dorsal  origin  little  nearer  caudal  base 
than  snout  tip.  Anal  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal  forked.  Pectoral 
about  I  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  little  before  dorsal,  reaches  about 
I  to  anal.  Color  largely  silvery-white  below,  bluish  and  olive  on  back. 
Spring  males  brilliant  vermilion  on  sides  of  head  and  body,  lower 
fins  and  dorsal  base,  iris  orange  and  front  of  head  tuberculate.  Length 
If  to  15  inches.  A  very  large  series  of  all  ages:  from  the  Delaware 
R.  basin  at  Kennett  Square,  Willistown  Barrens,  Crum  Creek  2  miles 
east  of  White  Horse,  Ring's  Run  (Chester  Co.);  Markam,  near  Wawa, 
Collar  Brook  (Delaware  Co.);  Holmesburg,  Torresdale  (Philadelphia 
Co.);  Cornwells,  near  Langhorne  (Bucks  Co.);  Delaware  Water  Gap 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  525 

(Monroe  Co.);  Dingmann's  Ferry  (Pike  Co.):  Susquehanna  R.  basin 
in  the  Conestoga  Creek  (Lancaster  Co.);  Emporium  (Cameron  Co.). 

This  is  the  largest  and  gamiest  member  of  the  family  in  our  limits. 
It  occurs  only  east  of  the  Alleghanies  or  in  our  Atlantic  basin,  seemingly 
more  abundant  in  the  Delaware  than  in  the  Susquehanna.  It  is  a 
vigorous  fish,  reaching  about  18  inches  in  length.  It  often  occurs 
about  rapids  and  falls,  from  which  it  has  earned  the  name  of  fall  fish. 
Tlie  large  ones  occur  in  the  rivers  or  other  large  bodies  of  water,  though 
small  ones  are  mature  when  only  a  few  inches  long  and  found  living 
in  small  brooks.  It  is  a  very  variable  species,  especially  as  to  age,  sex 
or  season.  Small  adults  resemble  the  young  of  large  adults,  being 
silvery  with  a  dark  lateral  stripe,  the  latter  fading  out  with  age.  It 
is  omnivorous,  and  is  often  abundant  about  mouths  of  sewers,  with 
suckers.  It  will  take  most  bait,  also  the  fly,  and  may  be  taken  by 
trolling.  It  is  usually  angled  in  the  summer,  though  often  bites  well 
in  the  fall.  One  often  sees  Thoreau  quoted  that  ''the  chub  is  a  soft 
fish  and  tastes  hke  brown  paper  salted,"  which  is  not  altogether  true, 
as  it  is  often  a  very  acceptable  pan  fish  and,  perhaps  not  possessing 
the  qualities  of  flavor  of  some  of  our  other  fishes,  is  not  always  to  be 
compared  to  salted  brown  paper.  It  must  be  eaten  when  fresh  and 
is  then  very  good.  It  is  said  to  spawn  in  the  spring  in  quiet  shallow 
places,  accumulating  large  patches  of  gravel  or  pebbles,  the  so-called 
"nests." 
Semotilus  atromaculatus  (Mitchill). 

Head  3^  to  4;  depth  3f  ?  to  5i?;  D.  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii,  8,  i;  A, 
iii,  7,  I,  rarely  iii,  8,  i;  scales  49  to  61,  usually  50  to  58  +  2  to  4, 
usually  3;  9  to  12  scales  above  1. 1.,  usually  10,  frequently  11,  otherwise 
rarely;  5  to  8  scales  below  1. 1.,  usually  6,  frequently  7,  otherwise  rarely; 
27  to  38  predorsal  scales,  usually  30  to  34;  snout  3  to  3|-  in  head; 
eye  3^  to  7f ;  maxillary  2|  to  3^;  teeth  2,  5-4,  2,  occasionally  2,  4-4,  2, 
rarely  2,  6-6,  2  or  2,  5-5,  2  or  2,  3,  2-5,  2  or  2,  5-3,  4,  5  or  2,  5,  3-4, 
3,  2  or  3,  4-4,  2,  Body  robust  forward,  compressed.  Head  robust, 
broad,  obtusely  conic,  heavy.  Snout  broad,  convex,  length  f  its  width. 
Eye  round,  rather  high.  Mouth  broad,  rather  large,  little  inclined. 
Mandible  included.  Jaws  heavy.  Maxillary  about  to  eye,  with  short 
barbel  above  near  end,  latter  absent  in  young.  Rakers  2  +  6  short 
weak  points.  Scales  small,  crowded  and  smaller  anteriorly.  Dorsal 
origin  about  midway  between  front  pupil  margin  and  caudal  base. 
Anal  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal  forked.  Pectoral  about  f  to  ventral, 
latter  inserted  little  before  dorsal  and  reaching  about  f  to  anal.  Color 
dusky-oUve  above.  Dull  diffuse  band  of  same  laterally,  usually  ending 
34 


526  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

in  blackish  spot  at  caudal  base,  especially  in  young.  Below  silvery- 
white,  rosy-red  in  spring  males.  Dusky  bar  behind  opercle.  Iris 
orange  and  yellow.  Black  spot  at  dorsal  base  in  front  margined 
orange-red.  Dorsal  and  caudal  pale  olive,  other  fins  with  vermilion 
in  spring  males.  Several  large  tubercles  on  snout  and  front  of  spring 
males.  Length  If  to  8|  inches.  A  very  large  series:  from  the  Dela- 
ware R.  basin  in  the  Schuylkill  R. ;  Cobb's  Creek,  Collar  Brook,  Faw- 
kes  Run,  first  brook  above  Whetstone  Run  (Delaware  Co.);  Phila- 
delphia: Susquehanna  R.  basin  at  Emporium  (Cameron  Co.);  Muncy 
(Lycoming  Co.);  Octoraro  Creek  at  Nottingham  (Chester  Co.);  near 
Ephrata,  Denver  and  Swamp  Bridge  (Lancaster  Co.):  Genesee  R. 
basin  at  Gold  and  Raymonds  (Potter  Co.) :  Youghiogheny  R.,  Meadow 
Run  (Fayette  Co.) :  Kiskiminitas  R.  :  Beaver  R.  :  Allegheny  R.  basin 
at  Warren  (Warren  Co.);  Port  Allegany  (McKean  Co.). 

This  chub  is  found  everywhere  in  our  limits  more  or  less  abundant!}-, 
not  only  in  the  larger  streams  but  very  often  in  the  small  clear  moun- 
tain brooks,  where  it  often  associates  with  Rhinichthys  atronasus. 
It  is  very  voracious,  and  will  eagerly  take  a  hook  with  most  baits,  or 
even  a  fly.  Reaching  a  length  of  about  10  inches,  it  is  said  to  be  a 
fair  pan  fish.  It  is  also  used  as  bait.  The  young  differ  considerably 
from  the  adult  in  the  blackish  lateral  band.  I  have  found  this  fish 
especially  abundant  in  cold  rapid  trout  streams,  such  as  those  in  the 
upper  Allegheny  valley.  It  is  said  to  spawn  in  the  spring  or  early 
summer,  constructing  the  "nests"  about  riffles  or  coarse  gravel  bars. 

Leuciacus  vandoisulus  Valenciennes. 

Head  3f  to  4;  depth  3|  to  4;  D.  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii,  8,  i;  A.  iii, 
8,  I,  occasionally  iii,  7,  i;  scales  44  to  52,  usually  about  48  +  2  or  3, 
usually  2;  usually  10  scales,  seldom  9  or  11,  above  1.  1.;  usually  6 
scales,  frequently  5,  below  1.  1. ;  21  to  28,  usually  about  24,  predorsal 
scales;  snout  3|  to  3|-  in  head;  eye  2|  to  3^;  maxiflary  2  to  2J;  teeth 
2^  5-4,  2.  Body  compressed,  deep.  Head  compressed.  Snout 
convex.  Eye  round,  high.  Mouth  large,  well  inclined,  mandible 
protruding.  MaxiUary  to  pupil.  Rakers  2  -h  5  short  denticles. 
Scales  well  exposed.  L.  1.  well  decurved,  complete.  Dorsal  origin 
midway  between  front  eye  margin  and  caudal  base.  Anal  inserted 
below  last  dorsal  ray.  Caudal  deeply  forked,  lobes  pointed.  Pec- 
toral reaching  little  beyond  ventral,  latter  inserted  well  before  dorsal 
origin  and  reaches  anal.  Color  olivaceous  above,  each  scale  margined 
dusky  and  sides  finely  punctate  with  dusky.  Leaden  streak  from 
snout  and  shoulder  back  opposite  ventral,  bounded  below  on  trunk 
by  streak  of  bright  orange-red.     Below  white.     Dorsal  and  caudal 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  527 

dull  olivaceous,  other  fins  pale.  Iris  brownish  with  golden  ring. 
Head  above  minutely  tuberculate.  Young  nearly  plain-colored  and 
females  usually  without  tubercles.  Length  If  to  SfV  inches.  Many 
examples  from  the  Susquehanna  R.  basin  in  tributaries  of  the  Octoraro 
Creek  and  the  head-waters  of  the  North  East  Creek,  North  East  R. 
basin,  near  Nottingham  (Chester  Co.). 

This  little  minnow  is  found  in  small  streams  of  clear  water,  usually 
about  pools,  and  often  associated  with  other  small  fishes.  It  is  said 
to  reach  5  inches  in  length.  The  males  are  very  gaudy  in  spring  dress, 
which  some  attain  when  half  grown.  It  occurs  only  in  our  Atlantic 
basin  and,  though  I  found  it  in  the  lower  Susquehanna  valley,  have  not 
yet  met  with  it  in  the  Delaware,  where,  however,  it  has  been  recorded 
by  Cope. 
Leuoisous  elongatus  (Kirtland). 

Head  3^  to  4;  depth  41  to  5^;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  8,  i,  seldom  iii,. 
7,  I,  rarely  iii,  9,  i ;  scales  60  to  75,  usually  about  60  to  69  +  usually 
2,  frequently  3,  rarely  4;  usually  13  scales,  frequently  12,  seldom  11,. 
rarely  14,  above  1.  1.;  usually  7  scales,  frequently  8,  below  1.  1.;  25  to- 
38,  usually  28  to  35,  predorsal  scales;  snout  3|-  to  3f  in  head;  eye  2f 
to  41;  maxillary  2yV  to  2^ ;  teeth  2,  5-4,  2,  frequently  2,  4-4,  2.  Body 
compressed,  elongate.  Head  compressed,  rather  pointed.  Snout 
convex.  Eye  round,  high.  Mouth  large,  well  inclined,  mandible  pro- 
truding. Maxillary  trifle  beyond  pupil  front.  Rakers  about  2  +  5 
short  points.  Scales  small,  about  uniform.  L.  1.  little  decurved, 
complete  in  adult,  incomplete  or  absent  in  young.  Dorsal  origin 
little  nearer  caudal  base  than  snout  tip.  Anal  httle  behind  dorsal 
base.  Caudal  emarginate.  Pectoral  |  to  ventral,  latter  inserted 
little  before  dorsal  origin  and  fin  f  to  anal.  Color  olivaceous  above, 
scales  mottled  darker.  Lateral  band  of  blackish,  first  half  bright 
red  in  spring  males.  Below  silvery-white.  Lower  fins  reddened  in 
spring  males.  Dark  median  dorsal  streak.  Iris  silvery,  dark  lateral 
band  passing  through.  Length  1^  to  3f  inches.  Many  examples 
from  the  Allegheny  R.  basin  at  Cole  Grove  and  Port  Allegany  (McKean 
Co.). 

Resembles  the  preceding.     Found  only  in  the  clear  mountain  streams 
west  of  the  Alleghanies,  usually  associated  with  other  small  fishes. 
Said  to  reach  5  inches  and  be  a  good  bait  minnow. 
Leuoisous  margarita  (Cope). 

Clinostomus  margarita  Cope,  Trans.  Am.  Philos.  Soc.  Pliila.,  (2)  XIII,  1869 
p.  377,  fig.  (teeth),  PI.  13,  fig.  1.     The  Conestoga,  near  Lancaster. ' 

Head  4;  depth  4*;  D.   evidently  iii,?  7,  i  (damaged);  A.  iii,  ?  7? 


528  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [DeC, 

(damaged);  P.  i,  10?;  scales  about  58  to  caudal  base;  1.  1.  formed 
of  about  35  distinct  tubes  anteriorly;  11  scales  above  1.  1.;  7  scales 
below  1.  1.;  31  predorsal  scales;  head  width  1|  its  length;  head  depth 
at  occiput  1^;  mandible  about  2|-;  dorsal  base  about  2;  least  depth 
caudal  peduncle  2^;  snout  4  in  head,  measured  from  upper  jaw  tip; 
eye  3^;  interorbital  2f ;  maxillary  SyV- 

Body  moderately  elongate,  well  compressed,  edges  rounded,  deepest 
near  dorsal  origin  and  upper  profile  apparently  more  evenly  convex 
anteriorly  than  lower.  Caudal  compressed,  rather  deep,  least  depth 
about  If  its  length. 

Head  moderately  small,  robust,  compressed,  little  broad  above  and 
becoming  slightly  constricted  below.  Profiles  similarly  inclined, 
upper  little  more  convex  anteriorly  than  lower.  Snout  convex, 
length  about  |  its  width.  Eye  circular,  large,  high,  placed  about  first 
Y  in  head.  Mouth  small,  well  inclined,  gape  nearly  straight  in  profile. 
Mandible  protruding,  rather  shallowly  convex,  rami  well  elevated 
inside  mouth.  Maxillary  mostly  concealed,  robust,  well  inclined,  end 
past  eye  front,  not  quite  to  pupil.  Jaw  edges  firm.  Lips  thin,  evi- 
dently little  developed.  Tongue  rather  thick,  fleshy,  not  free.  Nos- 
trils lateral  on  snout  above,  near  eye,  anterior  with  cutaneous  margin, 
posterior  larger,  in  crescent.  Interorbital  rather  broadly  convex. 
Preorbital  large,  trapezoidal,  width  about  f  its  length,  latter  about 
1-J  in  eye.  Other  suborbitals  narrow.  Preopercle  margin  inclined 
forward,  angle  rather  broadly  convex. 

Gill-opening  about  to  middle  of  head.  Rakers  2  +  4?  short  weak 
points,  about  4  in  filaments,  latter  f  of  eye.  Pseud obranchise  rather 
large.  Teeth  2,  5-4,  2,  hooked,  slender,  compressed,  without  evident 
grinding  surfaces. 

Scales  rather  small,  adherent,  mostly  uniform,  in  series  parallel 
with  1.  1.  Predorsal  scales  small,  Httle  crowded.  Breast  scales  still 
smaller.  L.  1.  apparently  complete,  first  slightly  decurved,  ascending 
median  caudal  peduncle  side.  Tubes  simple,  well  exposed,  though 
posterior  rather  indistinct. 

Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  front  eye  margin  and  caudal 
base,  fin  moderately  high,  first  branched  (damaged)  rays  longest. 
Anal  origin  about  opposite  last  dorsal  ray  base  or  about  midway 
between  caudal  base  and  depressed  pectoral  tip.  Caudal  damaged. 
Vent  close  before  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  above  dull  brownish  generally,  sides  and  below 
pale  or  whitish  with  shining  mercury  tints.  Sides  uniform  in  color, 
and  sprinkled  all  over  with  minute  brownish  dots  or  specks.  Fins 
plain  or  pale  brownish.     Iris  brassy. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  529 

Length  If  inches  (caudal  nearly  absent). 

No.  5,320,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype  of  C.  margarita  Cope.  A  tributary 
of  the  Conestoga,  near  Lancaster  (Cope). 

Also  No.  5,321,  same  data.  Though  this  example  is  larger  it  is 
broken  in  pieces  and  mostly  macerated.  As  it  agrees  in  having  the 
last  few  tubes  in  the  scales  of  the  1.  1.  discontinued  before  the  caudal 
base  it  was  probably  largely  the  basis  of  the  original  description. 

I  only  have  the  above  material  of  Cope.     He  says  it  is  bright  crimson 
below  during  midsummer  and  that  it  was  found  in  a  stream  inhabited 
by  Rhinichthys  and  Semotilus.     It  has  not  yet  been  taken  out  of  the 
Susquehanna  basin  in  our  limits. 
Abrainis  crysoleucas  (Mitchill). 

Head  3f-to4f ;  depth  2^  to  4^;  D.  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii,  6,  i  or  iii,  8,  i, 
once  abnormally  iii,  7-4 ;  A.  usually  iii,  12,  i  or  iii,  13,  i,  occasionally 
iii,  14,  I,  rarely  iii,  10,  i  or  11,  i,  or  iii,  15,  i,  once  abnormally  iii, 
8-2;  scales  usually  40  to  45,  mostly  41  to  43,  often  38,  39  or  46,  seldom 
47,  rarely  48  or  50  +  usually  2  or  3,  rarely  1  or  4;  usually  11  scales, 
often  10,  frequently  12,  rarely  9  or  13,  above  1.  1.;  usually  4  scales, 
frequently  5,  rarely  3,  below  1.  1.;  usually  15  scales,  frequently  14  or 
16,  rarely  17,  transversely  from  dorsal  origin,  in  young;  usually  23, 
frequently  21  to  25,  often  20,  27  or  28,  seldom  29,  and  rarely  16,  17, 
18,  19  or  30,  predorsal  scales;  snout  3|-  to  4^  in  head;  eye  2|  to  4J; 
maxillary  3  to  4f ;  interorbital  2\  to'  3;  teeth  5-5,  occasionally  5-4, 
rarely  4-5  or  7-5  or  6-5  or  5-5,  2  or  1,  4-4,  2,  Body  well  compressed, 
postventral  trenchant.  Head  compressed,  upper  profile  slightly 
concave.  Snout  broadly  convex,  length  +  its  width.  Eye  circular. 
Mouth  small,  obhque,  mandible  scarcely  protruding.  Maxillary  not 
quite  to  eye.  Rakers  about  5  +  11  firm  compressed  points.  Scales 
narrowly  imbricated.  L.  1.  greatly  decurved,  complete  in  adult,  incom- 
plete in  young.  Dorsal  origin  midway  between  hind  eye  margin  and 
caudal  base.  Anal  trifle  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal  widely  forked, 
lobes  pointed.  Pectoral  |-  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  well  before  dorsal, 
fin  f  to  anal.  Color  bluish-olive  above,  whitish  below.  Sides  often 
with  bright  deep  bluish  or  golden  reflections.  Dorsal  and  caudal  like 
back,  lower  fins  yellowish- vermilion  in  spring  males.  Iris  silvery, 
liength  If  to  5^  inches.  Very  many  examples:  from  the  Delaware 
R.  basin  at  Kennett  Square,  Ring's  Run  and  Willistown  Barrens 
(Chester  Co.) ;  Chadd's  Ford,  Hunter's  Run,  Collingdale  (Delaware  Co.); 
Holmesburg,  Bustleton  (Philadelphia  Co.);  Cornwells,  Hulmeville, 
near  Langhorne,  Neshaminy  Falls,  Bristol,  Emilie,  Tullytown,  Scott's 
Creek,  Yardley  (Bucks  Co.);  Hatboro  (Montgomery  Co.);  Dingman's 


530  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Ferry  (Pike  Co.):  Susquehanna  R.  basin,  at  York  Furnace  (York 
Co.);  Nottingham  (Chester  Co.);  near  Denver  and  Witmer's  Mills 
(Lancaster  Co.);  Lopez  (Sullivan  Co.):  Lake  Erie  at  Erie  (Erie  Co.). 
This  is  one  of  our  most  abundant  species.  It  occurs  in  all  our  waters 
and  is  sometimes  found  in  large  schools  of  thousands  of  individuals 
in  the  Delaware  tide-water.  It  is  especially  characteristic  of  pools, 
ponds,  cut-offs,  in  shallow  or  weedy  places,  and  in  still  water.  It 
readily  takes  the  hook,  and  though  sometimes  reaching  a  foot  in  length 
is  not  considered  much  of  a  game  fish.  As  a  pan  fish  it  is  fair.  It  is 
not  much  in  demand  for  bait  as  it  is  not  very  hardy,  though  its  bright 
color  is  an  advantage  as  a  lure.  Variation  is  quite  noticeable,  and  in 
color  often  extremes  of  bluish  and  golden  are  found.  It  is  very  gre- 
garious, and  the  large  schools  of  shiners  one  so  often  sees  along  the 
shores  of  our  creeks  and  quiet  streams  are  frequently  made  up  of  this 
fish,  though  it  often  associates  with  other  species.  The  young  are  quite 
different  in  color  from  the  adult,  having  a  black  lateral  band,  which 
disappears  after  they  have  grown  several  inches. 

Ceratichthys  vigilax  Baird  and  Guard. 

Known  to  me  only  from  Evermann  and  Bollman's  record  from  the 
Monongahela  River. 

Notropis  bifrenatus  (Cope). 

Head  3^  to  4^;  depth  Sf  to  5|;  D.  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii,  6,  i;  A.  iii, 
6,  I,  rarely  iii,  7,  i;  scales  usually  33,  frequently  32  or  34,  often  30,  31 
or  35,  seldom  29  and  rarely  36  +  usually  2,  often  3,  seldom  1 ;  usually 
11  scales  transversely  from  dorsal  origin  to  ventral,  frequently  12, 
seldom  10,  rarely  13;  usually  6  scales  above  1.  1.,  frequently  5;  usually 
4  scales  below  1. 1.,  rarely  5;  usually  12,  frequently  13,  often  11  and  14, 
seldom  10,  rarely  15,  predorsal  scales;  snout  3|-  to  4|-  in  head;  eye 
2^  to  3| ;  maxillar}'-  3^  to  4|- ;  interorbital  2  to  3 ;  teeth  4-4,  rarely  4-3-. 
Body  rather  compact,  caudal  peduncle  little  constricted.  Head  mode- 
rate. Muzzle  obtuse.  Eye  circular,  high.  Mouth  oblique.  Jaws 
even.  Rakers  2  +  5  weak  points.  Scales  well  exposed.  L.  1.  incom- 
plete, usually  only  of  about  11  tubes  anteriorly.  Dorsal  origin  nearer 
snout  tip  than  caudal  base.  Anal  just  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal 
long,  forked,  lobes  rather  pointed.  Pectoral  not  to  ventral.  Ventral 
inserted  about  opposite  dorsal  origin  and  reaching  trifle  beyond  anal. 
Color  pale  straw-brown,  scales  on  back  brown-edged.  Shining  black 
band  with  bluish  tinge,  from  snout  to  caudal  base,  including  mandible 
edge.  Orange  band  above  this  on  snout  in  spring  males.  Below 
silvery.    Fins  pale.    Length  lyV  to  2j\  inches.    Many  examples :  from 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    THILADELPHIA.  531 

Ring's  Run  and  Black  Horse  Rim  (Chester  Co.);  CoUingdale  (Delaware 
Co.);  Holmesburg  and  Torresdale  (Philadelphia  Co.);  Hatboro  (Mont- 
gomery Co.)  ;  Cornwells,  Hulmeville,  Neshaminy  Falls,  Little  Neshaminy 
Creek,.  Bristol,  Emilie,  near  Langhorne,  Scott's  Creek  (Bucks  Co.): 
Susquehanna  R.  at  York  Furnace  (York  Co.). 

This  pretty  little  minnow  may  best  be  known  from  the  other  mem- 
bers of  the  genus  by  its  incomplete  lateral  line.  It  closely  resembles 
N.  procne,  but  may  be  distinguished  by  this  character.  It  is  usually 
found  in  clear  and  rather  still  water,-  in  schools  of  moderate  size,  and 
associated  with  other  small  fishes,  such  as  killies  and  roach.  They 
occur  both  in  tide-water  and  above,  in  the  small  creeks  and  runs,  and 
I  have  found  them  in  the  open  rivers,  though  along  shore.  The  sexes 
are  colored  alike,  though  during  the  spawning  season,  in  May  and  June, 
the  gravid  females  are  much  deeper-bodied.  The  young  do  not 
differ  much  from  the  adults.  Altogether  it  is  a  weak  little  fish,  but 
quite  attractive,  and  said  to  be  of  use  as  bait.  I  have  met  with  it 
only  in  the  lower  Delaware  and  Susquehanna  basins.  Cope's  types 
of  this  species  (Hybopsis  bifrenatus)  seem  to  be  lost. 
Notropis  deliciosus  (Girard). 

Recorded  from  the  Monongahela  R.  as  N.  d.  stramineus  by  Evermann 
and  Bollman.     I  have  not  seen  any  examples. 

Notropis  procne  (Cope). 

Hyhognathus  procne  Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1864,  p.  283.     The 
Conestoga. 

Head  3f;  depth  4|;  D.  iii,  6,  i;  A.  iii,  6,  i;  P.  i,  13;  V.  i,  7; 
scales  32  +  2;  5  scales  above  1.  1.;  4  scales  below  1.  1.;  12  predorsal 
scales;  head  width  1|  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  1|;  snout  3|; 
eye  2f ;  maxillary  3^;  interorbital  2|;  dorsal  base  1|;  anal  base  2^; 
least  depth  caudal  peduncle  2^;  pectoral  1^;  ventral  If. 

Body  elongate,  well  compressed,  profiles  similarly  fusiform  or  upper 
only  slightly  more  convex,  deepest  at  dorsal  origin,  edges  convexly 
round.     Caudal  peduncle  compressed,  least  depth  about  2|-  its  length. 

Head  moderate,  robust,  wider  than  trunk,  profiles  about  similar. 
Snout  obtuse,  convex,  length  f  its  width.  Eye  large,  high,  little  longer 
than  deep,  center  near  first  f  in  head.  Mouth  moderate,  iiiferiorly 
terminal.  Mandible  slightly  included,  rather  shaUowly  depressed, 
rami  slightly  elevated  inside  mouth.  Lips  thin.  Premaxillaries 
protractile  down.  Maxillary  very  slightly  beyond  front  eye  margin. 
Jaw  edges  rather  firm,  trenchant.  Tongue  thick,  fleshy,  adnate. 
Nostrils  large,  together,  on  snout  above  near  eye,  crescentic  posterior 
larger.     Interorbital  broad,  flat.     Preorbital  width  about  If  its  length, 


532  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC._. 

latter  1^  in  eye.  Infraorbital  broadest  of  other  narrow  suborbitals. 
Posterior  preopercle  margin  nearly  straight,  but  slightly  inclined 
forward. 

GUI-opening  to  hind  pupil  margin,  isthmus  width  at  this  point  2^ 
in  eye.  Rakers  2  +  4  short  weak  points,  much  shorter  than  filaments, 
latter  2  in  eye.  Pseud obranchise  large,  less  than  filaments.  Isthmus 
rather  broadly  depressed.     Teeth  lost. 

Scales  moderately  large,  series  parallel  with  1.  1.,  mostly  uniform 
except  smaller  ones  on  caudal  base,  with  fine  radiating  striae.  L.  1. 
continuous,  first  decurved  slightly,  then  about  midway  along  caudal 
peduncle  side.     Tubes  simple,  each  about  f  exposed  scale. 

Dorsal  origin  midway  between  caudal  base  and  snout  tip,  fin  gradu- 
ated down  from  first  branched  ray  (damaged)  and  longest?  Caudal 
(damaged)  emarginate,  lobes  equal?  Pectoral  f  to  ventral,  upper 
rays  longest.  Ventral  inserted  little  before  dorsal  origin,  not  quite  to 
vent.     Vent  close  to  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  faded  mostly  dull  or  pale  brownish,  not  darker  above. 
Edges  of  back  scales  slightly  darker  than  ground-color.  Head  above 
brownish,  below  paler  or  translucent,  sides  washed  silvery-white. 
Entire  side  of  body  bright  silvery-white  with  underlaid  median  lateral 
streak  from  shoulder  to  caudal  base  medianly.  From  snout  tip,  back 
over  underlaid  leaden  streak,  dull  brown  band,  inconspicuous  and 
narrower  than  vertical  eye.  Iris  pale  silvery,  leaden  lateral  streak 
passing  through.     Fins  pale  or  plain  dull  brownish. 

Length  lyf  inches  (caudal  damaged). 

No.  3,152,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype  (type)  of  H.  procne  Cope.  Conestoga, 
tributary  of  the  Susquehanna  (Stauffer).  Also  Nos.  3,153  to  3,162, 
same  data. 

Head  3^  to  4^;  depth  3f  to  5^;  D.  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii,  6,  i;  A.  iii, 
6,  I,  rarely  iii,  7,  i  or  iii,  5,  i;  scales  usually  33,  frequently  32,  often 
34,  occasionally  35,  seldom  31,  rarely  36  +  usually  2,  occasionally 
3;  usually  6  scales,  occasionally  5,  above  1.  1.;  4  scales  below  1.  1.; 
13  predorsal  scales  usually,  often  12  or  14,  seldom  15,  rarely  16; 
snout  3^  to  4  in  head;  eye  2f  to  3^;  maxillary  3  to  3|;  interorbital 
2^  to  3^;  teeth  4-4,  rarely  5-4.  Body  elongate,  compressed,  rather 
slender,  caudal  peduncle  long,  constricted.  Head  moderate.  Muzzle 
short.  Eye  circular,  little  high.  Mouth  oblique.  Jaws  even. 
Rakers  2  +  5  short  weak  points.  Scales  well  exposed,  L.  1.  complete, 
little  decurved  at  first.  Dorsal  origin  midway  between  snout  tip  and 
caudal  base.  Anal  inserted  well  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal  long, 
forked,  lobes  pointed.     Pectoral  f  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  little 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  533 

before  dorsal  origin,  reaches  vent.  Color  above  pale  brownish.  Dark 
lateral  band  overlaid  with  grayish.  Median  dark  streak  down  back. 
Sides  and  below  silvered.  Fins  pale  brownish.  Iris  silvery,  crossed 
by  dark  lateral  band.  Length  1|-?  to  2|^  inches.  Many  examples, 
including  the  above  cotypes :  from  the  North  East  Creek  headwaters 
near  Nottingham  (Chester  Co.) :  Susquehanna  R.  basin  in  the  Pequea 
Creek  at  Paradise  and  in  the  Cocalico  Creek  at  Swamp  Bridge,  Witmer's 
Mills  and  run  near  Blainsport  (Lancaster  Co.) :  Delaware  R.  basin  in 
Darby  Creek  at  Collingdale  (Delaware  Co.) ;  Schuylkill  R. ;  Holmesburg 
(Philadelphia  Co.);  Hulmeville,  above  Newtown,  Neshaminy  Falls 
(Bucks  Co.);  Abrams  (Montgomery  Co.). 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  N.  hijrenatus,  differing  in  the  com- 
plete lateral  line,  even  in  young  an  inch  long.  It  is  found  in  clear 
streams  or  creeks,  not  too  rapid,  and  usually  about  gravel  bars,  where 
it  associates  in  shoals  with  other  species.  It  prefers  the  more  upland 
streams,  and  I  have  not  yet  found  it  in  tide-water.  The  adult  is 
a  beautiful  little  fish,  averaging  about  2|  inches  in  length.  It  is  sub- 
ject to  some  variation.  Though  hardly  brilliant  in  color,  it  is  hand- 
some, in  certain  lights  the  dark  lateral  band  gleaming  violet,  blue 
or  greenish.  It  probably  spawns  in  late  spring  and  early  summer. 
It  is  said  to  be  excellent  bait,  and  good  in  the  aquarium.  I  have 
met  with  it  only  in  the  Susquehanna  and  Delaware  basins. 
Notropis  keimi  sp.  nov.    Plate  XXVII. 

N.  cayuga  Fowler,  Am.  Nat.,  XLI,  1906,  p.  595.     Megheny  R.  above  Port 

Allegany,  McKean  Co.  (Not  of  Meek.) Fowler,  I.e.,  XLI,  1907,  p.  10, 

copied. 

Head  3f;  depth  4|;  D,  iii,  6,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i;  P.  i,  11;  V.  i,  7; 
scales  37  +  about  3;  5  scales  above  1.  1.;  3  scales  below  1.  1.;  15  pre- 
dorsal  scales;  head  wddth  1|  its  length;  head  depth  as  occiput  If; 
snout  3i;  eye  3f ;  maxillary  3;  mandible  2f ;  interorbital  31;  first 
branched  dorsal  ray  1^;  first  branched  anal  ray  If;  least  depth  caudal 
peduncle  3yV;  lower  caudal  lobe  trifle  longer  than  head,  about  space 
equal  to  pupil  diameter;  pectoral  If;  ventral  1^. 

Body  elongate,  slender,  compressed,  edges  rather  broadly  convex, 
profiles  similarly  tapering  from  greatest  depth  at  dorsal  origin.  Caudal 
peduncle  slender,  compressed,  least  depth  2|  its  length. 

Head  rather  large,  elongate,  compressed,  rather  flattened  sides  not 
convergent  below,  upper  profile  little  more  inclined  than  lower. 
Muzzle  obtuse.  Snout  obtuse,  surface  and  profile  convex,  length  about 
f  its  width.  Eye  large,  close  to  upper  profile,  trifle  before  middle 
head  length,  rather  eUipsoid  or  trifle  longer  than  deep.     Mouth  inferior, 


534  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

rather  large,  jaws  about  even.  Maxillary  large,  rather  exposed,  to 
front  eye  margin,  scarcely  beyond.  Premaxillaries  protractile.  Man- 
dible rather  broad,  depressed,  rami  well  elevated  inside  mouth.  Lips 
rather  firm,  little  fleshy,  rather  narrow.  No  barbel.  Jaw  edges  tough, 
rather  firm,  though  not  especially  trenchant.  Tongue  small,  thick, 
fleshy,  not  free  in  mouth.  Nostrils  large,  together,  superolateral  on 
snout  to  upper  front  pupil  margin,  posterior  exposed  in  crescent,  much 
larger.  Interorbital  broad,  flattened,  scarcely  elevated  convexly  over 
eye.  Preorbital  elongate,  greatest  width  about  f  its  length,  latter 
If  in  horizontal  eye.  Other  suborbitals  all  narrow.  Posterior  pre- 
opercle  margin  straight,  slightly  inclined  posteriorly. 

Gill-opening  forward  about  opposite  posterior  preopercle  margin. 
Rakers  iii,  2-1-2  short  weak  blunt  stumps,  much  shorter  than  fila- 
ments. Latter  about  half  of  horizontal  eye.  Pseud obranchiae  large, 
little  shorter  than  filaments.  Isthmus  broad,  level,  least  width  about 
H  in  horizontal  eye.  Teeth  1,  4-4,  1,  rather  conic,  hooked,  with 
grinding  surfaces. 

Scales  large,  cycloid,  disposed  in  longitudinal  series  parallel  with 
1.  1.,  rather  broadly  exposed  or  coloration  producing  vertical  rhombs, 
each  with  many  very  minute  obsolete  radiating  strise,  of  about  vmiform 
size,  and  a  few  small  ones  crowded  on  caudal  base.  Small  rounded 
adnate  scaly  flap  in  ventral  axil,  about  3-  of  fin.  I^.  1.  continuous, 
little  decurved  anteriorly,  and  ascending  behind  dorsal  midway  along 
caudal  peduncle  side.  Tubes  simple,  each  well  exposed,  or  after  first 
5  extending  all  way  to  each  scale  edge. 

Dorsal  origin  midway  between  snout  tip  and  caudal  base,  graduated 
down  from  highest  or  first  branched  ray,  depressed  fin  about  |  to  caudal 
base.  Anal  origin  inserted  just  after  dorsal  base,  graduated  down 
from  first  branched  or  longest  ray,  fin  base  If  its  depressed  length. 
Caudal  long,  deeply  forked,  lobes  rather  long,  pointed,  lower  much 
longer.  Pectoral  rounded,  uppermost  rays  longest,  fin  about  y^^^  to 
ventral.  Latter  inserted  trifle  before  dorsal  origin,  reaches  anal. 
Vent  close  to  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  faded  but  little  from  that  described  below,  when 
fresh. 

Color  when  fresh  rather  clear  dull  olivaceous-brown  above,  margin 
of  each  scale  dusky  till  low  as  1.  1.  at  least,  and  producing  a  network 
of  diamonds  or  rhombs  in  appearance.  Head  dusky-brown  above,  and 
this  forming  into  a  median  dusky  dorsal  line.  Side  of  body  more  or 
less  silvered.  Lower  surface  of  head  and  body  mostly  translucent 
whitish.     Iris  bright  silvery,  slightly  dusky  above.     Jaws  pale  or  trans- 


1998.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  535 

lucent,  upper  slightly  brownish.  Costal  region  silvery,  merging  into 
plumbeous  or  grayish  longitudinal  streak  along  caudal  peduncle  side. 
Each  scale  of  1.  1.  with  a  number  of  duskj^-brown  points  along  tubes. 
Dorsal  and  caudal  pale  transparent  grayish-dusky,  other  fins  paler. 

Length  2y^g  inches. 

Type,  No.  31,126,  A.  N.  S.  P.  Tributary  of  the  Allegheny  River 
above  (south  of)  Port  Allegany,  McKean  County.  August  of  1904. 
T.  D.  Keim  and  H.  W.  Fowler. 

Head  3f  to  3|;  depth  4|-  to  5;  D.  usually  iii,  6,  i,  rarely  iii,  7,  i; 
A.  usually  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii,  6,  i ;  scales  33  to  37,  usually  about  33  + 
2;  scales  above  1.  1.  usually  6,  rarely  5;  scales  below  1.  1.  4;  predorsal 
scales  usually  16,  sometimes  15;  snout  3^  to  3f  in  head;  eye  3  to  3yV; 
maxillary  3yV  to  3i;  interorbital  2f  to  2|;  teeth  1,  4-4,  1.  Length 
ly|  to  l|f  inches.  Tributary  of  the  Allegheny  R.  at  Cole  Grove, 
McKean  Co.  July  23,  1899.  S.  P.  G.  Lindsay  and  H.  W.  Fowler. 
Nos.  24,045  to  24,047,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  paratypes. 

This  species  seems  to  be  most  closely  related  to  N.  hudsonius,  but 
differs  in  the  larger  and  more  slender  caudal  peduncle,  different 
physiognomy,  and  coloration.  It  differs  from  A'',  deliciosus  and  N. 
boops  in  the  same  characters,  besides  others,  such  as  the  eye  and  fin 
rays.  It  differs  from  N.  ariommus,  N.  scabriceps,  N.  jejunus  and  allied 
species,  in  the  fewer  pharyngeal  teeth,  and  other  characters  in  com- 
bination, when  the  proper  extent  of  variation  is  allowed.  It  may, 
therefore,  be  considered  a  member  of  the  subgenus  Hudsonius. 

Only  the  type  was  obtained  at  Port  Allegany.  At  the  type  locality 
the  stream  was  of  clear  cold  water,  flowing  rather  rapidly  over  a  shal- 
low place  of  considerable  extent,  and  with  a  bottom  of  small  stones 
and  pebbles.  The  fish  was  rather  shy,  and  though  several  others 
were  seen  at  the  same  time,  the  one  secured  was  rather  difficult  to 
capture.  They  all  seemed  to  lurk  about  the  banks,  under  large 
stones,  or  in  the  deeper  places,  and  were  quite  agile  in  their  movements. 
Coitus  gracilis  and  Semotilus  atromacidatus  were  found  in  the  same 
places,  the  latter  especially  abundant. 

At  Cole  Grove  several  small  examples  were  taken  some  years  pre- 
viously. They  were  all  found  in  pools,  associated  with  Exoglossum 
maxillingua  and  Leuciscus  elongatus.  In  coloration  they  did  not  seem 
to  differ  much  from  the  type,  their  caudal  lobes  being  about  equal. 

(Named  for  my  friend,  Mr.  Thomas  D.  Keim,  who  assisted  me  in 
procuring  the  type,  besides  many  interesting  local  collections  of  fishes 
for  the  Academy.) 


536  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

Notropis  hudsonius  (Clinton). 

Head  4I-;  depth  4|;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i;  scales  37  +  1;  scales 
above  1. 1.  5;  scales  below  1.  1.  5;  predorsal  scales  15;  snout  3-^  in  head; 
eye  3|-;  mterorbitar3|^;  teeth  2,  4-4,  1?  Body  compressed.  Head 
small,  compressed.  Snout  broadly  convex,  length  |  its  width.  Eye 
high.  Mouth  large,  well  inclined.  Maxillary  to  eye.  Mandible 
included.  Interorbital  depressed.  Rakers  3  +  5  short  firm  points. 
Scales  well  exposed.  L.  1.  almost  straight,  slightly  decurved,  complete. 
Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  posterior  nostril  and  caudal  base. 
Anal  rather  close  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal  forked,  lobes  pointed, 
equal.  Pectoral  i  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  little  before  dorsal  origin, 
■f  to  anal.  Color  pale  brownish  above,  below  white.  Broad  silvery 
band  along  side.  Black  spot  at  caudal  base.  Iris  silvery-white. 
Length  2f  inches.     Lake  Erie  at  Erie  (Erie  Co.). 

This  fish,  closely  related  to  the  next,  occurs  only  west  of  the  Alle- 
ghanies.     It  is  characterized   chiefly  by  the  ever  present  jet-black 
caudal  spot.     It  is  said  to  reach  10  inches  in  length,  and  not  frequent 
small  streams.     Desirable  as  a  bait  minnow. 
Notropis  hudsonius  amarus  (Girard). 

Head  3f  to  4f ;  depth  3|  to  5;  D.  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii,  8,  i;  A.  iii, 
7,  I,  rarely  iii,  8,  i ;  scales  usually  35  or  36,  frequently  34  or  37,  occa- 
sionally 33,  38  or  39,  rarely  31,  40  or  42  +  usually  2,  rarely  1  or  3; 
usually  6  scales,  seldom  5,  rarely  7,  above  1. 1.;  usually  5  scales,  seldom 
4,  rarely  6,  below  1.  1. ;  usually  15,  frequently  14,  often  16,  seldom  13, 
rarely  17  or  22,  predorsal  scales;  snout  3  to  3|-  in  head;  eye  2f  to  3|; 
maxillary  2f  to  3|-;  interorbital  2^  to  3yo-;  teeth  usually  1,  4-4,  1, 
frequently  2,  4-4,  2  or  2,  4-4,  1  or  1,  4-4,  2,  rarely  0,  4-4,  1  or  2,  4-4, 
0  or  2,  4-3,  0  or  1,  4-4,  0  or  0,  4-4,  0.  Bodj^  compressed,  rather  robust. 
Head  rather  broad,  compressed.  Snout  convex,  length  f  its  width. 
Eye  little  elongate,  rounded.  Mouth  somewhat  oblique.  Jaws  about 
even.  Maxillary  to  hind  nostril.  Interorbital  convex,  middle  flat- 
tened. Rakers  2  +  5  short  weak  points.  Scales  well  exposed.  L.  1. 
complete,  little  decurved,  midway  along  caudal  peduncle  side.  Dorsal 
inserted  little  nearer  snout  tip  than  caudal  base.  Anal  inserted  little 
behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal  forked,  lobes  pointed.  Pectoral  about 
f  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  slightly  before  or  opposite  dorsal  origin, 
reaches  f  to  anal.  Color  pale  olivaceous-brown  largely.  Scale  edges 
on  back  dusted  darker.  Broad  silvery- white  lateral  band  from  eye 
to  caudal,  margin  above  on  trunk  behind  leaden.  Caudal  spot  faint 
or  absent.  Iris  silvery-white.  Length  2y'6-  to  5i  inches.  Many 
examples:  from  the  Delaware  R.   basin,  in  Black  Horse  Run  and 


190S.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA,  537 

first  tributary  below  Mill  Run,  Ring's  Rim  (Chester  Co.);  Holmesburg, 
Torresdale  (Philadelphia  Co.);  Hulmeville,  Neshaminy  Falls,  Bristol 
(Bucks  Co.);  Dingman's  Ferry  (Pike  Co.):  Susquehanna  R.  basin, 
Pequea  Creek  at  Paradise,  Cocalico  Creek  near  Denver  and  at  Wit- 
mer's  Mills  (Lancaster  Co.). 

A  very  abundant  minnow  in  the  lower  Delaware  and  Susquehanna 
basins.  It  is  usually  found  in  the  larger  creelcs  and  rivers,  and  readily 
takes  a  hook.  It  is  good  as  bait  and  though  said  to  reach  8  inches  in 
length,  it  is  seldom  that  examples  are  met  with  over  4  or  5  inches, 
thus  being  too  small  as  a  rule  to  use  as  pan  fish.  I  have  never  seen 
any  over  6  inches.  It  is  distinguished  from  the  preceding  chiefly 
by  the  very  faint  or  pale  caudal  spot,  though  in  the  young  it  is  always 
somewhat  in  evidence.  Young  examples  also  have  the  lateral  line 
incomplete,  only  as  a  few  tubes  at  the  beginning  of  its  course.  It 
usually  occurs  in  schools  and  while  more  a  feature  of  open  rivers,  both 
at  the  head  of  tide  and  above,  it  does  occur,  contrary  to  the  statements 
of  some  writers,  in  our  smaller  streams  or  runs.  It  is  also  subject  to 
considerable  variation  in  structure,  though  the  coloration  remains 
about  the  same  throughout  the  season,  there  evidently  being  no  gaudy 
nuptial-dress. 

Notropis  whipplii  (Girard). 

Head  3f  to  4^;  depth  3f  to  4f ;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii, 
8,  i;  scales  usually  38,  sometimes  36,  37  or  39,  rarely  35  +  usually  2, 
frequently  3;  usually  7  scales,  frequently  6,  above  1.  1.;  usually  4 
scales,  frequently  5  below  1.  1. ;  predorsal  scales  usually  17,  frequently 
16,  rarely  15,  18  or  19;  snout  3  to  3y  in  head;  eye  3^  to  4§;  maxillary 
3  to  3f ;  interorbital  2^  to  2|-;  teeth  1,  4-4,  1.  Body  moderately 
slender,  compressed,  profiles  similar.  Head  pointed,  compressed. 
Snout  convex,  length  f  its  width.  Eye  small,  little  longer  than  deep, 
rather  high.  Maxillary  not  quite  to  eye.  Mouth  moderate,  inclined. 
Mandible  included.  Interorbital  broadly  convex.  Rakers  3  +  8, 
slender,  pointed,  short.  Scales  narrowly  imbricated.  L.  1.  complete, 
decurved,  little  low  along  caudal  peduncle  side.  Dorsal  origin  trifle 
nearer  front  nostril  than  caudal  base.  Anal  origin  slightly  behind 
dorsal  base.  Caudal  well  forked,  slender  lobes  pointed,  equal.  Pec- 
toral about  f  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  well  before  dorsal,  reaches 
vent.  Color  olivaceous  on  back,  each  scale  dusky-edged.  Iris  silvery- 
white.  Sides  bluish  silvery-white,  below  white.  Satin-white  ends 
to  fins  of  spring  males.  Black  spot  on  dorsal  behind  middle 
above,  equals  eye,  variable,  less  conspicuous  in  female  and  young. 
Front  and  head  minutely  tuberculate  in  spring  males.     Length  2f 


538  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [DeC, 

to  3^  inches.     Many  examples,  from  Kiskiminitas  and  Youghiogheny 
Rivers,  and  Erie  (Erie  Co.). 

Found  in  the  clear  waters  of   the  Ohio  valley  and  Lake  Erie.     It  is 
a  beautiful  little  fish,  reaching  4  inches  in  length.     At  all  times  it  is 
largely   bluish-silvery   in   general    color.     A   good   bait   minnow.     It 
greatly  resembles  its  eastern  relative. 
Notropis  whipplii  analostanus  (Girard). 

Head  3^  to  ^;  depth  3^  to  4|;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  usually  iii,  8,  i, 
occasionally  iii,  7,  i,  seldom  iii,  9,  i,  rarely  iii,  6,  i;  scales  usually 
34,  frequently  32  or  33,  often  35,  31  or  30,  occasionally  36,  seldom 
37  or  39,  rarely  38,  28  or  27  +  usually  2,  often  3;  usually  6  scales, 
seldom  5  or  7,  above  1.  1. ;  usually  4  scales,  rarely  5,  below  1.  1. ;  pre- 
dorsal  scales  usually  14  or  15,  frequently  13  or  16,  seldom  17,  rarely 
12  or  11 ;  snout  3  to  4  in  head;  eye  2^  to  4^;  maxillary  2f  to  4^;  inter- 
orbital  2-J-  to  3;  teeth  1,  4-4,  1.  Body  moderately  slender,  usually 
rather  deep  in  adult  males,  compressed,  profiles  similar.  Head 
pointed,  compressed.  Snout  conic,  about  long  as  "wdde.  Eye  small, 
little  longer  than  deep,  rather  high.  Mouth  moderate,  inclined. 
Mandible  included.  Interorbital  broadly  convex.  Rakers  2  +  7 
short  points.  Scales  narrowly  imbricated.  L.  1.  complete,  decurved, 
low  along  caudal  peduncle  side.  Dorsal  origin  midway  between  eye 
front  and  caudal  base.  Anal  inserted  just  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal 
forked,  lobes  equal.  Pectoral  ^  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  trifle  before 
dorsal  origin,  fin  reaches  anal.  Color  olivaceous  on  back,  scale  edges 
dusky.  Iris  silver-white.  Sides  bluish-white,  below  white,  all  silvery. 
Fins  in  spring  males  with  satin-white  borders.  Black  dorsal  spot 
behind  middle  of  fin  above  equals  eye,  variable,  less  evident  in  female 
and  young.  Head  above,  muzzle  and  predorsal  region  finely  tuber- 
culate  in  spring  males.  Length  1|-  to  3^  inches.  A  very  large  series : 
from  the  Delaware  R.  basin  at  Kennett  Square,  Ring's  Run  (Chester 
Co.);  Brandywine  Summit,  Concordville,  Markam,  Colhngdale  (Dela- 
ware Co.);  Barren  Hill,  Abrarns  (Montgomery  Co.);  Holmesburg, 
Torresdale  (Philadelphia  Co.);  Cornwells,  Hulmeville,  Little  Nesham- 
iny  Creek,  Neshaminy  Falls,  near  Langhorne,  Bristol,  Emilie  (Bucks 
Co.);  Dingman's  Ferry  (Pike  Co.):  Suscpehanna  R.  basin  at  Para- 
dise, Conestoga  Creek,  Trout  and  Akron  Runs  at  Ephrata,  Cocalico 
Creek  near  Denver,  Swamp  Bridge,  Witmer's  Mills  and  run  near 
Blainsport  (Lancaster  Co.);  York  Furnace  (York  Co.). 

The  silver  fin  is  the  most  abundant  of  its  genus  in  the  Delaware, 
contrary  to  the  impression  of  some  writers.  It  prefers  clear  water, 
and  usually  the  smaller  streams  and  creeks,  though  often  found  in 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  539 

tide-water  if  not  brackisli.  During  the  late  spring  and  on  through  the 
early  summer  the  males  assume  high  coloration.  Brilliant  pigment 
of  satin-white  color  is  found  about  the  ends  of  all  their  fins,  the  rays 
of  which  become  somewhat  enlarged  or  swollen,  and  thus  earning  for 
the  fish  the  very  appropriate  name  of  silver  fin.  Tubercles  of  small 
size  also  appear  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  body,  though  disappearing 
by  late  summer,  along  with  the  brilliant  coloring.  The  females  are 
but  rarely  tuberculous,  and  never  so  brilliant  as  the  males.  The 
young  are  not  brilliantly  colored,  but  are  usually  to  be  distinguished 
by  their  reticulated  scale  pattern  being  made  up  of  fiarrowly  imbri- 
cated scales,  though  the  lateral  line  is  complete.  The  silver  fin  some- 
times collects  in  large  shoals  of  possibly  a  thousand  or  more  individuals, 
and  associates  sometimes  with  other  small  fish.  They  are  equally 
active  throughout  the  year,  in  certain  localities,  and  may  sometimes 
be  found  under  the  ice.  They  will  usually  bite  at  a  small  worm  or 
other  bait  on  a  small  minnow-hook,  though  of  no  use  as  food  on  account 
of  their  small  size,  the  largest  I  know  of  not  exceeding  4  inches.  They 
are  good  bait  and  live  well  in  the  aquarium.  Only  found  in  the  Dela- 
ware and  Susquehanna  basins.  Closely  related  to  N.  whipplii,  and 
differing  in  the  deeper  body  and  larger  scales. 

Notropis  cornutus  (Mitchill). 

Head  3^  to  5;  depth  3  to  4f ;  D.  usually  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii,  8,  i  or 
iii,  6,  i;  A.  usually  iii,  8,  i,  seldom  iii,  9,  i,  rarely  iii,  7,  i;  scales 
usually  about  30,  frequently  31,  32,  33,  34,  35  and  36,  often  37  to  40 
and  27  to  29,  rarely  25,  26,  41  or  44  +  usually  3,  frequently  2,  rarely  4; 
scales  above  1.  1.  usually  8,  frequently  7,  occasionally  9,  rarely  6  or  7; 
scales  below  1.  1.  usually  5,  seldom  4  or  6,  rarely  7;  predorsal  scales 
usually  17  or  18,  frequently  15,  16,  19  or  20,  occasionally  14,  sometimes 
21  or  22,  seldom  23  to  25,  rarely  12,  13,  26  or  27;  snout  2^  to  4  in  head  ; 
eye  2^  to  4^;  maxillary  2f  to  4;  interorbital  2^  to  3^;  teeth  2,  4-4,  2 
usually,  rarely  2,  4-4,  1.  Body  compressed,  rather  deep,  predorsal 
swollen,  form  more  elongate  in  young.  Head  compressed,  heavy. 
Muzzle  obtuse.  Snout  convex,  length  about  f  its  width.  Eye  small, 
large  in  young,  circular,  rather  high.  Mouth  moderate,  little  inclined. 
Jaws  about  equal.  Maxillary  to  eye  in  adult.  Interorbital  well 
convex.  Rakers  2  +  8  short  firm  points.  Predorsal  scales  usually 
small  and  crowxled  and  narrowly  imbricated,  or  elongated  vertically, 
on  costal  region.  L.  1.  complete,  well  decurved,  about  midway  along 
caudal  peduncle  side.  Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  front 
nostril  and  caudal  base.  Anal  origin  trifle  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal 
forked.     Pectoral  about  f  to  ventral.     Ventral  inserted  little  before 


540  PROCEEDINGS  OP  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

dorsal,  reaches  anal.  Color  above  dark  bluish-olive,  scale  edges  and 
bases  dusky.  Sides  and  below  silvery- white,  tinged  rosy  in  spring 
males.  Golden  streak  along  upper  side  or  back,  most  conspicuous 
as  seen  from  above  when  fish  swims  in  the  water.  Dusky  streak 
behind  gill-opening.  Dorsal  dusky,  other  fins  plain,  all  edged  broadly 
bright  vermihon  in  spring  males.  Red  on  fins  pale  or  absent  in  females, 
or  young.  Muzzle  and  head  above  in  spring  males  tuberculous. 
Iris  silvery,  golden  in  spring  males.  Length  IfV  to  SfV  inches.  Very 
many  examples:  from  the  Delaware  R.  basin  at  Kennett  Square, 
Ring's  Run,  Black  Horse  Run  and  first  tributary  below.  Mill  Run, 
Willistown  Barrens  (Chester  Co.);  Collar  Brook,  Whetstone  Run, 
Langford's  Run,  Trout  Run,  Lewis's  Run,  Markam,  Wawa  (Delaware 
Co.);  Schuylkill  R.;  Abrams  (Montgomery  Co.);  Holmesburg,  Bustle- 
ton,  Torresdale  (Philadelphia  Co.);  Cornwells,  Hulmeville,  Neshaminy 
Falls,  Little  Neshaminy  Creek,  Newtown,  Bristol,  near  Langhorne 
(Buclcs  Co.);  Dingman's  Ferry  (Pike  Co.):  Susquehanna  R.  basin 
at  Emporium  (Cameron  Co.) ;  Muncy  (Lycoming  Co.) ;  Carlisle  (Cum- 
berland Co.);  Paradise,  near  Denver,  Swamp  Bridge,  Trout  Run  near 
Ephrata  (Lancaster  Co.);  Meshoppen  (Elk  Co.):  Port  Allegany  and 
Cole  Grove  (McKean  Co.):  Newcastle  (Lawrence  Co.):  Kiskimi- 
nitas  R. 

Like  the  silver  fin  this  is  a  most  abundant  species.  It  often  asso- 
ciates with  this,  its  smaller  relative,  especially  when  young.  The 
breeding-dress  of  the  spring  male  is  very  gorgeous,  and  is  much  more 
brightly  colored  than  that  of  the  silver  fin.  The  head  above,  and  pre- 
dorsal  region,  are  much  more  coarsely  tuberculate,  and  the  former, 
together  with  most  of  the  fin-rays,  becomes  adipose-like  or  with  a 
swollen  appearance.  The  red  fin  has  an  interesting  habit  of  resorting 
to  clear  shallows  in  the  spawning  season,  which  occurs  about  Phila- 
delphia from  late  April  to  early  summer.  Schools  of  probably  several 
hundred  of  the  brilliantly-colored  males  may  be  found,  closely  packed 
together  as  a  mass  of  crimson  and  purple,  in  these  places.  The  females 
did  not  seem  to  take  part  in  these  gatherings,  or  at  least  I  was  unable 
to  identify  any  in  the  several  schools  captured.  From  this  it  appears 
that  they  precede  the  males  to  the  spawning  grounds.  Sometimes 
the  males  are  herded  in  clear  riffles,  but  usually  where  there  is  a  sandy 
or  clear  pebble  bottom.  The  females,  besides  being  paler  in  color,  lack 
the  tubercles  usually.  The  young  are  without  any  red,  though  gener- 
ally with  pale  bluish  or  violet  reflections  on  their  sides,  and  only  in 
the  very  young  is  the  lateral  line  incomplete.  The  largest  examples 
examined  were  7^  inches  long,  and  I  doubt  if  they  seldom  exceed  8 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA,  541 

inches.  The  red  fin  is  frequently  found  in  rock  pools  about  cascades, 
and  seems  perfectly  at  home  in  turbulent  foamy  water.  They  are 
frequently  angled  on  a  small  hook,  and  though  palatable  as  a  pan  fish 
are  usually  too  small  to  be  of  any  value.  As  bait  they  are  excellent. 
It  occurs  usually  in  the  smaller  streams,  being  entirely  distributed  over 
our  region.  I  have  not  yet  taken  it  in  tide-water. 
Notropis  ohalybaeus  (Cope).^ 

Head  3f  to  4;  depth  3^  to  4|;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii, 
8,  i;  scales  usually  30,  frequently  31,  often  29,  32,  33,  34,  35,  rarely 
28,  36  or  39  +  usually  2,  seldom  3,  rarely  1;  scales  above  1.  1.  usually 
6,  occasionally  7,  rarely  5;  scales  below  1.  1.  usually  4,  seldom  3,  rarely 
5;  predorsal  scales  usually  15,  frequently  14,  16  or  17,  rarely  13  or  18; 
snout  3  to  4^  in  head;  eye  2^  to  3^;  maxillary  2f  to  3f ;  interorbital 
2y  to  3;  teeth  2,  4-4,  2.  Body  well  compressed,  heavy  forward. 
Caudal  peduncle  slender.  Head  compressed.  Snout  convex,  length 
I  its  width.  Eye  rounded,  high.  Mouth  inclined,  mandible  slightly 
protruding.  Maxillary  to  eye.  Interorbital  broadly  convex.  Rakers 
3  +  6  short  slender  points.  Scales  well  exposed.  Predorsal  scales 
slightly  smaller.  L.  1.  complete  in  adults,  incomplete  in  young. 
Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  front  nostril  and  caudal  base. 
Anal  inserted  little  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal  forked.  Pectoral 
I  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  trifle  before  dorsal  origin,  fin  reaches  vent. 
Color  dark  brown,  scales  dark-edged  on  back.  Black  lateral  band  from 
snout  to  caudal  base,  purple,  blue  or  green  in  some  lights,  and  ending 
in  black  caudal  blotch.  Just  over  this  a  light  brownish  streak  and 
within  none  of  scales  dark-edged  like  back  above.  Below  whitish. 
Length  1^  to  2y\  inches.  Many  examples  from  the  Delaware  R.  basin 
in  Mill  Creek  at  Bristol  and  the  Neshaminy  Creek  at  Neshaminy  Falls 
(Bucks  Co.). 

This  is  a  very  brilliant  little  fish  in  full  breeding-dress,  the  lower 
surface  of  the  body  and  pale  area  of  brown  adjoining  the  black  lateral 
band  being  rich  orange.  This  is  only  the  case  with  the  male,  which  is 
also  covered  with  ininute  tubercles  rather  sparsely  over  the  upper 
surface  of  the  head,  though  much  larger  on  preorbital  and  mandible. 
All  of  predorsal  scales  edged  rather  coarsely  with  corrugations  or 
tubercles.  The  females  lack  the  tubercles,  and  may  easily  be  known 
at  this  time  by  their  swollen  abdomens,  due  to  being  gravid  Avdth  ova. 
They  all  associate  with  other  small  fishes  in  rather  still  or  quiet  water, 
usually  in  large  schools  of  several  hundred  individuals,  and  are  largely 

'  Cope  includes  N.  scabriceps  (Cope)  from  our  limits,  in  western  Pennsylvania, 
hvpothetically 
35 


542  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

preyed  on  by  the  common  pike  (Esox  americanus).  When  a  school 
is  found  in  such  a  place  the  individuals  are  invariably  all  headed  in 
one  direction,  and  moving  as  if  by  one  impulse  when  disturbed.  Some- 
times, however,  they  flash  a  little  of  their  silvery  sides  as  they  move 
about.  When  greatly  agitated  they  do  not  seem  to  swim  far,  but  soon 
form  into  another  school  further  on.  I  have  only  met  with  them  in  the 
lower  Delaware  valley. 

Notropis  jejunus  (Forbes). 

Recorded  from  the  Monongahela  by  Evermann  and  BoUman.     I 
have  no  material. 
Notropis  atherinoides  Rafinesque. 

Head  4^  to  4i;  depth  5}  to  5^;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  usually  iii,  9,  i, 
occasionally  iii,  10,  i ;  scales  usually  about  40,  sometimes  38  or  34  + 
iLsually  2,  sometimes  3;  scales  above  1.  1.  usually  6,  occasionally  7; 
scales  below  1,  1.  4;  predorsal  scales  IG  to  19;  snout  3|-  to  3f  in  head; 
eye  3;  maxillary  2^^  to  3f ;  interorbital  2^  to  3^;  teeth  2,  4-4,  2. 
Body  compressed,  elongate,  slender.  Head  compressed,  blunt.  Snout 
conic,  length  f  its  width.  Eye  rounded.  Mouth  rather  small,  inclined, 
jaws  about  even.  Maxillary  not  quite  to  eye.  Interorbital  evenly 
convex.  Rakers  2  +  7  rather  weak  points.  Scales  rather  narrowly 
imbricated  along  middle  of  side.  L.  1.  decurved,  complete.  Dorsal 
origin  about  midway  between  eye  center  and  caudal  base.  Anal  origin 
trifle  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal  forked.  Pectoral  f  to  ventral. 
Ventral  inserted  well  before  dorsal.  Color  transparent  greenish  above. 
Dark  streak  down  back  medianly.  Sides  bright  silvery-white.  Spring 
males  with  rosy  snout.  Length  2|  to  4  inches.  Two  examples  from 
the  Beaver  R.  and  2  from  Lake  Erie  at  Erie  (Erie  Co.). 

This  handsome  species  is  said  to  reach  6  inches  in  length.  It  occurs 
in  rivers  and  lakes  west  of  the  Alleghanies,  usually  in  schools,  and  in 
still  water. 

Notropis  rubrifrons  (Cope). 

Alburnus  rubrifrons  Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Plxila.,  1865,  p.  85.     Kiski- 
minitas  River. 

Head  3|;  depth  4f;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  8,  i;  P.  i,  13?;  V.  i,  7; 
scales  36  +  3;  scales  above  1.  1.  7;  scales  below  1.  1.  4;  predorsal  scales 
18;  head  width  2^^  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  If;  mandible  2\; 
depressed  dorsal  length  1^;  anal  length  If;  least  depth  caudal  peduncle 
2f'o;  pectoral  IJ;  ventral  ly^^;  snout  3|  in  head  from  upper  jaw  tip; 
eye  ^to',  maxillary  2|;  interorbital  3y^. 

Body  elongate,  compressed,  deepest  at  ventral  origin,  profiles  simi- 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA,  543 

larly  convex,  edges  rounded.  Caudal  peduncle  compressed,  rather 
slender,  least  depth  2|  its  length. 

Head  compressed,  rather  pointed,  flattened  sides  rather  convergent 
below,  profiles  similar,  lower  little  more  evenly  and  convexly  inclined. 
Snout  rather  conic,  surface  convex,  length  about  equals  its  width. 
Eye  rounded,  little  high,  near  first  f  in  head.  Mouth  moderate,  little 
inclined,  jaw  edges  rather  firm.  Premaxillaries  protractile.  Maxil- 
lary slender,  to  eye  front.  Lips  rather  thin.  Mandible  depressed, 
rami  not  elevated  inside  mouth.  Tongue  depressed,  fleshy,  not  free. 
Nostrils  together  on  side  of  snout,  crescentic  posterior  larger.  Inter- 
orbital  broadly  convex.  Preorbital  Httle  ovoid,  width  about  f  its 
length,  latter  1^  in  eye.  Preorbital  width  about  equals  pupil.  Posterior 
preopercle  margin  nearly  vertical. 

Gill-opening  forward  little  before  hind  eye  ma^-gin,  not  quite  to  pupil. 
Rakers  about  2^-6?  short  weak  points,  longest  i  of  filaments,  latter 
If  in  eye.  Pseudobranchiae  large,  little  smaller  than  filaments.  Isth- 
mus width  at  front  IJ  in  pupil. 

Scales  in  series  parallel  with  1.1.,  all  mostly  broadly  exposed,  smaller 
on  breast  and  pre  ventral,  each  with  several  striae.  Ventral  axil  with 
pointed  scaly  flap,  5  in  depressed  fin.  L.  1.  complete,  decurved  at 
greatest  depth  to  lowest  third.  Tubes  simple,  each  well  over  exposed 
scale  not  quite  to  edge. 

Dorsal  origin  midway  between  hind  eye  margin  and  caudal  base, 
fin  highest  anteriorly,  depressed  1^  to  caudal  base.  Anal  origin  just 
behind  dorsal  base,  fin  highest  anteriorly,  depressed  2  to  caudal  base. 
Caudal  damaged.  Pectoral  rather  long,  upper  rays  longest,  fin  | 
to  ventral.  Ventral  inserted  little  before  dorsal,  depressed  f  to  anal. 
Vent  close  before  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  dull  brownish  generally,  back  but  little  darker  than 
rest  of  general  color.  Sides  and  below  silvery  to  whitish.  Fins  pale 
brownish.     Iris  silvery. 

Length  2\  inches  (caudal  damaged). 

No.  4,035,  A,  N.  S.  P.,  cotype  (type)  of  A.  ruhrifrons  Cope.  Kiski- 
minitas  River  (Cope). 

Also  Nos.  4,036  to  4,039,  same  data,  in  poor  preservation,  showing : 
Head  4  to  4^;  depth  4f  to  4f;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  9,  i  or  iii,  10,  i; 
scales  30  to  37  +  2;  scales  above  1.  1.  6  or  7;  scales  below  1.  1.  4;  pre- 
dorsal  scales  17  to  20;  snout  3yV  to  3^-  in  head;  eye  3^^  to  3|;  maxil- 
lary 24  to  2|;  interorbital  2|  to  3;  teeth  2,  4-4,  2;  length  2j\  to  2^ 
inches. 

Found  in  clear  streams  west  of  the  Alleghanies.     In  life  this  fish  is 


544  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

olivaceous  in  color,  sides  and  lower  surface  silvery-white.  Spring 
males  have  the  forehead,  side  of  head  and  dorsal  base  rosj^-red,  and  the 
snout  tuberculous.  Along  base  of  anal  row  of  dark  specks,  and  dark 
streak  down  middle  of  back.     Said  to  reach  2f  inches. 

Notropis  photogenis  (Cope). 

Squalius    photogenis    Cope,    Proc.    Acad.    Nat.    Sci.    Phila.,    1864,   p.   280. 
Youghiogheny  River,  Pennsylvania. 

Head  4;  depth  about  5  (emaciated);  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  8?;  P. 
i,  12?;  V.  i,  7;  scales  about  30?  (squamation  injured)  +  2;  scales 
above  1.  1.  6;  scales  below  1.  1.  4;  predorsal  scales  16;  head  width  ly^^ 
its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  If;  snout  3^;  eye  3|;  maxillary  3^; 
interorbital  3;  first  branched  dorsal  ray  1|;  anal  ray  1^;  least  depth 
of  caudal  peduncle  3;  upper  caudal  lobe  1;  pectoral  1|;  ventral  If. 

Body  elongated,  compressed,  edges  apparently  rounded,  profiles 
similar,  deepest  at  dorsal  origin.  Caudal  peduncle  compressed,  least 
depth  2^  its  length. 

Head  compressed,  flattened  sides  convergent  below,  profiles  similar. 
Snout  convex,  length  f  its  width.  Eye  large,  little  longer  than  deep, 
high,  near  first  7  in  head.  Mouth  inclined,  moderate,  jaw  edges  firm. 
Premaxillaries  protractile.  Maxillary  slender,  to  eye  front.  Man- 
dible depressed,  rami  well  elevated  inside  mouth,  symphysis  slightly 
protruding  in  front  when  mouth  closes.  Lips  rather  thin.  Tongue 
fiesh}^  depressed,  rather  far  back.  Nostrils  together  on  snout  side 
above  near  eye,  posterior  larger.  Interorbital  broadly  convex,  Pre- 
orbital  width  about  |  its  length,  latter  H  in  eye.  Postorbital  width 
equals  pupil,  other  suborbitals  narrow. 

Gill-opening  forward  to  last  third  in  head.  Rakers  2  +  7  weak 
points,  longest  about  4  in  filaments,  latter  2J  in  eye.  Pseud obranchiae 
little  shorter  than  filaments.  Isthmus  width  about  1|-  in  pupil,  surface 
flattened.     Teeth  2,  4-4,  2,  hooked,  with  slight  grinding-surface. 

Scales  about  uniform,  in  longitudinal  series  parallel  with  1.  1.,  little 
smaller  on  breast.  No  evident  axillary  ventral  scale.  L.  1.  continu- 
ous, well  decurved,  ascending  rather  low  along  caudal  peduncle  side. 
Tubes  simple,  well  over  scales,  though  not  quite  to  margins. 

Dorsal  origin  midway  between  front  nostril  and  caudal  base,  grad- 
uated down  from  first  branched  ray  or  longest,  depressed  f  to  caudal 
base.  Anal  origin  trifle  behind  dorsal  base,  firet  branched  ray  highest 
depressed  f  to  caudal  base.  Caudal  well  forked,  pointed  lobes  about 
equal.  Pectoral  f  to  ventral,  upper  rays  longest,  ^^entral  inserted 
little  before  dorsal,  reaching  anal? 

Color  in  alcohol  plain  pale  brownish  generally,  of  uniform  tint.  Iris 
with  slight  silvery  tinge. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  545 

Length  1|-  inches. 

No.  22,280,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype  (type)  of  S.  photogenis  Cope. 
Youghiogheny  River  (Cope),  Pa. 

Also  No.  22,281,  same  data,  showing:  Head  3f ;  depth  5;  D.  iii, 
7,  i;  A.  iii,  8?;  scales  33?  +  3?;  scales  above  1.  1.  6;  scales  below 
1.  1.  4;  predorsal  scales  14?;  snout  3^  in  head;  eye  2|;  maxillary  3^; 
interorbital  3;  length  1-^  inches.     Both  examples  in  poor  preservation. 

Found  in  streams  west  of  the  Alleghanies  and  said  to  reach  3  inches 
in  length. 
Notropis  photogenis  amoenus  (Abbott).' 

Head  3f  to  4^;  depth  4|  to  5f ;  D.  usually  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii,  8,  i; 
A.  usually  iii,  10,  i,  occasionally  iii,  9,  i,  rarely  iii,  11,  i;  scales 
usually  about  38,  though  ranging  from  31  to  40  +  usually  2,  frequently 
3,  rarely  1;  scales  above  1.  1.  usually  7,  seldom  6  or  8;  scales  below 
1.  1.  4;  predoi-sal  scales  usually  18  to  21,  seldom  17,  22,  23  or  24;  snout 
3  to  3*  in  head;  eye  2f  to  3^;  maxillary  2f  to  3^;  interorbital  2f  to 
3yV;  teeth  2,  4-4,  2.  Body  compressed,  slender.  Head  compressed. 
Snout  convex,  length  |-  its  width.  Eye  rounded,  rather  high.  Mouth 
well  inclined,  moderate,  mandible  included  evenly.  Maxillary  to  eye. 
Interorbital  broadly  convex.  Rakers  2  +  6  short  weak  points. 
Scales  rather  broadly  exposed,  crowded  on  predorsal  region.  L.  1. 
complete,  decurved  about  lowest  third.  Dorsal  origin  midway  between 
eye  and  caudal  base,  i^nal  origin  below  last  doreal  ray  base.  Caudal 
long,  deepl}^  forked.  Pectoral  |  to  ventral.  Ventral  inserted  little 
before  dorsal,  fin  f  to  anal.  Color  translucent  olive  on  back,  sides  and 
below  silvery- white.  Leaden  streak  along  side  sometimes,  offsetting 
color  of  back  and  belly,  extending  from  eye  to  caudal,  where  little 
darker.  Iris  silvery-white.  Length  1|  to  3|-  inches.  Many  examples : 
from  the  Delaware  R.  basin  at  Holmesburg  (Philadelphia  Co.) ;  Nesham- 
iny  Falls,  Hulmeville,  Bristol,  Emilie  (Bucks  Co.);  Dingman's  Ferry 
(Pike  Co.):  Susquehanna  R.  basin  at  Paradise  and  Swamp  Bridge 
near  Denver  (Lancaster  Co.). 

Found  only  in  the  lower  Delaware  and  Susquehanna  basins  by  me. 
It  was  especially  abundant  in  the  Neshaminy  Creek  and  also  occurs 
rather  frequently  in  the  Delaw^are  tide-water.  It  is  a  beautiful  bright 
silvery  little  minnow,  and  is  said  to  reach  3|  inches.  It  seems  to  differ 
from  N.  photogenis  chiefly  in  the  smaller  predorsal  scales.  I  have 
usually  found  it  associated  with  large  schools  of  other  minnows  or 
small  fishes. 

'  Cope  records  N.  umhratilis  ardens  (Cope)  from  west  of  the  Alleghanies, 
evidently  hypotheticalh^,  as  no  definite  locahty  is  mentioned. 


546  PKOCEEDIXGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Ericymba  buccata  Cope.* 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Pliila.,  1865,  p.  88.     Kiskiminitas  River. 

Head  3^;  depth  5;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  1,  i;  P.  i,  14;  V.  i,  7;  scales 
34  +  2;  scales  above  1.  1.  5;  scales  below  1.  1.  4;  predorsal  scales  17; 
head  width  2  in  its  length;  head  depth  at  occiput  If;  snout  3;  eye 
3^;  maxillary  4;  interorbital  Z\]  first  branched  dorsal  ray  1|-;  anal  ray 
1|;  least  depth  caudal  peduncle  2|;  upper  caudal  lobe  trifle  over  1; 
pectoral  1^;  ventral  2. 

Body  compressed,  elongate,  slender,  back  not  elevated  though  upper 
profile  little  more  convex  than  lower,  deepest  at  dorsal  origin,  edges 
mostly  rounded  and  only  upper  and  lower  caudal  peduncle  surfaces 
with  traces  of  median  low  obsolete  keel.  Caudal  peduncle  rather  long, 
compressed,  least  depth  about  2^  its  length. 

Head  elongate,  moderately  compressed,  somewhat  flattened  sides 
slightly  convergent  above  with  lower  surface  slightly  broader  than 
upper,  upper  profile  somewhat  evenly  convex,  more  inclined  than 
straight  lower  one.  Snout  convex,  shghtly  protruding,  long  as  wide. 
Eye  large,  ellipsoid,  near  upper  profile,  center  trifle  before  head  center. 
Mouth  small,  inferior,  scarcely  inclined,  obtuse  edges  not  firm.  Pre- 
maxillaries  protractile  down  in  front.  Maxillary  rather  concealed, 
to  front  nostril.  Lips  fleshy.  Mandible  depressed,  small,  rami  little 
elevated  inside  mouth.  Tongue  thick,  fleshy,  depressed,  rather  far 
back.  Nostrils  together,  on  snout  side  above,  frenum  last  fourth  in 
snout,  anterior  circular,  posterior  crescentic.  Interorbital  broad, 
shghtly  evenly  convex.  Preorbital  about  H  in  eye,  wudth  about  If. 
Other  suborbitals  all  much  narrower,  postorbitals  scarcely  evident. 
Posterior  margin  of  preopercle  concave  to  curve  posteriorly  below. 
External  conspicuous  mucous  chambers  along  each  side  of  head  below 
eye  and  along  mandible  surface  below.  Upper  series  about  7  cells  and 
mandibular  series  about  9,  on  each  side  of  head. 

Gill-opening  forward  to  upper  hind  preopercle  margin,  about  last 
third  in  head.  Rakers  1+4  short  firm  robust  processes,  thick  set, 
about  4  in  filaments,  latter  1^  in  eye.  Pseudobranchise  small,  less 
than  half  of  filaments.  Least  isthmus  width  H  in  eye,  lower  surface 
broadly  depressed.  Teeth  1,  4-4,  1,  hooked  strongly  at  tips,  without 
grinding  surfaces  but  edges  entire. 

Scales  in  series  parallel  Avith  1. 1.,  mostly  uniform  except  little  smaller 
on  breast  and  median  dorsal  and  ventral  body-edges,  striae  radiating, 
all  rather  broadly  exposed.     Caudal  base  scales   not  smaller  than 

*  Cope  includes  Phenacobius  teretulus  Cope  as  probably  occurring  in  western 
Pennsylvania,  thus  purely  hypothetical. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  547 

others.  Ventral  axil  without  scaly  flap,  though  broad  scaly  flap 
between  bases  of  fins,  its  hind  edge  free.  L.  1.  complete,  only  decurved 
at  first  till  midway  along  body  side  and  caudal  peduncle.  Tubes 
simple,  wefl  exposed  over  each  scale  nearly  to  edge. 

Dorsal  origin  about  midway  between  snout  tip  and  caudal  base, 
third  simple  ray  highest  though  first  branched  subequal,  fin  2^  to 
caudal  base.  Anal  origin  trifle  after  dorsal  base,  third  simple  ray 
longest  though  first  branched  subequal,  fin  2  to  caudal  base.  Caudal 
deeply  forked,  lobes  pointed,  equal.  Pectoral  rather  broad,  upper  rays 
longest,  y^-jj  to  ventral.  Ventral  inserted  trifle  before  dorsal,  broadly 
expanded,  reaches  vent  close  before  anal. 

Color  in  alcohol  dull  brownish,  lower  surface  scarcely  paler,  side 
of  head  and  streak  down  middle  of  side  of  trunk  dull  leaden-silvery. 
Fins  plain  pale  brownish.     Iris  dull  brassy-brown. 

Length  2^^  inches. 

No.  6,003,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  cotype  (type)  of  E.  huccata  Cope.  Kiskimini- 
tas  River,  western  Pennsylvania  (Cope). 

Also  No.  6,004,  same  data,  showing:  Head  3^;  depth  4f ;  D.  iii, 
7,  i;  A.  iii,  7,  i;  scales  31  +2;  scales  above  1. 1.  5;  scales  below  1. 1.  4; 
predorsal  scales  14;  snout  3  in  head;  eye  3f ;  maxillary  3y;  interorbital 
S};  third  simple  dorsal  ray  1^;  anal  ray  1^;  caudal  1;  least  depth 
caudal  peduncle  3;  pectoral  If;  ventral  1|;  teeth  1,  4-4,  1;  length 
If  inches. 

Cope  says  "a  narrow  space  from  vent  to  opposite  middle  of  pectorals 
scaleless,"  which  is  not  true  in  the  above  examples. 

This  little  fish  is  said  to  reach  5  inches  in  length,  and  occurs  in  clear 
streams  and  ponds  west  of  the  Alleghanies.  Its  color  is  ohvaceous 
above  with  silvery  sides,  and  spring  males  are  said  to  be  without  tuber- 
cles or  bright  colors.  There  is  a  dark  fine  down  the  middle  of  the  back 
and  a  streak  of  dusky  dots  along  the  side. 

Rhinicllthys  oataractse  (Valenciennes). 

Head  3^  to  4;  depth  4  to  5^;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  6,  i;  scales  variable, 
41  to  68,  mostly  from  53  to  66  +  usually  3,  occasionally  4,  rarely  2; 
scales  above  1.  1.  usuaUy  13,  frequently  12  or  14,  often  15,  sometimes 
11;  scales  below  1.  1.  usually  11,  frequently  10,  often  9,  seldom  12, 
rarely  8;  predorsal  scales  usually  27  to  31,  occasionally  24  to  26  and 
32  to  35,  rarely  22,  36  or  37;  snout  2^  to  3j\  in  head;  eye  3i  to  5^; 
maxiflary  2^  to  3^;  interorbital  2f  to  4^;  teeth  2,  4-4,  2.  Body 
moderately  slender,  compressed,  rather  robast  forward.  Head  elon- 
gate, rather  conic.  Snout  long  as  broad,  convex,  protruding  beyond 
mandible  about  1  eye-diameter;     Eye  small  in  adult,  large  in  young, 


548  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

high,  midway  in  head.  Mouth  small,  broad.  Maxillary  to  hind 
nostril,  small  barbel  at  end.  Slightly  convex  interorbital  broad. 
Rakers  2  +  5  robust  firm  short  points.  Scales  smaller  anteriorly 
on  trunk.  L.  1.  complete,  slightly  decurved,  nearly  midway.  Dorsal 
origin  about  midway  between  front  nostril  and  caudal  base.  Anal 
inserted  little  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal  forked,  lobes  about  equal. 
Pectoral  |  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  little  before  dorsal,  fin  to  vent. 
Color  olivaceous  above,  sometimes  nearly  blackish  with  mottled 
appearance.  No  distinct  dusky  lateral  shade  in  adult,  more  evident 
in  young.  Lower  surface  whitish.  Sometimes  blackish  opercle  blotch. 
Lips,  cheeks  and  lower  fins  in  spring  males  rosy-red.  Iris  silvery. 
Spring  males  also  with  entire  upper  head,  pectoral  fin  and  trunk 
finely  tuberculate,  jaws  smooth.  Length  1\^  to  3y\  inches.  Many 
examples  from  the  Delaware  R.  basin  at  Kennett  Square,  Mendenliall 
and  Mill  Run  (Chester  Co.),  the  Susquehanna  R.  basin  at  Paradise 
(Lancaster  Co.)  and  Meadow  Run  in  the  Youghiogheny  R.  basin  near 
Ohio  Pyle  (Fayette  Co.). 

This  dace  occurs  in  clear  swift  streams,  usually  about  rapids  and 
deep  pools,  in  all  the  upland  waters  of  the  State.  It  is  said  to  reach  5 
inches  in  length  and  be  good  bait  for  bass,  though  rather  difficult  to 
secure.  I  have  usually  found  it  associated  with  R.  atronasus,  though 
it  appears  to  be  more  active. 
Rhinichthys  atronasus  (Mitchill). 

Head  3  to  4|;  depth  3f  to  5};  D.  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii,  6,  i  or  iii,  8,  i; 
A.  usually  iii,  6,  i,  rarely  iii,  7,  i;  scales  usually  50  to  60,  varying 
frequently  43  to  49  and  61  to  64,  rarely  varying  39  to  42  and  65  to  67  + 
usually  3,  occasionally  2  or  4;  scales  above  1.  1.  usually  12,  frequently 
11  or  13,  seldom  10,  rarely  14;  scales  below  1. 1.  usually  8,  frequently  9, 
seldom  7  or  10,  rarely  11;  predorsal  scales  usually  30  to  33,  frequently 
28,  29  or  34  to  38,  seldom  25  to  27,  rarely  23  and  39  to  42;  snout  2^ 
to  3^  in  head;  eye  3  to  5^;  maxillary  3  to  4;  interorbital  2^  to  3f ; 
teeth  2,  4-4,  2  usually,  rarely  2,  5-4,  2  or  2,  4,  1-4,  2  or  2,  4-3,  2  or  1, 
3-4,  2.  Body  compressed,  moderately  long.  Head  moderate,  robust, 
broad.  Snout  convex,  depressed,  length  |  its  width.  Eye  small  in 
adult,  large  in  young,  circular,  high,  slightly  anterior.  Mouth  small, 
inferior,  snout  projecting  about  ^  of  eye  beyond  mandible.  Maxillary 
little  inchned,  to  front  nostril,  ending  in  short  barbel.  Interorbital 
broadly  depressed.  Rakers  3  +  4  short  firm  points.  Scales  small, 
well  exposed.  L.  1.  complete  in  adult,  absent  in  young.  Dorsal  origin 
midway  between  hind  eye  margin  and  caudal  base.  Anal  origin  just 
after  dorsal  base.     Caudal  forked,  lobes  rounded.     Pectoral  |  to  ven- 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  549 

tral,  latter  inserted  little  before  dorsal  origin,  fin  to  anal.  Color  very 
variable,  usually  olivaceous-brown  above  mottled  with  diLsky.  Black 
lateral  band  from  snout  to  caudal,  always  pronounced  in  young. 
Below  white.  Lower  fins  whitish  to  pale  yellowish.  In  spring  males 
sometimes  whole  body  blushed  crimson  or  golden,  lateral  blackish 
band  vermilion  or  orange,  also  lower  fins.  Later  in  season  dark  lateral 
band  turns  blackish.  Spring  males  also  with  head  above  behind 
nostrils  minutely  tuberculate.  Length  IJ  to  3|-  inches.  Very  many 
examples :  from  the  Delaware  R.  basin  at  Kennett  Square,  Mendenhall, 
Black  Horse  Run,  second  tributary  below  latter,  run  near  Stock  Grange, 
AVillistown  Barrens  (Chester  Co.);  Chadd's  Ford,  Wawa,  Whetstone 
Run,  north  branch  of  Langford's  Run,  Lewis's  Run,  Hunter's  Run, 
Collar  Brook,  Collingdale  (Delaware  Co.);  Wissahickon  Creek,  Hol- 
mesburg,  Torresdale  (Philadelphia  Co.);  Abrams,  Hatboro  (Mont- 
gomery Co.);  Cornwells,  Neshaminy  Falls,  Little  Neshaminy  Creek, 
Newtown,  near  Ijanghorne,  Tullytown  (Bucks  Co.);  Dingman's  Ferry 
(Pike  Co.) :  Susquehanna  R.  basin  at  Brooklyn  (Potter  Co.) ;  Loyal- 
sock  Creek  near  Lopez  (Sullivan  Co.);  Octoraro  Creek  at  Nottingham 
(Chester  Co.) ;  Paradise,  Akron  and  Trout  Runs  near  Ephrata,  Witmer's 
Mills  and  run  near  Blainsport  (Lancaster  Co.):  Allegheny  R.,  Port 
Allegany  and  Cole  Grove  (McKean  Co.);  Warren  (Warren  Co.); 
Youghiogheny  R.  and  Meadow^  Run  near  Ohio  Pyle  (Fayette  Co.); 
Beaver  R.®;  Kiskiminitas  R. :  Genesee  R.  at  Gold  and  Raymonds 
(Potter  Co.) :     Potomac  R.  basin  in  Cove  Creek  (Fulton  Co.). 

This  beautiful  little  fish  is  very  abundant  in  most  all  clear  swift 
cold  brooks  in  the  State,  especially  in  the  mountainous  regions.  It  is 
variable  in  the  extreme,  and  many  quite  striking  varieties  may  be 
found,  even  in  the  same  brook.  The  so-called  brown-nosed  dace,  from 
our  western  streams,  does  not  appear  to  differ  in  having  a  paler  color 
and  deeper  body,  so  far  as  I  have  examined.  In  fact  many  western 
examples  are  very  dark  or  dusky.  The  snout  is  also  variable.  The 
fish  is  often  found  greatly  parasitized  with  tape-worms,  the  abdomen 
then  being  greatly  swollen.  It  is  said  to  be  good  as  bait.  It  spawns 
in  the  late  spring  and  early  summer,  though  bright-colored  examples 
are  found  throughout  the  latter  season. 

Hybopsis  dissimilis  (Kirtland).'*) 

Head  3|  to  4^;  depth  5  to  6f ;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  6,  i;  scales  usually 
about  47,  varying  32  to  50  +  3;  scales  above  1.  1.  usually  6,  rarely  7; 


8  Recorded  wrongly  by  me  in  Am.  Nat.,  XLI,  1907,  p.  11,  as  R.  cataractce. 
^^  Bean  records  H.  amblops  (Rafin6sque)  from  the  Ohio  valley  hypothetically. 


550  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

scales  below  1.  1.  usually  5,  rarely  6;  predorsal  scales  usually  19  or  20, 
rarely  17,  18,  21  or  23;  snout  2^  to  3  in  head;  eye  2f  to  3^;  maxillary 
S^  to  3 J;  interorbital  3  to  4;  teeth  4-4.  Body  elongate,  slender, 
compressed.  Caudal  peduncle  long,  slender.  Head  long,  robust, 
little  deeper  than  broad.  Snout  convex,  long  as  broad.  Eye  large, 
high,  midway  in  head.  Mouth  small,  inferior,  upper  jaw  protruding 
slightly.  Maxillary  well  short  of  eye,  ending  in  short  barbel.  Inter- 
orbital flattened.  Rakers  2  +  5  short  points.  Scales  smaller  on  pre- 
dorsal, well  exposed.  L.  1.  complete,  nearly  straight.  Dorsal  origin 
midway  between  snout  tip  and  caudal  base.  Anal  origin  little  behind 
depressed  dorsal  tip.  Caudal  forked.  Pectoral  7^-  to  ventral,  latter 
inserted  little  behind  dorsal  origin,  fin  |  to  anal.  Color  olivaceous, 
back  rather  mottled,  below  white.  Sides  bright  silvery- white.  Fins 
pale,  plain.  Lateral  bluish  stripe  around  snout,  overlaid  with  several 
dusky  spots.  Length  2^*6-  to  4  inches.  Twelve  examples  from  the 
Youghiogheny  R. 

Found  in  the  channels  of  the  larger  streams,  creeks  and  lakes,  w^st 
of  the  Alleghanies.     It  does  not  appear  to  enter  the  small  brooks. 
Said  to  reach  6  inches  in  length,  and  though  a  good  biter  most  too 
small  as  food.     Taken  largely  for  bait. 
Hybopsis  storerianus  (Kirtland). 

Recorded  by  Evermann  and  Bollman  from  the  Monongahela  R. 

Hybopsis  kentuckiensis  (Rafinesque). 

Ceratichthys  micropogon  Cope,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  1864,  p.  277. 
Conestoga  Creek  in  Lancaster  Countj". 

Head  3|;  depth  4;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  6,  i;  scales  34  +  3;  scales 
above  1.  1.  6;  scales  below  1.  1.  5;  predorsal  scales  18;  head  width  2  its 
length;  head  depth  at  occiput  If;  snout  3^;  eye  3;  maxillary  3; 
interorbital  3|;  first  branched  dorsal  ray  \\;  anal  ray  1^;  least  depth 
caudal  peduncle  2h;  lower  caudal  lobe  1;  pectoral  If;  ventral  If. 
Body  moderately  long,  compressed,  profiles  similar,  deepest  at  dorsal 
origin.  Caudal  peduncle  compressed,  least  depth  If  its  length.  Head 
compressed,  profiles  similarly  convex,  flattened  sides  not  convergent 
below.  Snout  convex,  width  f  its  length.  Eye  elongate,  rounded, 
high,  center  about  first  f  in  head.  Mouth  low,  nearly  horizontal, 
large.  Jaws  even.  Premaxillaries  protractile  down.  Maxillary  little 
inclined,  trifle  beyond  eye  front,  not  quite  to  pupil.  Lips  thin,  little 
fleshy.  Small  barbel  at  lower  maxillary  corner  distally.  Jaw  edges 
rather  thin,  trenchant.  Mandible  heavy,  convex,  rami  little  elevated 
inside  mouth.  Tongue  thick,  fleshy,  adnate.  Nostrils  together, 
posterior  larger,  near  eye  front.     Interorbital  broadlj^  depressed.     Pre- 


1908. j  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  551 

orbital  broad,  width  -|  its  length,  latter  1^  in  eye.  Other  suborbitals 
narrow.  Gill-opening  last  f  in  head,  nearly  to  hind  eye  margin. 
Rakers  2  +  5  points,  about  3  in  filaments,  latter  If  in  eye.  Pseudo- 
branchiae  large,  little  less  than  filaments.  Isthmus  level,  least  widtli 
nearly  2  in  eye.  Teeth  1?,  4-4,  1?,  hooked,  compressed,  grinding 
surfaces  narrow.  Scales  rather  large,  crowded  on  predorsal  and  breast, 
more  exposed  along  sides  medianly.  Pointed  scaly  axillary  ventral 
flap  5  in  fin.  L.  1.  complete,  first  decurved  till  about  midway  along 
side.  Tubes  simple,  over  first  f  of  exposed  scales.  Dorsal  origin  mid- 
way between  eye  front  and  caudal  base,  first  branched  ray  longest,  fin 
2  to  caudal  base.  Anal  origin  little  behind  dorsal  base,  first  branched 
ray  longest,  fin  1-g-  to  caudal  base.  Caudal  forked,  lobes  pointed, 
tips  (damaged)  about  equal.  Pectoral  pointed,  upper  rays  longest, 
fin  I  to  ventral.  Latter  inserted  about  opposite  dorsal  origin,  reaches 
anal.  Vent  close  before  anal.  Color  in  alcohol  dull  brownish,  below 
paler.  Head  and  trunk  below  with  pale  silvery  reflections.  Iris  pale 
silvery.  Fins  pale  brownish.  Length  3j  inches  (caudal  damaged). 
No.  5,061,  A.  N.  S.  P.,  type  of  C.  micropogon  Cope.  Conestoga  Creek 
in  Lancaster  County  (Stauffer). 

Head  3^  to  4;  depth  3f  to  4f ;  D.  iii,  7,  i;  A.  iii,  6,  i  usually,  rarely 
iii,  7, 1 ;  scales  usually  35  to  40,  sometimes  33  or  34,  rarely  32  or  41  + 
usually  3,  rarely  2;  scales  above  1.  1.  usually  7,  frequently  6;  scales 
.below  1.  1.  usually  5,  frequently  6,  rarely  4;  predorsal  scales  usually 
16  to  19,  occasionally  20,  rarely  14  or  24;  snout  2^^  to  3  in  head;  eye 
3|  to  7;  maxiflary  2^  to  3^;  interorbital  2^  to  3^;  teeth  usually  0,  4-4, 
0,  occasionally  1,  4-4,  0  or  1,  4-4,  1,  rarely  1,  4-4,  2.  Body  com- 
pressed, robust.  Head  large,  broadly  rounded  above.  Snout  convex, 
blunt,  rather  long.  Eye  small,  high,  round,  larger  in  young.  Mouth 
large,  little  inclined,  mandible  slightly  shorter.  Maxillary  not  quite 
to  eye,  ending  in  barbel.  Interorbital  broadly  convex.  Rakers  2  +  5 
short  bony  points.  Scales  well  exposed.  L.  1.  complete,  little  decurved. 
Dorsal  origin  midway  between  snout  tip  and  caudal  base.  Anal 
inserted  behind  dorsal  base.  Caudal  emarginate,  broad  lobes  rounded. 
Pectoral  H  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  opposite  dorsal  origin,  reaches 
vent.  Color  olivaceous  above  with  bluish  tints.  Sides  with  pale 
greenish  on  white  and  silvery.  Below  white.  Fins  pale  orange. 
Spring  males  with  head  and  belly  blushed  rosy,  crimson  spot  on  side 
of  former,  high  adipose-like  crest  on  forehead,  and  snout  with  large 
tubercles.  Silvery  iris,  then  orange  and  greenish.  Young  olivaceous 
above,  silvery  below,  and  dusky  band  along  side  medianly.  Length 
lye  ^^  9|  inches.     Many  examples:  from  the  Susquehanna  R.  basin  in 


552  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [UeC, 

Elk  Creek  (Chester  Co.);  Conestoga  Creek  and  near  Denver  (Lancaster 
Co.);  Emporium  (Cameron  Co.):  Youghiogheny  R.  and  Meadow 
Rmi  near  Ohio  Pyle  (Fayette  Co.);  Beaver  R.;  Kiskiminitas  R. ; 
Newcastle  (Lawrence  Co.);  Allegheny  R.  basin  (Warren  Co.). 

This  beautiful  fish  occurs  in  all  streams  west  of  the  Alleghanies,  and 
I  have  only  met  with  it  in  the  Susquehanna,  in  the  Atlantic  basin  of 
our  limits.  It  is  said  to  reach  10  inches  in  length  and  be  a  fair  table 
fish.  Most  frequently  it  is  found  in  the  larger  creeks  and  rivers,  sel- 
dom occurring  in  small  broolcs.  It  will  take  the  hook  readily  and  is  a 
good  bait  as  it  is  hardy.  It  shows  considerable  variation,  the  young 
being  quite  unlike  the  adult,  and  the  latter  also  differing  in  the  spawn- 
ing season,  which  takes  place  in  late  spring  and  early  summer. 

Exoglossum  maxillingua  (Le  Sueur). 

Head  3f  to  4^;  depth  3|  to  4^;  D.  usually  iii,  7,  i,  rarely  iii,  8,  i; 
A.  usually  iii,  6,  i,  rarely  iii,  7,  i;  scales  usually  about  48  to  51, 
rarely  39,  43,  44,  45,  47,  52,  53,  54,  56,  57  +  usually  3,  frequently  2, 
rarely  4;  scales  above  1. 1.  usually  10,  frequently  9,  seldom  11,  rarely  12; 
scales  below  1.  1.  usually  6,  frequently  7;  predorsal  scales  usually  25  to 
28,  sometimes  29,  rarely  30;  snout  2f  to  3^  in  head;  eye  2f  to  4f ; 
maxillary  2|  to  3f ;  interorbital  2yV  to  3i;  teeth  usually  2,  4-4,  2, 
rarely  1,  4-4,  2  or  0,  4-4,  2.  Body  compressed,  robust.  Llead  com- 
pressed, broad.  Snout  convex,  width  f  its  length.  Eye  small  in 
adult,  large  in  young,  high.  Mouth  small.  Maxillary  to  eye.  Upper 
jaw  projecting.  Mandible  small,  dentaries  closely  wedged  together, 
incurved,  producing  trilobed  appearance.  Interorbital  broadly  flat- 
tened. Rakers  1  +  3  small  rounded  tubercles.  Scales  crowded  anter- 
iorly on  trunk.  L.  1.  continuous  in  adult,  midway  along  side,  incom- 
plete or  absent  in  young.  Dorsal  origin  midway  between  front  pupil 
margin  and  caudal  base.  Anal  inserted  just  behind  dorsal  base. 
Caudal  emarginate.  Pectoral  f  to  ventral,  latter  inserted  trifle  before 
dorsal  origin,  reaches  vent.  Color  olivaceous  above,  below  whitish. 
Diffuse  dusky  blotch  at  caudal  base,  most  distinct  in  young.  Fins 
otherwise  plain.  Iris  whitish.  Length  If  to  4|-  inches.  Many 
examples:  from  the  Delaware  R.  basin  at  Mendenhall,  Black  Horse 
Run  and  first  tributary  below,  Mill  Run  (Chester Co.):  Susquehanna 
R.  basin  at  York  Furnace  (York  Co.);  Paradise,  near  Denver  and  Wit- 
mer's  Mills  (Lancaster  Co.);  Emporium  (Cameron  Co.):  Allegheny 
R.  basin  at  Cole  Grove  (McKean  Co.). 

This  peculiar  and  strikingly  characterized  species  occurs  in  all  our 
river  basins,  but  seems  to  be  most  abundant  in  the  Susquehanna.     It 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  553 

isjhowever,  by  no  means  rare  in  the  Delaware.  It  reaches  a  length 
of  6  inches  and  though  rather  small  is  sometimes  said  to  be  used  as -a 
pan  fish.  It  is  usually  to  be  found  in  clear  running  water  with  other 
small  fishes,  and  readily  takes  a  hook. 

Plate  XXVII — Notropis  keimi  Fowler. 


554  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [DeC., 


A  NEW  SPECIES  OF  CYMATOPLEURA. 

BY    CHARLES    S.    BOYER. 

Since  the  publication  of  Greville's  papers  on  the  Diatomacese  but 
few  new  forms  from  the  deposit  of  Barbadoes  have  been  described 
with  the  exception  of  those  named  by  the  late  Prof.  J.  Brun  in  the 
last  number  of  Le  Diatomisie.  The  deposit,  however,  is  very  rich, 
and  Mr.  John  A.  Shulze,  of  Philadelphia,  has  not  only  prepared  and 
mounted  the  greater  number  of  Greville's  rare  species,  but  has  dis- 
covered several  new  ones.  Among  these  may  be  mentioned  a  Cyma- 
topleura  the  diagnosis  of  which  follows : 

Cymatopleura  shulzei  n.  sp. 

Valve  elliptical-lanceolate,  with  produced,  subcapitate  ends;  border 
with  moniliform  markings.  Surface  with  ten  quite  definite  undula- 
tions; striae  punctate  in  quincunx.     L.  of  V.  170  />.,  puncta  14  in  10  /j. 

Barbadoes  deposit.     Rare.     Coll.  J.  A.  Shulze. 

I  take  pleasure  in  naming  this  species  after  Mr.  John  A.  Shulze, 
whose  preparations  of  selected  diatoms  is  unexcelled.  Cymatopleura 
is  a  well-defined  genus,  but  limited  in  the  number  of  species.  Those 
known  as  elUptica,  solea,  regula,  hibernica,  angulata,  cochlea  and  the 
three  new  ones  of  Pantocsek,  kinkeri,  gigantea  and  gracilis,  resemble 
each  other  in  outline,  more  or  less.  Lewis'  small  form,  C.  marina, 
differs  chiefly  in  its  lanceolate  outline.  The  present  species  is  dis- 
tinguished by  its  produced  ends  and  by  the  fact  that  it  is  the  only  one 
of  the  genus  thus  far  found  in  the  miocene  deposits  (Plate  XXVIII). 

I  am  indebted  to  Dr.  T.  S.  Stewart  for  the  photographs  from  which 
the  figures  were  taken. 

Explanation  of  Plate  XXVTII. 

Fig.  1.— Valve  view.      X  650. 
Fig.  2.— Same.     X  350. 

Fig.  3. — Zonal  view,  somewhat  inclined,  showing  moniliform  markings  and  the 
undulations.     X  460. 


1908.1  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  555 


NOTES  ON  POLINICES  DIDYMA,  WITH    DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW 
AUSTRALIAN  SPECIES. 

BY    H.    A.    PILSBRY   AND    E.    G.    VANATTA. 

An  Indo-Pacific  group  of  species  or  forms  of  the  Naticoid  genua 
Polinices  is  characterized  by  having  a  transverse  sulcus  dividing  the 
convex  surface  of  the  dark-brown  umbiUcal  callous  lobe.  Numerous 
supposed  species  were  based  on  shells  of  this  character,  but  modern 
authors  have  united  all  under  one  species,  called  Natica  ampla  by 
Tryon  (Manual  of  Conchology,  VIII,  1886)  and  Natica  didynia  by 
Watson  and  E.  A.  Smith  {Challenger  Report,  XV,  Gastropoda,  1886, 
p.  450),  and  by  Pritchard  and  Gatliff  {Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Victoria,  XII, 
1900,  p.  191). 

The  names  which  have  been  apphed  to  the  forms  in  question  follow 
in  chronological  order. 

1798.  Albula  didyma  Bolten,  Museum  Boltenianum,  p.  20.     Based 

upon  Nerita  umhilicata  livida  Chemnitz,  Systematisches  Conchylien 

Cabinet,  V,  p.  246,  pi.  186,  figs.  1856-57  (Tranquebar). 
1845.     Natica  papyracea   "Busch,"  PhiUppi,  Abbildungen  und   Be- 

schreibungen  neuer  oder  wenig  bekannter   Conchylien,   Vol.    II 

(October),  p.  45,  pi.  2,  fig.  12  (Hab. ?);  Conchylien  Cabinet, 

p.  87,  pi.  13,  fig.  4;  p.  43,  pi.  5,  fig.  4. 
1848.     Natica  ampla  Philippi,  Zeitschrift  fiir  Malakozoologie,  p.  156, 

spec.  16  (Hab. ?);   Conchylien  Cabinet   (Natica),   p.  41, 

pi.  6,  fig.  2. 
1848.     Natica  hicolor  Philippi,  Zeitschrift  fiir  Malakozoologie,  p.  156, 

species  17  (China  Sea);  Conchyhen  Cabinet,  p.  43,  pi.  6,  fig.  4. 
1848.     Natica  vesicalis  Philippi,  Zeitschrift  fiir  Malakozoologie,  p.  159 

(China);  Conchyhen  Cabinet,  p.  40,  pi.  6,  fig.  1. 
1846-1858.     Natica  lamarckii  Recluz,  in  Chenu,  Illustrations  Conchy- 

liologiques.  Vol,  III,  pi.  2,  figs.  1-4. 
1846-1858.     Natica  petiveriana  Recluz,  in  Chenu,  Illustrations  Con- 

chyliologiques.   Vol.    Ill,   pi.   2,   figs.    5-9;   Reeve,   Conchologia 

Iconica,  IX,  1855,  pi.  5,  fig.  17. 
1846-1858.     Natica  intermedia  Recluz,  in  Chenu,  Illustrations  Con- 

chyliologiques.  Vol.  Ill,  pi.  2,  fig.  10;  pi.  3,  figs.  1,  2,  3  (not  of 

Philippi,  1836). 


556  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

1846-1858.  Natica  chemnitzii  Recluz,  in  Chenu,  Illustrations  Con- 
chyliologiques,  Vol.  Ill,  pi.  3,  fig.  4.  Reeve,  Conchologia  Icon- 
ica,  IX,  1855,  pi.  2,  fig.  7  (not  of  PfeifTer,  1840). 

1852.  Natica  incisa  ''Diinker,"  Philippi,  Conchylien  Cabinet,  Natica, 
p.  81,  pi.  12,  fig.  8  (China). 

1852.  Natica  papyracea  Busch,  var.  major  Philippi,  Conchylien  Cabi- 
net, p.  157,  pi.  5,  fig.  4. 

1855.  Natica  lamarckiana  "Recluz,"  Reeve,  Conchologia  Iconica, 
IX,  pi.  2,  fig.  6. 

1855.  Natica  prohlematica  Reeve,  Conchologia  Iconica,  IX,  pi.  6, 
fig.  21. 

1860.  Natica  rohusta  Dunker,  Malakozoologische  Blatter,  Vol.  ^^I, 
p.  232;  Mollusca  Japonica,  1861,  pi.  2,  fig.  24  (Deshima). 

1876.  Natica  tasmanica  Tenison- Woods,  Papers  and  Proceedings 
and  Report  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Tasmania,  1875  (1876),  pp. 
148,  149;  1877  (1878),  p.  32;  1890  (1891),  p.  134,  species  173. 
Proceedings  Royal  Society  of  Victoria,  Vol.  XII,  1900,  p.  192. 
Polinices  tasmanica  T.  Woods,  Tate  and  May,  Proceedings  Lin- 
nean  Society  of  New  South  Wales,  Vol.  XXVI,  No.  103,  1901,  p. 
375,  pi.  25,  fig.  49. 

The  study  of  a  series  of  53  specimens  in  23  lots,  from  localities  in 
Japan,  China,  India,  the  East  Indies  and  Australia,  shows  that  sev- 
eral species  and  races  can  be  distinguished,  as  follows: 
Polinices  didyma  Bolten.     PL  XXIX,  fig.  9. 

Size  rather  large,  up  to  59  mm.  diam.  Coloration  as  in  didyma 
ampla  Phil.,  from  which  it  differe  by  the  subtriangular  shape  of  the 
umbilical  callus,  which  has  a  long  adnate  upper  border  and  less  pro- 
jecting outer  edge  than  P.  didyma  ampla  Phil. 

Type  locality,  Tranquebar.  Bolten's  species  was  based  on  Chem- 
nitz's figures.  We  have  seen  no  examples  from  Tranquebar,  but  the 
figures  seem  to  show  no  tangible  difference  between  didyma  and  the 
common  Japanese  species  described  as  N.  rohusta  Dkr.,  which  we 
consider  a  synonym,  pending  the  comparison  of  topotypes.  We  have 
rohusta  from  Tashima,  Awaji  (Hirase),  and  Hayama,  near  Kamakura, 
Sagami  (Miss  Hartshorne).  It  seems  to  be  confined  to  Japan  and 
India. 

Fig.  9  of  plate  XXIX  represents  a  Japanese  shell. 
Polinices  didyma  ampla  Phil.     PL  XXIX,  fig.  8. 

A  large  form,  ordinarily  attaining  the  diameter  of  63  mm.  The 
umbilicus  is  very  ample,  the  excavation  not  half  covered  by  the  callus. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA,  557 

which  projects  as  a  free  lobe,  the  middle  or  lower  part  projecting 
beyond  the  adnate  upper  border;  hence  the  general  outhne  of  the  callus 
is  semicircular.  The  lower  lobe  of  the  callus  is  ordinarily  larger  than 
the  upper.  The  inner  part  of  the  umbilical  excavation  is  covered 
with  yellowish  cuticle  except  in  old  or  worn  shells,  as  it  is  in  all  the 
related  forms;  and  while  there  may  be  two  or  three  narrow  radial 
purplish  streaks,  the  umbilicus  is  mainly  white  within.  The  exterior 
is  more  or  less  deeply  tinted  with  chestnut  or  livid  brown  above, 
paler  or  white  on  the  base;  the  early  whorls  are  dull  blue  with  a  pale 
subsutural  band,  apex  dark  red.  The  inside  of  the  aperture  is  chestnut 
above,  white  at  the  base. 

Most  of  the  specimens  before  us  are  from  China.  One  lot  is  labelled 
Madras.  The  type  locality  was  not  known.  Absolute  synonyms  of 
this  form  are  Natica  lamarckii  Recluz,  and  N.  lamarckiana  "Recluz," 
Rve. 

Polinices  didyma  bicolor  (Phil.).    PI.  XXIX,  figs.  4,  5. 

A  form  of  didyma  which  may  perhaps  be  segregated,  as  a  subspecies 
was  described  as  N.  hicolor  Philippi.  It  is  smaller  than  P.  didyma 
ampla,  the  maximum  diameter  35  to  39  mm.  Umbilicus  and  umbilical 
callus  similar,  but  the  lobes  of  the  latter  are  often  more  convex,  and 
darker,  very  dark  chestnut  or  chocolate  colored.  Upper  surface 
darker  than  in  didyma  or  didyma  ampla,  generally  bluish  or  somewhat 
plum  colored,  with  darker  and  paler  streaks;  base  and  interior  of 
umbilicus  pale  or  pure  white.  Interior  of  the  aperture  very  dark 
chestnut  or  chocolate  with  a  white  area  at  the  base. 

This  form  differs  from  didyma  and  didyma  ampla  chiefly  by  the 
more  strongly  contrasted  colors  and  smaller  size.  While  not  strongly 
differentiated,  it  seems  to  be  recognizable,  and  not  uncommon. 

Type  locality  China  Sea.  Specimens  are  before  us  from  "China," 
Singapore  and  Queensland. 

Natica  peiiveriana  Recluz  is  identical  with  hicolor. 
Polinices  didyma  vesicalis  (Phil.).    PI.  XXIX,  figs.  6.  7. 

Similar  to  P.  didyma,  but  the  base  and  interior  of  the  umbilicus  are 
generally  conspicuously  streaked  radially  ivith  hroum;  upper  surface 
light  brownish,  as  in  didyma;  there  is  a  more  or  less  definite  white 
band  or  paler  area  between  the  basal  and  the  upper  tinted  tracts. 
This  band  is  usually  more  distinct  inside.  Upper  adnate  edge  of  the 
callous  lobe  generally  longer  than  in  P.  didyma  ampla  Phil.,  more  as 
in  didyma,  but  the  callus  is  smaller.  The  whole  parietal  wall  and 
adjacent  root  of  the  callous  lobe  are  covered  with  a  heavy  pure  white 
callus,  whereas  in  didyma  ampla  Phil,  this  white  area  is  much  less 
36 


558  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

extended.  General  form  is  generally  rather  more  elevated  than 
didyma  ampla.  The  largest  example  in  the  Academy's  collection  has 
a  diameter  of  47  mm. 

Type  locality,  China.  Specimens  from  three  sources  before  us  are 
from  China,  with  one  tray  labelled  Madras. 

Natica  intermedia  Reclus  (not  of  Philippi,  1836),  N.  problematica 
Reeve  and  N.  incisa  Dkr.  are  identical  with  vesiccdis. 

Folinices  papyracea  ("Busch,"  Philippi). 

We  have  not  seen  this  form,  which  according  to  Philippi  differs  from 
didyma  by  its  depressed  shape  and  very  thin  shell.  It  was  known  to 
Phihppi  by  one  specimen  measuring  about  18  x  20  mm.  Natica 
papyracea  major  Philippi  is  a  larger  form  or  specimen. 

Polinices  aulacoglossa  n.  sp.     PL  XXIX,  figs,  l,  2,  3. 

Shell  globose,  the  contour  higher  and  less  broad  than  in  P.  didyma 
and  its  varieties,  solid;  light  brown  or  slightly  bluish,  with  an  ill- 
defined  white  band  at  the  base.  Umbilicus  much  smaller  than  in 
P.  didyma,  very  narrow  within,  half  or  more  covered  by  the  callus, 
which  is  dark  brown,  divided  by  a  submedian  transverse  sulcus, 
subtriangular  in  shape,  the  upper  margin  adnate  to  the  end,  which  pro- 
jects farther  than  the  free  edge  of  the  lobe.  Parietal  callus  heavy, 
white.  Other  characters  substantially  as  in  P.  didyma. 
Alt.  30^,  diam.  31  mm. 

Type  locahty,  Altona  Bay,  Williamstown,  near  Melbourne,  Vic- 
toria.   Types  No.  94229  A.  N.  S  P.,  collected  by  Mr.  F.  H.  Baker. 

Some  specimens  received  from  Dr.  J.  C.  Cox  are  larger,  alt.  41  i, 
diam.  42  mm.,  otherwise  similar.  This  is  apparently  the  form  Hsted 
by  Messrs.  Pritchard  and  Gatliff  as  Natica  didyma  Chemn.  It  is  cer- 
tainly distinct  specifically  from  P.  didyma,  or  any  of  its  subspecies. 

Natica  chemnitzii  Recluz  (not  N.  chemnitzii  Pfr.,  1840)  seems  to  be 
identical  with  this  species,  though  if  so  it  attains  a  larger  size  than 
any  examples  we  have  seen.  In  any  case  the  name  is  a  homonym 
and  cannot  stand. 

Natica  tasmanica  Tenison-Woods  has  been  placed  in  the  synonymy 
of  P.  didyma  by  Messrs.  Pritchard  and  Gatliff,  but  Tate  and  May 
in  their  Census  of  Marine  Mollusca  of  Tasmania  (1901)  have  r  tained 
it  distinct,  a  decision  supported  by  the  figure  published  by  them. 
It  is  a  far  smaller  species  than  P.  aulacoglossa,  alt.  13,  diam.  16  mm.; 
and  as  Tenison-Woods  mentions  seeing  a  number  of  examples  in 
several  collections,  it  is  not  likely  that  he  was  dealing  with  young 


190S.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  559 

specimens.     See  also  the  remarks   by  Tenison-Woods'in  Proceedings 
of  the  Royal  Society  of  Tasmania,  1877,  p.  32  (1878). 

Naiica  secunda  Mab.  et  Rocheb.,  as  figured  and  descril^ed  by  Ort- 
mann/  is  evidently  closely  related  to  P.  aulacoglossa  and  its  allies.  It 
is  not  surprising  to  find  that  the  nearest  relatives  of  A^.  secunda  are 
austral  forms. 

Explanation  of  Plate  XXLX. 
The  figures  are  slightly  reduced  in  size. 

Figs.  1,  2,  3—Polinices  aulacoglossa  Pils.  and  Van.,  n.  sp.     No.  94229  A.  N.  S.  P. 

Figs.  4.  5—Polinices  didyma  bicolor  Phil.,  No.  59200  A.  N.  S.  P. 

Figs.  6'  7—Polinices  didyma  vesicalis  Phil.,  No.  59190  A.  N.  S.  P. 

Fig.  8—Polinices  didyma  ampla  Phil.,  No.  59198  A.  N.  S.  P.  * 

Fig.  9—Polinices  didyma  Bolt,  (robusta  Dkr.),  No.  80440  A.  N.  S.  P 

'  Bep.  Princeton  Univ.  Exped.  to  Patagonia,  IV,  p.  188,  pi.  33,  fig.  3a,  b. 


560  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 

ON  THE  TEETH  OF  HAWAIIAN  SPECIES  OF  HELICINA. 

BY    HENRY"    A.    PILSBRY   AND    C.    MONTAGUE    COOKE. 

The  dentition  has  been  examined  in  four  Hawaiian  species  of  Heli- 
cina:  H.  haldwini  Anc,  H.  uherta  Gld.,  H.  laciniosa  Migh.  and  H. 
rotelloidea  Migh.  The  chief  divergence  is  in  the  denticulation  of  the 
fourth  or  major  lateral  tooth,  which  is  armed  with  several  large  and 
small  denticles  in  some  species,  and  with  more  numerous  equal  denti- 
cles in  others. 


Helicina  baldwini.  Fig.  2.—  Helicina  laciniosa. 


In  all  the  species,  the  central  tooth  has  a  very  short  smooth  cusp  or 
ledge  at  its  summit. 

In  H.  baldwini  (fig.  1)  the  denticle  formula  of  the  laterals  is  6,  5,  4, 
5,  0;  that  is,  the  innermost  lateral  tooth  has  6  points  or  denticles  on 
its  recurved  cusp,  the  next  tooth  has  5,  and  so  on.  The  inner 
uncini  have  three  or  four  rather  large  denticles.  Lateral  iv  has  very 
vmequal  conic  denticles,  two  of  them  much  larger  than  the  others. 

H.  uherta  is  like  haldwini,  except  that  the  inner  lateral  has  only  4 
denticles. 

H.  laciniosa  (fig.  2)  has  the  denticle  formula  5,  6,  4,  7,  0.  The 
major  lateral  (iv)  has  an  even  series  of  subequal  denticles.  The 
inner  uncini  have  about  7  very  minute,  subequal  denticles. 

The  radula  of  H.  rotelloidea  resembles  that  of  H.  laciniosa,  the 
major  lateral  having  6  subequal  denticles,  but  the  inner  uncini  are  more 
like  the  H.  haldwini  type,  having  about  4  large  denticles.  What 
systematic  value  attaches  to  the  differences  observed  is  uncertain  until 
many  more  species  can  be  examined ;  but  it  would  seem  that  two  groups 
are  indicated,  characterized  by  the  mode  of  denticulation  of  the  cusp 
of  the  fourth  lateral  tooth. 

The  figures  represent  the  central  (c)  and  lateral  teeth  (I'-r),  with  a 
single  uncinus  (w). 


1908.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  561 


CLAUSILIIDJE  OF  THE  JAPANESE  EMPIRE,  XII. 
BY   HENRY   A.    PILSBRY. 

Clausilias  discovered  by  Mr.  Y.  Hirase,  his  correspondents  and 
assistants,  during  the  last  year  or  two  are  described  below.  Unusual 
interest  attaches  to  certain  Euphsedusoid  species  (C.  echo,  C.  nakadce) 
showing  stages  in  a  degeneration  series  leading  to  Reinia.  Further 
minor  phyla  of  the  Zaptychoid  series  have  also  been  found . 

Section  EUPH^DUSA  Boettger. 

I  have  elsewhere  given  reasons  for  including  the  group  Reinia  in 
Euphcedusa.     C.  eastlakeana,  C.  echo  and  C.  nakadce  are  connecting- 
links  between  the  typical  members  of  these  groups. 
Clausilia  eastlakeana  vaga  n.  subsp. 

The  shell  is  like  C.  eastlakeana  Mlldff.  The  .clausiUum  is  slightly 
wider,  and  distinctly  more  curved. 

Length   12.0,  diam.  3.0  imn. ;  whorls   7 


10.3,     "      3.0     "  "      Qy^^^'^^o^^^^^- 

10.7,     "      2.8     "  "      7    \  ,,       .... 

.  9  0^     u      2.7      ''  "      g^JAkusekijm^a. 

Nakanoshima,  Osumi.  Types  No.  95691  A.  N.  S.  P.  from  No.  1513  of 
Mr.  Hirase's  collection;  also  Akusekijima,  Osumi. 

In  general  appearance  this  shell  resembles  C.  variegata  A.  Ad.,  from 
which  it  differs  in  having  a  clausilium  and  two  palatal  plicsG.  It  is 
profusely  streaked  with  buff- white  on  a  corneous-brown  ground,  the 
lighter  tint  usually  predominating.  The  peristome  is  incomplete,  the 
aperture  being  shaped  like  that  of  Ena  (Buliminus).  The  short 
superior  lamella  curves  toward  the  left  termination  of  the  lip,  and  is 
separated  from  the  thin,  low  spiral  lamella.  The  inferior  lamella 
forms  a  high  plate  within  the  back.  The  subcolumeller  lamella  is  very 
deeply  immersed.  The  principal  plica  is  rather  short  and  lateral, 
anil  there  are  two  short  palatal  plicse,  one  above,  the  other  near  the 
base. 

Clausilia  eastlakeana  Moellendorff  was  described  from  Fu-chow,  on 
the  island  Nan-tai,  province  Fu-dshien,  in  southern  China.     So  far  as 


562  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

the  shell  is  concerned,  a  comparison  of  specimens  shows  scarcely  any 
difference  from  the  variety  defined  above  from  the  northeastern 
Ryukyu  Islands,  but  the  clausiliiuii  is  perceptibly  different.  It  must 
be  admitted  that  such  small  differences  as  exist  would  not  be  thought 
of  much  significance  were  it  not  for  the  wide  geographic  separation. 
Clausilia  echo  n.  sp.    PI.  XXX,  fig.  7. 

The  shell  is  very  small,  thin,  yellow  or  corneous,  sometimes  with 
a  few  yellow  flecks;  finely  striate,  becoming  more  coarsely  so  on  the 
back  of  the  last  whorl,  and  under  a  lens  showing 
faint    spiral    striae.     Penultimate  whorl    widest, 
those  above  tapering  to  the  small,  slightly  obtuse 
apex.     Whorls   6^  to   7,   convex,   the  last  com- 
pressed laterally,  convex  below.     Aperture  squar- 
ish ovate.     Peristome  continuous,  expanded  and 
reflexed,    the    upper    margin    notched    over    the 
superior  lamella;  sinidus  retracted.     The  superior 
lamella   is    thin,    marginal,    separated    from    the 
spiral  lamella,  which  is  short  and  lateral.     The 
inferior  lamella  is  deeply  placed,  forming  a  promi- 
nent fold  deep  in  the  throat,  strongly  gyrate  within  the  last  whorl, 
penetrating  as  deep  as  the  spiral  lamella.     The  subcolumellar  lamella 
is  very  deeply  immersed.     The  principal  plica  is  very  short,  lateral. 
There  are  small  upper  and  lower  palatal  plicae. 
Length  7  to  8,  diam.  2  mm. 

The  clausihum  is  rather  broad,  oval,  tapering  toward  both  ends, 
and  very  strongly  curved. 

Akusekijima,  Osumi,  Types  No.  95688  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1585 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

Clausilia  echo  is  a  connecting  link  between  Reinia  and  Ewphcedusa. 
It  resembles  C.  eastlakeana  except  in  having  the  peristome  complete, 
the  aperture  being  shaped  much  as  in  C.  euholostoma  Pils.,  but  that 
species  has  no  superior  lamella.  C.  echo  is  a  less  evolved  form  than 
C.  eastlakeana,  in  the  same  phylum. 
Clausilia  variegata  (A.  Adams). 

Pilsbry,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  1901,  p.  473,  pi.  25,  figs.  11,  12. 
The  type  locality  for  this  species  is  Tago,  Izu  (not  in  western  Shikoku, 
as  stated  in  a  former  communication).  Other  localities  are  Tokyo 
and  its  environs,  Takasaki,  Kozuke;  Kashima,  near  Tanabe,  Kii, 
and  Hirado,  Hizen.  Specimens  have  been  received  also  from  Chichi- 
jima,  Ogasawara.  They  belong  to  the  typical  form  of  the  species,  not 
to  the  variety  nesiotica. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  563 

The  presence  of  this  species  in  the  Bonin  Islands  may  perhaps  be 
due  to  accidental  introduction,  with  plants  or  otherwise.  There  has 
doubtless  been  abundant  opportunity  and  time  for  such  introduction 
since  1593,  the  date  of  first  discovery  of  the  Bonins,  and  occupation 
by  the  Daimio  Ogasawara  Sadayori. 

Clausilia  nakadae  Pilsbry.    PI.  XXX,  fig.  lO. 

Clausilia  variegata  var.  nakadai  Pils.,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  1902,  p.  328. 

The  shell  is  rimate,  fusiform,  thin,  dark  brown,  uniform  or  marked 
with  buff  on  the  upper  whorls;  upper  half  tapering  and  attenuate; 
lower  two  whorls  subequal  in  width.  Surface  glossy 
finely  and  closely  striate,  the  striation  coarser  on  the 
latter  part  of  the  last  whorl.  Whorls  6^,  convex,  the 
last  somewhat  tapering  downward,  rather  full  and 
convex  basally.  The  aperture  is  ovate;  peristome  thin, 
reflexed,  the  ends  separated,  joined  across  the  parietal 
wall  by  a  rather  thin,  transparent  callus.  Superior 
lamella  very  thin,  subvertical,  not  continuous  with  the 
lateral  and  dorsal  spiral  lamella.  Inferior  lamella  promi- 
nent, subhorizontal,  ascending  in  a  broad  spiral  within. 
Subcolumellar  lamella  very  deeply  immersed.  Prin- 
cipal plica  short,  dorsal,  penetrating  to  a  lateral  position. 
There  are  no  other  palatal  pUcae  (Fig.  2). 

Length  7  to  7.3,  diam.  2  mm.  •^'^-  ^• 

The  clausihum  is  very  strongly  curved,  so  that  the  distal  part  is 
at  a  right  angle  with  the  upper  part.  It  is  rather  wide,  parallel-sided, 
the  end  obtuse,  slightly  angular.  The  columellar  side  is  only  very 
slightly  excised  near  the  filament. 

Hachijo-jima,  Izu.  Types  No.  83299,  topotypes  No.  96984  A.  N. 
S.  P.,  from  No.  942  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection,  collected  by  Mr.  Nakada. 
This  form  was  first  described  from  two  specimens,  neither  of  which 
contained  the  clausilium.  On  subsequent  examination  Mr.  Hirase 
discovered  that  it  has  a  well-developed  clausilium,  and  sent  additional 
examples,  one  of  which  is  described  above,  and  illustrated  on  the  plate. 
Compared  with  C.  variegata  A.  Ad.,  this  species  is  much  smaller 
and  much  more  attenuate  above;  it  is  less  variegated  or  uniform 
brown;  and  finally  it  has  a  clausihum.  C.  echo,  of  Akusekijima, 
Osumi,  in  the  northeastern  Ryukyu  chain,  is  perhaps  the  most  closely 
related  species,  but  it  differs  from  C.  nakadce  by  having  the  peristome 
continued  as  a  raised  cord  across  the  parietal  margin,  and  by  possess- 
ing two  small  palatal  plicae,  whereas  C.  nakada  has  only  the  principal 
plica.  C.  nakadcB  is  a  perfect  connecting  link  between  C.  eastlakeana 
and  echo  and  C.  variegata. 


564 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec. 


Group  of  Clausilia  aculus. 
Clausilia  tripleuroptyx  n.  sp.     PI.  XXXI,  figs.  1,  2. 

The  shell  is  fusiform,  the  lower  three  whorls  rather  large,  those 
above  tapering  to  the  attenuate  summit;  brown  or  chocolate  colored, 
moderately  glossy,  the  last  3  or  4  whorls  sharply,  finely  striate,  the 


Fig.  3. — Clausilia  tripleuroptyx,  a,  h,  two  views  of  clausilium ;  c,  last  whorl  and 
aperture;  d,  e,  diagrams  of  palatal  armature  of  two  individuals. 

striae  a  little  coarser  on  the  back  of  the  last  whorl.  Whorls  about  9, 
convex,  the  last  flattened  laterally,  tapering  downward.  The  aper- 
ture is  squarish-ovate;  peristome  pale,  well  reflexed,  continuous. 
Superior  lamella  marginal,  of  moderate  size,  compressed,  continuous 
with  the  spiral  lamella,  penetrating  to  the  middle  of  the  ventral  side. 
The  inferior  lamella  approaches  the  superior,  ascends  in  a  broad 
spiral  curve,  and  penetrates  as  deeply  as  the  spiral  lamella.  The 
subcolumellar  lamella  is  deeply  immersed.  The  principal  plica  is 
rather  short,  lateral.  There  are  usually  three  palatal  pHcse  below 
the  principal,  the  upper  well  developed,  a  very  short  plica  below  it. 
There  is  no  lunella,  but  a  lower  palatal  plica  about  as  long  as  the  upper 
is  present  (fig.  3d). 

Length  14.5,  diam.  3.4  mm. 
"       13.8,       "      3.0    " 

The  clausilium  is  strongly  curved,  oblique  and  subangular  at  the 
apex,  a  little  excised  at  the  columellar  side  of  the  filament  (fig.  3a,  6). 

Kuroshima,  Satsuma.  Types  No.  95710  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1589 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  species  is  related  to  C.  digonoptyx  Bttg.,  but  diffei's  by  its  palatal 
plicae  and  the  more  curved,  differently  shaped  clausilium.  It  differs 
from  C.  subaculus  by  the  better  developed  superior  lamella  and  the 
different  palatal  armature.     C.  aculus  Bens,  of  China  and  Korea  is 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  565 

the  most  closely  related  species,  but  it  differs  in  sculpture ;  it  has  not 
the  fine,  thread-like  striation  of  C.  tripleuroptyx ,  being  more  glossy, 
paler  colored  and  less  opaque. 

As  in  C.  aculus,  the  palatal  armature  varies.  In  most  examples 
seen  there  are  three  palatal  plicae  below  the  principal  plica,  the  second 
either  pUciform  or  punctiform  (as  in  fig.  Sd).  Sometimes  there  are 
six  plicae,  the  3d,  4th  and  5th  very  small,  scarcely  visible  inside  by 
reflected  light  (fig.  3e). 

Section  STBREOPH^DUSA  Boettger. 
Clausilia  japonica  Crosse. 

The  typical  form  of  this  species  is  found  around  Tokyo.  The  exact 
locality  of  the  types  was  not  known,  but  the  Tokyo  shells  agree  so  fully 
with  them  that  this  place  may  be  considered  the  type  locality. 

The  shells  are  coarsely  rib-striate,  the  striae  simple  (not  split),  and 
on  the  last  whorl  there  are  about  five  striae  in  one  millimeter.  The 
spiral  lamella  penetrates  inward  to  the  middle  of  the  ventral  side; 
the  inferior  lamella  is  much  longer.  There  are  two  palatal  plicae, 
an  upper  and  lower,  below  the  principal,  and  in  some  examples  there 
is  the  weak  rudiment  of  a  lunella  near  the  lower  palatal  plica,  and  a 
second  low  nodule  or  plica  just  below  the  upper  palatal  plica.  The 
size  of  Tokyo  specimens  is  rather  variable. 

Length   29.0,  diam.  6.5  mm. ;  whorls   IH. 
25.5,       "      6.5    "  "       11." 

26.5,       "      6.2    "  ''       11. 

The  forms  I  described  as  var.  perstriata  and  var.  perobscura  are  close 
to  typical  japonica  in  sculpture.  It  is  hard  to  decide  what  forms  of 
so  variable  a  species  call  for  special  names.  Besides  those  now  recog- 
nized, there  seem  to  be  several  races,  which  may  for  the  present  remain 
und  escribed. 

The  largest  form  of  C.  japonica  I  have  seen  was  sent  from  Yakuenji, 
Izumo,  by  Mr.  Hirase  (No.  1594).  The  shell  is  rich  chestnut  colored 
when  unworn,  about  as  finely  striate  as  C.  j.  nipponensis,  and,  like  that, 
it  has  upper  and  lower  palatal  plicae  only,  the  lower  one  quite  small. 
The  spiral  lamella  runs  inward  to  the  middle  of  the  ventral  side,  the 
inferior  lamella  being  longer.  Except  in  having  no  sutural  plica,  this 
form  agrees  with  C.  hilgendorfi  Martens.  No  other  Stereophcedusa  is 
known  to  have  a  sutural  plica,  so  that  it  is  possible  that  its  recorded 
presence  in  C  hilgendorfi  may  be  an  abnormal  development,  in  which 
case,  this  form  is  evidenth'  C.  hilgeyidorfi.  Specimens  from  Yakuenji, 
Izumo,  measure: 


566  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Length   42.5,  diam.  9  mm. ;  whorls  12^. 
40.0,       "      9     ''  "       11. 

This  Clausiha  is  surpassed  in  size  only  by  certain  forms  of  C.  mar- 
tensi. 
Clausilia  japonica  kobensis  (Smith). 

Clausilia  kobensis  E.  A.  Smith,  Quart.  Journ.  of  Conch.,  I,  No.  8,  p.  122 

(Feb.,  1876). 
Clausilia   nipponensis  Kobelt,  Jahrb.  D.  M.  Ges.,  Ill,  1876,  p.  275,  pi.  8, 

figs.  3,  4. 
Clausilia  loxospira  Martens  in  coll.,  Kobelt,  I.e.,  p.  277. 
Clausilia  japonica  var.  nipponensis  Kob.,  Bttg.  Jahrb.  D.  M.  Ges.,  V,  1878, 
p.  50  (ClausiUum). 

In  western  Hondo  there  is  a  rather  weakly  defined  race  described 
as  kobensis  Smith  and  nipponensis  Kobelt,  these  two  names  being 
synonymous,  and  based  on  specimens  from  Kobe,  Setsu.  The  striation 
is  noticeably  finer  than  in  typical  C.  japonica.  The  last  whorl  is  fre- 
quently much  compressed,  and  the  preceding  whorl  bulges,  giving 
a  peculiar  contour  to  the  shell  in  dorsal  view;  but  this  feature  is  vari- 
able. There  are  always  two  palatal  plicae  below  the  principal  one, 
an  upper  and  a  lower.  There  is  often  a  whorl  more  than  in  typical 
C.  japonica. 
Clausilia  japonica  vespertina  n.  subsp.    PI.  XXX,  figs.  11.  12. 

The  shell  is  glossy,  chestnut  colored,  large,  swollen  in  the  lower  half, 
attenuated  as  usual  above,  finely  striate,  the  striae  often  split  or  inter- 
rupted near  the  suture;  penultimate  whorl  inflated,  the  last  whorl 
compressed,  tapering  downward.  The  superior  lamella  is  usually 
small,  short,  not  reaching  to  the  margin  of  the  peristome,  and  generally 
separated  from  the  spiral  lamella.  Palatal  phcse  two,  upper  and  lower; 
principal  phca  usually  shorter  than  in  japonica. 

Length   33.0,  diam.  7.7  mm.;  whorls  IH  ]  „  ,    .  . 
''        31.2,       "      7.7      ''  "       lO^jTakuhisan. 

32.2,       "      8.2      "  "       IOHt^i        1- 

"        33.0,       "       8.8     "  "       11    JTakazakiyama. 

Nishinoshima,  Oki,  at  Takazakiyama  (type  loc.)  and  Takuhisan. 
Types  No.  95711  A.  N.  S  P.,  from  No.  1986  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  race  differs  from  C.  j.  interplicata  by  the  absence  of  inter- 
mediate palatal  plicae  between  the  upper  and  lower;  but  it  should 
be  noted  that  some  individuals  of  interplicata  from  Takeya,  Izumo, 
also  lack  the  intermediate  plicae,  and  then  scarcely  differ  from  this 
insular  race  from  Oki.  It  is  also  related  to  var.  kobensis. 
Clausilia  japonica  ultima  n.  subsp.    PI.  XXX,  figs.  8,  9. 

The  shell  is  much  more  slender  and  lengthened  than  C.  japonica, 
chestnut  colored,  paler  just  below  the  suture,  verj--  glossy,  finely  and 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OP    PHILADELPHIA.  567 

regularly  rib-striate,  about  four  strise  in  one  mm.  on  the  last  whorl, 
the  interstices  of  the  striae  minutely,  finely  striate  transversely.  Three 
or  four  early  whorls  are  of  about  equal  diameter;  the  penultimate  whorl 
is  largest,  the  last  whorl  compressed  and  tapering  downward.  The 
spiral  and  inferior  lamellae  are  very  long,  extending  inward  past  the 
front  to  the  left  side;  other  lamellae  as  in  japonica;  two  palatal  plicae, 
an  upper  and  a  lower,  below  the  principal  plica. 

Length  29.3,  diam.  5.5  mm.;  whorls  13^. 
27,  "      5.2     "  "       13. 

Nakamura,  Oki.  Types  No.  95714  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1566  of 
Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  is  a  very  distinct  race,  quite  unlike  any  of  the  many  forms  of 
C.  japonica  known  from  the  main  island  and  Shikoku.  Like  the 
preceding  subspecies  it  is  probably  confined  to  the  Oki  Islands. 

Clausilia  Mckonis  "Kobelt"  Bttg. 

Clausilia  hickonis  Kobelt,  Boettger,  Jahrb.  d.  D.  Malak.  Ges.,  V,  1878,  p. 

55,  pi.  3,  fig.  7;  with  var.  binodifera  Bttg.,  I.e.,  fig.  76  (interior  of  Nippon). 
C.  hickonis  Kobelt,  Fauna  Japonica,  p.  86. 
Clausilia  snbjaponica  Pilsbry,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  1900,  p.  679  (Jan.  28, 

1901)  (Ibuki,  Omi). 
Clausilia  fultoni  subsp.   davula  von  Moellendorff,   Nachrbl.   d.   D.   Malak. 

Ges.,  April,  1901,  p.  41  (Ibuki,  Omi). 

This  fine  Stercophcedusa  has  some  resemblance  to  C.  (Megalophce- 
dusa.)  vasta.  It  is  now  known  from  Hakusan,  Kaga;  Kurozu  and 
Tomisato,  Kii;  Ibuki,  Omi;  and  on  Shikoku  from  Nagaomura,  Sanuki. 

The  variety  C.  hickonis  saucia  Pils.  differs  chiefly  by  its  much 
coarser  striation.  It  was  described  from  Sodayama,  Tosa,  and  smaller 
examples  have  been  taken  at  Naarimura,  Tosa,  No.  1010  of  Mr. 
Hirase's  collection,  83901  A.  N.  S.  P. 

Clausilia  jacobiana  jacobiella  n.  subsp     PI.  XXXI,  figs.  3,  4,  5,  6. 

The  shell  is  more  slender  than  C.  jacobiana;  and  the  last  half  of  the 
last  whorl  is  less  coarsely  striate.      There  are  short  upper  and  lower 
palatal  plicae,  but  no  lunella  (pi.  XXXI,  figs.  3,  4,  5). 
Length   14.8,  diam.  3.0  mm. ;  whorls  9^. 
13.0,       "      3.0      "  "       9. 

12.7,       "      2.9      "  "      8+. 

Akusekijima,  Osumi.     Types  No.  95682  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1547 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection.     Also  Nakanoshima  and  Suwanosejima. 
Specimens  from  Nakano-shima  are  a  little  larger : 
Length   15.2,  diam.  3.4  mm.,  whorls  9. 
14.9,       "       3.6      " 
14.3,       "      3.25    "     ■ 


568  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DcC, 

Shells  from  Suwanosejima  are  much  smaller: 

Length  12,  diam.  2.9  to  3  mm.;  whorls  8^  (pi.  XXXI,  fig.  6). 

Clausilia  nishinosMmana  n.  sp.    PI.  XXXI,  fig.  7. 

A  Stereophcedusa  of  the  group  of  C.  hrevior.     The  shell  is  fusiform, 
tapering  from  the  penultimate  whorl,  considerably  attenuated  near 
the    apex;   dull   dark   brown;  rather   finely    and 
sharply  striate  except  the  earher  whorls,  which 
are  worn.     Whorls  11^,  moderately  convex,  the 
second,  third  and  fourth  of  about  equal  diameter, 
the  last  compressed  and  tapering  downward.     Ap- 
erture ovate,  the  sinulus  a  little  retracted.     Peris- 
tome   brown    tinted,    rather    broadly    reflexed, 
recurved  at  the  edge,  thick.     Superior  lamella  a 
little    oblique,    marginal,    continuous    with    the 
spiral  lamella,  which  is  high  and  lamellar  in  the 
middle,  low  toward  both   ends,   and   penetrates 
inward  to  a  point  above  the  outer  lip.     The  inferior 
lamella  forms  a  rather  strong  fold  in  the  throat,  and  ascends  in  a  broad 
spiral  curve  in  the  back,  where  it  is  very  wide.     It  penetrates  as  deeply 
as  the  spiral  lamella.     The  subcolumellar  lamella  emerges  to  the 
lip  edge.     The  principal  plica  is  weak,  short  and  lateral.     There  are 
short  upper  and  lower  palatal  plicse,  but  no  lunella  (fig.  4). 
Length  18,  diam.  3.9  mm. 

The  clausilium  is  strongly  curved,  somewhat  angular  at  the  apex, 
a  little  excised  on  the  columellar  side  of  the  filament.  It  is  similar  to 
the  clausilium  of  C.  hrevior} 

Nishinoshima,  Oki.  Types  No.  95689  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1576 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  C.  hrevior,  differing  in  the  following 
respects :  There  are  but  two  palatal  plicse  below  the  principal  one, 
which  is  much  shorter  than  in  C.  hrevior;  the  spire  tapers  for  a  longer 
distance,  and  it  is  composed  of  more  whorls. 

Some  individuals  lose  the  early  whorls,  closing  the  breach  with  a 
convex  plug,  as  in  some  Urocoptids.  The  number  of  whorls  retained 
may  be  reduced  to  six.  Among  some  hundreds  of  C.  hrevior  seen  from 
six  localities,  none  were  similarly  truncate.  It  is  a  rather  unusual 
condition  in  Japanese  Clausiliidce. 


«  See  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  1901,  pi.  38,  figs.  52,  53. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  569 

Section  LUOHUPH^DUSA  Pilsbry. 
Clausilia  degenerata  Pils. 

Clausilia  nakadai  degenerata  Pils.,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  1904,  p.  818,  pi.  52, 
fig.  12;  pi.  53,  fig.  22. 

The  inadvertent  use  of  Mr.  Nakada's  name  twice  in  Clausilia  makes 
it  necessary  to  modify  the  later  apphcation  as  above.  The  former 
siibspecific  name  will  become  the  name  of  the  species,  while  what  was 
formerly  described  as  typical  C.  nakadai  requires  a  new  name,  which, 
being  later,  becomes  subspecific.  I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  Hirase  for 
calling  my  attention  to  the  duplication. 

The  type  of  C.  degenerata  is  No.  87593  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.   1205 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 
C.  degenerata  nakadiana  n.  n. 

Clausilia  nakadai  Pils.,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  1904,  p.  818,  pi.  52,  figs.  9,  10, 
11;  pi.  53,  figs.  18,  19.  Not  C.  variegata  \av.  nakadai  Pils.,  Proc.  A.  N.  S. 
Phila.,  1902,  p.  328. 

The  type  of  C.  d.  nakadiana  is  No.  87594  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1205a 
of  Hirase's  catalogue. 

Section  FORMOSANA  Bttg. 

This  section  has  much  affinity  with  Hemiph(Bdusa  and  the  closely 
related  Megalophcedusa,  having  the  same  long  and  narrow  type  of 
clausilium,  which,  however,  is  slightly  thickened  at  the  end.  The 
palatal  structure  is  primitive — a  series  of  well-developed,  subequal 
plicae. 

Three  Formosan  species  known  may  be  distinguished  as  follows : 

a. — Shell  rather  obesely  fusiform,  the  diameter  contained  3^  to  4J 

times  in  the  length;  whorls  9  to  11,  the  later  ones  closely  and 

finely  striate. 

b. — ^Whorls    convex;    later   whorls   with  waved   striae;    southern 

Formosa. 

c. — Color  pale  yellowish  or  very  pale  brownish  (pi.  XXXII, 

figs.  4,  8,  9); C.  formosensis  A.  Ad. 

c\ — Color  dark   reddish  or  purplish  brown  (pi.  XXXII,  figs. 

1,  2,  3), C.f.  hotawana  Pils. 

b^. — Wliorls  flattened;  striae  fine,  close  and  straight;  dark  colored y 
northern  Formosa  (pi.  XXXII,  figs.  7,  10,  11), 

C.  sioinhoei  H.  Ad. 
a\ — Shell  long  and  narrow,  the  diam.  contained  5  or  6  times  in  the 
length;  whorls  11  to  14,  the  later  ones  flattened,  with  inter- 
rupted striae  (pi.  XXXII,  figs.  5,  6),     .     .     C.  taiwanica  Pils. 
Clausilia  formosensis  H.  Ad.    PI.  XXXII,  figs.  4,  8,  9. 

This  species  belongs  to  southern  Formosa,  while  C.  sioinhoei  has  been 
found  only  in  the  northern  end  of  the  island.     In  color  it  varies  from 


570 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


pale  yellow  to  a  pale  reddish-brown  tint.  Schmacker  and  Boettger 
have  already  described  the  close,  peculiarly  waved  or  "  vermiculate" 
striation  of  the  later  whorls.  Figs.  8,  9  are  from  Hotawa  examples ; 
fig.  4  is  a  smaller,  eroded  form  from  Arikawa. 

C.  formosensis  hotawana  subsp.  nov.     PI.  XXXII,  figs,  l,  2,  3. 

The  shell  resembles  C.  formosensis  in  its  rather  obesely  fusiform 
shape,  convex  whorls,  close  and  sharp  wavy  striation,  and  in  the 
characters  of  aperture  and  interior;  but  it  differs  by  being  dark  reddish- 
brown  or  purplish-brown  in  color,  the  apical  whorls  yellowish- white, 
lip  white,  interior  of  the  mouth  purple-brown.  Old  examples  usually 
lose  the  apical  whorls. 

Length   28.0,  diam.  7.8  mm.;  whorls  8^  (apex entire). 

"        29.7,       "       7.5      "  "       8  remaining   (decollate). 

Hotawa,  Formosa.  Types  No.  90032  A.  N.  S  P.,  from  No.  1397  of 
Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

The  locality  Hotawa,  given  by  us  for  C.  swinhoei  (Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila., 
1905,  p.  738),  should  be  cancelled.  The  record  was  based  upon  the 
specimens  described  above  as  C.  /.  hotawana.  So  far  as  we  know,  the 
true  C.  swinhoei  has  not  been  found  at  that  place,  but  only  in  the 
extreme  north  of  the  island. 

Clausilia  taiwanioa  n.  sp.     PI.  XXXII,  figa.  5,  6. 

The  shell  is  cylindric-turrite,  very  long  and  slender,  dark  purple- 
brown,  very  glossy;  sculpture  of  rather  fine,  low  obhque  striae,  cut 

into  long  granules  by  spiral 
impressions  which  cut  the 
strise  only,  and  are  noticeable 
only  on  the  later  3  or  4  whorls ; 
striation  not  coarser  on  the 
back  of  the  last  whorl. 
Whorls  11  to  14,  the  earlier 
ones  convex,  more  or  less 
worn  in  adult  shells;  the  last 
3  or  4  whorls  less  convex, 
last  whorl  compressed,  nar- 
rower than  the  preceding, 
nearly  straight-sided,  rounded 
basally.  The  aperture  is 
ovate,  vertical,  very  dark  in- 


Fig.  5. 


side;  peristome  pure  white,  broadly  reflexed.  Superior  lamella  high, 
very  obhque,  marginal,  continuous  within  with  the  spiral  lamella, 
which  penetrates  to  a  point  above  the  upper  angle  of  the  aperture. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  571 

Inferior  lamella  forming  a  moderately  prominent  fold  on  the  columella, 
straightened  and  obliquely  ascending  in  the  back,  and  as  long  within 
as  the  superior  lamella.  Subcolumellar  lamella  barely  emerging, 
not  extending  upon  the  lip.  Principal  plica  about  a  half  whorl  long. 
Palatal  plicae  6,  the  lower  five  nearly  equal,  lateral,  showing  as  a 
whitish  streak  outside  (fig.  5). 

Length   36.2,  diam.  6.0  mm.;  length  of  aperture  7.5  mm. 
31.0,       "      5.8      "         "  "        7       " 

Clausilium  narrow  with  nearly  parallel  sides,  the  lower  end  rounded 
and  somewhat  thickened. 

Taiwan  (Formosa),  at  Taito  (or  Hinan).  Types  No.  94756  A.  N.  S. 
P.  from  No.  1492  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  species  has  the  dark  color  of  C.  swinhoei,  and  agrees  with  that  in 
the  general  structure  of  the  aperture  and  internal  plicae,  but  it  differs 
from  that  species  by  its  long,  narrow  shape,  greater  number  of  whorls, 
and  the  much  more  obsolete  striation,  that  of  C.  swinhoei  being  com- 
paratively close,  fine  and  sharp,  and  not  interrupted  into  long  granules, 
as  it  is  in  C.  taiwanica. 

Section  HEMIPH^DUSA  Boettger. 

The  type  of  this  group  is  Clausilia  pluviatilis  Bens,  of  China,  a 
form  closely  related  to  species  of  the  Japanese  group  of  C.  platyauchen. 
An  arrangement  of  the  Japanese  species  was  given  in  these  Proceedings 
for  1901,  p.  623,  and  pp.  648-651.  Subsequent  studies  have  added 
many  species  and  caused  the  removal  of  some  originally  included  in 
HemiphcBclusa  to  form  new  sections — Nesiophcedusa,  Luchuphcedusa 
and  Zaptyx.  Moreover,  it  appears  that  the  species  with  several  palatal 
plicae  are  not  separable  from  those  with  an  I-shaped  lunella  (cf.  C. 
tosana,  etc.).     A  new  classification  of  the  species  is  therefore  in  order: 

Groups  of  Japanese  Hemiphcedusce. 

a. — Lunella  well  developed,  curving  inward  above,  and  below  united 
to  the  middle  of  a  straight  or  arched  lower  palatal  phca.  Clau- 
silium scarcely  or  not  excised  at  the  palatal  side  of  the  filament, 

Group  of  C.  platyauchen. 

a*. — Clausilium  deeply  excised  at  the  palatal  side  of  the  filament.     A 

lower  palatal  plica  present,  or  represented  by  an  inward  curve 

of  the  lower  end  of  the  lunella. 

h. — Lunella   well   developed,   J-shaped,   the   lower   palatal   plica 

represented  only  by  the  inward  curve  of  its  lower  end. 

Apical  end  of  clausilium  simple. 

c. — Principal  plica  very  small  or  wanting;  no  upper  palatal 

plica .Group    of    C.    hyperolia. 


572 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


c^ — Principal  plica  well  developed  ;  a  short  upper  palatal  plica, 
or  the  lunella  bent  inward  in  its  place, 

Group  of  C.  awajiensis. 

b^. — Lunella,  etc.,  as  in  the  group  of  C.  awajiensis,  but  there  is  a 

lower  palatal  nodule  at  its  lower  end;  clausilium  in  apical 

view  appearing  deeply  notched,    .     Group  of  C.  aidacopoma. 

6^ — Lunella  either  I-shaped,  or  replaced  by  a  series  of  palatal 

plicse, Group  of  C.  validiuscula. 

fr. — A  short,  straight,  or  nodule-like,  or  rudimentary  lunella,  not 
curving  inward  at  the  lower  end,  below  one  or  two  palatal 
plicse;  no  lower  palatal  plica.  Clausilium  not  excised  at  the 
palatal  side  of  the  filament,     .     .     .     Group  of  C.  sublunellata. 

Clausilia  tosana  Pils.    PI.  XXXI,  figs.  14-20. 

Proc.  A.  N.  S   Phila.,  1900,  p.  680,  pi.  25,  figs.  22-25,  4L 
This  species  is  now  before  us  from  five  localities,  all  on  Shikoku 
Island.      It  shows  remarkable  variation.      All  have  the  last  whorl 


Fig.  6. — Clausilia  tosana.     a,  typical  form  from  Ushirohawa,  Tosa;    b,  variety 
from  Shimohanyama,  Tosa;  c,  variety  from  Irazuyama,  Tosa. 


built  forward,  Cylindrella-like,  with  a  furrow  outside  above  the 
principal  plica,  and  the  subcolumellar  lamella  is  always  very  deeply 
immersed.  Internally  the  spiral  and  subcolumellar  lamellse  are 
usually  of  equal  length,  reaching  inward  to  the  middle  of  the  ventral 
side,  and  the  inferior  lamella  between  them  is  shorter. 

1.  The  types  from  Ushirokawa,  Tosa  (pi.  31,  figs.  16,  17),  have 
several  palatal  plicse  standing  upon  a  ridge  (fig.  6a)  and  measure: 

Length    12.2,  diam.  2.6  mm.;  whorls  10^ 
11.0,       "      2.5      "  "         U. 

11.0.       "      2.3      "  "         9^. 

10.5,       "      2.5      " 

2.  A  lot  from  Shimohanyama,  Tosa  (pi.  31,  figs.  18,  19),  also  have 


1908-]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILA|)ELPHIA.  573 

several  tubercular  plicae  on  a  distinct,  curved  ridge  (fig.  6b),  but  are 
larger: 

Length   15.0,  diam.  3.5  mm.;  whorls  9J. 
12.3,       "      3.0      "  "     9i. 

3.  Those  from  Irazuyama,  Tosa  (pi.  31,  fig.  20),  have  a  well  developed 
arcuate  lunella  between  the  upper  and  lower  palatal  plicae,  but  hardly- 
joined  to  either  (fig.  6c),  specimens  measure: 

Length    13.8,  diam.  3  mm. ;  whorls  lOJ. 
14.0,       "      3     "  "      10. 

4.  A  lot  from  Nametoko,  lyo  (pi.  31,  figs.  14,  15),  has  a  similar 
curved  lunella,  and  consists  of  specimens  of  two  sizes,  obviously  from 
two  diverse  stations.  The  larger  shells  are  more  or  less  worn,  the 
cuticle  mainly  lost,  and  measure  11.8  to  13.2  mm.  long.  The  smaller 
shells  are  glossy  with  the  cuticle  perfect,  the  lip  is  narrower,  and  the 
subcolumellar  lamella  is  not  so  long  inside  as  the  spiral.     They  measure : 

Length   9.4,  diam.  2.2  mm. ;  whorls  8f . 
8.9,       "      2.1      "  "    gi 

5.  At  Kotsuzan,  Awa,  the  curved  lunella  is  also  perfect,  as  in  (3) 
and  (4),  The  lip  is  better  developed  than  in  the  smaller  specimens 
from  Nametoko,  lyo.     Specimens  measure: 

Length   10,  diam.  2.3  mm. ;  whorls  9^. 
9,      "      2.0    "  "       si 

These  lots  show  that  multifarious  differentiation  with  consequent 
formation  of  local  races  is  in  progress;  but  in  the  present  condition 
of  our  knowledge  it  would  probably  be  inexpedient  to  recognize  these 
races  by  name. 

Clausilia  pigra  Pils. 

Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  1902,  p.  368  (Kashima,  Harima). 
Specimens  received  from  Nagami,  Iwami  and  Yakuenji,  Izumo, 
differ  slightly  from  the  types.  The  aperture  is  built  forward  a  little 
less,  and  the  lunella  differs  somewhat,  being  shaped  more  as  in  the 
group  of  C.  platyauchen,  there  being  a  ver}^  short  lower  palatal  plica, 
and  the  upper  palatal  plica  is  represented  only  by  an  inward  bend 
of  the  lunella,  whereas  in  the  types  of  pigra  the  upper  plica  stands 
almost  free  of  the  lunella,  and  the  whole  structure  is  somewhat  J- 
shaped  (rather  than  I-shaped,  as  originally  described). 

Clausilia  ikiensis  tsushimana  n.  subsp.    PI.  XXXI,  figs.  8,  9,  10. 

Shell  somewhat  larger  and  more  robust  than  C.  ikiensis,  the  subcol- 
umellar lamella  wholly  immersed ;  outer  end  of  the  lower  palatal  plica 
joining  the  lunella. 
37 


574 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


Length 

14.5,  diam. 

3.2  mm.;  whorls  11. 

ti 

13.5,       '' 

3.5      ''          "         9. 

ii 

12.2,       " 

3.0      " 

Length 

15.0,  diam. 

3.4  mm.;  whorls   10. 

{( 

15.0,       " 

3.4     "          ''        11. 

ii 

12.7,       '' 

3.25    "          "         9. 

Izuliara 

,    Tsushima. 

Types    No.  95701 

Iziihara. 


Tsutsu. 


A.  N.   S.  P.,    from    No. 
1550  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection.     Also  Tsutsu  and  Kashitake,  Tsushima. 

The  specimens  vary  remarkably  in  contour.     Three  examples  from 
Tsutsu  are  figured. 
Clausilia  hemileuca  n.  sp.     PI.  XXX,  fig,  6;  PI.  XXXI,  fig.  ii. 

The  shell  is  long  and  rather  slender,  the  upper  half  tapering  and 
attenuate;  glossy;  finely  and  distinctly  striate,  the  earliest  whorls 
worn;  lower  half  of  each  whorl  dark  reddish-brown,  upper  half  white, 
the  base  of  the  last  whorl  and  a  streak  over  the  lunella  also  white. 
Whorls  about  10^,  moderately  convex,  the  second,  third  and  fourth 
of  about  equal  diameter,  last  whorl  flattened  laterally.     Aperture 


Fig.  7,  Clausilia  hemileuca. 


ovate,  the  sinulus  shghtly  retracted.  Peristome  expanded  and  reflexed, 
thick,  white,  notched  over  the  superior  lamella,  which  is  compressed, 
vertical  and  marginal,  continuous  with  the  spiral  lamella,  which  is 
rather  high  and  penetrates  inward  to  a  point  above  the  outer  lip. 
The  inferior  lamella  recedes  deeply,  but  in  oblique  view  is  visible  as 
a  fold  within  the  throat ;  in  the  back  it  ascends  obliquely,  being  slightly 
sigmoid,  and  it  is  thickened  below.  It  penetrates  less  deeply  than  the 
superior  lamella.  The  subcolumellar  lamella  is  deeply  immersed, 
not  visible  in  the  mouth.  The  principal  plica  is  about  a  half  whorl 
long,  approaching  the  aperture.  Upper  palatal  plica  short  and  curved, 
not  connected  with  the  oblique,  curved  lunella  (fig.  76). 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  575 

Length    18.5,  di am.  3.7  mm. 
17.0,       "      3.8      " 

The  clausiliiim  (figs,  la,  c)  is  narrow  and  tapers  rather  strongly 
toward  the  rounded  apex,  the  palatal  margin  being  decidedly  convex. 
It  is  excised  on  the  columellar  side  of  the  filament,  and  is  rather 
strongly  curved  throughout. 

Oetakayama,  Iwami.  Types  No.  95705  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1600 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

Only  six  specimens  of  this  handsome  Hemiphccdnsa  were  taken. 
In  coloration  it  resembles  C.  holotrema.  No  other  Japanese  Hemi- 
phcedusa  is  similarly  colored.  The  separation  of  the  upper  palatal  plica 
from  the  lunella  and  the  shape  of  the  clausilium  are  further  distinguish- 
ing features. 

Section  HBMIZAPTYX  Pilsbry. 
Clausilia  ptychocyma  Pils. 

In  specimens  from  Kuroshima  the  subcolumellar  lamella  emerges 
on  the  lip  but  is  rather  weak,  and  the  spiral  and  inferior  lamellae  are 
longer  than  in  the  types,  running  inward  to  a  point  above  the  termi- 
nation of  the  outer  lip.     They  measure  11.2  to  12.5  mm. 
Clausilia  agna  spicata  n.  subsp.    PI.  XXXI,  figs.  12,  13. 

The  shell  resembles  C.  agna  in  its  smooth  surface  and  translucent 
texture,  and  in  having  the  subcolumellar  lamella  weakly  emerging,  or 
at  least  visible  in  an  oblique  view  in  the  mouth;  but  it  differs  by  being 
longer  and  more  slender,  similar  in  shape  to  C.  purissima.  It  may  be 
either  clear  greenish-corneous  (like  C.  purissima),  chestnut  brown, 
or  very  pale  brown.  C.  agna  spicata  differs  from  C.  purissima  by  its 
emerging  subcolumellar  lamella.     The  shell  is  also  stronger  when  adult. 

Length    12.0,  diam.  2.3  mm.;  whorls  9^  ^ 
12.2,       "      2.7      "  ''      9i  I 

u         jQ  y        ((       2  2      "  "       8-      Akuseki. 

9.7^       "      2.0      "  "      8iJ 

11.0,       "      2.3      "  "      9 


q  o        u       2  3      "  "       71  \   K^ichinoerabu. 

Akusekijima,  Osumi.  Types  No.  95709  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  663e 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection.  Also  taken  at  Kuchinoerabushima,  Osumi. 
No.  90023  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  663rf  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  race  stands  between  C.  agna,  described  from  Yaku-shima,  and 
C.  purissima,  from  Miyake-jima,  Izu,  and  shows  that  these  two  species, 
widely  separated  geographically,  are  in  reality  very  closely  related. 
The  Miyake-jima  form  has  a  very  deeply  immersed  subcolumellar 


576  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

lamella,  but  otherwise  hardly  differs  from  pale,  long  specimens  of  C. 
a.  spicata. 

In  C.  agna  the  lunella  only  weakly  joins  the  upper  palatal  plica. 
This  is  not  well  shown  in  the  original  figure. 

Section  HETEROZAPTYX  Pils. 
Clausilia  oxypomatioa  Pils. 

Specimens  received  from  Ogachi,  Oshima,  are  smoother  than  the 
type  of  this  species,  the  striation  rather  indistinct  except  on  the  last 
whorl,  and  the  clausilium  is  quite  perceptibly  broader. 
i^Length   12,  diam.  2.8  mm.;  whorls  9^. 
11,      "      2.6      "  "     6.' 

Section  ZAPTYX  Pilsbry. 

In  this  section  we  group  numerous  closely  related  forms  distributed 
throughout  the  Ryukyu  chain,  from  the  Southwestern  Group  to 
Kagoshima  Bay. 

Key  to  Species  of  Zaptyx,  s.  str. 

a. — Upper  palatal  plica  very  long;  spiral  lamella  reduced  to  a  short 
lamella  in  the  region  of  the  lunella. 
b. — 10.5  to   12.5  mm.   long,   with  9^  to   10  whorls;  striatulate. 

Ryukyu, C.  dolichoptyx. 

b^. — 8.5  to  9.5  mm.  long,  with  8  to  8^  whorls ;  last  half  whorl  sharply 

and   finely  striate.     Ryukyu, C.   d.   micra. 

t}. — Upper  palatal  plica  moderate  or  short,  much  shorter  than  the 
lunella. 
h. — Subcolumellar  lamella  wholly  immersed;  whorls  quite  convex, 
smoothish,  but  finely  and  sharply  striate  behind  the  lip. 
c. — 9  to   10  mm.   long,   2.2  to  2.3  wide.     Okinoerabushima, 

C.  sarissa. 
c^. — 8  to  9  mm.  long,  2  to  2.1  wide;  last  two  whorls  less  convex. 

Nakanoshima, C.    nakanoshimana. 

b^. — Subcolumellar  lamella  emerging;  whorls  less  convex, 

c. — Upper  palatal  plica  very  short;  inferior  lamella  not  con- 
tinuous within  with  the  lamella  inserta. 
d. — Last  3  or  4  whorls  finely  and  sharpty  striate;  superior 
and  spiral  lamellae  weakly  continuous.     Yaeyama, 

C.  yaeyamensis. 
d^. — Smoothish  throughout,  or  only  the  last  whorl  striate; 
superior  and  spiral  lamellae  widely  separated. 
e. — ^Smoothish,  early  whorls   not   attenuate,     Satsuma, 

C,  hirasei. 
&. — Back  of  last  whorl  striate;  spire  attenuate  above, 

Kikai,   Tokuno, C.   kikaiensis. 

c^. — Upper  palatal  plica  moderate;  inferior  lamella  continuous 
with  the  lamella  inserta,  penetrating  inward  as  far  as  the 
spiral  lamella;  fulcrum  and  parallel  lamella  well  devel- 
oped .  apex  larger  than  the  preceding  species. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  577 

d. — Shell  smoothish,  last  whorl  more  or  less  striate.  Ryu- 
kyii,  Yoronjima, C.  hyperoptyx. 

d}. — Last  3  or  4  whorls  sharply  striate.  Sezokojima, 
Ryukyu C.  h.  sezokoensis. 

Clausilia  nakanoshimana  n.  sp.     PI.  XXX,  fig.  2. 

The  shell  is  small  and  slender,  the  lower  half  cylindric,  upper  half 
tapering  slowly  to  the  rather  large  and  obtuse  apex;  pale  brown, 
somewhat  transparent,  thin,  glossy,  faintly  striat- 
ulate,  becoming  distinctly  striate  behind  the 
outer  lip.  Whorls  7^  to  7|,  the  earlier  ones  quite 
convex,  the  last  two  much  less  so;  last  whorl 
convex  below  but  not  saccate.  The  aperture  is 
broadly  oval ;  peristome  white,  reflexed  and  rather 
thick,  continuous.  The  superior  lamella  is  mar- 
ginal, subvertical,  not  continuous  with  the  spiral 
lamella.  Spiral  lamella  is  very  low  and  thread- 
like, and  extends  inward  only  slightly  beyond  the  j  jg  §_ 
lateral  line.  The  inferior  lamella  recedes  deeply, 
being  visible  as  a  prominent  fold  in  an  oblique  view  in  the  aperture; 
inside  it  ascends  nearly  vertically,  is  very  broad  and  a  little  curved, 
rather  abruptly  terminating  above,  not  continued  on  the  parietal  wall, 
but  reappearing  as  a  minute  lamella  near  the  inner  end  of  the  spiral 
lamella.  The  subcolumellar  lamella  is  rather  deeply  immersed.  The 
principal  plica  is  dorsal  and  lateral.  Upper  palatal  plica  short, 
connected  to  the  oblique,  nearly  straight  lunella.  There  are  two 
delicate  sutural  plicae,  and  a  minute  parallel  lamella  (fig.  8). 

Length   9,   diam.  2.1  mm.;  whorls  7f. 
"       8,        "      2.0      "  "       7|. 

"      8,        "      2.0      "  "      7i 

The  clausihum  is  narrow,  rather  long,  rounded  at  the  apex,  rather 
straight  except  near  the  filament  where  it  bends  abruptly.  It  is  deeply 
excised  at  the  columellar  side  of  the  filament,  and  broadly  dilated 
at  the  palatal  side. 

Nakanoshima,  Osumi.  Types  No.  95687  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1517 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  C.  sarissa  Pils.  of  Okinoerabu- 
shima.     It  differs  by  the  more  slender  shell  with  the  last  two  whorls 
less  convex,  and  the  clausilium  a  httle  more  slender  and  slightly  twisted 
near  the  apex. 
Clausilia  yaeyamensis  Pils. 

Pilsbry,  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  19G4,  p.  831. 

Previously  reported  from  Yaeyama,  now  sent  from  Yonakuni-jima 


578 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec. 


the  westernmost  of  the  Sakishima  or  Southwestern  Group  of  islands, 
and  the  nearest  one  to  Formosa.  The  specimens  measure  8.5  to 
9.7  mm. 

While  very  closely  related  to  C.  hyperoptyx  sezokoensis  of  Sezokojima, 
Kunchan  (Loochoo),  this  form  is  separable  by  the  inferior  lamella 
which  is  short  inside,  its  inner  end  being  separated  as  a  lamella  inserta, 
while  in  C.  hyperoptyx  the  inferior  lamella  is  continued  within  parallel 
to  the  spiral  lamella.  This  rather  minute  distinction  is  constant  in 
the  specimens  I  have  opened,  and,  in  connection  with  the  geographic 
isolation,  may  be  held  of  specific  significance. 
Clausilia  hyperoptyx  sezokoensis  n.  subsp. 

The  shell  differs  from  C.  hyperoptyx  b}'  having  the  last  4  or  5  whorls 
densely  striate,  as  in  C.  yaeyamensis.  Internally  it  is  like  C.  hyper- 
optyx, the  inferior  lamella  being  continued  inward  parallel  with  the 
spiral  lamella. 

Sezokojima,  an  islet  on  the  west  side  of  Kunchan,  Loochoo.  Types 
No.  89884  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  457d  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection.  Sezo- 
kojima or  Sesokojima  is  similar  to  the  adjacent  peninsula  of  Okinawa 
geologically,  being  formed  of  raised  reefs  around  a  center  of  palaeozoic 
limestone. 

Section  STBRBOZAPTYX  Pilsbry. 
Clausilia  exodonta  n.  sp.     Figs.  9,  10. 

The  shell  is  slender,  fusiform,  solid  and  strong,  dull  yellow,  smoothish, 
the  last  third  of  the  last  whorl  strongly  striate.  Wliorls  8,  moderately 
convex,  the  last  compressed  at  the 
sides,  tapering  toward  the  base,  built 
forward  free  of  the  preceding  whorl. 
Apex  rather  acute.  Aperture  oblique, 
small,  piriform,  the  peristome  broadly 
expanded  and  reflexed.  Sinulus 
slightly  retracted,  oval,  nearly  separa- 
ted from  the  aperture  by  a  strong 
conical  tooth  within  the  outer  lip, 
which  approaches  the  lower  end  of  the 
superior  lamella.  Superior  lamella 
oblique,  high,  but  not  penetrating  far 
inward,  separated  from  the  spiral  lamella,  which  is  a 
il^^y  low  plate  in  a  lateral  position,  penetrating  inward  to 
.A|Y         a   point   above   the    columellar   lip.      Inferior   lamella 

^  -=•    /  receding,  visible  as  a  strong  fold  in  the  aperture,  strong, 

high  and  strongly  spiral  within  the  back,  much   shorter 
within  than  the  spiral  lamella.      Subcolumellar  lamella 


Fig.  10. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  579 

very  deeply  immersed.  Principal  plica  very  short,  weak  and  lateral. 
Lunella  low  above,  becoming  very  strong  toward  its  lower  end,  which 
is  thickened  and  curves  inward  (fig.  10).  There  is  a  short,  tubercular 
fulcrum,  but  no  sutural  plicse. 

Length  9.8,  diam.  2  mm. 

The  clausilium  is  broad  above,  tapering  to  the  apex,  which  projects 
somewhat.  It  is  strongly  curved  throughout,  V-shaped  in  section 
near  the  apical  end,  dilated  on  the  palatal  side  near  both  ends,  and 
deeply  excised  on  the  columellar  side  of  the  filament,  as  usual. 

Sumiyoho,  Oshima,  Osumi.  Types  No.  95690  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No. 
1504  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  very  distinct  little  species  is  more  slender  than  C.  entospira 
or  C.  exulans,  and  differs  from  all  known  Japanese  species  by  having 
a  conical  tooth  at  the  upper  third  of  the  outer  lip,  forming,  with  the 
superior  lamella,  an  oval  sinulus. 

Section  PARAZAPTYX  Pils. 
Clausilia  thaumatopoma  Pils. 

Originally  described  from  Kumejima,  this  species  has  also  been  found 
on  the  island  of  Kerama  (Keramajima).  in  several  places — ^Tokashiki, 
Zamami  and  Tokashikijima.  Most  of  the  specimens  from  this  island 
are  more  slender  than  the  types,  with  more  whorls;  yet  some  agree 
with  typical  thaumatopoma  in  these  respects,  so  that  a  subspecific 
separation  seems  impracticable. 

The  measurements  of  several  specimens  follow: 

Length   11.0,  diam.  2.4  mm.;  whorls  9    )„ 

^  '  "      »i  j  Kumejmia. 

"      10  ]  Tokshiki, 
"      7f  I  Keramajima. 

^,        '  )  Zamami, 
,,      ^  (  Keramajima. 

"      9^  I  Tokashikijima, 
"      8i  i  Keramajima. 

The  sculpture  and  the  internal  structure  seem  to  be  practically  the 
same  throughout  the  series  of  23  examples  examined. 

Section  METAZAPTYX  Pilsbry. 
The  shell  is  similar  to  Zaptyx  in  having  sutural  plicse,  fulcum  and 
parallel  lamella.     The  inferior  lamella  is  very  broad  loithin,  ascends 


10.5, 

'      2.3 

11.3, 

'      2.0 

9.7, 

'      2.0 

10.8, 

'      2.4 

10.8, 

'      2.2 

9.2, 

"      2.2 

10.0, 

'      2.0 

8.8, 

'       1.9 

580  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [DeC 

spirally,  and  is  visible  in  oblique  view  in  the  mouth  as  a  strong  fold 
approaching  the  superior  lamella.  Spiral  lamella  very  low  throughout. 
Base  of  the  shell  conspicuously  full  and  sack-like,  the  latter  part  of 
the  last  whorl  sharply  striate.  Clausihum  broad  throughout,  rounded 
at  the  apex,  strongly  bent  near  the  middle.     Type  C.  pattalus. 

This  group  differs  from  Zaptyx  by  the  shape  of  the  inferior  lamella 
and  the  saccate  base  of  the  shell,  and  by  the  shape  of  the  clausilium, 
which  is  strongly  bent  near  the  middle,  while  in  Zaptyx  it  is  nearly  flat 
except  close  to  the  filament.  It  differs  from  Stereozaptyx  by  the  shape 
of  the  clausihum,  which  is  broad  at  the  distal  or  lower  end  in  Meta- 
zaptyx,  tapering  in  Stereozaptyx.  Also  by  the  base  of  the  shell,  which 
is  not  saccate  in  Stereozaptyx. 

The  inferior  lamella  sometimes  continues  on  the  base  of  the  penul- 
timate whorl  as  a  slender  thread  parallel  to  the  spiral  lamella,  occa- 
sionally penetrating  deeper  than  the  latter,  but  this  thread-like  con- 
tinuation may  be  absent  or  interrupted.  The  spiral  lamella  is  remark- 
ably low  throughout.  As  in  Zaptyx,  the  species  are  closely  related 
and  rather  difficult.  The  shape  of  the  clausihum  is  often  characteristic. 
Both  Zaptyx  and  Metazaptyx  are  widely  ranging  groups  in  the  islands 
between  Kyushu  and  Formosa. 

The  following  species  belong  to  Metazaptyx: 

Southwestern  Group  of  the  Ryukyu  Islands. 

C.  pattalus  Pils.     Tarama-jima. 

C.  p.  miyakoensis  Pils.     Miyako-jima. 

dshima  Group  (Osumi). 

C.  dcemonorum  Pils.     Ekaiga-shima. 
C.  d.  viva  Pils.     Tokuno-shima. 

Tokara  Group  (Osumi). 

C.  tokarana  Pils.     Suwanose-jima  to  Tokara-jima. 

C.  t.  saccatibasis  Pils.     Nakano-shima,  Kuchino-shima. 

Izushichito-jima  (Izu). 

C.  hachijoensis  Pils.     Hachijo-jima  and  Nii-jima. 
Clausilia  tokarana  n.  sp.    PI.  XXX,  fig.  3. 

The  shell  is  cyhndric  below,  above  tapering  to  the  small  but  obtuse 
apex;  hght  brown;  weakly  striatulate,  nearly  smooth,  the  last  third 


1908 


NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


581 


Fig.  11. 


-a,  b,  C.  tokarana;  c,  C.  t.  saccati- 
basis,  short  form. 


of  the  last  whorl  finely  and 
rather  sharply  striate.  Whorls 
7^  to  9,  slightly  convex,  the 
last  flattened  at  the  sides,  very 
convex  and  somewhat  sack- 
like at  the  base.  The  aperture 
is  rhombic,  peristome  thin, 
very  narrowly  reflexed,  con- 
tinuous. Superior  lamella 
is  small,  thin  and  vertical, 
continuous  with  the  spiral 
lamella,  which  is  low  and 
thread-like  throughout,  and 
continues  inward  to  a  point 
above  the  columella.  The 
inferior  lamella  recedes  deeply, 
and  is  visible  as  a  prominent 
fold  in  an  oblique  view  in  the 
mouth.  Inside  it  is  broad 
and  ascends  in  a  spiral  curve; 

it  is  continued  low  and  thread-like  parallel  to  the  spiral  lamella,  and 
penetrates  more  deeply  than  that.  The  subcolumellar  lamella  emerges 
weakly.  The  principal  plica  is  short,  dorso-lateral.  The  very  short 
or  subobsolete  upper  palatal  plica  joins  the  very  oblique,  slightly 
curved  lunella.  Sutural  plicae,  fulcrum  and  parallel  plica  are  well 
developed  (fig.  11, a). 

Length   11,   diam.  2.8   mm.;  whorls  8|. 
9,        "      2.25      "  "      1\. 

The  clausilium  (fig.  11,6)  is  broad,  parallel-sided,  rounded  at  the 
apex,  strongly  curved  in  the  middle,  dilated  on  the  palatal  side  of  the 
filament. 

Suwanose-jima,  Osumi.  Types  No.  95678  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No. 
1592a  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection.  Also  Tokara-jima,  No.  1592  of 
Mr.  Hirase's  collection,  and  Akuseki-jima,  No.  1548  of  Mr.  Hirase's 
collection. 

This  species  is  related  to  C.  t.  saccatihasis,  but  the  apical  whorls  are 
smaller,  the  penultimate  whorl  is  much  less  swollen,  in. a  dorsal  view; 
the  shell  is  less  distinctly  striate,  and  is  paler.  The  principal  plica  is 
shorter  in  C.  tokarana. 

In  the  specimens  from  Tokara-jima  the  superior  and  spiral  lamellae 
are  separated,  and  the  inward  continuation  of  the  inferior  lamella 


582  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

parallel  to  the  spiral  lamella,  is  only  very  weakly  developed,  scarcely 
noticeable.     They  constitute  a  weakly  differentiated  race. 

In  those  from  the  intermediate  island  Akuseki-jima,  the  superior 
and  spiral  lamellae .  are  weakly  continuous — being,  therefore,  inter- 
mediate in  structure,  as  well  as  in  geographic  position,  between  the 
forms  from  Suwanose  and  Tokara  islands.  Several  specimens  measure 
as  follows: 

Length    11.9,  diam.  2.8rnm.;  whorls  8 J. 
10.0,       "      2.9      "  ''      s'. 

11.0,       "      2.5      "  "      9. 

Clausilia  tokarana  and  its  variety  saccatibasis  were  taken  in  some 
profusion,  and  probably  inhabit  the  whole  "Tokara  group"  of  islets, 
being  known  from  Kuchino-shima,  Nakano-shima,  Suwanose-jima, 
Akuseki-jima,  and  Tokara-jima.  All  of  these  islands  are  of  volcanic 
origin,  the  country  rock  being  andesite.  Nakano  and  Suwanose  have 
active  volcanoes,  while  the  others  have  extinct  craters  or  traces  of 
them. 
Clausilia  tokarana  saccatibasis  n.  subsp.    PI.  XXX,  figs.  4,  5. 

The  shell  is  somewhat  fusiform,  the  upper  half  tapering  and  atten- 
uate, the  last  two  whorls  of  about  equal  diameter,  strong  and  solid, 
glossy,  rich  purplish-hrowji  with  a  paler  or  light  band  along  the  suture, 
indistinct  in  some  specimens,  but  especially  conspicuous  in  the  earlier 
whorls,  which  are  corneous  with  a  median  dark  band.  Wliorls  9  to  9^, 
quite  convex,  the  second  disproportionately  large,  the  penultimate 
whorl  swollen  (in  a  view  from  the  back),  the  last  very  convex  below, 
sack-like,  its  last  half  much  compressed  laterally.  Aperture  ovate. 
Peristome  white,  reflexed,  more  or  less  thickened,  continuous,  the  upper 
margin  notched  over  the  superior  lamella.  The  superior  lamella  is 
small,  compressed  and  vertical,  continuous  with  the  spiral  lamella, 
which  is  very  low  throughout  and  penetrates  inward  but  little  past 
a  lateral  position.  The  inferior  lamella  is  deeply  immersed,  but 
visible  (in  an  oblique  view  in  the  mouth)  as  a  high  lamella.  It  is  a 
strongly  spiral  wide  plate  within  the  back  of  the  last  whorl,  but 
decreases  suddenly  above  where  it  joins  the  parietal  wall,  then  becom- 
ing a  low  cord  parallel  to  the  spiral  lamella,  and  of  the  same  length 
inside.  The  subcolumellar  lamella  emerges  to  the  lip-edge.  It  does 
not  extend  upon  the  parietal  wall  inside.  The  principal  plica  is  short, 
mainly  dorsal,  extending  to  the  lateral  line.  The  upper  palatal  plica 
is  very  short,  connected  with  the  lateral  lunella,  which  is  strong,  long, 
its  lower  and  curving  far  inward.  There  are  two  small  sutural  plicae, 
a  moderately  long  parallel  lamella  and  a  short  fulcrum. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA,  583 

Length  12.5  to  13.5,  diam.  3.0  mm. 
11,  "      2.9     " 

The  clausiHiim  is  quite  broad,  rounded  at  the  apex,  deeply  excised 
on  the  cokimellar  side  of  the  filament.  Its  curvature  is  chiefly  in  the 
part  near  the  filament. 

Nakanoshima,  Osumi.  Types  No.  95679  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1515 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection.     Also  Kuchinoshima. 

The  type  lot  consists  of  very  handsome,  glossy,  dark  colored  shells, 
but  there  are  some  gray,  corroded  specimens  among  them,  apparently 
from  a  different  situation.  The  smallest  measures,  length  11.5,  diam. 
3  mm.,  and  has  the  penultimate  whorl  strongly  swollen,  the  last  whorl 
compressed  (fig.  ll,c). 

This  form  is  closely  related  to  C.  tokarana,  but  differs  by  its  darker 
color,  swollen  penultimate  whorl,  etc.  It  also  resembles  C.  pattalus 
of  Tarama-jima  and  Miyako-shima,  but  it  differs  by  having  the  penul- 
timate whorl  more  swollen,  the  principal  plica  shorter,  and  the  sub- 
columellar  lamella  emerges.  In  both  species  the  second  whorl  appears 
disproportionately  large. 

Examples  from  Kuchinoshima  are  corroded  and  dull,  and  have  the 
superior  lamella  separated  rather  broadly  from  the  spiral  lamella; 
otherwise  they  do  not  differ  from  the  types. 

The  subspecies  saccatihasis  is  confined  to  the  two  northern  islands 
of  the  Tokara  group. 

Section  IDIOZAPTYX  n.  sect. 

The  shell  is  Zaptychoid  externally.  Superior  lamella  small,  sepa- 
rated from  the  much  reduced  spiral  lamella.  Inferior  lamella  receding, 
massive,  almost  straightly  ascending  within.  Upper  palatal  plica 
long,  the  lunella  descending  from  near  its  inner  end,  and  joining  the 
inner  end  of  the  lower  palatal  plica;  fulcrum  and  parallel  lamella  short 
but  distinct;  sutural  plicae  developed.  Clausilium  excised  and  bent 
near  the  filament,  parallel-sided,  rounded  at  the  apex.  Type  C. 
idioptyx. 

This  section  is  related  to  Diceratoptyx^  but  it  differs  in  having  a  well- 
developed  lunella,  joining  the  lower  palatal  pUca,  in  the  straightly 
ascending  inferior  lamella,  and  the  very  different  clausilium,  which 
is  hke  that  of  Zaptyx. 


2  Proc.  A.  N.  S.  Phila.,  1904,  p.  836.  To  the  diagnosis  of  Diceratoptyx  should 
be  added .  a  small  lower  palatal  plka  is  developed ;  the  inferior  lamella  ascends 
in  a  broad,  sigmoid  curve. 


584 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


Clausilia  idioptyx  n.  sp.     PI.  XXX,  fig.  i. 

The  shell  is  quite  small,  fusiform,  brownish-yellow,  somewhat  trans- 
lucent; surface  glossy,  weakly  striatulate,  nearly  smooth,  becoming 
strongly  and  coarsely  striate  behind  the  outer  lip. 
The  spire  tapers  regularly  from  the  penultimate 
whorl  to  the  obtuse  apex.  Whorls  8-|  to  8^,  convex, 
the  last  one  compressed,  tapering  to  the  base. 
Aperture  ovate,  with  distinct,  somewhat  retracted 
sinulus.  Peristome  reflexed,  continuous.  Superior 
lamella  very  low,  obtuse,  short,  very  widely  sepa- 
rated from  the  spiral  lamella,  which  is  minute,  and 
lateral  in  position.  Inferior  lamella  deeply  receding, 
its  base  visible  as  a  low  fold  in  an  oblique  view  in 
the  aperture.  Within  the  back  it  is  straight,  massive,  and  ascends 
obhquely,  terminating  abruptly  on  reaching  the  parietal  partition. 
The  subcolumellar  lamella  emerges  very  weakly,  and  in  a  lateral 
position  it  forms  an  ascending  angle,  visible  by  transparence  from  the 
outside.  Fulcrum  and  parallel  lamella'are  visible  as  two  equal,  short 
white  folds  about  as  far  inward  as  the  lunella.  The  principal  plica 
runs  from  near  the  mouth  to  a  little  beyond  the  lateral  line.  The 
upper  palatal  plica  is  long,  diverging  forwardly  from  the  principal 
plica,  its  lower  end  visible  in  the  aperture.     The  lower  palatal  plica 


Fig.  12. 


C 


Fig.  13. — Clausilium  of  C.  idiophix. 

is  short,  parallel  to  the  upper.  Its  inner  end  abuts  against  the  lunella, 
which  joins  the  upper  palatal  plica  near  its  inner  end.  There  are  two 
distinct  sutural  plicae  and  a  very  weak  one  between  them,  as  usual 
(fig.  12). 

Length   9.0,  diam.   1.9  mm. 
7.8,       "       1.8    " 


190S.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  585 

The  clausilium  (fig.  13)  is  bent  rather  abruptly  near  the  filament; 
parallel-sided,  the  apex  rounded;  the  external  face  is  somewhat 
swollen,  inside  concave.  It  is  excised  on  the  columellar  side  near  the 
filament. 

Nase,  Oshima  (Osumi).  Types  No.  95681  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No. 
1505  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

With  a  general  resemblance  to  Clausilia  dadoptyx,  this  species  is 
entirely  distinct  from  all  known  forms  in  the  structure  of  the  closing 
apparatus. 

Explanation  of  Plates  XXX,  XXXI,  XXXII. 

Plate  XXX— Fig.  1 — Clausilia  idioptyx  Pils. 
Fig.  2 — Clausilia    nakanoshimana  Pils. 


Fig.  3- 
Figs.  4,  5- 
Fig.  6— 
Fig.  7— 
Figs,  8,  9- 
Fig.  10— 
Figs,  11,  li 


tokarana  Pils. 

tokarana  saccatibasis  Pils. 

hemileuca  Pils. 

echo  Pils. 

japonica  ultima  Pils. 

nakadce  Pils. 

japonica  vespertina  Pils. 


Plate  XXXI — Figs.  1,  2 — Clausilia  tripleuroptyx  Pils. 

Figs.  3-5 — Clausilia  jacobianajacobiella  Pils.     Akusekijima. 

Fig.  6 —  "  "  "        Pils.     Suwanosejima. 

Fig.  7—  "       nishinoshimana  Pils. 

Figs.  8-10 — •        "       ikiensis  tsushimana  Pils. 

Fig.  11 —  "       hemileuca  Pils. 

Figs.  12,  13—      "      agna  spicata  Pils. 

Figs,  14,  15 —      "      tosana  Pils.     Nametoko,  lyo. 

Figs,  16,  17 —      "  "         "       Ushirohawa,  Tosa. 

Figs,  18,  19—      "  "         "       Sliimohanyama,  Tosa. 

Fig.  20 —  "  "         "      Irazuyama,  Tosa. 

Plate  XXXII — Figs.  1,  2,  3 — Clausilia  formosensis  hotawana  Pils 
Fig.  4 — Clausilia  formosensis  H.  Ad.     Arikawa. 
Figs,  5,  6 —      "         taiwanica  Pils. 
Fig.  7 —  "         sivinhoei  H.  Ad.     I-uirun. 

Figs.  8,  9 —      "         formosensis  H.  Ad.     Hotawa. 
Figs.  10,  11 — »"         sioinhoei  H.  Ad.     Suganiikei. 


586  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [DeC. 


NEW  LAND  MOLLUSCA  OF  THE  JAPANESE  EMPIRE. 
BY    H.    A.    PILSBRY    AND    Y.    HIRASE. 

The  present  contribution  includes  species  from  the  main  island  of 
Japan,  the  Bonin  Islands,  Ryukyu  Islands  and  Formosa.  Recent 
explorations  in  the  Tokara  Group  (small  volcanic  islets  between 
Oshima  and  Yakushima)  have  filled  a  gap  in  our  knowledge  of  the  land 
snails  of  the  northeastern  islands  of  the  Ryukyu  Curve,  the  Clau- 
siliidce  and  operculate  shells  being  especially  interesting. 

Spiropoma  japonicum  tsushimanum  n.  subsp. 

The  spire  is  slightly  higher  than  in  japonicum  and  the  last  whorl 
descends  more  to  the  aperture.  The  cuticle  is  extremely  finely  and 
densely  striate,  duller  and  darker  than  in  japonicum;  finally,  the  col- 
umellar  margin  of  the  peristome  is  retracted  more. 

Alt.   8,      diam.   14.2  nam. 
"     6.1,       "       11.7    '' 

Izuhara,  Tsushima.  Types  No.  95762  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1447a 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

The  several  species  and  local  forms  of  Spiropoma  are  only  very 
slightly  differentiated,  and  while  the  races  of  Tsushima,  Quelpart,  etc., 
have  a  certain  individuality  appreciable  to  the  eye,  their  differences 
are  of  no  great  importance.  The  generic  type  seems  to  be  very  con- 
servative and  inflexible. 
Alycaeus  tsushimanus  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  quite  depressed,  otherwise  shaped  as  usual  in  the  sub- 
genus Chamalycceus;  very  pale  reddish-brown  or  whitish.  Spire  low, 
convex,  the  apex  projecting  a  little,  brown.  Whorls  3^,  the  first  1^ 
smooth,  the  rest  sculptured  with  extremely  delicate,  close  thread- 
striae;  just  before  the  constriction  of  the  neck  the  striation  is  dis- 
tinctly stronger,  and  on  the  neck  it  is  more  or  less  obsolete.  Later 
part  of  the  last  whorl  is  moderately  swollen,  then  contracted.  Beyond 
the  contraction  the  neck  is  swollen  in  the  middle,  then  descends  a  little 
to  the  aperture.  The  sutural  "tube"  is  rather  long,  and  very  closely 
appressed,  as  if  partially  melted  into  the  suture.  The  aperture  is  very 
oblique,  circular.     The  peristome  is  strongly  expanded  and  refiexed, 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  587 

its  face  thickened  and  convex,  the  outer  edge  somewhat  recurved. 
It  is  appressed  for  a  short  distance  to  the  preceding  whorl.  The 
rather  wide  umbiHcus  is  eUiptical. 

Alt.  3,  diam.  5.8  mm. 

The  operculum  is  somewhat  concave  externally,  and  its  whorls 
bear  elevated  cuticular  appendages  or  raised  cord-like  spirals,  wanting 
in  the  depressed  central  part,  which  is  generally  filled  with  dirt. 

Tsutsu,  Tsushima.  Types  No.  95737  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1553 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  is  larger  than  other  known  Japanese  species,  with  a  more 
broadly  expanded  peristome.  It  is  related  to  the  Korean  A.  cyclo- 
phoroides  Pils.  and  Hir.,  but  differs  by  having  a  distinct  swelling  in 
the  middle  of  the  neck  and  in  some  minor  details  of  sculpture  and 
shape.  By  the  characters  of  the  operculum  it  belongs  to  the  subgenus 
Metalycceus. 

In  a  race  of  the  same  species  found  at  Sasuna,  Tsushima,  the  shell 
is  smaller,  the  diameter  varying  from  4  to  5  mm.     This  small  form  is 
No.  95738  A.  N.  S.  P.,  No.  1553a  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 
Alycaeus  tokunoshimanus  principialis  n.  subsp. 

The  shell  is  much  larger  than  A.  tokunoshimanus,  more  or  less  deeply 
reddish-yellow  tinted  above,  nearly  white  beneath,  the  embryonic 
whorls  golden.  Whorls  3^,  the  last  half  of  the  last  whorl  very  much 
inflated,  then  contracted  into  a  rather  small  neck,  beyond  which  the 
whorl  is  strongly  deflexed.  Very  closely  and  finely  thread -striate, 
more  closely  so  on  the  inflated  portion.  Neck  strongly  bent  downward. 
Peristome  strongly  reflexed,  thickened  and  bevelled  on  the  face; 
columellar  border  much  narrower,  its  outer  edge  more  or  less  straight- 
ened.    Alt.  3.3,  diam.  5  mm. 

Ogachi,  Oshima  (Osumi).  Types  No.  95830  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No. 
13306  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  is  the  finest  development  of  the  tokunoshimanus  series.     That 
species  was  originally  described  from  the  smallest  of  the  several  forms 
now  known. 
Alycaeus  tokunoshimanus  mediocrii  n.  subsp. 

The  shell  is  decidedly  larger  than  A.  tokunoshimanus,  with  the  neck 
bent  downward  more,  and  more  coarsely  striate  in  front  of  the  con- 
traction. The  sculpture  of  the  neck  is  also  coarser  than  A.  t.  prin- 
cipialis.    Alt.  2.9,  diam.  4.5  mm. 

Yorojima  (Osumi).  Types  No.  89926  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1330 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection.  Also  found  on  Ikejijima  (No.  89927  A.  N. 
S.  P.,  and  1330a  coll.  Hirase). 


588  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Alycaeus  laevis  n.  sp. 

A  ChamalyccBus  resembling  A.  tokunoshimanus  in  general  form; 
openly  umbilicate;  spire  low,  conoiclal,  the  first  whorl  projecting. 
Whorls  3^,  regularly  increasing  to  the  middle  of  the  last  whorl,  where 
it  rapidly  enlarges,  becoming  much  inflated.  The  inflation  is  termi- 
nated by  a  moderately  contracted  neck  which  curves  down  to  the 
aperture.  There  is  a  prominent  swelling  around  the  neck  in  the 
middle.  The  "tube"  is  rather  long  and  pressed  into  the  suture. 
The  surface  is  smooth,  lightly  marked  with  growth-lines,  but  on  the 
inflation  there  are  distinct  fine  and  close  strise.  The  neck  is  smooth 
and  glossy.  The  aperture  is  very  oblique;  peristome  expanded, 
usually  dilated  to  form  a  short  lobe  at  the  posterior  angle.  In  fully 
mature  individuals  an  inner  rim  is  built  out  shortly  beyond  the  expan- 
sion.    Alt.  3,  diam.  4  mm. 

Nakanoshima  (Osumi).  Types  No.  95831  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No. 
1514  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection.     It  occurs  also  on  Suwanosejima. 

In  having  a  smooth  surface,  marked  with  sHght  growth-lines  only, 
becoming  striate  on  the  inflation,  this  species  is  very  distinct  from 
other  Japanese  and  Ryukyuan  forms.     The  rounded  swelling  on  the 
neck  is  a  further  distinguishing  character. 
Diplommatina  paxillus  ultima  n.  subsp. 

The  shell  is  somewhat  more  robust  than  D.  paxillus  from  Shanghai 
or  Cheju,  Quelpart.  The  peristome  is  less  angular  at  the  foot  of  the 
columella, — only  very  indistinctly  so.  The  peristome  is  doubled,  or 
there  is  a  wrinkle  or  two  behind  the  outer  lip.  Adults  vary  from 
reddish-brown  to  nearly  white. 

Kashitake,  Tsushima.  Types  No.  95662  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1554a 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection.  Also  taken  at  Kojeto  (Island  of  Koje), 
Korea,  No.  95660  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1531  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

D.  paxillus  (Gredler)  is  a  very  widely  distributed  species,  ranging 
from  Hunan  to  the  Korean  Archipelago,  with  closely  related  forms 
in  Formosa  and  Tsushima.  In  the  present  state  of  our  collections 
it  is  not  easy  to  define  subspecies.  A  form  from  Mokpo,  Korea  (No. 
1531a  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection),  is  similar  to  the  shells  from  Koje 
Island,  except  that  there  is  a  distinct  angle  at  the  foot  of  the  columella. 
The  form  from  Quelpart  is  very  close  to  typical  Chinese  D.  paxillus. 
Diplommatina  yonakunijimana  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  narrow,  the  penultimate  whorl  much  the  largest,  those 
above  tapering  in  a  rather  long  cone  with  straight  sides;  pale  brown; 
sculpture  of  delicate  thread-like  striae,  wanting  in  the  region  of  the 
constriction  and  on  the  last  half  or  more  of  the  last  whorl.     There  are 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  589 

8  whorls,  the  first  5^  convex,  regiilarl}'-  and  slowly  increasing ;  the  next 
enlarges  more  rapidly  and  is  the  widest,  most  convex  whorl.  It 
contracts  suddenly  to  the  constriction,  which  lies  one-fourth  of  a  whorl 
back  of  the  peristome.  The  front  of  the  last  whorl  has  very  widely 
spaced  strise  when  unworn,  but  the  last  half  is  smooth  and  glossy. 
It  ascends  very  little.  The  palatal  pUca  is  short.  It  is  faintly  visible 
above  the  suture  in  the  thinnest  shells,  but  most  adults  are  too  opaque 
to  show  it  externally.  The  aperture  is  subcircular,  somewhat  obhque. 
Parietal  callus  thin,  its  edge  scarcely  thickened,  ascending  about  half 
way  to  the  suture.  Columellar  lamella  thin  and  small,  its  spiral  con- 
tinuation inward  being  thin  and  rather  low. 

Length  3.1,  diam.  1.4  mm. 

Yonakunijima,  Osumi.  Types  No.  95675  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1510 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

In  this  species  the  last  fourth  of  the  penultimate  whorl,  in  front  of 
the  constriction,  is  very  narrow.  It  is  related  to  D.  kumejimana 
P.  and  H.,  but  differs  by  its  far  more  widely  spaced  riblets. 

Diplommatina  okiensis  tsushimana  n.  subsp. 

The  shell  is  like  D.  collarifera  S.  and  B.  in  shape,  but  differs  as 
follows:  The  delicate  thread-like  strise  of  the  last  two  whorls  are 
more  widely  spaced,  and  on  the  next  earlier  two  whorls  they  are  still 
more  spaced.  The  palatal  plica  is  very  short  and  lies  under  the 
parietal  callus.  The  spiral  columellar  lamella  within  the  last  whorl  is 
thin  and  much  lower  than  in  collarifera.  D.  okiensis  is  very  similar, 
but  tsushimana  differs  by  having  the  strise  more  widely  spaced  through- 
out. The  shell  is  pale  brown,  and  resembles  okiensis  in  the  aperture 
and  collar. 

Length  3.9,  diam.  1.9  mm.;  whorls  6^. 

Tsutsu,  Tsushima.  Types  No.  95664  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1554  of 
Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

Diplommatina  nesiotica  n.  sp. 

A  species  of  the  subgenus  Sinica.  The  lower  two  whorls  form  a 
cylindric  portion,  those  above  taper  rapidly  in  a  straight-sided  cone 
about  one-third  the  total  length  of  the  shell.  It  is  pale  red  or  grayish- 
white,  with  sculpture  of  very  dehcate  hair-hke  strise,  which  are  rather 
closely  placed  on  the  last  two  whorls,  more  spaced  on  the  two  preceding. 
Whorls  slightly  exceeding  6,  quite  convex,  regularly  and  slowly  widen- 
ing to  the  penultimate,  which  enlarges  rapidly  and  is  more  swollen. 
It  contracts  rather  strongly  to  the  constriction,  which  varies  in  position 
from  submedian  in  front  to  nearly  over  the  inner  edge  of  the  columella. 
38 


590  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [DcC, 

The  last  whorl  ascends  moderately  to  the  lip,  and  is  usually  worn  nearly 
smooth.  The  palatal  plica  is  short,  and  either  wholly  to  the  left  of 
the  parietal  callus,  or  its  inner  half  may  be  under  the  callus.  The 
aperture  is  rounded,  a  little  longer  than  wide.  Peristome  thin,  rather 
narrowly  reflexed,  sometimes  very  indistinctly  subangular  at  the 
base  of  the  columella.  The  parietal  callus  spreads  rather  extensively 
upward,  and  has  a  thin,  raised  edge.  The  columellar  tooth  is  so  deeply 
immersed  that  it  is  not  visible  in  a  front  view. 

Length  3,  diam.  1.8  mm. 

Suwanosejima,  Osumi.  Types  No.  95668  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No. 
1587  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection.  Also  found  on  the  adjacent  islands 
Akusekijima  and  Nakanoshima,  of  the  Tokara  group. 

This  species  is  related  to  D.  saginata  of  Oshima  and  D.  tanegashimce 
of  Tanegashima,  both  of  them  much  smaller  species.  D.  tanegashimce 
is  also  more  slender.  D.  saginata  is  a  common  and  characteristic 
species  of  Oshima.  It  is  very  similar  toD.  nesiotica  but  always  much 
smaller,  so  far  as  present  collections  show. 

Specimens  from  Akusekijima  and  Nakanoshima  are  a  trifle  smaller 
than  the  types  from  the  intermediate  island  Suwanosejima,  measuring 
2.5  to  2.8  mm.  long.     The  palatal  phca  is  slightly  longer,  and  in  some 
specimens  the  columellar  tooth  is  visible  in  a  front  view. 
Diplommatina  hirasei  Pilsbry  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  large  for  a  Sinica;  the  last  two  whorls,  form  more  than 
half  the  total  length,  are  cylindric,  upper  portion  conic  with  straight 
sides.  Whorls  fully  6^,  moderately  convex,  the  last  strongly  ascending 
in  front,  having  a  very  strong,  narrow  ridge  or  collar  a  short  distance 
behind  the  lip,  the  back  of  the  collar  opaque  whitish.  Constriction 
very  slight,  median  in  front.  Color  dull  red.  Sculpture  of  very 
delicate  hair-like  striae,  closer  and  finer  on  the  last  two  whorls  than  on 
the  preceding  two,  and  usually  worn  from  fully  adult  shells.  The 
aperture  is  circular,  orange  colored  within;  peristome  reflexed  and 
somewhat  thickened,  continued  in  a  raised  ledge  across  the  parietal 
wall,  reaching  to  or  almost  to  the  suture.  Palatal  plica  rather  long  and 
wholly  covered  by  the  parietal  callus.  Columellar  tooth  strong,  the 
lamella  within  moderately  high  but  thin.  Internal  parietal  lamella 
low. 

Length  4.75,  diam.  2.5  mm. 

Gakuenji,  Izumo.  Types  No.  95670  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1596  of 
Mr.  Hirase's  collection.  Also  Makuragisan,  Izumo,  No.  95669  A.  N. 
S.  P. 

This  largest  of  the  Japanese  Diplommatinas  is  in  every  way  more 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OP    PHILADELPHIA.  591 

robust  than  D.  collarifera  S.  and  B.  or  D.  okiensis  V.  and  H.  It 
further  differs  by  having  the  parietal  callus  extended  nearly  to  the 
suture,  and  the  palatal  phca  lies  wholly  or  almost  wholly  under  the 
parietal  callus. 

Eulota  (Euhadra)  contraria  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  depressed,  biconvex,  umbilicate,  angular  at  the  periphery, 
thin,  greenish-yellow  with  a  narrow  dark  red-brown  band  on  the 
peripheral  angle  and  narrowly  visible  above  the  suture  on  the  last  1^ 
whorls;  inner  whorls  suffused  with  reddish-brown.  Surface  but 
slightly  shining.  First  If  whorls,  forming  the  embryonic  shell,  are 
convex,  with  a  close  sculpture  of  low  granules  arranged  in  obliquely 
descending  series.  The  next  H  whorls  have  weak  growth-lines  and 
minute,  rather  closely  arranged  papillae  scarcely  noticeable  in  some 
specimens.  The  last  two  whorls  have  irregular  growth-lines,  and  some 
shallow,  irregular  spiral  sulci,  most  obvious  on  the  base;  there  are  also 
minute  papillse  visible  in  places.  Whorls  5^,  the  first  H  convex, 
the  rest  convex  below  the  suture,  then  flattened.  The  last  whorl 
scarcely  descends  in  front,  and  is  convex  below.  The  aperture  is 
oblique,  wide,  lunate.  Peristome  white,  the  upper  margin  expanded, 
the  outer  and  basal  margins  rather  narrowly  reflexed.  The  parietal 
callus  is  extremely  thin. 

Alt.    15.      diam.  26  mm. 
"     14.3,       "       25     " 

Koshun,  South  Formosa.  Types  No.  95838  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No. 
1581  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  is  a  species  of  the  E.  succincta  group.  E.  formosensis  differs 
by  being  more  elevated ,  with  the  lip  sinuous  above  and  in  having  very 
minute  spiral  striation  on  the  last  whorl.  E.  succincta  is  more  com- 
pact, with  the  last  whorl  narrower  (viewed  from  above),  and  the 
umbilicus  is  much  smaller.  The  sculpture  also  differs  in  various 
details. 

A  specimen  of  E.  contraria  a  little  less  mature  than  the  type  has  the 
last  whorl  reddish-brown,  the  spire  paler.  It  is  banded  like  the  type 
specimen.     Only  10  examples  of  this  fine  snail  were  taken. 

Eulota  (Euhadra)  picta  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  rather  narrowly  umbilicate,  somewhat  depressed,  with 
conic  spire;  rather  solid;  pale  yellow,  with  two  broad  dark  reddish- 
brown  bands,  the  upper  band  extending  from  just  below  the  periphery 
half  way  to  the  suture,  and  ascending  the  spire  above  the  suture,  the 
last  2  or  2^  whorls  are  therefore  bicolored  above;  on  earlier  whorls  the 


592  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OP  [DeC, 

band  becomes  light  reddish-brown  and  spreads  over  the  surface  of  the 
whorls.  The  basal  band  is  wider  than  the  other,  fading  out  on  its 
inner  edge.  There  is  also  a  small  umbilical  patch  of  the  same  dark 
color.  The  surface  is  somewhat  glossy,  the  first  4  whorls  having  a 
microscopic  sculpture  of  minute  raised  points,  regularly  arranged 
(as  in  Chloritis);  last  whorl  marked  with  growth-lines,  not  punctate. 
Wiiorls  5^,  moderately  convex,  very  slowly  widening,  the  last  rounded 
peripherally  but  showing  the  faint  trace  of  a  peripheral  angle;  not  de- 
scending in  front;  base  somewhat  flattened.  The  aperture  is  but 
little  oblique,  wide,  banded  inside.  Peristome  narrowly  reflexed, 
colored  by  the  bands,  dilated  at  the  coliunellar  insertion,  half  con- 
cealing the  umbiUcus. 

Alt.  22,     diam.  30.2  mm. 
"    20.7,       "      29.0    '' 

Yonakuni-jima,  Ryukyu.  Cotypes  No.  95837  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No. 
1507  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

A  very  handsome  species  of  the  caliginosa  group,  closely  resembling 
E.  okinoerabuensis  in  shape,  but  the  last  whorl,  viewed  from  above, 
is  narrower,  and  the  minute  sculpture  of  the  spire  is  different.  The 
somewhat  flattened  base  and  the  shape  of  the  basal  lip  are  features 
like  E.  caliginosa. 

Eulota  luhuana  latispira  n.  subsp. 

The  shell  is  large,  bright  greenish-yellow,  with  three  brown  bands, 
coarsely  striate,  with  the  usual  fine  spiral  lines.  The  spire  is  very 
wide,  whorls  more  slowly  and  more  regularly  increasing  than  in  luhuana 
or  senckenhergiana,  the  last  whorl  narrow^er.  Umbilicus  ample,  regu- 
larly tapering  within. 

Alt.  30,  diam.  48  mm. ;  whorls  6^. 

Hakusan,  Kaga.  Types  No.  83913  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  562a 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

The  spiral  bands  may  be  dark  and  conspicuous,  or  very  pale.  The 
lip  is  flesh  colored,  varying  in  shade  in  different  shells. 

Eulota  (.ffigista)  perangulata  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  umbilicate  (width  of  umbilicus  contained  4^  times  in 
the  diameter  of  the  shell),  conic  above,  convex  below,  strongly  angular 
at  the  periphery;  light  brown,  dull,  finely  striate,  sometimes  with  some 
very  delicate,  short,  thread-like  cuticular  appendages  on  some  of  the 
striae  in  places.  Under  the  cuticle  there  are  very  fine  spiral  lines, 
visible  just  in  front  of  the  parietal  callus.  Whorls  61,  moderately 
convex,  slowly  increasing,  the  last  strongly  angular  peripherally,  the 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  593 

angle  disappearing  immediately  behind  the  peristome.  The  whorl 
scarcely  descends  in  front,  not  angular  around  the  umbiHcus.  The 
aperture  is  rounded-lunate;  peristome  thin,  forming  three-fourths  of 
a  circle;  the  upper  margin  is  slightly  expanded,  outer  and  basal  mar- 
gins reflexed.     Parietal  callus  merely  a  thin  film. 

Alt.   8.5,  diam.   13.7  mm. 
"     9,  "       13 

Izuhara,  Tsushima.  Cotypes  No.  95859  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1551 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  is  a  strongly  angvilar  species  of  the  E.  aperta  group.     The 
peristome  is  like  that  of  E.  aperta  tumida.     Neither  E.  aperta  or  E. 
mimula  is  known  from  the  island  of  Kyushu. 
Trishoplita  cretacea  hypozona  n.  subsp. 

The  shell  is  conic,  white  with  a  broad  purplish-brown  or  rich  reddish- 
brown  zone  on  the  base.  The  surface  is  rather  finely  striate,  the  striae 
elegantly  granulose,  especially  on  the  base. 

Alt.   14,  diam.  17.8  mm.;  whorls  6^. 
"     12,      "       16.8    "  ''      6. 

Mikuriya,  Hoki.  Types  No.  95862  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  387a  of 
Mr.  Hirase's  collection.  It  also  occurs  at  Mihonoseki  and  Gakuenji, 
Izumo,  and  at  Itsukushima,  Aki. 

The  shell  is  generally  in  large  part  denuded  of  cuticle,  as  in  T. 
cretacea.  The  granules  on  the  strise  of  the  base  are  irregular,  not 
arranged  in  spiral  lines.     Some  specimens  from  Izumo  are  smaller: 

Alt.   12.2,  diam.   16     mm.;  whorls   6^. 
''     10,  "       14.5     ''  "  6. 

A  single  example  seen  from  the  province  Aki  resembles  hypozona 
in  shape  and  color,  but  differs  in  minute  sculpture,  the  strise  being 
superficially  cut  by  fine  spiral  lines,  chiefly  evident  on  the  base,  in 
place  of  the  irregular  granulation  of  typical  hypozona.  This  form 
(No.  87678  A.  N.  S.  P.,  No.  1190  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection)  may  be 
found  separable  from  hypozona,  yet  we  prefer  to  refer  it  to  that  race 
until  more  material  can  be  brought  together. 

T.  c.  hypozona  inhabits  the  provinces  along  the  northern  shore  of 
the  western  end  of  the  main  island  of  Japan. 
Ganesella  albida  mollioula  n.  subsp. 

The  shell  is  larger  than  G.  albida,  thinner,  more  transparent,  bluish- 
milky  above  the  keel,  transparent  yellowish  below,  sculptured  quite  dis- 
tinctly with  close  microscopic  spiral  lines;  base  decidedly  more  convex 
than  in  albida,  the  mouth  and  columella  being  longer;  whorls  more 
numerous. 


594  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Length  21,  cliam.  14.5  mm.;  whorls  6^. 

Toshim,  South  Cape  of  Formosa.  Type  No.  95753  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from 
No.  1584  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

The  typical  measurements  of  G.  albida  (H.  Ad.)  are  alt.  15,  cliam. 
14  mm.     An  example  of  the  typical  form  from  Sammaipo  before  us 
measures,  alt.  14.5,  diam.  12  mm.,  whorls  5^.     Only  three  examples 
of  G.  a.  mollicula  were  taken. 
Ennea  iwakawa  yonakunijimana  n.  subsp. 

Closely  related  to  E.  i.  miyakojimana  P.  and  H.,  but  the  aperture 
is  more  contracted  by  the  large  teeth,  and  the  spire  tapers  more,  being 
widest  below  the  middle,  at  the  penultimate  whorl.  Whorls  6f  to 
7h. 

Length  4,  diam.  1.9  mm. 

Yonakunijima,  Loochoo.     Types  No.  95715  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No. 
1511  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 
Petalochlamys  rejecta  (Pfr.). 

Helix  rejecta  Pfr.,  P.  Z.  S.,  1859,  p.  25,  No.  9,  pi.  43,  fig.  1;  Monographia 

Hel.  Viv.,  V,  142. 
Microcystis?  rejecta  Mlldff.,  Jahrb.  D.  M.  Ges.,  X,  p.  365. 
Hyalina  mamillaris  Heude,  Moll.  Terr.  Fleuve  Bleu,  1882,  p.  15,  pi.  19,  fig.  8. 

This  species  was  described  from  a  specimen  taken  by  Robert  For- 
tune in  "northern  China."  Dr.  von  Moellendorff  has  pointed  out 
that  most  of  the  shells  discovered  by  Fortune  are  from  places  inland 
from  Shanghai,  toward  the  tea  district  of  Wu-yuan  in  the  Province 
An-hui.  Hangchow,  where  several  of  Fortune's  species  occur,  such 
as  Pledotropis  hrevibarbis,  is  between  Shanghai  and  Wu-yuan.  A 
Petalochlamys  from  Hangchow,  taken  by  Mr.  Nakada,  agrees  with 
Pfeiffer's  description  of  H.  rejecta. 


Fig.  1. — P.  rejecta  Pfr.,  Hangchow,  China. 

The  shell  is  strongly  depressed,  with  very  low-conic  spire;  of  the 
usual  thin  substance  and  of  a  greenish-yellow  color  above,  subtrans- 
parent,  the  base  perceptibly  paler.  The  umbiUcus  is  extremely 
narrow,  its  width  contained  about  12  times  in  that  of  the  shell.  The 
surface  is  polished,  and   shows  under  a  compound  microscope  very 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  595 

close,  engraved  spiral  lines,  chiefly  below  the  suture,  wanting  on  the 
first  whorl,  and  becoming  weak  on  the  last  whorl  and  the  base. 
Large  specimens  have  just  5  whorls;  these  increase  rather  slowly  to 
the  last  which  is  very  wide — ^wider  than  in  related  species.  Seen  from 
above  the  spire  is  small,  its  diameter  hardly  46  per  cent,  of  the  total 
diameter  of  the  shell.  The  last  whorl  is  equally  rounded  at  the 
periphery.  The  aperture  is  broadly  lunate. 
Alt.  7,  greater  diam.  13.5,  lesser  11.3  mm. 

The  specimens  described  and  figured  are  from  Hangchow,  Chekiang 
Province,  China;  No.  95800  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1476  of  Mr.  Hirase's 
collection. 

P.  rejecta  is  related  to  P.  planula  and  P.  planata  of  Heude,  but 
viewed  from  above  the  last  whorl  is  wider  than  in  either  of  these 
species,  both  of  which  moreover  are  smaller.  Dr.  O.  von  Moellendorf 
found  rejecta  in  Lii-shan,  near  Kiukiang.  P.  Fuchs  collected  it  in 
southern  Hunan  and  northern  Guangdung,  and  Father  Heude  de- 
scribed specimens  from  the  former  locality  as  H.  mamillaris,  a  species 
which  von  Moellendorff  referred  to  rejecta  as  a  synonym.  The  first 
published  record  of  rejecta,  after  the  original  reference,  was  by  A. 
Adams,  who  identified  it  from  Tsushima  {Annals  and  Magazine  of 
Natural  History,  4th  series,  I,  1868,  p.  467).  Among  difficult  and 
critical  species  an  identification  by  Adams  has  slight  value.  Von 
Martens,  Reinhardt  and  Kobelt  have  repeated  Adams'  record,  but 
without  further  confirmation.  I  do  not  know  the  locality  of  the 
specimen  figured  by  Dr.  Reinhardt.  Kobelt  has  copied  these  figures. 
On  the  whole,  it  seems  hazardous  to  admit  P.  rejecta  to  the  fauna  of 
Japan  or  Korea  without  better  evidence  than  we  now  have.  It  will 
probably  prove  to  be  pecuhar  to  China,  especially  in  the  district  below 
the  mouth  of  the  Yangtze,  in  An-hui  and  Chekiang  Provinces.  At 
all  events,  the  somewhat  similar  Petalochlamys  known  to  us  from 
Tsushima  is  certainly  a  species  distinct  from  P.  rejecta. 

Petalochlamys  subrejecta  n.  sp. 

Macrochlamys  rejecta  Pfr.,  Hirase,  The  Conch.  Magazine,  II,  p.' 5   pi.  13 

fig.  13,  not  Helix  rejecta 'Pir.  '  ' 

Macrochlamys  subrejecta  Pils.  and  Hir.,Conch.  Mag.,  II,  p.  76  (no  description) . 

Shell  depressed,  very  narrowly  vmabilicate,  very  thin  and  fragile, 
glossy,  of  a  pale  brown  tint,  or  very  pale  greenish-yellow.  The  sur- 
face is  weakly  marked  with  growth-lines,  and  under  the  compound 
microscope  shows  very  fine,  close,  superficial  spiral  striae,  wanting  on 
the  first  whorl,  becoming  weak  on  the  last  whorl.  The  spire  is  low- 
conoidal,  wide;  its  diameter,  viewed  from  above,  is  58  per  cent,  the 


596  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

total  diameter  of  the  shell.  Wliorls  5f,  slowly  increasing,  the  last 
much  wider,  rounded  at  the  periphery.  The  suture  is  narrowly  trans- 
parent-margined. Umbilicus  very  small,  its  diameter  contained  about 
20  times  in  that  of  the  shell.     Aperture  lunate. 

Alt.  7.6,  greater  diam.  13.2,  lesser  12  nmi. 

Sasuna,  Tsushima.  Types  No.  95802  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1549a 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection.     Also  found  at  Fusan,  Korea. 


Fig.  2. — P.  subrejecta. 

Compared  with  the  Chinese  P.  rejeda,  this  species  is  less  depressed 
and  has,  viewed  from  above,  a  much  wider  spire  and  narrower  last 
whorl.  The  aperture  is  consequently  higher  and  less  dilated  laterally. 
The  spiral  sculpture  is  not  quite  so  deeply  engraved,  and  the  umbilicus 
is  wider  than  in  P.  rejeda,  though  still  very  narrow.  P.  suhrejeda 
is  probably  the  shell  A.  Adams  reported  from  Tsushima  as  Macro- 
chlamys  rejeda  Pfr. 
Petalochlamys  serenua  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  depressed,  very  narrowly  umbilicate,  amber  colored, 
subtransparent,  very  fragile.  The  surface  has  dehcate,  close  micro- 
scopic engraved  spirals  both  above  and  below.  Spire  slightly  convex; 
whorls  4,  but  slightly  convex,  slowly  increasing  to  the  last,  which  is 
much  wider,  rounded  peripherally.  The  suture  is  narrowly  trans- 
parent-margined. Aperture  lunate,  columellar  lip  triangularly  dilated 
at  the  insertion,  thin;  columella  vertical, 

Alt.  2.8,  greater  diam.  4.7,  lesser  4  mm. 

Kaminoyama,  Kunchan,  Okinawa.  Types  No.  95809  A.  N.  S.  P., 
from  No.  1441  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This   small,  very  fragile   shell  is  related   to  P.  doenitzi  (Reinh.), 
but  the  last  whorl  is  wider  in  a  view  from  above,  and  is  somewhat 
more  ample. 
PetalocMamys  perfragilis  sakui  subsp.n. 

The  shell  is  more  depressed  than  P.  perfragilis  and  P.  p.  shiko- 
kuensis,  and  is  a  little  more  openly  umbilicate.  Surface  brilHantly 
polished,   almost  smooth,  but  under  a  compound  microscope  very 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  597 

faint  traces  of  spiral  striae  may  be  seen  in  some  places,  and  on  the  base 
of  the  last  whorl  these  incised  spirals  sometimes  become  distinct. 
The  suture  is  white-edged. 

Alt.  8.7,  greater  diam.  15,  lesser  13.2  mm. 

Yaku-shima  (Osumi),  types  No.  85729  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1081 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection.  It  also  occurs  on  Kuchinoerabu-shima 
(Osumi). 

Kaliella  gudei  mutsuensis  n.  subsp. 

The  shell  is  perforate,  conic,  having  an  acute  peripheral  keel,  visible 
on  the  spire  as  a  thread  in  the  suture;  irregularly  striatulate  and  glossy. 
Whorls  4f  to  5,  convex.  Aperture  lunate,  truncate  at  the  ends. 
Columellar  margin  vertical,  slightly  thickened,  reflexed  at  the  insertion. 

Alt.  3.3,  diam.  4.7  mm. 

Osoreyama,  Mutsu.  Types  No.  96178  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1445  of 
Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  form  differs  from  K.  gudei  by  the  number  of  whorls  and  much 
smaller  size.  The  whorls  are  more  convex  than  in  K.  ceratodes  (Gude), 
and  the  columella  is  less  calloused.  In  K.  koshinoshimana  the  M'horls 
are  more  closely  coiled.  K.  g.  7nutsuensis  differs  from  K.  sororcida 
by  its  vertical  columella,  that  of  K.  sororcula  being  oblique  to  the  shell- 
axis. 

Kaliella  subcrenulata  satsumaua  n.  subsp.    Fig.  3. 

A  form  decidedly  larger  than  K.  subcrenu- 
lata.  Under  the  compound  microscope  there 
are  seen  to  be  fine  thread-like  vertical  striae 
on  the  upper  surface  and  on  a  band  below 
the  periphery.  The  rest  of  the  base  is  glossy, 
but  shows  a  few  fine  spiral  lines. 

Alt.  2.3,  diam.  3.25  mm.  Fig.  3. 

Yamakawa,  Satsuma.  Types  No.  96176 
A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1593  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

Kaliella  longissima  n.  sp.    Fig.  4. 

The  shell  is  minutely  perforate,  conic-turrite,  with  nearly  straight 
lateral  outUnes  and  obtuse  summit;  pale  yellowish,  subtransparent. 
Surface  glossy,  almost  smooth.  Whorls  9^,  very  slowly  increasing, 
moderately  convex,  the  last  rounded  peripherally,  though  there  is  a 
very  delicate  thread-like  keel.  Base  convex.  Aperture  semilunar, 
the  columella  vertical,  with  reflexed  edge. 

Alt.  4.25,  diam.  2.3  mm. 


598  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Sasuna,  Tsushima.     T5rpes  No.  96177  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1556  of 
Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  is  the  most  lengthened  Japanese  Kaliella 
known  to  us,  being  much  longer  than  K.  prcealta. 
The  Indian  K.  elongata  G.-A.  has  about  the  same 
proportions,  but  differs  by  its  strongly  keeled  last 
whorl,  the  convex  outhnes  of  the  spire,  etc. 

KalioUa  boninensis  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  perforate,  depressed,  the  spire  con- 

vexly  conoidal,  with  obtuse,  rounded  summit,  base 

convex,  the  periphery  angular;  brown.      Surface 

rather  dull  above,  more  glossy  beneath ;  first  half 

whorl  smooth,   next   whorl    sharply    striate   and 

Fig.  4.  decussated  with  fine  spiral  lines ;  following  w^horls 

are  densely,  finely  and  sharply  striate,  with  very 

faint  traces  of  spiral  hues  in  places;  the  base  is  smoothish,  but  not  much 

polished;  showing  faint  traces  of  spiral  lines  in  places.     Whorls  3f, 

moderately  convex. 

Alt.  1.75,  diam.  2.66  mm. 
f  ■  Anijima.  Ogasawara  (Bonin  Islands).     Types  No.  95867  A.  N.  S.  P., 
from  No.  1500  of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  small  species  is  not  closely  related  to  any  known  Ogasawaran 
or  Japanese  form.     Whether  it  really  belongs  to  Kaliella  is  perhaps 
doubtful. 
Sitala  ultima  n.  sp. 

The  shell  is  perforate,  conic,  with  the  last  whorl  large;  very  fragile, 
amber  colored,  rather  shining,  with  a  silky  luster  above,  more  glossy 
below.  Sculpture  of  excessively  fine,  close  vertical  strisB  decussated 
by  very  delicate  spirals,  the  base  having  engraved  spiral  lines.  The 
spire  is  straightly  conic.  Whorls  4^,  convex,  the  last  angular  at  the 
periphery  in  front,  becoming  inflated  and  rounded  in  the  last  half. 
Base  rather  convex. 
Alt.  2.3,  diam.  2.9  mm. 

Kaminoyama,  Uzen.     Types  No.  95908  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1443 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection. 

This  delicate  snail  is  smaller  than  the  related  S.  reinhardti,  and  has 
much  more  distinct  microscopic  sculpture.     It  lives  farther  north  than 
any  other  known  Sitala. 
Ena  luchuana  nesiotica  n.  subsp. 

The  shell  is  rimate,  very  thin,  purplish-hrowyi,  more  or  less  flecked 
with  yellow  on  the  upper  whorls,  by  incipient  disintegration  of  the 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  599 

cuticle.  The  spire  tapers  regularly  to  the  small  but  obtuse  apex. 
Whorls  7^.  The  earhest  whorls  are  worn  but  seem  to  be  smooth. 
On  the  third  whorl  very  fine,  close  spiral  striae  appear,  and  by  the 
decussation  of  growth-lines  the  surface  becomes  minutely  granular. 
Tiie  last  whorl  or  two  are  more  coarsely  closely  granulose.  The  aper- 
ture is  shghtly  obhque,  dark  inside;  peristome  expanded,  slightly 
thickened  within,  white.  Columella  dilated  and  forked  above.  Parie- 
tal callus  very  thin  and  transparent. 

Length    17,      diam.   7.0  mm. 
17.2,       "      6.9    " 
16,  "      7.0    " 

Kuroshima,  Osumi.  Types  No.  95768  A.  N.  S.  P.,  from  No.  1546a 
of  Mr.  Hirase's  collection.  Also  Yakushima,  No.  1546  of  Mr.  Hirase's 
collection,  95769  A.  N.  S.  P. 

This  form  differs  from  Ena  luchuana  and  E.  I.  oshimana  by  the  dark 
coloration,  without  light  streaks,  and  the  more  pronounced  granula- 
tion. The  specimens  from  Yakushima  seem  to  be  identical  in  all 
respects  with  those  from  Kuroshima. 


600  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF  [DeC, 


ON  THE  MELOID^  OF  ANGOLA. 
BY    F.    CREIGHTON    WELLMAN,    M.D. 

While  determining  a  collection  of  Angolan  specimens  of  Coleoptera  of 
the  family  Meloidse  recently  collected  by  myself,  I  have  had  occasion 
to  go  somewhat  thoroughly  into  the  literature  of  the  subject  and  also 
to  compare  the  material  in  the  British  Museum,  the  Hope  Department  of 
Oxford  University,  the  Konigliches  and  the  National  jMuseums  in  Berlin, 
the  National  Museum  at  Washington,  and  several  private  collections; 
so  it  seems  that  the  results,  together  with  my  collecting  notes,  may 
be  of  sufficient  interest  to  publish  along  with  the  descriptions  of  the 
new  forms  that  have  come  to  light. 

Our  present  knowledge  of  the  Meloidse  of  Angola,  it  may  be  said,  is 
due  principally  to  three  collections,  viz.,  the  Schonlein-Grossbendtner 
collection  described  by  Erichson,  the  Welwitsch  collection,  the  Meloid 
material  of  which  was  described  by  Marseul,  and  the  collection  made 
by  von  Hohmeyer  and  Pogge  and  described  by  Harold.  My  own 
collection — described  in  the  present  paper — ^is  now  added.  Besides 
these  there  are  a  few  single  descriptions  l^}^  various  authors,  which  will 
be  found  in  their  places  in  the  present  list.  It  is  possible  that  some 
of  the  more  recent  records  have  escaped  my  attention.  Of  the  four 
collections  named  above,  by  far  the  most  complete  is  that  of  Welwitsch, 
which,  like  all  the  collections  of  this  gifted  naturalist,  is  of  the  highest 
scientific  value. 

I  have  recently,  in  collaboration  with  Dr.  Walther  Horn  of  Berlin, 
published  a  memoir  containing  a  short  description  of  the  region  under 
consideration  and  some  account  of  its  zoogeographical  features  and 
shall  content  myself  with  referring  to  that  paper,^  only  observing  here 
that  with  the  exception  of  two  new  species,  viz.,  Mylabris  {Actenodia) 
deserticola  Wellman  (from  the  littoral  region)  and  Mylabris  chisarn- 
bensis  Wellman  (from  the  high  inland  plateau),  all  the  Angolan  Meloidse 
collected  by  me  are  from  the  mountain  slopes  intermediate  between 
the  interior  alpine  region  and  the  low-lying  coastlands. 

Some  of  the  habits  of  the  beetles  are  most  interesting.     I  shall  not 

1  On  the  Cicindelinse  of  Angola,  by  F.  Creighton  Wellman,  M.D.,  F.E.S.,  and 
Walther  Horn,  M.D.,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  November,  1908,  pp.  504-512. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  601 

speak  here  of  the  remarkable  illustrations  of  mimicry  and  warning 
colors  afforded  by  the  Angolan  species,  as  I  have  already  in  preparation 
a  paper  on  these  questions,  in  collaboration  with  Prof.  E.  B.  Poulton, 
F.R.S.,  of  Oxford  University,  England.  I  may  perhaps  with  advan- 
tage, however,  refer  at  this  time  to  the  most  important  food  plant  of  the 
Angolan  Meloidse.  This  is  a  small  Roseaceous  annual  which  Prof.  Engler 
kindly  informed  me  in  Berlin  last  summer  was  a  species  of  Tribulus 
(T.  zegheri)  which  is  widely  distributed  in  tropical  Africa.  Throughout 
the  desert  belt  of  Angola  (which  extends  from  the  sea  to  a  point  30 
to  100  miles  inland  according  to  the  configuration  of  the  country) 
this  plant  occurs  in  enormous  masses  and  is  the  most  important  and 
indeed  almost  the  only  food  supply  of  the  Meloidse  of  the  region. 
Most  of  the  genera  represented  eat  it — Mylabris  (Ceroctis,  Actenodia, 
Coryna,  Decapotoma),  Lytta,  etc.  There  are  great  patches  of  the 
yellow  blooms  and  these  reveal  thousands  of  beetles;  sometimes 
almost  every  plant  has  one  or  more  beetles.  Some  of  the  more  com- 
mon species  like  Mylabris  dentata  Olivier,  Mylabris  (Actenodia)  chryso- 
nielina  Erichson,  Mylabris  pluvialis  Wellman,  Mylabris  (Decapotoina) 
regis  Thomas  and  Mylabris  {Coryna)  12-punctata  Chevrolat  can  be 
obtained  in  almost  endless  numbers,  and  the  yellow  faeces  of  the 
beetles  may  be  seen  over  the  ground  like  numerous  small  dots.  It  is 
interesting  to  note  that  insects  like  these,  which  are  during  their  larva? 
stages  all  parasitic  on  other  insects,  should  have  such  an  intimate 
relation  in  their  imaginal  stage  to  certain  plants.  Lyttini  in  their 
early  stages  feed  on  the  eggs  of  Orthoptera  and  Mylabrini  on  the  young 
of  the  same  order  of  insects.  In  Angola  these  beetles  occur  shortly 
before  or  about  the  time  when  the  young  Locustidse  and  Acrididae 
become  numerous,  the  first  rains  doubtless  having  something  to  do 
with  the  hatching  of  them  all.  The  appearance  of  the  adult  Meloidse 
is  almost  exactly  synchronous  with  the  flowering  of  the  Tribidus, 
which  lasts  only  a  few  weeks,  and  should  the  beetles  be  too  early  or 
too  late  in  their  appearance  they  (being  flower  feeders)  must  inevitably 
perish  from  want  of  food  in  this  desert  region  where  only  this  one 
species  of  Tribulus^  (which  is  apparently  fertilized  by  the  beetles 
themselves)  is  abundant  enough  to  support  such  vast  numbers  of 
insects.  We  see  here  another  illustration  of  how  in  the  economy  of 
nature  the  interdependence  of  several  organisms  may  be  very  close 


'  I  have  remarked  on  the  relation  of  this  flower  to  Angolan  Meloid^  before 
the  Deutsch.  Entomol.  Gesellschaft,  rid.  report  in  Deiitsch.  Ent.  Zeitschrift 
1908  p.  647. 


602  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Dec, 

and  the  adjustment  of  life  to  environment  very  delicate.  Other  notes 
on  the  habits  of  the  various  species  need  not  be  discussed  here,  but  will 
be  found  with  the  mention  of  the  various  species. 

Following  is  a  list  of  the  species  occurring  in  Angola,  so  far  as  I  have 
been  able  to  verify  the  records.  When  I  have  had  occasion  to  compare 
material  with  original  types  I  have  usually  indicated  where  such  types 
are  to  be  found.  It  may  be  mentioned  that  in  the  records  and  sjai- 
onymy  all  names  from  Dejean's  Catalogue  have  been  ignored,  as  have 
MS.  names,  since  the  recognition  of  such  serves  only  to  perpetuate 
confusion.  A  set  of  cotypes  (with  the  exception  of  three  uniques) 
of  the  new  forms  described  in  this  paper  has  been  deposited  in  the 
collection  of  the  United  States  National  Museum.  Probably  a  few  of 
the  species  now  included  under  Mylabris  (sens,  str.),  and  of  which  I 
have  been  unable  to  trace  the  types,  will  later  have  to  be  distributed 
among  the  various  subgenera  which  I  have  recognized. 

Fam.  MELOID^. 

Siibfam.  LYTTIN-E. 

Tribe  MYLABRINI. 

Genus  MYLABRIS  Fabr.,Syst.  Ent.,  1775,  p.  261. 

Subgenus  1.  ACTENODIA  Cast.,  Hist,  des  Ins.,  II,  1840,  p.  268. 

Syn.  Actenoda  Erichs.,  Wiegm.  Arch.,  IX,  3,  1843,  p.  257  (?  ex  error). 
Syn.  Arithmema  Chevr.,  Ic.  Regn.  anim.,  Ill,  p.  384. 

Subgenus  2.  CORYNA  Billb.,  Mon.  Mylabr.,  1813,  p.  73,  nota. 

Syn.  Hycleus  Latr.,  Regn.  anim.,  Ed.  I.,  1817,  p.  314. 

Subgenus  3.  DECAPOTOMA  Voigts,  Wien.  Ent.  Zeit.,  XXI,  p.  177. 

Syn.  Decatoma  Cast.,  Hist,  des  Ins.,  II,  1840,  p.  268  (nee  Spinola). 

Subgenus  4.  MYLABRIS  Fabr.,  Syst.  Ent.,  1775,  p.  261  (sens,  strict.). 

Subgenus  5.  CEROCTIS  Mars.,  Abeille,  VII,  2,  1870,  p.  168. 

Syn.  Mimesthes  Mars.,  Mem.  Soc.  Sci.  Liege,  1872,  p.  566. 

Subgenus  6.  LYDOCERAS  Mars.,  Abeille,  VII,  2,  1870,  p.  12. 

The  following  artificial  table  based  on  the  antennal  characters  may 
be  useful  in  separating  these  subgenera  of  Mylabris: 

A. — Antennae  wdth  from  eight  to  eleven  joints,  last  joints  inflated 
into  a  club-shaped  mass. 
a. — Antennae  moniliform. 

Antennae  eight-jointed, Actenodia. 

Antennae  nine-jointed, Coryn.x. 

Antennae  ten-jointed, Decapotoma. 

Antennae  eleven-jointed, Mylabris  (s.  str.). 

aa. — Antennae  serrate. 

Antennae  eleven-jointed, Ceroctis. 

A  A. — Antennae  with  eleven  joints,  last  joints  not  inflated. 

Antennae  somewhat  flattened, Lydoceras 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  603 

Subgenus  ACTENODIA  Cast. 

1.  Mylabris  (A.)  chrysomelina  Erichs.  Wiegm.  Arch.  f.  Naturg.,  1843,  p.  258. 

Angola  (IiIrichson),  Loanda,  Bengo  (Welwitsch),  Mossamedes 
(Anchieta),  Gamba,  March,  1908,  341  specimens  (Wellman).  All  the 
specimens  were  taken  on  the  flowers  of  Tribulus  zegheri.  Type  in 
Berlin  Konigliches  IMuseum,  marked  on  locality  label  "Angola,  Schonh." 

2.  Mylabris  (A.)  deserticola  Wellm.  spec.  nov. 

Nigra,  elongata,  pallido-pubescens;  elijtris  nigris,  pundulatis,  pone 
basin  et  humerale  flavo-maculatis  undulatimque  bifasciatis,  fascia  anteri- 
ore  flava,  posteriore  fulva;  prothorace  et  capite  fortiter  pundatis,  illo 
medio  breviter  foveolato;  antennarum  ariiculis  1,  2,  6,  7,  8  nigris,  3,  4,  5 
testaceis;  pedes  testacei,  geniculis  tarisque  nigris. 

Long.  Corp.  8  mm. 

Lat.  elytr.  Z\  mm. 

Hob.     Benguella  (Africa)  ah  auctore  coUecta. 

Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

Small,  graceful  species;  head  black,  rather  strongl}^  puncturetl  and 
with  a  few  scattered  minute  pale  hairs ;  labrum  emarginate,  rather  hairy  ; 
mandibles  fuscous,  maxillary  palpi  with  apical  joint  obliquely  truncate 
and  nearly  twice  as  long  as  penultimate,  labial  palpi  short,  eyes  large, 
antenme  with  first  two  joints  black,  2d  to  5th  testaceous,  6th  to  8tli 
black,  rather  sparsely  covered  with  short  fine  white  hairs  and  a  few  larger 
black  ones,  the  last  joint  more  closely  covered  with  short  fine  white  hairs  ; 
thorax  black  rather  sparsely  and  strongly  punctured,  clothed  with  pallid 
hairs,  in  the  center  at  the  basal  third  is  an  elongate  fovea  about  ^ 
the  length  of  the  thorax;  scutellum  small,  with  a  few  short  pallid  hairs; 
elytra  black  irregularly  punctulate,  pallidly  villose,  with  a  large  yellow  or 
pale  orange  spot  at  the  base  of  each  elytron,  and  two  transverse  irregular 
bands,  one  of  a  yellow  color  a  little  in  front  of  the  middle  and  the  other 
of  an  orange  red  color  about  half  way  between  the  middle  band  and  the 
apex  of  the  elytron;  at  the  humeral  margin  of  the  elytron  is  a  spot 
smaller  and  narrower  than  the  basal  spot,  this  is  connected  by  a 
narrow  marginal  band  to  the  middle  transverse  fascia;  legs  testaceous 
with  a  rather  broad  apical  black  band  to  the  femora,  a  much  narrower, 
occasionally  nearly  obsolete  black  apical  band  on  the  tibiae  and  tarsi, 
the  last  tarsus  being  sometimes  almost  entirely  black ;  the  under  side 
of  the  body  is  black. 

Type  in  my  collection;  cotype  (paratype)  Cat.  No.  12119,  U.  S.  N.  M. 

Five  specimens  of  this  pretty  little  species  were  taken  in  the  desert 
just  outside  of  the  city  of  Benguella  in  March,  1908.  The}'-  were  all 
on  a  leafless  shrub  and  their  food  plant  is  unknown.     It  seemed  pro- 


604  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

blematical  what  they  could  find  to  feed  on  in  that  dried-up  region. 
There  is  a  series  of  specimens  without  name  in  the  Konighches  Museum 
in  Berhn. 

3.  Mylabris  (A.)  jucunda  Ericha.,  Wiegm.,  Arch.  f.  Naturg.,  I,  1843,  p.  257. 

Angola  (Erichson),  Angola,  Benguella  (Marseul). 

Type  in  Berhn,  Konighches  Museum,  marked  "Angola,  Schonh." 

Subgenus  CORYNA  Billb. 

4.  Mylabris  (C.)  ambigua  Gerst.,  Wiegm.  Arch.  f.  Naturg.,  XXXVII,  p.  68. 

Gamba,  March,  1908,  2  specimens  (Wellman). 
This  species  was  originally  described  from  Zanzibar  and  placed  by 
its  author  as  a  Mylabris. 

Type  in  Berlin,  Konighches  Museum. 

5.  Mylabris  (C.)  chevrolati  Beaur.,  Les  Ins.  V^s.,  1890,  p.  623. 

Hydoeus  duodecim-punctata  Chevr.,  Guer.  Ic.  regn.  anim.,  p.  132,  tab.  35,  fig.  3 

(nee  Oliv.). 
Hycleus  decimguttatus  Cast.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Ins.,  II,  p.  268. 

Gamba,  March,  1908,  72  specimens  (Wellman). 

Originally  descril^ed  from  Senegal. 

6.  Mylabris  (C.)  hermanniae  Fabr.,  Ent.  Syst.,  I,  2,  p.  89. 

Mylabris  affinis  Oliv.,  Ent.,  Ill,  47,  p.  8,  tab.  2,  fig.  16. 
Angola — "aus  dem  inneren" — (Pogge). 
Described  from  Guinea. 

7.  Mylabris  (C.)  mylabroides  Cast.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Ins.,  II,  p.  208. 

Mylabris  lanuginosa  Gerst.,  Monatsb.  Berl.  Acad.,  1854,  p.  695. 
Angola  (Marseul). 
The  type  of  lanuginosa  is  in  Berlin,  Konighches  Museum. 

8.  Mylabris  (C.)  postbuma  Mars.,  Mem.  Soc.  roy.  Sci.  Li^ge,  1872,  p.  603.     PI.  VI,  fig.  6. 

Angola,  Bengale  =  ?  Bangala  (Marseul),  Loanda,  Bengo  (Wel- 
witsch),  Humbe,  HuiUa  (Anchieta),  Gamba,  March,  1908,  308 
specimens  (Wellman). 

On  the  flowers  of  Trihulus  zegheri. 

It  is  possible  that  mixta  Mars,  from  "Caffraria"  is  a  variety  of 
posthuma. 

9.  Mylabris  (C.)  tergemina  Mars.,  Mem.  Soc.  roy.  Sci.  Liege,  1872,  p.  613. 

Angola  (Marseul). 

Subgenus  DECAPOTOMA  Voigts. 

10.  Mylabris  (D.)  decorata  Erichs.,  Wiegm.  Arch.  f.  Naturg.,  1843,  p.  256. 

Angola  (Erichson),  Benguella  (Marseul),  Loanda  (Welwitsch), 
Loanda  (Hohmeyer),  Huiha  (Anchieta). 
Type  in  Berlin,  Konighches  Museum. 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  605 

11.  Mylabris  (D.)  chiyakensis  Wellm.  spec.  nov. 

Nigra,  argenteo-villosa ,  caput  et  thorax  obscure  viridi-ccerulescentia, 
subtiliter  punctata,  pallido-villosa;  elytra  nigra,  argenteo-villosa;  vittis 
duabus  (altera  dorsali,  altera  marginali;  ilia  medium  attingente  ad 
apicem  valde  dilatata,  hac  medium  subattingente  minus  dilatata)  macu- 
lisque  duabus  {altera  dorsali,  altera  marginali)  inter  medium  et  apicem 
positis:  corpus  infra  pedesque  nigra  (femora  pallido-hirsuto ,  tibice  flavo- 
sericeae)  pedes  postici  elongati. 

Long.  Corp.  12  mm. 

Lat.  elytr.  4  mm. 

Hah.     Chiyaka,  Angola  (Africa)  ab  auctore  collecta. 

Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

Medium  sized  species;  head  and  thorax  dark  greenish-blue,  finely 
punctured  and  clothed  with  long  pale  hairs;  eyes  large,  very  convex; 
antenna  with  first  two  joints  shining,  the  rest  dull;  scutellum  almost 
semicircular;  elytra  black,  finely  punctured,  clothed  with  pale,  silvery 
hairs;  on  each  elytron  a  dorsal  and  marginal  broad  yellow  line,  both 
dilated  at  the  posterior  termination,  the  former  reaching  past  the 
middle  of  the  elytron  and  strongly  dilated  into  a  large  transverse  spot; 
the  latter  not  reaching  to  the  middle  of  the  elytron  and  less  strongly 
dilated.  In  some  specimens  the  dorsal  vitta  is  interrupted,  the  ter- 
minal dilatation  then  becoming  an  isolated  spot  and  the  vitta  remain- 
ing shorter  than  the  marginal  one.  Half  way  between  the  terminal 
inflation  of  the  dorsal  vitta  and  the  apex  of  the  elytra  a  large,  some- 
what transverse  spot;  a  smaller  transverse  spot  opposte  it  at  the  mar- 
gin. The  legs  and  abdomen  are  clothed  with  rather  long,  pale  hairs, 
the  tibiae  being  closely  covered  with  shorter  and  yellower  hairs.  The 
hind  legs  are  very  long. 

Type  in  my  collection;  cotype  Cat.  No.  12120,  U.  S.  N.  M. 

There  also  occurs  a  variety  of  this  species  which  may  be  brief!}' 
characterized  as  follows: 
Mylabris  (D.)  chiyakensis  var.  tekama  Wellm.  var.  nov 

Vittis  dorsalibus  mdlis  macidisque  minoribus. 

Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

The  very  striking  reduction  of  the  yellow  markings  gives  at  first 
glance  the  impression  of  a  different  species.  The  name  is  a  local 
Bantu  word  referring  to  the  dull  color. 

Eighty-one  specimens  of  this  interesting  species  were  taken  in  Feb- 
ruary, 1908,  chiefly  on  flowers  of  Compositae.     In  life  the  antennae  are 
held  farther  forward  than  in  most  Mylabrini,  giving  the  insect  a  some- 
what peculiar  aspect. 
39 


606  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [HeC-, 

12.  Mylabris  (D.)  elendensis  Wellm.  spec.  nov. 

Nigra,  elongata,  argenteo-subpubescens,  capite  prothoraceque  crebre 
punctatis,  hoc  subimpresso;  antennis  nigris;  elytra  nigra,  vittis  duabus 
flavis  (vitta  dorsali  ad  apicem  subiter,  vitta  marginali  non,  dilatata) 
maculisque  2  posticis,  oblique  positis,  ornatis;  pedes  nigri,  argenteo- 
sericei;  abdomen  nigrum.  ~ 

hong.  Corp.  12  mm. 

Lat.  elytr.  3^  mm. 

Hab.  Chiyaka  (Mt.  Elende),  Angola,  Africa;  ob  auctore  collecta. 

Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

Slender  species;  head  (including  antennae  and  mouth  parts)  black, 
closely  punctured  with  pale  villosity,  eyes  large,  hemispherical;  anten- 
nce  black,  thorax  black,  punctured  like  head,  pubescence  pale,  feebly 
impressed  in  the  median  line  at  its  posterior  third;  scutellum  large; 
elytra  black,  more  coarsely  punctured  than  the  head  and  thorax, 
palely  villose,  with  yellow  markings  disposed  as  follows:  two  dorsal 
vittae,  one  on  each  elytron,  not  reaching  to  the  posterior  third  of  ely- 
tron; here  it  is  angularly  deflexed  externally,  forming  the  vitta  into  an 
obtuse  angled  hook;  midway  between  this  hook-like  deflexion  and  the 
apex  of  the  elytron  is  a  large  blotch  longer  than  wide  and  lying  at  the 
same  angle  as  the  bent  end  of  the  vitta;  a  marginal  vitta  on  each 
elytron  distinctly  shorter  than  the  dorsal,  and  a  small  marginal  spot 
just  opposite  the  ante  apical  dorsal  blotch;  legs  and  under  side  of  body 
black  both  clothed  with  pale  hairs,  the  former  closely  beset  with  shorter 
hairs,  the  latter  more  sparsely  set  with  long  hairs. 

Two  specimens  taken  at  Mt.  Elende,  Chiyaka,  November,  1907,  in 
a  large  orchid. 

13.  Mylabris  (D.)  omega  Mars.,  M^m.  Soc.  roy.  Sci.  Lidge,  1872,  p.  585,  pi.  VI,  fig.  11. 

Loanda  (Welwitsch),  Huilla  (Anchieta). 

14.  Mylabris  (D.)  regis  Thos.,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  6,  XIX,  1897,  p.  1897. 

Angola  (Welwitsch),  Gamba,  March,  1908,  102  specimens  (Well- 
man). 

On  the  flowers  of  Tribulus  zegheri. 
Type  in  London,  British  Museum. 

15.  Mylabris  CD.)  temporalis  Wellm.  spec.  nov. 

Nigra,  elongata  subcylindrica,  pilis  argenteis  hirta;  capite  prothora- 
ceque nigris  subtiliter  punctulatis,  argenteo-villosis ,  illo  lata  (tempora 
inflata  et  rotundata),  hoc  medio  fortiter  foveolato;  antennis  articulis 
2  primis  nigris,  reliquis  obscure  brunneis;  elytris  nigris,  fortiter  punc- 
tulatis   argenteo-villosis;  vitta  lata  dorsali  medium  subattingente,  altera 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF    PHILADELPHIA.  607 

marginali  angusta  medium  attingente,  macula  media  dorsali  et  fascia 
irregulare  inter  medium  et  apicem  (suturam  et  marginem  attingens); 
corpus  infra  et  pedes  nigra,  nigro-sericea. 

Long.  Corp.  15  mm. 

Lat.  elytr.  4^  mm. 

Hah.  Chiyaka,  Angola  (Africa) ;  ab  auctore  collecta. 

Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

Medium-sized  species,  black,  rather  densely  clothed  with  longish 
silvery  hairs,  which  are  longer  on  the  head  and  thorax  than  on  the 
elytra.  The  head  is  very  wide,  being  much  wider  than  the  thorax, 
and  in  some  specimens  as  wide  as  the  elytra  at  their  base,  and  with 
the  tempora  much  inflated  making  the  head  above  the  eyes  as  wide  as 
it  is  across  the  eyes  themselves.  Eyes  not  prominent.  The  head  and 
thorax  are  finely  punctulate,  the  latter  with  a  median  fovea  situate 
somewhat  in  front  of  its  posterior  third.  Antennoe  with  first  two 
joints  black,  the  remainder  being  a  very  dark  brown.  Scutellum  long 
and  narrow.  Elytra  black  with  yellow  markings  arranged  as  follows : 
on  each  elytron  a  broad  dorsal  vitta  (one-fourth  as  wide  as  the  elytron) 
not  reaching  to  the  middle  of  the  el3rtron;  another  narrower  marginal 
vitta  reaching  fully  to,  or  rather  beyond,  the  middle;  behind  the  apex 
of  the  dorsal  vitta  and  occasionally  coalescing  with  it  a  large  dorsal 
spot,  irregular  in  outline  but  always  transverse;  behind  this  spot, 
midway  between  it  and  the  apex  of  the  elytron,  an  irregular  yellow 
band.  The  legs  and  abdomen  are  densely  clothed  with  long  silvery 
hairs  which  are  more  abundant  on  the  femora  and  tibiae. 

Type  in  my  collection;  cotype  Cat.  No.  12121,  U.  S.  N.  M. 

One  hundred  and  two  specimens  taken  in  January,  1907  on  Mal- 
vaceae (Hibiscus  and  Malache  spp.).  The  pattern  of  this  species  is 
wonderfully  stable  showing  almost  no  variation. 

Subgenus  MYLABRIS  Fabr.  (sens,  strict.). 

16.  Mylabris  (M.)  andongoana  Har.,  Col.  Hefte,  XVI,  1879,  p.  138. 

Pungo  Andongo,  July  (Hohmeyer). 

Type  in  Berhn,  Koniglisches  Museum.  The  pubescence  of  the  legs 
is  in  the  type  somewhat  different  from  ordinary  specimens. 

17.  Mylabris  (M.)atroohalybea  Mars.,  Jorn.Sci.Math.Phys.Nat.Lisb.,VI,No.XXV,1879,p.57. 

Loanda  (Welwitsch),  Huilla  (Lobo  d'Avila). 

18.  Mylabris  (M.)  benguelana  Mars.,  ibid.,  p.  57. 
Angola  (Welwitsch),  Benguella  (Anchieta). 

19.  Mylabris  (M.)  bicincta  Mars.,  M^m.  Soc.  roy.  Sci.  Li^ge,  1872,  p.  161,  pi.  V,  fig.  60. 

Loanda  (Welwitsch). 

This  species  was  described  from  Lake  N'gami. 


608  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

20.  Mylabris  (M. )  bifurcata  Mars. ,  Jorn.  Sci.  Math.  Phys.  Nat.  Lisb., VII ,  No.  XXV.,  1879,  p.48. 

Capangombe  (Anchieta). 

21.  Mylabris  (M.)  bilineata  Mars.,  ibid.,  p.  56. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

22.  Mylabris  (M.)  bissexguttata  Mars.,  ibid.,  p.  50. 

Humbe  (Anchieta). 

23.  Mylabris  (M.)  carinifrons  Mars.,  ibid.,  p.  47. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

24.  Mylabris  (M.)  cMsambensis  Wellm.,  spec.  nov. 

Nigra,  magna,  elongata,  convexa,  nigro-villosula;  capite,  prothora- 
ceque  crebre  punctulatis;  antennis  nigris;  elytris  nigris,  punctulatis, 
macula  magna  juxtascutellare  et  altera  minore  humerali  testaceis;  medio 
undulatim  lateque  testaceo-hifasciatis;  corpus  infra  et  pedes  intermedii 
posticique  nigro-pubescentes;  pedes  antici  dense  argenteo-sericei. 

Long.  Corp.  24  mm. 

Lat.  elytr.  10^  mm. 

Hab.  Chisamba,  Bihe,  Angola  (Africa);  a  Doctore  L.  Cammack 
collecta. 

Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

Large  species;  head  black,  finely  punctured,  clothed  with  fine  black 
hairs  which  are  fewer  on  the  vertex;  labrum  emarginate,  the  margin 
provided  with  a  thick  fringe  of  coarse  testaceous  hairs,  its  basal  third 
smooth,  the  apical  two-thirds  very  closely,  finely  and  regularly  punc- 
tured; eyes  slightly  reniform;  antennoe  black,  with  a  tuft  of  coarse 
black  hairs  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  basal  joint  and  a  few  scattered 
black  hairs  on  the  next  three  joints;  maxillary  palpi  large  with  apical 
joint  inflated  and  squarely  truncate,  both  maxillary  and  labial  palpi 
with  long  black  hairs  on  them ;  thorax  with  punctuation  and  pubescence 
like  that  of  head,  posterior  margin  elevated,  two  feeble  impressions, 
one  just  in  front  of  the  posterior  margin,  and  the  other  just  in  front  of 
the  posterior  third  of  the  thorax,  both  in  the  median  fine;  scutellum 
small,  triangular  with  the  posterior  angle  truncate;  elytra  black,  with 
a  large  juxta-scutellar  straw-colored  spot,  not  quite  reaching  the 
sutural  margin,  on  each  elytron;  nearly  opposite  to  this,  but  rather 
more  in  front,  a  smaller  spot  on  the  humeral  margin;  two  wide,  wavy 
bands  of  the  same  color  dividing  the  elytra  into  three  nearly  equal 
parts,  but  placed  nearer  together  than  from  the  basal  or  apical  borders 
of  the  elytra;  legs  black,  densely  clothed  with  short  black  hairs  and 
some  longer  ones,  the  front  legs  very  closely  covered  on  their  internal 
surface  with  short  pale  hairs  and  in  the  males  provided  with  very  long 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  609 

black  hairs  at  the  apex  of  the  tibise  and  sides  of  the  tarsi ;  under  surface 
of  body  black  with  longish  black  pubescence. 

Type  in  my  collection;  cotype  Cat.  No.  12122,  U.  S.  N.  M. 

Eight  specimens  sent  by  Dr.  Cammack,  taken  on  "fohage."  One 
of  the  individuals  is  a  monstrosity,  having  the  secondary  bifurcation 
of  the  inner  front  claws  reduced  to  a  tiny  spur. 

This  species  in  its  coloration  and  facies  presents  a  startling  resem- 
blance to  an  oriental  species  (ilf.  cichorii  Linn.),  but  the  striking- 
differences  in  the  mouth  parts  readily  separate  it. 

25.  Mylabris  (M.)  dentata  Oliv.,  Encyc.  m(5th.,  VIII,  p.  97. 

Mylahris  tortuosa  Erichs.,  Wiegm.  Arch.  Naturg.,  I,  1843,  p.  256. 

Angola  (Erichson),  Loanda,  Benguella  (Marseul),  Icolo,  Loanda 
(Welwitsch),  Loanda  (Hohmeyer),  Humbe,  Cabinda  (Anchieta), 
Gamba,  March,  1908,  84  specimens  (Wellman). 

This  species  was  first  described  from  Sierra  Leone. 

26.  Mylabris  (M.)  dicincta  Bert.,  Nov.  Act.  Bonon.,  X.,  1849,  p.  419. 

Mylabris  bizonata  Gerst.,  Monatsb.  Berl.  Acad.,  1854,  p.  694. 

Mylabris  dicincta  var.  Buqueti  Mars.,  Mem.  Soc.  ro3^  Sci.  Li^ge,  1872,  p.  408. 

Zonabris  dicincta  var.  occidentalis  Har.,  Col.  Hefte,  XVI,  1879,  p.  135. 

Benguella  (Marseul),  Angola  (Welw^itsch),  Capangombe  (An- 
chieta), Gamba,  60  specimens,  on  flowers  of  Tribulus  zegheri,  March, 
1908  (Wellman). 

The  typical  form  was  first  described  from  Mozambique.  The 
Angolan  form  with  juxta-scutellar  and  humero-marginal  eljrtral  spots 
seems  to  be  a  distinctively  western  race  and  is  probably  a  true  subspecies. 
In  all  my  specimens  the  last  three  joints  of  the  palpi  are  yellow. 

A  specimen  of  dicincta  probably  named  by  Bertolini  and  designated 
as  a  "type"  is  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum. 

27.  Mylabris  (M.)  discrepens  Mars.,  Jorn.Sci.Math.Phys.Nat.Lisb.,VII,No.XXV,p.46. 

Loanda  (Welwitsch). 

28.  Mylabris  (M.)  dispar  Mars.,  M^m.  Soc.  roy.  Sci.  Liege,  1872,  p.  435,  pi.  IV,  fig.  22a. 

Ambriz  (Marseul). 

29.  Mylabris  (M.)  erichsoni  Gemm.,  Col.  Hefte,  VI,  1870,  p.  123. 

.    Mylabris  diiodecim guttata  Erichs.,  Wiegm.  Arch.  Naturg.,  I,  1843,  p.  257  (nee 
Germar) . 

Angola  (Erichson). 

30.  Mylabris  (M.)  flavoguttata  Reiche,  Galin.  Voy.  Abyss.,  1850,  p.  380,  tab.  23,  fig.  6. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

A  species  described  from  Abyssinia. 

31.  Mylabris  (M.)  gamicola  Mars.,  Mem.  Soc.  roy.  Sci.  Li^ge,  1872,  p.  436,  pi.  IV.,  fig.  23a. 

Humbe  (Anchieta). 
Described  from  Lake  N'gami. 


610  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

32.  Mylabris  (M.)  holosericea  Klug,  Erm.  Reise,  1835,  p.  41. 

Loanda  (Welwitsch). 

Described  from  Guinea.  It  is  suggested  by  Mr.  Champion  (Mem. 
Soc.  Ent.  Belg.,  1899,  p.  165)  that  villosa  Fahr.  (Ofv.  Vet.-Ak.  Fork., 
XXVII,  p.  345)  from  ''Caffraria"  is  a  variety  of  this  species. 

33.  Mylabris  (M.)  hybrida  Mars.,  Mem.  Soc.  roy.  Sci.  Liege,  1872,  p.  418,  pi.  IV.  fig   12. 

Capangombe  (Anchieta). 
Described  from  Port  Natal. 

34.  Mylabris  (M.)  Jacob  Mars.,  Jom.  Sci.  Math.  Phys.  Nat.  Lisb.,  V,  No.  XXV,  1879   p.  53. 

Loanda  (Welwitsch),  Capangombe  (Anchieta). 

35.  Mylabris  (M.)  lactimala  Mars.,  ibid.,  p.  44. 

Humbe  (Lobo  d'Avila). 

36.  Mylabris  (M.)  lanigera  Mars.,  ibid.,  p.  49. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

37.  Mylabris  (M.)  liquida  Erichs.,  Wiegm.  Arch.  Naturg.,  I,  1843,  p.  255. 

Angola  (Erichson).  Loanda,  Pungo  Andongo  (Hohmeyer),  Cabinda 
(Anchieta),  Angola  (Welwitsch),  Gamba,  March,  1908,  7  specimens 
(Wellman). 

On  the  flowers  of  Trihulus  zegheri. 

My  specimens  differ  from  typical  examples  in  that  the  basal  fascia 
of  the  elytra  is  not  humerally  subinterrupted. 

38.  Mylabris  (M.)  muata  Har.,  Mitth.  Munch.  Ent.  Ver.,  1878,  p.  109. 

Angola — "aus  dem  inneren" — (Pogge). 

This  species  was  first  described,  probably  from  Kabebe,  now  in  the 
Congo  Free  State,  as  a  Bruchus,  but  was  subsequently  {Col.  Hefte, 
1879,  p.  136)  removed  by  its  author  from  that  genus  and  placed  in 
Mylabris,  where  it  conflicts  with  Mylabris  muata  Har.,  Mitth.  Munch. 
Ent.  Ver.,  1878,  p.  109.  I  accordingly  propose  for  this  last  species, 
which  is  not  mentioned  by  Mr.  Champion  in  his  "List  of  the  Can- 
tharidae  Supplementary  to  the  'Munich'  Catalogue"  (Mem.  Soc.  Ent. 
Belg.,  1899,  pp.  154-206),  the  following  designation: 
Mylabris  (M.)  haroldi  Wellm.  nom.  nov. 

The  type  of  mvxita  in  the  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum,  has  "Regn, 
Lunda"  on  the  locahty  label. 

39.  Mylabris  (M.)  myops  Chevr.,  Guer.  Ic.  regn.  anim.,  p.  133,  tab.  35,  fig.  4. 

Cabo  Negro  (Welwitsch). 

Described  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

Among  my  specimens  (not  collected  by  myself,  but  undoubtedly 
from  Angola)  and  also  among  those  of  Welwitsch  in  the  British  Museum 
I  find  some  individuals  which  differ  considerably  from  the  type,  as 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  611 

was  first  pointed  out  by  Marseul  {Jorn.  Sci.  Math.  Phys.  Nat.  Lish., 
1879,  p.  45)  and  which  may  be  briefly  described  as  follows : 

Mylabris  (M.)  myops  var.  welwitschi  Wellm.  var.  nov. 

Macula  flava  hasali  elytrorum  nulla.     Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

There  are  some  other  points  of  difference,  among  which  may  be 
mentioned  the  rather  coarser  and  more  irregular  punctuation  of  the 
head  and  thorax  in  the  case  of  the  9  9  ,  and  the  greater  comparative 
length  of  the  third  joint  of  the  antennae. 

40.  Mylabris  (M.)  oculata  Thunb.,  Diss.  Nov.  Ins.  Spec,  VI,  1791,  p.  114. 

Caniharis  bifasciata  Degeer.,  Ins.,  VII,  p.  647,  tab.  48,  fig.  13. 
Angola  (Welwitsch),  Humbe  (Anchieta). 
First  described  from  the  Cape. 

Mylabris  (M.)  oculata  var.  moufleti  Mars.,  Mim.  Soc.  roy.  Sci.  Li^ge,  1872,  p.  404. 

Benguella  (Marseul),  Hiiilla  (Lobo  d'Avila),  Caconda  (Anchieta), 
Bihe  (Capello  and  Ivens). 

Mylabris  (M.)  oculata  var.  ophthalmica  Mars.,  ibid.,  p.  404. 

Angola  (Welwitsch),  Benguella,  Capangombe,  Humbe  (Anchieta). 
Chiyaka,  January,  1908,  one  specimen,  Gamba,  March,  1908,  3  speci- 
mens (Wellman). 

Described  from  the  Cape. 

41.  Mylabris  (M.)opacula  Mars.,  Jorn.Sci.  Math.  Phys.  Nat.  Lisb.,  VII,  No.XXV,1879,p.45. 

Duque  de  Braganga  (Marseul),  Bihe  (Capello  and  Ivens). 

42.  Mylabris  (M.)  palliata  Mars.,  M^m.  Soc.  roy.  Sci.  Li^ge,  1872,  p.  432,  pi.  IV,  fig.  21a. 

Humbe  (Anchieta). 
Described  from  "Caffraria." 

43.  Mylabris  (M.)  paulinoi  Mars., Jorn.Sci. Math. Phys.Nat. Lisb., VII, No. XXV,1879,p. 48. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

44.  Mylabris  (M-)  phelopsis  Mars,  ibid.,  p.  48. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

45.  Mylabris  (M.)  pluvialis  Wellm.  spec.  nov. 

Nigra,  ohlongo-ovata,  postice  paulo  latior,  parum  convexa,  nigro- 
villosula;  capite  prothoraceque  crehre  punctulatis;  antennis  flavis,  articu- 
lis  cluobus  primis  nigris;  elytris  nigris,  punctulatis,  macula  magna 
juxtascutellare  et  altera  parva  humerali  flavis;  medio  undulatim  flavo- 
fasciatis,  postico  guttis  dvMbus  aurantiacis;  corpus  infra  et  pedes  nigris. 

Long.  corp.  18  mm. 

Lat.  elytr.  8  mm. 

Hab.  Gamba,  Angola  (Africa) ;  ah  auctore  collecta. 

Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

Medium-sized  species;  head  black,  rather  closely  punctured  with 


612  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Uec, 

shallow  punctures,  sparsely  clothed  with  small  black  hairs;  eijes  large, 
almost  hemispherical;  antennce  with  fii-st  two  joints  black,  3d  to  11th 
light  orange;  thorax  black,  closely  punctured,  clothed  with  a  few  black 
hairs ;  scuteUum  very  small,  hardly  visible,  with  a  few  fine  black  hairs ; 
elytra  black,  punctured  throughout  not  very  closely  with  small,  rather 
deep  punctures;  there  are  also  some  small,  fine  black  hairs  over  the 
whole  elytra  which  are  marked  with  a  median,  yellow,  transverse  band 
and  also  spots  anterior  and  posterior  to  it,  these  markings  arranged  as 
follows :  on  each  elytron  near  the  base  is  a  large,  almost  circular  bright 
j^ellow  spot;  behind  this  is  the  irregular,  rather  wide,  median  trans- 
verse yellow  band  which  would  lie  in  front  of  a  transverse  line  which 
might  be  drawn  to  divide  the  elytron  into  two  halves ;  about  midway 
between  this  band  and  the  posterior  margin  of  the  elytron  are  two 
orange-red  spots,  nearly  round;  the  larger  of  these,  which  is  smaller 
than  the  basal  spots  above  mentioned,  is  near  the  sutural  margin  of 
the  elytron,  almost  on  a  line  with  the  basal  spot;  the  other  (hardly 
half  as  large)  lies  opposite  at  the  outer  margin  of  the  elytron ;  basally 
at  the  extreme  humeral  margin  of  the  elytron  is  a  yellow  spot,  longer 
than  wide,  reaching  to  the  margin  of  the  elytron  and  narrowly  con- 
nected with  the  median  yellow  band;  legs  black,  blackly  hair}^,  the 
front  femora  and  tibise  covered  with  short  yellowish  silky  hairs  on  their 
inner  surface. 

Type  in  my  collection;  cotype  Cat.  No.  12123,  U.  S.  N.  M. 

In  some  specimens  the  basal  spots  (both  juxta-scutellar  and  humeral) 
show  a  tendency  to  become  confluent  with  the  median  fascia. 

This  species  is  very  prolific  and  appears  in  great  numbers  during 
the  rains.  In  March,  1908,  at  Gamba,  Angola,  I  collected  194  speci- 
mens in  a  few  hours.     Its  principal  food  plant  is  Tribulus  zegheri. 

46.  Mylabris  (M.) rufitarsis  Mars.,  Jom. Sci.  Math.  Phys. Nat .  Lisb.,VII,  No.  XXV,  1879,  p. 52. 

Loanda  (Welwitsch),  HuiUa  (Anchieta). 

47.  Mylabris  (M.'>  senegalensis  Voigts,  Wien.  Ent.  Zeit.,  XXI,  p.  178. 

Mylabris  hifasciata  Oliv.,  Ent.,  Ill,  47,  p.  5,  tab.  1,  fig.  10  (nee  Degeer). 
Angola   (Welwitsch),   Angola — "aus  dem  inneren" — (Pogge). 
Described  from  Senegal,  also  a  variety  (var.  conjuncta  Voigts,  Wien. 
Ent.  Zeit.,  XX,  p.  217)  from  Dar-es-Salaam. 

48.  Mylabris  (M.)  sibylae  Wellm.  spec.  nov. 

Nigra,  statura  magna  sat  rohusta,  nigro-pubescens;  capite  {antenna 
articulis  1,  2  nigris,  2,  3  fulvis,  reliquis  flavis;  palpis  hrunneis)  pro- 
thoraceque  nigris  subtiliter  punctulatis,  nigro-villosis,  hoc  longitudine 
paulo  latior,  medio  leviter  bi-impresso;  elytris  nigris,  dense  subtiliter 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  613 

punctatis,  maculis  2  (juxta-scuteUare  et  humerali)  obscure  aurantiacis^ 
fascisque  2  (prima  anteriore  ad  medium  Integra,  secunda  inter  medium 
et  apicem  interrupta)  obscure  rufo-aurantiacis  ornatis.  Corpus  infra 
et  pedes  nigra,  nigro-pubescentia. 

Long.  Corp.  24  mm. 

Lot.  elytr.  13  mm. 

Hah.  Gamba,  Angola  (Africa);  ah  auctore  coUecta. 

Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

Large  black  species,  rather  robust,  clothed  with  very  short  black 
pubescence,  which  is  longer  on  the  head,  thorax  and  abdomen.  The 
head  and  thorax  are  feebly  punctulate,  the  latter  doubly  though  feebly 
impressed.  Eyes  large,  not  very  convex.  Antennce  with  the  first  two 
joints  black,  the  second  and  third  fulvous  and  the  remainder  light 
orange-yellow.  The  palpi  are  brownish.  Scutellum  very  small, 
triangular.  Elytra  closely  and  finely  punctate,  each  elytron  with  two 
spots,  juxta-scutellar  and  humeral,  and  two  fasciae,  the  first  in  front  of 
the  middle,  the  second  about  midway  betweexi  the  median  band  and 
the  apex  of  the  elytron.  The  two  spots  and  the  median  band  are  dark 
orange,  the  posterior  band  (which  is  sometimes  interrupted)  dark 
orange-red.  Legs  and  body  black,  clothed  with  black  hairs,  the  inter- 
nal surface  of  the  front  legs  covered  with  short  pale  silky  hairs. 

Type  in  my  collection;  cotype  Cat.  No.  12124,  U.  S.  N.  M. 

Twenty-four  specimens  taken  in  March,  1908,  on  the  flowers  of 
Trihulus  zegheri. 

49.  Mylabris  (M.)  tincta  Erichs.,  Wiegm.  Arch.  Naturg.,  1843,  I,  p.  256. 

Angola  (Erichson),  Angola  (Marseul),  Angola  (Welwitsch). 
Type  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum. 

50.  Mylabris  (M.)  tindila  Wellm.  spec.  nov. 

Nigra,  parva,  nigro-puhescens;  caput  dense  puntulatum,  nigro-viUo- 
sum,  antennis  flavis,  articulis  duohus  primis  nigris;  thorax  parvus^ 
dense  punctidatus,  nigro-villosus,  latitudine  longior,  postice  longitudi- 
naliter  foveolatus;  elytra  dense  suhtiliter  punctata,  liniis  dorsalihus  3 
distinctis,  nigro-pubescentia;  fasciis  tribus  uiululatis  -flavis  suturam 
attingentibus;  corpus  infra  et  pedes  nigra. 

Long.  Corp.  12  mm. 

Lat.  elytr.  5  mm. 

Hah.  Gamba,  Angola  (Africa) ;  ah  auctore  collecta. 

Typ.  in- coll.  mea. 

A  rather  small  species;  head  densely  punctulate,  blacklj^  pubescent 
with  a  longish  vertical  smooth  boss  between  the  eyes.     Eyes  promi- 


614  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

nent.  Antennce  with  first  two  joints  black,  the  next  three  dark  yellow, 
the  remainder  light  yellow.  The  palpi  are  black,  hairy.  Thorax 
small,  narrow,  longer  than  wide,  conical  in  front,  densely  punctulate, 
with  a  small  longitudinal  median  fovea  at  its  posterior  third.  Scutel- 
lum  small.  Elytra  black,  finely  and  closely  punctured,  with  three 
yellow  bands  placed  much  as  in  M.  liquida  Erichs.  except  that  the  basal 
fascia  has  no  tendency  to  become  interrupted.  The  three  longitudinal 
veins  or  lines  on  the  elytra  are  very  distinct.  Legs  and  under  side  of 
body  black,  blackly  pubescent. 

Type  in  my  collection;  cotype  Cat.  No.  12125,  U.  S.  N.  M. 

Two  specimens  taken  March,  1908,  on  the  flowers  of  Trihulus  zegheri. 
The  specific  name  is  a  Bantu  word  meaning  rare. 

51    Mylabris  (M.)  tricolor  Gerst.,  Peter's  Reis.  n.  Mozamb.,  (1862),  p.  297.  pi.  17,  fig.  11. 

Humbe  (Anchieta). 

Described  from  Mozambique. 

Type  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum. 

52.  Mylabris  (M.)  trispila  Mars.,  Jorn.Sci.Math.Phys.  Nat.Lisb.,VII,  No.XXV,p.55, 1879. 

Loanda  (Welwitsch),  Huilla  (Anchieta). 

53.  Mylabris  (M.)  tristigma  Gerst.,  Monatsb.  Bed.  Acad.,  1854,  p.  694. 

Described  from  Mozambique.  The  Angolan  examples  may  be 
regarded  as  at  least  representing  a  distinct  western  geographical  race 
which  may  be  described  as  follows : 

Mylabris  (M.)  tristigma  tribuli  Wellm.  subsp.  nov. 

Nigra,  angusta,  valde  elongata;  capite  crebre  punctato,  nigro-villoso; 
antennis  articulis  primis  duobus  fulvis,  reliquis  flavis.  Labrum  fulvum; 
palpis  inflatis,  truncatis,  flavis;  thorace  crebre  punctato,  longitudine  latiore 
medio  impresso,  postice  elevate.  Elytra  flava,  fortiter  punctata,  nigro- 
pubescentia;  margine  basalt  maculis  duabus  antemedium  {altera  pone 
suturam,  altera  majore  laterali)  fascia  submediana  apiceque  nigris.  Corpus 
infra  et  pedes  {tarsi  primi  postici  excepti)  nigra,  nigro-pubescentia. 

Long.  Corp.  20  mm. 

Lat.  elytr.  5  mm. 

Hab.  Gamba,  Angola  (Africa) ;  ab  auctore  collecta. 

Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

This  insect,  which  quite  possibly  represents  a  new  species,  is  described 
for  the  present  as  a  subspecies  of  tristigma  Gerst.,  from  which  it  differs 
inter  alia  by  the  longer  and  narrower  body,  the  shape  of  the  head  and 
eyes,  the  much  larger  black  spots  on  the  anterior  part  of  the  elytra, 
the  different  marking  of  the  posterior  portion,  which  shows  a  complete 
yellow  band  instead  of  the  two  yellow  spots  on  a  broad  black  apical 
band,  etc. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  615 

Type  in  my  collection;  cotype  Cat.  No.  12126,  U.  S.  N.  M. 
Three  specimens  taken  at   Gamba,  on  flowers  of  Tribulus  zegheri, 
March,  1908. 

The  type  of  tristigma  is  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum. 

54.  Mylabris  (M.)  tristriguttata  Mars.,  Jom.  Sci.  Math.  Phys.  Nat.  Lisb.,  VII,  No.  XXV, 

1879,  p.  55. 
Mylabris  " ristriguttata"    Mars.,  Champion,  Soc.  Ent.   Belg.  Ann.,  XLIII, 
1899,  p.  165  (ex  error). 

Loanda  (Welwitsch). 

Subgenus  CEROCTIS  Mars. 

55.  Mylabris  (C.)  amphibia  Mars.,  M^m.  Soc.  roy.  Sci.  Li^ge,  1872,  p.  559,  pi.  V,  fig.  70o. 

Angola  (Marseul). 

56.  Mylabris  (C.)  angolensis  Gemm.,  Col.  Hefte,  VI,  1870,  p.  123. 

Mylabris  phalerata  Erichs.,  Wiegm.  Arch.  Naturg.,  I,  1843,  p.  256. 

Angola  (Erichson),  Angola  (Welwitsch). 

Type  in  Berlin,  Konighches  Museum,  marked  "Angola  Schonh." 

57.  Mylabris  (C.)  bohemanni  Mars.,  M^m.  Soc.  roy.  Sci.  Liege,  1872,  p.  198,  pi.  V,  fig.  69. 

Capangombe  (Anchieta). 
Described  from  "Caffraria." 

58.  Mylabris  (C.)  exolamationis  Mars.,  ibid.,  p.  562,  pi.  V,  fig.  72a. 

"Amberix"  (=  ?  Ambriz)  (Marseul),  Bengo  (Welwitsch),  Gamba, 
March,  1908,  on  flowers  of  Tribulus  zegheri,  16  specimens  (Wellman). 

59.  Mylabris  (C.)  interna  Har.,  Mitth.  Munch.  Ent.  Ver.,  1878,  p.  108. 

Angola  (Welwitsch)  (a  specimen  in  the  British  Museum  labeled 
as  Coryna  lata  Reiche),  Angola  (Mechow),  Pungo  Andongo,  end  of 
July  (PoGGE  and  Hohmeyer),  Chiyaka,  1  specimen  on  grass  December, 
1906,  1  specimen  on  Geigeria  wellmani  September,  1907,  20  other 
specimens  on  Compositse  chiefly  Geigeria  and  Othonnaspp.  (Wellman). 

Described  from  the  interior  of  "Guinea"  and  placed  by  its  author 
in  the  genus  Bruchus.  C.  vespina  Thos.  (Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  6, 
XIX,  p.  501)  from  east  Africa  has  been  sunk  as  a  synonym  of  the 
species  under  discussion,  but  a  series  of  40  specimens  from  the  Congo, 
now  in  the  United  States  National  Museum,  together  with  my  own 
examples,  show  that  vespina,  the  type  of  which  is  in  the  British  Museum, 
should  be  retained  as  a  distinct  and  stable  variety  of  interna,  the  front 
brown  fascia  of  the  latter  being  quite  constantly  reduced  to  two  dots 
in  the  former.  In  the  description  vespina  is  not  compared  with 
interna  but  with  yerhuryi  Gahan,  from  which  it  differs  not  especially 
(as  is  stated  by  Thomas)  in  the  elytral  banding,  but  in  the  color  and 
structure  of  the  antennae  (the  type  of  vespina  has  no  antennae)  which 
are  very  different. 


616  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [Dec, 

The  type  of  interna  is  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum,  and  has 
"Regn.  Lunda"  on  the  locahty  lal^el. 

60.  Mylabris  (C.)  serricornis  Gerst.,  Peter's  Reis.,  1862,  p.  300,  pi.  18,  fig.  1. 

Loanda,  Huilla  (Welwitsch),  Humbe  (-Anchieta). 

This  fine  species  was  first  described  from  Mozambique.  In  the  type 
(in  Berlin,  Konighches  Museum,  marked  ''Mozamb.  Peters")  the  legs 
are  rather  less  hairy  than  in  ordinary  specimens. 

61.  Mylabris  (C.)  trifurca  Gerst..  Monatsb.  Berl.  Acad.,  1854,  p.  694. 

Chiyaka,  1  specimen  taken  digging  in  native  path,  1  specimen  in 
large  orchid,  October,  1907,  2  other  specimens,  one  on  flowers  of  Faroa 
wellmani  and  one  flying,  December,  1907  (Wellmax). 

Described  from  Mozambique. 

Type  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum  marked  "Sena,  Peters." 

Genus  ELETICA  Lacord.,  Gen.  Col.,  V,  p.  672. 

62.  Eletioa  colorata  Har.,  Mitth.  Munch.  Ent.  Ver.,  1878,  p.  108. 

Angola — "aus  dem  inneren" — (Pogge),  Chiyaka,  November,  1907, 
taken  flying  in  bright  sunshine  after  a  rain,  2  specimens  (Wellmax). 

Described  from  the  interior  of  Guinea.  Kolbe  {Col.  aus  Afrika, 
I,  p.  178f.)  considers  hicolor  Champ.  {Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.,  1890,  p. 
645,  tab.  56,  fig.  8)  from  Central  Africa  as  a  synonym  of  this  species. 

The  type  of  colorata  is  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum. 

63.  Eletioa  Iseviceps  Kolbe,  Ent.  Nachr.  XII,  p.  299. 

Chiyaka,  November,  1907  (Wellmax).  A  single  specimen  wiiich 
lit  on  my  hat  in  bright  sunshine. 

Described  from  the  Congo.  This  species  is  very  near  rufa  ¥.,  if 
indeed  it  can  be  separated  from  it. 

The  type  of  Iceviceps  is  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum. 

64.  Eletica  ornatipennis  Luc,  Bull.  Soc.  Ent.  Fr.,  1887,  p.  XXVII. 

Huilla  (Campana). 

65.  Eletica  rufa  Fabr.,  Syst.  El.,  II,  p.  78. 

Lytta  hipustulata  Fabr.,  loc.  cit.,  p.  78. 

Eletica  cardinalis  Per.,  Trans.  S.  Afr.  Phil.  Soc,  IV.  p.  136. 

Angola  (Welwitsch),  Angola  (Monteiro),  Angola  (Axchieta), 
Chiyaka,  January,  1908,  twelve  specimens  (Wellmax).  Always 
taken  about  9-11  A.M.,  flying,  or  rarely  crawling,  in  bright  sunshine 
after  a  rain.     One  specimen  also  lit  on  my  hat. 

First  described  from  Senegal.  This  is  an  extraordinarily  variable 
species,  ranging  from  light  red  to  coal  black,  some  individuals  even 
having  the  elytra  pale  yellow  with  black  tips.     I  suspect  that  some  of 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  617 

the  black  forms  described  under  other  names  are  nothing  but  variations 
of  rufa,  but  as  yet  have  been  unable  to  examine  the  types. 

66.  Eletica  stuhlmanni  Kolbe,  Stett.  Ent.  Zeit.,  LV,  p.  183. 

Chiyaka,  November,  1907,  three  specimens  (Wellman).  Brought 
to  me  by  my  servant. 

Described  from  Lake  Albert  Nyanza.  It  is  probable  that  my 
specimens  represent  a  new  form,  very  closely  allied  to  stuhlmanni, 
but  the  specimeas  are  in  such  bad  condition  that  I  cannot  separate 
them  from  Kolbe's  species,  without  further  material. 

The  type  of  stuhlmanni,  is  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum. 

Tribe  LYTTINI. 
Genus  LYTTA  Fabr.,  Syst.  Ent.,  p.  260. 

Cantharis  Linn.,  Act.  Ups.,  1736,  p.  19  (pars). 
Lagorina  Muls.  et  Rey.,  Ins.  Canth.,  1858,  p.  150. 

67.  Lytta  amethystina  Miikl.,  Act.  Soc.  Sci.  Fenn.,  1875,  p.  602. 

Chiyaka,  running  about  on  ground  in  company  with  L.  signifrons 
Fahr.,  56  specimens  (Wellman), 
Described  from  Senegal. 

68.  Lytta  atrocoerulea  Har.,  Mitth.  Mtinch.  Ent.  Ver.,  1878,  p.  108. 

Angola — ''aus  dem  inneren" — (Pogge). 
Described  from  the  interior  of  Guinea. 
Type  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum. 

69.  Lytta  buqueti  Makl.,  Act.  Soc.  Sci.  Fenn.,  1875,  p.  602. 

Humbe  (Anchieta). 
Described  from  Senegal. 

70.  Lytta  chalybea  Erichs.,  Wiegm.  Arch.  Naturg.,  I,  1843,  p.  258. 

Cantharis   seyninitens   Mars.,  Jorn.  Sci.  Math.  Phys.  Nat.  Lisb.    VII    No 
XXV,  1879,  p.  60. 

Angola  (Erichson),  Angola  (Welwitsch),  Loanda  (Hohmeyer), 
Angola  (MoNTEiRo),  Gamba,  March,  1908,  on  flowers  of  Tribulus 
zegheri,  146  specimens  (Wellman). 

A  comparison  of  the  material  in  Berlin  and  London  with  my  series 
shows  that  Erichson's  and  Marseul's  species  are  the  same. 

The  type  of  chalybea  is  in  Berlin,  K5nigliches  Museum. 

71.  Lytta  cinctifrons  Mars.,  loc.  cit.,  p.  61. 
Humbe  (Anchieta). 

72.  Lytta  episcopalis  Har.,  Mitth.  Munch.  Ent.  Ver.,  1878,  p.  108. 

Angola— "aus  dem  inneren" — (Pogge). 
Described  from  the  interior  of  Guinea. 
Type  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum. 


618  PROCEEDINGS   OF   THE   ACADEMY    OF  [DeC. 

73.  Lytta  hemicrania  Mars.,  Jorn.  Sci.  Math.  Phys.  Nat.  Lisb.,  VII,  No.  XXV,  1879,  p.  61. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

74.  Lytta  laminioornis  Fairm.,  Notes  Leyd.  Mus.,  X,  p.  270. 

Humpata  (Kellen). 

75.  Lytta  maculifrons  Makl.,  Act.  Soc.  Sci.  Fenn.,  1878,  p.  608. 

Angola  (Welwitsch),  Angola  (Monteiro),  Hiimbe  (Anchieta). 

76.  Lytta  melanocephala  Fabr.,  Syst.  El.,  II,  p.  77. 

Lytta  melanocephala  var.  bilineata  Haag-Rut.,  Deutsch.  Ent.  Zeit.,  ISSO,  p.  68. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

Described  from  Guinea.  Hoag-Rutenberg's  Lytta  bilineata  from 
Senegal  is  here  treated  as  only  a  variation  of  melanocephala  Fabr., 
but  it  is  probable  that  the  examination  of  more  material  would  show 
it  to  be  a  constant  and  distinct  geographical  subspecies. 

77.  Lytta  metasternalis  Fairm.,  Notes  Leyd.  Mus.,  X,  p.  269. 

Humpata  (Kellen). 

78.  Lytta  myrmido  Fairm.,  Pet.  Nouv.  Ent.,  II,  p.  93. 

Angola  (Fairmaire). 

79.  Lytta  notifrons  Mars.,  Jorn.  Sci.  Math.  Phys.  Nat.  Lisb.,  VII,  No.  XXV,  1879,  p.  59. 

Humbe  (Anchieta). 

80.  Lytta  peotoralis  Gerst.,  Monatsb.  Berl.  Acad.,  1854,  p.  695. 

Gamba,  March,  1908,  56  specimens  (Wellman);  never  seen  feeding 
but  always  running  about  restlessly  on  the  ground  like  Carabidse. 

The  type  of  pectoralis  Gerst.  is  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum. 

Described   from  Mozambique.     Fairmaire  (Faun,  et  Flor.  Carnal.^ 
Col.,  1882,  p.  84)  has  described  another  insect  under  the  same  name. 
For  this  last  species  I  would  propose 
Lytta  rubropeotus  Wellm.  nom.  nov. 

81.  Lytta  signifrons  F&hr.,  Ofv.  Vet.-Ak.  Forh.,  XXVII,  p.  352. 

Lytta  Coelestina  Haag-Rut.,  Deutsch.  Ent.  Zeit.,  1880,  p.  61. 
Angola  (Welwitsch),  Chiyaka,  December,  1908,  running  on  ground 
in  company  with  L.  amethystina  Makl.,  28  specimens  (Wellm.\n). 
Described  from  "Caffraria." 

82.  Lytta  Strigida  Mars.,  Jorn.  Sci.  Math.  Phys.  Nat.  Lisb.,  VII,  No.  XXV,  1879,  p.  61. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

83.  Lytta  subrugxilosa  Miikl.,  Act.  Soc.  Sci.  Fenn.,  X,  p.  606. 

Humbe  (Anchieta). 

84.  Lytta  thoracica  Erichs.,  Wiegm.  Arch.  Naturg.,  I,  1843,  p.  2.58. 

Angola  (Erichson),  Gamba,  March,  1908,  on  flowers  oi^Trihulus 
zegheri,  10  specimens  (Wellm.\n). 


lf)08.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  619 

My  examples  show  that  the  puncturing  of  the  thorax  is  variable  and 
not  always  so  reduced  in  the  c?  cJ'  as  Erichson  thought. 

85.  Lytta  vellioata  Erichs.,  ibid.,  p.  258. 

Angola  (Erichson). 

Type  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum. 

Genus  EPICAUTA  Redt.  Faun.  Aust.,  I,  p.  631. 
Isopentra  Reitt.,  Wien.  Ent.  Zeit.,  XXXIV,  p.  195. 

86.  Epicauta  canesoens  Klug,  Erman.  Reis.,  1835,  p.  42. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 
Described  from  Guinea. 

87.  Epicauta  prolifica  Wellm.  spec.  nov. 

Nigra  (caput  rufum)  lata,  oblonga,  pube  densa  depressa  alba  vestita; 
caput  magnum,  subpunctidatum,  antennoB  filiformes;  thorax  qvxidratus 
longitudine  latior,  medio  leviter  sulcatus,  crebre  punctatus;  elytra  crebre 
punctata,  albo-marginata,  medio  lineaque  dorsali  longitudinali  albis; 
corpus  infra  pedesque  dense  albo-vestita;  pedes  postici  valde  elongati. 

Long.  carp.  12  mm. 

Lat.  elytr.  6  mm. 

Hab.  Chiyaka,  Angola  (Africa);  ab  auctore  collecta. 

Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

Avery  short  robust  species;  black,  clothed  with  a  dense  covering  of 
closely  lying  white  hairs,  giving  the  insect  a  gray  appearance.  Head 
large,  red  (a  frontal  spot,  the  mouth  parts  and  antennse  are  black), 
feebly  punctulate,  clothed  with  short  white  hairs  (very  small  and  sparse 
on  the  vertex);  eyes  long,  narrow  and  oblique;  antennce  filiform,  first 
joint  long,  second  joint  constricted  before  the  base,  third  joint  twice  as 
long  as  second  and  much  longer  than  fourth.  Thorax  quadrate,  wider 
than  long,  with  a  very  faint  median  longitudinal  groove,  closely  and 
finely  punctured.  Scutellum  small,  triangular.  Elytra  also  closely  and 
finely  punctured,  with  a  white  dorsal  vitta  (formed  by  a  thicker 
arrangement  of  the  hairs  of  the  elytron)  reaching  from  the  base  to 
almost  the  apex  of  the  elytron;  a  white  margin  to  the  elytron  formed 
in  the  same  way.  The  legs  and  under  surface  of  the  body  are  closely 
covered  with  fine  white  hairs.  There  is  a  concave  sericious  spot  on 
the  inner  surface  of  the  front  femora  and  tibise.  The  hind  legs  are  very 
long. 

Type  in  my  collection;  cotype  Cat.  No.  12127,  U.  S.  N.  M. 

An  interesting  variety  also  occurs  which  may  be  briefly  indicated 
as  follows : 


620  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Epicauta  canescens  var.  elunda  Wellm.  var.  nov. 

Vitta  dorsali  elytrorum  nulla. 

Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

The  absence  of  the  most  prominent  marking  gives  the  insect  a  strik- 
ingly different  aspect.  The  name  is  a  local  word  referring  to  the  place 
in  which  the  type  of  the  variety  was  found. 

Seventy-eight  specimens  of  this  species  taken  in  November,  1907, 
and  February,  1908.  It  is  usually  found  wandering  aimlessly  about 
on  the  ground,  but  I  have  taken  it  eating  potato  tops  and  also  bean 
leaves.  It  is  often  mentioned  by  the  natives  as  destroying  their  crops. 
I  once  found  them  eating  the  young  tender  sprouts  of  a  coarse  branching 
grass  {Eragrostis  sp.). 

Genus  (ENAS  Latr.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.  Ins.,  Ill,  1802,  p.  186. 
X8.   (EnaS  bicolor  Cast.,  Hist.  Nat.  Ins.,  II,  p.  271. 

Angola  (Bitta). 

89.  (Enas  melanura  Erichs.,  Wiegm.  Arch.  Naturg.,  I,  1843,  p.  2.59. 

Angola  (Erichsox). 

Genus'SYBARIS  Steph.,  111.  Brit.  Ent.,  V,  1832,  p.  70. 
Prionotus  KoU.  et  Redt.,  Hiig.  Kasch.,  IV,  p.  356. 
Lacordaire  {Gen.  Col.,  V,  p.  683)  suggests  regarding  the  type  (said 
to  have  been  found  in  England)  of  this  genus  that  it  "pourrait  bien 
etre  d'origine  exotique."  I  have  examined  the  insect  (*S.  immunis 
Steph.)  in  the  British  Museum  and  believe  that  this  must  certainly 
have  been  the  case. 

90.  Sybaris  flaveola  Mars.,  Jorn.  Sci.  Math.  Phys.  Nat.  Lisb.,  VII,  No.  XXV,  1879,  p.  62. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

91.  Sybaris  picta  Mars.,  ibid.,  p.  62. 

Humbe  (Anchieta). 

Genus  SITARIS  Latr.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.  Ins.,  Ill,  1802,  p.  187. 

Necydalis  Fabr. 
Criolis  Muls. 
Stenoria  Muls. 

92.  Sitaris  hilaris  Mars.,  Jom.  Sci.  Math.  Phys.  Nat.  Lisb.,  VII,  No.  XXV,  1879,  p.  64. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

Genus  ZONITIS  Fabr.,  Syst.  Ent.,  1775,  p.  126. 

Apalus  Oliv.,  Encyc.  nieth.,  I,  p.  165. 

Megatrachelus  Mot.sch.,  Bull.  Mosc,  1845,  p. 

Stenodera  Eschsch.,  Mem.  Acad.  Imp.  Sci.  Pet.,  VI,  1818,  p.  469. 

Zonitides  Abeille  de  Per.,  BvUl.  Soc.  Toul.,  XIV,  1880,  p.  253. 

Tmesidera  Westw.,  Guer.,  Mag.  Zool.  Ins.,  1841,  tab.  85  {pars). 

Euzonitis  Sem.,  Hor.  Soc.  Ent.  Ross.,  XXVII,  1893,  p.  276. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  621 

Subgenus  1.  ZONITIS  Fabr..  loc.  cit.,  p.  126  (sens.  sir.). 
Subgenus  2.   NEMOGNATHA  lUig.  Mag.  Ins.,  VI,  1807,  p.  333. 

Leptopalpus  Guer.,  Icon.  Ins.,  p.  136. 
Subgenus  3.  GNATHIUM  Kirby,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  Lond.,  XII,  p.  425. 

I  propose  to  follow  Casey  {Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  VI,  1891,  p.  170) 
in  treating  Nemognatha  and  Gnathium  under  Zonitis.  This  will  necessi- 
tate changes  in  synonymy  (principally  of  the  American  species)  which 
need  not  be  entered  into  at  this  time.  The  elongated  outer  lobe  of  the 
maxillae  is  the  only  real  character  separating  the  two  first  mentioned 
groups  from  Zonitis  proper,  and  this  character  fails  in  several  American 
species  and  also  in  the  new  species  of  Nemognatha  described  in  the 
present  paper.  The  differences  between  Nemognatha  and  Gnathium 
are  even  slighter,  the  antennal  and  thoracic  characters  often  leaving 
one  in  doubt  as  to  which  group  an  insect  should  go.  Nevertheless  the 
divisions  are  useful  to  a  certain  extent  and  I  do  not  follow  Casey  in 
sinking  the  names  entirely,  but  suggest  that  they  both  be  considered 
as  subspecies  of  Zonitis. 

The  following  artificial  table  shows  how  the  main  characters  run 
through  the  three  groups  of  the  genus : 

..4. — Palpi  not  elongated. 

Antennae  not  thickened  at  tips,     .     .    Zonitis  {sens.  str.). 

A  A. — Palpi  elongated,  the  maxillary  palpi  often  forming  a  sucking 

proboscis. 

a. — Antennae    not    thickened    at    tips,     .     .     .       Nemognatha. 

aa. — ^Antennae  thickened  at  tips, Gnathium. 

Subgenus  ZONITIS  Fabr.  {sens.  str.). 
93.  Zonitis  (Z.)  antennalis  Wellm.  spec.  nov. 

Gracilis,  lutea;  antennce,  pectiis  et  pedes  {tibiis  exceptis)  nigra;  capite 
prothoraceque  valde  elongatis,  angustis,  subtiliter  punctulatis,  hoc  tri- 
impresso  {impressionihus  hand  profundis);  antennis  fortiter  serratis; 
palpis  nigris,  apice  oblique  truncatis.  Elytra  dense  subtiliter  punctata, 
submedio  nigro-fasciata.     Pectus,  pedes  et  abdomen  pallido-sericea. 

Long.  corp.  12  mm. 

Lat.  elytr.  4^  mm. 

Hab.  Chiyaka,  Angola  (Africa);  ab  auctore  collecta. 

Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

A  striking  species  both  from  its  form  and  coloration.     Luteous  except 
the  mouth  parts,  antennae,  breast  and  legs  which  are  black,  the  tibiae 
having  the  upper  portion  also  luteous.     Head  and  thorax  long  and 
40 


622  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

narrow,  finely  pimctulate,  the  latter  with  three  shallow  impressions. 
Labrum  luteoiis  provided  with  a  fringe  of  strong  yellow  hairs.  The 
antennce  are  strongly  serrate.  Eyes  strongly  reniform.  Palpi  black 
with  apices  obliquely  truncate.  Elytra  closely  and  finely  punctured 
and  ornamented  with  a  broad  black  band  somewhat  in  front  of  their 
middles.     Breast,  legs  and  abdomen  with  pale  silky  hairs. 

One  specimen,  November,  1907. 
94.  Zonitis  (Z.)  prionocera  Wellm.  spec  nov. 

Caput,  prothorax,  scutellum  et  abdomen  lutea;  antennce,  elytra,  pectus 
et  pedes  nigra;  capite  prothoraceque  elongatis,  angustis,  sparsim  punc- 
tulatis;  antennis  nigris,  serratis;  articulis  1,  2  nitidis;  elytris  dense 
suhtiliter  punctatis,  albo-suhpubescentihus.  Pedes  nigri;  tibiis  parte 
superiore  luteis.  Pedes  et  abdomen  pallido-sericea. 
Long.  Corp.  10  mm. 
Lat.  elytr.  5  mm. 

Hab.  Chiyaka,  Angola  (Africa) ;  ab  auctore  collecta. 
Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

Graceful  species;  head,  thorax,  scutellum  and  abdomen  luteous; 
antennae,  elytra,  breast  and  legs  (except  the  upper  portion  of  the 
tibise)  black.  Head  and  thorax  long,  narrow,  rather  finely  punctured. 
Eijes  strongly  reniform,  antennce  serrate,  first  2  joints  very  shining, 
sparsely  punctulate,  rest  dull  and  clothed  with  microscopic  hairs; 
3d  joint  shorter  than  4th;  scutellum  very  finely  punctulate  and  with 
microscopic  hairs.  Elytra  shining,  irregularly  and  rather  finely  punc- 
tured. Legs  black,  closely  punctulate,  upper  f  of  tibiae  luteous. 
Breast  and  abdomen  punctulate,  sparsely  covered  with  microscopic 
hairs. 

One  specimen  taken  in  November,  1907. 

Subgenus  NEMOGNATHA  Illig. 

95.  Zonitis  (N.)  angolensis  Har.,  Col.  Heft,  XVI,  1879,  p.  142. 

" Wahrscheinlich  von  Loanda  oder  von  Pungo  Andongo  (Hoh- 
meyer)."     (Harold.) 

Type  in  Berlin,  Konigliches  Museum. 

96.  Zonitis  (N.)  annulioornis  Mars.,  Jorn.  Sci.  Math.  Phys.  Nat.  Lisb.,  VII,  No.  XXV,  p.  65. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

97.  Zonitis  (N.)  cioonia  Mars.,  ibid.,  p.  66. 

Mossamedes  (Anchieta). 

98.  Zonitis  (N.)  posoka  Wellm.  spec  nov. 

Parva;  caput,  pectus,  scutellum  et  pedes  nigra;  thorax  et  abdomen 
lutea;  elytra  viridi-ccerulea;  capite  suUiliter  punctulato;  antennis  fili- 


1908.]  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  623 

formibus;  palpis  plus  minusve  elongatis  {sed  palpis  maxillaribus  pro- 
hoscidem  non  formantibus)  totis  nigris,  albo-pubescentibus;  labro  albo- 
villoso;  thorace  luteo,  lata,  sparsim  punctulato;  elytris  dense  punctulatis; 
nigro-sybpubescentibus.  Pectus  et  pubes  nigra,  albo-sericea;  pedes 
postici  valde  elongati. 

Long.  Corp.  9  mm. 

Lat.  elytr.  4  mm. 

Hab.  Chiyaka,  Angola  (Africa) ;  ab  auctore  collecta. 

Typ.  in  coll.  mea. 

Small,  elegant  species;  head  and  thorax  broad,  rather  coarsely  and 
sparsely  punctured,  with  pale  microscopic  hairs.  Antennce  filiform, 
first  three  joints  of  about  equal  length.  Scutellurn  very  finely  punc- 
tulate.  Elytra  more  finely  and  closely  punctured  than  head  and  thorax. 
Breast  and  abdomen  very  feebly  punctulate,  covered  with  short  fine, 
pale  hairs;  femora  with  similar  hairs;  tibiae  and  tarsi  with  coarse  short 
black  hairs,  thickly  set. 

One  specimen  taken  in  November,  1907.  The  specific  name  is  a 
local  Bantu  word  meaning  beautiful. 

99.  Zonitis  (N .)  scapularis  Mars. ,  Jom.  Sci.  Math.  Phys.  Nat.  Lisb.,  VII,  No.  XXV,  1879,  p.  67. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

Genus  DERIDEA  Westw.,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.,  1875,  p.  226. 

?  Iselma  Haag.-Rut.,  Deutsch.  Ent.  Zeit.,  XXIII,  2,  1879,  p.  401. 

Westwood  in  founding  this  genus  referred  it  with  an  interrogation 
to  the  Helopida},  remarking  in  his  diagnosis  "  unguibus-simplicibus." 
Fairmaire  also  {Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Fr.,  1891,  p.  265)  says  of  "  Doridea  (sic) 
Westw."  that  while  it  "rappelle  au  premier  bord,  certaines  especes 
du  genre  Nemognatha,"  still  "il  en  differe  par  les  crochets  des  tarses 
simples."  Thomas  {Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1897,  p.  389)  has  pointed 
out  that  the  claws  are  divided.  The  only  properly  generic  character 
given  by  Haag-Rutenberg  for  his  genus  Iselma  is  that  the  claws  are 
non-pectinated,  and  this  character  is  shared  by  Deridea.  The  diag- 
noses of  both  genera  come  very  near  to  Zonitis,  with  the  exception  of 
this  important  character,  and  I  am  inclined  at  present  to  sink  Iselma 
as  a  synonym  of  Deridea,  which  (I  am  convinced  by  an  examination 
of  the  type  at  Oxford  and  a  series  of  specimens  in  the  British  Museum) 
should  be  regarded  as  a  good  genus  belonging  by  virtue  of  most  of  its 
characters  to  the  Zonitis  group,  but  aberrant  by  reason  of  its  non- 
pectinated  claws. 


624  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

100.  Deridea  curculionides  Westw.,  Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.,  1875,  p.  226 

Angola  (Rogers). 

Type  in  Oxford,  Hope  Department. 

SUBFAM.  HORIIN^. 

Genus  HORIA  Fabr.,  Mant.  Ins.,  I,  1787,  p.  164. 

Cissites  Latr.,  Gen.  Crust,  et  Ins.,  II,  1807,  p.  211. 

Gahan  has  recently  worked  out  the  vexed  synonymy  of  this  genus 

in  a  valuable  paper  which  I  have  read,  by  the  kindness  of  the  author, 

in  manuscript.^     I  here  adopt  his  synonymy  (which  is  the  same  as  that 

of  Aurivillius  ubi  infra)  of  the  species  reported  from  Angola. 

101.  Horia  afrioana  Auriv.,  Ent.  Tidskr.,  XI,  1890,  p.  203. 

?  Horia  senegalensis  $  (nee  6^)  Cast.,  Hist.  Nat.  Ins.,  II,  1840,  p.  280. 
?  Horia  (Cissites)  testacea  Fab.,  De  Borre,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Belg.  C.R.,  1883, 
p.  136. 

Angola  (Welwitsch). 

Described  from  the  Congo  and  referred  to  the  genus  Cissites. 


^  Since  this  was  written  Mr.  Gahan's  paper  has  been  published  (Ann.  Mag.  Nat. 
Hist.,  Ser.  8,  Vol.  II,  1908,  p.  199f.)  under  the  title,  "Notes  on  the  Coleopterous 
genera  Horia  Fab.,  and  Cissites  Latr.,  and  a  List  of  the  Described  Species." 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  625 


The  following  reports  were  ordered  to  be  printed : 

REPORT  OF  THE  RECORDING  SECRETARY. 

Since  the  last  report  of  the  Recording  Secretary  the  meetings  of 
the  Academy  have  been  held,  as  provided  by  the  By-Laws,  on  the  first 
and  third  Tuesdays  of  each  month  from  December  3,  1907,  to  May 
19,  1908,  and  from  October  6  to  November  17,  1908,  with  an  average 
attendance  of  forty-eight.  Verbal  communications,  most  of  them 
illustrated  with  lantern  views,  were  made  at  these  meetings  by  the 
late  Wilham  S.  Vaux,  Jr.,  George  Vaux,  Jr.,  Stew^ardson  Brown, 
Casey  A.  Wood,  Witmer  Stone,  John  W.  Harshberger,  Philip  P.  Calvert, 
Henry  Skinner,  Edwin  G.  Conklin,  Henry  W.  Cattell,  Harold  Sellers 
Coulton,  Spencer  Trotter,  Miss  Walter,  Charles  S.  Boyer,  Thomas  S. 
Stewart,  Frank  J.  Keeley  and  Henry  A.  Pilsbry. 

Thirty-one  papers  have  been  presented  for  publication  by  the  fol- 
lowing authors:  Henry  A.  Fowler,  4;  Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  3;  Henry  A. 
Pilsbry  and  Y.  Hirase,  2;  Witmer  Stone,  2;  Ralph  V.  Chamberlin,  2; 
Harold  Sellers  Coulton,  2;  E.  P.  Van  Duzee,  1;  Frank  M.  Surface,  1; 
William  S.  Vaux,  Jr.,  1 ;  Frederick  W.  True,  1 ;  Chiyomatsu  Ishikawas, 
1;  Arthur  Erwin  Brown,  1;  Clarence  B.  Moore,  1;  John  Otterbein 
Snyder,  1;  J.  Percy  Moore,  1;  James  A.  G.  Rehn  and  Morgan  Hebard, 
1 ;  Robert  T.  Young,  1 ;  John  W.  Harshberger,  1 ;  Philip  P.  Calvert,  1 ; 
Thomas  H.  Montgomeiy,  1 ;  F.  Creighton  Wellman  and  Walther  Horn, 
1;  James  A.  G.  Rehn,  1.  Of  these  twenty-eight  have  been  accepted 
for  publication  in  the  Proceedings  and  are  now  mostly  in  type; 
one  was  withdrawn  by  the  author;  one  remains  to  be  acted  on,  and 
one,  by  Clarence  B.  Moore,  forms  the  fourth  and  concluding  number 
of  the  thirteenth  volume  of  the  Journal.  It  is  illustrated  with  fine 
text  figures  and  eight  plates  beautifully  printed  in  colors.  As  usual 
we  are  indebted  to  the  author  for  the  entire  cost  of  publication. 

The  issues  of  the  various  pubhcations  of  the  Academy  during  the 
year  have  amounted  to  1939  pages  and  133  plates,  as  follows:  Pro- 
ceedings for  1907, 159  pages  and  9  plates;  for  1908,444  pages  and  25 
plates;  Journal,  Vol.  XIII,  PI.  4,  132  pages  and  8  plates;  Entomo- 
logical News,  500  pages  and  25  plates;  Transactions  of  the 
American  Entomological  Society  (Entomological  Section  of  the 
Academy),  375  pages  and  25  plates;  The  Manual  of  Conchology 


626  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

329  pages  and  41  plates.  This  is  217  pages  and  29  plates  more  than 
the  issue  of  the  preceding  year.  The  statistics  of  distribution  remain 
the  same  as  for  the  last  two  or  three  years. 

Four  members  have  been  elected,  the  deaths  of  eleven  members 
and  six  correspondents  have  been  announced,  and  Caroline  A.  Burgin, 
Hannah  Streeter  and  Morris  Earle  have  resigned  their  memberships. 

The  Hayden  Medal  for  1905  was  presented  to  Dr.  Walcott  at  the 
meeting  held  January  7,  advantage  being  taken  of  the  occasion  to 
invite  the  members  of  the  Academy  and  their  friends  to  meet  the  dis- 
tinguished recipient  of  the  award.  The  address  of  presentation 
was  made  by  Dr.  Persifor  Frazer  and  responded  to  by  Dr.  Walcott. 
The  delay  in  presentation  was  due  to  the  preparation  of  a  new  and 
greatly  improved  design  for  the  medal.  Under  the  terms  of  the  amend- 
ed deed  of  trust  providing  for  the  making  of  the  awards  once  in  three 
years,  the  Hayden  Memorial  Committee  unanimously  recommended 
the  grant  for  1908  be  made  to  Prof.  John  Mason  Clarke,  in  recognition 
of  the  value  of  liis  brilliant  work  as  State  Geologist  of  New  York. 

The  Council  has  authorized  the  Publication  Committee  to  prepare 
an  index  to  the  entire  series  of  the  publications  of  the  Academy,  to 
include  the  issues  to  the  end  of  1910,  and  to  be  published  in  connection 
with  the  celebration  of  the  centenary  of  the  Academy  in  1912.  Such  an 
index  has  been  long  desired  by  students  of  natural  history,  who  have 
felt  the  need  of  a  key  to  the  wealth  of  the  contributions  to  knowledge, 
many  of  them  of  the  first  importance,  issued  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Academy  by  many  of  the  leading  naturalists  of  America.  Of  the  83 
volumes  which  will  have  been  published  by  the  Academy  at  the  close 
of  1910,  the  manuscript  index  to  the  first  eight  volumes  of  the  octavo 
Journal  and  the  first  19  volumes  of  the  Proceedings  has  been  com- 
pleted. It  is  divided  into  two  sections:  Authors  and  subject,  and 
genera  and  species. 

Dr.  Henry  Skinner  was  appointed  a  delegate  to  the  International 
Congress  on  Tuberculosis,  held  at  Washington  last  September. 

Resolutions  were  adopted  and  duly  forwarded  endorsing  the  action 
of  the  President  of  the  United  States  in  calling  a  conference  to  consider 
plans  for  the  conservation  of  the  forestry,  agricultural,  mineral  and 
other  natural  resources  of  the  United  States,  and  in  support  of  bills 
for  the  purchase  and  preservation  of  the  forest  areas  of  the  Southern 
Appalachians  and  of  the  White  Mountains  as  National  Forest  Reser- 
vations. 

Edward  J,  Nolan, 

Recording  Secretary. 


1908.1  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA.  627 


REPORT  OF  THE  CORRESPONDING  SECRETARY. 

With  regret  the  Corresponding  Secretary  records  the  death  during 
the  past  year  of  the  following  named  correspondents  of  the  Academy: 
Henry  Benedict  Medlicott,  Lord  Kelvin,  Henry  Clifton  Sorby,  Prof. 
Spiridion  Brusina,  Prof.  Gustav  Mayr  and  Prof.  William  Kieth  Brooks. 
No  corresponding  members  were  elected.  During  the  year  a  few 
additional  photographs  and  biographical  sketches  of  correspondents 
were  received  and  have  been  added  to  our  files. 

Invitations  to  the  Academy  to  participate  in  the  following  notable 
events  were  received :  The  Third  International  Botanical  Congress  and 
the  First  Congress  of  Administrative  Sciences,  both  to  be  held  in  Brus- 
sels in  1910;  the  Prehistoric  Congress  of  France,  the  Centenary  Jubilee 
of  the  Physico-Medical  Society  of  Erlangen,  the  Inauguration  of  Dr. 
Albert  R.  Hill  as  President  of  the  University  of  Missouri,  the  opening 
of  the  new  Hall  of  the  Physical  Institute  of  Frankfort  a.  M.,  and  the 
University  of  Cambridge  celebration  of  the  centenary  of  the  birth  of 
Charles  Darwin  and  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  publication  of  the 
Origin  of  Species.  Suitable  letters  of  acknowledgment  or  congratu- 
lation were  in  each  case  forwarded,  and  as  the  Academy's  representative 
to  the  last  named  Dr.  Arthur  Erwin  Brown  has  been  appointed.  In 
this  connection  it  may  interest  the  members  of  the  Academy  to  know 
that  Darwin  was  elected  a  correspondent  on  March  27,  1860,  within 
four  months  of  the  publication  of  the  Origin  of  Species,  and  that 
this  Academy  was  therefore  probably  the  first  society  to  place  its 
official  stamp  of  approval  upon  this  epoch-making  work. 

An  invitation  from  the  Section  of  Geology  and  Mineralogy  of  the 
New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  to  join  in  organizing  a  series  of  general 
geological  meetings  for  the  eastern  United  States  was  referred  to  the 
Geological  and  Mineralogical  Section  of  the  Academy.  A  letter  of 
thanks  for  the  use  of  the  Academy's  Hall  for  its  session  of  1907  was 
received  from  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union.  Notices  of  the 
death  of  seven  scientific  men  of  distinction  were  received  and  acknowl- 
edged by  letters  of  sympathy. 

Copies  of  resolutions  approving  of  the  movement  to  establish 
White  Mountain  and  Southern  Appalachian  forest  reserves  and  com- 
mending the  purpose  of  the  conference  to  consider  the  conservation  of 
natural  resources  were  forwarded  to  members  of  Congress  and  other 
persons  concerned  and  brought  numerous  favorable  responses. 

Pursuant  to  instructions  of  the  Council  the  Corresponding  Secretary 


628  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

received  from  several  members  subscriptions  aggregating  fifty  dollars, 
which  sum  was  forwarded  as  a  contribution  from  the  Academy  to  the 
fund  for  erecting  in  Paris  a  monument  to  Lamarck. 

The  numbers  of  letters  requesting  information  received  and  answered 
continues  to  increase. 

The  statistics  of  the  correspondence  for  the  year  follow : 

Communications  Received. 

Acknowledging  receipt  of  the  Academy's  publications, 217 

Transmitting  publications, 65 

Requesting  exchanges  or  the  supply  of  deficiencies, 4 

Invitations  to  learned  gatherings, 7 

Notices  of  death  of  scientific  men, 8 

Circulars  concerning  the  administration  of  scientific  institutions,  etc.,    .      .  16 

Biographies  and  photographs  of  correspondents, 4 

Miscellaneous  letters, 88 

Total  received, 409 

Communications  Forwarded. 

Acknowledging  gifts  to  the  Library, 1073 

Acknowledging  gifts  to  the  Museum, 56 

Acknowledging  photographs  and  biographies, 3 

Requesting  the  supply  of  deficiencies  in  journals, 84 

Letters  of  sympathy  or  congratulation, 9 

Miscellaneous  letters, 101 

Annual  Reports  sent  to  correspondents, 221 

Circular  letters, 90 

Total  forwarded, 1637 

Respectfully  submitted, 

J.  Percy  Moore, 
Corresponding  Secretary. 


REPORT  OF  THE  LIBRARIAN. 

The  growth  of  the  Library  during  the  past  year  has  been  satisfactory, 
notwithstanding  the  inconvenience  due  to  the  alteration  of  the  premises 
required  by  the  plans  adopted  by  the  Council.  The  accessions  since 
the  first  of  last  December  number  7070,  an  increase  on  those  received 
last  year.  There  were  5905  pamphlets  and  parts  of  periodicals,  973 
volumes,  192  maps,  photographs  and  plates. 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


629 


They  were  received  from  the  f ollomng  sources : 


Societies,  Museums,  etc 2,505 

I.  V.  WilUamsoii  Fund 2,014 

General  Appropriation 677 

Editors 530 

United    States    Department    of 

Agriculture 336 

United  States  Department  of  the 

Interior 187 

Authors 148 

James  Aitken  Meigs  Fund  139 

Geological  Survey  of  Canada 47 

Geological  Survey  of  Russia 42 

Estate  of  Angelo  Heilprin 40 

Wilson  Fund 30 

Geological  Survey  of  Japan 22 

United     States     Department     of 

Commerce  and  Labor 20 

Pennsylvania  State  Department 

of  Agriculture 18 

North   Carolina   Geological   Sur- 
vey   17 

Department    of    Agriculture    of 

Netherland  India 17 

Trustees  of  British  Museum 15 

Department   of   the   Interior   of 

the  Philippines 14 

Geological  Survey  of  Sweden 13 

Ministry      of      Public      Works, 

France 12 

United^States  PubUc  Health  and 

Marine  Hospital  Ser-vice 11 

International  Biu-eau  of  Ameri- 
can Republics 11 

Illinois  State  Geological  Survey....  11 
Department    of    Agriculture    in 

India 10 

Ministry  of  Colonization,  Bolivia..  9 

United  States  War  Department. . . .  9 

Commission  de  la  Belgica 7 

University     of     Texas     Mineral 

Survey 7 

United  States  Treasury  Depart- 
ment   7 

United   States   Bureau  of   Fish- 
eries   6 

Edward  J.  Nolan 5 

Geological  Survey  of  India 5 


Geological  Survey  of  Georgia 

Ministry  of  Works,  Mexico 

Geological  Survey  of  Portugal 

Wisconsin  Geological  and  Natu- 
ral History  Survey 

Victoria  Department  of  Mines 

Department  of  Mines,  etc.,  New 

South  Wales 

H.  A.  Pilsbry 

Publication  Committee,  Acad- 
emy  

Department       of       Agriculture, 

Jamaica 

Western     Australia      Geological 

Survey 

New  Jersey  Geological  Survey 

William  J.  Fox 

Corps    of    Mining    Engineers    of 

Peru 

Cape  of  Good  Hope,  Department 

of  Agriculture 

Bureau  of  American  Ethnology.. 
Superintendent    of    Documents, 

Washington 

Rev.  A.  Boutlou 

Department     of     the     Interior, 

Canada 

Geological      Commission,      Cape 

of  Good  Hope 

Geological  Institute  of  Mexico 

Geological  Survey  of  Virginia 

United  States  Coast  and  Geodetic 

Survey 

Library  of  Congress 

Ministry  of  Agriculture,  Buenos 

Aires 

Bentham  Trustees,  Kew  Gardens 

Danish  Government 

Department       of       Agriculture, 

Canada 

New  Zealand  Geological  Survey.... 

William  B.  Davis 

Botanical  Survey  of  India 

Agricultural       and      Veterinary 

Faculty  of  La  Plata 

Observatoire  Central  Nicolas 

Iowa  Geological  Survey 


630 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


M.  le  Due  de  Loubat 

H.  Miiller,  Hanover 

Commissioners  of  Fisheries  and 
Game,  Massachusetfes 

Dr.  Henry  Tucker 

Florida  State  Geological  Survey.... 

Central  Bureau  voor  de  Kennis 
Provincie,  Groningen 

Genaro  Garcia 

Marshall  H.  Saville  and  George 
G.Heye 

L.  Kreischer 

Dr.  H.  C.  Chapman 

William  H.  Welker 

Ministry  of  Works,  Peru 

Dr.  Joseph  Leidy 

Geological  Commission  of  Fin- 
land  

L.  Schiitzberger 


2       Maryland  Geological  Survey 

2      State  Geological  Survey  of  North 

Dakota 

2       Nova     Scotia     Department     of 

2  Mines 

2      Kommission       zur       Wissensch. 
Untersuch.      der       Deutschen 

Meere  in  Iviel 

Geodetic       Survey       of       South 

Africa 

Government  of  India 

Estate  of  WilUam  Ziegler 

Stewardson  Brown 

Department    of    Geology,    etc., 

Indiana 

Department     of     Fisheries,  New 

South  Wales 

Hawaii  Promotion  Committee 

Trustees  Indian  Museum 


They  were  distributed  to  the  several  departments  of  the  hbrary  as 
follows : 


Journals 5,183 

Geology 414 

Agriculture 365 

Botany 231 

Voyages  and  Travels 150 

Geography 145 

General  Natural  History 99 

Anatomy  and  Physiology 74 

Ornithology 73 

Entomology 68 

Conchology 47 

Anthropology 42 


Ichthyology 28 

Mammalogy 23 

Mineralogy 22 

Helminthology 21 

Medicine 21 

Physical  Science 21 

Bibliography 

Herpetology 

Encyclopedias 

Mathematics 

Chemistry 

Unclassified 


Eleven  hundred  and  fifty-three  volumes  have  been  bound. 

Fourteen  volumes  and  548  pamphlets  dealing  with  subjects  not 
germane  to  the  objects  of  the  Academy  were  sent  to  the  Free  Library  of 
Philadelphia  and,  in  comphance  with  the  law,  8  duphcate  volumes 
and  74  pamphlets  were  returned  to  the  Government  Printing  Office. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  building  operations  it  was  necessary  to 
temporarily  arrange  a  part  of  the  library  on  a  section  of  the  entresol 
floor  to  make  room  for  the  extension  of  the  hall  entered  from  Race 
Street,  as  required  by  the  adopted  plan  of  alteration.  This  change,  of 
course,  entailed  disadvantages  which,  it  is  hoped,  will  be  remedied 
when  the  entire  library  is  arranged  in  the  new  building  on  the  southern 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  631 

portion  of  the  lot.  With  the  exception  of  works  of  reference  (encyclo- 
pedias, etc.),  and  possibly  those  on  general  natural  history,  the  entire 
library  is  to  be  arranged  in  tiers  of  steel  stacks.  At  present  five  such 
tiers  are  provided  for,  extending  from  the  ground  to  near  the  roof  of 
the  rear  section  of  the  new  building,  thus  securing  increased  room 
which  is  sadly  needed  and,  it  is  hoped,  safety  from  fire. 

^Irs.  James  Woods,  of  Camden,  Alabama,  has  thoughtfully  presented 
to  the  Academy  a  collection  of  seventeen  letters  written  by  Isaac  Lea, 
Timothy  A.  Conrad,  Samuel  G.  Morton,  Benjamin  Silliman,  William 
Hall  and  John  Finch,  from  1829  to  1835,  to  Judge  Charles  Tait,  of  Clai- 
borne, Monroe  Co.,  Alabama,  who  was  the  first  to  develop,  with  his 
correspondents,  the  Claiborne  beds,  of  so  much  interest  in  American 
geology  as  furnishing  the  most  noted  deposits  of  Eocene  shells.  The 
letters  contain  several  items  of  personal  interest  and  indicate  especially 
the  zeal  and  enthusiasm  of  a  former  President  of  the  Academy,  Isaac 
Lea. 

Acknowledgment  is  due  William  J.  Fox,  for  his  efficient  assistance 
to  the  Librarian  and  the  Publication  Committee. 

Ed^vard  J.  Nolan, 

Librarian. 


REPORT  OF  THE  CURATORS. 

The  erection  of  the  new  library,  stack,  lecture  hall  and  study  rooms 
and  the  alteration  of  the  old  building  were  begun  early  in  the  spring. 
At  the  present  time  the  alterations  are  practically  completed,  wliile  the 
new  building  is  nearly  ready  for  the  roof. 

A  handsome  entrance  hall  has  been  constructed  at  the  Logan  Square 
front,  which  has  been  carried  through  the  old  lecture  room,  making  a 
direct  communication  wdth  the  first  floor  of  the  Museum.  The  stair- 
ways w^hich  formerly  connected  the  floors  of  the  Museimi  have  been 
removed  to  the  vestibule,  and  all  the  rooms  have  been  shut  off  both 
from  the  vestibule  and  from  each  other  by  regulation  fire-doors,  which 
greatly  increase  the  safety  of  the  collections. 

A  fire-proof  room  has  been  constructed  in  the  lower  part  of  the  old 
lecture  hall,  which  will  be  fitted  up  for  the  accommodation  of  the 
alcoholic  collections,  where  they  will  be  shut  off  from  all  other  parts 
of  the  Museum. 

Heat  and  gas  pipes  and  electric  hght  wires  have  been  installed  in  the 
vestibules  and  entrance  hall  and  a  new  boiler  placed  in  the  engine 
house. 


632  PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE   ACADEMY   OF  [DeC, 

During  the  early  part  of  the  year  much  time  was  spent  in  moving 
cases  and  rearranging  exhibits  preparatory  to  the  alterations,  and  since 
July  5  the  Museum  has  been  closed  to  the  public,  the  cases  being 
covered  up  and  many  specimens  removed  for  safety. 

During  the  past  month  the  cases  on  the  first  and  second  floors  have 
been  rearranged  preparatory  to  reopening  the'^Museum,  and  the  work  of 
reconstructing  some  of  the  bird  cases  is  well  under  way. 

Many  shifts  of  position  among  the  exliibition  cases  have  been  made 
necessary  by  the  changes  in  doors  and  stairways  and  the  walling  off  of 
the  vestibule. 

The  final  cleansing  of  the  halls  will  be  undertaken  as  soon  as  the 
painting  of  the  walls  and  fire-proofing  of  the  columns  are  completed. 

Early  in  the  year  the  work  of  labelling  the  mounted  birds  was  com- 
pleted with  the  exception  of  the  song  birds,  and  the  exhibition  collec- 
tion of  Mollusca  was  entirely  rearranged.  Many  of  the  articulated 
skeletons  have  also  beto  cleansed  and  remounted. 

Owing  to  the  condition  of  the  Museiun,  however,  most  of  the  work 
of  the  staff  has  been  devoted  to  the  study  collections. 

The  old  rooms  of  the  Ornithological  department  having  been  largely 
torn  away,  the  entire  series  of  bird  and  mammal  skins  has  been  re- 
moved to  the  top  floor  of  the  Museum,  where  far  more  desirable  quar- 
ters have  been  provided. 

Thirty-eight  moth-proof  metal  cases  and  ten  large  white  pine  cabi- 
nets have  been  provided  for  plants,  insects  and  birds,  as  well  as  200 
standard  insect  boxes. 

Mr.  Clarence  B.  Moore  has  presented  another  plate  glass  and  mahog- 
any case  for  the  valuable  additions  to  his  collection  of  Indian 
antiquities  obtained  in  the  Southern  States  and  Arkansas.  Dr. 
Pilsbry  and  Mr.  Rehn  each  visited  North  Carolina  for  a  few  weeks 
during  the  year  and  made  collections  respectively  of  Mollusks  and 
Orthoptera. 

Through  the  Hberality  of  Mrs.  Charles  Schaffer,  Mr.  Stewardson 
Brown  was  enabled  to  spend  the  entire  summer  in  little  known  parts  of 
British  Columbia,  where  he  secured  a  valuable  collection  of  plants 
largely  ne"^ to  the  herbarium.  He  also  visited  Bermuda  in  February, 
with  the  aid  of  the  Esther  Hermann  Research  Fund  of  the  New  York 
Academy  of  Sciences,  where  another  important  collection  was  made. 

Dr.  J.  P.  Moore  spent  the  summer  at  Woods  Hole,  where  some 
marine  material  was  collected  and  numerous  local  collecting  trips  were 
made  by  other  members  of  the  Museum  staff. 

Among  the  important  accessions  of  the  year  may  be  mentioned  the 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES   OF   PHILADELPHIA.  633 

Henry  Skinner  collection  of  Lepicloptera,  the  Vanderpol  collection  of 
East  Indian  birds,  the  Quadras  collection  of  Philippine  Mollusks,  all 
obtained  by  purchase.  Also  the  Herbst  collection  of  Fungi,  presented 
by  Mr.  Herbst's  estate,  and  a  valuable  collection  of  Central  American 
Coleoptera,  presented  by  Mr.  F.  D.  Godman.  A  number  of  interesting 
mammals  were  received  from  the  Zoological  Society  of  Philadelphia, 
including  the  fine  Indian  elephant  "Bolivar,"  nearly  ten  feet  in  height, 
which  is  now  being  mounted  in  the  taxidermical  department. 

Details  of  work  in  several  departments  will  be  found  in  the  special 
reports,  in  addition  to  which  Mr.  H.  W.  Fowler  has  continued  his 
care  of  the  fishes,  and  Dr.  J.  P.  Moore  of  the  Annelids,  while  Miss 
H.  N.  Wardle  has  been  engaged  upon  the  arrangement  and  cataloguing 
of  the  ethnological  collections. 

The  Curators  are  also  indebted  to  Mr.  S.  S.  Van  Pelt  for  valuable 
assistance  in  the  herbarium,  and  to  Dr.  P.  P.  Calvert  and  Mr.  E.  T. 
Cresson,  Jr.,  in  the  Entomological  department. 

Many  specialists  have  made  use  of  the  collections  during  the  year  and 
specimens  have  been  loaned  to  Dr.  C.  Hart  Merriam,  Dr.  Charles  H. 
Eigenmann,  Samuel  N.  Rhoads,  W.  D.  W.  IMiller  and  Robert  Ridgway. 

An  idea  of  the  extent  of  the  Academy's  collections  at  the  present 
time  may  be  gained  from  the  following  summary,  although  some  of 
the  figures  are  necessarily  approximate. 

Of  Mammals  there  are  12,416  specimens,  of  which  2,500  are  osteo- 
logical  or  alcohoUc  preparations,  500  are  mounted  and  the  rest  skins 
with  skulls  prepared  separately.  The  more  important  individual 
collections  are  the  S.  N.  Rhoads  collection  of  North  American  Mammals 
and  the  H.  H.  Smith  collection  from  southern  Brazil. 

The  Birds  number  59,579  specimens,  of  which  about  9,000  are 
mounted  and  1,075  are  osteological  preparations.  There  are  also 
about  2,500  nests  and  sets  of  eggs.  The  notable  collections  comprise 
that  of  Massena,  Duke  of  Rivoli;  the  John  Gould  Austrahan  collection; 
the  Boys  collection  of  Indian  birds;  Canon  Tristram's  collection; 
the  Josiah  Hoopes  collection  of  North  American  birds;  the  Harrison 
and  Hiller  collection  from  Sumatra;  the  George  L.  Harrison  collec- 
tion from  British  East  Africa  (on  deposit)  and  the  Delaware  Valley 
Ornithological  Club  local  collection.  There  are  about  600  types,  mainly 
of  Cassin,  Gould,  Townsend,  Gambel  and  Audubon. 

The  Reptiles  and  Batrachians  amount  to  18,000  specimens,  the  great 
majority  being  alcoholic;  they  comprise  among  others  the  E.  D.  Cope 
collection  and  the  Arthur  Erwin  Brown  collection  and  include  many 
types,  mainly  of  Cope  and  Hallo  well. 


634  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

The  collection  of  Fishes  consists  of  about  40,000  specimens,  and 
contains  the  historic  Bonaparte  collection,  the  Cope  collection  and 
also  those  of  Hauxwell,  Orton,  H.  H.  Smith,  Harrison  and  Hiller, 
Rijgersma  and  others.  There  are  many  types  of  Cope,  Abbott  and 
Fowler,  as  well  as  cotypes  of  Girard's  Mexican  boundary  fishes. 

The  Insects  number  about  369,000  pinned  specimens  divided  as 
follows : 


North 

American 

Exotic 

Species. 

Specimens. 

Species. 

Specimens. 

Tupes. 

Hymenoptera       .      .      .       10,000 

50,000 

1,000 

4,000 

3,000 

Lepidoptera   . 

3,645 

17,000 

3,000 

14,000 

500 

Neuroptera     . 

300 

2,400 

1,200 

400 

100 

Orthoptera     . 

684 

17,000 

1,038 

10,000 

150 

Diptera     . 

1,300 

10,000 

100 

150 

121 

Hemiptera 

700 

3,500 

200 

600 

50 

Coleoptera 

10,000 

140,000 

5,000 

10,000 

2,000 

The  most  notable  special  collections  are  the  Horn  and  Wilt  collec- 
tions of  Coleoptera;  the  Martindale  and  Skinner  collections  of  Lepidop- 
tera; the  Calvert  collection  of  Neuroptera  (on  deposit);  the  Osten- 
saken  cotypes  of  Diptera;  the  Cresson  and  Bassett  collections  of 
Hymenoptera  and  the  Henry  C,  McCook  collection  of  Insect  Archi- 
tecture. 

The  collection  of  Mollusks  numbers  over  100,000  trays  and  more 
than  1,500,000  specimens.  Of  this  number  40,000  trays  have  been 
catalogued  and  numbered  as  new  accessions  since  1893.  The  older 
collection  consists  of  the  original  collection  of  the  Academy,  begun 
about  1817  by  Thomas  Say;  the  Robert  Swift  collection  of  West  Indian 
shells,  about  10,000  specimens;  the  A.  D.  Brown  collection  of  land 
shells,  bequeathed  to  the  Academy  in  1887,  5,400  trays.  About 
10,000  trays  of  these  collections  have  been  catalogued  and  numbered. 

The  alcoholic  collection  of  Mollusks  consists  of  about  6,000  lots, 
probably  over  75,000  individual  specimens.  The  number  of  types 
of  Say,  Conrad,  Tryon  and  others  is  not  known,  but  since  the  year 
1901,  925  types  have  been  described  from  the  new  material  received. 

Other  invertebrates  number  about  11,500  specimens,  of  which  4,000 
are  Crustacea  and  2,800  worms.  The  most  important  collections  are 
the  Guerin  collection  of  Crustacea,  the  H.  C.  Chapman  collection  of 
Marine  Invertebrates  from  Naples  and  the  Edward  Potts  collection  of 
fresh-water  sponges. 

The  Herbarium  contains  about  584,000  specimens  of  flowering  plants 
and   ferns,   comprising  among  others  the  collections   of  Muhlenberg 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  635 

(on  deposit),  Pursh,  de  Schweinitz,  Nuttall,  Short,  and  Charles  E. 
Smith.  The  Fungi,  Mosses,  Lichens  and  Algae  number  about  50,000 
specimens  and  include  the  collections  of  Sullivant,  de  Schweinitz, 
Eckfeldt,  Ashmead,  Martin,  Elhs  and  Everhart,  Herbst  and  Rex. 
Both  departments  of  the  Herbarium  are  rich  in  types. 

There  is  also  a  local  Herbarium  presented  by  the  Philadelphia 
Botanical  Club,  which  contains  about  20,000  specimens. 

The  Palseontological  collections  comprise  some  5,000  specimens 
of  Vertebrates  and  45,000  Invertebrates,  of  which  3,000  belong  to  the 
collection  of  the  Pennsylvania  Geological  Survey  (on  deposit)  and 
7,500  to  the  Isaac  Lea  collection;  also  1,500  fossil  plants.  There  are 
many  types  of  Leidy  and  Cope  among  the  vertebrates  and  of  Lea, 
Conrad,  Gabb  and  Heilprin  among  the  invertebrates. 

The  general  collection  of  minerals  consists  of  8,500  specimens,  while 
the  William  S.  Vaux  collection  contains  about  7,500  additional.  Of 
rock  specimens  there  are  over  10,000  in  the  Pennsylvania  Geological 
Survey  collection  and  about  3,000  additional. 

The  general  Archaeological  and  Ethnological  department  contains 
about  14,000  specimens,  including  the  Samuel  G.  Morton  collection  of 
human  crania;  the  Peale  Hawaiian  collection,  the  Haldeman  American 
Indian  collection  and  the  Poinsett  Mexican  collection  (on  deposit). 

The  Clarence  B.  Moore  collection  of  Indian  antiquities  from  mounds 
of  the  Southern  States  includes  some  5,000  specimens,  the  basis  of 
Mr.  Moore's  papers  in  the  Journal  of  the  Academy.  The  William 
S.  Vaux  collection  contains  2,500  specimens,  largely  from  North 
America  and  Europe. 

Summary. 

Mammals, 12,416 

Birds, '. 59,579 

Reptiles, 18,000 

Fishes, 40,000 

Insects, ; 369,000 

MoUusks, '. 1,575,000 

Other  Invertebrates, 11,500 

Herbarium, 654,000 

Fossils, 46,500 

Minerals, 29,000 

Archaeology  and  Ethnology, 21,500 

Total, 2,836,495 

Samuel  G.  Dixon, 
Henry  A.  Pilsbry. 


636  proceedings  of  the  academy  of  [dec, 

Report  of  the  Department  of  Mollusca. 

The  rearrangement  of  the  general  collection  in  exhibition  cases  has 
been  almost  completed,  table-cases  of  gastropods  having  been  worked 
over  during  the  year.  Considerable  time  has  been  given  by  Mr. 
Vanatta  to  the  determination  and  description  of  Hawaiian  mollusks 
sent  by  Mr.  D.  Thaanum,  of  Hilo,  Hawaii,  and  to  the  work  of  picking 
out  and  assorting  upwards  of  500  trays  of  shells  from  material  gathered 
by  the  Curator  last  year  in  the  Florida  Keys.  Large  quantities  of 
leaves  and  forest  debris,  gathered  by  Mr.  C.  B.  Moore,  have  also  been 
picked  over,  and  much  valuable  material,  especially  of  very  small 
mollusks,  obtained. 

Mr.  Y.  Hirase  has  continued  to  send  Japanese  and  Formosan  mater- 
ial; his  latest  sendings  contain  Korean  mollusks,  which  hitherto  have 
been  almost  unknown.  About  100  new  species  have  been  described 
from  this  source  during  the  year. 

Other  valuable  accessions  are  a  series  of  marine  shells  from  the  Great 
Barrier  Reef,  Australia,  including  cotypes  of  19  new  species,  from 
Charles  Hedley.  A  collection  from  northeastern  Mexico,  from  A.  A. 
Hinkley.  A  series  of  Irish  slugs  from  Dr.  R.  F.  Scharff,  and  many 
smaller  accessions  from  numerous  donors.  A  large  part  of  this  material 
has  been  worked  up,  and  papers  published  thereon.  The  time  of  the 
special  Curator  has  been  largely  occupied  in  the  preparation  of  the 
Manual  of  Conchology,  in  which  the  families  Oleacinidce  and  Ferns- 
sacidce  have  been  described. 

H.    A.    PiLSBRY, 

Special  Curator,  Dept.  of  Mollusca. 


REPORTS  OF  THE  SECTIONS. 

The  Biological  and  Microscopical  Section. 

The  membership  of  the  Section  has  changed  but  little  during  the 
year.  Nine  regular  and  several  informal  meetings  have  been  held. 
On  March  30,  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  founding  of  the  Biological 
and  Microscopical  Section  was  observed  by  a  banquet  held  in  the 
Section  Room,  at  which  were  present  regular  and  former  members  and 
the  officers  of  the  Academy.  The  Director,  Dr.  J.  Cheston  Morris, 
presided,  and  addresses  were  made  by  Dr.  Samuel  G.  Dixon,  Dr. 
George  A.  Piersol,  Dr.  Arthur  E.  Brown,  Mr.  Witmer  Stone,  Dr.  Henry 
Skinner,  Dr.  James  Tyson,  Dr.  Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Mr.  F.  J.  Keeley  and 
Mr.  C.  S.  Boyer. 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  637 

The  communications  made  dming  the  year  may  be  briefly  sum- 
marized as  follows :  Uses  of  the  microscope  in  testing  chemical  prepa- 
rations, by  Dr.  D.  E.  Owen;  Leucoc}i:hemia,  the  Tsetze  Fly  and  various 
contagious  diseases,  by  Dr.  T.  S.  Stewart;  opaque  illumination  and 
numerous  other  subjects,  by  Mr.  F.  J,  Keeley;  miscellaneous  objects 
exhibited  and  described  by  Mr.  William  B.  Davis;  new  and  rare  forms 
of  diatomaceae,  by  Mr.  C.  S.  Boyer;  rare  forms  of  diatoms  from  Barba- 
does,  by  Mr.  J.  A.  Shulze;  the  organisms  contained  in  various  infusions, 
by  Mr.  John  G.  Rothermel;  other  communications,  by  Mr.  T.  C. 
Palmer,  Mr.  W.  H.  Van  Sickel  and  Mr.  Hugo  Bilgram. 

The  officers  elected  for  the  year  1909  are  as  follows: 

Director, J.  Cheston  Morris,  M.D. 


Vice- Director, 
Conservator, 
Recorder,     . 

Corresponding  Secretary, 
Treasurer,  . 


T.  Chalkley  Palmer. 
F.  J.  Keele)^ 
.     C.  S.  Boyer. 

S.  L.  Schumo. 
.     Thomas  S.  Stewart,  M.D. 
Charles  S.  Boyer, 

Recorder. 
Entomological  Section. 
During  the  present  year  ten  meetings  of  the  Entomological  Section 
have  been  held  with  an  average  attendance  of  ten  persons.  As  usual 
the  large  number  of  additions  to  the  cabinet  has  necessitated  the 
greatest  amount  of  work  in  the  department.  The  large  collection 
of  American  butterflies  made  by  Dr.  Henry  Skinner,  numbering  over 
10,000  specimens,  was  purchased  by  the  Academy.  Dr.  F.  D.  God- 
man  has  presented  3,529  Coleoptera,  representing  1,140  species,  from 
the  Biologia  Centrali-AmericarM  collection,  a  most  valuable  addition. 
One  hundred  and  eighty-four  insects  from  Burma  were  purchased 
from  W.  Crumb.  Dr.  Henry  Skinner  presented  56  Lepidoptera  from 
various  parts  of  the  United  States.  Seven  hundred  Orthoptera  were 
collected  by  the  Academy  expedition  to  Virginia  and  North  Carolina, 
conducted  by  Mr.  J.  A.  G.  Rehn.  About  five  hundred  Orthoptera 
were  presented  by  Witmer  Stone,  Morgan  Hebard  and  J.  A.  G.  Rehn, 
from  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey.  One  hundred  and  fifty-four 
Brazilian  Orthoptera  were  purchased  from  C.  F.  Baker.  Two  hundred 
Diptera  from  British  Guiana  were  received  from  Charles  T.  Greene. 
In  all  over  16,000  specimens  of  insects  were  added  to  the  collection. 
Two  hundred  Schmitt  boxes  and  four  Brock  tin  cases  were  pur- 
chased. 
41 


638 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


The  large  collection  of  North  American  Hymenoptera  has  been 
rearranged  and  some  work  done  preparatory  to  the  rearrangement  of 
the  Micro-lepidoptera.  All  the  determined  Diptera,  except  a  few  of 
the  family  Muscidse,  have  been  arranged  in  Schmitt  boxes  and  many 
genera  and  species  new  to  the  collection  were  determined.  All  of 
Osten-Sacken's  types  of  Tipulidse  and  TabanadsB  were  marked  and 
numbered.  In  the  order  Orthoptera,  reports  were  completed  on  the 
specimens  collected  in  Arizona  in  1907  by  Rehn  and  Hebard.  Con- 
siderable rearrangement  has  been  done  in  the  study  series.  Dr.  P.  P. 
Calvert  has  continued  his  important  work  on  the  collection  of  Odonata 
and  has  finished  his  contribution  to  the  pages  of  the  Biologia  Centrali- 
Americana.  A  large  number  of  Coleoptera  has  been  incorporated  into 
the  collection,  including  some  interesting  material  from  Fort  Wingate, 
New  Mexico.  The  Journal  of  the  Section,  Entomological  News,  has 
been  continued  and  volume  nineteen  completed  with  500  pages  and 
25  plates.  Two  Associates  were  elected  and  one  member  died. 
The  following  were  elected  to  serve  as  officers  for  the  year  1909 : 

Philip  Laurent. 
.  H.  W.  Wenzel. 
.     E.  T.  Cresson. 

Henry  Skinner. 
.     E.  T.  Cresson,  Jr. 

Henry  Skinner. 
.     E.  T.  Cresson, 
E.  T.  Cresson,  Jr. 
Respectfully  submitted, 

Henry  Skinner,  M.D. 

Botanical  Section. 
f    During  the  year  further  progress  has  been  made  in  placing  the  speci- 
mens in  species  covers,  and  it  is  hoped  to  complete  this  important  work 
at  an  early  date. 

The  additions  to  the  Herbarium  consist  of  the  Herbst  collection  of 
Fungi,  numbering  more  than  5,000  specimens,  being  the  life-work  of 
Dr.  William  Herbst,  of  Trexlertown,  Pa.,  and  presented  to  the  Acad- 
emy by  Mrs.  Herbst;  a  collection  of  Pennsylvania  Flowering  Plants 
and  Ferns  numbering  about  2,000  specimens,  presented  by  Dr.  H.  D. 
Heller,  of  Hellertown,  Pa.;  presentations  from  various  members 
numbering  about  200  specimens;  a  small  collection  of  Rubus,  Amelan- 
chier  and  Betula,  purchased  by  the  Section  from  Mr.  W.  H.  Blanchard, 
and  a  collection  of  930  specimens  of  Balkan  Plants,  purchased  by  the 
Academv. 


Director, 

Vice-Director, 

Treasurer,     . 

Recorder, 

Secretary, 

Conservator, 

Publication  Committee, 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  63Q 

The  Conservator  spent  about  a  month  in  the  Bermudas  during 
February  and  March  of  the  present  year,  by  the  aid  of  a  grant  from 
the  Esther  Hermann  Research  Fund  of  the  New  York  Academy  of 
Sciences,  when  collections  of  over  800  herbarium  specimens  were 
made.  During  the  summer,  through  the  hberality  of  Mrs.  Charles 
Schaffer  and  Miss  Mary  W.  Adams,  he  was  enabled  to  make  further 
studies  of  the  flora  of  the  Canadian  Rocky  Mountains,  ten  weeks 
being  spent  in  the  region  about  the  headwaters  of  the  Saskatchewan 
and  Athabasca  Rivers,  when  collections  of  more  than  3,000  herbarium 
specimens  were  made,  including  a  number  of  probably  new  species. 
Owdng  to  the  pressure  of  other  duties  it  has  not  been  possible  to  j^et 
give  this  collection  critical  study. 

,  The  activity  manifested  in  previous  years  by  the  members  of  the 
Philadelphia  Botanical  Club  has  been  maintained  during  the  past 
season,  more  than  2,000  specimens  being  added  to  the  local  herbarium, 
including  a  number  of  species  not  previously  recorded  as  occurring 
in  the  region.  Mr.  Samuel  S.  Van  Pelt  has  continued  his  valuable 
services  during  the  year  as  Curator  of  this  important  and  rapidly 
growing  section  of  the  herbarium. 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Section,  the  following  officers  were 
elected  for  the  3^ear: 

Director,        ......  Benjamin  H.  Smith. 

Vice-Director,         .....  Joseph  Crawford. 

Recorder,       ......  Charles  S.  Williamson. 

Treasurer  and  Conservator,       .  .  .  Stewardson  Brown. 

Respectfully  submitted , 

Stewardson  Brown, 

Conservator. 

MiNERALOGICAL   AND    GEOLOGICAL   SECTION. 

The  Section  has  this  year  held  eight  meetings  (besides  the  December 
meeting  5^et  to  come),  with  an  average  attendance  of  about  ten. 
Communications  were  made  by  Prof.  Amos  P.  Brown,  on  ripple  marks, 
tracks  and  trails ;  by  Mr.  Edgar  T.  Wherry,  on  two  new  antholite  dikes 
in  Philadelphia  County,  and  on  the  geology  of  the  neighborhood  of 
Jacksonwald,  Berks  County;  by  Dr.  W.  J.  Sinclair,  on  the  geology  of 
a  portion  of  the  Grand  Canyon  of  the  Colorado  River;  by  Prof.  B.  L. 
Miller,  on  the  geology  of  the  Allentown  quadrangle,  compared  with  the 
Philadelphia  region;  by  Mr.  Gilbert  Van  Ingen,  on  the  geology  of  the 
area  drained  by  the  upper  Susquehanna  River;  by  ^Ir.  J.  F.  Vanarts- 


640  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

dalen,  on  silicified  wood  in  the  Norristown  shales  of  Bucks  County; 
by  Prof.  0.  C.  S.  Carter,  on  tubular  concretions,  sheets  and  plates  of 
Pensauken  gravel,  cemented  with  iron  hydroxide;  by  Col.  Joseph 
Willcox,  on  the  geology  and  mineralogy  of  St.  Lawrence  County, 
New  York;  and  there  were  a  number  of  shorter  communications  and 
various  discussions. 

There  were  ten  field  excursions,  with  an  average  attendance  of  25. 
The  excursions  visited:  (1)  The  copper  deposits  of  Upper  Salford  and 
Frederick  Townships  in  Montgomery  County;  (2)  The  crystalline 
schists  and  limestones  between  Alton  and  Glen  Hall,  in  Chester  County; 
(3)  the  New  Red  traps  and  shales  between  Quakertown  and  Perkasie, 
in  Bucks  County;  (4)  the  region  of  Bethlehem,  in  Northampton  and 
Lehigh  Counties;  (5)  the  New  Red  traps  and  shales  in  northern  Bucks 
County;  (6)  the  silicified  wood  of  the  New  Red  and  the  minerals  of 
the  crystalline  rocks  between  Woodbourne  and  Neshaminy  Falls,  in 
Bucks  County;  (7)  the  Cretaceous  and  Pleistocene  formations  near 
Pensauken  Creek,  in  Camden  and  Burlington  Counties,  New  Jersey; 
(8)  the  trap  at  Aldham,  Chester  County,  and  the  Cambrian  Sandstone 
thence  to  Valley  Forge;  (9)  the  crystalline  rocks  and  their  minerals 
near  Lansdowne  and  up  Darby  Creek,  Delaware  County;  (10)  the 
cross-section  of  the  Chester  Valley,  from  Devault  to  Malvern,  Chester 
County. 

Three  associate  members  have  been  added  to  the  Section. 

The  following  officers  of  the  Section  have  been  elected  for  the  coming 
year: 


Director,    . 
Vice-Director, 
Recorder  and  Secretary, 
Treasurer, 
Conservator, 


Benjamin  Smith  Lyman. 
.     George  Vaux,  Jr. 
.     Silas  L.  Schumo. 

Miss  Emma  Walter. 
.     Frank  J.  Keeley. 

Respectfully  submitted, 
Benjamin  Smith  Lyman, 

Director. 

Ornithological  Section. 

Since  the  last  annual  report  the  Ornithological  Department  of  the 
Academy  has  been  removed  from  its  old  quarters  to  the  top  floor  of 
the  Museum  building — a  far  more  desirable  location,  well  lighted  and 
with  ample  space  for  the  growth  of  the  collections. 

New  racks  have  been  erected  to  hold  the  cases  and  the  latter  have 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF   PHILADELPHIA. 


641 


been  arranged  in  systematic  order.  Many  cases  of  large  birds  formerly 
stored  elsewhere  have  been  placed  in  their  proper  position,  so  that  the 
entire  study  series  of  birds  is  now  for  the  first  time  brought  together 
where  it  is  readily  accessible. 

Mr.  Rehn  finished  the  cataloguing  and  relabelling  of  the  Tristram 
collection  during  the  year,  and  this  material,  numbering  6,180  skins, 
together  with  several  smaller  collections,  has  been  distributed  in  the 
general  series. 

Ten  large  wooden  cabinets  were  secured  for  the  accommodation 
of  the  AnatidiB  and  other  large  birds  formerly  arranged  in  temporary 
cases. 

The  labelling  of  the  mounted  birds  was  resumed  early  in  the  year, 
and  all  the  specimens,  with  the  exception  of  the  song  birds,  are  now 
labelled  with  technical  and  vernacular  names  and  locality.  Owing  to 
the  alterations  to  the  building  some  of  the  exhibition  cases  had  to  be 
taken  down  or  altered,  so  that  the  collection  has  been  temporarily 
disarranged,  but  the  erection  of  new  cases  will  soon  permit  of  their 
proper  display.  j\Iany  specimens  of  interest  were  secured  during  the 
year,  the  most  important  being  the  Van  der  Pol  collection  of  East 
Indian  birds,  comprising  1.070  specimens,  representing  many  species 
not  heretofore  in  the  Academy's  collection. 

The  Delaware  Valley  Ornithological  Club  and  the  Pennsylvania 
Audubon  Society  have  continued  to  hold  their  meetings  in  the  building 
and  have  done  much  to  maintain  activity  in  this  department.  In 
December,  1907,  the  American  Ornithologists'  Union  held  its  twenty- 
fifth  annual  meeting  at  the  Academy,  which  in  point  of  attendance 
and  interest  was  the  most  successful  ever  held. 

The  officers  of  the  Section  for  the  ensuing  year  are : 


Director, 

Vice-Director, 

Secretary, 

Recorder, 

Treasurer  and  Conservator, 


Spencer  Trotter,  M.D. 
George  Spencer  Morris, 
William  A.  Shryock. 
Stewardson  Brown. 
Witmer  Stone. 
Wither  Stone, 

Conservator. 


642  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DcC, 

The  annual  election  of  Officers,  Councillors  and  Members  of  the 
Committee  on  Accounts  to  serve  during  1909  was  held,  with  the  follow- 
ing result: 

President,      ....         Samuel  G.  Dixon,  M.D. 

Vice-Presidents,     .  .  .         Arthur  Erwin  Brown,  Sc.D., 

Edwin  G.  ConkUn,  Ph.D. 

Recording  Secretary,    .         .         Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D. 

Corresponding  Secretary,      .         J.  Percy  Moore,  Ph.D. 

Treasurer,     ....         George  Vaux,  Jr. 

Librarian,      ....         Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D. 

Curators,        ....         Arthur  Erwin  Brown,  Sc.D., 

Samuel  G.  Dixon,  M.D., 
Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Sc.D., 
Witmer  Stone. 

Councillors  to  serve  three  years,  Charles  B.  Penrose,  M.D.. 

Charles  Morris, 
Henry  Tucker,  M.D., 
Spencer  Trotter,  M.D. 

Committee  on  Accounts,         .         Charles  Morris, 

Samuel  N.  Rhoads, 
Dr.  C.  Newhn  Peirce, 
John  G.  Rothermel, 
Howard  Crawley,  Ph.D. 


COUNCIL  FOR  1909. 

Ex-o^ao.— Samuel  G.  Dixon,  M.D.,  Edwin  G.  Conklin,  Ph.D., 
Arthur  E.  Brown,  Sc.D.,  Edward  J.  Nolan,  M.D.,  J.  Percy  Moore,  Ph.D., 
George  Vaux,  Jr.,  Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Sc.D.,  Witmer  Stone. 

To  serve  Three  Years. — Charles  B.  Penrose,  M.D.,  Charles  Morris, 
Henry  Tucker,  M.D.,  Spencer  Trotter,  M.D. 

To  serve  Two  Years. — Thomas  H.  Fenton,  M.D.,  John  Cadwalader, 
Edwin  S.  Dixon,  Henry  Skinner,  M.D. 

To  serve  One  Fmr.— Dr.  C.  Newhn  Peirce,  Philip  P.  Calvert,  Ph.D., 
Thomas  Biddle,  ^I.D.,  and  Frederick  Prime. 


1908.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


643 


Curator  of  Mollusca,   . 
Assistant  Librarian, 

Assistants  to  Curators, 


Assistant, 
Taxidermist,  . 
Jessup  Fund  Students, 

Janitors, . 


Henry  A.  Pilsbry,  Sc.D. 
William  J.  Fox. 
Henry  Skinner,  M.D., 
Stewardson  Brown, 
J.  Percy  Moore,  Ph.D., 
Edward  G.  Vanatta, 
Henry  W.  Fowler, 
J.  A.  G.  Rehn. 
H.  Newell  Wardle. 
David  N.  McCadden. 
H.  Newell  Wardle, 
Ezra  T.  Cresson,  Jr. 
Charles  Clappier, 
Daniel  Heckler 
James  Tague, 
Jacob  Aebley. 


ELECTIONS  DURING  1908. 


members. 


January  21. — ^William  J.  Sinclair. 
February  18. — Burton  Chance,  M.D. 
April  21.— Henry  H.  Donaldson,  M.D. 
November  17. — Sydney  L.  Wright,  Jr. 


644  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DcC, 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MUSEUM. 

Mammals. 

George  Bassett.     Red  Bat  {Lasiurus  borealis). 

Otto  Behr.     Skeleton  of  Red  Fox  (Vulpes  fulvus),  Sullivan  County,  Pa. 

James  Chatwin.     Mounted  Gray  Fox  ((Urocyon  cinereo-argenteus) . 

Benjamin  Chew.     Six  heads  of  African  .\ntelope. 

Mrs.  U.  p.  Crumb.     Skull  of  Man-eating  Tiger  (Felis  tigris),  Tongoo,  Burma. 

H.  H.  Firth.     Mounted  Porcupine  (Erethizon  dorsatum). 

E.  M.  Fryer.     Whale  vertebra,  South  CaroUna. 

Dr.  Joseph  Grinnell.     Forty-two  skins  and  skulls  of  CaUfornia  mammals. 

J.  W.  HoLMAN.  Red  Squirrel  (Sciurus  hudsonicus  loquax),  Ocean  County, 
N.  J.  (alcoholic). 

David  McCadden.  Skulls  of  Sumatran  Pig  {Sus  vittatus),  Mexican  Puma 
(Felis  oregonensis  aztecus),  Mexican  Lynx  (Lynx  baileyi),  Wolf  (Canis  mexicanus) 
(2),  Canada  Lynx  (Lynx  canadensis)  and  (2)  Black  Bear  (Ursus  americanus). 

Stephen  Milstead.  Jumping  Mouse  (Zapus  hudsonius  americanus),  Atlantic 
County,  N.  J. 

Mrs.  T.  R.  Owen.     Mummified  cat. 

Purchased.  Skeleton  of  Black  Fish  (Globiocephalus  sp.),  Cape  May  County, 
N.  J.-  skin  and  skull  of  Orang-utan  (Simia  satyrus);  skin  and  skull  of  Gray  Fox 
(Urocyon  cinereo-argenteus),  Bucks  County,  Pa. 

J.  A.  G.  Rehn.  Jumping  Mouse  (Zapus  hudsonius  americanus),  Rhoads' 
Red-backed  Mouse  (Evotoniys  gapperi  rhoadsi),  and  Deer  Mouse  (Peromyscus 
leucopus),  Ocean  Coimty,  N.  J. 

S.  N.  Rhoads.     Two  mice,  Adirondacks,  N.  Y. 

Dr.  R.  W.  Shufeldt.     Axis  and  atlas  of  Bear. 

Zoological  Society  of  Philadelphia.  Mounted:  Springbok  (Antidorcas 
euchore). 

Skins  and  skulls:  Two  Slender  Loris  (Loris  gracilis);  Clouded  Leopard  (Felis 
nebulosa);  Serval  (Felis  serval);  Eyra  Cat  (Felis  eyra);  Pine  Marten  (Mustela 
martes);  Bandicoot  (Peragale  sp.)  [some  to  be  mounted]. 

Skins  and 'skeletons :  Long-armed  Baboon  (Papio  langheldi);  Indian  Elephant 
"Bolivar"  (Elephas  maximus)  [now  being  mounted];  East  African  Eland  (Tauro- 
tragus  oryx  livingstonei)  [to  be  mounted]. 

Skins:  Six  skunks,  female  and  young  (Mephitis  mesomelas),  from  Oklahoma; 
Himalayan  Talir  (Hemitragus  jemlaicus);  Robust  Kangaroo  (Macropus  robustus)- 
Skull:  Brazilian  Tapir  (Tapirus  terrestris). 

Birds. 

Charles  Beck.  Purple  Gallinule  (lonornis  yymriinica)  from  New  Jersey 
(mounted). 


1908.]  NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  645 

Exchange  (with  H.  K.  Coale).  Two  California  Black  Rail  (Creciscns  co- 
turniculus) . 

Purchased.     Van  der  Pol  Collection  of  East  Indian  Birds  (1,150  specimens). 

Joseph  Sapp.     European  Starling  {Sturnus  vulgaris),  Ocean  County,  N.  J. 

Dr.  R.  W.  Shufeldt.     Two  bird  crania. 

R.  R.  Tafel.     Eggs  of  Arctic  Birds. 

Miss  Anna  J.  Valentine.     Xest  of  Cassique  {Cassicvs  sp.). 

Zoological  Society  Philadelphia.  Skins  of  White-eyebrowed  Guan  {Pene- 
lope swperciliaris) . 

Crested  Guinea  Fowl  {Guttera  cristata)  and  Parson  Bird  (Prosthemadera  novce- 
zealandice) . 

Skull  and  sternum  of  Guira  Cuckoo  (Guira  guira). 


Reptiles  and  Amphibians. 

O.  H.  Brow'N.     One  Salamander,  Cape  May,  N.  J. 
•  C.  H.  Conner.     House  Snake   (Lampropeltis  doliatus  clericiis),    Montgomery 
County,  Pa.;  Hog-nosed  Snake  (Heterodon  platyrhinus) . 

H.  W.  Fowler  and  B.  W.  Griffith.  Small  collection  of  Amphibians  from 
Cecil  County,  Md. 

J.  W.  HoLMAN.  Anderson's  Tree  Toad  (Hijla  andersoni),  Ocean  Countj'^j  N.  J. 
Red-bellied  Snake  (Storeria  occipitomacidata) ,  Ocean  Countj^  N.  J. 

C.  J.  Hunt.     Several  Amphibians  and  Terrapin  (Pseudemys)  from  New  Jersey. 

J.  P.  Moore.     Bufo  fowleri,  Martha's  Vineyard,  Mass. 

Joseph  Parker.     Anderson's  Tree  Toad  {Hyla  andersoni),  Ocean  County,  N.  J. 

Purchased,     Twelve  species  of  Lizards,  Orlando,  Fla. 

S.  N.  Rhoads.     Two  Salamanders,  Adirondacks,  N.  Y. 

W.  Stone.     House  Snake  {Lampropeltis  doliatus),  SuUivan  Count}',  Pa. 

E.  G.  Vanaita.  Queen  Snake  {Regina  leberis),  Chester  County,  Pa.;  two 
Frogs,  Chester  County,  Pa. 

Fishes. 

C.  C.  Abbott.     One  Cliub  {Semotihis  buUaris),  Xew  Jersey. 

Charles  Adams.     Cush  {Lota  maculosa),  Somerset  County,  Me. 

Charles  A.  Bastian.     Wall-eyed  Pike  {Stizostedion  vitreum). 

James  Boyce.     One  Hake  {Merluccius  bilinearis)  from  Asbury  Park. 

W.  G.  Carothers.     Several  Fishes,  Cape  May  County,  N.  J. 

Dr.  C.  H.  Eigenmann.     Small  series  of  Cuban  and  South  American  Fishes. 

J.  B.  Fine.     Genitalia  of  Hermaphrodite  Shad. 

W.  J.  Fox.  Puffer  {Lagocephalus  l(evigatus) ;  Selene  vomer  and  Sea  Cat  {Felic- 
thys),  Cape  May  County,  N.  J. 

H.  W.  Fowler.  Small  collection  of  Fishes,  Cape  May  County,  N.  J.;  two 
climbing  Perch  {Amihas  scandens);  small  collection  of  Fishes,  Florence,  N.  J.; 
small  collection  of  Fishes  from  Bucks  Comity,  Pa. 

H.  W.  Foavler  and  B.  W.  Griffith.  Small  collection  of  Fishes  from  Cecil 
County,  Md.;  small  collection  of  Fi.shes,  Delaware  County,  Pa. 

H.  W.  Fowler  and  P.  H.  Hertzog.  Small  collection  of  Fishes,  Lancaster 
Countv,  Pa. 


646  PROCEEDTXGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

H.  W.  FowLEi!  and  C.  J.  Hunt.  Several  collections  of  Fishes  from  Cape  May 
County,  X.  J. 

H.  W.  Fowler  and  T.  D.  Keiii.  Collections  of  Fishes  from  Burlington  County, 
N.  J.,  and  Newl>old  Island,  Delaware  River. 

H.  W.  Fowler  and  David  McCaddex.     Collection  of  Fishes,  Ocean  Citv,  X.  J. 

H.  W.  Hand.     File-fish  (Alutera  sp.).  Cape  May,  X.  J. 

Joseph  Henderson.     Gar  (TylosuTus  marinus). 

Miss  Agnes  F.  Kenyon.     Eel,  Australia. 

D.  McCadden.  Seriola  zonata,  Ocean  City,  X.  J.;  Hake  (Merluccius  bilinea- 
tus),  Cape  May  County,  X.  J. 

R.  F.  Miller.     Collection  of  Fishes  and  Reptiles. 
Pennsylvania  Department  of  Health.     Microptenis  dolomieu. 
Dr.  R.  J.  Phillips.     Collection  of  Fishes,  Cape  May,  X.  J. 
H.  a.  Pilsbry.     Small  collection  of  Fishes  from  Xorth  Carolina. 

E.  G.  Vanatta.     Trout,  Chester  County,  Pa. 

Lieut.  Hugh  Willoughby.     Barrel  of  Fishes,  Florida. 

Insects. 

C.  F.  Baker.     One  hundred  and  fiftj^'-four  Orthoptera,  Brazil  (purchased). 
William  Beutenmuller.     One  Lepidoptera,  Manitoba. 

Brooklyn  Institute  of  Arts  and  Sciences.     Four  Orthoptera,  Venezuela 
(for  determination). 
P.  P.  Calvert.     Eighteen  insects,  Pennsylvania. 

D.  M.  Castle.     Two  Coleoptera,  Pennsylvania. 

E.  R.  Cheney.     One  Orthoptera,  Xew  Jersey. 

Connecticut  Agricultural  Experiment  Station.  Seventeen  Orthoptera, 
Connecticut. 

E.  T.  Cresson,  Jr.     Thirty-four  Diptera,  United  States. 

U.  P.  Crumb.     One  hundred  and  eighty-four  Insects,  Burma  (purchased). 
■  S.  G.    Dixon.     One  Orthoptera,  Pennsylvania. 
L.  A.  Duhring.     Six  Orthoptera,  Algeria. 
H.  T.  Fernald.     Sixteen  Hymenoptera,  United  States. 
W.  G.  Freedley,  Jr.     Eight  Lepidoptera,  India. 

F.  D.  Godman.  Three  thousand,  five  hundred  and  twenty-nine  Coleoptera, 
Central  America. 

C;  T.  Green.     Two  hundred  Diptera,  British  Guiana. 

F.  Grinnell,  Jr.     Xinety-six  Orthoptera,  California. 

F.  Haimbach.     Four  Heterocera,  United  States. 

M.  Hebard  and  J.  A.  G.  Rehn.     Sixty-six  Insects,  Arizona. 

M.  Hebard.  One  hundred  and  eighty-eight  Orthoptera,  five  Lepidoptera, 
Pennsylvania. 

C.  Ilg.     Twentj'-five  Blowai  Larvae,  Pennsylvania. 

F.  M.  Jones.     Two  Heterocera,  South  CaroUna. 

H.  H.  Lyman.     Three  Heterocera,  Canada  (exchange). 

J.  M.  MacFarland.     Three  Heterocera,  .\labama. 

A.  H.  Manee.     Thirteen  Insects,  Xorth  Carohna  (exchange). 

J.  H.  Matthews.     Elev^en  Lepidoptera,  Cuba;  thirty-five,  India  (exchange). 

J.  A.  G.  Rehn.  One  hundred  and  forty-four  Orthoptera,  Xew  Jersey;  seven 
hundred  Orthoptera,  Virginia  and  Xorth  Carolina  (Academy  Expedition). 


1908.1  NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


CA'i 


H.  Skinner.     Ninety  Lepidoptera,   United  States. 
H.  Skinner.     Ten  thousand  Lepidoptera  (purchased). 
T.  Spalding.     One  hundred  and  twenty-nine  Insects,  Utah. 
W.  Stone.     One  hundred  and  ninety-six  Orthoptera,  Pennsylvania. 
E.   S.  Titus.     One  hundred  and  forty-seven  HjTiienoptera,    United  States 
(exchange). 
M.  ToMURA.     Six  Butterflies,  Celebes. 
J.  F.  Tristan.     Seventeen  Orthoptera,  Costa  Rica. 
H.  T.  Van  Ostrand.     Twenty-five  Lepidoptera,  Mexico. 
H.  L.  "\^IERECK.     Three  Hymenoptera,  United  States. 
H.  W.  Wenzel.     Eight  Coleoptera,  New  Jersey. 
G.  B.  Wood.     One  Mj-riapod,  Texas. 

J.  Woodgate.     One  hundred  and  thirty-one  Insects,  New  Me.xico. 
Total  specimens,  16,200. 

Recent  Mollusca. 

Jacob  Aebly.     Vallonia  pulchella  Miill.  from  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

John  A.  Allen.     TMrty-one  trays  of  shells  from  Maine  and  Ohio. 

Joshua  Baily,  Jr.     Arion  ater  rufa  L.  from  Neuen  Alir,  Germany. 

Dr.  Charles  Baum.     Helix  muralis  L.  from  Paestum,  Italy. 

Bernice   Pauahi  Bishop  Museum.     Fifteen  species   of   Helicina  from   the 
Hawaiian  Islands. 

S.  S.  Berry.     Eleven  tra.ys  of  freshwater  and  land  shells  from  California. 

E.  Bethel.     Seven  trays  of  Oreohelix  from  Colorado. 

Dr.  Samuel  A.  Binion.     Cyproea  cervus  Lam.  and  Liguus  fasciatus  Miill.  from 
Key  Largo,  Florida. 

Stewardson  Brown.     Fourteen  trays  of  shells  from  Bermuda  and  British 
Columbia. 

Horace  F.  Carpenter.     Pohjgyra  apressa  scnlptior  Chadw.  from  Crj'stal  Cave, 
Bermuda. 

George  H.  Clapp.     Three  species  of  land  shells  from  Arizona  and  Jamaica. 

T.  D.  A.  CocKERELL.     Nine  species  of  shells  from  Jamaica. 

Charles  Conner.     Sphcerium  striatinum  Lam.,  Jonestowii,  Pennsylvania. 

Prof.  W.  H.  Dall.     Gonidea  angulata  haroldiana  Dall,  from  near  San  Jose, 
California;  also  Milax  gagates  Drap.  from  Easter  Island. 

C.  Abbott  Davis.     Two  species  of  Pleurodonte  from  Jamaica. 

Dr.  Samuel  G.  Dixon.     Pohjgyra  albolabris  Say,  from  near  Mt.  Alto,  Franklin 
County,  Pennsylvania. 

M.  J.  Elrod.     Seven  trays  of  land  shells  from  Montana. 

J.  H.  Ferriss.     Four  species  of  land  shells  from  Arizona. 

Rev.  W.  H.  Fluck.     Five  species  of  shells  from  South  Africa  and  Central 
America. 

H.  W.  Fowler  and  B.  W.  Griffiths.     Two  trays  of  shells  from  Pennsylvania. 
W.  J.  Fox.     Crepidula  fomicata  L.  from  Sea  Isle  City,  New  Jersey. 

W.  J.  Gilchrist.     Micrarionta  desertorum  P.  and  F.  from  near  Parker,  Arizona. 

A.  DaCosta  Gomez.     Ancillaria  tankerviUei  S.  from  Venezuela. 
George  M.  Greene.     Four  species  of  land  and  freshwater  shells  from  New 
Jersey. 

G.  Dallas  Hanna.     Eighteen  species  of  shells  from  Lawrence,  Kansas. 


648  PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DcC, 

Dr.  J.  W.  Harshberger.     Mya  arenaria  L.  from  Long  Branch,  New  Jersey. 
Miss  A.  C.  Hartshorne.     Three  species  of  Japanese  land  shells. 

Charles  Hedley.  Thirty-four  species  of  marine  shells  from  Masthead 
Island,  Queensland. 

J.  B.  Henderson,  Jr.  Twenty-three  trays  of  land  shells  from  Eastern  United 
States  and  West  Indies. 

A.  A.  HiNKLEY.     Fifty  trays  of  Mexican  shells. 

WiLMER  Hinkley.     Plcmorbis  trivolvis  Say,  from  Boise,  Idaho. 

Y.  HiRASE.     Three  hundred  trays  of  Japanese  shells. 

P.  C.  Jarvis.     Eight  trays  of  Jamaican  land  shells. 

N.  W.  Lermond.     Ten  species  of  land  shells  from  Maine. 

D.  N.  McCadden.     Pohjgyra  albolabris  maritima  Pils.  from  Ocean  City,  X.  J. 

Clarence  B.  Moore.  Sixty-seven  trays  of  land  and  freshwater  shells  from 
Arkansas  and  Florida. 

H.  B.  Oakley.     Fifty-five  species  of  shells  from  Barbadoes. 

H.  A.  PiLSBRY.     One  hundred  and  eighty-four  trays  of  shells. 

John  Ponsonby.     Two  land  shells  from  Africa  and  Bermuda. 

Purchased.  Two  hundred  and  forty-two  trays  of  shells  from  the  Lowe- 
Wollaston  Collection  and  twelve  hundred  and  eightj'-eight  trays  of  Philippine 
Island  shells  from  the  J.  Quadras  Collection. 

J.  A.  G.  Rehn.     Venus  mercenaria  L.  from  Tuckerton,  New  Jersey. 

S.  N.  Rhoads.     Cochlicopa  from  Hampshire,  England. 

S.  Raymond  Roberts.     Four  trays  of  shells  from  Massachusetts  and  Jamaica. 

Paul  Rowland.     Cochlicopa  lubrica  Miill.  from  near  Sapporo,  Yesso,  Japan. 

Mrs.  Mary  T.  Schaeffer.     Two  freshwater  shells  from  British  Columbia. 

Dr.  R.  F.  Scharff.     Seventeen  jars  of  slugs  from  Ireland. 

Dr.  B.  Sharp.  Pleurodonte  bornii  Pfr.  and  Drytuetus  elongafus  Bolt,  from 
San  Juan,  Porto  Rico. 

Burnett  Smith.  Fifteen  species  of  land  and  fresliwater  shells  from  Skanea- 
teles  Lake,  New  York. 

George  W.  Soelner.     Vertigo  pygmcea  Drap. 

R.  E.  C.  Stearns.     Three  species  of  freshwater  shells  from  Cahfornia. 

WiTMER  Stone.     Polygyra  albolabris  maritima  Pils.  from  Piermont,  N.  J. 

D.  Thaanum.     Sixty-one  trays  of  Hawaiian  shells. 

Dr.  Henry  Tucker.     Ostrea  virginica  L.  from  the  Eastern  Shore  of  Virginia. 

E.  G.  Vanatta.     Nine  trays  of  shells  from  Mar}dand  and  Pennsylvania. 

H.  L.  Viereck.  Pyramidula  perspectiva  Say,  from  near  Harrisburg,  Penn- 
sylvania. 

Bryant  Walker.  Twelve  species  of  freshwater  shells  from  Alabama  and 
Michigan. 

Walter  F.  Webb.     Eight  species  of  land  shells  from  Tangulandang  and  Cuba. 

Dr.  H.  E.  Wetherill.  One  liundred  and  twelve  species  of  shells  from  the 
Pliilippine  Islands. 

J.  Renton  White.     Seven  species  of  land  shells  from  Paestum,  Italy. 

Joseph  Willcox.     Five  species  of  land  shells  from  New  York. 

Helen  Winchester.  Two  species  of  land  shells  from  Canadensis,  Pennsyl- 
vania. 

H.  W.  Winkley.     decum  johnsoni  W.  from  Woods  Hole,  Massachusetts. 


1908.]  NATURAL,   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA.  649 

Other  Invertebrates. 

Stewardson  Broavn.     One  tra}-  of  Julus  from  Bermuda. 

W.  B.  Davis.     One  jar  of  surface  towings,  Woods  Hole,  Massachusetts. 

E.  Denholtz.     One  Mygale  heintzi. 

W.  J.  Fox.     One  sponge  and  sea  cucumber  from  Cape  May,  Xew  Jersey. 

J.  B.  Henderson,  Jr.     One  tray  of  Cypris  from  near  Amarillo,  Texas. 

Mrs.  a.  Kenyon.     Four  jars  of  invertebrates  from  Australia. 

H.  B.  Oakley.     Seven  trays  of  invertebrates  from  Barbadoes. 

H.  A.  PiLSBRY.     Two  jars  of  Crustacea  from  Florida  and  North  Carolina. 

S.  N.  Rhoads.     One  jar  of  Camharus  from  Hamilton  County,  New  York 

B.  Frank  Teal.     One  king  crab  from  Cedar  Beach,  New  Jersey. 

D^.  Henry  Tucker.     Astrangia  danice  Ag.  from  the  Eastern  Shore  of  Virginia. 

U.  S.  Fish  Commission.     Seventeen  jars  of  Barnacles. 

E.  G.  Vanatta.  One  jar  of  Pseudoscorpion  from  near  New  Garden,  Pennsyl- 
vania. 

H.  L.  Viereck.     Gelasimus  from  St.  Augustine,  Florida. 

Dr.  H.  E.  Wetherill.  Tetradita  porosa  Gmel.  from  the  City  of  Panama, 
Panama. 

Invertebrate  Fossils. 

Stewardson  Brown.     Eight  fossils  from  Alberta. 

C.  P.  Cardwell  (through  Dr.  Henry  Tucker).  Several  Miocene  fossils  from 
Virginia. 

Dr.  Samuel  G.  Dixon.  One  tray  of  fossil  bivalves  from  York  County,  Penn- 
sylvania. 

Exchange.     Twenty-four  trays  fossils  from  Missouri. 

E.  M.  Fryer.     Two  fossils.  South  Carohna. 

Morgan  Hebard.     Three  trays  of  fossils  from  Florida  and  Michigan. 

Estate  of  Angelo  Heilprin.     Several  fossils. 

Mr.  Garrison.     Two  trays  of  fossils  from  Santo  Domingo. 

George  Lucas.     One  fossil  tree  stump  from  Santiago,  Cuba. 

H.  A.  Pilsbry.  Rhynchonella  concinna  from  Wiltsliire,  England,  and  Meekella 
occidentalis  Newb.  from  the  Chiricahua  Mountains,  Arizona. 

G.  RouMAiN.     One  Ostrea  from  Haiti. 

R.  L.  Shivers.  One  Placenticeras  placenta  Dek.  from  a  well  in  Camden 
County,   New  Jersey. 

Miss  A.  Stone.  Portlandia  glacialis  Wood,  from  Drinkwater  Point,  Casco 
Bay,  Maine. 

W.  W.  Webster.     Seven  trays  of  fossils  from  Haiti. 

Joseph  Willcox.     Sixty  trays  of  fossils  from  Mrginia. 

Pl.\nts. 

Academy   Expeditions.     Bermuda,  Stewardson  Brown  collector,  800  speci- 
mens; Canadian  Rockies,  Stewardson  Brown  collector,  3,000  specimens. 
Miss  Margrett.^.  Atkinson.     Macrocalyz  nyctelia. 
Charles  C.  Bachmax.     Conioselinum  chinense  and  Xaumburgia  fhyrsiflora. 


650  PROCEEDIXGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF  [DeC, 

Edwin  B.  Bartram.  Three  luinclred  and  sixty-three  specimens  from  A'arious 
places  in  the  New  England  and  Middle  States. 

Botanical  Section.  Collection  of  one  himdred  and  forty-three  specimens 
of  Ruhus,  Amelanchier  and  Betuln  purchased  from  William  H.  Blanchard. 

Mrs.  William  Herbst.  Dr.  Herbst's  collection  of  Fmigi,  numbering  about 
5,000  specimens. 

Bayard  Long.     Seventy-nine  specimens  from  Delaware. 

Philadelphia  Botanical  Club.  Twenty-five  hundred  specimens  of  local 
plants,  received  from  various  members. 

E.  G.  Vanatta.     Eleven  specimens  from  Chesterto\\ii,  Md. 

S.  Si  Van  Pelt.     Forty-six  specimens  from  Delaware. 

C.  S.  Williamson.     Two  hundred  and  ninety-four  .specimens  from  Delaware. 

Fossil  Plants. 
Purchased.     Fossil  stump,  Santiago  de  Cuba. 

Minerals. 

H.  A.  Green.     Several  minerals  from  Tryon.  X.  C. 
Estate  of  Angelo  Heilprin.     Specimens  of  ores. 

Estate  of  Sophie  F.  Riley.  ,  Collection  of  Transvaal  minerals  and  set  of 
Centennial  medals. 

William  S.  Vaux  Collection.     Twenty-nine  specimens  purchased. 

Arch.eology,  Ethnology. 

Clarence   B.   Moore.     Numerous   specimens   from   Indian   mounds   of   the 
Southern  States  for  the  Clarence  B.  Moore  Collection. 
Mrs.  W.  p.  Douglas.     Canadian  Indian  Canoe. 


1908. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


651 


INDEX  TO  GENERA.  SPECIES,  ETC.,  DESCRIBED  AND  RE- 
FERRED TO   IN  THE  PROCEEDINGS  FOR  1908. 


Species  described  as  new  are  indicated  by  heavy-faced :  synonyms  by 
italic  numercds. 


Abastor 122 

Abramis  crvsoleucas 529 

Acanthagrion  gracile,  481,  487,.  489,  490 

Acanthias 73 

blainvillii 73 

vulgaris 71 

Acridium 20 

Aieris 125 

Acrj^diiim  longi  penne 16 

Actenoda 602 

Actenodia 601-603 

Actiaemys 114 

marmorata 114 

Actitis  macularia 153 

Adansonia  digitata .505 

Aegista 34,41 

^oloplus  arizonensis 395 

tenuipennis 366,  394,  395 

^shna 462,  467,  468,  475 

brevifroiis 488 

cornigera 481,  489 

dugesi 475,488 

luteipennis 481,490 

multicolor 481,  490 

perrensi 489 

virens 489 

williainsoniana 481 

^shninfe,  462,  464,  468-470,  476,  485 

Agama  coUaris 117 

Agelaius  phoenicius 153,  1 54 

Agelena 293 

Agelenidaj 160,168 

Ageneotettix  australis 366,  383 

curtipennis 368,383 

Agkistrodon 124 

mokasen 124 

Agrioninffi,  462,  464,  468,  469,  470,  476, 
485 

Agrostis  coarctata 458 

Albula  didyina 5-55 

Alburnus  rubrifrons 5^2,  543 

Alciopidse 340 

Alisma  tenellum 4.57 

Alligator 113 


Allocosa,  162,  163,  169,  284,  284,  285, 
298 

degesta 163,  285,  288,  513 

evagata 163,  285,  290 

?exalbida 163,292 

funerea 163,  285,  287,  292 

nigra 163 

parva 163,  285,  289 

rugosa 163,285 

sublata 163 

Alopia  vulpes 54 

Alopiidse 54 

Alycteus  cyclophoroides 454,  587 

kurodai ......:...  4.54 

la^vis 588 

tokunoshimanus 587,  ,588 

t.  mediocris 587 

t.  principialis..: 587,  587 

tsushimanus 586 

Ambystoma 127 

subviolacea 127 

Ambystomidff 127 

Ammotrypane  breA'is 354 

Amcebopsis IIS 

Ampelis  cedrorum 154 

Ampharete  arctica 348 

Ampharetida? 348 

Amphiardis 121 

Amphibia 124 

Amphictene  auriconia 353 

Amphicteis  alaskensis 349 

glabra 349 

scaphobrancliiata 349 

Amphictenida^ 353 

Amphipteryx 462 

agrioides 490 

Amphisbsenidse 119 

Amphitomis  nanus 368.  376,  383 

omatus 376 

Amphitrite  palmata 350 

radiata 350 

robusta 3,50 

Amphiuma 127 

means 127 


652 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


.366 


Amphiumidse 

Amyda 

Anaides 

lugubris 

Anatya  guttata 

normalis .- 

Auax 

longipes 

Ancistrodon 

Anconia  Integra 

Anely  tropsis 

papillosus 

Anisagrion 461 

allopterum 481 

a.  var.  rubiciindum 

Anax  amazili 

Junius 472,  481, 

longipes. 

Anelytropidffi 

Anguid£e 

Anguis  ven trails 

Anisagrion  lais 481 

rubicundum 

Anniella 

pulchra 

Anniellidse 

Anolis 

bullaris 

carolinensis 

chloro-cyaneus 

Anomalagrion  liastatum,  469,  472, 

489 

Anota 

Mccallii 

Antilocapra  aniericana 

Antinoe  macrolepida 

Antrostomus  vociferus 

Anura 125, 

Apalus 

Aphroditajaponica 

negligens 

parva 

Aphroditidse 

Apoda 

Apomatus  geniculata 

Araneus 

Area 

Arcoscalpellum 108- 

Arctosa 


127 

115 

126 

126 

489 

489 

462 

488 

124 
,392 

119 

119 
,468 
,490 

490 

490 

489 

472 

119 

117 

117 
,489 

481 

119 

119 

119 

116 

116 

116 

116 
481,  I 
,490  i 

117 

117 

404  i 

336  I 

153  I 

126 

620 

338  ! 

339  I 
339 
338 
124 
361  I 
281  1 

7  i 
-111 
163 


lynx. 


Archilestes  grandis 481,  489,  490 

Arethaea  sellata 398 

Argia 462,  466,  468 

adamsi 490 

a^nea 481,  487,  489,  490 

agrioides  nahuana 481 

barretti 478 

calida 478 

chelata 488 

-cupraurea 478,  490 


Argia  cuprea 489 

difficilis 490 

extranea 481,  487,  489,  490 

fissa 481,  487,  489,  490 

frequentula 481,  487,  489,  490 

gaumeri 478,  480,  489 

herberti .-. 478,488 

indicatrix 481,  487,  489 

lacrymans 481 

moesta 486,489 

oculata. 481,489 

percellulata 478,489 

pipila 480 

pocomana 478 

popoluca 478 

pulla 487,  489,  490 

rhoadsi 478 

rogersi 490 

tarascana 481 

terira 488 

tezpi 480,490 

tonto 481,488 

translata 472,  489,  490 

ulmeca 489 

variabilis 490 

vi^^da 481 

V.  plana '. 481 

wlsoni 478 

Argiallagma 474,487 

minutum 478 

Arion 425 

Aristida  lanosa 458 

Arithmema 602 

Arizona 121 

elegans 121 

Aromochelys 114 

Arphia  teporata 366,  385 

Arphylla  producta 466 

Aspidonectes 115 

Atacama  conifera 352 

Atheca? 113 

Atomarchus 120 

multiniaculatus 120 

Aulonia 163,  284,  ^95,  300 

amantiaca 298 

funerea 291 

humicola 306 

Aulocara  ruf um 366.  383 

Autodax 126 

Barissia 118 

imbricata 118 

Bascanium 121,121 

Batrachia 124 

Batrachoseps 127 

Bifidaria  armigerella 455 

(Bensonella)  plicidens 43 

Bison  bison 404 

Blattida? 368 

Boida; 119 

Boltonia  asteroides 458 

Bootettix  argentatus 376 


1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


653 


Brachiaria  digitarioides 458 

Brachyorros 1S2 

Bradapilosa 357 

^^llosa 357 

Bradburya  virginica 458 

Branta  canadensis 153 

Breclmiorhoga 462,468 

inequi unguis 487,  489,  490 

pertinax 481,  487,  489,  490 

postlobata 489 

prfccox 487,489 

rapax 481,490 

tepeaca 481 

vivax 481,490 

Bruchus 610,615 

Bufo 125 

vulgaris 125 

Bufonidse 125 

Butorides  virescens 153 

Calamaria  atrocincta 123 

brachyorros 124 

elapsoidea 122 

Calantica 106, 107 

calyculus 107 

eos 106 

falcata 107 

gemma 107 

grimaldi 107 

sviperba 107 

trispinosa 106 

villosa 106 

Calemys 114 

muhlenbergi 114 

Callichelys II4. 

Callisaurus  draconoides 117 

Callizona  angelini 340 

Callopeltis 121 

Callosperniopliilus  lateralis 404 

Calopterygina?....464,  468-470,  476,  485 

Calopteryx 462 

Campostoma  anomalum 518 

Canis  sp 404 

Cannacria  batesi 489 

Cannaphila  vibex 489,490 

Cantharis 617 

bifasciata 611 

seminitens 617 

Capitellidaj 354 

Carcharias 62 

ellioti 64 

littoralis 54 

taurus 62 

Carchariidse 54 

Carcharinus 62,63 

broussonetii 62 

cferuleus 62 

commersonii 62 

cornubicus 62 

glaucus 62 

heterobrancliialis 62 

heterodon 62 

42 


Carcharinus  lamia 62,  63 

lividus 62 

megalops 62 

monensis 62 

ustus 62 

verus 62 

\ailpes 62 

Carcharodon 63 

Caretta 115 

nasuta 115 

Carphophiops 122 

vermiformis 122 

Carphopliis 122 

Carycliium  noduHf erum 455 

Castor  canadensis  f ondator 404 

Cataphracta 113 

Cathartes  aura 153 

Catulus 53 

edwardii 53 

stellaris 53 

Caudata 124,126 

Celestus 117 

striatus 117 

CeHthemis 461 

eponina 466 

Celuta 122 

Cemophora 123 

Centrophorus  granulosus 69 

Cen  troscylliima  f  abri  cii 69 

Ceratichthys  micropogon 550,  551 

^^gilax 530 

Ceratophylkmi 444 

Ceratura  capreola 489,  490 

Cercidium  torreyanum 366 

Cereus  giganteus 366 

Ceroctis 601,  602,  615 

vespina 615 

Cer^'^ls  canadensis 404 

occidentalis 405 

Chffitochloa  magna 458 

ChajtosylUs 325 

Chsetura  pelagica 133, 153 

Ceryle  alcyon 153 

Cetorhinidse 55 

Cetorhinus  maximus 55 

Chamalyc£Eus 586,  588 

Charina 119 

Chelonia 113,  115 

imbricata 115 

Chelonidse 115 

Chelonii 113 

Chelonura 113 

temminckii 114 

Chelopus 114 

Chelydra 113 

Ch(4ydrid:p 113 

Chilomeniscus  stramineus 123 

Chiloscyllium  indicum 53 

Chilomeniscus 123 

Chilopoma 120 

Chlorha?mid£e 356 


654 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec. 


Chloritis 592 

impotens 41 

Chorophilus 125 

Chlorosoma 122 

Chondrotus 127 

tenebrosus 127 

Chone  gracilis 360 

Chordeiles  virginianus 153 

Chromacris 15 

miles 15 

nuptialis 16 

Chrosomus  eos 520 

erythrogaster 519,  520 

Chrysemys 114 

Cicindela  angusticollis 505,  508 

asperula 506 

aiilica 506 

bocagei 507 

brevieollis 505 

b.  clathrata 507 

b.  discoidalis 507 

b.  intermedia 507 

b.  neglecta 507 

cabinda 505,  507 

cincta 512 

damara 507 

dougalensis  imperatrix 512 

flammulata 508 

fla\dpes 505,  506,  510 

grandis 508 

graphica 508 

infuscata 505,  506,  511 

intermedia 505 

interrupts 508 

leucopicta 506,  508 

lugubris 508 

lutaria '. 505,511 

mechowi 505,  506,  508,  511 

melancholica 505,  511 

muata 508 

nilotica 512 

nitidula 505,507 

nubifera 510 

obtusidentata 507 

octoguttata 511 

polysita 506 

prodotiformis 508 

pudica 507 

putzeysi 505,  506,  511 

quadristriata 510 

regalis 512 

reticostata 505,509 

(Ophrj^odera)     rufomai-ginata 

bohemani 509 

r.  distanti 509 

r.  poggei 509 

r.richteri 509 

saraliensis 505,  508 

semicuprea 510 

senegalensis 507 

suturalis 506,510 


Cicindela  uncivittata 505-507 

u.  exigua 507 

vicina 511 

villosa 505,  506,  510 

wellmani 505,  507 

Cicindelina 506 

Cicindelinse 504 

Cicindelini 506 

Cinostemidse 114 

Cinostemum 114 

flavescens 114 

pennsylvanicmii 114 

Circotettixundulatus 391 

verruciilatus 391 

Cissites 624 

Cistudo ; 115 

Citellus  elegans 404 

tridecemlineatus  pallidus..  404,  406 

variegatus  grammurus 404 

Citrigrada- 168 

Clausilia  aculus 455,  564,565 

a.  coreana 455 

a.  mokpoensis 455 

agna 575,  576 

a.  spicata 575,  576 

aulacopoma 572 

awajiensis 572 

belcheri 455 

brevior 568 

cladoptyx 585 

claviformis 455 

dsemonorum 580 

d.  viva 580 

degenerata 569 

d.  nakadiana 569 

digonoptyx 564 

dolichoptyx 576 

d.  micra 576 

eastlakeana 561-563 

e.  vaga 561 

echo 561,  562,  563 

entospira 579 

euholostoma 562 

exodonta 578 

exulans 579 

formosensis 569 

f.  hotawana 569,  570 

fultoni  svibsp.  clavula 567 

f usaniana 455 

hacliijoensis 580 

heniileuca 574 

hickonis 567,567 

h.  saucia 567 

hilgendorfi 565 

hirasei 576 

holotrema 575 

hj'perolia 571 

hyperoptyx 577,  578 

h.  sezokoensis 577,  578,  578 

idioptyx 584 

ikiensis 573 


1908.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA, 


655 


Clausilia  i.  tsushimana 573 

jacobiana 567 

j.  jacobiella 567 

japonica 565-567 

j.interplicata 566 

j. kobensis 566 

j.nipponensis 565,  566 

j.  var.  perobscura 565 

j .  var.  perst riata 565 

j.  ultima 566 

j.  vespertina 566 

Idkaiensis 576 

kobensis 566 

loxospira 566 

martensi 566 

nakadse 561,  563 

nakadai 569 

n.  degenerata 569 

nakanoshimana 576,  577 

nesiotica 562 

iiipponensis 566,  566 

nishinosliimana 568 

oxypomatica 576 

pattalus 580 

p.  miyakoensis 5S0 

pigra. 573 

platyauchen 571,  573 

pluviatilis 571 

ptychocyma 575 

purissima 575 

sarissa 576,577 

subaciilus 564 

subjaponica 567 

subhmellata 572 

swnhoei 569-571 

taiwanica 569,  570,  571 

tau 455 

thaumatopoma 579 

tokarana 580,  580,  581,  583 

t.  saccatibasis 580,  581,  582,  583 

tosana 572 

tripleuroptyx 564,565 

validiuscula 572 

variegata 561-563 

V.  var.  nakadai 563,  569 

(Megalophsedusa)  vasta 567 

yaeyamensis 576-578 

Clausiliids 452,586 

Clemmys.- 114 

Clinostomus  margarita 527,  529 

Clymenella  tentaculata 356 

Cnemidophorus 118 

hyperythrus 118 

sexlineatus 118 

Coceyzus  cayanen.?i.s. Ji.97 

cayanus 493 

cayennensis 494 

erj'throphthalmus 153 

macrocercus 493,^^97 

minutus 45^,496 

monachus 4P(^ 


Coceyzus  ridibundus 493 

rubicundus 493 

Colaptes  auratus  luteus , 153 

Coleonix 116 

elegans 116 

Coluber V2\,121 

abacurus 122 

allegheniensis 121 

amoenus 122 

coccineus 123 

constrictor 121 

corais 121 

couperi 121 

flagellum 121 

leberis 120 

leopardinus 121 

melanoleucus 121 

natrix 120,120 

nebulatus 123 

pimctatus 122 

sibon 123 

sipedon 120 

.striatula 121 

venustissimus 123 

vernalis 122 

\'iperinus 120 

Colubridff 120,  122 

Compsosoma 121 

Compsothlypis  americana 1.55 

Conalciea  liuachucana 393 

Coniophanes 123 

fis-sidens 123 

Conophis 123 

vittatus 123 

Conopsis  nasus 122 

Conozoa  acuminata 389 

carinata 366,389 

sulcifrons 389 

Contia 122 

mitis 122 

Contopus  virens 153 

Cora 468 

marina 487,  489,  490 

skinneri 488 

Cordulegaster 462,468 

diadema 481 

godmani 475,  477,  488 

Cordulegasterinse,    462,  464,  468-470, 

476,  485 

Cordulinse,  462,  464,  468,  470,  476,  485 

Coronella  sayi 122 

Coryna 601-603 

lata 615 

Corynorhinus  macro tis  pallescens..  407 

Cosmema  auropunctata .505.  .506 

marginepunctata 505 

wellmani 505 

Cottus  gracilis 535 

Coturniculus   passerinus   savanna- 
rum 154 


656 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


Covillea 385 

tridentata 366,376 

Criolis 620 

Crocodilini 113 

Crocodilus 113 

lucius 113 

mississippiensis 113 

niloticus 113 

Crotalus 124 

horridus 124 

miliarius 124 

Crotophytus 117 

dorsalis 117 

Crucigera  formosa 361,  362 

zygophora 361 

Cryptobranchidse 127 

Cryptobranchus 127 

allegheniensis 127 

Ctenosaura 117 

cycluroides 117 

Cuculus  cayanensis  minor 496 

cayanus 496,  497 

cayenensis 493 

mexicaniis 4^8 

melanogaster 4^6 

ridibundus 499 

rutilus ^5^,496 

rubicundus 499 

Cursores 1^8 

Cyanogomphus 468 

tumens 489 

Cvathopoma  micron 454  . 

Cyclophis i^2 

Cj^clophorus  formosaensis 31 

f .  interioris 31 

friesianus 31 

herklotsi 454 

turgidvis 31 

Cyclotus  campanulatus 31,  32,  454 

minutus 454 

m.  quelpartensis 454 

stenomphalus 32 

tanegashimanus v-     §1 

Cymatopleura  angulata 554 

cochlea 554 

elliptica 554 

gigantea 554 

gracilis 554 

hibernica 554 

kinkeri 554 

marina 554 

regula 554 

shulzei 503,554 

solea 554 

Cynais  canis 55 

CvTiomys  leucurus 404 

Cyperus  pseudovegetus 458 

Cvprinidfe 517-553 

Cystignathidee 125 

Cystignathus  nigritiis 125 

Dactylotum  variegatvmi 398 


Dalatias  licha 69 

DalatiidEe 69 

Daphnia 412,425 

Decapotoma 601,  602,  604 

Decatoma 602 

Deirochelys 114 

reticulata 114 

Delphinidae 29 

Dendroica  sestiva 155 

blackburnia? 155 

cserulescens 155 

coronata 155 

discolor 155 

palmarum  hypochryssa 155 

maculosa 155 

pensjdvanica 155 

striata 155 

Adgorsii 155 

virens 155 

Dennstoedtia  pun  ctilobula 449 

Deridea 623 

curculionides 624 

Dermochelidse 113 

Dermochelys 113 

Derotmema  delicatulum 388 

haydeni 389 

laticinctum 366,  367,  388 

Desmognathidfe 126 

Desmognathus 126 

Diadophis 122 

Diastatops 461 

Dicomptodon 127 

Diceratoptvx 583 

Dichroplus. 22 

brasiliensis 22 

Dicksonia  pilosiuscula 449 

Didicla 115 

Diemj'ctylus 126 

Diploglossus 117 

Diplommatina  cassa 32 

collarifera 589,590 

gotoensis 32,  33 

hangchowensis 37,  38 

hirasei 590 

hungerfordiana 38 

kumejimana 589 

kvushuensis 33 

nesiotica 589,590 

nipponensis 33 

okiensis 589,590 

o.  tsushimana 589 

paxillus 38,  454,  588 

p.  ultima 454,  588 

saginata 590 

schmackeri 38 

tanegashimse 590 

yonakunijimana 588 

Diplommatinidse 37 

Dipsas  annulatus 123 

Dipsosaurus 117 

Dissosteira  Carolina 386 


190S. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA, 


657 


Dolichonvx  orvzivorus 153 

Dolomedes ' 293 

Dromica  (Cosmema)  auropunctata  511 
(Cosmema)  marginepunotata..  512 

tricostata 511 

(Cosmema)  wellmani 512 

Dromicina 511 

Dromogomplius 461 

Drymarchon 121 

Drymobius 121 

Dryopteris  simulata 457 

Dythemis 466,468 

cannacriodes 4S7 

maya , 490 

rufiner\as 466 

velox 487-490 

Ecaudata 124,125 

Elseochlora 13 

arcuata 13 

humihs 13 

picticoUis 13 

pulchella 13 

trilineata 13 

viridicata 13 

Elaps 124 

lacteus 124 

lemniscatus 124 

Eleocharis  interstincta 458 

melanocarpa 458 

ochreata 458 

robbinsii 458 

rostellata 458 

Eletica 616 

bicolor 616 

cardinalis 616 

colorata 616 

Iseviceps 616 

oniatipemiis 616 

rufa 507,616,617 

stuhlmani 617 

Elodea 421,446 

Empidonax  minimus 153 

virescens 153 

Emydoidea 115 

Emydosauria 113 

Emys 114 

"belli 114 

blandingii 115 

europsea 115 

longicollis 115 

lutaria 115 

omata 114 

pi  eta 114 

punctata 114 

serpentina 115 

Ena  (Buliminus) 561 

coreana 455 

luchuana 598 

1.  nesiotica 598 

1.  oshimana 599 

rei  niana  omiensis 34 


Ena  r.  ugoensis 34 

r.  vasta 34 

Enallagma ..462,  467,  468 

csecmn  novfe-liispanise,   487,   489, 
490 

civile 469,  481,  486,  489 

prajvarmii 460,  481,  486 

Encoptolophus  subgracilis 367,  385 

texensis 366,  385 

Engj'stoma 125 

Engystomatidse 125 

Ennea  cava 455 

iwakawa 455 

i.  yonakunijimana 594 

Ensis 5 

Entoxychirus  uyato 69 

Ephidatia 487 

longipes  cubensis 489 

Epicauta 619 

canescens 619 

prolifica 619 

p.  var.  elunda 619 

Epigomphus 468,474 

eubobtusus 490 

tumefactus 490 

Episcopus 369 

1   Eptesicus  pallidus 408 

fuscus 408,409 

Eragrostissp 620 

I   Eretliizon  epixanthus 404 

Eretmochelys 115 

Ericymba  buccata 546,  547 

I   Erpetogomphus 462,  468 

copliias 481 

crotalinus 481 

elaps 481,490 

ophibolus 489 

sipedon 481 

viperinus 487,  489,  490 

Erythemis 462 

attala 489 

peruviana 489 

simplicicoUis 489 

s.  coUocata 481,  489 

verbenata 487,489 

Erythrodiplax 462,  466,  468 

berenice  najva 488 

connata 481,487-490 

funerea 487-490 

ochracea 487,489 

umbrata 487-490 

Erythrolamprus 123 

Esox  americanus 542 

Etmopterus  spinax 69 

Eublepharidse 116 

Euchirotes 119 

biporus 119 

Euchirotidse 119 

Eulalialongicornuta 329 

quadrioculata 329 


658 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec. 


Eulamia 63 

longimauus 65 

menisorrah 65 

milberti 62 

odontaspis 63 

oxvrhynchus 65 

Eulota.'. 42 

aperta 593 

a.  tumida 593 

caliginosa 592 

cecillei 454 

(Aegista)  celsa 33,  34 

chejuensis 454 

ciliosa 454 

(Plectotropis)  ciliosa 454 

(Euhadra)  contraria 591 

coreanica 454 

eminens 34 

formosensis 591 

fortunei 40 

fulvicans 41 

gottschei 454 

hachijoensis 41 

liebes 41 

horrida 454 

inomata 41 

inrinensis 41 

koreana 454 

Isdva 39 

lasia 454 

lautsi 41 

(Plectrotropis)  lepidophora 

scutifera 33 

1.  tenuis 33 

luhuana 454,592 

1.  latispira 592 

mi  era 41 

mimula 454,593 

ni.  peninsularis 454 

?munieriana 37 

okinoerabuensis 592 

orientalis 454 

oshecki 41 

(iEgista)  perangulata 592 

perplexa 41 

(Euhadra)  picta 591 

proxima 454 

pumilio 454 

purpurascens 454 

(Plectrotropis)  scitula 40 

senckenbergiana 592 

sieboldiana 454 

succincta 591 

tenuissima 454 

verrucosa 454 

vulvivaga  quelpartensis 454 

Eulotella 40 

Eumeces 118,  119 

Eunice  kobiensis 345 

Eunicidse 345 

Eunoe  depressa 333 

d.  var.  mammillata 333 


Eupagurus  arniatus 343 

Eupha^dusa 451,  561,  562 

Euphagus  carolinus 154 

Euphrosyne  arctica 340 

bicirrata 339 

borealis 339 

hortensis 339 

longisetosa 339 

Euphros3Tiid£e 339 

Eurjanorpha  cyanipes  mouffleti.505,  511 

Euscalpellum 106-108 

bengalense 108 

renei 108 

rostratum 108 

?  squamuliferum 108 

stratum 108 

Eutajnia 120 

Eutamias  amoenus  operarius 404 

minimus  consobrinus 404,  405 

quadri vittatus 404,   405 

Euthore 461 

Euzonitis 620 

Evotomys  gapperi  galei 404 

Exoglossum  maxillingua 535,  552 

Farancia 122 

drummondi 122 

Faroa  wellmani 616 

Felis  hippolestes 404 

Ficimia 123 

olivacea 123 

Formosana i 569 

Fulgur 3-9 

carica 3,  5,  6,  8 

perversa 3,  6,  8 

Galeocerdo  tigrinus 61 

Galeorhinidiie 55 

galeus 57,  59,  60 

zyopterus 60,  61 

Galeoscoptes  carolinensis 156 

Galeus 53 

melastomus 53 

mustelus 59 

Ganesella 40,  452,  453 

albida 593,594 

a.  mollicula 593,  594 

?gradata 455 

japonica 40 

Gatt  vana  amondseni 336 

ciliata 337 

cirrosa 337 

senta 337 

Geckonidse 116 

Geigeria  wellmani 615 

Geolycosa 163,514: 

arenicola 241 

baltimoriana 246 

carolinensis 248 

latifrons 242 

texana 2^8,514: 

Georgia 121 

Georissa 38 

bachmanni 38,  39 


1908. 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


659 


Georissa  heudei 38,  39 

(Georissopsis)  heudei 38 

liungerfordi  ana 38 

nivea 38 

sinensis 38,  39 

sulcata 38 

Georissopsis 38 

Geothlypis  trichas 155 

Gerrlionotus 118 

liocephalus 118 

tessellatus 118 

GingljTnostoma 54 

cirratum 53 

Ginglymostomidae 53 

Glauconia 119 

Glyceranana 347 

tesselata 348 

Glyceridaj 347 

Glycinde  wireni 348 

Glyptemys 114 

insculptus 114 

Gnathium 621 

Gomphina?,  462,  464,  468,  470,  476,  485 

Gomplioides 468 

suasa 489 

Gomphus 461 

Goniada  annulata 348 

Goniadidip 348 

Gopherus 113 

Gradientia 112, 113,  116,  124 

Graphipterus  sp 511 

Graptemys 114 

geographica 114 

Gryllidc^ 399 

Gryllus  armatus 400,  402 

(Locusta)  lineatus 20 

personatiis 399 

Guloluscus 404 

Gymnandeniopsi s  nivea 458 

Gymnopogon  brevifolius 458 

Gynacantha 462 

septima 490 

tibiata 489 

trifida 489,490 

Gyrinopliilus 126 

Hadrotettix  trifaseiatus 392 

Haldea 121 

Halosydna  insigiiis 330,  338 

lordi 330 

pulchra 329 

Harmothoe  hirsuta 334 

imbricata 334 

truncata 332 

tuta 331 

Hedera  helix 449 

Heliastus  aridiis 366,  392 

HeUcida? 39 

Helicina 560 

baldwini 560 

laciniosa 560 

rotelloidea 560 


Helicina  uberta 560 

HeUcops 121 

alleni 121 

carinicaudatus 121 

erythrogrammus 122 

Helix  ciliosa 452 

(Satsuma)  gradata 452 

hortensis ;. 425 

pomatia 425 

rejecta 554,594 

Helminthophila  pinus 155 

Helmitheros  vermivorus 155 

Heloderma 117 

horridum 117 

Helodermatidse 117 

Helodromas  solitarius 153 

HemidactyUum 126 

Heniiphsedusa 453,  571 

HeniiscylUdiie 53 

Hemizaptj^x 575 

Heptranchias  cinereus 52 

Hermadion  truncata 332,  335 

Hermellida^ 358 

Herpetodryas  a;sti\'us 122 

getulus 122 

margaritiferus 121 

tricolor 122 

Herpyllus 288 

Hesionidse 341 

Hesperagrion 461,  468 

heterodoxum 481 

Hesperotettix  festivals 367,  393 

Heteragrion 468 

chrysops 489,490 

erytlirogastrum 490 

tricellulare 487,490 

Hetffirina 462,  466,  468 

americana 462,  472,  481 

capitalis 462,489 

cruentata 481,  487,  489 

fuscoguttata 490 

infecta 489 

macropus 462,  487,  490 

majuscula 490 

maxima 488 

miniata 480,489 

rudis 478,489 

titia 462,489 

tolteca 478,488 

tricolor 462,  487,  489 

^ailnerata 481 

Hetserinse 468 

Heterodon 123 

platjThinus 123 

Heterodontidse 52 

Heterodontus  japonicus 52 

Heterozaptyx 576 

Hexanchidse 52 

Hexanchus  griseus 52 

Hibiscus 607 

Hippasa 160,293 


660 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


Hippiscus  corallipes 386 

Hirundo  erythrogastra 137,  154 

Holbrookia 117 

maculata 117 

Hololepida  magna 329 

Holoscalpellum ; 109 

Homalocranium 124 

planiceps 124 

Homalosaparus 17 

canonicus 17 

Homoeogamia  erratica 369 

Horesidotes  cinereus 379,  381 

papagensis 366,  379,  381 

Horia 624   | 

africana 624 

senegalensis 624  \ 

testacea 624  I 

Horiina? 624 

Hudsonius 535  | 

Hyalina  mamillaris 594,  595 

Hyalopomatopsis  occidentalis 362   ; 

Hybognathus  nuchalis 521,521   \ 

n.  argj-ritis 521 

n.  regius 521 

procne 53^,532 

Hybopsis  amblops 549 

bifrenatus 531 

dissimilis 549 

kentuckiensis 550 

storerianus 550 

Hvcloeus  duodecimpunctata 604 

Hycleus 602 

decimguttatus 6O4 

Hydra  viridis 415 

Hydrocenidse 38 

Hyla 125 

arborea 125 

baudinii 125 

viridis 125 

Hylida- 125 

Hylocichla  alicise 156 

fuscescens 156 

guttata  pallasi 156 

mustelina 156 

ustulata  swainsoni 156 

Hj-lodes  gryllus 125 

lineatus 125 

Hyponeura 468 

funcki 481,489 

lugens 481 

Hypopachus 125 

seebachii 125 

variolosum : 125 

Hypselostoma 43 

(Boysidia)  hangchowensis 42 

Inmanensis 43 

(Boysidia)  hunana 42,  43 

Hypsiglena 123 

ochrorhyncha 123 

Icteriavirens 156 

Icterus  galbula 154 


Icterus  spurius 154 

Idiozaptyx 583 

Iguanidse 116 

Inia 27 

Iridoprocne  bicolor 154 

Ischnognathus 121 

Ischnura 462,  467,  468,  489 

demorsa 481 

denticoUis 481 

ramburi 469,  472,  481 

r.  var.  credula 481,  487,  489 

Iselma 6^5,623 

Isoetes  dodgei 457 

Isolessa  feiTuginea 381-383 

texana 381,382 

Isopentra 619 

Isurus  oxyrinchus 55 

Juncus  setaceus 458 

Kaliella 598 

boninensis 598 

ceratodes 597 

coreana 455 

crenulata 455 

elongata 598 

fusaniana .-..  455 

gudei 597 

g.  mutsuensis 597 

koshinoshimana 597 

longissima 597 

multivolvis 455 

obesiconus 455 

praealta 598 

sororcula 597 

subcrenulata 597 

s.  satsumana 597 

Enosternum  brevicaudatum 114 

longicaudatum 114 

Koeblerinia  spinosa 366 

Lacerta 113 

acanthura 117 

buUaris 116 

chalcides 118 

crocodilus 113 

orbiculare 117 

punctata 127 

quinquelineata 118 

serpens 118 

strumosa 116 

viridis  carolinensis 116 

V.  jamaicensis 116 

Lacertilia 116 

Lsenanuda 352 

Lagisca  multisetosa 335 

m.  var.  papillata 335 

rarispina 335 

Lagorhina 617 

Lais 461 

Lamna  cornubica 54,  55 

Lamnidse 55 

Lampropeltis 122 

Lanice  heterobrancliia 350 


1908.1 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


661 


Leimonia 163,207 

Lepidonotus  cseloris 331 

fragiUs 332 

robustus 330 

squamatus 331 

Lepidosternum  floridana 119 

Leptagiion 461 

Lepthemis  vesiculosa 487,  489,  490 

Leptobasis 468 

A-acillans ......487,489 

Leptodira 123 

Leptopalpus 621 

Leptophis 123 

ahffituUa 122 

Leptotyphlopidse 119 

Leptotyphlops 119 

Leptysma 16 

liliformis 16 

gracilis 16 

Lepus  americanus  bairdi 404 

campestris 404 

townsendi 404 

Lestes 462,  467,  468 

alacer 481 

henshawi 488 

tenuatus 489 

Lestinae,  462,  464,  468,  469,  470,  476, 
485 

Leuciscus  elongatus 527,  535 

niargarita 527 

vandoisulus 526 

Leucorhinia 461 

Libelulla 462,  467,  468 

auripennis 472,  488 

Comanche 475,  488 

foUata 475,488 

herciilea 489,490 

luctuosa 475,  488 

nodisticta 475,  481,  488 

saturata 481 

s.  croceipennis 481 

Libellulinse,  462,  464,  468-470,  476,  485 

Lichanura 119 

trivirgata 119 

Ligurotettix 366 

coquilletti 384 

kunzei 366,384 

Lilseopsis  lineata 4-50 

Linguelapsus 127 

lepturus 127 

Liodytes 121 

Liolepisma 118 

Liopeltis 122 

Litaneutria  skinneri 370 

Lithodytes 125 

Locusta 20 

Locustiiife 12 

Loricata 113 

Luchuphaedusa 569 

Lumbriclymene  pacifica 356 

Lumbrinerida) 346 


Lumbrineris  heteropoda 346 

Lunatia 

Lutreola  lutreocephala  energuni- 
eiios 

Lycosa,  160-162,  168,  170,  170, 
210,  211,  211,  220,  221-223, 
285,  287,  292,  293,  299,  299, 

albohastata 163,226, 

animosa 

antelucana 163,283 

apicata 163,224,232 

arenicola,  103,  222,  223,  239, 

aspersa 163.  224,  236 

a  vara,  163,  222,  223,  225,  226, 


346 
5 

404 
171, 
284, 
300, 
514 
275 
164 
,513 
513 
240, 
241 
242 
279, 


avida 164 

babingtonii 163,  228,  229 

baltimoriana 163,  224,  246,  246 

beanii 163,  223,  273 

bilineata 220 

brunneiventris 163 

canadensis 179 

carolinensis,  163,  222,  224,  225, 
245,  246,  248,  514 

charanoides 217,  514 

cinerea,   163,  222,  223,  281,  282, 

283 

coloradensis 163,  223,  249 

communis 163,253 

concinna 205 

crudelis 163,229 

discolor 164 

domifex 242, 2^^^ 

dromoea 202 

encarpata 164 

epigynata 163 

erratica,   163,  225,  226,  245,  251, 

253 

euepig^-nata 267,514 

exitiosa 163 

fatifera,  161,  163,  222,  223,  238, 
241,  242,  242,  249 

fativera 513 

flavipes 179 

floridana,  163,  223,  225,  231,  283 
frondicola,  163,  225,  226,  258,  261, 

261 

fumosa 163,272 

funerea 286,  288,  513 

furcifera 204,205 

fuscula 205 

georgiana I64 

georgicola 164 

glacialis 204,205 

gosiuta 222,  225,  281 

grandis 163,  224,  229,  231 

giilosa 163,  225,  226,  26.5,  514 

grossipes 164 

halodroma 282 


662 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


Lycosa  lielluo,  163,  222,  224,  226,  229, 
231,  233 

helvipes 163,229 

humilis 217 

immaculata 163 

infesta 164 

indigatrix 202 

inhonesta 163,  242 

impavida 164, 199 

insopita 163,  267,  514 

iracunda 202 

kochii 163,  223,  263,  267 

latifrons 163 

lenta,  163,  224,  242,  243,  245,  245, 
246 

1.  var.  baltimoriana 224 

lepida 163,253 

littoralis 163 

lynx 282 

mccooki 513 

maritima 

milberti 

milvina 

minima 

missouriensis 163 

modesta,  163,  163,  225,  226. 


163,  282 

163 

514 
177 


.513, 


261, 


mordax 

nidicola 163, 

nidifex 163, 

nigra 

nigroventris \&Z,261, 

oblonga 

ocreata 214,215, 

o.pulclira 

perdita 

permunda 1 64,  224, 

philadelphiana 

pictilis 164,  225,  226,  270, 

pikei 

pilosa 164, 

polita 164, 

pratensis,  164,  225,  226,  261, 

propinqua 164, 

pudens 

pulchra 164, 

punctulata 164,  224,  256, 

pm-celli ■164, 

quinaria 164,224, 

relucens 217, 

riparia 164,  224,  233, 

rubicunda....l64,  222,  223,  278, 

rufa 

rufiventris 164, 

ruricola 164, 

sagittata I64, 

saltatrix 217,513, 

sayi 164, 

scalaris 

scutulata,  164,  224,  253,  255, 


164 


261 

164 
220 
220 
164 
233 
164 
271 
164 
248 
279 
263 
253 
164 
267 
258 
267 
277 
514 
236 
279 
214 
281 
245 


164 
256, 
256 


Lycosa  sepulchralis I64,  270 

similis 164,229 

stemalis 188 

stonei 215 

sublata 288 

suspecta I64 

tacIi}^poda 199 

texana I64 

tignna 164,238 

tristis 202 

triton 164 

uncata 209 

vafra 164,229 

vehemeris 164 

venustula 217 

verisimilis 217 

vulpina 164,238 

wacondana 313 

xerampelina 199 

Lycosidse 158-318 

Lj^cosides 168,169 

Lycosoidaj 169 

Lydoceras 602 

Lygosoma 118 

LvmniBa,  411-414,  420,  421,  424,  425, 
428  -  430, 434, 436. 438,443,446,447 

columella 410-448 

elodes 424 

megasoma 421 

Lynx  uinta 404 

Lytta 601,617 

amethystina 506,  617,  618 

atrocoerulea 617 

bilineata 618 

bipustulata 616 

buqueti 617 

caelestina 618 

clialybea 617 

cinctifrons 617 

episcopalis 617 

hemicrania 618 

laminicomis 618 

maculifrons 618 

melanocephala 618 

m.  var.  bilineata 618 

metastemalis 618 

myrmidio : 618 

notifrons 618 

pectoralis 168 

rubropectus 618 

signifrons 617,  618 

strigida 618 

subrugulosa 618 

tboracica 618 

vellicata 619 

Lyttinaj 602 

Lyttini 617 

Macrochelys 114 

Macrochlamys  liypostilbe 455 

rejecta..". 555,596 

subrejecta 595 


1908.1 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


663 


Macroclemni5's 114 

Macroniia 462,  468 

Maoropus  caixana 496,  4^6 

Macrothemis  celseno 466 

hemichlora 489,490 

inacuta 489 

pseudimitans 487,  489,  490 

Malache 607 

Malaclemys 114 

Malacoclemmys 114 

Maldane  sarsi 355 

similis 355 

Maldanella  robusta 355 

Maldanida? 355 

Manculus 126 

Manisuris  rugosa 458 

Manolepis 123 

Mantichora  congoensis 506,  512 

Imngstonei 512 

Mantichorini 512 

MantidfP 369 

Marmota  flaviventer 404 

Mecistogaster 468 

modestus 489,490 

omatus 489,490 

Megacephala  regalis 512 

Megacephalina 512 

Megacephalini 512 

Megaloprepus  cserulatus 489,  490 

Megatrachelus 620 

Melsenis  loveni 337 

Melias  corallirhynchus 4^6 

Melanerpes   erythrocephalus 153 

Melanoplus  aridus 396 

atlanis 366,396 

brownii 366,  395 

canonicus ■..368,  396,  397 

cuneatus 395 

femur-nigrum 397 

femur-rubrum 397 

flabelUfer 395 

flaAadus 396 

herbaceus  flavescens 395 

occiden talis 395 

Melinna  cristata 349,  349 

denticulata 349 

Meloida^ 600-624 

Melospiza  georgiana 154 

Mephitis  mesomelas  vaiians 404 

Mermiria  texana 371 

Merula  migratoria 156 

Mesoscalpellum 110 

Mestobregma  obliterata 386 

Metaleptobasis 468,474 

Metalycseus 587 

Metator  pardalinum 386,  387 

Metazaptyx 579,580 

Miathvria  marcella 489 

simplex 489 

Micratlm-ia 462,468 

debilis 489 


MicrathjTia  didyma 489 

dissocians 489 

exirnia 489 

ocellata 489 

Microcentrum  affiliatum 399 

Microstigma 461 

Microps  lineatum 120 

Microcystina  lanipra 455 

Microcystis  rejecta 594 

Microcentrum 398,399 

laurifolium 399 

rhombitolia 398,399 

thoracicmn 399 

Microtus  mordax 404 

nanus 404 

pennsvlvanicus   modestus 404 

Mimesthes'. 602 

Miogrvllus  pictus 401 

Mitella 106 

Mniotilta  varia 155 

Mocoa  zelandica 118 

Molothrus  ater 153,  154 

Murex  fortispinna 7 

Mustela  amerioana 404 

Mustelus  equestris 56,  57 

felis 59 

mento 57 

mustelus....' 56 

Mya 5,  6 

M5darchus  crinitus 153 

Mylabris 601,  602,  607,  610 

affinis 604 

ambigua..." 604 

amphibia 615 

andongoana 607 

angolensis 615 

atrochalybea 607 

benguelana 607 

bicincta 607 

bifasciata 612 

bifucata 608 

bilineata 608 

bissexguttata 608 

bizonata 609 

bohemanni 615 

carinifrons 608 

cheATolati 604 

chisambensis 600,  608 

chiyakensis 605 

c.  var.  tekama 605 

chrysomelina 603 

(Actenodia)  chrysomelina 601 

cichorii 609 

decorata 604 

dentata 601,609 

(Actenodia)   deserticola 600 

deserticollis 603 

dicincta 609 

d.  var.  buqueti 609 

discrepens 609 

dispar 609 


664 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec. 


Mylabris  duodecimguttata 609 

duodecimpimctata 601 

elendensis 606 

ericksoni 609 

exclamationis 615 

flavoguttata 609 

gamicola 609 

haroldi 610 

hermannise 604 

holosericea 610 

hybrida 610 

interna 615,  616 

Jacob 610 

jucunda 604 

lactimala 610 

lanigera 610 

lanuginosa 604 

liquida 610,614 

mixta 604 

muata 610 

mylabroides 604 

myops 610 

m.  var.  welwitschi 611 

ocxilata 611 

o.  var.  moufieti 611 

o.  var.  ophthalmica 611 

omega 606 

opacula 611 

palliata 611 

paulinoi 611 

phalerata 615 

phelopsis 611 

plmdalis .• 601,611 

posthuma 604 

regis 606 

(Decapotoma)  regis 601 

ristriguttata 615 

rufitarsis 612 

senegalensis 612 

s.  var.  conjuncta 612 

serricomis..... 616 

sibyls 612 

temporalis 606 

tergemina 604 

tincta 613 

tindila 613 

tortuosa 609 

tricolor 614 

trifurca 616 

trispila 614 

tristigma 614,  615 

t.  tribuli 614 

tristriguttata 615 

villosa 610 

yerburyi 615 

Myriopln^llum 421,  424,  431,  446 

Myotis  evotis 408 

lucifugus  longicrus 408 

Mytilus 6 

Nanemys 114 

Nassa 5 


Nassa  obsoleta 5 

trivittata 5 

Naticaampla 555 

bicolor 555,  557 

chemnitzii 556,  558 

didjTOa 555,558 

incisa 556,  558 

intermedia 555,  558 

lamarckiana 556,  557 

lamarckii.... 555,  557 

papjTacea 555 

p.  major 556,  558 

petiveriana 555,  557 

problematica 556,  558 

robusta 556 

secunda 559 

tasmanica 556,  558 

vesicalis 555,  558 

Natrix 120,  120, 121 

gemonensis 121 

Nebrius 54 

concolor 54 

Necturus 127 

maculatus 127 

Necydalis 620 

Nemobius  neomexicamis 399 

Nemognatha 621-623 

Neoneura 468,474 

amelia 480,487 

paya 480,489 

Neoscaipellum 110 

Neosorex  palustris  navigator 404,  405 

Neotoma  orolestes 404 

fallax 404 

Nephepeltia 474,  487,  489 

phrjTie 489 

Nephthydidse 341 

Nepthys  assimilis 342 

ciliata 341 

coeca 341 

longisetosa 3^2 

malmgreni 342 

Nereidffi 342 

Nereis  agassizi 344 

armillaris 323 

brandti 344 

cycliirus 343 

dumerilii 344 

limbata 344 

paucidentata 343 

pelagica 342 

procera 343 

vexillosa 344 

(Alitta)  vexillosa 344 

virens 344 

(Alitta)  virens 344 

Nerita  umbili  cata  li vida 555 

Nerodia 120 

Nicomache  carinata 356 

Ninoenigripes 347 

I  simpla 347 


190S. 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


665 


Nothria  geophiliformis 346 

iridescens 345 

Notomastus  giganteus 354 

Notophyllum  imbricatum 329 

Notropis  ariommus 535 

atherinoides 542 

bifrenatus 530,531 

boops 535 

cayuga 53S 

chalybseus 541 

cornutus 539 

deliciosus 531,  535 

d.  stramineus 531 

hudsonins 535,  536 

h.  amarus 536 

keimi 533 

photogenis 544,  545 

p.  amoenus 545 

procne 531,532 

rubrifrong 542 

urabratilis  ardens 545 

whipplii 537,539 

w.  analostanus 538 

scabriceps 535,  541 

jejunus 535,  542 

Nuda 124 

Nycliia  amondseni 336 

Nycticorax  nycticorax  ntevius 153 

Ochotona  saxatilis 404,405 

Octogomphus 461 

Odocoileus  hemionus 404 

macrourus 404 

Odontaspis 65 

Odontochila  en'thropyga..505,  506,  511 

variventris 506 

Odontochilina 506 

(Ecanthus  nigricomis 402 

niveus 402 

quadripunctatus 366,  402 

(Enas 620 

bicolor 620 

melanura 620 

Oligosoma 118 

Oraalotettix 17 

signatipes 17 

Ommexecha 12 

servillei 12 

Omphalotropis  japonica 454 

Onuphidse 345 

Opeas  clavulinum 455 

c.  kyotoense 455 

heudei 455 

javanicum 455 

OpbeUidffi 354 

Opheodrys 122 

Ophiboliis 122 

Ophidia 119 

Ophidii 119 

Ophiogomplms 461 

Ophioglossum  arenarium 457 

Ophisaiirus 117 


Ophryodera  boheniaiii 509 

distanti 509 

rufomarginata 506,  509 

Oporornis  formosa 155 

Orectolobus  barbatus 53 

japonicus 53 

Orophu.s 398 

retiuervis 398 

salicif olia 398 

Orphulella  compta 367,  378 

Oplonffischna 461,  462,  468 

armata 460,481 

Orthemis 462,468 

biolleyi 480 

ferruginea 481,  489,  490 

le\as 487,489 

Osceola 122 

Ostrea 6,  7 

Othonna 615 

Ovis  canadensis 404 

Oxyechus  vociferus 153 

Oxynotus  centrina 68 

Pachydiplaxlongipennis. 481 

Palseninema 468,  474 

angelina 489 

desiderata 478 

paulina 489 

Paltothemis  lineatipes .481,  487,  490 

Pandion  hali;<>tus  carolinensis 153 

Panicum  condensiim 458 

Pantala 462 

fiavescens....462,  472,  481,  489,  490 

hymenaja 489 

Paracornops 16 

longipenne 16 

Paramecium 441 

Paranarimii  mobola 506 

Paraphlebia 461,  467,  468,  487 

hyalina 481 

Parazaptyx 579 

Paratettix  toltecus 366,  368,  371 

Pardosa,   160-163,  168-170,  171,  210. 

211,  211,  284,  292,  300-302, 

316 

albomacukita 164,202 

albopateUa 177 

annulipes 164 

atra 164,172,188 

banksi 164,  173,  182 

bilineata 220 

brunnea 164,205 

califomica....l64,  173,  174,  192, 195 

canadensis 164 

coloradensis 164, 1^^ 

concinna 205 

disti.i-ta 164,  173,  174,  192 

dorsalis 164,209 

dromoea 164 

emsrtoni 164,  172,  174 

flavipes \Q>\,179 

florjdana 164 


666 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


Pardosa  fur oi fera 16 4, 

fusciila -?6-4,206, 

gracilis 

groenlandica,   164,   172,    174 
200, 

impavida 

indigatrix 164, 

intrepida 

iracunda 164, 

labradorensis 164,  173,  205, 

lapidiana 

lapidicina,  164,  173,  174,  194, 
197, 

littoralis 164, 

longispinata 164, 173, 

luteola 164,188, 

mackenziana 165,  173,  174, 

mercurialis 165,  197, 

mil\dna 165,  173,  174,  177, 

minima 165, 

modica 165,174,202, 

m.  A'ar.  brumiea 172, 

mcBsta 165,173, 

montana 165, 

nigra 

nigropalpis 165, 179, 

obsoleta 

pallida 165,179,191, 

parvula 

pauxiUa 165, 173,  174. 

saxatilis 1 65,  1 73, 

scita 165.179, 

sinistra 165, 

solivaga 

sternaUs 165,  172,  174,  185, 

tachypoda 165, 

texana 165, 

tristis 165, 

uncata 165, 

venusta ^ 165, 

xerampelina 165,  172, 

Parepiscopus 

Paropomala  acris 371, 

calamus 

cylindrica 

dissimilis 

pallida 371, 

perpallida 368, 

virgata 

Paspalum  glabra t  ui  1 1 

Passerculus  sandwiclu-nsis  sax  anna 

Passerella  iliaca 

Passerina  cyanea 

Pectinaria  auricoma 

Peisidice  aspera 

Pelobatidse 

Perilestes 

fragilis 478, 

Periplaneta  americana 

Perithemis 

domitia  intensa 481, 


207 
207 
217 
189, 
202  1 
164 

164 
202 
207 
514 
195, 
198 
183 
209 
192 
207 
514 
179 
177 
207 
205 
183  I 
199 
286 
514 
197 
192 
165 
180  1 
174  I 
514 
202 
215 
188 
199 
197 
202 
209 
197 
198 
369 
375 
371 
371 
371 
373 
373 
371 
.15S 
154 
154 
154 
353 
338 
126 
474 
490 
368 
462 
489 


Perithemis  d.  iris 487,489 

d.  mooma 489 

Peromvscus  nebracensis 404,  406 

riifinus 404 

truei  nasutus 404 

Petalochlamys 594 

doenitzi 596 

perfragilis 596 

p.  sakui 596 

p.  shikokuensis 596 

planata 595 

planula 595 

quelpartensis 455 

rejecta 594-596 

serenus 5% 

subrejecta 455,  595,  596 

Petalogna'tiius 123 

Petroclielidon  lunilVons 154 

Pheidole  punctulata 508 

Phenacobius  teretulus 546 

Phenacomys  preblei 404,  406 

Philogenia^ 468,474 

Phimothvra 122 

Pholceminuta 338 

Phr\Tiosoma 117 

Phrvnotettix  magnus 366,  393 

Phvllodactvlus 116 

pulclHT 116 

Phvllf)d()n"  citrina 328,  328 

'  mucosa ?,2S,828 

Phvllodocida" 328 

Phyllorhyncluis 122 

browni 122 

Physa 412,413 

Piava 492-501 

'  boliviana 493,  496 

brachyptera 496 

cabanisi 495 

cauccT 492,495 

cayana 492-495,497-501 

c.  boliviana 497,  501 

c.  cabanisi 500 

c.  caucjp 497,  499 

c.  cayana 497 

c.  coiumbiana 497,  498 

c.  guanensis 498 

c.  insulana 497,  498,  498 

c.  macroura 497,  501 

c.  mehleri 497,  499 

c.  mexicana 497,  498 

c.  nigricrissa 497,  500 

c.  pallescens 497,  500 

circe AM, 501 

c.  var.  guauraina 501 

coiumbiana 493,  495,  497,  500 

columbianus 494,  498,  499 

guarania 495 

guianensis 494,  495 

insulana 493,  495,  499,  500 

macroura 493-497,  501,  501 

niacrourus 494 


190S.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


667 


Piaya  mehleri 492,  494,  495,  499,  500 

melanogaster 496 

melanogastra 492,  495,  496 

mesurus 494 

mexicana 492,  494,  495 

mexicanus 494,  498 

minuta 495,496 

nigricrissa.... 493-495,  497,  499,  500 

pallescens 493-495,500 

rutila 496 

thermophila 499 

Pimephales  notatus 523 

promelas 522 

Pionosvllis  gigantea 325 

magnifica 325,  325,  326 

Pipa 125 

Pipilio  erythrophthalmus 137,  154 

Piranga  ervthromelas 133,  154 

Pirata,  160,  162,  163,  168,  169,  299,  299, 
300,  301,  316 

agilis 165,307 

aspirans 165,  301,  303 

bilobata 165,  301,  315 

elegans 165,307 

exigua 165,303 

febriculosa 165,  301,  311 

humicolus 165,  301,  305,  306 

insularis 165,  301,  309,  311 

liber 165,311 

marxi 165,  301,  307,  309 

minuta 165,  305 

minutus 165,  301,  303 

montanoides 165 

montamis 165,  301,  306,  307 

nigromaculatus 165,  307 

piratica 165,  309,  313 

p.  utahensis 301,  313 

procursus 199 

prodigiosa 165,  301,  313,  315 

sedentarius 165,313 

wacondana 165 

Pisaurida^ 168,300 

Pisidium 31 

japonicum 35 

Pista  cristata 351 

fasciata 351 

Pityophis 121 

Planorbis 412,413 

Platanista 25 

Plathemis  subornata 475,  488,  489 

Plat\Tiereis  agassizi 344 

megalops 344 

Platypeltis 115 

ferox 115 

Plat\T3lax 468 

Platythyra 114 

Plectotropis 41,  453 

brevibarbis 594 

Plestiodon 118,119 

Plethodon 126 

Plethodontidff 126 


Pleurococcus 425 

Pleurodelida^ 126 

Pluchea  sericea 367 

Posecetes  gramineus 154 

Podarke  pugettensis 341 

Polinices 555 

aulacoglossa 558,  559 

didyma 556-558 

d.  ampla 556,  557 

d.  bicolor 557 

d.  vesicalis 557 

papjTacea 558 

tasmanica 556 

Pollicipes 107 

Polycirrussp : 353 

PolVnoe  fragilis 332 

■'  piilchra 329 

tuta 331 

PoljTioida' 329 

Poroderma  stellare 52 

Porrima 293 

Potamia S99 

Potamillareniformis 359 

Potamothemis 461 

Prionace  glauca 62 

Prionotus 620 

Priscodelphinus  granda;vus....24,  25,  28 

Pristiurus 53 

Progne  subis 154 

Progomphus 466,  468,  474 

integer 466 

obscurus  borealis 488 

pygmteas 490 

serenus 466 

Proscalpelluin 107,  107 

Proteidse 127 

Proteus 125 

Protoneura 462,  468,  474,  478,  487 

aniatoiia 480,489 

aurautiaea 489 

remissa 480 

Protula  geniculata 361 

Pseudemys 114 

concinna 114 

Pseudobranchus 127 

Pseudoficimia 122 

pulchra 122 

Pseudoleon 461,  462,  468 

superbus 480,  481,  489 

Pseudopotamilla  anoculata 359 

brevibranchiata 360 

debilis 360 

intermedia 359 

occelata 360 

reniformis 359 

splendida 359 

Pseudosermyle  truncata 371 

Pseudostignia 461,  467,  468 

aberrans 489 

Pseudotriton  marginatum 126 


66S 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACAD  10 MY    OK 


[Dec. 


Psoloessa  buddiana 381-383 

maculipennis 381  383 

texana 366,  367,  381,  388 

Ptychemys 114 

conciuna 114 

Punctum  amblygona 455 

a.  conoideum • 455 

Pupilla  cryptodon 455 

Pupillida? :..     42 

Pupinella  ruf a 454 

Purpura 5 

lapillus 5 

Putorius  arizonensis 404 

longicauda 404,406 

nigripes 404,406 

streatori  leptus 404 

Pyramidula  costulata 455 

elatior 455 

Pyrgomorphinse 12 

Pyrrhocorax  columbianus 498 

guianensis 497 

mesurus 49S 

pallescens 500 

Pj^thia  ffigialitis 35 

cecillei 35 

nana 35 

pachyodon 35 

scarabseus ■ 35 

Quercus  michauxi 458 

Quiscalus  quiscula 154 

Rana 125-441 

bufo 125 

ovalis 125 

temporaria 125 

Ranidffi 125 

Realia 39 

Regina  kirtlandii 120 

Regulus  calendula 156 

Reinia 561,562 

Rena 119 

dulcis 119 

Repentia • 116 

Rhabdosteus 28,29 

latiradax 24-30 

Rhadinea 123 

melanocephala 123 

obtiisa 123 

Rhinechis.; 121 

scalaris 121 

Rhineura 119 

Rhinichthys 529 

atronasus 526,  548 

cataractse 547.  549 

Rhinochilus 123 

lecontei 123 

Rhodopygia 468,474 

Riopa  punctata 118 

Riparia  riparia 154 

Romalea  nuptialis 16 

Pi umex  hastat ulus 458 


Rynchospora  oligantha 458 

rariflora 458 

Sabella  elegans 359 

formosa 358 

Sabellaria  californica 358 

cementarimn 358 

Sabellida; 358 

Saccolepis  gibba 458 

Salamandra  attenuata 127 

gigantea 127 

glutinosa 126 

longicauda 126 

porphyriticus 126 

quadridigitata 126 

scutata 126 

Salentia 112, 124, 125 

Salvadora 122 

grahamia^ 122 

Samytha  bioculata ..■  350 

Saparus 17 

Sauromalus ,  117 

ater 117 

Sayornis  phoebe 133, 153 

Scalibregma  inflatum 356 

Scalibregmida? 356 

Scalpellum 104-111 

angustum 109 

aurivillii 110 

bellum Ill 

californicuni 109 

calvaratum 109 

carinatum '. llO 

chiliense Ill 

cornutum 109 

diceratum 105 

dicheloplax 110 

edwardsi 110 

formosum Ill 

gibberum 109 

gibbum 109 

gracile Ill 

groenlandicum 109 

gruveli 110 

hamatum 109 

idioplax 1 10 

imperfectum 110 

inerme 109 

intermedium 1 10 

japonicum 110 

javanicuni 110 

laccadivicum 110 

larvale 110 

marginatum 110 

nipponense 110 

nymphocola 109 

ornatum 109 

osseuin 109 

patagonicum 109 

peronii 107 

pbantasma 110 

pressum 109 


1908.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHiLADELPHIA. 


669 


Scalpellum  rostratuni 107, 108 

salartiae 109 

sanctsebarbarae 110 

scalpellum 105,108 

steamsi 105,  107 

stroemii 104,  109 

s.  aduncum 109 

s.  latirostrum 109 

s.  luridum 109 

s.  obesum 109 

s.  septentrionale 109 

s.  substroemii 109 

uncus 107 

velutinum 109 

villosum 106 

Scapanea 461 

frontalis 466 

Scaptocosa 163 

Scaphiopus 126 

bombifrons 126 

haniiiKindi 126 

solitarius 126 

Sceloporus  torquatus 117 

Schistocerca 20 

gratissima 20 

lineata 20 

pallens 20 

vaga 366,393 

venusta 393 

Schizocosa 162,  163,  170,  210 

bilineata 165,  212,  218,  220 

charonoides 165 

gracilis 165 

humilis 165 

ocreata 165,  212,  215 

o.  pulchra 165 

relucens 165 

rufa 165 

saltatrix 165,  212,  215 

stonei 165 

venustula 165,  217 

verisimilis 165 

Schizodelpliis  canaliculatus 29 

sulcatus 29 

Scillselepas 107 

Scincidsp 118 

Scincus  pavimentatus 118 

punctatus 118 

rufescens 118 

telfairi 118 

Scirpus  torreyi 458 

Sciurus  aberti  concolor 404 

fremonti 404 

ludovicianus 406 

Scolecophis 123 

Scoliodon  laticaudus 66 

terra?-novse 66 

Scotophis 121 

Scotussa 22 

brasiliensis 22 

Scudderia  furcifera 398 

43 


Scyliorbinidae 52 

Scyliorhinus 53 

marmoratum 53 

Scyllina  calida 366,  381 

Sciurvis  aurocapillus 155 

noveboracensis 155 

Seminatrix 120 

pvg£eus 120 

Semotilus 529 

atromaculatus 525,  535 

buUaris 524 

Senecio  crawfordii 459 

Sepsmurinus 118 

Serpentes 112,119 

Serpentia 116,119 

Serpula  Columbiana 361,  362 

Serpulidse 361 

Setophaga  ruti  cilia 156 

Siagonodon 119 

Sialiasialis 156 

Sibon 123 

Sigaleonida- 338 

Sinica 38,  589,  590 

Siphonostoma  villosum 357 

Sistrurus 124 

Siren 127 

lacertina 127 

striatus 127 

Sirenida> 127 

Sitala 598 

reinhardti 598 

ultima 598 

Sitaris 620 

hilaris 620 

Smilisca  daulinia 125 

Smilium 106,  107, 107 

acutum 107 

aries 107 

longrostruni 107 

peronii 107 

pollicipedoides 107 

Scorpio 107 

sexcomutum 107 

uncus 107 

Solastes  decemradiata 330 

Sorex  obscurus 404,  407 

personatus 404,  406 

p.  haydeni 407 

vagrans  dobsoni 407 

Sosilaus 162,  163,  169,  298,  298 

spiniger 165,298 

Sosippus,  100,  162,  163,  168,  169,  292, 
292,  293 

floridanus 165,293 

Spea 126 

Spelerpes 126 

lucifuga 120 

Sphterodactylus 110 

sputator 116 

Sphargis 113 

Sphyrapicus  varius 153 


670 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec. 


Sphyrna  blochii 66 

tiburo 66 

tudes 66 

zygsena 66 

Sphvmidae 66 

Spilbgale  tenuis 404,  406 

Spilotes 121 

pullatus 121 

Spiropoma 586 

japoniciim 32,  454,  586 

j.  chejuense 454 

j.  tsushimanum 5S6 

nakadai 32 

yakushimanum 82 

Spirorbis  granulata  var.  tridentata  362 

quadrangularis 362 

spirillum 362,364 

tridentata 362 

Spizella  pusilla 154 

socialis 154 

Sporobolus  longifolius 458 

Squalidce 68 

Squalius  hyalope 524 

photogenis o44,  555 

Squalus  acanthias 68 

africanum 53 

blaimalle 68 

canicula 53 

carcharias 63 

cirratus 54 

galeus 53 

japonicus 71 

punctatus 54 

uyato 53,69 

\ailpes 63 

Squamata 116 

Squatina  squatina 70 

Squatinidfe 70 

Staiironereidse 347 

Stauronereis  annulatus 347 

Steirodon  thoracicus 399 

Stelgidopterj-x  serrepennis 154 

Stenodelphis 25,  29 

Stenodera 620 

Stenoria 620 

Stereochilus 126 

Stereophsedusa 565,  567,  568 

Stereozaptyx 578,580 

Stemaspidse 357 

affinis 358 

fossor 358 

scutata 357 

Stemothoerus 114 

odoratus 114 

pennsylvanica 114 

Stichopus  californica 330 

Stilpnochlora 398,399 

Stilosoma 122 

extenuatum 122 

Storeria 121 


Strobilops  diodontina 455 

hirasei 455 

Stumella  magna 154 

Succinea  avara 46 

campestris 46,  48 

greeri 48 

obliqua 46-51 

ovalis 45-51 

o.  chittenangensis 48,  49 

o.  optima 48,  49 

putris 46 

retusa 46,50 

totteniana 46,  48,  50,  51 

Surirella 503 

Stypocnemis 120 

rufopunetatas 120 

Sybaris 620 

flaveola 620 

immunis 620 

picta 620 

Sycotypus 3-9 

canaliculatus 3 

SyUidfe 323 

SylUs 325 

borealis 323 

altemata 323 

armillaris 323,323 

quatemaria 325 

(Chsetosyllis)  quatemaria 325 

Sylvilagus  pinetis 404,  405 

SjTupetrum 462,  467,  468 

corruptum 462,  472,  481,  489 

illotiun  virgulum 460,  481,  487 

Syrbula  fusco-vittata ,366,  375 

modesta 368,375 

Syrrophus 125 

mamockii 125 

Tseniophis  vermiculaticeps 123 

Tantilla 124 

coronata 124 

Tarentula,  221,  246,  249,  263,  268,  279 

baltimoriana 246 

inhonesta 238 

lepida 253 

modesta 261,270 

nidifex 240 

pudens 261 

pulchra 267 

scalaris 253 

tigrina 238 

Tauriphila 468 

argo 489 

azteca 489 

Taxidea  taxus 404 

Teiidse 118 

Telagrion 461 

Telebasis 462,  468,  474 

digiticollis 481,  487,  489 

salva 481,487,490 

Telmatodytes  palustris 156 


1908.] 


NATURAL   SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


671 


Terrapene 155 

clausa 115 

Terebella  fasciata 351 

Terebellidse 350 

Terebellides  stroeinii 322,  352,  353 

Testudinata 113 

Testudines 113 

Testudinidffi 114 

Testudo 113,115 

berlandieri 115 

caretta 115 

Carolina 115 

concentrica 114 

coriacea 113 

grseca 115 

guttata 114 

mydas 115 

polyphemus 115 

scorpioides 114 

serpentina 113 

terrapin 114 

Tettigonidse 398 

Thalassochelys 115 

Thamnopliis 120 

Thaumatoneura 461,  462,  467,  468 

Thecophora 113 

Thelepus  hamatus 352 

Tholymis 462 

citrina 489 

Thomomys  cliisius  fuscus 404,  405 

fossor 404,405 

Thore 461 

Thyrosternum II4 

Tili  qua  fasciata 117 

Tmesidera 620 

Tofieldia  racemosa 459 

Toluca 122 

lineata 122 

Tomodon  nasutus 123 

Tomonotus  aztecus 367,  386,  387 

ferruginosus 386 

Tortrix  botta; 119 

Toxostoma  ruf  um 133,  137,  156 

Trabea 162.  163,  169,  295,  295 

aurantiaca 165,  296,  298 

Trachemys 11 4 

scabra 114 

Trachypterus  ishikawse 319 

seleniris 319 

Tramea 462 

abdominalis 490 

cophysa 481 

insularis 489 

longieauda 488,489 

onusta 481,489 

Travisia  forbesii 354 

pupa 355 

Trepidulus  melleolus 367,  387 

rosaceus 366,  367,  387 

Tretosphys  grandsevus 28 


Triakis  felis 59 

semifasciatus 59 

Tribulus 601 

zegheri,  603,  604,  606,  609,  610, 
612-615,  617,  618 

Tricca 284,  284,  285 

Trichochloritis 42 

Triglochin  maritima 459 

Trimerotropis  alliciens 390 

citrina 390 

cyaneipennis 391 

fascicula 389 

inconspicua 390 

modesta 390 

strenua 390 

Adnculata 368,390 

Trimorphodon 123 

lyrophanes 123 

Trionychidae 115 

Trionyx  ajgypticus 115 

brongniartii 115 

euphraticus 115 

Trishoplita  cretacea 593 

c.  h^TJozona 593 

dacost  je  awajiensis 455 

hilgendorfi 34 

Triton  ensatus 127 

Triturus  fuscus 126 

viridescens 126 

Trochilus  colubris 153 

Trochosa 162, 163,  221,  222,  284,  289 

avara 281 


cinerea 

contestata 

frondicola 

helvipes 

noctuabunda. 


parva 

pratensis 

purcelli 267 

rubicunda 

sepulchralis 

sublata 

Troglodytes  aedon 

Trophonia  papillata 

Tropidoclonium 

Tropidonotus 

dekayi 

sauritus 

scabripes 

torquata 

Tropinotus 

affinis 

Trypanosyllis  gemmipara 328, 

misakiensis 

nigens 

Tj^jhlops  nigricans 

septemstriatus 

Typosyllis  armillaris 

Tyrannus  t\Tannus 

TJlva 


513 
261 


290 
263 
514 
279 
270 
288 
156 
356 
120 
120 
121 
120 
120 
120 
12 
12 
328 
328 
328 
119 
119 
323 
153 
431 


672 


PROCEEDINGS  OF  THE  ACADEMY  OF 


[Dec, 


Uma 117 

notata 117 

Uracis  fastigiata 490 

imbuta 487,  489,  490 

Urodela 126 

Urosalpinx 5 

Ursiis  americanus 404 

Uta 117 

stansburiana 117 

Vallonia  patens 37 

tenera 455 

Venatores 169 

Venus 6,  7,  9 

mercenaria 6 

Verticaria 118 

Vertigo  japonica 455 

Viburnum  alnifolium ^50 

lantanoides 450 

Vipera 121 

ferus 122 

Viperidse 122,  124 

Vireo  flavifrons 155 

gilvus 155 

novaboracensis 155 

olivaceus 154 

soUtarius 155 

Virginia 123 

inomata 121 

valerise 123 

Vulpes  macrourus 404 


Wenona 119 

plumbea 119 

Wilsonia  canadensis 156 

Xantusia 118 

gilberti 118 

henshawi 118 

vigilis 118 

Xantusiida? 118 

Xerobates 115 

Xiphiola 17 

Xiphiolse 17 

Yersinia  solitaria 369 

sophronica 366,  369 

Zablepsis 118 

Zamelodia  ludov-iciana 154 

Zamenis... 121 

Zaptyx 576,  579,  580,  583 

Zapus  princeps 404 

Zenaidura  macroura 153 

Zonabris  dicincta  v.  occidentalis..  609 

Zoniopoda 16 

tarsata 16 

Zonitides 620 

Zonitis 620,  621,  623 

angolensis 622 

annulicomis 622 

antennalis 621 

ciconia 622 

622 


pnonocera baa 

scapularis 623 


1908.] 


NATURAL    SCIENCES    OF    PHILADELPHIA. 


673 


C.ENERAL   INDEX. 
1908. 


Additions  to  the  Museum,  644. 

Biological  and  Microscopical  Section, 
report  of,  636. 

Bladen,  Elizabeth  S.,  announcement  of 
death  of.  456. 

Botanical  Section,  report  of,  63S. 

Boyer,  Charles  S.  Synonymy  and 
relationship  of  Surirella  (no  abstract), 
503.  On  a  new  species  of  diatom  of 
the  genus  Cvmatopleura  (Plate 
XXVIII),  516,  554.  Report  of 
Biological  and  Microscopical  Sec- 
tion, 636. 

Brooks,  William  K.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  503. 

Brown,  Arthur  E.,  Sc.D.  Generic  t^-pes 
of  Nearctic  Reptilia  and  Amphibia, 
44,  112. 

BroAATi,  Stewardson.  Report  of  Bo- 
tanical Section,  638. 

Brusina,  Spiridione,  announcement  of 
death  of,  457. 

Bullock,  Benjamin,  amiouncement  of 
death  of,  456. 

Calvert,  Philip  P.,  Ph.D.  General 
results  of  nine  years'  study  of  the 
dragon-flies  of  Mexico  and  Central 
America  (no  abstract),  11.  The 
composition  and  ecological  relations 
of  the  Odonate  Fauna  of  Me.xico  and 
Central  America  (Plate  XXVI),  456, 
460. 

Cattell,  Henry  W.,  M.D.  On  Trypano- 
somiasis  (no  abstract),  44. 

Chamberlin,  Ralph  V.  Animal  names 
and  anatomical  terms  of  the  Goshute 
Indians,  44,  74.  Revision  of  North 
American  spiders  of  the  family 
Lvcosidaj  (Plates  VIII-XXIII), 
158. 

Clarke,  John  IMason,  award  of  Havden 
medal  to,  502. 

Colton,  Harold  Sellers.  Charles  Wilson 
Peale  and  the  Philadelphia  Museum 
(no  abstract),  44.  How  Fulgur  and 
SycotjT^us  eat  oysters,  mussels  and 
clams  (Plates  I-V),  3.     Some  effects 


of  environment  on  the  growth  of 
Lymnea  columella  Say,  410,  456. 

Conklin,  Edwin  G.,  Ph.D.  On  some 
phenomena  and  causes  of  hereditj^ 
(no  abstract),  30. 

Corresponding  Secretary,  report  of,  627. 

Council  for  1909,  642. 

Curators,  report  of,  621. 

Dixon,  Samuel  G.,  M.D.,  and  Henry  A. 
Pilsbry,  Sc.D.  Report  of  Curators, 
631. 

Elections  during  1908,  643. 

Entomological  Section,  report  of,  637. 

Fowler,  Henry  W.  Notes  on  shai-ks, 
44,  52.  Synopsis  of  the  Cvpriuidte 
of  Penns3'lvania  (Plate  XXVII), 
516,  517. 

Freedly,  William  G.,  announcement 
of  death  of,  4.56. 

General  Index,  673. 

Harshberger,  John  W.,  Ph.D.  On 
the  geographical  study  of  bud 
opening  in  connection  with  isother- 
mal lines  (no  abstract),  157.  The 
directive  influence  of  light  on  the 
growth  of  forest  plants  (Plates  XXIV, 
XXY),  449,  456. 

Hayden  Memorial  .Vward,  1,  157,  502. 

Holt,  Jacob  F.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  456. 

Index  to  Genera,  051. 

Ishikawa,  Chiyomatsu,  Ph.D.  De- 
scription of  a  new  species  of  Squaloid 
Shark,  44,  71. 

Keeley,  Frank  J.  On  secondarj^  crys- 
tallization of  early  limestone  and 
demonstration  of  Bro-miian  move- 
ment  (no  abstract),   503. 

Lyman,  Benjamin  Smith.  Report  of 
Mineralogical  and  Geological  Sec- 
tion,  640. 

Maver,  Gustav,  announcement  of  death 
of,  457. 

Medlicott,  Henry  B.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  157. 

Mineralogical  and  Geological  Section, 
report  of,  639. 


674 


PROCEEDINGS    OF   THE    ACADEMY    OF 


[Dec,  1908. 


Montgomery,  Thomas  H.  Remarks 
on  Prof.  Chamberlin's  Revision  of 
North  American  Lycosidff.  503,  513. 

Moore,  J.  Percy,  Pli.D.  Some  Poly- 
chsetous  Annelids  of  the  northern 
Pacific  Coast  of  North  America,  321, 
456.  Report  of  Corresponding  Sec- 
retary, 627. 

Nolan, "  Edward  J.,  M.D.  Report  of 
Recorchng  Secretary,  625.  Report 
of  Librarian,  628. 

Officers,  Councillors  and  Committee  on 
Accounts,  1909,  642. 

Ornithological  Section,  report  of,  640. 

Pilsbry,  Henry  A.  Notes  on  Succinea 
ovalis  Sav  and  S.  obliqua  Say 
(Plate  VII),  44,  45.  On  the  classi- 
fication of  Scalpelliform  Barnacles, 
44,  104.  A  comparison  of  the  land- 
snail  fauna  of  Korea  with  the  faunas 
of  Japan  and  China,  452,  456.  Geo- 
graphical distribution  of  Strobilops 
(no  abstract),  503.  Clausihidaj  of 
the  Japanese  Empire,  XII  (Plates 
XXX,  XXXI,  XXXII),  516,  561. 
Report  of  tlie  Department  of  Mol- 
lusca,  636. 

Pilsbry,  H.  A.,  and  C.  Montague  Cooke. 
On  the  teeth  of  Hawaiian  species  of 
Helicina,  516,  560. 

Pilsbry,  Henry  A.,  and  Y.  Hirase. 
New  land  and  fresh-water  Mollusca 
of  the  Japanese  Empire,  30,  31. 
New  land  shells  from  the  Japanese 
Empire,  I,  30,  37.  New  land  Mol- 
lusca of  the  Japanese  Empire,  516, 
586. 

Pilsbry,  H.  A.,  and  E.  G.  Vanaita. 
Notes  on  Polinices  didyma,  with 
description  of  a  new  "Australian 
species   (Plate  XXIX),  516,  555. 

Potts,  William,  announcement  of  death 
of,  503. 

Recording  Secretary,  report  of,  625. 

Reese,  Jacob,  annoimcement  of  death 
of,  2. 

Rehn,  James  A.  G.  Acridida?  (Orth- 
optera)  from  Sao  Paulo,  Brazil,  with 
descriptions  of  one  new  genus  and 
three  new  species,  11,  12. 

Rehn,  James  A.G.,  and  Morgan  Hebard. 
An  Orthopterological  reconnoissance 
of  the  southwestern  United  States. 
Part  I,  Arizona,  365,  456. 

Report  of  Biological  and  Microscopical 
Section,  636. 

Report  of  Botanical  Section,  639. 

Report  of  Corresponding  Secretarv 
627. 


Report   of  Curators,   621. 

Report  of  Entomological  Section,  637. 

Report  of  Mineralogical  and  Geological 
Section,  639. 

Report  of  Ornithological  Section,  640. 

Report  of  the  Recording  Secretary,  625. 

Reports  of  the  Sections,  636. 

Ridings,  James  H.,  annoimcement  of 
death  of,  44. 

Rosengarten,  Samuel  G.,  announce- 
ment of  death  of,  456. 

Skinner,  Henry,  M.D.  Report  of 
Entomological  Section,  637. 

Snyder,  John  Otterbein.  Description 
of  TrachA-pterus  seleniris,  a  new 
species  of  ribbon-fish  from  Mon- 
terey Bay,  California,  319,  456. 

Sorby,  Henry  Clifton,  annoimcement 
of  death  of,  44. 

Standing  Committees,  1908,  1. 

Stewart,  Thomas  A.,  M.D.  On  the 
bacillus  of  Svphilis  (no  abstj-act"), 
503. 

Stone,  Witmer.  Geographical  distri- 
bution of  plants  and  animals  in 
southern  New  Jersey  (no  abstract), 
11.  Methods  of  recording  and  util- 
izing bird-migi-ation  data,  128.  A 
review  of  the  genus  Piaya  Lesson, 
457,  492.  Recent  additions  to  our 
knowledge  of  the  flora  of  southern 
New  Jersey,  457.  Report  of  Orni- 
thological Section,  640. 

Trotter,  Spencer,  M.D.  On  the  anat- 
omy of  the  apes  (no  abstract),  157. 

True,  Frederick  W.  Remarks  on  the 
fossil  cetacean  Rhabdosteus  latira- 
dix  Cope  (Plate  VI),  11,  24. 

"N'aux,  William  S.,  Jr.,  announcement  of 
death  of,  and  minute,  456. 

Walcott,  Charles  D.,  presentation  of 
Havden  Medal  to,  1. 

Wellrnan,  F.  Creighton,  M.D.  On  the 
Meloidaj  of  Angola,  516,  600.  On 
the  natural  history  of  West  Africa 
(no  abstract),  516. 

Wellman,  F.  Creighton,  M.D.,  and 
Walther  Horn.  On  the  Cicindelinae 
of  Angola,  503,  504. 

Whelen,  Alfred,  announcement  of  death 
of,    503. 

Wood,  Casey  A.,  M.D.  Eyes  and  eye- 
sight of  birds  (no  abstract),  2. 

Young,  Robert  T.  Notes  on  the  dis- 
tribution of  Colorado  Mammals, 
A\dth  description  of  a  new  .species 
of  bat  (Eptesicus  pallidus)  from 
Boulder,  403,  456. 


PROC.   ACAD.  NAT    SCI.  PHlLA.  IfiOS 


PLATE  XXV. 


HARSHBERGER  ON  INFLUENCE  OF  LIGHT. 


Pn  f.  Wrr,./..J\W/.Sri  J'AiZa.  /90S 


PLATE     XXVI 


(     P.P.Gtlrere  eiflei  pi«^. 
i 


CALVERT,      ODONATE      FAUNA        OF       MEXICO      AND       CENTRAL       AMERICA 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA    1908 


PLATE   XXVIII 


CYMATOPLEURA    SHULZEI    BOYER. 


PROC    ACAD.  NAT    SCI.  PHILA.  1908. 


PLATE  XXIX 


PILSBRY    AND    VANATTA;     ON    POLINICES    DIDYMA,    ETC. 


PROC    ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1908. 


PLATE  XXX. 


10  11 

PILSBRY:     CLAUSILIID.^    OF    THE    JAPANESE    EMPIRE. 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA.  1908. 


PLATE  XXXI. 


PILSERY:     CLAUSILIlD^e    OF    THE    JAPANESE    EMPIRE 


PROC.  ACAD.  NAT.  SCI.  PHILA     1908. 


PLATE  XXXII. 


PILSBRY;     CLAUSILIIDvE    OF    THE    JAPANESE    EMPIRE. 


MBL/WHOI  LIBRARY 


UH    IflS?    7